Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 15, 2023.

Registration No. 333-274483

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Birkenstock Holding Limited*

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

 

 

Jersey   3140   Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

1-2 Berkeley Square

London W1J 6EA

United Kingdom

+44 1534 835600

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Puglisi & Associates

850 Library Avenue, Suite 204

Newark, Delaware 19711

Tel: +1 302 738-6680

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Joshua N. Korff, P.C.

Ross M. Leff, P.C.

Zoey Hitzert

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

+1 212 446-4800

 

Guy Coltman

Carey Olsen Jersey LLP

47 Esplanade, St Helier

Jersey JE1 0BD, Channel Islands

+44 (0)1534 888900

 

Marc D. Jaffe

Ian D. Schuman

Adam J. Gelardi

Latham & Watkins LLP

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10020

+1 212 906-1200

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

*

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to change the legal status of our Company from a Jersey private company to a Jersey public limited company.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling shareholder may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject To Completion Dated September 15, 2023

Preliminary Prospectus

Ordinary Shares

 

LOGO

Birkenstock Holding Limited

 

 

We are offering                  ordinary shares, no par value, of Birkenstock Holding Limited and the selling shareholder identified in this prospectus is offering an additional                 ordinary shares of Birkenstock Holding Limited. The underwriters may also purchase up to                 ordinary shares from us and up to                ordinary shares from the selling shareholder within 30 days of the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the ordinary shares by the selling shareholder.

 

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per ordinary share.

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “BIRK.”

 

 

Following the offering, BK LC Lux MidCo S.à r.l., an entity affiliated with L Catterton and the selling shareholder, will beneficially own approximately         % of our ordinary shares (or         % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional ordinary shares). As a result, we will be a “controlled company” under the corporate governance rules of the NYSE applicable to listed companies, and therefore are permitted to elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements thereunder.

 

 

Investing in our ordinary shares involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 30 of this prospectus.

 

     Per
ordinary share
     Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholder

   $                    $                

 

(1)

We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering. See “Underwriting” for a description of all compensation payable to the underwriters.

 

 

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the ordinary shares against payment in New York, New York on or about              , 2023.

 

 

 

Joint Bookrunners

(*in alphabetical order)

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC*   J.P. Morgan*   Morgan Stanley*
BofA Securities   Citigroup   Evercore ISI   Jefferies   UBS Investment Bank
BNP PARIBAS   Bernstein   HSBC

 

Co-Managers
Baird   BMO Capital Markets   Deutsche Bank Securities   Piper Sandler   Stifel   William Blair
Telsey Advisory Group     Williams Trading LLC      

The date of this prospectus is             , 2023.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Summary

     1  

The Offering

     23  

Summary Consolidated Financial Information

     25  

Risk Factors

     32  

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     72  

Use of Proceeds

     74  

Dividend Policy

     75  

Capitalization

     76  

Dilution

     78  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     80  

Letter from the CEO

     119  

Business

     122  

Management

     157  

Principal and Selling Shareholder

     172  

Description of Material Indebtedness

     174  

Related Party Transactions

     178  

Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association

     183  

Comparison of Delaware Corporate Law and Jersey Corporate Law

     187  

Ordinary Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     195  

Taxation

     197  

Underwriting

     206  

Expenses of the Offering

     214  

Legal Matters

     215  

Experts

     215  

Enforcement of Judgments

     216  

Where You Can Find More Information

     217  

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1  

Through and including             , 2023 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

Neither we, the selling shareholder nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than the information contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we may have referred you. We, the selling shareholder and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We, the selling shareholder and the underwriters have not authorized any other person to provide you with different or additional information. Neither we, the selling shareholder nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell the ordinary shares in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. This offering is being made in the United States and elsewhere solely on the basis of the information contained in this prospectus. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the ordinary shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since the date on the front cover of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy these ordinary shares in any circumstances under which such offer or solicitation is unlawful.

 

i


Table of Contents

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, the selling shareholder nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or the possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for those purposes is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, this offering of ordinary shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to change the legal status of our Company from a Jersey private company into a Jersey public limited company. Under the rules of the SEC, we are currently eligible for treatment as a “foreign private issuer.” As a foreign private issuer, we will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as domestic registrants whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. Moreover, a number of our directors and executive officers are not residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or upon such persons or to enforce against them judgments obtained in U.S. courts, including judgments in actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal or state securities laws of the United States. We have been advised by our legal counsel in Jersey that it is uncertain as to whether the courts of Jersey would entertain original actions based on U.S. federal or state securities laws or enforce judgments from U.S. courts against us or our officers and directors which originated from actions alleging civil liability under U.S. federal or state securities laws. See “Enforcement of Judgments” for additional information.

Jersey Regulatory Matters

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we expect that the JFSC will have given, and not withdrawn, its consent under Article 2 of the Control of Borrowing (Jersey) Order 1958 to the issue of our ordinary shares. The JFSC is protected by the Control of Borrowing (Jersey) Law 1947 against any liability arising from the discharge of its functions under that law.

A copy of this prospectus will be delivered to the Jersey Registrar of Companies in accordance with Article 5 of the Companies (General Provisions) (Jersey) Order 2002 and, prior to the consummation of this offering, we expect the Jersey Registrar of Companies will have given, and not withdrawn, its consent to the circulation of this prospectus.

It must be understood that, in giving these consents (once received), neither the Jersey Registrar of Companies nor the JFSC takes any responsibility for the financial soundness of the Company or for the correctness of any statements made, or opinions expressed, with regard to it. If you are in any doubt about the contents of this prospectus, you should consult your stockbroker, bank manager, solicitor, accountant or other financial adviser.

The price of securities and the income from them can go down as well as up.

The directors of the Company have taken all reasonable care to ensure that the facts stated in this prospectus are true and accurate in all material respects, and that there are no other facts the omission of which would make misleading any statement in this prospectus, whether of facts or opinion. All the directors of the Company accept responsibility accordingly.

Our company secretary is Crestbridge Corporate Services Limited, whose current business address is 47 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey JE1 0BD, Channel Islands. Our registered office is 47 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey JE1 0BD, Channel Islands.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

Certain Definitions

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “BIRKENSTOCK Group,” “Birkenstock,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “ours,” “us” or similar terms refer to Birkenstock Holding Limited, together with all of its subsidiaries. References to the “selling shareholder” or “MidCo” are to BK LC Lux MidCo S.à r.l., a société à responsabilité limitée incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

References to “Euro” or “” means the currency of the member states of the European Monetary Union that have adopted or that adopt the single currency in accordance with the treaty establishing the European Community, as amended by the Treaty on European Union. All references to the “British Pound,” “GBP” or “£,” are to the legal currency of Jersey. All references to “U.S. Dollars,” “Dollars,” “USD” or “$” are to the legal currency of the United States. All references to “Canadian Dollars” or “CAD” are to the legal currency of Canada. In this prospectus, amounts that are converted from Euro to U.S. Dollars are converted at an exchange rate of $                 per 1 and $                 per 1, the exchange rate as of June 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended June 30, 2023, respectively.

Financial Statements

We maintain our books and records in Euros and prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS.

Birkenstock GmbH & Co. KG is the accounting predecessor of BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l., subsequently renamed Birkenstock Holding Limited, for financial reporting purposes. Birkenstock Holding Limited will be the audited financial reporting entity following this offering. The Company’s financial statement presentation distinguishes the Company’s presentations into two distinct periods, the period up to and including April 30, 2021, the Transaction’s (as defined below) closing date (labeled “Predecessor”), and the period after that date (labeled “Successor”) and are further distinguished as follows: the Successor periods represent fiscal 2022 (“2022 Successor Period”) and the period from May 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021 (“2021 Successor Period” and, together with the 2022 Successor Period, the “Successor Periods”) and the Predecessor periods represent the period from October 1, 2020 through April 30, 2021 (“2021 Predecessor Period”) and fiscal 2020 (“2020 Predecessor Period” and, together with the 2021 Predecessor Period, the “Predecessor Periods”). The Predecessor Periods and Successor Periods (together, the “audited consolidated financial statements”) have been separated by a vertical black line on the consolidated financial statements to highlight the fact that the financial information for such periods has been prepared under two different cost bases of accounting.

The audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS have been audited by Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, as stated in their report included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The Company’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022 (the “unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements” and, together with the audited consolidated financial statements, the “consolidated financial statements”) have also been presented in this prospectus.

We also present revenues for the years ended September 30, 2014 to 2019, which information has been derived from the consolidated financial statements of Birkenstock GmbH & Co. KG for such periods presented, each prepared in accordance with German GAAP. The consolidated financial statements of Birkenstock GmbH & Co. KG for fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2017 do not include Birkenstock USA LP, which was not consolidated with Birkenstock GmbH & Co. KG until fiscal 2018. Therefore, the revenues presented for fiscal

 

iii


Table of Contents

2014 to fiscal 2017 consist of reported revenues for Birkenstock GmbH & Co. KG plus revenues for Birkenstock USA LP derived from management reporting. There are no significant differences in revenues recognized under German GAAP and IFRS.

Our fiscal year ends September 30. References to “fiscal 2022” or “FY 2022” refer to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, and references to other fiscal years follow the same convention. Our financial information should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Basis of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Rounding

We have made rounding adjustments to some of the figures included in this prospectus. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures that preceded them. With respect to financial information set out in this prospectus, a dash (“—”) signifies that the relevant figure is not available or not applicable, while a zero (“0.0”) signifies that the relevant figure is available but is or has been rounded to zero.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Certain information used in this prospectus contains statistical data, estimates and forecasts concerning the industry in which we operate that are based on external service providers (for which data is not publicly available), other publicly available information and independent industry publications, including those published by Euromonitor International Limited (“Euromonitor”) and IRRIS Composites (“IRRIS”), as well as our internal sources and general knowledge of, and expectations concerning, the industry. Our internal sources include the Consumer Survey. All Consumer Survey figures included herein are provided as of May 2023 and are based on the responses of our customers who elected to participate in the surveys. In the Consumer Survey, we calculate our NPS based on respondents’ indications of their likelihood to recommend BIRKENSTOCK on a scale from 0 to 10. Responses of 9 or 10 are considered “promoters” and responses of 6 or less are considered “detractors.” We then subtract the percentage respondents who are detractors from the percentage of respondents.

Within this prospectus, we reference information and statistics regarding the Apparel and Footwear industry. We have obtained this information and statistics from various independent third-party sources, including independent industry publications, reports by market research firms and other independent sources, such as Euromonitor and IRRIS. Some data and other information contained in this prospectus are also based on management’s estimates and calculations, which are derived from our review and interpretation of internal surveys and independent sources. Data regarding the industries in which we compete and our market position and market share within these industries are inherently imprecise and are subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties beyond our control, but we believe they generally indicate size, position and market share within this industry. While we believe such information is reliable, we have not independently verified any third-party information. While we believe our internal company research and estimates are reliable, such research and estimates have not been verified by any independent source. In addition, assumptions and estimates of our and our industries’ future performance are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors. These and other factors could cause our future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and

 

iv


Table of Contents

estimates. As a result, you should be aware that market, ranking and other similar industry data included in this prospectus, and estimates and beliefs based on that data, may not be reliable. Neither we, the selling shareholder nor the underwriters can guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any such information contained in this prospectus.

Some of the information herein has also been extrapolated from market data, reports, surveys and studies using our experience and internal estimates. Elsewhere in this prospectus, statements regarding the industry in which we operate, our position in this industry and the size of certain markets are based solely on our experience, internal studies, estimates and surveys and our own investigation of market conditions.

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

We own or have rights to various trademarks, trade names or service marks that we use in connection with our business, including “BIRKENSTOCK,” “Birko-Flor,” “Birki,” “Birk” and “Papillio,” among others, and our other registered and common law trade names, trademarks and service marks, including our corporate logo. Solely for convenience, some of the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are listed without the and ® symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, rights to such trademarks, service marks and trade names.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

The following is a summary of certain defined terms and concepts that we use throughout this prospectus:

 

   

AB-Beteiligungs GmbH refers to AB-Beteiligungs GmbH, an entity controlled by Alexander Birkenstock, one of our controlling shareholders prior to the Transaction;

 

   

ABL Facility refers to the multicurrency asset-based loan facility established by the ABL Facility Agreement;

 

   

ABL Facility Agreement refers to the asset-based-loan facility agreement entered into on April 28, 2021 by Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG, Birkenstock US BidCo, Inc. and Birkenstock Limited Partner;

 

   

APMA refers to the Asia-Pacific, Middle East and Africa region;

 

   

ASP refers to average selling price;

 

   

B2B refers to business-to-business;

 

   

Birkenstock Financing refers to Birkenstock Financing S.à r.l.;

 

   

Birkenstock Limited Partner refers to Birkenstock Limited Partner S.à r.l.;

 

   

CAGR refers to compound annual growth rate;

 

   

CB Beteiligungs GmbH & Co. KG refers to CB Beteiligungs GmbH & Co. KG, an entity controlled by Christian Birkenstock, one of our controlling shareholders prior to the Transaction;

 

   

CFC refers to a controlled foreign corporation under the Code;

 

   

CGU refers to cash generating unit;

 

   

Consumer Survey refers to a series of general branding and marketing internal surveys conducted in May 2023 to determine the demographics and habits of our consumers;

 

v


Table of Contents
   

DTC refers to direct-to-consumer;

 

   

EEA refers to the European Economic Area;

 

   

ESG refers to environmental, social and governance;

 

   

EU refers to the European Union;

 

   

EURIBOR refers to Euro Interbank Offered Rate;

 

   

EUR TLB Facility refers to the senior term loan facilities in the principal amount of 375.0 million under the Senior Term Facilities Agreement;

 

   

EVA refers to ethylene-vinyl acetate;

 

   

Exchange Act refers to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

 

   

GDPR refers to the General Data Protection Regulation;

 

   

German GAAP refers to the German Commercial Code;

 

   

HMRC refers to HM Revenue & Customs;

 

   

IFRS refers to the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board;

 

   

Incremental Senior Term Facilities refers to incremental facilities which may also be established under the Senior Term Facilities Agreement from time to time (including by way of an increase to any existing facilities or the establishment of new facilities);

 

   

IP refers to intellectual property;

 

   

IRS refers to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service;

 

   

IT refers to information technology;

 

   

Jersey Companies Law refers to the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, as amended;

 

   

JFSC refers to the Jersey Financial Services Commission;

 

   

ManCo refers to an indirect parent entity of our Company;

 

   

Notes refers to the 430.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 5.25% Senior Notes due 2029 issued by Birkenstock Financing on April 29, 2021;

 

   

NPS refers to Net Promoter Score;

 

   

Order refers to the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005;

 

   

PFIC refers to a passive foreign investment company under the Code;

 

   

Predecessor Shareholders refer to AB-Beteiligungs GmbH and CB Beteiligungs GmbH & Co. KG, collectively;

 

   

Principal Shareholder refers to L Catterton and its affiliates, which include MidCo;

 

   

Privacy Laws refers to the GDPR, UK GDPR, California Consumer Privacy Act as amended by the California Privacy Rights Act and other applicable data protection and privacy laws across various markets when taken together;

 

   

QEF Election refers to a qualified electing fund election;

 

   

PU refers to polyurethane;

 

   

Registration Rights Agreement refers to the registration rights agreement to be entered into with MidCo in connection with the offering;

 

vi


Table of Contents
   

RSP refers to retail sales price;

 

   

SCCs refer to standard contractual clauses approved by the European Commission;

 

   

SDRT refers to UK stamp duty reserve tax;

 

   

SEC refers to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

   

Securities Act refers to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

 

   

Senior Credit Facilities refers to the Senior Term Facilities and Incremental Senior Term Facilities when taken together;

 

   

Senior Term Facilities Agreement refers to the senior facilities agreement entered into by Birkenstock Limited Partner on April 28, 2021;

 

   

Shareholders’ Agreement refers to the shareholders’ agreement to be entered into with MidCo in connection with the offering;

 

   

SOFR refers to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate;

 

   

Tax Law refers to the Income Tax (Jersey) Law 1961 (as amended);

 

   

The Code refers to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;

 

   

TPU refers to thermoplastic polyurethane;

 

   

TRA refers to the tax receivable agreement that we anticipate entering into with our pre-IPO owner, MidCo, in connection with this offering;

 

   

TRA Participants refers to our pre-IPO owner, MidCo, any transferee holder(s) of rights under the TRA and any successor(s) thereto;

 

   

Transaction refers to Birkenstock Holding Limited’s acquisition of the shares and certain assets that comprised the BIRKENSTOCK Group;

 

   

U.S. refers to the United States of America;

 

   

U.S. GAAP refers to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles;

 

   

UK refers to the United Kingdom;

 

   

UK Addendum refers to the UK international data transfer addendum to the SCCs;

 

   

UK GDPR refers to the UK General Data Protection Regulation;

 

   

UKIDTA refers to the UK International Data Transfer Agreement;

 

   

USD TLB Facility refers to senior term loan facilities of $850.0 million under the Senior Term Facilities Agreement; and

 

   

Vendor Loan refers to the loan agreement with AB-Beteiligungs GmbH.

 

vii


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all the information that may be important to you, and we urge you to read this entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors,” “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections and our consolidated financial statements and notes to those consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares.

Who We Are

BIRKENSTOCK is a revered global brand rooted in function, quality and tradition dating back to 1774. We are guided by a simple, yet fundamental insight: human beings are intended to walk barefoot on natural, yielding ground, a concept we refer to as “Naturgewolltes Gehen.” Our purpose is to empower all people to walk as intended by nature. The legendary BIRKENSTOCK footbed represents the best alternative to walking barefoot, encouraging proper foot health by evenly distributing weight and reducing pressure points and friction. We believe our function-first approach is universally relevant; all humans — anywhere and everywhere — deserve to walk in our footbed.

From this insight, we have developed a broad, unisex portfolio of footbed-based products, anchored by our iconic Core Silhouettes, the Madrid, Arizona, Boston, Gizeh and Mayari. While these silhouettes drive consistent, high-visibility revenues and represent a significant portion of our overall business, we also continuously expand our extensive archive of over 700 silhouettes by extending our existing silhouettes and launching new styles. This expands our reach across price points, usage occasions and product categories. We incorporate distinctive design elements and develop new materials to create newness while staying true to our heritage and uncompromising quality standards.

We are German made. Our production capabilities reflect centuries-old traditions of craftsmanship and commitment to using only the highest quality materials. To ensure each product meets our rigorous quality standards, we operate a vertically integrated manufacturing base and produce all our footbeds in Germany. In addition, we assemble over 95% of our products in Germany and produce the remainder elsewhere in the EU. We maintain strict control over our entire supply chain, responsibly sourcing materials that originate mainly from Europe.

As described by our Chief Executive Officer, Oliver Reichert, “Consumers buy our products for a thousand wrong reasons, but they all come back for the same reason:” for our functional proposition, enduring commitment to quality and the rich tradition of our Company which enables us to establish meaningful emotional connections with our consumers. The deep trust we create allows us to enjoy long-lasting relationships with our consumers — oftentimes spanning decades — as evidenced by findings from the Consumer Survey that revealed the average BIRKENSTOCK consumer in the U.S. owns 3.6 pairs today. Through the strong reputation and universal appeal of our brand — enabling extensive word-of-mouth exposure and outsized earned media value — we have efficiently built a growing global fanbase of millions of consumers that uniquely transcends geography, gender, age and income.

We reach these consumers around the world through a multi-channel “engineered distribution” model, which balances the growing demand for our products and our constrained supply capacity to create scarcity in the market. We strategically allocate our products between our wholesale partners in the B2B channel, which we have been optimizing in recent years, and our rapidly growing DTC channel. As a result, we drive consistently robust revenue growth and operating margins, achieve excellent sell-through rates and deepen our direct connections with our consumers. In fiscal 2022, we generated revenues of

 

1


Table of Contents

1,242.8 million, gross profit margin of 60%, Adjusted gross profit margin of 62%, net profit of 187.1 million, Adjusted EBITDA of 434.6 million and Adjusted EBITDA margin of 35%, while selling approximately 30 million units.

What We Stand For

Our core values of Function, Quality and Tradition influence everything we do and underpin our brand’s deep cultural relevance that has stood the test of time. For decades, BIRKENSTOCK has attracted independent thinkers and transcended prevailing style norms, remaining committed to our values, even as the global zeitgeist has evolved around and moved toward us. In the 1960s and 1970s, the global peace movement and hippies adopted BIRKENSTOCK, wearing our Madrid, Arizona and Boston, as part of their celebration of freedom and free-spiritedness. In the 1980s, the green movement adopted BIRKENSTOCK, proudly wearing our products for our ethical approaches to production and consumption. In the 1990s, inspired by the feminism movement, more women wore BIRKENSTOCKs to free themselves from long-standing fashion norms that required wearing painful high heels and other constricting footwear. Today, consumers turn to BIRKENSTOCK in their search for healthy, high-quality products and as a rejection of formal dress culture. By remaining true to our values of Function, Quality and Tradition, BIRKENSTOCK has endured across generations.

Function

Our proprietary footbed — the result of successive innovations, beginning in the late 19th century with the invention of the contoured shoe last, which reflects the anatomy of the human foot — represents the foundation of our brand and products. The functional nature of and growing usage occasions for BIRKENSTOCK products enable the universality of our brand, allowing us to serve every human regardless of geography, gender, age and income. At its core, the BIRKENSTOCK footbed promotes “Naturgewolltes Gehen”:

 

LOGO

 

2


Table of Contents

Every foot employs 26 bones, 33 muscles and over 100 tendons and ligaments in walking. Improper footwear can cause friction, pain, injury and poor posture, among other ailments. Our anatomically shaped BIRKENSTOCK footbed provides natural support and stimulation, promoting even weight distribution, fully supported arches and no unnatural pressure points from heel to toe. Orthopedic theory suggests the benefits of walking barefoot on natural yielding ground are far reaching, including pain reduction in the foot and throughout the body, improved mobility, and natural posture, since the foot is kept in its natural state. By mimicking the effects of natural yielding ground (“footprint in the sand”), the “System Birkenstock” leans on the benefits of this phenomenon, attempting to enable walking as intended by nature. The inherent functionality of our products enables BIRKENSTOCK to serve a distinct purpose for consumers.

As illustrated below, the Original BIRKENSTOCK footbed is comprised of several distinctive components:

 

 

LOGO

Quality

We believe how things are made matters as much as the product itself. We build BIRKENSTOCK products to be long-lasting, durable and repairable, a distinctive approach in the market today. We never compromise on material quality; for example, our uppers are made of leathers of the highest quality (i.e., 2.8-3.0 mm thick leather, sourced from European tanneries). We source over 90% of our materials and components from Europe, processing our inputs to the highest environmental and social standards in the industry by operating state-of-the-art scientific laboratories for materials testing. Furthermore, by vertically integrating our manufacturing operations in the EU — one of the safest and most regulated manufacturing environments in the world — we maintain a high degree of control over the quality and craftsmanship of our products, ensuring a consistent consumer experience.

Consumers recognize BIRKENSTOCK for its superior product quality. According to the Consumer Survey, we outperform our peers — on a statistically significant level — on measures of material quality, construction

 

3


Table of Contents

and craftsmanship, as well as durability. As a result, the loyalty of BIRKENSTOCK consumers is unparalleled, with some consumers keeping pairs for multiple decades through careful maintenance and repair.

Tradition

Honoring our heritage represents the cornerstone of our culture. We feel a profound responsibility to protect and live up to our treasured tradition — built over the last two and a half centuries — of crafting functional, high-quality products. This deep respect for our history continuously guides our actions, compelling us to emphasize our values across all aspects of our business.

While our family tradition of shoemaking can be traced back to 1774, the evolution of our brand gained momentum in the early 20th century with our development of the footbed in 1902. We invented the word “Fussbett,” or “footbed,” and this discovery laid the groundwork for what became the “System Birkenstock,” a doctrine and practice of orthopedic principles, built around “Naturgewolltes Gehen,” that still guides us today. The footbed remains the guiding principle for everything we do and the platform we use to explore new product categories. It reminds us to develop products that make our consumers’ lives better, embedding function, quality and purpose in everything we make. The philosophy of the “System Birkenstock” grounds our approach to shoemaking to this day.

Where We Are Today

Over a decade ago, the Birkenstock family brought in its first outside management team, commencing the present era of BIRKENSTOCK. Under the leadership and vision of Oliver Reichert, first as a General Manager in 2009 and then as the Chief Executive Officer beginning in 2013, we have transformed our business from a family-owned, production-oriented company into a global, professionally managed enterprise committed to growing our brand. In the current era, we have built on our legacy while continuing to revolutionize processes and strategies to unleash our global potential, growing revenues at a 20% CAGR from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2022.

 

 

LOGO

Note: See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information — Financial Statements.”

 

4


Table of Contents

We use a highly intentional “celebrate the archive, build the archive” approach to product architecture and innovation across our expanding portfolio of over 700 silhouettes. We incorporate our legendary footbed across all silhouettes, several of which have developed significant global recognition and acclaim of their own. Our top five silhouettes collectively generated nearly 76% of our annual revenues in fiscal 2022. We continually reinterpret or “celebrate” these timeless, iconic silhouettes through makeovers and adaptations, enabling us to drive consistent, recurring growth with minimal risk. Alongside our classics, we consistently build our extensive archive by innovating new silhouettes; nine of the top 20 products in fiscal 2022 represent new styles that we have introduced since fiscal 2017. In particular, we have focused on expanding our closed-toe silhouette assortment — which represented over 20% of revenues in fiscal 2022 — to enable us to address additional usage occasions as well as balance seasonality.

Our commitment to creating functional, purpose-driven products with the highest integrity has enabled us to build a strong brand reputation with universal appeal. In addition, powerful secular trends — an increased focus on health, the casualization of daily life, the breakthrough of modern feminism and the rise of purpose-led, conscious consumption — have converged around BIRKENSTOCK and will continue to fuel our brand relevance and reach for the next 250 years. We strive to match our universal appeal with democratic access to products; we offer our unisex products across a broad range of prices, from a retail entry price point of 40 for our EVA styles to over 1,600 for our highest-end collaborations.

The deep connections we build with our diverse, global fan base engender profound trust, high levels of loyalty and unparalleled word-of-mouth endorsement. In a recent Consumer Survey, approximately 70% of our existing U.S. consumers indicated they had purchased at least two pairs of BIRKENSTOCKs, with the average U.S. consumer owning 3.6 pairs today. In that same Consumer Survey, nearly 90% of recent purchasers indicated a desire to purchase again and over 40% of consumers indicated they did not even consider another brand when last purchasing BIRKENSTOCK, a testament to our category ownership.

Given the increasing relevance and strength of our brand, demand for our products has historically exceeded supply. As a consequence, we have spent the past decade refining our engineered distribution model through which we mindfully and strategically allocate product across channels and regions. We have consolidated control over our brand globally by converting distributor markets, rationalizing wholesale distribution to focus on strategic accounts that support our brand positioning and reach, and investing in our DTC business, which has grown at a 42% CAGR between 2018 and 2022. We allocate our finite production capacity globally, creating scarcity in the market and facilitating strong control over our brand, as well as predictable, consistent growth. Our strongest, most developed regions are the Americas and Europe, which represented 54% and 36% of revenues in fiscal 2022, respectively. Our APMA region has demonstrated considerable growth potential, which historically has not been fully realized because of deliberate decisions to prioritize the Americas and Europe due to finite supply.

Recent Financial Performance

Our powerful business model and consistent execution have delivered continuous top-line growth and an expanding margin profile. Our financial performance reflects the strong demand for our brand and the benefits of our engineered distribution model that delivers the right product for the right channel at the right price point. This approach enables us to enjoy a rare combination of consistent, predictable growth and high levels of profitability, providing us with significant flexibility to invest in our operations and growth initiatives.

This strategy has resulted in:

 

   

Revenues increasing from 727.9 million in fiscal 2020 to 1,242.8 million in fiscal 2022, a 31% two-year CAGR;

 

   

Number of units sold increasing at a 12% CAGR between fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2022;

 

5


Table of Contents
   

ASP increasing at a 16% CAGR between fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2022;

 

   

DTC penetration increasing from 30% of revenues in fiscal 2020 to 38% of revenues in fiscal 2022;

 

   

Gross profit margin expanding from 55% in fiscal 2020 to 60% in fiscal 2022;

 

   

Adjusted gross profit margin expanding from 55% in fiscal 2020 to 62% in fiscal 2022;

 

   

Net profit increasing from 101.3 million in fiscal 2020 to 187.1 million in fiscal 2022; and

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA growing at a 49% two-year CAGR from 194.8 million in fiscal 2020 to 434.6 million in fiscal 2022, with Adjusted EBITDA margin expanding 8 percentage points from 27% in fiscal 2020 to 35% in fiscal 2022.

This strategy has also yielded strong results in the most recent nine months ended June 30, 2023, where we have observed:

 

   

Revenues increasing from 921.2 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 1,117.4 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2023, a 21% increase;

 

   

Number of units sold increasing by 5% from the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to the nine months ended June 30, 2023;

 

   

ASP increasing by 15% in the nine months ended June 30, 2023 compared to the nine months ended June 30, 2022;

 

   

DTC penetration increasing from 34% of revenues for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 37% of revenues for the nine months ended June 30, 2023;

 

   

Gross profit margin expanding from 59% for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 61% for the nine months ended June 30, 2023;

 

   

Adjusted gross profit margin decreasing slightly from 62% for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 61% for the nine months ended June 30, 2023;

 

   

Net profit decreasing from 129.1 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 103.3 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2023; and

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA growing by 16% from 332.5 million in the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 387.0 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2023, with Adjusted EBITDA margin contracting 1 percentage point from 36% for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 35% for the nine months ended June 30, 2023.

 

6


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Our Addressable Market

Inspired by “Naturgewolltes Gehen,” we construct our products to empower all humans to walk as nature intended. We believe this function-first ethos limits the reach of our products only by the global population.

Our core opportunity lies in deploying our iconic footbed across the broader footwear market globally, including in our largest markets of North America and Europe, as well as newer markets in Asia and the Middle East. Beyond geographical expansion, significant market share opportunity exists in our established and new product categories.

Global Footwear Market

The global footwear industry is a large and fragmented market. According to Euromonitor, it was estimated to generate approximately 340 billion in retail sales in 2022, with the top 5 brands accounting for 20% of the overall footwear market. On average, the global footwear market is projected to grow at a CAGR of 5.1% over the next five years, reaching approximately 440 billion in sales by 2027. Based on our current market penetration of less than 1%, we believe there is ample whitespace to continue growing the BIRKENSTOCK brand. We expect to capture market share globally, particularly in Asia Pacific, which is expected to be one of the fastest growing regions in the world at a CAGR of 5.9% between 2022 and 2027 and where we are meaningfully underpenetrated.

We believe we are uniquely positioned to win share in the large and growing global footwear market given our commitment to delivering superior orthopedic functionality in support of the following key enduring consumer megatrends:

Growing Preference for Healthy Products

Consumers prioritize purchases that benefit their overall health as they become aware of the negative effects of wearing unsupportive footwear. According to ARRIS Composites survey data, nearly 2 in 5 U.S.

 

7


Table of Contents

workers have recurring foot pain and discomfort at any given time. In addition, 86% of U.S. workers prefer comfort over style in their footwear. Our footbed-based products meet inherent consumer demand through their functionality and encouragement of the natural walking motion and proper foot health.

Casualization Across Usage Occasions

Over the last generation, the use of formal footwear has declined as a result of the ongoing shift towards casual dress and rise of sneaker culture, both trends accelerated by COVID-19. We find ourselves at a nexus of these changing consumer behaviors as consumers increasingly free themselves from long-standing fashion norms, seeking more functional footwear and apparel choices across usage occasions. This enduring trend also coincides with the shift towards healthy products as consumers seek alternatives to traditional work and other non-casual footwear options that do not promote or negatively impact foot health.

Breakthrough of Modern Feminism

The ongoing evolution and expansion of the role of women in society continues to drive meaningful shifts in their preferences in footwear and apparel. While trends in fashion come and go, we believe women’s increasing preference for functional apparel and footwear has and will prove secular in nature. As a brand that has long stood for functionality, we believe this ongoing tailwind will continue to drive relevance and growth for the BIRKENSTOCK brand.

Appreciation and Affinity for Heritage and Craftsmanship

We believe consumers increasingly value brands that have rich traditions, have clarity in their purpose and take significant responsibility for their operations. We have observed these trends across various consumer industries, including luxury leather goods and ready-to-wear clothing, watches and personal care products, among others. We believe BIRKENSTOCK’s functional, purpose-led brand, uncompromising commitment to quality and centuries-old crafting traditions align well with the ongoing shift towards brands with authentic heritages and craftsmanship.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths are central to the power of our brand and business model:

Purpose Brand Built Around our Legendary Footbed and Products

An Orthopedic Tradition

The heart of our brand is the footbed, which forms the core of our own orthopedic methodology, the “System Birkenstock.” The benefits of our system are supported by decades of research, podiatrist recommendations and consumer loyalty. Our purpose to empower all people to walk as intended by nature has created an enduring connection with our consumers, who recognize us for functionality, craftsmanship, German engineering, uncompromising quality and a differentiated product experience. This authentic connection with our consumers positions BIRKENSTOCK at the center of a shift toward conscious, responsible and health-oriented consumption instead of “fast fashion” or trend-chasing.

 

8


Table of Contents

Much of our success can be traced back to our long history of product innovations, including the contoured shoe last, footbed and footbed sandal. We outline our groundbreaking innovations below:

 

 

LOGO

Category-Defining, Universally Relevant Silhouettes

While these innovations started orthopedically in nature, we have since launched several distinctive, instantly recognizable silhouettes that blend the functionality of our legendary footbed with timeless aesthetics. Many of these silhouettes — including our Core Silhouettes, the Madrid, Arizona, Boston, Gizeh and Mayari — have come to define and become synonymous with their respective categories, resulting in a distinct competitive advantage for our brand. All but one — the Mayari — have been in the market for over 40 years and continue to attract significant attention today. From the beginning, these silhouettes have been conceptualized, promoted and sold as unisex products, further supporting our fundamental purpose and driving mass appeal of the brand. These top selling models undergo regular seasonal makeovers and serve as the “canvas” for many of our collaborations created within our 1774 premium line, generating newness while allowing us to celebrate this core collection. Since 2018, our Core Silhouettes have grown at a revenue CAGR of 18%, evidencing the ability of these iconic silhouettes to drive consistent, recurring growth.

 

 

LOGO

 

9


Table of Contents

Proven Innovation Strategy

We have developed an extensive archive of over 700 silhouettes through our differentiated innovation engine. We approach product innovation through two primary lenses: (1) “celebrating the archive” by utilizing distinct design elements to modify existing silhouettes and introduce newness in a low-risk manner and (2) “building the archive” by leveraging our footbed as the development platform, enabling us to create new products from the “inside-out.”

Our approach leverages our product archive, market insights and whitespace analysis to identify areas where we can create trends from within and export those to the market through a proven roadmap of product development, demand creation and engineered distribution.

Celebrate the Archive

We routinely update our Core Silhouettes and other existing silhouettes by adjusting parameters such as color, materials and other details (e.g., buckles) to create newness and strategically extend their reach. For example, we have expanded the Arizona silhouette across price points and usage occasions, adding a water-friendly variant utilizing EVA, while also broadening the Arizona’s appeal through collaborations. This approach continuously infuses the brand with newness while undertaking minimal risk. As a result, revenues from the Arizona silhouette have grown at a CAGR of 24% between fiscal 2018 and 2022.

Build the Archive

We also consistently build our archive by introducing new silhouettes developed around our celebrated footbed. Given the functional nature of our products and the loyalty BIRKENSTOCK consumers have for their footbeds, we have successfully expanded our assortment across new silhouettes and product categories. The success of this approach can be seen in the popularity of our recent launches; new silhouettes introduced since fiscal 2017 represented nine of the top 20 selling products in fiscal 2022. Furthermore, we have focused on the significant opportunity in closed-toe silhouettes, which have grown to over 20% of revenues in fiscal 2022, supported by silhouettes such as the Zermatt, Buckley and Bend. This approach has enabled us to expand our brand reach across seasons and usage occasions, as well as drive growth through higher ASPs. Launched in 2020, the Bend sneaker exemplifies the success of our approach to building the archive in new, strategically important categories, with Bend revenues growing over 100% between fiscal 2021 and 2022.

Go-Forward Product Strategy

Looking ahead, we will continue to grow our Core Silhouette collections through low-risk newness while also deploying our footbed across more product categories and usage occasions. Specifically, we expect to refine existing silhouettes and create new silhouettes that incorporate new materials and production techniques, such as PU direct injection, to specifically address identified consumer needs and broaden our product range across usage occasions. For example, our PU technology will enable extensive innovation in outsoles, allowing us to create products tailored for active and outdoor and professional usage occasions. To further strengthen our innovation capabilities and extend our functional leadership, we formed a dedicated biomechanics team and created a laboratory for new technical and materials innovations in 2018.

 

10


Table of Contents

Global Fan Community Enabling Efficient Demand Creation

Broad and Democratic Fan Base

We serve a global community of millions of highly engaged consumers, who we attract with our function-first collection of high-quality footwear. Our fans, many of whom have been with us for decades, are enthusiastic, loyal, quality seekers across all aspects of society, including doctors, adventurers, professional athletes, families and models on the runways of Paris Fashion Week. We attract a diverse range of consumers that transcends geography, gender, age and income.

 

 

LOGO

Source: Consumer Survey; geographical split based on share of fiscal 2022 revenues

Our holistic approach to foot health serves as the foundation for a globally accessible, relevant and democratized brand experience that serves a broad consumer base across usage occasions and price points. We have demonstrated success across a broad price range, from our EVA styles, which have a RSP starting at 40, to our 1774 collection styles and collaborations, which have a RSP of upwards of 1,600.

Unparalleled Consumer Engagement and Loyalty

Our diverse set of consumers discover our brand in many ways, sometimes not for the inherent orthopedic benefits, but become loyal fans through their continued use of our products. According to the Consumer Survey, the average BIRKENSTOCK consumer in the U.S. owns 3.6 pairs of our product today, reflecting the enthusiasm with which consumers engage with our brand. In addition, 86% of recent BIRKENSTOCK purchasers indicated a desire to purchase again. Anecdotally, “Birkenstories” of obsessive fan loyalty are plentiful, with grandparents passing on the tradition of BIRKENSTOCK to future generations and others building collections of BIRKENSTOCKs over time.

Efficient Demand Creation

The deep connection consumers feel with our beloved brand leads to significant word-of-mouth exposure and extensive, high-quality earned media, enabling highly efficient marketing spend. According to the Consumer Survey, nearly 90% of BIRKENSTOCK buyers come to us through unpaid channels, with the

 

11


Table of Contents

top three sources of awareness being: (1) heard about it from a friend, (2) saw someone wearing it and (3) growing up with it. Our consumers’ love for BIRKENSTOCK and their strong desire to organically promote the brand are further demonstrated by our NPS of 55%.

Furthermore, we amplify BIRKENSTOCK in the cultural zeitgeist through calculated demand creation strategies, including through creative content developed by our content house as well as through strategic product collaborations led by our 1774 office in Paris. Our unique brand, iconic footbed and instantly recognizable aesthetic have generated significant unsolicited attention from well-known brands seeking to collaborate with us. This has enabled us to partner with diverse brands such as Rick Owens, Stüssy, DIOR and Manolo Blahnik to create products that activate specific consumer groups and markets for BIRKENSTOCK. We benefit from the unpaid advocacy and support that is the natural byproduct of celebrities, public figures and other influential fans who are frequently seen wearing our products.

Engineered Distribution Approach

Complementary Multi-Channel Strategy

We optimize growth and profitability through a complementary, multi-channel distribution strategy for DTC and B2B. We operate our channels synergistically, utilizing the B2B channel to facilitate brand accessibility while steering consumers to our DTC channel, which offers our complete product range and access to our most desired and unique silhouettes. Across both channels, we execute a strategic allocation and product segmentation process, often down to the single door level, to ensure we sell the right product in the right channel at the right price point. This approach is centered on the strategic calibration of our ASP and employs key levers such as the expansion of our DTC channel, market conversions from third-party distributors, optimization of our wholesale partner network, increased overall share of premium products and strategic pricing. This process allows us to manage the finite nature of our production capacity, with a rigorous focus on control of our brand image and on profitability. As a result, we drive top-line growth and margins, prevent brand dilution and deepen our connection to consumers.

We pioneered this engineered distribution model in our U.S. market, ultimately helping drive a 32% revenue CAGR in the U.S. between fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2022. This transformative approach now serves as a blueprint for all our regions, where we have strategically converted from third-party distributors to owned distribution, accelerated DTC penetration, strategically expanded our retail footprint and increased our share of closed-toe and other high ASP products. Building on our success in the U.S., we have taken back distribution in key markets, including the UK, France, Canada, Japan and South Korea, reducing the share of business in third-party distribution from 32% of revenues in fiscal 2018 to 14% in fiscal 2022. Our strongest, most developed regions are the Americas, which accounted for 54% of revenues in fiscal 2022, and Europe, which accounted for 36% of revenues, while APMA represented 10% of revenues.

Balanced Shift Towards DTC

Our DTC footprint promotes direct consumer relationships and provides access to BIRKENSTOCK in its purest form. We have grown DTC revenues at a 42% CAGR between 2018 and 2022 as part of our strategy to increase DTC penetration. Our DTC channel enables us to express our brand identity, engage directly with our global fan base, capture real-time data on customer behavior and provide consumers with unique product access to our most distinctive styles. Additionally, our high levels of organic demand creation, together with higher ASPs, support consistently attractive profitability in the DTC channel, which reached a 38% share of revenues in fiscal 2022, up from 18% in fiscal 2018.

Since 2016, we have invested significantly in our online platform to support the penetration of our DTC channel, establishing our own e-commerce sites in more than 30 countries with ongoing expansion into new markets. In fiscal 2022, e-commerce represented 89% of our DTC channel. In addition, as of June 30,

 

12


Table of Contents

2023, we operated a network of approximately 45 owned retail stores, complementing our e-commerce channel with the live experience of our best product range. The largest concentration of our retail locations is in Germany, where we operated 20 locations. We have recently embarked on a disciplined strategy of opening new retail stores in attractive markets globally, including Soho and Brooklyn in New York City, Venice Beach in Los Angeles, Tokyo, London and Delhi.

Intentional Wholesale Partnerships

Our wholesale strategy is defined by intentionality in partner selection, identifying the best partners in each segment and price point. We segment our wholesale product line availability into specific retailer quality tiers, ensuring we allocate the right product to the right channel for the right consumer. For example, we limit access to our premium 1774 and certain collaboration products to a curated group of brand partners.

For our wholesale partners, we are a “must carry” brand based on the enthusiasm with which our consumers pursue our products. We believe that the BIRKENSTOCK brand is consistently amongst the top performers in sell-through in our core categories at most of our retail partners. We generate significantly more demand from existing and prospective wholesale customers than we can supply, putting us in an enviable position where we can create scarcity in the market and obtain consistently favorable economic terms on wholesale distribution. The early placement of wholesale orders approximately six months in advance greatly aids in our production planning and allocation. In addition, sell-through transparency from important wholesalers provides real-time insight into the overall market and inventory dynamics.

During fiscal 2022, we worked with approximately 6,000 carefully selected wholesale partners in over 75 countries, ranging from orthopedic specialists to major department stores, to high-end fashion boutiques. As of June 30, 2023, our strategic partners also operated approximately 270 mono-brand stores to provide our consumers a multi-channel experience in select markets.

Vertically Integrated Manufacturing

A key differentiator of BIRKENSTOCK is our vertically integrated manufacturing which creates strong competitive and operational advantages in an industry that has largely been offshoring production since the 1980s. During 2022, we assembled over 95% of our overall products and produced 100% of our footbeds in our five owned factories in Germany, with supplemental component manufacturing in Portugal. These facilities are critical to delivering the high-quality products our brand promises and our consumers expect. With nearly every silhouette requiring over 50 hands to complete, the approximately 4,400 skilled workers we employ ensure we complete production in rigorous accordance with centuries-old know-how and craftsmanship. Inside our factories, most of our machines and automation are custom-made and cannot be found anywhere else in the world. For example, if no standard equipment is available on the market to fulfill these goals, we design and build our own proprietary machines.

Our approach to owned manufacturing ensures we produce our products to the highest quality standards, that we remain deliberate in the environmental resources we use and that we invest appropriately in innovation to support the brand’s continued growth. Our consumers can take comfort in that we engineer and produce 100% of our footwear in the EU, one of the safest and most regulated markets in the world. Furthermore, we source most of our raw materials from across Europe in compliance with strict quality, social and environmental standards based on industry best practices. We believe this vertical integration creates a unique degree of strategic control, further supported by robust contingency measures and the benefits of sourcing redundancy and diversity across multi-supplier relationships to ensure continuity of operations and flow of product.

 

13


Table of Contents

LOGO

We are currently adding to and expanding our owned manufacturing footprint globally at two facilities. Our newest factory in Pasewalk, Germany will be operational in late 2023, expanding our popular EVA and PU product capacity while freeing up incremental capacity in our other factories to further meet the strong demand for our brand. We also plan on expanding our recently acquired component manufacturing facility in Arouca, Portugal over the next two years. We remain committed to our policy that all footbed production and engineering take place in Germany and that all final assembly occurs in the EU to ensure the highest quality products are manufactured according to centuries-long tradition.

Passionate and Proven Management Team

Our brand’s ethos is rooted in an enduring commitment to the highest standards of corporate citizenship that encompasses a dedication to our employees and to the highest quality and broad support of innovation and creativity. Our leadership team remains committed to supporting a centuries-old legacy of aligning our corporate ethos to actions that support positive social, economic and environmental outcomes for both the localities in which we operate and our global community.

We benefit from the industry expertise and know-how of our passionate, experienced, visionary and proven senior management team led by Oliver Reichert, our Chief Executive Officer; Dr. Erik Massmann, our Chief Financial Officer; Markus Baum, our Chief Product Officer; Klaus Baumann, our Chief Sales Officer; David Kahan, our President Americas; Mehdi Nico Bouyakhf, our President Europe; Jochen Gutzy, our Chief Communications Officer; Christian Heesch, our Chief Legal Officer; and Mark Jensen, our Chief Technical Operations Officer who together have an average of more than 20 years of industry experience. The executive leadership team is executing on a bold vision to continue to unlock the power and significance of BIRKENSTOCK, which, through fiscal 2022, has grown revenues at a 20% CAGR since fiscal 2014, after Oliver Reichert took over as Chief Executive Officer. This has been accomplished while significantly expanding profitability through greater control over our brand, increased DTC share and operational efficiencies.

 

14


Table of Contents

For a description of the challenges we face and the limitations of our business and operations, see “—Risk Factors Summary” and “Risk Factors.”

Key Pillars of Our Growth

We believe we have only just begun to unlock the power of our profound transformation and realize the full global potential of BIRKENSTOCK. We estimate our share of the massive 340 billion global footwear industry to be less than one percent, presenting substantial opportunity for further growth. We believe we are well-positioned to significantly expand our market share and drive sustainable growth and profitability through the following pillars, each of which represents a continuation of the proven strategies we have been executing over the past decade.

Expand and Enhance the Product Portfolio

We will continue to expand our product archive through our “celebrate and build” approach to innovation, entering into new usage occasions while investing in categories we serve today through new and innovative offerings. We intend to diversify our product portfolio, strengthen loyalty with consumers who already love BIRKENSTOCK, drive higher penetration in our existing markets and channels and expand our reach and appeal across new consumers, geographies and usage occasions. Through the broad application of the BIRKENSTOCK footbed, we intend to develop our product offering through the following strategies:

 

   

Drive the Core Through “Inside-out” Innovation: We will continue to incorporate our legendary footbed as the central functional element in our proven product formula as we celebrate and build our archive. We will renew existing silhouettes and introduce new ones by strategically using aesthetics, construction, design and materials updates that flex elements across uppers, outer soles, buckle details and other embellishments to deliver innovative functionality and renewed purpose. In doing so, we will continue to broaden and deepen our product assortment across price bands, building on the success of our opening price point EVA line as well as collaborations through our 1774 line. “Inside-out” innovation drives growth across our product portfolio:

 

 

LOGO

 

15


Table of Contents
   

Strengthen Year-Round Product Mix with Closed-Toe Offerings: We will continue to diversify into closed-toe silhouettes (clogs and shoes), enabling the brand to serve different usage occasions for consumers, balance seasonality and drive growth and profitability through higher ASPs. We have made substantial progress in this strategic effort, as demonstrated by expansion in the share of closed-toe products, which accounted for over 20% of total revenues in fiscal 2022, in addition to the performance of the Boston, a clog originally launched in 1978 that has enjoyed a revenue CAGR of 100% between fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2022 as we expanded the style count and more prominently featured this silhouette in collaborations, our stores and e-commerce sites.

 

   

Develop Presence in Underpenetrated Categories: We intend to drive business by staying true to our orthopedic heritage and creating highly functional products across a variety of usage occasions, including professional, active and outdoor, kids, home and orthopedic. We have already achieved promising success with our recent offerings in these expansionary categories, such as our outdoor products where we have created new silhouettes by using PU direct injection technology to develop water-friendly and high-grip outsoles. Additionally, our use of EVA similarly expands our portfolio by creating products suitable for use in and around water. These developments broaden our potential product range across usage occasions by creating highly functional, water ready, anti-slip outsoles and more rugged constructions. This approach continues to support a strong pipeline of new products that is expected to accelerate growth:

LOGO

 

   

Leverage our Brand in Function-led, Non-Footwear Categories: We will leverage our functional expertise, brand equity and trust from our consumers to extend the BIRKENSTOCK brand into non-footwear categories. We are launching a new, highly functional prestige shoe care and footcare line made in Germany exclusively from materials of natural origin and rooted in our deep heritage in foot health. We have also extended our brand’s heritage in health into the sleep category, introducing a range of BIRKENSTOCK sleep systems that leverage our core expertise in orthopedic research and functional product design.

 

16


Table of Contents

Drive Engineered Distribution on a Global Scale

We will continue to leverage our engineered distribution approach to strategically allocate our production capacity across channels, regions and categories in a manner that supports our continued success. Specifically, we aim to drive growth across regions by continuing to operate our proven playbook in the U.S. and Europe, where we have significantly grown our DTC channel while optimizing our B2B presence with wholesale partners who support our brand positioning.

Our DTC channel has expanded from 18% of revenues in fiscal 2018 to 38% of revenues in fiscal 2022. We expect that future DTC growth will be primarily driven by e-commerce, which is rapidly growing through active customer growth and new online store openings. We also intend to pursue disciplined, strategic additions to our retail footprint given our relatively limited presence today of approximately 45 owned stores, 20 of which are in Germany. We expect DTC penetration will increase slightly in the coming years as we balance DTC growth with continued expansion with new and existing strategic wholesale partners globally.

We have extensive whitespace to grow within and outside of our largest geographies, the U.S. and Europe. We believe there are still sizable growth opportunities in key developed markets where the brand has a presence but remains significantly underpenetrated, including the UK, France, Southern Europe and Canada.

As we ramp up our production capacity, we will unlock the large growth potential of the APMA region, which has generated significant latent demand that we have been unable to fulfill in recent years given more limited supply. Our targeted growth strategies will build upon our growing popularity in the region’s emerging markets, including China and India, where our brand is nascent, and in countries such as South Korea, Australia and New Zealand, where we have a more established presence and brand awareness.

Educate Fans on Our Brand Purpose and Grow the BIRKENSTOCK Fan Base

We will continue to educate consumers globally about the advantages of BIRKENSTOCK products. We believe consumers become evangelists for our brand when they become aware of the merits of our superior functional design. The function of our products and the power of our brand has enabled us to build our Company largely through organic, unpaid sources, including word-of-mouth, repeat buying, earned media, high profile influencer support and our 1774 collaborations office. These organic factors support a virtuous cycle of consumer consideration, trial, conversion and repeat purchase. Our recently established BIRKENSTOCK content house was created to produce powerful stories of BIRKENSTOCK’s craftsmanship, fan love and other core values across various social media platforms, providing powerful organic vehicles to engage with and attract new fans. We will further amplify this content through the introduction of “ambassador retail,” a new physical retail strategy focusing on a small footprint of stores operated in partnership with local entrepreneurs who will serve as brand ambassadors by virtue of their professions, pursuits or social media presences. Additionally, our newly launched BIRKENSTOCK loyalty program, which offers exclusive access to products and other unique benefits, will serve as a principal tool for driving increased engagement with new and existing consumers in the future.

While our brand has achieved substantial traction globally and those who have experienced our products demonstrate strong loyalty, our presence remains relatively nascent in many of our markets. Our unaided brand awareness outside of Germany and the United States remains well below that of our most established markets and of other leading footwear brands, providing us with a clear runway for growth. According to the Consumer Survey, aided brand awareness, which we define as consumer awareness about the brand when specifically asked about the brand, in the United States is 68%. We believe increasing consumer awareness of our brand, the functional benefits of our products and our constantly evolving product offering will generate substantial growth as we introduce new consumers to our brand and convert those who are aware of the brand into consumers.

 

17


Table of Contents

Invest in and Optimize the Company to Support the Next Generation of Growth

We will continue to invest in our people and our manufacturing and supply chain to support future growth. We will also seek operational improvements to drive efficiencies and increase the speed and flexibility of our operations.

 

   

Optimize and Expand our Production Capacity: We will further optimize our current production footprint by introducing automation where appropriate, while also strategically expanding capacity by investing in new facilities. We are currently making investments that will increase our capacity and extend our capabilities, as evidenced by our new facility in Pasewalk, Germany, which is scheduled to open in late 2023.

 

   

Expand our Owned and Third-Party Logistics Infrastructure: We will strengthen our owned and operated fulfillment centers while adding significant through-put via third-party partners. We will continue to invest in expanding our outbound capacity by adding incremental logistics capabilities in the U.S. and other key markets. This will also allow us to optimize our current logistics infrastructure to better service our growing business, while lowering operational costs.

 

   

Drive Operational Efficiencies: We have invested ahead of our growth in all areas of the business, including product creation and manufacturing, multi-channel distribution and corporate infrastructure. As we continue our growth trajectory, we plan to leverage these investments, realize economies of scale and optimize efficiency in our business.

Risk Factors Summary

Investing in our ordinary shares involves risk. The risks described in “Risk Factors” in this prospectus may cause us to not realize the full benefits of our strengths or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our growth strategy. Some of the more significant risks include the following:

 

   

our dependence on the image and reputation of the BIRKENSTOCK brand;

 

   

the continued effects of the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

the intense competition we face from both established companies and newer entrants into the market;

 

   

our ability to execute our DTC growth strategy and risks associated with our e-commerce platforms;

 

   

our ability to adapt to changes in consumer preferences and attract new customers;

 

   

harm to our brand and market share due to counterfeit products;

 

   

our ability to successfully operate and expand retail stores;

 

   

failure to realize expected returns from our investments in our businesses and operations;

 

   

risks related to business, economic, market and political conditions;

 

   

our dependence on third parties for our sales and distribution channels, as well as deterioration or termination of relationships with major wholesale partners;

 

   

adverse events influencing the sustainability of our supply chain or our relationships with major suppliers, or increases in raw materials or labor costs;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage inventory;

 

   

unforeseen business interruptions and other operational problems at our production facilities, as well as disruptions to our shipping and delivery arrangements;

 

18


Table of Contents
   

failure to attract and retain key employees and deterioration of relationships with employees, employee representative bodies and stakeholders;

 

   

adequate protection, maintenance and enforcement of our trademarks and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

regulations governing the use and processing of personal data, as well as disruption and security breaches affecting information technology systems;

 

   

risks related to international markets;

 

   

compliance with existing laws and regulations or changes in such laws and regulations;

 

   

risks related to our amount of indebtedness, its restrictive covenants and our ability to repay our debt;

 

   

our Principal Shareholder controls us, and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future; and

 

   

our status as a foreign private issuer and, upon the listing of our ordinary shares on the NYSE, as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules.

Please see “Risk Factors” for a discussion of these and other factors you should consider before making an investment in our ordinary shares.

Tax Receivable Agreement

We expect to enter into a tax receivable agreement with our pre-IPO owner, MidCo, in connection with this offering, in consideration for the repurchase of certain shares of the Company from MidCo. Pursuant to the TRA, we will generally be required to pay to the TRA Participants 85% of the savings, if any, in (a) U.S. federal, state or local income tax, and (b) German income tax and trade tax, in each case, that we actually realize (or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances, including as a result of certain assumptions) as a result of certain tax attributes created by MidCo’s acquisition of the BIRKENSTOCK Group in 2021 or that are otherwise available to the Company as of the date of this offering, plus interest in respect of delay between the date on which we realize (or are deemed to realize) tax savings and the date of payment specified by the TRA. Under the TRA, generally, we will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings. The payments expected to be made under the TRA are expected to be substantial and may total $                 in the aggregate over the next                 years. See “Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” for more information.

 

19


Table of Contents

Corporate Structure

A simplified organizational chart showing certain legal entities within our corporate structure is set forth below (all subsidiaries are, directly or indirectly, 100% owned by Birkenstock Holding Limited):

 

LOGO

Capital Reorganization

Prior to the consummation of this offering, Birkenstock Holding Limited will change its legal status to become a Jersey public limited company with the name Birkenstock Holding plc. In connection with such change of status, the current share classes and shares of the Company will be redesignated into one class of ordinary shares, such ordinary shares will be changed into no par value shares, and a                  -for-one forward share split will be implemented with respect to such ordinary shares. Following such change of status, we expect to enter into a tax receivable agreement with MidCo in consideration for the repurchase of                  ordinary shares of the Company from MidCo, as a result of which there will be                  ordinary shares of the Company outstanding immediately prior to consummation of this offering. We refer to the foregoing steps as our “capital reorganization.”

Corporate Information

Birkenstock Holding Limited was formed on February 19, 2021 as BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l., a Luxembourg private limited liability company. On April 25, 2023, we changed our name from BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l. to Birkenstock Group Limited and converted (by way of re-domiciliation) the legal form of our Company to a Jersey private company. On July 12, 2023, we changed our name from Birkenstock Group Limited to Birkenstock Holding Limited. In addition, prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to change the legal status of our Company to a Jersey public limited company.

Our registered offices are located at 47 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey JE1 0BD, Channel Islands. Our principal executive offices are located at 1-2 Berkeley Square, London W1J 6EA, United Kingdom. Our telephone number is                 . Our principal website is www.birkenstock-holding.com. The reference to

 

20


Table of Contents

our website is an inactive textual reference only and information contained therein or connected thereto are not incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer

We are considered a “foreign private issuer.” Accordingly, upon consummation of this offering, we will report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. This means that, as long as we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we will be exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including:

 

   

the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

 

   

the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and

 

   

the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8-K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We would cease to be a foreign private issuer at such time as more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents and any of the following three circumstances applies: (i) the majority of our executive officers or directors are U.S. citizens or residents, (ii) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States or (iii) our business is administered principally in the United States.

In addition, as a foreign private issuer, the Company will also be entitled to rely on exceptions from certain corporate governance requirements of the NYSE. As a result, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.

In this prospectus, we have taken advantage of certain of the reduced reporting requirements as a result of being a foreign private issuer. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold equity securities.

Our Principal Shareholder

L Catterton

L Catterton invested and acquired a majority stake in the Company in 2021 through affiliated entities. Catterton is a market-leading consumer-focused investment firm, managing approximately $34 billion of equity capital across three multi-product platforms: private equity, credit and real estate. Leveraging deep category insight, operational excellence and a broad network of strategic relationships, L Catterton’s team of more than 200 investment and operating professionals across 17 offices partners with management teams to drive differentiated value creation across its portfolio. Founded in 1989, the firm has made over 250 investments in some of the world’s most iconic consumer brands. L Catterton was formed through the partnership of Catterton, LVMH and Financière Agache.

After the completion of this offering, entities affiliated with L Catterton will control a majority of the combined voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance rules. Under the NYSE corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or

 

21


Table of Contents

another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including (i) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (ii) the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (iii) the requirement that our director nominations be made, or recommended to our full board of directors, by our independent directors or by a nominations committee that consists entirely of independent directors and that we adopt a written charter or board resolution addressing the nominations process. We may take advantage of certain of these exemptions, and, as a result, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company,” we will be required to comply with these provisions within the transition periods specified in the NYSE corporate governance rules.

 

22


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

This summary highlights information presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our ordinary shares. You should carefully read this entire prospectus before investing in our ordinary shares including “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements.

 

Issuer

Birkenstock Holding Limited.

 

Ordinary shares offered by us

                 ordinary shares.

 

Ordinary shares offered by the selling shareholder

                 ordinary shares.

 

Over-allotment option

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional                  ordinary shares from us and the selling shareholder has granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional                 ordinary shares from it, in each case within 30 days of the date of this prospectus, to cover over-allotments, if any, in connection with the offering.

 

Ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering

                 shares (                 shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option from us is exercised in full).

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the offering will be approximately $         million (or $         million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option from us is exercised in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our ordinary shares and facilitate our future access to the capital markets. We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures.

 

 

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the ordinary shares by the selling shareholder.

 

Voting rights

Each outstanding ordinary share will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders.

 

Listing

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the NYSE under the symbol “BIRK.”

 

Dividend policy

We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our

 

23


Table of Contents
 

business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future decisions regarding the declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, results of operation, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters (the “DSP Underwriters”) have reserved up to     % of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to                      (the “Directed Share Program”). The number of ordinary shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase such reserved ordinary shares. Any reserved ordinary shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other ordinary shares offered by this prospectus. Except for reserved shares purchased by our executive officers and directors, these reserved ordinary shares will not be subject to the lock-up restrictions described elsewhere in this prospectus. We have agreed to indemnify the DSP Underwriters and their affiliates against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act. See “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares.

Except as otherwise noted, all information contained in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

no exercise of the option granted to the underwriters to purchase up to                     additional ordinary shares to cover over-allotments, if any, in connection with the offering;

 

   

an initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

   

no purchase of ordinary shares in this offering by directors, officers or existing shareholders (including pursuant to such person’s participation in our Directed Share Program); and

 

   

no exercise of our outstanding options (as set forth below).

In addition, except as otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus relating to the number of ordinary shares to be outstanding reflects              ordinary shares outstanding immediately after this offering, after giving effect to the capital reorganization and the sale of ordinary shares in this offering, and excludes:

 

   

an aggregate of              ordinary shares reserved for issuance under the Equity Plan (as defined below) that will become effective in connection with this offering; and

 

   

an aggregate of              ordinary shares reserved for issuance under the Employee Share Purchase Plan (as defined below) that will become effective in connection with this offering.

 

 

24


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

We have prepared our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS and our consolidated financial statements are presented in thousands of Euros, except where indicated otherwise. Historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period. In particular, our results for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 are not necessarily indicative of our results for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2023. The summary financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with the information included under the headings “Presentation of Financial and Other Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as well as the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary audited consolidated statement of comprehensive income data distinguishes the Company’s financial results into two distinct periods, the period up to and including April 30, 2021, the Transaction’s closing date (labeled “Predecessor”), and the period after that date (labeled “Successor”) and are further distinguished as follows: the Successor periods represent fiscal 2022 (the “2022 Successor Period”) and the period from May 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021 (the “2021 Successor Period” and, together with the 2022 Successor Period, the “Successor Periods”) and the Predecessor periods represent the period from October 1, 2020 through April 30, 2021 (the “2021 Predecessor Period”) and fiscal 2020 (the “2020 Predecessor Period” and, together with the 2021 Predecessor Period, the “Predecessor Periods”). The Predecessor Periods and the Successor Periods have been separated by a vertical black line on the consolidated financial statements to highlight the fact that the financial information for such periods has been prepared under two different cost bases of accounting. We have derived the summary audited consolidated income statement data and consolidated cash flows data for the Predecessor Periods and the Successor Periods from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have derived the summary unaudited interim condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income data and unaudited interim condensed consolidated cash flows data for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022 from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have also included summary consolidated financial position information as of June 30, 2023, September 30, 2022, September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, which have been derived from the consolidated financial statements of the Company included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income Data

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
(In thousands of Euros)    Nine months
ended
June 30,
2023
(unaudited)
     Nine months
ended
June 30,
2022
(unaudited)
     Year ended
September 30,
2022
    Period from
May 1, 2021
through
September 30,
2021
           Period from
October 1, 2020
through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30,
2020
 

Revenue

     1,117,368        921,225        1,242,833       462,664            499,347       727,932  

Cost of sales

     (436,532)        (377,270)        (493,031     (311,693          (213,197     (328,298
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     680,836        543,955        749,802       150,971            286,150       399,634  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

     (396,357)        (295,501)        (433,960     (154,702          (164,436     (254,511

Foreign exchange (loss)

     (51,350)        31,615        45,516       20,585            (1,523     (15,984

Other income, net

     2,452        (2,691)        1,669       (1,673          1,280       245  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from operations

     235,581        277,378        363,027       15,181            121,471       129,384  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance (cost), net

     (81,358)        (89,939)        (112,503     (28,958          (1,753     (3,950
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before tax

     154,223        187,439        250,524       (13,777          119,718       125,434  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     (50,914)        (58,307)        (63,413     (3,428          (20,694     (24,116
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit (loss)

     103,310        129,132        187,111       (17,205          99,024       101,318  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

25


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
(In thousands of Euros)    June 30, 2023
(unaudited)
     September 30,
2022
     September 30,
2021
           September 30,
2020
 

Cash and cash equivalents

     289,609        307,078        235,343          96,177  

Total assets

     4,753,506        4,788,627        4,267,538          803,557  

Total liabilities

     2,380,855        2,430,809        2,203,107          395,393  

Shareholder’s equity

     2,372,651        2,357,818        2,064,431          408,164  

Consolidated Cash Flows Data

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
(In thousands of Euros)    Nine months ended
June 30, 2023
(unaudited)
    Nine months ended
June 30, 2022
(unaudited)
    Year ended
September 30,
2022
    Period from
May 1, 2021
through
September 30,
2021
           Period from
October 1, 2020
through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30,
2020
 

Total cash provided by (used in)

               

Operating activities

     240,974       108,009       234,136       106,367          70,406       193,604  

Investing activities

     (79,981     (35,300     (71,646     (6,207        (11,426     (3,499

Financing activities

     (167,258     (92,635     (105,317     (13,415        (69,896     (130,254

Non-IFRS Financial Measures

 

     Successor             Predecessor  
(In thousands of Euros)    Nine months ended
June 30, 2023
     Nine months ended
June 30, 2022
     Year ended
September 30, 2022
     2021 Successor And
Predecessor Periods
            Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

Constant currency revenue(1)

     1,098,208        N/A        1,178,643        993,935           N/A  

Constant currency revenue growth(1)

     19%        N/A        23%        37%           N/A  

Adjusted gross profit(1)

     680,836        568,322        774,169        548,021           399,634  

Adjusted gross profit margin(1)

     61%        62%        62%        57%           55%  

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

     387,018        332,506        434,555        292,340           194,784  

Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)

     35%        36%        35%        30%           27%  

 

(1)

Unaudited.

Non-IFRS Financial Measures

We review a number of operating and financial metrics, including the following non-IFRS financial measures, to measure the operating performance and financial condition of the business and to make strategic decisions. A non-IFRS financial measure is generally defined as one that purports to measure financial performance but includes adjustments that are not included in the most comparable IFRS measure. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for additional information regarding our non-IFRS financial measures.

We use Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted gross profit, Adjusted gross profit margin, Constant currency revenue and Constant currency revenue growth, which are non-IFRS financial measures, in this prospectus.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our non-IFRS financial measures are calculated as set forth below:

 

   

“Adjusted EBITDA” is defined as net profit (loss) for the period adjusted for income tax expense (benefit), finance cost (net), depreciation and amortization, further adjusted for the effect of events such as: effects of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction, Transaction-related costs, IPO-related costs, realized and unrealized foreign exchange gain (loss), share-based payments and other adjustment relating to non-recurring items such as restructuring, as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-IFRS Financial Measures”;

 

   

“Adjusted EBITDA margin” is defined as Adjusted EBITDA for the period divided by revenues for the same period;

 

   

“Adjusted gross profit” is defined as gross profit, exclusive of the impact on inventory valuation of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction;

 

   

“Adjusted gross profit margin” is defined as adjusted gross profit for the period divided by revenues for the same period;

 

   

“Constant currency revenue” is calculated by translating current period foreign currency revenues using the prior period exchange rate; and

 

   

“Constant currency revenue growth” is calculated, as a percentage, by determining the increase in current period revenues over prior period revenues, where current period foreign currency revenues are translated using prior period exchange rates.

We use non-IFRS financial measures, such as Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted gross profit, Adjusted gross profit margin, Constant currency revenue and Constant currency revenue growth, to supplement financial information presented in accordance with IFRS. We believe that excluding certain items from our IFRS results allows management to better understand our consolidated financial performance from period-to-period and better project our future consolidated financial performance as forecasts are developed at a level of detail different from that used to prepare IFRS-based financial measures. Moreover, we believe these non-IFRS financial measures provide our stakeholders with useful information to help them evaluate our operating results by facilitating an enhanced understanding of our operating performance and enabling them to make more meaningful period-to-period comparisons. There are limitations to the use of the non-IFRS financial measures presented in this prospectus.

Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted gross profit, Adjusted gross profit margin, Constant currency revenue and Constant currency revenue growth are presented for supplemental informational purposes only, have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with IFRS. Some of these limitations include that:

 

   

they do not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital investments or contractual commitments;

 

   

they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

   

they do not reflect the significant interest expense or cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

   

they do not reflect any cash income taxes that we may be required to pay;

 

   

they are not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our consolidated statement of comprehensive income;

 

27


Table of Contents
   

they do not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from certain matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations;

 

   

assets are depreciated or amortized over differing estimated useful lives and often have to be replaced in the future, and these measures do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

 

   

other companies in our industry and analysts may calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

Reconciliation of Constant Currency Revenue to Revenues

The tables below present a reconciliation of constant currency revenue to the most comparable IFRS measure, revenues, for the periods presented:

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
(In thousands of Euros)    Nine months ended
June 30, 2023

(unaudited)
    Nine months ended
June 30, 2022

(unaudited)
     Year ended
September 30, 2022
    2021 Successor And
Predecessor Periods
     Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

Revenues

     1,117,368       921,225        1,242,833       962,011        727,932  

Add (Less):

            

U.S. Dollar impact(1)

     (24,394        (56,503     30,268     

Canadian Dollar impact(1)

     1,119          (4,909     472     

Other(1)

     4,115          (2,778     1,184     

Constant currency revenue(1)

     1,098,208       N/A        1,178,643       993,935        N/A  

 

(1)

Unaudited.

Reconciliation of Adjusted Gross Profit to Gross Profit

The table below presents a reconciliation of Adjusted gross profit to the most comparable IFRS measure, gross profit, for the periods presented:

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
(In thousands of Euros)    Nine months ended
June 30, 2023
(unaudited)
     Nine months ended
June 30, 2022
(unaudited)
     Year ended
September 30,
2022
     Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
           Period October 1,
2020, through
April 30, 2021
     Year ended
September 30,
2020
 

Gross profit

     680,836        543,955        749,802        150,971            286,150        399,634  

Add:

                     

Effect of applying the acquisition method of accounting for The Transaction under IFRS(1)

     —          24,367        24,367        110,900            —          —    

Adjusted gross profit(2)

     680,836        568,322        774,169        261,871            286,150        399,634  

 

(1)

Represents the effect of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction to inventory valuation and the subsequent impact on costs of sales. In fiscal 2022 and in the 2021 Successor period, cost of sales included inventory that had been measured at fair value as part of the Transaction. This effect amounted to 24.4 million, 24.4 million and 110.9 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022, fiscal 2022 and the 2021 Successor Period, respectively.

(2)

Unaudited.

 

28


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Net Profit to Adjusted EBITDA

The table below presents a reconciliation of net profit (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
(In thousands of Euros)    Nine months ended
June 30, 2023
(unaudited)
     Nine months ended
June 30, 2022
(unaudited)
    Year ended
September 30,
2022
    Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
           Period October 1,
2020, through
April 30, 2021
     Year ended
September 30,
2020
 

Net profit (loss)

     103,310        129,132       187,111       (17,205          99,024        101,318  

Add (Less):

                   

Income tax expense

     50,914        58,307       63,413       3,428            20,694        24,116  

Finance income (cost), net

     81,358        89,939       112,503       28,958            1,753        3,950  

Depreciation and amortization

     61,807        56,049       81,261       29,021            25,872        46,052  

EBITDA(1)

     297,388        333,427       444,288       44,202            147,343        175,436  

Add (Less) Adjustments:

                   

Effect of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction under IFRS(2)

            24,367       24,367       110,900                    

Transaction-related costs(3)

            2,053       2,598       2,463            3,025         

Realized and unrealized FX gains / losses(4)

     51,350        (31,615     (45,516     (20,585          1,523        15,984  

IPO-related costs(5)

     14,739        2,757       7,300                          

Share-based payments(6).

     18,085                                       

Other(7)

     5,455        1,517       1,518       3,360            109        3,364  

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

     387,018        332,506       434,555       140,340            152,000        194,784  

 

(1)

Unaudited.

(2)

Represents the effect of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction to inventory valuation and the subsequent impact on costs of sales. In the nine months ended June 30, 2022, fiscal 2022 and the 2021 Successor Period, cost of sales included inventory that had been measured at fair value as part of the Transaction. This effect amounted to 24.4 million, 24.4 million and 110.9 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022, fiscal 2022 and the 2021 Successor Period, respectively.

(3)

Represents Transaction-related advisory costs of 2.1 million, 2.6 million and 2.5 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022, fiscal 2022 and the 2021 Successor Period, respectively. In addition, the 2021 Predecessor Period includes 3.0 million of fees for the termination of interest rate swaps related to the predecessor syndicated loan.

(4)

Represents the primarily non-cash impact of foreign exchange rates within profit (loss). We do not consider these gains and losses representative of operating performance of the business because they are primarily driven by fluctuations in the USD to Euro foreign exchange rate on intercompany receivables for inventory and intercompany loans.

(5)

Represents IPO-related costs, which include consulting, legal as well as audit fees for the PCAOB re-audit of fiscal 2020 and 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods.

(6)

Represents share-based payments relating to the management investment plan.

(7)

Represents non-recurring expenses that we do not consider representative of the operating performance of the business, primarily comprised of consulting fees for integration projects of 0.7 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022, 0.7 million for fiscal 2022, 1.9 million for the 2021 Successor Period, none for the 2021 Predecessor Period and none for fiscal 2020, restructuring

 

29


Table of Contents
 

expenses of 2.0 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2023, 0.8 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022, 0.8 million for fiscal 2022, 1.5 million for the 2021 Successor Period, 0.1 million for the 2021 Predecessor Period and 2.1 million for fiscal 2020 and relocation expenses of 3.5 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2023, none for the nine months ended June 30, 2022, none for fiscal 2022, none for the 2021 Successor Period, none for the 2021 Predecessor Period and 1.3 million for fiscal 2020.

 

30


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in this prospectus before making an investment in our ordinary shares. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if any of these risks occurs, and as a result, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks facing our Company or investments worldwide described below and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Risks Related to Our Business, Brand, Products and Industry

Our success is dependent on the strength of our premium brand; if we are unable to maintain and enhance the value and reputation of our brand and/or counter any negative publicity, we may be unable to sell our products, which would harm our business and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business and financial performance is largely dependent on the image, perception and recognition of the BIRKENSTOCK brand, which, in turn, depends on many factors such as the distinctive character and quality of our products and product design, the image and presentation of our online and retail stores, our social media and content distribution activities, public relations and marketing and our general corporate and market profile, which can be adversely affected for reasons within and outside our control. For example, our products can be actively or mistakenly presented in a specific context not related to our brand (e.g., ethically, religiously, politically); we could experience customer dissatisfaction through our customer service in our DTC or B2B channels; we could have issues with our suppliers, such as quality control problems, which could affect the quality of our products or our reputation; and we could be the subject of negative publicity, including inaccurate adverse information.

Our brand value also depends on our ability to maintain positive consumer perception of our corporate integrity and culture, including with regard to the sustainability of our products. Negative claims or publicity involving us or our products, the third-party brands we partner with for collaborations or the production methods of any of our suppliers or the materials we or they source or use could seriously damage our reputation and brand image, regardless of whether such claims or publicity are accurate. In addition, we have been increasing our online presence through our expanding e-commerce business. Our social media presence amplifies consumer engagement with the BIRKENSTOCK brand; however, it reduces our control over brand perception due to the proliferation of consumer comments and hashtags and, thus, our brand could become associated with content that is not aligned with our values. Customers may provide feedback and public commentary about our products and other aspects of our business online through social media platforms and any negative information concerning us, whether accurate or not, may cause immediate harm to our brand without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction. Social media influencers or other endorsers of our products could engage in behavior that reflects poorly on our brand, the occurrence of which is beyond our control, and their behavior may be attributed to or associated with us or otherwise adversely affect us. Further, our brand reputation could be harmed if it becomes associated with negative media, such as if we or our senior executives were to take positions on social or other issues that may be unpopular with some consumers, which may impact our ability to attract or retain customers. Our brand reputation could also be harmed if we experience a cyber-attack or loss of consumer data. Adverse publicity could undermine consumer confidence in the BIRKENSTOCK brand and reduce long-term demand for our products, even if such publicity is unfounded. Moreover, our transformation from a historically family-owned German company to a publicly held company listed on a U.S. stock exchange may negatively impact our reputation. Any failure to maintain favorable brand recognition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

32


Table of Contents

Our business, financial condition and results of operations have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic.

The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and could have, an adverse effect on us. The global spread of COVID-19 and its related variants has created significant volatility, disruption and uncertainty and has had a material impact on global economies, both near-term and potentially long-term. There remains uncertainty regarding the extent to which and how long COVID-19 and its related effects will impact economies globally and related demand for our products. The extent to which COVID-19 will impact our business and operating results during 2023 and beyond will depend on future developments, including the duration, continued spread and future outbreaks of COVID-19, the availability, adoption and effectiveness of vaccines and other preventative therapies and the impact on our consumers and employees, as well as the global economy, all of which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted.

As a response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we initiated a shutdown of production at several of our production sites in 2020, increasing the average production cost per unit during that period. We incurred additional costs associated with stocking raw materials in March 2020 in anticipation of delays and supply chain disruptions and significantly ramped up production in the last three months of that calendar year. While we do not currently expect further disruption to our supply chain and distribution channels from the COVID-19 pandemic, any future mandatory shutdowns, outbreaks of disease, reductions in operations or other restrictions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, during the course of the COVID-19 pandemic, all of our retail stores have been closed at times, resulting in a decrease in our revenues from our DTC channel during such periods. If governments reintroduce lockdown measures, we may have to close our retail stores again in certain locations and we cannot predict how long such lockdown measures would last. Many of our wholesale and distributor partners have also closed at times, with some rescheduling orders, resulting in deferred wholesale and distributor revenues and requiring a build-up of inventory in order to mitigate any disruptions in our B2B channel. At the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic, we initiated proactive measures to compensate for the adversely affected revenues in the retail and wholesale channels.

Any of the foregoing, including any resulting deterioration in general economic conditions or change in consumer behavior, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business, financial condition, liquidity or results of operations, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.

We face intense competition from both established companies and newer entrants into the market, and our failure to compete effectively could have a negative impact on our revenues and our reputation.

The footwear, skincare, accessories and sleep system industries are very competitive, and we expect to continue to face intense competitive pressures. Competitive factors that affect our market position include our ability to predict and respond to changing consumer preferences and tastes in a timely manner, our ability to continue marketing and developing new products that appeal to consumers, our ability to accurately predict customer demand and ensure product availability, the strength and recognition of the BIRKENSTOCK brand, our ability to price our products competitively, our ability to manage the impact of the rapidly changing retail environment and the expansion of our online presence, and our marketing and content distribution efforts.

Our competitors may have significantly greater financial resources, more developed consumer and customer bases or more comprehensive product lines and greater distribution capabilities, and may spend substantially more on product advertising, marketing and endorsements. Our competitors may also own more recognized brands, implement more effective marketing campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing

 

33


Table of Contents

policies, make more attractive offers to potential employees and distribution partners, have a larger online presence or respond more quickly to changes in consumer preferences. Some of our competitors may be better able to take advantage of market opportunities and withstand market downturns better than we can. For example, we face competition from established competitors in our APMA segment, where we are a relatively new market entrant. Additionally, the general availability of offshore footwear manufacturing capacity allows for rapid expansion by competitors and new entrants in the footwear market. The majority of our branded peers have outsourced large parts of their value chain to third-party manufacturers in Asia, which may enable competitors to sustain more aggressive pricing policies compared to ours. We may be unable to compete successfully in the future, and increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced gross profit margins, loss of market share and an inability to generate cash flows that are sufficient to maintain or expand our development, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to effectively execute our DTC growth strategy, or if we encounter certain risks and uncertainties associated with our e-commerce platforms, our business may be harmed.

Our DTC channel consists of our e-commerce sites and a network of owned retail stores. Since 2016, we have significantly expanded our DTC channel through the expansion of e-commerce, particularly in the United States. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, our DTC channel represented 38% of our revenues. One of our strategies is to continue to increase the proportion of our revenues from e-commerce.

The success of our e-commerce business depends, in part, on our ability to offer attractive, reliable, secure and user-friendly online platforms for consumers across our markets, including by continuing to invest in our digital infrastructure and digital team. However, our e-commerce business also depends on factors over which we have limited control, including changing consumer preferences and buying trends. Any failure by us, or by any of our third-party digital partners, to provide attractive, reliable, secure and user-friendly online platforms could negatively impact the shopping experience of consumers, resulting in reduced website traffic, diminished loyalty to the BIRKENSTOCK brand and lost revenues.

We are also subject to certain additional risks and uncertainties associated with our e-commerce platforms, including changes in required technology interfaces, website downtime and other technical failures, costs and technical issues from website software upgrades, data and system security, computer viruses and changes in applicable international, federal and state regulations. We also must keep up-to-date with competitive technology trends, including, among other things, the use of new or improved technology, creative user interfaces and other e-commerce marketing tools, such as paid and unpaid search, and mobile applications, which may increase our costs and which may not succeed in increasing revenues or attracting consumers. In addition, the use of credit and debit cards in our online platform, which are handled by external service providers, are subject to rules relating to the processing of credit card payments.

Any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. See also “Risks Related to Intellectual Property, Information Technology and Data Security and Privacy Our operations, products, systems and services rely on complex IT systems and networks that are subject to the risk of disruption and security breaches.”

Our business is subject to changes in consumer preferences, and if we are unsuccessful in adapting to any such changes, it may adversely impact our business.

Our continued success depends in part on the continued attractiveness of the design, styling, production, merchandising and pricing of our products to consumers. Our products must appeal to a consumer base whose preferences cannot be predicted with certainty and are subject to change as our industry is subject to sudden shifts in consumer trends and spending. Consumers also increasingly focus

 

34


Table of Contents

on ESG matters when making purchasing decisions. It is possible that consumer preferences may continue to change based on evolving ethical or social standards, such that certain of our products may potentially become less desirable to certain consumers.

As much of our business is highly concentrated on a single, discretionary product category, footwear, we are vulnerable to changes in consumer preferences that could harm our revenues, profitability and financial condition. We have experienced fluctuations in consumer demand for our products, and our success depends in large part on our ability to develop, market and deliver innovative and stylish products at a pace, intensity and price competitive with other brands in the markets in which we sell our products. Failure on our part to adequately predict and respond timely to consumer demand and market conditions and to regularly and rapidly develop innovative and stylish products and update core products could limit revenue growth, adversely affect consumer acceptance of our products, harm our competitive position and if consumer demand for our footwear decreases in the future, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our future growth may depend on our marketing efforts, and any failure in our ability to increase or enhance our marketing position could adversely affect demand for our products.

Our success and future growth depends on our ability to attract and retain consumers, which in part may depend on the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing efforts, including our ability to continue to improve brand awareness, identify the most effective brand messaging and efficient levels of spending in each market, determine the appropriate creative messages and media mix for marketing and promotional expenditure and effectively manage marketing costs. In particular, we may need to increase our marketing spend in order to take advantage of growth opportunities in our growth markets, particularly in Asia and the Middle East. We may also be required to increase marketing spend in order to develop our e-commerce business consistent with our strategy. Any factors adversely affecting our ability to increase or enhance our marketing activities and capabilities could adversely affect demand for our products and in turn have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to attract new customers, retain existing customers or maintain or increase sales to customers, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

Our success depends in large part upon increased and repeat adoption of our products by our customers. In order to attract new customers and continue to expand our customer base, we must appeal to and attract customers who identify with our products. If the number of people who are willing to purchase our products does not continue to increase, if key international markets do not provide anticipated growth opportunities, if we fail to deliver a high-quality shopping experience or if our current or potential customers are not convinced that our products are superior to alternatives, then our ability to retain existing customers, acquire new customers and grow our business may be harmed. Further, we may not continue to attract new customers or increase our revenues at the same rates as we have in the past.

In addition, our future success depends in part on our ability to increase sales to our existing customers over time, as a significant portion of our net revenues is generated from sales to existing customers, particularly those existing customers who are highly engaged and make frequent and/or large purchases of the products we offer. If existing customers no longer find our products appealing or are not satisfied with our customer service or if we are unable to timely update our products to meet current trends and customer demands, our existing customers may not make purchases, or if they do, they may make fewer or smaller purchases in the future.

If we are unable to continue to attract new customers or our existing customers decrease their spending on the products we offer or fail to make repeat purchases of our products, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

 

35


Table of Contents

Merchandise returns could harm our business.

We allow customers to return products purchased through our e-commerce and owned retail stores. For example, for footwear and accessories, we generally accept merchandise returns for full refund or exchange if returned within 30 days of delivery. We do not refund shipping charges. Our revenue is reported net of sales tax, estimated returns, sales allowances and discounts. We estimate expected product returns based on our historical return rate adjusted for any known factors impacting expectations for future return rate. The return rate impacts reported revenues and profitability. The introduction of new products, changes in customer shopping habits or other competitive and general economic conditions could cause actual returns to exceed our estimates. If actual return costs differ from previous estimates, the amount of the liability and corresponding revenues are adjusted in the period in which such costs occur. In addition, from time to time, our products may be damaged in transit to the customer, which can also increase return rates. Returned goods may also be damaged in transit as part of the return process, which can impede our ability to resell the returned goods. From time to time, customers have abused our return policy by, for example, returning products that have been worn repeatedly for all or most of the 30-day return window and cannot be resold. Competitive pressures could cause us to alter our return policies or our shipping policies, which could result in an increase in damaged products and an increase in product returns. If the rate of product returns increases significantly or if product return economics become less efficient, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

Counterfeit or “knock-off” products, as well as products that are “inspired-by-BIRKENSTOCK,” may siphon off demand we have created for our brand, and may result in customer confusion, harm to our brand, a loss of our market share or a decrease in our results of operations.

We face competition from counterfeit or “knock-off” products manufactured and sold by third parties in violation of our IP rights, as well as from products that are inspired by our footwear in terms of design and style, including private label offerings by retailers. In the past, third parties have established websites to target users on Facebook or other social media platforms with “look alike” websites intended to trick users into believing that they were purchasing BIRKENSTOCK products at a steep discount. These activities of third parties have in the past and may in the future result in customer confusion, require us to incur additional administrative costs to manage customer complaints related to counterfeit goods or poor service, divert customers from us, cause us to miss out on sales opportunities and result in a loss of our market share. In addition, third parties may try to sell their counterfeit products through online platforms and marketplaces, taking advantage of business practices applicable to open market operating models. Should counterfeit products be successfully sold on e-commerce platforms managed by third parties, our brands and reputation could be damaged. In addition, we have refrained, and we may in the future refrain, from using certain third-party websites to distribute our products due to the selling of counterfeit products on such platforms.

In addressing these or similar issues in the future, we may also be required to incur substantial expense to protect our brand and enforce our IP rights, including through legal action in Germany, the United States or other countries, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. These and similar “counterfeit” or “inspired-by-BIRKENSTOCK” issues could result in customer confusion, harm to our brand and/or a loss of our market share and in turn have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to successfully operate and expand retail stores depends on many factors.

As of June 30, 2023, we operate a network of approximately 45 owned retail stores, largely concentrated in Germany, where we operate 20 locations. Our ability to successfully operate and expand our owned retail stores depends on many factors, including, among others, our ability to negotiate acceptable lease terms, including desired rent and tenant improvement allowances, achieve brand awareness, affinity and purchase intent in our markets, achieve increased revenues and gross profit

 

36


Table of Contents

margins at our stores, hire, train and retain store associates and field managers, assimilate store associates and field managers into our corporate culture and source and supply sufficient inventory levels. If we are unable to successfully operate any of our retail stores due to our failure to satisfy any of these factors, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Leasing of significant amounts of real estate exposes us to possible liabilities and losses.

We lease certain of our logistics and production sites, office spaces, retail spaces and storage spaces. Accordingly, we are subject to the risks associated with leasing real estate. Store leases generally require us to pay a fixed minimum rent and sometimes a variable amount based on a percentage of revenues at that location. For certain leases, if revenue targets are not achieved or if the revenue-based rent amount decreases below a certain minimum, the lessor may terminate the lease agreement, unless we agree to an increased fixed fee rent. Moreover, in relation to certain lease agreements entered into for retail space in shopping or outlet centers, we may also enter into a service and marketing agreement, specific to that specific shopping or outlet center, which may contain conditions that differ from the marketing practices we usually adopt. Some of our lease agreements provide for an annual automatic renewal if not terminated by either of the parties, which may allow our lessors to terminate on relatively short notice. If an existing or future store is not profitable, and we decide to close it, we may be committed to perform certain obligations under the applicable lease, including, among other things, paying rent for the balance of the applicable lease term. As each of our leases expires, if we do not have a renewal option, we may be unable to negotiate a renewal on commercially acceptable terms, or at all, which could cause us to close stores in desirable locations. Any of the above could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We own the majority of our production sites and our largest logistics site. Because real property investments are relatively illiquid, our ability to promptly sell one or more properties on reasonable terms in response to changing economic, financial and investment conditions may be limited and we may be forced to hold non-income producing properties for extended periods of time, exposing us to possible liabilities and losses.

We own the majority of our production sites and our largest logistics site. Because real property investments are relatively illiquid, our ability to promptly sell one or more properties on reasonable terms in response to changing economic, financial and investment conditions may be limited and we may be forced to hold non-income producing properties for extended periods of time, exposing us to possible liabilities and losses. In addition, even if we are able to promptly sell one or more of our properties, we cannot predict whether we will be able to sell such properties for the price or on the terms that we set or whether any price or other terms offered by a prospective purchaser would be acceptable to us. We also cannot predict the length of time needed to find a willing purchaser and to close the sale of any property we might wish to sell. Switching production sites would involve increased expenses, including due to potential idling of existing owned production sites. Any of the above could expose us to possible liabilities and losses and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our non-footwear products face distinct risks, and our failure to successfully manage these businesses could have a negative impact on our profitability.

In addition to our core footwear products, our product offering includes skincare, accessories and sleep systems. The successful operation and expansion of these products are subject to certain business and operational risks that are different from those we experience with our footwear products, including an intense competitive environment, where we face a number of large and specialized competitors with an established market presence. A failure to successfully manage these products could result in increased costs and a reduction of revenues affecting our profitability, as well as damage to our reputation and brands, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

37


Table of Contents

Our financial results may be adversely affected if substantial investments in businesses and operations fail to produce expected returns.

From time to time, we may invest in technology, business infrastructure, new businesses, new product offerings, manufacturing innovation and the expansion of existing businesses, such as our investment in our Pasewalk, Germany production site, redesign of our Görlitz, Germany production site and investment in a Portuguese components operation, which require substantial cash investments and management attention. We believe cost-effective investments and further integration of our production operations are essential to business growth and profitability; however, significant investments are subject to risks and uncertainties inherent in developing a new business or expanding an existing business. The failure of any significant investment to provide expected returns or profitability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions of, or investments in, facilities or technologies or through other strategic initiatives; the failure to adequately manage these acquisitions, investments or initiatives, integrate them with our existing business or realize anticipated returns could adversely affect us.

From time to time, we may consider opportunities to acquire or make investments in facilities or technologies or pursue other strategic initiatives that may enhance our capabilities or expand our production and supplier network. Acquisitions, investments and other strategic initiatives involve numerous risks, including problems integrating the acquired facilities or technologies, including issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls, policies and culture; unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions, investments or other strategic initiatives; diversion of management’s attention from our existing business; adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers, outsourced manufacturing partners and other third parties; potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses; and increased legal and accounting compliance costs.

We may be unable to identify acquisitions, investments or other strategic initiatives we deem suitable. Even if we do, we may be unable to successfully complete any such transactions on favorable terms or at all, or to successfully integrate any acquired facilities or technologies into our business or retain any key personnel, suppliers or customers. Furthermore, even if we complete such transactions and effectively integrate the newly acquired business or strategic initiative into our existing operations, we may fail to realize the anticipated returns and/or fail to capture the expected benefits, such as strategic or operational synergies or cost savings. The efforts required to complete and integrate these transactions could be expensive and time-consuming and may disrupt our ongoing business and prevent management from focusing on our operations. If we are unable to identify suitable acquisitions, investments or other strategic initiatives, if we are unable to integrate any acquired facilities or technologies effectively or if we fail to realize anticipated returns or capture expected benefits, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have grown rapidly in recent years and we have limited operating experience at our current scale of operations. If we are unable to manage our operations at our current size or manage any future growth effectively, our brand image and financial performance may suffer.

We have expanded rapidly, leading our transition to become a revered global brand and we have limited operating experience at our current size. Our substantial growth to date has placed a significant strain on our management systems and resources. If our operations continue to grow, of which there can be no assurance, we will be required to continue to expand our sales and marketing, product development and distribution functions, to upgrade our management information systems and other processes and to obtain more space for our production facilities. Moreover, our new innovations may require either new or different infrastructure, relationships or processes. Our continued growth could increase the strain on our resources, and we could experience serious operating difficulties, including difficulties in hiring, training and managing an increasing number of employees, difficulties in obtaining sufficient raw materials and manufacturing capacity to produce our products and delays in production and shipments. These difficulties

 

38


Table of Contents

would likely result in the erosion of our brand image and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Challenging business, economic, market or political conditions may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected by a challenging economic climate, including reductions in consumer spending, adverse changes in interest rates, adverse changes in currency exchange rates, volatile commodity and other markets, inflation and contraction in the availability of credit in the market. For example, discretionary spending generally declines during periods of economic uncertainty. In a prolonged economic downturn, we may experience declining revenues as a result of general reduced consumer spending. In addition, consumers have access to lower-priced offerings and, during economic downturns, may shift purchases to these lower-priced or other perceived value offerings. These trends also affect the business of our wholesale customers, which in turn has an adverse impact on our revenues from these distribution channels. As a result, a slow-down in the general economy may cause a decline in demand for our products. If economic conditions result in decreased spending on footwear and have a negative impact on our consumers and suppliers, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

It is difficult to predict how economic conditions will develop, as they are impacted by macro movements of the financial markets and many other factors, including the stock, bond and derivatives markets as well as measures taken by various governmental and regulatory authorities and central banks. Uncertainty remains in the global markets and the global economy could experience another recession, or a depression, which could be more prolonged or have a greater financial impact than the global recession that began in 2008. Any downturns in general economic conditions that impact consumer spending, particularly in the countries where we sell a significant portion of our products, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations may also be materially adversely affected by a challenging political climate, including events such as invasions, wars, civil unrest and terrorist activities and the imposition of sanctions and importation limitations. As an example, the conflict between Russia and Ukraine has led to disruption, instability and volatility in global markets and industries. In response to the conflict, the United States, the EU and other governments in jurisdictions in which we operate have imposed sanctions and export controls against Russia and Russian interests, including restrictions on selling or importing goods, services or technology in or from affected regions and travel bans and asset freezes impacting connected individuals and political, military, business and financial organizations in Russia. Such governments have threatened additional sanctions and controls and may take other actions should the conflict further escalate. We have no operations in Russia or Ukraine, but the conflict continues to impact the surrounding region. In particular, the conflict and the responses thereto have increased the risk of energy shortages and resulted in further increases in energy costs for us and our suppliers, which were already high as a result of the existing inflationary environment. We have taken steps to mitigate the impact of any potential energy shortages by preparing contingency plans. While we have not had to effect any such contingency plans to date, we cannot guarantee that such plans, if implemented in the future, will be sufficient to mitigate any such shortages. In addition, rising energy costs have resulted in additional pricing negotiations with our suppliers, put upward pressure on our costs of materials and increased the risk that we may be unable to acquire the materials and services we need to continue to make certain products at acceptable prices, if at all. While we have not experienced material supply chain disruptions to date, we are unable to predict how the conflict between Russia and Ukraine will develop or guarantee that we will not experience material supply chain disruptions in the future.

 

39


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Sales and Distribution Channels

Our sales and distribution channels are dependent on cooperation with third parties.

We rely on our ability to work together with third parties in our B2B channel to ensure that our products are sold in environments and in a manner consistent with our brand image. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, sales through third parties in our B2B channel accounted for 62% of revenues. In the event of a dispute with a wholesaler or distributor, we may not have adequate contractual recourse, and insurance, if any, may not be sufficient to cover the cost of a potential claim. If we cannot replace or engage such third parties that meet our specifications in a short period of time, that could increase our expenses and cause shortages of our products. In addition, actions by these third-party sales and distribution channels that do not comply with our policies, such as presenting our products in a manner inconsistent with our preferred positioning or offering our products alongside “lookalike” products, could damage our brand and reputation. If our third-party partners do not maintain the standards of quality, brand positioning and exclusivity we require, or if they otherwise misuse the BIRKENSTOCK brand, there is a risk that our reputation and the integrity of the brand may be damaged. This may in turn have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face risks arising from the transformation of our operations through the conversion of wholesale distribution markets to owned and operated markets, as well as any productivity or efficiency initiatives we undertake in the future.

We continuously assess opportunities to streamline operations, achieve cost savings and fuel long-term profitable growth. For example, we have evolved our global distribution strategy from primarily wholesale distribution to operating through owned individual offices and local entities, with a view to having further distribution control as well as driving revenue. The implementation of our transformation strategy presents a number of significant risks, including: actual or perceived disruption of service or reduction in service levels to customers and consumers; actual or perceived disruption to suppliers, distribution networks and other important operational relationships and the inability to resolve potential conflicts in a timely manner; difficulty in obtaining timely delivery of products of acceptable quality from suppliers; diversion of management attention from ongoing business activities and strategic objectives; disruption to our culture; failure to maintain employee morale and retain key employees; and actual or threatened claims and law suits from current and/or former distributors.

In addition, relationships with certain of our distributors, particularly in markets outside of Europe, including in the APMA region, are not governed by written contracts, and disputes have arisen and may in the future arise with respect to such relationships, with such disputes potentially resulting in litigation or settlement proceedings. Such disputes may have a negative impact on our brand. Furthermore, if we experience adverse changes to our business, restructuring or reorganization activities may be required in the future. Due to these and other factors, we cannot predict whether we will fully realize the purpose and anticipated benefits or cost savings of any restructuring, productivity or efficiency initiatives, including the conversion of distributor markets to owned and operated markets, and, if we do not, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we encounter operational challenges relating to the distribution of our products, our business could be adversely affected.

We rely on both our own and third-party logistics centers to warehouse and ship products to our e-commerce customers, retail stores, wholesale partners and distributors throughout the world. These centers are subject to operational risks, including, among other things, mechanical and IT system failure, work stoppages or increases in transportation costs and the impact of pandemics (including the COVID-19 pandemic), diminished vessel capacity, port congestion, cross border trade barriers (e.g., as a result of Brexit), natural disasters, political crises, civil unrest and other catastrophic events. Such disruption could have an adverse effect on the availability of our in-store and warehoused inventory and would divert financial and management resources. In addition, distribution capacity is dependent on the timely performance of services by third parties, including the transportation of products to and from their

 

40


Table of Contents

distribution facilities. If we encounter problems with our distribution systems, whether our own or those of third parties, our ability to meet customer and consumer expectations, manage inventory, complete sales and achieve operating efficiencies could be adversely affected. Additionally, the success of our e-commerce business and the satisfaction of consumers depend on their timely receipt of products. The efficient flow of our products requires that our own and third-party operated distribution facilities have adequate capacity to support the current level of e-commerce sales and any anticipated increased levels that may follow from the planned growth of that part of our DTC channel. To the extent that any of these risks were to materialize, we could incur significantly higher costs and longer lead times associated with distributing our products to consumers and experience dissatisfaction from consumers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we use independent distributors and wholesalers to sell our products in certain of our markets. Failure by our distributors or wholesalers to meet planned annual revenues goals or to make timely payments on amounts owed to us due to, for example, economic difficulties faced by such distributors could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, and it may be difficult and costly to locate an acceptable substitute distributor or wholesaler. If a change in distributor or wholesaler becomes necessary, we may experience increased costs, as well as substantial disruption and a resulting loss of revenues and brand equity in the market where such distributor or wholesaler operates, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our relationship with one or more major wholesale partners deteriorates or terminates, our business could be adversely affected.

While our strategy is to continue to grow our DTC channel, and in particular our e-commerce business, our ability to attract and retain strategic wholesale partners remains critical to our continued success and growth.

Our wholesale partners purchases generally occur on an order by-order basis, under a variety of framework agreements. If any major wholesale partner decreases or ceases purchasing from us, cancels its orders, reduces the floor space, assortments, fixtures or advertising for our products or changes the manner of doing business with us for any reason, such actions could adversely affect our business. In addition, a decline in the performance or financial condition of a major wholesale partner, including bankruptcy or liquidation, could result in a material loss of revenues to us and cause us to limit or discontinue business with that partner, require us to assume more credit risk relating to our receivables from that partner or limit our ability to collect amounts related to previous purchases by that partner. For example, as a precautionary matter in light of the COVID-19 pandemic, we requested certain wholesale partners pay deposits for their orders. These measures and other measures we may adopt to mitigate credit risk, however, may not be successful. In addition, retail consolidation could lead to fewer wholesale partners, wholesale partners seeking more favorable price, payment or other terms from us and a decrease in the number of stores that carry our products. While we seek to insure credit risk, there can be no assurance that in the future we will be able to obtain credit risk insurance at commercially attractive terms or at all.

If our relationship with one or more major wholesale partners deteriorates or terminates, or if other changes occur in the wholesale channel that adversely impact our relationships with such third parties, this could lead to a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our reliance on services arrangements with third-party service providers exposes us to a range of potential operational risks.

We have entered into a number of services arrangements with third-party service providers for the operation of distribution centers. In addition, we have entered into service agreements with third-party providers in Portugal, primarily for the outsourcing of closed-toe silhouette production. In the event the services of these service providers are disrupted or terminated and we do not engage suitable

 

41


Table of Contents

replacements on commercially acceptable terms or in a timely manner, we may not be able to effectively deliver our products to consumers and our wholesale partners, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Supply Chain

Our business is affected by seasonality and weather conditions, which could result in fluctuations in our operating results.

Our products, particularly our Core Silhouettes, were traditionally suited for warm weather. As a result, if the weather conditions varied significantly from typical conditions in our key markets, such as an unusually cold summer, consumer demand for our products could be adversely affected. In recent years, we have increased our sales of closed-toe silhouettes suited for cold weather to reduce the seasonal peaks that our business is subject to. Nevertheless, our business remains affected by seasonality, and demand in our channels varies by time of year.

While we manufacture our footwear year-round, we build inventory between October and January to prepare for increased demand during the summer season of the subsequent year. Starting in May and during the warmer months of the year, demand for our products from our DTC channel increases. Demand for our products from our B2B channel increases from December through March. We incur significant additional expenses in advance of and during this period in anticipation of higher sales during that period, including the cost of additional inventory, which is stored on palettes in our warehouses until shipped, fixed cost such as rent and lease agreement for retail shops and outlets as well as depreciation and amortization of production plants.

Lower demand may result in excess inventory, which may require us to sell these products at discounted prices or to build up more finished goods inventory than expected incurring additional costs, which could, in turn, adversely affect our results of operations. At the same time, if we are unable to procure certain raw materials due to supply chain disruptions or fail to manufacture a sufficient quantity of merchandise, we may not have an adequate supply of products to meet consumer demand or if weather conditions permit us to sell seasonal products early in the season, this may reduce inventory levels needed to meet customers’ needs later in that same season, which could have a negative impact on our revenues during our busiest season. Any inability to effectively manage seasonality and weather conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any adverse events influencing either the sustainability of the supply chain or our relationship with any major supplier or any increases in the costs of raw materials or labor, or any scarcity thereof, could adversely affect our business.

Our ability to competitively price our products depends on the cost of components, services, labor, equipment and raw materials, including leather and other materials used in the production of our products. The cost of services and materials is subject to change based on availability and market conditions that are difficult to predict. Various conditions, such as changes in food consumption patterns affecting the availability of leather, as well as changes in climate conditions impacting the availability of cork, jute or latex, affect the cost of our footwear. However, very few are traded as commodities (e.g., latex). We use certain public price and market tracking information as references for price developments. Factors such as weather and climate conditions, demand of competing industries (e.g., leather for car manufacturers, furniture) and general economic factors, such as global supply chain flows, supply and demand and raw material price developments, will affect the cost of our materials.

We source components and other raw materials (including leather, EVA, cork, adhesives, natural latex, jute, copper, wool felt and brass buckles) from over 190 suppliers located mainly in Europe, but also in Turkey, the Americas and Asia. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, our top 10 suppliers accounted for approximately 44% of our supply costs of raw materials, semi-finished goods, auxiliary and packing. Generally, we aim to source our materials from multiple suppliers and have policies to prevent dependence on any single supplier. However, for certain materials, we may rely on specific suppliers that

 

42


Table of Contents

are able to meet the level of quality and supply we require. For example, although our leathers are sourced from different tanneries, our requirement for materials of high quality may result in reducing the pool of available tanneries that can meet such requirements. In addition, some of our products use materials of high technical complexity and high-quality standards, such as EVA, or that require specific IP rights, such as the EVA buckles. We also have some regional dependencies. For example, while we do have multiple cork suppliers, they are all based in Portugal, thus creating a specific geographical dependency, and we have similar regional dependencies for other raw materials. Such geographic dependencies expose us to risks in the case of, for example, extreme weather events affecting such areas. Our relationships with suppliers are either based on individual purchase orders, on purchase orders governed by a framework agreement or on separate agreements governing the conditions for the supply of specific materials. Although our contracts with these suppliers contain provisions that ensure the suppliers are not able to terminate the contract on short notice, if one or more of these suppliers is unable to supply or decides to cease supplying us with raw materials and components, or decides to increase prices significantly due to price increases, shortages or for other reasons that may be beyond our control, we may be unable to identify alternative suppliers of such materials at a reasonable cost or at all and, in any event, it may take a significant period of time to receive any materials from alternative suppliers. Moreover, if we expand beyond the production capacity of our current suppliers as we continue to grow, we may not be able to find new suppliers with an appropriate level of expertise and capacity in a timely manner.

In addition, with some exceptions, our arrangements with our suppliers generally are not exclusive. As a result, our suppliers could provide similar products for our competitors, some of which could potentially purchase products in significantly greater volume. Further, while certain of our long-term contracts stipulate contractual exclusivity, those suppliers could choose to breach our agreements and work with our competitors. Our competitors could enter into restrictive or exclusive arrangements with our suppliers that could impair or eliminate our access to supplies. Our suppliers could also be acquired by our competitors, and may become our direct competitors, thus limiting or eliminating our access to supplies.

Our supply chain could also be materially adversely affected by a number of other factors, including, among other things, increasing costs of labor, scarcity of labor at our production sites or at our office locations, potential economic and political instability in countries where our suppliers are located, increases in shipping or other transportation costs, manufacturing and transportation delays and interruptions, whether as a result of natural disasters or force majeure events (including, without limitation, unrest, civil disorder, war, terrorist attacks, subversive activities or sabotage, fires, floods, explosions, other catastrophes, epidemics or pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic), industrial action in the supply chain or other factors, supplier compliance with applicable laws and regulations, adverse fluctuations in currency exchange rates and changes in laws affecting the importation and taxation of goods, including duties, tariffs and quotas, or changes in the enforcement of those laws. We may also be subject to potential reputational damage if one or more of our suppliers violates or is alleged to have violated applicable laws or regulations including improper labor conditions or human rights abuses, fails to meet our requirements or does not meet industry standards and safety specifications.

Any of these risks, in isolation or in combination, could restrict the availability of merchandise or significantly increase the cost of such merchandise, require us to divert financial and management resources and subject us to reputational damage, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operating results depend on effectively managing inventory levels, and any excess inventories or inventory shortages could harm our business.

Efficient inventory management is a key component of our business success and profitability, and our ability to manage our inventories effectively is an important factor in our operations. Inventory shortages can impede our ability to meet demand, adversely affect the timing of shipments to customers and, consequently, diminish brand loyalty and decrease revenues. Conversely, excess inventories can result in

 

43


Table of Contents

lower gross profit margins if we lower prices in order to liquidate excess inventories. In addition, inventory may become obsolete as a result of changes in consumer preferences or otherwise. In most of our markets and channels, we forecast demand and pre-produce products based on such forecasts. However, our forecasts may not accurately predict consumer trends or purchasing actions and therefore may not match actual demand. If we have insufficient inventory, then we may experience longer lead times and delays in delivering products to customers. Conversely, if we have excess inventory, we may have to take unanticipated markdowns to dispose of such excess inventory. Any inability to effectively manage our inventory could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Unforeseen business interruptions at our production facilities or other operational problems may lead to production bottlenecks or project delays.

Our success depends in part on the uninterrupted and reliable operation of our manufacturing operations. Unforeseen disruption of a production facility could be caused by a number of events, including a maintenance outage, power or equipment failure, fires, floods, earthquakes or other natural disasters, social unrest or terrorist activity, work stoppages, public health concerns (including pandemics), regulatory measures or other operational problems. For instance, four of our manufacturing facilities experienced temporary shutdowns due to COVID-19 in 2020.

A prolonged disruption at a manufacturing facility could result in production downtimes or temporary operation at reduced capacity preventing us from completing production in a timely manner, leading to loss of business volume and reduced productivity or profitability at a particular production site. Less severe problems involving our production facilities, such as missed shipment dates, split shipments, defective software or materials or logistics problems, could lead to delays. Any unplanned production downtime, stoppage at our facilities or project sites, serious accidents or other operational problems and delays, if significant, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Shipping and delivery are critical parts of our business and any changes in, or disruptions to, our shipping and delivery arrangements could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on several ocean, air parcel and “less than truckload” carriers to deliver the products we sell. If we are not able to negotiate acceptable pricing and other terms with these providers, or if these providers experience performance problems or other difficulties in processing our orders or delivering our products to customers, it could negatively impact our customers’ experience as well as our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, changes to the terms of our shipping arrangements or the imposition of surcharges or surge pricing may adversely impact our margins and profitability. In addition, our ability to receive inbound inventory efficiently and ship merchandise to customers may be negatively affected by factors beyond our and these providers’ control, including pandemic, weather, fire, flood, power loss, earthquakes, acts of war or terrorism or other events specifically impacting other shipping partners, such as labor disputes, financial difficulties, system failures and other disruptions to the operations of the shipping companies on which we rely. We have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, shipping delays for reasons outside of our control. We are also subject to risks of damage or loss during delivery by our shipping vendors. If the products ordered by our customers are not delivered in a timely fashion, including to international customers, or are damaged or lost during the delivery process, our customers could become dissatisfied and cease buying products from us, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Fluctuations in product costs and availability due to fuel price uncertainty could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely upon various means of third-party transportation to deliver products from our manufacturing facilities to our distribution centers, from our distribution centers to our stores and directly to our

 

44


Table of Contents

customers. Consequently, our results may be affected by those factors affecting transportation, including the price of fuel and the availability of aircraft, ships, trucks and drivers. The price of fuel and demand for transportation services has fluctuated significantly in recent years and has resulted in increased costs for us. In addition, changes in regulations may result in higher fuel costs through taxation, transportation restrictions or other means. Fluctuations in transportation costs and availability could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Employees and Operations

Our success depends substantially on our ability to attract, hire, train and retain experienced management and personnel.

Our management team has substantial expertise and industry experience and the loss of key members of management could adversely affect our ability to implement our strategic objectives. Further, we are also dependent on personnel that are highly skilled and qualified in the consumer goods industry as well as in design, merchandising and digital activities.

Our success in attracting and retaining such personnel depends on a variety of factors, including the supply of qualified candidates in the relevant market, as well as our compensation and benefit programs, work environment, career development opportunities, commitment to diversity and public image. Competition for qualified personnel is increasing. Attracting new personnel also depends on the good brand image and the reputation of our Company. If our brand image is adversely impacted as a result of employee relations issues, such as issues related to discrimination, harassment or a lack of, or perceived lack of, support for diversity initiatives, our ability to hire and retain experienced personnel may be reduced. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in attracting and retaining experienced management and key technical personnel and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are highly dependent on the services and reputation of Oliver Reichert, our Chief Executive Officer.

We are highly dependent on the services and reputation of Oliver Reichert, our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Reichert is a significant influence on and driver of our business plan. If Mr. Reichert were to discontinue his service due to death, disability or any other reason, or if his reputation is adversely impacted by personal actions or omissions or other events within or outside his control, we may be significantly disadvantaged and we may have difficulty finding a successor. Further, we do not maintain key-person insurance for our senior management. Mr. Reichert’s departure from the Company could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Mr. Reichert may also have significant responsibilities, and may devote a substantial amount of time serving, as managing director for the investment office of Christian Birkenstock as well as the former Birkenstock GmbH & Co. KG (now Ockenfels Group GmbH & Co. KG and its subsidiaries). A number of our properties are leased or subleased to our subsidiaries from such entities. We believe these arrangements are on an arm’s length basis; however, a conflict may arise that could adversely affect the interests of our shareholders, including conflicts involving compliance with payment and performance obligations under existing leases or negotiation of the terms of and performance under additional leases we may enter into with these entities managed by Mr. Reichert. Such positions may generally give rise to fiduciary or other duties in conflict with the duties Mr. Reichert owes to us and may compete with his ability to devote a sufficient amount of attention toward his obligations to us, or to day-to-day activities of our business, leading to a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are dependent on good relationships with our employees and employee representative bodies and stakeholders.

We are dependent on good relationships with our employees, employee representative bodies such as works councils (Betriebsräte), group work council (Konzernbetriebsrat) and other stakeholders to successfully operate our business. Personnel expenses make up a significant portion of our costs and we

 

45


Table of Contents

are obliged to comply with various works council and other agreements that are in place with works councils and other employee representative bodies. In addition, we have a collective bargaining agreement in one of our facilities in Germany. Employees at our German locations have traditionally been heavily unionized and we regularly conduct, or are involved in, negotiations with the relevant employee representative bodies. Any deterioration of these relationships could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

While we believe that we have good relations with unions and employees generally today, there can be no assurance that such relations will not deteriorate and that we will not experience labor disputes in the future. We have faced strikes or similar types of conflicts with trade unions and our employees in the past and may face them again in the future. In particular, these could arise when current collective agreements expire or are to be negotiated. Any such strikes, conflicts, work stoppages or other industrial actions may disrupt our production and sales activities, damage our reputation and adversely affect our customer relations, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Works council and collective agreements may impose obligations and restrictions on us that may adversely affect our flexibility to undertake adjustments to our workforce, restructurings, reorganizations and similar corporate actions. In addition, certain measures we undertake are generally subject to works councils’ codetermination rights, in particular in relation to occupational pension schemes, the implementation and use of IT systems, variable remuneration schemes and working time systems. Potentially extensive exercise of codetermination rights by the works councils may result in operational difficulties and in us being prevented from implementing planned policy or IT system changes, among other things.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property, Information Technology and Data Security and Privacy

If we are unable to adequately protect, maintain and enforce our trademarks and other IP rights, our business could be materially adversely affected.

Our business is dependent on our ability to protect, maintain and enforce our trademarks and other IP rights. We own a portfolio of United States and international IP rights for our brands and certain of our product designs. Patent, trademark and other IP laws vary significantly throughout the world. A number of foreign countries do not protect IP rights to the same extent as they are protected in the United States. Therefore, our IP rights may not be as strong or as easily enforced outside of the United States. The BIRKENSTOCK brand is our most material IP asset. We endeavor to enforce our IP rights against any third parties that we believe are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating such rights. We cannot be sure that the actions we take to establish and protect our trademarks and other IP rights will be adequate, and we may not be able to prevent imitation of our products by others. Third parties have in the past and may in the future create counterfeit products using our brand and trademarks, or otherwise infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate our IP rights. Monitoring unauthorized use of our IP is difficult and costly, and we may not always be able to secure protection for, become aware of or stop infringement, misappropriation or other violations of, our IP rights. From time to time, we may need to resort to litigation to enforce our IP rights, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources. In addition, third parties may seek to challenge the validity or enforceability of our trademarks or other IP rights, and we cannot assure you that we will be successful in defending against all such claims.

Some our footwear designs, including in several of our core products, are not protected by design patents or other design rights. This may mean that we cannot legally prevent third parties from creating “lookalike” products or products that otherwise use our designs. Beginning in 2018, we modified our approach to IP protection and enforcement and began to more consistently seek to register our design rights and seek to obtain patents on new products and to consistently enforce our IP rights against infringement. However, our ability to enforce our IP rights with respect to counterfeit or infringing products

 

46


Table of Contents

on the market may in some cases be challenged by defendants as barred in certain jurisdictions based on allegations that we failed to timely enforce our IP rights.

Any failure to protect or enforce our IP rights could diminish the value of our brands and could cause customer or consumer confusion. As a result of any of the foregoing, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to liability and other material adverse impacts on our business if we face claims that we infringe the trademarks, copyrights or other IP rights of third parties.

We cannot be certain that the conduct of our business does not and will not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the IP rights of others. While we try to avoid infringing IP rights, we may do so unknowingly. Any action to prosecute, enforce or defend any IP claim that is brought against us, regardless of merit or resolution, could be costly and may divert the efforts and attention of our management and design and technical personnel. We may not prevail in such proceedings given the complex design and technical issues and inherent uncertainties in IP litigation. If we are found to have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated IP rights of third parties, we could be required to pay substantial damages, seek to obtain licenses (which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all), or cease making or selling certain products. Additionally, we may be required to redesign, reengineer or rebrand our products or packaging, if feasible. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We may be unsuccessful in preventing a member of the Birkenstock family from using their surname as a company or product name.

Our brand is named after the Birkenstock family that originally founded the business. We own and control the Birkenstock trademark as applied to goods and services of the Company, and to the extent rights have otherwise inured to the Company under applicable law. Under German trademark law, individuals with the “Birkenstock” surname are permitted to use their surname within a company name, provided the respective individual takes measures (i.e., such as adding their first name or other deviating features) to eliminate or at least reduce the risk of confusion with existing competing businesses that use “Birkenstock” in their company name, but this might not always prevent confusion. Although in the past German courts have imposed sanctions for infringement of prominent brand names through the licensing of surnames, the entitlement to use one’s surname may include allowing a third-party to use the name “Birkenstock” as part of a company name, including potentially in a competing business, so long as it is not done in a misleading manner. While we have entered into an agreement with certain members of the Birkenstock family through which they have consented to our use of the “Birkenstock” surname in our corporate name and trademarks in perpetuity, if such agreement were to be terminated in accordance with its terms, challenged or otherwise held invalid, or if, in the future, we had any material unresolved disputes with the Birkenstock family, we may not be able to adequately protect our Company name and trademarks or may be prevented from using the “Birkenstock” surname for our legal entities and trademarks in the future. In other jurisdictions, there may be similar laws that could permit individuals with the “Birkenstock” surname to use such surname within a company name or trademark. Such uses are typically subject to local statutory restrictions, including applicable trademark laws. At least one member of the Birkenstock family has used the Birkenstock name in connection with an independent business unrelated to ours in the past. Any or all of these circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. See also “— Risks Related to Our Business, Brand, Products and Industry — Our success is dependent on the strength of our premium brand; if we are unable to maintain and enhance the value and reputation of our brand and/or counter any negative publicity, we may be unable to sell our products, which would harm our business and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

 

47


Table of Contents

We are subject to various Privacy Laws and regulations governing the use and processing of personal data and any failure to protect this data and/or sensitive/confidential information could harm our reputation and expose us to litigation.

We collect, process, transmit and store personal, sensitive and confidential information, including our proprietary business information and that of customers (including users of our websites) and our wholesale partners, distributors, employees, suppliers and business partners. The protection of customer, employee and company data is critical to us. Customers have a high expectation that we will adequately protect their personal information from cyber-attack or other security breaches and only use such personal information as permitted by law. A significant breach of customer, employee or company data could damage our reputation and result in lost revenues, fines or lawsuits. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to our operations and business strategy. Despite our security measures, our IT and infrastructure have in the past been, and may in the future be, vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breaches due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. Any such breach or attack could compromise, and have compromised, our networks and the information stored thereon or transmitted thereby could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Because the methods used to obtain unauthorized access change frequently and may not be immediately detected, we may be unable to anticipate these methods or promptly implement preventative measures. Any unauthorized access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under Privacy Laws (as defined below), disrupt our operations and the services we provide to customers and damage our reputation, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. See also “—Our operations, products, systems and services rely on complex IT systems and networks that are subject to the risk of disruption and security breaches.

We are subject to a number of laws relating to information security, privacy and data protection, which includes such laws and regulations as enacted, implemented and amended in the United States, the EU and its member states and the UK (regardless of where we have establishments) from time to time, including the Privacy Laws. Compliance with Privacy Laws requires adhering to stringent legal and operational obligations and therefore the dedication of substantial time and financial resources, which may increase over time (in particular in relation to any transfers of relevant personal data to third parties located in certain jurisdictions). Failure to comply with the Privacy Laws may result in us incurring fines and/or facing other enforcement action or reputational damage. For example, failure to comply with the GDPR or the UK GDPR, depending on the nature and severity of the breach, could attract regulatory penalties under both regimes for the same breach of up to the greater of: (i) 20 million / £17.5 million; and (ii) 4% of an entire group’s total annual worldwide turnover, as well as the possibility of other enforcement actions (such as suspension of processing activities and audits) and liabilities from third-party claims.

We are also subject to the GDPR and/or UK GDPR rules with respect to any cross-border transfers of personal data we make out of the EEA and/or UK. Recent legal developments in the EU and the UK have created complexity regarding transfers of personal data from the EEA and/or UK (as applicable) to the United States. We rely on various transfer mechanisms in order to be compliant with applicable Privacy Laws including the SCCs, the UKIDTA or the UK Addendum as approved by the European Commission or the government of the UK (as applicable). On March 21, 2022 the UKIDTA and UK Addendum came into force, which may require us to expend significant resources to update our contractual arrangements that relied on the SCCs and to comply with the UK GDPR. Further, data protection authorities may require measures to be put in place in addition, or alternatively, to the SCCs for transfers to countries outside of the EEA, Switzerland and/or the UK. In addition to other impacts, we may experience additional costs to comply with these changes and we and our customers and service providers face the potential for regulators in the EEA, Switzerland and/or the UK to apply different standards to the transfer of personal data to the United States and other non-EEA and non-UK countries, and to block, or require ad hoc verification of measures taken with respect to certain data flows to the United States and other non-EEA and non-UK countries.

As supervisory authorities issue further guidance on personal data export mechanisms, including circumstances where the SCCs, UKIDTA and/or UK Addendum cannot be used and/or take enforcement

 

48


Table of Contents

action and/or carry out investigations, we could suffer additional costs, complaints and/or regulatory investigations or fines, and/or if we are otherwise unable to transfer personal data between and among countries and regions in which we operate, it could affect the manner in which we provide our services, the geographical location or segregation of our relevant systems and operations and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to payment-related risks.

We accept payments using credit cards and debit cards and, as such, are subject to payment card association operating rules and certification requirements, including the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, which is a security standard applicable to companies like ours that collect, store or transmit certain data regarding credit and debit cards, holders and transactions. We are also subject to rules governing electronic funds transfers. Such rules could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we (or a third-party processing payment card transactions on our behalf) suffer a security breach affecting payment card information, we may have to pay onerous and significant fines, penalties and assessments arising out of the major card brands’ rules and regulations, contractual indemnifications or liability contained in merchant agreements and similar contracts, and we may lose our ability to accept payment cards for payment for our goods which could materially impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations, products, systems and services rely on complex IT systems and networks that are subject to the risk of disruption and security breaches.

We heavily rely on multiple and, in certain cases, older IT systems and networks to support our e-commerce business and for research, procurement, manufacturing, sales, logistics, business and other processes, including, among others, inventory tracking and transaction recording and processing. The consistent, efficient and secure operation of our IT systems and networks is therefore critical to the successful performance of our operations and the products we sell.

We continue to utilize various legacy hardware, software and operating systems, which may be vulnerable to increased risks, including the risk of system failures and disruptions. If such systems are not successfully upgraded or replaced in a timely manner, system outages, disruptions or delays or other issues may arise. From time to time, we upgrade our IT systems and networks. Such efforts to update our IT systems and networks may also divert the efforts and attention of our management and personnel across the business. We must also successfully integrate the technology systems of any acquired companies into our existing and future technology systems, including those of our customers, vendors, suppliers and other third-party service providers. If a new system does not function properly or is not adequately supported by third-party service providers and processes, it could affect our ability to produce, process and deliver customer orders and process and receive payments for our products.

Despite IT maintenance and security measures, our IT systems and networks are exposed to the risk of malfunctions and interruptions from a variety of sources, including equipment damage, deficient database design, power outages, computer viruses and a range of other hardware, software and network problems. We have experienced temporary outages in our IT systems in the past. Although we have countermeasures in place to prevent malfunctions and interruptions, any such malfunctions or interruptions could compromise the operational integrity of these systems and networks should our countermeasures fail in the future.

In addition, we rely on systems and websites that allow for the secure storage and transmission of proprietary or confidential information regarding our consumers, customers, suppliers, employees and others, including credit card information and personal information. We also store data in third-party data centers and use third-party servers or applications by means of cloud computing. As the importance of our e-commerce business continues to increase, the salience of this risk has increased.

 

49


Table of Contents

Our systems, websites, data (wherever stored), software or networks and those of third parties (including data centers), are vulnerable to security breaches, including unauthorized access (from within our organization or by third parties), computer viruses or other malicious code and other cyber threats that could have a security impact. We may not be able to anticipate evolving techniques used to effect security breaches (which change frequently and may not be known until launched), or prevent attacks by hackers, including phishing or other cyber-attacks, or prevent breaches due to employee error or malfeasance, in a timely manner or at all. Cyber-attacks have become far more prevalent in the past few years, potentially leading to the theft or manipulation of confidential and proprietary information or loss of access to, or destruction of, data on our or third-party systems, as well as interruptions or malfunctions in our or third parties’ operations.

In addition, our IT systems and networks and those of third parties with which we work have been in the past, and in the future may be, the target of cyber-attacks or other security breaches. For instance, we use order, fulfillment and customer relationship management systems as part of our e-commerce operations and other sales channels and human resource management systems as part of our employee services and payroll processes, and such systems may be subject to security breaches. We implement mitigation measures from time to time, as we identify new threats and risks. We cannot assure you that such measures will be effective or that breaches or other cyber-attacks, including industrial espionage or ransomware attacks will not occur in the future. Failure to effectively prevent, detect and remediate security breaches, including attacks on our IT infrastructure by hackers, viruses, employee error or misconduct or other disruptions could seriously harm our operations and the operations of our customers. Such breaches may result, among other things, in unauthorized access to trade secrets, confidential business information and personal information, data losses, business interruptions, non-compliance with legal requirements, legal claims or proceedings, deterioration in customer relationships and reputational harm. See also “We are subject to various Privacy Laws and regulations governing the use and processing of personal data, and any failure to protect this data and/or sensitive/confidential information could harm our reputation and expose us to litigation.” In addition, due to the constantly evolving nature of security threats, we cannot predict the form and impact of any future incident, and the cost and operational expense of implementing, maintaining and enhancing protective measures to guard against increasingly complex and sophisticated cyber threats could increase significantly. While we regularly review our network security, backup and disaster recovery, enhanced training and other security measures to protect our systems and data, security measures cannot provide absolute security or guarantee that we will be successful in preventing or responding to every breach or disruption on a timely basis.

Furthermore, certain measures we may undertake to update our IT systems and networks may be subject to works councils’ codetermination rights. While works councils have been co-operative in the past, a potentially extensive exercise of these co-determination rights may result in operational difficulties and in us being prevented from implementing planned policy or IT system changes. See “Risks Related to Our Employees and OperationsWe are dependent on good relationships with our employees and employee representative bodies and stakeholders.”

Finally, although risk management is primarily the responsibility of the Company’s management, our board of directors is responsible for overseeing management’s identification, monitoring and management of risk. In particular, at this time, we expect that our board of directors, with or potentially through its audit committee, will be responsible for oversight of cybersecurity risks and that our management will be responsible for day-to-day risk management processes. Our board of directors has tasked management with the responsibility to manage our cybersecurity initiatives, including with respect to the Company’s supply chain, suppliers and service providers. Our board of directors, with or potentially through its audit committee, expects to receive regular reports from management on material cybersecurity risks and the degree of the Company’s exposure to those risks. Management has worked, and expects to continue to work, with third-party service providers, as appropriate, to monitor and, as appropriate, respond to

 

50


Table of Contents

cybersecurity risks. However, we cannot guarantee that these risk management processes will be effective at mitigating the risk to our IT systems and networks described above.

Any disruptions of our IT systems, including as a result of cyber-attacks and industrial espionage, may disrupt operations, or result in legal liability. The materialization of any of the above risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Use of social media, cookies and other tracking technologies, emails, push notifications and text messages in ways that do not comply with applicable laws and regulations, lead to the loss or infringement of IP or result in unintended disclosure may harm our reputation or subject us to fines, lawsuits or other penalties.

We use social media, cookies and other tracking technologies, emails and text messages as part of our omni-channel approach to marketing. As laws and regulations evolve to govern the use of these channels, the failure by us, our employees or third parties acting at our direction to comply with applicable laws and regulations in the use of these channels could adversely affect our reputation or subject us to fines, lawsuits (including class action) or other penalties. Any changes to marketing laws and regulations, their interpretation or enforcement by the government or private parties that further restrict the way we contact and communicate with our customers or potential customers could adversely affect our ability to attract customers and could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our employees or third parties acting at our direction may knowingly or inadvertently make use of social media in ways that could lead to the loss or infringement of IP, as well as the public disclosure of proprietary, confidential or sensitive personal information of our business, employees, learners, partners or others. Information concerning us or our customers, whether accurate or not, may be posted on social media platforms at any time and may have an adverse impact on our brand, reputation or business. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction and could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Evolving government regulation of the internet and e-commerce, and unfavorable changes or failure by us to comply with these regulations could substantially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to general business regulations and laws as well as regulations and laws specifically governing the internet and e-commerce. Existing and future regulations and laws could impede the growth of the internet, e-commerce or mobile commerce, which could in turn adversely affect our growth. These regulations and laws may involve taxes, tariffs, privacy and data security, anti-spam, content protection, electronic contracts and communications, customer protection and internet neutrality. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes and customer privacy apply to the internet as the vast majority of these laws were adopted prior to the advent of the internet and do not contemplate or address the unique issues raised by the internet or e-commerce. It is possible that general business regulations and laws, or those specifically governing the internet or e-commerce, may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices. We cannot be sure that our practices comply fully with all such laws and regulations. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with any of these laws or regulations could result in damage to our reputation, a loss in business and proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities, customers, suppliers or others. Any such proceeding or action could hurt our reputation, force us to spend significant amounts in defense of these proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business and decrease the use of our website by customers and suppliers and may result in the imposition of monetary liabilities. We may also be contractually liable to indemnify and hold harmless third parties from the costs or consequences of our own non-compliance with any such laws or regulations. As a result, adverse developments with respect to these laws and regulations could substantially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

51


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Economic, Market and Political Matters

Inflation could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Inflation in the EU, the United States and other jurisdictions in which we operate began to rise significantly in late 2021 and has continued to remain at high levels through 2022 and 2023 to date. This is primarily believed to be the result of the economic impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic, including the global supply chain disruptions, government stimulus packages, strong economic recovery and associated widespread demand for goods, among other factors. For instance, global supply chain disruptions have resulted in shortages in materials, which has resulted in inflationary cost increases for materials, and could continue to cause costs to increase as well as scarcity of certain products. We are experiencing inflationary pressures in certain areas of our business, including with respect to employee wages and the cost of materials, although, to date, we have been able to mitigate such pressures through price increases and other measures. We cannot, however, predict any future trends in the rate of inflation or associated increases in our operating costs and how that may impact our business. To the extent we are unable to recover higher operating costs resulting from inflation or otherwise mitigate the impact of such costs on our business, our revenues and gross profit margins could decrease and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Tariffs and other changes in international trade policy could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations in the future.

Materials and products imported into the EU, the United States and other countries are subject to import duties. While we have implemented internal measures to comply with applicable customs regulations and to properly calculate the import duties applicable to imported products, customs authorities may disagree with our claimed tariff treatment for certain products, resulting in unexpected costs that may not have been factored into the sales price of such products and our expected margins. In addition, we cannot predict whether future domestic and international laws, regulations or specific or broad trade remedy actions or international agreements may impose additional duties or other restrictions on the importation of products from one or more of our sourcing venues. Any such changes in legislation and government policy may have a material adverse effect on our business, including the imposition of tariffs on certain materials which could increase our product costs. For example, in recent periods, the U.S. government has announced various import tariffs on goods imported from certain trade partners, such as the EU and China, which have resulted and may continue to result in reciprocal tariffs on goods exported from the United States to such trade partners. Trade barriers and other governmental action related to tariffs or international trade agreements around the world have the potential to decrease demand for our products, negatively impact suppliers and adversely impact the economies in which we operate. Trade barriers and other governmental action related to tariffs or international trade agreements could increase the cost of raw materials and components used in certain of our products, which could in turn increase our cost of goods sold, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are exposed to currency exchange rate fluctuations.

We operate and sell products globally, and, as a result, we generate a significant portion of our revenues and incur a significant portion of our expenses in currencies other than our functional currency, the Euro, including the U.S. Dollar, the Canadian Dollar, the British Pound and, to a lesser extent, various other currencies. We are particularly exposed to fluctuations in the exchange rate of the U.S. Dollar to the Euro as a result of our significant presence in the United States, and a large portion of our indebtedness is denominated in U.S. Dollars. In the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, 60% of our revenues were in currencies other than Euro. Accordingly, movements in exchange rates between any of these currencies and the Euro could have a negative effect on our results of operations and financial condition to the extent there is a mismatch between our earnings in any foreign currency and our costs that are denominated in that currency.

 

52


Table of Contents

Where possible, we manage foreign currency risk by matching same currency revenues to same currency expenses. However, we are exposed to risk as a result of the increasing amount of invoicing being done in local currency, particularly by our subsidiaries in the United States. Such currency risks are monitored by our senior management in the context of annual budgeting and the hedging strategy is adjusted from time to time during the course of the year. There is no guarantee that our hedging strategy will be successful.

In addition, while we report our results in Euro, we have revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities in other currencies, primarily as the result of our ownership of our subsidiaries located in other countries. Our subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities are converted based on the exchange rate on the balance sheet date, and income statement items are converted based on the average exchange rate during the relevant financial period. Exchange rates have seen significant fluctuation in recent years, and significant increases in the value of the Euro relative to such currencies could have a material adverse effect on our reported financial results. As a result, any fluctuations in currency exchange rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Legal, Regulatory and Taxation Matters

We are subject to risks associated with international markets.

As we market, sell and manufacture our products in many countries, we face a variety of risks generally associated with doing business in international markets and importing merchandise from these regions, including, among others, changes in the rate of economic growth, political instability resulting in the disruption of trade, trade disputes, expropriation or other governmental action, quotas and other trade regulations, export license requirements, delays associated with customs procedures, including increased security requirements applicable to foreign goods and measures related to COVID-19, Brexit, social unrest, war, terrorist activities or other armed conflict, imposition of confiscatory taxation or adverse taxes, other charges and restrictions on imports, currency and exchange rate risks, changes in double tax treaties, risks related to labor practices increasing minimum wages and inflationary pressures, national and regional labor strikes, bribery and corruption, environmental matters or other issues in the foreign countries or factories in which our products are manufactured, risk of loss at sea or other delays in the delivery of products caused by transportation problems and increased costs of transportation.

We also sell our products and have operations in emerging markets, including Brazil, India and certain countries in Africa. Our operations in countries with less developed or less predictable legal systems present several risks, including legal uncertainty, bribery and corruption, civil disturbances, economic and governmental instability, differing business and operating practices, differing consumer behaviors and preferences and the imposition of exchange controls. The uncertainty of the legal environment in these countries, in particular with respect to the enforcement of IP rights, could limit our ability to enforce our rights and grow our business. In addition, we or any of our distributors or wholesale partners may be subject to legal proceedings regarding bribery and corruption in these countries, and we are unable to monitor the lawful conduct of our distributors and wholesale partners’ operations.

Any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Compliance with existing laws and regulations or changes in any such laws and regulations could affect our business.

We operate in a range of international markets and are subject to a variety of laws and regulations, and we routinely incur costs in complying with these laws and regulations. New laws or regulations or changes in existing laws and regulations, particularly those governing the sale of products or in other regulatory areas such as consumer credit, labor and employment (including whistleblowing), tax, competition, health and safety or environmental protection, may conceivably require extensive system and operating changes that may be difficult to implement and could increase our cost of doing business.

 

53


Table of Contents

For example, we are subject to laws and regulations relating to the use of hazardous materials in our footwear production processes. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we may face fines, lawsuits (including civil compensation claims), penalties or other sanctions, as well as damage to our image and brand. In addition, we could incur future expenditures to remediate past compliance failures that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, new laws and regulations are under discussion, including in Germany, that may result in significantly higher sanctions for any of our subsidiaries compared to the current law on administrative offences if management or other company personnel commit offences on behalf of any such subsidiary.

In addition, regulatory authorities may impose mandatory disclosure requirements with respect to ESG matters, including climate change. For example, in March 2022, the SEC issued a proposed rule that would require companies to make certain climate-related disclosures, including information about climate-related risks, greenhouse gas emissions and certain climate-related financial statement metrics. Compliance with this proposed rule may require us to invest substantial resources and require substantial oversight from our management and board of directors. In addition, there is a global trend towards climate-related financial disclosure. A number of countries have established mandatory disclosure regimes and/or set timelines for the implementation of legislation regarding mandatory climate-related disclosure requirements.

ESG matters have also been the subject of increased focus by regulators, including in the EU and the U.S. For example, the European Commission has established a number of sustainability-related reporting and compliance regimes, including the Non-Financial Reporting Directive and the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, which will enhance the scope and reporting requirements under the Non-Financial Reporting Directive, as well as proposals for new regulatory regimes that are aimed at, for example, prohibiting corporates from placing or making available on the EU market or exporting from the EU market products made with forced labor; requiring companies to identify, prevent, bring to an end, mitigate and account for adverse human rights and environmental impacts in operations, subsidiaries and value chains; and enhancing gender pay reporting requirements. Our EU-based business, as well as any global product sales into the EU, may bring us in scope of these requirements. Germany has also developed legislation requiring certain large companies to conduct human rights and environmental due diligence on their own and direct suppliers’ operations.

In addition, changes in, alternative interpretations of or more stringent enforcement of existing laws and regulations in jurisdictions in which we currently operate can change the legal and regulatory environment, making compliance with all applicable laws and regulations more challenging. Changes in laws and regulations in the future could have an adverse economic impact on us by tightening restrictions, reducing our freedom to do business, increasing our costs of doing business, or reducing our profitability. In addition, the compliance costs associated with such evolving laws and regulations may be significant. Failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations can lead to civil, administrative or criminal penalties, including but not limited to fines or the revocation of permits and licenses that may be necessary for our business activities. We could also be required to pay damages or civil judgments in respect of third-party claims. Any actual or alleged failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations could also lead to adverse publicity and have a material adverse impact on our brand and reputation.

Any of these developments, alone or in combination, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on our suppliers, agents and distributors to comply with employment, environmental and other laws and regulations.

We are in the process of implementing policies and procedures, including our Supplier Code of Conduct and audit procedures for assessing our suppliers’ compliance with our Supplier Code of Conduct, to help ensure that our suppliers are in material compliance with our business terms, as well as

 

54


Table of Contents

employment, environmental, social and other relevant laws and regulations generally. We include the Supplier Code of Conduct as a mandatory component of all new and extended procurement agreements and we also implement similar procedures as part of new distribution and wholesale agreements. However, we can give no assurance that our suppliers, agents and distributors are or will remain in compliance with such contractual terms, laws or regulations, or that our audits will be sufficient in scope or frequency for us to become aware of any such non-compliance on a timely basis or at all. A violation, or allegations of a violation, of such laws or regulations, or failure to achieve particular standards, by any of these individuals or entities could lead to financial penalties, adverse publicity or a decline in public demand for our products, which could have a material adverse impact on our brand or reputation. Furthermore, any non-compliance could require us to incur expenditures or make changes to our supply chain and other business arrangements to ensure compliance. Any such events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on a compliance system to prevent irregularities in business activities. Failure to comply with anti-corruption regulations and economic sanctions programs could result in fines, criminal penalties and an adverse effect on our business.

We operate and sell products in, and source materials from, a number of countries throughout the world, including countries known to have a reputation for corruption. We are subject to the risk that we, our affiliated entities or our or their respective officers, managers, directors, employees and agents may take action determined to be in violation of anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act of 2010 and others. Our employees may be tempted to win business using illegal practices, in particular corruption, certain sales incentives or violation of antitrust laws. In some of the countries in which we operate, such practices may be the custom or expected, and our competitors may undertake such practices, increasing the pressure on us and our employees. In addition, we are required to comply with various economic sanctions programs, including those administered by the United Nations Security Council and the United States, including its Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury. These programs restrict us from conducting certain transactions or dealings involving certain sanctioned countries or persons.

Although we are currently developing our internal policies and procedures, which are designed to ensure compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and sanctions regulations, we are continuing to develop our compliance strategy and there can be no assurance that such policies and procedures will be sufficient or that our employees, directors, managers, officers, partners, agents and service providers will not take actions in violation of our policies and procedures (or otherwise in violation of the relevant anti-corruption laws and sanctions regulations) for which they or we may ultimately be held responsible. Violations of anti-corruption laws and sanctions regulations could lead to criminal or financial penalties being imposed on us, limits being placed on our activities, authorizations or licenses being revoked, damage to our reputation and other consequences that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, detecting, investigating and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management. Litigation or investigations relating to alleged or suspected violations of anti-corruption laws or sanctions regulations could also be costly. We cannot guarantee that our compliance and internal controls will protect us against actions taken by our officers, managers, directors, employees and agents that might be determined to be in violation of law.

Increasing focus on corporate responsibility, specifically related to ESG matters, may impose additional costs, expose us to new risks and subject us to increasing scrutiny.

Investors, shareholders, capital providers, customers and other stakeholder groups are increasingly focused on the ESG and sustainability practices of companies, including with respect to climate change, human rights and diversity, equity and inclusion. While we do not currently publicly disclose any quantifiable ESG or sustainability-related metrics or targets, if our ESG practices or the speed at which we

 

55


Table of Contents

adopt and implement them do not meet investor, customer or other stakeholder expectations and standards (which are continually evolving and may emphasize different priorities than the ones on which we choose to focus), then our brand, reputation and employee relationships may be negatively impacted. We could also incur additional costs and require additional resources to monitor, report and comply with various ESG frameworks and regulations and to implement our ESG initiatives. We depend on key raw material by-products such as leather which could be subject to price volatility and increased costs in the future due to potential broader market shifts stemming from the climate impact of beef production. Our commitment to largely using natural material from transparent sources in Europe and processing materials to high environmental and social standards could decrease our ability to compete with the prices of competitors who do not implement such ESG practices. Also, our failure, or perceived failure, to manage reputational threats and meet expectations with respect to socially responsible activities and sustainability commitments could negatively impact our brand credibility, employee relationships and the willingness of our customers and suppliers to do business with us.

Climate change and related regulatory responses may adversely impact our business.

There is increasing concern that climate change is occurring around the world as a gradual increase in global average temperatures due to increased concentration of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in the atmosphere is causing significant changes in weather patterns around the globe and an increase in the frequency and severity of natural disasters. Changes in weather patterns and an increased frequency, intensity and duration of extreme weather conditions in the areas in which our retail stores, suppliers, manufacturers, customers, distribution centers, headquarters and vendors are located could, among other things, disrupt the operation of our supply chain, disrupt our data management and communications systems, increase our product costs and negatively impact consumer spending and/or demand for our products. For example, as a result of rising sea levels associated with climate change, certain of our retail locations in Europe and the United Arab Emirates could fall below the flood line in the next twenty years. As a result, the effects of climate change could have a long-term adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The physical changes prompted by climate change could result in changes in regulations or consumer preferences, which could in turn affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In many of the countries in which we operate, governmental bodies are increasingly enacting legislation and regulations in response to the potential impacts of climate change. For example, in EU Member States, we are required to undergo energy audits every four years. In addition, the German government has set broader long-term carbon-reduction targets as well, and pursuant to such regulations, our business falls under the broad “industry” sector, a category that will need to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 50.7% (from 1990 levels) by 2030. These laws and regulations, which may become mandatory, have the potential to impact our operations directly or indirectly as a result of required compliance by us, as well as by our suppliers, wholesale partners and distributors. In addition, our manufacturing processes may be affected by new regulations in response to climate change. If we are perceived as not taking appropriate steps to mitigate our impact on the environment, this could result in damage to our image and brand, which is particularly focused on socially conscious individuals.

In addition, we have taken, and may continue to take, voluntary steps to mitigate our impact on climate change. As a result, we may experience increases in energy, production, transportation and raw material costs, capital expenditure or insurance premiums and deductibles.

Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

56


Table of Contents

We are subject to the risk of litigation and other claims.

In the ordinary course of our business we are, or may from time to time become, involved in various litigation matters and governmental or regulatory investigations, prosecutions or similar matters arising out of our current or future business, including personal injury, wrongful death claims, property damages and product safety, stewardship and liability claims, warranty obligations claims, alleged violations of environmental, health and safety laws criminal proceedings (such as those relating to injuries suffered by our employees, which could result in criminal liabilities of our legal representatives and administrative penalties against us), labor law related claims by employees, temporary workers or other external workers, claims by distributors, advisors and others. In addition, third-party litigation, including, but not limited to, litigation related to competition law, antitrust law, tax law, distribution law, intellectual property law and consumer protection and marketing laws, could have a materially adverse impact on us and the market environment in which we operate. When we determine that a significant risk of a future claim against us exists, we record provisions in an amount equal to our estimated liability. Our insurance or indemnities or amounts we have provisioned may not cover all claims that may be asserted against us, and any claims asserted against us, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, may harm our reputation.

As of the date of this prospectus and generally in the ordinary course of business, we are involved in several litigation claims, as described in “Business — Legal Proceedings.” As a result of the proceedings described therein, the amount of total provisions for disputes in our financial statements for future periods could increase. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in defending ourselves in pending or future litigation claims or similar matters under various laws or that product specific provisions will be sufficient to cover litigation costs. Moreover, it may be difficult for us to obtain and enforce claims related to existing litigation under the laws of certain countries in which we operate at affordable costs and without any materially adverse effects on our business in such country. In the aftermath of public health measures implemented in the jurisdictions in which we operate as well as our temporary personnel initiatives due to the impact of COVID-19, we could be subject to an increase in litigation, in particular in relation to our suppliers and our employees, including with respect to health and safety measures.

Any of these risks could result in considerable costs, including damages, legal fees and temporary or permanent bans on the marketing and sale of certain products and this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our insurance coverage may not be sufficient and insurance premiums may increase.

We maintain insurance coverage in relation to a number of risks associated with our business activities, including third-party (product) liability, property damage and business interruption, environmental damage, directors and officers liability and transport and vehicle insurance. These insurance policies may not cover all losses or damages resulting from the materialization of any of the risks discussed herein. There can be no assurance that our insurance providers will continue to grant coverage on commercially acceptable terms or at all. In addition, there are risks intentionally left uninsured (such as, but not limited to, customer or supplier insolvency, industrial disputes or specific natural hazards), and we therefore have no coverage against these events. Further, agreed limits and other restrictions (for example, exclusions) within the insurance coverage may prove to be too low or inadequate for compensating potential damages or losses, ultimately resulting in a gap in the insurance coverage. If we sustain damages for which there is no or insufficient insurance coverage, or if we have to pay higher insurance premiums or encounter restrictions on insurance coverage, this may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Incidents at our production sites or finishing and distribution centers may cause environmental or other third-party damages.

We directly operate five production facilities and two distribution warehouses in Germany as well as a production facility in Portugal, and rely on three warehouses managed by external partners in Germany, in

 

57


Table of Contents

addition to a distribution network managed by third parties with warehouses throughout the world, including in the United States, Canada, China, India, Japan and the United Arab Emirates. Incidents at our production facilities and warehouses could result in injury to our employees or third parties or environmental damage, such as damage resulting from the accidental discharge of hazardous materials used in our production process.

Our product development and manufacturing processes involve the use of chemicals and other hazardous materials. These programs and processes expose us to risks of accidental contamination, events of non-compliance with environmental, health and safety laws and regulatory enforcement, personal injury, property damage and claims and litigation. If an accident occurs, or if contamination is discovered, we could be liable for clean-up obligations, damages or fines and could incur significant capital expenditures, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, the environmental laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate may impose obligations to clean up contaminated sites. These obligations may relate to sites that we acquire, own, occupy or operate, that we formerly owned, occupied or operated, or for which we may otherwise have retained liability or where waste from our operations was disposed. Were such environmental clean-up obligations to arise, they could significantly reduce our profitability. In particular, any financial accruals which we may make for these obligations might be insufficient if the assumptions underlying the accruals prove to be incorrect, or if we are held responsible for additional contamination.

We are also subject to various national and local laws and regulations pertaining to occupational health and safety that require us to maintain a safe workplace environment, maintain documentation of work-related injuries, illnesses and fatalities, complete workers’ compensation loss reports, review the status of outstanding workers’ compensation claims and complete certain annual filings and postings. Failure to comply with these and other applicable occupational health and safety requirements could result in fines and penalties and could require us to undertake certain remedial actions or be subject to suspension of certain operations. From time to time, our employees are involved in health and safety-related incidents at our production facilities. These incidents have resulted and could result in the future in regulatory investigations and penalties, as well as regulatory and private claims.

Stricter environmental, health and safety laws and enforcement policies could result in substantial costs and liabilities for us, and could result in the handling, manufacture, use, reuse or disposal of substances or pollutants being subject to greater scrutiny by relevant regulatory authorities than is currently the case. Compliance with these laws could result in significant capital expenditures, as well as other costs, thereby potentially having a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The UK City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, or the Takeover Code, may apply to the Company.

The Takeover Code applies, among other things, to an offer for a public company whose registered office is in the UK (or the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man) and whose securities are not admitted to trading on a regulated market in the UK (or the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man) if the company is considered by the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers (the “Takeover Panel”) to have its place of central management and control in the UK (or the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man). This is known as the “residency test.” Under the Takeover Code, the Takeover Panel will determine whether the BIRKENSTOCK Group’s place of central management and control is in the UK by looking at various factors, including the structure of the Company’s board of directors, the functions of the directors of our board of directors and where they are resident.

If at the time of a takeover offer, the Takeover Panel determines that the BIRKENSTOCK Group’s place of central management and control is in the UK, the Company would be subject to a number of rules and

 

58


Table of Contents

restrictions, including but not limited to the following: (i) the Company’s ability to enter into deal protection arrangements with a bidder would be extremely limited; (ii) the Company might not, without the approval of shareholders, be able to perform certain actions that could have the effect of frustrating an offer, such as issuing shares or carrying out acquisitions or disposals; and (iii) the Company would be obliged to provide equality of information to all bona fide competing bidders.

Upon completion of the offering, the Company expects a majority of its board of directors to reside outside of the UK, the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man. Accordingly, based upon the Company’s current board and management structure and its intended plans for its directors and management and the directors and management of the rest of the BIRKENSTOCK Group, for the purposes of the Takeover Code, the BIRKENSTOCK Group is considered to have its place of central management and control outside the UK, the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man. The Takeover Code is not expected to apply to the Company. It is possible that, in the future, circumstances, in particular the composition of our board of directors, could change, which may cause the Takeover Code to apply to us.

We may be exposed to transfer price risks in connection with our operating activities.

We take advantage of our international network and centralize our strategic functions. In particular, we transfer and provide goods and services among our corporate group and have adopted a corporate tax transfer pricing model for the billing of intercompany services. There is a risk that tax authorities in individual countries will assess the relevant transfer prices differently from our tax transfer pricing model and address retroactive tax claims against our subsidiaries. Our tax transfer pricing model has not yet been agreed between the competent authorities and there can be no assurance that our transfer prices will be accepted by all the relevant authorities. If they fail to be accepted, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to complex tax laws, and challenges to our tax position could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to complex tax laws and regulations. We rely on generally available interpretations of applicable tax laws and regulations. We cannot be certain that the relevant tax authorities are in agreement with our interpretation of these laws and regulations. If our tax positions are challenged by relevant tax authorities, the imposition of additional taxes could require us to pay taxes that we currently do not collect or increase the costs of our products to track and collect such taxes. We also face increasingly burdensome compliance and reporting requirements relating to such tax laws and regulations. Any of the foregoing could increase our costs of operations and have a negative effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Tax legislation may be enacted in the future that could negatively impact our current or future tax structure and effective tax rates.

Long-standing international tax initiatives that determine each country’s jurisdiction to tax cross-border international trade and profits are evolving as a result of, among other things, initiatives such as the Anti-Tax Avoidance Directives, as well as the Base Erosion and Profit Shifting reporting requirements, mandated and/or recommended by the EU, G8, G20 and Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, including the imposition of a minimum global effective tax rate for multinational businesses regardless of the jurisdiction of operation and where profits are generated (Pillar Two). As these and other tax laws and related regulations change (including changes in the interpretation, approach and guidance of tax authorities), our financial results could be materially impacted. Given the unpredictability of these possible changes and their potential interdependency, it is difficult to assess whether the overall effect of such potential tax changes would be cumulatively positive or negative for our earnings and cash flow, but such changes could adversely affect our financial results.

 

59


Table of Contents

We are exposed to tax risks, which could arise in particular as a result of tax audits or past measures.

Due to the global nature of our business, we are subject to income and other taxes in multiple jurisdictions. Significant judgment and estimation are required in determining our calculation and provision for income, sales, value-add and other taxes, including withholding taxes. In the ordinary course of our business, there are various transactions, including, for example, intercompany transactions based on cross-jurisdictional transfer pricing and transactions with specific documentation requirements, for which the ultimate tax assessment or the timing of the tax effect is uncertain and for which we have not received rulings from governmental authorities. We are audited regularly by tax authorities in Germany and from time to time by tax authorities in other jurisdictions. During such audits, our tax calculations and our interpretation of laws are reviewed by the applicable tax authorities, which may disagree with our tax estimates or judgments. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of any such tax audits or reviews could differ from our tax provisions and accruals and any additional tax liabilities resulting from such final determination or any interest or any penalties or any regulatory, administrative or other sanctions relating thereto could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

While we attempt to assess in advance the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these proceedings or claims, it is difficult to predict final outcomes with any degree of certainty. The final determination of any tax investigation, tax audit, tax review, tax litigation and appeal of a tax authority’s decision or similar proceedings may differ materially from any estimate that may be reflected in our financial statements. An adverse outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, changes in tax legislation or guidance could result in additional taxes and/or affect our tax rate, the carrying value of deferred tax assets or our deferred tax liabilities. Any tax audit, tax proceeding or changes in tax legislation or guidance could, as a result of the realization of any of the above risks, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, certain Company entities were in the past or are currently part of fiscal unities, tax groups and other tax consolidation schemes. We cannot ensure that these entities will not be held liable for unpaid taxes of the members of such tax consolidation schemes (including members outside of our group) under statutory law or the contracts which formed or form the basis for the tax consolidation schemes. Furthermore, should such tax consolidation schemes not be accepted by the tax authorities and/or a tax court, taxes, interest and penalties may be imposed against entities of our group. Such liabilities may be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The anticipated benefits of the conversion (by way of re-domiciliation) of our Company from a Luxembourg private limited company to a Jersey public limited company may not be realized.

We may not realize the benefits we anticipate from having converted (by way of re-domiciliation) the legal form of our Company from a Luxembourg private limited company to a Jersey private company and, prior to the consummation of this offering, to a Jersey public limited company. Such conversions may result in greater than expected costs or encounter other difficulties. Our failure to realize the anticipated benefits could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Amendments to existing tax laws, rules or regulations or enactment of new unfavorable tax laws, rules or regulations could have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

Many of the laws, rules or regulations imposing taxes and other similar obligations were established before the growth of the internet and e-commerce. Tax authorities in non-U.S. jurisdictions and at the U.S. federal, state and local levels are currently reviewing the appropriate treatment of companies engaged in

 

60


Table of Contents

e-commerce and considering changes to existing tax or other laws that could regulate our transmissions and/or levy sales, income, consumption, use or other taxes relating to our activities, and/or impose obligations on us to collect such taxes. For example, in March 2018, the European Commission proposed new rules for taxing digital business activities in the EU. In addition, state and local taxing authorities in the United States and taxing authorities in other countries have identified e-commerce platforms as a means to calculate, collect and remit indirect taxes for transactions taking place over the internet. Multiple U.S. states have enacted related legislation and other states are now considering such legislation. Furthermore, the U.S. Supreme Court recently held in South Dakota v. Wayfair that a U.S. state may require an online retailer to collect sales taxes imposed by that state, even if the retailer has no physical presence in that state, thus permitting a wider enforcement of such sales tax collection requirements. Such legislation could require us or our retailers and brands to incur substantial costs in order to comply, including costs associated with legal advice, tax calculation, collection, remittance and audit requirements, which could make selling in such markets less attractive and could adversely affect our business.

We cannot predict the effect of current attempts to impose taxes on commerce over the internet. If such tax or other laws, rules or regulations were amended, or if new unfavorable laws, rules or regulations were enacted, the results could increase our tax payments or other obligations, prospectively or retrospectively, subject us to interest and penalties, decrease the demand for our products if we pass on such costs to the consumer, result in increased costs to update or expand our technical or administrative infrastructure or effectively limit the scope of our business activities if we decided not to conduct business in particular jurisdictions. As a result, these changes may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Tax Receivable Agreement

We expect to enter into a tax receivable agreement that will require us to make payments in relation to certain tax attributes of Birkenstock and its subsidiaries to our pre-IPO owner (or certain transferees or successors), and such payments are expected to be substantial.

We expect to enter into a tax receivable agreement with our pre-IPO owner, MidCo, that will require us to make payments to the TRA Participants equal to 85% of certain tax savings (or expected tax savings) in respect of the TRA Tax Attributes (as defined below) that were created by MidCo’s acquisition of the BIRKENSTOCK Group in 2021 or that are otherwise available to the Company as of the date of this offering. Under the TRA, generally, we will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings. See also Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement. The timing of payments under the TRA will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the amount, character and timing of our and our subsidiaries’ taxable income in the future. These payments are expected to be substantial and will be made only to the TRA Participants, rather than to all of our shareholders. These payments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the TRA as a result of the terms of our debt agreements, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest at a rate of              until paid.

The TRA will contain provisions that require, in certain cases, the acceleration of payments under the TRA to the TRA Participants, or payments which may significantly exceed the actual tax benefits we realize in respect of the TRA Tax Attributes.

The terms of the TRA will, in certain circumstances, including an early termination, certain changes of control, or breaches of any material obligations under it (such as a failure to make any payment when due, subject to a specified cure period), provide for our obligations under the TRA to accelerate and become payable in a lump sum amount equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits calculated based on certain assumptions, including that we would have at such time sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the TRA Tax Attributes. Additionally, if we or any of our subsidiaries transfer any asset to a corporation with which we do not file a consolidated or combined tax return for applicable tax purposes, we will be treated as having sold that asset in a taxable transaction for purposes of determining certain amounts payable under the TRA. As a result of the foregoing, (a) we could be required to make payments

 

61


Table of Contents

under the TRA that are greater than the specified percentage of the actual tax savings we realize in respect of the TRA Tax Attributes and (b) we may be required to make an immediate lump sum payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax savings, which payment may be required to be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits, if any such benefits are ever realized. In these situations, our obligations under the TRA could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of adversely affecting our working capital and growth, and of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control.

In addition, payments under the TRA will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine, consistent with the terms of the TRA. No TRA Participant will be required under any circumstances to make a payment or return a payment to us in respect of any portion of any payment previously made to such TRA Participant under the TRA if a tax reporting position relating to the TRA Tax Attributes is challenged. If it is determined that excess payments have been made under the TRA, certain future payments, if any, otherwise to be made will be reduced. As a result, in certain circumstances, including, for example, if a previously claimed deduction is subsequently disallowed, payments could be made under the TRA in amounts that exceed the specified percentage of the actual tax savings we realize in respect of the TRA Tax Attributes.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

We have a substantial amount of debt, and our substantial leverage and debt service obligations could materially adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations and preclude us from satisfying our debt obligations.

As of June 30, 2023, after giving effect to this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom, we had total indebtedness in the amount of                                           million (equivalent), primarily comprised of the Senior Term Facilities, the ABL Facility, the Notes, the Vendor Loan and certain existing real estate facilities. We anticipate that our high leverage will continue to exist for the foreseeable future. Our substantial indebtedness may: make it more difficult for us to satisfy our debt obligations and liabilities we may incur; increase our vulnerability to, and reducing our flexibility to respond to, general adverse economic and industry conditions; require the dedication of a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of principal of, and interest on, our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of such cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, joint ventures, product research and development or for other general corporate purposes; restrict us from pursuing acquisitions or exploiting business opportunities; limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business, the competitive environment and the industry in which we operate; negatively impact credit terms with our suppliers and other creditors; increase our exposure to interest rate increases because some of our indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest; place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are not as highly leveraged; limit our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future operations, capital expenditures, business opportunities, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes and increasing the cost of any future borrowings; and limit our ability to obtain additional capacity for issuance of bid, advance payment, performance and warranty guarantees for operative business purposes and increasing the cost of any future guarantee issuances.

Any of these or other consequences or events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may incur more debt in the future, which may make it difficult for us to service our debt and impair our ability to operate our businesses.

Despite our substantial leverage, we may incur additional debt in the future. Although the Senior Term Facilities Agreement and the Indenture contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions, and under certain circumstances the amount of indebtedness that could be incurred in compliance with these restrictions

 

62


Table of Contents

could be substantial. If new debt is added to our existing debt levels, the related risks that we now face would increase. In addition, the Senior Term Facilities Agreement and the Indenture do not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness under those agreements. Our inability to service our debt could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to restrictive covenants that limit our operating and financial flexibility.

The Senior Term Facilities Agreement and the Indenture contain covenants which impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These agreements limit our ability to, among other things: incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred stock; make certain restricted payments and investments; transfer or sell assets; enter into transactions with affiliates; create or incur certain liens; make certain loans, investments or acquisitions; issue or sell share capital of certain of our subsidiaries; create or incur restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make other payments to us; take certain actions that would impair the security interests in the collateral granted for the benefit of the holders of the Notes; merge, consolidate or transfer all or substantially all of our assets and pay or redeem subordinated debt or equity. See “Description of Material Indebtedness.”

All of these limitations are subject to significant exceptions and qualifications. Nevertheless, the covenants to which we are subject could limit our ability to finance our future operations and capital needs and our ability to pursue business opportunities and activities that may be in our interest. Failure to comply with such covenants could result in an event of default and, as a result, our lenders could accelerate all of the amounts due.

We require a significant amount of cash to service our debt and sustain our operations, which we may not be able to generate or raise.

Our ability to make principal or interest payments when due on our indebtedness and to fund our ongoing operations and future capital expenditures depends on our future performance and ability to generate cash, which, to a certain extent, is subject to the success of our business strategy as well as general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, legal, regulatory and other factors, as well as other factors discussed in these “Risk Factors,” many of which are beyond our control.

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations, that currently anticipated growth, cost savings or efficiencies will be realized or that future debt financing will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our debts when due or to fund our other liquidity needs including the repayment of our debt at maturity. At the respective maturities of the Senior Term Facilities, the Notes or any other debt that we may incur, if we do not have sufficient cash flows from operations and other capital resources to pay our debt obligations, or to fund our other liquidity needs, we may be required to refinance or restructure our indebtedness.

If our future cash flows from operations and other capital resources are insufficient to pay our obligations as they mature or to fund our liquidity needs, we may be forced to sell assets, obtain additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt on or before maturity.

The type, timing and terms of any future financing, restructuring, asset sales or other capital raising transactions will depend on our cash needs and the prevailing conditions in the financial markets. We cannot assure you that we would be able to accomplish any of these alternatives on a timely basis or on satisfactory terms, if at all. In such an event, we may not have sufficient assets to repay any portion or all of our debt.

We are a holding company and depend upon our subsidiaries for our cash flows.

We are a holding company. All of our operations are conducted, and almost all of our assets are owned, by our subsidiaries. Consequently, our cash flows and our ability to meet our obligations depend

 

63


Table of Contents

upon the cash flows of our subsidiaries and the payment of funds by our subsidiaries to us in the form of dividends, distributions or otherwise. The ability of our subsidiaries to make any payments to us depends on its earnings, the terms of its indebtedness, including the terms of any credit facilities and legal restrictions. Any failure to receive dividends or distributions from our subsidiaries when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Some of our indebtedness, including the Senior Term Facilities, bears interest at floating rates that could rise significantly, thereby increasing our costs and reducing our cash flow.

Debt under the Senior Term Facilities bears interest at a variable rate based on EURIBOR for Euro loans (subject to a zero floor if less than zero) and the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR plus the applicable credit adjustment spread (subject to a 0.5% floor if less than 0.5%) for U.S. Dollar loans in each case, plus an applicable margin. These interest rates have risen significantly recently and could continue to rise in the future, increasing our interest expense associated with these obligations, reducing cash flow available for capital expenditures and hindering our ability to make payments on our debt. Neither the Senior Term Facilities Agreement nor the Indenture contain a covenant requiring us to hedge all or any portion of our floating rate debt. However, hedging measures have been taken in the form of a limited interest rate cap for the floating-rate EUR debt.

Although we may continue to enter into, extend or maintain certain hedging arrangements designed to fix a portion of these rates, there can be no assurance that hedging will continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms. Hedging itself carries certain risks, including that we may need to pay a significant amount (including costs) to terminate any hedging arrangements. To the extent interest rates were to rise significantly, our interest expense would correspondingly increase, thus reducing cash flow.

Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares and the Offering

Our Principal Shareholder controls us, and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Immediately following this offering, our Principal Shareholder will beneficially own approximately     % of our ordinary shares (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional ordinary shares), with each ordinary share entitling the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders. Moreover, we will agree to nominate to our board of directors individuals designated by MidCo, which is controlled by our Principal Shareholder, in accordance with our shareholders’ agreement. For so long as MidCo beneficially owns at least a majority of our ordinary shares, it will be entitled to designate for nomination a majority of our board of directors and effectively control the composition of our board of directors and the approval of actions requiring shareholder approval through their voting power. Even when MidCo ceases to own a majority of our ordinary shares, for so long as MidCo continues to own at least 5% of our ordinary shares, it will be entitled to designate for nomination a number of directors in proportion to its ownership of our ordinary shares, rounded up to the nearest whole person. In addition, at any time that our Principal Shareholder owns at least 40% of the Company’s voting power, shareholders are permitted to take action by written consent if approved by a majority of the voting power of the Company, or two-thirds of the voting power of the Company, when required by Jersey law, and directors may be removed with or without cause by a majority of the voting power of the Company. See “Related Party Transactions — Shareholders’ Agreement” and “Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association — Ordinary Shares.” Accordingly, for such periods of time, our Principal Shareholder will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers. In particular, for so long as our Principal Shareholder continue to own a significant percentage of our ordinary shares, our Principal Shareholder will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of our Company or a change in the composition of our board of directors, and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of our Company. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your ordinary shares as part of a sale of our Company and ultimately might affect the market price of our ordinary shares.

 

64


Table of Contents

Our Articles of Association contain provisions that could delay, discourage or prevent a takeover attempt even if a takeover attempt might be beneficial to our shareholders, and such provisions may adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares.

Provisions contained in our Articles of Association (as defined herein) could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us. For example, our Articles of Association authorize our board of directors to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of unissued series of preferred shares without any vote or action by our shareholders. Thus, our board of directors can authorize and issue preferred shares with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting or other rights of holders of our ordinary shares. These rights may have the effect of delaying, discouraging or preventing a takeover attempt of our Company even if a takeover attempt might be beneficial to our shareholders. Additionally, our Articles of Association impose various procedural and other requirements that could make it more difficult for shareholders to effect certain corporate actions. For example, our Articles of Association include advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors and for proposing matters that can be acted upon at shareholder meetings. Any of these provisions could also limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for our ordinary shares. See “Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association” and “Comparison of Delaware Corporate Law and Jersey Corporate Law.”

Our Articles of Association will not limit the ability of our Principal Shareholder to compete with us, and they and certain of our directors may have investments in businesses whose interests conflict with ours.

Our Principal Shareholder and their respective affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities, including investments in businesses that may compete with us. In the ordinary course of their business activities, our Principal Shareholder and their respective affiliates may engage in activities in which their interests conflict with our interests or those of our shareholders. Our Articles of Association provide that none of our Principal Shareholder or any of their respective affiliates or any of our directors who are not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. See “Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association — Conflicts of Interest.” Our Principal Shareholder and their respective affiliates also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, our Principal Shareholder may have an interest in our pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to us and our shareholders.

As a foreign private issuer and “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance rules, we are permitted to, and we will, rely on exemptions from certain of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Our reliance on such exemptions may afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares.

The corporate governance rules of the NYSE require listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of independent directors and independent director oversight of executive compensation, nomination of directors and corporate governance matters. As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we will, follow home country practice in lieu of the above requirements. As long as we rely on the foreign private issuer exemption to certain of the NYSE corporate governance standards, a majority of the directors on our board of directors are not required to be independent directors, we are not required to have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors and director nominations are not required to be made, or recommended to our full board of directors, by our independent directors or by a nominations committee that consists entirely of independent directors. Therefore, our board of directors’ approach to governance may be different from that of a board of directors consisting of a majority of independent directors, and, as a result, the management oversight of our Company may be more limited than if we were subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance standards. We are also subject to certain

 

65


Table of Contents

reduced disclosure obligations as a result of being a foreign private issuer. As such, investors will not have access to the same information as for similar companies that are not foreign private issuers.

In the event we no longer qualify as a foreign private issuer, if then applicable, we may rely on the “controlled company” exemption under the NYSE corporate governance rules. A “controlled company” under the NYSE corporate governance rules is a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company. Following this offering, our Principal Shareholder will control a majority of the combined voting power of our outstanding shares, making us a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance rules. As a controlled company, we are eligible to, and, in the event we no longer qualify as a foreign private issuer, we may, elect not to comply with certain requirements of the NYSE corporate governance standards, including (i) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (ii) the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors and (iii) the requirement that our director nominations be made, or recommended to our full board of directors, by our independent directors or by a nominations committee that consists entirely of independent directors.

Accordingly, our shareholders will not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance standards, and the ability of our independent directors to influence our business policies and affairs may be reduced.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status, which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses.

We qualify as a foreign private issuer and therefore we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. We may no longer be a foreign private issuer as soon as March 31, 2024 (the end of our second fiscal quarter in the fiscal year after this offering), which would require us to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers as of October 1, 2024. In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either (i) a majority of our outstanding voting securities must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by nonresidents of the United States or (ii)(a) a majority of our executive officers or directors may not be United States citizens or residents, (b) more than 50% of our assets cannot be located in the United States and (c) our business must be administered principally outside the United States. If we lose this status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers, and would require us to present our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which could be time consuming and costly. We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and stock exchange rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than the cost we would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase our legal and financial compliance costs and would make some activities highly time consuming and costly. We also expect that if we were required to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, it may be more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering and may not use them effectively.

We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds to us from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used

 

66


Table of Contents

appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, our ultimate use may vary substantially from our currently intended use. Investors will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds. Pending use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities, such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and sovereign debt that may not generate a high yield for our shareholders. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed and the market price of our ordinary shares could decline.

Future sales of our ordinary shares in the public market could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of our ordinary shares in the public market following the completion of this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our ordinary shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Many of our existing equity holders have substantial unrecognized gains on the value of the equity they hold based upon the price of this offering, and therefore they may take steps to sell their shares or otherwise secure the unrecognized gains on those shares. We are unable to predict the timing of or the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our ordinary shares. All of the ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with, the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any of our ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any of our ordinary shares, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any ordinary shares or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of ordinary shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of                                      for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than our ordinary shares to be sold in this offering. The lock-up agreement is subject to specified exceptions. These agreements are further described in the sections titled “Ordinary Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, such restricted period may be terminated earlier under certain circumstances.

After the expiration of such lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions, or if such restrictions are waived, if these shareholders sell substantial amounts of ordinary shares in the public market or if the market perceives that such sales may occur, the market price of our ordinary shares and our ability to raise capital through an issue of equity securities in the future could be adversely affected.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the ordinary shares you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price of our ordinary shares will be substantially higher than the as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. If you purchase ordinary shares in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of $         per share (         per share), or $         per share (         per share) if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ordinary shares in full, representing the difference between our as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2023 after giving effect to the capital reorganization and the sale of ordinary shares in this offering and the assumed public offering price of $         per share (         per share), the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. See “Dilution.”

 

67


Table of Contents

We do not intend to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future and, as a result, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our ordinary shares.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our share capital, and we do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future proposals at our shareholders’ meeting or decisions of our board of directors to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our cash requirements, financial performance and new product development and subject to approval by the general meeting of shareholders. In addition, payment of future dividends is subject to certain limitations pursuant to Jersey law. See “Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association — Ordinary Shares — Dividend and Liquidation Rights.” Accordingly, you may need to rely on sales of our ordinary shares after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on your investment.

The rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights typically offered to shareholders of a U.S. corporation.

We are incorporated under Jersey law. The rights of holders of ordinary shares are governed by Jersey law, including the Jersey Companies Law, and by our Articles of Association. These rights differ in certain respects from the rights of shareholders in typical U.S. corporations. See “Comparison of Delaware Corporate Law and Jersey Corporate Law” in this prospectus for a description of the principal differences between the provisions of the Jersey Companies Law applicable to us and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights and protections.

Jersey is a British crown dependency and an island located off the coast of Normandy, France. Jersey is not a member of the EU. Jersey legislation regarding companies is largely based on English corporate law principles. However, there can be no assurance that Jersey law will not change in the future or that it will serve to protect investors in a similar fashion afforded under corporate law principles in the United States, which could adversely affect the rights of investors.

U.S. shareholders may not be able to obtain judgments or enforce civil liabilities against us or our executive officers or our board of directors.

We are a corporation organized and incorporated under the laws of Jersey with our registered office and domicile in Jersey and the majority of our assets are located outside of the United States. Moreover, a number of our directors and executive officers are not residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are or may be located outside the United States. As a result, investors may not be able to effect service of process within the United States upon the Company or upon such persons, or to enforce judgments obtained against the Company or such persons in U.S. courts, including judgments in actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States. It is uncertain as to whether the courts of Jersey would entertain original actions based on U.S. federal or state securities laws, or enforce judgments from U.S. courts against us or our officers and directors which originated from actions alleging civil liability under U.S. federal or state securities laws.

The United States and Jersey do not currently have a treaty providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitration awards, in civil and commercial matters. Consequently, a final judgment for payment given by a court in the United States, whether or not predicated solely upon U.S. securities laws, may not be enforceable in Jersey, as applicable. See “Enforcement of Judgments.”

General Risk Factors

Natural disasters, public health crises, political crises and instability, civil unrest and other catastrophic events or events outside of our control may adversely affect our business.

Natural disasters, such as fires, earthquakes, power shortages or outages, floods or monsoons, public health crises, such as pandemics and epidemics, political crises, such as terrorism, war, civil unrest, political instability or other conflict, or other events outside of our control have in the past, and may in the

 

68


Table of Contents

future, adversely impact our revenues. In particular, our business may be materially adversely affected by events that could generally deter consumers from shopping in store, both in relation to retail stores directly managed by us as well as in relation to stores or outlets supplied by us or our wholesale partners. Such events could also disrupt the internet or mobile networks and may also prevent or deter consumers from shopping through our e-commerce business, which could materially adversely affect our revenues.

In addition, if any of our facilities, including our distribution facilities, our own retail stores, the facilities or stores of our wholesale partners or the facilities of our suppliers, distributors or any of our other third-party service providers are affected by any such natural disasters, catastrophic events or other events outside of our control, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Moreover, these types of events could negatively impact consumer spending in the impacted regions or, depending upon the severity, globally, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

There is no existing market for our ordinary shares, and we do not know whether one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity. If our share price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our ordinary shares. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our ordinary shares that you buy. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our Company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the NYSE or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for the ordinary shares will be determined by negotiations between us, the selling shareholders and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our ordinary shares at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you in this offering. In addition to the risks described above, the market price of our ordinary shares may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including actual or anticipated variations in our operating results; the failure of financial analysts to cover our ordinary shares after this offering or changes in financial estimates by financial analysts, or any failure by us to meet or exceed any of these estimates or changes in the recommendations of any financial analysts that elect to follow our ordinary shares or the shares of our competitors; announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions; technological innovations by us or our competitors; future sales of our shares; and investor perceptions of us and the industries in which we operate.

In addition, the stock market in general has experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our ordinary shares, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of certain companies’ securities, securities class action litigation has been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. If a market for our ordinary shares does not develop or is not maintained, the liquidity and price of our ordinary shares could be seriously adversely affected.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our ordinary shares, the price of our ordinary shares could decline.

The trading market for our ordinary shares will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by industry or securities analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our ordinary shares would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our ordinary shares, the price of our ordinary shares could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our ordinary shares, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause the price of our ordinary shares to decline.

 

69


Table of Contents

We will incur significant expenses and devote other significant resources and management time as a result of being a public company, which may negatively impact our financial performance and could cause our results of operations and financial condition to suffer.

We will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses as a result of being a public company. The rules implemented by the SEC, the NYSE and the securities regulators in Jersey have required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect that compliance with these laws, rules and regulations and the move from a private to a public company will substantially increase our expenses, including our legal, accounting and information technology costs and expenses, and make some activities more time consuming and costly, and these new obligations will require attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business. We also expect these laws, rules and regulations and the move from a private to a public company to make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. Due to increased risks and exposure it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as officers. As a result of the foregoing, we expect a substantial increase in legal, accounting, insurance and certain other expenses in the future, which will negatively impact our financial performance and could cause our results of operations and financial condition to suffer. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our ordinary shares, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in connection with the preparation of our IFRS financial statements. If we fail to remediate our material weaknesses or if we fail to establish and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting when we are subject to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately, meet our reporting obligations or prevent fraud. Any inability to report and file our financial results accurately and timely could harm our business and adversely impact the trading price of our securities.

Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS. A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by the company’s internal controls.

Prior to this offering, we have had limited accounting personnel with adequate knowledge of IFRS and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. In addition, we have historically prepared our books and records in accordance with German GAAP. Our books and records were then converted to IFRS, with the assistance from outside advisors, for purposes of this offering, by accounting personnel who have limited experience in maintaining books and records and preparing financial statements under IFRS.

In connection with the preparation of our IFRS financial statements, we identified two material weaknesses, related to (i) a lack of sufficient accounting and supervisory personnel with the appropriate level of technical accounting experience and training and (ii) a lack of internal controls and processes, including a lack of segregation of duties and oversight of advisors, related to our financial statement close process, income taxes and cash flow statement presentation. These deficiencies represent material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in both design and operation.

We have identified the measures required to remediate the material weaknesses. We have initiated the hiring of additional staff that will address these needs. These individuals will be required to have sufficient experience in maintaining books and records and preparing financial statements in accordance with IFRS. Additionally, we will expand our accounting policies and procedures as well as provide additional training to our accounting and finance staff to remediate the second material weakness. Further, we plan to formalize existing and implement additional internal control procedures to improve the financial reporting process.

 

70


Table of Contents

While we are working to remediate these material weaknesses as quickly and efficiently as possible, at this time we cannot provide an estimate of costs expected to be incurred in connection with implementing this remediation plan. These remediation measures may be time consuming, costly and might place significant demands on our financial and operational resources. If we are unable to successfully remediate these material weaknesses, and if we are unable to produce accurate and timely financial statements, our financial statements could contain material misstatements that, when discovered in the future, could cause us to fail to meet our future reporting obligations and cause the price of our securities to decline.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 which requires that we include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting in our second annual report on Form 20-F. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm must attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our second annual report on Form 20-F. If we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements and fail to meet our reporting obligations, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could in turn limit our access to capital markets and harm our results of operations. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from the NYSE, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions.

The value of goodwill, brand names or other intangible assets reported in our financial statements may need to be partially or fully impaired as a result of revaluations.

As of June 30, 2023, our carrying amount of intangible assets, including goodwill, recorded on our consolidated statement of financial position was 3,267.2 million. Due to any potential adjustments, future financial statements for the Company could be materially different and may not be comparable to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, including, but not limited to, risk of impairment of goodwill and intangible and tangible assets, increased depreciation and amortization expenses over the remaining lives of acquired assets and recognition of temporary differences at an acquisition date. This could in turn have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information — Financial Statements.”

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect, our operating results could be adversely affected.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances at the time of the estimate, as provided in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities and equity, and the amount of revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue recognition, trade receivables allowance, leases, intangible assets, share-based compensation, employee benefits, provisions and taxes. Our operating results may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our operating results to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the price of our ordinary shares.

 

71


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements. Many of the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus can be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “expect,” “should,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate” and “potential,” among others. Forward-looking statements provide our current expectations, intentions or forecasts of future events. Forward-looking statements include statements about expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, intentions, assumptions and other statements that are not statements of historical fact. Words or phrases such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “guidance,” “intend,” “may,” “ongoing,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” or similar words or phrases, or the negatives of those words or phrases, may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not necessarily mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors and are based on potentially inaccurate assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expected or implied by the forward-looking statements. Our actual results could differ materially from those expected in our forward-looking statements for many reasons, including the factors described in “Risk Factors.” In addition, even if our actual results are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. For example, factors that could cause our actual results to vary from projected future results include, but are not limited to:

 

   

our dependence on the image and reputation of the BIRKENSTOCK brand;

 

   

the continued effects of the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

the intense competition we face from both established companies and newer entrants into the market;

 

   

our ability to execute our DTC growth strategy and risks associated with our e-commerce platforms;

 

   

our ability to adapt to changes in consumer preferences and attract new customers;

 

   

harm to our brand and market share due to counterfeit products;

 

   

our ability to successfully operate and expand retail stores;

 

   

losses and liabilities arising from leased and owned real estate;

 

   

risks relating to our non-footwear products;

 

   

failure to realize expected returns from our investments in our businesses and operations;

 

   

our ability to adequately manage our acquisitions, investments or other strategic initiatives;

 

   

our ability to manage our operations at our current size or manage future growth effectively;

 

   

our dependence on third parties for our sales and distribution channels;

 

   

risks related to the conversion of wholesale distribution markets to owned and operated markets and risks related to productivity or efficiency initiatives;

 

   

operational challenges relating to the distribution of our products;

 

   

deterioration or termination of relationships with major wholesale partners;

 

   

seasonality, weather conditions and climate change;

 

   

adverse events influencing the sustainability of our supply chain or our relationships with major suppliers or increases in raw materials or labor costs;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage inventory;

 

72


Table of Contents
   

unforeseen business interruptions and other operational problems at our production facilities;

 

   

disruptions to our shipping and delivery arrangements;

 

   

failure to attract and retain key employees and deterioration of relationships with employees, employee representative bodies and stakeholders;

 

   

risks relating to our intellectual property rights;

 

   

risks relating to regulations governing the use and processing of personal data;

 

   

disruption and security breaches affecting information technology systems;

 

   

natural disasters, public health crises, political crises, civil unrest and other catastrophic events beyond control;

 

   

economic conditions impacting consumer spending, such as inflation;

 

   

currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

risks related to litigation, compliance and regulatory matters;

 

   

risks and costs related to corporate responsibility and ESG matters;

 

   

inadequate insurance coverage, or increased insurance costs;

 

   

tax-related risks;

 

   

risks related to our indebtedness;

 

   

risks related to our status as a foreign private issuer and a “controlled company”; and

 

   

other factors discussed under “Risk Factors.”

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update them in light of new information or future developments or to release publicly any revisions to these statements in order to reflect later events or circumstances or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

73


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We expect to receive total estimated net proceeds of approximately $        million, or $        million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ordinary shares in full, based on the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses of the offering that are payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price per ordinary share would increase (decrease) our net proceeds, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses, by $        million. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 ordinary shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our ordinary shares and facilitate our future access to the capital markets. We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay          in aggregate principal amount of borrowings outstanding under our                  and, to the extent there are remaining proceeds, for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholder.

As of June 30, 2023, we had          million in aggregate principal amount of borrowings outstanding under our                 . Our                  will mature on                 . Interest accrues on our                  at a rate of     % per annum. See “Description of Material Indebtedness                .”

As of the date of this prospectus, since we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering, our management will have broad discretion over the use of any net proceeds from this offering that are to be applied for general corporate purposes. Pending the use of the proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment grade securities, certificates of deposit or governmental securities.

 

74


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future decisions regarding the declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, results of operation, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

75


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The table below sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, capitalization and indebtedness as of June 30, 2023:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on an as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the capital reorganization and (ii) our sale of the ordinary shares by us in the offering, the receipt of approximately $        million in estimated net proceeds, assuming an offering price of $        per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), after deduction of the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with the offering, and the application of such estimated net proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds.

Investors should read this table in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Summary Consolidated Financial Information,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Description of Material Indebtedness,” as well as our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2023  

(in thousands, unaudited)

   Actual      As Adjusted  

Cash and cash equivalents

     289,609                            
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Indebtedness(1)

     

Non-current loans and borrowings

     1,798,806     

Current loans and borrowings

     27,374     

Total indebtedness

     1,826,180     

Equity

     

Ordinary shares

     

Ordinary shares, 1 par value per share, 182,721,369 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; unlimited shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

     182,721     

Share premium

     1,894,384     

Other capital reserve

     18,085     

Retained earnings

     254,264     

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     23,196     

Total shareholders’ equity

     2,372,651     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity and indebtedness

     4,198,831     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Our indebtedness consists primarily of our Euro-denominated term loans, our USD-denominated term loans, borrowings under our ABL Facility, our Vendor Loan and our Notes. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness,” “Description of Material Indebtedness”, Note 11: “Loans and Borrowings” to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and Note 17: “Loans and Borrowings” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of our as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, share premium, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by $         million, assuming the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting

 

76


Table of Contents

discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of ordinary shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of our as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per ordinary share remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The selling shareholder identified herein will receive all net proceeds from the secondary offering of the ordinary shares held by it. Therefore, we will not receive any net proceeds from its secondary offering and our total capitalization will not be impacted by such net proceeds received by the selling shareholder.

 

77


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our ordinary shares in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ordinary share and the as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering. At June 30, 2023, we had a total net tangible book value of $        million (        million), corresponding to a net tangible book value of $        (        ) per ordinary share. Net tangible book value represents the amount of our total assets less our total liabilities, excluding goodwill and other intangible assets. Net tangible book value per ordinary share represents net tangible book value attributable to ordinary shares divided by 182,721,369, the total number of our ordinary shares outstanding at June 30, 2023.

After giving further effect to the capital reorganization and the sale by us of the                     ordinary shares offered by us in the offering, and assuming an offering price of $        (         ) per ordinary share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our total as adjusted net tangible book value estimated at June 30, 2023 would have been $        million (         million), representing $         (         ) per ordinary share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $        (         ) per ordinary share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $        (         ) per ordinary share to new investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering. Dilution for this purpose represents the difference between the price per ordinary share paid by these purchasers and net tangible book value per ordinary share immediately after the completion of the offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution to new investors purchasing ordinary shares in the offering.

 

Assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share

         $                          

Net tangible book value per ordinary share at June 30, 2023

   $               

Increase in net tangible book value per ordinary share attributable to new investors

   $                                
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

As adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after the offering

           

Dilution per ordinary share to new investors

         $         
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering by $        per ordinary share and increase (decrease) the immediate dilution to new investors by $        per ordinary share, in each case assuming the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase of 1,000,000 shares in the number of ordinary shares offered by us would increase our as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $        per ordinary share and decrease the dilution to new investors by approximately $         per ordinary share, and each decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of ordinary shares offered by us would decrease our as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $        per ordinary share and increase the dilution to new investors by approximately $        per share, in each case assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $        per ordinary share remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option from us in full, the as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $         (         ) per ordinary share, the increase in as

 

78


Table of Contents

adjusted net tangible book value attributable to ordinary shares would be $        million (         million) and the dilution to investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering would be $        million (         million) per ordinary share, in each case at an initial public offering price of $        (         ) per ordinary share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2023, on an adjusted basis as described above, the number of our ordinary shares, the total consideration and the average price per share (1) paid to us by existing shareholders and (2) to be paid by new investors acquiring our ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased      Total Consideration     Average Price  
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent     Per Share  

Existing shareholders

        $                  $            

New investors

                         
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

                     100.0   $          100.0   $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

The presentation in this table regarding ownership by existing shareholders does not give effect to any purchases that existing shareholders may make through our directed share program or otherwise in this offering.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per ordinary share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all shareholders by approximately $        million, assuming that the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of ordinary shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all shareholders by $        million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $        per ordinary share remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

79


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022 and for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022 and the related notes, our audited consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2022 and for fiscal 2022 (Successor), as of September 30, 2021 and for the period from May 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021 (Successor), for the period from October 1, 2020 through April 30, 2021 (Predecessor) and as of September 30, 2020 and for fiscal 2020 (Predecessor) and the related notes and the other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis should also be read together with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Summary Consolidated Financial Information,” “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

BIRKENSTOCK is a revered global brand rooted in function, quality and tradition dating back to 1774. We are guided by a simple, yet fundamental insight: human beings are intended to walk barefoot on natural, yielding ground, a concept we refer to as “Naturgewolltes Gehen.” Our purpose is to empower all people to walk as intended by nature. The legendary BIRKENSTOCK footbed represents the best alternative to walking barefoot, encouraging proper foot health by evenly distributing weight and reducing pressure points and friction. We believe our function-first approach is universally relevant; all humans — anywhere and everywhere — deserve to walk in our footbed.

We primarily generate revenues through the sale of footbed-based products from our broad portfolio of over 700 silhouettes, anchored by our iconic Core Silhouettes, the Madrid, Arizona, Boston, Gizeh and Mayari. We engineer and produce 100% of our products in the EU through our vertically integrated manufacturing operations, thereby ensuring each pair sold meets our rigorous quality standards. Our materials and components are primarily sourced from suppliers in Europe and processed under the highest environmental and social standards in the industry.

Our strongest, most developed segments are the Americas and Europe, which represented 54% and 36% of revenues in fiscal 2022, respectively. Our APMA segment has demonstrated considerable growth potential, which has not been fully realized historically due to the finite nature of our product supply as a result of limited production capacities, and our deliberate decisions to prioritize the Americas and Europe.

We optimize growth and profitability through a multi-channel DTC and B2B distribution strategy that we refer to as engineered distribution. We operate our channels synergistically, seeking to grow both simultaneously. We utilize the B2B channel to facilitate brand accessibility while steering consumers to our DTC channel, which offers our complete product range and access to our most desired and unique silhouettes. Across both channels, we execute a strategic allocation and product segmentation process, often down to the single door level, to ensure we sell the right product in the right channel at the right price point. This approach is centered on the strategic calibration of our ASP and employs key levers such as the expansion of our DTC channel, market conversions from third-party distributors, optimization of our wholesale partner network, increased overall share of premium products and strategic pricing. This process allows us to manage the finite nature of our production capacity with a rigorous focus on control of our brand image and profitability. As a result, we drive top-line growth and margins, prevent brand dilution and deepen our connection to consumers.

Our DTC footprint promotes direct consumer relationships and provides access to BIRKENSTOCK in its purest form. We have grown DTC revenues at a 42% CAGR between 2018 and 2022 as part of our deliberate strategy to increase DTC penetration. Our DTC channel enables us to express our brand identity, engage directly with our global fan base, capture real-time data on customer behavior and provide consumers with

 

80


Table of Contents

unique product access to our most distinctive styles. Additionally, our high levels of organic demand creation, together with higher ASPs, support consistently attractive profitability in the DTC channel, which reached a 38% share of revenues in fiscal 2022, up from 18% in fiscal 2018.

Since 2016, we have invested significantly in our online platform to support our DTC channel, establishing our own e-commerce sites in more than 30 countries with ongoing expansion into new markets. In fiscal 2022, e-commerce represented 89% of our DTC channel. In addition, as of June 30, 2023, we operate a network of approximately 45 owned retail stores, complementing our e-commerce channel with the live experience of our best product range. The largest concentration of our retail locations is in Germany, where we operate 20 locations. We have recently embarked on a disciplined strategy of opening new retail stores in attractive markets globally, including Soho and Brooklyn in New York City, Venice Beach in Los Angeles, Tokyo, London and Delhi.

Our wholesale strategy is defined by intentionality in partner selection and identifying the best partners in each segment and price point. We segment our wholesale product line availability into specific retailer quality tiers, ensuring we allocate the right product to the right channel for the right consumer. For example, we limit access to our premium 1774 and certain collaboration products to a curated group of brand partners.

For our wholesale partners, we are a “must carry” brand based on the enthusiasm with which our consumers pursue our products, as evidenced by our brand consistently being amongst the top performers in our core categories at most of our retail partners. We generate significantly more demand from existing and prospective wholesale customers than we can supply, putting us in an enviable position where we can create scarcity in the market and obtain favorable economic terms on wholesale distribution. The early placement of wholesale orders effectively determines sales to the end-consumer approximately six months in advance and aids in our production planning and allocation. In addition, sell-through transparency from important wholesalers provides real-time insight into the overall market and inventory dynamics.

During fiscal 2022, we worked with approximately 6,000 carefully selected wholesale partners in over 75 countries, ranging from orthopedic specialists to major department stores, to high end fashion boutiques. As of June 30, 2023, our strategic partners also operated approximately 270 mono-brand stores to provide our consumers a multi-channel experience in select markets.

Over a decade ago, the Birkenstock family brought in its first outside management team, commencing the present era of BIRKENSTOCK. Under the leadership and vision of Oliver Reichert, first as a General Manager in 2009 and then as the Chief Executive Officer beginning in 2013, we have transformed our business from a family-owned, production-oriented company into a global, professionally managed enterprise committed to growing our brand. In the current era, we have built on our legacy while continuing to revolutionize processes and strategies to unleash our global potential, growing revenues at a 20% CAGR from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2022.

 

81


Table of Contents

LOGO

Note: See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information — Financial Statements.

Recent Financial Performance

Our powerful business model and consistent execution have delivered continuous top-line growth and an expanding margin profile. Our financial performance reflects the strong demand for our brand and the benefits of our engineered distribution model that delivers the right product for the right channel at the highest profit. This approach enables us to enjoy a rare combination of consistent, predictable growth, high levels of profitability and strong free cash flow generation, providing us with significant flexibility to invest in our operations and growth initiatives. This strategy has resulted in:

 

   

Revenues increasing from 727.9 million in fiscal 2020 to 1,242.8 million in fiscal 2022, a 31% two-year CAGR;

 

   

Number of units sold increasing at a 12% CAGR between fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2022;

 

   

ASP increasing at a 16% CAGR between fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2022;

 

   

DTC penetration increasing from 30% of revenues in fiscal 2020 to 38% of revenues in fiscal 2022;

 

   

Gross profit margin expanding from 55% in fiscal 2020 to 60% in fiscal 2022;

 

   

Adjusted gross profit margin expanding from 55% in fiscal 2020 to 62% in fiscal 2022;

 

   

Net profit increasing from 101.3 million in fiscal 2020 to 187.1 million in fiscal 2022; and

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA growing at a 49% two-year CAGR from 194.8 million in fiscal 2020 to 434.6 million in fiscal 2022, with Adjusted EBITDA margin expanding 8 percentage points from 27% in fiscal 2020 to 35% in fiscal 2022.

This strategy has also yielded strong results in the most recent nine months ended June 30, 2023, where we have observed:

 

   

Revenues increasing from 921.2 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 1,117.4 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2023, a 21% increase;

 

82


Table of Contents
   

Number of units sold increasing by 5% from the nine months ended June 30, 2022 compared to the nine months ended June 30, 2023;

 

   

ASP increasing by 15% in the nine months ended June 30, 2023 compared to the nine months ended June 30, 2022;

 

   

DTC penetration increasing from 34% of revenues for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 37% of revenues for the nine months ended June 30, 2023;

 

   

Gross profit margin expanding from 59% for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 61% for the nine months ended June 30, 2023;

 

   

Adjusted gross profit margin decreasing slightly from 62% for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 61% for the nine months ended June 30, 2023;

 

   

Net profit decreasing from 129.1 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 103.3 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2023; and

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA growing by 16% from 332.5 million in the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 387.0 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2023, with Adjusted EBITDA margin contracting 1 percentage point from 36% for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 35% for the nine months ended June 30, 2023.

Non-IFRS Financial Measures

We report our financial results in accordance with IFRS; however, management believes that certain non-IFRS financial measures provide useful information in measuring the operating performance and financial condition of the Company and are used by management to make decisions. Management believes this information presents helpful comparisons of financial performance between periods by excluding the effect of certain non-recurring items.

These measures do not have a standardized meaning prescribed by IFRS and therefore they may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies, and they should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information prepared in accordance with IFRS.

For reconciliations to the most directly comparable IFRS measure, see “Summary Consolidated Financial Information—Non-IFRS Financial Measures.”

Constant currency revenue and Constant currency revenue growth

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Nine months ended June 30,      Year ended
September 30,
2022
    2021 Successor and
Predecessor Periods
    Year ended
September 30,
2020
 

(In thousands of Euros)

   2023
(unaudited)
    2022
(unaudited)
 

Revenues

     1,117,368       921,225        1,242,833       962,011       727,932  

Constant currency revenue

     1,098,208       N/A        1,178,643       993,935       N/A  

Constant currency revenue growth

     19     N/A        23     37     N/A  

Our financial reporting currency is the Euro, and changes in foreign exchange rates can significantly affect our reported results and consolidated trends. The majority of non-Euro transactions are denominated in USD.

The effect of currency exchange rates on our business is an important factor in understanding period-to-period comparisons, which in turn are used in financial and operational decision-making. By viewing our results of operations on a constant currency basis, the effects of foreign currency volatility, which is not indicative of our actual results of operations, are eliminated, enhancing the ability to understand our operating performance.

 

83


Table of Contents

Constant currency information compares results between periods as if exchange rates had remained constant. We define Constant currency revenue as total revenue excluding the effect of foreign exchange rate movements and use them to determine Constant currency revenue growth on a comparative basis. Constant currency revenue is calculated by translating the current period foreign currency revenues using the prior period exchange rate. Constant currency revenue growth is calculated by determining the increase in current period revenues over prior period revenues, where current period foreign currency revenues are translated using prior period exchange rates. For example, USD denominated Constant currency revenue for the nine months ended June 30, 2023, fiscal 2022 and the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods were calculated using the rate of exchange of $1.1106 to 1, $1.1975 to 1 and $1.1199 to 1, respectively.

Adjusted gross profit and Adjusted gross profit margin

 

     Successor      Predecessor  
     Nine months ended June 30,     Year ended
September 30,
2022
    Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
     Period October 1,
2020, through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30,
2020
 

(In thousands of Euros, unaudited)

   2023     2022  

Adjusted gross profit

     680,836       568,322       774,169       261,871        286,150       399,634  

Adjusted gross profit margin

     61     62     62     57      57     55

We define Adjusted gross profit as gross profit, exclusive of the impact on inventory valuation of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction. Adjusted gross profit for the nine months ended June 30, 2022, fiscal 2022 and the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods reflect 24.4 million, 24.4 million and 110.9 million, respectively, of such impacts. Adjusted gross profit margin is defined as adjusted gross profit for the period divided by revenues for the same period.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin

 

     Successor      Predecessor  
     Nine months ended June 30,     Year ended
September 30,
2022
    Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
     Period October 1,
2020, through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30,
2020
 

(In thousands of Euros, unaudited)

   2023     2022  

Adjusted EBITDA

     387,018       332,506       434,555       140,340        152,000       194,784  

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     35     36     35     30      30     27

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are key performance measures that management uses to assess our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding allocation of capital. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net profit (loss) for the period adjusted for income tax expense (benefit), finance cost (net), depreciation and amortization, further adjusted for the effect of events such as:

 

   

Effects of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction to inventory valuation and the subsequent impact on cost of sales (in the nine months ended June 30, 2022, fiscal 2022 and the 2021 Successor Period, cost of sales included inventory that had been measured at fair value as part of the Transaction);

 

   

Transaction-related costs (which represent Transaction-related advisory costs and, in the 2021 Predecessor Period, included fees for the termination of interest rate swaps related to the predecessor syndicated loan);

 

   

Realized and unrealized foreign exchange gain (loss);

 

   

IPO-related costs consisting of consulting, legal as well as audit fees for the PCAOB re-audit of fiscal 2020 and 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods;

 

   

Share-based compensation expenses relating to the management investment plan;

 

 

84


Table of Contents
   

Other adjustments relating to non-recurring expenses that we do not consider representative of the operating performance of the business, primarily comprised of consulting fees for integration projects, restructuring expenses and relocation expenses, as further described in “Summary Consolidated Financial Information—Non-IFRS Financial Measures—Reconciliation of Net Profit to Adjusted EBITDA.”

Trends and Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

Our business, results of operations and financial condition have been influenced and will continue to be influenced by the macroeconomic environment and the factors described below.

Ability to Increase Brand Awareness and Grow Consumer Base

Our ability to increase brand awareness and grow our consumer base has and will continue to contribute meaningfully to our performance. The function of our products and the power of our brand has enabled us to build our company largely through organic, unpaid sources, including word-of-mouth, repeat buying, earned media and high-profile influencer support, in addition to our 1774 collaborations office. These organic factors support a virtuous cycle of consumer consideration, trial, conversion and repeat purchase. According to the Consumer Survey, aided brand awareness, which we define as consumer awareness about the brand when specifically asked about the brand, in the United States is 68%. Future growth in our brand awareness will stem from a combination of organic, word-of-mouth marketing, brand collaborations, BIRKENSTOCK content production and disciplined investments in digital marketing.

Product Innovation and Expansion

The simultaneous innovation within and expansion of our product portfolio has contributed meaningfully to our performance. While we have a large product assortment comprised of over 700 silhouettes, our five iconic Core Silhouettes, the Madrid, Arizona, Boston, Gizeh and Mayari, represent the majority of our revenues. Apart from the Mayari, each of these product silhouettes has been on the market for decades, providing us with a highly predictable and consistent revenue base. Historically, we have driven revenue growth for a silhouette through color and material innovation, as well as expansion of usage occasions, enabling us to introduce updated and refreshed styles to create trends and drive consumer excitement.

We intend to continue investing in innovation within our product portfolio, as well as the development and introduction of new silhouettes and product categories. Recently, we have focused on growing our closed-toe silhouette assortment, which represented 20% and 15% of our revenues for fiscal 2022 and 2021, respectively. We believe our strategic focus on closed-toe silhouettes, which have significant revenue growth potential given high ASPs and broad applicability across seasons and usage occasions, has been successful. We also continue to invest in the orthopedic heritage of our brand, including our recently formed biomechanics team focused on driving new technical innovations. We see significant opportunities to deepen our product reach in functionally-driven footwear categories by creating highly functional products across a variety of usage occasions, including professional, active and outdoor, kids, home and orthopedic. We believe that innovations in these product categories will enable the BIRKENSTOCK brand to reach new consumers, balance seasonality and broaden usage occasions.

Global Growth Through Engineered Distribution

Our engineered distribution is rooted in the local market intelligence of our sales and commercial organization. The successful execution of regionally tailored market development strategies has and will continue to be a key determinant of our performance. Strategic assessment of, and adaptation to regional channel dynamics, market maturity levels, existing distribution networks and consumer preferences and buying behavior is a hallmark characteristic of our engineered distribution approach. We pioneered this engineered distribution model in our U.S. market, ultimately helping drive a 32% revenue CAGR in the U.S.

 

85


Table of Contents

between fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2022. This transformative approach now serves as a blueprint for all of our regions, where we have enacted strategies to effect conversions from third-party distribution to owned distribution, accelerate DTC penetration, strategically expand our retail footprint and increase share of closed-toe and other high ASP products. Building on our success in the U.S., we have consciously taken back distribution in key markets, including the UK, France, Canada, Japan and South Korea, reducing the share of business in third party distribution from 32% of revenues in fiscal 2018 to 14% in fiscal 2022.

Our strongest, most developed regions are the Americas, which accounted for 54% of revenues in fiscal 2022, and Europe, which accounted for 36% of revenues, while APMA represented 10% of revenues. APMA has demonstrated considerable growth potential, which historically has not been fully realized because of deliberate decisions to prioritize the Americas and Europe due to finite supply. With increasing available production capacity, we plan to further leverage our engineered distribution strategy in APMA, strategically allocating the right product across the right channels to educate consumers about BIRKENSTOCK and drive brand awareness, which we believe is key to expanding our presence and driving sales in the segment. While doing so, we plan to invest in infrastructure, distribution networks and personnel and marketing.

In the future, we will continue to leverage our engineered distribution model to expand in existing geographies, enter new markets and convert remaining distributor markets, as appropriate. To do so, we will deploy disciplined, regionally tailored approaches, allocating our production capacity across channels, regions and categories in a manner that supports continued growth and profitability.

Ability to Manage Seasonality and Inventory

Revenues from the sale of our footwear products generally skew towards the warmer months of the calendar year in our key markets, falling in our third and fourth fiscal quarters, ending in June and September, respectively. As a result, we typically build inventory between October and January through a rigorous planning process designed to optimize product availability and mitigate any possible supply and demand mismatch. Furthermore, we continue to diversify the seasonal exposure of our product portfolio by increasing the mix of closed-toe silhouettes, enabling us to serve additional usage occasions year-round. Over time, we expect the share of sandals and closed-toe silhouettes to become more balanced, a trend which is already apparent in the product mix growth of closed-toe silhouettes, which has approximately doubled between fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2022 and accounted for 20% of revenues for fiscal 2022.

Sourcing and Supply Chain Management

Raw materials, other consumables and personnel costs, including temporary personnel services, are our largest cost components. Our primary raw materials include components used for manufacturing uppers and footbeds, such as leather, synthetic materials (such as Birko-Flor, felt and textiles), buckles, cork, rubber, jute, soling sheets for the production of outsoles, EVA and polyurethane. Our exposure to price fluctuations in materials costs and the availability of raw materials, particularly leather, jute and cork, impact our margins and affect our financial results. We manage exposure to price increases and volatility through long-term relationships with suppliers, entering into flexible contracts that range from 3 to 6 months. We forward purchase a portion of our raw materials and consumables to cover our manufacturing and production requirements, ensuring an uninterrupted supply of finished footwear products to our consumers. In addition, our breadth of suppliers allows us greater control of our cost base.

Effects of Foreign Currency Fluctuations

Transactional

As a result of the geographic diversity of our customers and operations, we generate a significant portion of our revenues and incur a significant portion of our expenses in currencies other than the Euro,

 

86


Table of Contents

including USD, CAD, GBP and, to a lesser extent, various other currencies. As a result of our significant presence in the United States, we are particularly exposed to fluctuations in the exchange rate of the Euro to USD, and a large portion of our current indebtedness is denominated in USDs. We are also exposed to currency exchange risks as a result of an increasing mix of revenues invoiced and expenses incurred in local currencies, particularly by our subsidiaries in the U.S. We generally seek to align costs with revenues denominated in the same currency, but we are not always able to do so, and our results of operations and financial condition will continue to be impacted by the volatility of the Euro against the USD. We manage our various currency exposures through economic hedging strategies. We annually evaluate the budgeted exchange rates for the following business year and consider the currency market outlook in determining our overall hedging strategy and activities for the next business year. We adjust our hedging strategies from time to time during the year as needed. Between FY 2020 and FY 2022, our hedging ratio was between 40% (minimum) and 60% (maximum) of our USD exposure on contracted forecasted sales to our subsidiary in the U.S. We use forward exchange contracts and forward exchange swaps and currency options to hedge our currency risks, most of which have a maturity date of less than one year from the date of initiation. Exchange rate fluctuations, particularly with respect to the exchange rate of the Euro to the USD, have had and are expected to have an impact on the results of our operations. In respect to other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, we aim to manage our net exposure by buying or selling foreign currencies at spot rates.

Translational

We report our historical consolidated financial statements in Euro. When translating a subsidiary’s respective functional currency into our reporting currency, assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill, are translated using the exchange rates at the reporting date. Income and expense items are translated using the average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Equity is translated at historical exchange rates. All resulting foreign currency translation differences are recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the foreign currency translation reserve. See Note 3: “Significant Accounting Polices” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion on the translational impact of foreign currency.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic

The outbreak and spread of COVID-19 and the resulting worldwide economic impact have affected, and may continue to affect, our business, financial condition and results of operations. The COVID-19 pandemic negatively impacted the global economy, disrupted global supply chains and created significant volatility in the financial markets. The outbreak led to the implementation of restrictive measures by federal, state and local government authorities in an effort to contain COVID-19. To serve our customers while also providing for the safety of our employees, we adapted numerous aspects of our manufacturing, logistics and infrastructure, transportation, supply chain, purchasing, corporate and third-party processes. We incurred incremental and idle costs for COVID-19-related training as well as additional costs associated with production and store shut-downs in fiscal 2020 and 2021.

Factors Affecting Comparability of Financial Information

The Transaction

Effective April 30, 2021, Birkenstock Holding Limited (formerly known as BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.), which was incorporated on February 19, 2021, directly acquired the BIRKENSTOCK Group by way of the acquisition of shares and certain assets that comprised the BIRKENSTOCK Group (the “Transaction”). For additional information regarding the Transaction, including details of the consideration transferred and the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, refer to Note 6: “Business Combinations” to the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Prior to the Transaction,

 

87


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Holding Limited had no material assets or liabilities and is considered the “Successor” to the “Predecessor” BIRKENSTOCK Group. The Transaction was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting, and the Successor financial statements reflect a new basis of accounting that is based on the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the effective date of the Transaction. As a result of the application of the acquisition method of accounting, the financial statements for the Predecessor Periods and for the Successor Periods are presented on a different basis of accounting and are, therefore, not comparable, although they are all presented in accordance with IFRS.

The Company’s financial statement presentation distinguishes the Company’s presentations into two distinct periods, the Successor Periods and the Predecessor Periods. The Predecessor Periods and Successor Periods have been separated by a vertical black line on the consolidated financial statements to highlight the fact that the financial information for such periods has been prepared under two different cost bases of accounting.

In addition, management believes reviewing the Company’s operating results for fiscal 2021, by combining the results of the 2021 Predecessor Period and the 2021 Successor Period, which we refer to as the “2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods,” is more useful in discussing our overall operating performance when compared to fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2020.

For the purpose of performing a comparison, we have prepared supplemental unaudited pro forma combined financial information for fiscal 2021 and unaudited pro forma financial information for fiscal 2020, which gives effect to the Transaction as if it had occurred on October 1, 2019 and which we refer to as the “Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021” and “Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020”. To provide a more meaningful comparison, we are supplementally presenting a comparison of fiscal 2022 with the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 as well as a comparison of the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 with the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020.

Except for the specific pro forma adjustments, outlined in the tables below, to arrive at the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021, the underlying drivers for the change in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021 as well as the change in fiscal 2022 compared to the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021, are the same.

Except for the specific pro forma adjustments, outlined in the tables below, to arrive at the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 and Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020, the underlying drivers for the change in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020, as well as the change in Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 compared to Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020, are the same.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information and unaudited pro forma financial information have been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of SEC Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses.”

The Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 and the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020 do not purport to represent what our actual consolidated results of operations would have been had the Transaction occurred on October 1, 2019, nor is it necessarily indicative of future consolidated results of operations. The Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 and the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020 are being discussed herein for informational purposes only and do not reflect any operating efficiencies or potential cost savings that may result from the consolidation of operations.

The pro forma adjustments made to give effect to the Transaction, as if it had occurred on October 1, 2019, are summarized in the tables below. The transaction accounting adjustments consist of those that were necessary to account for the Transaction. Separately, subsidiaries of the Company issued debt financing in the form of a variable rate Term Loan with a 375 million tranche and a $850 million tranche, a 4.37% fixed-rate Vendor Loan in the amount of 275 million and 5.25% fixed-rate Senior

 

88


Table of Contents

Notes in the amount of 430 million which were used to fund the Transaction. The adjustments related to the issuance of this debt are shown in a separate column as “Other transaction accounting adjustments.”

Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021

 

     Predecessor            Successor                         

(in thousands of Euros)

   Period October 1,
2020 through
April 30, 2021
           Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
    Transaction
accounting
adjustments
    Other
transaction
accounting
adjustments
    Note    Unaudited
Combined Pro
Forma Year ended
September 30, 2021
 

Revenues

     499,347            462,664       114       —       (a)      962,125  

Cost of sales

     (213,197          (311,693     108,412       —       (a), (b), (c)      (416,477
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross profit

     286,150            150,971       108,526       —            545,648  
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating expenses

                  

Selling and distribution expenses

     (111,808          (123,663     (16,460     —       (a), (c)      (251,930

General administration expenses

     (52,628          (31,039     1,567       —       (a), (d)      (82,100

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

     (1,523          20,585       (53     —       (a)      19,009  

Other income, net

     1,280            (1,673     12       —       (a)      (381
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Profit from operations

     121,471            15,181       93,593       —            230,247  
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Finance income (cost), net

     (1,753          (28,958     (11     (48,916   (a), (e)      (79,638
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before tax

     119,718            (13,777     93,582       (48,916        150,609  
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (20,694          (3,428     (20,471     10,418     (a), (f)      (34,172
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net profit (loss)

     99,024            (17,205     73,111       (38,498        116,437  
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020

 

     Predecessor                         

(in thousands of Euros)

   Year ended
September 30,
2020
    Transaction
accounting
adjustments
    Other
transaction
accounting
adjustments
    Note    Unaudited Pro
Forma
Year ended
September 30,
2020
 

Revenues

     727,932       616       —       (a)      728,548  

Cost of sales

     (328,298     (139,974     —       (a), (b), (c)      (468,272
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross profit

     399,634       (139,358     —            260,276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating expenses

           

Selling and distribution expenses

     (187,615     (28,503     —       (a), (c)      (216,118

General administration expenses

     (66,896     (4,176     —       (a), (d)      (71,071

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

     (15,984     (74     —       (a)      (16,058

Other income, net

     245       20       —       (a)      266  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Profit (loss) from operations

     129,384       (172,091     —            (42,706
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Finance income (cost), net

     (3,950     (39     (83,179   (a), (e)      (87,169
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before tax

     125,434       (172,131     (83,179        (129,875
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (24,116     31,805       15,992     (a), (f)      23,680  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net profit (loss)

     101,318       (140,326     (67,187        (106,195
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(a)

Represents the adjustment to consolidate the business relating to Birkenstock Cosmetics GmbH & Co. KG (including its subsidiaries) and Birkenstock Immobilien GmbH & Co. KG, together referred to as the “Predecessor Unconsolidated Entities,” as this business is part of the successor consolidation group, but not the predecessor consolidation group. In the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021,

 

89


Table of Contents
 

this results in an increase in Corporate/Other Revenue of 0.1 million, an increase in cost of sales of 0.1 million, an increase in Selling and distribution expenses of 1.6 million, an increase in General administration expenses of 0.9 million, an increase in Foreign exchange loss of 0.1 million, and negligible increases in Other income, net, Finance cost, net and Income tax expense. In the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020, this results in an increase in Corporate/Other Revenue of 0.6 million, an increase in cost of sales of 0.7 million, an increase in Selling and distribution expenses of 3.0 million, an increase in General administration expenses of 1.7 million, an increase in Foreign exchange loss of 0.1 million, negligible increases in Other income, net and Finance cost, net and an increase in Income tax expense of 0.4 million.

(b)

Represents the effect of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction to inventory valuation and the subsequent impact on costs of sales. In the 2021 Successor Period, cost of sales included inventory that had been measured at fair value as part of the Transaction. Therefore, this effect in the amount of 110.9 million for the 2021 Successor Period (estimated using the FIFO assumption) is reversed in the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021. The remaining effect of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction to inventory valuation and the subsequent impact on costs of sales in the amount of 24.4 million, was realized in the first quarter of fiscal 2022, on a FIFO basis. If the Transaction had occurred on October 1, 2019, then the full effect of 135.3 million would have been realized in cost of sales in fiscal 2020 therefore this amount is reflected in the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020.

(c)

Represents additional depreciation and amortization expense for each full fiscal year related to intangible assets amortization and property, plant and equipment depreciation for the effect of applying the acquisition method of accounting. Additional property, plant and equipment depreciation of 2.4 million and 4.0 million for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 and Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020, respectively, are included in cost of sales, because the assets are predominantly used in production. Additional intangible assets amortization of 14.9 million and 25.5 million for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 and Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020, respectively, are included in Selling and distribution expenses because such amortization relates to the Customer relationship intangible asset.

(d)

Represents transaction costs which were incurred after the Transaction in the amount of 2.5 million. In the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021, these costs are derecognized, and such transaction costs are recognized in the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020, reflecting the pro forma assumption of the timing of the Transaction. Prior to the Transaction date (from inception), the Successor incurred costs related to the Transaction and minimal expenses related to the formation of the entity totaling 25.1 million, see Note 2: “Basis of Presentation — Predecessor and successor periods” to the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Such amounts are not reflected in these pro forma financial statements as they would be reflected as incurred prior to October 1, 2019.

(e)

Represents recognition for a full fiscal year of the interest expense and amortization of the debt issuance costs in the amount of 48.9 million and 83.2 million for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 and the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020, respectively, related to debt raised in accordance with the Transaction.

(f)

Represents tax impact of the pro forma adjustments calculated based on an estimated annual effective tax rate of 23% for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 and 19% for the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020. The effective tax rate for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 was derived from the weighted actual effective tax rate for fiscal 2022 and the 2021 Predecessor Period, as the actual effective tax rate for the 2021 Successor Period is not representative due to the loss before tax incurred in that period. The effective tax rate for the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020 was derived from the actual effective tax rate for the 2020 Predecessor Period.

 

90


Table of Contents

Segments

Our three reportable segments align with our geographic operational hubs: the Americas, Europe, and APMA as described above, which contributed 54%, 36%, and 10% of revenues, respectively, in fiscal 2022. The Americas includes, among other markets, the United States, Brazil, Canada and Mexico. The United States is our largest and most important market in the Americas. Europe includes, among others, the key markets of Germany, France and the United Kingdom. Germany, the country of our primary operations and where the BIRKENSTOCK brand originated, accounts for the largest percentage of revenues in Europe. The largest markets in APMA include Japan, Australia, South Korea, United Arab Emirates and India.

Revenues and costs not directly managed nor allocated to the geographic operational hubs are recorded in Corporate/Other. Corporate/Other immaterially contributed to our revenues in fiscal 2022.

Components of our Results of Operations

Revenues

Revenues are primarily recognized from the sale of our products, including sandals, closed-toe silhouettes and other products, such as skincare and accessories.

We are currently distributed in more than 90 countries across three reporting segments: Americas, Europe and APMA. Within each segment, we manage a multi-channel distribution strategy, divided between our DTC and B2B channels. Both channels are important to our strategy and provide differentiated economic benefits and insights.

B2B revenues are recognized when control of the goods has transferred, depending on the agreement with the customer. Following the transfer of control, the customer has the responsibility to sell the goods and bears the risks of obsolescence and loss in relation to the goods.

DTC channel revenues are recognized when control of the goods has transferred, either upon delivery to e-commerce consumers or at the point of sale in retail stores. Payment of the transaction price is due immediately when the consumer purchases the goods. When the control of goods has transferred, a refund liability recorded in other current financial liabilities and a corresponding adjustment to revenues is recognized for those products expected to be returned. The Company has a right to recover the product when consumers exercise their right of return, and resultingly recognizes a right to return goods asset included in other current assets and a corresponding reduction to cost of sales.

Other revenues are comprised of revenues not directly allocated to the geographical operating segments, as well as revenues generated by non-product categories. These categories include skincare and license revenues from fees paid to us by our licensees in exchange for the use of our trademarks on their products (primarily our sleep systems business). In addition, other revenues consist of revenues from real estate rentals and the sale of recyclable scrap materials from the production process.

Cost of sales

Cost of sales is comprised primarily of four types of expenditures: (i) raw materials, (ii) consumables and supplies, (iii) purchased merchandise and (iv) personnel costs, including temporary personnel services. Additionally, it includes overhead costs for the production sites. Freight charges for transfer of work-in-progress inventory between production plants, logistical centers and warehouses as well as inbound freight for raw materials are also included in cost of sales. Cost of sales reflect the portion of costs which correspond to the units sold in a given period.

Gross profit and gross profit margin

Gross profit is revenues less cost of sales and gross profit margin measures our gross profit as a percentage of revenues.

 

91


Table of Contents

Selling and distribution expenses

Selling and distribution expenses are comprised of our selling, marketing, product innovation and supply chain costs. These expenses are incurred to support and expand our wholesale partner relationships, grow brand awareness and deliver our products to B2B partners, e-commerce consumers and retail stores. These expenses include personnel expenses for sales representatives, processing fees in the DTC channel and depreciation and amortization expenses for store leases, customer relationships and other intangible assets.

Selling costs generally correlate with revenue recognition timing and, therefore, experience similar seasonal trends to revenues with the exception of retail store costs, which are primarily fixed and incurred evenly throughout the year. As a percentage of revenues, we expect these selling costs to increase modestly as our business evolves. This increase is expected to be driven primarily by the relative growth of our DTC channel, including the investment required to support additional e-commerce sites and retail stores.

Distribution expenses are largely variable in nature and primarily relate to leasing and third-party expenses for warehousing inventories and transportation costs associated with delivering products from distribution centers to B2B partners and end-consumers.

General administrative expenses

General administrative expenses consist of costs incurred in our corporate service functions, such as costs relating to the finance department, legal and consulting fees, HR and IT expenses and global strategic project costs. More specifically, the nature of these costs relates to corporate personnel costs (including salaries, variable incentive compensation and benefits), other professional service costs, rental and leasing expenses for corporate real estate, depreciation and amortization related to software, patents and other rights. General administrative expenses will increase as we grow and become a publicly traded company. We expect these expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenues as we grow due to economies of scale.

Foreign exchange gain/(loss)

The foreign currency exchange gain/(loss) consists primarily of differences in foreign exchange rates between the currencies in which our subsidiaries transact and their functional currencies as measured on the respective transaction date.

Finance income/(cost), net

Finance income represents interest earned from third party providers and income from the potential revaluation of the embedded derivative of the Notes.

Finance costs are comprised of interest payable to third party providers for term loan financing arrangements, Notes, Vendor Loan, leases, employee benefits, as well as expenses from the potential revaluation of the embedded derivative of the Notes. Finance costs are recognized in the consolidated income statement based on the effective interest method.

Income tax (expense) benefit

Income tax includes current income tax and income tax credits from deferred tax. Income tax is recognized in profit and loss except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in equity or other comprehensive income in which case the income tax expense is also recognized in equity or other comprehensive income. We are subject to income taxes in the jurisdictions in which we operate and, consequently, income tax expense is a function of the allocation of taxable income by jurisdiction and the various activities that impact the timing of taxable events. Our subsidiaries in Germany and the U.S. primarily determine the effective tax rate.

 

92


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of the nine months ended June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022

 

     Nine months ended June 30,              

(In thousands of Euros, unaudited)

   2023     2022     Change     % Change  

Revenues

     1,117,368       921,225       196,143       21

Cost of sales

     (436,532     (377,270     (59,262     16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     680,836       543,955       136,881       25
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

        

Selling and distribution expenses

     (309,521     (237,787     (71,734     30

General administrative expenses

     (86,836     (57,714     (29,122     50

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

     (51,350     31,615       (82,965     (262 )% 

Other income (loss), net

     2,452       (2,691     5,143       (191 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from operations

     235,581       277,378       (41,797     (15 )% 

Finance cost, net

     (81,358     (89,939     8,581       (10 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before tax

     154,223       187,439       (33,216     (18 )% 

Income tax expense

     (50,914     (58,307     7,393       (13 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit

     103,310       129,132       (25,822     (20 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

Revenues for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by 196.1 million, or 21%, to 1,117.4 million from 921.2 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 driven by broad-based growth across regions and channels. This increase was attributable to an increase in the number of units sold of 6% as well as an increase in ASP of 15%. The ASP increase was driven by higher DTC and closed-toe silhouette penetration, the effect of the retail price increase in December 2021 on the entirety of the interim period and the appreciation of the USD relative to the Euro. On a constant currency basis, revenues increased by 19%.

Revenues by channel

 

     Nine months ended
June 30,
               

(In thousands of Euros, unaudited)

   2023      2022      Change      % Change  

B2B

     697,400        608,547        88,853        15

DTC

     416,138        310,263        105,875        34

Corporate/Other

     3,830        2,415        1,416        59
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

     1,117,368        921,225        196,143        21
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues generated by our B2B channel for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by 88.9 million, or 15%, to 697.4 million from 608.5 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022. The increase was primarily driven by strong growth across all regions, further supported by an overall increase in the number of units sold as well as a favorable category mix shift towards higher ASP product categories and the effect of the retail price increase implemented in December 2021 on the entirety of the interim period.

Revenues generated by our DTC channel for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by 105.9 million, or 34%, to 416.1 million from 310.3 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022. The increase was primarily attributable to growth in the number of units sold, increased traffic and higher

 

93


Table of Contents

average order values resulting from price increases and product mix, offset by the strategic consolidation of retail stores in Europe, whereby we have closed legacy stores to focus on premium full-price stores, that temporarily led to fewer stores. Outsized growth in strategic product categories with higher price points, such as closed-toe silhouettes, leather products and shearling products that are predominately sold in BIRKENSTOCK-owned channels positively contributed to an increased DTC penetration of 37% in the nine months ended June 30, 2023, up from 34% for the same period in 2022.

Other revenues for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by 1.4 million, or 59%, to 3.8 million from 2.4 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022. This increase was primarily attributable to increased sales of leather material to our supplier for footbed cuttings, as well as increased sales of recyclable scrap materials from the production process.

Cost of sales

 

     Nine months ended June 30,              

(In thousands of Euros, unaudited)

   2023     2022     Change     % Change  

Cost of sales

     (436,532     (377,270     (59,262     16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by 59.3 million, or 16%, to 436.5 million from 377.3 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022. The increase was impacted by the effect on inventory valuation of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction of 24.4 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022. Excluding the effects of the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction, cost of sales increased by 83.6 million, or 24%. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in number of units sold, an increased share of higher cost products, higher material prices and higher personnel expenses due to salary increases in the production facilities as of October 2022, including as a result of a federally mandated minimum wage increase in Germany.

Gross profit and gross profit margin

 

     Nine months ended June 30,               

(In thousands of Euros, unaudited)

   2023     2022     Change      % Change  

Gross profit

     680,836       543,955       136,881        25

Gross profit margin

     61     59     2pp     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by 136.9 million, or 25%, to 680.8 million from 544.0 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022. Gross profit margin for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased 2 percentage points to 61% from 59% for the nine months ended June 30, 2022. The increase in gross profit and gross profit margin reflects higher ASP resulting from price increases and an increased DTC share of 37% for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 compared to 34% in the prior year period. These factors more than offset the impact of inflationary pressure on cost of sales, primarily to material and labor costs. Additionally, the increase was partially attributable to the impact on inventory valuation of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction of 24.4 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022.

Excluding the effect of the application of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction, gross profit for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by 112.5 million, or 20%, while gross profit margin contracted by 1 percentage point.

 

94


Table of Contents

Selling and distribution expenses

 

     Nine months ended June 30,              

(In thousands of Euros, unaudited)

   2023     2022     Change     % Change  

Selling and distribution expenses

     (309,521     (237,787     (71,734     30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling and distribution expenses for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by 71.7 million, or 30%, to 309.5 million from 237.8 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022. The increase was primarily driven by higher fulfillment and variable online costs associated with increased DTC penetration of 37%. Additionally, personnel costs increased by 8.7 million driven primarily by salary increases, an increase in full-time equivalent staff and costs related to the management investment plan. Overall, selling and distribution expenses for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased at a higher rate than revenues, increasing to 28% of revenues compared to 26% of revenues for the nine months ended June 30, 2022.

General administrative expenses

 

     Nine months ended June 30,              

(In thousands of Euros, unaudited)

   2023     2022     Change     % Change  

General administrative expenses

     (86,836     (57,714     (29,122     50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

General administrative expenses for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by 29.1 million, or 50%, to 86.8 million from 57.7 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022. As a percentage of revenue, general administrative expenses increased by 2 percentage points to 8% for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 from 6% for the nine months ended June 30, 2022. The increase in general administrative expenses was primarily driven by an increase in personnel costs of 27.6 million of which 16.1 million is due to costs related to the management investment plan, as well as to an increase in full-time equivalent staff and salary increases.

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

Foreign exchange (loss), net for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by (83.0) million to (51.4) million from a foreign exchange gain, net of 31.6 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022. The overall increase in foreign exchange (loss) was primarily driven by a depreciation of the USD relative to the Euro in the nine months ended June 30, 2023 as compared to an appreciation of the USD relative to the Euro during the nine months ended June 30, 2022. This led to a positive effect on the foreign exchange result for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 compared to a negative impact for the comparable period in 2023.

Finance cost, net

Finance cost, net, for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 decreased by 8.6 million, or 10%, to 81.4 million from 89.9 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022. The decrease was primarily attributable to a positive revaluation impact of embedded derivatives in relation to the Notes of 39.2 million and was partially offset by an increase in interest expense related to indebtedness of 28.7 million and interest expenses for leases by 2.5 million.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 decreased by 7.4 million, or 13%, to 50.9 million from 58.3 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022. For the nine months ended June 30, 2023, the effective tax rate was 33% compared to 31% for the nine months ended June 30, 2022.

 

95


Table of Contents

The effective tax rate is impacted by decreased earnings before taxes in Europe and Americas in the nine months ended June 30, 2023.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin for the Group

 

     Nine months ended June 30,              

(In thousands of Euros, unaudited)

   2023     2022     Change     % Change  

Adjusted EBITDA

     387,018       332,506       54,512       16

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     35     36     (1 )pp   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by 54.5 million, or 16%, to 387.0 million from 332.5 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022, primarily due to revenue growth of 21%. Additionally, greater profitability was generated by an increased share of sales in our own DTC channels and through price increases. Adjusted EBITDA margin for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 decreased 1 percentage point to 35% from 36% for the nine months ended June 30, 2022, due primarily to increased cost of sales and sales and distribution expenses for the nine months ended June 30, 2023. This reflects the impact of inflationary pressure on the entire period of nine months ended June 30, 2023 as compared to only partially impacting the nine months ended June 30, 2022. Additionally, with sales price increases introduced in early fiscal 2022, prior to a corresponding increase in costs, temporary favorable sales growth relative to costs occurred in fiscal 2022. This resulted in a time lag between favorable and unfavorable inflationary impacts.

Revenues by segment

 

     Nine months ended June 30,                

(In thousands of Euros, unaudited)

   2023      2022      Change      % Change  

Americas

     617,452        523,147        94,305        18

Europe

     386,044        312,371        73,673        24

APMA

     110,042        83,292        26,750        32
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segment revenues

     1,113,538        918,810        194,728        21

Corporate/Other

     3,830        2,415        1,415        59
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Group revenues

     1,117,368        921,225        196,143        21
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues for the Americas segment for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by 94.3 million, or 18%, to 617.5 million from 523.1 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022, driven primarily by increased revenues in our DTC channel, which demonstrated growth in both unit volumes sold and ASP, as well as, to a lesser extent, growth in the B2B business.

Revenues for the Europe segment for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by 73.7 million, or 24%, to 386.0 million from 312.4 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 driven by strong sales in both the B2B and DTC channels, both of which demonstrated growth in unit volumes sold as well as ASP.

Revenues for the APMA segment for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by 26.8 million, or 32%, to 110.0 million from 83.3 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022, driven by approximately 10 new retail store openings in the APMA region, strong online sales, and growth within the B2B channel, all of which demonstrated growth in both unit volumes sold and ASP.

Revenues for the Corporate/Other segment for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by 1.4 million, or 59% to 3.8 million from 2.4 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022, driven by an increase in sales of leather material to our footbed cuttings supplier, as well as an increase in sales of recyclable scrap materials from the production process.

 

96


Table of Contents

For reconciliations to the most directly comparable IFRS measure, see “Summary Consolidated Financial Information—Non-IFRS Measures.”

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin by segment

 

     Nine months ended June 30,                

(In thousands of Euros, unaudited)

   2023      2022      Change      % Change  

Americas

     242,118        220,474        21,644        10
     39%        42%        (3)pp     

Europe

     120,695        93,294        27,401        29
     31%        30%        1pp     

APMA

     33,678        27,295        6,383        23
     31%        33%        (2)pp     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reportable segment Adjusted EBITDA

     396,492        341,064        55,428        16
     36%        37%        (1)pp     

Corporate/Other

     (9,474)        (8,557)        (917)        11
     (247)%      (354)%      107pp         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Group Adjusted EBITDA

     387,018        332,506        54,512        16

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     35%        36%        (1)pp     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Americas adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by 21.6 million, or 10%, to 242.1 million from 220.5 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 primarily due to revenue growth of 18% which was offset by an increase in operating expenses of 34%, driven by higher selling and distribution expenses. Americas adjusted EBITDA margin decreased by 3 percentage points to 39% for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 from 42% for the nine months ended June 30, 2022.

Europe adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by 27.4 million, or 29%, to 120.7 million from 93.3 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022, primarily due to revenue growth of 24%. The increase in adjusted EBITDA was supported by retail consolidation in the region, resulting in positive sales effects as described in our discussion of revenues generated by our DTC channel for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 above. Europe adjusted EBITDA margin increased 1 percentage point from 30% for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 31% for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 due to revenues growing faster than operating expenses, especially by leveraging general administration resources.

APMA adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by 6.4 million, or 23%, to 33.7 million from 27.3 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022, driven by revenue growth and offset by increased fulfillment and variable online costs related to the opening of retail stores in APMA. APMA adjusted EBITDA margin decreased by 2 percentage points from 33% for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 31% for the nine months ended June 30, 2023, due to increased costs to support the growth of our DTC channel in the region.

Corporate/Other adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 decreased by 0.9 million to (9.5) million from (8.6) million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 driven by an increase in general administration expenses, primarily by increased overhead expenses for human resources, finance, controlling and tax functions.

 

97


Table of Contents

Comparison of fiscal 2022 to the 2021 Predecessor Period and the 2021 Successor Period, as well as a comparison of fiscal 2022 to the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021

 

    Successor           Predecessor           Historical     Unaudited Combined Pro
Forma
 

(In thousands of Euros)

  Year ended
September 30,
2022
    Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
          Period
October 1,
2020,
through
April 30,
2021
    Unaudited
Combined Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2021
     Change     % Change      Change     % Change  

Revenues

    1,242,833       462,664           499,347       962,125       280,822       29     280,708       29

Cost of sales

    (493,031     (311,693         (213,197     (416,477     31,859       (6 )%      (76,554     18
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    749,802       150,971           286,150       545,648       312,681       72     204,154       37
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

                   

Selling and distribution expenses

    (347,371     (123,663         (111,808     (251,930     (111,900     48     (95,441     38

General administrative expenses

    (86,589     (31,039         (52,628     (82,100     (2,922     3     (4,489     5

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

    45,516       20,585           (1,523     19,009       26,454       139     26,507       139

Other income (loss), net

    1,669       (1,673         1,280       (381     2,062       (525 )%      2,050       (538 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) from operations

    363,027       15,181           121,471       230,247       226,375       166     132,780       58

Finance income (cost), net

    (112,503     (28,958         (1,753     (79,638     (81,792     266     (32,865     41
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before tax

    250,524       (13,777         119,718       150,609       144,583       136     99,915       66

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (63,413     (3,428         (20,694     (34,172     (39,291     163     (29,241     86
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit (loss)

    187,111       (17,205         99,024       116,437       105,292       129     70,674       61
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

Revenues for fiscal 2022 increased by 280.8 million, or 29%, to 1,242.8 million from 962.0 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods. The increase was primarily driven by a 25% increase in ASP resulting from higher DTC penetration arising from higher DTC channel volumes and the exit of certain distribution and wholesale partnerships in key markets. The increase in ASP was also driven by a retail price increase, increased allocation of products to regions with higher ASP, an increase in the sale of strategic product categories with higher price points, such as closed-toe silhouettes, leather products and shearling products and the appreciation of the USD relative to the Euro. On a constant currency basis, revenues increased by 23%. The number of units sold increased by 3% to 29.2 million for fiscal 2022 from 28.2 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods, further contributing to the revenue growth. This increase was driven by strong consumer demand globally for our products, resulting in revenue growth being achieved in all regions.

Revenues for fiscal 2022 increased by 280.7 million, or 29%, to 1,242.8 million from 962.1 million for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021. In addition to the detail described in the paragraph above, the variance reflects additional revenues of 0.1 million for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 relating to the Predecessor Unconsolidated Entities.

 

98


Table of Contents

Revenues by channel

 

     Successor            Predecessor             Historical     Unaudited Combined
Pro Forma
 

(In thousands of Euros)

   Year ended
September 30,
2022
     Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
           Period
October 1,
2020,
through
April 30,
2021
     Unaudited
Combined Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2021
      Change      % Change      Change      % Change  

B2B

     772,883        271,559            362,360        633,919        138,964        22     138,964        18

DTC

     466,668        190,216            136,022        326,238        140,430        43     140,430        43

Corporate/Other

     3,282        889            965        1,968        1,428        77     1,314        67
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

     1,242,833        462,664            499,347        962,125        280,822        29     280,708        23
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues generated by our B2B channel for fiscal 2022 increased by 139.0 million, or 22%, to 772.9 million from 633.9 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods and the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021. This increase was attributable to the effects of our engineered distribution model, further supported by a favorable category mix shift towards higher ASP product categories, and a retail price increase.

Revenues generated by our DTC channel for fiscal 2022 increased by 140.4 million, or 43%, to 466.7 million from 326.2 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods and the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021. This increase was attributable to increased consumer demand in all regions, particularly on our e-commerce sites, and a retail price increase. Our retail stores demonstrated a strong recovery as COVID-19 restrictions eased and consumer demand accelerated. DTC penetration grew to 38% for fiscal 2022 from 34% for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods and the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021.

Other revenues for fiscal 2022 increased by 1.4 million, or 77%, to 3.3 million from 1.9 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods, and by 1.3 million, or 67%, to 3.3 million from 2.0 million for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021. The increase was primarily attributable to increased sales of leather material to our supplier for footbed cuttings as well as increased sales of recyclable scrap materials from the production process.

Cost of sales

 

     Successor            Predecessor           Historical     Unaudited Combined Pro
Forma
 

(In thousands of Euros)

   Year ended
September 30,
2022
    Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
           Period
October 1,
2020,
through
April 30,
2021
    Unaudited
Combined Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2021
     Change      % Change      Change     % Change  

Cost of Sales

     (493,031     (311,693          (213,197     (416,477     31,859        (6 )%      (76,554     18

Cost of sales for fiscal 2022 decreased by 31.9 million, or 6%, to 493.0 million from 524.9 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods. The decrease was primarily attributable to the impact on inventory valuation of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction of 24.4 million for fiscal 2022 and 110.9 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods. Excluding the effects of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction, cost of sales increased by 54.6 million, or 13%. The increase was primarily due to 3% growth in the number of units sold and 25.0 million of higher personnel costs. Higher personnel costs were driven by a higher overall level of full-time production workforce, replacing certain temporary workers, as well as wage and salary increases. Additionally, prices for certain core input materials increased on average by a high single-digit percentage in fiscal 2022, including EVA granulate, sole sheets, folding boxes and leather.

 

99


Table of Contents

Cost of sales for fiscal 2022 increased by 76.6 million, or 18%, to 493.0 million from 416.5 million for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021. The cost of sales for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 reflects a reversal of the effect of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction to inventory valuation and subsequent impact on costs of sales in the amount of 110.9 million. In addition, the cost of sales for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 includes additional depreciation for property, plant and equipment depreciation for the effect of applying the acquisition method of accounting.

Gross profit and gross profit margin

 

     Successor            Predecessor           Historical     Unaudited Combined
Pro Forma
 

(In thousands of Euros)

   Year ended
September 30,
2022
    Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
           Period
October 1,
2020,
through
April 30,
2021
    Unaudited
Combined Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2021
    Change      % Change     Change      % Change  

Gross profit

     749,802       150,971            286,150       545,648       312,681        72     204,154        37

Gross profit margin

     60     33          57     57     15 pp          3 pp     

Gross profit for fiscal 2022 increased by 312.7 million, or 72%, to 749.8 million from 437.1 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods. The increase was partially attributable to the impact on inventory valuation of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction of 24.4 million for fiscal 2022 and 110.9 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods. Gross profit margin for fiscal 2022 increased by 15 percentage points, to 60% from 45% for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods. The increase in gross profit and gross profit margin was due to 3% growth in the number of units sold and an increase in ASP driven by a number of factors, including increased DTC penetration, increased sales of products with higher price points and a retail price increase by a low double-digit percentage on average in the first quarter of fiscal 2022. These factors more than offset the impact of increased costs for certain input materials, including EVA granulate, sole sheets, folding boxes and leather.

Gross profit for fiscal 2022 increased by 204.2 million, or 37%, to 749.8 million from 545.6 million for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021. Gross profit margin for fiscal 2022 increased by 3 percentage points, to 60% from 57% for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021. For a like-for-like comparison of both periods, the effects of the application of the acquisition method of accounting have been adjusted in the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021. The adjustments include the reversal of the effects of the application of the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction to inventory valuation, totaling 110.9 million, partially offset by additional depreciation expense of 2.4 million for property, plant and equipment due to the effect of applying the acquisition method of accounting.

Selling and distribution expenses

 

     Successor            Predecessor           Historical     Unaudited Combined Pro
Forma
 

(In thousands of Euros)

   Year ended
September 30,
2022
    Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
           Period
October 1,
2020,
through
April 30,
2021
    Unaudited
Combined Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2021
     Change     % Change      Change     % Change  

Selling and distribution expenses

     (347,371     (123,663          (111,808     (251,930     (111,900     48     (95,441     38

 

 

100


Table of Contents

Selling and distribution expenses for fiscal 2022 increased by 111.9 million, or 48%, to 347.4 million from 235.5 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods. The overall increase in selling and distribution expenses was primarily driven by higher other operating expenses of 73.6 million, largely consisting of increased fulfillment and marketing costs associated with the growth of our DTC channel. In addition, freight costs increased due to higher shipment volumes and increased shipping container rates. Depreciation and amortization charges increased by 24.6 million following the full-year effect of amortizing the customer relationships intangible asset for fiscal 2022, as well as the addition of a new distribution center lease in Germany. Personnel costs increased by 13.6 million due to increased headcount, third-party to owned distribution conversions in certain markets and wage increases. Overall, selling and distribution expenses increased at a rate higher than revenues and thus, as percentage of revenues, selling and distribution expenses increased to 28% for fiscal 2022 compared to 24% for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods.

Selling and distribution expenses for fiscal 2022 increased by 95.4 million, or 38%, to 347.4 million from 251.9 million for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021. In addition to the detail described in the paragraph above, the variance is driven by the inclusion of amortization of the customer relationships intangible asset of 14.9 million for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021, reflecting a full year of amortization. For a like-for-like comparison, this amortization has been added to the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021, as well as a selling and distribution expense adjustment of 1.6 million relating to the Predecessor Unconsolidated Entities.

General administrative expenses

 

     Successor            Predecessor           Historical     Unaudited Combined
Pro Forma
 

(In thousands of Euros)

   Year ended
September 30,
2022
    Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
           Period
October 1,
2020,
through
April 30,
2021
    Unaudited
Combined Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2021
     Change     % Change      Change     % Change  

General administrative expenses

     (86,589     (31,039          (52,628     (82,100     (2,922     3     (4,489     5

General administrative expenses for fiscal 2022 increased by 2.9 million, or 3%, to 86.6 million from 83.7 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods. The increase was primarily due to higher personnel costs arising from additional personnel for our global support functions, as well as wage and salary increases. As percentage of revenues, general administration expenses decreased to 7% for fiscal 2022 compared to 9% for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods.

General administrative expenses for fiscal 2022 increased by 4.5 million, or 5%, to 86.6 million from 82.1 million for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021. In addition to the detail described in the paragraph above, for a like-for-like comparison of both periods, the variance is driven by the reversal of expensed transaction costs which have been excluded from the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021, partially offset by additional general administration expense of 0.9 million relating to the Predecessor Unconsolidated Entities.

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

The foreign exchange gain (net) for fiscal 2022 increased by 26.5 million to 45.5 million from 19.1 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods and the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021. The overall increase in the gain was primarily due to transactional effects of foreign currency fluctuations arising from an increasing mix of revenues invoiced in local currencies, particularly those generated by our subsidiaries in the U.S. In addition, foreign exchange gains from intercompany loans contributed to the increase.

 

101


Table of Contents

Finance cost, net

Finance cost, net, for fiscal 2022, increased by 81.8 million, or 266%, to 112.5 million from 30.7 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods. Finance cost, net, increased as a result of the new capital and financing structure put in place in April 2021 in conjunction with the Transaction. For the 2021 Predecessor Period, minimal finance costs were incurred as our indebtedness related to drawings under a 250 million syndicated unsecured revolving credit facility agreement which remained in place until April 30, 2021. In addition, finance costs increased due to rising interest rates for USD and Euro term loans, which bear floating interest rates. Overall, interest expenses for loans increased by 45.3 million. Additional drivers of the increase in finance costs included the revaluation impact of 32.3 million arising from the embedded derivative of the Notes, as well as increased interest expenses from leases of 1.0 million.

Finance cost, net, for fiscal 2022, increased by 32.9 million, or 41%, to 112.5 million from 79.6 million for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021. The main pro forma adjustment for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 was related to the inclusion of the full-year effect of the new financing structure.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense for fiscal 2022 increased by 39.3 million, or 163%, to 63.4 million from 24.1 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods. For the year ended September 30, 2022, the effective tax rate was 25% compared to 23% for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods.

Income tax expense for fiscal 2022 increased by 29.2 million to 63.4 million from 34.2 million for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021. For fiscal 2022, the effective tax rate was 25% compared to 23% for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021.

Given our global operations, the effective tax rate is largely impacted by increased earnings before taxes in Europe and Americas in fiscal 2022. The 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods effective tax rate is largely impacted by extraordinary effects resulting from the Transaction.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin for the Group

 

     Successor            Predecessor     Historical  

(In thousands of Euros)

   Year ended
September 30,
2022
    Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
           Period October 1,
2020, through
April 30, 2021
    Change      % Change  

Adjusted EBITDA

     434,555       140,340            152,000       142,215        49

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     35     30          30     5 pp     

Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2022 increased by 142.2 million, or 49%, to 434.6 million from 292.3 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods, primarily due to revenue growth of 29% arising from an increase in ASP and unit volumes sold. In addition, we generated greater profitability by selling in our own DTC channels and by selling products with higher price points. We implemented a retail price increase in December 2021, more than offsetting price increases for input materials. Adjusted EBITDA margin for fiscal 2022 increased 5 percentage points to 35% from 30% for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods, primarily due to the 25% increase in ASP.

 

102


Table of Contents

Revenues by segment

 

     Successor            Predecessor             Historical     Unaudited Combined
Pro Forma
 

(In thousands of Euros)

   Year ended
September 30,
2022
     Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
           Period
October 1,
2020, through
April 30, 2021
     Unaudited
Combined Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2021
      Change      % Change      Change      % Change  

Americas

     667,387        223,110            264,883        487,993        179,394        37     179,394        37

Europe

     449,131        191,226            184,066        375,292        73,839        20     73,839        20

APMA

     123,033        47,439            49,433        96,872        26,161        27     26,161        27
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segment revenues

     1,239,551        461,775            498,382        960,157        279,394        29     279,394        29

Corporate/Other

     3,282        889            965        1,968        1,428        77     1,315        67
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Group revenues

     1,242,833        462,664            499,347        962,124        280,822        29     280,709        29
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues for the Americas segment for fiscal 2022 increased by 179.4 million, or 37%, to 667.4 million from 488.0 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods and Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021, with strong consumer demand driving increased revenues in both the DTC and B2B channels. Revenue growth was supported by an increase in both unit volumes sold and ASP.

Revenues for the Europe segment for fiscal 2022 increased by 73.8 million, or 20%, to 449.1 million from 375.3 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods and Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021, largely due to increased levels of controlled distribution. Specifically, we exited distribution agreements with certain distribution and wholesale partners in certain markets, and simultaneously achieved strong growth in our DTC channel. In addition, we increased retail prices for select product groups across all channels and closed owned off-price stores in some markets, resulting in an increase in ASP.

Revenues for the APMA segment for fiscal 2022 increased by 26.2 million, or 27%, to 123.0 million from 96.9 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods and Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021, due to increased volumes shipped to wholesale partners, the opening of additional e-commerce sites and retail shops and a retail price increase.

Other revenues for fiscal 2022 increased by 1.4 million, or 77%, to 3.3 million from 1.9 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods, and by 1.3 million, or 67%, to 3.3 million from 2.0 million for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021. The increase was primarily attributable to increased sales of leather material to our supplier for footbed cuttings as well as an increased amount of recyclable scrap materials from the production process.

For reconciliations to the most directly comparable IFRS measure, see “Summary Consolidated Financial Information—Non-IFRS Financial Measures.”

 

103


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin by segment

 

     Successor            Predecessor     Historical  

(In thousands of Euros)

   Year ended
September 30,
2022
    Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
           Period October 1,
2020, through
April 30, 2021
     Change      % Change  

Americas

     259,944       78,767            100,509       80,668        45
     39     35          38     2pp     

Europe

     146,592       61,649            47,308       37,635        35
     33     32          26     4pp     

APMA

     38,973       12,326            14,284       12,363        46
     32     26          29     4pp     
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reportable segment Adjusted EBITDA

     445,509       152,742            162,101       130,666        42
     36     33          33     3pp     

Corporate/Other

     (10,954     (12,402          (10,101     11,549        (51 )% 
     (334 )%      (1,395 )%           (1,047 )%      880pp     
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Group Adjusted EBITDA

     434,555       140,340            152,000       142,215        49
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     35     30          30     5pp     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Americas fiscal 2022 Adjusted EBITDA increased by 80.7 million, or 45% to 259.9 million from 179.3 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods primarily due to revenue growth of 37%. Americas Adjusted EBITDA margin increased by 2 percentage points from 37% for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods to 39% in fiscal 2022 primarily due to an increase in ASP.

Europe fiscal 2022 Adjusted EBITDA increased by 37.6 million, or 35%, to 146.6 million from 109.0 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods, primarily due to revenue growth of 20% fueled by a retail price increase in early fiscal 2022. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was supported by increased levels of controlled distribution, including the exit of less profitable B2B accounts. Europe Adjusted EBITDA margin increased by 4 percentage points from 29% for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods to 33% in fiscal 2022 due to the above-mentioned reasons.

APMA fiscal 2022 Adjusted EBITDA increased by 12.4 million, or 46%, to 39.0 million from 26.6 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods primarily due to the increase of revenues of 27%. APMA Adjusted EBITDA margin increased by 4 percentage points from 27% for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods to 32% in fiscal 2022, primarily due to the conversion from third-party to controlled distribution. Additionally, we increased retail prices in early fiscal 2022.

Corporate/Other fiscal 2022 Adjusted EBITDA increased by 11.5 million to (11.0) million from (22.5) million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods.

 

104


Table of Contents

Comparison of the 2021 Predecessor Period and the 2021 Successor Period to fiscal 2020, as well as a comparison of the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 to the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020

 

    Successor           Predecessor                       Historical     Unaudited Pro Forma  

(In thousands of Euros)

  Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
          Period
October 1,
2020,
through
April 30,
2021
    Unaudited
Combined Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2021
    Year ended
September 30,
2020
    Unaudited Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2020
     Change     % Change      Change     % Change  

Revenues

    462,664           499,347       962,125       727,932       728,548       234,079       32     233,577       32

Cost of sales

    (311,693         (213,197     (416,477     (328,298     (468,272     (196,592     60     51,795       (11 )% 
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    150,971           286,150       545,648       399,634       260,276       37,487       9     285,372       110
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

                     

Selling and distribution expenses

    (123,663         (111,808     (251,930     (187,615     (216,118     (47,856     26     (35,812     17

General administrative expenses

    (31,039         (52,628     (82,100     (66,896     (71,071     (16,771     25     (11,029     16

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

    20,585           (1,523     19,009       (15,984     (16,058     35,046       (219 )%      35,067       (218 )% 

Other income, net

    (1,673         1,280       (381     245       266       (638     (260 )%      (647     (243 )% 
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) from operations

    15,181           121,471       230,247       129,384       (42,706     7,268       6     272,953       (639 )% 

Finance income (cost), net

    (28,958         (1,753     (79,638     (3,950     (87,169     (26,761     677     7,531       (9 )% 
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before tax

    (13,777         119,718       150,609       125,434       (129,875     (19,493     (16 )%      280,484       (216 )% 

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (3,428         (20,694     (34,172     (24,116     23,680       (6     0     (57,852     (244 )% 
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit (loss)

    (17,205         99,024       116,437       101,318       (106,195     (19,499     (19 )%      222,632       (210 )% 
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods increased by 234.1 million, or 32%, to 962.0 million from 727.9 million for fiscal 2020. The increase was primarily driven by 22% growth in the number of units sold to 28.2 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods from 23.1 million for fiscal 2020. This increase was driven by strong consumer demand globally for our products, particularly following the COVID-19 lockdowns and restrictions that impacted fiscal 2020, where a substantial number of our wholesale partners and our own retail stores were closed or restricted for a portion of the year. In addition, our production facilities were closed in the spring of 2020 for several months. The revenue growth was also supported by an 8% increase in ASP, achieved through increased DTC penetration and improved allocation of products to higher profit margin regions. An increase of revenues in strategic product categories with higher price points, such as closed-toe silhouettes leather products and shearling products, also contributed to revenue growth. On a constant currency basis, revenues increased by 37%.

Revenues for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 increased by 233.6 million, or 32%, to 962.1 million from 728.5 million for the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020. In addition to the detail described in the paragraph above, this variance reflects revenue increase of 0.1 million and 0.6 million for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 and the 2020 Unaudited Pro Forma Period, respectively, relating to the Predecessor Unconsolidated Entities.

 

105


Table of Contents

Revenues by channel

 

    Successor           Predecessor                       Historical     Unaudited Pro Forma  

(In thousands of Euros)

  Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
          Period
October 1,
2020,
through
April 30,
2021
    Unaudited
Combined Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2021
    Year ended
September 30,
2020
    Unaudited Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2020
     Change     % Change      Change     % Change  

B2B

    271,559           362,360       633,919       506,351       506,351       127,568       25     127,568       25

DTC

    190,216           136,022       326,238       220,311       220,311       105,927       48     105,927       48

Corporate/Other

    889           965       1,967       1,270       1,886       584       46     82       4
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenues

    462,664           499,347       962,124       727,932       728,548       234,078       32     233,576       32
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues generated by the B2B channel for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods increased by 127.6 million, or 25%, to 633.9 million from 506.4 million for fiscal 2020. The variance is the same for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 compared to the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020. The increase was attributable to a substantial recovery of B2B accounts globally after the easing of COVID-19 restrictions.

Revenues generated by the DTC channel for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods increased by 105.9 million, or 48%, to 326.3 million from 220.3 million for fiscal 2020 due to strong consumer demand, increased traffic in all regions and the continued establishment and expansion of our e-commerce sites globally. The variance is the same for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 compared to the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020.

Cost of sales

 

    Successor           Predecessor                       Historical     Unaudited Pro Forma  

(In thousands of Euros)

  Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
          Period
October 1,
2020,
through
April 30,
2021
    Unaudited
Combined Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2021
    Year ended
September 30,
2020
    Unaudited Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2020
     Change     % Change      Change     % Change  

Cost of sales

    (311,693         (213,197     (416,477     (328,298     (468,272     (196,592     60     51,795       (11 )% 

Cost of sales for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods increased by 196.6 million, or 60%, to 524.9 million from 328.3 million for fiscal 2020. Cost of sales increased primarily as a result of an increased number of units sold, as well as an increase in production workforce costs. The increase was also partly attributable to the effect of the application of the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction of 110.9 million for the 2021 Successor Period. Excluding this effect, cost of sales increased by 85.7 million to 414.0 million, or 26%.

Cost of sales for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 decreased by 51.8 million, or 11%, to 416.5 million from 468.3 million for the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020. The cost of sales for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 reflect a reversal of the effect of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction to inventory valuation and subsequent impact on costs of sales in the amount of 110.9 million that related to the 2021 Successor Period. Instead, the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020 reflects the effect of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction to inventory valuation and subsequent impact on costs of sales in the amount of 135.3 million. The difference between the effects is due to the 2021 Successor Period reflecting cost of sales for units sold in a five-month period, whereas the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020 reflects the subsequent impact on cost of sales of selling all the inventory that was accounted for under the acquisition method as part of the Transaction. In addition, cost of sales for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for

 

106


Table of Contents

fiscal 2021 and the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020 includes depreciation expense to incorporate additional property, plant and equipment depreciation for the effect of applying the acquisition method of accounting in the amount of 2.4 million and 4.0 million, respectively.

Gross profit and gross profit margin

 

    Successor           Predecessor                       Historical     Unaudited Pro Forma  

(In thousands of Euros)

  Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2020, through
2021
          Period
October 1,
April 30,
2021
    Unaudited
Combined Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2021
    Year ended
September 30,
2020
    Unaudited Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2020
    Change     % Change     Change     % Change  

Gross profit

    150,971           286,150       545,648       399,634       260,276       37,487       9     285,372       110

Gross profit margin

    33         57     57     55     36     (10) pp         21 pp    

Gross profit for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods increased by 37.5 million, or 9%, to 437.1 million from 399.6 million for fiscal 2020. The increase in gross profit was primarily attributable to revenue growth of 32%, partially offset by the effect of the application of the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction of 110.9 million for the 2021 Successor Period. Gross profit margin for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods decreased by 10% to 45% from 55% for fiscal 2020. The decrease was solely driven by the effect of the application of the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction. Adjusted Gross profit margin for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods increased by 2 percentage points to 57% from 55% for fiscal 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase in DTC channel revenues, driven by strong global traffic and demand for our products. In addition, we experienced increased sales of products with higher price points, including closed-toe silhouettes, leather products, and shearling products.

Gross profit for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 increased by 285.4 million, or 110%, to 545.6 million from 260.3 million for the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020. Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 The increase was primarily attributable to the effect of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction to inventory valuation and subsequent impact on costs of sales in the amount of 135.3 million (thereof 110.9 million from the 2021 Successor Period and 24.4 million from fiscal 2022) to the 2020 Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020.

Selling and distribution expenses

 

    Successor           Predecessor                       Historical     Unaudited Pro Forma  

(In thousands of Euros)

  Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
          Period
October 1,
2020,
through
April 30,
2021
    Unaudited
Combined Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2021
    Year ended
September 30,
2020
    Unaudited Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2020
     Change     % Change      Change     % Change  

Selling and distribution expenses

    (123,663         (111,808     (251,930     (187,615     (216,118     (47,856     26     (35,812     17

Selling and distribution expenses for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods increased by 47.9 million, or 26%, to 235.5 million from 187.6 million for fiscal 2020. The increase was primarily driven by higher other operating expenses of 36.7 million, primarily consisting of increased fulfillment and marketing costs associated with the growth of our DTC channel, as well as increased freight costs due to higher shipment volumes and increased shipping container rates. Depreciation and amortization charges increased by 7.6 million following the effect of amortizing the customer relationships intangible asset for the first time in the 2021 Successor Period. Personnel costs increased by 3.7 million due to increased headcount and the conversion from third party to controlled distribution in certain regions. As a percentage of revenues, selling and distribution expenses decreased to 24% for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods compared to 26% for fiscal 2020, primarily due to improved absorption of fixed costs.

 

107


Table of Contents

Selling and distribution expenses for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 increased by 35.9 million, or 17%, to 252.0 million from 216.1 million for the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020. In addition to the detail described in the paragraph above, the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 and the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020 include amortization of the customer relationships intangible asset of 14.9 million and 25.5 million, respectively, reflecting a full year of amortization in these periods. Further, selling and distribution expenses of 1.6 million for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 and 3.0 million for the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020, respectively, are recognized as related to the Predecessor Unconsolidated Entities.

General administrative expenses

 

    Successor           Predecessor                       Historical     Unaudited Pro Forma  

(In thousands of Euros)

  Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2020, through
2021
          Period
October 1,
April 30,
2021
    Unaudited
Combined Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2021
    Year ended
September 30,
2020
    Unaudited Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2020
     Change     % Change      Change     % Change  

General administrative expenses

    (31,039         (52,628     (82,100     (66,896     (71,071     (16,771     25     (11,029     16

General administrative expenses for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods increased by 16.8 million, or 25%, to 83.7 million from 66.9 million for fiscal 2020. The increase was primarily driven by higher other operating expenses of 10.4 million following increased litigation costs in relation to the termination of distributor agreements, as well as Transaction-related consulting costs. Personnel costs increased by 3.8 million due to additional personnel for our global support functions, as well as wage and salary increases. Depreciation and amortization increased by 2.6 million. As a percentage of revenues, general administration expenses remained at 9% for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods compared to 9% for fiscal 2020.

General administrative expenses for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 increased by 11.0 million, or 16%, to 82.1 million from 71.1 million for the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020. In addition to the detail described in the paragraph above, the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 includes the reversal of expensed transaction costs in the amount of 2.5 million included in the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020. Further, both pro forma periods include additional general administrative expenses of 0.9 million for 2021 and 1.7 million for 2020, respectively, related to the Predecessor Unconsolidated Entities.

Foreign Exchange gain (loss)

Foreign exchange gain (net) for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods and the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 increased by 35.0 million and 35.1 million, respectively, to 19.1 million gain for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods and 19.0 million gain for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 from 16.0 million loss for fiscal 2020 and 16.1 million loss for the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020. The increase was primarily driven by transactional effects of foreign currency fluctuations based on an increasing mix of revenues invoiced in local currencies, particularly by our subsidiaries in the U.S.

Finance income/(cost), net

Finance costs, net, for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods, increased by 26.8 million to 30.7 million from 4.0 million for fiscal 2020. Finance costs increased because of the new capital and financing structure put in place in April 2021 as a result of the Transaction. The increased finance costs impacted only the 2021 Successor Period. The 2021 Predecessor Period as well as fiscal 2020 have been

 

108


Table of Contents

driven by finance costs for drawings under the 250.0 million syndicated unsecured revolving credit facility agreement which was in place until April 30, 2021. Overall, interest expenses for loans increased by 31.8 million. Interest expenses for leases further contributed to the increase in finance costs, offset by an income of 7.0 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods resulting from the revaluation of the embedded derivative of the Notes.

Finance costs for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 decreased by 7.5 million, or 9%, to 79.6 million from 87.2 million for the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020. Both periods reflect Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 the inclusion of the full-year effect of the new financing structure.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods remained the same at 24.1 million for fiscal 2020. For the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods the effective tax rate was 23% compared to 19% for fiscal 2020.

Income tax expense for the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 amounted to 34.2 million. For the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020, the income tax benefit amounted to 23.7 million. For the Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 the effective tax rate was 23% compared to 18% for the Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020.

The 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods effective tax rate is largely impacted by extraordinary effects resulting from the Transaction.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin for the Group

 

     Successor            Predecessor             Historical  

(In thousands of Euros)

   Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
           Period October 1,
2020, through
April 30, 2021
     Year ended
September 30,
2020
     Change      % Change  

Adjusted EBITDA

     140,340            152,000        194,784        97,556        50

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     30%            30%        27%        3 pp     

Adjusted EBITDA for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods increased by 97.6 million, or 50%, to 292.3 million from 194.8 million for fiscal 2020, primarily due to revenue growth of 32% arising from increased unit volumes sold and ASP. Adjusted EBITDA margin for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods increased 3 percentage points to 30% from 27% for fiscal 2020. The increase is primarily attributable to an ASP increase of 8% and the growth of the B2B channel in the Americas. In addition, in fiscal 2020 we faced certain COVID-19 related one-off costs and idle costs which exceeded such costs for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods.

 

109


Table of Contents

Revenues by segment

 

    Successor           Predecessor                       Historical     Unaudited Combined
Pro Forma
 

(In thousands of Euros)

  Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
          Period
October 1,
2020,
through
April 30,
2021
    Unaudited
Combined Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2021
    Year ended
September 30,
2020
    Unaudited Pro
Forma Year
ended
September 30,
2020
     Change     % Change      Change     % Change  

Americas

    223,110           264,883       487,992       341,090       341,090       146,903       43     146,902       43

Europe

    191,226           184,066       375,292       304,608       304,608       70,684       23     70,684       23

APMA

    47,439           49,433       96,872       80,964       80,964       15,908       20     15,908       20
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reportable segment revenues

    461,775           498,382       960,157       726,662       726,662       233,495       32     233,495       32

Corporate/Other

    889           965       1,968       1,270       1,886       584       46     82       4
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Group revenues

    462,664           499,347       962,124       727,932       728,548       234,079       32     233,576       32
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues for the Americas segment for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods and Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 increased by 146.9 million, or 43%, to 488.0 million from 341.1 million for fiscal 2020 and Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020, due to a volume-driven increase resulting from high demand across all channels. After COVID-19 lockdowns, revenues recovered across all channels and product categories.

Revenues for the Europe segment for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods and Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 increased by 70.7 million, or 23%, to 375.3 million from 304.6 million for fiscal 2020 and Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020, due to broad-based revenue growth across all channels. While B2B accounts recovered after the COVID-19 lockdowns, DTC continued its historical growth trend due to increased online purchases.

Revenues for the APMA segment for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods and Unaudited Combined Pro Forma for fiscal 2021 increased by 15.9 million, or 20%, to 96.9 million from 81.0 million for fiscal 2020 and Unaudited Pro Forma for fiscal 2020, due to a strong increase in ASP.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin by segment

 

     Successor            Predecessor           Historical  

(In thousands of Euros)

   Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30,
2021
           Period October 1,
2020, through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30,
2020
     Change     % Change  

Americas

     78,767            100,509       102,057       77,219       76
     35          38     30     7pp    

Europe

     61,649            47,308       88,786       20,171       23
     32          26     29     0pp    

APMA

     12,326            14,284       17,661       8,949       51
     26          29     22     6pp    
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reportable segment Adjusted EBITDA

     152,742            162,101       208,504       106,339       51
     33          33     29     4pp    

Corporate/Other

     (12,402          (10,101     (13,720     (8,783     64
     (1,395 )%           (1,047 )%      (1,080 )%      (133)pp    
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Group Adjusted EBITDA

     140,340            152,000       194,784       97,556       50
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     30          30     27     3pp    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Americas Adjusted EBITDA during the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods increased by 77.2 million, or 76%, to 179.3 million from 102.1 million for fiscal 2020, primarily due to revenue growth of 43%. In addition, the Adjusted EBITDA margin increase of 7 percentage points from 30% for fiscal 2020 to 37% during the 2021

 

110


Table of Contents

Successor and Predecessor Periods supported the Adjusted EBITDA growth. The Adjusted EBITDA margin increase was driven by economies of scale in cost of sales as well as in selling and distribution expenses.

Europe Adjusted EBITDA during the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods increased by 20.2 million, or 23%, to 109.0 million from 88.8 million for fiscal 2020, due to the revenue growth of 23%. Europe Adjusted EBITDA margin during the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods remained constant as compared to fiscal 2020.

APMA Adjusted EBITDA during the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods increased by 8.9 million, or 51%, to 26.6 million from 17.7 million for fiscal 2020, due to the revenue growth of 20%. In addition, the Adjusted EBITDA margin increase of 5 percentage points from 22% for fiscal 2020 to 27% during the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods supported the Adjusted EBITDA growth. The Adjusted EBITDA margin increase was driven by economies of scale in cost of sales as well as in selling and distribution expenses.

Corporate/Other Adjusted EBITDA during the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods decreased by 8.8 million, or 64%, to (22.5) million from (13.7) million for fiscal 2020.

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

The following table sets forth unaudited quarterly historical consolidated financial and non-IFRS data for each of the quarters indicated. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on a basis consistent with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in our opinion, includes all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the financial information contained in those statements. The following selected quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for a full year or any future period.

 

    Three months ended  

(In thousands of Euros, unaudited)

  June 30,
2023
    March 31,
2023
    December 31,
2022
    September 30,
2022
    June 30,
2022
    March 31,
2022
    December 31,
2021
 

Revenues

    473,195       397,867       246,306       321,608       378,667       341,155       201,403  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit (loss)

    63,210       63,524       (23,424 )      57,980       55,636       81,239       (7,743 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

    (20,008     (21,094     (20,705     (25,212     (18,994     (19,216     (17,839

Finance income (costs), net

    (26,346     (29,870     (25,142     (22,565     (39,841     (29,873     (20,225

Income tax expense

    (28,261     (11,938     (10,715     (5,106     (26,894     (19,618     (11,795
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

    137,824       126,426       33,138       110,862       141,364       149,946       42,116  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effects of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction under IFRS(1)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         24,367  

Transaction-related advisory costs(2)

    —         —         —         545       1,040       746       268  

Realized and unrealized FX gains / losses(3)

    3,596       12,196       35,557       (13,902     (17,487     (8,375     (5,753

IPO-related costs(4)

    3,893       5,504       5,343       4,543       2,757       —         —    

Share-based payments(5)

    14,817       3,268       —         —         —         —         —    

Other(6)

    (269     4,156       1,569       0       773       431       313  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

    159,862       151,550       75,606       102,048       128,448       142,747       61,311  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents the effect of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction to inventory valuation and the subsequent impact on costs of sales. In the periods presented, cost of sales included inventory that had been measured at fair value as part of the Transaction.

 

111


Table of Contents
(2)

Represents Transaction-related advisory costs.

(3)

Represents the primarily non-cash impact of foreign exchange rates within profit (loss). We do not consider these gains and losses representative of operating performance of the business because they are primarily driven by fluctuations in the USD to Euro foreign exchange rate on intercompany receivables for inventory and intercompany loans.

(4)

Represents IPO-related costs, which include consulting, legal and audit fees.

(5)

Represents share-based payments relating to the management investment plan.

(6)

Represents non-recurring expenses that we do not consider representative of the operating performance of the business, primarily comprised of consulting fees for integration projects of 0.3 million, 0.1 million and 0.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2022, March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, restructuring expenses of 2.0 million, 0.5 million and 0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2023, June 30, 2022 and March 31, 2022, respectively, and relocation expenses of (0.3) million, 2.2 million and 1.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2023, March 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Our primary liquidity requirements are to service our debt, to fund our operations and to fund other general corporate purposes. Our ability to generate cash from our operations depends on our future operating performance, which is dependent, to some extent, on general economic, financial, competitive, market, legislative, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, as well as other factors including those discussed in this section and the section entitled “Risk Factors.” We expect to finance our operations and working capital needs for the next 12 months from cash generated through operations.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows for the nine months ended June 30, 2023, the nine months ended June 30, 2022, fiscal 2022 (Successor), the period from May 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021 (Successor), the period from October 1, 2020 through April 30, 2021 (Predecessor) and fiscal 2020 (Predecessor).

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Nine months ended
June 30,
    Year ended
September
30, 2022
    Period May 1,
2021, through
September 30, 2021
           Period October 1,
2020, through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30,
2020
 

(in thousands of Euros)

   2023
(unaudited)
    2022
(unaudited)
       

Total cash provided by (used in):

                 

Operating activities

     240,974       108,009       234,136       106,367            70,406       193,604  

Investing activities

     (79,981     (35,300     (71,646     (6,207          (11,426     (3,499

Financing activities

     (167,258     (92,635     (105,317     (13,415          (69,896     (130,254
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (6,265 )      (19,925 )      57,173       86,745            (10,916 )      59,851  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effects of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (11,203     9,165       14,562       3,220            1,609       (2,634
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

112


Table of Contents

Cash flows provided by operating activities

Cash flows provided by operating activities for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 were 241.0 million compared to 108.0 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022, driven by net profit of 103.3 million and adjustments to net profit for non-cash items of 261.9 million, less cash outflows for working capital of 124.2 million. Adjustments to net profit for non-cash items included depreciation and amortization of 61.8 million, finance costs, net of 81.4 million, income tax expense of 50.9 million, and unrealized foreign exchange losses of (51.4) million. Cash outflows for working capital were driven by inventories of 68.9 million and trade and other receivables of 91.9 million.

Cash flows provided by operating activities for fiscal 2022 were 234.1 million, driven by net profit of 187.1 million and adjustments to net profit for non-cash items of 192.0 million, less cash outflows for working capital of 145.0 million. Adjustments to net profit for non-cash items included depreciation and amortization of 81.3 million, finance costs, net of 112.5 million, income tax expense of 63.4 million, offset by unrealized foreign exchange gains of 46.4 million. Cash outflows for working capital were driven by inventories of 159.1 million.

Cash flows provided by operating activities for 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods were 176.8 million, driven by net profit of 81.8 million and adjustments to net profit for non-cash items of 70.8 million, less cash outflows for working capital of 24.2 million. Adjustments to net profit for non-cash items included depreciation and amortization of 54.9 million, finance costs, net of 30.7 million, income tax expense of 24.1 million, offset by unrealized foreign exchange gains of 6.2 million.

Cash flows provided by operating activities for fiscal 2020 were 193.6 million, driven by net profit of 101.3 million and adjustments to net profit for non-cash items of 61.5 million, plus cash inflows for working capital of 30.8 million. Adjustments to net profit for non-cash items included depreciation and amortization of 46.0 million, finance costs, net of 4.0 million, income tax expense of 24.1 million and unrealized foreign exchange losses of 11.8 million. Cash inflows for working capital were driven by inventories of 39.6 million.

Cash flows used in investing activities

Cash flows used in investing activities for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 were 80.0 million compared to 35.3 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022. The increase in cash flows used in investing activities of 44.7 million was primarily due to an increase in purchases of property, plant and equipment of 42.7 million, to 78.2 million, to increase capacity of our production facilities including our new factory in Pasewalk, Germany and for the expansion of our factory in Görlitz, Germany; this increase was partially offset by smaller decreases.

Cash flows used in investing activities for fiscal 2022 were 71.6 million compared to 17.6 million for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods. The increase in cash flows used in investing activities of 54.0 million was primarily due to an increase in purchases of property, plant and equipment of 54.5 million, to 70.7 million, to increase capacity of our production facilities including our new factory in Pasewalk, Germany and the expansion of our factory in Görlitz, Germany.

Cash flows used in investing activities for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods were 17.6 million, driven predominantly by purchases of property, plant and equipment. Cash flows used in investing activities for fiscal 2020 were 3.5 million. Cash flows used in investing activities for fiscal 2020 were driven by purchases of property, plant and equipment of 19.8 million and the issuance of a loan to related party of 3.9 million, offset by proceeds received from the repayment of a loan by a related party of 22.3 million.

Cash flows used in financing activities

Cash flows used in financing activities for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 were 167.3 million compared to 92.6 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022, mainly driven by increased repayment of borrowings of 45.1 million and an increase of interest paid of 24.4 million.

 

113


Table of Contents

Cash flows used in financing activities for fiscal 2022, were 105.3 million, driven by interest paid of 68.0 million and lease payments of 25.4 million.

Cash flows used in financing activities for the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods were 83.3 million, driven by distributions to shareholders of 151.7 million and lease payments of 22.9 million, offset by proceeds from loans and borrowings of 97.6 million.

Cash flows used in financing activities for fiscal 2020, were 130.3 million, driven by distributions to shareholders of 100.4 million and lease payments of 22.5 million. Proceeds and repayments from loans and borrowings largely offset each other.

Indebtedness

The following table sets forth the amounts owed under the Company’s debt instruments as of June 30, 2023, September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021. For further information regarding our material indebtedness, see “Description of Material Indebtedness.”

 

(in thousands of Euros)

   Currency      Repayment      June 30, 2023
(unaudited)
    September 30,
2022
    September 30,
2021
 

Term Loan (EUR)

     EUR        2028        375,000       375,000       375,000  

Term Loan (USD)

     USD        2028        720,848       860,854       732,252  

Vendor Loan

     EUR        2029        299,560       287,018       275,000  

Notes

     EUR        2029        428,500       428,500       430,000  

Interest Payable

           20,193       38,106       33,408  

Senior Note Embedded Derivative

           28,638       28,638       28,638  

Amortization under the effective interest method

           (46,559     (51,875     (51,820
        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and borrowings

           1,826,180       1,966,241       1,822,478  
        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Term Loans

In connection with the Transaction, we entered into a Senior Term Facilities Agreement, which provides us with a Euro-denominated term loan facility in a principal amount of 375,000,000 and a USD-denominated term loan facility in a principal amount of $850,000,000. The Euro-denominated loan bears interest at rates per annum equal to EURIBOR and the USD-denominated loan bears interest at rates per annum equal to SOFR, plus the applicable credit spread adjustment, plus in each case an applicable margin. The loans made under the Euro-denominated term loan facility mature in full on April 28, 2028. The loans made under the USD-denominated term loan facility amortize by 0.25% of their outstanding principal amount from time to time on a quarterly basis, with the balance to be repaid in full on April 28, 2028. The term loans are guaranteed on a secured basis by certain German and U.S. subsidiaries of Birkenstock Limited Partner S.à r.l. on a first-priority basis by certain of the assets of Birkenstock Limited Partner S.à r.l. and the guarantors, and on a second-priority basis by the ABL Priority Security.

ABL Facility

In connection with the Transaction, we entered into the ABL Facility Agreement, which established a multicurrency asset-based loan facility, which includes sub-facilities for letters of credit and short-term borrowings referred to as swing line borrowings. Borrowings under the ABL Facility are made on a revolving basis and are available in an amount not to exceed the lesser of a maximum of 200,000,000 and the then-applicable borrowing base. As of September 30, 2022, the availability of collateral under the ABL borrowing base amounted to 369.2 million.

 

114


Table of Contents

The ABL Facility is guaranteed on a secured basis by certain German and U.S. subsidiaries of Birkenstock Limited Partner S.à r.l. on a first-priority basis by the ABL Priority Security and on a second-lien basis by certain of the assets of Birkenstock Limited Partner S.à r.l. and the guarantors.

Vendor Loan

In connection with the Transaction, we entered into a subordinated vendor loan agreement with AB-Beteiligungs GmbH for a principal amount of 275,000,000 that bears interest at a rate of 4.37% per annum. Interest is due annually upon the anniversary of the Transaction and at the Company’s election may be paid in cash or, if not paid in cash, accrues on each annual interest payment date and is included in the principal amount of the Vendor Loan on and following such interest payment date. The Vendor Loan matures on October 30, 2029, which maturity date may be extended at the Company’s election up to three times, with each extension up to six months. The Vendor Loan permits voluntary prepayments to be made and also entitles the lender to require prepayment of outstanding amounts within a prescribed time period upon a change of control; a sale; or a listing that results in L Catterton ceasing to own, directly or indirectly, more than 35% of the Company’s ordinary shares.

Senior Notes and Embedded Derivative

In connection with the Transaction, we issued 430,000,000 principal amount of senior notes that bear interest at a rate of 5.25% per annum. The Notes will mature on April 30, 2029. In 2022, the Company repurchased 1,500,000 principal amount of Notes in a one-off transaction.

As per the prepayment clause included in the Notes, the Company has recognized this agreement as a hybrid financial instrument which included an embedded derivative. The embedded derivative component was separated from the non-derivative host in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at fair value. The changes in the fair value of the derivative financial instrument were recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of the balance sheet dates of June 30, 2023, September 30, 2022, September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, the Company has not engaged in any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks arising from transactions in the normal course of our business. Such risk is principally associated with foreign currency risk, interest rate risk and credit risk.

Credit risk

Credit risk involves the possibility that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a financial loss.

Credit risk arises from the possibility that certain parties will be unable to discharge their obligations. The Company has a significant number of customers which minimizes the concentration of credit risk with a single counterparty. The Company does not have any customers that account for more than 10% of revenues or trade receivables. While the Company actively seeks to insure against credit risk, there can be no assurance that in the future it will be able to obtain credit risk insurance at commercially attractive terms, or at all. The company currently has credit insurance in Spain.

The Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers through a combination of third-party financial reports, credit monitoring, publicly available information, and direct communication

 

115


Table of Contents

with those customers. The Company establishes payment terms with customers to mitigate credit risk and monitors its accounts receivable credit risk exposure.

Foreign exchange risk

We operate in several countries and the two major functional currencies in which we transact are Euro and USD. As a result, our financial results could be affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or weak economic conditions in foreign markets. To reduce foreign currency fluctuation exposure, we enter into economic hedging arrangements with forward exchange and option contracts for transactions denominated in USD currency.

Our Foreign exchange gain (loss) from currency translation was (51.4) million, 31.6 million, 45.5 million, 19.1 million and (16.0) million for the nine months ended June 30, 2023, the nine months ended June 30, 2022, fiscal 2022, the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods and fiscal 2020, respectively. 48%, 50%, 48%, 45%, and 43% of our revenues were generated in USD in the United States, which is our largest individual market, for the nine months ended June 30, 2023, the nine months ended June 30, 2022, fiscal 2022, the 2021 Successor and Predecessor Periods and fiscal 2020, respectively. On the expense side, most of our expenses are incurred in Euros because raw materials and semi-finished products are purchased predominantly in Germany or otherwise within the EU and our core products manufactured in Germany.

Based on our USD denominated revenues of $650.9 million in fiscal 2022, a depreciation of the USD against the Euro from $1.10 to $1.20 would result in lower Euro revenues of 49.3 million and corresponding lower Adjusted EBITDA of 36.6 million based on the cost structure of fiscal 2022.

Foreign exchange risk on borrowings

Amounts available for borrowing under the Senior Term Facility and ABL Facility can be drawn in Euros and in USDs. The Company does not need to hedge a portion of its exposure to foreign currency exchange risk on principal and interest payments related to its USD-denominated borrowing under the Senior Facility Agreement due to the natural hedge through the strong cash generation of our US business. Based on our outstanding balances of 720.8 million ($783.3 million) under the USD-denominated term loan facility as of June 30, 2023, a 10% depreciation in the value of the Euro compared to USD would have resulted in an increase of 80.1 million in our liabilities.

Interest rate risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk is related to our Senior Term Facilities Agreement and ABL-Facility Agreement entered into on April 28, 2021, in connection with the Transaction, which bear interest based on floating reference rates. The loans under the Senior Facilities Agreement are denominated in U.S. Dollars and Euros. A one percentage point increase in market interest rates for all currencies in which the Company had cash and borrowings would have a negative effect on net profit (loss) in the amount of 8.8 million, 8.6 million, 1.0 million, 0.6 million, 4.6 million, and 11.7 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2023, the nine months ended June 30, 2022, the year ended September 30, 2020, the period ended April 30, 2021, the period ended September 30, 2021, and the year ended September 30, 2022, respectively. A one percentage point decrease in market interest rates would have an approximately equal and opposite effect. In order to reduce the risk of increasing interest rates, the Company has entered into an interest rate cap contract on June 20, 2023 for the floating-rate Euro debt in the amount of 375 million for a term of two years commencing on August 2, 2023. The ABL is currently not utilized and therefore has no impact on interest costs at present.

Commodities and raw materials risk

Our exposure to commodities and raw materials pricing risk is managed through our Treasury Team and through our Sourcing Team reporting to our Chief Product Officer. Our Treasury Team primarily addresses the purchasing in Europe of our Electricity and Gas requirements. The Treasury Team will enter into forward contracts, where economically feasible, for both Gas and Electricity for up to 24 months of

 

116


Table of Contents

projected usage. During times of high price and supply volatility, we may instead choose to make purchases at spot rates until a more orderly market returns. The Sourcing Team evaluates all raw materials inventory components and executes bulk or spot purchases, as required.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Management must make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements, based on experience, existing and known circumstances, authoritative accounting guidance and pronouncements and other factors that management believes to be reasonable, but actual results could differ materially from these estimates. In line with our significant accounting policies as described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies and estimates are critical to our business operations and understanding our financial results.

Business combinations

All business combinations are accounted for by applying the acquisition method of accounting which requires measuring the cost of the acquisition and allocating, at the acquisition date, that cost to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their estimated fair values at the acquisition date which is heavily based on management’s judgment utilizing assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain. As a result, actual results may differ from estimates, which could also result in impairment charges in the future. As an estimate, adjustments to the initial values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed may be required as additional information becomes available.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred and included in general administrative expenses.

When we acquire a business, we assess the financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and designation in accordance with the contractual terms, economic circumstances, and pertinent conditions as at the acquisition date. Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer will be recognized at fair value at the acquisition date.

Impairment of non-financial assets (goodwill, intangible assets, and property, plant and equipment)

We are required to use judgment in determining the grouping of assets to identify their CGUs for the purposes of testing intangible assets, including goodwill, for impairment. Judgment is further required to determine appropriate groupings of CGUs for the level at which goodwill and intangible assets are tested for impairment. For the purpose of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles impairment testing, CGUs are grouped at the lowest level at which goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles are monitored for internal management purposes. The goodwill and indefinite-lived impairment test is executed each year and at interim periods at any time management believes there are indications or evidence of impairment. For the purpose of intangible assets’ impairment testing, intangible assets are assessed at the CGU level. In addition, judgment is used to determine whether a triggering event has occurred requiring an impairment test to be completed.

In determining the recoverable amount of a CGU or a group of CGUs, various estimates are employed. We determine value-in-use by applying estimates including projected revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, costs, capital investment and working capital requirements consistent with strategic plans presented to the Board of Managers of MidCo, as well as discount rates and terminal growth rates. Discount rates are consistent with external industry information reflecting the risk associated with the specific Company and its cash flows.

 

117


Table of Contents

Income and other taxes

The calculation of current and deferred income taxes requires management to make certain judgments regarding the tax rules in jurisdictions where the Company performs activities. Application of judgment is required regarding the classification of transactions and in assessing probable outcomes of claimed deductions including expectations about future operating results, the timing and reversal of temporary differences and possible audits of income tax and other tax filings by the tax authorities in the various jurisdictions in which the Company operates.

In determining the recoverable amount of deferred tax assets, we forecast future taxable income by legal entity and the period in which the income occurs to ensure that sufficient taxable income exists to utilize the attributes. Inputs to those projections are Board-approved financial forecasts and statutory tax rates. We apply significant judgement in identifying uncertainties over income tax treatments and adjust our uncertain tax provisions to be in line with information available. Tax and other provisions are set up for recognizable risks and uncertain liabilities and measured at the settlement amount required in accordance with reasonable commercial judgement.

Share-based Payments

The cost of share issuances under the Company’s management investment plan, an equity-settled share-based payment plan, is determined by the number of awards expected to vest and their respective fair value at grant date using an appropriate valuation model. The model takes into account, among other things, a self-investment, the development of the Company’s ordinary redeemable share price and a historical volatility derived from a peer group. The cost is recognized over the period in which the service and, where applicable, the vesting conditions are fulfilled (vesting period). The cumulative expense recognized for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Company’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For descriptions of recently issued accounting standards that may potentially impact our financial position and results of operations is disclosed in Note 3: “Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 3: “Significant Accounting Policies” to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements appearing in this prospectus.

 

118


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

LETTER FROM THE CEO

To our Prospective Shareholders,

I still remember the moment when I arrived at BIRKENSTOCK in 2009. I was familiar with the products as I had hardly ever worn any other shoes in my everyday life. However, the company and brand were not on my professional radar at all when I was approached with the idea of leading the generational change as chief advisor to the family.

One of my first insights: BIRKENSTOCK was a sleeping giant – a brand that had endured for centuries since 1774 and was widely revered, resonating with and even shaping the zeitgeist for decades to this day, stubborn in a positive sense, undeterred by fashion trends and proudly German. BIRKENSTOCK had all the essential elements of a super brand—a rich heritage at its core built around our purpose to empower all people to walk as intended by nature, an unyielding approach to craftsmanship combined with an obsession for quality, a vast product archive with an impressive variety of iconic silhouettes, a steadily growing global following sharing similar values and beliefs—and a uniquely democratic approach to innovation, pricing and distribution.

BIRKENSTOCK is more than a shoe. It’s a way of thinking, a way of living.

Everything has to change, so that everything stays the way it is.

It took a lot of imagination to envision how to turn this sleeping giant into a global super brand. The family had maneuvered itself into a challenging position back in the day. It took boundless trust on the part of the family – the 7th generation in a dynasty of shoemakers – to place the company’s fate in the hands of someone from the outside, who was, on top of it, an industry outsider.

Sometimes it takes an external perspective to get things right. From the first day, we turned over every stone and pushed every button to release the energy and create momentum for the brand. In some areas, it was quite tough to reach our goals. But obviously, we’ve done a lot right in the last ten years and when we’ve made mistakes, which is inevitable in such an endeavor, we’ve drawn the right conclusions and grown from them.

‘We’ means me, my fellow leaders and more than 5,000 proud people working for us worldwide. This is almost three times as many people as when I took over as CEO of the newly established BIRKENSTOCK Group in 2013.

Despite all the changes, there are two constants in what we do: first, we do not compromise on quality. We are obsessive about owning the value chain, from end to end, and we produce every single footbed and assemble over 95% of our products in our own facilities in Germany. We ensure that every product meets our non-negotiable quality standards and while we embrace automation, we also know that a final human touch is essential when employing natural ingredients, which have their own imperfections. And second, the core of our products has remained and continues to remain unchanged for more than 120 years: our unique footbed.

We are the inventor of the footbed.

BIRKENSTOCK is a brand like no other.

BIRKENSTOCK is a multi-generational business that has evolved into a universal brand deeply rooted in its purpose: to empower everyone to walk the way nature intended by creating products built on function, quality, and tradition.

 

119


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

We are serving a primal need of all human beings. We are a footbed company selling the experience of walking as intended by nature. And this is only the beginning. Carried by the reputation that we as a brand have earned over two and a half centuries, we also explore adjacent product categories where we can leverage the potential of our brand for the benefit of our consumers and shareholders.

From our company’s humble beginnings, BIRKENSTOCK today checks every box – durable double-digit growth based on market scarcity and engineered distribution with a proven ten years’ financial track record. It was our growth algorithm fueled by our engineered distribution model that enabled us to grow revenue and EBITDA.

 

   

Product with a Purpose: Our proprietary technology, our unique footbed, inspired our own methodology for orthopedics of the foot: the BIRKENSTOCK SYSTEM. We set a standard that has stood the test of time. The BIRKENSTOCK footbed is our product formula that drives innovation and attracts and unites a steadily growing global followership seeking an active, healthy, casual, responsible, and mindful lifestyle. We have found ways to reinterpret our classic designs in fresh and exciting ways, including collaborations with other iconic brands, such as DIOR, Manolo Blahnik, Rick Owens and Stüssy, to create limited-edition products that amplify our iconic silhouettes.

 

   

Universal Love Brand: BIRKENSTOCK is for everyone. BIRKENSTOCK transcends geography, gender, age and income. BIRKENSTOCK shoes can be found in surgical wards and on fashion runways, in law firms and in schools—and everywhere in between. Our products are not only made for all people but also for all occasions and are accessibly priced. BIRKENSTOCK is supported by a loyal following ranging from everyday wearers to celebrities who love our brand.

 

   

Unique Operational Model: BIRKENSTOCK’s vertically integrated operations are designed to ensure the highest levels of product quality, operational efficiency and control as well as transparency and compliance with EU environmental and social standards.

 

   

Engineered Distribution: BIRKENSTOCK optimizes growth and profitability through a complementary, multi-channel distribution strategy of DTC and B2B channels. Our DTC capabilities drive higher margins and expand brand equity globally, as demonstrated by our success in the U.S. DTC market. Moreover, our engineered distribution strategy provides greater control over our distribution and allows us to better manage inventory and pricing, building a foundation for long-term growth and reduced dependence on wholesale distribution.

 

   

Strong Growth Algorithm and Financial Profile: BIRKENSTOCK delivers a strong financial profile supported by massive whitespace and highly underwritable levers – brand awareness, production capacity expansion, core and new product portfolio innovation, and shift to DTC.

Why we are Going Public

We see ourselves as the oldest start-up on earth. We are a brand backed by a family tradition of a quarter of a millennium with the resilience, timeless relevance, and credibility of a multigenerational business. Yet, despite this heritage, BIRKENSTOCK remains empowered by a youthful energy level, with all the freshness and creative versatility of an inspired Silicon Valley start-up. We have retained the original spirit of our forefathers who laid the foundation of a global business that is more relevant than ever before.

Today, we are crowning this development with an IPO – a logical step that began with the stepping back of the family from the operational business. This took us to the next level through our partnership with L Catterton, and now marks a new important milestone with our plan to go public, inviting a broader group of investors to join our undertaking. This is the beginning of a new chapter.

 

120


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

My Commitment and Invitation

The work at BIRKENSTOCK is not finished, nor will it be finished in my career or lifetime. If we set the right framework, the company will continue to thrive for centuries to come. We respect and honor our past, but we are not a mausoleum – BIRKENSTOCK is a living, breathing brand. I am proud to be its steward.

Some say: “BIRKENSTOCK is having a moment”. I always reply then “this moment has lasted for 250 years, and it will continue to last” – driven by an international consumer movement toward casualization, a growing preference for healthy products, an increasing appreciation of craftmanship and a preference for brands with a purpose.

I intend to continue to lead this business to generate long-term, sustainable shareholder returns while respecting the interests of all stakeholders. As a team, we will continue to take risks, learn from our mistakes and move fast. We will remain committed to our core values and our founding mission even as we look to the future.

I invite you to join me – to be part of a generational opportunity to invest in BIRKENSTOCK.

Oliver Reichert

Chief Executive Officer

 

121


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Who We Are

BIRKENSTOCK is a revered global brand rooted in function, quality and tradition dating back to 1774. We are guided by a simple, yet fundamental insight: human beings are intended to walk barefoot on natural, yielding ground, a concept we refer to as “Naturgewolltes Gehen. Our purpose is to empower all people to walk as intended by nature. The legendary BIRKENSTOCK footbed represents the best alternative to walking barefoot, encouraging proper foot health by evenly distributing weight and reducing pressure points and friction. We believe our function-first approach is universally relevant; all humans — anywhere and everywhere — deserve to walk in our footbed.

From this insight, we have developed a broad, unisex portfolio of footbed-based products, anchored by our iconic Core Silhouettes, the Madrid, Arizona, Boston, Gizeh and Mayari. While these silhouettes drive consistent, high-visibility revenues and represent a significant portion of our overall business, we also continuously expand our extensive archive of over 700 silhouettes by extending our existing silhouettes and launching new styles. This expands our reach across price points, usage occasions and product categories. We incorporate distinctive design elements and develop new materials to create newness while staying true to our heritage and uncompromising quality standards.

We are German made. Our production capabilities reflect centuries-old traditions of craftsmanship and commitment to using only the highest quality materials. To ensure each product meets our rigorous quality standards, we operate a vertically integrated manufacturing base and produce all our footbeds in Germany. In addition, we assemble over 95% of our products in Germany and produce the remainder elsewhere in the EU. We maintain strict control over our entire supply chain, responsibly sourcing materials that originate mainly from Europe.

As described by our Chief Executive Officer, Oliver Reichert, “Consumers buy our products for a thousand wrong reasons, but they all come back for the same reason:” for our functional proposition, enduring commitment to quality and the rich tradition of our Company which enables us to establish meaningful emotional connections with our consumers. The deep trust we create allows us to enjoy long-lasting relationships with our consumers — oftentimes spanning decades — as evidenced by findings from the Consumer Survey that revealed the average BIRKENSTOCK consumer in the U.S. owns 3.6 pairs today. Through the strong reputation and universal appeal of our brand — enabling extensive word-of-mouth exposure and outsized earned media value — we have efficiently built a growing global fanbase of millions of consumers that uniquely transcends geography, gender, age and income.

We reach these consumers around the world through a multi-channel “engineered distribution” model, which balances the growing demand for our products and our constrained supply capacity to create scarcity in the market. We strategically allocate our products between our wholesale partners in the B2B channel, which we have been optimizing in recent years, and our rapidly growing DTC channel. As a result, we drive consistently robust revenue growth and operating margins, achieve excellent sell-through rates and deepen our direct connections with our consumers. In fiscal 2022, we generated revenues of 1,242.8 million, gross profit margin of 60%, Adjusted gross profit margin of 62%, net profit of 187.1 million, Adjusted EBITDA of 434.6 million and Adjusted EBITDA margin of 35%, while selling approximately 30 million units.

What We Stand For

Our core values of Function, Quality and Tradition influence everything we do and underpin our brand’s deep cultural relevance that has stood the test of time. For decades, BIRKENSTOCK has attracted independent thinkers and transcended prevailing style norms, remaining committed to our values, even as the global zeitgeist has evolved around and moved toward us. In the 1960s and 1970s, the global peace movement and hippies adopted BIRKENSTOCK, wearing our Madrid, Arizona and Boston, as part of their

 

122


Table of Contents

celebration of freedom and free-spiritedness. In the 1980s, the green movement adopted BIRKENSTOCK, proudly wearing our products for our ethical approaches to production and consumption. In the 1990s, inspired by the feminism movement, more women wore BIRKENSTOCKs to free themselves from long-standing fashion norms that required wearing painful high heels and other constricting footwear. Today, consumers turn to BIRKENSTOCK in their search for healthy, high-quality products and as a rejection of formal dress culture. By remaining true to our values of Function, Quality and Tradition, BIRKENSTOCK has endured across generations.

Function

Our proprietary footbed — the result of successive innovations, beginning in the late 19th century with the invention of the contoured shoe last, which reflects the anatomy of the human foot — represents the foundation of our brand and products. The functional nature of and growing usage occasions for BIRKENSTOCK products enable the universality of our brand, allowing us to serve every human regardless of geography, gender, age and income. At its core, the BIRKENSTOCK footbed promotes “Naturgewolltes Gehen”:

 

 

LOGO

Every foot employs 26 bones, 33 muscles and over 100 tendons and ligaments in walking. Improper footwear can cause friction, pain, injury and poor posture, among other ailments. Our anatomically shaped BIRKENSTOCK footbed provides natural support and stimulation, promoting even weight distribution, fully supported arches and no unnatural pressure points from heel to toe. Orthopedic theory suggests the benefits of walking barefoot on natural yielding ground are far reaching, including pain reduction in the foot and throughout the body, improved mobility, and natural posture, since the foot is kept in its natural state. By mimicking the effects of natural yielding ground (“footprint in the sand”), the “System Birkenstock” leans on the benefits of this phenomenon, attempting to enable walking as intended by nature. The inherent functionality of our products enables BIRKENSTOCK to serve a distinct purpose for consumers.

 

123


Table of Contents

As illustrated below, the Original BIRKENSTOCK footbed is comprised of several distinctive components:

 

 

LOGO

Quality

We believe how things are made matters as much as the product itself. We build BIRKENSTOCK products to be long-lasting, durable and repairable, a distinctive approach in the market today. We never compromise on material quality; for example, our uppers are made of leathers of the highest quality (i.e., 2.8-3.0 mm thick leather, sourced from European tanneries). We source over 90% of our materials and components from Europe, processing our inputs to the highest environmental and social standards in the industry by operating state-of-the-art scientific laboratories for materials testing. Furthermore, by vertically integrating our manufacturing operations in the EU — one of the safest and most regulated manufacturing environments in the world — we maintain a high degree of control over the quality and craftsmanship of our products, ensuring a consistent consumer experience.

Consumers recognize BIRKENSTOCK for its superior product quality. According to the Consumer Survey, we outperform our peers — on a statistically significant level — on measures of material quality, construction and craftsmanship, as well as durability. As a result, the loyalty of BIRKENSTOCK consumers is unparalleled, with some consumers keeping pairs for multiple decades through careful maintenance and repair.

Tradition

Honoring our heritage represents the cornerstone of our culture. We feel a profound responsibility to protect and live up to our treasured tradition — built over the last two and a half centuries — of crafting functional, high-quality products. This deep respect for our history continuously guides our actions, compelling us to emphasize our values across all aspects of our business.

 

124


Table of Contents

While our family tradition of shoemaking can be traced back to 1774, the evolution of our brand gained momentum in the early 20th century with our development of the footbed in 1902. We invented the word “Fussbett,” or “footbed,” and this discovery laid the groundwork for what became the “System Birkenstock,” a doctrine and practice of orthopedic principles, built around “Naturgewolltes Gehen,” that still guides us today. The footbed remains the guiding principle for everything we do and the platform we use to explore new product categories. It reminds us to develop products that make our consumers’ lives better, embedding function, quality and purpose in everything we make. The philosophy of the “System Birkenstock” grounds our approach to shoemaking to this day.

Where We Are Today

Over a decade ago, the Birkenstock family brought in its first outside management team, commencing the present era of BIRKENSTOCK. Under the leadership and vision of Oliver Reichert, first as a General Manager in 2009 and then as the Chief Executive Officer beginning in 2013, we have transformed our business from a family-owned, production-oriented company into a global, professionally managed enterprise committed to growing our brand. In the current era, we have built on our legacy while continuing to revolutionize processes and strategies to unleash our global potential, growing revenues at a 20% CAGR from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2022.

 

 

LOGO

Note: See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information — Financial Statements.”

We use a highly intentional “celebrate the archive, build the archive” approach to product architecture and innovation across our expanding portfolio of over 700 silhouettes. We incorporate our legendary footbed across all silhouettes, several of which have developed significant global recognition and acclaim of their own. Our top five silhouettes collectively generated nearly 76% of our annual revenues in fiscal 2022. We continually reinterpret or “celebrate” these timeless, iconic silhouettes through makeovers and adaptations, enabling us to drive consistent, recurring growth with minimal risk. Alongside our classics, we consistently build our extensive archive by innovating new silhouettes; nine of the top 20 products in fiscal

 

125


Table of Contents

2022 represent new styles that we have introduced since fiscal 2017. In particular, we have focused on expanding our closed-toe silhouette assortment — which represented over 20% of revenues in fiscal 2022 — to enable us to address additional usage occasions as well as balance seasonality.

Our commitment to creating functional, purpose-driven products with the highest integrity has enabled us to build a strong brand reputation with universal appeal. In addition, powerful secular trends — an increased focus on health, the casualization of daily life, the breakthrough of modern feminism and the rise of purpose-led, conscious consumption — have converged around BIRKENSTOCK and will continue to fuel our brand relevance and reach for the next 250 years. We strive to match our universal appeal with democratic access to products; we offer our unisex products across a broad range of prices, from a retail entry price point of 40 for our EVA styles to over 1,600 for our highest-end collaborations.

The deep connections we build with our diverse, global fan base engender profound trust, high levels of loyalty and unparalleled word-of-mouth endorsement. In a recent Consumer Survey, approximately 70% of our existing U.S. consumers indicated they had purchased at least two pairs of BIRKENSTOCKs, with the average U.S. consumer owning 3.6 pairs today. In that same Consumer Survey, nearly 90% of recent purchasers indicated a desire to purchase again and over 40% of consumers indicated they did not even consider another brand when last purchasing BIRKENSTOCK, a testament to our category ownership.

Given the increasing relevance and strength of our brand, demand for our products has historically exceeded supply. As a consequence, we have spent the past decade refining our engineered distribution model through which we mindfully and strategically allocate product across channels and regions. We have consolidated control over our brand globally by converting distributor markets, rationalizing wholesale distribution to focus on strategic accounts that support our brand positioning and reach, and investing in our DTC business, which has grown at a 42% CAGR between 2018 and 2022. We allocate our finite production capacity globally, creating scarcity in the market and facilitating strong control over our brand, as well as predictable, consistent growth. Our strongest, most developed regions are the Americas and Europe, which represented 54% and 36% of revenues in fiscal 2022, respectively. Our APMA region has demonstrated considerable growth potential, which historically has not been fully realized because of deliberate decisions to prioritize the Americas and Europe due to finite supply.

Recent Financial Performance

Our powerful business model and consistent execution have delivered continuous top-line growth and an expanding margin profile. Our financial performance reflects the strong demand for our brand and the benefits of our engineered distribution model that delivers the right product for the right channel at the right price point. This approach enables us to enjoy a rare combination of consistent, predictable growth and high levels of profitability, providing us with significant flexibility to invest in our operations and growth initiatives.

This strategy has resulted in:

 

   

Revenues increasing from 727.9 million in fiscal 2020 to 1,242.8 million in fiscal 2022, a 31% two-year CAGR;

 

   

Number of units sold increasing at a 12% CAGR between fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2022;

 

   

ASP increasing at a 16% CAGR between fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2022;

 

   

DTC penetration increasing from 30% of revenues in fiscal 2020 to 38% of revenues in fiscal 2022;

 

   

Gross profit margin expanding from 55% in fiscal 2020 to 60% in fiscal 2022;

 

   

Adjusted gross profit margin expanding from 55% in fiscal 2020 to 62% in fiscal 2022;

 

126


Table of Contents
   

Net profit increasing from 101.3 million in fiscal 2020 to 187.1 million in fiscal 2022; and

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA growing at a 49% two-year CAGR from 194.8 million in fiscal 2020 to 434.6 million in fiscal 2022, with Adjusted EBITDA margin expanding 8 percentage points from 27% in fiscal 2020 to 35% in fiscal 2022.

This strategy has also yielded strong results in the most recent nine months ended June 30, 2023, where we have observed:

 

   

Revenues increasing from 921.2 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 1,117.4 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2023, a 21% increase;

 

   

Number of units sold increasing by 5% from the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to the nine months ended June 30, 2023;

 

   

ASP increasing by 15% in the nine months ended June 30, 2023 compared to the nine months ended June 30, 2022;

 

   

DTC penetration increasing from 34% of revenues for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 37% of revenues for the nine months ended June 30, 2023;

 

   

Gross profit margin expanding from 59% for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 61% for the nine months ended June 30, 2023;

 

   

Adjusted gross profit margin decreasing slightly from 62% for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 61% for the nine months ended June 30, 2023;

 

   

Net profit decreasing from 129.1 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 103.3 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2023; and

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA growing by 16% from 332.5 million in the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 387.0 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2023, with Adjusted EBITDA margin contracting 1 percentage point from 36% for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 to 35% for the nine months ended June 30, 2023.

 

 

LOGO

 

127


Table of Contents

Our Addressable Market

Inspired by “Naturgewolltes Gehen,” we construct our products to empower all humans to walk as nature intended. We believe this function-first ethos limits the reach of our products only by the global population.

Our core opportunity lies in deploying our iconic footbed across the broader footwear market globally, including in our largest markets of North America and Europe, as well as newer markets in Asia and the Middle East. Beyond geographical expansion, significant market share opportunity exists in our established and new product categories.

Global Footwear Market

The global footwear industry is a large and fragmented market. According to Euromonitor, it was estimated to generate approximately 340 billion in retail sales in 2002, with the top 5 brands accounting for 20% of the overall footwear market. On average, the global footwear market is projected to grow at a CAGR of 5.1% over the next five years, reaching approximately 440 billion in sales by 2027. Based on our current market penetration of less than 1%, we believe there is ample whitespace to continue growing the BIRKENSTOCK brand. We expect to capture market share globally, particularly in Asia Pacific, which is expected to be one of the fastest growing regions in the world at a CAGR of 5.9% between 2022 and 2027 and where we are meaningfully underpenetrated.

We believe we are uniquely positioned to win share in the large and growing global footwear market given our commitment to delivering superior orthopedic functionality in support of the following key enduring consumer megatrends:

Growing Preference for Healthy Products

Consumers prioritize purchases that benefit their overall health as they become aware of the negative effects of wearing unsupportive footwear. According to ARRIS Composites survey data, nearly 2 in 5 U.S. workers have recurring foot pain and discomfort at any given time. In addition, 86% of U.S. workers prefer comfort over style in their footwear. Our footbed-based products meet inherent consumer demand through their functionality and encouragement of the natural walking motion and proper foot health.

Casualization Across Usage Occasions

Over the last generation, the use of formal footwear has declined as a result of the ongoing shift towards casual dress and rise of sneaker culture, both trends accelerated by COVID-19. We find ourselves at a nexus of these changing consumer behaviors as consumers increasingly free themselves from long-standing fashion norms, seeking more functional footwear and apparel choices across usage occasions. This enduring trend also coincides with the shift towards healthy products as consumers seek alternatives to traditional work and other non-casual footwear options that do not promote or negatively impact foot health.

Breakthrough of Modern Feminism

The ongoing evolution and expansion of the role of women in society continues to drive meaningful shifts in their preferences in footwear and apparel. While trends in fashion come and go, we believe women’s increasing preference for functional apparel and footwear has and will prove secular in nature. As a brand that has long stood for functionality, we believe this ongoing tailwind will continue to drive relevance and growth for the BIRKENSTOCK brand.

 

128


Table of Contents

Appreciation and Affinity for Heritage and Craftsmanship

We believe consumers increasingly value brands that have rich traditions, have clarity in their purpose and take significant responsibility for their operations. We have observed these trends across various consumer industries, including luxury leather goods and ready-to-wear clothing, watches and personal care products, among others. We believe BIRKENSTOCK’s functional, purpose-led brand, uncompromising commitment to quality and centuries-old crafting traditions align well with the ongoing shift towards brands with authentic heritages and craftsmanship.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths are central to the power of our brand and business model:

Purpose Brand Built Around our Legendary Footbed and Products

An Orthopedic Tradition

The heart of our brand is the footbed, which forms the core of our own orthopedic methodology, the “System Birkenstock.” The benefits of our system are supported by decades of research, podiatrist recommendations and consumer loyalty. Our purpose to empower all people to walk as intended by nature has created an enduring connection with our consumers, who recognize us for functionality, craftsmanship, German engineering, uncompromising quality and a differentiated product experience. This authentic connection with our consumers positions BIRKENSTOCK at the center of a shift toward conscious, responsible and health-oriented consumption instead of “fast fashion” or trend-chasing.

Much of our success can be traced back to our long history of product innovations, including the contoured shoe last, footbed and footbed sandal. We outline our groundbreaking innovations below:

 

 

LOGO

Category-Defining, Universally Relevant Silhouettes

While these innovations started orthopedically in nature, we have since launched several distinctive, instantly recognizable silhouettes that blend the functionality of our legendary footbed with timeless aesthetics. Many of these silhouettes — including our Core Silhouettes, the Madrid, Arizona, Boston, Gizeh and Mayari — have come to define and become synonymous with their respective categories, resulting in a distinct competitive advantage for our brand. All but one — the Mayari — have been in the market for over 40 years and continue to attract significant attention today. From the beginning, these silhouettes have been

 

129


Table of Contents

conceptualized, promoted and sold as unisex products, further supporting our fundamental purpose and driving mass appeal of the brand. These top selling models undergo regular seasonal makeovers and serve as the “canvas” for many of our collaborations created within our 1774 premium line, generating newness while allowing us to celebrate this core collection. Since fiscal 2018, our Core Silhouettes have grown at a revenue CAGR of 18%, evidencing the ability of these iconic silhouettes to drive consistent, recurring growth.

 

 

LOGO

Proven Innovation Strategy

We have developed an extensive archive of over 700 silhouettes through our differentiated innovation engine. We approach product innovation through two primary lenses: (1) “celebrating the archive” by utilizing distinct design elements to modify existing silhouettes and introduce newness in a low-risk manner and (2) “building the archive” by leveraging our footbed as the development platform, enabling us to create new products from the “inside-out.”

Our approach leverages our product archive, market insights and whitespace analysis to identify areas where we can create trends from within and export those to the market through a proven roadmap of product development, demand creation and engineered distribution.

Celebrate the Archive

We routinely update our Core Silhouettes and other existing silhouettes by adjusting parameters such as color, materials and other details (e.g., buckles) to create newness and strategically extend their reach. For example, we have expanded the Arizona silhouette across price points and usage occasions, adding a water-friendly variant utilizing EVA, while also broadening the Arizona’s appeal through collaborations. This approach continuously infuses the brand with newness while undertaking minimal risk. As a result, revenues from the Arizona silhouette have grown at a CAGR of 24% between fiscal 2018 and 2022.

Build the Archive

We also consistently build our archive by introducing new silhouettes developed around our celebrated footbed. Given the functional nature of our products and the loyalty BIRKENSTOCK consumers have for their footbeds, we have successfully expanded our assortment across new silhouettes and product categories. The success of this approach can be seen in the popularity of our recent launches; new silhouettes introduced since fiscal 2017 represented nine of the top 20 selling products in fiscal 2022. Furthermore, we have focused on the significant opportunity in closed-toe silhouettes, which have grown to over 20% of revenues in fiscal 2022,

 

130


Table of Contents

supported by silhouettes such as the Zermatt, Buckley and Bend. This approach has enabled us to expand our brand reach across seasons and usage occasions, as well as drive growth through higher ASPs. Launched in 2020, the Bend sneaker exemplifies the success of our approach to building the archive in new, strategically important categories, with Bend revenues growing over 100% between fiscal 2021 and 2022.

Go-Forward Product Strategy

Looking ahead, we will continue to grow our Core Silhouette collections through low-risk newness while also deploying our footbed across more product categories and usage occasions. Specifically, we expect to refine existing silhouettes and create new silhouettes that incorporate new materials and production techniques, such as PU direct injection, to specifically address identified consumer needs and broaden our product range across usage occasions. For example, our PU technology will enable extensive innovation in outsoles, allowing us to create products tailored for active and outdoor and professional usage occasions. To further strengthen our innovation capabilities and extend our functional leadership, we formed a dedicated biomechanics team and created a laboratory for new technical and materials innovations in 2018.

Global Fan Community Enabling Efficient Demand Creation

Broad and Democratic Fan Base

We serve a global community of millions of highly engaged consumers, who we attract with our function-first collection of high-quality footwear. Our fans, many of whom have been with us for decades, are enthusiastic, loyal, quality seekers across all aspects of society, including doctors, adventurers, professional athletes, families and models on the runways of Paris Fashion Week. We attract a diverse range of consumers that transcends geography, gender, age and income.

 

 

LOGO

Source: Consumer Survey; geographical split based on share of fiscal 2022 revenues

Our holistic approach to foot health serves as the foundation for a globally accessible, relevant and democratized brand experience that serves a broad consumer base across usage occasions and price points. We have demonstrated success across a broad price range, from our EVA styles, which have a RSP starting at 40, to our 1774 collection styles and collaborations, which have a RSP of upwards of 1,600.

 

131


Table of Contents

Unparalleled Consumer Engagement and Loyalty

Our diverse set of consumers discover our brand in many ways, sometimes not for the inherent orthopedic benefits, but become loyal fans through their continued use of our products. According to the Consumer Survey, the average BIRKENSTOCK consumer in the U.S. owns 3.6 pairs of our product today, reflecting the enthusiasm with which consumers engage with our brand. In addition, 86% of recent BIRKENSTOCK purchasers indicated a desire to purchase again. Anecdotally, “Birkenstories” of obsessive fan loyalty are plentiful, with grandparents passing on the tradition of BIRKENSTOCK to future generations and others building collections of BIRKENSTOCKs over time.

Efficient Demand Creation

The deep connection consumers feel with our beloved brand leads to significant word-of-mouth exposure and extensive, high-quality earned media, enabling highly efficient marketing spend. According to the Consumer Survey, nearly 90% of BIRKENSTOCK buyers come to us through unpaid channels, with the top three sources of awareness being: (1) heard about it from a friend, (2) saw someone wearing it and (3) growing up with it. Our consumers’ love for BIRKENSTOCK and their strong desire to organically promote the brand are further demonstrated by our NPS of 55%.

Furthermore, we amplify BIRKENSTOCK in the cultural zeitgeist through calculated demand creation strategies, including through creative content developed by our content house as well as through strategic product collaborations led by our 1774 office in Paris. Our unique brand, iconic footbed and instantly recognizable aesthetic have generated significant unsolicited attention from well-known brands seeking to collaborate with us. This has enabled us to partner with diverse brands such as Rick Owens, Stüssy, DIOR and Manolo Blahnik to create products that activate specific consumer groups and markets for BIRKENSTOCK. We benefit from the unpaid advocacy and support that is the natural byproduct of celebrities, public figures and other influential fans who are frequently seen wearing our products.

Engineered Distribution Approach

Complementary Multi-Channel Strategy

We optimize growth and profitability through a complementary, multi-channel distribution strategy for DTC and B2B. We operate our channels synergistically, utilizing the B2B channel to facilitate brand accessibility while steering consumers to our DTC channel, which offers our complete product range and access to our most desired and unique silhouettes. Across both channels, we execute a strategic allocation and product segmentation process, often down to the single door level, to ensure we sell the right product in the right channel at the right price point. This approach is centered on the strategic calibration of our ASP and employs key levers such as the expansion of our DTC channel, market conversions from third-party distributors, optimization of our wholesale partner network, increased overall share of premium products and strategic pricing. This process allows us to manage the finite nature of our production capacity, with a rigorous focus on control of our brand image and on profitability. As a result, we drive top-line growth and margins, prevent brand dilution and deepen our connection to consumers.

We pioneered this engineered distribution model in our U.S. market, ultimately helping drive a 32% revenue CAGR in the U.S. between fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2022. This transformative approach now serves as a blueprint for all our regions, where we have strategically converted from third-party distributors to owned distribution, accelerated DTC penetration, strategically expanded our retail footprint and increased our share of closed-toe and other high ASP products. Building on our success in the U.S., we have taken back distribution in key markets, including the UK, France, Canada, Japan and South Korea, reducing the share of business in third-party distribution from 32% of revenues in fiscal 2018 to 14% in fiscal 2022. Our strongest, most developed regions are the Americas, which accounted for 54% of revenues in fiscal 2022, and Europe, which accounted for 36% of revenues, while APMA represented 10% of revenues.

 

132


Table of Contents

Balanced Shift Towards DTC

Our DTC footprint promotes direct consumer relationships and provides access to BIRKENSTOCK in its purest form. We have grown DTC revenues at a 42% CAGR between 2018 and 2022 as part of our strategy to increase DTC penetration. Our DTC channel enables us to express our brand identity, engage directly with our global fan base, capture real-time data on customer behavior and provide consumers with unique product access to our most distinctive styles. Additionally, our high levels of organic demand creation, together with higher ASPs, support consistently attractive profitability in the DTC channel, which reached a 38% share of revenues in fiscal 2022, up from 18% in fiscal 2018.

Since 2016, we have invested significantly in our online platform to support the penetration of our DTC channel, establishing our own e-commerce sites in more than 30 countries with ongoing expansion into new markets. In fiscal 2022, e-commerce represented 89% of our DTC channel at increasingly attractive levels of profitability. In our European segment, e-commerce profitability expanded at approximately twice the rate of e-commerce revenue between fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2022. In addition, as of June 30, 2023, we operated a network of approximately 45 owned retail stores, complementing our e-commerce channel with the live experience of our best product range. The largest concentration of our retail locations is in Germany, where we operated 20 locations. We have recently embarked on a disciplined strategy of opening new retail stores in attractive markets globally, including Soho and Brooklyn in New York City, Venice Beach in Los Angeles, Tokyo, London and Delhi.

Intentional Wholesale Partnerships

Our wholesale strategy is defined by intentionality in partner selection, identifying the best partners in each segment and price point. We segment our wholesale product line availability into specific retailer quality tiers, ensuring we allocate the right product to the right channel for the right consumer. For example, we limit access to our premium 1774 and certain collaboration products to a curated group of brand partners.

For our wholesale partners, we are a “must carry” brand based on the enthusiasm with which our consumers pursue our products. We believe that the BIRKENSTOCK brand is consistently amongst the top performers in sell-through in our core categories at most of our retail partners. We generate significantly more demand from existing and prospective wholesale customers than we can supply, putting us in an enviable position where we can create scarcity in the market and obtain consistently favorable economic terms on wholesale distribution. The early placement of wholesale orders approximately six months in advance greatly aids in our production planning and allocation. In addition, sell-through transparency from important wholesalers provides real-time insight into the overall market and inventory dynamics.

During fiscal 2022, we worked with approximately 6,000 carefully selected wholesale partners in over 75 countries, ranging from orthopedic specialists to major department stores, to high-end fashion boutiques. As of June 30, 2023, our strategic partners also operated approximately 270 mono-brand stores to provide our consumers a multi-channel experience in select markets.

Vertically Integrated Manufacturing

A key differentiator of BIRKENSTOCK is our vertically integrated manufacturing which creates strong competitive and operational advantages in an industry that has largely been offshoring production since the 1980s. During 2022, we assembled over 95% of our overall products and produced 100% of our footbeds in our five owned factories in Germany, with supplemental component manufacturing in Portugal. These facilities are critical to delivering the high-quality products our brand promises and our consumers expect. With nearly every silhouette requiring over 50 hands to complete, the approximately 4,400 skilled workers we employ ensure we complete production in rigorous accordance with centuries-old know-how and craftsmanship. Inside our factories, most of our machines and automation are custom-made and cannot be found anywhere else in the world. For example, if no standard equipment is available on the market to fulfill these goals, we design and build our own proprietary machines.

 

133


Table of Contents

Our approach to owned manufacturing ensures we produce our products to the highest quality standards, that we remain deliberate in the environmental resources we use and that we invest appropriately in innovation to support the brand’s continued growth. Our consumers can take comfort in that we engineer and produce 100% of our footwear in the EU, one of the safest and most regulated markets in the world. Furthermore, we source most of our raw materials from across Europe in compliance with strict quality, social and environmental standards based on industry best practices. We believe this vertical integration creates a unique degree of strategic control, further supported by robust contingency measures and the benefits of sourcing redundancy and diversity across multi-supplier relationships to ensure continuity of operations and flow of product.

We are currently adding to and expanding our owned manufacturing footprint globally at two facilities. Our newest factory in Pasewalk, Germany will be operational in late 2023, expanding our popular EVA and PU product capacity while freeing up incremental capacity in our other factories to further meet the strong demand for our brand. We also plan on expanding our recently acquired component manufacturing facility in Arouca, Portugal over the next two years. We remain committed to our policy that all footbed production and engineering take place in Germany and that all final assembly occurs in the EU to ensure the highest quality products are manufactured according to centuries-long tradition.

Passionate and Proven Management Team

Our brand’s ethos is rooted in an enduring commitment to the highest standards of corporate citizenship that encompasses a dedication to our employees and to the highest quality and broad support of innovation and creativity. Our leadership team remains committed to supporting a centuries-old legacy of aligning our corporate ethos to actions that support positive social, economic and environmental outcomes for both the localities in which we operate and our global community.

We benefit from the industry expertise and know-how of our passionate, experienced, visionary and proven senior management team led by Oliver Reichert, our Chief Executive Officer; Dr. Erik Massmann, our Chief Financial Officer; Markus Baum, our Chief Product Officer; Klaus Baumann, our Chief Sales Officer; David Kahan, our President Americas; Mehdi Nico Bouyakhf, our President Europe; Jochen Gutzy, our Chief Communications Officer; Christian Heesch, our Chief Legal Officer; and Mark Jensen, our Chief Technical Operations Officer who together have an average of more than 20 years of industry experience. The executive leadership team is executing on a bold vision to continue to unlock the power and significance of BIRKENSTOCK, which, through fiscal 2022, has grown revenues at a 20% CAGR since fiscal 2014, after Oliver Reichert took over as Chief Executive Officer. This has been accomplished while significantly expanding profitability through greater control over our brand, increased DTC share and operational efficiencies.

Key Pillars of Our Growth

We believe we have only just begun to unlock the power of our profound transformation and realize the full global potential of BIRKENSTOCK. We estimate our share of the massive 340 billion global footwear industry to be less than one percent, presenting substantial opportunity for further growth. We believe we are well-positioned to significantly expand our market share and drive sustainable growth and profitability through the following pillars, each of which represents a continuation of the proven strategies we have been executing over the past decade.

Expand and Enhance the Product Portfolio

We will continue to expand our product archive through our “celebrate and build” approach to innovation, entering into new usage occasions while investing in categories we serve today through new and innovative offerings. We intend to diversify our product portfolio, strengthen loyalty with consumers

 

134


Table of Contents

who already love BIRKENSTOCK, drive higher penetration in our existing markets and channels and expand our reach and appeal across new consumers, geographies and usage occasions. Through the broad application of the BIRKENSTOCK footbed, we intend to develop our product offering through the following strategies:

 

   

Drive the Core Through “Inside-out” Innovation: We will continue to incorporate our legendary footbed as the central functional element in our proven product formula as we celebrate and build our archive. We will renew existing silhouettes and introduce new ones by strategically using aesthetics, construction, design and materials updates that flex elements across uppers, outer soles, buckle details and other embellishments to deliver innovative functionality and renewed purpose. In doing so, we will continue to broaden and deepen our product assortment across price bands, building on the success of our opening price point EVA line as well as collaborations through our 1774 line. “Inside-out” innovation drives growth across our product portfolio:

 

LOGO

 

   

Strengthen Year-Round Product Mix with Closed-Toe Offerings: We will continue to diversify into closed-toe silhouettes (clogs and shoes), enabling the brand to serve different usage occasions for consumers, balance seasonality and drive growth and profitability through higher ASPs. We have made substantial progress in this strategic effort, as demonstrated by expansion in the share of closed-toe products, which accounted for over 20% of total revenues in fiscal 2022, in addition to the performance of the Boston, a clog originally launched in 1978 that has enjoyed a revenue CAGR of 100% between fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2022 as we expanded the style count and more prominently featured this silhouette in collaborations, our stores and e-commerce sites.

 

   

Develop Presence in Underpenetrated Categories: We intend to drive business by staying true to our orthopedic heritage and creating highly functional products across a variety of usage occasions, including professional, active and outdoor, kids, home and orthopedic. We have already achieved promising success with our recent offerings in these expansionary categories, such as our outdoor products where we have created new silhouettes by using PU direct injection technology to develop water-friendly and high-grip outsoles. Additionally, our use of EVA similarly expands our portfolio by creating products suitable for use in and around water. These developments broaden our potential product range across usage occasions by creating highly functional, water

 

135


Table of Contents
 

ready, anti-slip outsoles and more rugged constructions. This approach continues to support a strong pipeline of new products that is expected to accelerate growth:

 

 

LOGO

 

   

Leverage our Brand in Function-led, Non-Footwear Categories: We will leverage our functional expertise, brand equity and trust from our consumers to extend the BIRKENSTOCK brand into non-footwear categories. We are launching a new, highly functional prestige shoe care and footcare line made in Germany exclusively from materials of natural origin and rooted in our deep heritage in foot health. We have also extended our brand’s heritage in health into the sleep category, introducing a range of BIRKENSTOCK sleep systems that leverage our core expertise in orthopedic research and functional product design.

Drive Engineered Distribution on a Global Scale

We will continue to leverage our engineered distribution approach to strategically allocate our production capacity across channels, regions and categories in a manner that supports our continued success. Specifically, we aim to drive growth across regions by continuing to operate our proven playbook in the U.S. and Europe, where we have significantly grown our DTC channel while optimizing our B2B presence with wholesale partners who support our brand positioning.

Our DTC channel has expanded from 18% of revenues in fiscal 2018 to 38% of revenues in fiscal 2022. We expect that future DTC growth will be primarily driven by e-commerce, which is rapidly growing through active customer growth and new online store openings. We also intend to pursue disciplined, strategic additions to our retail footprint given our relatively limited presence today of approximately 45 owned stores, 20 of which are in Germany. We expect DTC penetration will increase slightly in the coming years as we balance DTC growth with continued expansion with new and existing strategic wholesale partners globally.

We have extensive whitespace to grow within and outside of our largest geographies, the U.S. and Europe. We believe there are still sizable growth opportunities in key developed markets where the brand has a presence but remains significantly underpenetrated, including the UK, France, Southern Europe and Canada.

 

136


Table of Contents

As we ramp up our production capacity, we will unlock the large growth potential of the APMA region, which has generated significant latent demand that we have been unable to fulfill in recent years given more limited supply. Our targeted growth strategies will build upon our growing popularity in the region’s emerging markets, including China and India, where our brand is nascent, and in countries such as South Korea, Australia and New Zealand, where we have a more established presence and brand awareness. Expanding our brand into new developing markets across Africa, the Middle East and Central Asia presents an additional growth opportunity in the segment. Specifically, in our APMA region we will look to supplement our B2B and DTC efforts in new and existing markets through the roll-out of premium mono-brand stores with key strategic partners. We believe this strategy will be particularly important in India, where we hope to drive share of business amongst the Middle East, Africa and India sub-region to 50% in the future.

Educate Fans on Our Brand Purpose and Grow the BIRKENSTOCK Fan Base

We will continue to educate consumers globally about the advantages of BIRKENSTOCK products. We believe consumers become evangelists for our brand when they become aware of the merits of our superior functional design. The function of our products and the power of our brand has enabled us to build our Company largely through organic, unpaid sources, including word-of-mouth, repeat buying, earned media, high profile influencer support and our 1774 collaborations office. These organic factors support a virtuous cycle of consumer consideration, trial, conversion and repeat purchase. Our recently established BIRKENSTOCK content house was created to produce powerful stories of BIRKENSTOCK’s craftsmanship, fan love and other core values across various social media platforms, providing powerful organic vehicles to engage with and attract new fans. We will further amplify this content through the introduction of “ambassador retail,” a new physical retail strategy focusing on a small footprint of stores operated in partnership with local entrepreneurs who will serve as brand ambassadors by virtue of their professions, pursuits or social media presences. Additionally, our newly launched BIRKENSTOCK loyalty program, which offers exclusive access to products and other unique benefits, will serve as a principal tool for driving increased engagement with new and existing consumers in the future.

While our brand has achieved substantial traction globally and those who have experienced our products demonstrate strong loyalty, our presence remains relatively nascent in many of our markets. Our unaided brand awareness outside of Germany and the United States remains well below that of our most established markets and of other leading footwear brands, providing us with a clear runway for growth. According to the Consumer Survey, aided brand awareness, which we define as consumer awareness about the brand when specifically asked about the brand, in the United States is 68%. We believe increasing consumer awareness of our brand, the functional benefits of our products and our constantly evolving product offering will generate substantial growth as we introduce new consumers to our brand and convert those who are aware of the brand into consumers.

Invest in and Optimize the Company to Support the Next Generation of Growth

We will continue to invest in our people and our manufacturing and supply chain to support future growth. We will also seek operational improvements to drive efficiencies and increase the speed and flexibility of our operations.

 

   

Optimize and Expand our Production Capacity: We will further optimize our current production footprint by introducing automation where appropriate, while also strategically expanding capacity by investing in new facilities. We are currently making investments that will increase our capacity and extend our capabilities, as evidenced by our new facility in Pasewalk, Germany, which is scheduled to open in late 2023.

 

   

Expand our Owned and Third-Party Logistics Infrastructure: We will strengthen our owned and operated fulfillment centers while adding significant through-put via third-party partners. We will

 

137


Table of Contents
 

continue to invest in expanding our outbound capacity by adding incremental logistics capabilities in the U.S. and other key markets. This will also allow us to optimize our current logistics infrastructure to better service our growing business, while lowering operational costs.

 

   

Drive Operational Efficiencies: We have invested ahead of our growth in all areas of the business, including product creation and manufacturing, multi-channel distribution and corporate infrastructure. As we continue our growth trajectory, we plan to leverage these investments, realize economies of scale and optimize efficiency in our business.

History of Birkenstock

Our origins date back nearly two and a half centuries to 1774, when we can trace back the lineage of Johannes Birkenstock to the German village of Langen-Bergheim. Johannes, along with his younger brother Johann Adam, was a noted master shoemaker who passed down the craft and art of shoemaking to his family, who would in turn continue to do so for six more generations.

In 1897, Johannes’ great-great-grandson, Konrad Birkenstock, was inspired by the modern, theoretical ideas of the shoe-reform movement and used those forward-thinking concepts to develop an orthopedic shoe last. Unlike before, these modern contoured shoe lasts were anatomically shaped, providing a differing shape for the right and left foot — a novelty for this time and a turning point for the art of shoemaking. Building on his first groundbreaking innovation, Konrad developed the flexible insole in 1902, which furthered his pursuit of promoting a natural walking pattern. At a time when other foot supports were made of unyielding metal, Konrad’s footbed — made from a material mixture of cardboard, leather and cork resulted in a flexible insole for the first time.

Konrad Birkenstock introduced what was later called the “System Birkenstock” — a combination of orthopedic doctrine and the pairing of two podiatric innovations that allowed a customized approach to footwear for clients: the anatomically shaped shoe last and the flexible insole. Whereas the metal insoles were adapted to the shoes, the Birkenstock footbed was adapted to the foot. From 1913 onward, BIRKENSTOCK insoles were patented under the famous name “Fussbett,” or “footbed.”

In 1915, Konrad’s son, Carl Birkenstock, joined the family business. He picked up the educational thought leadership of his father, visiting potential clients to explain the “System Birkenstock.” In 1930 he went one step further and limited sales of his family’s products to only those who completed one of his training courses. The training courses were so successful that attendees convinced him to write a book about his orthopedic observations. Thus, in 1930 he published his first book, “Der Fuß und seine Behandlung” (“The Foot and its Treatment”). Only a few years later, in 1936, Carl Birkenstock applied for a patent on the “ideal shoe.” It is with this initial idea that Carl developed a shoe that was born out of function and served a deeper purpose: to promote foot health.

But this idea for a new type of shoe needed the spirit and creativity of Carl’s son, Karl Birkenstock, to further develop the concept of a functional, purpose-forward product into mass-produced footwear. Inspired by the architectural trend of brutalism, Karl Birkenstock created the original BIRKENSTOCK open footbed sandal. With its visible materials, clear forms and innovative style, the release of what would become the Original Birkenstock-Fußbett sandal at a shoe fair in Düsseldorf in 1963 was a flop. Shoe sellers at the time found it difficult to break from tradition and with the prevailing style of the time being Italian stilettos, Karl had to rethink his approach. At the time, fashion was seen as something developed collectively with the industry; Karl Birkenstock was an obvious outsider who openly challenged this system.

Karl’s unsuccessful attempt at introducing the BIRKENSTOCK footbed to a more mainstream audience did not deter him. Instead, he turned to the experts, explaining the advantages of the sandal, later called Madrid, helping a more scientific audience understand the value of the footbed. Doctors were quickly

 

138


Table of Contents

convinced of the orthopedic benefits of the BIRKENSTOCK footbed and soon, word of the benefits of the footbed moved beyond the medical community into mainstream culture. The Madrid became an instant classic.

Today, the Madrid remains one of our most iconic, best-selling silhouettes and is nearly unchanged from the first pair that was first created 60 years ago. Since the appearance of the Madrid, we have launched many other iconic silhouettes, including long-standing Core Silhouettes such as the Arizona (1973), the Boston (1978) and the Gizeh (1983), all of which are among our top-5 best-selling silhouettes. Today, the core attributes of the BIRKENSTOCK brand remain rooted in the purpose Konrad, Carl and Karl lived — to enable people to walk as nature intended — barefoot and on yielding ground. Karl Birkenstock did not stop with the Madrid. The second sandal he created, the Zurich, followed in 1964 and the third, the Roma, in 1965.

In the late 1960s, the German-American dressmaker and designer Margot Fraser discovered our sandals while on a trip to her home-country of Germany. Suffering from foot pain, she found that wearing BIRKENSTOCKs provided much needed relief. From here on, she adamantly and successfully advocated for the introduction and expansion of the BIRKENSTOCK brand in the U.S. Ms. Fraser began selling BIRKENSTOCK sandals in California health food retailers and not long after, Karl Birkenstock established a joint venture in the U.S. Expanding into the U.S. provided numerous opportunities for the BIRKENSTOCK brand to grow, particularly in California where there was a new culture of young consumers who valued function, purpose and individuality, actively wanting to break with convention. As time went on, our popularity grew and the brand steadily expanded across the U.S. and Europe, driven by its democratic nature.

In the 1980s, BIRKENSTOCK had its first appearances in fashion magazines such as the British “Elle Magazine” (1985) and the American teen magazine “Sassy.” In the 1990s, BIRKENSTOCK debuted on fashion runways, such as Ronaldus Shamask (1991) and Marc Jacobs for Perry Ellis (1993), and has since earned the love and trust of fashion icons and celebrities worldwide. From this foundation, the relationship between BIRKENSTOCK and high fashion has continued to the present day, with famous design studios like Valentino, DIOR and Manolo Blahnik collaborating to create products with BIRKENSTOCK’s 1774 team.

In the late 2000s, we took steps to consolidate our Company and fuel the next generation of growth. This included converting the U.S. to owned distribution in 2007 and completing a reorganization to a single, global business in 2013. We catalyzed our transformation in 2013, when we appointed leadership from outside the family for the first time, hiring Oliver Reichert and Markus Bensberg as Co-Chief Executive Officers. Invigored by change, we undertook a pivotal transition from a family-run organization into a professionally managed global enterprise. Recognizing the power and potential of our brand, global private equity group L Catterton acquired a majority stake in the BIRKENSTOCK Group in 2021.

BIRKENSTOCK’s rich history serves as a guiding philosophy for our organization today, and we remain firmly rooted in the teachings, philosophy and purpose of Konrad, Carl and Karl Birkenstock: empowering people to walk as intended by nature.

Our Products

BIRKENSTOCK stands for a differentiated product experience born from our core values of superior function, uncompromising quality and generations of shoemaking tradition. We craft our products in accordance with the highest quality standards through time-honored traditions honed and perfected over hundreds of years.

The footbed is the foundation of our brand and core of our products. From 1902 until 1962, the BIRKENSTOCK business centered mainly around footbed “add on” inserts to upgrade the standards of

 

139


Table of Contents

existing footwear of the time. The launch of the first open-footbed silhouette in 1963 opened a new chapter of success, instilling the footbed as the framework for our approach to innovation and the bedrock of our expanding product portfolio.

For six decades, we have leveraged our footbed to build a rich and unique product archive that today is comprised of more than 700 silhouettes. We continue to evolve our archive by “celebrating” existing silhouettes through new combinations of color, materials and stylistic details, introducing newness in a low-risk manner. Additionally, we “build” our archive with new functional silhouettes, leveraging our footbed as a development platform to discover and innovate new usage occasions and categories.

 

 

LOGO

Product Portfolio Architecture

Classics

In 1963, we introduced the Madrid, our first BIRKENSTOCK open footbed sandal. This new chapter enabled us to capitalize on a massive opportunity. The launch of open footbed silhouettes marked an important developmental milestone on the path to the true “Naturgewolltes Gehen” experience. The revolutionary execution of the Madrid sought to alleviate a myriad of orthopedic problems, including narrow, short cuts and cramped forefoot areas, caused by mainstream footwear, and for the first time allowed the full functional benefits of the BIRKENSTOCK footbed to be realized.

In the first decade after the debut of the Madrid, BIRKENSTOCK launched product variations catering to functional needs, including multi-strap and backstrap variations, which increased usage occasions. Leveraging this success, we developed a highly effective product innovation engine and formed our own proprietary category — all featuring our legendary cork-latex based footbed: BIRKENSTOCK Classics.

Our BIRKENSTOCK Classics category delivered a strong revenue CAGR of 16% between fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2022, while all other categories achieved a combined CAGR of 26% in the same period, illustrating our ability to cultivate and grow our Classics while simultaneously delivering growth in new and expansionary product categories.

 

140


Table of Contents

Core Classics

Within Classics, our top selling Core Classics have consistently driven a large, stable portion of our business. Across materials and constructions, these top five Core Silhouettes with a cork-latex footbed – the Arizona, Boston, Gizeh, Mayari and Madrid — accounted for nearly 65% of total revenues in fiscal 2022. Our Core Classics are often an entry point into the BIRKENSTOCK brand, introducing new consumers to the benefits of the footbed. Timeless and iconic, our Core Classics form the foundation for our strong and consistent growth and simultaneously serve as a powerful organic driver of brand awareness given their distinctive aesthetic.

 

LOGO

Within our Classics product category, we continue to pursue a targeted product diversification and acceleration strategy through the permanent introduction of new silhouettes to the portfolio. For example, our Kyoto, Buckley and Franca silhouettes, all launched in 2019, ranked in our 2022 top twelve products with a combined mid-single digit share of our total revenues.

Expanding Closed-Toe Silhouettes

BIRKENSTOCK launched its first closed-toe silhouette, the Boston, in 1976, tapping into consumer demand for a year-round, all-weather product offering. Featuring a full-length BIRKENSTOCK footbed with ample room in the toe box, the Boston showcased the extendibility of the BIRKENSTOCK footbed into new usage occasions and seasons.

Since the launch of the Boston, we have continued to develop new closed-toe silhouettes. Some of our most popular styles to date include the Tokio, London and Buckley. Our closed-toe silhouettes also allow us to extend the brand further into purpose-driven areas, such as professional, home and outdoor. Our latest sneaker silhouette, the Bend, is an excellent example of effective product lifecycle management. Launched in fiscal 2020 as a functional upgrade of the Arran, the Bend ranked in the top 10 in fiscal 2021, its first full year and subsequently grew revenues over 100% between fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2022. Additionally, the Bend has seen especially strong performance in our DTC channel in Europe, as a result of strategic brand investments, with key styles growing 81% in our Europe DTC channel between fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2022.

Our strategic focus on growing our closed-toe portfolio has increased profitability through higher ASP offerings, balanced our seasonality and driven growth in new categories. We have doubled the share of closed-toe silhouettes since fiscal 2020 to above 20% of our revenues and observe even higher penetration in our own DTC channel.

 

141


Table of Contents

LOGO

Materials Innovation

Over the years, we have developed a highly effective product lifecycle management approach for our portfolio that we use to target and convert a broad variety of consumer groups into loyal fans. We leverage a carefully crafted selection of materials and features to augment and stylize our silhouettes, introducing low risk newness that extends our product selection and democratizes our brand.

From essential material executions, such as water-friendly EVA, Birkoflor, or Oiled Leather, along with our soft shearling lined items and elevated buckles (Big Buckle and Bold Buckle Series) to high-end luxury pieces created with footwear design legends in velvet with crystal buckles, we have created a powerful product innovation engine that addresses consumer needs across numerous usage occasions and price points. Our product engine is strengthened by our loyal consumers. We do not dictate what BIRKENSTOCK means to them or how our footwear must be worn and paired with individual dress styles. We offer our consumers a broad range of functional, high-quality products that allow them to showcase their personalities in all walks of life.

The Arizona remains our most successful silhouette and demonstrates the breadth of our materials innovation:

 

 

LOGO

 

142


Table of Contents

Expansionary Categories

We intend to drive our business by staying true to our orthopedic heritage and creating highly functional products across a variety of usage occasions, including professional, active and outdoor, kids, home and orthopedic. We have already achieved promising success with our recent offerings in expansionary categories and believe we are in the early stages of capturing the potential in these market categories.

Professional

Our early history of promoting the “System Birkenstock” frequently put us in close contact with orthopedists and medical staff whose long working days spent on their feet and in demanding postures necessitate podiatric care. We have always paid special attention to the functional needs of healthcare staff and of similarly demanding professionals, including chefs, hospitality staff, industrial workers and craftsmen.

The BIRKENSTOCK Professional category offers footwear designed to provide protection to consumers who are on their feet for long periods with special features such as slip resistance, high traction, fluid resistance and a contoured footbed. Today, we offer a growing portfolio of products purpose-built for the professional, including PU clogs, adapted Classics equipped with certified anti-slip soles and various certified occupational and safety shoe silhouettes.

 

 

LOGO

Active and Outdoor

Many of our BIRKENSTOCK consumers pursue an active lifestyle and share a passion for the outdoors. We have invested years of development to equip our footbed with a more rugged and protective outsole allowing for natural gait in demanding outdoor terrain. Use of an advanced production technology, PU direct injection, provided entry into a new market for our products. Today, we offer a growing portfolio of PU products designed for the active and outdoor lifestyle, including the Atacama, Tatacoa and Kalahari silhouettes.

 

143


Table of Contents

LOGO

Kids

Our foundational belief in the benefits of walking on yielding, natural ground is not limited to adults. We recognize the importance of starting good habits at a young age, which we support through a series of products that are geared towards a child’s growing feet, natural walking pattern and gait. The footbed in these products is specially engineered for developing feet, designed to be easy to put on and take off with adjustable straps and buckles that ensure a secure fit. Our Kids product offerings allow parents to bring the functional benefits of BIRKENSTOCK to their entire family, opening a new channel of organic growth.

Home

In fiscal 2019, we established a dedicated Home category through an authentic, innovative technique of creating indoor-ready outsoles based on latex-dip processing. Our first offering in the portfolio, the Zermatt, gained rapid success, ranking sixth in our fiscal 2022 category model ranking by revenue. In fiscal 2022, we launched a premium version of Zermatt in leather.

 

 

LOGO

Orthopedics

The invention of the first footbed in 1902 marked the starting point of our orthopedics business. In this category, we develop and sell footbed inserts that are designed to improve gait and deliver the experience of “Naturgewolltes Gehen” in third-party shoes such as sneakers, sports and dress shoes, casual shoes and boots. Virtually all existing shoe types can benefit from the addition of one of our footbeds. A portion of our Orthopedics business sits at the soul of our function-first ethos, selling tools, replacement parts and components that equip orthopedic shoemakers and enable them to repair our custom made footbeds.

 

144


Table of Contents

Product Innovation and Creation

We have developed a differentiated innovation engine by approaching innovation through two primary lenses:

 

  1)

Celebrate the archive by utilizing distinct design elements to modify existing silhouettes and introduce newness in a low-risk manner.

 

  2)

Build the archive by leveraging our footbed as the development platform, enabling us to create new products from the “inside-out.”

We believe this approach will continue to unlock the power of the BIRKENSTOCK brand, as it has done for the past 60 years, resulting in the expansion of the archive to over 700 silhouettes.

Celebrate the Archive

We routinely update our Core Silhouettes and other existing silhouettes by adjusting parameters such as color, materials and other details (e.g., buckles) to create newness and strategically extend our reach without completely launching products from scratch. For example, we have expanded many of our most popular silhouettes such as the Arizona, Madrid and Gizeh across price points and usage occasions by adding a water ready variant utilizing EVA and PU while at the same time broadening their appeal through premium-designer and fashion collaborations. This approach continuously infuses the brand with newness while undertaking minimal risk.

Build the Archive

We also consistently build our archive by introducing new silhouettes developed around our celebrated footbed. The success of this approach can be seen in the popularity of our recent launches, with products launched since fiscal 2017, represented nine of the top 20 selling silhouettes in fiscal 2022. Furthermore, we have recently capitalized on the massive opportunity we see in the closed-toe category of the footwear market by expanding our reach across seasons and usage occasions, while driving accelerated growth resulting from an increased share of higher priced, closed-toe styles.

Collaborations and 1774 Premium Range

In 2019, we created an innovation hub in Paris through our global 1774 office, which we conceived as a home to lead our collaborations with leading footwear designers and a showcase for special projects and the 1774 premium line. All collaborations deliver the functionality of the BIRKENSTOCK footbed to our consumers and directly drive our innovation strategies of celebrating and building our archive. For example, our first collaboration with Manolo Blahnik in 2022 elevated one of our Core Silhouettes, the Arizona, by using luxury velvet uppers and exclusive crystal buckles. Conversely, for our collaboration with Fear of God, we partnered with the design team to create an entirely new silhouette, the Los Feliz. Each of these collaborations demonstrate ways BIRKENSTOCK leverages collaborations to both celebrate and build the archive in line with our decades-old approach to innovation.

Since the inauguration of the 1774 office, BIRKENSTOCK has partnered with beloved brands such as Rick Owens and Stüssy, along with high-fashion labels such as Proenza Schouler, Jil Sander, Valentino, DIOR and Manolo Blahnik, to create capsule collections that expand our brand reach and target specific consumer categories and markets. Our selective partnerships ensure the collaborations are truly synergistic with each collection reimagining the classic BIRKENSTOCK while simultaneously pushing boundaries. The 1774 office serves as a platform to connect our brand with the high-end of the cultural zeitgeist and ensures that BIRKENSTOCK continues to be culturally relevant and globally visible.

 

145


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Go-Forward Product Strategy

Looking ahead, we will continue to grow our Core Silhouette collections through low-risk newness while also deploying our footbed across more product categories and usage occasions. Specifically, we expect to expand existing silhouettes and create new silhouettes that incorporate new materials and production techniques, such as PU direct injection, to broaden our product range across usage occasions. For example, our PU technology will enable extensive innovation in outsoles, allowing us to create products tailored for active and outdoor and professional usage occasions. To further support our innovation agenda, we have invested in our capabilities to identify additional consumer need states and areas where we can extend our functional leadership. These capabilities have been enhanced through the formation of a dedicated biomechanics team and the creation of a laboratory for new technical and materials innovations in 2018.

Operations

Responsible Sourcing

We carefully manage our operations, including the sourcing of required raw materials and components. Our sourcing strategy is rooted in our core values of function, quality and tradition. We favor suppliers from Europe and strive to form long-lasting relationships built on mutual trust. We target a reliable and safe supply of high-quality goods that maximize the full functional potential of our products and enable efficient production.

We utilize responsibly sourced raw materials in the production of our silhouettes in compliance with strict ethical and social standards based on industry best practices. Cork, one of the most prominent materials in our products, is an inherently sustainable and versatile material that can be harvested without harming the tree. Cork is also naturally lightweight, breathable and insulating. We source 100% of our cork from suppliers in Portugal.

We source other raw materials, including leather, EVA adhesives, natural latex, jute, wool felt and buckles from almost 200 suppliers located in Europe. Certain materials and components, representing less than 10% of the total value of our raw materials, originate from outside of Europe. Examples include jute and latex, which are not grown in Europe. We buy these materials from EU-based importers and have full

 

146


Table of Contents

transparency of their sources, who we visit frequently to ensure compliance with our strict guidelines on responsible sourcing practices. Generally, we source our materials from multiple suppliers and have policies to prevent dependence on any single supplier.

We have long-standing relationships with many of our top suppliers, with an average tenure of 15 years for our top 25 partners, which represent 70% of raw materials and semi-finished goods sourced in fiscal 2022. We require all suppliers to comply with our Supplier Code of Conduct relating to working conditions as well as certain environmental, employment and sourcing practices.

Manufacturing and Production

We engineer and produce 100% of our footwear within the European Union, which we believe is one of the safest and most regulated markets in the world.

Our vertical manufacturing and “made in Germany” approach enables us to control our operational footprint and apply a highly resilient, quality-first methodology. We set the highest standards for quality, efficiency and delivery, which we execute across all manufacturing sites with full transparency and control. Our skilled manufacturing team of approximately 4,400 employees is the strongest demonstrator of our culture of quality and craftsmanship. We provide extensive training to our employees to pass down the best practices we have learned over 250 years of manufacturing tradition. Moreover, we operate our own BIRKENSTOCK University to provide continued development for our employees at all levels with a curriculum ranging from sandal making to managerial programs that support upward mobility.

We believe our five factories in Germany and our recently acquired component operation in Portugal provide a unique platform that shortens lead-time to fulfill demand. Beyond our owned manufacturing, trusted long-term partners or our Portugal subsidiary produce a small remaining percentage of the components for our iconic silhouettes, all of which are manufactured within the European Union. We invest in our manufacturing sites every year to further ensure the highest quality standards and expand our capacity. For example, we recently built special collaboration production lines that implement state-of-the-art technology allowing us to further expand our production output in existing facilities to meet growing demand.

Our engineers continually seek ways to optimize efficiency and quality of our production, automating processes where possible without sacrificing the unique craftmanship our products are known for. Our factory in St. Katharinen is equipped with automatic finishing lines which are custom made to our specifications and designed in cooperation with our own in-house engineers.

 

147


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

We aim to add several million more pairs of product capacity over the next five years, which will allow us to accelerate expansion into untapped markets while maintaining control over our supply chain and product quality. We are currently adding to and expanding our owned manufacturing footprint at two facilities. Our newest factory in Pasewalk, Germany will be operational in late 2023, expanding our popular EVA product capacity while freeing up our other factories to generate incremental capacity to meet the strong demand for our brand. We also plan on expanding our recently acquired component manufacturing facility in Arouca, Portugal over the next two years. We remain committed to our policy that all footbed production and engineering take place in Germany and that all manufacturing occurs in the EU to ensure the highest quality products are manufactured according to centuries-long tradition.

Quality Management

We believe how things are made matters as much as the finished product itself. Our products are made to stand the test of time and designed to be long-lasting, durable and repairable. Our operations are built on the passion for delivering perfect products every day and we learn and act swiftly in case of deviations from our standards.

To ensure we uphold these values, we employ a strict quality management approach and have made significant investments into physical, chemical and visual inspection laboratories and facilities.

Material and component specifications aim for the highest levels of durability and functional performance. We focus on material quality over cost. For example, our leather uppers are made using high quality, 2.8mm-3.0mm thick leather, superior to footwear industry standards.

When choosing construction and fabrication methods for our products, we always have longevity and quality in mind. We develop durable products that preserve their functionality and that are easily repairable

 

148


Table of Contents

after extensive wear, if needed. For example, we design all our classic cork-latex silhouettes to enable replacement of the outsoles, footbeds and uppers. Third-party repair services around the globe purchase original components for repair from us.

Our long-lasting quality and durability allow some consumers to keep pairs for over three decades with careful maintenance and repair.

Logistics

We operate a reliable logistics system that utilizes in-house and third-party services to support our global market reach. Our logistics system provides preliminary and intermediate products to our production sites and ensures a demand-driven flow of finished goods to our markets. Our in-house logistics adds additional flexibility to our owned and controlled operations system, which enables us to deliver at short notice and grants us a competitive edge over other brands, particularly in Europe.

The main hub of our logistics network is in Germany, where we operate four fulfillment centers, one self-operated and three third-party operated. Most of our finished products begin their journeys in this main logistics hub, excluding those we ship directly from manufacturing sites. From there, we distribute our products internationally to B2B partners, retail stores, DTC partners and our regional distribution centers in the Americas, Asia-Pacific, Middle East and India. These international distribution centers supply our local wholesalers, retail stores and e-commerce customers in each respective region. We are continually looking for ways to make our operations more efficient and decrease time-to-market, with one example being the impending opening of a third-party fulfillment center in Columbus, Ohio that will allow us to scale DTC by approximately 2x in the region.

Environmental and Social Responsibility

Environmental and social responsibility is naturally an important aspect of our core corporate values of function, quality and tradition.

With our stringent health and safety standards and procedures, we believe we ensure a safe and state-of-the-art workplace for every employee. We have initiated the ISO 45001 certification process for all of our German locations, which we plan to complete gradually until the end of 2025.

The new factory in Pasewalk will be our first fully electrical energy-driven factory, without using gas or oil. A share of its electricity will be self-generated by photovoltaics source, while the rest will be largely provided by renewable sources, with the respective share generated by renewable sources above the German average. Together with its green roof, heat recovery in compressed air generation and in the exhaust air system, and with charging stations on the company parking lot, we believe this location presents the future direction of our facilities.

We take full responsibility for our sourcing of raw materials and components. We require all our business partners to comply with our Supplier Code of Conduct relating to working conditions as well as certain environmental, employment and sourcing practices. Additionally, we believe we ensure sufficiently regulated and safe operational standards of our partners at minimum, as required by EU jurisdiction. A significant proportion of the materials we use are of natural origin, such as cork, natural latex, jute, leather and wool felt.

We believe our products are assembled in an efficient manner and we regularly evaluate how to optimize our energy usage and minimize waste. Additionally, we frequently undergo climate risk assessments and greenhouse gas emissions analyses to identify areas for improvement.

 

149


Table of Contents

BIRKENSTOCK Fan Community

At BIRKENSTOCK, we approach our marketing strategy with a product-first ethos. We believe good marketing begins with a product that has a real purpose and creates a unique product experience. Second comes distribution, which is meant to create a holistic brand experience that highlights the quality, craftsmanship and heritage of our brand. We then focus on the nature of our functional products, which require articulation of the benefits for first-time buyers. Only then comes outward communication, which is meant to educate our consumers and to give our fans an opportunity to connect and engage with our brand on an emotional level. In turn, our approach to marketing, advertising and driving brand awareness is predominantly organic in nature. BIRKENSTOCK is synonymous with function, quality and tradition. These values have been shared through extensive word-of-mouth exposure that the brand continues to benefit from today. The organic factors highlighted below support a virtuous cycle of consumer consideration, trial, conversion and repeat purchase, drawing and maintaining new fans in the BIRKENSTOCK ecosystem.

Grassroots Storytelling

Authentic storytelling is a hallmark of our approach to brand awareness and a means by which we demonstrate how potential consumers are transformed into loyal brand fans. We create authentic brand content, such as our Birkenstories collection, which are video portraits of BIRKENSTOCK consumers, to highlight the impact our footbed and the functionality of BIRKENSTOCK products have on consumers across all walks of life. Over the years, we have told the stories of ballet dancers and pro football coaches, along with celebrated chefs and acclaimed researchers — all of which serve to support BIRKENSTOCK’s enduring purpose: to empower everyone to walk as intended by nature in order to maintain foot health. Inspired by the training courses and books of our forefathers, Konrad, Carl and Karl Birkenstock, we produce educational content on the subject of foot health in contemporary ways and share this content via our own online and social media channels.

Earned Media

Influencer and celebrity support for BIRKENSTOCK is extensive and has permeated the social strata for decades. We do not systematically engage in or pay for product placement, influencer marketing or seeding. We are proud that many influential personalities, including contemporary musicians, actors, artists and athletes, value our products. We recognize this is a privilege, and we work hard to earn the appreciation of all our consumers every day. We benefit from the extensive earned media that results from celebrities wearing our products. These broadly followed voices and personas extend the brand’s reach by organically exposing their followers to our products. In addition, our 1774 collaborations with well-known brands such as Stüssy, DIOR and Fear of God serve as differentiated marketing vehicles, enabling us to increase our brand reach to new consumers in a cost-effective manner. We believe our distinctive and successful use of collaborations, along with organic, unpaid support from celebrities has generated significant earned media.

 

150


Table of Contents

LOGO

Word-of-Mouth

Our global community of loyal consumers serves as another example of the power of word-of-mouth exposure. According to a recent survey over 60% of consumers learn about BIRKENSTOCK through word-of-mouth exposure. This figure increases to nearly 70% when you include celebrity and/or influencer media. This strong word-of-mouth exposure is due in part to the universality of our brand, which appeals to a broad range of consumers across age, gender and socio-economic demographics. These consumers are vocal about their passion for the brand and serve as brand ambassadors as they promote BIRKENSTOCK in their everyday lives.

Digital Marketing

Our digital marketing strategy focuses on ensuring brand integrity, carefully choosing our presence on selected online marketplaces and social media accounts (including Facebook, Pinterest and Instagram, where we have official brand accounts) and maintaining consistency in imagery and content (visual and editorial) across markets and media. We advertise our products through our online magazine featuring brand supporters, online tutorials (including on YouTube), opt-in newsletters and other brand and retail events.

Content Creation and Consumer Education

Our recently established BIRKENSTOCK Content House was created to produce and distribute many of these powerful stories of BIRKENSTOCK’s craftsmanship, fan love and other core values. These stories are disseminated on social media platforms and through strategic advertising campaigns, which provide further touch points to engage with and bring consumers into our ecosystem. We additionally make tactical investments in paid media to support and protect our brand in a manner that celebrates the purpose and core values of our products.

 

151


Table of Contents

Engineered Distribution Approach

Strategically Managed, Engineered Distribution

We distribute our products globally in more than 90 countries via our distribution network led by three regional hubs: Americas, Europe and APMA. We optimize growth and profitability through a complementary, multi-channel distribution strategy across both DTC and B2B. Across these channels, we execute a strategic allocation and product segmentation process, often down to the single door level, to ensure the right product is being sold in the right channel at the right price point.

This approach is centered around the strategic calibration of our ASP and is driven by key levers such as market conversions from third-party distributors, the expansion of our DTC channel and the optimization of our wholesale partner network. We pioneered this engineered distribution model in our U.S. market, ultimately helping drive a 32% revenue CAGR in the U.S. between fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2022. This transformative approach now serves as the blueprint for channel strategy in all of our regions.

Market Conversions from Third-Party Distribution

For almost a decade, we have deliberately taken back distribution in key markets, including the UK, France, Canada, Japan and South Korea, reducing the share of business utilizing third-party distribution from 32% of revenues in fiscal 2018, to 22% of revenues in fiscal 2020, to 14% of revenues in fiscal 2022.

 

 

LOGO

Balanced Shift Towards Direct-to-Consumer

Our DTC footprint fosters direct consumer relationships and provides access to BIRKENSTOCK in its purest form. We have executed on a deliberate strategy to increase our DTC penetration, which has enabled us to express our brand identity while engaging directly with our global fanbase and capture real-time data on customer trends and behavior. Additionally, our high levels of demand creation from organic sources support consistent, attractive profitability in our DTC channel, which reached 38% of revenues in fiscal 2022

 

152


Table of Contents

and grew at a CAGR of 42% between 2018 and 2022. Since 2016, we have invested significantly in our online platform to support this channel shift, now operating our own e-commerce platform in more than 30 countries with ongoing expansion into new markets.

 

 

LOGO

Note: See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information — Financial Statements.”

We complement our digital presence with the live experience of our best product assortments through a network of approximately 45 owned retail stores and approximately 270 mono-brand stores with strategic partners as of June 30, 2023. Most of our owned retail locations are in Germany, where we operate a network of 20 locations. Additionally, we operate four stores in the U.S. and three in the UK. We have recently embarked on a strategy of opening locations in prime destinations, such as Soho and Brooklyn in New York City, Venice Beach in Los Angeles, Tokyo, London and Delhi.

We aim to drive DTC growth through e-commerce and owned retail stores, replicating our successes in the U.S. and Europe, while simultaneously optimizing our B2B presence globally with wholesale partners who support our brand positioning across geographies.

Strategic Wholesale Partnerships

Our wholesale business remains a key pillar of our multi-channel strategy. Our valued retail partners curate BIRKENSTOCK in their multi-brand environments and create high visibility with a broad consumer base. We work with more than 6,000 carefully selected wholesale partners in over 75 countries, from orthopedic specialists and mom-and-pop stores to major department stores and high-end fashion boutiques. Our partnership model focuses on identifying the optimal partners across each of our categories and selling price points. We segment our product line according to specific retailer quality clusters and limit access to our most iconic silhouettes to only the most premium ones.

We approach each market with a tailored, localized strategy based on competitive dynamics and attributes such as customer demographics, sometimes allocating product down to the door level with our wholesale partners.

 

153


Table of Contents

Our best-in-class partners around the world provide our brand with visibility in a competitive marketplace, have strong, predictable sell-through rates and broaden our consumer base. The early placement of wholesale orders effectively determines sales to the customer six months in advance and greatly aids in our production planning and allocation. In addition, sell-through transparency from important wholesalers provides real insight into overall market and inventory dynamics.

Properties

We operate six manufacturing facilities in Germany, including our newest facility in Pasewalk, and one component manufacturing facility in Portugal. We own our St. Katharinen, Görlitz and Bernstadt manufacturing facilities and our component manufacturing facility in Portugal, which have a production space of approximately 32,000, 36,000, 20,000 and 7,000 square meters, respectively. We also own our Pasewalk manufacturing facility, which is expected to open at the end of 2023 and primarily be used to produce EVA and PU products, and will have a production space of approximately 37,000 square meters. We lease our Ürzell and Markersdorf manufacturing facilities, which have a production space of approximately 15,000 and 6,000 square meters, respectively. While we expect to renew such leases, if we are unable to do so, we believe suitable alternative space will be available to accommodate our operations. For more information on our manufacturing facilities, including the uses thereof, see “—Operations—Manufacturing and Production.” We also own a distribution center in Germany and we lease office spaces, retail spaces and storage spaces across Europe, the Americas and APMA. We expect that our administrative, manufacturing and distribution facilities will be able to accommodate substantial growth of our operations for the foreseeable future.

Intellectual Property

Our long-term commercial success is connected to our ability to obtain and maintain IP protection for our brand and products, defend and enforce our IP rights, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and prevent third parties from infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our IP rights. We seek to protect our investments made into the development of our products, brand and designs by relying on a combination of trademark, patent, copyright, trade secret and other IP laws as well as by contract (such as confidentiality agreements and development agreements).

We own a portfolio of IP rights in various jurisdictions. The BIRKENSTOCK brand is our most material IP asset. All of our material IP development and the registration process for new IP is conducted by our team in Germany. Over the last several years, we have increased our focus on educating employees about the value of our brand and design portfolio and have heavily invested additional resources into IP rights enforcement against third-party infringers, including those who seek to copy our iconic silhouettes. Our enforcement mechanisms include seizure measures, taking legal action where necessary and working with local jurisdictions to combat any counterfeiting operations.

We own more than 1,400 registered trademarks and have more than 150 pending trademark applications in more than 100 different brands, with registrations for our core brands in more than 100 countries worldwide. Our trademark registrations cover the international class of goods for footwear and, in most jurisdictions, the class of goods covering orthopedic articles, including in key markets such as the European Union (including Germany), the United Kingdom, the United States, Canada, China and South Korea. We also have pending trademark applications in certain additional jurisdictions. These applications include, among others, trademarks relating to the Papillio brand, as well as the names of certain shoe styles, including Birk, Birki, Birko-Flor and the BIRKENSTOCK footprint logo (seal).

We seek IP protection for protectable elements of certain of our shoe products, primarily as design patents in the United States and design registrations in other countries, as part of our overall global IP strategy. We own more than 40 utility patents and have five utility patent applications pending in various jurisdictions, and we own more than 120 design patents and approximately 90 design patent applications in the U.S. and more than 2,200 design registrations and more than 500 pending design applications for key

 

154


Table of Contents

footwear designs in various jurisdictions. Our portfolio of design patents and registered designs includes, among others, recent models like Madrid Big Buckle, Arizona Big Buckle, Boston Big Buckle, Bend, Arizona Bold Buckle, Boston Bold Buckle and Buckley. We continually review our development efforts to assess the existence and patentability or registrability of new IP.

We own more than 900 domain name registrations, including for our primary domain names, www.birkenstock-holding.com and www.BIRKENSTOCK.com. We also own country-code domain registrations in more than 150 locations, including Germany (.de), France (.fr), the United Kingdom (.co.uk) and Spain (.es). In addition, in order to strengthen domain presence and protect our brands from domain name squatters, we regularly register iterations of our material domains. We also operate social media accounts, including on Facebook and Instagram, and have various active websites.

We also rely, in part, on trade secrets to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection. For more information regarding the risks related to our IP, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Intellectual Property, Information Technology and Data Security and Privacy.

Corporate Citizenship

We drive sustainable actions on three fronts: (i) people and communities, (ii) manufacturing processes and (iii) products. Our commitment to these actions has endured throughout our history and makes BIRKENSTOCK a trusted and responsible brand in footwear.

Our people and communities are essential for delivering the footbed to consumers globally. We meet or exceed the minimum wage standards and support our employees by providing additional benefits in all countries where we make our products. We have also migrated to a three-shift model in our manufacturing facilities and excluded weekends from our production rotation in certain regions, contributing to better working conditions for our people. In addition, we ensure the highest health and safety across the workplace. We maintain a relatively flat corporate structure, which we believe facilitates quick decision-making and trustworthiness throughout our Company.

Our owned manufacturing ensures our processes achieve a high level of transparency and compliance with EU environmental and social standards. Quality, delivery and cost standards are made centrally and controlled across all manufacturing sites. Our consumers can take comfort in that 100% of our products are engineered and produced in the European Union, which is one of the safest and most regulated markets in the world. We have high standards for the suppliers with whom we partner and require our suppliers to maintain compliance with certain economic, ecological and social responsibility standards that are publicly accessible on our website. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

Our products are built to last, which differentiates us from brands which create products that need to be replaced frequently. Although not our explicit objective, our products are environmentally friendly by nature thanks to both the product inputs and durability. Additionally, BIRKENSTOCK has used water-soluble and solvent-free adhesives almost exclusively in its production processes for more than 10 years. Our products are long-lasting and differentiated due to high-quality materials and a high level of craftsmanship, which we believe differentiates our products from alternatives in the market. We also apply environmental practices such as waste disposal and chemical management at our factories and offices.

Human Capital

One of our strongest assets is our human capital. We look for talented people who share our values of accountability, responsiveness, excellence, teamwork, respect and integrity. We are proud of our unique

 

155


Table of Contents

company culture, where ideas, innovation, collaboration and personal development are essential. We believe our brand, culture and employees are central to our success and our ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled talent.

As of June 30, 2023, we employed approximately 6,200 individuals including approximately 4,800 full-time equivalent employees worldwide and approximately 900 contingent workers, primarily at our production sites in Germany. Of the 4,800 full-time employees, approximately 150 were employed in our corporate-owned stores, 110 were employed in distribution (logistics), 3,350 were employed in production and the remaining approximate 1,150 performed selling, general, administrative and other functions. We have a broad and diverse team, which was 56% female in total with more than 80 different nationalities represented as of June 30, 2023.

We are subject to, and comply with, local labor law requirements in all countries in which we operate. We have a group work council in the BS Group B.V. & Co. KG and five works councils established at productions sites in Germany. We do not have any labor unions in the U.S. We do not currently foresee a shortage in the number of qualified personnel needed to operate our business. To date, other than the temporary closures due to restrictions imposed during the COVID-19 pandemic, we have not experienced a labor-related work stoppage in the past three years. For more information, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Employees and Operations.”

Competition

We are one of the leading brands in the global footwear market. The global footwear industry is a large and fragmented market, with the top 5 brands accounting for 20% of the overall footwear market, according to Euromonitor data. While this implies a competitive market structure, we believe there is significant opportunity for brands with strong awareness and high-quality products to take market share.

While we do not compete with any one single company with respect to the entire spectrum of our portfolio, competition is primarily based on brand awareness, product functionality, quality and durability, design and comfort and marketing and distribution. We believe our brand equity, paired with our superior products, with their orthopedic foundations, high-quality materials and focus on functionality, position us well to continue succeeding in the global wholesale, retail and e-commerce channels.

Regulatory Matters

We are subject to the laws and regulations of the jurisdictions in which we operate, covering a wide variety of areas affecting general consumer protection and product safety, including health and safety, environmental, product quality and safety, competition, data protection and privacy, export and import controls, anti-corruption legislation, trade sanctions and labor laws. Generally, each region is primarily responsible for compliance with various local regulatory regimes applicable within its jurisdiction and there are regional lawyers in place to support. We have a central legal team that is primarily responsible for overseeing compliance with laws and regulations at BIRKENSTOCK, as well as supporting the regional teams across jurisdictions vis-à-vis compliance with the regulatory regimes. While BIRKENSTOCK does not operate in a heavily regulated industry, the legal team is well-staffed and engaged to deal with risks as they arise. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Legal, Regulatory and Taxation Matters — Compliance with existing laws and regulations or changes in any such laws and regulations could affect our business.”

Legal Proceedings

We are subject to litigation from time to time in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently involved in any legal proceedings, which, either individually or in the aggregate, are expected to have a material adverse effect on our business or financial position. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Legal, Regulatory and Taxation Matters — We are subject to the risk of litigation and other claims.”

 

156


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers/Presidents

This section presents information about the directors and director nominees of Birkenstock Holding Limited and our executive officers/presidents of the operating business upon the listing of our ordinary shares on the NYSE. The current business addresses for the directors of Birkenstock Holding Limited is 1-2 Berkeley Square, London W1J 6EA, UK.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

J. Michael Chu

     65      Director

Ruth Kennedy

     58      Director

Nisha Kumar

     53      Director Nominee(1)

Anne Pitcher

     67      Director Nominee(1)

Nikhil Thukral

     52      Director

Oliver Reichert

     52      Chief Executive Officer and Director

Dr. Erik Massmann

     58      Chief Financial Officer

Markus Baum

     49      Chief Product Officer

Klaus Baumann

     54      Chief Sales Officer

David Kahan

     62      President Americas

Mehdi Nico Bouyakhf

     49      President Europe

Jochen Gutzy

     53      Chief Communications Officer

Christian Heesch

     50      Chief Legal Officer

Mark Jensen

     40      Chief Technical Operations Officer

 

(1)

To be appointed to our board of directors immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The following is a brief biography of each of our directors, director nominees and executive officers/presidents:

J. Michael Chu has been a Director since April 2021 (including service as a director of MidCo) and will be the chair of our board of directors. Mr. Chu has served as the Global Co-Chief Executive Officer and the co-founder of L Catterton since 1989. Mr. Chu also serves on the boards of directors of various portfolio investments of the L Catterton funds. Prior to forming Catterton, Mr. Chu held a variety of senior positions with First Pacific Company, a Hong Kong-based publicly listed investment and management company, which he joined in 1983. His positions at First Pacific included Vice President and Corporate Treasurer, First Pacific (Hong Kong); Director of Finance, Hagemeyer N.V. (Netherlands); Vice President and Treasurer, Hibernia Bank (San Francisco); Chief Operating Officer, Comtrad, Inc. (New York); and Chief Operating Officer, Doyle Graf Raj (New York), an advertising firm. Mr. Chu graduated with a B.A. with highest honors in Psychology and Economics from Bates College, where he served for 18 years as a member of its Board of Trustees. He is also a member of the Committee of 100, the leading Chinese-American philanthropic organization.

Ruth Kennedy has been a director since September 2023. Ms. Kennedy has worked as a consultant in the luxury brand, retail and hospitality consultancy sectors since 2012. Ms. Kennedy currently serves as a Non-Executive Director to Daylesford Organic Limited, Bamford Limited and Value Retail plc (The Bicester Village Shopping Collection). From 2012, Ms. Kennedy served on the board of directors for Belmond Limited, a luxury hospitality business which was sold to LVMH in 2019, where she was also the Chair of the Nominating & Governance Committee. From 1990 to 2006, Ms. Kennedy served as the Managing Director for David Linley & Co Limited, a furniture and homeware company. Ms. Kennedy’s early career included serving as an investment banker at SG Warburg & Co Limited, an investment banking firm, from 1987 to 1990. In 2021, Ms. Kennedy was appointed Chair of the UCL Global Business School for Health Advisory Board and was awarded Honorary Fellowships at both UCL and the University of Cambridge Judge Business School. In 2009, Ms. Kennedy founded the Louis Dundas Centre for Children’s Palliative Care at Great Ormond Street Hospital and is a Patron of the Elton John AIDS Foundation. Ms. Kennedy received her L.L.B. from University of London (SOAS).

 

157


Table of Contents

Nisha Kumar is expected to serve on our board of directors following this offering. Ms. Kumar served as the Managing Director, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer of Greenbriar Equity Group L.P., a private equity firm, from 2011 to 2021, where she was also a member of the management and investment committees. Prior to Greenbriar, Ms. Kumar served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of AOL, the multi-billion dollar global consumer internet company and a reporting division of Time Warner, Inc. Ms. Kumar currently serves on the boards of directors and chairs the audit committees for RealTruck, a premier vertically integrated truck, Jeep® and off-road parts and accessories company in North America, the Legg Mason Partners Closed End Funds, owned by Franklin Templeton, and EPIC Acquisition Corp. She also serves on the board of directors for The India Fund, managed by Aberdeen Asset Management, where she is a member of the audit and nominating committees. Ms. Kumar received her AB degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard and Radcliffe Colleges in Government and her MBA from Harvard Business School.

Anne Pitcher is expected to serve on our board of directors following this offering. Ms. Pitcher has worked within the retail, luxury fashion and department store sectors since 1976. Ms. Pitcher currently serves as a director for Wittington Investments Limited (Holt Renfrew), National Gallery Group and Berry Brothers and Rudd. Ms. Pitcher was previously Managing Director of Selfridges Group from 2019 to 2022 and as Managing Director at Selfridges & Co. from 2015 through 2019. From 2004 to 2019, she served as Buying and Merchandising Director at Selfridges & Co. While Ms. Pitcher served at Selfridges, it was voted “Best Department Store in the World” by the Intercontinental Group of Department Stores on four consecutive occasions, which was a record in the history of the award. Ms. Pitcher also spearheaded the development of the Buying Better, Inspiring Change strategy, to forge a sustainable vision for Selfridges, which was awarded The Best Sustainability Campaign by a department store at The Global Department Store Summit in 2016. Prior to her time at Selfridges, Ms. Pitcher held positions at both Harvey Nichols and Harrods.

Nikhil Thukral has been a Director since April 2021 (including service as a director of MidCo). Mr. Thukral is a Managing Partner at L Catterton focused on the Buyout fund and has been with L Catterton since 2004. Prior to joining L Catterton, he was a Vice President at MidOcean Partners, a New York and London based private equity firm. Prior to MidOcean, Mr. Thukral spent three years with DB Capital Partners, the private equity arm of Deutsche Bank and the predecessor entity to MidOcean. While at MidOcean and DB Capital, he helped originate, evaluate, and monitor both control and minority investments in middle market companies in the consumer products and general industrial sectors. Prior to joining DB Capital, Mr. Thukral was an Associate in the Healthcare group at JP Morgan and Co., where he focused primarily on mergers and acquisitions and capital raising mandates for clients in the pharmaceutical and healthcare services sectors. Mr. Thukral graduated with a B.S. in Finance with High Honors from the University of Illinois at Urbana Champaign, and received his M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.

Oliver Reichert was appointed the Chief Executive Officer of the BIRKENSTOCK Group in 2013 and has been a Director since April 2021 (including service as a director of MidCo). Mr. Reichert is the first top manager from outside of the Birkenstock family to head the long-standing BIRKENSTOCK Group. Mr. Reichert has been with the BIRKENSTOCK Group since 2009 when Christian Birkenstock invited him to lead the transitional process from a loose group of 38 single entities with different shareholder and management structures into the BIRKENSTOCK Group in 2012. Since 2013, he has been leading the company as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Reichert is the creative mastermind behind our unique success and growth story, the driving force behind our transformation and innovation, and our supreme brand ambassador and brand custodian. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Reichert held various positions at Deutsches Sportfernsehen (currently Sport1), including as a reporter and then as Chief Executive Officer between 2006 and 2009.

Dr. Erik Massmann was appointed Chief Financial Officer of the BIRKENSTOCK Group in 2023 and oversees the BIRKENSTOCK Group’s Finance and Human Resources Departments. Mr. Massmann brings 30 years of professional experience to the job, including more than 20 years as Chief Financial Officer in various companies and industries. Mr. Massmann started his career in the corporate finance department of DG

 

158


Table of Contents

Bank AG. After being appointed the Chief Financial Officer of the software company IBS AG in 2001, he joined CompuGroup Medical AG in 2003 and served as Chief Financial Officer until 2009, being responsible for finance, corporate controls, HR and investor relations having led its initial public offering process in 2007. Personal&Informatik AG followed in 2010 until he joined Sportradar AG in 2014, a sports technology company. In 2020, Mr. Massmann joined the online fashion brand Oceans Apart, before joining BIRKENSTOCK in November 2022. Mr. Massmann graduated with a Diploma from the Freie Universität Berlin, where he also received his Doctorate in Economic and Political Sciences in 2003.

Markus Baum was appointed Chief Product Officer of the BIRKENSTOCK Group in 2019, where he is responsible for making sure all of BIRKENSTOCK’s products are created in line with our fundamental functionality principles — maintaining the highest quality standards. Prior to his current appointment, Mr. Baum served as Global Director for Product Creation for the BIRKENSTOCK Group from 2017 to 2019. The step-up saw Mr. Baum additionally assuming responsibilities for the sourcing of materials and group quality management and of the BIRKENSTOCK Group’s product engineering as well as overseeing the brand’s efforts around bolstering its sustainability credentials. Starting his career with Roland Berger Strategy Consultants as Project Manager (1999-2003), Mr. Baum moved into the footwear arena with Adidas, where he worked in Sales, Brand and Product Management and other positions from 2003 to 2013, growing into key leadership roles in Europe. Afterwards he joined Jack Wolfskin’s Footwear Division as a Director, where he served from 2013 to 2017. Mr. Baum graduated from the University of Cologne with a degree in business administration (Diplom-Kaufmann).

Klaus Baumann runs the BIRKENSTOCK Group’s global sales operation. He was appointed Chief Sales Officer of the BIRKENSTOCK Group in 2015. He remains close to all global and brand-relevant themes, both viewing how products perform in markets across the world and organizing matters around new business fields, pricing and planning. Mr. Baumann also leads BIRKENSTOCK 1774, the BIRKENSTOCK Group’s creative and innovation hub which shapes the name for the exclusive line of design collaborations with exceptional contemporary designers such as DIOR and Manolo Blahnik, forming a new type of creative exchange and a unique way to bring new products to BIRKENSTOCK’s global market. A footwear aficionado, Mr. Baumann formerly worked with Spanish footwear brand Camper as Country Manager Northern Europe and in various other positions for 17 years before joining Birkenstock in 2015. Prior to his time at Camper, Mr. Baumann worked as Sales Manager for the Deutschland, Austria, Confœderatio Helvetica (Switzerland) (“DACH”) market at Eightball Distribution. Mr. Baumann holds a Professional School degree in engineering.

David Kahan was appointed President Americas in 2013, and for more than a decade he has helped steer the BIRKENSTOCK Group to success in the Americas through his spirited leadership, passion for the footwear industry and keen understanding of the Company’s values. Since taking up the post of President of BIRKENSTOCK Americas in June 2013, Mr. Kahan has championed the Made-in-Germany BIRKENSTOCK product in the region through collaborations with important retailers, in turn boosting brand recognition and helping sales increase. Mr. Kahan, whose previous postings include a key position with Reebok in the United States, has made bold decisions to achieve success for the BIRKENSTOCK Group. A lover of sneaker culture, Mr. Kahan has built up a strong array of contacts thanks to his decades in the industry. From beginning his career journey in the footwear department at retailer Macy’s to working with Reebok across major collaborations, Mr. Kahan’s love for the industry has never wavered. Mr. Kahan graduated with a Bachelor of Science from the State University of New York.

Mehdi Nico Bouyakhf was appointed President Europe in May 2021 and is responsible for business in the BIRKENSTOCK Group’s second largest region. The role is a multi-faceted one, which sees him overseeing distribution (direct-to-consumer and wholesales partnerships), brand and merchandising management, finance and human resources in a dynamic context across the culturally diverse European continent. In this position, Mr. Bouyakhf, who joined the BIRKENSTOCK Group in May 2021, deals with 3,500 wholesale partners and manages distribution across 20 countries, with operating teams, offices and showrooms in more than 10 nations. With Germany being the territory where the BIRKENSTOCK brand originated, Mr. Bouyakhf understands the importance of the country as a key market but is also pursuing ambitious growth targets across the entire region. Mr. Bouyakhf previously worked with Nike for almost 20 years.

 

159


Table of Contents

Jochen Gutzy was appointed Chief Communications Officer of the BIRKENSTOCK Group in March 2023. With extensive experience as a communications executive, he has played a key role in growing the BIRKENSTOCK Group’s respected public image over the years. The economist and former journalist conceptualizes and executes the brand’s comprehensive global communications strategy. Being an expert in dealing with growth, innovation, change and crisis, he joined the BIRKENSTOCK Group in June 2013 as Head of Corporate Communications and has been involved in the transformation of the BIRKENSTOCK Group. Mr. Gutzy spent a considerable part of his professional life at BIRKENSTOCK, barring an 18-month period where he took the reins at L’Oréal as Director of Corporate Communications for Germany and Austria. Returning to the BIRKENSTOCK Group in 2021, his tenure in his executive communications position has seen him guide the brand through the major acquisition from the LVMH-backed L Catterton that same year. Mr. Gutzy graduated with a masters degree in economics from the University of Hohenheim.

Christian Heesch was appointed Chief Legal Officer of the BIRKENSTOCK Group in March 2023, where he oversees the complete legal framework that the BIRKENSTOCK brand operates under internationally, managing all affairs in this section of the business. Currently a member of the BIRKENSTOCK Group’s executive team, Mr. Heesch provides legal guidance to the Chief Executive Officer and senior management on matters ranging from IP law and compliance to commercial law including global distribution deals, sales and supply contracts, international litigation, labor law and all other legal matters. Mr. Heesch, who leads a global team of lawyers and legal experts, was previously one of the BIRKENSTOCK Group’s external legal counsel. He joined the Company in February 2021 as Director of Legal after a successful career from 2003 to December 2022 as an equity partner at Duvinage Rechtsanwaltsgesellschaft mbH, a respected Munich-based boutique law firm, which specializes in the field of sports and media industry, startups and celebrities. During his time at Duvinage Rechtsanwaltsgesellschaft mbH, he helped clients across a broad range of matters, offering guidance on everything from corporate and labor law to advertising and licensing agreements, as well as work for the BIRKENSTOCK Group, a long-term client of Duvinage Rechtsanwaltsgesellschaft mbH. Mr. Heesch successfully completed his law studies at the Universities of Kiel and Hamburg with the second state exam.

Mark Jensen was appointed Chief Technical Operations Officer of the BIRKENSTOCK Group in August 2021. Mr. Jensen brings a wealth of experience and ambition to his role and orchestrates the Company’s manufacturing and logistics sites and multiple external suppliers, aiding them in delivering manufacturing inventory to the BIRKENSTOCK Group that meets our high production standards. Mr. Jensen is responsible for more than 4,000 staff members, maintaining a positive working culture throughout the operations sphere. Mr. Jensen gained extensive management experience running major production operations for a period of over 13 years in Asia and beyond with the footwear brand Ecco, where he held various production and technical director roles in Thailand, Indonesia and Vietnam and worked as a General Manager in China. Mr. Jensen studied business administration and management at the University of Leicester, where he graduated with a degree in economics. He also studied global business at Nottingham Trent University, where he graduated with a post-graduate diploma degree in management.

Board of Directors

Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be composed of seven members. The authorized number of directors may be changed by resolution of our board of directors, subject to the terms of the shareholders’ agreement described in “Related Party Transactions — Shareholders’ Agreement.” In accordance with our Articles of Association, which will be adopted and filed immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our directors will be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of shareholders, our directors will be elected to succeed the class of directors whose terms have expired. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will consist of J. Michael Chu and Anne Pitcher, and their terms will expire at the first annual meeting of shareholders occurring after this offering;

 

   

the Class II directors will consist of Nisha Kumar and Nikhil Thukral, and their terms will expire at the second annual meeting of shareholders occurring after this offering; and

 

160


Table of Contents
   

the Class III directors will consist of                 , Ruth Kennedy and Oliver Reichert, and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of shareholders occurring after this offering.

Directors in a particular class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of shareholders in the year in which their terms expire. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our shareholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Each director’s term continues until the election and qualification of their successor, or their earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

The classification of our board of directors, together with the ability of the shareholders to remove our directors only for cause at any time that our Principal Shareholder owns less than 40% of the Company’s voting power, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or management. See “Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association — Ordinary Shares” for a discussion of other anti-takeover provisions that are included in our Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association.

We intend to enter into the Shareholders’ Agreement with MidCo in connection with this offering. The Shareholders’ Agreement will grant MidCo certain board designation rights so long as they maintain a certain percentage of ownership of our outstanding ordinary shares. See “Related Party Transactions — Shareholders’ Agreement.”

Controlled Company Exception

After the completion of this offering, entities affiliated with L Catterton will control a majority of the combined voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance rules. Under the NYSE corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including (i) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (ii) the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (iii) the requirement that our director nominations be made, or recommended to our full board of directors, by our independent directors or by a nominations committee that consists entirely of independent directors and that we adopt a written charter or board resolution addressing the nominations process. We may take advantage of certain of these exemptions, and, as a result, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company,” we will be required to comply with these provisions within the transition periods specified in the NYSE corporate governance rules.

Committees

We anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish an audit committee. The composition and responsibilities of the audit committee are described below. Our board of directors may also establish from time to time any other committees that it deems necessary or desirable. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our board of directors will establish, effective upon the consummation of this offering, an audit committee which is responsible for, among other matters: (1) appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm; (2) discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm its independence from us; (3) reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the matters required to be reviewed by applicable auditing

 

161


Table of Contents

requirements; (4) approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm; (5) overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that we file with the SEC; (6) reviewing and monitoring our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (7) designing and implementing our internal audit function and overseeing the internal audit function after its establishment; (8) discussing our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management (including regarding cybersecurity compliance, risk and mitigation strategies); and (9) establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls, auditing and federal securities law matters.

Our audit committee will consist of Ruth Kennedy, Nisha Kumar and Anne Pitcher, with Nisha Kumar serving as chairperson. Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and NYSE rules require us to have one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our ordinary shares on the NYSE, a majority of independent directors within 90 days of the date of listing and all independent audit committee members within one year of the date of listing. We intend to comply with the independence requirements within the time periods specified. Our board of directors has determined that each of Ruth Kennedy, Nisha Kumar and Anne Pitcher is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules. Our board of directors will adopt, effective upon the consummation of this offering, a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code of Conduct”) that is applicable to all of our employees (including our executive officers) and directors. At or prior to the closing of this offering, the Code of Conduct will be made available on our website www.birkenstock-holding.com. Our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and will be required to approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct applicable to any director or executive officer. We expect that any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements applicable to any director or executive officer, will be disclosed in our annual report on Form 20-F.

Corporate Governance Practices

As a “foreign private issuer,” we are entitled to rely on exceptions from certain corporate governance requirements of the NYSE. Accordingly, we follow Jersey corporate governance rules in lieu of certain of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE. Among other things, we intend to take advantage of the following exemptions from the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE:

 

   

Exemption from the requirement that a majority of the board of directors be comprised of independent directors and that there be regularly scheduled meetings with only the independent directors present;

 

   

Exemption from the requirement that the Company have a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

   

Exemption from the requirement that listed companies adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines that cover certain minimum specified subjects related to director qualifications and responsibilities;

 

   

Exemption from the requirement to disclose within four business days any determination to grant a waiver of the Code of Conduct to directors and executive officers. Although we will require approval by our board of directors for any such waiver, we may choose not to disclose the waiver in the manner set forth in the NYSE listing standards;

 

   

Exemption from quorum requirements applicable to meetings of shareholders; and

 

   

Exemption from the requirement to obtain shareholder approval for certain issuances of securities, including shareholder approval of share option plans.

 

162


Table of Contents

We otherwise intend to comply with the rules generally applicable to U.S. domestic companies listed on the NYSE. We may in the future decide to use the foreign private issuer exemption with respect to some or all of the other NYSE corporate governance rules.

We expect to maintain our status as a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules adopted by the SEC and NYSE listing rules. Accordingly, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE. See “Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association” for an overview of our corporate governance principles.

In the event we no longer qualify as a foreign private issuer, we intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemption under the NYSE corporate governance rules. See “Management — Controlled Company Exception.”

Executive Compensation

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, the aggregate compensation accrued or paid to members of our board of directors for services in all capacities was 2,925.

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, the aggregate compensation accrued or paid to members of senior management for services in all capacities was 13.5 million. The amount set aside or accrued by us to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to members of senior management amounted to a total of 0.8 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022.

Post-IPO Compensation of Non-Employee Directors

The Company had no formal non-employee director compensation program for fiscal year 2022. The Company plans to adopt a post-IPO non-employee director compensation program. The Company intends to pay each non-employee director, other than J. Michael Chu and Nikhil Thukral, $125,000 per year of cash compensation and provide them with an annual equity grant with a grant date value of $75,000 for their service on our board of directors. Further, the Company intends to pay an additional $25,000 per year to the chair of the audit committee.

Management Investment Plan

Certain members of senior management (including the executive officers) were provided an opportunity to acquire an indirect ownership interest in the Company through investments in ManCo in accordance with the management investment plan. ManCo was established to be a management ownership vehicle holding an ownership interest in MidCo. Members of senior management purchased interests in Man Co. No distributions will be made to holders of ManCo interests; however, upon a qualifying exit event (including an IPO), the partnership interests in ManCo may be converted into shares of the public listed entity. The converted shares will be subject to certain retention and disposition restrictions. We expect that the partnership interests in ManCo held by certain members of senior management will be converted into ordinary shares of the Company at or following expiration or release of the lock-up agreement with the Representatives described elsewhere in this prospectus. The ordinary shares of the Company to be received by such members of senior management are currently outstanding and owned by MidCo, and no ordinary shares of the Company will be issued in connection with the conversion of the partnership interests in ManCo.

Annual Incentive Plan

Members of senior management are generally eligible to receive a discretionary annual cash bonus based on achievement of pre-determined performance criteria. Performance goals are set annually and generally relate to corporate performance goals and individual goals.

 

163


Table of Contents

Senior Management Service and Employment Agreements

Mr. Reichert Service Agreement

We entered into a service agreement with Oliver Reichert effective May 1, 2021 pursuant to which he serves as the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (since 2013). The service agreement entitles Mr. Reichert to receive an annual base salary and annual bonus based on achievement of certain performance goals, as well as certain employee benefits, such as providing or reimbursing the cost of certain insurance and use of a company car. In the event of a good leaver termination, Mr. Reichert is entitled to certain benefits for a certain period following termination of his service agreement. Mr. Reichert is subject to certain restrictive covenants, including perpetual confidentiality and a one-year post-termination non-compete and non-solicit.

Dr. Massmann, Mr. Baum, Mr. Baumann, Mr. Bouyakhf, Mr. Gutzy, Mr. Heesch and Mr. Jensen Employment Agreements

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Erik Massmann effective February 15, 2023, pursuant to which Mr. Massmann serves as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. We entered into an employment agreement with Markus Baum effective July 1, 2019, pursuant to which Mr. Baum serves as the Company’s Chief Product Officer, overseeing all product creation, design and development. We entered into an employment agreement with Klaus Baumann effective October 1, 2016, pursuant to which Mr. Baumann serves as the Company’s Chief Sales Officer, overseeing the 1774 collaboration business and managing the Company’s regional operations in the APMA region. We entered into an employment agreement with Mehdi Nico Bouyakhf effective May 1, 2021, pursuant to which Mr. Bouyakhf currently serves as President Europe, overseeing all aspects of the Company’s European Region. We entered into an employment agreement with Jochen Gutzy effective April 1, 2021, pursuant to which Mr. Gutzy currently serves as the Chief Communications Officer of the Company. We entered into an employment agreement with Christian Heesch effective March 1, 2021, pursuant to which Mr. Heesch currently serves as the Chief Legal Officer for the Company. We entered into an employment agreement with Mark Jensen effective August 1, 2021, pursuant to which Mr. Jensen serves as the Company’s Chief Technical Operations Officer, overseeing the Company’s owned factories, production and logistics operations.

The employment agreements entitle Mr. Massmann, Mr. Baum, Mr. Baumann, Mr. Bouyakhf, Mr. Gutzy, Mr. Heesch and Mr. Jensen to receive an annual base salary and annual bonus based on certain performance criteria. They are entitled to receive certain contributions by the Company to their respective health care plans and to a company car. The employment agreements can be terminated by either party with, in the case of Mr. Massmann, Mr. Baum, Mr. Bouyakhf, Mr. Gutzy, Mr. Heesch and Mr. Jensen, six months’ notice and, in the case of Mr. Baumann, nine months’ notice. The employment agreements subject Mr. Massmann, Mr. Baum, Mr. Baumann, Mr. Bouyakhf, Mr. Gutzy, Mr. Heesch and Mr. Jensen to certain restrictive covenants, including confidentiality and a two-year post-termination non-solicit.

Mr. Kahan Employment Agreement

We entered into an employment agreement with David Kahan on June 1, 2013, as amended on May 27, 2016 and on February 17, 2021 and restated on May 31, 2023, pursuant to which Mr. Kahan serves as President Americas. Mr. Kahan’s employment ends on September 30, 2027, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the agreement. The employment agreement entitles Mr. Kahan to receive an annual base salary and annual bonuses based on achievement of certain performance goals. Mr. Kahan is entitled to participate in the Company’s health care plan and to a car allowance. In the event of a good leaver termination, Mr. Kahan is entitled to deferred compensation per an agreement dated May 29, 2019 and restated on May 31, 2023. The employment agreement also subjects Mr. Kahan to certain restrictive covenants, including perpetual confidentiality and a one-year post-termination non-compete and non-solicit.

 

164


Table of Contents

2023 Equity Incentive Plan

In connection with and following the consummation of the offering contemplated herein, the Company anticipates adopting the 2023 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Equity Plan”), pursuant to which employees, consultants and non-employee directors of our Company and our affiliates performing services for us, including our executive officers, are eligible to receive awards. The Equity Plan provides for the grant of share options (in the form of either non-qualified share options (“NSOs”) or incentive share options (“ISOs”)), share appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted shares, restricted share units (“RSUs”), performance awards, other share-based awards, cash awards and substitute awards intended to align the interests of participants with those of our shareholders.

Securities Offered

Subject to adjustment in the event of certain transactions or changes of capitalization in accordance with the Equity Plan, a total of                ordinary shares of the Company (“ordinary shares”) would be initially reserved for issuance pursuant to awards under the Equity Plan. No more than                  ordinary shares under the Equity Plan may be issued pursuant to ISOs. Ordinary shares subject to an award that expires or is canceled, forfeited or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares, shares tendered in payment of an option, shares covered by a share-settled SAR or other award that were not issued upon settlement, and shares delivered or withheld to satisfy any tax withholding obligations will again be available for delivery pursuant to other awards under the Equity Plan.

Administration

The Equity Plan, if adopted, would be administered by a committee of our board of directors that has been authorized to administer the Equity Plan, except if no such committee is authorized by our board of directors, our board of directors will administer the Equity Plan (as applicable, the “Committee”). The Committee has broad discretion to administer the Equity Plan, including the power to determine the eligible individuals to whom awards will be granted, the number and type of awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of awards. The Committee may also accelerate the vesting or exercise of any award and make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the Equity Plan. To the extent the Committee is not our board of directors, our board of directors will retain the authority to take all actions permitted by the Committee under the Equity Plan.

Eligibility

Employees, consultants and non-employee directors of our company and its affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the Equity Plan.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Limits

Under the Equity Plan, in a single fiscal year, a non-employee director may not be granted awards for such individual’s service on our board of directors having a value in excess of $750,000 (except that, for any year in which a non-employee director first commences services on the Board, serves on a special committee of the Board or serves as lead director or chairperson of the Board, this limit is $1,000,000). This limit does not apply to awards settled in cash.

Types of Awards

Options. We may grant options to eligible persons, except that ISOs may only be granted to persons who are our employees or employees of one of our parents or subsidiaries, in accordance with Section 422 of the Code. The exercise price of an option cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of an ordinary share on the date on which the option is granted and the option must not be exercisable for longer than ten years following the date of grant. However, in the case of an incentive option granted to an individual who owns (or

 

165


Table of Contents

is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our equity securities, the exercise price of the option must be at least 110% of the fair market value of an ordinary share on the date of grant and the option must not be exercisable more than five years from the date of grant.

SARs. A SAR is the right to receive an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of one ordinary share on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR. The grant price of a SAR cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of an ordinary share on the date on which the SAR is granted. The term of a SAR may not exceed ten years. SARs may be granted in connection with, or independent of, other awards. The Committee has the discretion to determine other terms and conditions of an SAR award.

Restricted Share Awards. A restricted share award is a grant of ordinary shares subject to the restrictions on transferability and risk of forfeiture imposed by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and specified in the applicable award agreement, the holder of a restricted share award has rights as a shareholder, including the right to vote the ordinary shares subject to the restricted share award or to receive dividends on the ordinary shares subject to the restricted share award during the restriction period. The Committee may determine on what terms and conditions the participant will be entitled to dividends payable on the Restricted Shares.

Restricted Share Units. A RSU is a right to receive cash, ordinary shares or a combination of cash and ordinary shares at the end of a specified period equal to the fair market value of one ordinary share on the date of vesting. RSUs may be subject to the restrictions, including a risk of forfeiture, imposed by the Committee. The Committee may determine that a grant of RSUs will provide a participant a right to receive dividend equivalents, which entitles the participant to receive the equivalent value (in cash or ordinary shares) of dividends paid on the underlying ordinary shares. Dividend equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account, settled in cash or shares, and may be subject to the same restrictions as the RSUs with respect to which the dividend equivalents are granted.

Performance Awards. A performance award is an award that vests and/or becomes exercisable or distributable subject to the achievement of certain performance goals during a specified performance period, as established by the Committee. Performance awards may be granted alone or in addition to other awards under the Equity Plan, and may be paid in cash, ordinary shares, other property or any combination thereof, in the sole discretion of the Committee.

Other Share-Based Awards. Other share-based awards are awards denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, the value of our ordinary shares.

Cash Awards. Cash awards may be granted on a free-standing basis or as an element of, a supplement to, or in lieu of any other award.

Substitute Awards. Awards may be granted under the Equity Plan in substitution for similar awards held for individuals who become participants as a result of a merger, consolidation or acquisition of another entity by or with the Company or one of our affiliates.

Certain Transactions

If any change is made to our capitalization, such as a share split, share combination, share dividend, exchange of share or other recapitalization, merger or otherwise, which results in an increase or decrease in the number of outstanding ordinary shares, appropriate adjustments will be made by the Committee in the shares subject to an award under the Equity Plan. The Committee will also have the discretion to make certain adjustments to awards in the event of a change in control of the Company, such as the assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, the purchase of any outstanding awards in cash based on the applicable change in control price, the ability for participants to exercise any outstanding share options, SARs or other share-based awards upon the change in control (and if not exercised such awards will be terminated), and the acceleration of vesting or exercisability of any outstanding awards.

 

166


Table of Contents

Clawback

All awards granted under the Equity Plan are subject to reduction, cancelation or recoupment under any written clawback policy that we may adopt, as well as any applicable law related to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, recission, payback reduction or other similar actions.

Plan Amendment and Termination

The Board or the Committee may amend or terminate any award, award agreement or the Equity Plan at any time, provided that the rights of a participant granted an award prior to such amendment or termination may not be impaired without such participant’s consent. In addition, shareholder approval will be required for any amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law or exchange listing standards. The Committee will not have the authority, without the approval of shareholders, to amend any outstanding option or share appreciation right to reduce its exercise price per share. The Equity Plan will remain in effect for a period of ten years (unless earlier terminated by our board of directors).

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following is a general summary under current law of the principal U.S. federal income tax consequences related to awards under the Equity Plan. This summary deals with the general federal income tax principles that apply and is provided only for general information. Some kinds of taxes, such as state, local and foreign income taxes and federal employment taxes, are not discussed. This summary is not intended as tax advice to participants, who should consult their own tax advisors.

Non-Qualified Share Options. If an optionee is granted an NSO under the Equity Plan, the optionee should not have taxable income on the grant of the option. Generally, the optionee should recognize ordinary income at the time of exercise in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares acquired on the date of exercise, less the exercise price paid for the shares. The optionee’s basis in the ordinary shares for purposes of determining gain or loss on a subsequent sale or disposition of such shares generally will be the fair market value of our ordinary shares on the date the optionee exercises such option. Any subsequent gain or loss will be taxable as a long-term or short-term capital gain or loss. We or our subsidiaries or affiliates generally should be entitled to a federal income tax deduction at the time and for the same amount as the optionee recognizes ordinary income.

Incentive Share Options. A participant receiving ISOs should not recognize taxable income upon grant. Additionally, if applicable holding period requirements are met, the participant should not recognize taxable income at the time of exercise. However, the excess of the fair market value of the ordinary shares received over the option exercise price is an item of tax preference income potentially subject to the alternative minimum tax. If share acquired upon exercise of an ISO is held for a minimum of two years from the date of grant and one year from the date of exercise and otherwise satisfies the ISO requirements, the gain or loss (in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value on the date of disposition and the exercise price) upon disposition of the share will be treated as a long-term capital gain or loss, and we will not be entitled to any deduction. If the holding period requirements are not met, the ISO will be treated as one that does not meet the requirements of the Code for ISOs and the participant will recognize ordinary income at the time of the disposition equal to the excess of the amount realized over the exercise price, but not more than the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date the ISO is exercised over the exercise price, with any remaining gain or loss being treated as capital gain or capital loss. We or our subsidiaries or affiliates generally are not entitled to a federal income tax deduction upon either the exercise of an ISO or upon disposition of the shares acquired pursuant to such exercise, except to the extent that the participant recognizes ordinary income on disposition of the shares.

Other Awards. The current federal income tax consequences of other awards authorized under the Equity Plan generally follow certain basic patterns: SARs are taxed and deductible in substantially the same

 

167


Table of Contents

manner as NSOs; nontransferable restricted share subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture results in income recognition equal to the excess of the fair market value over the price paid, if any, only at the time the restrictions lapse (unless the recipient elects to accelerate recognition as of the date of grant through a Section 83(b) election); RSUs, dividend equivalents and other share or cash based awards are generally subject to tax at the time of payment. We or our subsidiaries or affiliates generally should be entitled to a federal income tax deduction at the time and for the same amount as the award recipient recognizes ordinary income.

Section 409A of the Code

Certain types of awards under the Equity Plan may constitute, or provide for, a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code. Unless certain requirements set forth in Section 409A of the Code are complied with, holders of such awards may be taxed earlier than would otherwise be the case (e.g., at the time of vesting instead of the time of payment) and may be subject to an additional 20% penalty tax (and, potentially, certain interest, penalties and additional state taxes). To the extent applicable, the Equity Plan and awards granted under the Equity Plan are intended to be structured and interpreted in a manner intended to either comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance that may be issued under Section 409A of the Code. To the extent determined necessary or appropriate by the plan administrator, the Equity Plan and applicable award agreements may be amended to further comply with Section 409A of the Code or to exempt the applicable awards from Section 409A of the Code.

Non-U.S. Participants

The Committee may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above, in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws and/or stock exchange rules of countries outside of the United States.

THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS INTENDED ONLY AS A SUMMARY AND DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE A COMPLETE DISCUSSION OF ALL POTENTIAL TAX EFFECTS RELEVANT TO RECIPIENTS OF AWARDS UNDER THE EQUITY PLAN. AMONG OTHER ITEMS THIS DISCUSSION DOES NOT ADDRESS ARE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCALITY OR FOREIGN JURISDICTION, OR ANY TAX TREATIES OR CONVENTIONS BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS. THIS DISCUSSION IS BASED UPON CURRENT LAW AND INTERPRETATIONAL AUTHORITIES WHICH ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME.

2023 Employee Share Purchase Plan

In connection with and following the consummation of the offering contemplated herein, the Company anticipates adopting the 2023 Employee Share Purchase Plan (the “Employee Share Purchase Plan”). The following is a summary of the material features of the Employee Share Purchase Plan.

Purpose of the Employee Share Purchase Plan

The purpose of the Employee Share Purchase Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its participating subsidiaries with the opportunity to purchase ordinary shares of the Company at a discount through accumulated payroll deductions during successive offering periods. We believe that the Employee Share Purchase Plan, if adopted, would enhance such employees’ sense of participation in our performance, aligns their interests with those of our shareholders, and is a powerful incentive and retention tool that would benefit our shareholders. The summary below, including the section titled “—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” describes the component of the plan that is intended to qualify under the provisions of Section 423 of the Code, and the administrator is authorized to provide separate offerings that are not intended to be qualified under Section 423 of the Code, which will be set forth in any supplements to or sub-plans of the Employee Share Purchase Plan to be adopted by the administrator and designed to comply with tax and securities laws and achieve other objectives for participants whose rights to make purchases under the Employee Share Purchase Plan are not intended to be qualified under Section 423 of the Code.

 

168


Table of Contents

Eligibility and Administration

The board of directors, as the administrator of the Employee Share Purchase Plan, would administer and have authority to interpret the terms of the Employee Share Purchase Plan and determine eligibility of participants. The Company’s board of directors may designate certain of the Company’s subsidiaries as participating “designated subsidiaries” in the Employee Share Purchase Plan and may change these designations from time to time. Employees of the Company and its participating designated subsidiaries are eligible to participate in the Employee Share Purchase Plan if they meet the eligibility requirements under the Employee Share Purchase Plan established from time to time by the administrator. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase shares under the Employee Share Purchase Plan if such employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) shares possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of shares of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Eligible employees become participants in the Employee Share Purchase Plan by enrolling and authorizing payroll deductions by the deadline established by the administrator prior to the first day of the applicable offering period. Non-employee directors and consultants are not eligible to participate in the Employee Share Purchase Plan. Employees who choose not to participate, or are not eligible to participate at the start of an offering period but who become eligible thereafter, may enroll in any subsequent offering period.

Shares Available for Awards

If adopted, a total of                ordinary shares would be reserved for issuance under the Employee Share Purchase Plan. The number of shares subject to the Employee Share Purchase Plan may be adjusted for changes in our capitalization and certain corporate transactions, as described below under the heading “—Adjustments.” We cannot precisely predict the Company’s share usage under the Employee Share Purchase Plan as it will depend on a range of factors including the level of the Company’s employee participation, the contribution rates of participants, the trading price of ordinary shares and future hiring activity by the Company.

Participating in an Offering

Offering Periods and Purchase Periods. Ordinary shares would be offered to eligible employees under the Employee Share Purchase Plan during offering periods. Offering periods under the Employee Share Purchase Plan commence when determined by the administrator. The length of an offering period under the Employee Share Purchase Plan is determined by the administrator and may be up to 27 months long. Employee payroll deductions are used to purchase ordinary shares on the exercise date of an offering period. The exercise date for each offering period is the final trading day in the offering period. The administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

Enrollment and Contributions. The Employee Share Purchase Plan permits participants to purchase ordinary shares through payroll deductions. The administrator will establish for each offering period the maximum percentage of each participant’s eligible compensation as of each payroll date that may be deducted for purchase of ordinary shares under the Employee Share Purchase Plan. The administrator will establish the maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any offering period. In addition, no employee is permitted to accrue the right to purchase shares at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of ordinary shares during any calendar year.

Purchase Rights. On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant is automatically granted an option to purchase ordinary shares. The option expires on the last trading day of the applicable offering period and is exercised at that time to the extent of the payroll deductions accumulated during the offering period. Any remaining balance is carried forward to the next offering period unless the participant

 

169


Table of Contents

has elected to withdraw from the Employee Share Purchase Plan, as described below, or has ceased to be an eligible employee.

Purchase Price. The purchase price of the ordinary shares under the Employee Share Purchase Plan, in the absence of a contrary designation by the administrator, is 85% of the lower of the fair market value of ordinary shares on the first trading day of the offering period or on the final trading day of the offering period. The fair market value per ordinary share under the Employee Share Purchase Plan generally is the closing sales price of an ordinary share on the date for which fair market value is being determined, or if there is no closing sales price for an ordinary share on the date in question, the closing sales price for an ordinary share on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

Withdrawal and Termination of Employment. Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the Employee Share Purchase Plan at any time during an offering period prior to the end of the offering period by delivering written notice to the Company, and can elect to either (i) be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase ordinary shares or (ii) exercise their option at the end of the applicable offering period, and then be paid any remaining accrued payroll deductions. Participation in the Employee Share Purchase Plan ends automatically upon a participant’s termination of employment and any remaining accrued payroll deductions in the participant’s account will be paid to such participant following such termination.

Adjustments

In the event of certain transactions or events affecting the ordinary shares, such as any share split, reverse share split, share dividend, combination or reclassification of the ordinary shares, or any other increase or decrease in the number of ordinary shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, the administrator will make equitable adjustments to the Employee Share Purchase Plan and outstanding rights under the Employee Share Purchase Plan. In addition, in the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the merger of the Company with or into another company, or other transaction as set forth by the administrator in an offering document, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option will be substituted by the successor entity or a parent or subsidiary of the successor entity. If the successor entity or a parent or subsidiary of the successor entity refuses to assume or substitute outstanding options, any offering periods then in progress will be shortened with a new exercise date prior to the proposed sale or merger. The administrator will notify each participant in writing at least 10 business days prior to such new exercise date that the exercise date has been changed and the participant’s option will be automatically exercised on such new exercise date. Further, in the event of a proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any offering periods then in progress will be shortened with a new exercise date prior to the proposed dissolution or liquidation, and the administrator will notify each participant in writing in a similar manner as described above.

Foreign Participants

As noted above, the administrator may provide special terms, establish supplements to, or amendments, restatements or alternative versions of the Employee Share Purchase Plan that are not intended to qualify under the provisions of Section 423 of the Code, subject to the share limits described above, in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws and/or share exchange rules of countries outside of the United States.

Transferability

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the Employee Share Purchase Plan other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and such rights are generally exercisable only by the participant.

 

170


Table of Contents

Plan Amendment and Termination

Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Employee Share Purchase Plan at any time and from time to time. However, shareholder approval must be obtained for any amendment that increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the Employee Share Purchase Plan, changes the designation or class of employees who are eligible to participate in the Employee Share Purchase Plan or changes the Employee Share Purchase Plan in any way that would cause the Employee Share Purchase Plan to no longer be an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423(b) of the Code.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Employee Share Purchase Plan under current income tax law are summarized in the following discussion, which deals with the general tax principles applicable to the Employee Share Purchase Plan and is intended for general information only. Other federal taxes and foreign, state and local income taxes are not discussed, and may vary depending on individual circumstances and from locality to locality.

The Employee Share Purchase Plan, and the right of participants to make purchases thereunder, is intended to qualify under the provisions of Section 423 of the Code. Under the applicable Code provisions, no income will be taxable to a participant until the sale or other disposition of the shares purchased under the Employee Share Purchase Plan. This means that an eligible employee will not recognize taxable income on the date the employee is granted an option under the Employee Share Purchase Plan. In addition, the employee will not recognize taxable income upon the purchase of shares. Upon such sale or disposition of shares, the participant generally will be subject to tax in an amount that depends upon the length of time such shares are held by the participant prior to selling or disposing of them. If the shares are sold or disposed of more than two years from the date of grant and more than one year from the date of purchase, or if the participant dies while holding the shares, the participant (or the participant’s estate) will recognize ordinary income measured as the lesser of (1) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such sale or disposition (or death) over the purchase price or (2) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time the option was granted over the purchase price. Any additional gain will be treated as long-term capital gain. If the shares are held for the holding periods described above but are sold for a price that is less than the purchase price, there is no ordinary income and the participating employee has a long-term capital loss for the difference between the sale price and the purchase price.

If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of before the expiration of the holding periods described above, the participant will recognize ordinary income generally measured as the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date the shares are purchased over the purchase price and the Company will be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense in the amount of ordinary income recognized by the employee. Any additional gain or loss on such sale or disposition will be long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending on how long the shares were held following the date they were purchased by the participant prior to disposing of them. If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of before the expiration of the holding periods described above but are sold for a price that is less than the purchase price, the participant will recognize ordinary income equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date of purchase over the purchase price (and the Company will be entitled to a corresponding deduction), but the participant generally will be able to report a capital loss equal to the difference between the sales price of the shares and the fair market value of the shares on the date of purchase.

THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS INTENDED ONLY AS A SUMMARY AND DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE A COMPLETE DISCUSSION OF ALL POTENTIAL TAX EFFECTS RELEVANT TO RECIPIENTS OF AWARDS UNDER THE EMPLOYEE SHARE PURCHASE PLAN. AMONG OTHER ITEMS THIS DISCUSSION DOES NOT ADDRESS ARE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCALITY OR FOREIGN JURISDICTION, OR ANY TAX TREATIES OR CONVENTIONS BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS. THIS DISCUSSION IS BASED UPON CURRENT LAW AND INTERPRETATIONAL AUTHORITIES WHICH ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME.

 

171


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDER

The following table presents information relating to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares by:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding ordinary shares;

 

   

each of our executive officers and directors and persons nominated to serve in such positions; and

 

   

the selling shareholder.

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our issued and outstanding share capital will consist of                ordinary shares.

The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by each entity, person, executive officer or director is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any ordinary shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any such ordinary shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of             , 2023 through the exercise of any option or other right. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares held by that person based on information provided to us by such person.

The percentage of outstanding ordinary shares beneficially owned before this offering is computed on the basis of the number of such ordinary shares outstanding as of             , 2023. Ordinary shares that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of             , 2023 are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all executive officers and directors as a group. Unless otherwise indicated below, the business address for each beneficial owner is 1-2 Berkeley Square, London W1J 6EA, UK.

The following table does not reflect any ordinary shares that may be purchased pursuant to our directed share program described under “Underwriting.” If any ordinary shares are purchased by our directors or executive officers or their respective affiliated entities, the number and percentage of the ordinary shares beneficially owned by them after this offering will differ from those set forth in the following table.

The percentage of ordinary shares beneficially owned after this offering is based on        ordinary shares to be outstanding after the completion of this offering. The percentages assume no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option from us to purchase additional ordinary shares.

 

172


Table of Contents

As of             , 2023, to our knowledge,        U.S. record holders held approximately         % of our ordinary shares.

 

     Shares Beneficially
Owned  Prior to this
Offering
     Shares
Offered
Hereby
     Shares Beneficially
Owned  after this
Offering
 

Shareholder

   Ordinary
Shares
     % of
Ordinary
Shares
     Ordinary
Shares
     % of
Ordinary

Shares
 

5% or Greater Shareholders and the Selling Shareholder:

              

Entities affiliated with L Catterton(1)

              

Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers(2):

              

J. Michael Chu

              

Ruth Kennedy

              

Nisha Kumar

              

Anne Pitcher

              

Nikhil Thukral

              

Oliver Reichert

              

Dr. Erik Massmann

              

Markus Baum

              

Klaus Baumann

              

David Kahan

              

Mehdi Nico Bouyakhf

              

Jochen Gutzy

              

Christian Heesch

              

Mark Jensen

              

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership or outstanding total voting power, as applicable, of less than 1%.

 

(1)

Consists of                  ordinary shares held by BK LC Lux MidCo S.à r.l., a société à responsabilité limitée incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. The management of BK LC Lux MidCo S.à r.l. is controlled by BK LC Lux SCA. BK LC Lux GP S.à r.l. is the general partner of BK LC Lux SCA. The management of BK LC Lux GP S.à r.l. is controlled by LC9 Caledonia AIV GP, LLP. LC9 Caledonia AIV GP, LLP is managed by its members, Catterton Caledonia 1 Limited and Catterton Caledonia 2 Limited. The management of each of Catterton Caledonia 1 Limited and Catterton Caledonia 2 Limited is controlled by its directors, J. Michael Chu and Scott A. Dahnke. As such, Messrs. Chu and Dahnke could be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by BK LC Lux MidCo S.à r.l. Messrs. Chu and Dahnke each disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares. The address of the entities and individuals mentioned in this footnote is 599 West Putnam Avenue, Greenwich, CT 06830.

 

(2)

Each of the executive officers owns an indirect interest in the Company through investments in ManCo in accordance with the management investment plan. We expect that the partnership interests in ManCo will be converted into ordinary shares of the Company at or following expiration or release of the lock-up agreement with the Representatives described elsewhere in this prospectus, at which time the executive officers will obtain beneficial ownership in the ordinary shares of the Company received upon such conversion.

 

173


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS

The following is a summary of the material provisions relating to our material indebtedness. The following summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the corresponding agreement or instrument. You should refer to the relevant agreement or instrument for additional information, copies of which will be filed with this registration statement once available.

Senior Credit Facilities

On April 28, 2021, our indirect subsidiary, Birkenstock Limited Partner, entered into a Senior Term Facilities Agreement which provides for the 375.0 million EUR TLB Facility and the $850.0 million USD TLB Facility (collectively, the “Senior Term Facilities”). Incremental facilities may also be established under the Senior Term Facilities Agreement from time to time (including by way of the “Incremental Senior Term Facilities”) (together with the Senior Term Facilities, the “Senior Credit Facilities”).

The loans made under EUR TLB Facility mature in full on April 30, 2028. The loans made under USD TLB Facility on a quarterly basis amortize by 0.25% of their outstanding principal amount from time to time, with the balance to be repaid in full on April 28, 2028. The Senior Term Facilities Agreement permits voluntary prepayments to be made and requires mandatory prepayment in full or in part in certain circumstances. Upon the occurrence of certain changes of control, each lender and issuing bank shall be entitled to require prepayment of outstanding amounts and cancellation of its commitments within a prescribed time period.

Loans under (a) the USD TLB Facility bear interest at rates per annum equal to SOFR plus the applicable credit adjustment spread; and (b) the EUR TLB Facility bear interest at rates per annum equal to EURIBOR, in each case, plus an applicable margin, which in each case is subject to a decreasing margin ratchet based on the ratio of consolidated senior secured net debt to consolidated pro forma EBITDA (the “Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio”). If SOFR plus the applicable credit adjustment spread is less than 0.50%, SOFR plus the applicable credit adjustment spread shall be deemed to be 0.50% in respect of loans made under the USD TLB Facility. If EURIBOR is less than zero, EURIBOR shall be deemed to be zero in respect of loans made under EUR TLB Facility. Default interest, if any, will be calculated as an additional 1% per annum on the defaulted amount.

The Senior Credit Facilities are guaranteed by Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG, Birkenstock US BidCo, Inc. and certain other restricted subsidiaries of Birkenstock Limited Partner as required by the Senior Term Facilities Agreement. Security has been or shall be (as applicable) granted (subject to the agreed security principles) by certain restricted subsidiaries of Birkenstock Limited Partner over certain of their assets in accordance with the terms of the Senior Term Facilities Agreement. In addition, each security provider in respect of ABL Priority Security (as defined below) has provided a second-priority security interest in the ABL Priority Security in respect of the Senior Credit Facilities.

The Senior Term Facilities Agreement contains certain incurrence covenants, including with respect to (a) limitations on indebtedness; (b) limitations on restricted payments; (c) limitations on liens; (d) limitations on sale of assets and subsidiary stock; (e) limitations on affiliate transactions; (f) designation of restricted and unrestricted subsidiaries; (g) merger and consolidation undertakings; and (h) additional intercreditor agreements. Certain agreed covenants and other provisions of the Senior Term Facilities Agreement will fall away during the period (if any) that certain release conditions are satisfied.

ABL Facility

On April 28, 2021, our indirect subsidiaries, Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG, Birkenstock US BidCo, Inc. and Birkenstock Limited Partner, entered into the ABL Facility Agreement. The ABL Facility Agreement

 

174


Table of Contents

established the ABL Facility. The ABL Facility includes sub-facilities for letters of credit and short-term borrowings referred to as swing line borrowings. Borrowings under the ABL Facility are made on a revolving basis in an amount not to exceed the lesser of 200.0 million and the then-applicable borrowing base. The ABL Facility will terminate on April 28, 2026.

In addition, the ABL Facility Agreement provides that the borrowers have the right at any time, subject to customary conditions, to solicit existing or prospective lenders to increase the existing ABL Facility commitments and/or provide one or more “last out” tranches, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (i) 75.0 million and (ii) the amount by which the borrowing base exceeds the aggregate commitments under the ABL Facility at such time. The lenders under our ABL Facility are not under any obligation to provide any such incremental loans or commitments.

The borrowing base is calculated, as of any date, by an amount equal to the sum of (a) (i) a specified percentage of the loan parties’ eligible credit card receivables and eligible investment grade receivables and (ii) a specified percentage of the loan parties’ other eligible accounts receivable, plus (b) the lesser of (i) a specified percentage of the net orderly liquidation value of the loan parties’ eligible inventory or (ii) a specified percentage of the cost of the loan parties’ eligible inventory (in each case, including eligible in-transit inventory not in excess of an amount to be agreed), plus (c) the lesser of (i) a specified percentage of the net orderly liquidation value of the loan parties’ eligible raw materials or (ii) a specified percentage of the cost of the loan parties’ eligible raw materials plus (d) the cash of the loan parties on deposit in accounts, minus (e) such reserves as the agent to the ABL Facility establishes in its permitted discretion. Borrowings under the ABL Facility by U.S. entities serving as borrowers or guarantors under the ABL Facility (the “U.S. Loan Parties”) are limited by a separate borrowing base (the “U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base”) consisting of the criteria described above and limited to the assets of the U.S. Loan Parties. Borrowings under the ABL Facility by German entities serving as borrowers under the ABL Facility (the “German Loan Parties”) are limited by separate borrowing bases consisting of the criteria described above and limited to the assets of such individual German Loan Party plus the unborrowed amount of the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base.

Borrowings under the ABL Facility are available in Euros, Dollars and additional alternate currencies approved by the agent and lenders. The borrowings bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (A) with respect to borrowings in Euros, EURIBOR and (B) with respect to borrowings in Dollars, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the U.S. prime rate published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time, (b) the federal funds effective rate, plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) one month SOFR rate plus the applicable credit spread adjustment plus 1.00% or (ii) SOFR plus the applicable credit spread adjustment, plus in each case an applicable margin based on average historical availability. If SOFR plus the applicable credit spread adjustment is less than 0.25% then SOFR plus the applicable credit spread adjustment shall be deemed to be 0.25%. If EURIBOR is less than zero, then EURIBOR shall be deemed to be zero. As of June 30, 2023, there were no amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility.

The ABL Facility is guaranteed by certain of Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG’s German and U.S. subsidiaries. The ABL Facility is senior in right of payment and secured on a first-priority basis with respect to accounts receivable (including credit card receivables), inventory, finished goods, raw materials, bank accounts cash, cash equivalents, securities and deposit accounts, general intangibles and certain other assets, in each case, to the extent evidencing or reasonably related to the foregoing (other than capital stock and intellectual property), and books and records to the extent related to the foregoing and, in each case, proceeds thereof (the “ABL Priority Security”) and a second-priority basis with respect to any other collateral securing the Senior Term Facilities that is not ABL Priority Security.

The ABL Facility has affirmative covenants and negative covenants, substantially similar to those applicable to the Senior Term Facilities as described above. The ABL Facility also contains a financial maintenance covenant requiring compliance with a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, tested on a trailing four-quarter period basis during any period availability falls below certain thresholds.

 

175


Table of Contents

5.25% Senior Notes due 2029

On April 29, 2021, Birkenstock Financing issued the 430.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes pursuant to an indenture, dated April 29, 2021 (the “Notes Indenture”). The Notes will mature on April 30, 2029. Interest accrues on the Notes at a rate of 5.25% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on April 30 and October 30 of each year. The Notes are general senior obligations of Birkenstock Financing and are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by Birkenstock Limited Partner and certain members of the Senior Secured Group organized in Germany and the United States that guarantee the Senior Term Facilities Agreement. The Notes are secured by (i) on a first-priority basis, (a) a share pledge in respect of all the shares of Birkenstock Financing pursuant to a Luxembourg law share pledge agreement, (b) a pledge in respect of all the material bank accounts of Birkenstock Financing located in Luxembourg pursuant to a Luxembourg law governed bank account pledge agreement and (c) a security assignment in respect of any intercompany receivables owed to the Company by Birkenstock Financing in respect of any proceeds loan or other shareholder loan and (ii) on a junior-priority basis, (a) a security assignment and/or receivables pledge agreement, governed by Luxembourg law, in respect of any structural intercompany receivables owed to Birkenstock Financing by Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG and Birkenstock Limited Partner and (b) a share pledge in respect of shares of Birkenstock Limited Partner pursuant to a Luxembourg law governed share pledge agreement.

All or a portion of the Notes may be redeemed at any time prior to April 30, 2024 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date, plus a “make-whole” premium. At any time prior to April 30, 2024, (a) up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes may be redeemed with the net proceeds of one or more specified equity offerings and (b) all, but not less than all of the Notes, may be redeemed with the net proceeds from a qualified IPO, in each case, at a redemption price equal to 105.25% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date. We expect that this offering will constitute a qualified IPO under the Notes Indenture. At any time on or after April 30, 2024, the Notes may be redeemed at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth in the following sentence plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date. The applicable percentages are as follows: if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on (a) April 30, 2024, 102.6250%; (b) April 30, 2025, 101.3125%; and (c) April 26, 2026, and thereafter, 100.000%.

In addition, upon the occurrence of certain defined events constituting a change of control of Birkenstock Financing under the Notes Indenture or upon certain asset sales, each holder of the Notes may require Birkenstock Financing to repurchase all or a portion of the Notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase. In the event of certain developments affecting taxation, Birkenstock Financing may elect to redeem all, but not less than all, of the Notes.

The Notes Indenture contains customary covenants and events of default. These covenants, subject to significant exceptions and qualifications contained therein, limit Birkenstock Financing’s ability and the ability of certain of Birkenstock Financing’s subsidiaries to (a) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; (b) issue certain preferred stock; (c) create or incur certain liens; (d) make certain restricted payments or investments; (e) impose restrictions on the ability of Birkenstock Financing’s subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to Birkenstock Financing; (f) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (g) transfer, receive or sell certain assets including subsidiary stock; (h) consolidate or merge with other entities; and (i) impair the security interests for the benefit of holders of the Notes.

The Notes are listed on the Official List of The International Stock Exchange. In August 2022, Birkenstock Financing repurchased 1.5 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, reducing the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding to 428.5 million.

 

176


Table of Contents

Vendor Loan

On April 30, 2021, we entered into the Vendor Loan for a principal amount of 275.0 million that bears interest at a rate of 4.37% per annum. Interest is due annually upon the anniversary of the Transaction, which, at the Company’s election, may be paid in cash or, if not paid in cash, accrues on each annual interest payment date and is included in the principal amount of the Vendor Loan on and following such interest payment date. The Vendor Loan matures on October 30, 2029, which maturity date may be extended at the Company’s election up to three times, with each extension up to six months. The Vendor Loan permits voluntary prepayments to be made and also entitles the lender to require prepayment of outstanding amounts within a prescribed time period upon a change of control; a sale; or a listing that results in L Catterton ceasing to own directly or indirectly more than 35% of the Company’s ordinary shares.

 

177


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of certain related party transactions we have entered into since October 1, 2019 with any of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or their affiliates and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities in the aggregate, which we refer to as related parties, other than compensation arrangements which are described under “Management.”

The ultimate controlling parties of the Company prior to the Transaction were Christian Birkenstock and Alexander Birkenstock. We purchased certain products from Birkenstock Cosmetics GmbH & Co. KG (“Birkenstock Cosmetics”), which was previously controlled by the Predecessor Shareholders but was consolidated with the BIRKENSTOCK Group in the period from May 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021. In the period from October 1, 2020 through April 30, 2021 and the year ended September 30, 2020, we paid an aggregate of 0.3 million and 0.4 million, respectively, to Birkenstock Cosmetics for such products.

We also loaned certain amounts to Birkenstock Cosmetics. In the year ended September 30, 2020, we loaned 3.9 million to Birkenstock Cosmetics. Such amount, along with a pre-existing 18.3 million loan, was repaid in the same period. We did not loan any amounts to Birkenstock Cosmetics in the period from October 1, 2020 through April 30, 2021.

L Catterton Management Company LLC, an entity controlled by our Principal Shareholder, and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, “L Catterton Management”) have provided management and other services to us. In the year ended September 30, 2022, we paid an aggregate of 0.5 million in consulting fees to L Catterton Management and reimbursed L Catterton Management for an aggregate of 2.4 million in expenses. L Catterton Management was not a related party of the Company in the period from October 1, 2020 through April 30, 2021 or the year ended September 30, 2020.

We have leased certain manufacturing and logistics sites from entities controlled by members of the Predecessor Shareholders’ family. In the period from October 1, 2020 through April 30, 2021 and the year ended September 30, 2020, we paid an aggregate of 3.0 million and 5.2 million, respectively, to such entities for such lease payments. Such entities were not related parties of the Company in the year ended September 30, 2022 or subsequent periods or the period from May 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021.

We have paid certain interest expenses incurred in connection with (a) withdrawals on the Predecessor Shareholders’ capital accounts in accordance with the partnership agreement between the Predecessor Shareholders, and (b) the leases described in the previous paragraph. In the period from October 1, 2020 through April 30, 2021 and the year ended September 30, 2020, we paid an aggregate of 0.5 million and 0.9 million, respectively, to the Predecessor Shareholders for such interest expenses. The Predecessor Shareholders were not related parties of the Company in the year ended September 30, 2022 or subsequent periods or the period from May 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021.

Prior to the Transaction, the Company made payments to the Predecessor Shareholders in connection with services provided to the Company by our Chief Executive Officers, among other services provided, pursuant to consulting service arrangements in place between those entities and the Company. In the period from October 1, 2020 through April 30, 2021 and the year ended September 30, 2020, we paid an aggregate of 4.7 million and 5.7 million, respectively, to the Predecessor Shareholders for such services. The Predecessor Shareholders were not related parties of the Company in the year ended September 30, 2022 or subsequent periods or the period from May 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021.

We maintain a long-term business relationship related to the production of advertising content with a modeling agency owned by a family member of our Chief Executive Officer. In the year ended September 30, 2022, the period from May 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021, the period from October 1, 2020 through April 30, 2021, the year ended September 30, 2020 and the nine months ended June 30, 2023, we

 

178


Table of Contents

paid a gross remuneration including modelling fees of 0.5 million, 0.2 million, 0.4 million, 0.4 million and 0.1 million, respectively, to such modeling agency.

We provide certain management services to Ockenfels Group GmbH & Co. KG (“Ockenfels”), an entity managed by our Chief Executive Officer and controlled by the Predecessor Shareholders. In the year ended September 30, 2022, the period from May 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021 and the nine months ended June 30, 2023, we received an aggregate of 0.2 million, 0.1 million and 8,000, respectively, from Ockenfels for such services.

We also lease certain administrative buildings from Ockenfels. In the year ended September 30, 2022, the period from May 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021 and the nine months ended June 30, 2023, we paid an aggregate of 0.5 million, 0.2 million and 0.4 million, respectively, to Ockenfels for such leases.

Related Party Transaction Policy

In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt a policy with respect to the review, approval and ratification of related party transactions. Under the policy, our audit committee will be responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions. In the course of its review and approval of related party transactions, our audit committee will consider all relevant facts and circumstances to decide whether to approve such transactions. In particular, our policy requires our audit committee to take the following considerations into account, among other factors it deems appropriate: whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of business of the Company; whether the related party transaction was initiated by the Company or the related party; the availability of other sources of comparable products or services; whether the transaction with the related party is proposed to be, or was, entered into on terms no less favorable to the Company than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third-party or with employees generally; the purpose of, and the potential benefits to the Company of, the related party transaction; the impact on a director’s independence in the event that the related party is a director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a director is a partner, shareholder (or equivalent) or member of senior management; if there was a competitive bidding process and the results thereof; the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the related party transaction, particularly as it relates to the related party; the importance, nature and extent of the interest (financial or otherwise) and involvement of the related party in the related party transaction and any other information regarding the related party transaction or the related party that would be material to investors in light of the circumstances of the particular transaction.

The audit committee may only approve those transactions that are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our shareholders, as the audit committee determines in good faith.

Tax Receivable Agreement

We expect to be able to utilize certain tax attributes that were created by the prior acquisition of the BIRKENSTOCK Group in 2021 by our pre-IPO owner, MidCo. These tax attributes would not be available to us in the absence of our pre-IPO owner’s prior acquisition of the BIRKENSTOCK Group and will reduce the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future. In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into the TRA with the TRA Participants in respect of those anticipated tax savings in consideration for the repurchase of certain shares of the Company from MidCo. The following discussion is qualified in its entirety by the full text of our form of the TRA, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

In general, we will be required to pay to the TRA Participants in respect of MidCo’s stock ownership of Birkenstock prior to this offering payments equal to 85% of the savings, if any, in (a) U.S. federal, state or

 

179


Table of Contents

local income tax, and (b) German income tax and trade tax, in each case, that we actually realize (or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances, including as a result of certain assumptions) as a result of (i) certain U.S. tax attributes, principally including amortization and depreciation deductions (and the reduction of taxable gain attributable to tax basis in certain assets) and carryforwards of disallowed interest expense under Section 163(j) of the Code, and (ii) certain German tax attributes, principally including amortization deductions (and the reduction of taxable gain attributable to tax basis in certain assets), in the case of clause (i) and (ii), available to the Company and its subsidiaries on or prior to the date of the initial public offering pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part (the “IPO Date”) (calculated by assuming that the taxable year of the relevant member of the BIRKENSTOCK Group closes at the end of the IPO Date) (such tax attributes, collectively, the “TRA Tax Attributes”). Under the TRA, generally, we will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings.

Our actual utilization of the TRA Tax Attributes, as well as the timing of any payments under the TRA, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the amount, character and timing of our and our subsidiaries’ taxable income in the future. Payments under the TRA are not conditioned on the TRA Participants’ ownership or continued ownership of ordinary shares (other than the initial TRA Participant’s ownership of ordinary shares prior to this offering). In addition, the TRA will provide for interest, at a rate equal to     % per annum, accrued from the due date (without extensions) of the IRS Form 1120 or applicable German income tax return or trade tax return for the applicable taxable year until the date of payment specified by the TRA. Payments under the TRA will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine, consistent with the terms of the TRA. No TRA Participant will be required under any circumstances to make a payment or return a payment to Birkenstock in respect of any portion of any payments previously made to such TRA Participant under the TRA; if it is determined that excess payments have been made under the TRA, certain future payments, if any, otherwise to be made under the TRA will be reduced. As a result, in certain circumstances, including, for example, if a previously claimed deduction is subsequently disallowed, payments could be made under the TRA in excess of the benefits that we actually realize in respect of the TRA Tax Attributes.

The terms of the TRA will, in certain circumstances, including an early termination, certain changes of control, or breaches of any material obligations under it (such as a failure to make any payment when due, subject to a specified cure period), provide for our obligations under the TRA to accelerate and become payable in a lump sum amount equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits calculated based on certain assumptions, including that we would have at such time sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the TRA Tax Attributes. Additionally, if we or any of our subsidiaries transfers any asset to a corporation with which we do not file a consolidated or combined tax return for applicable tax purposes, we will be treated as having sold that asset in a taxable transaction for purposes of determining certain amounts payable pursuant to the TRA. As a result of the foregoing, (a) we could be required to make payments under the TRA that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual tax savings we realize in respect of the TRA Tax Attributes and (b) we may be required to make an immediate lump sum payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax savings, which payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits, if any such benefits are ever realized. In these situations, our obligations under the TRA could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of adversely affecting our working capital and growth, and of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. If we were to elect to terminate the TRA immediately after this offering, we estimate that we would be required to pay $             in the aggregate under the TRA.

Because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the TRA is dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us. The TRA may in certain cases restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to enter into any agreement or indenture that would restrict or encumber our ability to make payments under the TRA. Such restrictions could create significant restrictions on our subsidiaries in obtaining financing. To the extent that we are unable to make payments

 

180


Table of Contents

under the TRA, and such inability is a result of the terms of debt documents, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest at a rate of     % per annum until paid. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the TRA in a manner that does not adversely affect our working capital and growth requirements.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with all of our executive officers. See “Management.”

Indemnification Agreements

We expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our executive officers and directors in connection with this offering. The indemnification agreements and our Articles of Association require us to indemnify our executive officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Shareholders’ Agreement

We intend to enter into the Shareholders’ Agreement with MidCo, which is controlled by our Principal Shareholder, in connection with this offering. The Shareholders’ Agreement will provide MidCo with certain rights with respect to the designation of directors to serve on our board of directors. As set forth in the Shareholders’ Agreement, for so long as MidCo beneficially owns at least a majority of our ordinary shares, it will be entitled to designate for nomination a majority of our board of directors. When MidCo beneficially owns less than a majority but at least 5% of our ordinary shares, it will be entitled to designate for nomination a number of directors in proportion to its ownership of our ordinary shares, rounded up to the nearest whole person. No board member designated in connection with the Shareholders’ Agreement will be required to immediately tender their resignation upon the loss of the right to designate members by MidCo, and each such director may continue to serve until the end of their then current term. The board member designation rights pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement will have the effect of making it more difficult for shareholders to change the composition of our board of directors. Under the Shareholders’ Agreement, we have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to indemnify MidCo, and various affiliated persons and their respective equityholders from certain losses arising out of any threatened or actual litigation by reason of the fact that the indemnified person is or was a holder of our ordinary shares. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our form of Shareholders’ Agreement, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Registration Rights Agreement

We intend to enter into the Registration Rights Agreement with MidCo, which is controlled by our Principal Shareholder, in connection with this offering, pursuant to which we will grant it and its affiliates the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register our ordinary shares under the Securities Act. All of the ordinary shares owned by MidCo will be subject to the Registration Rights Agreement. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, MidCo will be able to require us to file a registration statement under the Securities Act. MidCo may issue an unlimited number of demand registration requests. Additionally, MidCo will be able to require us to pursue an underwritten offering, block trade or bought deal pursuant to a shelf registration to sell our equity securities. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, if at any time we propose or will be required to register any of our equity securities under the Securities Act, we will be required to notify each eligible holder of its right to participate in such registration. We will use best efforts to cause all eligible securities requested to be included in the registration in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement to be so included. The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify certain parties against certain liabilities that may arise under the Securities Act. All fees, costs and expenses of registrations, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, are

 

181


Table of Contents

expected to be borne by us. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our form of Registration Rights Agreement, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the DSP Underwriters have reserved up to     % of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to                 . We do not currently know the extent to which these related persons will participate in the Directed Share Program, if at all, but the number of ordinary shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these related persons purchase such reserved ordinary shares. Any reserved ordinary shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other ordinary shares offered by this prospectus. Except for reserved shares purchased by our executive officers and directors, these reserved ordinary shares will not be subject to the lock-up restrictions described elsewhere in this prospectus. We have agreed to indemnify the DSP Underwriters and their affiliates against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act. See Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

Commercial Transactions with L Catterton and Portfolio Companies of L Catterton

L Catterton and its affiliates have ownership interests in a broad range of companies. We have entered and may in the future enter into commercial transactions in the ordinary course of our business with some of these companies, including the purchase of goods and services. None of these transactions or arrangements has been or is expected to be material to us.

 

182


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association (as amended, our “Articles of Association” and “Memorandum of Association,” respectively). Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of, and the descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to, the Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association, copies of which are filed with the SEC together as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable law.

Our authorized share capital will consist of an unlimited number of ordinary shares, no par value and an unlimited number of preferred shares, no par value.

Ordinary Shares

As of June 30, 2023, 182,721,369 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding. We expect                 ordinary shares will be issued and outstanding immediately after this offering, after giving effect to the capital reorganization and the sale of ordinary shares in this offering. All outstanding ordinary shares are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The ordinary shares do not have pre-emptive, subscription or redemption rights. Neither our Memorandum of Association or Articles of Association nor the laws of Jersey restrict in any way the ownership or voting of ordinary shares held by non-residents of Jersey.

Our board of directors may issue authorized but unissued ordinary shares without further shareholder action, unless shareholder action is required by applicable law or by the rules of a stock exchange or quotation system on which any series of our shares may be listed or quoted.

Dividend and Liquidation Rights. Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive equally, share for share, any dividends that may be declared in respect of our ordinary shares by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. In the event of our liquidation, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors, holders of ordinary shares are entitled to share pro rata in our net assets. Such rights may be affected by the grant of preferential dividend or distribution rights to the holders of a class or series of preferred shares that may be authorized in the future. Our board of directors will have the power to declare such interim dividends as it determines. Declaration of a final dividend (not exceeding the amounts proposed by our board of directors) requires shareholder approval by adoption of an ordinary resolution. Failure to obtain such shareholder approval does not affect previously paid interim dividends.

Voting, Shareholder Meetings and Resolutions. Holders of ordinary shares have one vote for each ordinary share held on all matters submitted to a vote of holders of ordinary shares. These voting rights may be affected by the grant of any special voting rights to the holders of a class or series of preferred shares that may be authorized in the future. Pursuant to Jersey law, an annual general meeting shall be held once every calendar year at the time (within a period of not more than 18 months after the last preceding annual general meeting) and at the place as may be determined by the board of directors. The quorum required for an ordinary meeting of shareholders consists of shareholders present in person or by proxy who hold or represent between them a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote at such meeting.

An ordinary resolution (such as a resolution for the declaration of a final dividend) requires approval by the holders of a majority of the voting rights represented at a meeting, in person or by proxy, and voting thereon.

Amendments to Governing Documents. A special resolution (such as, for example, a resolution amending our Memorandum of Association or Articles of Association or approving any change in authorized capitalization, or a liquidation or winding-up) requires approval of the holders of two-thirds of

 

183


Table of Contents

the voting rights represented at the meeting, in person or by proxy, and voting thereon. A special resolution can only be considered if shareholders receive at least 14 days’ prior notice of the meeting at which such resolution will be considered.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Shareholder  Nominations and Proposals. Our Articles of Association establish advance notice and related procedures with respect to shareholder proposals and nomination of candidates for election as directors.

Limits on Written Consents. At any time that our Principal Shareholder owns at least 40% of the Company’s voting power, shareholders are permitted to take action by written consent if approved by a majority of the voting power of the Company, or two-thirds of the voting power of the Company, when required by Jersey law. At any time that our Principal Shareholder owns less than 40%, shareholder action by written consent is not permitted and shareholder approval may only occur at an annual or special meeting of shareholders.

Notices. Each shareholder of record is entitled to receive at least 14 days’ prior notice (excluding the day of notice and the day of the meeting) of an ordinary shareholders’ meeting and of any shareholders’ meeting at which a special resolution is to be adopted. For the purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to notice and to vote at the meeting, the board of directors may fix a date as the record date for any such determination.

Modification of Class Rights. The rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of that class), such as voting, dividends and the like, may be varied with the sanction of an ordinary resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Election and Removal of Directors. The ordinary shares do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. As a result, the holders of ordinary shares that represent more than 50% of the voting power have the power to elect any of our directors who are up for election. In accordance with our Articles of Association, which will be adopted and filed immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our directors will be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of shareholders, our directors will be elected to succeed the class of directors whose terms have expired. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our shareholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

Our board of directors will consist of seven directors. Our Articles of Association will state that at any time that our Principal Shareholder owns at least 40% of the voting power of the Company, directors may be removed with or without cause by a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding ordinary shares of the Company entitled to vote thereon. At any time that our Principal Shareholder owns less than 40% of voting power, directors may be removed only for cause and by an affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of the then-outstanding ordinary shares of the Company entitled to vote thereon. Our board of directors will have sole power to fill any vacancy occurring as a result of the death, disability, removal or resignation of a director or as a result of an increase in the size of the board of directors.

Other Jersey, Channel Islands Law Considerations

Purchase of Own Shares

As with declaring a dividend, we may not buy back or redeem (to the extent redeemable) our shares unless our directors who are to authorize the buyback or redemption have made a statutory solvency statement that, immediately following the date on which the buyback or redemption is proposed, the Company will be able to discharge its liabilities as they fall due and, having regard to prescribed factors, the Company will be able to continue to carry on business and discharge its liabilities as they fall due for the 12 months immediately following the date on which the buyback or redemption is proposed (or until the company is dissolved on a solvent basis, if earlier).

 

184


Table of Contents

If the above conditions are met, we may purchase shares in the manner described below.

We may purchase on a stock exchange our own fully paid shares pursuant to a special resolution of our shareholders. The resolution authorizing the purchase must specify the maximum number of shares to be purchased; the maximum and minimum prices which may be paid; and a date, not being later than five years after the passing of the resolution, on which the authority to purchase is to expire.

We may purchase our own fully paid shares otherwise than on a stock exchange with the sanction of a special resolution of our shareholders, but only if the purchase is made on the terms of a written purchase contract which has been approved by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. The shareholder from whom we propose to purchase or redeem shares is not entitled to take part in such shareholder vote in respect of the shares to be purchased.

We may fund a redemption or purchase of our own shares from any source. We cannot purchase our shares if, as a result of such purchase, only redeemable shares would remain in issue.

In addition to the above and subject to the provisions of the Jersey Companies Law, where we wish to purchase our own ordinary shares, our board of directors shall have the authority pursuant to our Articles of Association to instead elect to convert any or all of those shares into redeemable shares that shall be redeemed upon such terms and conditions as our board of directors may decide at the relevant time. Our board of directors may convert, and we may redeem, any relevant shares in accordance with this power as they in their absolute discretion decide and there shall be no obligation on our board of directors or us to offer to convert and redeem any other shares held by any other shareholder and no shareholder shall have any right to require their shares to be considered for conversion and redemption.

If authorized by a resolution of our shareholders, any shares that we redeem or purchase may be held by us as treasury shares. Any shares held by us as treasury shares may be cancelled, sold, transferred for the purposes of or under an employee share scheme or held without cancelling, selling or transferring them. Shares redeemed or purchased by us are cancelled where we have not been authorized to hold these as treasury shares.

Mandatory Purchases and Acquisitions

The Jersey Companies Law provides that where a person has made an offer to acquire a class of all of our outstanding shares not already held by the person and has as a result of such offer acquired or contractually agreed to acquire 90% or more of such outstanding shares to which the offer relates, that person is then entitled (and may be required) to acquire the remaining shares of such shares. In such circumstances, a holder of any such remaining shares may apply to the Jersey court for an order that the person making such offer not be entitled to purchase the holder’s shares or that the person purchase the holder’s shares on terms different to those under which the person made such offer.

Compromises and Arrangements

Where we and our creditors or shareholders or a class of either of them propose a compromise or arrangement between us and our creditors or our shareholders or a class of either of them (as applicable), the Jersey court may order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors or of our shareholders or class of shareholders (as applicable) to be called in such a manner as the court directs. Any compromise or arrangement approved by a majority in number representing 75% or more in value of the creditors or 75% or more of the voting rights of shareholders or class of either of them (as applicable) if sanctioned by the court, is binding upon us and all the creditors, shareholders or members of the specific class of either of them (as applicable).

 

185


Table of Contents

Whether the capital of the company is to be treated as being divided into a single or multiple class(es) of shares is a matter to be determined by the court. The court may in its discretion treat a single class of shares as multiple classes, or multiple classes of shares as a single class, for the purposes of the shareholder approval referred to above taking into account all relevant circumstances, which may include circumstances other than the rights attaching to the shares themselves.

Conflicts of Interest

Jersey law permits companies to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the company or its officers, directors or shareholders. Our Articles of Association will, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Jersey law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors or shareholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, shareholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our Articles of Association will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, neither our Principal Shareholder nor any of our directors who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (ii) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that our Principal Shareholder or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself, himself or herself or its, his or her affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our Articles of Association will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our Memorandum or Articles of Association, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity, the opportunity would be in line with our business and would be an opportunity in which we have an interest or reasonable expectancy.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our ordinary shares will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Listing

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the NYSE under the symbol “BIRK.”

 

186


Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF DELAWARE CORPORATE LAW AND JERSEY CORPORATE LAW

Jersey companies are governed by the Jersey Companies Law. The Jersey Companies Law differs from laws applicable to Delaware corporations and their shareholders. For comparison purposes, set forth below is a summary of some significant differences between the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the State of Delaware and the provisions of the Jersey Companies Law applicable to the Company.

 

DELAWARE CORPORATE LAW

  

JERSEY CORPORATE LAW

      
Mergers and similar arrangements; Appraisal rights

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, with certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation, sale, lease or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of a corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon. A shareholder of a Delaware corporation participating in certain major corporate transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights pursuant to which such shareholder may receive cash in the amount of the fair value of the shares held by such shareholder (as determined by a court) in lieu of the consideration such shareholder would otherwise receive in the transaction. The Delaware General Corporation Law also provides that a parent corporation, by resolution of its board of directors, may merge with any subsidiary, of which it owns at least 90.0% of each class of capital stock, without a vote by the shareholders of such subsidiary. Upon any such merger, dissenting shareholders of the subsidiary would have appraisal rights.

  

A sale or disposal of all or substantially all the assets of a Jersey company must be approved by the board of directors and, only if the articles of association of the company require, by the shareholders in a general meeting. A merger involving a Jersey company must be generally documented in a merger agreement which must be approved by special resolution (being a two-thirds majority, if the articles of association of the company do not specify a greater majority) of shareholders of that company.

 

There are no appraisal rights under the Jersey Companies Law.

Shareholders’ suits

Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to shareholders of a Delaware corporation for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action.

  

Under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law, a shareholder may apply to court for relief on the ground that the conduct of a company’s affairs, including a proposed or actual act or omission by a company, is “unfairly prejudicial” to the interests of shareholders generally or of some part of shareholders, including at least the shareholder making the application.

 

There may also be customary law personal actions available to shareholders. Under Article 143 of the Jersey Companies Law (which sets out the types of relief a court may grant in relation to an action brought under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law), the court may make an order regulating the affairs of a company, requiring a company to refrain from doing or continuing to do an act complained of, authorizing civil proceedings and

 

187


Table of Contents

DELAWARE CORPORATE LAW

  

JERSEY CORPORATE LAW

  

providing for the purchase of shares by a company or by any of its other shareholders.

Shareholder vote on board and management compensation

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the board of directors has the authority to fix the compensation of directors, unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or bylaws.

  

Subject to restrictions in the Company’s Articles of Association, the board of directors may set the compensation of directors and members of management.

Annual vote on board renewal

Unless directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting, directors are elected in an annual meeting of shareholders on a date and at a time designated by or in the manner provided in the bylaws. Re-election is possible.

 

Classified boards are permitted.

  

Unless otherwise stated in the Company’s Articles of Association, directors of Jersey companies may be elected at any meeting of shareholders including the annual general meeting. Re-election is possible.

 

Classified boards are permitted.

Indemnification of directors and executive officers and limitation of liability

The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a certificate of incorporation may contain a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors and officers of the corporation for monetary damages for breach of a fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except no provision in the certificate of incorporation may eliminate or limit the liability of a director or officer for:

 

• any breach of the duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders;

 

• acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

• statutory liability for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful share purchase or redemption; or

 

• any transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit.

 

A Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding, other than an action by or on behalf of the corporation, because the person is or was a director or officer, against liability incurred in connection with the proceeding if the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation; and the director or officer, with respect to any criminal action or

  

The Jersey Companies Law does not contain any provision permitting Jersey companies to limit the liabilities of directors for breach of fiduciary duty.

 

However, a Jersey company may exempt from liability, and indemnify directors and officers, for liabilities:

 

• incurred in defending any civil or criminal legal proceedings where:

 

• judgment is given in the person’s favour or the person is acquitted;

 

• the proceedings are discontinued other than by reason of such person (or someone on their behalf) giving some benefit or suffering some detriment; or

 

• the proceedings are settled on terms that such person (or someone on their behalf) gives some benefit or suffers some detriment but in the opinion of a majority of the disinterested directors, the person was substantially successful on the merits in the person’s resistance to the proceedings;

 

• incurred to anyone other than to the company if the person acted in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company;

 

• incurred in connection with an application made to the court for relief from liability for

 

188


Table of Contents

DELAWARE CORPORATE LAW

  

JERSEY CORPORATE LAW

proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Unless ordered by a court, any foregoing indemnification is subject to a determination that the director or officer has met the applicable standard of conduct:

 

• by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to the proceeding, even though less than a quorum;

 

• by a committee of directors designated by a majority vote of the eligible directors, even though less than a quorum;

 

• by independent legal counsel in a written opinion if there are no eligible directors, or if the eligible directors so direct; or

 

• by the shareholders.

 

Moreover, a Delaware corporation may not indemnify a director or officer in connection with any proceeding in which the director or officer has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for those expenses which the court deems proper.

  

negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust under Article 212 of the Jersey Companies Law in which relief is granted to the person by the court; or

 

• incurred in a case in which the company normally maintains insurance for persons other than directors.

Directors’ fiduciary duties

A director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components:

 

• the duty of care; and

 

• the duty of loyalty.

 

The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself or herself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction.

 

The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He or she must not use his or her corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence

  

Under the Jersey Companies Law, a director of a Jersey company, in exercising the director’s powers and discharging the director’s duties, has a duty to

 

• act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company; and

 

• exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.

 

Customary law is also an important source of law in the area of directors’ duties in Jersey as it expands upon and provides a more detailed understanding of the general duties and obligations of directors. The Jersey courts view English common law as highly persuasive in this area.

 

In summary, the following duties will apply as manifestations of the general fiduciary duty under the Jersey Companies Law: a duty to act in good

 

189


Table of Contents

DELAWARE CORPORATE LAW

  

JERSEY CORPORATE LAW

over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

  

faith and in what he or she bona fide considers to be the best interests of the company; a duty to exercise powers for a proper purpose; a duty to avoid any actual or potential conflict between his or her own and the company’s interests; and a duty to account for profits and not take personal profit from any opportunities arising from his or her directorship, even if he or she is acting honestly and for the good of the company. However, the articles of association of a company may permit the director to be personally interested in arrangements involving the company (subject to the requirement to have disclosed such interest).

Shareholder action by written consent

A Delaware corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent.

  

If permitted by the articles of association of a company, a written consent signed and passed by the specified majority of members may affect any matter that otherwise may be brought before a shareholders’ meeting, except for the removal of a company’s auditors. Such consent shall be deemed effective when the instrument, or the last of several instruments, is signed by the specified majority of members or on such later date as is specified in the resolution.

 

The Company’s Articles of Association state that at any time that our Principal Shareholder owns at least 40% of the Company’s voting power, shareholders are permitted to take action by written consent if approved by a majority of the voting power of the Company, or two-thirds of the voting power of the Company, when required by Jersey law. At any time that our Principal Shareholder owns less than 40%, shareholder action by written consent is not permitted and shareholder approval may only occur at an annual or special meeting of shareholders.

Shareholder proposals; Special meetings of shareholders

A shareholder of a Delaware corporation has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents.

 

A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

  

The Jersey Companies Law does not provide for a shareholder right to put a proposal before the shareholders at the annual general meeting.

 

Shareholders holding 10% or more of a Jersey company’s voting rights and entitled to vote at the relevant meeting may legally require such company’s directors to call a meeting of shareholders. The JFSC may, at the request of any officer, secretary or shareholder, call or direct the calling of an annual general meeting. Failure to

 

190


Table of Contents

DELAWARE CORPORATE LAW

  

JERSEY CORPORATE LAW

  

call an annual general meeting in accordance with the requirements of the Jersey Companies Law is a criminal offence on the part of a Jersey company and its directors and secretary.

Cumulative voting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides for it.

  

There are no provisions in the Jersey Companies Law relating to cumulative voting.

Removal of directors

A director of a Delaware corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise.

  

There is no statutory right under Jersey Companies Law for shareholders to nominate, appoint or remove directors of a company.

 

If provided for in the articles of association, a director may be removed from office by the holders of ordinary shares by special resolution or other threshold only for “cause” (as defined in the articles of association). In addition, a director may be removed from office by the board of directors by resolution made by the board of directors for “cause” if the articles of association provide for such a right. The Company’s articles of association do not permit removal of a director by the other directors.

Transactions with interested directors

Interested director transactions are permissible and may not be legally voided if:

 

• either a majority of disinterested directors, or a majority in interest of holders of shares of the corporation’s capital stock entitled to vote upon the matter, approves the transaction upon disclosure of all material facts; or

 

• the transaction is determined to have been fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the board of directors, a committee thereof or the shareholders.

  

An interested director must disclose to the company the nature and extent of any interest in a transaction with the company, or one of its subsidiaries, which to a material extent conflicts or may conflict with the interests of the company and of which the director is aware.

 

Failure to disclose an interest entitles the company or a shareholder to apply to the court for an order setting aside the transaction concerned and directing that the director account to the company for any profit.

 

A transaction is not voidable and a director is not accountable notwithstanding a failure to disclose an interest if the transaction is confirmed by special resolution of shareholders and the nature and extent of the director’s interest in the transaction are disclosed in reasonable detail in the notice calling the meeting at which the resolution is passed.

 

Although it may still order that a director account for any profit, a court will not set aside a transaction unless it is satisfied that the interests of third parties who have acted in good faith would not thereby be unfairly prejudiced and the

 

191


Table of Contents

DELAWARE CORPORATE LAW

  

JERSEY CORPORATE LAW

  

transaction was not reasonable and fair in the interests of the company at the time it was entered into.

Transactions with interested shareholders

The Delaware General Corporation Law generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or group who or which owns or owned 15.0% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting shares within the past three years.

 

This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

  

The Jersey Companies Law has no comparable provision. As a result, a Jersey company cannot avail itself of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Jersey law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, as a general matter, such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

Dissolution; Winding up

Unless the board of directors of a Delaware corporation approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100.0% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board.

  

Under the Jersey Companies Law, a Jersey company may be voluntarily dissolved, liquidated or wound up by a special resolution of the shareholders. In addition, a company may be wound up by the courts of Jersey if the court is of the opinion that it is just and equitable to do so or that it is expedient in the public interest to do so.

 

Alternatively, a creditor with a claim against a Jersey company of not less than £3,000 may apply to the Royal Court of Jersey for the property of that company to be declared en désastre (being the Jersey law equivalent of a declaration of bankruptcy). Such an application may also be made by the Jersey company itself without having to obtain any shareholder approval.

Variation of rights of shares

A Delaware corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise.

  

Under Jersey law, the rights attached to any class of shares may only be varied (unless otherwise provided in the articles of association or by the terms of issue of that class) with the written consent of the holders of two-thirds of the shares

 

192


Table of Contents

DELAWARE CORPORATE LAW

  

JERSEY CORPORATE LAW

  

of such class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

 

Our Articles of Association state that the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of that class), such as voting, dividends and the like, may be varied with the sanction of an ordinary resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Amendment of governing documents

A Delaware corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise.

  

The memorandum of association and the articles of association of a Jersey company may only be amended by special resolution (being a two-thirds majority if the articles of association of the company do not specify a greater majority) passed by shareholders in general meeting or by written resolution (if not prohibited by the articles of association) signed by either all the shareholders entitled to vote or, if authorised by the articles of association, the specified majority (being a two-thirds majority if the articles of association of the company do not specify a greater majority).

Blank check preferred stock/shares

A Delaware corporation’s certificate of incorporation may give the board of directors the right to issue new classes of preferred shares with voting, conversion dividend distribution, and other rights to be determined by the board of directors at the time of issuance, which could prevent a takeover attempt and thereby preclude shareholders from realizing a potential premium over the market value of their shares.

 

In addition, Delaware law does not prohibit a corporation from adopting a shareholder rights plan, or “poison pill,” which could prevent a takeover attempt and also preclude shareholders from realizing a potential premium over the market value of their shares.

  

Subject to the restrictions in our Articles of Association, our Articles of Association give the board of directors the right to provide for other classes of shares, including series of preferred shares, out of the authorized but unissued share capital, which could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise capital for corporate purposes or for use in employee benefit plans.

 

Where the United Kingdom City Code on Takeovers and Mergers does not apply to a company, Jersey law does not prohibit a company from adopting a shareholder rights plan, or “poison pill,” which could prevent a takeover attempt and also preclude shareholders from realizing a potential premium over the market value of their shares.

Inspection of books and records

Shareholders of a Delaware corporation, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose, and to obtain copies of list(s) of shareholders and other books and records of the corporation and its subsidiaries, if any, to the extent the books and records of such subsidiaries are available to the corporation.

  

The register of shareholders and books containing the minutes of general meetings or of meetings of any class of shareholders of a Jersey company must during business hours be open to the inspection of a shareholder of the company without charge.

 

The register of directors and secretaries must during business hours (subject to such reasonable restrictions as the company may by its articles of

 

193


Table of Contents

DELAWARE CORPORATE LAW

  

JERSEY CORPORATE LAW

  

association or in general meeting impose, but so that not less than two hours in each business day be allowed for inspection) be open to the inspection of a shareholder or director of the company without charge.

Payment of dividends

The board of directors may approve a dividend without shareholder approval. Subject to any restrictions contained in its certificate of incorporation, the board may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock either:

 

• out of its surplus; or

 

• in case there is no such surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

 

Shareholder approval is required to authorize capital stock in excess of that provided in the charter. Directors may issue authorized shares without shareholder approval.

  

Subject to restrictions in the Company’s Articles of Association, under Jersey Companies Law, a Jersey company may make a distribution at any time and out of any source (other than the nominal capital account or capital redemption reserve) provided that the directors of the company who authorize the distribution make a solvency statement in the prescribed form confirming that they have formed the opinion that immediately following the date on which the distribution is proposed and for a 12 month period thereafter the company will be able to discharge its liabilities as they fall due.

 

Likewise, authorizing directors must also make a statutory solvency statement in the event of redeeming or purchasing the company’s shares.

Creation and issuance of new shares

All creation of shares requires the board of directors to adopt a resolution or resolutions, pursuant to authority expressly vested in the board of directors by the provisions of the company’s certificate of incorporation.

  

Pursuant to authority vested in the board under the memorandum and articles of association, the board of directors may authorize the issuance of new shares through a resolution.

 

194


Table of Contents

ORDINARY SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Future sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have a total of                  ordinary shares issued and outstanding, respectively. Of these shares, the                  ordinary shares, or                  ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option from us in full, sold in this offering are freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our existing “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining                  ordinary shares, or                  ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option from us in full will be “restricted securities,” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned our ordinary shares that are restricted shares for at least six months would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, the sale and (ii) we are subject to, and in compliance with certain of, the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. If such person has beneficially owned such ordinary shares for at least one year, then the requirement in clause (ii) will not apply to the sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned our ordinary shares that are restricted shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of our ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  ordinary shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional ordinary shares; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale

provided, in each case, that we are subject to, and in compliance with certain of, the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales must also comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Equity Incentive Plans

We may file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the ordinary shares reserved for issuance under equity incentive plans that may be in effect from time to time. Such registration statements would become effective immediately upon filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions and any applicable holdings periods, any applicable lock-up agreements described below and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

 

195


Table of Contents

Regulation S

Regulation S provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

Lock-up Agreements

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with, the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any of our ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any of our ordinary shares, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any ordinary shares or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of ordinary shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of a majority of the Representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than our ordinary shares to be sold in this offering. The lock-up agreement is subject to specified exceptions. See “Underwriting.” After this offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the agreements described above.

 

196


Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following summary contains a description of certain Jersey, UK and U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase ordinary shares. The summary is based upon the tax laws of and regulations thereunder and on the tax laws of Jersey, the UK and the United States and regulations thereunder as of the date hereof, which are subject to change.

Material Jersey Tax Considerations

This summary of material Jersey taxation issues can only provide a general overview of this area and it is not a description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to invest in the Company.

The following summary of the anticipated treatment of the Company and holders of ordinary shares (other than residents of Jersey) is based on Jersey taxation law and practice as it is understood to apply at the date of this document and may be subject to any changes in Jersey law occurring after such date. It does not constitute legal or tax advice and does not address all aspects of Jersey tax law and practice (including such tax law and practice as it applies to any land or building situate in Jersey). Legal advice should be taken with regard to individual circumstances. Prospective investors in the ordinary shares should consult their professional advisors on the implications of acquiring, buying, selling or otherwise disposing of ordinary shares in the Company under the laws of any jurisdiction in which they may be liable to taxation.

Shareholders should note that tax law and interpretation can change and that, in particular, the levels and basis of, and reliefs from, taxation may change and may alter the benefits, if any, of investment in the Company.

Any person who is in any doubt about their tax position or who is subject to taxation in a jurisdiction other than Jersey should consult their own professional advisor.

Company Residence

Under the Tax Law, a company shall be regarded as resident in Jersey if it is incorporated under the Jersey Companies Law unless:

 

   

its business is centrally managed and controlled outside Jersey in a country or territory where the highest rate at which any company may be charged to tax on any part of its income is 10% or higher; and

 

   

the company is resident for tax purposes in that country or territory.

It is intended that the Company will not be resident for tax purposes in Jersey and not subject to any rate of tax in Jersey as it will instead be resident in the United Kingdom where the tax rate is in excess of 10%.

Summary

Under current Jersey law, there are no capital gains, capital transfer, gift, wealth or inheritance taxes, or any death or estate duties. No capital or stamp duty is levied in Jersey on the issue, conversion, redemption, or transfer of ordinary shares. On the death of an individual holder of ordinary shares (whether or not such individual was domiciled in Jersey), duty at rates of up to 0.75% of the value of the relevant ordinary shares may be payable on the registration of any Jersey probate or letters of administration which may be required in order to transfer, convert, redeem, or make payments in respect of, ordinary shares held by a deceased individual sole shareholder, subject to a cap of £100,000.

 

197


Table of Contents

Income Tax

The general rate of income tax under the Tax Law on the profits of companies regarded as resident in Jersey or having a permanent establishment in Jersey is 0% (“zero tax rating”) though certain exceptions from zero tax rating might apply.

Withholding Tax

For so long as the Company is subject to a zero tax rating, or is not deemed to be resident for tax purposes in Jersey, no withholding in respect of Jersey taxation will be required on payments in respect of the ordinary shares to any holder of the ordinary shares not resident in Jersey.

Stamp Duty

In Jersey, no stamp duty is levied on the issue or transfer of the ordinary shares except that stamp duty is payable on Jersey grants of probate and letters of administration, which will generally be required to transfer ordinary shares on the death of a holder of such ordinary shares if such holder was entered as the holder of the shares on the register maintained in Jersey. In the case of a grant of probate or letters of administration, stamp duty is levied according to the size of the estate (wherever situated in respect of a holder of ordinary shares domiciled in Jersey, or situated in Jersey in respect of a holder of ordinary shares domiciled outside Jersey) and is payable on a sliding scale at a rate of up to 0.75% on the value of an estate up to a maximum stamp duty charge of £100,000. The rules for joint holders through a nominee are different and advice relating to this form of holding should be obtained from a professional advisor.

Jersey does not otherwise levy taxes upon capital, inheritances, capital gains or gifts nor are there otherwise estate duties.

Substance Legislation

With effect from January 1, 2019, Jersey has implemented legislation designed to ensure that companies carrying on certain activities have adequate substance on the island. Broadly, the legislation applies to holding companies which are resident for tax purposes on the island. As discussed above at “Company Residence,” it is intended that the company is tax resident in the United Kingdom and, if and for so long as this is the case, the legislation will not apply to the Company.

Material UK Tax Considerations

The summary below provides a general overview of certain UK tax considerations relating to the holding of ordinary shares issued by the Company. They do not address any other matter. The summary below is of a general nature and is not intended to be an exhaustive summary of all UK tax considerations relating to an investment in the ordinary shares.

The summary below is based on current UK tax law and HMRC published practice as at the date of this prospectus (which may not be binding on HMRC) relating only to certain aspects of UK tax, both of which may be subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect. It does not necessarily apply where any income from the ordinary shares is deemed for tax purposes to be the income of any other person.

The UK tax treatment of prospective holders of ordinary shares depends on their individual circumstances and may be subject to change in the future. The summary below relates only to the position of persons who are the absolute beneficial owners of ordinary shares (and any dividends payable on their ordinary shares) and who hold ordinary shares as a capital investment. Certain classes of persons (such as charities, trustees, brokers, dealers, market makers, depositaries, clearance services, certain professional investors, persons connected with the Company or persons who acquire (or are deemed to acquire) shares by reason of an office or employment) may be subject to special rules and the summary below does not apply to such holders.

 

198


Table of Contents

The summary below does not purport to constitute legal or tax advice. Any holder or prospective holder of ordinary shares who is in doubt as to their own tax position, who is resident or domiciled in the UK or who may be subject to tax in a jurisdiction other than the UK should consult their professional advisers.

Tax Residency of the Company

The Company should be treated as resident in the UK for UK tax purposes provided that the central management and control of its business is carried on in the UK and that it is not treated as solely tax resident in another jurisdiction pursuant to the provisions of an applicable double taxation treaty. The summary below assumes that the Company will be resident solely in the UK for UK tax purposes.

Withholding Tax on Dividends

Payments of dividends on the ordinary shares may be made by the Company without withholding or deduction for or on account of UK income tax.

Taxation of Dividends

Dividends paid by the Company should not be chargeable to UK tax in the hands of shareholders (other than certain trustees) who are not resident for tax purposes in the UK, except where the shareholder carries on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a branch or agency, or in the case of a corporate shareholder, carries on a trade through a permanent establishment in the UK, in connection with which the dividend is received or to which the ordinary shares are attributable.

Taxation of Capital Gains

Capital gains on the disposal (or deemed disposal) of the ordinary shares should not be chargeable to UK tax in the hands of holders of ordinary shares (other than certain trustees) who are not resident for tax purposes in the UK, except where the holder carries on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a branch or agency, or in the case of a corporate holder, carries on a trade through a permanent establishment in the UK, in connection with which the capital gain is realized or to which the ordinary shares are attributable.

A holder of ordinary shares who is an individual and who is temporarily resident for tax purposes outside the UK at the date of disposal (or deemed disposal) of the ordinary shares may also be liable, on their return to the UK, to UK tax on chargeable gains (subject to any available exemption or relief).

The summary above is based on the assumption that the Company does not derive 75% or more of its value from UK land.

UK Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax

The summary below provides an overview of certain current law and is intended as a general guide only to UK stamp duty and SDRT. Special rules apply to agreements made by broker dealers and market makers in the ordinary course of their business and to transfers, agreements to transfer or issues to certain categories of person (such as depositaries and clearance services) which may be liable to UK stamp duty or SDRT at a higher rate.

No UK stamp duty or SDRT should be payable on the issue of ordinary shares in registered form by the Company.

 

199


Table of Contents

As the Company is not incorporated in the UK, no SDRT should be payable on the transfer of, or an agreement to transfer, ordinary shares provided that the ordinary shares are not registered in a register kept in the UK by or on behalf of the Company. It is not intended that such a register will be kept in the UK.

No UK stamp duty should be payable on the transfer of ordinary shares provided that this does not involve a written instrument of transfer. If the transfer is effected by a written instrument of transfer then, provided the instrument is executed and retained outside the UK and does not relate to any property situated in the UK or to any matter or thing done or to be done in the UK, no UK stamp duty should be chargeable on such instrument of transfer.

THE UK TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO THE ORDINARY SHARES ARE COMPLEX. THE FOREGOING SUMMARY DOES NOT ADDRESS ALL ASPECTS OF THE UK TAX THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO A PARTICULAR HOLDER OF ORDINARY SHARES. ALL HOLDERS AND PROSPECTIVE HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISER.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders

The following section describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders, as defined below, of owning and disposing of ordinary shares. It does not set forth all tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire ordinary shares.

This section applies only to a U.S. Holder that holds ordinary shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, property held for investment). This section does not include a description of the state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences that may be relevant to U.S. Holders, nor does it address U.S. federal tax consequences (such as gift and estate taxes) other than income taxes. In addition, it does not set forth all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant in light of the U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax consequences, rules conforming the timing of income accruals with respect to the ordinary shares to financial statements under Section 451(b) of the Code, the potential application of the provisions of the Code known as the Medicare contribution tax and tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders subject to special rules under U.S. federal income tax laws, including:

 

   

certain financial institutions;

 

   

dealers or traders in securities who use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

 

   

persons holding ordinary shares as part of a hedging transaction, straddle, wash sale, conversion transaction or other integrated transaction or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to the ordinary shares;

 

   

persons whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. Dollar;

 

   

entities classified as partnerships or S corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

persons who acquire our ordinary shares through the exercise of an option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

tax-exempt entities, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA”;

 

   

real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

 

   

qualified foreign pension funds;

 

   

expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons required for U.S. federal income tax purposes to conform the timing of income accruals to their financial statements under Section 451 of the Code;

 

   

persons that hold our securities as part of a straddle, constructive sale, hedging, conversion or other integrated or similar transaction;

 

200


Table of Contents
   

persons that own or are deemed to own 10% or more of our shares (by vote or value); or

 

   

persons holding ordinary shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States or in connection with a permanent establishment or other fixed place of business outside of the United States.

If an entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Partnerships holding ordinary shares and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of the ordinary shares.

This section is based on the current provisions of the Code, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, all as of the date hereof, any of which is subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change or different interpretation could alter the tax consequences to U.S. Holders described in this section. In addition, there can be no assurance that the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described in this section. We have not sought, and do not expect to seek, a ruling from the IRS as to any U.S. federal income tax consequence described herein. The IRS may disagree with any discussion herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court.

A “U.S. Holder” is a holder who, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares who is:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia;

 

   

a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or (b) it has in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person; or

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

Taxation of Distributions

We do not currently expect to make distributions on our ordinary shares. In the event that we do make distributions of cash or other property, subject to the passive foreign investment company rules described below, distributions paid on ordinary shares, other than certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares, will be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). To the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), such excess amount will be treated first as a tax-free return of a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares, and then, to the extent such excess amount exceeds such holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares, as capital gain. Because we may not calculate our earnings and profits under United States federal income tax principles, a U.S. Holder should expect that any distribution may be reported as a dividend for United States federal income tax purposes even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above. Amounts treated as dividends that we pay to a U.S. Holder that is a taxable corporation generally will be taxed at regular tax rates and will not qualify for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to domestic corporations in respect of dividends received from other domestic corporations.

 

201


Table of Contents

Subject to certain holding-period requirements and the passive foreign investment company rules described below, for so long as our ordinary shares are listed on the NYSE or another established securities market in the United States, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders will generally be eligible for taxation as “qualified dividend income,” which, subject to applicable limitations, is taxable at a lower capital gain rate applicable to such U.S. Holders. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends in their particular circumstances.

The amount of a dividend will include any amounts withheld by us or an applicable withholding agent. The amount of the dividend will be treated as foreign-source dividend income to U.S. Holders. Dividends will be included in a U.S. Holder’s income on the date of the U.S. Holder’s receipt of the dividend. The amount of any dividend income paid in foreign currency will be the U.S. Dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of actual or constructive receipt, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. Dollars at that time. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. Dollars after the date of receipt. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the treatment of any foreign currency gain or loss.

Subject to applicable limitations, some of which vary depending upon the U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, non-U.S. income taxes withheld from dividends on ordinary shares may be creditable against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. Further, depending on the circumstances of the U.S. Holder, any such dividends will be “passive” or “general” category income which, in either case, is treated separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to such U.S. Holder. However, if we are a “United States-owned foreign corporation” (generally, a non-U.S. corporation 50% or more of the stock of which, by vote and value, is held directly, indirectly or constructively under applicable attribution rules, by United States persons), then a portion of the dividends paid on the ordinary shares will be treated as U.S. source income (rather than foreign source income) for foreign tax credit purposes if more than 10% of the earnings and profits out of which the dividends are paid is attributable to sources within the United States. This rule, to the extent applicable, could result in a lower amount of foreign taxes being potentially creditable by a U.S. Holder than would be the case if such dividends were treated as foreign source income. Recently issued U.S. Treasury regulations further restrict the availability of foreign tax credits. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex and U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the creditability of foreign taxes in their particular circumstances. In lieu of claiming a foreign tax credit, U.S. Holders may, at their election, deduct foreign taxes in computing their taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. law. An election to deduct foreign taxes instead of claiming foreign tax credits applies to all foreign taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year.

Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules described below, gain or loss realized on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the ordinary shares for more than one year. The amount of the gain or loss generally will equal the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition, in each case as determined in U.S. Dollars. This gain or loss will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to various limitations. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the proper treatment of gain or loss in their particular circumstances, including the effects of any applicable income tax treaties.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

Under the Code, we will be a PFIC for any taxable year in which, after the application of certain “look-through” rules with respect to subsidiaries, either (a) 75% or more of our gross income consists of “passive income,” or (b) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of our assets consist of assets that produce, or

 

202


Table of Contents

are held for the production of, “passive income” (including cash) (such test described in clause (b), the “Asset Test”). For purposes of the above calculations, we will be treated as if we hold our proportionate share of the assets of, and receive directly our proportionate share of the income of, any other corporation in which we directly or indirectly own at least 25%, by value, of the shares of such corporation. Passive income includes, among other things, interest, dividends, rents, certain non-active royalties and capital gains. Although the Asset Test is generally performed based on the fair market value of the assets, special rules apply with respect to the Asset Test if we are treated as a CFC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Based on the expected market price of our ordinary shares following this offering and the composition of our income and assets, including goodwill, we do not believe we were a PFIC for our 2022 taxable year or expect that we will be a PFIC for our current year or in the foreseeable future. Even if we determined that we are not a PFIC for a taxable year, there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with our conclusion or that the IRS would not successfully challenge our position. Our status as a PFIC is a fact-intensive determination that must be made on an annual basis applying principles and methodologies that are in some circumstances unclear, and whether we will be a PFIC for our current year or any future taxable year is uncertain in several respects. Moreover, our PFIC status for any taxable year will depend on the composition of our income and assets and the value of our assets from time to time (which may be determined, in part, by reference to the market price of our ordinary shares, which may fluctuate substantially over time). Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for any taxable year, and our U.S. counsel expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status, or with respect to our expectations regarding our PFIC status for our current year or any future taxable year. If we are a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds ordinary shares, we would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to that U.S. Holder for all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) ordinary shares, even if we ceased to meet the threshold requirements for PFIC status, unless the U.S. Holder makes a valid deemed sale or deemed dividend election under the applicable Treasury regulations with respect to its ordinary shares. If the deemed sale election is made, the U.S. Holder will be deemed to sell the ordinary shares it holds at their fair market value on the “qualification date,” which may result in recognition of gain (but not loss) without the receipt of any corresponding cash. A deemed dividend election is available only if we are a CFC. We believe we are currently a CFC but there is no assurance we will continue to be a CFC in the future. If the deemed dividend election is made, the U.S. Holder must include in income its pro rata share of our post-1986 earnings and profits attributable to the ordinary shares held on the “qualification date” without the receipt of any corresponding cash. After the deemed sale or deemed dividend election, the U.S. Holder’s ordinary shares would not be treated as shares of a PFIC unless we subsequently again become a PFIC.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) ordinary shares and one of our subsidiaries or other entity in which we held a direct or indirect equity interest is also a PFIC (a “Lower-tier PFIC”), such U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the Lower-tier PFIC and would be subject to U.S. federal income tax under the PFIC excess distribution regime on certain distributions by the Lower-tier PFIC and on gain from the disposition of shares of the Lower-tier PFIC, even though such U.S. Holder would not receive the proceeds of those distributions or dispositions. In addition, any mark-to-market election (as described below) made for ordinary shares will not apply to shares of the Lower-tier PFIC. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the application of the PFIC rules to our non-U.S. subsidiaries.

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) ordinary shares (assuming such U.S. Holder has not made a timely mark-to-market or QEF Election, as described below), such U.S. Holder generally will be subject to special and adverse rules with respect to (a) any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of its ordinary shares (which may include gain realized by reason of transfers of our ordinary shares that would otherwise qualify as non-recognition transactions for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and (b) any “excess distribution” made to the U.S. Holder (generally, any distributions to such U.S. Holder during a taxable year of the U.S. Holder that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by such U.S. Holder in respect of

 

203


Table of Contents

the ordinary shares during the three preceding taxable years of such U.S. Holder or, if shorter, such U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares).

Under these rules:

 

   

the U.S. Holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for its ordinary shares;

 

   

the amount of gain allocated to the U.S. Holder’s taxable year in which the U.S. Holder recognized the gain or received the excess distribution, or to the period in the U.S. Holder’s holding period before the first day of our first taxable year in which are a PFIC, will be taxed as ordinary income;

 

   

the amount of gain allocated to other taxable years (or portions thereof) of the U.S. Holder and included in such U.S. Holder’s holding period will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and applicable to the U.S. Holder; and

 

   

an additional tax equal to the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the U.S. Holder in respect of the tax attributable to each such other taxable year of such U.S. Holder.

A U.S. Holder can avoid certain of the adverse rules described above by making a mark-to-market election with respect to its ordinary shares, provided that the ordinary shares are “marketable.” Our ordinary shares will be marketable if they are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange” or other market within the meaning of applicable Treasury regulations (generally, stock that is regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the SEC, or on a foreign exchange or market that the IRS determines has rules sufficient to ensure that the market price represents a legitimate and sound fair market value). For this purpose, ordinary shares generally will be considered regularly traded (a) during the calendar year of initial public offering if they are traded, other than in de minimis quantities, on 1/6 of the days remaining in the quarter in which the initial public offering occurs and on at least 15 days during each remaining quarter of that calendar year (or, if the initial public offering occurs in the fourth quarter, on the greater of 1/6 of the days remaining in such quarter or 5 days) and (b) during any other calendar year during which they are traded, other than in de minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each quarter. Any trades that have as one of their principal purposes meeting this requirement will be disregarded. If a U.S. Holder makes the mark-to-market election, it will recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of the ordinary shares at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjusted tax basis of the ordinary shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). These amounts of ordinary income would not be eligible for the favorable tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains. If a U.S. Holder makes the election, the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect the income or loss amounts recognized. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If made, a mark-to-market election would be effective for the taxable year for which the election was made and for all subsequent taxable years unless our ordinary shares cease to qualify as “marketable stock” for purposes of the PFIC rules or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election. Because a mark- to-market election cannot be made for any Lower-tier PFICs that we may own, a U.S. Holder will generally continue to be subject to the PFIC rules discussed above with respect to such holder’s indirect interest in any investments we hold that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, it is possible that any mark-to-market election will be of limited benefit. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a mark-to-market election with respect to our ordinary shares under their particular circumstances.

In addition, in order to avoid the application of the foregoing rules, a U.S. Holder that owns shares in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes may make a QEF Election with respect to such PFIC if the PFIC

 

204


Table of Contents

provides the information necessary for such election to be made. If a U.S. Holder makes a QEF Election with respect to a PFIC, the U.S. Holder person will be currently taxable on its pro rata share of the PFIC’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain (at ordinary income and capital gain rates, respectively) for each taxable year that the entity is classified as a PFIC. The U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in the PFIC’s shares would be increased by the amounts so included in gross income. Any subsequent distribution by the PFIC that is paid out of the earnings and profits that were previously so included in gross income of the U.S. Holder generally would not be taxable as a dividend to the U.S. Holder, and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in the PFIC’s shares would decrease by the amount of the distribution not treated as a taxable dividend. If a U.S. Holder has timely made a QEF election with respect to the PFIC’s shares, any gain such U.S. Holder recognizes upon the sale or other disposition of the PFIC’s shares generally would be treated as capital gain, and no interest charge would be imposed and such U.S. Holder will not be required to include such amounts in income when actually distributed by the PFIC. We do not presently intend to provide information necessary for U.S. Holders to make QEF Elections.

In addition, if we were a PFIC or, with respect to a particular U.S. Holder, were treated as a PFIC for the taxable year in which we paid a dividend or for the prior taxable year, the preferential dividend rates discussed above with respect to dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders would not apply.

If a U.S. Holder owns (or is deemed to own) ordinary shares during any year in which we are a PFIC or in which we hold a direct or indirect equity interest is a Lower-tier PFIC, the U.S. Holder generally must file annual reports, containing such information as the U.S. Treasury may require on IRS Form 8621 (or any successor form) with respect to us, with the U.S. Holder’s federal income tax return for that year, unless otherwise specified in the instructions with respect to such form.

The rules governing PFICs and mark-to-market and other elections are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers concerning our potential PFIC status and the potential application of the PFIC rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of distributions and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Reporting with Respect to Foreign Financial Assets

Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals and certain entities may be required to report information relating to an interest in our ordinary shares by filing a Form 8938 with their U.S. federal income tax return, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for ordinary shares held in accounts maintained by certain U.S. financial institutions). Failure to file a Form 8938 where required can result in monetary penalties and the extension of the relevant statute of limitations with respect to all or a part of the relevant U.S. tax return. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding this reporting requirement.

THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DISCUSSION SET FORTH ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE TO YOU DEPENDING UPON YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION. YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES INCLUDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER STATE, LOCAL, ESTATE, NON-U.S. AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND TAX TREATIES AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN U.S. OR OTHER TAX LAWS.

 

205


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the selling shareholder are offering the ordinary shares described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as joint bookrunners of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We and the selling shareholder have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the selling shareholder have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of ordinary shares listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name

   Number of
Ordinary Shares
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

                               

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Evercore Group L.L.C.

  

Jefferies LLC

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

BNP Paribas Securities Corp.

  

Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC

  

HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Piper Sandler & Co.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Williams Trading LLC

  

Telsey Advisory Group LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

           
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the ordinary shares offered by us and the selling shareholder if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated. The offering of the ordinary shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The underwriters propose to offer the ordinary shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per ordinary share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $         per ordinary share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the ordinary shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of any ordinary shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to              additional ordinary shares from us and up to              additional ordinary shares from the selling shareholder to cover sales of ordinary shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of ordinary shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional ordinary

 

206


Table of Contents

shares. If any ordinary shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional ordinary shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional ordinary shares are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional ordinary shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

At our request, the DSP Underwriters have reserved up to     % of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to                                 . The number of ordinary shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase such reserved ordinary shares. Any reserved ordinary shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other ordinary shares offered by this prospectus. Except for reserved shares purchased by our executive officers and directors, these reserved ordinary shares will not be subject to the lock-up restrictions described elsewhere in this prospectus. We have agreed to indemnify the DSP Underwriters and their affiliates against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the sale of the shares reserved for the Directed Share Program.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per ordinary share less the amount paid by the underwriters to us and the selling shareholder per ordinary share. The underwriting fee is $         per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ordinary shares.

 

     Without
Option To
Purchase
Additional
Ordinary
Shares Exercise
     With Full
Option To
Purchase
Additional
Ordinary
Shares Exercise
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $        $    

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $        . The underwriters have agreed to reimburse a portion of our expenses in connection with this offering.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, submit to, or file with, the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any of our ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any of our ordinary shares (collectively, the “lock-up shares”) or publicly disclose the intention to undertake any of the foregoing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of the ownership of any of the lock-up shares or publicly disclose the intention to undertake any of the foregoing (regardless of whether any such transactions described in clause (i) or (ii) above are to be settled by the delivery of lock-up shares, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of                      for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than our ordinary shares to be sold in this offering.

 

207


Table of Contents

The restrictions described above do not apply to certain transactions, including: (i) the ordinary shares to be issued and sold pursuant to the underwriting agreement; (ii) the issuance of lock-up shares pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options (including net exercise) or the settlement of restricted share units (“RSUs”) (including net settlement), in each case outstanding as of the date of and as described in this prospectus; (iii) grants of share options, share awards, restricted shares, RSUs, or other equity awards and the issuance of lock-up shares (whether upon the exercise of share options or otherwise) to our employees, officers, directors, advisors, or consultants pursuant to the terms of an equity compensation plan in effect as of and as described in this prospectus, provided that such recipients enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters; (iv) the issuance of up to 5% of the outstanding ordinary shares, or securities convertible into, exercisable for, or which are otherwise exchangeable for, our ordinary shares, in acquisitions or other strategic transactions, provided that such recipients enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters; or (v) the filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to securities granted or to be granted pursuant to any plan or arrangement in effect as of and as described in this prospectus or any assumed benefit plan pursuant to an acquisition or similar strategic transaction.

Our executive officers, directors and all of our significant shareholders (such persons, the “lock-up parties”) have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each lock-up party, with limited exceptions, may not (and may not cause any of their direct or indirect affiliates to) (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of the lock-up shares, (ii) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the lock-up shares (regardless of whether any such transactions described in clause (i) or (ii) above are to be settled by the delivery of lock-up shares, in cash or otherwise), (iii) make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any lock-up shares, or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, in each case without the prior written consent of                      for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

The restrictions described above do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions, to certain transactions, including: (a) transfers of lock-up shares: (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, charitable contributions or for bona fide estate planning purposes; (ii) by will or intestacy; (iii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or the immediate family of the lock-up party, or if the entity is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust; (iv) to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the lock-up party and the immediate family of the lock-up party are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests; (v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv) above; (vi) if the lock-up party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, transfers of lock-up shares (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate of the lock-up party, or to any investment fund, vehicle, account, portion of a fund, vehicle or account, or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the lock-up party or affiliates of the lock-up party or (B) as part of a distribution to partners, members, shareholders or other equity holders of the lock-up party; (vii) by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement; (viii) to the Company from an employee of the Company upon death, disability or termination of employment, in each case, of such employee; (ix) acquired in open market transactions after the consummation of the offering; (x) to the Company in connection with the vesting, settlement or exercise of RSUs, options, warrants or other rights to purchase our ordinary shares; (xi) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by the board of directors of the Company and made to all holders of the Company’s ordinary shares involving a change of control of the Company; and (xii) pursuant to pledges to any third-party pledgee in a bona fide, arm’s length transaction, to the extent necessary for bona fide business purposes,

 

208


Table of Contents

as collateral to secure obligations pursuant to lending or other arrangements between such third parties (or their affiliates or designees) and the lock-up party and/or its affiliates or any similar arrangement relating to a financing agreement for the benefit of the lock-up party and/or its affiliates, provided that the terms of such pledge shall provide that the underlying ordinary shares may not be transferred to the pledgee until the expiration of the lock-up period; provided that (A) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii), such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value and each donee, devisee, transferee or distributee shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up letter in the form signed by the lockup party, (B) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (a) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (ix) and (x), no filing by any party (donor, donee, devisee, transferor, transferee, distributer or distributee) under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the lock-up period) and (C) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (a)(vii) and (viii) it shall be a condition to such transfer that no public filing, report or announcement shall be voluntarily made and if any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or other public filing, report or announcement reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of ordinary shares in connection with such transfer or distribution shall be legally required during the lock-up period, such filing, report or announcement shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature and conditions of such transfer; (b) exercise outstanding options, settle RSUs or other equity awards or exercise warrants pursuant to plans described in this prospectus; provided that any lock-up shares received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement shall be subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement; (c) convert outstanding preferred share, warrants to acquire preferred share or convertible securities into ordinary shares or warrants to acquire ordinary shares; provided that any such shares of ordinary shares or warrants received upon such conversion shall be subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement; (d) establish trading plans pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of lock-up shares; and (e) sales of ordinary shares by the lock-up party pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

                    the Representatives, in their sole discretion, may release the securities subject to any of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described above, in whole or in part at any time.

We and the selling shareholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The address of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC is 200 West Street, New York, NY 10282. The address of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is 383 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10179. The address of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC is 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036.

We have applied to have our ordinary shares approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “BIRK.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling ordinary shares in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the ordinary shares while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of ordinary shares, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of ordinary shares than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing ordinary shares on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ordinary shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional ordinary shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing ordinary shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ordinary shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters

 

209


Table of Contents

may purchase ordinary shares through the option to purchase additional ordinary shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ordinary shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase ordinary shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the ordinary shares, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase ordinary shares in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those ordinary shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the ordinary shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the ordinary shares, and, as a result, the price of the ordinary shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us, the selling shareholder and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

   

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

   

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management;

 

   

our prospects for future earnings;

 

   

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

   

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded ordinary shares of generally comparable companies; and

 

   

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters nor the selling shareholder can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our ordinary shares, or that the ordinary shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

In particular, certain of the underwriters and/or their respective affiliates were initial purchasers in our senior notes offering in April 2021. In addition, certain of the underwriters and/or their respective affiliates are

 

210


Table of Contents

agents and lenders under our Senior Credit Facilities and our ABL Facility. Each of these transactions were negotiated on an arm’s length basis and contained or contains customary terms pursuant to which those parties received or receive customary fees and reimbursement for out-of-pocket costs.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The ordinary shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the ordinary shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each a “Relevant State”), no ordinary shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the Offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the ordinary shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of ordinary shares may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

(i) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

(ii) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or

(iii) in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

 

211


Table of Contents

provided that no such offer of ordinary shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any ordinary shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and the Company that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation. In the case of any ordinary share being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the ordinary shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any ordinary shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters have been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to ordinary shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any ordinary shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any ordinary shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Order and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the ordinary shares in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The ordinary shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the ordinary shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The ordinary shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document, other than (i) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “SFO”) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (ii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding

 

212


Table of Contents

Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong) (the “CO”) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ordinary shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ordinary shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the ordinary shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the ordinary shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the ordinary shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is (i) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (ii) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) the sole purpose of which is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the ordinary shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except: (i) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA; (ii) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; (iii) where the transfer is by operation of law; (iv) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or (v) as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.

Solely for the purposes of our obligations pursuant to Section 309B of the SFA, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018), that the shares are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

 

213


Table of Contents

EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING

We estimate that our expenses in connection with this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, will be as follows:

 

Expenses

   Amount  

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $              

NYSE listing fee

                 

FINRA filing fee

                 

Transfer agent fee

                 

Printing and engraving expenses

                 

Legal fees and expenses

                 

Accounting fees and expenses

                 

Miscellaneous costs

                 
  

 

 

 

Total

   $              
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

All amounts in the table are estimates except the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the NYSE listing fee and the FINRA filing fee. We will pay all of the expenses of this offering.

 

214


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the ordinary shares and certain other matters of Jersey law will be passed upon for us by Carey Olsen Jersey LLP. Certain matters of U.S. federal and New York State law will be passed upon for us and the selling shareholder by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York, New York. Certain partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP are members of a limited partnership that is an investor in one or more investment funds affiliated with L Catterton. Certain matters of U.S. federal law will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l. at September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020 and for the periods ended September 30, 2022, September 30, 2021, April 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The registered business address of Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft is Börsenplatz 1, 50667 Cologne, Germany.

 

215


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT OF JUDGMENTS

U.S. laws do not necessarily extend either to us or our officers or directors. We are organized under the laws of Jersey. Certain of our directors and officers reside outside of the United States. A substantial portion of the assets of both us and our directors and officers are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process on either us or our officers and directors within the United States, or to enforce against these persons or us, either inside or outside the United States, a judgment obtained in a U.S. court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities or other laws of the United States or any U.S. state.

A judgment of a U.S. court is not directly enforceable in Jersey, but constitutes a cause of action which will be enforced by Jersey courts provided that:

 

   

the applicable U.S. courts had jurisdiction over the case, as recognized under Jersey law;

 

   

the judgment is given on the merits and is final, conclusive and non-appealable;

 

   

the judgment relates to the payment of a sum of money, not being taxes, fines or similar governmental penalties;

 

   

the defendant is not immune under the principles of public international law;

 

   

the same matters at issue in the case were not previously the subject of a judgment or disposition in a separate court;

 

   

the judgment was not obtained by fraud or duress and was not based on a clear mistake of fact; and

 

   

the recognition and enforcement of the judgment is not contrary to public policy in Jersey, including observance of the principles of what are called “natural justice,” which among other things require that documents in the U.S. proceeding were properly served on the defendant and that the defendant was given the right to be heard and represented by counsel in a free and fair trial before an impartial tribunal.

It is the policy of Jersey courts to award compensation for the loss or damage actually sustained by the person to whom the compensation is awarded. Although the award of punitive damages is generally unknown to the Jersey legal system, that does not mean that awards of punitive damages are necessarily contrary to public policy. Whether a judgment was contrary to public policy depends on the facts of each case. Exorbitant, unconscionable or excessive awards will generally be contrary to public policy. Moreover, if a U.S. court gives a judgment for multiple damages against a qualifying defendant, the amount which may be payable by such defendant may be limited by virtue of the Protection of Trading Interests Act 1980, an Act of the UK extended to Jersey by the Protection of Trading Interests Act 1980 (Jersey) Order, 1983, which provides that such qualifying defendant may be able to recover such amount paid by it as represents the excess of such multiple damages over the sum assessed as compensation by the court that gave the judgment. A “qualifying defendant” for these purposes is a citizen of the UK and Colonies, a body corporate incorporated in the UK, Jersey or other territory for whose international relations the UK is responsible or a person carrying on business in Jersey.

Jersey courts cannot enter into the merits of the foreign judgment and cannot act as a court of appeal or review over the foreign courts. In addition, a plaintiff who is not resident in Jersey may be required to provide a security bond in advance to cover the potential of the expected costs of any case initiated in Jersey. In addition, we have been further advised by our legal counsel in Jersey, that it is uncertain as to whether the courts of Jersey would entertain original actions based on U.S. federal or state securities laws, or enforce judgments from U.S. courts against us or our officers and directors which originated from actions alleging civil liability under U.S. federal or state securities laws.

 

216


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement (including amendments and exhibits to the registration statement) on Form F-1 under the Securities Act. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. If a document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. The SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information we have filed electronically with the SEC.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

We maintain a corporate website at www.birkenstock-holding.com. The reference to our website is an inactive textual reference only and information contained therein or connected thereto are not incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

 

217


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l., subsequently renamed Birkenstock Holding Limited, as of and for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 1251)

   F-2

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-7

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Birkenstock Group Limited, subsequently renamed Birkenstock Holding Limited, as of June 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022 and for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

   F-81

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

   F-82

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

   F-83

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-84

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-85

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors of Birkenstock Holding Limited (formerly Birkenstock Group Limited and BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.)

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l. (the Company) as of September 30, 2022, 2021 (Successor) and 2020 (Predecessor), the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2022 (Successor), the period from May 1, 2021 to September 30, 2021 (Successor), the period from October 1, 2020 to April 30, 2021 (Predecessor) and for the year ended September 30, 2020 (Predecessor), and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at September 30, 2022, 2021 (Successor) and 2020 (Predecessor), and the results of its operations and cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2022 (Successor), the period from May 1, 2021 to September 30, 2021 (Successor), the period from October 1, 2020 to April 30, 2021 (Predecessor) and for the year ended September 30, 2020 (Predecessor), in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Impairment Evaluation of Goodwill and Indefinite Lived Intangibles

 

Description of the Matter   

At September 30, 2022, the carrying value of the Company’s goodwill was 1.67 billion and the carrying value of the Company’s indefinite lived intangibles was 1.51 billion. As discussed in Notes 3, 8 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements, goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles are tested for impairment at the level of the Company’s groups of cash-generating units (“CGU groups”), which correspond to its four operating segments, annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that an impairment may have occurred. The Company performed its annual impairment test as of September 30, 2022. The impairment test was performed by calculating the value in use of each of the Company’s CGU groups, using the present value of future discounted cash flows. No impairment was recorded in fiscal year 2022.

 

Auditing management’s goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles impairment test was complex and judgmental, due to the significant estimation required to determine the present value of each CGU group’s future discounted cash flows. The discounted cash flows were sensitive to the projected revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, terminal growth rates and the discount rates applied. These significant assumptions are affected by expectations about future market and economic conditions.

How We
Addressed
the Matter in
Our Audit
   To test the estimated value in use of the Company’s CGU groups, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, comparing the projected revenue growth rates to the Company’s historical results and industry and economic data, and comparing projected EBITDA margins to historical results and industry data. We involved our valuation specialists to assess management’s value in use methodology, compare the terminal growth rates to external industry and economic data, and to determine an independent estimate of the discount rates. We assessed the historical accuracy of management’s prior forecasts to actual results. We performed sensitivity analyses to the revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, terminal growth rates and the discount rates applied, to evaluate the changes in the estimated value in use of the CGU groups that would result from changes in such significant assumptions. In addition, we tested management’s value in use calculations for clerical accuracy.

/s/ Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2022.

Cologne, Germany

August 24, 2023

 

F-3


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

(In thousands of Euros)

 

         Successor     Predecessor  
     Notes   September 30, 2022     September 30, 2021       September 30, 2020  

Assets

          

Non-current assets

          

Goodwill

   8     1,674,293       1,556,681       13,024  

Intangible assets (other than goodwill)

   9     1,815,201       1,685,791       182,848  

Property, plant and equipment

   10     205,008       153,001       91,210  

Right-of-use assets

   11     113,522       99,167       117,682  

Deferred tax assets

   19     4,590       —         16,401  

Other assets

   4, 13     16,107       41,708       2,333  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

       3,828,721       3,536,348       423,498  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

          

Inventories

   12     535,605       359,215       211,653  

Right to return assets

       2,605       1,702       1,109  

Trade and other receivables

   13     66,146       59,388       60,032  

Current tax assets

   19     21,743       16,674       1,273  

Other current assets

   14     26,729       58,868       9,815  

Cash and cash equivalents

   15     307,078       235,343       96,177  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

       959,906       731,190       380,059  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

       4,788,627       4,267,538       803,557  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity and liabilities

          

Shareholders’ equity

          

Partnership units

   16     —         —         10,000  

Ordinary shares

   16     182,721       182,721       —    

Share premium

   16     1,894,384       1,894,384       —    

Capital reserve

   16     —         —         152,508  

Other reserves

   16     —         —         147,500  

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

       150,954       (36,157     95,148  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

       129,759       23,483       3,008  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

       2,357,818       2,064,431       408,164  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

          

Loans and borrowings

   17     1,919,635       1,781,729       100,000  

Lease liabilities

   11     89,911       76,960       99,383  

Provisions for employee benefits

   18     2,374       2,480       5,575  

Other provisions

   22     2,037       852       1,095  

Deferred tax liabilities

   19     92,851       79,047       16,208  

Other liabilities

       35       383       3,586  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

       2,106,843       1,941,451       225,847  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

          

Loans and borrowings

   17     46,606       40,749       —    

Lease liabilities

   11     26,571       23,273       21,051  

Trade and other payables

   20     113,224       96,389       39,572  

Accrued liabilities

   20     20,066       17,225       15,742  

Other financial liabilities

   21     10,860       42,110       50,645  

Other provisions

   22     34,401       20,602       12,839  

Contract liabilities

   24     1,924       2,325       1,829  

Tax liabilities

   19     50,660       1,236       16,609  

Other current liabilities

   23     19,654       17,747       11,259  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

       323,966       261,656       169,546  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

       2,430,809       2,203,107       395,393  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity and liabilities

       4,788,627       4,267,538       803,557  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-4


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(In thousands of Euros)

 

          Successor     Predecessor  
    Notes     Year ended
September 30, 2022
    Period from
May 1, 2021 through
September 30, 2021
    Period from
October 1, 2020 through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

Revenue

    24       1,242,833       462,664       499,347       727,932  

Cost of sales

    12, 25       (493,031     (311,693     (213,197     (328,298
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

      749,802       150,971       286,150       399,634  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

           

Selling and distribution expenses

    25       (347,371     (123,663     (111,808     (187,615

General administration expenses

    25       (86,589     (31,039     (52,628     (66,896

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

    2       45,516       20,585       (1,523     (15,984

Other income (loss), net

      1,669       (1,673     1,280       245  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from operations

      363,027       15,181       121,471       129,384  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance (cost), net

    26       (112,503     (28,958     (1,753     (3,950
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before tax

      250,524       (13,777 )      119,718       125,434  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax (expense)

    19       (63,413     (3,428     (20,694     (24,116
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit (loss)

      187,111       (17,205 )      99,024       101,318  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

           

Items that may be reclassified to profit (loss) in subsequent periods (net of tax):

           

Cumulative translation adjustment gain

    16       106,276       23,736       8,037       2,932  

Items that will not be reclassified to profit in subsequent periods (net of tax):

           

Remeasurement of defined benefit plans

      —         —         22       76  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

      106,276       23,736       8,059       3,008  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

      293,387       6,531       107,083       104,326  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share

           

Basic

    27       1.02       (0.09    

Diluted

    27       1.02       (0.09    

 

F-5


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(In thousands of Euros, except unit and share information)

 

        Partnership Units     Ordinary Shares     Share
Premium
    Capital
Reserve
    Other
Reserves
    Retained
Earnings

(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Stockholders'
equity
 
    Notes   Number
of units
    Amount     Number of
shares
    Amount  
Predecessor                                                                

Balance at October 1, 2019

      2       10,000                —         —         182,498       87,853       135,845       —         416,196  

Net profit

        —           —         —         —         —         101,318       —         101,318  

Other comprehensive income

        —           —         —         —         —         —         3,008       3,008  
   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

        —           —         —         —         —         101,318       3,008       104,326  

Distributions to shareholders

        —           —         —         (29,990     —         (82,369     —         (112,359

Transfers

        —           —         —         —         59,647       (59,647     —         —    
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2020

  16     2       10,000       —         —         —         152,508       147,500       95,148       3,008       408,164  

Net profit

        —           —         —         —         —         99,024       —         99,024  

Other comprehensive income

        —           —         —         —         —         —         8,059       8,059  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

        —           —         —         —         —         99,024       8,059       107,083  

Distributions to shareholders

        —           —         —         —         —         (101,866     —         (101,866

Transfers

        —           —         —         —         46,716       (46,716     —         —    
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at April 30, 2021

  16     2       10,000       —         —         —         152,508       194,216       45,589       11,067       413,380  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Successor

                     

Balance at May 1, 2021

  2     —         —         182,721,369       182,721       1,894,384       —         —         (18,952 )      (253 )      2,057,900  

Net (loss)

        —           —         —         —         —         (17,205     —         (17,205

Other comprehensive income

        —           —         —         —         —         —         23,736       23,736  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

        —           —         —         —         —         (17,205     23,736       6,531  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2021

      —         —         182,721,369       182,721       1,894,384       —         —         (36,157 )      23,483       2,064,431  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit

        —           —         —         —         —         187,111       —         187,111  

Other comprehensive income

        —           —         —         —         —         —         106,276       106,276  
   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

        —           —         —         —         —         187,111       106,276       293,387  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2022

      —         —         182,721,369       182,721       1,894,384       —         —         150,954       129,759       2,357,818  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands of Euros)

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
    Year ended
September 30,
2022
    Period from May 1,
2021 through
September 30,
2021
    Period from
October 1, 2020
through April 30,
2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

Cash flows from operating activities

         

Net income (loss)

    187,111       (17,205     99,024       101,318  

Adjustments to reconcile net profit (loss) to net cash flows from operating activities

         

Depreciation

    20,294       8,594       9,998       17,361  

Amortization

    60,967       20,427       15,874       28,691  

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    97       —         405       847  

Change in expected credit loss

    207       511       358       (187

Finance cost, net

    112,503       28,958       1,753       3,950  

Net exchange differences

    (46,363     (13,537     7,336       11,717  

Non-cash operating items

    (669     9       (125     (40

Income tax expense

    63,413       3,428       20,694       24,116  

Income tax paid

    (18,408     (25,594     (8,285     (24,981

Changes in working capital:

         

- Inventories

    (159,105     74,734       (66,734     39,636  

- Right to return assets

    (641     84       (656     (615

- Trade and other receivables

    (5,286     46,359       (57,064     (13,119

- Trade and other payables

    11,201       (22,799     42,911       (1,828

- Accrued liabilities

    1,677       (82     (97     594  

- Other current financial liabilities

    (31,401     13,002       (1,305     837  

- Other current provision

    13,149       4,532       4,318       (3,335

- Contract liabilities

    (401     (2,532     3,102       1,456  

- Other

    25,791       (12,522     (1,101     7,186  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows provided by operating activities

    234,136       106,367       70,406       193,604  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

         

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

    (70,777     (8,955     (7,332     (19,785

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

    1,977       1,974       1       468  

Purchases of intangible assets

    (1,814     (460     (4,346     (2,563

Proceeds from sale of intangible assets

    5       1,234       251       —    

Issuance of loan to related party

    —         —         —         (3,900

Proceeds from repayment of loan from related party

    —         —         —         22,281  

Business combination, net of cash acquired

    (1,037     —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows (used in) investing activities

    (71,646 )      (6,207 )      (11,426 )      (3,499 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

         

Proceeds from loans and borrowings

    —         —         97,649       75,000  

Repayment of loans and borrowings

    (9,516     (3,935     —         (79,851

Interest paid

    (67,978     —         (979     (1,409

Distributions to shareholders

    —         —         (151,673     (100,390

Payments of lease liabilities

    (25,406     (8,619     (14,299     (22,540

Interest portion of lease liabilities

    (2,417     (861     (594     (1,064
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows (used in) financing activities

    (105,317 )      (13,415 )      (69,896 )      (130,254 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    57,173       86,745       (10,916 )      59,851  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    235,343       145,378       96,177       38,960  

Net foreign exchange difference

    14,562       3,220       1,609       (2,634
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

    307,078       235,343       86,870       96,177  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

1.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Organization and principal activities

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l. (“Finco 2”, the “Successor”) was formed on February 19, 2021 as a limited liability company organized under the Luxembourg law, with business address at 40 Avenue Monterey, Luxembourg.

On April 30, 2021, Finco 2’s subsidiary, Birkenstock Group BV & Co KG (“BV KG”), acquired shareholdings and substantially all the assets of Birkenstock GmbH & Co. KG (“GmbH KG”, “Group” or the “Predecessor”) as a result of which Finco 2 became the acquirer of the business activities of the Birkenstock operations (the “Transaction”). The Transaction was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. See Note 6 — Business Combinations for further details.

Finco 2 and its subsidiaries as well as GmbH KG and its subsidiaries are collectively referred to herein as the “Company” or “Birkenstock”. The Company’s immediate parent is BK LC Lux MidCo S.à r.l. (“MidCo”) and the Company’s ultimate controlling shareholder is LC9 Caledonia AIV GP, LLP (“L Catterton”).

The company manufactures and sells footbed-based products, including sandals, closed-toe silhouettes and other products, such as skincare and accessories, for every day, leisure and work. The Company operates in four operating segments based on its regional hubs: (1) Americas, (2) Europe, (3) Asia, the South Pacific, and Australia (“ASPA”), and (4) the Middle East, Africa, and India (“MEAI”) (see Note 5 – Segments for further details). All segments have the same operations. The Company sells its products through two main channels: business-to-business (“B2B”) (comprising sales made to established third-party store networks) and direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) (comprising sales made on globally owned online stores via the Birkenstock.com domain and sales made in Birkenstock retail stores).

On April 25, 2023, Finco 2 changed its name to Birkenstock Group Limited and converted (by way of re-domiciliation) the legal form of our company to a Jersey private company.

Seasonality

Revenues of our products are affected by a seasonal pattern that is driven in large part by the weather given the nature of our product mix. The seasonal nature of our business is similar across geographies and sales channels with B2B seeing an increase in revenues earlier in the spring months, while revenues in the DTC channel increasing in the summer. Between October and March, we manufacture our products for the B2B channel, and during the first few months of the calendar year, we rely on our built-up inventory for our revenues to B2B partners. Starting in March and during the warmer months of the year, demand for our products from the DTC channel increase. While these consumer buying patterns lead to a natural seasonality in revenues, unseasonable weather could significantly affect revenues and profitability. Our geographical breadth, customer diversity and our strategic focus on entering and expanding certain product categories helps to mitigate part of the effect of seasonality on results of operations.

 

2.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Basis of preparation and consolidation

These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Company’s Board of Directors on August 23, 2023.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IFRS"). These are the first financial statements of the Company prepared in accordance with IFRS. The Company’s dates of transition into IFRS are October 1, 2019 and May 1, 2021 for the Predecessor and Successor, respectively. Refer to Note 31 – First time adoption of IFRS for details of the transition to IFRS.

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following items, which are recorded at fair value:

 

   

derivative financial instruments through profit or loss, and

 

   

initial recognition of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination.

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

All amounts have been rounded to the nearest thousand, unless otherwise indicated.

The fiscal year of the Company ends on September 30.

Predecessor and successor periods

The Transaction resulted in a change in accounting basis and the financial statement presentation defines the Company as the “Successor” for reporting periods following the acquisition, i.e., the period from May 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021 and the year ended September 30, 2022 (“Successor periods”), and as the “Predecessor” for reporting periods prior to the acquisition, i.e., the year ended September 30, 2020 and the period from October 1, 2020 through April 30, 2021 (“Predecessor periods”). Successor financial statements reflect a new basis of accounting that is based on the fair value of net assets acquired as a result of the Transaction. This change in accounting basis is represented by a black line which appears between the columns entitled Successor and Predecessor in these consolidated financial statements and in the relevant accompanying notes.

Condensed financial information of the Successor as of April 30, 2021 and for the interim 70 day period from February 19, 2021 (date of inception) through April 30, 2021 are as follows:

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Net Profit (Loss)

(In thousands of Euros)

 

     Successor  
     Period from
February 19, 2021
through
April 30, 2021
 

General administrative expenses

     (25,130
  

 

 

 

Profit (loss) from operations

     (25,130 ) 
  

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before tax

     (25,130 ) 

Income tax benefit

     6,178  
  

 

 

 

Net profit (loss)

     (18,952 ) 
  

 

 

 

 

F-9


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(In thousands of Euros)

 

     Ordinary Shares      Accumulated Deficit     Total shareholders’ equity  

Successor

       

Balance at February 19, 2021

     —          —         —    

Initial contribution

     12        —         12  

Net profit (loss)

     —          (18,952     (18,952

Other comprehensive income

     —          —         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at April 30, 2021

     12        (18,952 )      (18,940 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Successor’s operations during the period from its inception to the Transaction include costs incurred related to the Transaction and minimal expenses related to the formation of the entity totaling 25.1 million. These incurred costs are reflected in accumulated deficit of the Successor as of May 1, 2021. Additionally, prior to the inception of the Transaction, the Successor incurred 55.9 million of banker and advisory fees related to financing obtained as part of the Transaction. Of this amount, 3.5 million was related to the ABL Facility (as defined below) and capitalized in other non-current assets. The remaining 52.4 million of fees were recorded as a reduction of the debt balances as of May 1, 2021. See Note 17 – Loans and borrowings for further details. The tax impact related to these costs was reflected in accumulated deficit of the Successor as of May 1, 2021.

Since the Transaction closed on April 30, 2021, the opening balance sheet of the Successor as of May 1, 2021 includes the effect of the Transaction. As such, cash inflows and outflows related to the Transaction, including payment of the consideration transferred and proceeds from the associated financing net of debt origination costs are disclosed in Note 6 – Business Combinations and Note 17 – Loans and borrowings, and are not included in the consolidated statements of cash flows of the Successor. Cash outflows relating to the payment of the certain advisory fees in the context of the Transaction and the financing (which were incurred and accrued as of the date of the Transaction) are reflected in the statement of cash flows of the Successor in the period May 1, 2021 to September 30, 2021 as the payment of the invoices took place after the closing.

Functional and presentation currency

The functional currency of each of the Company’s subsidiaries is the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates. The presentation currency of the Company is Euros. The following exchange rates (to Euros) were applicable during the periods presented in these consolidated financial statements to translate the financial statements of foreign operations into Euros:

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
    Exchange rates* at  

Currency

  September 30,
2022
    September 30,
2021
    May 1, 2021     April 30, 2021     September 30,
2020
    October 1, 2019  

British Pound (GBP)

    0.88       0.86       0.87       0.87       0.91       0.89  

Canadian Dollar (CAD)

    1.34       1.48       1.48       1.48       1.57       1.44  

US-Dollar (USD)

    0.97       1.16       1.21       1.21       1.17       1.09  

 

F-10


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

     Successor      Predecessor  
     Average exchange rates*  

Currency

   Year ended
September 30,
2022
     Period from May
1, 2021 through
September 30,
2021
     Period from
October 1, 2020
through April 30,
2021
     Year ended
September 30,
2020
 

British Pound (GBP)

     0.85        0.86        0.89        0.88  

Canadian Dollar (CAD)

     1.38        1.48        1.53        1.51  

US-Dollar (USD)

     1.08        1.19        1.20        1.12  

(*): Exchange rates not applicable to results of operations in respective reporting period

 

3.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

(a)

Consolidation of subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities over which the Company has control. Control is achieved when the Company has the power over the investee, it is exposed, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the investee, and has the ability to use its power to affect its returns. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which the Company obtains control. The Company reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control listed above.

Subsidiaries are deconsolidated from the date when control ceases. When the Company ceases to have control over a subsidiary, it derecognizes the assets (including any goodwill) and liabilities of the subsidiaries at their carrying amounts, derecognizes the carrying amount of non-controlling interests in the former subsidiary and recognizes the fair value of any consideration received from the transaction. Any retained interest in the former subsidiary is then re-measured to its fair value.

The Company recognizes any non-controlling interests in an acquiree on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, either at fair value or at the non-controlling interests’ share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. Net profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income/(loss) are attributed to the owners of the parent and to the non-controlling interests. For all periods presented, all subsidiaries were wholly-owned.

 

(b)

Foreign currencies

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the respective functional currency using the exchange rate at the transaction date. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rate at the reporting date. Non-monetary items that are measured based on historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the historical exchange rate. The resulting exchange differences are recorded in the local income statements of the entity and included in the financial result.

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into Euros, the presentation currency of the Company, at the rate of exchange prevailing at the reporting date and their statements of comprehensive income (loss) are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. Equity balances are translated at historical rates. The exchange differences arising on translation for consolidation are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss).

 

F-11


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

(c)

Current vs non-current classification

The Company presents assets and liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial position based on current/non-current classification. An asset is current when it is:

 

   

Expected to be realized or intended to be sold or consumed in the normal operating cycle;

 

   

Expected to be realized within twelve months after the reporting period; or

 

   

A cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period.

All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is current when:

 

   

It is expected to be settled in the normal operating cycle; or

 

   

It is due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting period

The Company classifies all other liabilities as non-current.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current assets and liabilities.

 

(d)

Fair value measurement

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes place either:

 

   

in the principal market for the asset or liability, or

 

   

in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability.

The principal or the most advantageous market must be accessible by the Company.

The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their economic best interest.

The Company uses valuation techniques that it believes are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs. All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements are categorized within the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3: unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs are used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

For the purpose of fair value disclosures, the Company determines classes of assets and liabilities on the basis of the nature, characteristics and risks of the asset or liability and the level of the fair value hierarchy as explained above.

There was no change in the valuation techniques applied to financial instruments during all periods presented. The following table describes the valuation techniques used in the determination of the fair values of financial instruments:

 

Type

  

Valuation approach

Cash, trade and other receivables, trade and other payables and accrued liabilities    The carrying amount approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.
Derivative financial instruments   

Specific valuation techniques used to value derivative financial instruments include:

 

• quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments;

 

• observable market information as well as valuations determined by external valuators with experience in the financial markets.

Loans and borrowings    The fair value is based on the present value of contractual cash flows, discounted at the Company’s current incremental borrowing rate for similar types of borrowing arrangements or, where applicable, market rates.

 

(e)

Business combinations and goodwill

Acquisitions of businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method as of the acquisition date, which is the date when control is transferred to the Company. The consideration transferred in a business combination is measured at fair value, calculated as the sum of the acquisition date fair values of the identifiable assets transferred, liabilities incurred by the Company, and the equity interests issued by the Company in exchange for control of the acquiree. Contingent consideration is recognized at fair value as of the date of the business combination and subsequently remeasured at each reporting date. The acquisition method provides an exception for acquired leases, which are not measured at fair value. Rather, acquired leases are measured at an amount equal to the lease liability and adjusted for favorable or unfavorable terms. Transaction costs that the Company incurs in connection with a business combination are recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) as incurred.

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the fair value of the consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Refer to the accounting policies in Note 3(i) – Impairment of non-current assets.

When the consideration transferred in a business combination includes contingent consideration, the contingent consideration is measured at its acquisition date fair value. Contingent consideration classified as an asset or liability that is a financial instrument and within the scope of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (“IFRS 9”) is measured at fair value with the changes in fair value recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

 

F-13


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

(f)

Intangible assets

Intangible assets acquired separately are initially recognized at cost. The cost of an intangible asset acquired in a business combination is its fair value as of the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets with finite lives are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.

Estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

Asset Category

   Successor      Predecessor  

Brand name “Birkenstock”

     Indefinite        Indefinite  

Customer relationships

     8-15 years        N/A  

Purchased licenses and other intangible assets

     3-5 years        3-5 years  

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over the estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis. The amortization period and the amortization method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at the end of each reporting period. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset are considered to modify the amortization period or method, as appropriate, and treated as changes in accounting estimates. The amortization expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) over the assets’ estimated useful lives.

Intangible assets are reviewed at least at the end of each reporting period for changes in the expected useful lives or expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset.

Intangible assets are reviewed at the end of each reporting period to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. Refer to the accounting policies in Note 3(i) – Impairment of non-current assets.

An intangible asset is derecognized on disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use. Gains or losses arising from the derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) when the asset is derecognized.

 

(g)

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment and construction in progress are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset, including costs incurred to prepare the asset for its intended use and capitalized borrowing costs, when the recognition criteria are met. The commencement date for capitalization of costs occurs when the Company first incurs expenditures for the qualifying assets and undertakes the required activities to prepare the assets for their intended use.

Property, plant and equipment assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives when the assets are available for use. When significant parts of a fixed asset have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate components and depreciated separately. Depreciation methods and useful lives are reviewed annually and are adjusted for prospectively, if appropriate. Estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

Asset Category

   Estimated Useful Lives  

Buildings and improvements

     10-50 years  

Technical equipment and machinery

     5-18 years  

Factory and office equipment

     4-14 years  

 

F-14


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

An item of property, plant and equipment and any significant part initially recognized is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset, calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset, is included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) when the asset is derecognized.

The cost of repairs and maintenance of property, plant and equipment is expensed as incurred and recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Property, plant and equipment are reviewed at the end of each reporting period to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. Refer to the accounting policies in Note 3(i) – Impairment of non-current assets.

 

(h)

Leases

As a lessee, the Company assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. That is, if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

The Company applies a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases, except for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets which are immaterial. The Company recognizes lease liabilities to make lease payments and right-of-use assets representing the right to use the underlying assets.

Right-of-use assets

The Company recognizes right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e., the date the underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognized, initial direct costs incurred, lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received and asset retirement obligation. Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term and the estimated useful lives of the assets.

The right-of-use assets are also subject to impairment. Refer to the accounting policies in Note 3(i) – Impairment of non-current assets.

Lease liabilities

At the commencement date of the lease, the Company recognizes lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. The lease term includes periods covered by renewal or termination options only if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise that option and if the Company has enforceable rights, i.e., the Company does not take any extension option into consideration if both parties have a right to decide until the notice period has elapsed and there is no economic incentive for either party to renew. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. The lease payments also include the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised by the Company and payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Company exercising the option to terminate.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date if the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the lease payments (e.g., changes to future payments resulting from a change in an index or rate used to determine such lease payments) or a change in the assessment of an option to purchase the underlying asset.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets

The Company applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to its short-term leases of office equipment and storage facilities (i.e., those leases that have a lease term of 12 months or less from the commencement date and do not contain a purchase option). The Company also applies the lease of low-value assets recognition exemption to leases of office equipment that are considered to be low value. Lease payments on short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company does not have any lease agreements where it acts as a lessor.

 

(i)

Impairment of non-current assets

Further disclosures relating to impairment of non-current assets are also provided in the following notes:

 

   

Goodwill — Note 8

 

   

Intangible assets — Note 9

 

   

Property, plant and equipment — Note 10

The Company assesses at each reporting date, whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Company estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash generating unit (“CGU”) group’s fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. The recoverable amount is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. When the carrying amount of an asset or CGU group exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. The Company’s CGU groups are aligned to the four operating segments that the Company operates in, i.e., Americas, Europe, ASPA, and MEAI. Impairment tests for property, plant and equipment are performed at the individual CGU level. Impairment tests of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets, which are assigned to the CGU groups as they do not generate independent cash flows, are performed at the CGU group level.

The Company bases its value in use calculation on detailed budgets and forecast calculations, which are prepared separately for each of the Company’s CGU groups to which the individual assets are allocated. These budgets and forecast calculations generally cover a period of five years. A long-term growth rate is calculated and applied to project future cash flows after the fifth year.

In assessing value in use, the Company uses assumptions that include estimates regarding the projected revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, costs, capital investment, working capital requirements, discount rates, and terminal growth rates. The estimated future cash flows expected to be generated by the CGU are

 

F-16


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or group of assets. Discount rates used in the impairment test for goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are estimated in nominal terms on the weighted average cost of capital basis. The terminal growth rates are based on the Company’s growth forecasts, which are largely in line with industry trends. Changes in selling prices and direct costs are based on historical experience and expectations of future changes in the market.

In determining fair value less costs of disposal, the Company uses recent market transactions data and best information available to reflect the amount that it could obtain from the disposal of the asset in an arm’s length transaction (e.g., offers obtained from potential buyers).

Impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually as of September 30 and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of each CGU group to which the goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets relates. When the recoverable amount of the CGU group is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized. The impairment loss is recorded against goodwill, and then if goodwill has been fully impaired, against other assets assigned to the CGU group on a pro rata basis. Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.

 

(j)

Financial instruments

Non-derivative financial assets

Non-derivative financial assets include cash, prepayments, and trade receivables which are measured at amortized cost. The Company initially recognizes receivables and deposits on the date that they are originated. The Company derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or the Company transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statements of financial position comprise cash at banks and on hand and short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less, which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Trade receivables

Trade receivables, including credit card receivables, consist of amounts owing on product revenue where the Company has extended credit to customers, and are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less expected credit loss and sales allowances. The allowance for expected credit losses is recorded against trade receivables and is based on historical experience.

The Company derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

Non-derivative financial liabilities include accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and loans and borrowings. The Company initially recognizes debt instruments (i.e. loans and borrowings) on the date that they are originated. All other financial liabilities are recognized initially on the trade date on which the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The Company derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expire.

Derivative financial instruments

As described in Note 7 – Financial risk management objectives and policies, given the Company’s international operations, the Company is exposed to the risk of currency fluctuations and has entered into currency derivative contracts to mitigate its exposure on the basis of planned transactions. These derivative contracts are measured at fair value with the changes in fair value recognized immediately in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). Company’s derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting.

The Company does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

Hybrid financial instruments

Hybrid financial instruments are separated into the host liability and embedded derivative components based on the terms of the agreement. On issuance, the liability component of the hybrid financial instrument is initially recognized at the fair value of a similar liability that does not have a conversion option. The embedded derivative component is initially recognized at fair value and changes in the fair value are recorded in profit or loss. The host debt is carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method until maturity or redemption. Any directly attributable transaction costs are allocated to the liability and embedded derivative components in proportion to their initial carrying amount.

 

(k)

Inventories

Raw materials, work-in-progress, and finished goods are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the standard cost method. The cost of work-in-progress and finished goods inventories include the cost of raw materials and an applicable share of the cost of labor and fixed and variable production overhead costs, including the depreciation of property, plant and equipment used in the production of finished goods and design costs, and other costs incurred to bring the inventories to their present location and condition.

The Company estimates net realizable value as the amount at which inventories are expected to be sold, taking into consideration fluctuations in selling prices due to seasonality, less estimated costs necessary to complete the sale. Inventories are written down to net realizable value when the cost of inventories is estimated to be unrecoverable due to obsolescence, damage, or declining selling prices.

Storage costs, indirect administrative overhead and certain selling costs related to inventories are expensed in the period that these costs are incurred. Shipping and handling costs which are incurred before the customer obtains control of the related goods are capitalized in the finished goods.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

(l)

Defined benefit plans

The Company sponsors defined benefit pension plans. The amounts recorded related to defined benefit pension plans are measured on the reporting date. The obligation associated with the Company’s defined benefit pension plan is based on actuarial valuation with management’s best estimate of the discount rate and future salary increases. Assets are measured at fair value. Obligations in excess of plan assets are recorded as a liability. All actuarial gains or losses, net of tax, are recognized through other comprehensive income.

 

(m)

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation, legal or constructive, as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Where the Company expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognized as a separate asset but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to any provision is recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) net of any reimbursement.

 

(n)

Income taxes

Current income tax

Current income tax is the expected income tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the period, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to income tax payable in respect of previous years.

Current income tax relating to items recognized directly in equity is recognized in equity and not in the statement of profit or loss. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in the tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate (see Uncertain Tax Positions).

Deferred income tax

Deferred income tax is provided using the liability method for temporary differences between the income tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes at the reporting date.

Whenever a business is acquired (the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of business combination is accounted for at fair value by the acquirer), deferred taxes are recognized on the step-up in fair value.

Deferred income tax is measured using enacted or substantively enacted income tax rates expected to apply in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A deferred tax asset is recognized for unused income tax losses and credits to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which they can be utilized.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable income will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilized. Unrecognized deferred tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable income will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

In assessing the recoverability of deferred tax assets and the timing of the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the Company utilizes forecast assumptions which are consistent with those used by management in other areas of assessing asset recovery (e.g., impairment testing, see (i) Impairment of non-current assets, above) to derive a future taxable income.

Deferred income tax may relate to items recognized outside profit or loss. Deferred tax items are recognized in correlation to the underlying transaction either in other comprehensive income (loss) or directly in equity.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current income tax assets against current income tax liabilities and the income tax relates to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Company and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Uncertain Tax Positions

Tax positions are calculated taking into account the respective local tax laws, relevant court decisions and applicable tax authorities’ views. Tax regulations can be complex and possibly subject to different interpretations by taxpayers and tax authorities. Different interpretations of existing or new tax laws as a result of tax reforms or other tax legislative procedures may result in additional tax payments for prior years and are taken into account based on management’ s considerations. IFRIC 23 clarifies the application of the recognition and measurement requirements of IAS 12 when there is uncertainty about the income tax treatment. For recognition and measurement, it is necessary to make estimates and assumptions. To do this, decisions must be made regarding whether a probable or expected value is used for the uncertainty and whether changes have occurred compared to the previous period. The accounting is based on the assumption that the tax authorities are investigating the matter in question and that they have all the relevant information.

 

(o)

Revenue from contracts with customers

Generally, the Company has only one performance obligation to deliver goods to the customer. Revenues are recognized when control of the products transfers to customers. The consideration recognized is the amount the Company expects to be entitled to at such point in time. For B2B channel revenues, control transfers according to the terms of the agreement with the customer either upon shipment or delivery. For DTC channel revenues, control transfers, either upon delivery to e-commerce consumers or at the point of sale in retail stores. Revenues are presented net of sales tax, estimated returns, sales allowances, and discounts.

The following criteria are also applicable to transactions from contracts with customers:

Variable consideration

If the consideration in a contract includes a variable amount, the Company estimates the amount of consideration to which it will be entitled in exchange for transferring the goods to the customer. Some contracts with customers provide a right to return, trade discounts or volume rebates.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Right to return

When a contract provides a customer with a right to return, the consideration is variable because the contract allows the customer to return the product. The Company uses the expected value method to estimate the goods that will be returned and recognizes a refund liability and an asset for the goods to be recovered. Estimates of sales returns are based on (1) accumulated historical experience within the respective geographical markets, and (2) specific identification of estimated sales returns not yet finalized with customers. The Company reviews and refines these estimates on an annual basis.

Actual returns in any future period are inherently uncertain and thus may differ from estimates recorded. If actual or expected future returns were significantly different than the refund liability established, the change to revenues would be recorded in the period in which such determination was made.

Volume rebates

In recognizing variable consideration from rebates, the Company applies the most likely amount method to estimate the variable consideration in the contract subject to the requirements of the constraint in order to determine the amount that can be included in the transaction price and recognized as revenue. A refund liability is recognized for the expected future rebates (i.e., the amount not included in the transaction price).

Significant financing component

The Company has applied the practical expedient provided in IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“IFRS 15”) and does not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component in the contracts where the Company expects, at contract inception, that the period between the Company’s transfer of a promised good to a customer and the payment will be one year or less.

Warranty obligations

The Company provides warranties to its German customers under the German Law requirements. These warranties represent assurance type warranties and do not require providing any additional service to the Company’s customers. These types of warranties are accounted for under IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets (“IAS 37”).

Trade receivables

A receivable represents the Company’s right to an amount of consideration that is unconditional (i.e., only the passage of time is required before payment of the consideration is due). Refer to accounting policies of financial assets in Note 3(j) – Financial instruments.

Contract liabilities

Contract liabilities are the short-term advances received from customers. A contract liability is recognized if a payment is received or a payment is due (whichever is earlier) from a customer before the Company transfers the related goods or services. Contract liabilities are recognized as revenue when the Company performs under the contract (i.e., transfers control of the related goods to the customer).

 

F-21


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

(p)

Cost of sales

Cost of sales is comprised of five types of expenditures (i) raw materials (ii) consumables and supplies (iii) purchased merchandise, and (iv) personnel costs, including temporary personnel services. Additionally, cost of sales includes overhead costs for the production sites.

 

(q)

Selling and distribution expenses

Selling and distribution expenses are comprised of selling, marketing, product innovation, outbound shipping and handling costs, supply chain costs, sales representative salaries, leasing expenses related to logistical and selling properties, and amortization of customer relationships.

 

(r)

General administration expenses

General administration expenses consist of corporate costs such as finance, controlling and tax expenses, legal and consulting fees, HR and IT expenses and global strategic project costs. Additionally, it includes personnel costs (including salaries, variable incentive compensation, benefits), other professional service cost and rental and leasing expenses other than selling and production (e.g., offices).

 

(s)

Earnings per share

Basic and diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net profit (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

 

(t)

Commitments and contingencies

The Company recognizes legal expense in connection with loss contingencies as incurred.

The Company has contingencies primarily relating to claims and legal proceedings, onerous contracts, product warranties and employee-related provisions. The status of each significant claim and legal proceeding in which the Company is involved is reviewed by management at the end of each reporting period and the Company’s potential financial exposure is assessed. If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable, and the amount can be reliably estimated, a liability is recognized for the estimated loss. Because of the uncertainties inherent in such matters, the related provisions are based on the best information available at the time. With respect to legal contingencies, management considers the status of settlement negotiations, interpretations of contractual obligations, prior experience with similar contingencies/claims, and advice obtained from legal counsel and other third parties. The Company expects the majority of these provisions will be utilized within one to three years of the balance sheet date; however due to the nature of the legal provisions there is a level of uncertainty in the timing of utilization as the Company generally cannot determine the extent and duration of the legal process.

 

(u)

Significant accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments in applying the Company’s accounting policies that affect the reported amounts and disclosures made in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Estimates and assumptions are used mainly in determining the measurement of balances recognized or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and are based on a set of underlying data that may include management’s historical experience, knowledge of current events and conditions and other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Management continually evaluates the estimates and judgments it uses. These estimates and judgments have been applied in a manner consistent with prior periods and there are no known trends, commitments, events or uncertainties that may materially affect the methodology or assumptions utilized in making these estimates and judgments in these financial statements.

The following are the accounting policies subject to judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty that the Company believes could have the most significant impact on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

Business Combination

Key Sources of Estimation: The critical assumptions and estimates used in a business combination accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting relate to the fair value of the consideration transferred including contingent consideration and the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, particularly related to acquired intangible assets, property plant and equipment, and inventories. See Note 6 – Business Combinations for further details regarding the approach for estimating fair values for both the consideration transferred and assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Leases

Judgments Made in Relation to Accounting Policies Applied: Judgment is required in determining the appropriate lease term on a lease-by-lease basis. The Company considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise a renewal option or to not exercise a termination option at inception and over the term of the lease, including investments in major leaseholds, operating performance, and changed circumstances. The periods covered by renewal or termination options are only included in the lease term if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise that option and if the Company has enforceable rights, i.e., the Company does not take any extension option into consideration if both parties have a right to decide until the notice period has elapsed and there is no economic incentive for either party to renew. Changes in the economic environment or changes in the retail industry may impact the assessment of the lease term and any changes in the estimate of lease terms may have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial position.

Key Sources of Estimation: The critical assumptions and estimates used in determining the present value of future lease payments require the Company to estimate the incremental borrowing rate specific to each leased asset or portfolio of leased assets. Management determines the incremental borrowing rate of each leased asset or portfolio of leased assets by incorporating the Company’s creditworthiness, the security, term, and value of the underlying leased asset, and the economic environment in which the leased asset operates. The incremental borrowing rates are subject to change mainly due to macroeconomic changes in the environment. See note 3(n) – Income taxes above for the estimates and judgements related to uncertain tax positions.

Impairment of non-financial assets (goodwill, intangible assets, property, plant & equipment, and right-of-use assets)

Judgments Made in Relation to Accounting Policies Applied: Management is required to use judgment in determining the grouping of assets to identify their CGUs for the purposes of testing non-financial assets for

 

F-23


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

impairment. Judgment is further required to determine appropriate groupings of CGUs for the level at which goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are tested for impairment. For the purpose of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets impairment testing, CGUs are grouped at the lowest level at which goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are monitored for internal management purposes. Judgment is also applied in allocating the carrying amount of assets to CGUs. In addition, judgment is used to determine whether a triggering event has occurred requiring an impairment test to be completed. The Company has concluded that is has four groups of CGUs, being the four operating segments, for the purpose of testing goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles for impairment. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized and the useful life of these intangibles is reviewed each reporting period to determine whether indefinite life assessment continues to be supportable.

Key Sources of Estimation: In determining the recoverable amount of a group of CGUs, various estimates are employed. The Company determines value-in-use by using estimates including projected revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, costs, capital investment and working capital requirements consistent with strategic plans presented to the Board of Managers of MidCo, as well as discount rates and terminal growth rates. Fair value less costs of disposal are estimated with reference to observable market transactions. Discount rates are consistent with external industry information reflecting the risk associated with the Company and its cash flows.

Embedded derivative

Judgments Made in Relation to Accounting Policies Applied: Management is required to use judgment in determining whether the hybrid instrument is a debt or equity host contract for the purposes of analyzing whether the feature is or is not closely related to the host contract and would require bifurcation. The determination of whether the hybrid instrument is a debt or equity host contract may differ from the legal form of the instrument and will instead depend on the economic characteristics and risks of the entire hybrid financial instrument.

Income taxes

Key Sources of Estimation: In determining the recoverable amount of deferred tax assets, the Company forecasts future taxable income by legal entity and the period in which the income occurs to ensure that sufficient taxable income exists to utilize the attributes. Inputs to those projections are Board-approved financial forecasts and statutory tax rates.

Judgments Made in Relation to Accounting Policies Applied: The calculation of current and deferred income taxes requires management to make certain judgments regarding the tax rules in jurisdictions where the Company performs activities. Application of judgments is required regarding the classification of transactions and in assessing probable outcomes of claimed deductions including expectations about future operating results, the timing and reversal of temporary differences and possible audits of income tax and other tax filings by the tax authorities.

Inventories

Key Sources of Estimation: Inventories are carried at the lower of cost and net realizable value. In estimating net realizable value, the Company uses estimates related to fluctuations in inventory levels, planned production, customer behavior, obsolescence, future selling prices, seasonality and costs necessary to sell the inventory. Inventory is adjusted to reflect shrinkage incurred since the last inventory count. Shrinkage is based on historical experience.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Financial instruments

Key Sources of Estimation: The critical assumptions and estimates used in determining the fair value of financial instruments are: equity prices; future interest rates; the relative creditworthiness of the Company to its counterparties; estimated future cash flows; discount rates, and volatility utilized in option valuations.

Defined benefit plans

Key Sources of Estimation: The carrying amounts of defined benefit plans are based on actuarial valuations. These valuations are calculated based on statistical data and assumptions about discount rates and compensation increases. Due to the long-term nature of these plans, such estimates are subject to significant uncertainty.

 

(v)

New and amended standards and interpretations adopted by the Company

Upon transition to IFRS, the Company adopted all new and amended standards and interpretations, which were effective for annual periods beginning on or after the Company’s transition date to IFRS October 1, 2019 and May 1, 2021 for the Predecessor and Successor, respectively.

The following amended standards became effective at the earliest from October 1, 2019, but did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company:

 

   

Amendments to IFRS 3 — Definition of a Business (issued on October 22, 2018 and effective for acquisitions from the beginning of annual reporting period that starts on or after January 1, 2020).

 

   

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 — Definition of Material (issued on October 31, 2018 and effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020).

 

   

Amendments to IFRS 16 — COVID-19 Related Rent Concessions (issued on May 28, 2020 and effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after June 1, 2020).

 

   

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 — Interest Rate Benchmark Reform — Phase 2 (issued on August 27, 2020 and effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2021).

 

(w)

New and amended standards and interpretations issued but not yet effective

The standards and interpretations applicable to the Company that are issued, but not yet effective, up to the date of issuance of the Company’s consolidated financial statements are discussed below. The Company has not early adopted these standards and amendments and intends to adopt them, if applicable, when they become effective.

The Company expects no material impact on its consolidated financial statements from the following amendments and improvements, but they may impact future periods should the Company enter into new relevant transactions:

 

   

Amendments to IAS 16 — Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use (issued on May 14, 2020 and effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022).

 

   

Amendments to IAS 37 — Onerous Contracts — Costs of Fulfilling a Contract (issued on May 14, 2020 and effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022).

 

   

Amendments to IFRS 3 — Reference to the Conceptual Framework (issued on May 14, 2020 and effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022).

 

F-25


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

   

Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2018-2020 – amendments to IFRS 9 — Fees in the ’10 per cent’ test for derecognition of financial liabilities (issued on May 14, 2020 and effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022).

 

   

Amendments to IAS 1 — Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (issued on January 23, 2020 and effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023).

 

   

Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 — Disclosure of Accounting policies (issued on February 12, 2021 and effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023).

 

   

Amendments to IAS 8 — Definition of Accounting Estimates (issued on February 12, 2021 and effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023).

 

   

Amendment to IAS 12 - Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction (issued on May 7, 2021 and effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023).

 

   

Amendment to IFRS 16 - Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback (issued on September 22, 2022 and effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2024).

 

   

Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 - Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture (deferred indefinitely by amendments made in December 2015)

 

4.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

The following table presents the fair values and fair value hierarchy of the Company’s financial instruments that are carried at fair value on recurring basis in the consolidated statements of financial position:

 

     Level      Fair value  

September 30, 2022 (Successor)

     

Derivative assets

     2        10,234  

Derivatives liabilities

     2        10,125  

September 30, 2021 (Successor)

     

Derivative assets

     2        35,604  

Derivatives liabilities

     2        942  

September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

     

Derivative assets

     2        242  

Derivatives liabilities

     2        3,289  

Changes in fair value of derivative assets and liabilities are recognized within the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). The Company does not carry any other financial instruments at fair value either on recurring or non-recurring basis.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

The following table presents the fair value and fair value hierarchy of the Company’s loans and borrowings carried at amortized cost:

 

     Level      Carrying value      Fair value  

September 30, 2022 (Successor)

        

Term Loan (EUR)

     2        367,193        294,461  

Term Loan (USD)

     2        856,505        719,761  

Vendor Loan

     2        292,275        185,783  

Senior Notes

     2        449,698        328,816  

September 30, 2021 (Successor)

        

Term Loan (EUR)

     2        366,037        403,105  

Term Loan (USD)

     2        723,072        818,887  

Vendor Loan

     2        280,070        276,135  

Senior Notes

     2        453,059        478,906  

September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

        

Syndicate Loan

     2        100,000        100,000  

There were no transfers between levels during any reporting period.

 

5.

SEGMENT INFORMATION

As of March 31, 2023, the Company changed its internal reporting to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), to report results prepared in accordance with IFRS. Segment results have been presented accordingly. The segments are aligned to the four geographical hubs that the Company operates in: Americas, Europe, ASPA, and MEAI. Due to the materiality, ASPA and MEAI are aggregated into one reportable segment APMA (“Asia Pacific, Middle East, Africa”). As such the Company has three reportable segments – Americas, Europe and APMA. Additionally, the Company has a Corporate / Other revenue and expenses, which primarily consists of non-core activities from the Cosmetics and Sleeping Systems businesses, as well as other administrative costs that are not charged to the operating segments and realized foreign exchange gains and losses. The CODM uses the measure of adjusted EBITDA to assess operating segments’ performance to make decisions regarding the allocation of resources. The adjustments to EBITDA relate to the effect of Transaction related costs, IPO-related costs, realized and unrealized foreign exchange gain / (loss), effects of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction under IFRS, and other adjustments relating to non-recurring items such as restructuring, among others.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Assets and liabilities are not reported nor reviewed by the CODM at the operating segment level.

 

Successor    Year ended September 30, 2022  
     Americas      Europe      APMA      Total Reportable Segments      Corporate /Other     Total  

Sales

     667,387        449,131        123,033        1,239,551        3,282       1,242,833  

Adjusted EBITDA

     259,944        146,592        38,973        445,509        (10,954 )      434,555  

Effects from applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction

                   (24,367

Transaction related advisory costs

                   (2,598

Consulting fees relating to Group transformation

                   (7,982

Realized and unrealized FX gains / losses

                   45,516  

Other

                   (836
                

 

 

 

EBITDA

                   444,288  

Depreciation and amortization

                   (81,261

Finance income (costs), net

                   (112,503
                

 

 

 

Profit before tax

                   250,524  
                

 

 

 
Successor    Period from May 1 to September 30, 2021  
     Americas      Europe      APMA      Total Reportable Segments      Corporate / Other     Total  

Sales

     223,110        191,226        47,439        461,775        889       462,664  

Adjusted EBITDA

     78,767        61,649        12,326        152,742        (12,402 )      140,340  

Effects from applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction

                   (110,900

Transaction related advisory costs

                   (2,463

Consulting fees relating to Group transformation

                   (1,892

Realized and unrealized FX gains / losses

                   20,585  

Other

                   (1,468
                

 

 

 

EBITDA

                   44,202  

Depreciation and amortization

                   (29,021

Finance income (costs), net

                   (28,958
                

 

 

 

Profit before tax

                   (13,777 ) 
                

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Predecessor    Period from October 1, 2020 to April 30, 2021  
     Americas      Europe      APMA     Total Reportable Segments      Corporate / Other     Total  

Sales

     264,883        184,066        49,433       498,382                    965       499,347  

Adjusted EBITDA

     100,509        47,308        14,284       162,101        (10,101 )      152,000  

Other transaction effects

                  (3,025

Realized and unrealized FX gains / losses

                  (1,523

Other

                  (109
               

 

 

 

EBITDA

                  147,343  

Depreciation and amortization

                  (25,872

Finance income (costs), net

                  (1,753
               

 

 

 

Profit before tax

                  119,718  
               

 

 

 
Predecessor    Year ended September 30, 2020  
     Americas      Europe      APMA     Total Reportable Segments      Corporate /Other     Total  

Sales

     341,090        304,608        80,964       726,662        1,270       727,932  

Adjusted EBITDA

     102,057        88,786        17,661       208,504        (13,720 )      194,784  

Realized and unrealized FX gains / losses

                  (15,984

Restructuring and relocation costs

                  (3,364
               

 

 

 

EBITDA

                  175,436  

Depreciation and amortization

                  (46,052

Finance income (costs), net

                  (3,950
               

 

 

 

Profit before tax

                  125,434  
               

 

 

 

The Company determines the geographic location of revenue based on the location of its customers.

 

    Successor           Predecessor  
    Year ended September 30,
2022
    Period from May 1, 2021
through September 30, 2021
          Period form October 1, 2020
through April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

Revenue:

           

Germany

    156,824       78,858           66,340       128,996  

United States

    598,438       198,634           239,461       316,988  

Rest of world

    487,571       185,172           193,546       281,948  
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    1,242,833       462,664           499,347       727,932  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

The following table presents the carrying amount of the Company’s non-current assets by geographic location.

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     September 30, 2022      September 30, 2021           September 30, 2020  

Non-current assets

           

Germany

     2,269,610        2,090,852           322,919  

United States

     1,429,004        1,301,462           63,886  

Rest of world

     113,770        107,353           19,403  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Allocated non-current assets

     3,812,384        3,499,667           406,208  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Other non-current financial assets (unallocated)

     11,747        36,681           889  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets (unallocated)

     4,590        —             16,401  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     3,828,721        3,536,348           423,498  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

During the periods presented in these consolidated financial statements, the Company did not have any customers with individual revenue of 10% or greater of total revenue.

 

6.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

On April 30, 2021, Finco 2’s subsidiary, BV KG acquired 100% of shareholdings, voting interests and certain assets of the Predecessor as a result of which it became the acquirer of substantially all of the business activities of the Birkenstock operations. This business combination was made to reorganize the ownership and organizational structure of BV KG under new ownership. The Transaction was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. See Note 2 – Basis of presentation for the discussion of the Transaction.

The fair value of the purchase consideration in the Transaction consisted of the following:

 

Cash

     3,042,862  

Rollover equity

     250,000  

Vendor loan

     275,000  

Syndicate loan

     196,163  

Profit transfer

     (12,942
  

 

 

 

Consideration Transferred

     3,751,083  

A portion of the consideration transferred was deferred and is comprised of the Rollover Equity and Vendor Loan (as defined below).

Rollover Equity - In lieu of cash consideration of 250.0 million, the selling shareholder CB Beteiligungs GmbH & Co. KG was granted a 12% beneficial ownership in MidCo.

Vendor Loan - A loan consisting of a 275.0 million agreement with AB-Beteiligungs GmbH (“Vendor Loan”), a selling shareholder, was assumed and treated as consideration transferred.

Syndicate Loan - 196.0 million of outstanding short-term borrowings under a Predecessor syndicate loan agreement (“Syndicate Loan”) were assumed and repaid at the date of the Transaction.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Profit transfer - Per the sale and purchase agreement, the Successor was entitled to the entire net profit of the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. Therefore, the purchase consideration was reduced by 12.9 million which represents the Successor’s claim on GmbH KG’s net profit from October 1, 2020 through April 30, 2021.

Earnout contingent consideration was also part of the Transaction. The seller is entitled to a 400.0 million earn-out if the Company’s earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for the fiscal year 2025 is higher than 709.4 million or if the Company has a change in control event with a price at a multiple of invested capital greater than 4x.; however, as of the date of the Transaction, it was not probable that the earn-out requirements will be met, therefore, the fair value of the earnout contingent consideration was determined to be zero. As of May 1, 2021, the obligation to settle the earn-out contingency was assumed by MidCo.

The following table summarizes the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed recognized at the acquisition date:

 

Assets

  

Intangible assets (other than goodwill)

     1,660,603  

Property, plant and equipment

     153,273  

Right-of-use assets

     95,127  

Inventories

     425,192  

Trade and other receivables

     102,149  

Other current and non current assets

     14,333  

Cash and cash equivalents

     92,835  

Liabilities

  

Lease liabilities

     (95,014

Provisions for employee benefits

     (6,012

Deferred tax liabilities

     (84,682

Trade and other payables

     (82,252

Accrued liabilities

     (27,194

Other current and non current financial liabilities

     (12,947

Contract liabilities

     (4,857

Tax liabilities

     (7,269

Total identifiable net assets

     2,223,284  

Consideration Transferred

     3,751,083  

Less: Identifiable net assets

     (2,223,284 ) 
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

     1,527,799  

The fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed was determined as follows:

Intangible assets (other than goodwill)

Identifiable intangible assets acquired consist of the Birkenstock brand and customer relationships.

 

   

The fair value of the brand was 1,356.3 million was measured using the relief-from-royalty approach. Based on an analysis of all of the relevant factors (such as the expected usage of the asset by the entity and whether the asset could be managed efficiently by another management team; typical product life cycles for the asset and public information on estimates of useful lives of similar assets that are used in a similar way; technical, technological, commercial or other

 

F-31


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

 

types of obsolescence; the stability of the industry in which the asset operates and changes in the market demand for the products or services output from the asset; and whether the useful life of the asset is dependent on the useful life of other assets of the entity), there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the brand is expected to generate net cash inflows for the Company, so that the brand is considered to have an indefinite life, which is reviewed each reporting period to determine whether the indefinite life assessment continues to be supportable.

 

   

The fair value of customer relationships was 294.8 million, measured using the multi-period excess earnings method (“MEEM”). The customer relationships intangibles useful lives range from 8 to 15 years and is being amortized on a straight-line basis.

 

   

The Company considered the length of time over which the economic benefits of these assets is expected to be realized to estimate the useful life of these assets as of the acquisition date.

Property, plant and equipment

 

   

The fair value of land and buildings of 153.2 million was determined using an income capitalization approach, in which the forecast future cash flows are discounted to present value using a market rate of interest. The useful lives of buildings and improvements is between 10 to 50 years. Hypothetical market rent for office areas was utilized in forecasting the future cash flows.

 

   

The fair value of machinery and technical equipment was determined using the indirect cost method. This approach is based on new acquisition cost, derived from the historical acquisition costs of the individual assets and indexed using sector-specific indices. The new acquisition costs of the assets are adjusted to reflect the loss of value from physical consumption as well as from functional and economic ageing.

 

   

In addition, the Company considered the length of time over which the economic benefit of these assets is expected to be realized and estimated the useful life of these assets as of the acquisition date.

Inventories

Inventories consisting of raw materials and supplies, and unfinished goods were recognized at current replacement cost.

 

   

The fair values of finished goods were determined by reference to their sales prices, less a deduction for selling costs and related sales margin. The sales prices were determined using the retail method based on revenue recognized in the financial year 2020 by product. The sales margin is consistent with internal transfer prices.

Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities

 

   

Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are recognized at fair value by discounting the value of the minimum lease payments over the lease term.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

 

   

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized to reflect the tax impact of the fair value adjustments.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Working capital other than inventory

 

   

The fair values of working capital balances, other than inventories, have been measured at their book values at the date of acquisition, which approximate their fair values.

The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired has been accounted for as goodwill. Goodwill is mainly attributable to the expected future growth potential of the Company and the assembled workforce which will provide future benefit to the Company. 893.0 million of goodwill is deductible for tax purposes as of May 1, 2021, 882.0 million as of September 30, 2021, and 898.0 million as of September 30, 2022. For providing deferred income taxes related to the tax-deductible portion of goodwill, the carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated to the tax-paying components based on their relative economic values at the date of the Transaction.

The results of operations have been consolidated with those of Finco 2 from the date of acquisition. If the combination had taken place as of October 1, 2020, revenue would have been 962.1 million and net profit for the period for the Successor would have been 116.4 million.

The Company incurred 27.6 million of acquisition related costs of which 25.1 million were incurred prior to the Transaction close and are reflected in accumulated deficit of the Successor as of May 1, 2021 (See Note 2 – Basis of presentation for further details). The remaining 2.5 million were recorded in General administration expenses in the period ending September 30, 2021. Additionally, the Company incurred 55.9 million of debt issuance costs related to financing obtained as part of the Transaction. Of this amount, 3.5 million was related to the ABL Facility. The remaining 52.4 million were recorded as a reduction to Loans and borrowings (see Note 17 – Loans and borrowings for further details).

Gisela Acquisition

On August 1, 2022, BV KG’s subsidiary Components Crafting GmbH, acquired Gisela Camisao Unipessoal Lda., Arouca, Portugal, a stitching company in Portugal. The entity was subsequently renamed into S&CC Portugal Unipessoal, Lda. BV KG acquired 100% of the shares and certain assets and liabilities. This business combination was made to increase output volume locally and reduce the third-party supplier base. The transaction was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting.

The purchase consideration in the transaction consisted of the following:

 

Cash

     1,054  

Deferred payment

     351  
  

 

 

 

Consideration Transferred

     1,405  

 

F-33


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

The following table summarizes the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed recognized at the acquisition date:

 

Assets

  

Land and buildings

     118  

Machinery and technical equipment

     50  

Factory and Office Equipment

     24  

Inventories

     19  

Trade and other receivables

     349  

Other current assets

     6  

Cash and cash equivalents

     17  

Liabilities

  

Trade and other payables

     (125

Current tax liabilities

     (29

Loans and borrowings

     (91

Other current liabilities

     (151
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets

     187  

Consideration Transferred

     1,405  

Less: identifiable net assets

     (187 ) 
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

     1,218  

The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired has been accounted for as goodwill. Goodwill is mainly attributable to the expected future growth potential of the Company and the assembled workforce which will provide future benefit to the Company.

The results of operations have been consolidated with those of Finco 2 from the date of acquisition. If the acquisition of S&CC Portugal Unipessoal, Lda., Arouca, Portugal had taken place as of October 1, 2021, revenue would have been 1,243.9 million and net profit for the year ended September 30, 2022 would have been 186.5 million. Furthermore, the Company incurred 0.3 million of acquisition related costs.

7. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

The Company is exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk. The Company’s senior management and Board of Directors oversee management of these risks. The Board of Directors reviews and approves policies for managing each of these risks which are summarized below.

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a financial loss.

Credit risk arises from the possibility that certain parties will default and be unable to discharge their obligations. The Company has a significant number of customers which minimizes the concentration of credit risk. As of September 30, 2020, the Company had a concentration of receivables with two customers representing 12.4% and 10.5% of total receivables, respectively. The Company did not have a concentration of receivables with any customer exceeding 10% of receivables in any other period.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

The Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers through a combination of third-party financial reports, credit monitoring, publicly available information, and direct communication with those customers. The Company establishes payment terms with customers to mitigate credit risk and continues to closely monitor its accounts receivable credit risk exposure.

The Company measures the loss allowance for trade receivables, lease receivables, and contract assets within the scope of IFRS 15 at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses. The Company measures the loss allowances for other financial assets at an amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses. Loss allowances relating to financial assets are increased in the instance when credit risk increases.

These measures and other measures the Company may adopt to mitigate credit risk, however, may not be successful. In addition, retail consolidation could lead to fewer B2B partners, B2B partners seeking more favorable price, payment or other terms from the Company and a decrease in the number of stores that carry the Company’s products.

Further, trade and other receivables are categorized by aging as part of the Company’s process of monitoring credit risk. The aging of each receivable is analyzed and considered when estimating the lifetime expected credit loss.

Credit risk exposure by risk rating grades is as follows:

 

     Weighted-Average
Loss Rate
    Gross Carrying
Amount
     Loss Allowance  

Current (not past due)

     1.2     49,017        (580

1-30 days past due

     7.1     13,461        (951

31-60 days past due

     3.3     1,096        (36

61-90 days past due

     16.6     507        (84

More than 90 days past due

     80.7     523        (422
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 (Successor)

       64,604        (2,073 ) 
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current (not past due)

     0.4     44,903        (161

1-30 days past due

     0.4     8,995        (35

31-60 days past due

     1.8     339        (6

61- 90 days past due

     9.9     152        (15

More than 90 days past due

     86.1     2,040        (1,756
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

September 30, 2021 (Successor)

       56,429        (1,973 ) 
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current (not past due)

     0.4     36,817        (134

1-30 days past due

     0.5     12,006        (58

31-60 days past due

     1.3     4,007        (51

61-90 days past due

     6.2     2,242        (140

More than 90 days past due

     68.9     4,073        (2,805
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

       59,145        (3,188 ) 
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they become due. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have

 

F-35


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

sufficient liquidity to satisfy the requirements for business operations, capital expenditures, debt service and general corporate purposes, under normal and stressed conditions. The primary source of liquidity is funds generated by operating activities; the Company also relies on short-term borrowings and the revolving facility as sources of funds for short-term working capital needs. The Company continuously reviews both actual and forecasted cash flows to ensure that the Company has appropriate capital capacity.

The following table summarizes the amount of contractual undiscounted future cash flow requirements as of September 30, 2022 (Successor):

 

Contractual obligations by fiscal year    2023      2024      2025      2026      2027      Thereafter      Total  

Liabilities to banks (excluding interest)

     8,720        8,720        8,720        8,720        8,720        1,907,992        1,951,592  

Accrued Interest

     119,103        112,463        110,034        111,133        110,810        110,785        674,328  

Lease liabilities (undiscounted)

     29,625        22,532        14,006        13,133        13,055        38,331        130,682  

Derivative liabilities

     10,125                       10,125  

Trade and other payables

     113,224                       113,224  

Accrued liabilities

     20,066        —                      20,066  

Other liabilities

     3,437                       3,437  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

     304,300        143,715        132,760        132,986        132,585        2,057,108        2,903,454  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market prices comprise foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk.

Foreign exchange risk

As the Company operates internationally, the Company is exposed to transactional currency risk arising from revenue or purchases that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies. The primary currency giving rise to the risk is USD in which 48%, 43%, 48%, and 43% of the Company’s revenue were generated during the year ended September 30, 2022, the period ended September 30, 2021, the period ended April 30, 2021, and the year ended September 30, 2020, respectively. Most of the Company’s raw materials and semi-finished products are purchased in Euros.

To monitor and mitigate foreign currency risk, the Company enters into derivative arrangements with flexible currency forwards and currency swaps. The Company continuously monitors foreign currency exchange developments that are relevant to the Company’s operations.

Sensitivity analysis for foreign exchange risk

A 10% weakening of the Euro against the Company’s major currencies would result in the following losses and gains being recognized in the Consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), which would arise on the retranslation of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. A 10% strengthening of

 

F-36


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

the Euro would have an equal and opposite effect. The impact arising from financial instruments on other comprehensive income is immaterial in either case.

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
    Year ended
September 30, 2022
    Period from
May 1, 2021 through
September 30, 2021
    Period from
October 1, 2020
through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

Change in EUR/USD +/- 10%

    37,466       16,997       10,829       5,055  

Change in EUR/CAD +/- 10%

    4,237       1,023       2,213       1,497  

Change in EUR/JPY +/- 10%

    76       (10     1       63  

Change in EUR/PLN +/- 10%

    (43     (7     (2     (37

Change in Other Currencies +/- 10%

    652       (31     17       (13

Change in EUR +/- 10%

    (537     (776     —         297  

Interest rate risk

The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk is related to the Company’s syndicated loan in the predecessor period, entered into on September 13, 2017, that bears a floating interest rate. The Company managed interest rate risk through a zero-floored forward interest rate swap that was comprised of two derivatives, 50.0 million each. The fair value of these two interest rate derivatives amounted to 1.6 million each as of September 30, 2020. The hedge existed for the entire term of the underlying transaction until extinguishment at April 30, 2021.

The Company exited the zero-floored forward interest rate swap position and paid off the syndicated loan on April 30, 2021.

Additionally, the Company has exposure to interest rate risk related to the Company’s Senior Term Facilities Agreement (as defined below). Borrowings made pursuant to the Term Loan (as defined below) consist of a Euro denominated facility and a USD denominated facility. Borrowings are up to a maximum limit of 375.0 million and USD 850.0 million, respectively. The Euro denominated facility bears interest based on EURIBOR. The USD denominated facility previously bore interest based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and now bears interest based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”). The Term Loan’s original maturity is April 30, 2028. See Note 17 - Loans and Borrowings and Note 32 - Subsequent Events.

Sensitivity analysis for interest rate risk

A one percentage point increase in market interest rates for all currencies in which the Company had cash and borrowings would have a negative effect on net profit (loss) in the amount of 1.0 million, 0.6 million, 4.6 million, and 11.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2020, the period ended April 30, 2021, the period ended September 30, 2021, and the year ended September 30, 2022, respectively. A one percentage point decrease in market interest rates would have an approximately equal and opposite effect.

Capital management

The Company manages its capital, which consists of equity, short-term borrowings, and long-term debt (the Term Loan, ABL Facility and Senior Notes (as defined below)), with the objectives of safeguarding sufficient net working capital over the annual operating cycle and providing sufficient financial resources to

 

F-37


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

grow operations to meet long-term consumer demand. Management targets a ratio of adjusted EBITDA, defined as EBITDA (net profit (loss) for the period before income tax expense / benefit, (finance cost (net), amortization of intangible assets and depreciation of tangible assets), adjusted for the effect of Transaction-related advisory costs, IPO-related costs, unrealized foreign exchange gain / (loss), effects of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction under IFRS, and other adjustments relating to non-recurring items such as restructuring, among others. Refer to Note 5 – Segment Information for details on adjustments to EBITDA. The Board of Directors of the Company monitors the Company’s capital management on a regular basis. The Company continually assesses the adequacy of the Company’s capital structure and capacity and make adjustments within the context of the Company’s strategy, economic conditions, and risk characteristics of the business.

8. GOODWILL

The goodwill has developed as follows:

 

     Goodwill  

October 1, 2019 (Predecessor)

     13,024  
  

 

 

 

September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

     13,024  
  

 

 

 

April 30, 2021 (Predecessor)

     13,024  
  

 

 

 

May 1, 2021 (Successor)

     1,527,799  

Impact of foreign currency translation

     28,882  

September 30, 2021 (Successor)

     1,556,681  
  

 

 

 

Acquisition of Gisela

     1,218  

Impact of foreign currency translation

     116,394  
  

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 (Successor)

     1,674,293  
  

 

 

 

The following table outlines the goodwill balance allocation into the applicable groups of CGUs:

 

     Americas      Europe      ASPA      MEAl  

As at October 1, 2019 (Predecessor)

     7,648        3,908        1,257        210  

As at September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

     7,114        4,977        805        127  

As at September 30, 2021(Successor)

     560,669        738,805        184,877        72,330  

As at September 30, 2022 (Successor)

     665,998        742,794        187,114        78,387  

For each of the fiscal periods, the Company completed its annual impairment test and concluded that there was no impairment during the periods presented.

For purposes of impairment testing the carrying amounts of the groups of CGUs have been compared to their respective value in use as of October 1, 2019, September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2022 and their fair value less cost of disposal as of September 30, 2020.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

For all impairment tests, the value in use or fair value less cost of disposal was determined using a discounted cash flow model. The following key assumptions have been used:

 

     Successor  
     September 30, 2022  
     Americas     Europe     ASPA     MEAl  

Terminal Growth Rate

     1.5     1.5     1.5     1.5

Avg. EBITDA Margin rate (2023-2027)

     30.8     32.6     30.2     20.3

Pre-tax discount rate

     13.5     15.2     20.1     21.0

Avg. Revenue growth rate (2023-2027)

     10.7     16.2     37.9     33.8

Avg. CapEx investments (2023-2027)

     19,939       16,103       4,456       2,409  
     Successor  
     September 30, 2021  
     Americas     Europe     ASPA     MEAl  

Terminal Growth Rate

     1.5     1.5     1.5     1.5

Avg. EBITDA Margin rate (2022-2026)

     32.5     32.2     30.1     19.4

Pre-tax discount rate

     12.3     11.7     18.6     16.0

Avg. Revenue growth rate (2022-2026)

     13.7     15.0     34.6     37.7

Avg. CapEx investment (2022-2026)

     72,871       21,232       2,419       3,726  

 

     Predecessor  
     September 30, 2020*     October 1, 2019**  

Terminal Growth Rate

     1.0     1.0

Avg. EBITDA Margin rate (*2021-2025 / **2020-2024)

     29.5     30.1

Pre-tax discount rate

     N/A       11.0

Post-tax discount rate

     10.1     N/A  

Avg. Revenue growth rate (*2021-2025 / **2020-2024)

     15.4     8.4

Avg. CapEx investments (*2021-2025 / **2020-2024)

     23,605       27,110  

The discount rate is based on a risk-free rate, an equity risk premium adjusted for betas of comparable publicly traded companies, a market risk premium, country risk premium, and a cost of debt based on comparable corporate bond yields and the capital structure of the Company’s peer group.

For the purpose of impairment testing as of October 1, 2019 five year forecasts based on budgets for 2020 as well as expectations with regard to revenue growth, EBITDA margins, and capital expenditures were utilized to calculate the value in use.

As of October 1, 2019, the excess of value in use over carrying amount was sufficient to conclude there were no reasonably likely changes in the assumptions used that would lead to an impairment in any of the CGU groups. Since the value in use exceeds the carrying amount for each of the CGU groups, the goodwill is not impaired and the fair value less costs of disposition has not been calculated.

As part of testing impairment as of September 30, 2020, the Company assessed the assumptions used in the fair value measurement of the business as of April 30, 2021 and considered qualitative factors regarding the development of the business since the Transaction. It was concluded that there were no significant changes in the assumptions as April 30, 2021 and therefore did not identify an impairment as of either of these reporting dates.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

The September 30, 2021 impairment test utilizes the results of operations of fiscal year 2022 actuals as the first year planning year. Additionally, the forecasts from fiscal years 2023 through 2026 utilized in the September 30, 2021 impairment test are the same as the forecasts used in the September 30, 2022 impairment test.

As of the year ended September 30, 2021 and 2022, the excess of value in use over carrying amount was sufficient to conclude there were no reasonably likely changes in the assumptions used that would lead to an impairment in any of the CGU groups. Since the value in use exceeds the carrying amount for each of the CGU groups, the goodwill is not impaired and the fair value less costs of disposition has not been calculated.

Indefinite-life Intangibles

The Company completed its annual impairment test and concluded that there was no impairment during the periods presented.

The carrying value of the indefinite-lived intangibles was the following:

 

     Americas      Europe      ASPA      MEAI  

As at October 1, 2019 (Predecessor)

     77,756        74,261        21,262        3,382  

As at September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

     100,125        52,777        20,512        3,247  

As at September 30, 2021 (Successor)

     725,187        523,225        102,656        32,412  

As at September 30, 2022 (Successor)

     856,565        509,878        100,581        39,089  

These intangible assets have been included in the goodwill impairment test described in the section above.

 

9.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

    Brands and
Trademarks
    Customer
relationships
    Intangible assets
under development
and prepayments
    Other intangible
assets
    Total  

Cost

         

October 1, 2019 (Predecessor)

    176,662       —         3,507       19,867       200,036  

Additions

    —         —         1,499       1,076       2,575  

Disposals

    —         —         —         (6     (6

Transfers

    —         —         (3,094     3,094       —    

Impact of foreign currency translation

    —         —         —         (70     (70
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

    176,662       —         1,912       23,961       202,535  

Additions

    —         —         3,242       1,104       4,346  

Disposals

    —         —           (829     (829

Transfers

    —         —         (407     407       —    

Impact of foreign currency translation

    —         —         —         (191     (191
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

April 30, 2021 (Predecessor)

    176,662       —         4,747       24,452       205,861  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization

         

October 1, 2019 (Predecessor)

    —         —         —         (16,802 )      (16,802 ) 

Amortization

    —         —         —         (2,938     (2,938

Disposals

    —         —         —         120       120  

Impact of foreign currency translation

    —         —         —         (67     (67
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

    Brands and
Trademarks
    Customer
relationships
    Intangible assets
under development
and prepayments
    Other intangible
assets
    Total  

September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

    —         —         —         (19,687 )      (19,687 ) 

Amortization

    —         —         —         (922     (922

Disposals

    —         —           578       578  

Impact of foreign currency translation

    —         —         —         184       184  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

April 30, 2021 (Predecessor)

    —         —         —         (19,847 )      (19,847 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost

         

May 1, 2021 (Successor)

    1,356,299       294,806       4,776       4,722       1,660,603  

Additions

    —         —         —         590       590  

Disposals

    —         —         (447     (72     (519

Impact of foreign currency translation

    27,181       9,385       —         42       36,608  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2021 (Successor)

    1,383,480       304,191       4,329       5,282       1,697,282  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

    —         —         1,407       407       1,814  

Disposals

    —         —         (5     —         (5

Transfers

        —         —         —    

Impact of foreign currency translation

    122,633       41,541       —         263       164,437  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 (Successor)

    1,506,113       345,732       5,731       5,952       1,863,528  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization

         

May 1, 2021 (Successor)

    —         —         —         —         —    

Amortization

    —         (10,585     —         (687     (11,272

Disposals

    —         (719     —         4       (715

Impact of foreign currency translation

    —         537       —         (41     496  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2021 (Successor)

      (10,767 )      —         (724 )      (11,491 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization

    —         (27,491     (5,146     (1,560     (34,197

Impact of foreign currency translation

    —         (2,464     —         (175     (2,639
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 (Successor)

    —         (40,722 )      (5,146 )      (2,459 )      (48,327 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value

         

September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

    176,662       —         1,912       4,274       182,848  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2021 (Successor)

    1,383,480       293,424       4,329       4,558       1,685,791  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 (Successor)

    1,506,113       305,010       585       3,493       1,815,201  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other intangibles are comprised primarily of acquired software licenses.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

10.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

    Lands, buildings and
improvements
    Technical equipment
and machinery
    Factory and office
equipment
    Construction in Progress
and Prepayments
    Total  

Cost

         

October 1, 2019 (Predecessor)

    37,161       94,706       62,449       13,598       207,914  

Additions

    8.599       3,698       4,801       3,590       20,688  

Disposals

    (1,217     (1,016     (3,552     (280     (6,065

Transfers

    407       4,436       333       (5,176     —    

Impact of foreign currency translation

    (495     —         (380     (104     (979
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

    44,455       101,824       63,651       11,628       221,558  

Additions

    266       1,296       2,375       3,590       7,527  

Disposals

    (138     (1,353     (1,510     (147     (3,148

Transfers

    1,145       1,672       574       (3,391     —    

Impact of foreign currency translation

    (207     —         (101     (13     (321
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

April 30, 2021 (Predecessor)

    45,521       103,439       64,989       11,667       225,616  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

         

October 1, 2019 (Predecessor)

    (13,984 )      (59,284 )      (44,769 )      —         (118,037 ) 

Depreciation

    (2,508     (9,576     (5,277     —         (17,361

Disposals

    963       971       2,816         4,750  

Transfers

    (12     —         12       —         —    

Impact of foreign currency translation

    146       —         154       —         300  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

    (15,395 )      (67,889 )      (47,064 )      —         (130,348 ) 

Depreciation

    (1,672     (4,749     (3,577     —         (9,998

Disposals

    75       897       1,942       —         2,914  

Transfers

    (56     (16     72       —         —    

Impact of foreign currency translation

    (20     —         40       —         20  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

April 30, 2021 (Predecessor)

    (17,068 )      (71,757 )      (48,587 )      —         (137,412 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost

         

May 1, 2021 (Successor)

    66,976       50,562       23,363       12,245       153,146  

Additions

    546       4,879       2,788       1,707       9,920  

Disposals

    (146     (2,322     (440     (998     (3,906

Transfers

    763       2,625       9       (3,397     —    

Impact of foreign currency translation

    304       —         216       —         520  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2021 (Successor)

    68,443       55,744       25,936       9,557       159,680  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

    3,122       3,773       5,641       60,121       72,657  

Disposals

    (624     (290     (1,821     (162     (2,897

Transfers

    792       7,367       417       (8,576     —    

Impact of foreign currency translation

    1,394       —         439       64       1,897  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 (Successor)

    73,127       66,594       30,612       61,004       231,337  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

         

May 1, 2021 (Successor)

    —         —         —         —         —    

Depreciation

    (1,973     (3,585     (3,036     —         (8,594

Disposals

    439       1,102       391       —         1,932  

Transfers

    —         —         —         —         —    

Impact of foreign currency translation

    (10     —         (7     —         (17
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

    Lands, buildings and
improvements
    Technical equipment
and machinery
    Factory and office
equipment
    Construction in Progress
and Prepayments
    Total  

September 30, 2021 (Successor)

    1,544       (2,483 )      2,652       —         (6,679 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation

    (4,223     (9,547     (6,524     —         (20,294

Disposals

    30       230       660       —         920  

Transfers

    —         —         —         —         —    

Impact of foreign currency translation

    (167     —         (109     —         (276
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 (Successor)

    (5,904 )      (11,800 )      (8,625 )      —         (26,329 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value

         

September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

    29,060       33,935       16,587       11,628       91,210  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2021 (Successor)

    66,899       53,261       23,284       9,557       153,001  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 (Successor)

    67,223       54,794       21,987       61,004       205,008  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

11.

LEASES

The Company, as a lessee, has lease contracts for various items of property and production equipment used in its operations. Certain leases include extension and termination options. These options are negotiated by management to provide flexibility in managing the leased-asset portfolio and align with the Companies’ business needs.

Right-of-use assets

 

     Buildings     Vehicles     Total  

Cost

      

October 1, 2019 (Predecessor)

     135,982       2,605       138,587  

Additions

     9,019       1,135       10,154  

Derecognition on termination

     (1,422     (216     (1,638

Impact of foreign currency translation

     (4,707     (2     (4,709
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

     138,872       3,522       142,394  

Additions

     5,653       1,759       7,412  

Derecognition on termination

     (529     (101     (630

Impact of foreign currency translation

     (1,835     (2     (1,837
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Apri1 30, 2021 (Predecessor)

     142,161       5,178       147,339  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

      

October 1, 2019 (Predecessor)

     —         —         —    

Depreciation

     (24,451     (1,259     (25,710

Derecognition on termination

     348       216       564  

Impact of foreign currency translation

     434       —         434  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

     (23,669 )      (1,043 )      (24,712 ) 

Depreciation

     (13,971     (748     (14,719

Derecognition on termination

     437       101       538  

Impact of foreign currency translation

     714       —         714  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

April 30, 2021 (Predecessor)

     (36,489 )      (1,690 )      (38,179 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost

      

May 1, 2021 (Successor)

     93,837       3,295       97,132  

Additions

     9,710       555       10,265  

Derecognition on termination

     (839     (17     (856

Impact of foreign currency translation

     1,943       —         1,943  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2021 (Successor)

     104,651       3,833       108,484  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

     Buildings     Vehicles     Total  

Additions

     35,868       1,523       37,391  

Derecognition on termination

     (7,200     (1,165     (8,365

Impact of foreign currency translation

     11,810       1       11,811  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 (Successor)

     145,129       4,192       149,321  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

      

May 1, 2021 (Successor)

     —         —         —    

Depreciation

     (9,355     (568     (9,923

Derecognition on termination

     700       17       717  

Impact of foreign currency translation

     (111     —         (111
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2021 (Successor)

     (8,766     (551     (9,317
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation

     (26,490     (1,253     (27,743

Derecognition on termination

     2,700       633       3,333  

Impact of foreign currency translation

     (2,072     —         (2,072
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 (Successor)

     (34,628     (1,171     (35,799
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value

      

September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

     115,203       2,479       117,682  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2021 (Successor)

     95,885       3,282       99,167  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 (Successor)

     110,501       3,021       113,522  

Lease liabilities

 

     Buildings     Vehicles     Total  

October 1, 2019 (Predecessor)

     135,728       2,605       138,333  

Additions

     7,906       1,134       9,040  

Lease payments

     (22,323     (1,281     (23,604

Interest

     1,079       (15     1,064  

Impact of foreign currency translation

     (4,399     —         (4,399
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

     117,991       2,443       120,434  

Additions

     5,438       1,757       7,195  

Lease payments

     (14, 136     (757     (14,893

Interest

     602       (8     594  

Impact of foreign currency translation

     (1,196     —         (1,196
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

April 30, 2021 (Predecessor)

     108,699       3,435       112,134  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

May 1 , 2021 (Successor)

     93,563       3,295       96,858  

Additions

     9,580       555       10,135  

Lease payments

     (8,880     (600     (9,480

Interest

     839       22       861  

Impact of foreign currency translation

     1,859       —         1,859  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2021 (Successor)

     96,961       3,272       100,233  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     30,705       985       31,690  

Lease payments

     (26,543     (1,280     (27,823

Interest

     2,367       50       2,417  

Impact of foreign currency translation

     9,963       2       9,965  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 (Successor)

     113,453       3,029       116,482  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Ancillary expense related to variable lease payments not included within the measurement of lease liabilities on a monthly basis are immaterial, accounting for approximately 10% or less of total lease payments for buildings. Refer to Note 7 – Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies for disclosure of lease liability maturities.

Amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income related to leases

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
    Year ended
September 30,
2022
    Period from
May 1, 2021 through
September 30, 2021
    Period from
October 1, 2020
through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets

       

Buildings

    26,490       9,355       13,971       24,451  

Vehicles

    1,253       568       748       1,259  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total depreciation of right-of-use assets

    27,743       9,923       14,719       25,710  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

    2,417       861       594       1,064  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amount recognized in net loss for the period

    30,160       10,784       15,313       26,774  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company did not identify any significant variable lease payments that are not included in the lease liability for the Successor and Predecessor periods. Short term lease payments and payments on low value lease assets were not significant for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020.

For further detail with respect to the Company’s leases, Refer to Note 3(h) – Significant Accounting Policies, 3(t), Note 6 – Business Combinations, Note 29 – Related Party Disclosures, and Note 31—First Time Adoption of IFRS.

 

12.

INVENTORIES

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     September 30, 2022      September 30, 2021     September 30, 2020  

Raw materials

     77,954        66,076       50,668  

Work in progress

     19,621        22,444       10,539  

Finished goods

     438,030        270,695       150,446  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total inventories at the lower of cost and net realizable value

     535,605        359,215       211,653  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended September 30, 2022, period from May 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021, period from October 1, 2020, through April 30, 2021 and year ended September 30, 2020, inventories of 299.6 million, 246.7 million, 128.9 million and 201.7 million, respectively, were recognized as an expense and included in cost of sales. Additionally, during the year ended September 30, 2022, period from October 1, 2020, through April 30, 2021 and year ended September 30, 2020, write-downs of inventory were 11.4 million, 3.7 million and 2.2 million, respectively. During the period from May 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021 (1.8) million of write-downs were reversed on inventories as it was determined the inventories were able to be utilized in the creation of shoe products.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

13.

TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Current

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     September 30, 2022     September 30, 2021     September 30, 2020  

Trade receivables

     64,604       56,429       59,145  

Other receivables

     3,615       4,932       4,075  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     68,219       61,361       63,220  

Less: expected credit loss

     (2,073     (1,973     (3,188
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

     66,146       59,388       60,032  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Current

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     September 30, 2022      September 30, 2021     September 30, 2020  

Trade receivables

     —          59       —    

Other receivables

     1,410        1,710       812  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,410        1,769       812  

Less: expected credit loss

     —          —         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

     1,410        1,769       812  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s allowance for expected credit losses was 2.0 million, 2.0 million and 3.2 million as of September 30, 2022, September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, respectively, and the changes in allowance for charges and settlements during those periods was immaterial.

 

14.

OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     September 30, 2022      September 30, 2021     September 30, 2020  

Prepayments

     9,852        2,261       4,054  

VAT receivable

     10,799        52,935       4,487  

Other non-income tax asset

     5,574        2,772       910  

Other

     504        900       364  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other current assets

     26,729        58,868       9,815  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

15.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     September 30, 2022      September 30, 2021     September 30, 2020  

Cash on hand

     180        1,066       756  

Bank balances, including

         

- in U.S. dollars

     109,678        107,470       21,369  

- in Euro

     165,618        94,161       51,287  

- in other currencies

     31,602        32,646       22,765  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     307,078        235,343       96,177  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2022, September 30, 2021, and September 30, 2020 the Company had restricted cash of nil, 3.5 million, and nil, respectively for bank guarantees issued by the Company.

 

16.

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Successor

Ordinary shares

The Company, whose immediate parent is MidCo and ultimate controlling shareholder is L Catterton, had 182,721,369 authorized and outstanding ordinary shares with a nominal value of 1 each as of September 30, 2022 and 2021. All shares are fully paid up in the Successor period.

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share. No additional shares were issued during the Successor period.

Share premium

Share premium represents the amount received from shareholders in excess of the par value of the ordinary shares.

Retained earnings

Retained earnings is comprised of cumulative net earnings or profits for the period and preceding periods less distributions.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of unrealized gains and losses associated with pension remeasurements and foreign currency.

Predecessor

Capital shares

During the Predecessor period, the total number of partnership units was 2 with a nominal value of 5.0 million each, which are fully paid up. The holders of the partnership units were entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and were entitled to one vote per unit. No additional partnership units were issued during the Predecessor period.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Reserves

The capital reserve set up in accordance with the provisions of the articles of association of BV KG results from contributions by the limited partners. A withdrawal of 29.9 million was made from the capital reserve by shareholders’ resolution during the year ended September 30, 2020.

In accordance with the provisions of the articles of association of BV KG, 42% of the annual net income or 59.6 million and 46.7 million was transferred from the net profit during the year ended September 30, 2020 and period ended April 30, 2021, respectively, to the statutory reserves, thus, making it inaccessible for distributions.

No share capital increases were noted during the year ended September 30, 2022, period ended September 30, 2021, period ended April 30, 2021, or the year ended September 30, 2020.

Distributions to shareholders were made of 112.3 million and 101.8 million during the year ended September 30, 2020 and the period ended April 30, 2021, respectively.

 

17.

LOANS AND BORROWINGS

The Company has the following principal and interest payable amounts outstanding for loans and borrowings from banks:

 

                      Successor     Predecessor  
    Currency     Nominal
interest rate
    Year of
maturity
    September 30,
2022
    September 30,
2021
    September 30,
2020
 

Non-current liabilities

             

Term Loan (EUR)

    EUR       EURIBOR + 3.5     2028       375,000       375,000       —    

Term Loan (USD)

    USD       LIBOR + 3.25     2028       852,354       724,911       —    

Vendor Loan

    EUR       4.37     2029       287,018       275,000       —    

Senior Notes

    EUR       5.25     2029       428,500       430,000       —    

Syndicate Loan

    EUR       EURIBOR + 1.05     2022       —         —         100,000  
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
          1,942,872       1,804,911       100,000  

Senior Note embedded derivative

          28,638       28,638       —    

Less: amortization under the effective interest method

          (51,875     (51,820     —    
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
          1,919,635       1,781,729       100,000  
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

             

Term Loan (EUR) interest payable

    EUR       N/A       N/A       4,750       5,651       —    

Term Loan (USD)—current portion

    USD       LIBOR + 3.25     2028       8,500       7,341       —    

Term Loan (USD) interest payable

    USD       N/A       N/A       18,725       13,251       —    

Vendor Loan interest payable

    EUR       N/A       N/A       5,258       5,037       —    

Senior Notes interest payable

    EUR       N/A       N/A       9,373       9,469    
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
          46,606       40,749       —    
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Aggregate scheduled maturities of the debt outstanding as of September 30, 2022 were as follows:

 

Payable by

  

2023

     46,606  

2024

     8,720  

2025

     8,720  

2026

     8,720  

2027

     8,720  

Thereafter

     1,907,992  
  

 

 

 

Total

     1,989,478  
  

 

 

 

A reconciliation of financial liabilities is the following:

 

   

 

    Derivative
(assets)/liabilities
held to
hedge long-term
borrowings
    Derivative
(assets)
relating
to the
prepayment
of the
senior note
derivative
 
    Bank overdrafts
used for cash
management
purposes
    Term
Loan
(EUR)
    Term
Loan
(USD)
    Vendor
Loan
    Senior
Notes
    Syndicate
Loan
    Derivative
Asset
    Derivative
liability
    Derivative
Asset
 

Balance at October 1, 2019

            —         —         —         —         —         104,230       —         —         —    

Changes from financing cash flows

                 

Proceeds from loans and borrowings

              75,000        

Repayment of loans and borrowings

              (79,851      

Interest paid

              (1,409      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total changes from financing cash flows

    —         —         —         —         —         (6,260     —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates

              48        

Changes in fair value

                242       3,326    

Other changes

              (48      

Change in bank overdraft

                 

Capitalised borrowing costs

                 

Interest expense

              2,030        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

   

 

    Derivative
(assets)/liabilities
held to
hedge long-term
borrowings
    Derivative
(assets)
relating
to the
prepayment
of the
senior note
derivative
 
    Bank overdrafts
used for cash
management
purposes
    Term
Loan
(EUR)
    Term
Loan
(USD)
    Vendor
Loan
    Senior
Notes
    Syndicate
Loan
    Derivative
Asset
    Derivative
liability
    Derivative
Asset
 

Balance at September 30, 2020

    —         —         —         —         —         100,000       242       3,326       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at October 1, 2020

    —         —         —         —         —         100,000       242       3,326       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proceeds from loans and borrowings

      97,649                

Repayment of loans and borrowings

                 

Interest paid

      (979              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total changes from financing cash flows

    —         96,670       —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates

                 

Changes in fair value

                1,415       (2,685  

Other changes

                 

Change in bank overdraft

                 

Capitalised borrowing costs

                 

Interest expense

                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at April 30, 2021

    —         96,670       —         —         —         —         1,415       (2,685     —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

   

 

    Derivative
(assets)/liabilities
held to
hedge long-term
borrowings
    Derivative
(assets)
relating
to the
prepayment
of the
senior note
derivative
 
    Bank overdrafts
used for cash
management
purposes
    Term
Loan
(EUR)
    Term
Loan
(USD)
    Vendor
Loan
    Senior
Notes
    Syndicate
Loan
    Derivative
Asset
    Derivative
liability
    Derivative
Asset
 

Balance at May 1, 2021

    2,100       375,073       703,688       275,000       430,063       —         1,657       348       28,638  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes from financing cash flows

                 

Proceeds from loans and borrowings

                 

Repayment of loans and borrowings

    (1,300       (1,835            

Interest paid

                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total changes from financing cash flows

    (1,300     —         (1,835     —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates

        30,334              

Changes in fair value

                (1,657     594       6,966  

Change in bank overdraft

    (800                

Interest expense

      5,578       13,316       5,037       9,406          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2021

    —         380,651       745,503       280,037       439,469       —         —         942       35,604  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at October 1, 2021

    —         380,651       745,503       280,037       439,469       —         —         942       35,604  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes from financing cash flows

                 

Proceeds from loans and borrowings

                 

Repayment of loans and borrowings

        (8,016       (1,500        

Interest paid

      (12,307     (31,263       (22,661        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total changes from financing cash flows

    —         (12,307     (39,279     —         (24,161     —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

   

 

    Derivative
(assets)/liabilities
held to
hedge long-term
borrowings
    Derivative
(assets)
relating
to the
prepayment
of the
senior note
derivative
 
    Bank overdrafts
used for cash
management
purposes
    Term
Loan
(EUR)
    Term
Loan
(USD)
    Vendor
Loan
    Senior
Notes
    Syndicate
Loan
    Derivative
Asset
    Derivative
liability
    Derivative
Asset
 

The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates

        139,667              

Changes in fair value

                  9,183       (25,370

Change in bank overdraft

                 

Interest expense

      11,406       33,688       12,239       22,565          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2022

    —         379,750       879,579       292,276       437,873       —         —         10,125       10,234  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Term Loan (Successor)

On April 28, 2021, BK LC Lux SPV S.à r.l. (subsequently renamed to Birkenstock Limited Partner S.à r.l.) entered into a senior facilities agreement (the “Senior Term Facilities Agreement”). Included within the Senior Term Facilities Agreement is a term loan facility (the “Term Loan”). Borrowings made pursuant to the Term Loan consist of a Euro denominated facility and a USD denominated facility. Borrowings are up to a maximum limit of 375.0 million and USD 850.0 million, respectively. The Term Loan bears interest based on EURIBOR and LIBOR for the Euro and USD denominated components, respectively, and the Term Loan’s original maturity is April 30, 2028. The Term Loan is subject to customary non-financial covenants and events of default. The Company paid banking and commitment fees of 15.4 million and 22.7 million on the Euro and USD denominated components respectively, which are capitalized and being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the life of the loan.

ABL Facility (Successor)

The Company entered into an asset-based lending facility (the “ABL Facility”) on April 28, 2021, under which the Company can draw down further loan capital of up to the lesser of 200.0 million and the borrowing base over a five-year period. The ABL Facility requires a commitment fee of 0.375% (with a stepdown to 0.25% based on utilization) of the drawable loan balance. This commitment fee is paid by the Company on a quarterly basis. No amounts were drawn down under this facility as of September 30, 2021 or September 30, 2022.

Vendor Loan (Successor)

On April 30, 2021, in connection with the Transaction, Birkenstock Group B.V. & CO. KG entered into a Vendor Loan agreement with AB-Beteiligungs GmbH for an amount of 275.0 million (the “Vendor Loan”). The loan is scheduled to mature on October 31, 2029 and bears interest of 4.37% per annum. Interest is due annually upon the anniversary of the Transaction and at the Company’s election may be paid in cash or, if not paid in cash, accrues on each annual interest payment date and is included in the principal amount of the Vendor Loan on and following such interest payment date. The Vendor Loan matures on October 30, 2029, which maturity date may be extended at the Company’s election up to three times, with each extension up to six months.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Senior Notes (Successor)

On April 29, 2021, BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l. issued notes in an aggregate principal amount of 430.0 million in a debt offering (the “Senior Notes”). The Senior Notes are scheduled to mature on April 30, 2029 and bear interest of 5.25% annually. Additionally, the Company paid banking and issuance fees of 14.3 million, which are capitalized and being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the life of the Senior Notes.

As per the prepayment clause included in the Senior Notes, the Company recognized this agreement as a hybrid financial instrument which included an embedded derivative. The embedded derivative component was separated from the non-derivative host in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at fair value. The changes in the fair value of the derivative financial instrument were recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). See Note 4—Fair Value Measurement for additional details.

Syndicate Loan (Predecessor)

GmbH KG entered into a 250.0 million syndicated loan agreement, of which 100 million was drawn on September 13, 2017 (“Syndicate Loan”) that bore an interest rate of 1.05% prior to September 30, 2020 and 0.9% starting on September 30, 2020. This loan was repaid on April 30, 2021.

Pledges

In order to secure the Senior Notes, the Company pledged 100% of its equity interests in BK LC Lux Finco 1 S.à r.l. (subsequently renamed to Birkenstock Financing S.à r.l.) in favor of the applicable security agent. The following table presents the guarantors for the Term Loan, ABL Facility, and Senior Notes.

 

Guarantor

1. Birkenstock LC LUX SPV S.à r.l.
2. Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG
3. Birkenstock US BidCo, Inc.
4. Birkenstock Components GmbH
5. Birkenstock Cosmetics GmbH
6. Birkenstock digital GmbH
7. Birkenstock Global Sales GmbH
8. Birkenstock IP GmbH
9. Birkenstock Productions Hessen GmbH
10. Birkenstock Productions Rheinland-Pfalz GmbH
11. Birkenstock Productions Sachsen GmbH
12. Birkenstock USA GP, LLC
13. Birkenstock USA, LP
14. Birkenstock USA Digital LLC
15. Birkenstock Cosmetics USA GP LLC
16. Birkenstock Cosmetics USA LP

There were no shares pledged as of September 30, 2020.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Covenants

ABL Credit Agreement Covenant (Successor)

The Company must comply with the following springing financial covenant during the duration of the ABL Facility:

Upon the occurrence of and during the continuance of a covenant trigger period (as defined in the credit agreement governing the ABL Facility), the fixed charge coverage ratio may not be less than 1.00 to 1.00.

The fixed charge coverage ratio is defined as the ratio for the period most recently ended of (a) consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for such period minus consolidated capital expenditures (except to the extent financed with the proceeds of dispositions, long term indebtedness (other than the revolving loans) or any issuance of capital stock), minus the aggregate amount of taxes paid or payable in cash during such period to fixed charges for such period in each case of or by the Group on a consolidated basis.

Syndicate Loan Covenants (Predecessor)

As of September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all financial and non-financial covenants set by the loan agreements with the banks.

The Syndicate Loan was subject to two financial covenants.

The Company was required to comply with an interest rate covenant (“Interest Rate Cover”) where the ratio of earnings before interest and tax to net interest result in any period must not be less than 8.0:1.

The Company was also required to comply with a leverage covenant (“Leverage Covenant”) whereby net debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization in respect of any period shall not exceed a ratio of 2.5:1.

As of September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the Company was in compliance with all financial and non-financial covenants set by the loan agreements with the banks.

 

18.

PROVISION FOR EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The Company has two non-contributory pension plans: a plan for compensating employees with significant years of service (“Jubilee plan”) and defined benefit plans associated with Predecessor shareholders (“Defined benefit plans”). These plans have no minimum funding requirements and no asset ceilings. In both Successor and Predecessor periods, the Company has not made any contributions and is not expected to contribute to these plans.

The provision for employee benefits relates to certain pension entitlements of former employees which are calculated based on actuarial principles. The Defined benefit plans were not assumed or acquired and therefore relate only to the Predecessor and are not part of the Successor. The Jubilee plan provisions relate to both the Predecessor and the Successor.

The Jubilee plan requires milestone payments to employees based on years of service for each employee and are paid out in the same year as they are awarded. The Defined benefit plans are based on years of service for Predecessor shareholders and are paid out with a weighted average duration of 10.82 and 11.38 years for the periods ended April 30, 2021 and the year ended September 30, 2020, respectively with the exception of one plan that is frozen and expected to be paid out August 2031.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

The components of amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income were as follows:

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
    Year ended
September 30, 2022
    September 30, 2021     Period from
October 1, 2020
through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 
    Jubilee plan     Jubilee plan     Defined benefit plans     Jubilee plan     Defined benefit plans     Jubilee plan  

Current service cost

    145       171       —         178       —         357  

Interest on pension liability

    11       3       32       4       26       5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in income statement

    156       174       32       182       26       362  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Details of the employee benefits obligations and plan assets were as follows:

 

     Successor      Predecessor  
     As of
September 30, 2022
     September 30, 2021      As of September 30, 2020  
     Jubilee plan      Jubilee plan      Defined benefit plans     Jubilee plan  

Present value of obligations

     2,374        2,480        6,124       2,325  

Fair value of plan assets

     —          —          (2,874     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net defined liability recognized

     2,374        2,480        3,250       2,325  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Details of changes in the present value of defined benefit obligations are as follows:

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
    September 30, 2022     September 30, 2021     April 30, 2021     September 30, 2020  
    Jubilee plan     Jubilee plan     Defined benefit plans     Jubilee plan     Defined benefit plans     Jubilee plan  

Defined benefit obligations at the beginning of the year/period

    2,480       2,439       6,124       2,325       6,587       2,328  

Current service cost

    145       171       —         178       —         357  

Interest on defined obligations

    11       3       32       4       26       5  

Re-measurements recognized in other comprehensive income:

    —         —         109       —         19       —    

Actuarial loss/(gain) due to change in financial assumptions

    —         —         (200     —         (140     —    

Actuarial loss/(gain) due to demographic assumptions

    —         —         6       —         9       —    

Actuarial loss/(gain) due to experience changes

    —         —         303       —         150       —    

Benefits paid

    (262     (133     (514     (68     (508     (365
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Defined benefit obligations at the end of the year/period

    2,374       2,480       5,751       2,439       6,124       2,325  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

The actuarial assumptions used in accounting for the defined benefit plans are as follows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor
     As of
September 30, 2022
    September 30, 2021     As of
September 30, 2020
     Jubilee plan     Jubilee plan     Defined benefit plans   Jubilee plan

Discount rate

     2.5     0.4   0.6%   0.3%

Rate of compensation increase

     0.0     0.0   1.5%-2.5%   0.0%

The Defined benefit plan’s asset was related to insurance contracts of 2.8 million as of September 30, 2020. There are no plan assets for the Jubilee plan.

Details of changes in the fair value of plan assets are as follows:

 

     Predecessor  
     April 30, 2021     September 30, 2020  

Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year/period

     2,874       2,958  

Interest on plan assets

     1       1  

Re-measurements due to:

     131       95  

Return on plan assets excluding interest on plan assets

     131       95  

Benefits paid

     (180     (180
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plan assets at the end of the year /period

     2,826       2,874  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

A sensitivity analysis for the assumptions of the defined benefit plans is as follows:

 

     Predecessor  
     As of
September 30, 2020
 
     Defined benefit plans  

Discount rate

  

-0.5%

     6,495  

+0.5%

     5,804  

Expected rate of pension increase

  

-0.5%

     1,466  

+0.5%

     1,666  

Life expectancy

  

-1 year

     1,493  

+1 year

     1,631  

A sensitivity analysis for the assumptions of the Jubilee plan is as follows:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     As of
September 30, 2022
     September 30, 2021           As of
September 30, 2020
 
     Jubilee plan      Jubilee plan           Jubilee plan  

Discount rate - 100 basis points

     2,493        2,650           2,495  

Discount rate + 100 basis points

     2,207        2,308           2,174  

 

F-56


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

19.

INCOME TAX

The major components of income tax expense are as follows:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Year ended
September 30, 2022
    Period from
May 1, 2021 through
September 30, 2021
          Period from
October 1, 2020 through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

Current income taxes

     66,336       (4,149         26,554       26,566  

Deferred income taxes

     (2,923     7,577           (5,860     (2,450
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax Expense

     63,413       3,428           20,694       24,116  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Successor periods ended September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2022, corporate income tax rate of 22.8% was used to calculate the current taxes consisting of 15% corporate income tax, an unemployment surcharge of 7% on the corporate income tax and a municipal business tax rate of 6.7%. For the Predecessor periods ended April 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, trade tax rates of 14.36% and 14.4% were used. Due to the Transaction described in Note 6 – Business Combinations, for the Successor periods, the parent tax rate has changed to the Luxembourg corporate income tax rate plus surcharges. For the foreign subsidiaries, country-specific tax rates were used for each respective period. The calculation of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities was based on tax rates that are likely to be applicable in the period of reversal of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities.

The income taxes calculated at the effective tax rate reconcile as follows:

 

    Successor           Predecessor  
    Year ended
September 30, 2022
    Period from
May 1, 2021 through
September 30, 2021
          Period from
October 1, 2020 through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

Net profit (loss) before tax

    250,524       (13,777         119,718       125,434  

Expected income tax expense

    57,120       (3,141         17,242       18,014  

Increased/ decreased by:

         

- Non-deductible expenses for tax purposes

    1,812       570           137       292  

- Income exempted from tax

         

- Refund in respect of previous years taxes

            (264)  

- Changes in non-recognition of deferred tax assets on temporary differences/tax loss carry forwards

    783       (311         750       692  

- Tax rate differences in foreign jurisdictions

    14,202       3,714           3,229       5,294  

- Tax rate changes

            49       19  

- Other

    (10,504     2,596           (713     69  
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax expense

    63,413       3,428           20,694       24,116  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Within the 2022 other reconciling item, 10.3 million relates to eliminating transactions between companies in the group.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

The net deferred tax assets and liabilities mainly relate to the following differences between IFRS and the tax base and are shown in the following table:

 

     Successor     Successor    

 

     Predecessor  
     September 30, 2022     September 30, 2021    

 

     September 30, 2020  
     Assets     Liabilities     Assets     Liabilities    

 

     Assets     Liabilities  

Trade receivables

     6,858         352              867       1,045  

Inventories

     67,571       2,381       25,602       1,310            14,803       1,573  

Other current assets

     153       736       313              1,213       1,247  

Property, plant and equipment

     2,230       9,039       2,124       7,853            842       3,264  

Right-of-use assets

       29,411         25,686            21,436  

Intangible assets

       134,823         88,974            2,233       18,919  

Other current financial liabilities

     6,883         6,030           

Other current liabilities

     831       3,707       200              5,985       597  

Current provisions

     4,401       200       4,205       4            2,995       41  

Employee benefit obligations

               

Non-current provisions

               

Other non-current financial liabilities

     23,305       20,196       19,959       17,327            18,612    

Tax loss and interest carryforwards

     -           3,322              765    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

     112,232       200,493       62,107       141,154            48,315       48,122  

Offsetting

     (107,642     (107,642     (62,107     (62,107          (31,914     (31,914
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) on balance sheet

     4,590       92,851       -         79,047            16,401       16,208  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Due to the Transaction (see Note 6 – Business Combinations), certain fair value adjustments were realized on which deferred taxes in the amount of 87.4 million were recognized in the period from May 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021.

The deferred taxes developed as follows:

 

     Successor      Predecessor  
     September 30, 2022     September 30, 2021      April 30, 2021     September 30, 2020  

Net amount at October 1/ May 1

     (79,047     (78,185      193       (2,158

thereof deferred tax assets

     —         —          16,401       14,114  

thereof deferred tax liabilities

     79,047       78,185        16,208       16,272  

Taxes charged

           

to income statement

     (2,923     7,577        (5,860     (2,450

to other comprehensive income

              (10

Exchange differences

     12,137       (6,715      (694     109  

Net amount at September 30

     (88,261     (79,047      6,747       193  

thereof deferred tax assets

     4,590       —          21,790       16,401  

thereof deferred tax liabilities

     92,851       79,047        15,043       16,208  

For the following (gross) items, no deferred taxes were recognized:

 

     September 30, 2022      September 30, 2021     September 30, 2020  

Tax loss carry forwards

     12,762        10,275       13,522  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     12,762        10,275       13,522  

 

F-58


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Tax loss carry forwards mainly relate to foreign entities which can be carried forward indefinitely. However, due to insufficient projected future taxable income, no deferred taxes on the aforementioned tax loss carry forwards were recognized for the respective periods.

The Company did not recognize deferred tax liabilities in the amount of 2.5 million as of September 30, 2022 (September 30, 2021: 1.5 million, September 30, 2020: 0.9 million) for retained profits of the Company´s subsidiaries that are intended to be reinvested.

 

20.

TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     September 30, 2022      September 30, 2021           September 30, 2020  

Trade payables

     57,335        66,426           21,527  

Other payables

     55,889        29,963           18,045  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

     113,224        96,389           39,572  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     September 30, 2022      September 30, 2021           September 30, 2020  

Accrual for personnel

     17,618        15,947           14,403  

Accrued audit and closing fees

     2,415        1,113           861  

Accrued commissions

     33        165           478  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities

     20,066        17,225           15,742  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Other payables consist of refund liabilities and other liabilities for invoices not yet received at period end.

 

21.

OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Current

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     September 30, 2022      September 30, 2021           September 30, 2020  

Derivatives

     10,125        942           837  

Payable to seller

     735        41,168           —    

Other financial liabilities to shareholders

     —          —             49,808  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Other current financial liabilities

     10,860        42,110           50,645  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities to shareholders consists of dividends declared but unpaid as of the end of the reporting period. Payable to seller consists of VAT payables that were paid by the Predecessor on behalf of the Successor.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

22.

OTHER PROVISIONS

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     September 30, 2022      September 30, 2021           September 30, 2020  
Current            

Warranties

     1,043        712           1,515  

Legal

     15,187        8,242           1,504  

Personnel obligations

     10,501        6,770           5,659  

Other

     7,670        4,878           4,161  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total Current provisions

     34,401        20,602           12,839  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     September 30, 2022      September 30, 2021           September 30, 2020  
Non-Current            

Warranties

     1,214        579           826  

Other

     823        273           269  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total Non-Current provisions

     2,037        852           1,095  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

The breakout of the provisions outlined in the table above are separately detailed below. As the Transaction did not involve all assets and liabilities from the previous group and resulted in the creation of new legal entities, the ending Predecessor balances may differ from the beginning Successor balances.

Provision for Warranties

The provision for warranties primarily relates to the accrual for expected sales returns of goods sold through the Europe segment, which have a limited right of return or exchange. Warranties are subject to the local regulations of the purchasing customer. In accordance with German law, there is a two-year limited legal warranty for sales made to end-customers. Legal warranties for sales made to business customers vary and are subject to terms per contractual agreement. Management recognizes provisions for warranties for recognizable risks and uncertain liabilities and measures these provisions at the settlement amount required in accordance with reasonable commercial judgment.

Changes to provision for warranties were as follows:

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
    Year ended
September 30, 2022
    Period from May 1,
2021 through
September 30, 2021
    Period from October 1,
2020 through April 30,
2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

At the beginning of the period/year

    1,291       1,064       2,341       1,661  

Provisions made during the year

    1,974       1,076       243       2,269  

Provisions used during the year

    (1,162     (878     (1,229     (1,495

Provisions reversed during the year

    —         —         (251     —    

Impact of foreign currency translation

    154       29       (40     (94
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At the end of the period/year

    2,257       1,291       1,064       2,341  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for Legal

The provision for legal is accrual for estimated contingencies related to litigation with the Company’s counterparties. Management recognizes provisions for legal for recognizable risks and uncertain liabilities

 

F-60


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

and measures these provisions at the settlement amount required in accordance with reasonable commercial judgment (see Note 28 – Commitments and contingencies).

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
    Year ended
September 30, 2022
    Period from May 1,
2021 through
September 30, 2021
    Period from October 1,
2020 through April 30,
2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

At the beginning of the period/year

    8,242       10,448       1,504       1,369  

Provisions made during the year

    7,842       454       9,123       450  

Provisions used during the year

    (82     (566     (172     (276

Provisions reversed during the year

    (815     (2,094     (7     (39
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At the end of the period/year

    15,187       8,242       10,448       1,504  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for Personnel Obligations

The provisions for personnel obligations are accruals for expected employee benefit obligations. These employee benefit obligations include but are not limited to leave, and annual bonuses. Management recognizes provisions for personnel obligations for recognizable risks and uncertain liabilities and measures these provisions at the settlement amount required in accordance with reasonable commercial judgment. The table below includes all employee benefit obligations except for those relating to the defined benefit plan and jubilee plan as disclosed in Note 18—Provision for employee benefits (defined benefit plans).

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
    Year ended
September 30, 2022
    Period from May 1,
2021 through
September 30, 2021
    Period from October 1,
2020 through April 30,
2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

At the beginning of the period/year

    6,770       4,677       5,659       6,986  

Provisions made during the year

    7,882       3,691       2,282       4,347  

Provisions used during the year

    (3,703     (1,333     (2,498     (4,177

Provisions reversed during the year

    (917     (377     (693     (1,323

Impact of foreign currency translation

    469       112       (73     (174
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At the end of the period/year

    10,501       6,770       4,677       5,659  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for Other

The provisions for other in the Successor primarily consists of uncertain other liabilities such as asset retirement obligations from right-of-use assets and onerous contracts. In the Predecessor, the other provisions consist primarily of estimated reimbursements to shareholders according to partnership agreements. The provisions for recognizable risk and uncertain other liabilities are measured at the settlement amount required in accordance with reasonable commercial judgement.

Changes to provision for other liabilities were as follows:

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
    Year ended
September 30, 2022
    Period from May 1,
2021 through
September 30, 2021
    Period from October 1,
2020 through April 30,
2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

At the beginning of the period/year

    5,150       956       4,429       7,153  

Provisions made during the year

    8,685       4,683       1,484       1,877  

Provisions used during the year

    (5,285     (34     (3,968     (4,363

Provisions reversed during the year

    (23     (472     (43     (213

Impact of foreign currency translation

    (34     17       (26     (25
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At the end of the period/year

    8,493       5,150       1,876       4,429  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

23.

OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Current

     Successor      Predecessor  
     September 30, 2022     September 30, 2021      September 30, 2020  

Deferred income

     2,080       1,487        1,398  

VAT payable

     9,838       8,323        6,207  

Non-income tax liabilities

     3,119       7,092        1,460  

Other

     4,617       845        2,194  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

     19,654       17,747        11,259  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

24.

REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS

For disaggregation of revenue by geography refer to Note 5 – Segment Information. Disaggregation of revenue by sales channels was as follows:

 

     Successor      Predecessor  
     Year ended
September 30, 2022
    Period from
May 1, 2021 through
September 30, 2021
     Period from
October 1, 2020 through
April 30, 2021
     Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

Revenue

            

B2B

     772,883       271,559        362,360        506,351  

DTC

     466,668       190,216        136,022        220,311  

Other

     3,282       889        965        1,270  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     1,242,833       462,664        499,347        727,932  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Successor    Year ended September 30, 2022  
     Americas      Europe      APMA      Corporate / Other      Total  

Revenue

              

B2B

     389,098        278,222        105,563        —          772,883  

DTC

     278,289        170,909        17,470        —          466,668  

Other

     —          —          —          3,282        3,282  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     667,387        449,131        123,033                3,282        1,242,833  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Successor    Period from May 1 to September 30, 2021  
Revenue    Americas      Europe      APMA      Corporate / Other      Total  

B2B

     121,703        109,235        40,621        —          271,559  

DTC

     101,407        81,991        6,818        —          190,216  

Other

     —          —          —          889        889  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     223,110        191,226        47,439        889        462,664  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Predecessor    Period from October 1, 2020 to April 30, 2021  
     Americas      Europe      APMA      Corporate / Other      Total  

Revenue

              

B2B

     176,295        140,799        45,266        —          362,360  

DTC

     88,588        43,267        4,167        —          136,022  

Other

     —          —          —          965        965  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     264,883        184,066        49,433        965        499,347  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Predecessor    Year ended September 30, 2020  
     Americas      Europe      APMA      Corporate / Other      Total  

Revenue

              

B2B

     219,789        212,630        73,932        —          506,351  

DTC

     121,301        91,978        7,032        —          220,311  

Other

     —          —          —                  1,270        1,270  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     341,090        304,608        80,964        1,270        727,932  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For details on assets related to contracts with customers refer to Note 13 – Trade and other receivables. Trade receivables as shown in the Statement of financial position relate to the sale of products and other revenue.

The movements of contract liabilities during the period are the following:

 

     Successor          Predecessor  
     Year ended
September 30, 2022
    Period from
May 1, 2021 through
September 30, 2021
         Period from October 1,
2020 through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

At the beginning of the period/year

     2,325       4,857           1,829       374  

Advance payments received

     1,924       2,325           4,857       1,829  

Advance payments applied

     (2,325     (4,857         (1,829     (374
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

At the end of the period/year

     1,924       2,325           4,857       1,829  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-63


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

25.

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

    Cost of sales  
    Successor     Predecessor  
    Year ended
September 30, 2022
    Period from May 1,
2021 through
September 30, 2021
    Period from October 1,
2020, 2021 through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

Depreciation & amortization

    (14,027     (5,357     (9,809     (16,373

Personnel costs

    (119,288     (39,906     (54,402     (82,616

Cost of materials

    (299,691     (246,660     (128,937     (201,655

Properties & buildings maintenance, occupancy and incidental costs

    (14,409     (4,865     (5,814     (8,071

Logistic expenses

    (1,078     (366     (1,587     (630

IT & Consulting

    (24,047     (5,921     (7,675     (12,578

Other

    (20,491     (8,618     (4,973     (6,375
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales

    (493,031     (311,693     (213,197     (328,298
    Selling and distribution expenses  
    Successor     Predecessor  
    Year ended
September 30, 2022
    Period from May 1,
2021 Through
September 30, 2021
    Period from October 1,
2020, 2021 through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

Depreciation & amortization

    (50,996     (19,356     (6,991     (18,851

Personnel costs

    (71,325     (25,551     (32,154     (54,017

Marketing and selling expenses

    (107,208     (32,118     (34,963     (49,296

Logistic expenses

    (51,806     (18,293     (21,294     (33,953

IT & Consulting

    (43,983     (17,984     (11,451     (21,925

Other

    (22,053     (10,361     (4,955     (9,573
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling and distribution expenses

    (347,371     (123,663     (111,808     (187,615
    General administration expenses  
    Successor     Predecessor  
    Year ended
September 30, 2022
    Period from May 1,
2021 through
September 30, 2021
    Period from October 1,
2020, 2021 through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

Depreciation & amortization

    (16,238     (4,308     (9,072     (10,828

Personnel costs

    (41,267     (18,041     (15,061     (29,239

Insurance

    (2,703     (938     (795     (1,051

IT & Consulting

    (24,902     (3,881     (16,269     (11,297

Other

    (1,479     (3,871     (11,431     (14,481
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

General administration expenses 

    (86,589     (31,039     (52,628     (66,896

Selling & distribution expenses include shipping and handling costs in the amount of 101 million for the financial year ended September 30, 2022. For the period from May 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021, the shipping and handling costs amounted to 33 million, for the period from October 1, 2020, through April 30, 2021, these amounted to 34 million and for the financial year ended September 30, 2020, the shipping and handling costs amounted to 58 million. These shipping and handling costs within selling and distribution expenses are presented in multiple items in the table above, such as logistic expenses, personnel costs, and selling expenses.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

The personnel costs line items in the tables above capture also expense relating to social security benefits, including the governmental retirement plan in Germany and four defined contribution schemes for its employees within the United States as described below:

German Governmental Plan

The Company pays the employer’s contribution for the social security monthly, which includes 9.3% of the gross salary of each employee for the governmental retirement scheme.

Safe Harbor 401(K) Contribution (US)

This contribution is made for all employees and is equal to 5% of regular earnings (excluding bonuses).

Profit Share (US)

This plan constitutes approximately 8% of regular earnings for VP’s and Managing Directors (entire Americas senior leadership team). Total contributions to the 401k / qualified retirement vehicles for individual employees are subject to maximum federal allowable contribution limits.

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (“NQDCP”) (US)

This is the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan and is approximately 7% of regular earnings. The total contributions for the senior leadership team are about 20% (5% + 8% + 7%) of regular earnings. In addition, the senior leadership team also receives 20% of bonus payments, all of which is contributed to the NQDCP.

Deferred Compensation Plan for the Managing Director Americas (US)

This is a retention based deferred compensation arrangement to promote stability, longevity and continued service. As per the terms of the agreement, the Company has made an accrual every year that the Managing Director has remained in the employ of the company, starting in 2018. Payment will be made within 60 days of the termination of the Managing Director’s employment. The vesting date was March 31, 2023.

 

26.

FINANCE RESULT

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
    Year ended
September 30, 2022
    Period from
May 1, 2021 through
September 30, 2021
    Period from
October 1, 2020 through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

Interest expense - loans

    (80,219     (33,337     (1,597     (3,142

Interest expense - leases

    (2,417     (861     (594     (1,064

Change in FV of senior notes derivative asset

    (25,371     6,966       —         —    

Debt issuance cost and senior notes amortization

    (6,102     (2,471     —         —    

Other

    1,606       745       438       256  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance income (cost), net

    (112,503     (28,958     (1,753     (3,950
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

27.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic and diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net profit (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. Earnings per share was not presented for the period ending April 30, 2021 or the year ended September 30, 2021 as the earnings per share disclosure for the Predecessor would not be meaningful due to its partnership structure consisting of two units as described in Note 16 – Shareholder’s Equity.

The calculation of earnings per share is as follows:

 

     Successor  
     Year ended
September 30, 2022
     Period from
May 1, 2021 through
September 30, 2021
 

Weighted number of outstanding shares

     182,721        182,721  

Number of shares with dilutive effects

     —          —    

Weighted number of outstanding shares (diluted and undiluted)

     182,721        182,721  

Profit (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders

     187,111        (17,205

Basic

     1.02        (0.09

Diluted

     1.02        (0.09

 

28.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is defending an action brought by a distributor in France as a result of the termination of a business relationship. The plaintiff’s claim amounts to 94.7 million. The Company has recognized a provision for management’s best estimate of probable outflow (Note 22 – Other provisions). The Company intends to vigorously defend itself.

 

29.

RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES

In the course of the Company’s ordinary business activities, the Company enters into related party transactions with its shareholders and key management personnel.

Parent and ultimate controlling party

The ultimate controlling party of the Group prior to the Transaction were Alexander and Christian Birkenstock. At the Transaction, L Catterton became new ultimate controlling party.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Transactions with key management personnel

Key management compensation

Key management personnel for the periods presented consisted of our Chief Executive officer(s), Chief Financial Officer, Chief Product Officer, Chief Sales Officer, Chief Technical Operations Officer, President Europe and President Americas. Key management compensation is comprised of the following:

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
    Year ended
September 30, 2022
    Period from
May 1, 2021 through
September 30, 2021
    Period from
October 1, 2020 through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

Short-term employee benefits

    12,569       6,940       1,252       2,315  

Long-term employee benefits

    —         131       183       —    

Post-employment benefits

    839       309       433       796  

Termination benefits

    120       —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation expense

    13,528       7,380       1,868       3,111  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In addition to the amounts disclosed above, the Company incurred expense of 5.7 million and 4.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2020 and the period from October 1, 2020 to April 30, 2021, respectively, to CB Beteiligungs GmbH & Co. KG as well as AB-Beteiligungs GmbH in respect of services provided to the Company by our Chief Executive Officers amongst other services provided, pursuant to consulting service arrangements in place between those entities and the Company.

As of September 30, 2020, the Company owed 3.2 million in relation to these service arrangements.

Key management personnel transactions

The Company maintains a long-term business relationship related to the production of advertising content with a model agency, owned by a family member of our Chief Executive Officer. The Company incurred marketing expenses by paying gross remuneration including modelling fees in the amount of 0.5 million, 0.2 million, 0.4 million and 0.4 million during the year ended September 30, 2022, period from May 1, 2021, through September 30, 2021, period from October 1, 2020, through April 30, 2021, and year ended September 30, 2020, respectively.

The Company generated management service income from Ockenfels Group GmbH & Co. KG (“Ockenfels”), an entity over which key management personnel has control or significant influence, in the amount of 0.2 million and 0.1 million during the Successor year ended September 30, 2022 and period from May 1, 2021, through September 30, 2021, respectively.

There were no material outstanding balances related to these transactions as of September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020.

The Company also leased administrative buildings from Ockenfels and made lease payments in the amount of 0.5 million and 0.2 million during the Successor year ended September 30, 2022 and the period from May 1, 2021, through September 30, 2021. The lease liability amounted to 0.4 million and 0.8 million as of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Other related party transactions

Transactions with other related parties are presented in the table below and primarily consisted of:

(1) purchase of products from Birkenstock Cosmetics GmbH & Co. KG, an entity controlled by the Predecessor shareholders, by the Company,

(2) consulting fees for management services provided by and expenses reimbursed to L Catterton Management Company LLC and related entities controlled by Successor shareholders to the Company,

(3) principal lease payments for manufacturing as well as logistics sites incurred to entities controlled by the Predecessor shareholders and of close members of the Predecessor shareholders’ family, and

(4) interest expense incurred in relation to withdrawals on the Predecessor shareholder’s capital accounts, in accordance with the partnership agreement between the Predecessor shareholders as well as interest expense in relation to the leases from entities controlled by the Predecessor shareholders mentioned under (3).

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     Year ended
September 30, 2022
    Period from
May 1, 2021 through
September 30, 2021
    Period from
October 1, 2020 through
April 30, 2021
    Year ended
September 30, 2020
 

Sales

     —         —         (345     (415

Consulting fees and cost reimbursements

     2,867       —         —         —    

Lease payments

     —         —         (3,018     (5,161

lnterest expense

     —         —         (484     (923

During the Predecessor year ended September 30, 2020, the Company loaned 3.9 million to Birkenstock Cosmetics GmbH & Co. KG, an entity controlled by the Predecessor shareholders. This loan, along with the pre-existing 18.3 million loan, was repaid to the Company during the year ended September 30, 2020.

Outstanding balances related to these transactions were as follows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     September 30, 2022     September 30, 2021     September 30, 2020  

Trade and other receivables

     —         —         2,046  

Other financial liabilities

     —         —         49,808  

Lease liabilities

     —         —         21,548  

Trade and other receivables relate to a receivable due from Birkenstock Holding GmbH & Co. KG, an entity controlled by the Predecessor shareholders in relation to certain management service cost recharges which originated before October 1, 2019. Other financial liabilities to shareholders consists of dividends declared but unpaid as of the end of the reporting period (see Note 21– Other financial liabilities). There were no significant outstanding related party balances as of September 30, 2022 and 2021.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

30.

PRIMARY SUBSIDIARIES

See accounting policy in Note 3(a) – Consolidation of subsidiaries.

The subsidiaries shown below consist of those necessary to understand the composition of the Company and include the primary subsidiaries in each region that the Company operates as well as those subsidiaries associated with debt arrangements, leasing activities, and production activities. Set forth below is a summary of the Company’s primary subsidiaries:

 

Successor

     

Name of subsidiary

 

Registered in

 

Interest in voting stock held by

the Company for the period from

May 1, 2021 through

September 30, 2021

 

Interest in voting stock held by

the Company for the period from

October 1, 2021 through

September 30, 2022

BK LC Lux Finco 1 S.à r.l.

  Luxembourg   100%   100%

Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG

  Germany   100%   100%

Birkenstock Global Sales GmbH

  Germany   100%   100%

Birkenstock Logistics GmbH

  Germany   100%   100%

Birkenstock Europe GmbH

  Germany   100%   100%

Birkenstock IP GmbH

  Germany   100%   100%

Birkenstock Real Estate GmbH

  Germany   100%   100%

Birkenstock Cosmetics GmbH

  Germany   100%   100%

Birkenstock Product GmbH

  Germany   100%   100%

Birkenstock Productions Rheinland-Pfalz GmbH

  Germany   100%   100%

Birkenstock Productions Hessen GmbH

  Germany   100%   100%

Birkenstock Productions Sachsen GmbH

  Germany   100%   100%

Birkenstock Components GmbH

  Germany   100%   100%

Birkenstock digital GmbH

  Germany   100%   100%

Birkenstock Injections GmbH

  Germany   100%   100%

Birkenstock Spain, SL

  Spain   100%   100%

Birkenstock UK Ltd.

  United Kingdom   100%   100%

Birkenstock Nordic ApS

  Denmark   100%   100%

Birkenstock Canada Ltd.

  Canada   100%   100%

Birkenstock Japan Limited

  Japan   100%   100%

Birkenstock Trading (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.

  China   100%   100%

Birkenstock MEA FZ LLC

  UAE   100%   100%

Birkenstock India Private Ltd

  India   100%   100%

Birkenstock US BidCo, Inc.

  USA   100%   100%

Birkenstock USA LP

  USA   100%   100%

S&CC Portugal Unipessoal, Lda.

  Portugal   100%   100%

 

F-69


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Predecessor

     

Name of subsidiary

  

Registered in

  

Interest in voting stock held by the Company for

the period from October 1, 2019 through

September 30, 2020

Birkenstock Sales GmbH

   Germany    100%

Birkenstock Productions Rheinland-Pfalz GmbH

   Germany    100%

Birkenstock Productions Hessen GmbH

   Germany    100%

Birkenstock Productions Sachsen GmbH

   Germany    100%

Birkenstock Real Estate GmbH

   Germany    100%

Birkenstock digital GmbH

   Germany    100%

Birkenstock Trading (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.

   China    100%

Birkenstock Spain, SL

   Spain    100%

Birkenstock UK Ltd.

   United Kingdom    100%

Birkenstock Japan Limited

   Japan    100%

Birkenstock Nordic ApS

   Denmark    100%

Birkenstock USA LP

   USA    100%

Birkenstock Components GmbH

   Germany    100%

Birkenstock Canada Ltd.

   Canada    100%

Birkenstock MEA FZ LLC

   UAE    100%

Birkenstock India Private Ltd.

   India    100%

The operations of Birkenstock Real Estate GmbH in the predecessor period differ from those of Birkenstock Real Estate GmbH in the Successor period as they are distinct entities with the same naming convention. Birkenstock Real Estate GmbH in the Successor period represents the combined operations of predecessor entities Birkenstock Real Estate GmbH and Birkenstock Immobilien GmbH & Co. KG, which was deconsolidated under IFRS as described in Note 31 – First Time Adoption of IFRS.

 

31.

FIRST TIME ADOPTION OF IFRS

As stated in the Note 2 – Basis of presentation, these are the Company’s first financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS and the dates of transition are October 1, 2019 and May 1, 2021 for the Predecessor and Successor, respectively.

The Company has applied IFRS 1 First-Time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS 1”) in its adoption of IFRS.

The accounting policies set out in Note 3 – Significant accounting policies have been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements.

In preparing its opening IFRS statement of financial position as of October 1, 2019, for the Predecessor, the Company has adjusted amounts reported previously in financial statements prepared in accordance with German Commercial Law (“HGB”). An explanation of how the transition from HGB to IFRS has affected the Company’s financial position and financial performance, for the Predecessor, is set out in the following tables and the notes that accompany the tables.

In preparing the opening IFRS financial statements for the Successor, the Company has not previously reported Luxembourg GAAP consolidated financial statements, and therefore a reconciliation of financial position as of May 1, 2021 is not presented.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Exemptions applied

IFRS 1 allows first-time adopters certain exemptions from the retrospective application of certain requirements under IFRS.

The Predecessor has applied the following exemptions:

 

   

IFRS 3 Business Combinations has not been applied to either acquisitions of subsidiaries that are considered businesses under IFRS, or acquisitions of interests in associates and joint ventures that occurred before October 1, 2019. Use of this exemption means that the German GAAP carrying amounts of assets and liabilities, which are required to be recognized under IFRS, are their deemed cost as of the date they were acquired. Subsequent to their acquisition, measurement is in accordance with IFRS. Assets and liabilities that do not qualify for recognition under IFRS are excluded from the opening IFRS statement of financial position. Use of this exemption also requires that the German GAAP carrying amount of goodwill is used in the opening IFRS statement of financial position (apart from adjustments for goodwill impairment and recognition or derecognition of intangible assets). In accordance with IFRS 1, the Company has tested goodwill for impairment at the date of transition to IFRS. No goodwill impairment was deemed necessary at October 1, 2019. Similarly, intangible assets that were deemed to have an indefinite useful life as of October 1, 2019 were also tested for impairment at that date and no impairment was deemed necessary.

 

   

The Company measures a lease liability under IFRS 16 for all leases at the date of transition to IFRS. The lease liability is measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the date of transition to IFRS. The right-of-use asset is measured at cost, which consists of the present value of the unpaid lease payments, adjusted for prepaid payments or dismantling costs. The Company applies a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics. The Company elects not to apply the requirements for lease liabilities and right-of-use assets as described above to leases for which the lease term ends within 12 months of the transition to IFRS or to leases for which the underlying asset is low value, and the Company elects to exclude initial direct costs from measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of transition to IFRS.

 

   

Cumulative currency translation differences for all foreign operations are deemed to be zero as at October 1, 2019.

Changes in the presentation (CP)

The Company changed the presentation of certain items as compared to the presentation reported previously in financial statements prepared in accordance with HGB. The most significant changes in the presentation related to the following:

CP1 - Certain adjustments were made to change the presentation of the consolidated statements of financial position. In particular, under HGB, loans and borrowings were presented in one caption as liabilities to banks without classification of current or non-current, whereas under IFRS has amounts have been classified into current and non-current loans and borrowings. Inventories were disclosed in separate line items by category of inventory under HGB, while under IFRS inventories are presented in one line. Finally, the naming convention of certain captions such as trade receivables, other provisions, and trade payables has been changed under IFRS for presentation purposes.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

CP2 - An adjustment was made to change the presentation of the Consolidated Statements of comprehensive Income (Loss) to present expenses by function under IFRS as opposed by nature under HGB.

DE - Deconsolidation of non-controlling interests

The Company made adjustments to deconsolidate the balances associated with the Birkenstock Cosmetics GmbH & Co. KG (including its subsidiaries) and Birkenstock Immobilien GmbH & Co. KG (“Predecessor Unconsolidated Entities”). These entities were considered to meet definition of non-controlling interests under HGB, however, this definition is not met under IFRS as the Company does not receive variable returns from the Predecessor Unconsolidated Entities and does not have an investor control to use its power to affect the amount of the return.

Adjustments, reclassifications and remeasurement made to comply with IFRS

A - Revenue Recognition

The differences in revenue recognition between IFRS and HGB relates primarily to differences in methodologies to recognize refund liabilities.

According to IFRS 15.55, a refund liability must be recognized if there is a general right of return. As there is a right of return associated with some of the Company’s revenue transactions, the consideration paid by the customer qualifies as variable consideration. Additionally, a corresponding right of return asset also is capitalized under IFRS. The refund liability is calculated with the estimate of returns of the net revenue. The return asset, for the right to recover products from customers on settling the refund liability, is calculated by multiplying the cost of production with the net returns.

B - Leasing

According to HGB, expenses stemming from lease contracts are recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) over the term of the lease. The lease asset is not capitalized in the consolidated statements of financial position. In contrary, according to IFRS the Company recognizes a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method. The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date. The lease payments are discounted over the term of the lease.

C - Deferred taxes

These differences represent the tax effect of the IFRS conversion adjustments which are temporary differences.

D - Inventories

The difference in inventories is mainly related to the measurement at the lower of cost and net realizable value. According to HGB, internally generated inventories are to be measured at production cost and purchased inventories at acquisition cost. If the fair value of inventories less costs to sale at the balance sheet date is lower than the carrying value, then the lower value is to be recognized. Inventories must be written down to the lower of their cost or their fair value less costs to sell at the balance sheet date. According to IFRS, inventory is measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value, which has resulted in lower carrying amount for inventories under IFRS compared to HGB.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

E - Equity

The difference in equity represents the net impact of the IFRS conversion adjustments.

F - Policy Adoption

The difference is due to the reversal of goodwill and brand amortization expense recognized under HGB. Under IFRS, neither the brand nor goodwill are amortized.

G - Financial instruments

The Company applies the expected credit loss model of IFRS 9, which leads to the recognition of an allowance against the total amount of trade receivables and other assets and the recognition of fair value of derivatives for each period. Under HGB, the Company applies a two-step approach to calculate allowances against trade receivables including an ageing-based analysis leading to specific allowances and second, a general allowance for the remaining overdue balances to anticipate the expected, probable failure amount based on historical experience. However, under IFRS the Company measures the allowance for trade receivables and contract assets within the scope of IFRS 15 at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses. The Company measures the loss allowances for other financial assets at an amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses. Further, trade and other receivables are categorized by aging as part of the Company’s process of monitoring credit risk. The aging of each receivable is analyzed and considered when estimating the lifetime expected credit loss. Refer to Note 7 – Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies for more details. As a result, the carrying amount for financial instruments is higher under IFRS compared to HGB.

H - Provisions and accruals

Adjustments were made to provisions as the discount rate for long-term provisions differ from HGB to IAS 37. Under HGB, the discount rate for provisions is based on the average market interest rate corresponding to the remaining provision term. According to IAS 37, provisions shall be presented at the present value of the expected expenditure which is required to settle the obligation. The present value is therefore derived with a pre-tax discount rate that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.

Additionally, according to HGB a provision for possible warranty credits that are paid to customers due to poor quality or transport damages is recognized using trailing 12 months revenue data. According to IFRS the underlying warranty is measured based on the probability of the goods requiring repair or replacement and the best estimate of the costs to be incurred in respect of defective products sold. Therefore, under IFRS the cost of sales for the warranty cases are considered through the recognition of a right of return asset and refund liability. Warranty adjustments increased the liability by 0.9 million and decreased net income by 2.0 million as of October 1, 2019 and the year ended September 30, 2020, respectively.

Finally, adjustments were made to reclassify liabilities that met the definition of a provision under HGB, but under IFRS are considered accruals.

As a result, the carrying amount for provisions and accruals are lower under IFRS compared to HGB.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

I - Pensions

An adjustment was made to adjust for the accounting differences between IFRS and HGB; namely the difference in accounting for the discount rate and actuarial gains and losses of OCI.

Provisions for Jubilee payments are recognized to the extent that the employee meets the length of service criteria with the Company under HGB. Under IFRS, adjustments have been made based on the actuarial reports obtained reflecting the calculation basis in accordance with IAS 19. IFRS adjustments increased jubilee liabilities by 1.5 million and net income was increased by 0.3 million as of October 1, 2019 and the year ended September 30, 2020, respectively.

J - Corrections

The Company made adjustments to correct prior period misstatements to HGB. There were two types of significant corrections: (1) 4.2 million adjustment to inventories in October 1, 2019, 4.5 million adjustment to cost of materials and 2.0 million adjustments to equity for the year ended September 30, 2020 in order to capitalize handling costs on inventories and (2) a 3.4 million adjustment to cumulative translation adjustment and a 11.1 million adjustment to equity for the year ended September 30, 2020 to record the foreign exchange impact of intercompany profit eliminations. The remaining correction adjustments are insignificant.

Presentation of the opening consolidated statement of financial position

May 1, 2021 (Successor)

 

     Successor  
     May 1, 2021  

Assets

  

Non-current assets

  

Goodwill

     1,527,799  

Intangible assets (other than goodwill)

     1,660,603  

Property, plant and equipment

     153,145  

Right-of-use assets

     97,132  

Deferred tax assets

     —    

Other assets

     33,549  
  

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     3,472,228  
  

 

 

 

Current assets

  

Inventories

     425,192  

Right to return assets

     1,739  

Trade and other receivables

     105,559  

Current tax assets

     1,222  

Other current assets

     51,118  

Cash and cash equivalents

     145,378  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     730,208  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     4,202,436  
  

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity and liabilities

  

Shareholders’ equity

  

Partnership units

     —    

 

F-74


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

     Successor  
     May 1, 2021  

Ordinary shares

     182,721  

Share premium

     1,894,384  

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     (18,952

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (253
  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     2,057,900  
  

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

  

Loans and borrowings

     1,755,576  

Lease liabilities

     64,574  

Provisions for employee benefits

     2,441  

Other provisions

     1,195  

Deferred tax liabilities

     78,185  

Other liabilities

     142  
  

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     1,902,113  
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

  

Loans and borrowings

     6,823  

Lease liabilities

     32,284  

Trade and other payables

     117,722  

Accrued liabilities

     16,553  

Other financial liabilities

     29,108  
          Successor  
     Notes    May 1, 2021  

Other provisions

   22      15,950  

Contract liabilities

   24      4,857  

Tax liabilities

   19      6,491  

Other current liabilities

   23      12,635  
     

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

        242,423  
     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        2,144,536  
     

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity and liabilities

        4,202,436  
     

 

 

 

Reconciliation of the consolidated statement of financial position

October 1, 2019 (Predecessor)

 

    HGB     Notes    Presentation
Reclassification
    Notes   IFRS Conversion
Adjustments
    Notes     Corrections     IFRS  

Assets

                

Non-current assets

                

Goodwill

    13,024          —                 13,024  

Intangible assets

    N/A     CP1      183,234         —             183,234  

Purchased licenses, industrial property, rights and similar rights and licenses to such rights and assets

    179,727     CP1      (179,727       —             —    

Prepayments (IA)

    5,951     CP1      (5,951       —             —    

Property, plant and equipment

    N/A     CP1      125,961     DE     (36,084         89,877  

 

F-75


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

    HGB     Notes    Presentation
Reclassification
    Notes   IFRS Conversion
Adjustments
    Notes     Corrections     IFRS  

Land, similar rights and buildings including buildings on leasehold

    58,165     CP1      (58,165       —             —    

Technical equipment and machinery

    35,423     CP1      (35,423       —             —    

Other equipment, factory and office equipment

    18,476     CP1      (18,476       —             —    

Prepayments (PPE)

    11,453     CP1      (11,453       —             —    

Right-of-use assets

    N/A          —       B, DE     138,586           138,586  

Deferred tax assets

    8,688          —       C     5,406       J       20       14,114  

Other assets

    29,380     CP1      (28,350   E, DE     (140         890  

Financial assets - shares in affiliated companies

    120     CP1      (120       —             —    
 

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

    360,407          (28,470       107,768         20       439,725  
 

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

                

Inventories

    N/A     CP1      256,299     D     (4,754     J       4,232       255,777  

Raw materials and supplies

    35,375     CP1      (35,375       —             —    

Work in progress

    26,766     CP1      (26,766       —             —    

Finished goods and merchandise

    192,530     CP1      (192,530       —             —    

Prepayments (Inventories)

    1,694     CP1      ( 1,694       —             —    

Right to return assets

    N/A          —       A     495           495  

Trade and other receivables

    N/A     CP1      47,162     G, DE     796         (218     47,740  

Trade receivables

    44,864     CP1      (44,864       —          

Receivables from affiliated companies

    42     CP1      (42       —          

Current tax assets

    N/A     CP1      514     DE     14           528  

Other current assets

    N/A     CP1      30,771     E     (705         30,066  

Prepaid expenses

    5,005     CP1      (5,005       —             —    

Cash and cash equivalents

    N/A         CP1          40,402     DE     ( 1,442         38,960  

Cash on hand and bank balances

    40,402     CP1      (40,402       —             —    
 

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    346,678          28,470         (5,596       4,014       373,566  
 

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

    707,085          —           102,172         4,034       813,291  
 

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’’ equity and liabilities

                   —    

Partnership units

    N/A     CP1      10,000         —             10,000  

Capital shares of the limited partners

    10,000     CP1      (10,000       —             —    

Capital reserve

    182,498          —           —             182,498  

Statutory reserves (Revenue reserves)

    87,853     CP1      (87,853       —             —    

Other reserves

    N/A     CP1      87,853         —             87,853  

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

    N/A     CP1      132,164     E     536       J       3,145       135,845  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    N/A     CP1      3,011     DE     (3,011         —    

Non-distributable reserves at subsidiary level

    (9,852   CP1      9,852         —             —    

Equity difference from currency translation

    3,011     CP1      (3,011       —             —    

Net profit

    142,016     CP1      (142,016       —             —    

Non-controlling interests

    27,814          —       DE     (27,814         —    
 

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

    443,340          —           (30,289       3,145       416,196  
 

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

                

Loans and borrowings

    N/A     CP1      100,000         —             100,000  

Lease liabilities

    N/A          —       B     116,567           116,567  

Provisions for employee benefits

    N/A     CP1      2,204     I     3,756           5,960  

Provisions for pensions and similar obligations

    2,204     CP1      (2,204       —             —    

Tax provisions

    10,955     CP1      (10,955       —             —    

Other provisions

    47,088     CP1      (47,088       999           999  

Deferred tax liabilities

    20,233          —       C     (4,850     J       889       16,272  

Deferred income

    739     CP1      (739       —             —    

Other liabilities

    15,827     CP1      (15,732   G     —             95  
 

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

    97,046          25,486         116,472         889       239,893  
 

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

                

Loans and borrowings

    N/A     CP1      10,451     DE     (6,221         4,230  

 

F-76


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

    HGB     Notes      Presentation
Reclassification
    Notes     IFRS Conversion
Adjustments
    Notes     Corrections     IFRS  

Liabilities to banks

    110,451       CP1        (110,451       —             —    

Lease liabilities

    N/A          —         B, DE       21,765           21,765  

Trade and other payables

    N/A       CP1        27,959       A, H, DE       12,545           40,504  

Trade payables

    25,604       CP1        (25,604       —             —    

Accrued liabilities

    N/A       CP1        58,043       H, DE       (42,284         15,759  

Other financial liabilities

    N/A       CP1        36,962         —             36,962  

Other current provision

    N/A       CP1        (9,507     H       25,681           16,174  

Contract liabilities

    N/A       CP1        3       A       371           374  

Payments received on account of orders

    374       CP1        (374       —             —    

Tax liabilities

    NA       CP1        9,874       DE       4,132           14,006  

Other current liabilities

    N/A       CP1        7,428       DE       —             7,428  

Payables to affiliated companies

    747       CP1        (747       —             —    

Payables to shareholders

    29,523       CP1        (29,523       —             —    
 

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    166,699          (25,486       15,989               157,202  
 

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    263,745          —           132,461         889       397,095  
 

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity and liabilities

    707,085          —           102,172         4,034       813,291  
 

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of equity

Year ended September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

 

     Notes      September 30, 2020  

Equity (HGB)

        455,466  

Revenue recognition (IFRS 15)

     A        (843

Lease Accounting (IFRS 16)

     B        (2,313

Financial Instruments (IFRS 9)

     G        (4,082

Inventory (IAS 2)

     D        947  

Provisions/Accruals/Contingent Liabilities (IAS 37)

     H        (951

Pension (IAS 19)

     I        (836

Deferred Taxes (IAS 12)

     C        4,507  

Policy Adoption (IFRS 1)

     F        6,487  

Non-controlling interest deconsolidation

     DE        (40,514

Correction

     J        (9,704

Total adjustments for the period

        (47,302
     

 

 

 

Equity (IFRS)

        408,164  
     

 

 

 

 

F-77


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Reconciliation of consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss)

Year ended September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

 

    HGB    

Notes

    Presentation
Reclassification
    Notes     IFRS Conversion
Adjustments
    Notes     Correction     IFRS  

Revenue

    730,514       CP2       30       A, H, DE       (2,823     J       211       727,932  

Change in finished goods and work in progress

    (32,464     CP2       43,835       DE       (11,371       —         —    

Cost of sales

    N/A       CP2       (328,298       —           —         (328,298
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

    N/A         (284,433       (14,194       211       399,634  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

               

Selling and distribution expenses

    N/A       CP2       (187,615       —           —         (187,615

General administration expenses

    N/A       CP2       (66,896                                —           —         (66,896

Cost of materials

    (149,137     CP2       157,705       A, D, H, DE       (11,794     J       3,226       —    

Personnel expenses

    (171,162     CP2       165,857       H, I DE       6,952       J       (1,647     —    

Amortisation on intangible assets and depreciation on tangible fixed assets

    (29,827     CP2       46,050       B, F, DE       (16,223       —         —    

Other operating income

    22,770       CP2       (15,445     B, D, G, DE       (7,325       —         —    

Other operating expenses

    (227,132     CP2       199,818       G, DE       29,867       J       (2,553     —    

Foreign exchange (loss)

    N/A       CP2       (15,984           —         (15,984

Other income, net

    N/A       CP2       245         —           —         245  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) from operations

    N/A         (698       (12,717       (763     129,384  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance income (cost), net

      CP2       (3,950             (3,950

Other interest and similar income

    255       CP2       (255       —           —         —    

Interest and similar expenses

    (3,201     CP2       4,622       B, G, H, I, DE       (1,421       —         —    
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance result

    (2,946       417         (1,421       —         (3,950
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before tax

    N/A         (281       (14,138       (763     125,434  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxes on income

    (29,387     CP2       24,357         5,050       J       (20     —    

Income tax (expense) benefit

    N/A       CP2       (24,116       —           —         (24,116
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit (loss)

    111,229         (40       (9,088       (783     101,318  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

               

Items that may be reclassified to profit (loss) in subsequent periods:

               

Cumulative translation adjustment gain (loss)

    N/A       CP2       (637       —         J       3,569       2,932  

Items that will not be reclassified to profit (loss) in subsequent periods:

               

Remeasurement of defined benefit plans

    N/A         —         I       76           76  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

    —           (637       76         3,569       3,008  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minority interest share of group net income

    1,216       CP2       (1,216             —    

Decrease/increase in the difference arising from lower consolidated net income compared with the parent company

    (1,893     CP2       1,893               —    
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG

    110,552        
—  
 
      (9,012       2,786       104,326  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-78


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Reconciliation of consolidated statements of cash flows

The primary changes in statement of cash flows are due to deconsolidation of the Predecessor Unconsolidated Entities and the result of IFRS 1. Refer to Section – Deconsolidation of non-controlling interests (DE) for more details on deconsolidation of the Predecessor Unconsolidated Entities.

The table below summarizes the changes in cash and cash equivalents under IFRS and HGB:

Year ended September 30, 2020 (Predecessor)

 

     IFRS     HGB     Variance  

Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

     193,604       167,948       26,106  

Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities

     (3,499     (21,288     17,789  

Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

     (130,254     (81,055     (49,649
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     59,851       65,605       (5,754
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The increase in cash flows from operating activities is primarily due to three components: (1) the deconsolidation of the Predecessor Unconsolidated Entities, which had a negative 1.3 million cash flow from operating activity for the year ended September 30, 2020, (2) the 5.8 million of changes in working capital under IFRS, and (3) the 19.2 million of depreciation and amortization, net under IFRS as a result of IFRS 16. There are two primary components that impacted the negative cash flow from operating activity within the Predecessor Unconsolidated Entities: (1) the 4.4 million of negative changes in working capital and (2) the 3.0 million of positive depreciation and amortization, net, which were deconsolidated under IFRS.

The increase in cash flows from investing activities is primarily due to two components: (1) the deconsolidation of the Predecessor Unconsolidated Entities, which had a negative 1.7 million cash flow from investing activity as of September 30, 2020 and (2) the 18.4 million loan with the Predecessor Unconsolidated Entities under IFRS. There are two primary components that impacted the negative cash flow from investing activity within the Predecessor Unconsolidated Entities: (1) the 3.4 million of purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets and (2) the 1.6 million of proceeds received from a sale of tangible assets and financial assets.

The decrease in cash flows from financing activities is primary due to three components: (1) the deconsolidation of the Predecessor Unconsolidated Entities, which had a positive 10.6 million cash flow from financing activity as of September 30, 2020, (2) the 23.6 million payments related to IFRS 16 under IFRS, and (3) the net 16.1 million of cash funding injections under HGB. There are two primary components that impacted the positive cash flow from financing activity within the Predecessor Unconsolidated Entities: (1) the 3.2 million of construction loan repayments and (2) the net 13.8 million of cash funding injections.

Aside from these disclosure differences, the adoption of IFRS 1 did not have a material impact on the consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

32.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In March 2023, a management investment plan was established for selected senior management of the Company (“MIP”). The MIP is accounted for as equity-settled share-based payment transaction in scope of

 

F-79


Table of Contents

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

IFRS 2. The Company has offered the participants a certain number of ordinary shares by explicit acceptance of the participants. The MIP gives the participants the right to obtain ordinary shares against payment of an exercise price. The rights to receive ordinary shares vest over four years or until an exit event which is defined as initial public offering or sale takes place. As of the date at which these consolidated financial statements were authorized for issuance, 1,197,100 ordinary shares (with a fair value of 72.23 per share) had been issued under the MIP.

As disclosed in Note 5 - Segment Information, as of March 31, 2023, the Company changed its internal reporting to the CODM to report results prepared in accordance with IFRS. Segment results have been presented accordingly in these consolidated financial statements.

On April 25, 2023, BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l., which was originally incorporated in the jurisdiction of Luxembourg, changed its name to Birkenstock Group Limited and converted (by way of domiciliation) to a Jersey private company. On July 12, 2023, Birkenstock Group Limited changed its name to Birkenstock Holding Limited.

On April 28, 2023, Birkenstock Limited Partner S.à r.l. entered into an Amendment of the Senior Term Facilities Agreement. Among the amendments, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) replaced the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) as the benchmark rate for USD denominated term loan facility. As such, the interest payable under the Term Loan (USD) is subsequently calculated using the SOFR. Furthermore, the Birkenstock Group made a redemption payment of USD 50 million for the USD Term Loan.

On May 2, 2023, Birkenstock Limited Partner S.à r.l. entered into an Amendment of the ABL Credit Agreement. Among the amendments, the SOFR replaced the LIBOR as the benchmark rate for USD denominated borrowings under this facility. As such, the interest payable for USD denominated borrowings under this facility are subsequently calculated using the SOFR.

In order to reduce the risk of increasing interest rates for the Term Loan (EUR), the Company has entered into an interest rate cap contract on June 20, 2023, which caps interest on a notional amount of 375 million at 3.5%. An up-front premium for this interest rate cap in the amount of 3.4 million is payable by the Company.

On July 13, 2023, Birkenstock received confirmation of the state of Mecklenburg-Vorpommern approving a government grant which was requested in connection with the building of the new production facility in Pasewalk, Germany. The government grant amounts to 11.3 million and is accounted according to IAS 20 – ‘Accounting for government grants and disclosures of government assistance’.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Group Limited

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

(In thousands of Euros)

 

     Notes      June 30, 2023      September 30, 2022  

Assets

        

Non-current assets

        

Goodwill

        1,575,921        1,674,293  

Intangible assets (other than goodwill)

     7        1,691,283        1,815,201  

Property, plant and equipment

     6        265,989        205,008  

Right-of-use assets

     8        122,418        113,522  

Deferred tax assets

        1,542        4,590  

Other assets

        32,064        16,107  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

        3,689,217        3,828,721  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current assets

        

Inventories

     9        571,605        535,605  

Right to return assets

        2,903        2,605  

Trade and other receivables

        153,720        66,146  

Tax assets

        13,757        21,743  

Other assets

        32,695        26,729  

Cash and cash equivalents

        289,609        307,078  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

        1,064,289        959,906  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

        4,753,506        4,788,627  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity and liabilities

        

Shareholders’ equity

        

Ordinary shares

        182,721        182,721  

Share premium

        1,894,384        1,894,384  

Other capital reserve

        18,085        —    

Retained earnings

        254,264        150,954  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

        23,196        129,759  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

        2,372,651        2,357,818  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

        

Loans and borrowings

     11        1,798,806        1,919,635  

Lease liabilities

        99,801        89,911  

Provisions for employee benefits

        2,248        2,374  

Other provisions

        1,783        2,037  

Deferred tax liabilities

        97,696        92,851  

Other liabilities

        4,332        35  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

        2,004,666        2,106,843  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current liabilities

        

Loans and borrowings

     11        27,374        46,606  

Lease liabilities

        28,824        26,571  

Trade and other payables

        139,025        113,224  

Accrued liabilities

        32,256        20,066  

Other financial liabilities

        1,167        10,860  

Other provisions

        27,430        34,401  

Contract liabilities

        12,972        1,924  

Tax liabilities

        75,258        50,660  

Other liabilities

        31,882        19,654  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

        376,189        323,966  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        2,380,855        2,430,809  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity and liabilities

        4,753,506        4,788,627  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-81


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Group Limited

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(In thousands of Euros, except share and per share information)

 

            Nine months ended June 30,  
     Notes      2023     2022  

Revenue

     12        1,117,368       921,225  

Cost of sales

     13        (436,532     (377,270
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        680,836       543,955  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

       

Selling and distribution expenses

     13        (309,521     (237,787

General administration expenses

     13        (86,836     (57,714

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

     14        (51,350     31,615  

Other income (expense), net

        2,452       (2,691
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from operations

        235,581       277,378  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance cost, net

        (81,358     (89,939
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before tax

        154,223       187,439  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     15        (50,914     (58,307
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit

        103,310       129,132  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

       

Items that may be reclassified to profit (loss) in subsequent periods (net of tax):

       

Cumulative translation adjustment gain (loss)

        (106,928     82,669  

Net position of fair value changes of the cash flow hedge

        366       —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

        (106,562 )      82,669  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

        (3,253 )      211,801  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share

       

Basic

     16        0.57       0.71  

Diluted

     16        0.57       0.71  

 

F-82


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Group Limited

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

(In thousands of Euros, except share information)

 

          Ordinary shares                       Accumulated other
comprehensive
income (loss)
       
    Notes     Number of
shares
    Amount     Share
Premium
    Other Capital
Reserve
    Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Cumulative
translation
adjustments
    Cash
flow
hedge
reserve
    Stockholders’
equity
 

Balance at October 1, 2021

      182,721,369       182,721       1,894,384       —         (36,157 )      23,483       —         2,064,431  

Net profit

      —         —         —         —         129,132       —         —         129,132  

Other comprehensive income

      —         —         —         —         —         82,669       —         82,669  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

      —         —         —         —         129,132       82,669       —         211,801  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2022

      182,721,369       182,721       1,894,384       —         92,975       106,151       —         2,276,233  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at October 1, 2022

      182,721,369       182,721       1,894,384       —         150,954       129,759       —         2,357,818  

Net profit

      —         —         —         —         103,310       —         —         103,310  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

      —         —         —         —         —         (106,928     366       (106,562
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

      —         —         —         —         103,310       (106,928     366       (3,253

Equity-settled share-based payment

    17       —         —         —         18,085       —         —         —         18,085  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2023

      182,721,369       182,721       1,894,384       18,085       254,264       22,831       366       2,372,651  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-83


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Group Limited

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands of Euros)

 

     Nine months ended June 30,  
     2023     2022  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net profit

     103,310       129,132  

Adjustments to reconcile net profit to net cash flows from operating activities:

    

Depreciation

     15,102       14,462  

Amortization

     46,705       41,587  

Change in expected credit loss

     1,088       62  

Net Finance loss

     81,358       89,939  

Net exchange differences

     51,350       (31,615

Non-cash operating items

     18,141       (4,953

Income tax expense

     50,914       58,307  

Income tax paid

     (2,753     (16,859

- Inventories

     (68,891     (103,895

- Right to return assets

     (491     (697

- Trade and other receivables

     (91,887     (82,629

- Trade and other payables

     29,060       3,766  

- Accrued liabilities

     12,870       3,579  

- Other current financial liabilities

     (9,693     (37,619

- Other current provision

     (6,552     7,206  

- Contract liabilities

     11,118       1,822  

- Other

     225       36,415  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows (used in) operating activities

     240,974       108,009  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (78,166     (35,433

Proceeds from sale of assets

     926       1,750  

Purchases of intangible assets

     (2,770     (1,617

Proceeds from sale of intangible assets

     29       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows (used in) investing activities

     (79,981 )      (35,300 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Repayment of borrowings

     (50,924     (5,809

Interest paid

     (90,292     (65,935

Payments of lease liabilities

     (21,825     (19,118

Interest portion of lease liabilities

     (4,217     (1,772
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows (used in) financing activities

     (167,258 )      (92,635 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (6,265 )      (19,925 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     307,078       235,343  

Net foreign exchange difference

     (11,203     9,165  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

     289,609       224,583  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-84


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Group Limited

Notes to Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

1.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Birkenstock Group Limited (together with its subsidiaries referred to herein as the “Company” or “Birkenstock” or the “Group”) was formed under the name of BK LC Lux S.à r.l. on February 19, 2021 as a limited liability company organized under Luxembourg law, with its business address at 40 Avenue Monterey, Luxembourg. On April 25, 2023, the Company changed its name to Birkenstock Group Limited and converted (by way of domiciliation) to a Jersey private company. On July 12, 2023, Birkenstock Group Limited changed its name to Birkenstock Holding Limited. The Company’s current business address is 1-2 Berkeley Square, London W1J 6EA, United Kingdom. The Company is registered at the Jersey Financial Services Commission under number 148522.

The Company’s immediate parent is BK LC Lux MidCo S.à r.l. (“MidCo”) and the Company’s ultimate controlling shareholder is LC9 Caledonia AIV GP, LLP (“L Catterton”).

The company manufactures and sells footbed-based products, including sandals, closed-toe silhouettes and other products, such as skincare and accessories, for every day, leisure and work. The Company operates in four operating segments based on its regional hubs: (1) Americas, (2) Europe, (3) Asia, the South Pacific, and Australia (“ASPA”), and (4) the Middle East, Africa, and India (“MEAI”) (see Note 5 – Segment information for further details). All segments have the same operations. The Company sells its products through two main channels: business-to-business (“B2B”) (comprising sales made to established third-party store networks), and direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) (comprising sales made on globally owned online stores via the Birkenstock.com domain and sales made in Birkenstock retail stores).

Seasonality

Revenues of our products are affected by a seasonal pattern that is driven in large part by the weather given the nature of our product mix. The seasonal nature of our business is similar across geographies and sales channels with B2B seeing an increase in revenues earlier in the spring months, while revenues in the DTC channel increasing in the summer. Between October and March, we manufacture our products for the B2B channel, and during the first few months of the calendar year, we rely on our built-up inventory for our revenues to B2B partners. Starting in March and during the warmer months of the year, demand for our products from the DTC channel increase. While these consumer buying patterns lead to a natural seasonality in revenues, unseasonable weather could significantly affect revenues and profitability. Our geographical breadth, customer diversity and our strategic focus on entering and expanding certain product categories helps to mitigate part of the effect of seasonality on results of operations.

 

2.

BASIS OF PREPARATION

Basis of preparation and consolidation

These interim condensed consolidated financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Company’s Board of Directors on September 15, 2023.

These interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2023 and for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022 have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’, as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board (“IASB”). The interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the

 

F-85


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Group Limited

Notes to Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

annual consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the IASB, taking into account the recommendations of the International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”).

These interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for derivative financial instruments through profit or loss, which are recorded at fair value.

The interim condensed consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

The companies consolidated in these interim condensed consolidated financial statements are presented as part of the notes to the annual consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022. During the fiscal year ending September 30, 2023 there was one addition to the consolidated companies. On January 10, 2023, Birkenstock Netherlands B.V. was incorporated in the Dutch commercial register. As of that date, Birkenstock Netherlands B.V. is part of the Birkenstock Group and its consolidated financial statements.

The fiscal year of the Company ends on September 30.

Functional and presentation currency

The functional currency of each of the Company’s subsidiaries is the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates. The presentation currency of the Company is Euros. All amounts are rounded to the nearest thousands, except when otherwise indicated. Due to rounding, differences may arise when individual amounts or percentages are added together.

 

3.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting policies applied in these interim condensed consolidated financial statements are predominantly the same as those applied by Birkenstock in its consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, except for the adoption of new and amended standards and interpretations effective as of January 1, 2022. Changes also occur due to the scope of further IFRS Standards that were not applicable before (i.e., new share-based payment program granted in March 2023; new financial instrument designated as a hedging instrument).

The Group has not early adopted any standard, interpretation or amendment that has been issued but is not yet effective. Several amendments apply for the first time in the nine months ended June 30, 2023, but do not have an impact on the interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

Share-based Payments

IFRS 2 “Share-based Payments” is applied in accounting for share-based payment plans involving senior executives who render the respective services. Birkenstock has only equity-settled share-based payment plans. The shares were granted by an indirect shareholder of Birkenstock (controlled by Birkenstock’s ultimate parent) but the expenses are recognized at the level of Birkenstock as the plan participants render services for Birkenstock. Birkenstock itself has no obligation to settle the awards.

The cost of equity-settled transactions is determined by the number of awards expected to vest and their respective fair value at grant date using an appropriate valuation model.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Group Limited

Notes to Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

That cost is recognized as personnel expense within the functional areas general administrative expenses as well as selling and distribution expenses, together with a corresponding increase in equity (other capital reserve), over the period in which the service and, where applicable, the vesting conditions are fulfilled (vesting period). The cumulative expense recognized for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and Birkenstock’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest.

Please refer to Note 17 for further information on the share-based payments.

Hedge accounting

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to hedge future cash flows. The criteria for applying hedge accounting are that the hedging relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument is documented and that the hedge is highly effective. Hedge effectiveness is measured using the critical term matches method. The Company uses derivative financial instruments such as options as hedging instruments. Such derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value.

The option is accounted for as part of a cash flow hedge, changes in the time value of the option are recorded in a separate component of equity (accumulated other comprehensive income). Changes in the time value of the option in the accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified to the statement of comprehensive income when the hedged cash flows actually occur. At that time, the accumulated changes in the time value of the option in accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified to the statement of comprehensive income.

Please refer to Note 10 for further information on the hedge accounting.

Effective interest rate method

After initial determination, the effective interest rate is adjusted for changes in variable interest, changes in margin resulting from initially agreed adjustments in credit margin as a function of company leverage as well as the spread that covers the change to correct for LIBOR/SOFR differences.

Deferred offering costs

The Company capitalizes certain legal, professional accounting and other third-party fees that are directly associated with equity financings as deferred offering costs until the equity financings are consummated. After consummation, these deferred costs are recorded within equity as a reduction in share premium generated as a result of the offering. Should a planned equity financing be abandoned, the deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately as a charge to operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

As of June 30, 2023, the Company had capitalized 0.9 million in deferred financing costs related to its IPO. No deferred offering costs were capitalized as of September 30, 2022.

New and amended standards and interpretations adopted by the Company

The following amended standards became effective at the earliest from January 1, 2022, but did not have a material impact on the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Company:

 

   

Amendments to IFRS 3 — Reference to the Conceptual Framework (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022).

 

F-87


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Group Limited

Notes to Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

   

Amendments to IAS 16 — Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022).

 

   

Amendments to IAS 37 — Onerous Contracts — Costs of Fulfilling a Contract (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022).

 

   

AIP IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards — Subsidiary as a first-time adopter (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022).

 

   

AIP IFRS 9 Financial Instruments — Fees in the ’10 per cent’ test for derecognition of financial liabilities (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022).

 

   

AIP IAS 41 Agriculture — Taxation in fair value measurements (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022).

New and amended standards and interpretations issued but not yet effective

The following standard amendments became effective at the earliest from January 1, 2023, but did not have a material impact on the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Company:

 

   

IFRS 17 — Insurance Contracts (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023).

 

   

IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 — Initial application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 — Comparative Information (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023).

 

   

Amendments to IAS 8 — Definition of Accounting Estimates (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023).

 

   

Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 — Disclosure of Accounting Policies (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023).

 

   

Amendments to IAS 12 — Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023).

 

   

Amendments to IAS 12 — International Tax Reform — Pillar 2 Model Rules (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023).

 

4.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES, ASSUMPTIONS AND JUDGEMENTS

The preparation of Birkenstock’s interim condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of net sales, expenses, assets and liabilities, and the accompanying note disclosures. Uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets or liabilities affected in future periods. The estimates and underlying assumptions are subject to continuous review.

In preparing the interim condensed consolidated financial statements, no significant changes in accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements have occurred compared to the significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions discussed in the consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 other than described below.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Group Limited

Notes to Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Share-based Payments

Birkenstock measures the cost of equity-settled transactions by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date when they are granted and respective investments by the participants. Estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions requires determination of the most appropriate valuation model, which depends on the terms and conditions of the grant. The estimate also requires determination of the most appropriate inputs to the valuation model including the expected timing of the incurrence of an exit, volatility and respective assumptions. In addition, the Company is required to determine the probability of the respective vesting conditions. That determination includes making estimates about specific non-market vesting condition of the Company, like exit events. Additionally, management makes judgments and estimates in determining the amount of compensation to be recorded each period which is dependent upon the forfeiture rate and the expected timing of the occurrence of an exit. Please refer to Note 17 for further information on the share-based payments.

Financial instruments

Key Sources of Estimation: The critical assumptions and estimates used in determining the fair value of financial instruments are: equity prices; future interest rates; the relative creditworthiness of the Company to its counterparties; estimated future cash flows; discount rates, and volatility utilized in option valuations.

 

5.

SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company’s operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to and regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), and are aligned to the four geographical hubs that the Company operates in: Americas, Europe, ASPA, and MEAI. Due to the materiality, ASPA and MEAI are aggregated into one reportable segment APMA (“Asia Pacific, Middle East, Africa”). As such the Company has three reportable segments — Americas, Europe and APMA. Additionally, the Company has a Corporate / Other revenue and expenses, which primarily consists of non-core activities from the Cosmetics and Sleeping Systems businesses, as well as other administrative costs that are not charged to the operating segments and realized foreign exchange gains and losses. The CODM uses the measure of adjusted EBITDA to assess operating segments’ performance to make decisions regarding the allocation of resources.

The adjustments to EBITDA relate to the effect of Transaction related advisory costs (the “Transaction” refers to the acquisition of Birkenstock GmbH & Co. KG by Birkenstock Group BV & Co. KG, a subsidiary of the Company, on April 30, 2021), IPO- related costs, realized and unrealized foreign exchange gain / (loss), effects of applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction under IFRS, share-based payments and other adjustments relating to non-recurring items such as restructuring, among others.

As of June 30, 2023, the Company changed its internal reporting to the CODM to report results prepared in accordance with IFRS. Comparative segment results have been retrospectively adjusted accordingly.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Group Limited

Notes to Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Assets and liabilities are not reported or reviewed by the CODM at the operating segment level.

 

    For the nine months ended June 30, 2023  
    Americas     Europe      APMA     Total Reportable Segments      Corporate /Other     Total  

Sales

    617,452       386,044        110,042       1,113,538        3,830       1,117,368  

Adjusted EBITDA

    242,118       120,695        33,678       396,492        (9,474 )      387,018  

Effects from applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction

                 

Transaction related advisory costs

                 

IPO-related costs

                (14,739

Realized and unrealized FX gains / losses

                (51,350

Share-based payments

                (18,085

Other

                (5,455
             

 

 

 

EBITDA

                297,388  

Depreciation and amortization

                (61,807

Finance income (costs), net

                (81,358
             

 

 

 

Profit before tax

                154,223  
             

 

 

 
    For the nine months ended June 30, 2022  
    Americas     Europe      APMA     Total Reportable Segments      Corporate /Other     Total  

Sales

    523,147       312,371        83,292       918,810        2,415       921,225  

Adjusted EBITDA

    220,474       93,294        27,295       341,064        (8,557 )      332,506  

Effects from applying the acquisition method of accounting for the Transaction

                (24,367

Transaction related advisory costs

                (2,053

IPO-related costs

                (2,757

Realized and unrealized FX gains / losses

                31,615  

Share-based payments

                 

Other

                (1,517
             

 

 

 

EBITDA

                333,427  

Depreciation and amortization

                (56,049

Finance income (costs), net

                (89,939
             

 

 

 

Profit before tax

                187,439  
             

 

 

 

 

6.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

During the nine months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, the Company acquired property, plant and equipment with costs of 78.3 million and 35.4 million, respectively. The additions in the nine months ended June 30, 2023 are mainly related to investments in a production facility in Pasewalk, Germany.

 

7.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

During the nine months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, the Company acquired intangible assets with costs of 2.8 million and 1.6 million, respectively.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Group Limited

Notes to Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

8.

RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS

The right-of-use assets amount to 122.4 million as of June 30, 2023 and 113.5 million as of September 30, 2022. The increase during the nine months ended June 30, 2023 is mainly related to a new lease agreement for a logistics center in Sülzetal, Germany.

 

9.

INVENTORIES

 

     June 30, 2023      September 30, 2022  

Raw materials

     80,997        77,954  

Work in progress

     25,528        19,621  

Finished goods

     465,080        438,030  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories at the lower of cost and net realizable value

     571,605        535,605  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the nine months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, inventories of 260.0 million and 238.0 million, respectively, were recognized as an expense and included in cost of sales. Additionally, during the nine months ended June 30, 2023, 4.8 million of write-downs were reversed on inventories as it was determined the inventories were able to be utilized in the creation of shoe products. During the nine months ended June 30, 2022, write-downs of inventories were 4.3 million.

 

10.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The following table presents the fair values and fair value hierarchy of the Company’s financial instruments that are carried at fair value on recurring basis in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of financial position:

 

     Level      Fair value  

June 30, 2023

     

Derivative assets

        30,345  

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

     2        26,579  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

     2        3,766  

Derivative liabilities

     2        792  

September 30, 2022

     

Derivative assets

        10,234  

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

     2        10,234  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

     2        —    

Derivative liabilities

     2        10,125  

 

F-91


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Group Limited

Notes to Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

Changes in fair value of derivative assets and liabilities are recognized within the interim condensed consolidated statements of total comprehensive income. The Company does not carry any other financial instruments at fair value either on recurring or non- recurring basis. The derivative assets and liabilities are reflected in the balance sheet within other financial assets and liabilities. The following table presents the fair value and fair value hierarchy of the Company’s loans and borrowings carried at amortized cost:

 

     Level      Nominal value      Carrying value      Fair value  

June 30, 2023

           

Term Loan (EUR)

     2        375,000        367,890        358,514  

Term Loan (USD)

     2        720,848        713,185        696,965  

Vendor Loan

     2        299,560        301,748        244,261  

Senior Notes

     2        428,500        443,357        382,836  

September 30, 2022

           

Term Loan (EUR)

     2        375,000        367,193        294,461  

Term Loan (USD)

     2        860,854        856,505        719,761  

Vendor Loan

     2        287,018        292,275        185,783  

Senior Notes

     2        428,500        449,698        328,816  

There were no transfers between levels during any reporting period.

There were no changes in the Group’s valuation processes, valuation techniques and types of inputs used in the fair value measurements during the reporting period.

Financial risk management

Birkenstock has exposure to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk. The interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all financial risk information and disclosures required in the annual financial statements and should be read in conjunction with Birkenstock’s annual financial statements for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020, 2021 and 2022.

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Company has exposure to interest rate risks related to the Company’s Senior Term Facilities Agreement. To limit the interest rate risks, the Company entered into a derivate contract in the form of an interest cap. The interest cap was designated at inception as a hedging instrument on June 20, 2023.

The interest cap hedges future interest cash flows arising from fluctuations in interest rates based on the benchmark interest EURIBOR for the Euro dominated term loan facility with a cap rate of 3.5% per annum for a three-month tenor and a notional amount of 375 million. The hedge accounting ends with the stated maturity of the cap in August 2025.

Capital management

The Board of Directors of the Company monitors the Company’s capital management on a regular basis. The Company continually assesses the adequacy of the Company’s capital structure and capacity and adjusts within the context of the Company’s strategy, economic conditions, and risk characteristics of the business.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Group Limited

Notes to Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

11.

LOANS AND BORROWINGS

The Company has the following principal and interest payable amounts outstanding for loans and borrowings:

 

     Currency      Nominal interest rate     Year of maturity      June 30, 2023     September 30, 2022  

Non-current liabilities

            

Term Loan (EUR)

     EUR        EURIBOR + 3     2028        375,000       375,000  

Term Loan (USD)

     USD        SOFR + 3.51     2028        713,666       852,354  

Vendor Loan

     EUR        4.37     2029        299,560       287,018  

Senior Notes

     EUR        5.25     2029        428,500       428,500  
          

 

 

   

 

 

 
             1,816,726       1,942,872  

Senior Note embedded derivative

             28,638       28,638  

Less: amortization under the effective
interest method

             (46,559     (51,875
          

 

 

   

 

 

 
             1,798,806       1,919,635  
          

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

            

Term Loan (EUR) interest payable

     EUR        N/A       N/A        3,906       4,750  

Term Loan (USD) current portion

     USD        SOFR + 3.51     2028        7,181       8,500  

Term Loan (USD) interest payable

     USD        N/A       N/A        10,349       18,725  

Vendor Loan interest payable

     EUR        N/A       N/A        2,188       5,258  

Senior Notes interest payable

     EUR        N/A       N/A        3,749       9,373  
          

 

 

   

 

 

 
             27,374       46,606  
          

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the nine months period ended June 30, 2023, Birkenstock Group entered into an Amendment of the Senior Term Facilities Agreement. Among the amendments, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) replaced the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) as the benchmark rate for USD denominated term loan facility. As such, the interest payable under the Term Loan (USD) is subsequently calculated using the SOFR. Furthermore, the Birkenstock Group made a redemption payment of USD 50 million for the USD Term Loan.

 

12.

REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS

In the following table, revenue is disaggregated by revenue channels. The table also includes a reconciliation of the disaggregated revenue with the Group’s reportable segments.

 

     For the nine months ended June 30, 2023  
     Americas      Europe      APMA      Corporate /Other      Total  

Revenue

              

B2B

     363,892        249,943        83,565        —          697,400  

DTC

     253,561        136,101        26,476        —          416,138  

Other

     —          —          —          3,830        3,830  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     617,452        386,044        110,042        3,830        1,117,368  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-93


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Group Limited

Notes to Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

     For the nine months ended June 30, 2022  
     Americas      Europe      APMA      Corporate /Other      Total  

Revenue

              

B2B

     333,065        204,803        70,680        —          608,547  

DTC

     190,082        107,568        12,613        —          310,263  

Other

     —          —          —          2,415        2,415  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     523,147        312,371        83,292        2,415        921,225  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

13.

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

     Cost of sales  
     For the nine months
ended June 30, 2023
    For the nine months
ended June 30, 2022
 

Depreciation & amortization

     (10,673     (10,407

Personnel costs

     (112,437     (85,808

Cost of materials

     (259,997     (238,007

Properties & buildings maintenance, occupancy and incidental costs

     (10,129     (9,515

Logistic expenses

     (700     (701

IT & Consulting

     (25,304     (17,415

Other

     (17,292     (15,417
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales

     (436,532 )      (377,270 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Selling and distribution expenses  
     For the nine months
ended June 30, 2023
    For the nine months
ended June 30, 2022
 

Depreciation & amortization

     (42,742     (38,036

Personnel costs

     (60,251     (51,526

Marketing and selling expenses

     (88,783     (70,737

Logistic expenses

     (59,292     (34,553

IT & Consulting

     (47,487     (29,589

Other

     (10,965     (13,347
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling and distribution expenses

     (309,521 )      (237,787 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     General administration expenses  
     For the nine months
ended June 30, 2023
    For the nine months
ended June 30, 2022
 

Depreciation & amortization

     (8,391     (7,606

Personnel costs

     (57,103     (29,455

Insurance

     (2,192     (1,812

IT & Consulting

     (10,065     (17,392

Other

     (9,084     (1,449
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

General administration expenses

     (86,836 )      (57,714 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-94


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Group Limited

Notes to Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

14.

FOREIGN EXCHANGE GAIN (LOSS)

Foreign exchange loss, net for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 increased by (83.0) million to (51.4) million from a foreign exchange gain, net of 31.6 million for the nine months ended June 30, 2022.

Realized foreign exchange losses for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 amounted to 20.0 million and realized exchange gains for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 amounted to 11.3 million, respectively,.

Unrealized foreign exchange losses for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 amounted to 31.4 million and unrealized exchange gains for the nine months ended June 30, 2022 amounted to 20.3 million, respectively.

This was primarily driven by fluctuations in the USD to Euro foreign exchange rate on intercompany receivables for inventory and intercompany loans. A subsidiary of the Company, Birkenstock Global Sales GmbH, transfers inventory from our fulfillment centers / production sites in Germany to the third-party fulfillment center of our subsidiary in the USA, for which the intercompany invoices are denominated in USD. The related trade receivables due to Birkenstock Global Sales GmbH are paid at a later date at the prevailing foreign exchange rate. Therefore, the intercompany trade receivables are affected by a depreciation of the USD relative to the Euro during the nine months ended June 30, 2023 as compared to an appreciation of the USD relative to the Euro during the nine months ended June 30, 2022:

 

     Euro exchange rates

Currency

   FX-rate at the
beginning of
the fiscal
   FX-rate at
June 30
   Change in [%]
2023    0.97    1.09    11%
2022    1.16    1.04    -10%

 

15.

INCOME TAX

The Group determined the reporting periods’ income tax expense based on an estimate of the income tax rate in the respective countries applied to the pre-tax result of this reporting period. The major components of income tax expenses are as follows:

 

     For the nine months
ended June 30, 2023
    For the nine months
ended June 30, 2022
 

Current income taxes

     (35,366     (46,965

Deferred income taxes

     (15,547     (11,342
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     (50,914 )      (58,307 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The estimated income tax rate for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 is 27.9% (31.1% for June 30, 2022). The effective income tax rate for the nine months ended June 30, 2023 is 33.0% (31.1% for June 30, 2022). The higher rate for the period ended June 30, 2023 is impacted by personnel expenses resulting from the management investment plan described in Note 17 that are treated as non-deductible for income tax purposes.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Group Limited

Notes to Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

16.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic and diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

The calculation of earnings per share is as follows:

 

     For the nine months
ended June 30, 2023
     For the nine months
ended June 30, 2022
 

Weighted number of outstanding shares

     182,721,369        182,721,369  

Number of shares with dilutive effects

     —          —    

Weighted number of outstanding shares (diluted and undiluted)

     182,721,369        182,721,369  

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

     103,310        129,132  

Basic

     0.57        0.71  

Diluted

     0.57        0.71  

The management investment plan as mentioned in Note 17 is not included in the calculation above, because it has no dilutive impact on the earnings per share.

 

17.

SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

Selected senior executives of Birkenstock Group management were given an opportunity to participate in the management investment plan (“MIP”) of MidCo and to indirectly invest in MidCo by purchasing a partial limited partnership interest in, and becoming a limited partner of, BK LC Manco GmbH & Co. KG, a German limited partnership, which holds certain ordinary shares in MidCo, a Luxembourgian limited liability company, which has acquired the business of Birkenstock.

In March 2023, 1,197,100 shares of BK LC Manco GmbH & Co. KG were granted. None of these awards has been forfeited/ canceled/ settled as of the reporting date. The MIP is accounted for as equity-settled share-based payment transaction in scope of IFRS 2. The vesting period is over four years for 20% after each year. The last 20% vests only with an occurrence of an exit. If an exit event of the Company which is defined as initial public offering or sale takes place during the vesting period, the award is immediately fully vested. The Company has considered several scenarios with timing of the exit event and assigned appropriate probabilities thereon.

The fair value at grant date (March 10, 2023) is estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The model takes into account, among other things, a self-investment as well as the development of Birkenstock’s ordinary redeemable share price. The historical volatility was derived from a peer group.

The fair value of the shares at grant date amounted to 72.23 and was determined on the following assumptions:

 

     Grant dates between October 1,
2022 – June 30, 2023
 

Dividend yield (%)

     0.00

Expected volatility (%)

     34.39

Expected time period (years)

     1.14  

Risk-free interest rate

     3.20

 

F-96


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Group Limited

Notes to Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

For the nine months ended June 30, 2023, the Company recognized 18.1 million of share-based payment expense in the statement of comprehensive income:

 

     For the nine months
ended June 30, 2023
 

Sales and marketing expenses

     2,038  

General administrative expenses

     16,047  
  

 

 

 

Total

     18,085  
  

 

 

 

 

18.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is defending an action brought by a distributor in France as a result of the termination of a business relationship. The plaintiff’s claim amounts to 94.7 million. The Company has recognized a provision for management’s best estimate of probable outflow. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself.

 

19.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In the course of the Company’s ordinary business activities, the Company enters into related party transactions with its shareholders and key management personnel.

Parent and ultimate controlling party

The ultimate controlling party of the Company is L Catterton.

Transactions with key management personnel

Key management compensation

Key management personnel for the periods presented consisted of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Information Officer, Chief Product Officer, Chief Sales Officer, Chief Technical Operations Officer, President Europe and President Americas. Key management compensation is comprised of the following:

 

     For the nine months
ended June 30, 2023
     For the nine months
ended June 30, 2022
 

Short-term employee benefits

     10,962        9,529  

Long-term employee benefits

     180        —    

Post-employment benefits

     558        659  

Termination benefits

     1,953        120  

Share-based compensation

     15,142        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     28,795        10,308  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Key management personnel transactions

The Company maintains a long-term business relationship related to the production of advertising content with a model agency, owned by a family member of our Chief Executive Officer. The Company incurred marketing expenses by paying gross remuneration including modelling fees in the amount of 0.1 million and 0.5 million during the nine months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

Birkenstock Group Limited

Notes to Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of Euros, unless stated otherwise)

 

The Company generated management service income from Ockenfels Group GmbH & Co. KG (“Ockenfels”), an entity over which key management personnel has control or significant influence, in the amount of 8 thousand and 46 thousand during the nine months ended June 30, 2023, and June 30, 2022, respectively.

There were no material outstanding balances related to these transactions as of June 30, 2023, and September 30, 2022.

The Company also leased administrative buildings from Ockenfels and made lease payments in the amount of 0.4 million and 0.4 million during the nine months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The lease liability amounted to 1.8 million and 0.4 million as of June 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022, respectively.

Other related party transactions

Transactions with other related parties primarily consisted of consulting fees for management services provided by and expenses reimbursed to L Catterton Management Company LLC and related entities controlled by the shareholders of the Company. During the nine months ended June 30, 2023, there were no outstanding balances related to consulting fees and cost reimbursement, whereas during the nine months ended June 30, 2022, 2.3 million were recognized as expenses.

 

20.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On July 12, 2023, Birkenstock Group Limited was renamed to Birkenstock Holding Limited.

On July 13, 2023, Birkenstock received confirmation of the state of Mecklenburg-Vorpommern approving a government grant which was requested in connection with the building of the new production facility in Pasewalk, Germany. The government grant is up to 11.3 million and is accounted according to IAS 20 ‘Accounting for government grants and disclosures of government assistance’.

 

F-98


Table of Contents

             Shares

 

LOGO

Ordinary Shares

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan

Morgan Stanley

BofA Securities

Citigroup

Evercore ISI

Jefferies

UBS Investment Bank

BNP PARIBAS

Bernstein

HSBC

Baird

BMO Capital Markets

Deutsche Bank Securities

Piper Sandler

Stifel

William Blair

Williams Trading LLC


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our Articles of Association to be filed as an exhibit to this registration statement will provide for indemnification of the officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

In addition, we will (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers containing provisions, which are in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in our Articles of Association. The indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify such persons against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, liabilities, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in actions or proceedings, including actions by us or in our right, that may arise by reason of their status or service as our director or executive officer and to advance expenses incurred by them in connection with any such proceedings. The proposed form of such indemnification agreement will be filed as Exhibit 10.6 to this registration statement.

The proposed form of the Underwriting Agreement, to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, will provide for indemnification of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

 

Item 7.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

During the past three years, we have issued and sold the securities described below without registering the securities under the Securities Act.

In connection with the formation of BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l., subsequently renamed Birkenstock Holding Limited (the “Company”), on February 19, 2021, the Company issued 12,000 ordinary shares, par value 1 per share (12,000 ordinary share capital), to BK LC Lux MidCo S.à r.l., an entity controlled by funds advised by L Catterton. Thereafter, on April 28, 2021, the Company issued 182,709,369 ordinary shares, par value 1 per share (182,709,369 ordinary share capital), to BK LC Lux MidCo S.à r.l. These securities were offered and sold by the Company in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described above were exempt from registration either (i) under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder in that the transactions were between an issuer and sophisticated investors or members of its senior executive management and did not involve any public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2), (ii) under Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act in that offers, sales and issuances were not made to persons in the United States and no directed selling efforts were made in the United States, (iii) under Rule 144A under the Securities Act in that the shares were offered and sold by the initial purchasers to qualified institutional buyers or (iv) under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation.

 

Item 8.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:

 

Exhibit
  No.  
  

Exhibit

    1.1

   Form of Underwriting Agreement*

    3.1

  

Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association and Amended and Restated Articles of Association

    5.1

  

Form of Opinion of Carey Olsen Jersey LLP

 

II-1


Table of Contents

  10.1

  

Senior Notes Indenture, dated April  29, 2021, among Birkenstock Financing S.à r.l., as issuer, BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l., as parent, the guarantors party thereto, GLAS Trust Company LLC, as trustee, principal paying agent, transfer agent and registrar and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as security agent

  10.2

  

ABL Credit Agreement, dated April  28, 2021, among Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG, as the German Parent Borrower, Birkenstock US BidCo, Inc., as the U.S. Borrower, Birkenstock Limited Partner S.à  r.l, as Holdings, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent and collateral agent, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as co-collateral agent and various financial institutions as lenders and joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners

  10.3   

Amendment No. 1 to ABL Credit Agreement, dated May 2, 2023, among Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG, as the German Parent Borrower, Birkenstock US BidCo, Inc., as the U.S. Borrower, several additional borrowers party thereto and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent and collateral agent

  10.4   

Amendment and Restatement Agreement, dated April 28, 2023, relating to a Senior Facilities Agreement originally dated April 28, 2021, between Birkenstock Limited Partner S.à r.l., for itself and as obligors’ agent, and Goldman Sachs Banks USA, as agent

  10.5   

Birkenstock Holding plc 2023 Equity Incentive Plan*†

  10.6   

Birkenstock Holding plc 2023 Employee Stock Purchase Plan*†

  10.7   

Form of Tax Receivable Agreement*

  10.8   

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

  10.9   

Form of Shareholders’ Agreement

  10.10   

Form of Indemnification Agreement*

  21.1   

List of Significant Subsidiaries

  23.1   

Consent of Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

  23.2   

Consent of Carey Olsen Jersey LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)*

  24.1   

Power of Attorney (included on signature page)**

  99.1   

Consent of Nisha Kumar to be named as a director nominee

  99.2    Consent of Anne Pitcher to be named as a director nominee
107   

Filing Fee Table**

 

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

**

Previously filed.

Indicates a compensatory plan or arrangement.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules have been omitted because they are not required or are not applicable, or the information is otherwise set forth in the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.

 

Item 9.

Undertakings.

The undersigned hereby undertakes:

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  1.

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  2.

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in London, United Kingdom on September 15, 2023.

 

BIRKENSTOCK HOLDING LIMITED

By:

 

/s/ Ruth Kennedy

 

Name: Ruth Kennedy

 

Title: Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ J. Michael Chu

  

J. Michael Chu

Director

  September 15, 2023

/s/ Ruth Kennedy

  

Ruth Kennedy

Director

  September 15, 2023

/s/ Nikhil Thukral

  

Nikhil Thukral

Director

  September 15, 2023

/s/ Oliver Reichert

  

Oliver Reichert

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(principal executive officer)

  September 15, 2023

/s/ Dr. Erik Massmann

  

Dr. Erik Massmann

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

  September 15, 2023

/s/ Volker Bach

  

Volker Bach

Vice President Global Accounting

(principal accounting officer)

  September 15, 2023

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED U.S. REPRESENTATIVE

Under the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Birkenstock Holding Limited, has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto on September 15, 2023.

 

Authorized U.S. Representative

By:

 

/s/ Donald J. Puglisi

Name:

 

Donald J. Puglisi

Title:

 

Managing Director

 

II-5

Exhibit 3.1

 

 

 

COMPANIES (JERSEY) LAW 1991

MEMORANDUM

AND

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

Birkenstock Holding plc

a no par value public limited company

Company number: 148522

Adopted by special resolution on ____________________ 2023

 

 

 


COMPANIES (JERSEY) LAW 1991 (the “Law”)

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

Birkenstock Holding plc

(the “Company”)

a no par value public limited company

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

Words and expressions contained in this Memorandum of Association have the same meanings as in the Law.

 

2.

COMPANY NAME

The name of the Company is Birkenstock Holding plc.

 

3.

TYPE OF COMPANY

 

3.1

The Company is a public company.

 

3.2

The Company is a no par value company.

 

4.

NUMBER OF SHARES

There shall be no limit on the number of shares which may be issued by the Company and if the share capital structure of the Company is at any time divided into separate classes of share there shall be no limit on the number of shares of any class which may be issued by the Company.

 

5.

LIABILITY OF MEMBERS

The liability of a member arising from the holding of a share in the Company is limited to the amount (if any) unpaid on it.

 


COMPANIES (JERSEY) LAW 1991

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

Birkenstock Holding plc

a no par value public limited company

CONTENTS

 

1.

  INTERPRETATION      1  

2.

  SHARE CAPITAL      5  

3.

  STATED CAPITAL ACCOUNTS      8  

4.

  ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL      9  

5.

  VARIATION OF RIGHTS      9  

6.

  REGISTER OF MEMBERS      10  

7.

  SHARE CERTIFICATES      10  

8.

  LIEN      11  

9.

  CALLS ON SHARES      11  

10.

  FORFEITURE OF SHARES      12  

11.

  TRANSFER OF SHARES      14  

12.

  TRANSMISSION OF SHARES      15  

13.

  GENERAL MEETINGS      16  

14.

  CLASS MEETINGS      16  

15.

  NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS      16  

16.

  PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS      17  

17.

  VOTES OF MEMBERS      19  

18.

  CORPORATE MEMBERS      21  

19.

  DIRECTORS      22  


20.

  BOARD CLASSIFICATION      22  

21.

  ALTERNATE DIRECTORS      23  

22.

  POWERS OF DIRECTORS      23  

23.

  DELEGATION OF DIRECTORS’ POWERS      24  

24.

  APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS      24  

25.

  RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS      28  

26.

  RESIGNATION, DISQUALIFICATION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS      29  

27.

  REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES OF DIRECTORS      30  

28.

  EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS      30  

29.

  DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS      30  

30.

  COMPETITION AND CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES      31  

31.

  PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS      33  

32.

  MINUTE BOOK      34  

33.

  SECRETARY      35  

34.

  THE SEAL      35  

35.

  AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS      36  

36.

  DIVIDENDS      36  

37.

  CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS      38  

38.

  ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT      39  

39.

  NOTICES      39  

40.

  WINDING UP      40  

41.

  INDEMNITY      40  

42.

  FIXING RECORD DATE & JURISDICTION      40  

43.

  NON-APPLICATION OF STANDARD TABLE      41  


COMPANIES (JERSEY) LAW 1991

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

BIRKENSTOCK HOLDING PLC

a no par value public limited company

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

In these Articles, unless the context or law otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings respectively assigned to them below:

 

  1.1.1

Affiliate” has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 30.6;

 

  1.1.2

Annual General Meeting” has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 13.2;

 

  1.1.3

these Articles” means these Articles of Association in their present form or as from time to time amended;

 

  1.1.4

Auditors” means the auditors of the Company appointed pursuant to these Articles;

 

  1.1.5

Bankrupt” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Interpretation (Jersey) Law, 1954;

 

  1.1.6

Business Day” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in Jersey or in New York, New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close;

 

  1.1.7

Class” has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 20.2;

 

  1.1.8

Clear Days” means, in relation to the period of a Notice, that period excluding the day when the Notice is served or deemed to be served and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;

 

  1.1.9

Close of Business” means 5:00 p.m. local time at the Company’s principal executive offices, and if an applicable deadline falls on the “Close of Business” on a day that is not a Business Day, then the applicable deadline shall be deemed to be the Close of Business on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

  1.1.10

Closing means the closing of the IPO;

 

  1.1.11

Company” means the company incorporated under the Law in respect of which these Articles have been registered;

 

1


  1.1.12

Directors” or “Board of Directors” means the directors of the Company for the time being;

 

  1.1.13

dividend” has the meaning ascribed to the word “distribution” in Article 114 of the Law;

 

  1.1.14

Due Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 9.10;

 

  1.1.15

Exchange Act” has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 24.5;

 

  1.1.16

Extraordinary General Meeting” has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 13.2;

 

  1.1.17

general meeting” means an Annual General Meeting or an Extraordinary General Meeting;

 

  1.1.18

Holder” means, in relation to shares, the Member whose name is entered in the Register as the holder of the shares;

 

  1.1.19

Identified Persons has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 30.2;

 

  1.1.20

Initial Directors” has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 20.1;

 

  1.1.21

IPO” means the underwritten initial public offering by the Company of certain of its ordinary shares;

 

  1.1.22

the Law” means the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 and any subordinate legislation from time to time made thereunder, including any statutory modifications or re-enactments for the time being in force;

 

  1.1.23

L Catterton” means L Catterton Management Limited, an English private limited company;

 

  1.1.24

Member” means the subscribers to the Memorandum of Association of the Company and any other Person whose name is entered in the Register as the Holder of shares in the Company;

 

  1.1.25

MidCo” shall mean BK LC Lux MidCo S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg;

 

  1.1.26

Month” means calendar month;

 

  1.1.27

Non-Employee Directors” has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 30.1;

 

  1.1.28

Notice” means a notice in Writing unless otherwise specifically stated;

 

  1.1.29

Office” means the registered office of the Company;

 

2


  1.1.30

Officer” includes a Secretary but otherwise has the meaning ascribed to it in the Law;

 

  1.1.31

Ordinary Resolution” means a resolution of the Company in general meeting adopted by a simple majority of the votes cast at that meeting;

 

  1.1.32

Ordinary Share” means an ordinary share in the capital of the Company of no par value and having the rights attaching thereto prescribed in these Articles;

 

  1.1.33

Paid Up” includes credited as paid up;

 

  1.1.34

Persons” includes associations and bodies of persons, whether corporate or unincorporate;

 

  1.1.35

Preferred Share” means a preferred share in the capital of the Company of no par value designated as a Preferred Share by the Directors and allotted and issued in one or more classes in accordance with the provisions of the Law and these Articles and having the rights provided for in these Articles and in any Statement of Rights. In these Articles, except when referred to under their separate classes, the term Preferred Shares shall mean all such shares;

 

  1.1.36

Present” in relation to general meetings of the Company and to meetings of the Holders of any class of shares includes present in person or present by attorney or by proxy or in the case of a corporate shareholder by representative;

 

  1.1.37

Principal Shareholder” means L Catterton, any Affiliate of L Catterton or any fund or account managed or advised (or sub-managed or sub-advised) by L Catterton or any Affiliate of L Catterton;

 

  1.1.38

Public Announcement” means disclosure (i) in a press release issued by the Company, provided such press release is issued by the Company following its customary procedures, that is reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service, or is generally available on internet news sites or (ii) in a document publicly filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

  1.1.39

Register” means the register of Members required to be kept pursuant to Article 41 of the Law;

 

  1.1.40

Seal” means the common seal of the Company;

 

  1.1.41

Secretary” means any Person appointed to perform any of the duties of secretary of the Company (including an assistant or deputy secretary) and in the event of two or more Persons being appointed as joint secretaries, any one or more of the Persons so appointed;

 

  1.1.42

Shareholders’ Agreement” means the shareholders’ agreement dated as of , 2023 between the Company and MidCo;

 

  1.1.43

Signed” includes a signature or representation of a signature affixed by mechanical or other means or any other means of signifying agreement permitted by law and where a document is to be signed by a company, an association or a body of Persons, the word “Signed” shall be construed as including the signature of a duly authorised representative on its behalf as well as any other means by which it would normally execute the document;

 

3


  1.1.44

Sole Member Direct Contract” has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 32.3;

 

  1.1.45

Sole Member’s Decision” has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 32.4;

 

  1.1.46

Special Resolution” means a resolution of the Company passed as a special resolution in accordance with the Law;

 

  1.1.47

specified majority” has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 16.16;

 

  1.1.48

Standard Table” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Law;

 

  1.1.49

Statement of Rights” means, in relation to each class of Preferred Share, a memorandum approved by the Directors setting out the specific rights and obligations attaching to the Preferred Shares of such class which are in addition to those rights and obligations contained in and determined in accordance with these Articles;

 

  1.1.50

Stock Exchange” means a recognised investment exchange (as defined in section 285 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 of the Parliament of the United Kingdom) or any other public securities market;

 

  1.1.51

Shareholder Associated Person” means as to any Member (x) any person acting in concert with such Member, (y) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Member or any of their respective affiliates and associates, or person acting in concert therewith and (z) any member of the immediate family of such Member or an affiliate or associate of such Member;

 

  1.1.52

Third-Party Compensation Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 24.5; and

 

  1.1.53

in Writing” includes written, printed, telexed, electronically transmitted or represented or reproduced by any other mode of representing or reproducing words in a visible form.

 

1.2

Save as defined herein and unless the context otherwise requires, words or expressions contained in these Articles shall bear the same meaning as in the Law but excluding any statutory modification thereof not in force when these Articles become binding on the Company.

 

1.3

In these Articles, unless the context or law otherwise requires:

 

  1.3.1

words and expressions which are cognate to those defined in Article 1.1 shall be construed accordingly;

 

  1.3.2

the word “may” shall be construed as permissive and the word “shall” shall be construed as imperative;

 

4


  1.3.3

words importing the singular number only shall be construed as including the plural number and vice versa;

 

  1.3.4

words importing the neutral gender shall be construed as including the masculine and feminine genders;

 

  1.3.5

references to enactments are to such enactments as are from time to time modified, re-enacted or consolidated and shall include any enactment made in substitution for an enactment that is repealed; and

 

  1.3.6

references to a numbered Article are to the Article so numbered of these Articles.

 

1.4

The clause and paragraph headings in these Articles are for convenience only and shall not be taken into account in the construction or interpretation of these Articles.

 

2.

SHARE CAPITAL

 

2.1

The share capital of the Company is as specified in the Memorandum of Association and the shares of the Company shall have the rights and be subject to the conditions contained in these Articles and, in the case of any Preferred Share of any class, to the Statement of Rights relating thereto. No share issued by the Company shall have a nominal value.

 

2.2

The rights attaching to Ordinary Shares are as follows:

 

  2.2.1

As regards income – Subject to the Law and the provisions of these Articles, each Ordinary Share shall confer on the Holder thereof the right to receive such amounts of the Company available for distribution as the Directors may declare or the Members may resolve by Ordinary Resolution after any payment to the Members holding shares of any other class other than Ordinary Shares of any amount then payable in accordance with the relevant Statement of Rights or other terms of issue of that class.

 

  2.2.2

As regards capital – If the Company is wound up, following payment to the Members holding shares of any class other than Ordinary Shares of all amounts then payable to them in accordance with the relevant Statement of Rights or other terms of issue of that class, the surplus assets available for distribution among the Members shall be distributed pari passu among the Holders of Ordinary Shares in proportion to the amounts Paid Up thereon at the time of the commencement of the winding up.

 

  2.2.3

As regards voting – At any general meeting of the Company and any separate class meeting of the Holders of Ordinary Shares, every Holder of Ordinary Shares who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for every Ordinary Share of which they are the Holder.

 

  2.2.4

As regards redemption – The Ordinary Shares are not redeemable (without prejudice to Articles 2.8 and 2.14).

 

5


2.3

Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the rights and obligations attaching to any Preferred Share shall be determined at the time of issue by the Directors in their absolute discretion. Each Preferred Share shall be issued by the Directors on behalf of the Company as part of a class. The rights and obligations attaching to each class of Preferred Shares in addition to those set out in these Articles shall be set out in a Statement of Rights.

 

2.4

The Statement of Rights in respect of each class of Preferred Shares may, without limitation, comprise or include:

 

  2.4.1

the class to which each Preferred Share shall belong, such class to be designated with a class number and, if the Directors so determine, title;

 

  2.4.2

details of any dividends payable in respect of the relevant class;

 

  2.4.3

details of rights attaching to shares of the relevant class to receive a return of capital on a winding up of the Company;

 

  2.4.4

details of the voting rights attaching to shares of the relevant class (which may provide, without limitation, that each Preferred share shall have more than one vote on a poll at any general meeting of the Company);

 

  2.4.5

a statement as to whether shares of the relevant class are redeemable (either at the option of the Holder and/or the Company) and, if so, on what terms such shares are redeemable (including, without limitation, and only if so determined by the Directors, the amount for which such shares shall be redeemed (or a method or formula for determining the same) and the date on which they shall be redeemed);

 

  2.4.6

a statement as to whether shares of the relevant class are convertible (either at the option of the Holder and/or the Company) and, if so, on what terms such shares are convertible;

 

  2.4.7

any other rights, obligations and restrictions attaching to Preferred Shares of any class as the Directors may determine in their discretion; and/or

 

  2.4.8

the price at which shares of the relevant class shall be issued.

 

2.5

Once a Statement of Rights has been adopted for a class of Preferred Share, then:

 

  2.5.1

it shall be binding on Members and Directors as if contained in these Articles;

 

  2.5.2

the provisions of Article 5.1 shall apply to any variation or abrogation thereof that may be effected by the Company;

 

  2.5.3

each Statement of Rights shall be filed on behalf of the Company with the Registrar of Companies in Jersey pursuant to and in accordance with Article 54 of the Law;

 

6


  2.5.4

all moneys payable on or in respect of any Preferred Share which is the subject thereof (including, without limitation, the subscription and any redemption moneys in respect thereof) shall be paid in the currency for which such Preferred Share is issued; and

 

  2.5.5

upon the redemption of a Preferred Share (if it is redeemable) pursuant to the Statement of Rights relating thereto, the Holder thereof shall cease to be entitled to any rights in respect thereof and accordingly their name shall be removed from the Register and the share shall thereupon be cancelled.

 

2.6

Without prejudice to any special rights for the time being conferred on the Holders of any shares or class of shares (which special rights shall not be varied or abrogated except with such consent or sanction as is hereinafter provided), any share or class of shares in the capital of the Company may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights or such restrictions whether in regard to dividends, return of capital, voting or otherwise as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

2.7

The Company may issue fractions of shares in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Law provided that:

 

  2.7.1

a fraction of a share shall be taken into account in determining the entitlement of a Member as regards dividends or on a winding up; and

 

  2.7.2

a fraction of a share shall not entitle a Member to a vote in respect thereof.

2.8 Otherwise than as set out in Article 2.14 and subject to the provisions of the Law, the Company may from time to time:

 

  2.8.1

issue; or

 

  2.8.2

convert any existing non-redeemable shares (whether issued or not) into, shares which are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or at the option of the Holder thereof and on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by Special Resolution.

 

2.9

Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Company may purchase its own shares of any class (including redeemable shares) and in relation thereto, neither the Company nor the Directors shall be required to select the shares to be purchased rateably or in any other particular manner as between the holders of shares of the same class or as between them and the holders of shares of any other class or in accordance with the rights as to dividends or capital conferred by any class of shares.

 

2.10

Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the unissued shares for the time being in the capital of the Company shall be at the disposal of the Directors who may allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such Persons at such times and generally on such terms and conditions as they think fit. Securities, contracts, warrants or other instruments evidencing any Preferred or Ordinary Shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights or obligations may also be issued by the Directors without the approval of the Members or entered into by the Company upon a resolution of the Directors to that effect on such terms, conditions and other provisions as are fixed

 

7


  by the Directors including, without limitation, conditions that preclude or limit any person owning or offering to acquire a specified number or percentage of the shares of the Company in issue, other shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations of the Company or the transferee of such person from exercising, converting, transferring or receiving the shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights or obligations.

 

2.11

The Directors may allot and issue shares in the Company to any person without any obligation to offer such shares to the Members (whether in proportion to the existing shares held by them or otherwise).

 

2.12

The Company may pay commissions as permitted by the Law. Subject to the provisions of the Law, any such commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one way and partly in the other.

 

2.13

Except as otherwise provided by these Articles or by law, no Person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any interest in any fraction of a share or any other right in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the Holder.

 

2.14

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, and subject to the provisions of the Law, where the Company wishes to purchase its own shares the Directors shall have the authority to instead elect to convert any or all of those shares into redeemable shares that shall be redeemed by the Company upon such terms and conditions as the Directors may decide at the relevant time. The Directors may convert, and the Company may redeem, any relevant shares in accordance with this Article as they in their absolute discretion decide and there shall be no obligation on the Directors or the Company to offer to convert and redeem any other shares held by any other Members and no Member shall have any rights to require their shares to be considered for conversion and redemption.

 

2.15

Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Company may hold as treasury shares any shares purchased or redeemed by it.

 

3.

STATED CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

 

3.1

The Company shall maintain a stated capital account in accordance with the Law for each class of issued share. A stated capital account may be expressed in any currency.

 

3.2

Subject to the requirements of the Law, and except as provided in Article 3.3, there shall be transferred to the stated capital account for each class of share:

 

  3.2.1

the amount of cash received by the Company for the issue of shares of that class;

 

  3.2.2

the value, as determined by the Directors, of the “cause” received by the Company, otherwise than in cash, for the issue of shares of that class; and

 

  3.2.3

every other amount which is from time to time required by the Law to be transferred to a stated capital account.

 

8


3.3

Where the Law permits the Company to refrain from transferring any amount to a stated capital account, that amount need not be so transferred; but the Directors may if they think fit nevertheless cause all or any part of such amount to be transferred to the relevant stated capital account.

 

3.4

The Company may acting by the Directors transfer an amount to a stated capital account of the Company from any other account of the Company.

 

3.5

Where, for the purposes of Article 3.2.2, the Directors are to determine the value of any “cause” received by the Company they may rely on such indicator or indicators of value as appear to them to be reasonable and practicable in the circumstances.

 

4.

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

4.1

The Company may by Special Resolution alter its Memorandum of Association so as to increase or reduce the number of shares which it is authorised to issue or consolidate or divide all or any part of its shares (whether issued or not) into fewer shares and may generally make such other alteration to its share capital as is from time to time permitted by the Law.

 

4.2

Any new shares created on an increase or other alteration of share capital shall be issued upon such terms and conditions as the Company may by Ordinary Resolution determine.

 

4.3

Any capital raised by the creation of new shares shall, unless otherwise provided by the conditions of issue of the new shares, be considered as part of the original capital and the new shares shall be subject to the provisions of these Articles with reference to the payment of calls, transfer and transmission of shares, lien or otherwise applicable to the existing shares in the Company.

 

4.4

The Company may reduce its capital accounts in any way permitted by the Law.

 

5.

VARIATION OF RIGHTS

 

5.1

Whenever the capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, the special rights attached to any class may (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) be varied or abrogated either whilst the Company is a going concern or during or in contemplation of a winding up with the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution passed at a separate meeting of the Holders of shares of that class.

 

5.2

To every such separate meeting, all the provisions of these Articles and of the Law relating to general meetings of the Company or to the proceedings thereat shall apply mutatis mutandis except that the necessary quorum shall be a Person or Persons together holding or representing a majority in number of the issued shares of that class but so that if at any adjourned meeting of such Holders a quorum as above defined is not Present, those Holders who are Present shall be a quorum.

 

5.3

The special rights conferred upon the Holders of any shares or class of shares issued with preferred, deferred or other special rights shall (unless otherwise expressly provided by the conditions of issue of such shares) be deemed not to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking ahead, after or pari passu therewith. The rights conferred upon the Holders of Ordinary Shares shall be deemed not to be varied by the creation or issue of any Preferred Shares or any other class of

 

9


  preferred or preference share with such special rights attaching to them as may be set out in a Statement of Rights or other terms of issue or the redemption or conversion of Preferred Shares of any class or preferred or preference shares of any class in accordance with the applicable Statement of Rights or other terms of issue. The rights conferred upon the Holders of Ordinary Shares shall be deemed not to be varied by the conversion and redemption of Ordinary Shares in accordance with Article 2.14 or any purchase or redemption by the Company of its own shares.

 

6.

REGISTER OF MEMBERS

 

6.1

The Directors shall maintain or cause to be maintained a Register in the manner required by the Law. The Register shall be kept at the Office or at such other place in the Island of Jersey as the Directors from time to time determine. In each year, the Directors shall prepare or cause to be prepared and filed an annual return containing the particulars required by the Law.

 

6.2

The Company shall not be required to enter the names of more than four joint Holders in the Register.

 

7.

SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

7.1

Every Member may request on application to the Company in Writing:

 

  7.1.1

without payment upon becoming the Holder of any shares to one certificate for all the shares of each class held by them and upon transferring a part only of the shares comprised in a certificate to a new certificate for the remainder of the shares so comprised; or

 

  7.1.2

upon payment of such reasonable sum for each certificate as the Directors shall from time to time determine to several certificates each for one or more of their shares of any class.

 

7.2

Following an application to the Company in Writing by the Member pursuant to Article 7.1, the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, may issue and execute a certificate within two Months after allotment or lodgment of transfer (or within such other period as the conditions of issue shall provide). A certificate may be executed:

 

  7.2.1

if the Company has a Seal, by causing a Seal of the Company to be affixed to the certificate in accordance with these Articles; or

 

  7.2.2

whether or not the Company has a Seal, by the signature on behalf of the Company of two Directors or one Director and the Secretary or two authorised persons and such signature may be affixed to any certificate by facsimile or any other electronic or mechanical means, or by printing the signature on it.

Every certificate shall further specify the shares to which it relates and the amount Paid Up thereon and if so required by the Law the distinguishing numbers of such shares.

 

7.3

The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate in respect of a share held jointly by several Persons and delivery of a certificate for a share to one of several joint Holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such Holders.

 

10


7.4

If a share certificate shall be worn out, defaced, lost or destroyed, a duplicate certificate may be issued on payment of such reasonable fee and on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and the payment of out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in relation thereto as the Directors think fit.

 

8.

LIEN

 

8.1

The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all monies (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of that share. The Company’s lien (if any) on a share shall extend to all dividends or other monies payable thereon or in respect thereof. The Directors may resolve that any share shall for such period as they think fit be exempt from the provisions of this Article.

 

8.2

The Company may sell in such manner as the Directors think fit any shares on which the Company has a lien but no sale shall be made unless the monies in respect of which such lien exists or some part thereof are or is presently payable nor until 14 Clear Days have expired after a Notice stating and demanding payment of the monies presently payable and giving Notice of intention to sell in default shall have been served on the Holder for the time being of the shares or the Person entitled thereto by reason of the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of such Holder.

 

8.3

To give effect to any such sale, the Directors may authorise some Person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the Holder of the shares so transferred and they shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall their title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

8.4

The net proceeds of such sale after payment of the costs of such sale shall be applied in or towards payment or satisfaction of the debt or liability in respect of which the lien exists so far as the same is presently payable and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the shares prior to the sale) be paid to the Person entitled to the shares at the time of the sale.

 

9.

CALLS ON SHARES

 

9.1

The Directors may, subject to the provisions of these Articles and to any conditions of allotment from time to time, make calls upon the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on their shares and each Member shall (subject to being given at least 14 Clear Days’ Notice specifying the time or times and place of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times and place so specified the amount called on their shares.

 

9.2

A call may be required to be paid by instalments.

 

9.3

A call may, before receipt by the Company of any sum due thereunder, be revoked in whole or in part and payment of a call may be postponed in whole or in part.

 

9.4

A Person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon them notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect whereof the call was made.

 

11


9.5

A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed.

 

9.6

The joint Holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and all other payments to be made in respect of such share.

 

9.7

If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Person from whom the sum is due may be required to pay interest on the sum from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at a rate determined by the Directors, but the Directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of such interest wholly or in part.

 

9.8

Any sum which by or pursuant to the terms of issue of a share becomes payable upon allotment or at any fixed date shall for the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date on which by or pursuant to the terms of issue the same becomes payable, and in case of non-payment, all the relevant provisions of these Articles as to payment of interest, forfeiture, surrender or otherwise shall apply as if such sum had become due and payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

9.9

The Directors may on the issue of shares differentiate between the Holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.

 

9.10

The Directors may, if they think fit, receive from any Member an advance of monies which have not yet been called on their shares or which have not yet fallen due for payment. Such advance payments shall, to their extent, extinguish the liability in respect of which they are paid. The Company may pay interest on any such advance, at such rate as the Directors think fit, for the period covering the date of payment to the date (the “Due Date”) when the monies would have been due had they not been paid in advance. For the purposes of entitlement to dividends, monies paid in advance of a call or instalment shall not be treated as paid until the Due Date.

 

10.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

10.1

If a Member fails to pay any call or instalment of a call on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the Directors may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call or instalment remains unpaid, serve a Notice on them requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and any costs, charges and expenses which may have been incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment.

 

10.2

The Notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of 14 Clear Days from the date of service of such Notice) on or before which the payment required by the Notice is to be made and the place where payment is to be made and shall state that in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed and at the place appointed, the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

10.3

If the requirements of any such Notice as aforesaid are not complied with any share in respect of which such Notice has been given may, at any time thereafter before payment of all calls and interest due in respect thereof has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect and such forfeiture shall include all dividends which shall have been declared on the forfeited shares and not actually paid before the forfeiture.

 

12


10.4

When any share has been forfeited in accordance with these Articles, Notice of the forfeiture shall forthwith be given to the Holder of the share or the Person entitled to the share by transmission as the case may be and an entry of such Notice having been given and of the forfeiture with the date thereof shall forthwith be made in the Register opposite to the entry of the share, but no forfeiture shall be invalidated in any manner by any omission or neglect to give such Notice or to make such entry as aforesaid.

 

10.5

The Directors may, at any time after serving a Notice in accordance with Article 10.1, accept from the Member concerned the surrender of such shares as are the subject of the Notice, without the need otherwise to comply with the provisions of Articles 10.1 to 10.4. Any such shares shall be surrendered immediately and irrevocably upon the Member delivering to the Company the share certificate for the shares and such surrender shall also constitute a surrender of all dividends declared on the surrendered shares but not actually paid before the surrender. The Company shall, upon such surrender forthwith, make an entry in the Register of the surrender of the share with the date thereof, but no surrender shall be invalidated in any manner by any omission or neglect to make such entry as aforesaid.

 

10.6

A forfeited or surrendered share shall become the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of either to the Person who was before forfeiture or surrender the Holder thereof or entitled thereto or to any other Person upon such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or other disposition, the forfeiture or surrender may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited or surrendered share is to be transferred to any Person, the Directors may authorise some Person to execute an instrument of transfer of the share to that Person.

 

10.7

A Member whose shares have been forfeited or surrendered shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited or surrendered shares and shall (if they have not done so already) surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for the shares forfeited or surrendered. Notwithstanding the forfeiture or the surrender, such Member shall remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which at the date of forfeiture or surrender were presently payable by them in respect of those shares with interest thereon at the rate at which interest was payable before the forfeiture or surrender or at such rate as the Directors may determine from the date of forfeiture or surrender until payment, provided that the Directors may waive payment wholly or in part or enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the shares at the time of forfeiture or surrender or for any consideration received on their disposal.

 

10.8

A declaration under oath by a Director or the Secretary (or by an Officer of a corporate Secretary) that a share has been duly forfeited or surrendered on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all Persons claiming to be entitled to the share. The declaration and the receipt of the Company for the consideration (if any) given for the share on the sale re-allotment or disposal thereof together with the certificate for the share delivered to a purchaser or allottee thereof shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer if the same be so required)

 

13


  constitute good title to the share. The Person to whom the share is sold, re-allotted or disposed of shall be registered as the Holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration (if any), nor shall their title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in respect of the forfeiture, surrender, sale, re-allotment or disposal of the share.

 

11.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

11.1

Save as otherwise permitted under the provisions of the Law, all transfers of shares shall be effected using an instrument of transfer.

 

11.2

Save as otherwise permitted under the provisions of the Law, the instrument of transfer of any share shall be in Writing in any usual common form or any form approved by the Directors.

 

11.3

The instrument of transfer of any share shall be Signed by or on behalf of the transferor and in the case of an unpaid or partly paid share by the transferee. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the Holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof.

 

11.4

The Directors may in their absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor:

 

  11.4.1

refuse to register any transfer of partly paid shares or any transfer of shares on which the Company has a lien; and

 

  11.4.2

refuse to register any transfer if such transfer is:

 

  (a)

of shares that were not registered under U.S. securities laws and such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from registration under U.S. securities laws unless the transferor provides evidence satisfactory to the Directors that such transfer satisfies the terms of such exemption; or

 

  (b)

prohibited by the terms of any contract or undertaking to which the transferor is a party of which the Company is aware,

but shall not otherwise refuse to register a transfer of shares made in accordance with these Articles.

 

11.5

The Directors may also refuse to register the transfer of a share unless the instrument of transfer:

 

  11.5.1

is lodged at the Office or at such other place as the Directors may appoint, accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

  11.5.2

is in respect of only one class of shares; and

 

  11.5.3

is in favour of not more than four transferees.

 

11.6

If the Directors refuse to register a transfer of a share, they shall within two Months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged with the Company send to the proposed transferor and transferee Notice of the refusal.

 

14


11.7

All instruments of transfer relating to transfers of shares which are registered shall be retained by the Company but any instrument of transfer relating to transfers of shares which the Directors decline to register shall (except in any case of fraud) be returned to the Person depositing the same.

 

11.8

The registration of transfers of shares or of transfers of any class of shares may not be suspended.

 

11.9

Unless otherwise decided by the Directors in their sole discretion, no fee shall be charged in respect of the registration of any instrument of transfer or other document relating to or affecting the title to any share.

 

11.10

In respect of any allotment of any share, the Directors shall have the same right to decline to approve the registration of any renouncee of any allottee as if the application to allot and the renunciation were a transfer of a share under these Articles.

 

12.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

12.1

In the case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint Holder and the executors or administrators of the deceased where they were a sole or only surviving Holder shall be the only Persons recognised by the Company as having any title to their interest in the shares, but nothing in this Article 12.1 shall release the estate of a deceased joint Holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by him.

 

12.2

Any Person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of a Member may, upon such evidence as to their title being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors and subject as hereinafter provided, elect either to be registered themself as the Holder of the share or to have some Person nominated by them registered as the Holder thereof.

 

12.3

If the Person so becoming entitled shall elect to be registered themselves, they shall deliver or send to the Company a Notice Signed by them stating that they so elect. If they shall elect to have another Person registered, they shall testify their election by an instrument of transfer of the share in favour of that Person. All the limitations restrictions and provisions of these Articles relating to the right to transfer and the registration of transfers of shares shall be applicable to any such Notice or instrument of transfer as aforesaid as if it were an instrument of transfer executed by the Member and the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of the Member had not occurred.

 

12.4

A Person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of a Member shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which they would be entitled if they were the Holder of the share, except that they shall not before being registered as the Holder of the share be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company, provided always that the Directors may at any time give Notice requiring any such Person to elect either to be registered themself or to transfer the share, and if the Notice is not complied with within one Month, such Person shall be deemed to have so elected to be registered themself and all the restrictions on the transfer and transmission of shares contained in these Articles shall apply to such election.

 

15


13.

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

13.1

Unless all of the Members agree in Writing to dispense with the holding of Annual General Meetings and any such agreement remains valid in accordance with the Law, the Company shall in each calendar year hold a general meeting as its Annual General Meeting at such time and place as may be determined by the Directors, provided that so long as the Company holds its first Annual General Meeting within 18 Months of its incorporation in Jersey, it need not hold it in the year of its incorporation in Jersey or in the following year.

 

13.2

The above-mentioned general meeting shall be called the “Annual General Meeting”. All other general meetings shall be called “Extraordinary General Meetings”.

 

13.3

The Directors may whenever they think fit, and upon a requisition of Members made in accordance with the Law the Directors shall, convene an Extraordinary General Meeting of the Company.

 

13.4

At any Extraordinary General Meeting called, pursuant to a requisition unless such meeting is called by the Directors, no business other than that stated in the requisition as the objects of the meeting shall be transacted.

 

14.

CLASS MEETINGS

 

  

Save as otherwise provided in these Articles or in any Statement of Rights, all the provisions of these Articles and of the Law relating to general meetings of the Company and to the proceedings thereat shall apply mutatis mutandis to every class meeting. A Director who is entitled to receive Notice of general meetings of the Company in accordance with Article 15.4 shall also be entitled, unless they have notified the Secretary in Writing of their contrary desire, to receive Notice of all class meetings. Subject to the provisions of these Articles and any Statement of Rights, at any class meeting the Holders of shares of the relevant class shall on a poll have one vote in respect of each share of that class held by them.

 

15.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

15.1

At least 14 Clear Days’ Notice shall be given of every general meeting (other than an adjourned meeting), including, without limitation, every general meeting called for the passing of a Special Resolution.

 

15.2

A meeting of the Company shall, notwithstanding that it is called by shorter Notice than that specified in Article 15.1, be deemed to have been duly called if it is so agreed:

 

  15.2.1

in the case of an Annual General Meeting, by all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

  15.2.2

in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting being a majority together holding not less than the minimum percentage of voting rights prescribed by the Law.

 

16


15.3

Every Notice of a general meeting shall specify the place, the day and the time of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted and, in the case of an Annual General Meeting, shall specify the meeting as such.

 

15.4

Subject to the provisions of these Articles and to any restrictions imposed on any shares, Notice of every general meeting shall be given to all the Members, to all Persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of a Member, to the Auditors (if any) and to every Director who has notified the Secretary in Writing of their desire to receive Notice of general meetings.

 

15.5

In every Notice calling a meeting of the Company, there shall appear with reasonable prominence a statement that a Member entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint one or more proxies to attend and vote instead of them and that a proxy need not also be a Member.

 

15.6

The accidental omission to give Notice of a meeting to or the non-receipt of Notice of a meeting by any Person entitled to receive Notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

16.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

16.1

The business of an Annual General Meeting shall be to receive and consider the accounts of the Company and the reports of the Directors and Auditors (if any), to elect Directors (if proposed), to elect (or ratify the appointment of) Auditors (if proposed), to sanction a dividend if thought fit so to do and to transact any other business of which Notice has been given by the Directors.

 

16.2

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting except the adjournment of the meeting unless a quorum of Members is Present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Such quorum shall consist of one or more Members Present who hold or represent shares conferring not less than a majority of the total voting rights of all the Members entitled to vote at the general meeting, provided that where the Company has more than one Member, if only one Member is Present at a meeting in order for the meeting to be quorate, the chairperson of the meeting must be a person other than the Member Present, and provided that if at any time all of the issued shares in the Company are held by one Member, such quorum shall consist of that Member Present.

 

16.3

If a Member is by any means in communication with one or more other Members so that each Member participating in the communication can hear what is said by any other of them, each Member so participating in the communication is deemed to be Present at a meeting with the other Members so participating notwithstanding that all the Members so participating are not Present together in the same place. A meeting at which any or all of the Members participate as aforesaid shall be deemed to be a general meeting of the Company for the purposes of these Articles notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles and all of the provisions of these Articles and of the Law relating to general meetings of the Company and to the proceedings thereat shall apply mutatis mutandis to every such meeting.

 

16.4

If within 30 minutes from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not Present or if during the meeting a quorum ceases to be Present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such other time and place as the Directors shall determine and if at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not Present within 30 minutes from the time appointed for the holding of the meeting, those Members Present shall constitute a quorum.

 

17


16.5

The chair (if any) of the Directors shall preside as chair at every general meeting of the Company or if there is no such chair or if they shall not be Present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting or are unwilling to act, the Directors shall select one of their number to be chair of the meeting.

 

16.6

If at any meeting no Director is willing to act as chair or if no Director is Present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Members Present shall choose one of their number to be chair of the meeting.

 

16.7

The chair may, without the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is Present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more, Notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of the original meeting. Save as aforesaid, it shall not be necessary to give any Notice of any adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

 

16.8

At any general meeting, a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided in the first instance on a show of hands unless before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands a poll is demanded.

 

16.9

Subject to the provisions of the Law, a poll may be demanded:

 

  16.9.1

by the chair;

 

  16.9.2

by at least two Members having the right to vote on the resolution; or

 

  16.9.3

by a Member or Members representing not less than one tenth of the total voting rights of all the Members having the right to vote on the resolution.

 

16.10

Unless a poll is duly demanded, a declaration by the chair that a resolution has on a show of hands been carried or carried unanimously or by a particular majority or lost or not carried by a particular majority and an entry to that effect in the minutes of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour or against such resolution.

 

16.11

If a poll is duly demanded, it shall be taken at such time and in such manner as the chair directs and the results of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

16.12

In the event of an equality of votes at any general meeting, the chair shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

18


16.13

A poll demanded on the election of the chair or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either forthwith or on such day and at such time and place as the chair directs not being more than 21 days after the poll is demanded.

 

16.14

A demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded.

 

16.15

Subject to Article 16.16, the Members may not pass Ordinary or Special Resolutions in Writing and any written resolutions of the Members shall be void and of no effect.

 

16.16

At any time the Principal Shareholder has the power to cast, directly or indirectly, at least 40% of the votes on any resolution proposed by the Company, anything which may be done at a general meeting of the Company (save for the passing of a resolution removing the Auditors) may be done by a resolution in Writing passed by a specified majority of the Members who, at the date when the resolution is deemed to be passed, would be entitled to vote on the resolution if it were proposed at a general meeting. A resolution in Writing pursuant to this Article 16.16 shall be deemed to be passed when the specified majority of the Members has, in accordance with the Law and Article 16.17, signified agreement to the resolution. The Directors may determine the date by which such resolution in Writing must be passed if it is not to lapse. For the purposes of this Article 16.16, “specified majority” means the same majority of Members that would be required to vote in favour of the resolution in order for it to be passed at a duly convened and held general meeting at which:

 

  16.16.1

all Members entitled to vote thereon were Present and voting; and

 

  16.16.2

voting was taken on the basis of a poll.

 

16.17

A resolution in Writing may consist of several instruments in the same form, each Signed by or on behalf of one or more Members. A resolution in Writing may be sent or submitted to Members in hard copy or electronic form or in such other manner as the Directors may resolve. A Member signifies its agreement to a resolution in Writing when the Company receives from the Member (or from someone acting on the Member’s behalf) a document (sent or submitted in hard copy or electronic form or in such other manner as the Directors may resolve) which identifies the resolution to which it relates and indicates agreement to the resolution. A Member’s agreement to a resolution in Writing, once signified, may not be revoked.

 

17.

VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

17.1

Subject to any special rights restrictions or prohibitions as regards voting for the time being attached to any shares as may be specified in the terms of issue thereof, any Statement of Rights or these Articles:

 

  17.1.1

on a show of hands, every Member Present including by proxy shall have one vote; and

 

  17.1.2

on a poll, every Member Present (including by proxy) shall have one vote for each share of which they are the Holder.

 

19


17.2

In determining the number of votes cast for or against a proposal or a nominee, shares abstaining from voting on any resolution and votes by a broker that have not been directed by the beneficial owner to vote on any resolution in any particular manner will be counted for purposes of determining a quorum but not for purposes of determining the number of votes cast.

 

17.3

In the case of joint Holders of any share, such Persons shall not have the right of voting individually in respect of such share but shall elect one of their number to represent them and to vote whether personally or by proxy in their name. In default of such election, the Person whose name appears first in order in the Register in respect of such share shall be the only Person entitled to vote in respect thereof.

 

17.4

A Member in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction (whether in the Island of Jersey or elsewhere) in matters concerning legal incapacity or interdiction may vote, whether on a show of hands or a poll, by their attorney, curator, receiver or other Person authorised in that behalf appointed by that court and any such attorney, curator, receiver or other Person may vote by proxy. Evidence to the satisfaction of the Directors of the authority of such attorney, curator, receiver or other Person may be required by the Directors prior to any vote being exercised by such attorney, curator, receiver or other Person.

 

17.5

No Member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless all calls or other sums presently payable by them in respect of shares in the Company of which they are the Holder or one of the joint Holders have been paid.

 

17.6

No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered and every vote not disallowed at such meeting shall be valid for all purposes. Any such objection made in due time shall be referred to the chair of the meeting whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

17.7

On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

 

17.8

The Directors may, at the expense of the Company, send by post or otherwise to the Members instruments of proxy (with or without provision for their return prepaid) for use at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the Holders of any class of shares of the Company either in blank or nominating in the alternative any one or more of the Directors or any other Persons. If, for the purpose of any meeting, invitations to appoint as proxy a Person or one or more of a number of Persons specified in the invitations are issued at the Company’s expense, they shall be issued to all (and not to some only) of the Members entitled to be sent a Notice of the meeting and to vote thereat by proxy.

 

17.9

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in Writing in any common form or as approved by the Directors and shall be executed or authenticated by the appointor in any manner as the Directors may approve or be Signed by the appointor or by their attorney or agent duly authorised in Writing or if the appointor is a corporation either under seal or Signed by a duly authorised officer, attorney or other representative. A proxy need not be a Member.

 

20


17.10

The instrument appointing a proxy and the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is Signed or a notarially certified copy of that power or authority shall:

 

  17.10.1

be deposited at such place and by such time as is specified for that purpose by the Notice convening the meeting at which the Person named in the instrument proposes to vote or at such place and by such time as may be specified in relation to an adjourned meeting;

 

  17.10.2

in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it is demanded, be deposited as aforesaid after the poll has been demanded and not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for taking the poll; or

 

  17.10.3

where the poll is not taken forthwith but is taken not more than 48 hours after it was demanded, be delivered at the meeting at which the poll was demanded to the chair or the Secretary or to any Director.

An instrument of proxy which is not deposited in the manner so required shall be valid only if it is approved by the Directors or all the other Members who are Present at the meeting.

 

17.11

Unless the contrary is stated thereon, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be as valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates.

 

17.12

A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, provided that no Notice in Writing of such death, insanity or revocation shall have been received by the Company at the Office before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which such vote is cast.

 

17.13

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, the Directors may utilise, or approve the utilisation of, any telephone or internet-based systems or any other electronic systems as they in their absolute discretion may think fit with respect to the appointment of proxies and/or the receipt of proxy forms and/or receipt of, or processing of, voting instructions for use at any Annual General Meetings or Extraordinary General Meetings.

 

18.

CORPORATE MEMBERS

 

18.1

Any body corporate which is a Member may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such Person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of Members (or of any class of Members) and the Person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise on behalf of the body corporate which they represent the same powers as that body corporate could exercise if it were an individual.

 

18.2

Where a Person is authorised to represent a body corporate at a general meeting of the Company, the Directors or the chair of the meeting may require them to produce a certified copy of the resolution from which they derive their authority.

 

21


19.

DIRECTORS

 

19.1

Subject to the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement, the Directors shall determine the maximum and minimum number of Directors and unless and until otherwise so determined, and subject to the provisions of the Law, the minimum number of Directors shall be two.

 

19.2

A Director need not be a Member but, provided they have notified the Secretary in Writing of their desire to receive Notice of general meetings in accordance with Article 15.4, they shall be entitled to receive Notice of any general meeting and, subject to Article 14, all separate meetings of the Holders of any class of shares in the Company. Whether or not a Director is entitled to receive such Notice, they may nevertheless attend and speak at any such meeting.

 

20.

BOARD CLASSIFICATION

 

20.1

Immediately following the date of adoption of these Articles, the Board of Directors shall consist of 7 members (the “Initial Directors”), who shall be appointed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

20.2

Following the Closing, the Initial Directors shall be divided into three classes of Directors, designated as “Class I”, “Class II” and “Class III”, respectively (each a “Class”). Subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement, each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of such directors.

 

20.3

Subject to the rights granted to the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Shares then outstanding and any rights granted to the Principal Shareholder pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement, any newly-created directorship on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other cause) shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the shareholders). Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

 

20.4

During any period when the Holders of any series of Preferred Shares, voting separately as a series or together with one or more series, have the right to elect additional Directors, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of Directors of the Company shall automatically be increased by such specified number of Directors, and the Holders of such Preferred Shares shall be entitled to elect the additional Directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional Director shall serve until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such Director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Shares having such right to elect additional Directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such shares, the terms of office of all such additional Directors elected by the Holders of such shares, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional Directors, shall forthwith terminate and the total authorized number of Directors of the Company shall be reduced accordingly.

 

22


21.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

21.1

Any Director (other than an alternate Director) may at their sole discretion and at any time and from time to time appoint any other Director or any other Person (other than one disqualified or ineligible by law to act as a director of a company) as an alternate Director to attend and vote in their place at any meetings of Directors at which they are not personally present. Each Director shall be at liberty to appoint under this Article 21.1 more than one alternate Director provided that only one such alternate Director may at any one time act on behalf of the Director by whom they have been appointed.

 

21.2

An alternate Director while they hold office as such shall be entitled to receive Notice (which need not be in Writing) of all meetings of Directors and of all meetings of committees of Directors of which their appointor is a member and to attend and to exercise all the rights and privileges of their appointor at all such meetings at which their appointor is not personally present and generally to perform all the functions of their appointor as a Director in their absence.

 

21.3

An alternate Director shall ipso facto vacate office if and when their appointment expires or the Director who appointed them ceases to be a Director of the Company or removes the alternate Director from office by Notice under their hand served upon the Company.

 

21.4

An alternate Director shall be entitled to be paid all travelling and other expenses reasonably incurred by them in attending meetings. The remuneration (if any) of an alternate Director shall be payable out of the remuneration payable to the Director appointing them as may be agreed between the alternate Director and the Director appointing them.

 

21.5

Where a Director acts as an alternate Director for another Director they shall be entitled to vote on behalf of such other Director as well as on their own account, but no Director shall at any meeting be entitled to act as alternate Director for more than one Director.

 

21.6

A Director who is also appointed an alternate Director shall be considered as two Directors for the purpose of making a quorum of Directors when such quorum shall exceed two.

 

22.

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

22.1

The business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors who may pay all expenses incurred in promoting and registering the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not by the Law or these Articles required to be exercised by the Company in a general meeting.

 

22.2

The Directors’ powers shall be subject to the provisions of these Articles, to the provisions of the Law and to such regulations (being not inconsistent with the aforesaid regulations or provisions) as may be prescribed by the Company in a general meeting pursuant to a Special Resolution but no regulations made by the Company in a general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if such regulations had not been made.

 

23


22.3

The Directors may by power of attorney, mandate or otherwise appoint any Person to be the agent of the Company for such purposes and on such conditions as they determine including authority for the agent to delegate all or any of their powers.

 

23.

DELEGATION OF DIRECTORS POWERS

 

23.1

The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such Director or Directors or such other Persons as they think fit. Any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors.

 

23.2

The meetings and proceedings of any such committee consisting of two or more Persons shall be governed by the provisions of these Articles regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Directors so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations made by the Directors under this Article.

 

24.

APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS

 

24.1

Subject to the provisions of the Shareholders’ Agreement and Articles 19.1, 25 and 31.9 only, the Directors shall have power at any time and from time to time to appoint any person to be a Director as an addition to the existing Directors and vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, disability, resignation, removal or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of Directors may be filled solely by a majority of the Directors then in office. The requirements set forth in Articles 24.3 through 24.9 (inclusive) shall not apply to the designation of director nominees, or notices related thereto, pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

24.2

Where the number of persons validly proposed for election or re-election as a Director is greater than the number of Directors to be elected, the persons receiving the most votes (up to the number of Directors to be elected) shall be elected as Directors and an absolute majority of the votes cast shall not be a pre-requisite to the election of such Directors.

 

24.3

No more than 120 and at least 90 Clear Days’ Notice expiring on the anniversary of the preceding annual general meeting of the Company and containing the information set out in Article 24.5 shall be given to the Company of the intention of any Member or Members holding at least 10% of the total voting rights of the Members who have the right to vote at general meetings to propose any person for election to the office of Director at the Annual General Meeting in that year provided that in the event that the date of any such meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to such anniversary date or delayed more than 70 days after such anniversary date or if no Annual General Meeting was held in the preceding year (other than in connection with its first Annual General Meeting), such notice must be received by the Company no earlier than 120 Clear Days prior to any meeting and no later than the later of 90 Clear Days prior to the date of the meeting or the 10th day following the day on which Public Announcement of the date of the meeting was first made by the Company.

 

24.4

In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of any meeting, or any announcement thereof, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of Notice as described in Article 24.3 above.

 

24


24.5

Notice to the Company from any relevant Member or Members sent pursuant to Article 24.3 shall set forth each person whom the Member or Members propose to nominate for election or re-election as a Director and all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Directors, or would otherwise be required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), if Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act applied to the Company (including such person’s notarized written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving a full term as a Director if elected). In addition, the notice shall set forth a reasonably detailed description of any direct or indirect compensatory, payment or other financial agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether written or oral) that such person has with any other person or entity other than the Company (a “Third-Party Compensation Agreement”), including the amount of any payment or payments received or receivable thereunder, in each case in connection with candidacy or service as a director of the Company. For notices sent pursuant to Article 24.3, such notice shall set forth as to the Member giving the notice and (where applicable) the beneficial owner of any shares, on whose behalf the proposal is made and in respect of which the relevant Member holds legal title to such shares:

 

  24.5.1

the name and address of such Member (as they appear on the Company’s books) and any such beneficial owner;

 

  24.5.2

for each class or series, the number of shares in the share capital of the Company that are held of record or are beneficially owned by such Member and by any such beneficial owner;

 

  24.5.3

a complete and accurate description of any current or prior agreement, arrangement or understanding, and any other material relationship, between or among such Member, any such beneficial owner, any of their respective affiliates or associates within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, his or her affiliates or associates or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand;

 

  24.5.4

a complete and accurate description of any current or prior agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, regardless of the form of settlement, any derivative, long or short positions, profit interests, forwards, futures, swaps, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding that has been made, the effect or intent of which is to create or mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Member or any such beneficial owner or any such nominee with respect to the Company’s securities;

 

  24.5.5

a representation that the Member is a holder of record of shares in the share capital of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting through the date of such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to bring such nomination or other business before the meeting;

 

25


  24.5.6

a representation as to whether such Member or any such beneficial owner intends or is part of a group that intends to: (i) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Company’s outstanding share capital required to approve or adopt the proposal or to elect each such nominee and/or (ii) otherwise to solicit proxies from Holders in support of such proposal or nomination;

 

  24.5.7

a certification regarding whether each Member has complied with all applicable legal requirements in connection with its acquisition of shares or other securities of the Company and such Member’s acts or omissions as a Member of the Company;

 

  24.5.8

the names and addresses of other Members (including beneficial owners) known by any of the Holder or Shareholder Associated Person to support such proposal or nomination or nominations, and to the extent known the class and number of all shares of the Corporation’s capital stock owned beneficially or of record by such other Member(s) or other beneficial owner(s);

 

  24.5.9

the Member’s representation as to the accuracy of the information set forth in the notice;

 

  24.5.10

any other information relating to such Member, beneficial owner, if any, or director nominee or proposed business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies in support of such nominee or proposal pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act; and

 

  24.5.11

such other information relating to any proposed item of business as the Company may reasonably require to determine whether such proposed item of business is a proper matter for Member action.

 

24.6

The information required under the preceding Article 24.5 shall be updated and supplemented if necessary by such Member and any such beneficial owner so that the information shall be true and correct as of the record date and as of the date that is 10 Business Days prior to the annual general meeting or any adjournment, recess, rescheduling or postponement thereof and not later than seven Business Days prior to the date for the general meeting, if practicable (or, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the meeting), or any adjournment, recess, rescheduling or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of 10 Business Days prior to the meeting or any adjournment, recess, rescheduling or postponement thereof).

 

24.7

To be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director, the proposed nominee must provide to the Secretary of the Company, in accordance with the applicable time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Article 24.3, (i) a completed D&O questionnaire (in the form provided by the Secretary of the Company at the request of the nominating Member) containing information regarding the nominee’s background and qualifications and such other information as may reasonably be required by the Company to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Company, to serve as an independent director of the Company or to serve as an audit committee financial expert, (ii) a written representation that, unless previously disclosed to the Company, the nominee is not and will not become a party to any voting agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether written or oral) with any person or entity as to how such nominee, if elected as a director, will vote on any issue or that could interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director, with their fiduciary duties under applicable law, (iii) a written representation and agreement

 

26


  that, unless previously disclosed to the Company pursuant to Article 24.5, the nominee is not and will not become a party to any Third-Party Compensation Agreement, (iv) a written representation and agreement that, if elected as Director of the Company, they intend to serve for a full term on the Board and (v) a written representation that, if elected as a Director, such nominee would be in compliance and will continue to comply with all applicable laws and rules of the Stock Exchange on which the Company’s shares are listed and the corporate governance guidelines, conflict of interest, confidentiality and share ownership and trading policies and other guidelines of the Company duly adopted by the Board. At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a Director shall furnish to the Secretary of the Company the information that is required to be set forth in a Member’s notice of nomination that pertains to the nominee.

 

24.8

At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a Director shall furnish to the Company the information that is required to be set forth in a Member’s Notice set out in Article 24.5 that pertains to the nominee. No person shall be eligible to be nominated by a Member to serve as a Director unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article 24. The chair of the annual general meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed hereby, and if they should so determine, they shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, unless otherwise required by the Law, if the Member (or a qualified representative of the Member) does not appear at any such meeting of the Company to present a nomination, such nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Company and counted for purposes of determining a quorum. For purposes of this Article 24.8, to be considered a qualified representative of the Member, a person must be a duly authorised officer, manager or partner of such Member or must be authorised in Writing by such Member or an electronic transmission delivered by such Member to act for such Member as proxy at the meeting of Members and such person must produce such Writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the Writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting.

 

24.9

Without limiting the foregoing provisions, a Member shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Article 24, provided that any references in these Articles to the Exchange Act or such rules and regulations are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations pursuant to this Article 24, and compliance with this Article 24 shall be the exclusive means for a Member to make nominations.

 

24.10

The Company shall keep or cause to be kept a register of particulars with regard to its Directors in the manner required by the Law.

 

27


25.

RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS

 

25.1

At the first Annual General Meeting of the Company following Closing, each Director in Class I shall retire from office but shall be eligible for re-appointment by Ordinary Resolution of the Company at such Annual General Meeting and, in each case, where such Director is so re-appointed, they shall be entitled to serve until the third Annual General Meeting of the Company falling after the first Annual General Meeting, at which stage the Director shall retire from office but shall be eligible for further re-appointment.

 

25.2

At the second Annual General Meeting of the Company following Closing, each Director in Class II shall retire from office but shall be eligible for re-appointment by Ordinary Resolution of the Company at such Annual General Meeting and, in each case, where such Director is so re-appointed, they shall be entitled to serve until the third Annual General Meeting of the Company falling after the second Annual General Meeting, at which stage the Director shall retire from office but shall be eligible for further re-appointment.

 

25.3

At the third Annual General Meeting of the Company following Closing, each Director in Class III shall retire from office but shall be eligible for re-appointment by Ordinary Resolution of the Company at such Annual General Meeting and, in each case, where such Director is so re-appointed, they shall be entitled to serve until the third Annual General Meeting of the Company falling after the third Annual General Meeting, at which stage the Director shall retire from office but shall be eligible for further re-appointment.

 

25.4

Every resolution of an Annual General Meeting in accordance with this Article 25 for the election of a Director shall relate to one named person and a single resolution for the election of two or more persons shall be void, unless a resolution that it shall be so proposed has been first agreed to by the meeting without any vote being cast against it.

 

25.5

At each succeeding Annual General Meeting of the Company following the third Annual General Meeting of the Company following Closing, Directors shall be elected to serve for a term of three years to succeed the Directors of the class whose terms expire at such Annual General Meeting.

 

25.6

Subject to the provisions of these Articles, a Director shall remain a member of the class of Directors to which they were assigned in accordance with Article 20. The initial terms of each class of Directors shall expire as set forth in this Article 25, subject to such Director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

 

25.7

A retiring Director who is not re-elected shall retain office until the close of the meeting at which they retire.

 

25.8

If the Company, at any meeting at which a Director retires in accordance with these Articles, does not fill the office vacated by such Director, the retiring Director, if willing to act, shall be deemed to be re-elected, unless at the meeting a resolution is passed not to fill the vacancy or to elect another person in their place or unless the resolution to re-elect them is put to the meeting and lost.

 

28


26.

RESIGNATION, DISQUALIFICATION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

26.1

Subject to Article 26.3, the office of a Director shall be vacated if the Director:

 

  26.1.1

resigns their office by Notice to the Company;

 

  26.1.2

ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the Law or becomes prohibited or disqualified by law from being a Director;

 

  26.1.3

becomes Bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with their creditors generally;

 

  26.1.4

becomes of unsound mind;

 

  26.1.5

is removed from office by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of the then outstanding ordinary shares of the Company entitled to vote thereon as a result of:

 

  (a)

the Director’s conviction (with a nolo contendere plea deemed to be a conviction) of a serious felony involving:

 

  (i)

moral turpitude; or

 

  (ii)

a violation of United States federal or state securities laws,

but specifically excluding any conviction based entirely on vicarious liability; or

 

  (b)

the Director’s commission of any material act of dishonesty (such as embezzlement) resulting or intended to result in material personal gain or enrichment of such Director at the expense of the company or any of its subsidiaries and which act, if made the subject of criminal charges, would be reasonably likely to be charged as a felony, and for these purposes nolo contendere, felony and moral turpitude shall have the meanings given to them by the laws of the United States of America or any relevant state thereof and shall include any equivalent acts in any other jurisdiction.

 

26.2

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, whenever the holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Shares shall have the right, voting separately as a class or series, to elect Directors, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of the Statement of Rights applicable thereto, and such Directors so elected shall not be subject to the provisions of Articles 24 and 26 unless otherwise provided therein.

 

29


26.3

The power to remove a director in accordance with Article 26.1.5 shall only be available when the Principal Shareholder has the power to cast, directly or indirectly, less than 40% of the voting rights attached to the Company’s ordinary shares. While the Principal Shareholder owns at least 40% of the voting rights attached to the Company’s ordinary shares, directors may be removed by Ordinary Resolution with or without cause.

 

27.

REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES OF DIRECTORS

 

27.1

The Directors shall be entitled to such remuneration as the Directors may determine subject to any limitation as the Company may by Ordinary Resolution determine.

 

27.2

The Directors shall be paid or reimbursed out of the funds of the Company for their travel, hotel and other expenses properly and necessarily incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of the Directors or Members or otherwise in connection with the discharge of their duties.

 

28.

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

 

28.1

The Directors may from time to time appoint one or more of their number to the office of managing director or to any other executive office under the Company on such terms and for such periods as they may determine.

 

28.2

The appointment of any Director to any executive office shall be subject to termination if they cease to be a Director but without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between them and the Company.

 

28.3

The Directors may entrust to and confer upon a Director holding any executive office any of the powers exercisable by the Directors upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as they think fit and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of such powers.

 

29.

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

 

29.1

Subject to the provisions of the Law, a Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor) in conjunction with their office of Director for such period and on such terms as to tenure of office, remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine.

 

29.2

Subject to the provisions of the Law, a Director notwithstanding their office:

 

  29.2.1

may be a party to or otherwise interested in any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested;

 

  29.2.2

may be a director or other officer of or employed by or a party to any transaction or arrangement with or otherwise interested in any body corporate promoted by the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested;

 

  29.2.3

shall not by reason of their office be accountable to the Company for any benefit which they derive from any such office or employment or from any such transaction or arrangement or from any interest in any such body corporate and no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit; and

 

30


  29.2.4

may act by themselves or their firm in a professional capacity for the Company and they or their firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if they were not a Director.

 

30.

COMPETITION AND CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

 

30.1

In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain directors, principals, members, officers, associated funds, employees and/or other representatives of the Principal Shareholder and its Affiliates may serve as Directors, officers or agents of the Company, (ii) the Principal Shareholder and its Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) Directors who are not employees of the Company (“Non-Employee Directors”) and their respective Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article 30 are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Company with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve the Principal Shareholder, the Non-Employee Directors or their respective Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Company and its Directors, officers and Members in connection therewith.

 

30.2

None of (i) the Principal Shareholder or any of its Affiliates or (ii) any Non-Employee Director or their Affiliates (the Persons identified in (i) and (ii) above being referred to, collectively, as “Identified Persons” and, individually, as an “Identified Person”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any duty to refrain from directly or indirectly (1) engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Company or any of its Affiliates now engages or proposes to engage or (2) otherwise competing with the Company or any of its Affiliates, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Company or its Members or to any Affiliate of the Company for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Company or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Article 30.4 hereof. Subject to Article 30.4 hereof, in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other matter or business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or themself and the Company or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no fiduciary duty or other duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate, present or offer such transaction or other business opportunity to the Company or any of its Affiliates and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable to the Company or its Members or to any Affiliate of the Company for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty (contractual or otherwise) as a Member, director or officer of the Company solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself or themselves or offers or directs such corporate opportunity to another Person, or does not present such corporate opportunity to the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

31


30.3

The Company and its Affiliates do not have any rights in and to the business ventures of any Identified Person, or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the Company agrees that each of the Identified Persons may do business with any potential or actual customer or supplier of the Company or may employ or otherwise engage any officer or employee of the Company.

 

30.4

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 30, the Company does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any Non-Employee Director if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person in writing solely in their capacity as a director or officer of the Company, and the provisions of Article 30.2 hereof shall not apply to any such corporate opportunity.

 

30.5

In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 30, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Company if it is a business opportunity that (i) the Company is neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted, to undertake, (ii) from its nature, is not in the line of the Company’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Company or (iii) is one in which the Company has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

 

30.6

For purposes of this Article 30, (i) “Affiliate” shall mean (a) in respect of the Principal Shareholder, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Principal Shareholder, controls the Principal Shareholder or is under common control with the Principal Shareholder and shall include any principal, member, director, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the Company and any entity that is controlled by the Company), (b) in respect of a Non-Employee Director, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Non-Employee Director (other than the Company and any entity that is controlled by the Company) and (c) in respect of the Company, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Company and (ii) “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. A Person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock (or share capital) of a company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting stock (or share capital), in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this Section 30.6, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

 

30.7

To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article 30. Neither the alteration, amendment, addition to or repeal of this Article 30, nor the adoption of any provision of these Articles inconsistent with this Article 30, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article 30 in respect of any business opportunity first identified or any other matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article 30, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, addition, repeal or adoption.

 

32


31.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

31.1

The Directors may meet together for the despatch of business adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit.

 

31.2

A Director may at any time, and the Secretary at the request of a Director shall summon a meeting of the Directors, by giving to each Director and alternate Director not less than 24 hours’ Notice of the meeting, provided that any meeting may be convened at shorter Notice and in such manner as each Director or their alternate Director shall approve, and provided further that unless otherwise resolved by the Directors, Notices of Directors’ meetings need not be in Writing.

 

31.3

Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes.

 

31.4

In the case of an equality of votes, the chair shall not have a second or casting vote.

 

31.5

A Director who is also an alternate Director shall be entitled to a separate vote for each Director for whom they act as alternate in addition to their own vote.

 

31.6

A meeting of the Directors at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all powers and discretions for the time being exercisable by the Directors. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors and, unless so fixed, at any other number shall be such number that represents a majority of the Directors then in office. For the purposes of this Article 31.6 and subject to the provisions of Article 31.7, an alternate Director shall be counted in a quorum but so that not less than two individuals will constitute the quorum.

 

31.7

A Director notwithstanding their interest may be counted in the quorum present at any meeting at which any contract or arrangement in which they are interested is considered and they may vote in respect of any such contract or arrangement except those concerning their own terms of appointment.

 

31.8

If a Director is by any means in communication with one or more other Directors so that each Director participating in the communication can hear what is said by any other of them, each Director so participating in the communication is deemed to be present at a meeting with the other Directors so participating notwithstanding that all the Directors so participating are not present together in the same place.

 

31.9

The continuing Directors or Director may act notwithstanding any vacancies in their number, but if the number of Directors is less than the number fixed as the quorum or becomes less than the number required by the Law, the continuing Directors or Director may act only for the purpose of filling vacancies or of calling a general meeting of the Company. If there are no Directors or no Director is able or willing to act, then any Member or the Secretary may summon a general meeting for the purpose of appointing Directors.

 

31.10

The Directors may from time to time elect from their number, and remove, a chair and/or deputy chair and/or vice-chair of the Board of Directors and determine the period for which they are to hold office.

 

33


31.11

The chair, or in their absence the deputy chair, or in their absence the vice-chair, shall preside at all meetings of the Directors, but if no such chair, deputy chair or vice-chair be elected or if at any meeting the chair, deputy chair or vice-chair be not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be the chair of the meeting.

 

31.12

A resolution in Writing Signed by all the Directors entitled to receive Notice of a meeting of Directors or of a committee of Directors shall be valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors duly convened and held and may consist of several documents in like form each Signed by one or more Directors, but a resolution Signed by an alternate Director need not also be Signed by their appointor and if it is Signed by a Director who has appointed an alternate Director, it need not be Signed by the alternate Director in that capacity.

 

31.13

All acts done bona fide by any meeting of Directors or of a committee appointed by the Directors or by any Person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or committee or Person acting as aforesaid or that they or any of them were disqualified or had vacated office or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such Person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or a member of a committee appointed by the Directors and had been entitled to vote.

 

32.

MINUTE BOOK

 

32.1

The Directors shall cause to be entered in books kept for the purpose:

 

  32.1.1

the minutes of all proceedings at general meetings, class meetings, Directors’ meetings and meetings of committees appointed by the Directors;

 

  32.1.2

all resolutions in Writing passed in accordance with these Articles;

 

  32.1.3

every memorandum in Writing of a Sole Member-Director Contract (as defined in Article 32.3) which is drawn up pursuant to Article 32.3;

 

  32.1.4

every record in Writing of a Sole Member’s Decision (as defined in Article 32.4); and

 

  32.1.5

all such other records as are from time to time required by the Law or, in the opinion of the Directors, by good practice to be minuted or retained in the books of the Company.

 

32.2

Any minutes of a meeting if purporting to be Signed by the chair of the meeting at which the proceedings were had or by the chair of the next succeeding meeting shall be conclusive evidence of the proceedings.

 

32.3

This Article 32.3 applies where the Company has only one Member and that Member is also a Director. If the Company, acting otherwise than in the ordinary course of its business, enters into a contract with such Member (a “Sole Member-Director Contract”) and that Sole Member-Director Contract is not in Writing, the terms thereof shall be:

 

  32.3.1

set out in a memorandum in Writing;

 

34


  32.3.2

recorded in the minutes of the first meeting of the Directors following the making of the contract; or

 

  32.3.3

recorded in such other manner or on such other occasion as may for the time being be permitted or required by the Law.

 

32.4

This Article 32.4 applies where the Company has only one Member and that Member has taken a decision which may be taken by the Company in general meeting and which has effect in law as if agreed by the Company in general meeting (a “Sole Members Decision”). A Sole Member’s Decision may (without limitation) be taken by way of resolution in Writing, but if not so taken, the sole Member shall provide the Company with a record in Writing of their decision as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

33.

SECRETARY

 

33.1

Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Secretary shall be appointed by the Directors for such term at such remuneration and upon such conditions as they may think fit and any Secretary so appointed may be removed by the Directors.

 

33.2

Anything required or authorised to be done by or to the Secretary may, if the office is vacant or there is for any other reason no secretary capable of acting, be done by or to any assistant or deputy secretary or if there is no assistant or deputy secretary capable of acting by or to any Person authorised generally or specifically in that behalf by the Directors.

 

33.3

The Company shall keep or cause to be kept at the Office a register of particulars with regard to its Secretary in the manner required by the Law.

 

34.

THE SEAL

 

34.1

The Directors may determine that the Company shall have a Seal. Subject to the Law, if the Company has a Seal, the Directors may determine that it shall also have an official seal for use outside of the Island of Jersey and an official seal for sealing securities issued by the Company or for sealing documents creating or evidencing securities so issued.

 

34.2

The Directors shall provide for the safe custody of all seals and no seal shall be used except by the authority of a resolution of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors authorised in that behalf by the Directors.

 

34.3

The Directors may from time to time make such regulations as they think fit determining the Persons and the number of such Persons who shall sign every instrument to which a seal is affixed and until otherwise so determined every such instrument shall be Signed by one Director and by the Secretary or by a second Director.

 

34.4

The Company may authorise an agent appointed for the purpose to affix any seal of the Company to a document to which the Company is a party.

 

35


35.

AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS

 

35.1

Any Director or the Secretary or any Person appointed by the Directors for the purpose shall have power to authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the Company (including the Memorandum of Association and these Articles), any resolutions passed by the Company or the Directors and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or extracts.

 

35.2

Where any books, records, documents or accounts of the Company are situated elsewhere than at the Office, the local manager or other Officer or the company having the custody thereof shall be deemed to be a Person appointed by the Directors for the purposes set out in Article 35.1.

 

36.

DIVIDENDS

 

36.1

Subject to each Statement of Rights and the provisions of the Law, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the Members, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

36.2

Subject to the provisions of the Law and any Statement of Rights, the Directors may if they think fit from time to time pay to the Members such interim dividends as they may determine.

 

36.3

Subject to the provisions of the Law, these Articles and any Statement of Rights, if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes, the Directors may pay such interim dividends in respect of those shares which confer on the Holders thereof deferred or non-preferred rights as well as in respect of those shares which confer on the Holders thereof preferential rights with regard to dividend.

 

36.4

Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Directors may also pay half-yearly or at other suitable intervals to be settled by them any dividend which may be payable at a fixed rate.

 

36.5

Provided the Directors act bona fide, they shall not incur any personal liability to the Holders of shares conferring a preference for any damage that they may suffer by reason of the payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferred rights.

 

36.6

Subject to any particular rights or limitations as to dividend for the time being attached to any shares as may be specified in these Articles or in any Statement of Rights or upon which such shares may be issued, all dividends shall be declared apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts Paid Up on the shares on which the dividend is paid (otherwise than in advance of calls), provided that if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as if Paid Up (in whole or in part) or as from a particular date (either past or future), such share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

 

36.7

The Directors may before recommending any dividend set aside such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall at the discretion of the Directors be applicable for any purpose to which such sums may be properly applied and pending such application may at the like discretion be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Directors may from time to time think fit.

 

36


36.8

The Directors may carry forward to the account of the succeeding year or years any balance which they do not think fit either to dividend or to place to reserve.

 

36.9

A general meeting declaring a dividend may upon the recommendation of the Directors direct that payment of such dividend shall be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of Paid-Up shares or debentures of any other company and the Directors shall give effect to such resolution. Where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may:

 

  36.9.1

issue certificates representing part of a shareholding or fractions of shares and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof;

 

  36.9.2

determine that cash payment shall be made to any Members on the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of Members;

 

  36.9.3

vest any specific assets in trustees upon trust for the Persons entitled to the dividend as may seem expedient to the Directors; and

 

  36.9.4

generally make such arrangements for the allotment, acceptance and sale of such specific assets or certificates representing part of a shareholding or fractions of shares or any part thereof or otherwise as they think fit.

 

36.10

Any resolution declaring a dividend on the shares of any class, whether a resolution of the Company in general meeting or a resolution of the Directors or any resolution of the Directors for the payment of a fixed dividend on a date prescribed for the payment thereof, may specify that the same shall be payable to the Persons registered as the Holders of shares of the class concerned at the Close of Business on a particular date notwithstanding that it may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed (or as the case may be that prescribed for payment of a fixed dividend) and thereupon the dividend shall be payable to them in accordance with their respective holdings so registered but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of such dividend of transferors and transferees of any shares of the relevant class.

 

36.11

The Directors may deduct from any dividend or other monies payable to any Member on or in respect of a share all sums of money (if any) presently payable by them to the Company on account of calls or otherwise in relation to the shares of the Company.

 

36.12

Any dividend or other monies payable in respect of a share may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post to the registered address of the Member or Person entitled thereto, and in the case of joint Holders, to any one of such joint Holders or to such Person and to such address as the Holder or joint Holders may in Writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the Person to whom it is sent or to such other Person as the Holder or joint Holders may in Writing direct and payment of the cheque or warrant shall be a good discharge to the Company. Every such cheque or warrant shall be sent at the risk of the Person entitled to the money represented thereby.

 

37


36.13

All unclaimed dividends may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Directors for the benefit of the Company until claimed. No dividend shall bear interest as against the Company.

 

36.14

Any dividend which has remained unclaimed for a period of 10 years from the date of declaration thereof shall if the Directors so resolve be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company and shall thenceforth belong to the Company absolutely.

 

37.

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

The Directors may, with the authority of an Ordinary Resolution of the Company:

 

37.1

subject as hereinafter provided, resolve that it is desirable to capitalise any undistributed profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to any reserve or reserves) not required for paying any fixed dividends on any shares entitled to fixed preferential dividends with or without further participation in profits or to capitalise any sum carried to reserve as a result of the sale or revaluation of the assets of the Company (other than goodwill) or any part thereof or to capitalise any other sum standing to the credit of any capital or revenue reserve of the Company;

 

37.2

appropriate the profits or sum resolved to be capitalised to the Members in the proportion in which such profits or sum would have been divisible amongst them had the same been applicable and had been applied in paying dividends and to apply such profits or sum on their behalf either in or towards paying up any amount for the time being unpaid on any shares held by such Members respectively or in paying up in full any unissued shares or debentures of the Company, such shares or debentures to be allotted and distributed credited as fully Paid Up to and amongst such Members in the proportions aforesaid or partly in one way and partly in the other, provided that any unrealised profits may for the purposes of this Article only be applied in the paying up of unissued shares to be allotted to Members credited as fully Paid Up;

 

37.3

make all appropriations and applications of the profits or sum resolved to be capitalised thereby and all allotments and issues of fully paid shares or debentures if any and generally shall do all acts and things required to give effect thereto with full power to the Directors to make such provision by the issue of certificates representing part of a shareholding or fractions of shares or by payments in cash or otherwise as they think fit in the case of shares or debentures becoming distributable in fractions; and

 

37.4

authorise any Person to enter on behalf of all the Members entitled to the benefit of such appropriations and applications into an agreement with the Company providing for the allotment to them respectively credited as fully Paid Up of any further shares or debentures to which they may be entitled upon such capitalisation and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all such Members.

 

37.5

Where, pursuant to this Article 37, the Company capitalises any undistributed profits or reserves by applying them in or towards paying up issued shares in the Company which were not yet fully Paid Up or in paying up any previously unissued shares in the Company, the amount so applied shall, to the extent required by the Law, be credited to the stated capital account in respect of the class of share concerned.

 

38


38.

ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

 

38.1

The Company shall keep accounting records which are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and are such as to:

 

  38.1.1

disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company at that time; and

 

  38.1.2

enable the Directors to ensure that any accounts prepared by the Company comply with requirements of the Law.

 

38.2

The Directors shall prepare accounts of the Company made up to such date in each year as the Directors shall from time to time determine in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Law.

 

38.3

No Member shall (as such) have any right to inspect any accounting records or other book or document of the Company except as conferred by the Law or authorised by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution of the Company.

 

38.4

The Directors shall deliver to the Registrar of Companies a copy of the accounts of the Company signed on behalf of the Directors by one of them, together with a copy of the report thereon by the Auditors in accordance with the Law.

 

38.5

The Directors or the Company by Ordinary Resolution shall appoint Auditors for any period or periods to examine the accounts of the Company and to report thereon in accordance with the Law.

 

39.

NOTICES

 

39.1

In the case of joint Holders of a share, all Notices shall be given to that one of the joint Holders whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the joint holding and Notice so given shall be sufficient Notice to all the joint Holders.

 

39.2

A Notice may be given to any Person either personally or by sending it by post to them at their registered address. Where a Notice is sent by post, service of the Notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing prepaying and posting a letter containing the Notice and to have been effected one Clear Day after the day it was posted.

 

39.3

Any Member Present at any meeting of the Company shall for all purposes be deemed to have received due Notice of such meeting and where requisite of the purposes for which such meeting was convened.

 

39.4

A Notice may be given by the Company to the Persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of a Member by sending or delivering it in any manner authorised by these Articles for the giving of Notice to a Member addressed to them by name or by the title of representatives of the deceased or trustee of the Bankrupt or curator of the Member or by any like description at the address if any supplied for that purpose by the Persons claiming to be so entitled. Until such an address has been supplied, a Notice may be given in any manner in which it might have been given if the death, bankruptcy or incapacity had not occurred. If more than one Person would be entitled to receive a Notice in consequence of the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of a Member, Notice given to any one of such Persons shall be sufficient Notice to all such Persons.

 

39


39.5

Notwithstanding any of the provisions of these Articles, any Notice to be given by the Company to a Director or to a Member may be given in any manner agreed in advance by any such Director or Member.

 

40.

WINDING UP

 

40.1

Subject to any particular rights or limitations, for the time being attached to any shares as may be specified in these Articles or in any Statement of Rights or upon which such shares may be issued, if the Company is wound up, the assets available for distribution among the Members shall be applied first in repaying to the Members the amount Paid Up on their shares, respectively, and if such assets shall be more than sufficient to repay to the Members the whole amount Paid Up on their shares, the balance shall be distributed among the Members in proportion to the amount which at the time of the commencement of the winding up had been actually Paid Up on their said shares respectively.

 

40.2

If the Company is wound up, the Company may, with the sanction of a Special Resolution and any other sanction required by the Law, divide the whole or any part of the assets of the Company among the Members in specie and the liquidator or where there is no liquidator the Directors may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members and with the like sanction vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator or the Directors (as the case may be) with the like sanction determine, but no Member shall be compelled to accept any assets upon which there is a liability.

 

41.

INDEMNITY

 

41.1

In so far as the Law allows, every present or former director, officer or employee of the Company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any loss or liability incurred by them by reason of being or having been such a director, officer or employee.

 

41.2

The Directors may without sanction of the Company in general meeting authorise the purchase or maintenance by the Company for any director, officer or employee or former director, officer or employee of the Company of any such insurance as is permitted by the Law in respect of any liability which would otherwise attach to such director, officer or employee or former director, officer or employee.

 

42.

FIXING RECORD DATE & JURISDICTION

 

42.1

For the purpose of determining Members entitled to Notice of or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof or in order to make a determination of Members for any other proper purpose, including, without limitation, for any dividend, distribution, allotment or issue, the Directors may fix a date as the record date for any such determination of Members.

 

40


42.2

A record date for any dividend, distribution, allotment or issue may be on or at any time before any date on which such dividend, distribution, allotment or issue is paid or made and on or at any time before or after any date on which such dividend, distribution, allotment or issue is declared.

 

42.3

If no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to Notice of or to vote at a meeting of Members, the date on which Notice of the meeting is sent shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting has been made in the manner provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

42.4

Unless the Company consents in Writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s Holders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Law or these Articles (in each case, as they may be amended from time to time) or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the courts of the Island of Jersey in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants.

 

43.

NON-APPLICATION OF STANDARD TABLE

The regulations constituting the Standard Table prescribed pursuant to the Law shall not apply to the Company and are hereby expressly excluded in their entirety.

 

41

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO       LOGO

 

Our ref            GEC/SMK/1079774.0001   

The Directors

Birkenstock Holding Limited

47 Esplanade

St. Helier

Jersey JE1 OBD

                                                                2023
Dear All   
Birkenstock Holding Limited (the “Company”): Registration of Shares under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)

 

1.

BACKGROUND

 

1.1

We have acted as the Company’s Jersey legal advisers in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on the date hereof (including its exhibits, the ”Registration Statement”) related to the initial public offering (the ”IPO”) and proposed registration under the Securities Act by the Company of        ordinary shares of no par value in the capital of the Company (the “Shares”), comprising        Shares to be sold by the Company,        Shares to be sold by the selling shareholder identified in the Registration Statement (the “Selling Shareholder”) and up to        additional Shares to be sold by the Company and up to        additional Shares to be sold by the Selling Shareholder to cover the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Shares, if any.

 

1.2

The Company has asked us to provide this opinion in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act.

 

1.3

For the purposes of this Opinion, we have, with the Company’s consent, relied upon a certificate and other assurances of directors and other officers of the Company as to matters of fact, without having independently verified such factual matters.

 

1.4

In this Opinion:

 

LOGO           LOGO


Birkenstock Holding Limited

2023

Page 2

  

 

  1.4.1

non-assessable” means, in relation to a Share:

 

  (a)

that the purchase price for which the Company agreed to issue and sell that Share has been paid in full to the Company, so that no further sum is payable to the Company by any holder of that Share in respect of the purchase price of that Share; or

 

  (b)

that the purchase price for which the Selling Shareholder agreed to sell that Share has been paid in full to the Selling Shareholder, so that no further sum is payable to the Selling Shareholder or its creditors by any holder of that Share solely because of being the holder of such Share; and

 

  1.4.2

pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Shares will be sold to the underwriters through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company for the respective account of the underwriters.

 

1.5

We have not been responsible for investigating or verifying the accuracy of the facts (including statements of foreign law), or the reasonableness of any statement of opinion or intention, contained in or relevant to any document referred to in this Opinion, or that no material facts have been omitted therefrom, save as expressly set out herein.

 

2.

DOCUMENTS EXAMINED

 

2.1

For the purposes of this Opinion we have examined and relied on the following:

 

  2.1.1

a copy of the Registration Statement;

 

  2.1.2

written resolutions of the board of directors of the Company passed on        2023 at which the directors (among other things) approved the issue and sale of the Shares (the “Director Resolutions”);

 

  2.1.3

a form of underwriting agreement to be entered into among the Company, BK LC Lux Midco S.à r.l., as selling shareholder, and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for themselves and as representatives of the several underwriters (the “Underwriting Agreement”);

 

  2.1.4

the Company’s certificate of continuance dated 25 April 2023;

 

  2.1.5

the Company’s memorandum and articles of association as in force as at the date of this Opinion;

 

  2.1.6

the Amended and Restated Memorandum of Incorporation of the Company in the form filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement and to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in Jersey prior to the sale of any Shares;


Birkenstock Holding Limited

2023

Page 3

  

 

  2.1.7

a consent in connection with the Registration Statement issued to the Company by the Jersey Financial Services Commission pursuant to the Companies (General Provisions) (Jersey) Order 2002, as amended, dated        2023;

 

  2.1.8

certificate of a director of the Company;

 

  2.1.9

a consent to issue shares dated 25 April 2023 issued to the Company by the Jersey Financial Services Commission under the Control of Borrowing (Jersey) Order 1958; and

 

  2.1.10

the Company’s register of members dated the date of this Opinion.

 

2.2

We have not examined or relied on any other documents for the purpose of this Opinion.

 

3.

ASSUMPTIONS

 

3.1

For the purposes of giving this Opinion we have relied on the following assumptions:

 

  3.1.1

the authenticity, accuracy, completeness and conformity to original documents of all copy documents and certificates of officers of the Company examined by us;

 

  3.1.2

that the signatures on all documents examined by us are the genuine signatures of persons authorised to execute or certify such documents;

 

  3.1.3

the accuracy and completeness in every respect of all certificates of directors or other officers of the Company given to us for the purposes of giving this Opinion and that (where relevant) such certificates would be accurate if they had been given as of the date hereof;

 

  3.1.4

that the directors have not exceeded any applicable allotment authority conferred on the directors by the shareholders;

 

  3.1.5

that the Company is not insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they fall due and will not become insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they fall due or bankrupt (as defined in Article 8 of the Interpretation (Jersey) Law 1954 as a result of its entry into the Underwriting Agreement and the transactions contemplated by it;

 

  3.1.6

that there is no provision of any law (other than Jersey law) that would affect anything in this Opinion;

 

  3.1.7

that closing of the IPO occurs and that no other event occurs after the date hereof which would affect the opinions herein stated;

 

  3.1.8

that the Company has received or will receive in full the consideration for which the Company agreed to issue the relevant Shares;


Birkenstock Holding Limited

2023

Page 4

  

 

  3.1.9

that the Selling Shareholder has received or will receive in full the consideration for which the Selling Shareholder agreed to sell the relevant Shares;

 

  3.1.10

all due action by the board of directors of the Company or a duly appointed committee thereof shall be taken prior to closing of the IPO to determine the price per share of the Shares;

 

  3.1.11

the Underwriting Agreement will be duly executed and delivered prior to closing of the IPO;

 

  3.1.12

each person named as a member of the Company in the Register of Members has agreed to become a member of the Company;

 

  3.1.13

the Company is not carrying on a business that is regulated by Jersey law so that it is (or ought to be) subject to the terms of one or more other consents, licences, permits or equivalent under such regulatory legislation; and

 

  3.1.14

that each of the above assumptions is accurate at the date of this Opinion, and has been and will be accurate at all other relevant times.

 

3.2

We have not independently verified the above assumptions.

 

4.

OPINION

 

4.1

As a matter of Jersey law, and based on, and subject to, the foregoing and the qualifications mentioned below, we are of the opinion that:

 

  4.1.1

the sale of the Shares in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement has been duly authorised; and

 

  4.1.2

when the Shares have been sold, delivered against payment in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement and registered in the register of members of the Company, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

5.

QUALIFICATION

 

5.1

Our opinion is subject to any matter of fact not disclosed to us.

 

5.2

This Opinion is limited to matters of, and is interpreted in accordance with, Jersey law as at the date of this Opinion. We express no opinion with respect to the laws of any other jurisdiction. We assume no obligation to update or supplement this opinion to reflect any facts or circumstances which may come to our attention, or any changes in law which may occur, after the date of this Opinion.


Birkenstock Holding Limited

2023

Page 5

  

 

6.

GOVERNING LAW, LIMITATIONS, BENEFIT AND DISCLOSURE

 

6.1

This Opinion shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Jersey and is limited to the matters expressly stated herein.

 

6.2

We assume no obligation to advise you (or any other person who may rely on this Opinion in accordance with this paragraph), or undertake any investigations, as to any legal developments or factual matters arising after the date of this Opinion that might affect the opinions expressed herein.

 

6.3

This Opinion is addressed to the Company in connection with the sale and registration of the Shares under the Securities Act.

 

6.4

We consent to the filing of a copy of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to reference to us being made in the paragraph of the Registration Statement headed “Legal Matters.” In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act.

Yours faithfully

Carey Olsen Jersey LLP

Exhibit 10.1

Execution Version

 

 

BK LC Lux Finco 1 S.à r.l.,

as Issuer

The Initial Guarantors named herein

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l.

as Parent

5.25% Senior Notes due 2029

 

 

SENIOR NOTES INDENTURE

Dated as of April 29, 2021

 

 

GLAS Trust Company LLC,

as Trustee

Goldman Sachs Bank USA,

as Security Agent

and

GLAS Trust Company LLC,

as Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

 

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE      1  

        

   Section 1.01   

Definitions

     1  
   Section 1.02   

Other Definitions

     80  
   Section 1.03   

Rules of Construction

     82  
ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES      83  
   Section 2.01   

Form and Dating

     83  
   Section 2.02   

Execution and Authentication

     85  
   Section 2.03   

Registrar and Paying Agent

     86  
   Section 2.04   

Paying Agent to Hold Money

     87  
   Section 2.05   

Holder Lists

     87  
   Section 2.06   

Transfer and Exchange

     87  
   Section 2.07   

Replacement Notes

     98  
   Section 2.08   

Outstanding Notes

     99  
   Section 2.09   

Acts by Holders

     99  
   Section 2.10   

Temporary Notes

     100  
   Section 2.11   

Cancellation

     100  
   Section 2.12   

Defaulted Interest

     100  
   Section 2.13   

Additional Amounts

     101  
   Section 2.14   

Currency Indemnity and Calculation of Euro-Denominated Restrictions

     103  
   Section 2.15   

Agents

     104  
ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT      106  
   Section 3.01   

Notices to Trustee

     106  
   Section 3.02   

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased

     106  
   Section 3.03   

Notice of Redemption

     107  
   Section 3.04   

Effect of Notice of Redemption

     108  
   Section 3.05   

Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price

     108  
   Section 3.06   

Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part

     109  
   Section 3.07   

Mandatory Redemption or Sinking Fund

     109  
   Section 3.08   

Asset Disposition Offer

     109  
   Section 3.09   

Redemption for Taxation Reasons

     111  
   Section 3.10   

IPO Debt Pushdown

     112  
ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS      113  
   Section 4.01   

Payment of Notes

     113  
   Section 4.02   

Reports

     113  
   Section 4.03   

Compliance Certificates

     116  
   Section 4.04   

[Reserved]

     116  

 

-i-


        

   Section 4.05   

Suspension of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status

     116  
   Section 4.06   

Limitation on Restricted Payments

     118  
   Section 4.07   

Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries

     129  
   Section 4.08   

Limitation on Indebtedness

     132  
   Section 4.09   

Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

     143  
   Section 4.10   

Limitation on Affiliate Transactions

     148  
   Section 4.11   

Limitation on Liens

     152  
   Section 4.12   

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

     153  
   Section 4.13   

Change of Control

     154  
   Section 4.14   

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

     156  
   Section 4.15   

Financial and Other Calculations

     157  
ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS      162  
   Section 5.01   

Merger and Consolidation

     162  
ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES      165  
   Section 6.01   

Events of Default

     165  
   Section 6.02   

Acceleration

     168  
   Section 6.03   

Other Remedies

     169  
   Section 6.04   

Waiver of Past Defaults

     170  
   Section 6.05   

Control by Majority

     170  
   Section 6.06   

Limitation on Suits

     170  
   Section 6.07   

Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

     171  
   Section 6.08   

Collection Suit by Trustee

     171  
   Section 6.09   

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     171  
   Section 6.10   

Priorities

     172  
   Section 6.11   

Undertaking for Costs

     172  
   Section 6.12   

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

     173  
   Section 6.13   

Enforcement by Holders

     173  
ARTICLE 7 THE TRUSTEE, THE SECURITY AGENT AND AGENTS      173  
   Section 7.01   

Duties of Trustee

     173  
   Section 7.02   

Rights of Trustee

     175  
   Section 7.03   

Individual Rights of Trustee and Agents

     178  
   Section 7.04   

Trustee’s Disclaimer

     178  
   Section 7.05   

Notice of Defaults

     178  
   Section 7.06   

Compensation and Indemnity

     179  
   Section 7.07   

Replacement of Trustee

     180  
   Section 7.08   

Successor Trustee or Agent by Merger, Etc.

     181  
   Section 7.09   

Eligibility; Disqualification

     181  

 

-ii-


ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE      181  

        

   Section 8.01   

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

     181  
   Section 8.02   

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

     181  
   Section 8.03   

Covenant Defeasance

     182  
   Section 8.04   

Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

     183  
   Section 8.05   

Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

     183  
   Section 8.06   

Repayment to the Issuer

     184  
   Section 8.07   

Reinstatement

     184  
ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER      185  
   Section 9.01   

Without Consent of Holders

     185  
   Section 9.02   

With Consent of Holders

     187  
   Section 9.03   

Revocation and Effect of Consents

     189  
   Section 9.04   

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

     189  
   Section 9.05   

Trustee and Security Agent to Sign Amendments, etc.

     189  
ARTICLE 10 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE      190  
   Section 10.01   

Satisfaction and Discharge

     190  
   Section 10.02   

Application of Trust Money

     191  
ARTICLE 11 GUARANTEES      192  
   Section 11.01   

Guarantees

     192  
   Section 11.02   

Limitation on Liability

     193  
   Section 11.03   

Limitations Applicable to Certain Guarantors

     193  
   Section 11.04   

Successors and Assigns

     202  
   Section 11.05   

No Waiver

     202  
   Section 11.06   

Modification

     202  
   Section 11.07   

Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors

     202  
   Section 11.08   

No Notation Required

     203  
   Section 11.09   

Release of Note Guarantees

     203  
ARTICLE 12 CHARGED PROPERTY, SECURITY AND INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT      204  
   Section 12.01   

The Charged Property

     204  
   Section 12.02   

Limitations on the Charged Property

     206  
   Section 12.03   

Impairment of Security Interest

     206  
   Section 12.04   

Release of Liens

     207  
   Section 12.05   

Additional Intercreditor Agreements

     208  
   Section 12.06   

Appointment of Security Agent

     210  
   Section 12.07   

Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Trustee

     210  
   Section 12.08   

Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Transaction Security Documents

     211  

 

-iii-


ARTICLE 13 NOTE GUARANTEE SUBORDINATION      211  

        

   Section 13.01   

Agreement to Subordinate

     211  
   Section 13.02   

Notice

     211  
   Section 13.03   

Turnover

     211  
   Section 13.04   

Authorization to Effect Subordination

     211  
   Section 13.05   

Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness

     212  
ARTICLE 14 MISCELLANEOUS      212  
   Section 14.01   

Notices

     212  
   Section 14.02   

Communications

     214  
   Section 14.03   

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

     214  
   Section 14.04   

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

     214  
   Section 14.05   

Rules by Trustee and Agents

     215  
   Section 14.06   

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

     215  
   Section 14.07   

Governing Law

     215  
   Section 14.08   

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

     215  
   Section 14.09   

Successors

     215  
   Section 14.10   

Severability

     216  
   Section 14.11   

Counterpart Originals

     216  
   Section 14.12   

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

     216  
   Section 14.13   

Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent

     216  
   Section 14.14   

Power of Attorney

     216  
   Section 14.15   

Prescription

     217  
   Section 14.16    USA Patriot Act      217  

 

-iv-


EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A    FORM OF NOTE
Exhibit B    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Exhibit C    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Exhibit D    FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Exhibit E    AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES
Exhibit F    FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

 

-v-


THIS SENIOR NOTES INDENTURE (this “Indenture”), dated as of April 29, 2021, among BK LC Lux Finco 1 S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 40, Avenue Monterey, L—2163 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B252262 (the “Issuer”), the Initial Guarantors named herein, BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l., as Parent (the “Parent”), GLAS Trust Company LLC, as trustee (the “Trustee”), Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as security agent (the “Security Agent”), GLAS Trust Company LLC, as paying agent (in such capacity, the “Principal Paying Agent”), transfer agent (in such capacity, the “Transfer Agent”) and as registrar (in such capacity, the “Registrar”).

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of each other and for the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Issuer’s euro-denominated 5.25% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”).

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 Definitions

144A Global Note” means a 144A Global Note that will be issued in an initial amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Notes initially resold in reliance on Rule 144A, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01 and Section 2.06.

ABL Facility” means (x) the credit facilities made available under the ABL Facility Agreement and (y) one or more debt facilities or other financing arrangements (including indentures) providing for loans or other indebtedness that replaces or refinances such Credit Facility Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(1)(A)(iii).

ABL Facility Agreement” means the asset-backed loan credit agreement, dated on or about the Issue Date, by and among, among others, German Newco and U.S. Newco, as original borrowers, certain guarantors party thereto and the lenders named therein, together with the related documents thereto (including the revolving loans thereunder, any letters of credit and reimbursement obligations related thereto, any guarantees and security documents), as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder, in whole or in part), the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such ABL Facility Agreement or one or more successors to the ABL Facility Agreement or one or more new ABL Facility Agreements.

Acceptable Nation” means Australia, Canada, any member state of the EU, Japan, Switzerland, the UK, the US, or any other state, country or sub-division of a country which has a rating for its short-term unsecured and noncredit-enhanced debt obligations of A-1 or higher by S&P or F1 or higher by Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody’s or by an instrumentality or agency of any such government having an equivalent credit rating.

 

1


Accounting Principles” means, in respect of any member of any Financial Reporting Group, at its election, GAAP, International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly International Accounting Standards) endorsed from time to time by the EU or the International Accounting Standards Board (or any variation thereof), or generally accepted accounting principles in its jurisdiction of incorporation, in each case to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements and as applied by such Financial Reporting Entity or that member of the Financial Reporting Group from time to time.

Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness:

 

  (a)

of a person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (b)

assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such person in connection with such person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition; or

 

  (c)

of a person at the time such person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary,

provided that Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to:

 

  (i)

clause (a) above, on the date such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (ii)

clause (b) above, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets; and

 

  (iii)

clause (c) above, on the date of the relevant merger, consolidation or other combination.

Acquisition” means the direct or indirect acquisition by German Newco and any other members of the Group of assets of and shares in the BIRKENSTOCK Group in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Documents.

Acquisition Agreement” means the sale and purchase agreement dated 25/26 February 2021 between German Newco and the Vendor.

Acquisition Closing Date” means the date on which the Acquisition is completed in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement.

Acquisition Documents” means the Acquisition Agreement, any other document ancillary to or entered into in connection with the Acquisition Agreement and each other document or agreement designated in writing as an Acquisition Document by the Issuer.

 

2


Additional Assets” means:

 

  (a)

any property or assets (other than Capital Stock) used or to be used by the Issuer, a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful (including Investments in property or assets for potential future use) in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used, or to be used, in a Similar Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets);

 

  (b)

the Capital Stock of a person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

  (c)

Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Additional Notes” means any additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with the terms hereof, including Sections 2.01, 2.02 and 4.08.

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agent” means any Registrar, co-Registrar, Transfer Agent, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

Agreed Co-Investor” means Christian Birkenstock and any investment vehicles controlled by him, including CB Verwaltungs GmbH and CB Beteiligungs GmbH & Co. KG, together with any of its successors, Affiliates, Related Funds or direct or indirect Subsidiaries.

Agreed Security Principles” means the agreed security principles as set out in Exhibit E.

Applicable Metric” means any financial covenant or financial ratio or Incurrence-based permission, test, basket or threshold in this Indenture (including any financial definition or component thereof and any financial ratio, test, basket or threshold or permission based on the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA, LTM EBITDA, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio), any Default, Event of Default or other relevant breach of this Indenture.

Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary with respect thereto that apply to such transfer or exchange.

Applicable Reporting Date” means, as at any date of determination, at the Issuer’s election (which election the Issuer may revoke and re-make at any time and from time to time):

 

  (a)

if no report or financial statements have yet been delivered pursuant to Section 4.02(a)(1), Section 4.02(a)(2) or Section 4.02(a)(3) since the Acquisition Closing Date, the Acquisition Closing Date;

 

3


  (b)

the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter in respect of which a report or financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 4.02(a)(1), Section 4.02(a)(2) or Section 4.02(a)(3) with such Applicable Metric determined by reference to such report or financial statements, whichever is more recent; or

 

  (c)

the last day of the most recently completed Relevant Period for which the Group has sufficient available information to be able to determine such Applicable Metric, with such Applicable Metric determined by reference to such available information.

Applicable Test Date” means the Applicable Transaction Date or, at the Issuer’s election (which election the Issuer may revoke and re-make at any time and from time to time), the Applicable Reporting Date prior to any Applicable Transaction Date.

Applicable Transaction” means any Investment, acquisition, disposition, sale, merger, joint venture, consolidation or other business combination transaction, Incurrence, Change of Control, assumption, commitment, issuance, repayment, repurchase or refinancing of Indebtedness (including for the avoidance of doubt an additional facility under the Senior Term Facilities Agreement), Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and the use of proceeds thereof, any creation of a Lien, any Restricted Payment, any Affiliate Transaction, any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Asset Disposition or any other transaction for which an Applicable Metric falls to be determined; provided that, if any such transaction (the “first transaction”) is being effected in connection with another such transaction (the “second transaction”), the second transaction shall also be an Applicable Transaction with respect to the first transaction.

Applicable Transaction Date” means, in relation to any Applicable Transaction, at the Issuer’s election (which election the Issuer may revoke and re-make at any time and from time to time):

 

  (a)

the date of any letter, definitive agreement, instrument, put option, scheme of arrangement or similar arrangement in relation to such Applicable Transaction (unilateral, conditional or otherwise);

 

  (b)

the date that any commitment, offer, announcement, communication or declaration (unilateral, conditional, or otherwise) with respect to such Applicable Transaction is made or received;

 

  (c)

the date that any notice, which may be revocable or conditional, of any repayment, repurchase or refinancing of any relevant Indebtedness is given to the holders of such Indebtedness;

 

  (d)

the date of consummation, Incurrence, payment or receipt of payment in respect of the Applicable Transaction;

 

  (e)

any other date determined in accordance with this Indenture; or

 

  (f)

any other date relevant to the Applicable Transaction determined by the Issuer in good faith.

 

4


Asset Disposition” means:

 

  (a)

the voluntary sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case other than Capital Stock of the Issuer) (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

 

  (b)

the issuance, sale, transfer or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.08 or directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions,

in each case, other than:

 

  (i)

a disposition by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (ii)

a disposition of cash or Cash Equivalent Investments;

 

  (iii)

a disposition of inventory, receivables, trading stock, equipment or other assets (including Settlement Assets) in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, including any disposition of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations;

 

  (iv)

a disposition of obsolete, worn-out, uneconomic, damaged, retired or surplus property, equipment, facilities or other assets or property, equipment or other assets that are no longer economically practical or commercially desirable to maintain or used or useful in the business of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries whether now or hereafter owned or leased or acquired in connection with an acquisition or used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including by ceasing to enforce, allowing the lapse, abandonment or invalidation of or discontinuing the use or maintenance of or putting into the public domain any intellectual property that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries, no longer used or useful, or economically practicable to maintain, or in respect of which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary determines in its reasonable judgment that such action or inaction is desirable);

 

  (v)

transactions permitted under Article 5 or a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control;

 

  (vi)

a disposition, issuance, sale or transfer of Capital Stock (A) by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary or as part of or pursuant to an equity-based, equity-linked, profit sharing or performance based, incentive or compensation plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or (B) relating to directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to individuals as required by applicable law;

 

5


  (vii)

any dispositions of Capital Stock, properties or assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) not exceeding the greater of (x) €37.63 million and (y) an amount equal to 17.5% of LTM EBITDA;

 

  (viii)

any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.06 and the making of any Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment;

 

  (ix)

dispositions in connection with Liens not prohibited by Section 4.11;

 

  (x)

dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements or any sale of assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary upon the foreclosure of a Lien granted in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (xi)

conveyances, sales, transfers, licenses or sublicenses, lease or assignment or other dispositions of intellectual property rights, software or other general intangibles and licenses, sub-licenses, leases or subleases of other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or pursuant to a research or development agreement in which the counterparty to such agreement receives a license in the intellectual property or software that result from such agreement;

 

  (xii)

the lease, assignment, license, sublease or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

  (xiii)

foreclosure, condemnation, forced dispositions, taking by eminent domain or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets;

 

  (xiv)

the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

 

  (xv)

any issuance or sale of Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any other disposition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary (as defined in the Senior Term Facilities Agreement);

 

  (xvi)

any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a person (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

 

6


  (xvii)

dispositions of property to the extent:

 

  (A)

that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased;

 

  (B)

that the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased); or

 

  (C)

allowable under Section 1031 of the Code (or any similar provision under applicable tax law) and constituting any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

  (xviii)

any disposition of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets, or participations therein, in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, or the disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

  (xix)

any disposition pursuant to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction or any other financing transaction with respect to property constructed, acquired, replaced, repaired or improved (including any reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or development of real property) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including asset securitizations, permitted by this Indenture;

 

  (xx)

dispositions of Investments in joint ventures or similar entities to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the parties to such joint venture set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

  (xxi)

any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release, surrender or waiver of contractual, tort, litigation or other claims of any kind;

 

  (xxii)

the unwinding or termination of any Cash Management Services or Hedging Obligations;

 

  (xxiii)

the disposition of any assets made in connection with the approval of any applicable antitrust authority or otherwise necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of the Issuer to consummate any acquisition; and

 

7


  (xxiv)

a disposition of property or assets if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions and the Net Available Cash from such disposition is used to make a Restricted Payment, in each case, provided that in the event that a transaction (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of a permitted Asset Disposition and would also be a Permitted Investment or an Investment permitted under Section 4.06, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will be entitled to divide and classify such transaction (or a portion thereof) as an Asset Disposition and/or one or more of the types of Permitted Investments or Investments permitted under Section 4.06.

Associate” means (i) any person engaged in a Similar Business of which the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries are the legal and beneficial owners of between 20% and 50% of all outstanding Voting Stock and (ii) any joint venture entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Authority” means The International Stock Exchange Authority Limited.

Available Amount” means at any time, an amount equal to, without duplication or double counting (including without double counting amounts which would increase the capacity to make Restricted Payments, Permitted Payments or Permitted Investments pursuant to Section 4.06(a)), the sum of:

 

  (a)

Retained Cash (as defined in the Senior Term Facilities Agreement); plus

 

  (b)

the amount of any Equity Contribution made after the Acquisition Closing Date (excluding the Transaction Equity Contribution); plus

 

  (c)

Closing Overfunding; plus

 

  (d)

IPO Proceeds; plus

 

  (e)

Permitted Debt (excluding (i) any intra-Group Indebtedness and (ii) any Indebtedness of a member of the Group outstanding or committed on the Acquisition Closing Date under Facility B and/ or the Notes that are applied by the Issuer towards (x) the payment of the cash consideration to the Vendor under the Acquisition Agreement, (y) the refinancing of existing Indebtedness of the BIRKENSTOCK Group on or about the Acquisition Closing Date or (z) the payment of costs, fees or expenses in connection with the Transaction); plus

 

  (f)

cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by members of the Group, provided that such cash and Cash Equivalent Investments would otherwise have been able to be used at that time to make a Permitted Payment (excluding the Available Amount permission); plus

 

  (g)

the aggregate principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued after the Acquisition Closing Date (other than Indebtedness issued to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary), which has been converted into or exchanged for equity and/or shareholder loans, together with the fair market value of any Cash Equivalent Investments and the fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Issuer) of any property or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary upon such exchange or conversion, in each case, during the period from and including the day immediately following the Acquisition Closing Date through and including such time; plus

 

  (h)

the aggregate amount of net cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary during the period from and including the day immediately

 

8


  following the Acquisition Closing Date through and including such time in connection with the disposal to a person (other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) of any investment funded made using the Available Amount (in whole or in part); plus

 

  (i)

to the extent not already reflected as a return of capital with respect to such investment for purposes of determining the amount of such investment, the aggregate amount of proceeds received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary during the period from and including the day immediately following the Acquisition Closing Date through and including such time in connection with cash returns, cash profits, cash distributions and similar cash amounts (including cash interest and/or principal repayments of loans), in each case received in respect of any investment made after the Acquisition Closing Date using the Available Amount (in whole or in part) (in an amount not to exceed the original amount of such investment); plus

 

  (j)

an amount equal to the sum of:

 

  (i)

the amount of any investment made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary using the Available Amount in any Unrestricted Subsidiary (in an amount not to exceed the original amount of such investment) that has been re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or is liquidated, wound up or dissolved into, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (ii)

the fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Issuer) of the property or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that have been transferred, conveyed or otherwise distributed (in an amount not to exceed the original amount of the investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary) to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary,

in each case, during the period from and including the day immediately following the Acquisition Closing Date through and including such time.

Bankruptcy Law” means, in respect of any person, the law of any applicable jurisdiction accepting jurisdiction in respect of the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding up, liquidation or relief of debtors in respect of such person and, in respect of the Issuer and any Guarantor incorporated in Luxembourg, the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg relating to the state of cessation de paiements or the loss of commercial creditworthiness (ébranlement de credit), the opening of bankruptcy (faillite), insolvency, liquidation, composition with creditors (concordat préventif de la faillite), moratorium or suspension of payments (sursis de paiement), controlled management (gestion contrôlée)) or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law.

BIRKENSTOCK Group” means (x) prior to the Acquisition Closing Date, Birkenstock GmbH & Co. KG, Birkenstock Immobilien GmbH & Co. KG and Birkenstock Cosmetics GmbH & Co. KG, together with their respective Subsidiaries and (y) after the Acquisition Closing Date, Birkenstock Holding B.V. & Co. KG together with its Subsidiaries, as the context may require.

 

9


Borrowing Base” means, at any given time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) 90% of the face amount of all accounts receivable; (b) the lesser of (i) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value and (ii) 75% of the book value of all inventory and in-transit inventory; (c) the lesser of (i) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value and (ii) 75% of the book value of all raw materials inventory; and (d) 100% of all cash of borrowers and the guarantors under the ABL Facility as of the most recently ended fiscal month or such other date upon which a borrowing base certificate is delivered under the ABL Facility Agreement. The Borrowing Base shall be calculated on a pro forma basis to include any accounts receivable, inventory, raw materials and cash owned by an entity that is to be merged with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or is to become a Restricted Subsidiary on the date of determination.

Board of Directors” means:

 

  (a)

with respect to the Issuer or any company or corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of that company or corporation, or any duly authorized committee thereof;

 

  (b)

with respect to any limited liability company, the sole member, sole manager, board of managers or other governing body, as applicable, of that limited liability company, or any duly authorized committee thereof;

 

  (c)

with respect to any partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of that partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof, except if a manager or a board of managers have been appointed in accordance with the constitutional documents of such partnership, in which case clause (a) above shall apply; and

 

  (d)

with respect to any other person, the board or any duly authorized committee of that person serving a similar function.

Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires any action or determination to be made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a majority of the directors or equivalent (excluding employee representatives, if any) on any such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is taken as part of a formal board meeting (or equivalent) or as a formal board approval (or equivalent)). The obligations of the “Board of Directors” under this Indenture may be exercised by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, the Parent, German Newco, Lux SPV or any Financial Reporting Entity, including, in each case, its successors and assigns.

Book-Entry Interest” means a beneficial interest in a Global Note held by or through a Participant.

Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in (i) Luxembourg, (ii) Frankfurt, Germany, (iii) London, United Kingdom or (iv) New York, New York, United States are authorized or required by law to close.

Business Successor” means (i) any former Subsidiary of the Issuer and (ii) any person that, after the Issue Date, has acquired, merged or consolidated with a Subsidiary of the Issuer (that results in such Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Issuer), or acquired (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of a Subsidiary or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of a Subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

10


Capital Stock” of any person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase or acquire, warrants, options or depositary receipts for, or other equivalents of, or partnership or other interests in (however designated), equity of such person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity.

Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes on the basis of GAAP. The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined on the basis of GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

Cash Equivalent Investments” means, at any time when held by a member of the Group or the BIRKENSTOCK Group (as applicable), any Cash Equivalents, Temporary Cash Investments or Investment Grade Securities and (without double counting):

 

  (a)

debt securities or other investments in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by an Acceptable Nation or any agency thereof and having not more than one year to final maturity;

 

  (b)

certificates of deposit maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and issued by any lender party to a Credit Facility or by any bank or trust company;

 

  (i)

whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “F1” or the equivalent thereof by Fitch or at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization); or

 

  (ii)

(in the event that the bank or trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess of €250 million;

 

  (c)

any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by any government of any Acceptable Nation, maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and not convertible or exchangeable to any other security;

 

  (d)

commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security:

 

  (i)

for which a recognized trading market exists;

 

  (ii)

which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and

 

  (iii)

which has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P or F1 or higher by Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody’s, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its short term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating;

 

11


  (e)

bills of exchange issued in any Acceptable Nation or, in each case, any agency thereof and eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or their dematerialized equivalent);

 

  (f)

any investment which:

 

  (i)

is an investment in money market funds:

 

  (A)

with a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P or F1 or higher by Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody’s; or

 

  (B)

which invests substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) to (e) above;

 

  (ii)

is any other money market investment (including repurchase agreements) and substantially all of the assets or collateral in respect of that investment have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P or F1 or higher by Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody’s; or

 

  (iii)

can be turned into cash on not more than 30 days’ notice,

in each case, to which any member of the Group or member of the BIRKENSTOCK Group (as applicable) is alone (or together with other members of the Group or BIRKENSTOCK Group (as applicable)) beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or BIRKENSTOCK Group (as applicable) or subject to any Security (other than a Permitted Lien).

Cash Equivalents” means:

 

  (a)

Australian dollars, Canadian dollars, euro, Japanese yen, Swiss francs, UK pounds sterling, U.S. dollars or any national currency of any member state of the EU or any other foreign currency held by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

  (b)

securities or other direct obligations issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the government of Australia, Canada, Japan, Norway, Switzerland, the UK or the US, the EU or any member state of the EU on the Issue Date or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of such country or such member state is pledged in support thereof), with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

  (c)

certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender or by any bank or trust company:

 

12


  (i)

whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “F1” or the equivalent thereof by Fitch or at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization); or

 

  (ii)

(in the event that the bank or trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess of €250 million;

 

  (d)

repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (b), (c) and (g) of this definition entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above;

 

  (e)

securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any person referenced in clause (c) above;

 

  (f)

commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by a bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above (or by the Parent Entity thereof) maturing within one year after the date of creation thereof or any commercial paper and variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by a corporation rated at least “A-1” or higher by S&P or at least “F1” or the equivalent thereof by Fitch or “P-1” or higher by Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer) maturing within one year after the date of creation thereof;

 

  (g)

interests in any investment company, money market, enhanced high yield fund or other investment fund which invests 90% or more of its assets in instruments of the types specified in clauses (a) through (f) above; and

 

  (h)

for purposes of clause (ii) of the definition of “Asset Disposition,” the marketable securities portfolio owned by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the Acquisition Closing Date.

Cash Management Services” means any of the following: automated clearing house transactions, treasury, depository, credit or debit card, purchasing card, stored value card, electronic fund transfer services, daylight or overnight draft facilities and/or cash management services, including controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services or other cash management arrangements in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice.

Change of Control” means:

 

  (1)

the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, being or becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer other than in connection with any transaction or series of transactions in which the Issuer shall become the Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Parent Entity so long as no Person or group, as noted above, other than a Permitted Holder, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent Entity; or

 

13


  (2)

the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or one or more Permitted Holders.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control solely as a result of the Issuer becoming a direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Parent Holding Company if (A) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such Parent Holding Company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Issuer’s Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction no Person (other than a holding company satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company and (b) the right to acquire Voting Stock (so long as such Person does not have the right to direct the voting of the Voting Stock subject to such right) or any veto power in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Voting Stock will not cause a party to be a beneficial owner.

Charged Property” means the Collateral and any other assets subject to Security Interests that may in the future be granted to secure obligations under the Notes, any Note Guarantees and this Indenture in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.

Clean-up Period” means the date which falls 180 days after the Acquisition Closing Date.

Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking S.A. or any successor thereof.

Closing Overfunding” means the aggregate amount invested in Lux SPV or German Newco (without double-counting) by way of Equity Contribution on or around the Acquisition Closing Date and identified as “Closing Overfunding” or similar in the funds flow statement, plus (without double-counting) the amount of cash on the balance sheet of the Group (including the BIRKENSTOCK Group) as at the Acquisition Closing Date (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any cash attributable (as determined by Lux SPV (acting reasonably)) to amounts invested in Lux SPV or German Newco (as applicable) by way of Equity Contribution or the proceeds from any Notes or any other Indebtedness that are applied by Lux SPV or German Newco (as applicable) on the Acquisition Closing Date towards (i) the payment of cash consideration to the Vendor under the Acquisition Agreement, (ii) the refinancing of existing Indebtedness of the BIRKENSTOCK Group or (iii) the payment of costs, fees or expenses in connection with the Transaction).

Collateral” means the SUN Collateral and the Shared Collateral.

Common Depositary” means, with respect to any Global Note representing the Notes, an entity appointed as common depositary by Euroclear and Clearstream, their nominees and their respective successors.

 

14


Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including amortization or write-off of:

 

  (a)

intangibles and non-cash organization costs;

 

  (b)

deferred financing fees or costs; and

 

  (c)

capitalized expenditures, customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs, the amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par and amortization of favorable or unfavorable lease assets or liabilities,

of such person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP and any write down of assets or asset value carried on the balance sheet.

Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period:

 

  (a)

increased (without duplication) by:

 

  (i)

provision for taxes based on income or profits, revenue or capital, including federal, state, provincial, territorial, local, foreign, unitary, excise, property, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding and similar taxes of such person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations (including any additions to such taxes, and any penalties and interest with respect thereto), deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (ii)

Fixed Charges of such person for such period, including:

 

  (A)

net losses on any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate, currency or commodities risk;

 

  (B)

bank fees and other financing fees; and

 

  (C)

costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, plus amounts excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (a)(A) through (a)(I) thereof,

in each case to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (iii)

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (iv)

any:

 

15


  (A)

Transaction Expenses; and

 

  (B)

any fees, costs, expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense) related to any actual, proposed or contemplated Equity Offering (including any expense relating to enhanced accounting functions or other transactions costs associated with becoming a public company), Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the Incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful),

in each case including such fees, expenses or charges (including rating agency fees and related expenses) related to the Senior Term Facilities, the ABL Facility, any Notes, any other Credit Facility, any Receivables Facility, any Securitization Facility, any other Indebtedness not prohibited by this Indenture or any Equity Offering and any amendment, waiver or other modification of any of the foregoing, in each case, whether or not consummated, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (v)

the amount of any:

 

  (A)

restructuring charge, accrual or reserve (and adjustments to existing reserves), transaction or integration cost or other business optimization expense or cost (including charges directly related to the implementation of cost-savings initiatives) that is deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions or divestitures after the Issue Date, including those related to any severance, retention, signing bonuses, relocation, recruiting and other employee related costs, internal costs in respect of strategic initiatives and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employment benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities), operational and technology systems development and establishment costs, future lease commitments and costs related to the opening, pre-opening, abandonment, disposal, discontinuation and closure and/or consolidation of facilities and to exiting lines of business and consulting fees incurred with any of the foregoing; and

 

  (B)

fees, costs and expenses associated with acquisition related litigation and settlements thereof; plus

 

  (vi)

any other non-cash charges, write-downs, expenses, losses or items reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period including any impairment charges or the impact of purchase accounting; provided that if any such non-cash charge, write-down or item to the extent it represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period then the cash payment in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA when paid or other items classified by the Issuer as special items less other non-cash items of income increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents a receipt of cash in any future period); plus

 

16


  (vii)

the amount of board of director fees, management, monitoring, advisory, consulting, refinancing, subsequent transaction, advisory and exit fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to any member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate of a Permitted Holder to the extent permitted under Section 4.10; plus

 

  (viii)

the “run rate” adjustment required to give effect to synergies, cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges, operating cost improvements, operating improvements, revenue increases, revenue enhancements or other adjustments, similar initiatives or effects of synergies (together, being “Synergies”) that have been realized (in full or in part) for some, but not all, of such period and that are related to any acquisition (including under a letter of intent), disposition, divestiture, restructuring, new or revised contract, information and technology systems establishment, modernization or modification or the implementation of any operating improvements, efficiency or cost savings initiative or any other adjustments or similar initiatives, as applicable, as if such Synergies had been realized from the first day of such period and during the entirety of such period (which adjustments, without double-counting may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to Section 4.15); net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; plus

 

  (ix)

the pro forma adjustment (whether on a “run rate” basis or otherwise) for Synergies that are expected (in good faith) to be realized as a result of actions taken or committed or expected to be taken in relation to any acquisition (including under a letter of intent), disposition, divestiture, restructuring, new or revised contract, information and technology systems establishment, modernization or modification or the implementation of an operating improvements, efficiency or cost savings initiative or any other adjustments or similar initiative (for the avoidance of doubt, whether or not any action has been taken in relation to the same), calculated on a pro forma basis as if such Synergies had been realized from the first day of such period and during the entirety of such period (which adjustments, without double-counting, may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to Section 4.15); plus

 

  (x)

the amount of loss or discount on sale of Securitization Assets, Receivables Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility; plus

 

17


  (xi)

any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any severance agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or Net Cash Proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; plus

 

  (xii)

cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (b) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

 

  (xiii)

any net loss included in the Consolidated Net Income attributable to non-controlling interests; plus

 

  (xiv)

realized foreign exchange losses resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

 

  (xv)

net realized losses from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives; plus

 

  (xvi)

the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary and any costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related thereto; plus

 

  (xvii)

with respect to any joint venture, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in sub-clauses (i) and (iii) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to the Issuer’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Restricted Subsidiary) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (xviii)

earn-out and contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses or otherwise) and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments; plus

 

  (xix)

any net pension or other post-employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognized net obligation (and loss or cost), and any other items of a similar nature; plus

 

  (xx)

the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of the Issuer or any Parent Entity in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to equity holders of such person or its Parent Entities, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were equity holders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under this Indenture; plus

 

18


  (xxi)

to the extent not already otherwise included herein, adjustments and add-backs (including anticipated synergies) for costs or expenses (or, in each case, similar items) made in calculating “Adjusted EBITDA” (or any similar or equivalent term) included in the Offering Memorandum and other adjustments of a similar nature to the foregoing and/or any base case model or quality of earnings report related to a Permitted Acquisition (including any annexures to such report) prepared by an independent third party; plus

 

  (xxii)

the amount of incremental contract value of the Group that the Issuer in good faith reasonably believes would have been realized or achieved as Consolidated EBITDA contribution from (x) increased pricing or volume initiatives and/or (y) the entry into binding and effective new agreements with new customers or, if generating incremental contract value, new agreements (or amendments to existing agreements) with existing customers (collectively, “New Contracts”) during such period had such New Contracts been effective as of the beginning of such period (including, without limitation, 100% of such incremental contract value attributable to New Contracts that are in excess of (but without duplication of) contract value attributable to New Contracts that has been actually realized as Consolidated EBITDA contribution during such period) as long as such incremental contract value is reasonably identifiable and factually supportable; provided that such incremental contract value shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though the full “run rate” effect of such incremental contract value had been realized as Consolidated EBITDA contributed on the first day of such period; provided that any amounts calculated pursuant to this clause (xxii) shall not exceed an amount equal to 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the relevant period after giving effect to all other adjustments permitted by this definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”; plus

 

  (xxiii)

earn out obligations Incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted under this Indenture and paid or accrued during such period; plus

 

  (xxiv)

losses, charges and expenses related to the pre-opening and opening of new facilities, and start-up period prior to opening, that are operated, or to be operated, by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; plus

 

  (xxv)

any other items classified by the Issuer as extraordinary, one-off, one-time, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring items decreasing Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period; and

 

19


  (b)

decreased (without duplication) by non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

  (a)

consolidated interest expense of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (in each case, determined on the basis of GAAP), to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, including:

 

  (i)

amortization of original issue discount or premium resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par;

 

  (ii)

all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances;

 

  (iii)

non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP);

 

  (iv)

the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations;

 

  (v)

net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness; and

 

  (vi)

interest actually paid by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary under any guarantee of Indebtedness or other obligation of any other person,

and excluding:

 

  (A)

Securitization Fees;

 

  (B)

interest and other fees in respect of Receivables Facilities;

 

  (C)

penalties and interest relating to taxes;

 

  (D)

any additional cash interest owing pursuant to any registration rights agreement;

 

  (E)

accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities other than Indebtedness;

 

  (F)

any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting in connection with the Transaction or any acquisition;

 

20


  (G)

amortization or write-off of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium, terminated Hedging Obligations and other commissions, financing fees and expenses and original issue discount with respect to any Indebtedness the Incurrence of which is permitted by Section 4.08 and, adjusted to the extent included, to exclude any refunds or similar credits received in connection with the purchasing or procurement of goods or services under any purchasing card or similar program;

 

  (H)

any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees; and

 

  (I)

interest with respect to Indebtedness of any parent of such person appearing upon the balance sheet of such person solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP; plus

 

  (b)

consolidated interest expense of any Parent Entity to the extent such interest expense was funded with the proceeds of dividends, distributions or other payments to any Parent Entity pursuant to Section 4.06(a)(1)(C); plus

 

  (c)

consolidated capitalized interest of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (but excluding any interest capitalized, accrued, accreted or paid in respect of Subordinated Shareholder Funding); less

 

  (d)

interest income for such period,

provided that, for purposes of this definition interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any person for any period, the net income (loss) of such person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of GAAP; provided that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

 

  (a)

any net income (loss) of any person if such person is not a Restricted Subsidiary (including any net income (loss) from Investments recorded in such person under the equity method of accounting), except that the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalent Investments actually distributed or that (as reasonably determined by an Officer of the Issuer) could have been distributed by such person during such period to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment; provided that, for the purposes of Section 4.06(a)(C) such dividend, other distribution or return on investment does not reduce the amount of Investments outstanding under the definition of Permitted Investments;

 

  (b)

any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss), realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) or disposed or discontinued operations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice (as determined in good faith by the Issuer);

 

21


  (c)

any extraordinary, exceptional, one-off, one-time, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or expense, including Transaction Expenses or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy or severance expense or relocation costs, one-time compensation charges, integration and facilities’ opening costs and other business optimization expenses and operating improvements (including related to new product introductions and the build-out, renovation and expansion of facilities), systems development and establishment costs, accruals or reserves (including restructuring and integration costs related to acquisitions after the Issue Date and adjustments to existing reserves), whether or not classified as restructuring expense on the consolidated financial statements, signing costs, retention or completion bonuses, transition costs, losses related to closure/consolidation or disruption of facilities, losses associated with temporary decreases in work volume and expenses related to maintaining underutilized personnel and facilities (to the extent such disruption of facilities, temporary decreases in work volume and/or underutilized personnel and facilities are the result of an extraordinary, exceptional, one-off, one-time, unusual or nonrecurring event or circumstance), internal costs in respect of strategic initiatives and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities), litigation, contract terminations and professional and consulting fees incurred with any of the foregoing;

 

  (d)

the cumulative effect of a change in law, regulation or accounting principles;

 

  (e)

any:

 

  (i)

non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions or on the re-valuation of any benefit plan obligation; and

 

  (ii)

income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts;

 

  (f)

all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness;

 

  (g)

any unrealized gains or losses in respect of any Hedging Obligations or other financial instruments or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of any Hedging Obligations;

 

  (h)

any fees, charges and expenses (including any transaction or retention bonus or similar payment) incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, reorganization, restructuring, disposition of assets or securities, issuance or repayment or redemption of Indebtedness, issuance of Capital Stock, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful;

 

22


  (i)

any unrealized or realized foreign currency translation increases or decreases or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such person, and any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any unrealized or realized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies;

 

  (j)

any unrealized or realized gain or loss due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects, determined in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (k)

any recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting effects, including, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any consummated acquisition (including the Transaction), or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development);

 

  (l)

any impairment charge, write-off or write-down, including impairment charges, write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, goodwill, investments in debt or equity securities (including any losses with respect to the foregoing in bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings) and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP;

 

  (m)

any effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;

 

  (n)

accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted (including any adjustment of estimated pay-outs on existing earn-outs) that are so required to be established as a result of the Transaction in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies;

 

  (o)

any costs associated with the Transaction;

 

  (p)

any non-cash expenses, accruals or reserves related to adjustments to historical tax exposures and any deferred tax expense associated with tax deductions or net operating losses arising as a result of the Transaction, or the release of any valuation allowances related to such item;

 

  (q)

any:

 

23


  (i)

payments to third parties in respect of research and development, including amounts paid upon signing, success, completion and other milestones and other progress payments, to the extent expensed; and

 

  (ii)

effects of adjustments to accruals and reserves during a period relating to any change in the methodology of calculating reserves for returns, rebates and other chargebacks (including government program rebates);

 

  (r)

any net gain (or loss) from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations and any net gain (or loss) on disposal of disposed, discontinued or abandoned operations; and

 

  (s)

the impact of capitalized, accrued or accreting or pay-in-kind interest or principal on Subordinated Shareholder Funding, provided that, in addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include:

 

  (A)

any expenses and charges that are reimbursed by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed and only to the extent that such amount is:

 

  (1)

not denied by the applicable payor in writing within 180 days; and

 

  (2)

in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days); and

 

  (B)

to the extent covered by insurance (including business interruption insurance) and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is:

 

  (1)

not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days; and

 

  (2)

in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption.

 

24


Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any person, any obligation of such person guaranteeing in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, any operating lease, dividend or other obligation that does not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other person (the “primary obligor”), including any obligation of such person, whether or not contingent:

 

  (a)

to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

 

  (b)

to advance or supply funds:

 

  (i)

for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

 

  (ii)

to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

 

  (iii)

to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

continuing” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default has not been cured or waived.

Controlled Investment Affiliate” means, as to any person, any other person, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person and is organized by such person (or any person controlling such person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Issuer and/or other companies.

Credit Facility” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, indentures, instruments or other arrangements (including the Senior Term Facilities, ABL Facility or commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions, funds, governmental or quasi-governmental agencies or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the original Senior Term Facilities, the ABL Facility or one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and in each case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any Guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries of the Issuer as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

 

25


Currency Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency (the “second currency”) other than a specified currency (the “first currency”), at any time for determination thereof, the amount of the first currency obtained by converting the amount of the second currency into the first currency at the spot rate for the purchase of the first currency with the second currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two Business Days prior to such determination.

Debt Documents” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Debt Pushdown” means the novation, transfer or push down of all or part of the rights and obligations of a borrower of Facility B to another member of the Group in accordance with the provisions of the Senior Term Facilities Agreement.

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

Definitive Registered Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Increases, Decreases or Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached hereto.

Depositary” means, with respect to any Global Note representing the Notes, Euroclear and Clearstream, including, in each case, any successor thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalent Investments received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of or collection or payment on such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in exchange for consideration in the form of Cash Equivalent Investments in compliance with Section 4.09.

Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Parent Entity (other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any such Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Issuer or such Subsidiary) and that is designated as “Designated Preferred Stock” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer at or prior to the issuance thereof.

 

26


Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Issuer or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock.

Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any person, any Capital Stock of such person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

 

  (a)

matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; or

 

  (b)

is or may become (in accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise redeemable or repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

in each case on or prior to the earlier of:

 

  (i)

the Stated Maturity of the Notes; or

 

  (ii)

the date on which there are no Notes outstanding;

provided that:

 

  (A)

only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; and

 

  (B)

any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if any such redemption or repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant person with Section 4.06.

provided, further, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, contractor or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates (excluding the Permitted Holders (but not excluding any future, current or former employee, director, officer, contractor or consultant) or Immediate Family Members), of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries, any Parent Entity or any other entity in which the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an “affiliate” by the Board of Directors (or the compensation committee thereof) or any other plan for the benefit of current, former or future employees (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members)) of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory, contractual or regulatory obligations.

dollar” or “$” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

27


Equity Contribution” means the portion of funding for the Transaction to be provided to German Newco through intermediate holding companies by way of an equity contribution (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, any Subordinated Shareholder Funding), including:

 

  (a)

any subscription for shares issued by, and any capital contributions (including by way of premium and/ or contribution to the capital reserves and on a cash or cashless basis) to, the Issuer via the Parent; and/ or

 

  (b)

any loans, notes, bonds or like instruments issued by or made to the Issuer via the Parent which are subordinated to the Notes as Subordinated Liabilities pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement or otherwise on terms satisfactory to the Trustee (acting reasonably) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Subordinated Shareholder Funding).

Equity Documents” means the constitutional documents of the Issuer and any document evidencing an Equity Contribution as described in paragraph (b) of the definition of “Equity Contribution.”

Equity Offering” means:

 

  (a)

a sale of Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock and other than offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions); or

 

  (b)

the sale of Capital Stock or other securities by any person, the proceeds of which are contributed to the equity of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries by any Parent Entity in any form other than Indebtedness, Excluded Contributions or a Parent Debt Contribution.

Escrowed Proceeds” means the proceeds from the offering or Incurrence of any debt securities or other Indebtedness paid into an escrow account with an independent escrow agent on the date of the applicable offering or Incurrence pursuant to escrow arrangements that permit the release of amounts on deposit in such escrow account upon satisfaction of certain conditions or the occurrence of certain events, provided that the term “Escrowed Proceeds” shall include any interest earned on the amounts held in escrow.

euro” or “” means the single currency of participating member states of the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank SA/NV, as currently in effect, or any successor securities clearing agency.

Euro Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than euro, at any time of determination thereof by the Issuer or the Trustee, the amount of euro obtained by converting such currency other than euro involved in such computation into euro at the spot rate for the purchase of euro with the applicable currency other than euro as published in The Financial Times in the “Currency Rates” section (or, if The Financial Times is no longer published, or if such information is no longer available in The Financial Times, such source as may be selected in good faith by the Issuer) on the date of such determination.

 

28


European Government Obligations” means any security denominated in euro that is (1) a direct obligation of any country that is a member of the European Monetary Union and whose long-term debt is rated “A-1” or higher by Moody’s or “A+” or higher by S&P or the equivalent rating category of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization on the date of this Indenture, for the payment of which the full faith and credit of such country is pledged or (2) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of any such country the payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by such country, which, in either case under the preceding clause (1) or (2), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

European Union” means all members of the European Union as of December 31, 2018 (including for the avoidance of doubt the United Kingdom).

Exchange” means The International Stock Exchange.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Excluded Contribution” means Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than from the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock), or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of the Issuer (other than the Transaction Equity Contribution) or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, following the Issue Date to the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer.

Existing Debt” means the outstanding Indebtedness (and any interest, coupon, premia, fees, costs or expenses accruing thereon) under (a) any Existing Debt Document and (b) any hedging agreement or related or ancillary agreement entered into in connection with any Existing Debt Document.

Existing Debt Document” means any document or instrument constituting, documenting or evidencing any indebtedness made available to or guaranteed or secured by any member of the BIRKENSTOCK Group and existing immediately prior to the Acquisition Closing Date.

Facility B” means Facility B (EUR) and Facility B (USD).

Facility B (EUR)” means the euro-denominated senior secured term loan facility B made available under the Senior Term Facilities Agreement on or about the Acquisition Closing Date.

Facility B (USD)” the U.S. dollar-denominated senior secured term loan facility B made available under the Senior Term Facilities Agreement on or about the Acquisition Closing Date.

 

29


fair market value” wherever such term is used (except as otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture), may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or Board of Directors in good faith.

Finance Documents” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Financial Reporting Group” means the applicable Financial Reporting Entity and each of its Subsidiaries from time to time, but excluding any Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of LTM EBITDA to the Fixed Charges of the Group as at the Applicable Reporting Date for the Relevant Period ending on such Applicable Reporting Date (the “reference period”), provided that, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Fixed Charges may, at the Issuer’s option, exclude any interest expenses related to leases incurred during the reference period. In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, assumes, Guarantees, redeems, defeases, retires, extinguishes or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or has caused any Reserved Indebtedness Amount to be deemed to be Incurred or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in each case, subsequent to the commencement of the reference period but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, deemed Incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, redemption, defeasance, retirement, extinguishment or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the reference period; provided that the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to:

 

  (a)

any Fixed Charges attributable to Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to Section 4.08(b) (other than Indebtedness Incurred in reliance upon the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(1)(D), Section 4.08(b)(1)(E) or Section 4.08(b)(5)(B)(1);

 

  (b)

any Fixed Charges attributable to Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(4)(A) or Section 4.08(b)(14)(B); or

 

  (c)

any Fixed Charges attributable to any Indebtedness discharged on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from the application of the proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred on the determination date pursuant to Section 4.08(b) (other than Indebtedness Incurred in reliance upon the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(1)(D), Section 4.08(b)(1)(E) or Section 4.08(b)(5)(B)(1)).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, any Purchase or Sale that has been made by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, during the reference period or subsequent to the reference period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that such Purchase or Sale (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in LTM EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the reference period.

 

30


If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire reference period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by an Officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed with a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the reference period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

For the purposes of this definition, “Consolidated Interest Expense” will be calculated using an assumed interest rate based on the indicative interest margin contained in any financing commitment documentation with respect to such Indebtedness or, if no such indicative interest margin exists, as reasonably determined by the Issuer in good faith.

All Applicable Metrics described in this definition will be calculated as set forth in Section 4.15.

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any person for any period, the sum of:

 

  (a)

Consolidated Interest Expense of such person for such period;

 

  (b)

all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of such person during such period; and

 

  (c)

all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during this period.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in Germany (Grundsatz ordnungsgemäßer Buchführung) under the German Commercial Code (HGB) or any variation thereof with which the Financial Reporting Entity or the Restricted Subsidiaries are, or may be, required to comply, as in effect on the Issue Date, provided that:

 

  (a)

except as otherwise set forth in this Indenture, all ratios and calculations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

  (b)

at any time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may elect to establish that GAAP shall mean GAAP as in effect on or prior to the date of such election; provided, further, that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; and

 

31


  (c)

at any time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may elect to apply other Accounting Principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean such other Accounting Principles (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture), including as to the ability of the Issuer to make an election pursuant to clause (b) above, provided, further, that any calculation or determination in this Indenture that require the application of GAAP for periods that include financial quarters ended prior to the Financial Reporting Entity’s election to apply such other Accounting Principles shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP.

German Newco” means Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG.

Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes.

Group” means the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, collectively.

Group Initiative” means any action or step (including any restructuring, reorganization, new or revised contract, information and technology systems establishment, modernization or modification or the implementation of an operating improvement initiative, efficiency initiative, cost savings initiative, opening and/ or development of any facility, site or operation, capacity increases, capacity utilization or any other adjustments or similar initiative) taken, committed or expected (unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) to be taken by the Group.

Guarantee” means, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such person:

 

  (a)

to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

 

  (b)

entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part),

provided that the term “Guarantee” will not include:

 

  (i)

endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; and

 

  (ii)

standard contractual indemnities or product warranties provided in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice,

 

32


and provided, further, that the amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be the lower of:

 

  (A)

an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made; and

 

  (B)

the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee or, if such Guarantee is not an unconditional guarantee of the entire amount of the primary obligation and such maximum amount is not stated or determinable, the amount of such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such person in good faith.

The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantee Limitations” means, in respect of any Guarantor and any payments such Guarantor is required to make in its capacity as a guarantor or as the provider of an indemnity or as debtor of costs or disbursements or with respect to any other payment obligation under this Indenture or any other Note Document, the limitations and restrictions applicable to such entity pursuant to the guarantee provisions of this Indenture and any relevant wording in any supplemental indenture applicable to such additional Guarantor.

Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and its successors and assigns, in each case, until such Note Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any person, the obligations of such person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate hedge agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, commodity purchase agreement, commodity futures or forward agreement, commodity option agreement, commodities derivative agreement, foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreement, currency futures agreement, currency option agreement, currency derivatives or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

Holdco Financing” means any debt or equity financing (howsoever borrowed, incurred or provided) provided to any Parent Holding Company of the Issuer by any Person, including any vendor, shareholder of the BIRKENSTOCK Group (or their Affiliates) or third-party financing.

Holder” means each Person in whose name the Notes are registered on the registrar’s books, which shall initially be the respective nominee of the Relevant Clearing System, as applicable.

 

33


Immediate Family Members” means, with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Incur” means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for; provided that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a person existing at the time such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “Incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder, subject to the definition of Reserved Indebtedness Amount and related provisions.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person on any date of determination (without duplication):

 

  (a)

the principal of indebtedness of such person for borrowed money;

 

  (b)

the principal of obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

  (c)

all reimbursement obligations of such person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have not been reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

 

  (d)

the principal component of all obligations of such person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables or similar obligation, including accrued expenses owed, to a trade creditor), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

 

  (e)

Capitalized Lease Obligations of such person;

 

  (f)

the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such person with respect to any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

 

  (g)

the principal component of all Indebtedness of other persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (x) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and (y) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other persons;

 

34


  (h)

Guarantees by such person of the principal component of Indebtedness of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) above and clause (i) below of other persons to the extent Guaranteed by such person; and

 

  (i)

to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the net payments under such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such person at the termination of such agreement or arrangement),

with respect to clauses (a), (b), (d) and (e) above, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (A) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (B) the principal amount of Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness:

 

  (i)

Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (ii)

all contingent liabilities under a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or other similar instruments unless and until a valid demand for reimbursement has been made under such instrument and remains unpaid for 30 days;

 

  (iii)

Cash Management Services;

 

  (iv)

any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (v)

obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) incurred prior to the Acquisition Closing Date or in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (vi)

in connection with the purchase by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business or any other Permitted Acquisition, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller or investor may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid in a timely manner;

 

  (vii)

for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes;

 

35


  (viii)

obligations under or in respect of Qualified Securitization Financings or Receivables Facilities;

 

  (ix)

Indebtedness of any Parent Entity appearing on the balance sheet of the Issuer solely by reason of push down accounting under GAAP;

 

  (x)

Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary);

 

  (xi)

amounts owed to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law (including in connection with, or as a result of, exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or action (whether actual, contingent or potential)), pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Article 5;

 

  (xii)

Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

 

  (xiii)

any joint and several liability or any netting or set-off arrangement arising in each case by operation of law as a result of the existence or establishment of a fiscal unity between Restricted Subsidiaries solely for corporate income tax or value added tax purposes in any jurisdiction of which the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary is or becomes a member;

 

  (xiv)

liabilities in relation to the minority interests line in the balance sheet of any member of the Group; or

 

  (xv)

any utilization of a Credit Facility drawn to fund original issue discount flex.

Independent Debt Fund” means any trust, fund or other entity which has been established primarily for the purpose of purchasing or investing in loans or debt securities (but which has not been formed specifically with a view to investing in the Notes) and which is managed independently from all other trusts, funds or other entities managed or controlled by an Investor or any of its Affiliates which have been established for the primary or main purpose of investing in the share capital of companies (and, for the avoidance of doubt, but without limitation, an entity trust or fund shall be treated as being managed independently from all other trusts, funds, or other entities managed or controlled by an Investor or any of its Affiliates, if it has a different general partner (or equivalent)).

Independent Financial Advisor” means an investment banking or accounting firm of international standing or any third-party appraiser of international standing; provided that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Issuer.

Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Initial Guarantors” means Lux SPV, German Newco and U.S. Newco.

 

36


Initial Investors” means:

 

  (a)

one or more funds, limited partnerships, co-investment vehicles and/or other similar vehicles entities or accounts entities managed by or otherwise advised by any of or collectively BK LC Lux SCA, Financière Agache S.A., Catterton Management Company, L.L.C., LC9 International AIV, LP, L Catterton Europe IV, SLP, L Catterton Asia 3 Pte. Ltd, and/or any of their respective “associates” (as defined in the Companies Act 2006) or Related Funds and/or any of their respective successors; and

 

  (b)

an Agreed Co-Investor,

in each case, other than any portfolio operating companies and their subsidiary undertakings.

Initial Notes” means the €430.0 million 5.25% Senior Notes due 2029 issued by the Issuer on the Issue Date.

Initial Public Offering” means an Equity Offering of common stock or other common equity interests of a member of the Group, a “Pushdown Entity” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) or any Parent Entity or any successor of such member of the Group, Pushdown Entity or any Parent Entity (the “IPO Entity”) following which there is a public market and, as a result of which, the shares of common stock or other common equity interests of the IPO Entity in such offering are listed on an internationally recognized exchange or traded on an internationally recognized market.

Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor Agreement dated April 28, 2021, by and among, inter alios, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Initial Guarantors, the Security Agent, the agent under the Senior Term Facilities Agreement and the agent under the ABL Facility Agreement, as amended, restated, replaced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed from time to time.

“Investment” means, with respect to any person, all investments by such person in other persons (including Affiliates) in the form of advances, loans or other extensions of credit (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, directors, managers, officers or employees of any person in the ordinary course of business, and excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or the Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such other persons and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared on the basis of GAAP; provided that endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business will not be deemed to be an Investment. If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of a person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such person remaining after giving effect thereto will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time.

 

37


For purposes of Section 4.08 and Section 4.12:

 

  (a)

Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

  (i)

the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

 

  (ii)

the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as determined by the Issuer) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (b)

any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined by the Issuer.

Investment Grade Securities” means:

 

  (a)

securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by Australia, the Canadian government, the EU or a member state of the EU, Japan, Norway, Switzerland, the UK, the US government or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalent Investments);

 

  (b)

debt securities or debt instruments with a rating of “A-” or higher from S&P or Fitch or “A3” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s, Fitch or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; and

 

  (c)

Investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clause (a) and (b), above which fund may also hold cash and Cash Equivalent Investments pending investment or distribution.

Investment Grade Status” shall occur when the Notes receive two of the following:

 

  (a)

a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P;

 

  (b)

a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s; or

 

  (c)

a rating of “BBB-” or higher from Fitch;

or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization.

 

38


Investors” means the Initial Investors and any other person holding (directly or indirectly) any issued share capital of the Issuer from time to time.

IPO Market Capitalization” means an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock or common equity interests of the IPO Entity at the time of closing of the Initial Public Offering multiplied by (ii) the price per share at which such shares of common stock or common equity interests are sold in such Initial Public Offering.

IPO Proceeds” means the cash proceeds received by members of the Group or any Parent Holding Company of the Issuer from a Listing or a primary issue of shares in connection with such a Listing after deducting:

 

  (a)

all taxes incurred and required to be paid or reserved against (as reasonably determined by the Issuer on the basis of their existing rates) by the seller in relation to a Listing (including any Taxes incurred as a result of the transfer of any cash consideration intra-Group);

 

  (b)

fees, costs and expenses (including, for the avoidance of doubt, reasonable legal fees, reasonable agents’ commission, reasonable auditors’ fees, reasonable out of pocket reorganization costs (including redundancy, closure and other restructuring costs, both preparatory to, and in consequence of, a Listing));

 

  (c)

any amount required to be applied in repayment or prepayment of any Indebtedness other than Facility B (including to an entity the subject of a disposal, amounts to be repaid or prepaid to the entity disposed of in respect of intra-Group indebtedness and any third party debt secured on the assets disposed of which is to be repaid or prepaid out of those proceeds) or amounts owed to partners in permitted joint ventures as a consequence of that Listing; and

 

  (d)

any reasonable amounts retained to cover indemnities, contingent and other liabilities in connection with the Listing.

Issue Date” means April 29, 2021.

Issuer” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture, and any and all successors thereto.

Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien, hypothecation or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Listing” means the listing or the admission to trading of all or any part of the share capital of any member of the Group or any Parent Holding Company (the only material assets of which are shares or other investments (directly or indirectly in the Group)) of a member of the Group (other than the Initial Investors) on any recognized investment exchange (as that term is used in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) or in or on any other exchange or market in any jurisdiction or country or any other sale or issue by way of listing, flotation or public offering or any equivalent circumstances in relation to any member of the Group or any such Parent Holding Company of any member of the Group (other than the Initial Investors and their Parent Holding Companies) in any jurisdiction or country.

 

39


LTM EBITDA” means on any day, Consolidated EBITDA of the Group for the Relevant Period ending on the Applicable Reporting Date; provided that in the event any indebtedness, loan, investment, disposal, guarantee, payment or other transaction is committed, incurred or made by any member of the Group based on the amount of LTM EBITDA as determined for a given Applicable Test Date, that indebtedness, loan, investment, disposal, guarantee, payment or other transaction shall not constitute, or be deemed to constitute, or result in, a breach of any provision of this Indenture or the other Finance Documents if there is a change in the amount of LTM EBITDA for any Relevant Period ending subsequent to such Applicable Test Date.

Lux SPV” means BK LC Lux SPV S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) organized under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 40, Avenue Monterey, L-2163 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B252419.

Luxembourg Guarantor” means Lux SPV and any other Subsidiary of the Issuer incorporated in Luxembourg which becomes a Guarantor under this Indenture.

Management Advances” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made to, directors, managers, officers, employees, contractors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of any Parent Entity, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or to any management equity plan, stock option plan, any other management or employee benefit, bonus or incentive plan or any trust, partnership or other entity of, established for the benefit of or the beneficial owner of which (directly or indirectly) is the directors, managers, officers, employees, contractors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of any Parent Entity, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

  (a)

in respect of any expenses (including travel, entertainment and moving expenses) Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

  (b)

for purposes of funding any such person’s purchase (or the purchase by any management equity plan) of Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding (or similar obligations) of the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity with the approval of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, or otherwise relating to any management equity plan, stock option plan any other management or employee benefit, bonus or incentive plan;

 

  (c)

in respect of moving related expenses Incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office; or

 

  (d)

otherwise in an amount not exceeding the greater of (i) €16.13 million and (ii) an amount equal to 7.5% of LTM EBITDA in the aggregate outstanding as of the Applicable Test Date.

 

40


Management Stockholders” means the members of management of Lux SPV, the Issuer (or any Parent Entity) or its Subsidiaries who are holders of Capital Stock of the Issuer or of any Parent Entity on the Acquisition Closing Date or will become holders of such Capital Stock in connection with the Transaction.

Market Capitalization” means an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock or common equity interests of the IPO Entity on the date of the declaration of the relevant dividend multiplied by (ii) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such common stock or common equity interests for the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such dividend.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) under the Securities Act.

Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or instalment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

 

  (a)

all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Taxes paid, reasonably estimated to be actually payable or accrued as a liability under GAAP (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a result of the distribution of such proceeds to the Issuer and after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition, including distributions for Related Taxes and Permitted Tax Distributions;

 

  (b)

all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

 

  (c)

all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders (other than any Parent Entity, the Issuer or any of its respective Subsidiaries) in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition;

 

  (d)

the deduction of appropriate amounts required to be provided by the seller as a reserve, on the basis of GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition; and

 

  (e)

any funded escrow established pursuant to the documents evidencing any such sale or disposition to secure any indemnification obligations or adjustments to the purchase price associated with any such Asset Disposition.

 

41


Net Cash Proceeds” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of Taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be actually payable as a result of such issuance or sale (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a result of the distribution of such proceeds to the Issuer and after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing agreements, and including distributions for Related Taxes and Permitted Tax Distributions).

Net Short” means a Holder or a beneficial owner of any Notes (or any affiliate of such Person (provided that for purposes of this paragraph, affiliates shall not include Persons that are subject to customary procedures to prevent the sharing of confidential information between such Holders or beneficial owner and such Person and such Person is managed having independent fiduciary duties to the investors or other equityholders of such Person) that, as a result of its interest in any total return swap, total rate of return swap, credit default swap or other derivative contract (other than any such total return swap, total rate of return swap, credit default swap or other derivative contract entered into pursuant to bona fide market making activities), has a net short position with respect to the Notes. For purposes of determining whether a Holder has a “net short position” on any date of determination: (i) derivative contracts with respect to the Notes and such contracts that are the functional equivalent thereof shall be counted at the notional amount thereof in euro, (ii) notional amounts in other currencies shall be converted to the Euro Equivalent thereof by such Holder or beneficial owner in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with generally accepted financial practices and based on the prevailing conversion rate (determined on a mid-market basis) on the date of determination, (iii) derivative contracts in respect of an index that includes any of the Issuer or the Guarantors or any instrument issued or guaranteed by any of the Issuer or the Guarantors shall not be deemed to create a short position with respect to the Notes or any Notes Guarantee, so long as (x) such index is not created, designed, administered or requested by such Holder or beneficial owner or its respective Affiliates and (y) the Issuer or the Guarantors and any instrument issued or guaranteed by any of the Issuer or the Guarantors, collectively, shall represent less than 5% of the components of such index, (iv) derivative transactions that are documented using either the 2014 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions or the 2003 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions (collectively, the “ISDA CDS Definitions”) shall be deemed to create a short position with respect to the Notes or the Note Guarantees if such Holder or beneficial owner is a protection buyer or the equivalent thereof for such derivative transaction and (x) the Notes or the Notes Guarantees are a “Reference Obligation” under the terms of such derivative transaction (whether specified by name in the related documentation, included as a “Standard Reference Obligation” on the most recent list published by Markit, if “Standard Reference Obligation” is specified as applicable in the relevant documentation or in any other manner), (y) the Notes or the Notes Guarantees would be a “Deliverable Obligation” under the terms of such derivative transaction or (z) any of the Issuer or the Guarantors (or any of its or their respective successors) is designated as a “Reference Entity” under the terms of such derivative transactions, and (v) credit derivative transactions or other derivatives transactions not documented using the ISDA CDS Definitions shall be deemed to create a short position with respect to the Notes and/or the Notes Guarantees if such transactions are functionally equivalent to a transaction that offers the Holder or beneficial owner or its affiliates

 

42


protection against a decline in the value of the Notes or the Notes Guarantees, or as to the credit quality of any of the Issuer or the Guarantors other than, in each case, as part of an index so long as (x) such index is not created, designed, administered or requested by such Holder or beneficial owner and (y) the Issuer or the Guarantor and any instrument issued or guaranteed by any of the Issuer or the Guarantors, collectively, shall represent less than 5% of the components of such index. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Holder or beneficial owner of Notes that is a regulated bank shall be deemed “Net Short” for any purpose under this Indenture.

Note Documents” means the Notes (including Additional Notes), this Indenture (including the Note Guarantees), the Transaction Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

Note Guarantee” means the joint and several guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture (including the Guarantees of the Notes by the Initial Guarantor).

Notes” means the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes that are actually issued under this Indenture. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

Obligations” means any principal, interest (including Post-Petition Interest and fees accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for Post-Petition Interest or fees is allowed in such proceedings), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated as of April 27, 2021, relating to the offering of the Notes.

Officer” means, with respect to any Person, (1) the chairman of the Board of Directors, the CEO, the president, the CFO, any vice president, the treasurer, any director, authorized signatory, managing director or the company secretary (or, in each case, any person holding a similar or equivalent role): (a) of such Person; and/or (b) if such person is owned or managed or represented by a single entity, of such entity, and/or (2) any other individual designated as an “Officer” or an “authorized signatory” with respect to such Person.

Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person.

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion (which may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) from legal counsel that is reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or its Subsidiaries.

 

43


Parent” means:

 

  (a)

BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) organized under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 40, Avenue Monterey, L-2163 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B252195 (or any successor entity); and

 

  (b)

any other person that has provided Transaction Security over any of its assets, but is not the Issuer or a Guarantor and has acceded to this Indenture as “Parent” and acceded to the Intercreditor Agreement as a “Investor Subordinated Creditor” and “Topco Independent Obligor” (each term as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement),

and, in each case, which entity has not ceased to be “Investor Subordinated Creditor” and “Topco Independent Obligor” in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

Parent Entity” means any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer.

Parent Entity Expenses” means:

 

  (a)

costs (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) Incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise Incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, any agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or a Parent Entity (including the Senior Term Facilities, the ABL Facility and any Notes), including in respect of any reports filed or delivered with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

  (b)

customary indemnification obligations of any Parent Entity owing to directors, managers, officers, employees or other persons under its articles, charter, by-laws, partnership agreement or other organizational documents or pursuant to written agreements with any such person to the extent relating to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (c)

obligations of any Parent Entity in respect of director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor) to the extent relating to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (d)

any (i) general corporate overhead expenses, including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses and (ii) other operational expenses of any Parent Entity related to the ownership or operation of the business of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

  (e)

expenses Incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with (i) any offering, sale, conversion or exchange of Subordinated Shareholder Funding, Capital Stock or Indebtedness and (ii) any related compensation paid to officers, directors, managers and employees of such Parent Entity.

Parent Holding Company” means, in relation to any Person, any other Person of which it is a Subsidiary.

 

44


Pari Passu Indebtedness” means:

 

  (a)

with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness that ranks equally in right of payment with the Notes; and

 

  (b)

with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness that ranks equally in right of payment with the Note Guarantees.

Participant” means with respect to any Depositary, a Person who is a participant of or has an account with such Depositary.

Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note on behalf of the Issuer.

Permitted Acquisition” means any Permitted Investment under paragraphs (a)(ii) or (b) of the definition of “Permitted Investment” or any other acquisition or Investment not prohibited by this Indenture.

Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash, Cash Equivalent Investments between the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and another person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalent Investments received in excess of the value of any cash or Cash Equivalent Investments sold or exchanged must be applied in accordance with Section 4.09.

Permitted Collateral Liens” means Liens on the Charged Property:

 

  (a)

that are described in one or more of clauses (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (k), (o), (q), (r), (x), (z), (hh) and (kk) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and Liens arising by operation of law that would not materially interfere with the ability of the Security Agent to enforce the Security Interests in the Charged Property;

 

  (b)

to secure all obligations (including paid-in-kind interest) in respect of:

 

  (i)

the Notes and the Note Guarantees (in each case excluding any Additional Notes);

 

  (ii)

the Indebtedness described under:

 

  (A)

Section 4.08(a); or

 

  (B)

Section 4.08(b)(1), Section 4.08(b)(2) (to the extent such guarantee is in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be secured and specified in this definition) Section 4.08(b)(4), Section 4.08(b)(5), Section 4.08(b)(6), Section 4.08(b)(7) (other than with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations), Section 4.08(b)(10), Section 4.08(b)(13), or Section 4.08(b)(19) (clauses (A) and (B) together, the “PCL Debt Baskets”);

 

45


provided, in each case, that such Indebtedness constitutes Pari Passu Indebtedness or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that (y) if such Indebtedness is Pari Passu Indebtedness such Liens rank equal with or junior to the Liens securing the Notes and (z) if such Indebtedness is Subordinated Indebtedness, such Liens rank junior to the Liens securing the Notes;

 

  (iii)

Indebtedness of the Issuer permitted to be incurred under the PCL Debt Baskets to the extent that such Indebtedness constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that such Liens rank junior to the Liens securing the Notes;

 

  (iv)

Indebtedness of a Guarantor in the form of a guarantee of Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that such Liens rank equal with or junior to the Liens securing the Note Guarantees;

 

  (v)

Indebtedness of a Guarantor in the form of a guarantee of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that such Liens rank junior to the Liens securing the Note Guarantees; or

 

  (vi)

any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) to (v) above; provided that any Lien securing such Refinancing Indebtedness shall have the same priority to the Lien on such Charged Property securing the Notes, as the Lien securing the original Indebtedness would be permitted to have; or

 

  (c)

Liens on the Shared Collateral (or any other Charged Property which secures the Notes or the Notes Guarantees on a junior-ranking basis) to secure:

 

  (i)

the Senior Term Facilities and the ABL Facility, including any Guarantees thereof;

 

  (ii)

Indebtedness of the Issuer described under the PCL Debt Baskets or Section Section 4.08(b)(4); provided that (x) if such Indebtedness is Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer, such Liens rank equal to or junior to the Liens securing the Notes, and (y) if such Indebtedness is Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer, such Liens rank junior to the Liens securing the Notes;

 

  (iii)

Indebtedness of a Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the PCL Debt Baskets or Section 4.08(b)(4) provided that (x) if such Indebtedness is Pari Passu Indebtedness of such Guarantor, such Liens rank equal with or junior to the Liens on such Charged Property securing the Notes or the Note Guarantees and (y) if such Indebtedness is Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor, such Liens rank junior to the Liens on such Collateral securing the Notes or the Note Guarantees;

 

  (iv)

Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the PCL Debt Baskets or Section 4.08(b)(4) of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted under this Indenture; provided that such Liens rank (1) equal with all other Liens on such Charged Property securing Senior Indebtedness or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or (2) equal with or junior to the Liens on such Collateral securing the Notes or the Note Guarantees; and

 

46


  (v)

any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness set forth in the foregoing sub-clauses (i) to (iv); provided that any Lien securing such Refinancing Indebtedness shall have the same priority, relative to the Lien on the same Charged Property securing the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the Lien securing the original Indebtedness would be permitted to have;

 

  (vi)

any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) to (v) above (provided that, if such Indebtedness is secured on a basis equal or senior to the Notes, to the extent such Indebtedness would have been permitted to be so secured); or

 

  (d)

Liens on the Charged Property incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to obligations that in total do not exceed the greater of (x) €10.75 million and (y) 5% of LTM EBITDA at any time outstanding; or

 

  (e)

Liens granted in compliance with Section 4.11(a)(1)(B);

provided that, in the case of clauses (b) and (c) above, each of the secured parties to any such Indebtedness that individually exceeds an aggregate principal amount of the greater of (x) €32.25 million and (y) 15% of LTM EBITDA that is to share in all or substantially all of the Transaction Security will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement; and provided, further, that for purposes of determining compliance with this definition, in the event that a Permitted Collateral Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Collateral Liens described in clauses (a) through (e) above, the Issuer will be permitted to classify such Permitted Collateral Lien on the date of its Incurrence and reclassify such Permitted Collateral Lien at any time and in any manner that complies with this definition.

Permitted Holders” means, collectively:

 

  (a)

the Initial Investors;

 

  (b)

any one or more persons, together with such persons’ Affiliates, whose beneficial ownership constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture;

 

  (c)

the Management Stockholders;

 

  (d)

any person who is acting solely as an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any IPO Entity, acting in such capacity;

 

  (e)

any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, no person other than persons referred to in clauses (a) to (d) above collectively, has beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any Parent Entity held by such group;

 

47


  (f)

any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made or waived in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder; and

 

  (g)

any Related Person of any of the persons referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (f) above, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Vendor and any Rollover Investor.

Permitted Investment” means (in each case, by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries):

 

  (a)

Investments in:

 

  (i)

a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) or the Issuer; or

 

  (ii)

a person (including the Capital Stock of any such person) that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (b)

Investments in another person and as a result of such Investment such other person is merged, amalgamated, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (c)

Investments in cash or Cash Equivalent Investments;

 

  (d)

Investments in receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

  (e)

Investments in payroll, travel, relocation, entertainment, moving related and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (f)

Management Advances;

 

  (g)

Investments in Capital Stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor or otherwise with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

48


  (h)

Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from a sale or other disposition of property or assets, or through the provision of any services including an Asset Disposition;

 

  (i)

Investments existing or pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect or existence on the Acquisition Closing Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may not be increased except (i) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Acquisition Closing Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

 

  (j)

Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 4.08;

 

  (k)

pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or Liens otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under Section 4.11;

 

  (l)

any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock), Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of any Parent Entity as consideration;

 

  (m)

any transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 4.10(b) (except those described in Section 4.10(b)(1), Section 4.10(b)(3), Section 4.10(b)(6), Section 4.10(b)(7), Section 4.10(b)(9), Section 4.10(b)(12) and Section 4.10(b)(14));

 

  (n)

Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in any case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, and in accordance with this Indenture;

 

  (o)

any:

 

  (i)

Guarantees of Indebtedness not prohibited by Section 4.08 and (other than with respect to Indebtedness) guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (ii)

performance guarantees with respect to obligations that are not prohibited by this Indenture;

 

  (p)

Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

 

  (q)

Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged or amalgamated into the Issuer or merged or amalgamated into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

49


  (r)

Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other persons;

 

  (s)

contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Issuer;

 

  (t)

Investments in joint ventures and similar entities and Similar Businesses:

 

  (i)

in existence on the Acquisition Closing Date; and

 

  (ii)

having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (t)(ii) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed:

 

  (A)

the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to 30% of LTM EBITDA at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); plus

 

  (B)

the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments,

(without duplication for purposes of Section 4.06 of any amounts applied pursuant to Section 4.06(a)(C)) with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided that if any Investment pursuant to this definition is made in any person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such person becomes the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause for so long as such person continues to be the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (u)

additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (u) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed:

 

  (i)

the greater of (x) €86.00 million and (y) an amount equal to 40% of LTM EBITDA; plus

 

  (ii)

the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments,

(without duplication for purposes of Section 4.06 of any amounts applied pursuant to Section 4.06(a)(C)) with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided that if any Investment pursuant to this clause is made in any person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the

 

50


making of such Investment and such person becomes the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause for so long as such person continues to be the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (v)

Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (v) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed:

 

  (i)

the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to 30% of LTM EBITDA at the time of such Investment; plus

 

  (ii)

the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments,

(without duplication for purposes of Section 4.06 of any amounts applied pursuant to Section 4.06(a)(C)) with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided that if any Investment pursuant to this definition is made in any person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such person becomes the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause for so long as such person continues to be the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (w)

Investments (i) arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility and (ii) constituting distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

 

  (x)

Investments in connection with the Transaction;

 

  (y)

Investments (including repurchases) in Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (z)

Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described in Section 4.12;

 

  (aa)

guarantee and indemnification obligations arising in connection with surety bonds issued in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

  (bb)

Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of real property, any other assets or services in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing customer or client contacts and loans or advances made to distributors in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

51


  (cc)

Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

  (dd)

Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection of deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

  (ee)

transactions entered into in order to consummate a Permitted Tax Restructuring; and

 

  (ff)

Investments made at a time when no Event of Default is continuing; provided that either:

 

  (i)

immediately after giving pro forma effect to such Investment, at the Issuer’s option, the Total Net Leverage Ratio

 

  (A)

would be no greater than 6.25:1.00; or

 

  (B)

would not be greater than it was immediately prior to such Investment; or

 

  (ii)

such Investments are funded from the Available Amount;

provided, however, that any Investment consisting of the transfer of any Material Intellectual Property (as defined in the Senior Term Facilities Agreement) by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not constitute a Permitted Investment.

Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any person:

 

  (a)

(i) Liens on assets or property of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary securing any Senior Indebtedness; and (ii) Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness and other Obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

 

  (b)

pledges, deposits or Liens under workmen’s compensation laws, old-age-part-time arrangements, payroll taxes, unemployment insurance laws, social security laws or similar legislation, or insurance related obligations (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements) or pension related liabilities and obligations, or in connection with bids, tenders, completion guarantees, contracts (other than for borrowed money) or leases, or to secure utilities, licenses, public or statutory obligations, or to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, government contracts and leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, indemnity, judgment, customs, appeal or performance bonds (including pledges, deposits or Liens under any indemnities, undertakings, guarantees, counter guarantees or

 

52


  indemnities and contractual obligations provided in connection with such surety, stay, indemnity, judgment, customs, appeal or performance bonds), guarantees of government contracts, return-of-money bonds, bankers’ acceptance facilities (or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations), obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments that have been posted to support the same, or as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of (or obligations of credit insurers with respect thereof) rent, or other obligations of like nature, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

  (c)

Liens with respect to outstanding motor vehicle fines and Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction contractors’ or other like Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

  (d)

Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days from the date on which the Issuer becomes aware such amounts are overdue or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP (or other applicable accounting principles) have been made in respect thereof;

 

  (e)

encumbrances, charges, ground leases, easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), survey exceptions, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions, by-law, regulation, zoning restrictions or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries or to the ownership of their properties, including servicing agreements, development agreements, site plan agreements, subdivision agreements, facilities sharing agreements, cost sharing agreements and other agreements, which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including (i) ground leases entered into by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any development, construction, operation or improvement of assets on any real property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and any Liens created by the lessee in connection with any such ground lease, including easements and rights of way, or on any of its assets located on the real property subject to such ground lease) and (ii) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses in respect of real property to any trading counterparty to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries provides services on such real property;

 

  (f)

Liens:

 

  (i)

on assets, capital stock or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Hedging Obligations or Cash Management Services permitted under this Indenture;

 

53


  (ii)

that are statutory, common law or contractual rights of set-off (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Liens arising under the general terms and conditions of banks or saving banks (Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen der Banken und Sparkassen)) or, in the case of sub-clauses (A) or (B) below, other bankers’ Liens:

 

  (A)

relating to treasury, depository and Cash Management Services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness;

 

  (B)

relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer; or

 

  (C)

relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

  (iii)

on cash accounts securing Indebtedness and other Obligations permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.08(b)(8)(D) or Section 4.08(b)(8)(E) with financial institutions;

 

  (iv)

encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and, in each case, not for speculative purposes;

 

  (v)

of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC (or a similar statutory provision in another applicable jurisdiction) on items in the course of collection;

 

  (vi)

in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice in connection with the maintenance of such accounts; and/or

 

  (vii)

arising under customary general terms of the account bank in relation to any bank account maintained with such bank and attaching only to such account and the products and proceeds thereof, which Liens, in any event, do not secure any Indebtedness (including Liens of members of the Group under the German general terms and conditions of banks and saving banks (Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen der Banken und Sparkassen));

 

  (g)

leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property and intellectual property rights), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

54


  (h)

Liens securing or otherwise arising out of judgments, decrees, attachments, orders or awards not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as:

 

  (i)

any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree, order or award have not been finally terminated;

 

  (ii)

the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired; or

 

  (iii)

no more than 60 days have passed after (A) such judgment, decree, order or award has become final or (B) such period within which such proceedings may be initiated has expired;

 

  (i)

Liens:

 

  (i)

on assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of securing (x) Purchase Money Obligations, or (y) Capitalized Lease Obligations, or securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or securing Indebtedness or other Obligations Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, provided that:

 

  (A)

the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture; and

 

  (B)

in the case of sub-clause (y), any such Liens may not extend to any assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than assets or property acquired, improved, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and any improvements or accessions and/or fixtures to such assets and property, including any real property on which such improvements or construction relates; and

 

  (ii)

any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligations or operating lease;

 

  (j)

Liens perfected or evidenced by UCC financing statement filings, including precautionary UCC financing statements (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

  (k)

Liens existing on, or provided for or required to be granted under written agreements existing on, the Acquisition Closing Date (other than the Liens securing the Notes);

 

55


  (l)

Liens on property, other assets or shares of stock of a person at the time such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, other assets or shares of stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination transaction with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in anticipation of or in connection with such other person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property, other assets or stock); provided, further, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property, other assets or stock (plus improvements, accession, proceeds or dividends or distributions in connection with the original property, other assets or stock) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;

 

  (m)

Liens on assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other Obligations of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary, or Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (n)

Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously so secured, and permitted to be secured under this Indenture (other than with respect to Liens Incurred under clause (cc) of this definition of “Permitted Liens”); provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness or other Obligations being refinanced or is in respect of property that is or could be the security for or subject to a Permitted Lien hereunder;

 

  (o)

Liens constituting:

 

  (i)

mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto; and

 

  (ii)

any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

 

  (p)

any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture, associate or similar arrangement (i) pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement or arrangement (including articles, by-laws and other governing documents of such entity) or (ii) securing obligations of joint ventures, Associates or similar entities or arrangements;

 

  (q)

Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets;

 

  (r)

Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods or receivables resulting from the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

56


  (s)

Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations permitted to be Incurred by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any of Section 4.08(b)(4)(A), Section 4.08(b)(4)(C) (solely as it relates to Section 4.08(b)(4)(A)), Section 4.08(b)(5), Section 4.08(b)(6), Section 4.08(b)(7), Section 4.08(b)(14), Section 4.08(b)(16), and Section 4.08(b)(19); provided that:

 

  (i)

in the case of Section 4.08(b)(5)(y) only if such Liens are limited to all or a part of the same property or assets, including Capital Stock acquired (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof, or replacements of any thereof), or of a Person acquired or merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, in any transaction to which such Indebtedness relates;

 

  (ii)

in the case of Section 4.08(b)(7)(A)(y) such Liens extend only to the assets, property, plant or equipment purchased, leased, rented, designed, expanded, constructed, installed, replaced, repaired, installed or improved (as applicable) (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof, or replacements of any thereof); provided, further, that individual financings of assets provided by one lender or group of lenders may be cross-collateralized to other financings of assets by such lender or group of lenders; and

 

  (iii)

in the case of Section 4.08(b)(16) only if such Liens are limited to the extent of such property or assets financed;

 

  (t)

Permitted Collateral Liens;

 

  (u)

Liens:

 

  (i)

on Capital Stock or other securities or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (ii)

Liens then existing with respect to assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary on the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described in Section 4.12;

 

  (iii)

in respect of any credit support in favor of any provider of credit insurance relating to the Issuer and or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (v)

any security granted over the marketable securities portfolio described in clause (h) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents” in connection with the disposal thereof to a third party;

 

  (w)

Liens on:

 

57


  (i)

goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit issued for the account of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Liens on bills of lading, drafts or other documents of title arising by operation of law or pursuant to the standard terms of agreements relating to letters of credit, bank guarantees and other similar instruments; and

 

  (ii)

specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any person securing such person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

  (x)

Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and located on the premises of any client or supplier in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

  (y)

Liens on assets or securities deemed to arise in connection with and solely as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of contracts to sell such assets or securities if such sale is otherwise permitted by this Indenture;

 

  (z)

Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefits of) insurance carriers;

 

  (aa)

Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;

 

  (bb)

Liens:

 

  (i)

on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; and

 

  (ii)

consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale permitted under Section 4.09 in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or asset sale, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

 

  (cc)

Liens on property and assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness and other Obligations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to 30% of LTM EBITDA at the time Incurred;

 

  (dd)

Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted bySection 4.08, provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

  (ee)

Liens arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility;

 

58


  (ff)

Settlement Liens;

 

  (gg)

rights of recapture of unused real property in favor of the seller of such property set forth in customary purchase agreements and related arrangements with any government, statutory or regulatory authority;

 

  (hh)

the rights reserved to or vested in any person or government, statutory or regulatory authority by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

 

  (ii)

restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put;

 

  (jj)

Liens or covenants restricting or prohibiting access to or from lands abutting on controlled access highways or covenants affecting the use to which lands may be put; provided that such Liens or covenants do not interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (kk)

Liens arising or incurred in connection with any Permitted Tax Restructuring or the Transaction;

 

  (ll)

Liens required to be granted under mandatory law in favor of creditors as a consequence of a merger or conversion permitted under this Indenture due to §§22, 204 German Transformation Act (Umwandlungsgesetz—UmwG);

 

  (mm)

Liens on Escrowed Proceeds including for the benefit of the related holders of debt securities or other Indebtedness (or the underwriters or arrangers thereof) or on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case, to the extent such cash or government securities are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement, including in each case any interest or premium thereon;

 

  (nn)

Liens arising in connection with any joint and several liability and any netting or set-off arrangement arising in each case by operation of law as a result of the existence or establishment of a fiscal unity between Restricted Subsidiaries solely for corporate income tax or value added tax purposes in any jurisdiction of which the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary is or becomes a member;

 

  (oo)

standard terms relating to banker’s Liens or similar general terms and conditions of banks with whom the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary maintains a banking relationship in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary or financial institution;

 

  (pp)

Liens securing or arising by reason of any netting or set-off arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of banking or consistent with past practice or other trading activities, or liens over cash accounts and receivables securing cash pooling or cash management arrangements;

 

59


  (qq)

(i) Liens created for the benefit of or to secure, directly or indirectly, the Notes, (ii) Liens pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and/or the Transaction Security Documents, (iii) Liens in respect of property and assets securing Indebtedness if the recovery in respect of such Liens is subject to loss-sharing as among the Holders and the creditors of such Indebtedness pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement, (iv) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.08(b)(1)(A), Section 4.08(b)(1)(B) or Section 4.08(b)(1)(C) of to the extent, in the case of Sections Section 4.08(b)(1)(B) and Section 4.08(b)(1)(C), the Agreed Security Principles permit such Lien to be granted to such Indebtedness without being granted to the Notes or would not permit such Lien to be granted to the Notes and (v) Liens on rights under any proceeds loan that are assigned to the third party creditors of the Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance such proceeds loan and incurred in compliance with this Indenture and securing that Indebtedness;

 

  (rr)

Liens created or subsisting in order to secure any pension liabilities or partial retirement liabilities or any liabilities arising in connection with any pension insurance plan;

 

  (ss)

any extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Lien described in this definition of Permitted Lien, provided that any such extension, renewal or replacement shall not extend in any material respect to any additional property or assets;

 

  (tt)

any Lien pursuant to or in connection with Section 8a of the German Old-Age Part Time Act (Altersteilzeitgesetz) or Section 7e of the Fourth Book of the German Social Code (Sozialgesetzbuch IV);

 

  (uu)

any Lien or other security interest or right of set-off in favor of Dutch banks arising under (x) articles 24 or 25, respectively, of the general terms and conditions (algemene voorwaarden) of any member of the Dutch Bankers’ Association (Nederlandse Vereniging van Banken) or (y) any other applicable banking terms and conditions; and

 

  (vv)

any Lien not securing Indebtedness.

In the event that a Permitted Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Liens (at the time of Incurrence or at a later date), the Issuer in its sole discretion may divide, classify or from time to time reclassify all or any portion of such Permitted Lien in any manner that complies with this Indenture and such Permitted Lien shall be treated as having been made pursuant only to the clause or clauses of the definition of Permitted Lien to which such Permitted Lien has been classified or reclassified.

Permitted Reorganization” means any amalgamation, demerger, merger, voluntary liquidation, consolidation, reorganization, winding up or corporate reconstruction involving the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (a “Reorganization”) that is made on a solvent basis; provided that:

 

  (a)

any payments or assets distributed in connection with such Reorganization remain within the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

60


  (b)

if any shares or other assets form part of the Charged Property, substantially equivalent Liens must be granted over such shares or assets of the recipient such that they form part of the Charged Property (ignoring for the purposes of assessing such equivalency any limitations required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles or hardening periods (or any similar or equivalent concept)).

Permitted Tax Distribution” means if and for so long as the Issuer is a member of a fiscal unity (whether resulting from a domination and profit or loss pooling agreement or otherwise) or a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return with any Parent Entity, any dividends, intercompany loans, other intercompany balances or other distributions to fund any income Taxes for which such Parent Entity is liable up to an amount not to exceed with respect to such Taxes the amount of any such Taxes that the Issuer and its Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate company basis or on a consolidated basis calculated as if the Issuer and its Subsidiaries had paid Tax on a consolidated, combined, group, affiliated or unitary basis on behalf of an affiliated group consisting only of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries.

Permitted Tax Restructuring” means any reorganizations and other activities related to tax planning and tax reorganization entered into prior to, on or after the date hereof so long as such Permitted Tax Restructuring is not materially adverse to the Holders, individually or in the aggregate (as determined by the Issuer in good faith).

Permitted Transaction” means:

 

  (a)

any step, circumstance, payment, event, reorganization or transaction contemplated by or relating to the Transaction Documents, the final tax structure memorandum in relation to the Transaction (other than any exit steps described therein) or otherwise described in the Offering Memorandum and any intermediate steps or actions necessary to implement the steps, circumstances, payments or transactions described in each such document;

 

  (b)

any step, circumstance, event or transaction as part of the Debt Pushdown and any intermediate steps or actions necessary to implement the Debt Pushdown;

 

  (c)

a Permitted Reorganization;

 

  (d)

any step, circumstance, payment or transaction contemplated by or relating to the Acquisitions (and related Acquisition Documents) or any exercise of any set off of any claims or receivables of the Issuer (or its Affiliates) arising under, contemplated by or relating to the Acquisitions (and related Acquisition Documents) against any liabilities owed by the Issuer (or its Affiliates) to the respective vendors under the Acquisition Agreement, their Affiliates or assigns and any intermediate steps or actions necessary to implement such steps, circumstances, payments, transactions or set-off;

 

  (e)

any step, circumstance or transaction which is mandatorily required by law (including arising under an order of attachment or injunction or similar legal process);

 

61


  (f)

any conversion of a loan, credit or any other indebtedness outstanding into distributable reserves, share capital, share premium or other equity interests of any member of the Group or any other capitalization, forgiveness, waiver, release or other discharge of any loan, credit or other indebtedness of any member of the Group, in each case on a cashless basis;

 

  (g)

any repurchase of shares in any person upon the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares, if such shares represent all or a portion of the exercise price of such warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares as part of a cashless exercise;

 

  (h)

any transfer of the shares in, or issue of shares by, a member of the Group or any step, action or transaction including share issue or acquisition or consumption of debt, for the purpose of creating the group structure for the Acquisition or effecting the Transaction as described in the Offering Memorandum, including inserting any Parent Holding Company or incorporating or inserting any Subsidiary in connection therewith, provided that after completion of such steps no Change of Control shall have occurred;

 

  (i)

any closure of bank accounts in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (j)

any “Liabilities Acquisition” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement);

 

  (k)

any intermediate steps or actions necessary to implement steps, circumstances, payments or transactions permitted by this Indenture; and

 

  (l)

any action to be taken by a member of the Group that, in the reasonable opinion of the Issuer, is necessary to implement or complete any Acquisition or has arisen as part of the negotiations with the shareholders or senior management of the BIRKENSTOCK Group, any anti-trust authority, regulatory authority, pensions trustee, pensions insurer, works council or trade union (or any similar or equivalent person to any of the foregoing in any jurisdiction), in each case, in connection with the Acquisition.

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Post-Petition Interest” means any interest or entitlement to fees or expenses or other charges that accrue after the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

Preferred Stock”, as applied to the Capital Stock of any person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such person.

Principal Paying Agent” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture or any successor or replacement principal paying agent acting in such capacity.

 

62


Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

Public Debt” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (i) a public offering registered under the Securities Act or (ii) a private placement to institutional and other investors, in each case, that are not Affiliates of the Issuer, (x) in accordance with Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act or (y) acquired for resale in accordance with Rule 144A and/or Regulation S under the Securities Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC for public resale.

Public Offering” means any offering, including an Initial Public Offering, of shares of common stock or other common equity interests that are listed on an exchange or publicly offered (which shall include an offering pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act to professional market investors or similar persons).

Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Qualified IPO” means (i) the first underwritten Public Offering that generates gross cash proceeds of at least €100.0 million (equivalent) or (ii) any merger, consolidation or amalgamation following which a member of the Group, any Pushdown Entity or any Parent Entity merges with or into or becomes, directly or indirectly, a wholly-owned subsidiary of another person, where such person has equity securities listed on an internationally recognized exchange or traded on an internationally recognized market, regardless of whether such Person is the surviving entity.

Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Facility that meets the following conditions:

 

  (a)

the Board of Directors shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (b)

all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Securitization Subsidiary or any other person are made for fair consideration (as determined in good faith by the Issuer); and

 

  (c)

the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be fair and reasonable terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

 

63


Receivables Assets” means:

 

  (a)

any accounts receivable owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary subject to a Receivables Facility and the proceeds thereof; and

 

  (b)

all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, all records with respect to such accounts receivable and any other assets customarily transferred together with accounts receivable in connection with a non-recourse accounts receivable factoring arrangement,

and which are sold, conveyed, assigned or otherwise transferred or pledged by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary (as applicable) in a transaction or series of transactions in connection with a Receivables Facility.

Receivables Facility” means an arrangement between the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and a counterparty pursuant to which:

 

  (a)

the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, sells (directly or indirectly) accounts receivable owing by customers, together with Receivables Assets related thereto;

 

  (b)

the obligations of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, thereunder are non-recourse (except for Securitization Repurchase Obligations) to the Issuer and such Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (c)

the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be on market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings, and shall include any guaranty in respect of such arrangements.

Refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “refinances”, “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning.

Refinancing” means the refinancing or otherwise discharging certain indebtedness of the BIRKENSTOCK Group (including back-stopping or providing cash cover in respect of any letters of credit, guarantees or ancillary, revolving, working capital or local facilities or other arrangements) and paying any breakage costs, redemption premium, make-whole costs and other fees, costs and expenses payable in connection with such refinancing and/ or acquisition.

Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness existing on the Acquisition Closing Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Issuer that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that:

 

64


  (a)

such Refinancing Indebtedness:

 

  (i)

has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced; and

 

  (ii)

to the extent refinancing Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, is Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and, in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness, is subordinated to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

  (b)

Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

  (c)

such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding (plus the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing) under the Indebtedness being Refinanced; and

 

  (d)

Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility or any other Indebtedness may be Incurred from time to time after the termination, discharge or repayment of any such Credit Facility or other Indebtedness.

Registrar” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to which Notes may be presented for registration and transfer.

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note that will be issued in an initial amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes, as applicable, initially resold in reliance on Regulation S, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01 and Section 2.06.

Related Fund” in relation to a fund (the “first fund”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

Related Person” with respect to any Permitted Holder, means:

 

  (a)

any controlling equity holder or Subsidiary of such person;

 

65


  (b)

in the case of an individual, any spouse, former spouse, family member or relative of such individual, any trust or partnership for the benefit of one or more of such individual and any such spouse, former spouse, family member or relative, or the estate, executor, administrator, committee or beneficiaries of any thereof;

 

  (c)

any trust, corporation, partnership or other person for which one or more of the Permitted Holders and other Related Persons of any thereof constitute the beneficiary, stockholders, partners or owners thereof, or persons beneficially holding in the aggregate a majority (or more) controlling interest therein; and

 

  (d)

any investment fund or vehicle managed, sponsored or advised by such person or any successor thereto, or by any Affiliate of such person or any such successor.

Related Taxes” means any Taxes, including sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, registration, business, customs, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar Taxes and other fees and expenses (other than (x) Taxes measured by income and (y) withholding Taxes), required to be paid (provided that such Taxes are in fact paid) by any Parent Entity by virtue of its:

 

  (a)

being organized or otherwise being established or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than, directly or indirectly, the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries) or otherwise maintain its existence or good standing under applicable law;

 

  (b)

being a holding company parent, directly or indirectly, of the Issuer or any Subsidiaries of the Issuer;

 

  (c)

issuing or holding Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

 

  (d)

receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of, directly or indirectly, the Issuer or any Subsidiaries of the Issuer, or

 

  (e)

having made (i) any payment in respect to any of the items for which the Issuer is permitted to make payments to any Parent Entity pursuant to Section 4.06 or (ii) any Permitted Tax Distribution.

Relevant Clearing System” means Euroclear and/or Clearstream, as applicable.

Relevant Period” means:

 

  (a)

if ending on the last day of a fiscal quarter, each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the last day of a fiscal quarter; or

 

  (b)

if ending on the last day of a calendar month or any other date not being the last day of a fiscal quarter, the period of 12 consecutive months ending on the last day of a calendar month or such other appropriate date,

which in each case for the avoidance of doubt may include periods prior to the Acquisition Closing Date as described in Section 4.15.

 

66


Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any director, associate director or assistant secretary within the debt and agency services department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers or, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Restricted Definitive Registered Note” means a Definitive Registered Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Restructuring Costs” means costs or expenses relating to employee relocation, retraining, severance and termination, business interruption, reorganization and other restructuring or cost cutting measures, the rationalization, re-branding, start-up, reduction or elimination of product lines, assets or businesses, the consolidation, relocation or closure of retail, administrative or production locations and other similar items (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any related capital expenditure).

Revolving Facility” means any additional revolving facility.

Rolled Proceeds” means the proceeds received by a Rollover Investor pursuant to or in connection with any Acquisition and which are (or which the Issuer reasonably anticipates are to be) reinvested in or advanced to, directly or indirectly, the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or any Parent Holding Company of the Issuer (in each case including on a non-cash basis).

Rollover Investor” means any (direct or indirect) shareholder in the BIRKENSTOCK Group immediately prior to the Acquisition Closing Date or any other director or member of the management or other person which reinvests or advances (or which the Issuer reasonably anticipates will reinvest or advance) any proceeds payable or received pursuant to or in connection with the Acquisition (directly or indirectly) in the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or any Parent Holding Company of the Issuer (including on a non-cash basis).

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 902” means Rule 902 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

 

67


Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third person in contemplation of such leasing.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

Second Lien Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Group included in the definition of Total Debt that constitutes Second Lien Liabilities.

Second Lien Liabilities” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Securitization Asset” means:

 

  (a)

any accounts receivable, mortgage receivables, loan receivables, royalty, franchise fee, license fee, patent or other revenue streams and other rights to payment or related assets and the proceeds thereof; and

 

  (b)

all collateral securing such receivable or asset, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such receivable or asset, lockbox accounts and records with respect to such account or asset and any other assets customarily transferred (or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted) together with accounts or assets in connection with a securitization, factoring or receivable sale transaction.

Securitization Facility” means any of one or more securitization, financing, factoring or sales transactions, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, pursuant to which the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries sells, transfers, pledges or otherwise conveys any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) to a Securitization Subsidiary or any other person.

Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any Securitization Asset or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) paid in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility.

Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility to repurchase or otherwise make payments with respect to Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Securitization Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer in each case formed for the purpose of and that solely engages in one or more Qualified Securitization Financings and other activities reasonably related thereto or another person formed for this purpose.

 

68


Security” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, security assignment, security transfer of title or other security interest having a similar effect.

Security Agent” means Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as security agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, or any successor or replacement security agent acting in such capacity.

Security Interests” means the security interests in the Charged Property that are created by the Transaction Security Documents.

Senior Indebtedness” means, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred, all amounts payable by, under or in respect of all other Indebtedness of the Issuer (only with respect to a Guarantee by the Issuer of Senior Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary) or any Restricted Subsidiary, including premiums and accrued and unpaid interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to such Restricted Subsidiary at the rate specified in the documentation with respect thereto whether or not a claim for post filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) and fees relating thereto; provided that Senior Indebtedness will not include:

 

  (a)

any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of this Indenture;

 

  (b)

any obligation of any Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (c)

any liability for taxes owed or owing by any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (d)

any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

 

  (e)

any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Note Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary (including Pari Passu Indebtedness);

 

  (f)

any Indebtedness that is expressly subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary (including Subordinated Indebtedness and Subordinated Shareholder Funding); and

 

  (g)

any Capital Stock.

Senior Secured Facilities” means the ABL Facility and the Senior Term Facilities, collectively.

Senior Secured Facilities Agreements” means the ABL Facility Agreement and the Senior Term Facilities Agreement, collectively.

Senior Secured Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Group included in the definition of Total Debt that constitutes Senior Secured Liabilities.

Senior Secured Liabilities” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

69


Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

 

  (a)

the sum of:

 

  (i)

Senior Secured Indebtedness as of such date; and

 

  (ii)

the Reserved Indebtedness Amount in respect of Indebtedness which, once incurred, would constitute Senior Secured Indebtedness,

less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of the Group on a consolidated basis; to

 

  (b)

LTM EBITDA,

provided that such calculation shall not give effect to:

 

  (i)

Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to Section 4.08(b) (other than Senior Secured Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(1)(C) and Section 4.08(b)(5)(B)(1)(i));

 

  (ii)

any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(4)(A), Section 4.08(b)(4)(B) and Section 4.08(b)(14)(B); or

 

  (iii)

the discharge on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred on the determination date pursuant to Section 4.08(b) (other than Senior Secured Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(1)(C) and Section 4.08(b)(5)(B)(1)(i)).

All Applicable Metrics described in this definition will be calculated as set forth in Section 4.15.

Senior Term Facilities” means the credit facilities made available under the Senior Term Facilities Agreement.

Senior Term Facilities Agreement” means the senior facilities agreement, dated on or about the Issue Date, by and among German Newco and U.S. Newco, as original borrowers, and the lenders named therein, together with the related documents thereto (including the revolving loans thereunder, any letters of credit and reimbursement obligations related thereto, any guarantees and security documents), as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder, in whole or in part), the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Senior Term Facilities Agreement or one or more successors to the Senior Term Facilities Agreement or one or more new Senior Term Facilities Agreements.

 

70


Settlement” means the transfer of cash or other property with respect to any credit or debit card charge, check or other instrument, electronic funds transfer, or other type of paper-based or electronic payment, transfer, or charge transaction for which a person acts as a processor, remitter, funds recipient or funds transmitter in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice.

Settlement Asset” means any cash, receivable or other property, including a Settlement Receivable, due or conveyed to a person in consideration for a Settlement made or arranged, or to be made or arranged, by such person or an Affiliate of such person.

Settlement Indebtedness” means any payment or reimbursement obligation in respect of a Settlement Payment.

Settlement Lien” means any Lien relating to any Settlement or Settlement Indebtedness (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the grant of a Lien in or other assignment of a Settlement Asset in consideration of a Settlement Payment, Liens securing intraday and overnight overdraft and automated clearing house exposure, and similar Liens).

Settlement Payment” means the transfer, or contractual undertaking (including by automated clearing house transaction) to effect a transfer, of cash or other property to effect a Settlement.

Settlement Receivable” means any general intangible, payment intangible, or instrument representing or reflecting an obligation to make payments to or for the benefit of a person in consideration for a Settlement made or arranged, or to be made or arranged, by such person.

Shared Collateral” means on a junior-priority basis, (i) a security assignment and/or receivables pledge agreement in respect of any structural intercompany receivables owed to the Issuer by German Newco and Lux SPV and (ii) a share pledge in respect of the shares in Lux SPV pursuant to a Luxembourg law governed share pledge agreement.

Significant Subsidiary” means (a) while it is a borrower of any of the Senior Term Facilities, German Newco and U.S. Newco; and (b) any Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries (taken together) whose proportionate share of Consolidated EBITDA exceeds 10% of the Consolidated EBITDA by reference to the latest Annual Financial Statements (or, if no such Annual Financial Statements have been delivered, the Original Financial Statements), provided that a determination by the Issuer that a Restricted Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries (taken together)) is or is not a Significant Subsidiary shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

Similar Business” means (a) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the BIRKENSTOCK Group) on the Acquisition Closing Date and (b) any businesses, services and activities engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing or are extensions or developments of any thereof.

 

71


Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants, guarantees and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer which the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Facility, including those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking or, in the case of a Receivables Facility, a non-credit related recourse accounts receivable factoring arrangement.

Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, the date specified in the instrument governing such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any Contingent Obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness” means:

 

  (a)

with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment or security to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement; and

 

  (b)

with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor.

No Indebtedness will be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior basis or on different assets, or due to the fact that holders (or an agent, trustee or representative thereof) of any Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor or similar arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them or by virtue of the application of “waterfall” or similar payment ordering provisions affecting tranches of Indebtedness.

Subordinated Liabilities” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Subordinated Shareholder Funding” means, collectively, any funds provided to the Issuer by any Parent Entity, any Affiliate of any Parent Entity or any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate thereof, in exchange for or pursuant to any security, instrument or agreement other than Capital Stock, in each case issued to and held by any of the foregoing persons, together with any such security, instrument or agreement and any other security or instrument other than Capital Stock issued in payment of any obligation under any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; provided that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding:

 

  (a)

does not mature or require any amortization, redemption or other repayment of principal or any sinking fund payment prior to the date that is 6 months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes (other than through conversion or exchange of such funding into Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any funding meeting the requirements of this definition) or the making of any such payment prior to the date that is six months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes is restricted by the Intercreditor Agreement, an Additional Intercreditor Agreement or another intercreditor agreement;

 

72


  (b)

does not require, prior to the date that is six months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes, payment of cash interest, cash withholding amounts or other cash gross-ups, or any similar cash amounts or the making of any such payment prior to the date that is six months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes is restricted by the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

  (c)

contains no change of control, asset sale or similar provisions and does not accelerate and has no right to declare a Default or event of default or take any enforcement action or otherwise require any cash payment, in each case, prior to the date that is six months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes or the payment of any amount as a result of any such action or provision or the exercise of any rights or enforcement action, in each case, prior to the date that is six months after the Stated Maturity of the Notes is restricted by the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

  (d)

does not provide for or require any security interest or encumbrance over any asset of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

  (e)

pursuant to its terms or to the Intercreditor Agreement, an Additional Intercreditor Agreement or another intercreditor agreement, is fully subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Notes and any Note Guarantee pursuant to subordination, payment blockage and enforcement limitation terms which are customary in all material respects for similar funding or are no less favorable in any material respect to Holders than those contained in the Intercreditor Agreement as in effect on the Acquisition Closing Date with respect to the Subordinated Liabilities;

 

  (f)

is not Guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

  (g)

contains restrictions on transfer to a person who is not a Parent Entity, any Affiliate of any Parent Entity, any holder of Capital Stock of a Parent Entity or any Affiliate of a Parent Entity or any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate thereof; provided that any transfer of Subordinated Shareholder Funding to any of the foregoing persons shall not be deemed to be materially adverse to the interests of the Holders; and

 

  (h)

does not (including upon the happening of any event) restrict the payment of amounts due in respect of the Notes or any Note Guarantee thereof or compliance by the Issuer or any Guarantor with its obligations under the Notes, any Note Guarantee or this Indenture.

Subsidiary” means, in relation to any person, any entity which is controlled directly or indirectly by that Person and any entity (whether or not so controlled) treated as a subsidiary in the latest financial statements of that person from time to time, and control for this purpose means the direct or indirect ownership of the majority of the voting share capital of such entity or the right or ability to direct management to comply with the type of material restrictions and obligations contemplated in this Indenture or to determine the composition of a majority of the Board of Directors (or like board) of such entity, in each case, whether by virtue of ownership of share capital, contract or otherwise, provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary no Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be a member of the Group or a “Subsidiary” of a member of the Group.

 

73


SUN Collateral” means on a first-priority basis, (i) a share pledge in respect of the shares in the Issuer pursuant to a Luxembourg law share pledge agreement, (ii) a pledge in respect of all the material bank accounts of the Issuer located in Luxembourg pursuant to a Luxembourg law governed bank account pledge agreement, and (iii) a Luxembourg law receivables pledge agreement in respect of any intercompany receivables owed to the Parent by the Issuer in respect of any proceeds loan or other shareholder loan.

Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same) imposed or levied by any government or other taxing authority, and “Taxes” shall be construed accordingly.

Temporary Cash Investments” means any of the following:

 

  (a)

any Investment in:

 

  (i)

direct obligations of, or obligations Guaranteed by, (A) the US or Canada, (B) any EU member state, (C) the UK, (D) Australia, Japan, Norway or Switzerland, (E) any country in whose currency funds are being held specifically pending application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country with such funds or (F) any agency or instrumentality of any such country or member state; or

 

  (ii)

direct obligations of any country recognized by the US rated at least “A” by S&P or Fitch or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

 

  (b)

overnight bank deposits, and investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and money market deposits (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by:

 

  (i)

any lender under any of the Senior Secured Facilities Agreements;

 

  (ii)

any institution authorized to operate as a bank in any of the countries or member states referred to in sub-clause (a)(i) above; or

 

  (iii)

any bank or trust company organized under the laws of any such country or member state or any political subdivision thereof, in each case, having capital and surplus aggregating in excess of €250 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long-term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or Fitch or “A-2” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) at the time such Investment is made;

 

74


  (c)

repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (a) or (b) above entered into with a person meeting the qualifications described in clause (b) above;

 

  (d)

Investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a person (other than the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries), with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-2” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “F2” (or higher) according to Fitch or “A-2” (or higher) according to S&P (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

 

  (e)

Investments in securities maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition issued or fully Guaranteed by Australia, Canada, any European Union member state, Japan, Norway, Switzerland, the UK, any state, commonwealth or territory of the US, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth, territory, country or member state of any of the foregoing, and rated at least “BBB-” by S&P or Fitch or “Baa3” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

 

  (f)

bills of exchange issued in Australia, Canada, a member state of the European Union, Japan, Norway, Switzerland, the UK or the US eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialized equivalent);

 

  (g)

any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a commercial bank organized under the laws of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of €250 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) or whose long term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or Fitch or “A2” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) at the time such Investment is made;

 

  (h)

Investment funds investing 90% of their assets in securities of the type described in clauses (a) through (g) above (which funds may also hold reasonable amounts of cash pending investment or distribution); and

 

  (i)

investments in money market funds complying with the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 (or any successor rule) of the SEC under the US Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Total Debt” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Group, but excluding any Indebtedness of the Group under or with respect to Cash Management Services, intra-Group Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations, Receivables Facilities or Securitization Facilities.

 

75


Total Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

 

  (a)

the sum of:

 

  (i)

Total Debt as of such date; and

 

  (ii)

the Reserved Indebtedness Amount in respect of Indebtedness which, once incurred, would be included in the calculation of Total Debt,

less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of the Group on a consolidated basis; to

 

  (b)

LTM EBITDA,

provided that such calculation shall not give effect to:

 

  (i)

any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to Section 4.08(b) (other than Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(1)(C), Section 4.08(b)(1)(D), Section 4.08(b)(1)(E) and Section 4.08(b)(5)(B)(1));

 

  (ii)

any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(4)(A) and Section 4.08(b)(14)(B); or

 

  (iii)

the discharge on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred on the determination date pursuant to Section 4.08(b) (other than the discharge of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(1)(C), Section 4.08(b)(1)(D), Section 4.08(b)(1)(E) and Section 4.08(b)(5)(B)(1)).

All Applicable Metrics described in this paragraph will be calculated as set forth in Section 4.15.

Total Secured Debt” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Group constituting Senior Secured Indebtedness or Second Lien Indebtedness (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate principal amount of any Notes or any Note Guarantees (or the aggregate principal amount of any Indebtedness that refinances, redeems or repays any Notes or Note Guarantees or other Indebtedness (which may include Additional Notes) that is pari passu with the Notes to the extent it is secured only by the Charged Property)).

Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

 

  (a)

the sum of:

 

  (i)

Total Secured Debt as of such date; and

 

  (ii)

the Reserved Indebtedness Amount in respect of Indebtedness which, once incurred, would be included in the calculation of Total Secured Debt,

 

76


less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of the Group on a consolidated basis; to

 

  (b)

LTM EBITDA;

provided that such calculation shall not give effect to:

 

  (i)

any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to 4.08(b) (other than Senior Secured Indebtedness or Second Lien Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(1)(C), Section 4.08(b)(1)(D), Section 4.08(b)(5)(B)(1)(i) and Section 4.08(b)(5)(B)(1)(ii));

 

  (ii)

any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(4)(A), Section 4.08(b)(4)(B) or Section 4.08(b)(14)(B); or

 

  (iii)

the discharge on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred on the determination date pursuant to Section 4.08(b) (other than Senior Secured Indebtedness or Second Lien Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(1)(C), Section 4.08(b)(1)(D), Section 4.08(b)(5)(B)(1)(i) and Section 4.08(b)(5)(B)(1)(ii)).

All Applicable Metrics described in this paragraph will be calculated as set forth in Section 4.15.

Total Transaction Uses” means:

 

  (a)

the aggregate of:

 

  (i)

the total aggregate cash consideration payable to the Vendor under the Acquisition Agreement on the Acquisition Closing Date; and

 

  (ii)

the principal amount of Existing Debt to be refinanced on the Acquisition Closing Date (other than any amount which relates to cash pooling, working capital or similar operational debt),

 

  (b)

less all cash and Cash Equivalents Investments held by the members of the Group and the BIRKENSTOCK Group acquired on or as at the Acquisition Closing Date,

in each case, as identified in any funds flow statement or, if no funds flow statement is delivered, any sources and uses statement included in the tax structure memorandum related to the Acquisition.

Transaction” means any transactions directly or indirectly related to (in each case, including any financing or refinancing thereof) (i) the Acquisitions; (ii) the issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees and the entry into this Indenture; (iii) the entry into and/or utilization of the Senior Term Facilities and the ABL Facility; (iv) the refinancing or otherwise discharging of certain Existing Debt; (v) any other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or described in the Offering Memorandum; (vi) other associated transactions taken in relation to or incidental to any of the foregoing; and (vii) the payment or incurrence of any fees, expenses, taxes or charges associated with any of the foregoing.

 

77


Transaction Documents” means the Acquisition Documents, the Equity Documents, the Notes Documents, the Finance Documents, the finance documents relating to the Senior Secured Facilities and each Topco Proceeds Loan Agreement (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

Transaction Equity Contribution” means shareholder funding provided by the Initial Investors in connection with the Minimum Equity Condition (as defined in and pursuant to the Senior Term Facilities Agreement); provided that the aggregate amount of such shareholder funding counted as a Transaction Equity Contribution shall not exceed an amount equal to the percentage of Total Transaction Uses specified in the Senior Term Facilities Agreement.

Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transaction.

Transaction Security” means the Security created or expressed to be created in favor of the Security Agent and/or the Holders (represented by the Security Agent, as the case may be) pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents.

Transaction Security Documents” means all security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, and any other instrument and document executed and delivered pursuant to this Indenture or otherwise or any of the foregoing, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, creating the Security Interests in the Charged Property.

Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

Trustee” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture or any successor or replacement Trustee acting in such capacity.

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided that at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of a collateral agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Charged Property is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note” means one or more Definitive Registered Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the applicable Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Increases, Decreases or Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary therefor or its nominee, representing a series of Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

78


Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

  (a)

any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer in the manner provided below); and

 

  (b)

any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, provided that the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a person becoming a Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction, or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

 

  (i)

such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock of the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (ii)

such designation and the Investment, if any, of the Issuer in such Subsidiary complies with Section 4.06.

U.S. GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

U.S. Government Securities” means securities that are:

 

  (a)

direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 

  (b)

obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

that, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and will also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided, (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

U.S. Newco” means Birkenstock US Bidco, Inc.

Vendor” means each person identified as a seller under the Acquisition Agreement.

Voting Stock” of a person means all classes of Capital Stock of such person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors or managers.

 

79


Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

  (a)

the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

 

  (b)

the sum of all such payments.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by any applicable law or regulation to be held by a Person other than the Issuer or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary) is owned by the Issuer or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

 

Term

  

Defined in

Section

“Acceptable Commitment”    4.09(a)(3)(C)(ii)
“Acquisition Debt”    4.08(b)(5)
“Additional Amounts”    2.13
“Additional Intercreditor Agreement”    12.05(a)
“Advance Offer”    4.09(d)
“Advance Portion”    4.09(d)
“Affiliate Transaction”    4.10(a)
“Annual Period”    4.15(q)
“Applicable Law”    14.16
“Applicable Premium”    Exhibit A
“Applicable Premium Deficit”    8.04(a)
“Asset Disposition Offer”    4.09(c)
“Asset Disposition Offer Period”    4.09(d)
“Asset Disposition Purchase Date”    3.08(b)
“Authentication Agent”    2.02
“Authentication Order”    2.02
“Authority”    2.03
“Bund Rate”    Exhibit A
“Carry Back Amount”    4.15(q)(1)
“Carry Forward Amount”    4.15(q)(1)
“Change in Tax Law”    3.09(2)
“Change of Control Offer”    4.13(a)
“Change of Control Payment”    4.13(b)(1)
“Change of Control Payment Date”    4.13(b)(2)
“Code”    2.13(6)
“Covenant Defeasance”    8.03
“Covenant Suspension Event”    4.05(a)
“cross-acceleration provision”    6.01(a)(4)(B)
“defeasance trust”    8.04(a)
“Declined Proceeds”    4.09(b)(3)(A)
“Directing Holder”    6.02
“Event of Default”    6.01(a)
“Excess Proceeds”    4.09(b)
“Executed Documentation”    1.03(l)

 

80


“Financial Reporting Entity”    4.02(i)
“fixed permission”    4.15(m)
“Forward-Looking Group Initiative Synergies”    4.15(c)
“Forward-Looking Purchase Synergies”    4.15(a)
“Forward-Looking Sale Synergies”    4.15(b)
“Forward-Looking Synergies”    4.15(c)
“grower permission”    4.15(n)
“guarantee default provisions”    6.01(a)(8)
“Guaranteed Obligations”    11.01
“Increased Amount”    4.11(c)
“Indenture”    preamble
“Initial Agreement”    4.07(b)(15)
“Initial Default”    6.04(b)
“Initial Lien”    4.11(a)
“Interest Payment Date”    Exhibit A
“IPO Pushdown”    3.10(a)
“judgment default provisions”    4.15(a)(6)
“Legal Defeasance”    8.02
“Noteholder Direction”    6.02
“numerical permission”    4.15(n)
“Parent Debt Contribution”    4.06(a)(1)(C)(i)
“Paying Agent”    2.03
“payment default”    6.01(a)(4)(A)
“Payor”    2.13
“Permitted Debt”    4.08(b)
“Permitted Payments”    4.06(b)
“Position Representation”    6.02
“Purchase”    4.15(a)
“ratio-based permission”    4.15(m)
“Refunding Capital Stock”    4.06(b)(2)(A)
“Registrar”    2.03
“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”    2.13(2)
“Reporting Subsidiary”    4.02(i)
“Required Currency”    2.14(a)
“Reserved Indebtedness Amount”    4.08(c)(8)
“Restricted Payment”    4.06(a)(5)
“Reversion Date”    4.05(c)
“Sale”    4.15(b)
“Second Commitment”    4.09(a)(3)(C)(ii)
“Security Agent Provisions”    12.06
“security default provision”    4.15(a)(7)
“Successor Company”    5.01(a)(1)
“Suspended Covenants”    4.05(a)
“Suspension Date”    4.05(a)
“Suspension Period”    4.05(c)
“tax distribution”    4.06(b)(26)
“Tax Redemption Date”    3.09
“Transfer Agent”    2.03
“Treasury Capital Stock”    4.06(b)(2)(A)
“Verification Covenant”    6.02

 

81


Section 1.03 Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “or” is not exclusive;

(d) “including” means including without limitation;

(e) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(f) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(g) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

(h) references to any person “acting reasonably” and correlative expressions shall be construed to mean “acting reasonably in the interests of the Holders and having regard to the duties of the Trustee to the Holders”;

(i) references to (i) any matter being “permitted” under this Indenture or any other Notes Document or other agreement shall include references to such matters not being prohibited or otherwise being approved under this Indenture or such other Notes Document and (ii) any transaction being in the “ordinary course of business” of a member of the Group shall be construed to include any transaction that is consistent with industry practice in the industries in which the Group operates or consistent with past practice of any member of the Group or the BIRKENSTOCK Group;

(j) all references to the principal, premium, interest or any other amount payable pursuant to this Indenture shall be deemed also to refer to any Additional Amounts which may be payable hereunder in respect of payments of principal, premium, interest and any other amounts payable pursuant to this Indenture or any undertakings given in addition thereto or in substitution therefor pursuant to this Indenture and express reference to the payment of Additional Amounts in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express reference is not made;

(k) this Indenture is not qualified under, does not incorporate by reference and does not include, and is not subject to, any of the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, including Section 316(b) thereof; and

(l) facsimile, documents executed, scanned and transmitted electronically and electronic signatures, including those created or transmitted through a software platform or application, shall be deemed original signatures for purposes of this Indenture and all other related documents and all matters and agreements related thereto, with such facsimile, scanned

 

82


and electronic signatures having the same legal effect as original signatures. The parties agree that this Indenture and all other related documents or any instrument, agreement or document necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture or related hereto or thereto (including, without limitation, addendums, amendments, notices, instructions, communications with respect to the delivery of securities or the wire transfer of funds or other communications) (“Executed Documentation”) may be accepted, executed or agreed to through the use of an electronic signature in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations in effect from time to time applicable to the effectiveness and enforceability of electronic signatures. Any Executed Documentation accepted, executed or agreed to in conformity with such laws, rules and regulations will be binding on all parties hereto to the same extent as if it were physically executed and each party hereby consents to the use of any third party electronic signature capture service providers as may be reasonably chosen by a signatory hereto or thereto. When the Trustee and Agents act on any Executed Documentation sent by electronic transmission, neither the Trustee nor the Agents will be responsible or liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from its reliance upon and compliance with such Executed Documentation, notwithstanding that such Executed Documentation (a) may not be an authorized or authentic communication of the party involved or in the form such party sent or intended to send (whether due to fraud, distortion or otherwise) or (b) may conflict with, or be inconsistent with, a subsequent written instruction or communication; it being understood and agreed that the Trustee and Agents shall conclusively presume that Executed Documentation that purports to have been sent by an authorized officer of a Person has been sent by an authorized officer of such Person. The party providing Executed Documentation through electronic transmission or otherwise with electronic signatures agrees to assume all risks arising out of such electronic methods, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee and Agents acting on unauthorized instructions and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating.

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificates of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (except as provided in Section 2.06(f)(1)(B)). The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Notes will initially be represented by the Global Notes. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

(b) Global Notes. Notes issued as Global Notes shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Increases, Decreases or Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto), except as provided in Section 2.06(f)(1)(B). Notes issued in definitive form as Definitive Registered Notes shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Increases, Decreases or

 

83


Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto), except as provided in Section 2.06(f)(1)(B). Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more 144A Global Notes, duly executed by the Issuer, and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Regulation S Global Notes, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Each Global Note shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Principal Paying Agent therefor, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof.

(c) Additional Notes. This Indenture is unlimited in aggregate principal amount. The Issuer may issue additional Notes from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with the terms hereof, including Section 2.01, Section 2.02 and Section 4.08.

(A) Any series of Additional Notes issued hereunder shall have substantially identical terms and conditions to the relevant series of Notes, as applicable, originally issued, except in respect of any of the following terms, which shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate or, at the election of the Issuer, a supplemental indenture, delivered to the Trustee:

(i) whether such Additional Notes shall be issued as part of a new or existing series of Notes or the title of such Additional Notes (which shall distinguish the Additional Notes of the series from Notes of any other series);

(ii) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes;

(iii) the date or dates on which such Additional Notes will be issued and will mature;

(iv) the rate or rates (which may be fixed or floating) at which such Additional Notes shall bear interest and, if applicable, the interest rate basis, formula or other method of determining such interest rate or rates, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, the interest payment dates on which such interest shall be payable or the method by which such dates will be determined, the record dates for the determination of holders thereof to whom such interest is payable and the basis upon which such interest will be calculated;

(v) the currency or currencies in which such Additional Notes shall be denominated and the currency in which cash or government obligations in connection with such series of Additional Notes may be payable;

(vi) the date or dates and price or prices at which, the period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such Additional Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part;

 

84


(vii) if other than in minimum denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof, the denominations in which such Additional Notes shall be issued and redeemed;

(viii) the ISIN, Common Code, or other securities identification numbers with respect to such Additional Notes; and

(ix) any relevant limitation language with respect to Notes Guarantees and Transaction Security Documents.

(B) Such Additional Notes will be treated, along with all other Notes, as a single class for the purposes of this Indenture with respect to waivers, amendments and all other matters which are not specifically distinguished for such series in such Officer’s Certificate or supplemental indenture (as applicable); provided that any Additional Notes that are not fungible with the applicable series of Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall have a separate ISIN, Common Code or other securities identification number from such Notes.

(d) Applicable Depositary Procedures. With respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary will be applicable to such transfer or exchange.

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.

An Officer must sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual, electronic or facsimile signature.

If the Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual, electronic or facsimile signature of the Trustee (or an Authentication Agent). The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

On the Issue Date, the Trustee, or relevant Authentication Agent shall, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and make available for delivery the Initial Notes. Upon delivery of any Authentication Order at any time and from time to time thereafter, the Trustee shall authenticate Additional Notes for original issue, or Definitive Registered Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.06 hereof, in an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order. Such Authentication Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which Notes are to be authenticated. In addition, such Authentication Order shall include (a) a statement that the Person signing the Authentication Order have (i) read and understood the provisions of this Indenture relevant to the statements in the Authentication Order and (ii) made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable them to make such statements and (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation on which the statements set forth in the Authentication Order are based.

 

85


The Trustee may appoint an authentication agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authentication agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agents. Such authentication agent shall have the same rights as the Trustee in any dealings hereunder with the Issuer or with any of the Issuer’s Affiliates. The Trustee hereby appoints Global Loan Agency Services Limited, as authentication agent for the Notes (the “Authentication Agent”) and Global Loan Agency Services Limited hereby accepts such appointment and the Issuer hereby confirms that such appointment is acceptable to it.

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Issuer shall maintain offices or agencies where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (each, a “Registrar”) and one or more offices or agencies where the Issuer has authorized such office or agency to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note on behalf of the Issuer (each, a “Paying Agent”). The Issuer will also maintain one or more transfer agents (the “Transfer Agent”). The Registrar will maintain a register reflecting ownership of the Notes. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Paying Agent or Registrar not a party to this Indenture. The Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries, acting as agent of the Issuer solely for this purpose, may act as Paying Agent or Registrar in respect of the Notes.

The Issuer initially appoints GLAS Trust Company LLC to act as Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. GLAS Trust Company LLC hereby accepts such appointment.

The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Paying Agent or Registrar not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent after reasonable notice from the Trustee, the Trustee may appoint a suitably qualified and reputable party to act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.06. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar in respect of the Notes, provided that it segregates and holds in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as paying agent.

Upon written notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent for the Notes without prior notice to the Holders of such Notes. However, for so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange, and if and to the extent that the rules of The International Stock Exchange Authority Limited (the “Authority”) so require, the Issuer will notify the Authority of any change of Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent in accordance with Section 14.01 and, in the case of Definitive Registered Notes, in addition to such publication and posting, mail such notice by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, as it appears on the register for the Notes, with a copy to the Trustee.

 

86


Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money.

No later than 10:00 a.m. (GMT), on each due date of the principal of, interest and premium (if any) on any Note, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal, interest and premium (if any) when so becoming due and subject to receipt of such monies, the Paying Agent shall make payment on the Notes in accordance with this Indenture. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee or such entity designated by the Trustee for this purpose and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.04, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. The Issuer shall no later than 2:00 p.m. (GMT) on the Business Day prior to the day on which the Paying Agent is to receive payment, procure that the bank effecting payment for it confirms via fax or tested SWIFT MT100 message to the Paying Agent the payment instructions relating to such payment.

Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

The Registrar will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee at least three Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders.

Neither the Trustee, the Agents nor any of their agents will have any responsibility or be liable for any aspect of the records in relation to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.

(1) A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the applicable Depositary to a Common Depositary or a nominee of such Common Depositary, by a Common Depositary or a nominee of such Depositary to such Depositary or to another nominee or Common Depositary of such Depositary, or by such Common Depositary or Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Registered Notes if:

(A) Euroclear or Clearstream notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days; or

(B) the owner of a Book-Entry interest requests such exchange in writing delivered through Euroclear or Clearstream, following an Event of Default under this Indenture and enforcement action is being taken in respect thereof under this Indenture.

Upon the occurrence of any of the events listed in Section 2.06(a)(1)(A) or Section 2.06(a)(1)(B), the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee or the Authentication Agents, shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver Definitive Registered Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the applicable Global Note tendered in exchange therefor. The Issuer will, at the cost of the Issuer (but against such indemnity as the Registrar or any relevant Agent may require in respect of any tax or other duty

 

87


of whatever nature which may be levied or imposed in connection with such exchange), cause sufficient Definitive Registered Notes to be executed and delivered to the Trustee for authentication and the Registrar for registration of the exchange and dispatch to the relevant Holders within 30 days of the relevant event. The Trustee or the Registrar shall, at the cost of the Issuer, deliver such Definitive Registered Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Definitive Registered Notes issued in exchange for beneficial interests in Global Notes pursuant to this Section 2.06(a) shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its Participants or Indirect Participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided, however, that beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c), (d) or (e) hereof.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the applicable Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with this Section 2.06(b), as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs of this Section 2.06, as applicable.

(1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).

(2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar both (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the applicable Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the applicable Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged, and (ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase.

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee or the Registrar shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof.

 

88


(3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(B) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the appropriate certifications in item (3) thereof;

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee, or the Authentication Agent, shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Registered Notes. If any one of the events listed in Section 2.06(a)(1) has occurred or the Issuer has elected pursuant to Section 2.06(a) to cause the issuance of Definitive Registered Notes, transfers or exchanges of beneficial interests in a Global Note for a Definitive Registered Note shall be effected, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the applicable subclauses of this Section 2.06(c).

 

89


(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Registered Notes. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Registered Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Registered Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Registered Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred outside the United States in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

the Principal Paying Agent or the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee, or the Authentication Agent, shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Restricted Definitive Registered Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Restricted Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Principal Paying Agent or the Registrar shall deliver such Restricted Definitive Registered Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes. A Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note only if:

(A) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof;

 

90


(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; or

(C) the Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(ii) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the appropriate certifications in item (3) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (C), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(3) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Principal Paying Agent or the Registrar will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Issuer will execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee, or the Authentication Agent, will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the applicable Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Principal Paying Agent or the Registrar will deliver such Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

91


(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Beneficial Interests.

(1) Restricted Definitive Registered Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Registered Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Registered Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Registered Note is being transferred in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

the Trustee or the Registrar will cancel the Restricted Definitive Registered Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the appropriate 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) or (D) above, the appropriate Regulation S Global Note.

(2) Restricted Definitive Registered Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Registered Note may exchange such Restricted Definitive Registered Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Registered Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only:

(A) if such Restricted Definitive Registered Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Registered Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; or

 

92


(C) the Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Registered Note for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Registered Note proposes to transfer such Restricted Definitive Registered Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the appropriate certifications in item (3) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (C), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee or the Registrar will cancel the Definitive Registered Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee or the Registrar will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the relevant Unrestricted Global Note.

If any such exchange or transfer from an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (3) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee, or the Authentication Agent, will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes so transferred.

 

93


(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Definitive Registered Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Registered Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Registered Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Registered Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar and duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

(1) Restricted Definitive Registered Notes to Restricted Definitive Registered Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Registered Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Registered Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof.

(2) Restricted Definitive Registered Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Registered Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Registered Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Registered Note proposes to transfer such Restricted Definitive Registered Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the appropriate certifications in item (3) thereof,

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes may transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

 

94


(f) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

(1) Private Placement Legend.

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Registered Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

[THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.]

[THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IT IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF SUCH SECURITIES, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL SECURITIES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF SUCH SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [IN THE CASE OF SECURITIES SOLD TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE DATE ON WHICH SUCH SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S] ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A,

 

95


TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENTS OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.]

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Registered Note issued pursuant to Section 2.06(b)(4), Section 2.06(c)(2), (c)(3), Section 2.06(d)(2), Section 2.06(d)(3), Section 2.06(e)(2) or Section 2.06(e)(3) (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

[THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS GLOBAL NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER.]

 

96


[UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (WHICH SHALL INITIALLY BE BANQUE INTERNATIONALE À LUXEMBOURG S.A.) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

(3) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Registered Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Registered Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Principal Paying Agent or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Principal Paying Agent or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(g) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer will execute and the Trustee or the Authentication Agent will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order or at the Registrar’s request.

 

97


(2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Registered Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 2.10, Section 3.06, Section 3.07, Section 3.08, Section 4.09, Section 4.13 and Section 9.05 hereof).

(3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(4) All Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(5) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(6) The Trustee or the Authentication Agent will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(7) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuer or the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee, or the applicable Authentication Agent, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee, any Agent, or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee, the relevant Agent, and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee and any Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer, the Trustee and any Agent may charge the relevant Holder for its expenses in replacing a Note.

If, after the delivery of such replacement Note, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment or registration such original Note, the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking therefrom, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer, the Trustee, and any Agent in connection therewith.

 

98


Subject to the provisions of the final sentence of the preceding paragraph of this Section 2.07, every replacement Note is an obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee or the Authentication Agent except for those canceled by the Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar, those delivered to them for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; provided, however, that Notes held by the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of paragraph 5(c) of the Global Notes as applicable.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer.

If the entire principal amount and premium, if any, of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent receives in accordance with the times set forth in Section 2.04 of this Indenture, on each redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay all principal and interest and premium, if any, payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not, as advised to it in writing by the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Registrar, prohibited as advised to it in writing by the Issuer from paying such amount to the relevant Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement, then on and after that date such series of Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09 Acts by Holders.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned will be so disregarded. For the avoidance of doubt, any Independent Debt Fund shall not be considered to be a Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer.

 

99


Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing the Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, or the Authentication Agents, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate, temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of Definitive Registered Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer will prepare and the Trustee, or the relevant Authentication Agent, will authenticate Definitive Registered Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation.

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or a subsidiary of the Issuer) and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of such canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) in its customary manner unless the Issuer directs the Trustee to deliver canceled Notes to the Issuer following a written request from that Issuer. No Issuer may issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, in accordance with the terms hereof, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Issuer will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 10 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of such Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuer pays the defaulted interest prior to the date that is 30 days after the date of default in payment of interest, no special record date will be set and payment will be made to the Holders as of the original record date.

 

100


Section 2.13 Additional Amounts.

All payments made by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Guarantor (including any successor entity) (each, a “Payor”) in respect of the Notes or with respect to any Note Guarantee, as applicable, will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any Taxes unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law or by the relevant taxing authority’s interpretation or administration thereof. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of:

 

(1)

any jurisdiction from or through which payment on any such Note or Note Guarantee is made by any Payor or by the Paying Agent on behalf of any Payor, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (including the jurisdiction of the Paying Agent); or

 

(2)

any other jurisdiction in which a Payor is incorporated or organized, engaged in business for tax purposes, or otherwise considered to be a resident for tax purposes, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each of clause (1) and this clause (2), a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”),

will at any time be required by law or by the relevant taxing authority’s interpretation or administration thereof to be made from any payments made by any Payor or by the Paying Agent on behalf of any Payor, with respect to any Note or any Note Guarantee, including (without limitation) payments of principal, redemption price, interest or premium, if any, such Payor will pay (together with such payments) such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such payments, after such withholding or deduction (including any such withholding or deduction from such Additional Amounts), will not be less than the amounts which would have been received in respect of such payments on any such Note or Note Guarantee in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however, that no such Additional Amounts will be payable for or on account of:

 

(1)

any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been so imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the relevant Holder (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, partner or shareholder of, or possessor of power over the relevant Holder, if the relevant Holder is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including, being resident for tax purposes, or being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a business or maintaining a permanent establishment in or place of management present in, or being physically present in, the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) but excluding, in each case, any connection arising solely from the acquisition, ownership or holding of such Note or the receipt of any payment or the exercise or enforcement of rights under such Note, this Indenture or a Note Guarantee;

 

(2)

any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes are imposed or withheld by reason of the failure by the Holder or the beneficial owner of the Note to comply with a reasonable written request of the Payor addressed to the Holder or beneficial owner, after reasonable notice (at least 30 days before any payment from which any such withholding or deduction is required would be payable), to provide certification, information, documents or other evidence concerning the nationality, residence or identity of the Holder or such beneficial owner or to make any declaration or similar claim or satisfy any other reporting requirement relating to such matters, which is required by a law, statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of, all or part of such Tax, but, in each case, only to the extent the Holder or beneficial owner is legally entitled to do so;

 

(3)

any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes are imposed as a result of the presentation of the Note for payment (where Notes are in the form of Definitive Registered Notes and presentation is required) more than 30 days after the later of the applicable payment date or the date the relevant payment is first made available for payment to the Holder (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period);

 

101


(4)

any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from a payment with respect to the Notes or with respect to any Note Guarantee;

 

(5)

any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, capital gains, excise taxes, personal property or similar Taxes imposed on any Note or the transfer thereof;

 

(6)

any Taxes imposed, deducted or withheld pursuant to section 1471(b) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or otherwise imposed pursuant to sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, in each case, as of the Issue Date (and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable), any current or future regulations or agreements thereunder, official interpretations thereof or similar law or regulation implementing an intergovernmental agreement relating thereto;

 

(7)

any U.S. federal back-up withholding tax under section 3406 of the Code;

 

(8)

any U.S. federal withholding taxes that would not have been imposed or withheld but for the beneficial owner being or having been a foreign or domestic personal holding company, a passive foreign investment company or a controlled foreign corporation with respect to the United States, or a corporation that has accumulated earnings to avoid United States federal income tax; or

 

(9)

any combination of the items (1) through (8) above.

In addition, no Additional Amounts shall be paid with respect to a Holder who is a fiduciary or a partnership or any Person other than the beneficial owner of the Notes, to the extent that the beneficiary or settler with respect to such fiduciary, the member of such partnership or the beneficial owner would not have been entitled to Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settler, member or beneficial owner held such Notes directly.

The Payor will (i) make any required withholding or deduction and (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant tax authority in accordance with applicable law. The Payor will provide certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes, or if such tax receipts are not available, certified copies of such other reasonable evidence as is available of such payments as soon as reasonably practicable to the Trustee (with a copy to the Paying Agent). Such copies shall be made available to the Holders upon reasonable request and will be made available at the offices of the Paying Agent.

If any Payor is obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to any payment made on any Note or any Note Guarantee, at least 30 days prior to the date of such payment, the Payor will deliver to the Trustee and the Paying Agent an Officer’s Certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount estimated to be so payable and such other information necessary to enable the Paying Agent to pay Additional Amounts on the relevant payment date (unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises less than 45 days prior to the relevant payment date, in which case the Payor may deliver such Officer’s Certificate as promptly as practicable after the date that is 30 days prior to the payment date). The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to conclusively rely on such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary.

 

102


Wherever in this Indenture or the Notes there is mentioned, in any context:

 

  (1)

the payment of principal;

 

  (2)

redemption prices or purchase prices in connection with a redemption or purchase of the Notes;

 

  (3)

interest; or

 

  (4)

any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes or any Note Guarantee,

such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

The Payor will pay and reimburse each applicable Holder for any present or future stamp, issue, registration, court or documentary taxes, or similar charges or levies (including any related interest or penalties with respect thereto) or any other excise, property or similar taxes or similar charges or levies (including any related interest or penalties with respect thereto) that arise in a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from the execution, issuance, delivery, registration, enforcement of, or receipt of payments with respect to any Notes, any Note Guarantee, this Indenture, or any other document or instrument in relation thereto (in each case, other than in connection with a transfer after the offering of the Initial Notes) and limited, solely to the extent of such taxes or similar charges or levies that arise from the receipt of any payments of principal or interest on the Notes, to any such taxes or similar charges or levies that are not excluded under clauses (1) through (3) and (5) through (8) (save that in respect of clause (5), this proviso shall not apply in connection with transfer, personal property or similar Taxes).

The foregoing obligations in this Section 2.13 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture, any transfer by a Holder or beneficial owner, and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor to a Payor is incorporated or organized, engaged in business for tax purposes or otherwise resident for tax purposes, or any jurisdiction from or through which any payment under, or with respect to the Notes (or any Note Guarantee) is made by or on behalf of such successor Payor, or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

Section 2.14 Currency Indemnity and Calculation of Euro-Denominated Restrictions

(a) Euro is the required currency (the “Required Currency”) of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer and the Guarantors, if any, under or in connection with the Notes and the Note Guarantees thereof, if any, including damages. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than the applicable Required Currency, whether as a result of, or the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuer, any Guarantor or otherwise by any Holder, any Paying Agent or by the Trustee, in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuer or a Guarantor will only constitute a discharge to the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, to the extent of the amount of the applicable Required Currency which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so).

 

103


(b) If the amount of the applicable Required Currency is less than the amount of the Required Currency expressed to be due to the recipient, any Paying Agent or the Trustee under any Note, the Issuer and the Guarantors will indemnify them against any loss sustained by such recipient or the Trustee as a result. In any event, the Issuer and the Guarantors will indemnify the recipient, any Paying Agent or the Trustee on a joint and several basis against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this currency indemnity provision, it will be prima facie evidence of the matter stated therein for the Holder of a Note or any Paying Agent or the Trustee to certify in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer (indicating the sources of information used) the loss it Incurred in making any such purchase. These indemnities constitute a separate and independent obligation from the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ other obligations, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any waiver granted by any Holder of a Note, any Paying Agent or the Trustee (other than a waiver of the indemnities set out herein) and will continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under any Note or any Note Guarantee, or to the Trustee.

(c) Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any euro-denominated restriction herein, the Euro Equivalent amount for purposes hereof that is denominated in a non-euro currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such non-euro amount is Incurred or made, as the case may be.

Section 2.15 Agents.

(a) Actions of Agents. The rights, powers, duties and obligations and actions of each Agent under this Indenture are several and not joint or joint and several.

(b) Agents of Trustee. The Issuer and the Agents acknowledge and agree that in the event of an Event of Default, the Trustee may, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Agents, require that the Agents act as agents of, and take instructions exclusively from, the Trustee. Until they have received such written notice from the Trustee, the Agents shall act solely as agents of the Issuer and need have no concern for the interests of the Holders.

(c) Moneys Held. Moneys held by Agents need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Agents hold all funds as banker subject to the terms of this Indenture and as a result, such money will not be held in accordance with the rules established by the UK Financial Conduct Authority in the UK Financial Conduct Authority’s Handbook of rules and guidance from time to time in relation to client money.

(d) Publication of Notices. Any obligation the Agents may have to publish a notice to Holders of Global Notes on behalf of the Issuer will have been met upon delivery of the notice to Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable.

(e) Authorized Signatories. The Issuer shall provide the Agents with a certified list of authorized signatories within a reasonable time following a request for such list by an Agent.

 

104


(f) Relationships with Third Parties. The Agents shall act solely as agents of the Issuer and shall have no fiduciary or other obligation towards, or have any relationship of agency or trust, for or with any person other than the Issuer, except as expressly stated elsewhere in this Indenture.

(g) Instructions. In the event that instructions given to any Agent are not reasonably clear or are conflicting or equivocal, then such Agent shall be entitled to seek clarification from the Issuer or other party entitled to give the Agents instructions under this Indenture by written request promptly and in any event within two Business Days upon receipt by such Agent of such instructions. If an Agent has sought clarification or resolution in accordance with this Section 2.15, then such Agent shall be entitled to take no action until such clarification is provided to its reasonable satisfaction, and shall not incur any liability for not taking any action pending receipt of such clarification or resolution.

(h) Mechanical Nature. The roles, duties and functions of the Agents are of a mechanical nature and each Agent shall only perform those acts and duties as specifically set out in this Indenture and no other acts, covenants, obligations or duties shall be implied or read into this Indenture against any of the Agents.

(i) No Payment. No Agent shall be required to make any payment of the principal, premium or interest or other amount payable pursuant to this Indenture unless and until it has received the full amount to be paid in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. To the extent that an Agent has made such payment with the prior written consent of the Issuer and for which it did not receive the full amount, the Issuer will reimburse the Agent the full amount of any shortfall.

(j) Resignation of Agents. Any Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Indenture at any time by giving 30 days’ prior written notice of such resignation to the Trustee and Issuer. The Trustee or Issuer may remove any Agent at any time by giving 30 days’ prior written notice to any Agent. Upon such notice, a successor Agent shall be appointed by the Issuer, who shall provide written notice of such to the Trustee. Such successor Agent shall become the Agent hereunder upon the resignation or removal date specified in such notice. If the Issuer is unable to replace the resigning Agent within 30 days after such notice, the Agent may, in its sole discretion, deliver any funds then held hereunder in its possession to the Trustee, may appoint a successor agent on the Issuer’s behalf or may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Agent or for other appropriate relief. The costs and expenses (including its counsels’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Agent in connection with such proceeding shall be paid by the Issuer. Upon receipt of the identity of the successor Agent, the Agent shall deliver any funds then held hereunder to the successor Agent, less the Agent’s fees, costs and expenses or other obligations owed to the Agent. Upon its resignation and delivery any funds, the Agent shall be discharged of and from any and all further obligations arising in connection with this Indenture, but shall continue to enjoy the benefit of Section 7.06.

 

105


ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

If the Issuer elects to redeem any series of Notes pursuant to the applicable optional redemption provisions contained in paragraph 5(c) of the Global Notes, it shall notify, five Business Days before the publication of the notice of such redemption (unless a shorter period is satisfactory to the Trustee, the Registrar and the Paying Agent), the Trustee, the Registrar and the Paying Agent of the redemption date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the section of the Note pursuant to which the redemption will occur.

The Issuer must furnish to the Trustee (with a copy to the Paying Agent), at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:

 

  (a)

the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

 

  (b)

the record date for the redemption and the redemption date;

 

  (c)

the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and

 

  (d)

the redemption price.

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

In the event that any Global Note (or any portion thereof) is redeemed Euroclear and/or Clearstream, as applicable, will redeem an equal amount of the Book-Entry Interests in such Global Note from the amount received by them in respect of the redemption of such Global Note. The redemption price payable in connection with the redemption of such Book Entry Interests will be equal to the amount received by Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable, in connection with the redemption of such Global Note (or any portion thereof).

Under the existing practices of Euroclear and Clearstream, if fewer than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, Euroclear and Clearstream will credit their respective participants’ accounts on a pro rata basis (such as by way of a pool factor), by lot or on such other basis as they deem fair and appropriate and in accordance with their applicable procedures (unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange rules); provided, however, that no Book-Entry Interest of less than €100,000 principal amount may be redeemed in part. If the Notes are not held through Euroclear or Clearstream, the Notes will be selected on a pro rata basis, subject to adjustments so that no Note in an unauthorized denomination remains outstanding after such redemption; provided, however, that no such partial redemption shall reduce the outstanding principal amount of any Notes below €100,000. The Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar shall not be liable for selections made under this Section 3.02.

The Trustee or the Registrar will promptly notify the Issuer of, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased, to the extent such information is provided by the Relevant Clearing System to the Trustee or the Registrar in the case of any Global Notes. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in minimum amounts of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof, except that if all the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of €1,000 (in excess of €100,000) shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

 

106


Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.

Except as otherwise provided herein, at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date, the Issuer shall transmit a notice of redemption in accordance with Section 14.01 and as provided below to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed, at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, except that redemption notices may be delivered electronically or mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a legal or covenant defeasance of the Notes pursuant to Article 8 hereof or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 10 hereof. For Notes which are represented by Global Notes held on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, for communication to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing. If and for so long as any Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and if and to the extent the rules of the Exchange so require, the Issuer will notify the Exchange of any such notice to the Holders of the relevant Notes and, in connection with any redemption, the Issuer will notify the Exchange of any change in the principal amount of Notes outstanding.

The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

(a) the record date for the redemption and the redemption date;

(b) the redemption price, and, if applicable, the appropriate calculation of such redemption price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to be paid to the redemption date;

(c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, such portion of the Notes will be cancelled (in the case of Global Notes) or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note (in the case of Definitive Registered Notes);

(d) the name and address of the applicable Paying Agent;

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the applicable Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the applicable Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

(h) the ISIN or Common Code, as applicable, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; and

(i) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN or Common Code, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Issuer’s request, the Paying Agent or Registrar shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee and the Paying Agent or Registrar with the information required and within the time periods specified by this Section.

 

107


To the extent that the mandatory rules and procedures of the Depositary conflict with this Indenture, any notice will be deemed to satisfy this Indenture if it complies with the mandatory rules and procedures of the Depositary.

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Notice of any redemption of the Notes may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be given prior to the completion of a transaction (including an Equity Offering, an incurrence of Indebtedness, a Change of Control, an Asset Disposition or other transaction) and any redemption notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of a related transaction. If such redemption or purchase is so subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption or repurchase date may be delayed until such time (including more than 60 days after the date the notice of redemption or offer to purchase was sent) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion), or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion) by the redemption or purchase date, or by the redemption or purchase date as so delayed, or that such notice may be rescinded at any time in the Issuer’s sole discretion if the Issuer determines that any or all of such conditions will not be satisfied or waived. In addition, the Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption or purchase price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

The Issuer may redeem Notes pursuant to one or more of the relevant provisions in this Indenture, and, subject to the requirements of the Relevant Clearing System, a single notice of redemption may be delivered with respect to redemptions made pursuant to different provisions. Any such notice may provide that redemptions made pursuant to different provisions will have the same or different redemption dates.

If the optional redemption date is on or after a record date and on or before the corresponding interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the redemption date will be paid on the redemption date to the Holder in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Relevant Clearing System, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

No later than 10:00 a.m. (GMT) on the relevant redemption or purchase date, the Issuer will deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. The Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be required to pay out any money without first having been placed in funds.

 

108


If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase unless the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such redemption payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

Subject to the terms hereof, upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee, or the Authentication Agent, shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuer’s expense), (a) in the case of a Definitive Registered Note, a new Definitive Registered Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note upon cancellation of the original Definitive Registered Note and (b) in the case of a Global Note, the Registrar shall make an appropriate notation on such Global Note (or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Relevant Clearing System) to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof. Subject to the terms of the applicable redemption notice (including any conditions contained therein), Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Section 3.07 Mandatory Redemption or Sinking Fund.

The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes, except in connection with offers to purchase pursuant to Section 4.09 and Section 4.13.

Section 3.08 Asset Disposition Offer.

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof, the Issuer is required to commence an Asset Disposition Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified below. Upon the commencement of an Asset Disposition Offer, the Issuer shall transmit a notice electronically or by first-class mail to the Trustee, the Paying Agent and each Holder at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream stating:

(a) that the Asset Disposition Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.08 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Disposition Offer will remain open;

(b) the amount of Excess Proceeds, the purchase price of the Notes and the date on which such purchase shall be made, which date will be no earlier than 10 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered (the “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”);

 

109


(c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

(d) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer will cease to accrue interest on and after the Asset Disposition Purchase Date;

(e) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer may elect to have Notes purchased only in minimum denominations of €100,000 and in integral multiples of €1,000, in excess thereof, except that a Holder may elect to have all of the Notes held by such Holder purchased even if not an integral multiple of €1,000 (in excess of €100,000);

(f) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Disposition Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, a Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date;

(g) the procedure for withdrawing an election to tender;

(h) that if the aggregate principal amount of the Notes surrendered in any Asset Disposition Offer by Holders and other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Excess Proceeds shall be allocated among the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be repaid or purchased on a pro rata basis or in the manner described in Section 3.02, on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness or required to be prepaid or redeemed; and

(i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee and applicable Paying Agent an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.08. The Issuer or the applicable Paying Agent, as the case may be, will deliver or cause to be delivered to each tendering Holder on the Asset Disposition Purchase Date an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such Holder, and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer will promptly issue a new Note (or amend the Global Note), and the Trustee, or the applicable Authentication Agent, upon delivery of an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount with a minimum denomination of €100,000 or an integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof. Any Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered (or transferred by book entry) by the Issuer to the Holder thereof.

 

110


Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.08, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.08 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through Section 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.09 Redemption for Taxation Reasons.

The Issuer may redeem the Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time at its discretion upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if the Issuer determines in good faith that, as a result of:

 

(1)

any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaties (or any regulations, official guidance or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation; or

 

(2)

any amendment to, or change in an official application, administration or written interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations, official guidance or rulings (including by reason of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published administrative practice) (each of the foregoing in clause (1) and this clause (2), a “Change in Tax Law”),

a Payor is, or on the next interest payment date in respect of the Notes would be, required to pay Additional Amounts (or increased Additional Amounts) with respect to the Notes (but, in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Issuer or another Guarantor who can make such payment without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Payor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable). Such Change in Tax Law must be formally announced and become effective on or after the Issue Date (or if the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on a date after the Issue Date, such later date). The foregoing provisions shall apply (a) to a Guarantor only after such time as such Guarantor is obliged to make at least one payment on the Notes and (b) mutatis mutandis to any successor Person, after such successor Person becomes a party to this Indenture, with respect to a Change in Tax Law occurring after the time such successor Person becomes a party to this Indenture.

Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.03. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obligated to make such payment of Additional Amounts. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that it is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to its right to so redeem have been satisfied and that the obligation to pay Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the relevant Payor taking reasonable measures available to it (but in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Issuer or another Guarantor who can make such payment without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts) and (b) a

 

111


written opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing qualified under the laws of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and satisfactory to the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) to the effect that the Payor has been or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to rely conclusively on such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without liability or further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

Section 3.10 IPO Debt Pushdown

(a) In the event that a Pushdown Notice (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) is delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Issuer shall be entitled to require that the terms of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement (and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement) and the Transaction Security Documents shall operate (with effect from the Pushdown Date (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement)) on the basis provided in clause 21.26 of the Intercreditor Agreement (an “IPO Pushdown”) and the Issuer and any Parent Holding Company of the Issuer will be substituted for by the Pushdown Entity (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) in accordance with the provisions thereof. Any Parent Holding Company of the Pushdown Entity will not be subject to the provisions of this Indenture and the other Notes Documents, and such other changes as described in the Intercreditor Agreement, and any security over its assets may be released or, if a Guarantor, its Notes Guarantee may be released, in each case, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer may revoke a Pushdown Notice or deliver any further Pushdown Notices in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) The Trustee and the Security Agent shall be required to enter into any amendment to this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement (and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement) or the Transaction Security Documents (in the case of the Security Agent) required by the Issuer, enter into any document or instrument in connection therewith and/or take such other action as is required by the Issuer in order to facilitate or reflect any of the matters contemplated by this Section 3.10 or by the Intercreditor Agreement; provided that such amendment, replacement or other document or instrument does not impose personal obligations on the Trustee or the Security Agent, or affect the rights, duties, liabilities, indemnification or immunity of the Trustee or the Security Agent under such amendment, release or replacement or other document or instrument. The Trustee and the Security Agent are each irrevocably authorized and instructed by the Holders (without any consent by the Holders) to execute any such amended, released or replacement documents and/or take other such action on behalf of the Holders (and shall do so on the request of the Issuer).

 

112


ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

For the avoidance of doubt, the consummation of the Transaction shall not be prohibited by this Article 4 or Article 5.

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.

The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the applicable Paying Agent holds, prior to 10:00 a.m. (GMT) on each such date (or such other time as the Issuer and the Paying Agent may mutually agree from time to time, but always subject to actual receipt), money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, and interest then due and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then-applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful. The Issuer will pay interest on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Section 4.02 Reports.

(a) So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee the following reports following the Issue Date:

(1) within 120 days (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer (or, in the case of the first fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, 150 days), annual reports containing: (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer as at the end of the most recent two fiscal years and audited consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of the Issuer for the most recent two fiscal years, including appropriate footnotes to such financial statements, for and as at the end of such fiscal years and the report of the independent auditors on the financial statements; (ii) an operating and financial review of the audited financial statements, including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition, results of operations, EBITDA and material changes in liquidity and capital resources of the Issuer; (iii) unaudited pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of the Issuer, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalizations (other than the Acquisition) that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year as to which such annual report relates (unless such pro forma information has been provided in a previous report pursuant to Section 4.02(a)(2) or Section 4.02(a)(3)); provided that such pro forma financial information will be provided only to the extent reasonably available and without unreasonable expense, in which case the Issuer will provide, in the case of a material acquisition, acquired company financials; (iv) a brief description of the business, management and shareholders of the Issuer, all material affiliate transactions and a description of all material debt instruments; and (v) a summary description of any changes to risk factors that would be material and material recent developments; provided that the information described in clauses (iv) and (v) may be provided in the footnotes to the audited financial statements;

(2) within 60 days (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal year of the Issuer (or, in the case of the first three such fiscal quarters ending after the Issue Date, 90 days), commencing with the quarter ending after the Issue Date, quarterly financial statements containing the following information: (i) the Issuer’s unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet as at the end of such quarter and unaudited condensed statements of income and cash flow for the most recent quarter year to date period ending on the unaudited condensed balance sheet date and the comparable prior period, together with condensed footnote disclosure; (ii) unaudited

 

113


pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of the Issuer, together with explanatory footnotes, for any material acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalizations (other than the Acquisition) that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year as to which such quarterly report relates (unless such pro forma information has been provided in a previous report pursuant to this Section 4.02(a)(2) or Section 4.02(a)(3)); provided that such pro forma financial information will be provided only to the extent reasonably available and without unreasonable expense, in which case the Issuer will provide, in the case of a material acquisition, acquired company financials; (iii) an operating and financial review of the unaudited financial statements, including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition, results of operations, EBITDA and material changes in liquidity and capital resources of the Issuer; and (iv) material recent developments; provided that the information described in clause (iv) may be provided in the footnotes to the unaudited financial statements; and

(3) promptly after the occurrence of a material event that the Issuer announces publicly or any acquisition, disposition or restructuring, merger or similar transaction that is material to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or a change in a senior executive officer of the Issuer or a change in auditors of the Issuer, a report containing a description of such event.

(b) In addition, the Issuer shall furnish to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon the request of such parties, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act for so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Exchange Act by persons who are not “affiliates” under the Securities Act.

(c) All financial statement information (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the calculations made under any incurrence covenant, which shall be prepared in accordance with the terms of this Indenture) shall be on a basis consistent with GAAP as in effect on the date of such report or financial statement (or otherwise on the basis of GAAP as then in effect) and on a consistent basis for the periods presented, except as may otherwise be described in such information; provided, however, that the reports set forth in Section 4.02(a)(1), Section 4.02(a)(2) and Section 4.02(a)(3) may, in the event of a change in GAAP, present earlier periods on a basis that applied to such periods. No report need include separate financial statements for any Subsidiaries of the Issuer or any disclosure with respect to the results of operations or any other financial or statistical disclosure. In addition, the reports set forth above will not be required to contain any reconciliation to U.S. GAAP.

(d) For purposes of this Section 4.02, an acquisition or disposition shall be deemed to be material if the entity or business acquired or disposed of represents greater than 20% of the Issuer’s pro forma consolidated revenue or LTM EBITDA for the most recent four quarters for which annual or quarterly financial reports have been delivered to the Trustee.

(e) At any time that any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries are Unrestricted Subsidiaries and any such Unrestricted Subsidiary or group of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, constitutes a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 4.02(a) will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer.

 

114


(f) In the event that (i) the Issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or elects to comply with such provisions, for so long as it continues to file the reports required by Section 13(a) with the SEC or (ii) the Issuer elects to provide to the Trustee reports which, if filed with the SEC, would satisfy (in the good faith judgment of the Issuer) the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (other than the provision of U.S. GAAP information, certifications, exhibits or information as to internal controls and procedures), for so long as it elects, the Issuer will make available to the Trustee such annual reports, information, documents and other reports that the Issuer is, or would be, required to file with the SEC pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d).

(g) All reports provided pursuant to this Section 4.02 shall be in English, or with a certified English translation.

(h) Subject to compliance with Section 4.02(i), in the event that, and for so long as, the equity securities of the Issuer or any Parent Entity or IPO Entity are listed on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange (or one or more of the equivalent regulated markets of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, the Irish Stock Exchange, the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange) and the Issuer or such Parent Entity or IPO Entity is subject to the admission and disclosure standards applicable to issuers of equity securities admitted to trading on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange (or the equivalent standards applicable to issuers of equity securities admitted to trading on one or more of the equivalent regulated markets of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, the Irish Stock Exchange, the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange), for so long as it elects, the Issuer will make available to the Trustee such annual reports, information, documents and other reports that the Issuer is, or would be, required to file with the London Stock Exchange (or one or more of the equivalent regulated markets of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, the Irish Stock Exchange, the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange) pursuant to such admission and disclosure standards (or the applicable standards of one or more of the equivalent regulated markets of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, the Irish Stock Exchange, the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange, as applicable). Upon complying with the foregoing requirements, and provided that such requirements require the Issuer or any Parent Entity or IPO Entity to prepare and file annual reports, information, documents and other reports with the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange, or one or more of the equivalent regulated markets of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, the Irish Stock Exchange, the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange, as applicable, the Issuer will be deemed to have complied with the provisions contained in this Section 4.02.

(i) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer may comply with any requirement to provide reports or financial statements under this covenant by providing (x) any report or financial statements of (i) any IPO Entity or (ii) any direct or indirect Parent Entity of the Issuer so long as such reports (if an annual or quarterly report) meet the requirements (including as to content and time of delivery) of this covenant as if references to the Issuer therein were references to the IPO Entity or such Parent Entity; (y) any report or financial statements of (i) German Newco or (ii) a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer that represents substantially all the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (any entity under sub-clause (y), a “Reporting Subsidiary”) or (z) Person in respect of which financial statements or reports are provided to the agent under the Senior Term Facilities Agreement in compliance with the information undertakings thereunder (any such entity, the “SFA Reporting Entity” and together with the Issuer, a Reporting Subsidiary or any entity under sub-clause (x),

 

115


a “Financial Reporting Entity” (as determined at the sole discretion of the Issuer)) so long as such reports (if an annual or quarterly report) meet the requirements (including as to content and time of delivery) of this covenant as if references to the Issuer therein were references to the Reporting Subsidiary. Upon complying with the requirements set forth in the preceding sentence, the Issuer will be deemed to have complied with the provisions contained in this Section 4.02.

(j) For purposes of this Section 4.02 and any determination or calculation to be made under this Indenture, the Issuer may use financial statements of any Financing Reporting Entity (or a predecessor thereof) for reporting or making calculations under this Indenture.

Section 4.03 Compliance Certificates.

(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) after the end of each fiscal year (or in the case of the first fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, 150 days), an Officer’s Certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that has occurred during the previous year, and is continuing.

(b) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any events that are continuing of which it is aware the occurrence of which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

Section 4.04 [Reserved].

Section 4.05 Suspension of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status.

(a) Following the first day:

(1) a series of Notes has achieved Investment Grade Status; and

(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture,

(the occurrence of such events, a “Covenant Suspension Event” and the date thereof being referred to as the “Suspension Date”), then, beginning on the Suspension Date until the occurrence of the Reversion Date, (i) the amount of each basket set by reference to a monetary amount for which a specific amount is set out in this Indenture and any definitions used therein (including all “annual”, “life of facilities”, “fiscal year”, “financial year”, “calendar year”, “at any time” and “aggregate” baskets) shall be increased by 50% and (ii) the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will no longer be subject to Section 4.06, Section 4.07, Section 4.08, Section 4.09, Section 4.10, Section 4.14, Section 5.01(a)(2), Section 5.01(a)(4) and Section 12.03 (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”) and, in each case, any related provision of Article 6 of this Indenture will cease to be effective and will not be applicable to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

(b) During any period that the Suspended Covenants have been suspended, the Issuer may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

116


(c) If and while the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants, the Notes will be entitled to substantially less covenant protection. In the event that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) the Notes no longer have an Investment Grade Rating or a Rating Agency withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the relevant series of Notes below an Investment Grade Rating (in each case, to the extent given an Investment Grade Rating by such Rating Agency), then the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “Suspension Period.” The Note Guarantees (other than the Note Guarantee of the Issuer) will be suspended during the Suspension Period.

(d) Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from any Asset Dispositions shall be reset to zero.

(e) During the Suspension Period, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be entitled to incur Liens to the extent provided for in Section 4.11 (including, without limitation, Permitted Liens) and any Permitted Liens which may refer to one or more Suspended Covenants shall be interpreted as though such applicable Suspended Covenant(s) continued to be applicable during the Suspension Period (but solely for purposes of Section 4.11 and the “Permitted Liens” and “Permitted Collateral Liens” definitions and for no other covenant).

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture, and no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to exist or have occurred as a result of any failure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with any of the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period; provided, that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments will be calculated as though Section 4.06 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period (including with respect to an Applicable Transaction entered into during the Suspension Period); (2) all Indebtedness incurred, committed or issued during the Suspension Period (or deemed incurred or issued in connection with an Applicable Transaction entered into during the Suspension Period) will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(4)(A); (3) any Affiliate Transaction entered into after such reinstatement pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(6); (4) any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to take any action described in Section 4.07(a)(1) through Section 4.07(a)(3) that becomes effective during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(1); (5) no Subsidiary of the Issuer shall be required to comply with Section 4.14 after such reinstatement with respect to any guarantee or obligation entered into by such Subsidiary during any Suspension Period; and (6) all Investments made during the Suspension Period (or deemed made in connection with an Applicable Transaction entered into during the Suspension Period) will be classified to have been made under clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Investments.”

 

117


(g) Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated after the Reversion Date, (1) no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind will be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants, and none of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising during any Suspension Period, in each case as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or, upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time based solely on any action taken or event that occurred during the Suspension Period), and (2) following a Reversion Date, the Issuer and each Restricted Subsidiary will be permitted, without causing a Default or Event of Default, to honor, comply with or otherwise perform any contractual commitments or obligations arising during any Suspension Period and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby.

(h) The Trustee shall be notified of a Covenant Suspension Event and a Reversion Date; provided that no such notification shall be a condition for the Covenant Suspension Event to be effective. The Trustee shall have no duty to (i) monitor the ratings of the Notes, (ii) ascertain whether a Covenant Suspension Event or Reversion Date have occurred, or (iii) notify the Holders of any of the foregoing.

Section 4.06 Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including any such payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) except:

(A) dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Issuer or in Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

(B) dividends or distributions payable to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis); and

(C) dividends or distributions payable to any Parent Entity to fund payments of interest, premia or break costs in respect of Indebtedness of such Parent Entity (or Refinancing Indebtedness thereof) which is Guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that:

(i) any net proceeds from such Indebtedness are, directly or indirectly, contributed to the equity of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in any form or otherwise received (including by way of Indebtedness) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (a “Parent Debt Contribution”);

 

118


(ii) any net proceeds described in Section 4.06(a)(1)(C)(i) shall be excluded for purposes of increasing the amount available for distribution pursuant to Section 4.06(a)(C) and shall not be Excluded Contributions; and

(iii) in the case that any net proceeds described in Section 4.06(a)(1)(C)(i) are contributed to or received by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries in the form of Indebtedness, there shall be no double-counting of interest paid on such Indebtedness, any proceeds loan relating to such Indebtedness and any dividends or distributions payable to the relevant Parent Entity to fund interest payments in respect of Indebtedness of such Parent Entity;

(2) purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent Entity held by persons other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or in exchange for options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Issuer;

(3) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (a) any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal instalment or final maturity, in each case, due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement and (b) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(3));

(4) make any payment (whether of principal, interest or other amounts) on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Subordinated Shareholder Funding (other than any payment of interest thereon in the form of additional Subordinated Shareholder Funding); or

(5) make any Restricted Investment,

(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above are referred to herein as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

(A) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(B) the Issuer is not able to Incur an additional €1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.08(a) immediately after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment; or

 

119


(C) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date (and not returned or rescinded) (including Permitted Payments made pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(1) and Section 4.06(b)(13)(C), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.06(b)) would exceed the sum of (without duplication):

(i) 50% of Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (treated as one accounting period) from the first day of the Financial Quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the most recent Financial Quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Issuer are available; provided that the amount taken into account pursuant to this sub-clause (i) shall not be less than zero; plus

(ii) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Issuer from the issue or sale of its Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock or as the result of a merger or consolidation with another person or otherwise contributed to the equity (in each case other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer subsequent to the Issue Date (other than (1) Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock sold to a Subsidiary of the Issuer, (2) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, (3) cash or property or assets or marketable securities to the extent that any Restricted Payment has been made from such proceeds in reliance on Section 4.06(b)(6), (4) the Transaction Equity Contribution and (5) Excluded Contributions); plus

(iii) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received subsequent to the Issue Date by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance or sale (other than (1) Subordinated Shareholder Funding, (2) the Transaction Equity Contribution or (3) Capital Stock sold to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) plus, without duplication, the amount of any cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange; plus

(iv) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received subsequent to the Issue Date by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary by means of: (1) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary)

 

120


of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or (2) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a dividend from a person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date (in each case, other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment or was made under Section 4.06(b)(17) and will increase the amount available under the applicable clause of the definition of “Permitted Investment” or Section 4.06(b)(17) as the case may be); plus

(v) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred), as determined in good faith by the Issuer at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation or transfer of assets (after taking into consideration any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or merged, amalgamated or consolidated or Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred), other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment or was made under Section 4.06(b)(17) and will increase the amount available under the applicable clause of the definition of “Permitted Investment” or Section 4.06(b)(17) as the case may be; plus

(vi) the greater of (x) €53.75 million and (y) an amount equal to 25% of LTM EBITDA.

(b) The foregoing provisions will not prohibit any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Payments”):

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or any purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase, other acquisition or retirement for value, completed within 60 days after the date of declaration or notice thereof, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Section 4.06, or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Indebtedness if, at the date of any redemption or repayment notice, such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Section 4.06 as if it were and is deemed at such time to be a Restricted Payment at the time of such notice;

 

121


(2) any:

(A) prepayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition, discharge or retirement of Capital Stock of the Issuer (including any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon) (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or a substantially concurrent contribution to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, the Transaction Equity Contribution or through an Excluded Contribution or a Parent Debt Contribution) of the Issuer; provided that to the extent so applied, the Net Cash Proceeds, or fair market value of property or assets or of marketable securities, from such sale of Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock or such contribution will be excluded from Section 4.06(a)(C)(ii); and

(B) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 4.06(b)(13), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Capital Stock of a Parent Entity) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(3) any prepayment, purchase, repurchase, exchange, redemption, defeasance, discharge or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08;

(4) any prepayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, discharge or other acquisition or retirement of Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08;

(5) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Shareholder Funding) or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary:

(A) to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, following the occurrence of:

(1) a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”); or

(2) an Asset Disposition (or other similar event described therein as an “asset disposition” or “asset sale”),

 

122


but only if (and to the extent required) the Issuer shall have first complied with the provisions of this Indenture that require (i) a Change of Control Offer or (ii) an Asset Disposition Offer (other than as provided in Section 4.09(a)(3)(A)(ii) or, solely as it relates to this Section 4.06(b)(5), Section 4.09(a)(3)(C)) in each case all Notes validly tendered by Holders of such Notes in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired for value; or

(B) consisting of Acquired Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness Incurred:

(i) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(ii) otherwise in connection with or contemplation of such acquisition;

(6) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, redemption, prepayment, purchase, defeasance, cancellation, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) (other than Disqualified Stock) or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of the Issuer or any Parent Entity held by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, trusts or heirs of such employee, director, manager, contractor or consultant); provided that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (6) do not exceed (x) the greater of (I) €16.13 million and (II) an amount equal to 7.5% of LTM EBITDA in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried forward to succeeding calendar years) or (y) subsequent to the consummation of an Initial Public Offering of common stock of any IPO Entity, the greater of (I) €32.25 million and (II) an amount equal to 15% of LTM EBITDA in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried forward to succeeding calendar years); provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed

(A) the cash proceeds from the issuance or sale of Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, any Transaction Equity Contribution or Excluded Contributions) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Issuer or any Parent Entity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, the Transaction Equity Contribution or an Excluded Contribution), Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of any Parent Entity, in each case to members of management, directors, managers or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity that occurred after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 4.06(a)(C); plus

 

123


(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer, the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (to the extent contributed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) after the Issue Date,

provided, further, that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by Section 4.06(b)(6)(A) and Section 4.06(b)(6)(B) in any calendar year. In addition, cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former members of management, directors, managers, employees, contractors or consultants of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent Entity will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.06 or any other provision of this Indenture;

(7) the declaration and payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in accordance with Section 4.08;

(8) purchases, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of stock options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof or withholding or similar taxes in respect thereof and payments in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise or vesting thereof;

(9) dividends, loans, advances or distributions to any Parent Entity or other payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in amounts equal to (without duplication):

(A) the amounts required for any Parent Entity to pay any Parent Entity Expenses or any Related Taxes;

(B) any Permitted Tax Distribution;

(C) amounts constituting or to be used for purposes of making payments to the extent specified in Section 4.10(b)(2), Section 4.10(b)(3), Section 4.10(b)(5), Section 4.10(b)(11), Section 4.10(b)(12) and Section 4.10(b)(17)(A) (but only in respect of the parenthetical thereto) provided that any such dividends, loans, advances or distributions to make payments in respect of annual management fees specified in Section 4.10(b)(11)(A) and made pursuant to this Section 4.06(b)(9)(C) shall not exceed in aggregate, the greater of (x) €10.75 million and (y) an amount equal to 5% of LTM EBITDA in any Financial Year; and

(D) up to the greater of (x) €16.13 million and (y) an amount equal to 7.5% of LTM EBITDA in any Financial Year;

(10) the declaration and payment of dividends on, or the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of, the Capital Stock, common stock or common equity interests of the Issuer, any Parent Entity or any IPO Entity following a Public Offering of such Capital Stock, common stock or common equity interests following the Issue Date; provided that the aggregate amount of all such dividends or distributions shall not exceed the greater of:

(A) up to 6% per annum of the amount of Net Cash Proceeds received by the Group or contributed to the Issuer’s common equity by any Parent Entity or any IPO Entity from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s, any Parent Entity’s or any IPO Entity’s common equity registered on Form S-8, other than issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution; and

 

124


(B) an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed 7% of the greater of Market Capitalization or IPO Market Capitalization;

(11) payments by the Issuer, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent Entity to make payments, to holders of Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent Entity in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of such Capital Stock, provided that any such payment, loan, advance, dividend or distribution shall not be for the purpose of evading any limitation of this Section 4.06 or otherwise to facilitate any dividend or other return of capital to the holders of such Capital Stock (as determined in good faith by the Issuer);

(12) Restricted Payments that are made (A) in an amount that does not exceed the aggregate amount of (x) Excluded Contributions, or (y) non-cash Excluded Contributions, in each case, received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date or (B) without duplication with the immediately preceding sub-clause (A) and without double counting any such cash proceeds that otherwise increase amounts available under Section 4.06(a)(C), in an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds from a sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition in respect of property or assets acquired after the Issue Date, if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions;

(13) the declaration and payment of dividends:

(A) on Designated Preferred Stock of the Issuer issued after the Issue Date;

(B) to a Parent Entity in an amount sufficient to allow the Parent Entity to pay dividends to holders of its Designated Preferred Stock issued after the Issue Date; and

(C) on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock issued after the Issue Date in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(2); provided that:

(i) in the case of Section 4.06(b)(13)(A) and Section 4.06(b)(13)(B), the amount of all dividends declared or paid to a person pursuant to such clauses shall not exceed the cash proceeds received by the Issuer or the aggregate amount contributed as Subordinated Shareholder Funding or in cash to the equity of the Issuer (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution or a Parent Debt Contribution of the Issuer), from the issuance or sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; and

 

125


(ii) in the case of Section 4.06(b)(13)(A), Section 4.06(b)(13)(B) and Section 4.06(b)(13)(C), as at the Applicable Test Date, after giving effect to such payment on a pro forma basis the Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the test set forth in Section 4.08(a);

(14) distributions, by dividend or otherwise, or other transfer or disposition of shares of Capital Stock, of equity interests in, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, substantially all the assets of which are cash and Cash Equivalent Investments) or proceeds thereof;

(15) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation, in each case in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

(16) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transaction (including those Restricted Payments contemplated by the final tax structure memorandum prepared in connection with the Transaction (other than any exit steps described therein) and compensation arising from an indemnity claim or other claim under the Acquisition Agreement) and any costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related thereto or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates in connection with the Transaction (including dividends to any Parent Entity to permit payment by such Parent Entity of such amounts);

(17) so long as no Event of Default is continuing:

(A) any Restricted Payments (including loans or advances):

(i) up to the greater of (x) €86.00 million and (y) an amount equal to 40% of LTM EBITDA; plus

(ii) in an amount equal to any Declined Proceeds; plus

(B) any Restricted Payments (including loans or advances) so long as immediately after giving pro forma effect to the payment of any such Restricted Payment and the Incurrence of any Indebtedness the net proceeds of which are used to make such Restricted Payment, either:

(i) the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 6.00:1.00;

(ii) in the case that the Total Net Leverage Ratio exceeds 6.00:1.00, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 6.75:1.00, and 50% of such Restricted Payment shall be funded from the Available Amount (without double counting) at the time of such Restricted Payment; or

(iii) in the case that the Total Net Leverage Ratio exceeds 6.75:1.00, 100% of such Restricted Payment shall be funded from the Available Amount (without double counting) at the time of such Restricted Payment;

 

126


(18) mandatory redemptions of Disqualified Stock issued as a Restricted Payment or as consideration for a Permitted Investment;

(19) so long as no Event of Default is continuing, the redemption, defeasance, repurchase, exchange or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(A) in an aggregate amount at the time redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged or otherwise acquired or retired not to exceed the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to 30% of LTM EBITDA; plus

(B) such that immediately after giving pro forma effect to the payment of any such Restricted Payment and the redemption, defeasance, repurchase, exchange or other acquisition or retirement of any such Subordinated Indebtedness, either

(i) the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 6.75:1.00;

(ii) in the case that the Total Net Leverage Ratio exceeds 6.75:1.00, the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 7.25:1.00, and 50% of such Restricted Payment shall be funded from the Available Amount (without double counting) at the time of such Restricted Payment; or

(iii) in the case that the Total Net Leverage Ratio exceeds 7.25:1.00 and 100% of such Restricted Payment shall be funded from the Available Amount (without double counting) at the time of such Restricted Payment;

(20) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law (including in connection with, or as a result of, exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or action (whether actual, contingent or potential)), pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Section 5.01;

(21) Restricted Payments to a Parent Entity to finance Investments that would otherwise be permitted to be made pursuant to this Section 4.06 if made by the Issuer; provided that:

(A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment;

 

127


(B) such Parent Entity shall, promptly following the closing thereof, cause:

(i) all property acquired (whether assets or Capital Stock) to be contributed to the capital of the Issuer or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(ii) the merger or amalgamation of the person formed or acquired into the Issuer or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 5.01) to consummate such Investment;

(C) such Parent Entity and its Affiliates (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Indenture;

(D) any property received by the Issuer shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.06(a)(C)(ii), Section 4.06(b)(2) or Section 4.06(b)(6) or be deemed to be an Excluded Contribution or a Parent Debt Contribution; and

(E) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to another provision of this Section 4.06 (other than pursuant to this Section 4.06(b)(21)) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than pursuant to clause (l) thereof);

(22) any dividends, repayments of equity, reductions of capital or any other distribution by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any other company or Parent Entity (i) that is a member of the same fiscal unity for corporate income tax, trade tax or value added tax or similar purposes, or (ii) a limited partner of a company pursuant to sub-clause (i) to the extent required to cover Taxes on a consolidated basis on behalf of the Group;

(23) any Restricted Payment to repay any equity injected into the Group on or around the Acquisition Closing Date in an amount equal to any post-closing purchase price adjustment payment received by the Group;

(24) so long as no Event of Default is continuing, Restricted Payments of amounts deemed to not constitute Excess Proceeds pursuant to Section 4.09(b);

(25) Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed the aggregate amount of the Closing Overfunding; and

(26) any dividends, repayments of equity, reductions of capital, loans or any other distribution (a “tax distribution”) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Parent Entity that is a member of the same fiscal unity (steuerliche Organschaft) for German corporate income tax and trade tax purposes; provided that:

(A) where payments under a German fiscal unity are required to be made by any Parent Entity to cover Taxes on a consolidated basis on behalf of the Group, a tax distribution shall be made in cash to such Parent Entity in accordance with the definition of Permitted Tax Distribution; and

 

128


(B) the remainder of such tax distribution in excess of the amount permitted pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(26)(A) shall not be paid to such Parent Entity in cash but instead be converted into an intercompany loan made by such Parent Entity to the Issuer which constitutes Subordinated Liabilities, save to the extent otherwise agreed by the Agent.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.06 and without prejudice to Section 4.15, in the event that a Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) (i) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Payments described in Section 4.06(b), and/or (ii) is permitted pursuant to Section 4.06(a) and/or (iii) constitutes a Permitted Investment, the Issuer will be entitled to classify such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment or later reclassify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.06, including as a Permitted Investment.

(d) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the Applicable Test Date of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount, and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment, property or assets other than cash shall be determined conclusively by the Issuer acting in good faith.

(e) Unrestricted Subsidiaries may use value transferred from the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in a Permitted Investment or a Restricted Investment not prohibited under this Section 4.06 to purchase or otherwise acquire Indebtedness or Capital Stock of the Issuer, any Parent Entity or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries, and to transfer value to the holders of the Capital Stock or any Parent Entity and to Affiliates thereof, and such purchase, acquisition, or transfer will not be deemed to be a “direct or indirect” action by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries.

Section 4.07 Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions in cash or otherwise on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) make any loans or advances to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary,

provided that (x) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock and (y) the subordination of (including the application of any standstill requirements to) loans or advances made to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

 

129


(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) will not prohibit:

(1) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to (a) any Credit Facility (including the Senior Term Facilities and the ABL Facility) and any security documents related thereto, (b) the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and (c) any other agreement or instrument, in each case, in effect at or entered into on or prior to the Acquisition Closing Date;

(2) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to this Indenture and any other Note Documents;

(3) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(4) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument of a Person or relating to any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of a Person, entered into on or before the date on which such Person was acquired by or merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or was designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or on which such agreement or instrument is assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Issuer or was merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or entered into in contemplation of or in connection with such transaction) and outstanding on such date; provided that, for the purposes of this clause, if another Person is the Successor Company, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary when such Person becomes the Successor Company;

(5) any encumbrance, restriction or condition:

(A) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract or agreement, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract or agreement;

(B) contained in mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements permitted under this Indenture or securing Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted under this Indenture to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer or encumbrance of the property or assets subject to such mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements;

 

130


(C) contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary; or

(D) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired;

(7) any encumbrance or restriction imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition to a Person of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(8) customary provisions in leases, licenses, shareholder agreements, joint venture agreements and other similar agreements, organizational documents and instruments;

(9) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation, licensing requirement or order, or required by any regulatory authority;

(10) any encumbrance or restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(11) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Hedging Obligations;

(12) restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Securitization Facility or Receivables Facility;

(13) any encumbrance or restriction arising pursuant to an agreement or instrument (a) relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.08 if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders (taken as a whole) than (i) the encumbrances and restrictions contained in (A) the Senior Secured Facilities Agreements or this Indenture, together with any security documents associated therewith, and (B) the Intercreditor Agreement, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date (or the closing date of the respective Senior Secured Facilities Agreements (as applicable)) or (ii) as is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and where, in the case of this sub-clause (ii), either (x) the Issuer determines at the time of entry into such agreement or instrument that such encumbrances or restrictions will not adversely affect, in any material respect, the Issuer’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only during the continuance of a default relating to such agreement or instrument, or (b) constituting an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

131


(14) any encumbrance or restriction existing by reason of any lien permitted under Section 4.11; or

(15) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise refinances, an agreement or instrument referred to in Section 4.07(b)(1) to Section 4.07(b)(14) or this clause (15) (an “Initial Agreement”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in Section 4.07(b)(1) to Section 4.07(b)(14) or this clause (15); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or instrument are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders taken as a whole than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such refinancing or amendment, supplement or other modification relates (as determined in good faith by the Issuer).

Section 4.08 Limitation on Indebtedness.

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided that the Issuer and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), if on the Applicable Test Date and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), either: (i) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is at least 2.00:1.00 or (ii) the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 8.00:1.00.

(b) Section 4.08(a) will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(1) the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under any Credit Facility (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit, guarantees and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the sum of:

(A) the aggregate of:

(i) the greater of (x) €375.0 million or, if higher, the principal amount of Facility B (EUR) as at the Acquisition Closing Date and (y) an amount equal to 175% of LTM EBITDA; plus

(ii) the greater of (x) $850.0 million or, if higher, the principal amount of Facility B (USD) as at the Acquisition Closing Date and (y) an amount equal to 325% of LTM EBITDA; plus

(iii) the greater of (x) the sum of (A) the greater of (I) €200.00 million and (II) the Borrowing Base as of the date of Incurrence, or if higher, the principal amount of the ABL Facility at the Acquisition Closing Date and (B) €75.0 million and (y) an amount equal to 93% of LTM EBITDA; plus

 

132


(B) the greater of (x) €215.00 million and (y) an amount equal to 100% of LTM EBITDA; plus

(C) the maximum amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness such that, on the Applicable Test Date after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 4.90:1.00; plus

(D) the maximum amount of Indebtedness that constitutes Total Secured Debt that is not Senior Secured Indebtedness such that, on the Applicable Test Date after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, either:

(i) the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 5.50:1.00; or

(ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is at least 2.00:1.00; plus

(E) the maximum amount of Indebtedness that is not Senior Secured Indebtedness or Total Secured Debt, or is unsecured such that on the Applicable Test Date, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, either:

(i) the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 8.00:1.00; or

(ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is at least 2.00:1.00,

provided that any Indebtedness or unutilized commitments in respect of Indebtedness Incurred or deemed to be Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.08(b)(1) may be refinanced at any time if such refinancing does not exceed the greater of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.08(b)(1) on the Applicable Test Date for such refinancing and (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness or unutilized commitments in respect of Indebtedness being refinanced at such time (together with an amount necessary to pay accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing) and, in the case of a refinancing of Indebtedness under Facility B (EUR), Facility B (USD) and the ABL Facility, such Indebtedness shall be treated for all purposes as Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(1)(A)(i), Section 4.08(b)(1)(A)(ii) and Section 4.08(b)(1)(A)(iii), respectively;

(2) any (A) Guarantees by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and (B) without limiting Section 4.11, Indebtedness arising by reason of any Lien granted by or applicable to such person securing Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations is permitted by the terms of this Indenture;

 

133


(3) Indebtedness of the Issuer owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Indebtedness represented by:

(A) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries outstanding as of the Acquisition Closing Date or Incurred (or available for Incurrence) under a facility committed or as in effect as of the Acquisition Closing Date (other than any Indebtedness to be refinanced with the proceeds of Facility B and/or the Notes);

(B) the Notes (other than any Additional Notes) and any Notes Guarantees;

(C) Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in:

(i) this Section 4.08(b)(4);

(ii) Section 4.08(b)(5)(B);

(iii) Section 4.08(a); and

(D) other Indebtedness Incurred to finance Management Advances;

(5) Indebtedness (x) of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any person that will be a Restricted Subsidiary or that will be merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred or issued to finance an acquisition (including an acquisition of any assets), merger, amalgamation or consolidation or similar transaction (“Acquisition Debt”) or any capital expenditure or (y) of persons that are, or secured by any assets that are, acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into, amalgamated or consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; in an aggregate amount not to exceed:

(A) an amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.08(b)(5)(A) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €53.75 million and (y) an amount equal to 25% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date; plus

(B) unlimited additional Indebtedness to the extent that:

(1) after giving effect to such acquisition (including an acquisition of any assets), merger, amalgamation or consolidation or similar transaction or capital expenditure:

(i) if such Indebtedness is Senior Secured Indebtedness, either (x) the Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(1)(C) or (y) the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not increase as a result;

 

134


(ii) if such Indebtedness constitutes Indebtedness that is Total Secured Debt but is not Senior Secured Indebtedness, either (x) the Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(1)(D), (y) the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not increase as a result or (z) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not decrease as a result; or

(iii) if such Indebtedness is not Senior Secured Indebtedness or Total Secured Debt, or is unsecured, either (x) the Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.08(a) or Section 4.08(b)(1)(E), (y) the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not increase as a result or (z) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not decrease as a result;

(2) in the case of Acquired Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is discharged within six months of such Incurrence or would otherwise constitute Permitted Debt or Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(a).

(6) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes as determined in good faith by the Issuer);

(7) Indebtedness:

(A) represented by (x) Purchase Money Obligations or (y) Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or other financings, Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in a Similar Business or Indebtedness otherwise Incurred to finance the purchase, lease, rental or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any person owning such assets, and any Indebtedness which refinances, replaces or refunds such Indebtedness either:

(i) Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; or otherwise

(ii) in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.08(b)(7)(A)(ii) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €107.5 million and (y) an amount equal to 50% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date,

provided that, in each case, the Indebtedness exists on the date of such purchase, lease, rental, construction, design, installation or improvement or is created within 270 days thereafter; or

(B) arising out of Sale and Leaseback Transactions;

 

135


(8) Indebtedness in respect of:

(A) workers’ compensation claims, old-age-part-time arrangements, self-insurance obligations, unemployment insurance (including premiums related thereto), other types of social security, pension obligations or partial retirement obligations, vacation pay, health, disability or other employee benefits, customer guarantees performance, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal, advance payment (including progress premiums), customs, value added or other tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and completion guarantees and warranties provided by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or guarantees Incurred either:

(i) Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; or otherwise

(ii) in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.08(b)(8)(A)(ii) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €10.75 million and (y) an amount equal to 5% of LTM EBITDA, as of the Applicable Test Date;

(B) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within 45 days of Incurrence;

(C) customer deposits and advance payments (including progress premiums) received in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(D) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, warehouse receipts, guarantees, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management of bad debt purposes or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations either:

(i) Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; or otherwise

(ii) in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.08(b)(8)(D)(ii) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €10.75 million and (y) an amount equal to 5% of LTM EBITDA, as of the Applicable Test Date;

 

136


(E) the financing of insurance premiums, take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, any customary treasury, depositary, cash management, credit card processing, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer, the collection of checks and direct debits, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements, operating facilities or similar arrangements either:

(i) Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and in the case of operating facilities, consistent with past practice in scope and nature); or otherwise

(ii) Indebtedness Incurred in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.08(b)(8)(E)(ii) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €32.25 million and (y) an amount equal to 15% of LTM EBITDA, as of the Applicable Test Date;

(F) Indebtedness:

(i) representing deferred compensation to current or former directors, officers, employees, members of management, managers and consultants of any Parent Entity, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; or

(ii) representing deferred consideration or other similar arrangements in connection with any Investment or acquisition permitted hereby;

(G) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any letter of credit or bank guarantee issued in favor of any issuing bank or swingline lender to support any defaulting lender’s participation in letters of credit issued, or swingline loans made under any ABL Facility;

(H) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary supported by any letter of credit issued under any ABL Facility or Revolving Facility;

(I) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 Business Days owed to banks and other financial institutions Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

(J) Settlement Indebtedness;

(9) Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for Guarantees, indemnification, obligations in respect of earn-outs or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or person or any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any person acquiring or disposing of such business or assets or such Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition or disposition); provided that the maximum liability of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness in connection with a disposition shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the fair market value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

 

137


(10) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.08(b)(10) and then outstanding, will not exceed 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock or otherwise contributed to the equity (in each case, other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, an Excluded Contribution or a Parent Debt Contribution) of the Issuer, in each case, subsequent to the Acquisition Closing Date, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, provided that:

(A) any such Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall not increase the amount available for making Restricted Payments to the extent the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries Incur Indebtedness pursuant to this Section 4.08(b)(10) in reliance thereon; and

(B) any Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall be excluded for purposes of Incurring Indebtedness pursuant to this Section 4.08(b)(10) to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds or cash have been applied to make a Restricted Payment;

(11) Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors and Guarantees by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of joint ventures in an aggregate amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 4.08(b)(11) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €43.00 million and (y) an amount equal to 20% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

(12) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to any future, present or former employee, director, manager, contractor or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, or heirs of such employee, director, contractor or consultant), to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent Entity or payment of a transaction bonus that is not prohibited by Section 4.06;

(13) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.08(b)(13) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (x) €107.50 million and (y) an amount equal to 50% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

 

138


(14) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to factoring financings, securitizations, receivables financings or similar arrangements, in each case, that are:

(A) not recourse to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except to the extent customary in the good faith determination of the Issuer for such type of arrangement and except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(B) outstanding or available for Incurrence as at the Acquisition Closing Date; or

(C) in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.08(b)(14)(C) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (x) €107.50 million and (y) an amount equal to 50% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

(15) any obligation, or guaranty of any obligation, of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to reimburse or indemnify a person extending credit to customers of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice for all or any portion of the amounts payable by such customers to the person extending such credit;

(16) Indebtedness to a customer to finance the acquisition of any equipment necessary to perform services for such customer; provided that (A) the repayment of such Indebtedness is conditional upon such customer ordering a specific volume of goods and (B) such Indebtedness does not bear interest or provide for scheduled amortization or maturity;

(17) obligations in respect of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer in an amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 4.08(b)(17) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €32.25 million and (y) an amount equal to 15% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

(18) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries arising pursuant to any Permitted Tax Restructuring;

(19) Indebtedness consisting of local lines of credit, bilateral facilities, overdraft facilities or local working capital facilities in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.08(b)(19) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to 30% of LTM EBITDA.

(20) [Reserved];

(21) any declaration of joint and several liability issued for the purpose of section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code by any Restricted Subsidiary (and any residual liability under such declaration arising pursuant to section 2:404(2) of the Dutch Civil Code); and

 

139


(22) any joint and several liability between Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of a fiscal unity for tax purposes.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and without prejudice to Section 4.15, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 4.08:

(1) subject to Section 4.08(c)(2), in the event that all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(a), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will classify, and may from time to time reclassify, such item of Indebtedness and will only be required to include, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.08, the amount and type of such Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in Section 4.08(a) or one of the clauses of Section 4.08(b) and Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.08 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of Section 4.08 permitting such Indebtedness;

(2) all Indebtedness under Facility B and the ABL Facility in each case outstanding as of the Acquisition Closing Date (and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) shall be deemed to have been Incurred pursuant to:

(A) Section 4.08(b)(1)(A)(i), in the case of Indebtedness under Facility B (EUR);

(B) Section 4.08(b)(1)(A)(ii), in the case of Indebtedness under Facility B (USD); and

(C) Section 4.08(b)(1)(A)(iii), in the case of Indebtedness under the ABL Facility;

and the Issuer shall not be permitted to reclassify all or a portion of such Indebtedness;

(3) for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.08, with respect to Indebtedness Incurred under a Credit Facility, re-borrowings of amounts previously repaid pursuant to a “cash sweep” or “clean down” provisions or any similar provisions under a Credit Facility that provide that Indebtedness is deemed to have been repaid periodically shall only be deemed for the purposes of this Section 4.08 to have been Incurred on the date such Indebtedness was first Incurred and not on the date of any subsequent re-borrowing thereof;

(4) in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness, when measuring the outstanding amount of such Indebtedness, such amount shall not include any amounts necessary to pay the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing;

 

140


(5) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;

(6) if obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments are Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to any clause of Section 4.08(a) or Section 4.08(b) and the letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included;

(7) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

(8) in the event that the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into or increases commitments under a revolving credit facility, enters into any commitment to Incur or issue Indebtedness or commits to Incur any Lien pursuant to clause (cc) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, the Incurrence or issuance thereof for all purposes under this Indenture, including for the purposes of calculating any Applicable Metric for borrowings and reborrowings thereunder (and including issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) may be determined, at the Issuer’s option (A) on the date of such revolving credit facility or such entry into or increase in commitments or (B) on the date on which such facility or commitments become available or, if applicable, any other Applicable Test Date (assuming, in the case of Section 4.08(c)(8)(A) and this Section 4.08(c)(8)(B) that the full amount thereof (or, at the option of the Issuer, a portion thereof) has been borrowed as of such date) and, in either case, if any such Applicable Metric is satisfied with respect thereto at such time, any borrowing or reborrowing thereunder (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) will be permitted under this Section 4.08 irrespective of the Applicable Metric at the time of any borrowing or reborrowing (or issuance or creation of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances thereunder) (the committed amount permitted to be borrowed or reborrowed (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances) on a date pursuant to the operation of this Section 4.08(c)(8) but not actually borrowed on such date shall be the “Reserved Indebtedness Amount” as of such date for purposes of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, and, to the extent of any clause of Section 4.08(b) (if any), shall be deemed to be Incurred and outstanding under such clauses);

(9) notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.08 to the contrary, in the case of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness initially Incurred in reliance on Section 4.08(a) or any clause of Section Section 4.08(b) measured by reference to a percentage of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date, if such refinancing would cause the percentage of LTM EBITDA restriction to be exceeded if calculated based on the percentage of LTM EBITDA on the Applicable Test Date of such refinancing, such percentage of LTM EBITDA restriction shall not be deemed to be exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing; and

 

141


(10) except as otherwise specified herein, the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined on the basis of GAAP.

(d) Accrual and/or capitalization of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares or Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not previously treated as Indebtedness due to a change in GAAP, will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.08; provided that the amount of any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any outstanding Indebtedness may (in the Issuer’s sole discretion) be increased by the amount of all such accrued and/or capitalized interest, accreted value, original issue discount and/or additional Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness and such Increased Amount will not be deemed to be Indebtedness for the purpose of calculating any basket, permission or threshold under which such Refinancing Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred.

(e) If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 4.08, the Issuer shall be in default of this Section 4.08).

(f) For the purposes of determining compliance with any restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a given currency, the Currency Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness (or liquidation preference in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) denominated in another currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, or, at the option of the Issuer, first committed or first incurred or upon execution of the definitive documentation in respect thereof (whichever yields the lower Currency Equivalent); provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in another currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable currency denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such currency denominated restriction, as applicable, shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount (or liquidation preference in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or liquidation preference in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) set forth in clause (c) of the definition of “Refinancing Indebtedness.”

(g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.08, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.08 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

142


(h) The Issuer shall not permit any Guarantor to, and no Guarantor shall Incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be contractually subordinated (either by its terms or the terms of the agreement governing such Indebtedness) in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness ranks pari passu with such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee or is also contractually subordinated (either by its terms or the terms of the agreement governing such Indebtedness) in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee; provided that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured with different collateral or by virtue of the application of waterfall or other payment ordering provisions affecting different tranches of the Notes or where such ranking or subordination arises as a matter of law; provided, further, that this limitation shall not apply to distinctions between categories of Senior Indebtedness that exist by reason of any Liens or Guarantees or the ordering of payment for any Liens or by virtue of being secured on a junior-priority basis (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness incurred under the ABL Facility or any asset-backed loan facility or other facility secured on the Collateral on a junior-ranking basis to such Senior Indebtedness); provided in addition that and that Indebtedness under a Credit Facility that is Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor may provide for an ordering of payments among the tranches of such Credit Facility.

Section 4.09 Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap);

(2) in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions, with a purchase price in excess of the greater of (x) €32.25 million and (y) an amount equal to 15% of LTM EBITDA, except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration for such Asset Disposition, together with all other Asset Dispositions since the Issue Date (on a cumulative basis), received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalent Investments; and provided that the amount of:

(A) the greater of the principal amount and the carrying value of any liabilities (as reflected on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto or, if Incurred or increased subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or increase had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined by the Issuer) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are (1) assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or a third party in connection with such transfer) pursuant to a written agreement which releases or indemnifies the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such liabilities or (2) otherwise cancelled or terminated in connection with the transaction;

 

143


(B) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted or reasonably expected by the Issuer acting in good faith to be converted by Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into Cash Equivalent Investments (to the extent of the Cash Equivalent Investments received or expected to be received) or by their terms are required to be satisfied for Cash Equivalent Investments within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition; and

(C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 4.09(a)(2)(C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) €53.75 million and (y) an amount equal to 25% of LTM EBITDA at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration (or, at the Issuer’s option, at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall each be deemed to be Cash Equivalent Investments for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose; and

(3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied, to the extent the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects (at its sole discretion):

(A) to prepay, repay or purchase:

(i) any Senior Indebtedness; and/or

(ii) any other Permitted Debt (provided that such application would comply with Section 4.06),

(in each case, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary);

(B) to invest in or commit to invest in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary equal to the amount of Net Available Cash received by the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary); and/or

(C) to make any Restricted Payment or Permitted Payment permitted to be made under Section 4.06 or any Permitted Investment,

in each case, within 635 days from the later of (1) the date of such Asset Disposition and (2) the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided that:

(i) in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a)(3)(A), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related commitment (if any) (other than in the case of any asset-based credit facility (including the ABL Facility) or any revolving credit facility (including a Revolving Facility)) to be reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased;

 

144


(ii) a binding commitment or letter of intent entered into not later than such 635th day shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Available Cash from the date of such commitment or letter of intent so long as the Issuer, or such Restricted Subsidiary, enters into such commitment or letter of intent with the good faith expectation that such Net Available Cash will be applied to satisfy such commitment or letter of intent within the later of such 635th day and 180 days of such commitment or letter of intent (an “Acceptable Commitment”) or, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Available Cash is applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Available Cash is applied, then such Net Available Cash shall constitute Excess Proceeds; and

(iii) pending the final application of the amount of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with Section 4.09(a)(3)(A) to Section 4.09(a)(3)(C) or otherwise in accordance with this Section 4.09, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise use such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

(b) The following amount of Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested or committed to be applied or invested as provided in Section 4.09(a) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds” under this Indenture:

(1) if the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio as at the Applicable Test Date in respect of the relevant Asset Disposition exceeds 4.65:1.00 on a pro forma basis, 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition; or

(2) if the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio as at the Applicable Test Date in respect of the relevant Asset Disposition exceeds 4.40:1.00 but does not exceed 4.65:1.00 on a pro forma basis, 50% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition; or

(3) if the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio as at the Applicable Test Date in respect of the relevant Asset Disposition does not exceed 4.40:1.00 on a pro forma basis, 0% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition; provided that:

(A) to the extent the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has elected to prepay, repay or purchase any amount of Notes or other Pari Passu Indebtedness at a price of no less than 100% of the principal amount thereof, to the extent the creditors in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (including the Holders) elect not to tender their Pari Passu Indebtedness for such prepayment,

 

145


repayment or purchase, the Issuer will be deemed to have applied an amount of Net Available Cash equal to such amount not tendered under this Section 4.09(b)(3)(A), and such amount shall not increase the amount of Excess Proceeds (such amount, together with the aggregate amount described under Section 4.09(d), the “Declined Proceeds”); and

(B) for the avoidance of doubt, Net Available Cash that will not constitute Excess Proceeds pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(2) or Section 4.09(b)(3) shall be immediately available to the Group for any purposes permitted by this Indenture, including to make Restricted Payments in accordance with Section 4.06(b)(24) without regard to the periods specified in Section 4.09(a)(3).

(c) On the 636th day (or such longer period permitted by Section 4.09(a)) after the later of an Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds under this Section 4.09 exceeds the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to 30% of LTM EBITDA in a single transaction, the Issuer will within 10 Business Days make an offer (an “Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders of the Notes and, if required or permitted by the terms of any other Pari Passu Indebtedness, to the holders or lenders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to (i) in the case of the Notes, 100% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value, if less), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture, and (ii) in the case of such other Pari Passu Indebtedness, the offer price required by the terms thereof, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the agreement(s) governing such Pari Passu Indebtedness.

(d) The Issuer may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition by making an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to such Net Available Cash prior to the expiration of the relevant 635 days (or such longer period provided above) (the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”) with respect to all or part of the Net Available Cash (the “Advance Portion”) in advance of being required to do so by this Indenture (an “Advance Offer”).

(e) If the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of Notes tendered and other Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, surrendered by such holders or lenders thereof exceeds the amount offered in the Asset Disposition Offer (or in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion), the Issuer shall prepay, repay or purchase the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, on a pro rata basis (or otherwise in accordance with the Relevant Clearing System) based on the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered with adjustments as necessary so that no Notes or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, will be repurchased in part in an unauthorized denomination. Upon completion of any such Asset Disposition Offer (or Advance Offer), the amount of Excess Proceeds that resulted in the requirement to make an Asset Disposition Offer shall be reset to zero (regardless of whether there are any remaining Excess Proceeds upon such completion). Upon consummation or expiration of any Asset Disposition Offer, any remaining Net Available Cash shall not be deemed Excess Proceeds and the Issuer may use such Net Available Cash for any purpose not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

146


(f) To the extent that the aggregate amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the amount offered in the Asset Disposition Offer (or, in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion), the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds (or in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion) for any purposes not otherwise prohibited under this Indenture.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.09, to the extent that (x) a distribution of any or all of the Net Available Cash of any Asset Disposition by a Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent necessary to comply with this covenant) is prohibited or delayed by applicable local law (including financial assistance and corporate benefit restrictions and fiduciary and statutory duties of the relevant directors or managers), (y) a distribution of any or all of the Net Available Cash of any Asset Disposition by a Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent necessary to comply with this covenant) could result in material adverse Tax consequences, as determined by the Issuer in its sole discretion, or (z) a contribution or distribution of any or all of the Net Available Cash of any Asset Disposition by a Subsidiary to the Issuer or to a Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent necessary to comply with this covenant) is subject to a contractual encumbrance or restriction affecting the distribution and such encumbrance or restriction is not prohibited by Section 4.07, the portion of such Net Available Cash so affected will not be required to be applied in compliance with this Section 4.09.

(h) An Asset Disposition Offer or Advance Offer may be made at the same time as consents are solicited with respect to an amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture, the Notes and/or the Note Guarantees (but the Asset Disposition Offer or Advance Offer may not condition tenders on the delivery of such consents).

(i) To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. The Issuer may rely on any no-action letters issued by the SEC indicating that the staff of the SEC will not recommend enforcement action in the event a tender offer satisfies certain conditions.

(j) The provisions under this Indenture related to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of an Asset Disposition may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of all the then outstanding Notes.

(k) For the purposes of calculating the principal amount of any such indebtedness not denominated in euro, such Indebtedness shall be calculated by converting any such principal amount into its Euro Equivalent amount determined as of a date selected by the Issuer that is within the Asset Disposition Offer Period.

 

147


Section 4.10 Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Issuer (any such transaction or series of related transactions being an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate value in excess of the greater of (x) €21.50 million and (y) an amount equal to 10% of LTM EBITDA unless:

(1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction or the execution of the agreement providing for such transaction in arm’s length dealings with a person who is not such an Affiliate; and

(2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate value in excess of the greater of (x) €32.25 million and (y) an amount equal to 15% of LTM EBITDA, the terms of such Affiliate Transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer; provided that any Affiliate Transaction shall also be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in this Section 4.10(a)(2) if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the Issuer if any.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.10(a) will not apply to:

(1) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.06 or any Permitted Investment;

(2) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, or entering into, or maintenance of, any employment, consulting, collective bargaining or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, related trust or other similar agreement and other compensation arrangements, options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Entity, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans transaction bonuses or transaction-related securities repurchase plans or similar employee benefits or consultants’ plans (including valuation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or similar plans, programs or arrangements) or indemnities provided on behalf of officers, employees, directors, managers or consultants approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(3) any Management Advances and any waiver or transaction with respect thereto;

(4) any:

(A) transaction between or among the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary (or entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(B) merger, amalgamation or consolidation with any Parent Entity, provided that such Parent Entity shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalent Investments and the Capital Stock of the Issuer and such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is otherwise not prohibited under this Indenture;

 

148


(5) the payment of compensation, fees and reimbursement of expenses to, and customary indemnities (including under customary insurance policies) and employee benefit and pension expenses provided on behalf of, directors, managers, officers, managers, contractors, consultants, distributors or employees of the Issuer, any Parent Entity or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether directly or indirectly and including through any Controlled Investment Affiliate of such directors, managers, officers, contractors, consultants, distributors or employees);

(6) the entry into and performance of obligations of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any transaction arising out of, and any payments pursuant to or for purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument in effect as of or on the Acquisition Closing Date, as these agreements and instruments may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or refinanced from time to time in accordance with the other terms of this Section 4.10 or to the extent not more disadvantageous to the Holders (taken as a whole) in any material respect;

(7) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, any disposition or repurchase of Securitization Assets, Receivables Assets or related assets in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

(8) transactions with customers, clients, joint venture partners, suppliers, contractors, distributors or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, which are fair to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management of the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, or are on terms no less favorable than those that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(9) any transaction in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice between or among the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Issuer or an Associate or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely:

(A) because the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any Permitted Holder owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Affiliate, Associate or similar entity; or

(B) due to the fact that a director or manager of such person is also a director or manager of the Issuer or any direct or indirect Parent Entity of the Issuer (provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Issuer or such direct or indirect Parent Entity of the Issuer, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other person);

(10) any

(A) issuances or sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding and the granting of registration and other customary rights (and the performance of the related obligations) in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

149


(B) amendment, waiver or other transaction with respect to any Subordinated Shareholder Funding in compliance with the other provisions of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable; provided that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding, as amended or otherwise modified, will continue to satisfy the requirements described in the definition of “Subordinated Shareholder Funding”;

(11) any:

(A) payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly), including to its affiliates or its designees, of annual management, consulting, monitoring, refinancing, transaction, subsequent transaction exit fees, advisory fees and related costs and reasonable expenses and indemnitees in connection therewith and any termination fees (including any such cash lump sum or present value fee upon the consummation of a corporate event, including an Initial Public Offering); and

(B) customary payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly, including through any Parent Entity) for financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with loans, capital markets transactions, acquisitions or divestitures; and

(C) payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly), including to its affiliates or its designees, of fees, costs and expenses reflected in the funds flow memorandum in connection with the Transaction or as described in the Offering Memorandum,

which are, in the case of Section 4.10(b)(11)(A) and Section 4.10(b)(11)(B) only, approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith;

(12) payment to any Permitted Holder of all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holder in connection with its direct or indirect investment in the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

(13) the Transaction and the payment of all costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related to the Transaction;

(14) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that either (x) such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or (y) that such transaction meets the requirements of Section 4.10(a)(1);

 

150


(15) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any equity holders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto) to which it is party as of the Acquisition Closing Date and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter; provided, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under any future amendment to the equity holders’ agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Acquisition Closing Date will only be permitted under this clause to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders (taken as a whole) in any material respect as determined in good faith by the Issuer;

(16) any purchases by the Issuer’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by persons who are not the Issuer’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Issuer’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such persons who are not the Issuer’s Affiliates;

(17) any:

(A) Investments by Affiliates in securities of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Incurred by such Affiliates in connection therewith) so long as the Investment is being offered by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other non-affiliated third party investors on the same or more favorable terms; and

(B) payments to Affiliates in respect of securities of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries contemplated in Section 4.10(b)(17)(A) or that were acquired from persons other than the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities;

(18) payments by any Parent Entity, the Issuer and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or other equity agreements in respect of Related Taxes among any such Parent Entity, the Issuer and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

(19) payments, Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of any Restricted Subsidiary to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, contractor or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Parent Entities pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; and any employment agreements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements (and any successor plans thereto) and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any such employees, directors, managers, officers, contractors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) that are, in each case, approved by the Issuer in good faith;

 

151


(20) employment and severance arrangements between the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors, managers, contractors, consultants, distributors and employees in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, or entered into in connection with or as a result of the Transaction;

(21) any transition services arrangement, supply arrangement or similar arrangement entered into in connection with or in contemplation of the disposition of assets or Capital Stock in any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under Section 4.09 or entered into with any Business Successor, in each case, that the Issuer determines in good faith is either fair to the Issuer or otherwise on customary terms for such type of arrangements in connection with similar transactions;

(22) transactions entered into by an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described in Section 4.12 and pledges of Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(23) any lease entered into between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of the Issuer that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, as lessor, which is approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer;

(24) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(25) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture, including for the avoidance of doubt, the entry into, and performance of obligations and related services under, any management services agreement or any licensing agreement with regards to any existing or future joint venture, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice (including any cash management activities related thereto);

(26) any participation in a public tender or exchange offer for securities or debt instruments issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that provides for the same price or exchange ratio, as the case may be, to all holders accepting such tender or exchange offer;

(27) the entry into, and performance of obligations and related services under, any registration rights or other listing agreement;

(28) the payment of costs and expenses related to registration rights and customary indemnities provided to shareholders under any shareholder agreement; and

(29) any Permitted Tax Restructuring.

Section 4.11 Limitation on Liens.

(a) The Issuer will not, and the Issuer will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer), and the Parent will not, directly or indirectly, create, incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon the Charged Property owned by it, in each case, whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after that date, or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness (such Lien, the “Initial Lien”), except:

 

152


(1) in the case of any property or asset that does not constitute Charged Property:

(A) Permitted Liens or

(B) Liens on property or assets that are not Permitted Liens if obligations under the Notes and this Indenture are directly secured equally and rateably with, prior to in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness, or, in the case of Liens with respect to Senior Indebtedness (at the Issuer’s option), junior to, the Indebtedness secured by such Initial Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured; and

(2) in the case of any property or asset that constitutes Charged Property, Permitted Collateral Liens.

(b) Any Lien created in favor of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(1)(B) will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to which it relates, and (ii) otherwise as set forth in this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and/or under the relevant Transaction Security Document.

(c) With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness.

Section 4.12 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

The Issuer may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.06 or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Payments or Permitted Investments, as determined by the Issuer. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Issuer may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee on the date of such designation by delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.06. If the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary fails to meet the requirements set out in the preceding paragraph, such Subsidiary shall not be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be Incurred by it as a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is prohibited from being Incurred as of such date under Section 4.08 the Issuer will be in default of Section 4.08.

 

153


The Issuer may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such designation will be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is not prohibited under Section 4.08 (including pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(5), treating such redesignation as an acquisition for the purpose of such clause), calculated on a pro forma basis as at the Applicable Test Date; and (2) no Event of Default would be in existence immediately following such designation. Any designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary by the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions.

Section 4.13 Change of Control

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless (i) a third party makes a Change of Control Offer or (ii) the Issuer has previously or substantially concurrently therewith delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described in paragraph 5 of the Global Notes, the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (provided that Notes of €100,000 or less in principal amount may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) pursuant to the offer described in Section 4.13(b) (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase; provided that if the repurchase date is on or after the record date and on or before the corresponding interest payment date, then Holders in whose name the Notes are registered at the close of business on such record date will receive interest on the repurchase date.

(b) Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will deliver or cause to be delivered a notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Relevant Clearing Systems or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Relevant Clearing Systems:

(1) stating that a Change of Control has occurred or may occur and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuer to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”);

(2) stating the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 10 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or delivered pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 3.03) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

(3) describing the circumstances and relevant facts regarding the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control;

(4) stating that any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date unless the Change of Control Payment is not paid, and that any Note or part thereof not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

 

154


(5) describing the procedures determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased; and

(6) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control.

(c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, if the Change of Control shall have occurred, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuer in the Change of Control Offer.

(d) If any Definitive Registered Notes have been issued, the applicable Paying Agent will promptly mail (or cause to be delivered) to each Holder of Definitive Registered Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee or an authentication agent appointed by the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder of Definitive Registered Notes a new Note equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount that is at least €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof.

(e) The provisions of this Section 4.13 will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable.

(f) The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption of all outstanding Notes has been given pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Global Notes unless and until there is a default in the payment of the redemption price on the applicable redemption date or the redemption is not consummated due to the failure of a condition precedent contained in the applicable redemption notice to be satisfied.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control.

 

155


(h) To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws, rules or regulations, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. The Issuer may rely on any no-action letters issued by the SEC indicating that the staff of the SEC will not recommend enforcement action in the event a tender offer satisfies certain conditions.

(i) If and for so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and if and to the extent that the rules of the Authority so require, the Issuer will notify the Authority of any Change of Control Offer.

Section 4.14 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

(a) Subject to and in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles and the Guarantee Limitations, the Issuer shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, other than a Guarantor or a Securitization Subsidiary, to Guarantee the payment of (i) any syndicated Credit Facility or (ii) Public Debt of the Issuer or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the greater of (x) €53.75 million and (y) 25% of LTM EBITDA at such time, unless:

(1) such Restricted Subsidiary is or becomes a Guarantor within 60 days after the guarantee of such Indebtedness; and

(2) if applicable, executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Note Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary which will be senior or pari passu with, as applicable, such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee of such other Indebtedness, except that (i) with respect to a guarantee or Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, such Note Guarantee may be expressly subordinated and rank junior in right of payment to such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee of such other Indebtedness to the same extent as the Notes Guarantees are to such Indebtedness being guarantee and (ii) with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Note Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 4.14(a), no Restricted Subsidiary shall be obligated to become a Guarantor to the extent and for so long as the Incurrence of such Guarantee is contrary to the Agreed Security Principles or the Guarantee Limitations or could give rise to or result in:

(1) any breach or violation of statutory limitations, corporate benefit, financial assistance, fraudulent preference, thin capitalization rules, capital maintenance rules, liquidity impairment rules, guidance and coordination rules, retention of title claims or the laws, rules or regulations (or analogous restriction) of any applicable jurisdiction;

(2) any risk or liability for the officers, directors, managers or (except in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a partnership) shareholders of such Restricted Subsidiary (or, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a partnership, directors, managers or shareholders of the partners of such partnership); or

 

156


(3) any cost, expense, liability or obligation (including with respect to any Taxes) other than reasonable out of pocket expenses.

(c) At the option of the Issuer, any Note Guarantee may contain limitations on Guarantor liability to the extent reasonably necessary to recognize certain defenses generally available to guarantors (including the Guarantee Limitations and those that relate to fraudulent conveyance or transfer, voidable preference, financial assistance, corporate purpose, capital maintenance, liquidity impairment or similar laws, regulations or defenses affecting the rights of creditors generally) or other considerations under applicable law (including any usury laws).

(d) The Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 60-day period described in this Section 4.14. This Section 4.14 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

(e) Future Note Guarantees granted pursuant to this provision shall be released as set forth in Section 11.09. A Note Guarantee of a future Guarantor may also be released at the option of the Issuer if, at the date of such release, there is no Indebtedness of such Guarantor outstanding which was Incurred after the Issue Date and which could not have been Incurred in compliance with this Indenture as at the date of such release if such Guarantor were not designated as a Guarantor as at that date. The Trustee and the Security Agent, as applicable, shall, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, take all necessary actions, including the granting of releases or waivers under the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, reasonably requested by, and at the cost of, the Issuer to effectuate any release of a Note Guarantee in accordance with these provisions, subject to Article 7 of this Indenture.

Section 4.15 Financial and Other Calculations

(a) For the purpose of calculating any Applicable Metric (including the financial definitions or components thereof but excluding for the avoidance of doubt Excess Cash Flow) in the Note Documents, including when determining (or, as applicable, forecasting) Consolidated EBITDA for any Relevant Period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to any relevant Purchase), the Issuer may: (a) if during such period any member of the Group (by merger or otherwise) has made or committed (unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) to make an Investment in any person that thereby becomes (or that the Issuer expects in good faith, based upon such commitment, will become) a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise has acquired or committed (unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) to acquire any entity, business, property or material fixed asset (including the acquisition, opening and/or development of any new site or operation) (any such Investment, acquisition or commitment (including under a letter of intent) therefor, a “Purchase”), including any such Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made under this Indenture or the other Finance Documents, calculate Consolidated EBITDA for such period on the basis that the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, mutatis mutandis) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Purchase during such Relevant Period shall be included as if the Purchase occurred on the first day of such Relevant Period; and/or (b) include an adjustment in respect of any Purchase and/or any steps taken or committed or expected to be taken (in each case, unilaterally,

 

157


conditionally or otherwise) in respect of such Purchase up to the amount of the pro forma increase in Consolidated EBITDA projected by the Issuer (in good faith) after taking into account the full “run rate” effect of: (i) all Synergies which the Issuer (in good faith) determines have been or will be achieved (in full or in part) at any time during such Relevant Period directly or indirectly as a consequence of the Purchase or any related steps, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realized during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA, provided that so long as such Synergies have been or will be realized at any time during such Relevant Period, it may be assumed they were realized during the entirety of such Relevant Period; and/or (ii) all Synergies which the Issuer (in good faith) believes can be achieved within following the end of such period directly or indirectly as a consequence of the Purchase or any related steps (the “Forward-Looking Purchase Synergies”), provided that so long as such Forward-Looking Purchase Synergies will be realizable at any time in the future, it may be assumed they will be realizable during the entire such period; in each case, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realized during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA; and/or (c) exclude any non-recurring fees, costs and expenses directly or indirectly related to the Purchase.

(b) For the purpose of calculating any Applicable Metric (including the financial definitions or components thereof but excluding for the avoidance of doubt Excess Cash Flow) in the Note Documents, including when determining (or, as applicable, forecasting) Consolidated EBITDA for any Relevant Period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to any relevant Sale), the Issuer may: (a) if during such period any member of the Group has disposed or committed (unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) to make a disposal of any person, property, business or material fixed asset or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Group (any such sale, transfer, disposition or commitment therefor, a “Sale”) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate Consolidated EBITDA relates to such a Sale, calculate Consolidated EBITDA for such period on the basis that Consolidated EBITDA will be reduced by an amount equal to the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization and impairment (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, mutatis mutandis) (if positive) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization and impairment (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, mutatis mutandis) (if negative) attributable thereto for such period as if the Sale occurred on the first day of such Relevant Period; and/or (b) include an adjustment in respect of any Sale and/or any steps taken or committed or expected to be taken (in each case, unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) in respect of such Sale up to the amount of the pro forma increase in Consolidated EBITDA projected by the Issuer (in good faith) after taking into account the full “run rate” effect of: (i) all Synergies which the Issuer (in good faith) determines have been or will be achieved (in full or in part) at any time during such Relevant Period directly or indirectly as a consequence of the Sale or any related steps, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realized during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA provided that so long as such Synergies have been realized at any time during such Relevant Period, it may be assumed they were realized during the entirety of such Relevant Period; and/or (ii) all Synergies which the Issuer (in good faith) believes can be achieved following the end of such period directly or indirectly as a consequence of the Sale or any related steps (the “Forward-Looking Sale Synergies”), provided that so long as such Forward-Looking Sale Synergies will be realizable at any time in the future, it may be assumed they will be realizable during the entire such period; in each case, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realized during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA; and/or (c) exclude any non-recurring fees, costs and expenses directly or indirectly related to the Sale.

 

158


(c) For the purpose of calculating any Applicable Metric (including the financial definitions or components thereof but excluding for the avoidance of doubt Excess Cash Flow) in the Note Documents, including when determining (or, as applicable, forecasting) Consolidated EBITDA for any Relevant Period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to implementing or committing to implement such Group Initiative), the Issuer may: (a) include an adjustment in respect of each Group Initiative and/or any steps taken or committed or expected to be taken (in each case, unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) in respect of such Group Initiative up to the amount of the pro forma increase in Consolidated EBITDA projected by the Issuer (in good faith) after taking into account the full “run rate” effect of: (i) all Synergies which the Issuer (in good faith) determines have been or will be achieved (in full or in part) at any time during such Relevant Period directly or indirectly as a consequence of implementing or committing to implement such Group Initiative or any related steps, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realized during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA, provided that so long as such Synergies have been realized at any time during such Relevant Period, it may be assumed they were realized during the entirety of such Relevant Period; and/or (ii) all Synergies which the Issuer (in good faith) believes can be achieved following the end of such period directly or indirectly as a consequence of implementing or committing to implement such Group Initiative or any related steps (the “Forward-Looking Group Initiative Synergies” and together with the Forward-Looking Purchase Synergies and the Forward-Looking Sale Synergies, the “Forward-Looking Synergies”), provided that so long as such Forward-Looking Group Initiative Synergies will be realizable at any time in the future, it may be assumed they will be realizable during the entire such period; in each case, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realized during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA; and/or (b) exclude any non-recurring fees, costs and expenses directly or indirectly related to the implementation of, or commitment to, implement such Group Initiative.

(d) In relation to the definitions set out in this Indenture and all other related provisions of the Notes Documents (including any Applicable Metric), all calculations in respect of Synergies (in each case actual or anticipated) may be made as though the full run-rate effect of such Synergies were realized on the first day of the Relevant Period.

(e) Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income for any part of a Relevant Period falling prior to the Issue Date shall be calculated on an actual basis over the Relevant Period (whereby for any part of the applicable Relevant Period falling prior to the date on which the BIRKENSTOCK Group became part of the Group, such amount shall be calculated based on actual historic data for the corresponding period available and by reference to the BIRKENSTOCK Group as adjusted in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph and the other provisions of this Indenture) or, at the Issuer’s option, on the basis of the final management case financial model.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary (including anything in the financial definitions set out in this Indenture), when calculating any Applicable Metric, the financial definitions or component thereof but excluding Excess Cash Flow, the Issuer shall be permitted to: (a) exclude all or any part of any expenditure or other negative item (and/or the impact thereof) directly or indirectly relating to or resulting from: (i) the Transaction; (ii) any other acquisition, Investment or other joint venture permitted by the terms of this Indenture or the impact from purchase price accounting; (iii) start-up costs for new businesses and branding

 

159


or re-branding of existing businesses; (iv) Restructuring Costs; (v) research and development expenditure (and the capitalization thereof); and/or (vi) the implementation of IFRS 15 (Revenue from Contracts with Customers) and/or IFRS 16 (Leases) and, in each case, any successor standard thereto (or any equivalent measure under the accounting principles) or any other changes in the applicable accounting principles; and/or (b) include any addbacks (without further verification or diligence) for adjustments (including anticipated Synergies) or costs or expenses related to the Transaction and/or any base case model or quality of earnings report relating to a Permitted Acquisition prepared by an independent third party and/or taken into account in determining “Adjusted EBITDA” or any financing EBITDA to be used in connection with financing for a Permitted Acquisition and/or any research and development expenditure (which is not otherwise capitalized).

(g) When calculating the satisfaction of or availability under any Applicable Metric in this Indenture in connection with any Applicable Transaction, the date of determination of such Applicable Metric shall, at the option of the Issuer, be any Applicable Test Date. If the Issuer elects to determine any Applicable Metric as of any Applicable Test Date, it shall give pro forma effect to any other Applicable Transactions that have occurred up to (and including) such Applicable Test Date; provided that the pro forma calculation may exclude any non-recurring fees, costs and expenses attributable to any Applicable Transaction.

(h) If compliance with an Applicable Metric is established in accordance with Section 4.15(g), such Applicable Metric shall be deemed to have been complied with (or satisfied) for all purposes; provided that (a) the Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to recalculate any Applicable Metric on the basis of a more recent Applicable Test Date, in which case, such date of redetermination shall thereafter be deemed to be the relevant Applicable Test Date for purposes of such Applicable Metrics; and (b) save as contemplated in clause (a) above, compliance with any Applicable Metric shall not be determined or tested at any time after the relevant Applicable Test Date for such transaction and any actions or transactions related thereto.

(i) If any Applicable Metric for which compliance was determined or tested as of an Applicable Test Date would at any time after the Applicable Test Date have been exceeded or otherwise failed to have been complied with as a result of fluctuations in such Applicable Metric (or any other Applicable Metric), such Applicable Metric will not be deemed to have been exceeded or failed to have been complied with as a result of such fluctuations.

(j) If any related requirements and conditions (including as to the absence of any continuing Default or Event of Default) for which compliance or satisfaction was determined or tested as of the Applicable Test Date would at any time after the Applicable Test Date not have been complied with or satisfied (including due to the occurrence or continuation of a Default or an Event of Default), such requirements and conditions will not be deemed to have been failed to be complied with or satisfied (and such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed not to have occurred or be continuing).

(k) Subject to Section 4.08(c)(8), in calculating the availability under any Applicable Metric in connection with any action or transaction unrelated to the Applicable Transaction following the relevant Applicable Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Applicable Transaction is consummated or the Issuer determines (in its sole discretion) that such Applicable Transaction will not be consummated, any such Applicable Metric shall be determined or tested giving pro forma effect to such Applicable Transaction.

 

160


(l) If an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) is committed, incurred or issued, any Lien is committed or incurred or any other transaction is undertaken or any Applicable Metric is tested in reliance on a ratio-based basket based on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Total Net Leverage Ratio or any other ratio- based Applicable Metric, such ratio(s) shall be calculated without regard to the Incurrence or drawing of any Indebtedness under any revolving facility, letter of credit facility or bank guarantee facility and/or other debt which is available to be re-drawn (including under the ABL Facility, any Revolving Facility or any ancillary facility under the Senior Secured Facilities Agreements) and, for the avoidance of doubt, subject to Section 4.08(c)(8), any undrawn commitments for Indebtedness (including under a Revolving Facility) shall be disregarded for the purposes of testing the Applicable Metric.

(m) If, in connection with the same Applicable Transaction or otherwise substantially simultaneously: (a)(i) any Applicable Metrics required to be determined by reference to a fixed currency amount or a percentage of LTM EBITDA (a “fixed permission”) are intended to be utilized; and/or (ii) revolving Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under the Reserved Indebtedness Amount) is intended to be Incurred; and (b) any Applicable Metric required to be determined by reference to the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or any other ratio-based Applicable Metric (a “ratio-based permission”) are intended to be utilized (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any determination of any increase or decrease in any such Applicable Metric, including in accordance with Section 4.08(b)(5)(B)(1)(i), Section 4.08(b)(5)(B)(1)(ii) or Section 4.08(b)(5)(B)(1)(iii), then (x) amounts available to be incurred under the applicable ratio-based permissions shall first be calculated without giving effect to amounts to be incurred under the applicable fixed permissions or the applicable Incurrence of revolving Indebtedness, or amounts previously incurred under such fixed permissions and not reclassified that are being repaid in connection with such Applicable Transaction, unless otherwise elected by the Issuer; and (y) thereafter, compliance with any relevant fixed permissions shall be calculated, and in each case, full pro forma effect shall be given to all increases to LTM EBITDA and repayments or discharges of Indebtedness in connection with such Applicable Transaction in accordance with this Indenture.

(n) If any Applicable Metric is determined by reference to the greater of a fixed amount (the “numerical permission”) and a percentage of LTM EBITDA (the “grower permission”) and the grower permission of the Applicable Metric exceeds the applicable numerical permission at any time as a result of a Permitted Acquisition or Permitted Investment, the numerical permission shall be deemed to be increased to the highest amount of the grower permission reached from time to time as a result of any such Permitted Acquisitions and/or Permitted Investments and shall not subsequently be reduced as a result of any decrease in the grower permission.

(o) In the event that any amount or transaction meets the criteria of more than one Applicable Metric, the Issuer may (in its sole discretion), subject to Section 4.08(c)(2), classify and reclassify that amount or transaction to a particular Applicable Metric and will only be required to include that amount or transaction in one of those Applicable Metrics (and, for the avoidance of doubt, an amount may at the option of the Issuer be split between different Applicable Metrics).

 

161


(p) Subject to the limitations imposed under Section 4.08(c)(2), if a proposed action, matter, transaction or amount (or a portion thereof) is incurred or entered into pursuant to a fixed permission and at a later time would subsequently be permitted under a ratio-based permission, unless otherwise elected by the Issuer, such action, matter, transaction or amount (or a portion thereof) shall automatically be reclassified to such ratio-based permission.

(q) For any relevant Applicable Metric set by reference to a fiscal year, a calendar year, a Relevant Period, a four-quarter period, a twelve-month period or any other similar annual period (each an “Annual Period”):

(1) at the option of the Issuer, the maximum amount so permitted under such Applicable Metric during such Annual Period may be increased by: (A) an amount equal to 100% of the difference (if positive) between the permitted amount in the immediately preceding Annual Period (or any such other preceding period as specified in such Applicable Metric) and the amount thereof actually used or applied by the Group during such preceding Annual Period (the “Carry Forward Amount”); and/or (B) an amount equal to 100% of the permitted amount in the immediately following Annual Period and the permitted amount in such immediately following Annual Period shall be reduced by such corresponding amount (the “Carry Back Amount”); and

(2) to the extent that the maximum amount so permitted under such Applicable Metric during such Annual Period is increased in accordance with Section 4.15(q)(1), any usage of such Applicable Metric during such Annual Period shall be deemed to be applied in the following order: (A) first, against the Carry Forward Amount; (B) second, against the maximum amount so permitted during such Annual Period prior to any increase in accordance with Section 4.15(q)(1); and (C) third, against the Carry Back Amount.

(r) For the purpose of this Section 4.15 and to the extent any Applicable Metric is used as the basis (in whole or in part) for permitting any transaction or making any determination under this Indenture (including on a pro forma basis) no item shall be included or excluded more than once where to do so would result in double counting.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Merger and Consolidation

(a) The Issuer. Subject to Section 5.01(c), the Issuer will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any person, unless:

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee person (the “Successor Company”) will be a person organized and existing under the laws of the United Kingdom, Luxembourg, Germany, the United States (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof) or a member state of the European Union, and the Successor Company (if not the Issuer) will expressly assume, by way of supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture, the Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Transaction Security Documents and any other Notes Documents, as applicable;

 

162


(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the applicable Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the applicable Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the applicable Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and immediately after giving effect to such transaction:

(A) the Issuer or the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional €1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.08(a); or

(B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be lower, or the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not be higher, than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;

(3) the Issuer or the Successor Company, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture; provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact; and

(4) the Holders (or the Security Agent on their behalf) will continue to have the same or substantially equivalent (ignoring for the purposes of assessing such equivalency any limitations required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles or hardening periods (or any similar or equivalent concept)) guarantees and security over the same or substantially equivalent assets and over the shares (or other interests) in the Issuer or the Successor Company, save to the extent such assets or shares (or other interests) cease to exist (provided that if the shares (or other interests) in the Issuer cease to exist, security will be granted (subject to the Agreed Security Principles) over the shares (or other interests) in the Successor Company).

The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture.

(b) The Guarantors. No Guarantor may:

(1) consolidate with or merge with or into any person;

(2) sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or dispose of, all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any person; or

(3) permit any person to merge with or into such Guarantor, unless:

(A) the other person is the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor (or becomes a Guarantor substantially concurrently with the transaction); or

(B) either (x) the Issuer or a Guarantor is the continuing person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee person expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Guarantor under this Indenture and all obligations of the Issuer under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents, as applicable, and immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Event of Default is continuing; or

 

163


(C) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture.

(c) This Section 5.01 shall not restrict (and shall not apply to):

(1) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor from consolidating with, merging or liquidating into or transferring all or substantially all of its properties and assets to the Issuer, a Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor;

(2) any Guarantor from merging or liquidating into or transferring all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or another Guarantor;

(3) any consolidation or merger of the Issuer into any Guarantor; provided that if the Issuer is not the surviving entity of such merger or consolidation:

(A) the relevant Guarantor will assume the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents and with respect to the Issuer, Section 5.01(a)(1), Section 5.01(a)(3) and Section 5.01(a)(4) shall apply to such transaction; and

(B) to the extent that any Transaction Security previously granted over the shares in the capital of the relevant Guarantor would not, in accordance with applicable law, constitute a Lien over the shares in the capital of the surviving entity, the direct Parent Holding Company of the surviving entity shall, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, grant Transaction Security over the shares in the capital of the surviving entity on substantially equivalent terms to any Security Interests granted over the shares in the capital of such predecessor Guarantor immediately prior to such merger or consolidation;

(4) the Issuer or any Guarantor consolidating into or merging or combining with an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of such entity, reincorporating such entity in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of such entity; provided, that in the case of a consolidation, merger or combination of:

(A) the Issuer into or with an Affiliate that is not a Guarantor, Section 5.01(a)(1), Section 5.01(a)(2), Section 5.01(a)(3) and Section 5.01(a)(4) shall apply to such transaction; and

(B) any Guarantor into or with an Affiliate, Section 5.01(c)(3) shall apply to such transaction; or

(5) the Transaction or any Permitted Transaction.

 

164


(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of Section 5.01, Section 5.01 will not prohibit or restrict (i) the creation of a new Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) the Transaction or any Permitted Transaction, in each case, which shall be expressly permitted under this Article 5.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default

(a) Subject to Section 6.01(b) and Section 6.01(c), each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

(1) default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30 days;

(2) default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise, continued for five Business Days;

(3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any agreement or obligation contained in this Indenture;

(4) the occurrence of any default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, in each case, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and other than any default that may occur in respect of the Existing Debt on or prior to the end of the Clean-up Period, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which default:

(A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) provided in such Indebtedness (a “payment default”); or

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity (the “cross-acceleration provision”),

and, in each case, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness subject to such payment defaults or accelerations (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), is in excess of the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to 30% of LTM EBITDA;

(5) any of the following occurs:

(A) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Parent, the Issuer or a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law is sanctioned by a court of competent jurisdiction and becomes unconditional;

 

165


(B) a decree or order under any applicable Bankruptcy Law is sanctioned by a court of competent jurisdiction and becomes unconditional:

(i) adjudging that the Parent, the Issuer or a Significant Subsidiary is bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) other than on a solvent basis, seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, proposal or composition of or in respect of the Parent, the Issuer or that Significant Subsidiary under any Bankruptcy Law;

(iii) other than on a solvent basis, appointing a custodian, receiver (provisional, interim or permanent) or manager, liquidator, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) thereof over part of its assets with a market value in excess of the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to 30% of LTM EBITDA; or

(iv) other than on a solvent basis, ordering the winding up, dissolution or liquidation of their affairs,

and any such decree, order or appointment continues to be in effect and unstayed for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

(C) the Parent, the Issuer or a Significant Subsidiary:

(a) consents to the filing of a petition, application, answer, proposal or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

(b) consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect thereof in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

(c) consent to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency in respect thereof under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

(d) other than on a solvent basis, consents to the appointment of, or taking possession by, a custodian, receiver (provisional, interim or permanent) or manager, liquidator, administrator, examiner, supervisor, trustee, sequestrator or similar official over part of its assets with a market value in excess of the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to 30% of LTM EBITDA;

(e) other than on a solvent basis or with a Creditor (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the Agent or the Security Agent makes an assignment or proposal for the benefit of its creditors generally; or

 

166


(f) expressly admits in writing that it is insolvent or unable to pay its debts generally as they become due or commits an “act of bankruptcy” under any applicable Bankruptcy Law,

which, in each case, is (1) sanctioned by a court and becomes unconditional and (2) not with a Creditor (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) (in its capacity as such), the Trustee or the Security Agent;

(6) failure by the Issuer or a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to 30% of LTM EBITDA, other than any judgments covered by indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy companies, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days (after receipt of notice from the Trustee) after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed (the “judgment default provision”);

(7) any Security Interest under the Transaction Security Documents having a fair market value in excess of the greater of (x) €21.50 million and (y) an amount equal to 10% of LTM EBITDA shall, at any time, cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of the relevant Transaction Security Document, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and this Indenture) for any reason other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations under this Indenture or the release of any such Security Interest in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Transaction Security Documents or any such Security Interest created thereunder shall be declared invalid or unenforceable or the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall assert in writing that any such Security Interest is invalid or unenforceable and any such Default continues for 30 days (the “security default provision”); and

(8) except as permitted under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement (including with respect to any limitations), any Note Guarantee of any one or more Guarantors that is a Significant Subsidiary is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any one or more Guarantors that is the Issuer or a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee (the “guarantee default provisions”).

However, a Default under Section 6.01(a)(3), Section 6.01(a)(4) or Section 6.01(a)(6) will not constitute an Event of Default unless (i) the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have notified the Issuer of the Default and (ii) the Issuer has not cured such Default within 60 days after receipt of such notice; provided that notice of Default may not be given with respect to any action taken or reported to the Trustee more than two years prior to such notice of Default. Any time period providing for the cure of any actual or alleged Default or Event of Default described under Section 6.01(a) may be extended or stayed by a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent such actual or alleged Default or Event of Default is the subject of litigation.

 

167


On or prior to the end of the Clean-up Period, (i) none of the debt of the Group existing under the Existing Debt or security relating thereto and (ii) no breach of representation, warranty, undertaking or other term of (or default or event of default under) the Existing Debt arising as a direct or indirect result of the entry into or performance of obligations under the Notes Documents shall constitute a breach of (or Default or Event of Default) under any Notes Document.

Section 6.02 Acceleration.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(a)(5)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee (subject to certain conditions) at the request of such Holders shall, subject to the provisions of the next paragraph, declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(a)(4) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(4) shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in each case, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

Any notice of Default under the first paragraph of this section, notice of acceleration with respect to an Event of Default under the first paragraph of this section or instruction to the Trustee to provide a notice of Default under the first paragraph of this section, notice of acceleration with respect to an Event of Default under the first paragraph of this section or take any other action with respect to an alleged Default or Event of Default the first paragraph of this section (a “Noteholder Direction”) provided by any one or more Holders (each, a “Directing Holder”) must be accompanied by a written representation from each such Holder to the Issuer and the Trustee that such Holder is not, or, in the case such Holder is a Relevant Clearing System or the Relevant Clearing System’s nominee, that such Holder is being instructed solely by beneficial owners that are not, Net Short (a “Position Representation”), which representation, in the case of a Noteholder Direction relating to a notice of Default shall be deemed repeated at all times until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases to exist or the Notes are accelerated. In addition, each Directing Holder must, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, covenant to provide the Issuer with such other information as the Issuer may reasonably request from time to time in order to verify the accuracy of such Directing Holder’s Position Representation within five Business Days of request thereof (a “Verification Covenant”). In any case in which the Holder is the Relevant Clearing System or the Relevant Clearing System’s nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant required hereunder shall be provided by the beneficial owner of the Notes in lieu of the Relevant Clearing System or the Relevant Clearing System’s nominee.

If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuer determines in good faith that there is a reasonable basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and the Issuer provides to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate (which shall be provided to the Holders) certifying that the Issuer (i) believes in good faith that there is a reasonable basis to believe a

 

168


Directing Holder was at any relevant time in breach of its Position Representation or its Verification Covenant and (ii) has filed papers with a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically stayed pending a final and non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter. If such Officer’s Certificate has been delivered to the Trustee, the Trustee shall refrain from acting in accordance with such Noteholder Direction until such time as the Issuer provides to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that (i) a Directing Holder has satisfied its Verification Covenant, (ii) a Directing Holder has failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant or (iii) a court of competent jurisdiction rules that such Directing Holder was, at such time, not in breach of its Position Representation or its Verification Covenant, and during such time the cure period with respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction shall be automatically stayed pending satisfaction of such Verification Covenant. Any breach of the Position Representation shall result in such Directing Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and, if, without the participation of such Directing Holder, the percentage of Notes held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder Direction would have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have occurred, and any related acceleration rescinded, and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such alleged Default or Event of Default, shall not be permitted to act thereon and shall be restricted from accepting and acting on any future Noteholder Direction in relation to such Event of Default. If the Directing Holder has satisfied its Verification Covenant, then the Trustee shall be permitted to act in accordance with such Noteholder Direction. Notwithstanding the above, if such Directing Holder’s participation is not required to achieve the requisite level of consent of Holders required under this Indenture to give such Noteholder Direction, the Trustee shall be permitted to act in accordance with such Noteholder Direction notwithstanding any action taken or to be taken by the Issuer (as described above). The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely on any Noteholder Direction (provided that the relevant Position Representations are provided in accordance with the provisions of the preceding paragraph) or Officer’s Certificate delivered to it in accordance with this Indenture without verification, investigation or otherwise as to the statements made therein.

If an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(a)(5) occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture or any Transaction Security Document. Following such Event of Default, the Trustee is entitled to require all Agents to act under its direction.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence to the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

169


Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

(a) Subject to Section 6.07 and Section 9.02 hereof, the Trustee, upon receipt of written notice from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding under this Indenture may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive all past or existing Defaults or Events of Default (except with respect to non-payment of principal, premium, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note held by a non-consenting Holder, which may only be waived with the consent of Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to such Notes and its consequences (including the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) if rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(b) (i) If a Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default (the “Initial Default”) occurs, then at the time such Initial Default is cured, such Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default that resulted solely because of that Initial Default will also be cured without any further action and (ii) any Default or Event of Default for the failure to comply with the time periods prescribed in Section 4.02 or otherwise to deliver any notice or certificate pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to be cured upon the delivery of any such report required by such covenant or such notice or certificate, as applicable, even though such delivery is not within the prescribed period specified in this Indenture.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

Subject to Section 7.01(e), the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, and the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability and may take any other action that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of the Notes.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.

Subject to Article 7, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

170


(2) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy, and such Holder is not in breach of a Position Representation or Verification Covenant;

(3) such Holders, or Directing Holders that are not in breach of a Position Representation (as applicable) have offered in writing and, if requested, provided to the Trustee security and/or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the written request and the offer of security and/or indemnity; and

(5) the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to bring suit for the enforcement of any payment of principal, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on the Notes on or after such respective dates shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the properly incurred compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Agents, any other agents and counsel.

If the Issuer fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding in its own name for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated.

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the properly incurred compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Agents, any other agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding

 

171


is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the properly incurred compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Agents, any other agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Agents, any other agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10 Priorities.

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6 or from the enforcement of any Transaction Security Document, it shall pay out (or in the case of the Security Agent, it shall pay to the Trustee to pay out) the money, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, in the following order:

First: to the Trustee, the Security Agent, the Agents, any other agents and attorneys (including the Agents and the Trustee) for amounts due under Section 7.02 and Section 7.06, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee, the Security Agent and any Agents and the costs and expenses of collection;

Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, rateably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, respectively; and

Third: to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the Issuer shall mail to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee or Security Agent for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee or Security Agent, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee or Security Agent, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes, or to any suit initiated by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of any principal of or interest on any Note, on or after its maturity date.

 

172


Section 6.12 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

The Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 6.13 Enforcement by Holders.

Holders of the Notes may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture and may not enforce the Transaction Security Documents except as provided in such Transaction Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

ARTICLE 7

THE TRUSTEE, THE SECURITY AGENT AND AGENTS

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice, the Trustee will be required in the exercise of its powers to use the degree of care that a prudent person would use in the conduct of its own affairs. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines (after consultation with counsel) is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification and/or security satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against all fees, losses, liabilities and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge:

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants, duties or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; provided that to the extent the duties of the Trustee under this Indenture and the Notes may be qualified, limited or otherwise affected by the provisions of the Note Documents, the Trustee shall be required to perform those duties only as so qualified, limited or affected; and

 

173


(2) in the absence of fraud on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely upon, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, with respect to the certificates or opinions specifically required to be furnished to it hereunder, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein) and shall be entitled to seek advice from legal counsel in relation thereto.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act, its own willful misconduct or fraud, except that:

(1) this Section 7.01(c) does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);

(2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.02, Section 6.04 or Section 6.05 hereof; and

(4) no provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, including in taking any action at the request or direction of Holders, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk, liability, loss, fee or expense is not reasonably assured to it or it does not receive indemnity or security satisfactory to it in its discretion against any loss, liability or expense which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction nor shall the Trustee be required to do anything which is illegal or contrary to applicable laws, it being understood that the Trustee shall not be required to advance its own funds in connection with its duties and responsibilities as Trustee. The Trustee will not be liable to the Holders if prevented or delayed in performing any of its obligations or discretionary functions under this Indenture by reason of any present or future law applicable to it, by any governmental or regulatory authority or by any circumstances beyond its control.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to Section 7.01(a), Section 7.01(b), and Section 7.01(c).

(e) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement at the request of any Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnification and/or security satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against any fees, losses, liabilities and expenses (other than those arising as a result of gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud by the Trustee).

(f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

174


Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee and each Agent may rely conclusively upon and be protected from acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document (whether in its original, electronic or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. The Trustee may, if it sees fit, make such inquiry without incurring liability.

(b) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or any knowledge of any matter (including without limitation Defaults or Events of Default) unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by the Trustee in accordance with Section 14.01 of this Indenture and such notice clearly references the Notes, the Issuer or this Indenture.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney, delegate, depositary, or agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any Officer’s Certificate, Opinion of Counsel, resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, direction, order, approval, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document but the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at reasonable times during normal business hours at the sole expense of the Issuer and the Trustee shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(g) The Trustee will have no duty to inquire as to the Issuer’s performance of the covenants in Article 4 hereof. In addition, the Trustee will not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except any Default or Event of Default (i) occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(1) or Section 6.01(a)(2) (provided it is acting as Paying Agent), and (ii) of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notification identifying the Notes or this Indenture or obtained actual knowledge. The Trustee will be under no obligation to monitor financial performance of the Issuer.

(h) The Trustee shall not have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance, and shall not be responsible or liable for compliance, with restrictions on transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of minimum denominations imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law or regulation with respect of any transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of interest in any Note.

 

175


(i) The Trustee is not required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance of its duties or the exercise of its powers under this Indenture.

(j) In the event the Trustee receives inconsistent or conflicting requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders, each representing less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may determine what action, if any, will be taken and shall be held harmless and shall not incur any liability for its failure to act until such inconsistency or conflict, in its reasonable opinion, is resolved.

(k) The permissive rights of the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action enumerated in this Indenture will not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so.

(l) Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 4.02 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing will not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates or Opinions of Counsel, as applicable).

(m) The rights, privileges, protections, indemnities, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified and/or secured to its satisfaction, are extended to, and will be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and under the Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents and by the Security Agent and each Agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. Absent willful misconduct, gross negligence or fraud, each Agent and the Security Agent shall not be liable for acting in good faith on instructions believed by it to be genuine and from the proper party.

(n) The Trustee may request that the Issuer each deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(o) Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, under no circumstances will the Trustee be liable to the Issuer for any indirect, punitive or consequential loss (being loss of business, goodwill, opportunities or profit) even if advised of the possibility of such loss or damage and regardless of whether the claim for loss or damage is made in negligence, for breach of contract or otherwise, even if foreseeable and even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(p) The Trustee will be entitled to assume, without inquiry, that the Issuer has performed in accordance with all of the provisions of this Indenture or Intercreditor Agreement, unless notified to the contrary.

 

176


(q) The Trustee may refrain from taking any action in any jurisdiction if the taking of such action in that jurisdiction would, in its opinion based upon legal advice in the relevant jurisdiction, be contrary to any law of that jurisdiction or, to the extent applicable, of the State of New York.

(r) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(s) The Trustee may retain professional advisors to assist it in performing its duties under this Indenture or any Notes Document at the cost of the Issuer. The Trustee may consult with counsel or other professional advisors and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(t) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused directly or indirectly by forces beyond its control, including acts of war or terrorism involving the United States, the United Kingdom and any member state of the European Union or any other national or international calamity or emergency (including natural disasters, pandemics or acts of God), it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

(u) The Trustee will not be liable to any Person if prevented or delayed in performing any of its obligations or discretionary functions under this Indenture by reason of any present or future law applicable to it, by any governmental or regulatory authority or by any circumstances beyond its control.

(v) At any time that the security granted pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents has become enforceable and the Holders have given a direction to the Trustee to enforce such Charged Property, the Trustee is not required to give any direction to the Security Agent with respect thereto unless it has been indemnified and/or secured in accordance with Section 7.01(a). In any event, in connection with any enforcement of such security, the Trustee is not responsible for:

(1) any failure of the Security Agent to enforce such security within a reasonable time or at all;

(2) any failure of the Security Agent to pay over the proceeds of enforcement of the Charged Property;

(3) any failure of the Security Agent to realize such security for the best price obtainable;

(4) monitoring the activities of the Security Agent in relation to such enforcement;

(5) taking any enforcement action itself in relation to such Charged Property;

 

177


(6) agreeing to any proposed course of action by the Security Agent which could result in the Trustee incurring any liability for its own account; or

(7) paying any fees, costs or expenses of the Security Agent.

(w) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to do anything which, in its opinion, may be illegal or contrary to applicable law or regulation.

(x) The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to make payments net of any Taxes or other sums required by any applicable law to be withheld or deducted.

(y) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or any Notes Documents, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or other security satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against the losses, costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred by it in compliance with such request, order or direction.

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee has acknowledged that it has acquired any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.09 hereof.

Section 7.04 Trustees Disclaimer.

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantee and it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder.

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.

If a Default occurs and is continuing and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee is informed in writing of such occurrence by the Issuer, the Trustee must give notice of the Default to the Holders within 60 days after being notified by the Issuer. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders.

 

178


Section 7.06 Compensation and Indemnity.

(a) The Issuer, or upon failure of the Issuer to pay, each Guarantor, jointly and severally, will pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder and thereunder as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all disbursements, advances and expenses properly incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, any additional fees the Trustee may incur acting after a Default or Event of Default and any fees the Trustee may incur in connection with exceptional duties in relation to its appointment hereunder, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the properly incurred compensation, disbursements, expenses and advances of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

(b) In the event of the occurrence of an Event of Default or the Trustee considering it expedient or necessary or being requested by the Issuer to undertake duties which the Trustee reasonably determines to be of an exceptional nature or otherwise outside the scope of the normal duties of the Trustee, the Issuer shall pay to the Trustee such additional remuneration for such duties.

(c) The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Trustee, the Agents and the Security Agent and their respective officers, directors, managers, employees, agents and employers and hold them harmless, against any and all losses incurred by the relevant indemnified entity arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture or under the Intercreditor Agreement, including the costs and expenses of the relevant indemnified entity enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer (including this Section 7.06) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. The relevant indemnified entity will notify the Issuer promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the relevant indemnified entity to so notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. Except where the interests of the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the relevant indemnified entity on the other hand, may be adverse, the Issuer or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the relevant indemnified entity will provide reasonable cooperation. The relevant indemnified entity may at its option have separate counsel and the Issuer will pay the properly incurred fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(d) The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.06 and any Lien arising hereunder will survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations pursuant to Article 10 or the termination of this Indenture and shall continue for the benefit of the Trustee or an Agent notwithstanding its resignation or retirement. For the avoidance of doubt, the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given, to the Trustee in this Section 7.06, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, by each Agent, and any other Person employed by the Trustee to act hereunder.

(e) To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section 7.06, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

179


(f) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(8) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

Section 7.07 Replacement of Trustee.

(a) Any removal or resignation of the Trustee shall not become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.07.

(b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09 hereof;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property;

(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting; or

(5) the Trustee has or acquires a conflict of interest not eliminated in accordance with Section 7.03.

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

(d) If a successor Trustee is not appointed and does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee may appoint a successor Trustee at any time prior to the date on which a successor Trustee takes office. If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 25% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuer.

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a bone fide Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.09, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.06 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.07, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.06 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee or Agent as the case may be.

 

180


Section 7.08 Successor Trustee or Agent by Merger, Etc.

If the Trustee or any Agent consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee or Agent.

In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by consolidation, merger or conversion to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

Section 7.09 Eligibility; Disqualification.

This Indenture shall at all times have a Trustee that is an entity organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, or a member state of the European Union or a political subdivision thereof or the United Kingdom, that is authorized to exercise corporate trust power and that is a Person which is generally recognized as an entity which customarily performs such corporate trustee roles and provides such corporate trustee services in transactions similar in nature of the Offering of the Notes as described in the Offering Memorandum. Certain Rights of the Security Agent.

In acting or otherwise exercising its rights or performing its duties under any of the Notes Documents, the Security Agent shall act in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement and shall seek any necessary instruction or direction from the Trustee. In so acting, whether or not expressly provided in any other provision herein, the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Security Agent pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement shall apply to any action taken by the Security Agent in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement.

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Issuer may at any time elect to have either Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes, the Note Guarantees, this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents, and cause the release of all Liens on the Charged Property granted under the Transaction Security Documents upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Issuer’s election described in Section 8.01 hereof to exercise its rights under this Section 8.02, the Parent, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes, the Note Guarantees, this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the

 

181


Transaction Security Documents, and cause the release of all Liens on the Charged Property granted under the Transaction Security Documents on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Parent, the Issuer and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in Section 8.02(a) and Section 8.02(b) and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees, this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents, and which will release all Liens on the Charged Property granted under the Transaction Security Documents (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest (including Additional Amounts) or premium, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

(b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust set forth in Article 2 hereof;

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, indemnities and immunities of the Trustee, the Agents and the Security Agent hereunder and the Parent’s, the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(d) this Article 8.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of its obligations under Section 4.02, Section 4.03, Section 4.05, Section 4.06, Section 4.07, Section 4.08, Section 4.09 (including the requirement to commence an Asset Disposition Offer under Section 3.08), Section 4.10, Section 4.11, Section 4.12, Section 4.13, Section 4.14, Section 5.01 (other than with respect to Section 5.01(a)(1), Section 5.01(a)(3) and Section 5.01(a)(4)) and Section 12.03 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and the Note Guarantees, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may omit to comply with and

 

182


will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s election described in Section 8.01 hereof to exercise its rights under this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(3), Section 6.01(a)(4) and Section 6.01(a)(5) (other than with respect to the Issuer), Section 6.01(a)(6) or Section 6.01(a)(7).

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

In order to elect to exercise its rights under either Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 hereof:

(a) In order to exercise either defeasance option, the Issuer (i) must irrevocably deposit in trust (the “defeasance trust”) with the Trustee (or another entity designated or appointed (as agent) by the Trustee for this purpose) cash in euro or European Government Obligations or a combination thereof for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be; provided, that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any deficit as of the date of redemption (any such amount, the “Applicable Premium Deficit”) only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption, and (ii) must deliver to the Trustee:

(1) an Opinion of Counsel, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, to the effect that Holders and beneficial owners will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred (and in the case of Legal Defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or change in applicable U.S. federal income tax law since the issuance of the Notes);

(2) an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying, defrauding or preferring any creditors of the Issuer; and

(3) an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which opinion of counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

183


Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable European Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, or other entity designated by the Trustee for this purpose) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. Money and securities so held in trust are not subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and the Trustee is not prohibited from paying such funds to Holders by the terms of this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement.

The Issuer will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any Taxes imposed or levied on or assessed against the cash or European Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such Taxes which by law are for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 8.05 shall survive the resignation or renewal of the Trustee and/or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or European Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a)(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06 Repayment to the Issuer.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be made available to the newswire service of Bloomberg or, if Bloomberg does not operate, any similar agency a notice to the effect that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

Section 8.07 Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any euro or non-callable European Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this

 

184


Indenture and the Notes will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or such Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuer make any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders.

(a) Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Trustee and the other parties thereto, as applicable (in the case of the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or any Transaction Security Document, including the Security Agent), may amend or supplement any Note Documents to:

(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect, error or inconsistency or reduce the minimum denomination of the Notes;

(2) provide for the assumption by a successor Person or a co-issuer of the obligations of the Issuer or a Guarantor under any Note Document, including, without limitation, in connection with a Permitted Transaction;

(3) add to the covenants, add an obligor, or provide for a Note Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Trustee or the Holders or make any change (including changing the ISIN, Common Code or other identifying number on any Notes) that does not adversely affect the rights of the Trustee or any Holder in any material respect;

(5) make such provisions as necessary (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or a member of senior management of the Issuer) for the issuance of Additional Notes that may be issued in compliance with this Indenture;

(6) provide for any Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Guarantee in accordance with Section 4.08 or Section 4.14 to add Note Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to add security to or for the benefit of the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination, discharge or retaking of any Note Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination, discharge or retaking is provided for under this Indenture, the Transaction Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(7) evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under any Debt Document of a successor Trustee or successor security agent pursuant to the requirements thereof or to provide for the accession by the Trustee or Security Agent to any Note Document;

 

185


(8) in the case of the Transaction Security Documents to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a Security Interest in favor of the Security Agent for the benefit of the Holders or parties to the Senior Secured Facilities Agreements, in any property which is required by the Transaction Security Documents to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a Security Interest is required to be granted to the Security Agent, or to the extent necessary to grant a Security Interest in the Charged Property for the benefit of any Person; provided that the granting of such Security Interest is not prohibited by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and Section 12.03;

(9) conform the text of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Transaction Security Documents or the Notes to any provision of the section “Description of the Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the section “Description of the Notes” in the Offering Memorandum was intended to be a recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Transaction Security Documents or the Notes;

(10) make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including to facilitate the issuance and administration of Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes in any material respect;

(11) comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary;

(12) facilitate any transaction that complies with Section 4.09 and Section 5.01, relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets; and

(13) comply with Section 12.05.

(b) Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee and the Security Agent will join with the Issuer, in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture or other instrument authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee and the Security Agent will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, in order to effect an amendment authorized by Section 9.01(a)(3) and Section 9.01(a)(6) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture, it shall only be necessary for the supplemental indenture providing for the accession of such additional Guarantor to be duly authorized and executed by (i) the Issuer, (ii) such additional Guarantor and (iii) the Trustee. Any other amendments permitted by this Indenture need only be duly authorized and executed by the Issuer and the Trustee.

 

186


Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders.

Except as provided in this Section 9.02, this Indenture (including without limitation, Section 3.08, Section 4.09 and Section 4.13 hereof) and the other Note Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes) and, subject to Section 6.04 and Section 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal or premium, Additional Amounts, if any, or interest on any Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture and the other Note Documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes). If any amendment, supplement or waiver will only affect one or more series of Notes (but not all series of Notes), only the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of the series so affected (and not the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of all Notes then outstanding), shall be required. Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders in accordance with this Section 9.02, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(r) hereof, the Trustee and the Security Agent will join with the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture or other instrument unless such amended or supplemental indenture or other instrument directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, indemnities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture or other instrument.

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver of any Notes Document. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in connection with a sale or tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such sale or tender.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer will deliver to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to deliver such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Section 6.07 hereof and the following paragraph, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Issuer with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes.

(a) However, without the consent of Holders holding not less than 90% (or, in the case of Section 9.02(a)(7) and Section 9.02(a)(9), 80%) of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes (provided, however, that if any amendment, supplement, waiver or other modification or consent will only affect one or more series of Notes (but not all series of Notes), only the consent of the holders of at least 90% (or, in the case of Section 9.02(a)(7) and Section 9.02(a)(9), 80%) of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of the series so affected will be required), an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

(1) reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any such Note (except as provided above with respect to Section 3.08, Section 4.09 or Section 4.13);

 

187


(2) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any such Note (except as provided above with respect to Section 3.08, Section 4.09 or Section 4.13);

(3) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any such Note or change the time at which any such Note may be redeemed, in each case as described in paragraph 5 of the Global Notes or Section 3.09 of this Indenture;

(4) make any such Note payable in currency other than that stated in such Note;

(5) impair the contractual right of any Holder of any outstanding Note to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment of principal of, or interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor;

(6) make any change in the provisions of Section 2.13 of this Indenture that adversely affects the right of any Holder of such Notes in any material respect or amends the terms of such Notes in a way that would result in a loss of an exemption from any of the Taxes described thereunder or an exemption from any obligation to withhold or deduct Taxes so described thereunder unless the applicable Payor agrees to pay Additional Amounts, if any, in respect thereof;

(7) release all or substantially all Security Interests granted for the benefit of the Holders in the Charged Property (taken as a whole) other than in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement, any applicable Additional Intercreditor Agreement and this Indenture; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt and without prejudice to Section 4.13, the release of less than all or substantially all Security Interests granted for the benefit of the Holders in the Charged Property (taken as a whole) shall only require the consent of Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) and any default or compliance with any provisions thereof may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes);

(8) waive a Default or Event of Default with respect to the non-payment of principal, premium or interest or Additional Amounts, if any (except pursuant to a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of such Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(9) release any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement; or

 

188


(10) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose holders must consent to any amendment, waiver or modification or make any other change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require the Holders’ consent described in this Section 9.02.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, no amendment to, or deletion of, or actions taken in compliance with, Article 4 or this Article 9 shall be deemed to impair or affect any rights of Holders to receive payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes.

Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation (or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Relevant Clearing System) about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.05 Trustee and Security Agent to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee and the Security Agent will sign any amended or supplemental indenture or other instrument authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement or other instrument does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee or the Security Agent, as applicable. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture or other instrument, the Trustee and the Security Agent will be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 14.03 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture or other instrument or other instrument is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer (and any Guarantor) enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions of this Indenture. In signing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee and the Security Agent shall be entitled to indemnification or security satisfactory to them.

 

189


ARTICLE 10

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 10.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

(a) This Indenture, and the rights of the Trustee and the Holders under the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents will be discharged and cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of transfer or exchange of the Notes and rights of the Trustee, as expressly provided for in Section 10.01(c)) as to all Notes when:

(1) either:

(A) all the Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than certain lost, stolen or destroyed Notes and certain Notes for which provision for payment was previously made and thereafter the funds have been released to the Issuer) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(B) all Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee or the Paying Agent in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer;

(2) the Issuer has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another entity designated or appointed (as agent) by the Trustee for this purpose) money in euro or European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of satisfying and discharging this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any Applicable Premium Deficit only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption, and any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption. The Trustee and Agents shall not be liable to any Person (including, without limitation, any Holder) for acknowledging discharge of this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.01, including where the amount deposited by the Issuer with the Trustee is insufficient for purposes of payment to Holders of the entire Indebtedness of the Notes on the applicable redemption date or Stated Maturity, as applicable. The obligation to fund any deficit (as described herein) (if applicable) shall be solely the obligation of the Issuer (which the Issuer hereby acknowledges and undertakes to fund) and not the Trustee or any Agent. Notwithstanding any failure of the Issuer to fund any such deficit in accordance with this Section 10.01, the Trustee shall apply or cause to be applied the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes on the redemption date or Stated Maturity, as applicable, and such payment shall not constitute or be deemed to constitute a waiver of (i) any rights the Trustee or any Holder under this Indenture or (ii) any obligation of the Issuer to fund such deficit;

 

190


(3) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under this Indenture;

(4) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be; and

(5) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent under this Article 10 relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with; provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with Section 10.01(a)(1), Section 10.01(a)(2), Section 10.01(a)(3) and Section 10.01(a)(4).

(b) If requested in writing by the Issuer to the Trustee and the Paying Agent, the Trustee will distribute any amounts deposited to the Holders prior to Stated Maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be; provided, however, that the Holders shall have received at least five Business Days’ notice from the Issuer of such earlier repayment date (which may be included in the notice of redemption). For the avoidance of doubt, the distribution and payment to Holders prior to the maturity or redemption date as set forth above will not include any negative interest, present value adjustment, break costs or any other premium on such amounts.

(c) Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee (or other entity designated by the Trustee for this purpose) pursuant to Section 10.01(a)(1)(B), the provisions of Section 10.02 and Section 8.06 will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 10.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.06 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

Section 10.02 Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money, European Government Obligations in the case of the Notes in accordance with Section 10.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 10.01; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money, European Government Obligations in the case of the Notes, held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

191


ARTICLE 11

GUARANTEES

Section 11.01 Guarantees.

Subject to this Article 11, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Agreed Security Principles, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally and unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee (or Authentication Agent) and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (i) the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes (to the extent permitted by law), and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor’s liability under its Note Guarantee shall extend to all obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (including, without limitation, interest, fees, costs and expenses) that would be owed but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to any proceeding under Bankruptcy Law involving the Issuer or any Guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete payment and performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture and the obligations of each Guarantor under this Note Guarantee shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment, set-off, defense, counterclaim, discharge or termination for any reason other than the complete payment and performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

If any Holder, the Trustee or the Security Agent is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either of the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee, the Security Agent or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

192


Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby or any collateral securing any such obligations until payment and performance in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

Section 11.02 Limitation on Liability.

(a) Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer or transaction under value for purposes of any applicable Bankruptcy Law or any similar law of a relevant jurisdiction to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee or Guarantor and be further limited as required under the Agreed Security Principles. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer or transaction under value for purposes of Bankruptcy Law or any similar law of a relevant jurisdiction to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee.

Section 11.03 Limitations Applicable to Certain Guarantors

 

  (a)

German Guarantee Limitations.

 

  (1)

In this Section 11.03(a):

AG” means (i) a stock corporation (Aktiengesellschaft, AG) incorporated under German law and/or (ii) a limited partnership (Kommanditgesellschaft) with a stock corporation (Aktiengesellschaft, AG) as general partner (Komplementär).

AG Guarantor” means any Guarantor which is an AG, any SE Guarantor and any KGaA Guarantor.

AktG” means the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz, AktG).

 

193


Auditor’s Determination” means the determination pursuant to Section 11.03(a)(3)(iv).

BGB” means the German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch, BGB).

DPLA” means a domination and/or profit and loss pooling agreement (Beherrschungs- und/oder Gewinnabführungsvertrag) as defined in § 291 (1) AktG.

EU Guarantor” means any limited liability company (or limited partnership with a limited liability company as its general partner) incorporated in a jurisdiction other than Germany whose centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of Regulation (EU) No. 2015/848 of 20 May 2015 on insolvency proceedings) is in Germany.

German Guarantor” means any AG Guarantor, any GmbH Guarantor and any EU Guarantor.

GmbH” means (i) a limited liability company (Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung, GmbH) incorporated under German law and/or (ii) a limited partnership (Kommanditgesellschaft) with a limited liability company (Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung, GmbH) as general partner (Komplementär).

GmbH Capital Impairment” means the GmbH Net Assets of a GmbH Guarantor falling below the amount (Entstehung einer Unterbilanz) required to maintain that GmbH Guarantor’s registered share capital (Stammkapital) or an increase of an existing shortage (Vertiefung einer Unterbilanz) of its registered share capital (Stammkapital) and thereby violating §§ 30, 31 GmbHG (including by way of any decrease of the GmbH Net Assets as a consequence of the existence, discharge or enforcement of any Limited Upstream Obligation against any subsidiary of a GmbH Guarantor).

GmbH Guarantor” means a Guarantor which is a GmbH.

GmbH Net Assets” means the net assets (Reinvermögen) of a GmbH Guarantor calculated in accordance with § 42 GmbHG, §§ 242, 264 HGB and the generally accepted accounting principles applicable (Grundsätze ordnungsgemäßer Buchführung) from time to time in Germany as adjusted pursuant to Section 11.03(a)(3)(vi).

GmbHG” means the German Limited Company Act (Gesetz betreffend die Gesellschaften mit beschränkter Haftung, GmbHG).

HGB” means the German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch, HGB)

InsO” means the German Insolveny Code (Insolvenzordnung – InsO).

KGaA” means a Guarantor which is a partnership limited by shares (Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien, KGaA).

KGaA Guarantor” means a Guarantor which is a KGaA.

 

194


Limited Obligation” means any guarantee and any other liability, indemnity or other payment obligation under this Section 11.03(a) or any other provision of the Notes Documents.

Limited Upstream Obligation” means any Limited Obligation if and to the extent such Limited Obligation secures or relates to liabilities which are owed by direct or indirect shareholders of the relevant Guarantor (upstream) or Subsidiaries of such shareholders (such Subsidiaries not to include the relevant Guarantor and the Subsidiaries of that relevant Guarantor) (cross-stream).

Liquidity Impairment” means a German Guarantor being deprived of the liquidity necessary to fulfil its liabilities towards its creditors and thereby violating § 15b (5) InsO, § 278 (3) AktG and/or Art. 5 SE Regulation (as applicable to the relevant German Guarantor).

Management Notification means the notification pursuant to Section 11.03(a)(3)(iii).

SE” means a European company (Europäische Gesellschaft, SE) incorporated under German law.

SE Guarantor” means a Guarantor which is (i) an SE and/or (ii) a limited partnership (Kommanditgesellschaft) with a SE as general partner (Komplementär).

SE Regulation” means Council Regulation (EC) No 2157/2001 of 8 October 2001 on the Statute for a European company (SE).

 

  (2)

AG Guarantee Limitation Language

 

  (i)

Save as set out otherwise in this Section 11.03(a)(2) the Trustee shall not enforce, and any AG Guarantor shall have a defence (Einrede) against any Limited Upstream Obligation of such AG Guarantor or of any Guarantor that is a subsidiary of such AG Guarantor.

 

  (ii)

Any Limited Upstream Obligation granted by such AG Guarantor or by any Subsidiary of that AG Guarantor shall be enforceable (vollstreckbar) if at the time of enforcement of the Limited Upstream Obligation a DPLA (either directly or indirectly through an unbroken chain of domination and/or profit transfer agreements) exists between the relevant AG Guarantor whose obligations are secured by the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation as dominating company (herrschendes Unternehmen) and the relevant AG Guarantor as a dominated company (beherrschtes Unternehmen), provided that:

 

  (A)

the AG Guarantor is a Subsidiary of the relevant Obligor whose obligations are secured by the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation; or

 

  (B)

the AG Guarantor and the relevant Obligor whose obligations are secured by the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation are both Subsidiaries of a joint (direct or indirect) parent company with such parent company as dominating entity (herrschendes Unternehmen),

 

195


in each case unless the mere existence of such a DPLA does not lead to the inapplicability of § 57 (1) and § 71a AktG (in connection with § 278 (3) AktG and/or Art. 5 SE Regulation, as applicable) as explicitly confirmed with reasons (and not, for example, as an obiter dictum) by the Federal Court of Justice (Bundesgerichtshof) in a third party case; and the loss compensation claim (Verlustausgleichsanspruch) of the AG Guarantor under such a DPLA would not be, or cannot be expected to be, fully valuable and recoverable (vollwertig) in the balance sheet of the AG Guarantor.

 

  (iii)

Any Limited Upstream Obligation granted by such AG Guarantor or by any Subsidiary of that AG Guarantor shall be enforceable (vollstreckbar) if and to the extent such Limited Upstream Obligation is covered (gedeckt) by a fully valuable and recoverable consideration or recourse claim (vollwertiger Gegenleistungs- oder Rückgewähranspruch) of the AG Guarantor against the affiliate whose obligations are secured by the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation and would therefore not lead to a violation of § 57 (1) AktG (in connection with § 278 (3) AktG and/or Art. 5 SE Regulation, as applicable), in each case unless it would lead to a violation of § 71a AktG.

 

  (iv)

Any Limited Upstream Obligation granted by such AG Guarantor or by any Subsidiary of that AG Guarantor shall be enforceable (vollstreckbar) if and to the extent:

 

  (A)

an amount utilised under this Indenture is applied for the repayment, prepayment or other refinancing of any financial indebtedness of such AG Guarantor or Subsidiary of such AG Guarantor; and

 

  (B)

such exception does not lead to a violation of § 57 (1) or § 71a AktG (in connection with § 278 (3) AktG and/or Art. 5 SE Regulation, as applicable).

 

  (v)

For the avoidance of doubt, the limits set out in this Section 11.03(a)(2) shall no further apply from the date the relevant AG Guarantor is no longer incorporated as an AG unless such Guarantor is a Subsidiary of another AG Guarantor in which case this Section 11.03(a)(2) shall apply in a way that the relevant Guarantor shall be treated as a Subsidiary of that other AG Guarantor in accordance with this Section 11.03(a)(2). In such event, the limitations set out in this Section 11.03(a)(2) shall not apply to the Limited Upstream Obligation granted by that Guarantor in respect of any liabilities which are owed by that other AG Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

196


  (3)

GmbH Guarantee Limitation Language

 

  (i)

Save as set out in this Section 11.03(a)(3), the Trustee shall not enforce, and any GmbH Guarantor (and/or relevant subsidiary of a GmbH Guarantor) shall have a defence (Einrede) against, any Limited Upstream Obligation if and to the extent a discharge (Erfüllung) or enforcement (Vollstreckung) in respect of a Limited Upstream Obligation would cause a GmbH Capital Impairment to occur.

 

  (ii)

The restrictions in Section 11.03(a)(3)(i) shall not apply:

 

  (A)

if and to the extent the Limited Upstream Obligation of the GmbH Guarantor secures any indebtedness under any Finance Document in respect of:

 

  (1)

loans to the extent such loans are (directly or indirectly) on-lent or otherwise passed on to the relevant GmbH Guarantor or its Subsidiaries; or

 

  (2)

bank guarantees or letters of credit that are issued for the benefit of any of the creditors of the GmbH Guarantor or the GmbH Guarantor’s Subsidiaries,

in each case, to the extent that any such on-lending or otherwise passing on or bank guarantees or letters of credit are still outstanding at the time of the enforcement of the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation; for the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 11.03(a)(3)(ii) shall have the effect that such on-lent amounts may be enforced multiple times (no double dip);

 

  (B)

if, at the time of enforcement of the Limited Upstream Obligation, a DPLA (either directly or indirectly through an unbroken chain of domination and/or profit transfer agreements) exists between the relevant Obligor whose obligations are secured by the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation as dominating company (herrschendes Unternehmen) and the relevant GmbH Guarantor as a dominated company (beherrschtes Unternehmen), provided that:

 

  (1)

the GmbH Guarantor is a Subsidiary of the relevant Obligor whose obligations are secured by the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation; or

 

  (2)

the GmbH Guarantor and the relevant Obligor whose obligations are secured by the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation are both Subsidiaries of a joint (direct or indirect) parent company with such parent company as dominating entity (herrschendes Unternehmen),

in each case unless the mere existence of such DPLA does not lead to the inapplicability of § 30 (1) sentence 1 GmbHG;

 

197


  (C)

if and to the extent any payment under the Limited Upstream Obligation is covered (gedeckt) by a fully valuable and recoverable consideration or recourse claim (vollwertiger Gegenleistungs- oder Rückgewähranspruch) of the GmbH Guarantor against the relevant Obligor whose obligations are secured by the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation; or

 

  (D)

if the relevant GmbH Guarantor has not complied with its obligations pursuant to Section 11.03(a)(3)(iii) and/or Section 11.03(a)(3)(iv) (as applicable) below; however, if and to the extent that the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation has been enforced without regard to the restrictions contained in this Section 11.03(a)(3) because the Management Notification and/or the Auditor’s Determination has not (or not in a timely manner) been delivered pursuant to Section 11.03(a)(3)(iii) and/or Section 11.03(a)(3)(iv) (as applicable) below, but the Auditor’s Determination has then been delivered within four (4) months from its due date in accordance with Section 11.03(a)(3)(iv) below, the Trustee shall upon demand of the GmbH Guarantor to the Trustee repay any amount received from the GmbH Guarantor which pursuant to the Auditor’s Determination would not have been available for enforcement, if the Auditor’s Determination had been delivered in a timely manner.

 

  (iii)

If the relevant GmbH Guarantor does not notify the Trustee within fifteen (15) Business Days after the making of a demand against that German GmbH Guarantor under the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation:

 

  (A)

to what extent such Limited Upstream Obligation is an upstream or cross-stream guarantee or indemnity; and

 

  (B)

to what extent a GmbH Capital Impairment would occur as a result of an enforcement of the Limited Upstream Obligation (setting out in reasonable detail the amount of its GmbH Net Assets, providing an up-to-date pro forma balance sheet),

then the restrictions set out in Section 11.03(a)(3)(i) above shall cease to apply until a Management Notification has been provided.

 

  (iv)

if the Trustee disagrees with the Management Notification, it may within twenty (20) Business Days of its receipt, request the relevant GmbH Guarantor to provide to the Trustee within forty-five (45) Business Days of receipt of such request a determination by the Auditors or any other auditors of international standard and reputation appointed by the GmbH Guarantor (at its own cost and expense) setting out in reasonable detail the amount in which the payment and/or enforcement under the Limited Upstream Obligation would cause a GmbH Capital Impairment subject to the terms set out under this Section 11.03(a)(3). Save for manifest errors, the Auditor’s Determination shall be binding on all parties.

 

198


  (v)

If, after it has been provided with an Auditor’s Determination which prevented it from demanding any or only partial payment under the Limited Upstream Obligation, the Trustee ascertains in good faith that the financial conditions of the GmbH Guarantor as set out in the Auditor’s Determination has substantially improved, the Trustee (acting reasonably) may, at the GmbH Guarantor’s cost and expense, arrange for the preparation of an updated balance sheet of the GmbH Guarantor by applying the same principles that were used for the preparation of the Auditor’s Determination by the auditors who prepared the Auditor’s Determination in order for such Auditors to determine whether (and, if so, to what extent) the GmbH Capital Impairment has been cured as result of the improvement of the financial condition of the GmbH Guarantor. The Trustee may not arrange for the preparation of an Auditor’s Determination prior to the expiry of three (3) months from the date of the issuance of the preceding Auditor’s Determination. The Trustee may only demand payment under the Limited Upstream Obligation to the extent the Auditors determine that the GmbH Capital Impairment have been cured.

 

  (vi)

The GmbH Net Assets shall be adjusted as follows:

 

  (A)

the amount of any increase in the registered share capital of the relevant GmbH Guarantor which was carried out after the relevant GmbH Guarantor became a Party and made from retained earnings (Kapitalerhöhung aus Gesellschaftsmitteln) shall be deducted from the amount of the registered share capital (Stammkapital) of the relevant GmbH Guarantor if it is expressly prohibited under the Finance Documents and has been carried out without the prior written consent of the Trustee;

 

  (B)

the amount of non-distributable assets according to § 253 (6) HGB shall not be included in the calculation of GmbH Net Assets;

 

  (C)

the amount of non-distributable assets according to § 268 (8) HGB shall not be included in the calculation of GmbH Net Assets;

 

  (D)

the amount of non-distributable assets according to § 272 (5) HGB shall not be included in the calculation of GmbH Net Assets; and

 

  (E)

loans or other liabilities incurred by the relevant GmbH Guarantor in willful or grossly negligent violation of the Finance Documents shall not be taken into account as liabilities.

 

  (vii)

Where a GmbH Guarantor claims in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.03(a)(3) that the Guarantee can only be enforced in a limited amount, it shall realise, to the extent lawful and within reasonable opinion commercially justifiable, any and all of its assets that are shown in the balance sheet with a book value (Buchwert) that is significantly lower than the market value of the assets and are not necessary for the relevant German GmbH Guarantor’s business (nicht betriebsnotwendig).

 

199


  (4)

Liquidity Impairment Limitation Language

 

  (i)

Save as set out in this Section 11.03(a)(4), the Trustee shall not enforce, and any German Guarantor shall have a defence (Einrede) against, any Limited Upstream Obligation if and to the extent a payment and/or enforcement in respect of a Limited Upstream Obligation would cause a Liquidity Impairment for such German Guarantor.

 

  (ii)

Sections 11.03(a)(3)(iii), 11.03(a)(3)(iv), 11.03(a)(3)(v) and 11.03(a)(3)(vii) above (including the repayment contemplated in Section 11.03(a)(3)(ii)(D)) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the restriction in Section 11.03(a)(4)(i) above.

 

  (5)

Where the provisions of this Section 11.03(a) apply to a limited partnership (Kommanditgesellschaft), all references to the assets of a German Guarantor shall mutatis mutandis include a reference to the assets of the general partner (Komplementär) of such limited partnership (Kommanditgesellschaft).

 

  (6)

In addition to the restrictions set out in Sections 11.03(a)(2) through 11.03(a)(5), if a German Guarantor demonstrates that, according to the decisions of the German Federal Supreme Court (Bundesgerichtshof) or a higher regional court of appeals (Oberlandesgericht), the payment under and/or enforcement of any Limited Upstream Obligation against such German Guarantor would result in personal liability of its managing director(s) (Geschäftsführer) or director(s) (Vorstände) for a reimbursement of payments and/or enforcements made under any Limited Upstream Obligation (including, without limitation, pursuant to §§ 30, 31, 43 GmbHG, § 93 AktG, § 15b InsO and/or § 826 BGB), the German Guarantor shall have a defence (Einrede) against the Limited Upstream Obligation to the extent required in order not to incur such liability.

 

  (7)

The restrictions set out in this Section 11.03(a) do not affect the rights of the Trustee to claim any outstanding amount again at a later point in time if and to the extent the restrictions set out in this Section 11.03(a) would allow such claim at that later point in time.

 

  (8)

For the avoidance of doubt, the validity and enforceability of any Limited Upstream Obligation granted by a German Guarantor or of any subsidiary of a German Guarantor in respect of any borrowing liabilities which are owed by German Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries shall not be limited under this Section 11.03(a).

 

  (9)

Nothing in this Section 11.03(a) shall prevent the Trustee or a German Guarantor from claiming in court that payments under and/or an enforcement of the Limited Upstream Obligations do or do not fall within the scope of §§ 30, 31, 43 GmbHG, §§ 57, 71a, 93, 278 (3) AktG, § 15b (5) InsO, Art. 5 SE Regulation and/or § 826 BGB (as applicable).

 

200


  (10)

Nothing in this Section 11.03(a) shall constitute a waiver (Verzicht) of any right granted under this Indenture or any other Notes Document to the Trustee or any Holder or vice versa.

 

  (11)

Each reference in this Section 11.03(a)to a statutory provision shall be construed to be a reference to the relevant equivalent statutory provision (if any) as amended, re-enacted or replaced from time to time.

 

  (12)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, this Section 11.03(a) and any rights and/or obligations arising out of it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, German law.

 

  (b)

Luxembourg Guarantee Limitations.

 

  (1)

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the maximum liability of any Luxembourg Guarantor under this Indenture for the obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor which is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Luxembourg Guarantor shall be limited at any time to an aggregate amount not exceeding the higher of:

 

  (i)

ninety five (95) per cent. of such Luxembourg Guarantor’s own funds (capitaux propres), as referred to in article 34 of the Luxembourg law dated December 19, 2002 on the commercial register and annual accouonts as amended (the “2002 Law”), and as implemented by the Gran-Ducal regulation dated December 18, 2015 setting out the form and the content of the presentation fo the balance sheet and profit and loss account (the “Regulation”)), increased by the amount of any Intra-Group Liabilities (defined below) each reflected in that Luxembourg Guarantor’s most recent financial statements and, prior to the delivery of the first financial statements, other relevant documents available to the Trustee and determined as at the date of this Indenture; and

 

  (ii)

ninety five (95) per cent. of such Luxembourg Guarantor’s own funds (capitaux propres), as referred to in article 34 of the 2002 Law as implemented by the Regulation, increased by the amount of any Intra-Group Liabilities each as reflected in the Luxembourg Guarantor’s most recent financial statements and prior to the delivery of the first financial statements, other relevant documents available to the Trustee and determined as at the date on which a demand is made under the guarantee.

 

  (2)

For the purposes of this Section 11.03(b), “Intra-Group Liabilities” means all existing liabilities owed by the Luxembourg Guarantor to any other member of the group of companies to which it belongs and that have not been financed (directly or indirectly) by a borrowing under this Indenture.

 

  (3)

The above limitation shall not apply in respect of any amounts due under this Indenture by a guarantor which is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of that Luxembourg Guarantor and which have been on-lent to or made available by whatever means, directly or indirectly, to that Luxembourg Guarantor or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries.

 

201


  (4)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no Luxembourg Guarantor guarantees any amounts due under this Indenture if and to the extent the granting of a guarantee for such amounts would constitute an unlawful financial assistance violating article 1500-7 of the Luxembourg law dated August 10, 1915 on commercial companies, as amended.

Section 11.04 Successors and Assigns.

This Article 11 shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

Section 11.05 No Waiver.

Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee, the Security Agent or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 11 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 11 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

Section 11.06 Modification.

No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 11, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

Section 11.07 Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors.

(a) Each Restricted Subsidiary which will become or is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.14 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D to this Indenture, pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor under this Article 11 and shall guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms and or to such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request.

 

202


(b) Certain Subsidiaries of the Issuer which will guarantee or be required to guarantee the Senior Term Facilities or certain other Indebtedness permitted under this Indenture, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and the Agreed Security Principles, shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D to this Indenture, pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor under this Article 11 and shall guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations and accede to the Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 11.08 No Notation Required.

The failure to endorse a Note Guarantee on any Note shall not affect or impair the validity thereof.

Section 11.09 Release of Note Guarantees.

The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

(a) a direct or indirect sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition (including by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation, dividend distribution or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (as a result of which such Guarantor would no longer be a Restricted Subsidiary), or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor, to a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and otherwise in compliance with this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(b) the designation in accordance with Section 4.12 of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(c) payment in full of principal, interest and all other obligations on the Notes or Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture under Article 10 hereof;

(d) in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, including in respect of the provisions relating to an IPO Debt Pushdown;

(e) upon the release or discharge of the Guarantee and any other obligations of such Guarantor under the Senior Term Facilities Agreement, provided that such Guarantor is not providing a Guarantee in respect of any other Credit Facility that replaces the Senior Term Facilities Agreement at such time that will not also be released substantially simultaneously with the release of the Notes Guarantee and/or a Guarantee under the Senior Term Facilities Agreement;

(f) as described in Section 4.14(e) hereof;

(g) upon the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into the Issuer or another Guarantor or upon the liquidation of such Guarantor, in each case, in compliance with Section 5.01;

(h) in connection with a Permitted Transaction;

(i) upon the achievement of Investment Grade Status by the Notes; and

 

203


(j) as described in Article 9 hereof.

Upon any occurrence giving rise to a release of a Note Guarantee, as specified in this Section 11.09, the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.03, which the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on absolutely and without further inquiry, will take all necessary actions at the reasonable request and cost of the Issuer, including the granting of releases or waivers under the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, to effectuate any release of a Note Guarantee in accordance with these provisions, subject to customary protections and indemnifications. Each of the releases set forth above shall be effected by the Trustee without the consent of the Holders and will not require any other action or consent on the part of the Trustee. None of the Issuer, the Trustee or any Guarantor will be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any such release, termination or discharge. The Issuer may in its sole discretion, and without prejudice to any future election in relation thereto, elect to have any Note Guarantee remain in place as opposed to being released.

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 11.09 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11.

ARTICLE 12

CHARGED PROPERTY, SECURITY AND INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

Section 12.01 The Charged Property.

(a) Except as provided for in Section 4.06, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the Note Guarantees thereof when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, and interest (to the extent lawful) and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes and the Note Guarantees thereof and performance of all other obligations under this Indenture, and the Notes and the Note Guarantees and the Transaction Security Documents, shall be secured by Liens, subject to Permitted Liens, as provided in the Transaction Security Documents which the Issuer and the Guarantors, as the case may be, have entered into simultaneously with the execution of this Indenture and shall be secured by all Transaction Security Documents hereafter delivered as required or permitted by this Indenture, the Transaction Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) Each of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders agree that the Security Agent shall be the joint creditor (together with the Holders) of each and every obligation of the parties hereto under the Notes and this Indenture, and that accordingly the Security Agent will have its own independent right to demand performance by the Issuer and the Guarantors of those obligations, except that such demand shall only be made with the prior written notice to the Trustee and as permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement. However, any discharge of such obligation to the Security Agent, on the one hand, or to the Trustee or the Holders, as applicable, on the other hand, shall, to the same extent, discharge the corresponding obligation owing to the other.

 

204


(c) The Security Agent shall not be responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, suitability, adequacy or enforceability of the Transaction Security Documents or any obligation or rights created or purported to be created thereby or pursuant thereto or any security or the priority thereof constituted or purported to be constituted thereby or pursuant thereto, nor shall it be responsible or liable to any person because of any invalidity of any provision of such documents or the unenforceability thereof, whether arising from statute, law or decision of any court.

(d) The Issuer and the Guarantors hereby agree that the Security Agent shall hold the Charged Property in trust for the benefit of all of the Holders and the Trustee, in each case pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Agent and the Trustee are hereby authorized to execute and deliver the Transaction Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement (including any other agreements, deeds or other documents in relation thereto) on behalf of all of the Holders. The declaration of trust pursuant to which the Security Agent declares itself trustee of the Charged Property (to the extent permitted by the applicable law), for which it will hold on trust for the Topco Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), is contained in the Intercreditor Agreement.

(e) Each Holder, by its acceptance of any Notes and the Note Guarantees thereof, shall be deemed (without any further consent of the Holders) to have:

(1) appointed and authorized the Security Agent and the Trustee to give effect to the provisions in the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreements and the Transaction Security Documents and perform the duties and exercise the rights, powers and discretions that are specifically given to it under the Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents securing such Indebtedness, together with any other incidental rights, power and discretions;

(2) agreed to be bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreements and the Transaction Security Documents; and

(3) irrevocably appointed the Security Agent and the Trustee to act on its behalf to enter into and comply with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreements and the Transaction Security Documents (including the execution of, and compliance with, any waiver, modification, amendment, renewal or replacement expressed to be executed by the Trustee or the Security Agent on its behalf).

(f) The Trustee and each Holder, by accepting the Notes and the Note Guarantees thereof, acknowledges that, as more fully set forth in the Transaction Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Charged Property as now or hereafter constituted shall be held for the benefit of all the Holders and the Trustee, and that the Lien of this Indenture and the Transaction Security Documents in respect of the Trustee and the Holders is subject to and qualified and limited in all respects by the Transaction Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and actions that may be taken thereunder.

(g) Subject to the terms of this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall have the right to remain in possession and retain exclusive control of the Charged Property securing the Notes, to freely operate the Charged Property and to collect, invest and dispose of any income therefrom.

 

205


(h) Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, managers, employees, attorneys or agents will be responsible or liable for the existence, genuineness or value of any property securing the Notes, for the legality, enforceability, effectiveness or sufficiency of the Transaction Security Documents, for the priority or sufficiency of any Lien, or for any defect or deficiency as to any such matters.

Section 12.02 Limitations on the Charged Property.

(a) The Liens will be limited as necessary to recognize certain defenses generally available to providers of Liens (including those that relate to fraudulent conveyance or transfer, thin capitalization, voidable preference, financial assistance, corporate purpose, capital maintenance or similar laws, regulations or defenses affecting the rights of creditors generally) or other considerations under applicable law.

Section 12.03 Impairment of Security Interest.

(a) The Parent and the Issuer shall not, and the Issuer shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, take or knowingly or negligently omit to take any action that would have the result of materially impairing the Security Interest with respect to the Charged Property (it being understood that (i) the Incurrence of Permitted Collateral Liens, or the confirmation or affirmation of security interests in respect of the Charged Property, (ii) the occurrence of or implementation or any step in the Transaction or any Permitted Transaction and (iii) the implementation of an IPO Pushdown shall under no circumstances be deemed to materially impair the Security Interest with respect to the Charged Property) for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, and the Parent and the Issuer shall not, and the Issuer shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, grant to any Person other than the Security Agent, for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders and the other beneficiaries described in the Transaction Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, any interest in any of the Charged Property that is prohibited by Section 4.11; provided, that the Parent, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur any Lien over any of the Charged Property that is not prohibited by Section 4.11, including Permitted Collateral Liens, and the Charged Property may be discharged, transferred or released in any circumstances not prohibited by this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Transaction Security Documents.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 12.03(a), nothing in this Section 12.03 shall restrict the discharge, transfer or release of any Charged Property or Lien in any circumstance in accordance with this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and/or the Transaction Security Documents. Subject to the foregoing, the Transaction Security Documents may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified or released (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency therein; (2) for the purposes of Incurring Permitted Collateral Liens; (3) to add to the Charged Property; (4) for the purposes of undertaking any Permitted Transaction, a Permitted Tax Restructuring, an IPO Pushdown, the Transaction and/or a transaction not prohibited by Section 5.01; (5) to make any other change thereto that does not adversely affect the Holders in any material respect; or (6) to amend, extend, renew, restate, supplement, replace or otherwise modify or release any Transaction Security Documents followed by an immediate retaking of a Lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets; provided, however, that in the case of Sections 12.03(b)(5) and 12.03(b)(6), no Transaction Security Document may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified or released, unless contemporaneously with such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement

 

206


supplement, replacement or modification or release (followed by an immediate retaking of a Lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets), the Issuer delivers to the Security Agent and the Trustee, either (i) a solvency opinion, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Security Agent and the Trustee, from an Independent Financial Advisor or appraiser or investment bank of international standing which confirms the solvency of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, after giving effect to any transactions related to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, replacement, modification or release (followed by an immediate retaking of a Lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets), (ii) a certificate from the chief financial officer or the Board of Directors of the relevant Person which confirms the solvency of the person granting any such Lien after giving effect to any transactions related to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, replacement, modification or release (followed by an immediate retaking of a Lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets), or (iii) an Opinion of Counsel (subject to any qualifications customary for this type of Opinion of Counsel), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, confirming that, after giving effect to any transactions related to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, replacement, modification or release (followed by an immediate retaking of a Lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets), the Lien or Liens created under the Transaction Security Document, so amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, replaced, modified or released (followed by an immediate retaking of a Lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets) are valid and perfected Liens not otherwise subject to any limitation, imperfection or new hardening period, in equity or at law, that such Lien or Liens were not otherwise subject to immediately prior to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, replacement, modification or release and to which the new Indebtedness secured by the Permitted Collateral Lien is not subject.

(c) In the event that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries comply with this Section 12.03, the Trustee and the Security Agent shall (subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and Article 7 hereof) consent to such actions without the need for instructions from the Holders.

Section 12.04 Release of Liens.

Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, release of the Security Interests in respect of the Charged Property will be permitted under any one or more of the following circumstances:

(1) other than the Liens over the Capital Stock of the Issuer, in connection with any sale or other disposition of Charged Property to (a) a Person that is not the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (but excluding any transaction subject to Section 5.01), if such sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.09 and is otherwise not prohibited by this Indenture or (b) any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that this Section 12.04(1)(b) shall not be relied upon in the case of a transfer of Capital Stock or of accounts receivable (including intercompany loan receivables and hedging receivables) to a Restricted Subsidiary (except to a Securitization Subsidiary) unless the relevant property and assets remain subject to, or otherwise become subject to, a Lien in favor of the Notes following such sale or disposal;

(2) in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Note Guarantee pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, the release of the property and assets, and Capital Stock, of such Guarantor;

 

207


(3) as described in Article 9 hereof and Section 4.11;

(4) upon payment in full of principal, interest and all other obligations on the Notes, or Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture under Article 10 hereof;

(5) if the Issuer designates any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, the release of the property and assets, and Capital Stock, of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and the release of any assets designated by the Issuer as Receivables Assets in connection with a Receivables Facility;

(6) in connection with the granting of Liens on such property or assets, which may include Charged Property, or the sale or transfer of such property or assets, which may include Charged Property, in each case pursuant to a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(7) in connection with a Permitted Transaction; or

(8) as otherwise permitted in accordance with this Indenture.

In addition, the Security Interests created by the Transaction Security Documents will be released (a) in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, including in respect of the provisions relating to an IPO Debt Pushdown and (b) as may be permitted by Section 12.03.

The Security Agent and the Trustee (but only if required) will take all necessary action reasonably requested by, and at the cost of, the Issuer to effectuate any release of Charged Property securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees, in accordance with this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the relevant Transaction Security Document. Each of the releases set forth above shall be effected by the Security Agent without the consent of the Holders or any action on the part of the Trustee (unless action is required by it to effect such release). The Security Agent and the Trustee shall be entitled to request and rely solely upon an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each certifying which circumstance, as described above, giving rise to a release of the Security Interests has occurred, and that such release complies with this Indenture.

Section 12.05 Additional Intercreditor Agreements.

(a) At the request of the Issuer, in connection with the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of (1) any Indebtedness secured on Charged Property or as otherwise required or not prohibited herein; and (2) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness referred to in Section 12.05(a)(1), the Issuer, the relevant Restricted Subsidiaries, the Trustee and the Security Agent shall enter into with the holders of such Indebtedness (or their duly authorized representatives) an intercreditor agreement (an “Additional Intercreditor Agreement”) or a restatement, amendment or other modification of the existing Intercreditor Agreement on substantially the same terms as the Intercreditor Agreement (or terms not materially less favorable to the Holders (taken as a whole)), including substantially the same terms with respect to release of Note Guarantees and priority and release of the Security Interests; provided that (A) such Additional Intercreditor

 

208


Agreement will not impose any personal obligations on the Trustee or the Security Agent or, in the reasonable opinion of the Trustee or the Security Agent, as applicable, adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities, indemnities or immunities of the Trustee or the Security Agent under this Indenture, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement; and (B) if more than one such intercreditor agreement is outstanding at any time, the correlative terms of such intercreditor agreements must not conflict.

(b) At the direction of the Issuer and without the consent of Holders, the Trustee and the Security Agent shall from time to time enter into one or more amendments to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement to:

(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, manifest error or inconsistency of any such agreement;

(2) increase the amount or types of Indebtedness covered by any such agreement that may be Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is subject to any such agreement (including with respect to any Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the addition of provisions relating to new Indebtedness ranking junior in right of payment to the Notes and the Note Guarantees);

(3) add Restricted Subsidiaries to the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(4) further secure the Notes (including Additional Notes);

(5) make provision for equal and ratable pledges of the Charged Property to secure Additional Notes;

(6) to facilitate a Permitted Tax Restructuring, a Permitted Reorganization or the Transaction;

(7) implement any Permitted Collateral Liens;

(8) amend the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof; or

(9) make any other change to any such agreement that does not adversely affect the Holders (taken as a whole) in any material respect, making all necessary provisions to ensure that the Notes and the Note Guarantees are secured by Liens of equivalent priority over the Charged Property.

The Issuer shall not otherwise direct the Trustee or the Security Agent to enter into any amendment to any Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement, other than: (i) in accordance with this Section 12.05(b); (ii) with the consent of the requisite majority of Holders, except as otherwise permitted under Article 9; or (iii) as otherwise permitted by such Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement, and the Issuer may only direct the Trustee and the Security Agent to enter into any amendment to the extent such amendment does not impose any personal obligations on the Trustee or the Security Agent or, in the reasonable opinion of the Trustee or the Security Agent, adversely affect their respective rights, duties, liabilities, indemnities or immunities under this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

209


(c) In relation to any Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee (and Security Agent, if applicable) shall consent on behalf of the requisite majority of Holders to the payment, repayment, purchase, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition, retirement or redemption of any obligations subordinated to the Notes thereby; provided, that such transaction would comply with Section 4.06.

Section 12.06 Appointment of Security Agent.

The parties hereto acknowledge and agree, and each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees, that the Issuer hereby appoint Goldman Sachs Bank USA to act as Security Agent hereunder in respect of the Charged Property under the Transaction Security Documents in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement. Goldman Sachs Bank USA hereby accepts its appointment and is directed and instructed to enter into the Transaction Security Documents. Any resignation or replacement of the Security Agent shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

The Security Agent hereunder shall have such duties and responsibilities as are explicitly set forth herein and in the respective Transaction Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and no others. Furthermore, the liability of the Security Agent shall be limited as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event there is an inconsistency or conflict between the rights, duties, benefits, obligations, protections, immunities or indemnities of the Security Agent (the “Security Agent Provisions”) as contained in the Intercreditor Agreement and this Indenture, on the one hand, and in any of the other Notes Documents, on the other hand, the Security Agent Provisions contained in this Notes Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement shall prevail and apply.

Section 12.07 Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Trustee.

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 and Section 7.02 and the terms of the Transaction Security Documents (including any consent of the Holders required thereunder), the Trustee may, in its sole discretion, direct, on behalf of the Holders, the Security Agent to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:

(1) enforce any of the terms of the Transaction Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(2) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor hereunder.

Subject to the provisions hereof and the Transaction Security Documents, the Trustee and/or the Security Agent will have power to institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Charged Property by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Transaction Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Charged Property (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or of the Trustee and/or the Security Agent).

 

210


Section 12.08 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Transaction Security Documents.

The Trustee and/or the Security Agent is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Transaction Security Documents or Intercreditor Agreement, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture.

ARTICLE 13

NOTE GUARANTEE SUBORDINATION

Section 13.01 Agreement to Subordinate.

Each Guarantor agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the Note Guarantees is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor (whether outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed), and that the subordination is for the benefit of the holders of Senior Indebtedness. Each Holder, by accepting the Notes, shall be deemed to have agreed to and accepted the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 13.02 Notice.

The Issuer and each Guarantor will promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of any facts known to them that would cause a payment of any obligations with respect to a Note Guarantee to violate the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, but failure to give such notice will not affect the subordination of the Note Guarantee to the Senior Indebtedness as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 13.03 Turnover.

If at any time on or before the date on which the Senior Indebtedness has been paid and fully discharged the Trustee or any Holder receives a payment or distribution in respect of or on account of any Note Guarantee in violation of the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee or such Holder, as the case may be, shall promptly pay all amounts and distributions received to the Security Agent to the extent provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 13.04 Authorization to Effect Subordination.

Each Holder, by the Holder’s acceptance thereof, authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Holder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary, or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and this Indenture, and appoints the Trustee to act as such Holder’s attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

 

211


Section 13.05 Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness.

Each Holder, by the Holder’s acceptance thereof, acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor, regardless of whether such Senior Indebtedness was acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes or any relevant Note Guarantee, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.

Section 13.06 Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement.

This Indenture is entered into with the benefit of and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. The rights and benefits of the Topco Creditors (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) are limited by and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. The Senior Secured Creditors (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), acting through agents or trustees, have third party beneficiary rights in respect of such statements.

ARTICLE 14

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 14.01 Notices.

Any notice or communication by the Issuer or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing in English and by publication on the website or online data system maintained in accordance with Section 4.02 or delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile, electronic mail or other electronic transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Issuer or any Guarantor:

BK LC Lux Finco 1 S.à r.l.

40, avenue Monterey

L-2163 Luxembourg

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Attention: [***]

with copies to:

Kirkland & Ellis International LLP

30 St Mary Axe

London EC3A 8AF

United Kingdom

Facsimile: [***]

Attention: [***]

 

212


If to the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent:

Glas Trust Company LLC

3 Second Street

Suite 206

Jersey City, New Jersey 07311

USA

Attention: [***]

Email: [***]

If to the Security Agent:

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282

USA

Attention: [***]

Email: [***]

The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices to Holders of Notes will be validly given if electronically delivered or mailed to them at their respective addresses in the register of the Holders, if any, maintained by the registrar. For so long as any Notes are represented by Global Notes, all notices to Holders will be delivered to the Relevant Clearing Systems in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Relevant Clearing Systems, delivery of which shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph, which will give such notices to the Holders of book-entry interests. To the extent the mandatory rules and procedures of the Relevant Clearing Systems conflict with any such requirements, a notice will be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Indenture if it complies with the mandatory rules and procedures of the Relevant Clearing Systems. In addition, if and for so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and if and to the extent that the rules of the Authority so require, notices of the Issuer with respect to the Notes will be sent to the Authority.

Each such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of such publication or, if published more than once on different dates, on the first date on which publication is made; provided that, if notices are mailed, such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the later of such publication and the seventh day after being so mailed. Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to such Person by first-class mail or other equivalent means and shall be sufficiently given to such Holder if so mailed within the time prescribed. Failure to electronically deliver or mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is electronically delivered or mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. If a notice or communication is given through a Relevant Clearing System, it is duly given on the day the notice is given to such Relevant Clearing System.

If the Issuer electronically delivers or mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

213


All notices and communications shall be in the English language or accompanied by a translation into English certified as being a true and accurate translation. In the event of any discrepancies between the English and the other than English versions of such notices or communications, the English version of such notice or communication shall prevail.

Section 14.02 Communications.

(a) In no event shall any of the Agents, the Trustee or any affiliate an Agent or the Trustee be liable for any losses arising from any of the Agents, the Trustee or any of their respective affiliates receiving or transmitting any data from the Issuer or the Guarantors, any authorized Person or Officer or any party to the transaction via any non-secure method of transmission or communication, such as, but without limitation, by facsimile or email.

(b) The parties hereto accept that some methods of communication are not secure and neither the Trustee, any Agent nor any of their respective affiliates shall incur no liability for receiving instructions via any such non-secure method. Each of the Agents, the Trustee or any of their respective affiliates is authorized to comply with and rely upon any such notice, instructions or other communications believed by it to have been sent or given by an authorized Person or Officer or an appropriate party to the transaction (or authorized representative thereof). The Issuer or an authorized officer of the Issuer shall use all reasonable endeavors to ensure that instructions transmitted to an Agent, the Trustee or any of their respective affiliates pursuant to this Indenture are complete and correct. Any instructions shall be conclusively deemed to be valid instructions from the Issuer or authorized officer of the Issuer to such Agent, Trustee or any of their respective affiliates for the purposes of this Indenture.

Section 14.03 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 14.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signer, all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with (provided that any such Opinion of Counsel may assume matters of fact, including as a factual matter that one or more conditions precedent have occurred).

Section 14.04 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition precedent provided for in this Indenture must include:

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

214


(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such condition precedent has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition precedent has been complied with.

Section 14.05 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 14.06 No Personal Liability of Directors, Managers, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

No director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Note Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Section 14.07 Governing Law.

THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES, INCLUDING ANY NOTE GUARANTEES, AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES THEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, THE GOVERNING LAW OF THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES MAY BE AMENDED WITH THE CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF AT LEAST A MAJORITY IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES THEN OUTSTANDING (INCLUDING CONSENTS OBTAINED IN CONNECTION WITH A PURCHASE OF, OR TENDER OFFER OR EXCHANGE OFFER FOR, NOTES). FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLES 470-1 TO 470-19 (INCLUSIVE) OF THE LUXEMBOURG LAW OF AUGUST 10, 1915 ON COMMERCIAL COMPANIES, AS AMENDED, ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED.

Section 14.08 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or their Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 14.09 Successors.

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee and the Security Agent in this Indenture will bind their respective successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.03.

 

215


Section 14.10 Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 14.11 Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 14.12 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 14.13 Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent.

The Issuer and each Guarantor irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York state or U.S. federal court located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City and State of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees. The Issuer and each Guarantor irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which they may have, pursuant to New York law or otherwise, to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in any inconvenient forum. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Issuer and each Guarantor incorporated outside the United States hereby irrevocably designate and appoint U.S. Newco (at its office at c/o Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, New Castle County, DE 19808, United States) as its agent to receive service of all process brought against them with respect to any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court in the City and State of New York, such service being hereby acknowledged by it to be effective and binding service in every respect and the Guarantors incorporated outside the United States agree to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. U.S. Newco hereby accepts such appointment and hereby agrees to act as said agent for service of process. Copies of any such process so served shall also be given to the Issuer in accordance with Section 14.01 hereof, but the failure of the Issuer to receive such copies shall not affect in any way the service of such process as aforesaid.

Nothing in this Section shall limit the right of the Trustee or any Holder to bring proceedings against the Issuer in the courts of any other jurisdiction or to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

Section 14.14 Power of Attorney.

If any party to this Indenture is represented by an attorney or attorneys in connection with the signing and/or execution and/or delivery of this Indenture or any agreement or document referred to herein or made pursuant hereto, including any Note, and the relevant power or powers of attorney is or are expressed to be governed by the laws of a particular jurisdiction, it is hereby expressly acknowledged and accepted by the other parties hereto that such laws shall govern the existence and extent of such attorney’s or attorneys’ authority and the effects of the exercise thereof.

 

216


Section 14.15 Prescription.

Claims against the Issuer or any Guarantor for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will be prescribed ten years after the applicable due date for payment thereof. Claims against the Issuer or any Guarantor for the payment of interest on the Notes will be prescribed six years after the applicable due date for payment of interest.

Section 14.16 USA Patriot Act.

In order to comply with the laws, rules, regulations and executive orders in effect from time to time applicable to banking institutions, including, without limitation, those relating to the funding of terrorist activities and money laundering, including Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act of the United States (“Applicable Law”), the Trustee, Security Agent, and Agents are required to obtain, verify, record and update certain information relating to individuals and entities which maintain a business relationship with the Trustee and Agents. Accordingly, each of the parties agree to provide to the Trustee, Security Agent and Agents, upon their request from time to time such identifying information and documentation as may be available for such party in order to enable the Trustee and Agents to comply with Applicable Law.

[Signatures on following pages]

 

217


SIGNATURES

Dated as of April 29, 2021

 

BK LC LUX FINCO 1 S.À R.L., as Issuer
By:   /s/ Francis Zeler

Name:

Title:

 

Francis Zeler

Sole Manager

 

(Signature Page to Indenture)


BK LC LUX SPV S.À R.L., as Initial

Guarantor

By:   /s/ Francis Zeler

Name:

Title:

 

Francis Zeler

Sole Manager

 

(Signature Page to Indenture)


BIRKENSTOCK GROUP B.V. & CO. KG,

represented by its general partner

(Komplementär) Birkenstock Administration

B.V.

as Initial Guarantor,
By:   /s/ Andreas Grundhöfer

Name:

Title:

 

Andreas Grundhöfer

Managing Director

 

(Signature Page to Indenture)


BIRKENSTOCK US BIDCO, INC.,

as Initial Guarantor

By:   /s/ Nikhil Thukral
Name:   Nikhil Thukral
Title:   President

 

(Signature Page to Indenture)


BK LC LUX FINCO 2 S.À R.L.,

as Parent

By:   /s/ Francis Zeler
Name:   Francis Zeler
Title:   Sole Manager

 

(Signature Page to Indenture)


SIGNED for and on behalf of

GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC,

as Trustee

By:   /s/ Martin Reed
Name:   Martin Reed
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

(Signature Page to Indenture)


SIGNED for and on behalf of

GLAS TRUST COMPANY LLC,

as Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

By:   /s/ Martin Reed
  Name: Martin Reed
  Title: Senior Vice President

 

(Signature Page to Indenture)


SIGNED for and on behalf of

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as Security Agent

 

By:   /s/ Yasmine Bassili
  Name: Yasmine Bassili
  Title: Managing Director

 

(Signature Page to Indenture)


EXHIBIT A

1[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

BK LC Lux Finco 1 S.à r.l.

[5.25]% Senior Notes due 2029

[REGULATION S/RULE 144A]

ISIN:____________

Common Code: _________

 

No. ___    €[_______]

[BK LC Lux Finco 1 S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 40, Avenue Monterey, L-2163 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B252262 (the “Issuer”), for value received promises to pay to Banque Internationale à Luxembourg S.A., or its registered assigns, acting as common depositary (the “Common Depositary”) on behalf of Clearstream Banking S.A. and Euroclear Bank SA/NV, or their registered assigns, upon surrender hereof, the principal sum of [___] EURO, subject to any adjustments listed on the Schedule of Increases, Decreases or Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto, on [April 30], 2029.]

Interest Payment Dates: [April 30] and [October 30], commencing [October 30], 2021. Record Dates: [The Clearing System Business Day immediately before the Interest Payment Date] / [April 15] and [October 15].

Date: ____________.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth herein, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

 

1 

Bracketed language to be flexed as appropriate for relevant series of Notes once broken out.

 

A-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed by its duly authorized director, officer or other authorized signatory.

 

BK LC Lux Finco 1 S.à r.l.

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

A-2


Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated: _____________

Signed for and on behalf of:

GLOBAL LOAN AGENCY SERVICES LIMITED

not in its personal capacity, but in its capacity as

Authentication Agent appointed by

GLAS Trust Company LLC,

as Trustee

 

By:

   
 

Authorized Signatory

 

A-3


[FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

[5.25]% Senior Note due 2029

Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(1) Interest. BK LC Lux Finco 1 S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 40, Avenue Monterey, L-2163 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B252262 (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at [5.25]% per annum from April 29, 2021 until maturity. The Issuer will pay interest, in cash, semi-annually in arrears on [April 30] and [October 30] of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing on [October 30], 2021. Each interest period will end on (but not include) the relevant interest payment date. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and interest on the Notes will accrue, including Additional Amounts, if any, at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful. The Issuer will pay interest on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

If the Issuer delivers Global Notes to the Trustee for cancellation on a date that is on or after the record date and on or before the corresponding interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the redemption date will be paid on the redemption date to the Holder in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Relevant Clearing System, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

(2) Method of Payment. The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business (in Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable) on the Clearing System Business Day immediately before the due date for such payment, where “Clearing System Business Day” means a day on which the Relevant Clearing System for which the global note representing the Notes is being held is open for business, or to the extent Definitive Registered Notes have been issued, Holders of record at the close of business on the [April 15] and [October 15] preceding the applicable interest payment date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, Additional Amounts, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest, Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by bank transfer to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Global Notes and all other Notes, the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in euro.

 

A-4


(3) Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer initially appoints GLAS Trust Company LLC to act as Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent with respect to the Notes, and initially appoints GLAS Trust Company LLC to act as the Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries, acting as agent of the Issuer solely for this purpose, may act as Paying Agent or Registrar in respect of the Notes. Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent for the Notes without prior notice to the Holders of such Notes. For so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Exchange and if and to the extent that the rules of The International Stock Exchange Authority Limited (the “Authority”) so require, the Issuer will notify the Authority of any change of Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent in accordance with Section 14.01 of the Indenture and, in the case of Definitive Registered Notes, in addition to such notification, mail such notice by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, as it appears on the register for the Notes, with a copy to the Trustee.

(4) Indenture. The Issuer issued the Notes under the Indenture, dated as of April 29, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among, inter alios, the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto, the Trustee and the Security Agent. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes include all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of the Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

(5) Optional Redemption.

(a) At any time and from time to time prior to [April 30], 2024 the Issuer may, at its option, redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon giving notice as described under Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus the Applicable Premium with respect to the Notes as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date.

For purposes of this Note:

Applicable Premium” means the greater of:

(1) 1% of the principal amount of such Note; and

(2) on any redemption date, the excess (to the extent positive) of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (A) the redemption price of such Note at [April 30], 2024 (such redemption price (expressed in percentage of principal amount) being set forth in the table appearing in paragraph 5(d) of this Note (excluding accrued and unpaid interest)), plus (B) all required interest payments due on such Note to and excluding [April 30], 2024 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed upon the redemption date using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate at such redemption date (or, if greater than such Bund Rate, zero) plus 50 basis points; over

 

A-5


(b) the outstanding principal amount of such Note;

in each case, as calculated by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate. For the avoidance of doubt, calculation of the Applicable Premium shall not be an obligation or duty of the Trustee or the Paying Agent.

Bund Rate” as selected by the Issuer, means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany (Bunds or Bundesanleihen) with a constant maturity as officially compiled and published in the most recent financial statistics that have become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the redemption date (or, if such financial statistics are not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected in good faith by the Issuer) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to [April 30], 2024; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to [April 30], 2024 is not equal to the constant maturity of a direct obligation of the Federal Republic of Germany for which a weekly average yield is given, the Bund Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such redemption date to [April 30], 2024 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used; and provided, further, that in no case shall the Bund Rate be less than zero.

(b) At any time and from time to time prior to [April 30], 2024, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem an aggregate principal amount of Notes, upon giving notice as described under Section 3.03 of the Indenture, not to exceed the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer from one or more Equity Offerings or a contribution to the Issuer’s common share capital made with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price equal to [105.25]% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date; provided that:

(1) the aggregate principal amount redeemed shall not exceed 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes of the same series);

(2) at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued under the Indenture on the Issue Date (excluding Additional Notes of the same series) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (unless all Notes are redeemed substantially concurrently); and

(3) each such redemption occurs not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering.

(c) At any time and from time to time on or prior to [April 30], 2024, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem all, but not less than all, of the outstanding Notes issued under the Indenture on the Issue Date (together with any Additional Notes), upon giving notice as described under Section 3.03 of the Indenture, with the Net Cash Proceeds received from a Qualified IPO at a redemption price equal to [105.25]% of the principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date.

 

A-6


(d) At any time and from time to time on or after [April 30], 2024, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem the Notes in whole or in part, upon notice as described under Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on [•] of the year indicated below:

 

Date

   Redemption Price

2024

   [102.6250]%

2025

   [101.3125]%

2026, and thereafter

   [100.0000]%

(e) Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any tender offer for any series of Notes, including a Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, if Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and the Issuer, or any third party making such a tender offer in lieu of the Issuer, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase date, to redeem all Notes of such series, in whole or in part, that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price offered to each other Holder (excluding any early tender or incentive fee) in such tender offer plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the date of such redemption. Without prejudice to any provision of the Indenture regarding Notes deemed not to be outstanding for voting purposes if held by the Issuer or its Affiliates, in determining whether the Holders of at least 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of a series have validly tendered and not validly withdrawn Notes in a tender offer, including a Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, Notes owned by an Affiliate of the Issuer or by funds controlled or managed by any Affiliate of the Issuer, or any successor thereof, shall be deemed to be outstanding for the purposes of such tender offer and such determination.

(g) Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Issuer and its Subsidiaries may repurchase the Notes at any time and from time to time in the open market or otherwise.

(6) Redemption for Taxation Reasons.

(a) The Issuer may redeem the Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time at its discretion upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if the Issuer determines in good faith that, as a result of:

(i) any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaties (or any regulations, official guidance or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation; or

 

A-7


(ii) any amendment to, or change in an official application, administration or written interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations, official guidance or rulings (including by reason of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published administrative practice) (each of the foregoing in clause (i) and this clause (ii), a “Change in Tax Law”),

a Payor is, or on the next interest payment date in respect of the Notes would be, required to pay Additional Amounts (or increased Additional Amounts) with respect to the Notes (but, in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Issuer or another Guarantor who can make such payment without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Payor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the appointment of a new Paying Agent where this would be reasonable). Such Change in Tax Law must be formally announced and become effective on or after the Issue Date (or if the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on a date after the Issue Date, such later date). The foregoing provisions shall apply (a) to a Guarantor only after such time as such Guarantor is obliged to make at least one payment on the Notes and (b) mutatis mutandis to any successor Person, after such successor Person becomes a party to the Indenture, with respect to a Change in Tax Law occurring after the time such successor Person becomes a party to the Indenture.

(b) Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obligated to make such payment of Additional Amounts. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that it is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to its right to so redeem have been satisfied and that the obligation to pay Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the relevant Payor taking reasonable measures available to it (but in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Issuer or another Guarantor who can make such payment without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts) and (b) a written opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized standing qualified under the laws of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and satisfactory to the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) to the effect that the Payor has been or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to rely conclusively on such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without liability or further inquiry, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

(7) Mandatory Redemption or Sinking Fund. The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, the Issuer may be required to make offers to purchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.09 and Section 4.13 of the Indenture.

 

A-8


(8) Repurchase at Option of Holder. (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless (i) a third party makes a Change of Control Offer or (ii) the Issuer has previously or substantially concurrently therewith delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described in Section 8(b) of this Note, the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes provided that Notes of €100,000 or less in principal amount may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) pursuant to the offer described in Section 4.13(b) of the Indenture (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase; provided that if the repurchase date is on or after the record date and on or before the corresponding interest payment date, then Holders in whose name the Notes are registered at the close of business on such record date will receive interest on the repurchase date. Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will deliver or cause to be delivered a notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Relevant Clearing System or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Relevant Clearing System, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 10 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice, except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of a Change of Control as described in Section 4.13 of the Indenture.

(b) The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption of all outstanding Notes has been given pursuant to the Indenture as described under Section 5 of this Note, unless and until there is a default in the payment of the redemption price on the applicable redemption date or the redemption is not consummated due to the failure of a condition precedent contained in the applicable redemption notice to be satisfied. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control.

(c) The amount of any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested or committed to be applied or invested as provided in Section 4.09(a) of the Indenture will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds”. In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of Notes pursuant to Section 4.09(c) of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to commence an Asset Disposition Offer pursuant to Section 3.08 and Section 4.09(c) of the Indenture to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of the Notes (and if required or permitted by the terms of any other Pari Passu Indebtedness, to the holders or lenders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness) that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds at the offer price set forth in the Indenture.

(9) Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be given in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture and the effect of notice of redemption is set forth in Section 3.04 of the Indenture.

 

A-9


(10) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in global registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of €[100,000] and integral multiples of [€1,000] in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents. The Registrar may not require a Holder to pay any Taxes and fees, except as otherwise set forth in the Indenture. The Registrar need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(11) Persons Deemed Owners. The Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Security Agent, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar will be entitled to treat the registered Holder of a Note as the owner thereof for all purposes.

(12) Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. The provisions governing amendment, supplement and waiver are set forth in Article 9 of the Indenture.

(13) Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default and remedies are set forth in Article 6 of the Indenture.

(14) Trustee Dealings with Issuer. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

(15) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Note Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(16) Authentication. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual, electronic or facsimile signature of the Trustee or an authentication agent.

(17) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(18) ISIN Numbers and Common Codes. The Issuer has caused ISIN numbers and Common Codes to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use ISIN numbers and Common Codes in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(19) Governing Law. The Indenture and the Notes, including any Note Guarantees, and the rights and duties of the parties thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. For the avoidance of doubt, the governing law of the Indenture and the Notes may be amended with the consent of Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). For the avoidance of doubt, the application of articles 470-1 to 470-19 (inclusive) of the Luxembourg law on commercial companies, dated 10 August 1915, as amended, is expressly excluded.

 

A-10


(20) Availability of Documents. Copies of the Indenture and the Notes will be made available at the office of the Issuer upon written request to the address of the Issuer on and after the grant of listing of the Notes.

(21) Subject to Intercreditor Agreement. Each Holder of the Notes, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement, as the same may be amended from time to time, and acknowledges that the claims of the Holders are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, authorizes and requests the Security Agent to, on such Holder’s behalf, (i) make all undertakings, representations, offers and agreements of the Security Agent set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) take all actions called for to be taken by the Security Agent in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

A-11


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign the Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer the Note to:                                                                                                                                                    

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
 
 
 
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                                 
to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                                 

 

Your Signature:                                                          

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee*:                                                          

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-12


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.09 or 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

☐ Section 4.09                    ☐ Section 4.13

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

                                         

Date:                                 

 

Your Signature:                                                          

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:                                              

 

Signature Guarantee*:                                              

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-13


SCHEDULE OF INCREASES, DECREASES OR EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE

GLOBAL NOTE

The initial aggregate principal amount of this Global Note is [ ]. The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Registered Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Registered Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made (or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Relevant Clearing System):

 

Date of

Increase/Decrease/
Exchange

  

Amount of decrease

in Principal Amount
of this Global Note

  

Amount of

increase in

Principal
Amount of
this Global Note

   Principal Amount of this Global Note following such decrease
(or increase)
   Signature of authorized
officer of
Principal Paying Agent

 

A-14


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

[Issuer]

[Trustee]

Re: [5.25]% Senior Notes due 2029

[(Common Code                                     ; ISIN                                )]

Reference is hereby made to the indenture, dated as of April 29, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among, inter alios, BK LC Lux Finco 1 S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 40, Avenue Monterey, L-2163 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B252262 (the “Issuer”), GLAS Trust Company LLC, as trustee (the “Trustee”), GLAS Trust Company LLC, as Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Security Agent in respect of the Issuer’s [5.25]% Senior Notes due 2029. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                                 , (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of €                             (the “Transfer”), to                                                      (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Registered Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and under the Securities Act.

2. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the

 

B-1


buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act and (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the transferred beneficial interest will be held immediately after such Transfer through Euroclear or Clearstream. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and under the Securities Act.

3. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note.

(a) ☐ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Registered Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Registered Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) ☐ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Registered Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Registered Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) ☐ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to an Effective Registration Statement. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

(d) ☐ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the

 

B-2


Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Registered Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Registered Notes and in the Indenture.

4. ☐ Check if Transfer is to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries. The transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

Dated:                             

 

B-3


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.

The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

  (a)

☐ a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i)

☐ 144A Global Note (ISIN: [•]; Common Code: [•]), or

 

  (ii)

☐ Regulation S Global Note (ISIN: [•]; Common Code: [•]), or

 

  (b)

☐ a Restricted Definitive Registered Note.

 

2.

After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

 

  (a)

☐ a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i)

☐ 144A Global Note (ISIN: [•]; Common Code: [•]), or

 

  (ii)

☐ Regulation S Global Note (ISIN: [•]; Common Code: [•]), or

 

  (iii)

☐ Unrestricted Global Note (ISIN: [•]; Common Code: [•]), or

 

  (b)

☐ a Restricted Definitive Registered Note, or

 

  (c)

☐ an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note,

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-4


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

[Issuer]

[Trustee]

Re: [5.25]% Senior Notes due 2029

[(Common Code_________________; ISIN_________________)]

Reference is hereby made to the indenture, dated as of April 29, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among, inter alios, BK LC Lux Finco 1 S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 40, Avenue Monterey, L-2163 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B252262 (the “Issuer”), GLAS Trust Company LLC, as trustee (the “Trustee”), GLAS Trust Company LLC, as Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Security Agent in respect of the Issuer’s [5.25]% Senior Notes due 2029. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

___________________, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of €___________ (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Registered Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Registered Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note.

(a) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(b) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Registered Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

C-1


(c) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Registered Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Registered Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Registered Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(d) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Registered Note to Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Registered Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Registered Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Registered Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Registered Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Registered Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes.

(a) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Registered Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Registered Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Registered Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Registered Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and under the Securities Act.

(b) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Registered Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Registered Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ☐ 144A Global Note, ☐ Regulation S Global Note, in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and under the Securities Act.

 

C-2


This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Dated:                                     

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of [•], among [name of New Guarantor[s]]1 (the “New Guarantor”), BK LC Lux Finco 1 S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 40, Avenue Monterey, L-2163 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B252262 (the “Issuer”) and GLAS Trust Company LLC, as trustee (the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture, under the Indenture referred to below.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee, inter alios, have entered into an indenture, dated as of April 29, 2021 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified) (the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of the Issuer’s 5.25% Senior Notes due 2029;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.14 of the Indenture, [each of] the undersigned New Guarantor[s] is required to execute a supplemental indenture substantially in the form hereof or other appropriate agreement providing for such New Guarantor’s Note Guarantee on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in the Indenture;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Issuer are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, [each of] the New Guarantor[s], the Issuer, and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. Agreement to Guarantee. Pursuant to, and subject to the provisions of and the limitations described under, Article 11 of the Indenture, the Agreed Security Principles and the Intercreditor Agreement, [each of][the] New Guarantor[s] (which term includes each other New Guarantor that hereinafter guarantees the Notes pursuant to the terms of the Indenture) hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, jointly and severally with each other New Guarantor and all Guarantors, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (i) the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes (to the extent permitted by law), and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case

 

 

1 

Insert as appropriate.

 

D-1


of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each New Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

The Guaranteed Obligations of [each of][the] New Guarantor[s] to the Holders and to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture as supplemented hereby, are expressly set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee.

[Relevant limitations imposed by local law analogous to Section 11.02 of the Indenture to be inserted, if and as applicable].

3. Ratification of Indenture: Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and each Holder, by accepting the Notes whether heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee, on behalf of such Holder, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in the Indenture and (c) appoints the Trustee attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose; provided, however, that [each of] the New Guarantor[s] and each Guarantor shall be released from all its obligations with respect to this Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, including Section 11.09 and upon any defeasance of the Notes in accordance with Article 8.

4. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND THE NOTES, INCLUDING ANY NOTE GUARANTEES, AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES THEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, THE GOVERNING LAW OF THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES MAY BE AMENDED WITH THE CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF AT LEAST A MAJORITY IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES THEN OUTSTANDING (INCLUDING CONSENTS OBTAINED IN CONNECTION WITH A PURCHASE OF, OR TENDER OFFER OR EXCHANGE OFFER FOR, NOTES). FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, THE APPLICATION OF ARTICLES 470-1 TO 470-19 (INCLUSIVE) OF THE LUXEMBOURG LAW ON COMMERCIAL COMPANIES, DATED 10 AUGUST 1915, AS AMENDED, IS EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED.

5. Submission to Jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York state or U.S. federal court located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City and State of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees. [Each of][The] New Guarantor[s] irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which they may have, pursuant to New York law or otherwise, to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in any inconvenient forum. In furtherance of the foregoing, [each of][the] New Guarantor[s] incorporated outside the United States

 

D-2


hereby irrevocably designate and appoint U.S. Newco (at its office at c/o Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, New Castle County, DE 19808, United States) as its agent to receive service of all process brought against them with respect to any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court in the City and State of New York, such service being hereby acknowledged by it to be effective and binding service in every respect and [each of][the] New Guarantor[s] incorporated outside the United States agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Copies of any such process so served shall also be given to the Issuer in accordance with Section 14.01 of the Indenture, but the failure of the Issuer to receive such copies shall not affect in any way the service of such process as aforesaid.

6. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. The recitals of fact contained herein shall be treated as statements of the other parties hereto and not the Trustee.

7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

 

D-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW GUARANTOR[S]],

as New Guarantor

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

[•], as Issuer
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of [•],

as Trustee

acting by its two authorized signatories

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

D-4


EXHIBIT E

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

 

1.

Agreed Security Principles

 

  (a)

Capitalized terms used in this Exhibit E without definitions in this Indenture have the meanings assigned to them in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

  (b)

The guarantees and security to be provided under the Note Documents will be given in accordance with the security principles set out in this Exhibit E (the “Agreed Security Principles”). This Exhibit E identifies the Agreed Security Principles and addresses the manner in which the Agreed Security Principles will impact on and determine the extent and terms of the guarantees and security proposed to be provided under any Note Document.

 

  (c)

The Agreed Security Principles embody the recognition by all parties that there may be certain legal and practical difficulties in obtaining effective or commercially reasonable guarantees and/or security from all relevant members of the Group in each jurisdiction in which it has been agreed that guarantees and security will be granted by those members. In particular:

 

  (i)

general legal and statutory limitations, regulatory restrictions, financial assistance, anti-trust and other competition authority restrictions, corporate benefit, fraudulent preference, equitable subordination, “transfer pricing”, “thin capitalisation”, “earnings stripping”, “controlled foreign corporation” and other tax restrictions, “exchange control restrictions”, “capital maintenance” rules and “liquidity impairment” rules, tax restrictions, retention of title claims, employee consultation or approval requirements and similar principles may limit the ability of a member of the Group to provide a guarantee or security or may require that the guarantee or security be limited as to amount or otherwise and, if so, the guarantee or security will be limited accordingly provided that, to the extent requested by the Security Agent before signing any applicable security or accession document, the relevant member of the Group shall use reasonable endeavours (but without incurring material cost and without adverse impact on relationships with third parties) to overcome any such obstacle or otherwise such guarantee or security document shall be subject to such limit;

 

  (ii)

a key factor in determining whether or not (and the terms on which) a guarantee or security will be taken (and in respect of the security, the extent of its perfection and/or registration) is the applicable time and cost (including adverse effects on taxes, interest deductibility, stamp duty, registration costs and taxes, notarial costs, translation costs and all applicable legal and notarial fees and adverse effects on the ability of the Group to obtain or maintain local facilities or other financing arrangements, including any factoring or similar arrangement in each case permitted under this Indenture) which will not be disproportionate to the benefit accruing to the Holders of obtaining such guarantee or security;

 

E-1


  (iii)

members of the Group will not be required to give guarantees or enter into security documents if they are not wholly owned by another member of the Group or if it is not within the legal capacity of the relevant members of the Group or if it would conflict with the fiduciary or statutory duties of their Officers or contravene any applicable legal, regulatory or contractual prohibition or restriction or have the potential to result in a material risk of personal or criminal liability for any Officer of or for any member of the Group provided that, to the extent requested by the Security Agent before signing any applicable security document or accession document, the relevant member of the Group shall use reasonable endeavours (but without incurring material cost and without adverse impact on relationships with third parties) to overcome any such obstacle or otherwise such guarantee or security document shall be subject to such limit;

 

  (iv)

guarantees and security will be limited so that the aggregate of notarial costs and all registration and like taxes and duties relating to the provision of security will not exceed an amount to be agreed between the Issuer and the Security Agent;

 

  (v)

where a class of assets to be secured includes material and immaterial assets, if the cost of granting security over the immaterial assets is disproportionate to the benefit of such security, security will be granted over the material assets only;

 

  (vi)

it is expressly acknowledged that it may be either impossible or impractical to create security over certain categories of assets in which event security will not be taken over such assets;

 

  (vii)

any asset subject to a legal requirement, contract, lease, licence, instrument, regulatory constraint (including any agreement with any government or regulatory body) or other third party arrangement (other than restrictions contained in the constitutional documents of a member of the Group or in any intra-Group loan agreement), which may prevent or condition the asset from being charged, secured or being subject to the applicable security document (including requiring a consent of any third party, supervisory board or works council (or equivalent)) and any asset which, if subject to the applicable security document, would give a third party the right to terminate or otherwise amend any rights, benefits and/or obligations with respect to any member of the Group in respect of the asset or require the relevant chargor to take any action materially adverse to the interests of the Group or any member thereof, in each case will be excluded from a guarantee or security document;

 

  (viii)

the giving of a guarantee, the granting of security and the registration and/or the perfection of the security granted will not be required if it would have a material adverse effect on the ability of the relevant member of the Group to conduct its operations and business in the ordinary course as otherwise permitted by the Note Documents (including dealing with the secured assets and all contractual counterparties or amending, waiving or terminating (or allowing to lapse) any rights, benefits or obligations, in each case prior to an occurrence of an Event of Default which has resulted in a notice being served by the Trustee under Section 6.02 of this Indenture and such notice has not been withdrawn, cancelled or otherwise ceased to have effect (a “Declared Default”) which is continuing), and any requirement under the Agreed Security Principles to seek consent of any person or take or not take any other action shall be subject to this sub-paragraph (viii);

 

E-2


  (ix)

any security document will only be required to be notarised if required by law in order for the relevant security to become effective or admissible in evidence;

 

  (x)

no guarantee or security will be required to be given by or over any Acquired Person or Asset (and no consent shall be required to be sought with respect thereto) which are required to support Acquired Indebtedness to the extent such Acquired Indebtedness is permitted by this Indenture to remain outstanding after an acquisition. No member of a target group or other entity acquired pursuant to an acquisition permitted by this Indenture shall be required to become a Guarantor or grant security with respect to the Notes if prevented by the terms of the documentation governing that acquired indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Acquired Indebtedness) or if becoming a Guarantor or the granting of any security would give rise to an obligation (including any payment obligation) under or in relation thereto; no security will be granted over any asset secured for the benefit of any Indebtedness the Incurrance of which is not prohibited by this Indenture and/or to the extent constituting a Permitted Lien unless specifically required by a Note Document to the contrary;

 

  (xi)

to the extent possible and unless required by applicable law, there should be no action required to be taken in relation to the guarantees or security as a result of any assignment or transfer of the Notes by a Holder (and, unless explicitly agreed to the contrary in this Indenture, no member of the Group shall bear or otherwise be liable for any taxes, any notarial, registration or perfection fees or any other costs, fees or expenses that result from any assignment or transfer by a Holder);

 

  (xii)

no title investigations or other diligence on assets will be required and no title insurance will be required;

 

  (xiii)

security will not be required over any assets subject to security in favour of a third party (other than in relation to security under general business conditions of account banks which do not prohibit or prevent the creation of Transaction Security over such accounts) or any cash constituting regulatory capital or customer cash (and such assets or cash shall be excluded from any relevant security document);

 

  (xiv)

to the extent legally effective, all security will be given in favour of the Security Agent and not the Holders individually (with the Security Agent to hold one set of security documents for all the Holders); “parallel debt” provisions will be used where necessary (and included in the Intercreditor Agreement and not the individual security documents); no member of the Group will be required to take any action in relation to any guarantees or security as a result of any assignment or transfer by a Holder;

 

  (xv)

guarantees and security will not be required from or over the assets of, any joint venture or similar arrangement, any minority interest or any member of the Group that is not wholly-owned by another member of the Group;

 

E-3


  (xvi)

each security document shall be deemed not to restrict or condition any transaction permitted under this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement and the security granted under each security document shall be deemed to be subject to these Agreed Security Principles, before and after the execution of the relevant security document and creation of the relevant security;

 

  (xvii)

no security may be provided on terms which are inconsistent with the turnover or sharing provisions in the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

  (xviii)

the Topco Secured Parties (or any agent or similar representative appointed by them at the relevant time) will not be able to exercise any power of attorney or set-off granted to them under the terms of the Note Documents prior to the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing;

 

  (xix)

no guarantee or security shall guarantee or secure any “Excluded Swap Obligations” defined in accordance with the LSTA Market Advisory Update dated February 15, 2013 entitled “Swap Regulations Implications for Loan Documentation”, and any update thereto by the LSTA;

 

  (xx)

other than a general filing relating to a floating charge or blanket lien, no perfection, filing or other action will be required with respect to assets of a type not owned by members of the Group or not located in Canada, Germany, Luxembourg, the UK or the US (including any state thereof and the District of Columbia) (a “Guarantor Jurisdiction”, provided that if the Issuer or a Guarantor is incorporated in a jurisdiction which is not a Guarantor Jurisdiction, the jurisdiction of the Issuer or that Guarantor shall be a Guarantor Jurisdiction but only in relation to the Issuer or that Guarantor) or otherwise over the shares of a member of the Group not located in a Guarantor Jurisdiction; and

 

  (xxi)

no translation of any document relating to any security or any asset subject to any security will be required to be prepared or provided to the Topco Secured Parties, unless (i) required for such documents to become effective or admissible in evidence and (ii) a Declared Default is continuing.

 

  (d)

Notwithstanding any term of any Note Document, no loan or other obligation of any Guarantor incorporated in the US (a “US Obligor”) under any Note Document may be, directly or indirectly:

 

  (i)

guaranteed by a CFC or by a FSHCO, or guaranteed by a Subsidiary of a CFC or FSHCO;

 

  (ii)

secured by any assets of a CFC, FSHCO or a Subsidiary of a CFC or a FSHCO (including any CFC or FSHCO equity interests held directly or indirectly by a CFC or FSHCO);

 

  (iii)

secured by a pledge or other security interest in equity interests in a CFC or a FSHCO in excess of sixty-five (65) per cent. of such equity interests of a CFC or FSHCO;

 

E-4


  (iv)

secured by (A) leasehold interests in real property, unless otherwise elected by such US Obligor in its sole discretion, including any requirement to obtain any landlord or other third party waivers, estoppels, consents or collateral access letters, (B) fee-owned real property, (C) motor vehicles, airplanes and other assets subject to certificates of title, (D) letter of credit rights (other than supporting obligations), (E) commercial tort claims, (F) cash and deposit, securities and commodity accounts, other than to the extent constituting proceeds of collateral that are not otherwise excluded assets, (G) any assets to the extent the security in such assets could, as determined by such US Obligor (acting reasonably and in good faith), result in material adverse US tax, accounting or regulatory consequences to any member of the Group or any of its direct or indirect owners (including the Investors), (H) equity interests issued by, or assets of, unrestricted subsidiaries, immaterial subsidiaries, broker-dealer subsidiaries, not-for-profit subsidiaries, special purpose entities, receivables subsidiaries and captive insurance subsidiaries, (I) equity interests issued by, or assets of, any person other than a material wholly-owned subsidiary incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction, (J) a security interest to the extent the burden or cost (including adverse tax, regulatory or accounting consequences) of granting or perfecting such security interest outweighs the benefit of such security to the Topco Secured Parties, as determined by such US Obligor (acting reasonably and in good faith), (K) intent-to-use trademark applications prior to the filing of a statement of use, (L) any lease, license, permit, franchise, charter, authorization or agreement (and the assets subject thereto at the time of the acquisition of such assets) to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license, permit, franchise, charter, authorization or agreement or result in the creation of a security interest thereunder or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than a member of the Group) or otherwise require consent thereunder (provided that there shall be no obligation to obtain such consent) (after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code), in each case excluding the proceeds thereof which are not otherwise excluded assets, (M) property subject to a purchase money agreement, capital lease or similar arrangement to the extent the creation of a security interest therein is prohibited thereby or creates a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto or otherwise requires third-party consent thereunder (other than a member of the Group), in each case excluding the proceeds thereof which are not otherwise excluded assets, (N) any assets located or titled outside of the U.S. or assets that require action under the law of any non-U.S. jurisdiction to create or perfect a security interest in such assets, including any intellectual property registered in any non-U.S. jurisdiction (and no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required), (O) margin stock, (P) any property or assets, a security interest in which (x) is prohibited by law (including all applicable laws and regulations restricting assignments of, and security interests in, government receivables) or agreement binding on such property or asset at the time of its acquisition, (y) could require governmental or other third party consent pursuant to such agreement, approval, license or authorization (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received; provided that there shall be no obligation to obtain such consent) or (z) would create a right of termination in favor of any government or third party, in each case after giving effect to the

 

E-5


  applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law and (Q) any assets with respect to which granting a security interest in such assets could result in a material adverse effect on the ability of the Group to conduct its operations and business in the ordinary course as otherwise permitted by the Note Documents, excluding the proceeds thereof (to the extent not otherwise constituting excluded assets); or

 

  (v)

guaranteed by any other Subsidiary or secured by a pledge of or security interest in any other Subsidiary or other asset, if it could, as determined by the Issuer (acting reasonably and in good faith), result in material adverse US tax, accounting or regulatory consequences to any member of the Group or any of its direct or indirect owners (including the Investors).

 

  (e)

For the purposes of the grant of security under the laws of the Province of Quebec which may now or in the future be required to be provided by any Obligor incorporated in Canada or any successor thereto, as part of its duties as the Security Agent, is hereby irrevocably authorized and appointed to act as the hypothecary representative (within the meaning of Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Québec) for all Topco Secured Parties, in order to hold any hypothec granted under the laws of the Province of Quebec pursuant to a deed of hypothec as security for any obligations of any member of the Group under any of the Note Documents and to exercise such rights and duties as are conferred upon a hypothecary representative under the relevant deed of hypothec and applicable laws (with the power to delegate any such rights or duties). The execution prior to the date hereof by the Security Agent of any deed of hypothec made pursuant to the laws of the Province of Quebec, is hereby ratified and confirmed. In the event of the resignation and appointment of a successor Security Agent such successor Security Agent shall also act as the successor hypothecary representative on behalf of all Topco Secured Parties, under each deed of hypothec without any further documentation or other formality being required to evidence the appointment of the successor hypothecary representative (subject to the registration of a notice of replacement as required by Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Québec). Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this provision shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Quebec

 

  (f)

The limitations described in paragraph (c) above shall not apply to the Initial Guarantors (or their successors).

 

  2.

Guarantees

Subject to the guarantee limitations set out in the Note Documents, each guarantee will be an upstream, cross-stream and downstream guarantee for all liabilities of the Guarantors under the Note Documents in accordance with, and subject to, the requirements of these Agreed Security Principles in each relevant jurisdiction (references to “security” to be read for this purpose as including guarantees). Security documents will secure the guarantee obligations of the relevant security provider or, if such security is provided on a third party basis, all liabilities of the Guarantors under the Note Documents, in each case in accordance with, and subject to, the requirements of these Agreed Security Principles in each relevant jurisdiction.

 

E-6


  3.

Governing Law and Scope

 

  (a)

The guarantees and security to be provided in respect of the Notes in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles are only to be given by Material Subsidiaries which are incorporated in the Guarantor Jurisdictions. No security or guarantees shall be required to be given by (or over the shares or investments in) (i) any entity not incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction or (ii) any joint venture or similar arrangement, any minority interest or any member of the Group that is not wholly owned by another member of the Group.

 

  (b)

All security (other than share security) will be governed by the law of, and secure only assets located in, the jurisdiction of incorporation of the applicable grantor of the security and no action in relation to security (including any perfection step, further assurance step, filing or registration) will be required in jurisdictions where the grantor of the security is not incorporated. Share security over any subsidiary will be governed by the law of the place of incorporation of that subsidiary. Any security over a Structural Intercompany Receivable (as defined in the Senior Term Facilities Agreement) will be, at the option of the Issuer, governed by the governing law of such structural intra-group loan document or English law.

 

  4.

Terms of Security Documents

The following principles will be reflected in the terms of any security taken in connection with the Notes:

 

  (a)

security will not be enforceable or crystallise until the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing;

 

  (b)

the beneficiaries of the security or any Agent will only be able to exercise a power of attorney following the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing (and, with respect to any security over shares, stocks or partnership interests of a Guarantor incorporated or organized in the United States, following five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the pledgor of such shares, stocks or partnership interests that the beneficiary of the security or Agent is exercising such rights);

 

  (c)

the security documents should only operate to create security rather than to impose new commercial obligations or repeat clauses in other Note Documents; accordingly:

 

  (i)

they should not contain additional representations, undertakings or indemnities (including in respect of insurance, information, maintenance or protection of assets, further assurance or the payment of fees, costs and expenses) unless required for the creation or perfection of security under applicable law; and

 

  (ii)

nothing in any security document shall (or be construed to) prohibit any transaction, matter or other step (or a grantor of security taking or entering into the same) or dealing in any manner whatsoever in relation to any asset (including all rights, claims, benefits, proceeds and documentation, and contractual counterparties in relation thereto) the subject of (or expressed to be the subject of) the security agreement if permitted by the terms of the other Note Documents (and accordingly to such extent, the Security Agent shall promptly effect releases, confirmations, consents to deal or similar steps always at the cost of the relevant grantor of the security);

 

E-7


  (d)

no security will be granted over parts, stock, moveable plant, equipment or receivables if it would require labelling, segregation or periodic listing or specification of such parts, stock, moveable plant, equipment or receivables;

 

  (e)

perfection will not be required in respect of (i) vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title or (ii) letter of credit rights and tort claims (or the local law equivalent);

 

  (f)

in no event shall control agreements (or perfection by control or similar arrangements) be required with respect to any assets (including deposit or securities accounts);

 

  (g)

security will, where possible and practical, automatically create security over future assets of the same type as those already secured; where local law requires supplemental pledges, lists of assets or notices to be delivered in respect of future acquired assets in order for effective security to be created over that class of asset, such supplemental pledges, lists of assets or notices will be provided only upon request of the Security Agent and at intervals no more frequent than annually;

 

  (h)

each security document must contain a clause which records that if there is a conflict between the security document and this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement then (to the fullest extent permitted by law) the provisions of this Indenture or (as applicable) the Intercreditor Agreement will take priority over the provisions of the security document (and that, if requested to do so by (and at the cost of) the Issuer, the Security Agent will enter into such amendments, waivers or consents as are necessary to remove such conflict); and

 

  (i)

each security document must contain a clause substantially similar to the following:

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement but without prejudice to the creation or perfection of any security interest under this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed so as to prohibit or restrict any transaction, matter or other step (or the [security grantor] taking or entering into the same or dealing in any manner whatsoever in relation to any asset (including all rights, claims, benefits, proceeds and documentation, and contractual counterparties in relation thereto)) permitted by the [Debt Documents] (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) (other than this Agreement), and the Security Agent shall promptly enter into such documentation and/or take such other action in relation to this Agreement as is required by the [security grantor] (acting reasonably) in order to facilitate any such transaction, matter or other step, including by way of executing any confirmation, consent to dealing, release or other similar or equivalent document, or returning any physical collateral.

 

  5.

Bank Accounts

 

  (a)

If the Issuer or a Guarantor grants security over its material current bank accounts it will be free to deal, operate and transact business in relation to those accounts (including opening and closing accounts) until the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing. For the avoidance of doubt, there will be no “fixed” security over bank accounts, cash or receivables or any obligation to hold or pay cash or receivables in a particular account until the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing.

 

E-8


  (b)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, no notice of security may be prepared or served on and consent to the security requested from, the account bank until the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing.

 

  (c)

If the Issuer or a Guarantor grants security over its material current bank accounts (and (x) the giving of notice of security is market practice in the relevant jurisdiction and (y) it is possible to give such notice of security without disrupting the operation of the account(s) in question, in each case as determined by the Issuer in its sole discretion), notice of the security will be served on the account bank in relation to applicable accounts within ten (10) Business Days from (and excluding) the date of the security document (or accession thereto) and the applicable grantor of the security will use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within twenty (20) Business Days of service. If the grantor of the security has used its reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement or acceptance its obligation to obtain acknowledgement will cease on the expiry of that twenty (20) Business Day period. Irrespective of whether notice of the security is required for perfection, if the service of notice would prevent any member of the Group from using a bank account in the course of its business no notice of security will be served until the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing.

 

  (d)

Any security over bank accounts will be subject to any security interests in favour of the account bank which are created either by law or in the standard terms and conditions of the account bank. No member of the Group will be required to change its banking arrangements or standard terms and conditions in connection with the granting of bank account security.

 

  (e)

If required under applicable local law, security over bank accounts will be registered subject to the general principles set out in these Agreed Security Principles following the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing.

 

  6.

Fixed assets

Without prejudice to the Overriding Principle, if the Issuer or a Guarantor grants security over its material fixed assets it will be free to deal with those assets in the course of its business until the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing. No notice, whether to third parties or by attaching a notice to the fixed assets, will be prepared or given until the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing. No list of fixed assets shall be required.

 

  7.

Insurance policies

 

  (a)

If the Issuer or a Guarantor grants security over its material insurance policies (excluding any third party liability or public liability insurance and any directors and officers insurance in respect of which claims thereunder may be mandatorily prepaid, provided that the relevant insurance policy allows security to be so granted), notice of any security interest over insurance policies will only be served on an insurer of the Group assets upon written request of the Security Agent, which may only be given after the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing.

 

E-9


  (b)

Prior to a Declared Default which is continuing, no loss payee or other endorsement will be made on the insurance policy, no insurance certificates shall be required to be delivered to any Secured Party and no Secured Party will be named as co-insured.

 

  8.

Intellectual property

No fixed security shall be granted over intellectual property prior to a Declared Default which is continuing provided that a floating charge and/or all asset security shall be granted over intellectual property to the extent required pursuant to paragraph 12 (The Overriding Principle) below provided further that:

 

  (a)

no security will be granted over any intellectual property which cannot be secured under the terms of the relevant licensing agreement;

 

  (b)

without prejudice to the Overriding Principle, if security is granted over the relevant material intellectual property, the grantor shall be free to deal with, use, licence and otherwise commercialise those assets in the course of its business (including allowing its intellectual property to lapse if no longer material to its business) until a Declared Default which is continuing; and

 

  (c)

notice of any security interest over intellectual property will only be served on a third party from whom intellectual property is licensed upon written request of the Security Agent, which may only be given after the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing. No intellectual property security will be required to be registered under the law of that security document, the law where the grantor is regulated, or at any relevant supranational registry. Security over intellectual property rights will be taken on an “as is, where is” basis and the Group will not be required to procure any changes to, or corrections of filings on, external registers.

 

  9.

Receivables

Without prejudice to the Overriding Principle, if the Issuer or a Guarantor grants security over any of its receivables it will be free to deal with, amend, waive or terminate those receivables in the course of its business until the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing (and, with respect to any receivables of an Obligor incorporated or organized in the United States, following five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to such Obligor that the beneficiary of the security or Agent is exercising such rights). No notice of security may be prepared or served until the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing (other than security over the Structural Intercompany Receivables). No list of receivables shall be required. If required under local law, security over receivables will be registered subject to the general principles set out in these Agreed Security Principles following the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing.

 

  10.

Real estate

No security shall be granted over real property.

 

E-10


  11.

Shares

 

  (a)

Security over shares, stocks or partnership interests granted by a Guarantor will be limited to those over a wholly-owned Guarantor incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction. For the avoidance of doubt, no security shall be required to be granted by, or over the shares in, entities which are not wholly-owned Guarantors incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction.

 

  (b)

Until a Declared Default is continuing, the legal title of the shares will remain with the relevant grantor of the security (unless transfer of title on granting such security is customary in the applicable jurisdiction (as agreed between the legal counsel of the Group and the legal counsel of the Agent in the relevant jurisdiction)) and any grantor of share security will be permitted to retain and to exercise voting rights and powers in relation to any shares and other related rights charged by it and receive, own and retain all assets and proceeds in relation thereto without restriction or condition. With respect to any company incorporated in Germany, the voting rights and powers in relation to the shares in such company will remain with the grantor of the security at all times.

 

  (c)

With respect to the shares in any member of the Group that have been pledged pursuant to a Transaction Security Document, where customary and applicable as a matter of law, the applicable share certificate (or other documents evidencing title to the relevant shares) and a stock transfer form executed in blank (or applicable law equivalent) will be provided to the Security Agent:

 

  (i)

(with respect to any Transaction Security Document entered into pursuant to Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) of the Senior Term Facilities Agreement), as soon as reasonably practicable following the Acquisition Closing Date (and taking into account any stamping requirements in respect of any stock transfer form (or applicable law equivalent)); and

 

  (ii)

(with with respect to any other Transaction Security Document), as soon as reasonably practicable following execution (and taking into account any stamping requirements in respect of any stock transfer form (or applicable law equivalent)) of that Transaction Security Document.

 

  12.

The Overriding Principle

 

  (a)

The parties agree that the overriding intention is for security in respect of the Note Documents only to be granted over the SUN Collateral and the Shared Collateral (this paragraph (a) being the “Overriding Principle”).

 

  (b)

Save as described in paragraph (a) above, no other security will be granted in respect of the Note Documents and for the avoidance of doubt, save as set out in paragraph (a) above, no member of the Group shall be required to grant a floating charge (or any floating “all asset” or similar security interest, however described) over its assets located in any jurisdiction.

 

E-11


  13.

Voluntary Credit Support

 

  (a)

If, in accordance with this Exhibit E, a person is not required to grant any guarantee or to grant security over an asset, the Issuer may, in its sole discretion, elect to (or to procure that such person will) grant such guarantee or security (“Voluntary Credit Support”).

 

  (b)

Each Topco Secured Party shall be required to accept such Voluntary Credit Support and the Security Agent shall enter into any document requested by the Issuer to create, perfect, register or notify third parties of such Voluntary Credit Support on such terms as the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, elect.

 

  14.

Amendment

In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between any term of these Agreed Security Principles and any term of a Transaction Security Document, the Holders authorise, instruct and direct the Security Agent to, and the Security Agent shall promptly (at the option and upon request of the Issuer) (i) enter into such amendments to such Transaction Security Document or (ii) release and terminate such Transaction Security Document and enter into a replacement Transaction Security Document on such amended terms, in each case as shall be necessary or desirable to cure such conflict or inconsistency.

 

E-12


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

This solvency certificate (this “Certificate”) is delivered by BK LC Lux Finco 1 S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 40, Avenue Monterey, L-2163 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B252262 (the “Issuer”), in connection with the indenture dated as of April 29, 2021 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”) (undefined capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture), the Guarantors party thereto and GLAS Trust Company LLC, as trustee (the “Trustee”), GLAS Trust Company LLC, as Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Security Agent. I hereby certify as follows in my capacity as [Director]/[Financial Officer] of the Issuer, not individually and without any personal liability hereunder:

1. I am, and at all pertinent times mentioned herein, have been the duly qualified and acting [Director]/[Chief Financial Officer] of the Issuer. [In such capacity I have responsibility for the overall management of the financial affairs of [ ]3 and the preparation of the financial statements of [ ]. I am familiar with the properties, business, assets and liabilities of [ ] and their business plans for the foreseeable future.] I am authorized to execute this Certificate on behalf of the Issuer.

2. In connection with the preparation of this Certificate, I have made such investigations and inquiries as I deem necessary and reasonably prudent therefor and to accurately make the certifications expressed herein. The financial information and assumptions which underlie and form the basis for the representations made in this Certificate were reasonable when made and continue to be reasonable as of the date hereof. Specifically, I have [add description of underlying investigation].

Based on the foregoing, on behalf of the Issuer, I have reached the following conclusions:

 

  (A)

As of the date hereof, after the incurrence of the Permitted Collateral Lien:

 

  (i)

the fair value of the assets of [ ] are in excess of the total amount of its debts and other liabilities (including, without limitation, contingent and prospective liabilities, computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances now existing, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability);

 

  (ii)

the present fair saleable value of the assets of [ ] is greater than its probable total liability on its existing debts as such debts become absolute and matured; and

 

3 

Person granting Lien

 

G-1


  (iii)

[ ] is able to pay its debts as they fall due and has not (a) been deemed or declared to be unable to pay its debts under applicable law, (b) suspended or threatened to suspend making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, or (c) commenced negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

  (B)

[ ] is not subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, voluntary or judicial liquidation, composition with creditors, compromise agreement or assignment with any creditor of [ ], reprieve from payment, controlled management, claims of fraudulent conveyance that would reasonably be expected to result in a judgment that [ ] would be unable to satisfy, general settlement with creditors, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

  (C)

To the best of my knowledge, [ ] is not, on the date hereof and will, as a result of its incurrence of the Permitted Collateral Lien, not be in a state of cessation of payments.

 

  (D)

No application has been made by [ ] or, as far as the Issuer is aware, by any other person for the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or similar officer pursuant to any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

  (E)

No application has been made by [ ] for a voluntary winding-up or liquidation nor, to the best of my knowledge, has any judicial winding-up or liquidation been commenced or initiated against [ ] nor, to the best of my knowledge, has any suspension of payments, moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of [ ] been initiated against [ ].

 

  (F)

To the best of my knowledge, no corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step has been taken in relation to any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution or any analogous process in any jurisdiction affects any asset or assets of [ ].

“Fair saleable value” means the amount that could be obtained for assets within a reasonable time, either through collection or through sale under ordinary selling conditions by a capable and diligent seller to an interested buyer who is willing (but under no compulsion) to purchase.

The foregoing conclusions shall not be rendered untrue by the existence of any winding-up petition or any analogous procedure or step which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 28 days of commencement or, if earlier, the date on which it is advertised.

None of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries intends, in incurring the Permitted Collateral Lien or in incurring (by way of assumption or otherwise) any related obligations or liabilities (contingent or otherwise), to disturb, delay, hinder or defraud either present or future creditors or other Persons to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is or are intended to become, on or after the date hereon, indebted.

 

- 2 -


[•]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

- 3 -

Exhibit 10.2

Execution Version

ABL CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of April 28, 2021

among

BIRKENSTOCK GROUP B.V. & CO. KG,

as the German Parent Borrower,

BIRKENSTOCK US BIDCO, INC.,

as the U.S. Borrower,

BK LC LUX SPV S.À R.L.,

as Holdings,

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO,

as Lenders,

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

as Co-Collateral Agent,

and

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

CREDIT SUISSE LOAN FUNDING LLC,

CREDIT SUISSE (DEUTSCHLAND) AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

and

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK DEUTSCHLAND,

NIEDERLASSUNG EINER FRANZÖSISCHEN SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

     1  

        

  Section 1.01    Defined Terms      1  
  Section 1.02    Classification of Revolving Loans and Borrowings      123  
  Section 1.03    Terms Generally      123  
  Section 1.04    Construction      124  
  Section 1.05    Effectuation of Transactions      128  
  Section 1.06    Timing of Payment of Performance      128  
  Section 1.07    Times of Day      128  
  Section 1.08    Currency Symbols and Definitions      128  
  Section 1.09    Cashless Rollovers      128  
  Section 1.10    Third Party Rights      129  
  Section 1.11    Guarantees and Collateral      129  
  Section 1.12    Divisions      129  
  Section 1.13    Interest Rates      129  
  Section 1.14    Additional Alternate Currencies      129  
  Section 1.15    German Terms      130  
  Section 1.16    Authorizations      131  
  Section 1.17    Calculations      131  
  Section 1.18    Intercreditor Agreement      139  
  Section 1.19    Personal Liability      139  
  Section 1.20    Luxembourg Terms      140  

ARTICLE 2 THE CREDITS

     140  
  Section 2.01    Commitments      140  
  Section 2.02    Revolving Loans and Borrowings      140  
  Section 2.03    Requests for Borrowings      141  
  Section 2.04    Swingline Loans and Overadvances      142  
  Section 2.05    Letters of Credit      145  
  Section 2.06    Protective Advances      151  
  Section 2.07    Funding of Borrowings      152  
  Section 2.08    Type; Interest Elections      153  
  Section 2.09    Termination and Reduction of Commitments      154  
  Section 2.10    Repayment of Revolving Loans; Evidence of Debt      155  
  Section 2.11    Prepayment of Revolving Loans      156  
  Section 2.12    Fees      158  
  Section 2.13    Interest      159  
  Section 2.14    Alternate Rate of Interest      161  
  Section 2.15    Increased Costs      164  
  Section 2.16    Break Funding Payments      165  
  Section 2.17    Taxes      166  
  Section 2.18    Payments Generally; Allocation of Proceeds; Sharing of Payments      174  
  Section 2.19    Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders      177  

 

i


  Section 2.20    Illegality      179  
  Section 2.21    Defaulting Lenders      180  

        

  Section 2.22    Incremental Credit Extensions      183  
  Section 2.23    Extensions of Loans and Revolving Commitments      186  

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     188  
  Section 3.01    Status      188  
  Section 3.02    Binding Obligations      188  
  Section 3.03    Non-Conflict with Other Obligations      188  
  Section 3.04    Power and Authority      189  
  Section 3.05    Validity and Admissibility in Evidence      189  
  Section 3.06    Governing Law and Enforcement      189  
  Section 3.07    Filing and Stamp Taxes      189  
  Section 3.08    Disclosure; Management Case and Acquisition Reports      190  
  Section 3.09    Financial Statements      190  
  Section 3.10    No Litigation      191  
  Section 3.11    Taxation      191  
  Section 3.12    Ownership      191  
  Section 3.13    Pari Passu Ranking      191  
  Section 3.14    Investment Company Act      191  
  Section 3.15    Margin Regulations      191  
  Section 3.16    ERISA      191  
  Section 3.17    Borrowing Base Certificate      192  
  Section 3.18    Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts      193  
  Section 3.19    Centre of Main Interests      193  

ARTICLE 4 CONDITIONS

     193  
  Section 4.01    Closing Date      193  
  Section 4.02    Each Credit Extension      194  

ARTICLE 5 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     194  
  Section 5.01    Financial Statements      194  
  Section 5.02    Provision and Contents of Compliance Certificates      196  
  Section 5.03    Additional Reports.      196  
  Section 5.04    Inspections      197  
  Section 5.05    Agreed Accounting Principles      198  
  Section 5.06    Annual Conference Calls      199  
  Section 5.07    “Know Your Customer” Checks      199  
  Section 5.08    ERISA-Related Information      200  
  Section 5.09    Notes Reporting      200  
  Section 5.10    Public Reporting      201  
  Section 5.11    Landlord Agreements      201  
  Section 5.12    Cash Management      201  
  Section 5.13    Restrictions      204  
  Section 5.14    Authorizations and Consents      204  
  Section 5.15    Compliance with Laws      204  
  Section 5.16    Pari passu Ranking      204  

 

ii


 

Section 5.17

  

Taxes

     204  
 

Section 5.18

  

Centre of Main Interests

     204  

        

 

Section 5.19

  

Guarantees and Security

     205  
 

Section 5.20

  

Further Assurances

     205  
 

Section 5.21

  

Anti-Corruption Law and Sanctions

     205  
 

Section 5.22

  

Compliance with ERISA

     206  

ARTICLE 6 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     206  
 

Section 6.01

  

Limitation on Indebtedness

     206  
 

Section 6.02

  

Limitation on Liens

     215  
 

Section 6.03

  

Limitation on Affiliate Transactions

     216  
 

Section 6.04

  

Limitation on Restricted Payments

     221  
 

Section 6.05

  

Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

     230  
 

Section 6.06

  

Merger and Consolidation—Holdings

     232  
 

Section 6.07

  

Merger and Consolidation—German Parent Borrower

     232  
 

Section 6.08

  

Merger and Consolidation—U.S. Borrower

     233  
 

Section 6.09

  

Merger and Consolidation—Guarantors

     234  
 

Section 6.10

  

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

     236  
 

Section 6.11

  

Additional Intercreditor Agreements

     237  
 

Section 6.12

  

Financial Covenant

     239  

ARTICLE 7 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     240  
 

Section 7.01

  

Events of Default

     240  
 

Section 7.02

  

Intellectual Property Rights

     244  
 

Section 7.03

  

Access to Property to Process and Sell Inventory

     244  

ARTICLE 8 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     247  

ARTICLE 9 MISCELLANEOUS

     259  
 

Section 9.01

  

Notices

     259  
 

Section 9.02

  

Waivers; Amendments

     262  
 

Section 9.03

  

Expenses; Indemnity

     266  
 

Section 9.04

  

Waiver of Claim

     268  
 

Section 9.05

  

Successors and Assigns

     268  
 

Section 9.06

  

Survival

     276  
 

Section 9.07

  

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

     276  
 

Section 9.08

  

Severability

     276  
 

Section 9.09

  

Right of Setoff

     276  
 

Section 9.10

  

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     277  
 

Section 9.11

  

Waiver of Jury Trial

     279  
 

Section 9.12

  

Headings

     279  
 

Section 9.13

  

Confidentiality

     279  
 

Section 9.14

  

No Fiduciary Duty

     280  
 

Section 9.15

  

Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents

     281  
 

Section 9.16

  

Several Obligations

     281  
 

Section 9.17

  

USA PATRIOT Act

     281  

 

iii


  Section 9.18    Disclosure of Agent Conflicts      282  

        

  Section 9.19    Appointment for Perfection      282  
  Section 9.20    Interest Rate Limitation      282  
  Section 9.21    Intercreditor Agreements      282  
  Section 9.22    Conflicts      283  
  Section 9.23    Release of Loan Parties      283  
  Section 9.24    Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions      283  
  Section 9.25    Certain ERISA Matters      284  
  Section 9.26    Acknowledgment Regarding Any Supported QFCs      285  
  Section 9.27    Additional Borrower      286  
  Section 9.28    Judgment Currency      288  

 

SCHEDULES:      
Schedule 1.01(a)    –      Commitment Schedule
Schedule 1.01(d)    –      Administrative Agent’s Office
Schedule 1.01(f)    –      Original Borrowers
Schedule 1.01(g)    –      Original Guarantors
Schedule 3.18    –      Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts
Schedule 4.01       Closing Conditions Precedent
Schedule 11    –      Agreed Security Principles
EXHIBITS:      
Exhibit A    –      Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit B-1    –      Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit B-2    –      Form of Letter of Credit Request
Exhibit C    –      Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit D    –      Form of Interest Election Request
Exhibit E    –      [Reserved]
Exhibit F    –      [Reserved]
Exhibit G    –      Form of Promissory Note
Exhibit H    –      Form of ABL Pledge Agreement
Exhibit I    –      Form of ABL Guaranty Agreement
Exhibit J    –      Form of ABL Security Agreement
Exhibit K       [Reserved]
Exhibit L-1    –     

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders

That Are Not Partnerships

For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Exhibit L-2    –     

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants

That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

iv


Exhibit L-3    –     

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders

That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Exhibit L-4    –      Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit M    –      Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit N    –      Form of Additional Borrower Agreement

 

 

v


ABL CREDIT AGREEMENT

ABL CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of April 28, 2021 (this “Agreement”), by and among Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG, a limited partnership (Kommanditgesellschaft) established under the laws of Germany and registered in the commercial register of the local court (Amtsgericht) of Montabaur under HRA 22603, with business address at Burg Ockenfels, 53545 Linz, Germany (the “German Parent Borrower”), Birkenstock US BidCo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “U.S. Borrower, together with the German Parent Borrower and the U.S. Borrower, the “Borrowers”), BK LC Lux SPV S.à r.l., a private company with limited liability (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 40, Avenue Monterey, L-2163 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register (Registre de commerce et des sociétés, Luxembourg) under number B252419 (“Holdings”), the Lenders from time to time party hereto, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, (“Goldman”), as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacities, the “Administrative Agent”), and Citibank, N.A., London Branch as co-collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Co-Collateral Agent”).

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to the terms of the Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 25/26, 2021 (the “Acquisition Agreement”) among the Sellers and the Purchasers, the Purchasers will purchase and accept the transfer of the Target Business from the Sellers (the “Acquisition”).

B. To fund general corporate purposes and ongoing working capital requirements of the Group, the consideration for the Acquisition and pay related fees, costs and expenses and other related amounts, the Borrowers (a) have requested that the Lenders provide an asset-based revolving facility under this Agreement with commitments in an aggregate principal amount equal to €200,000,000, (b) intend to establish a term loan facility in Dollars in an aggregate principal amount equal to $850,000,000 under the Senior Facilities Agreement, (c) intend to establish a term loan facility in Euros in an aggregate principal amount equal to €375,000,000 under the Senior Facilities Agreement and (d) intend to issue additional indebtedness in the form of the Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to €430,000,000 under the Senior Notes Indenture.

C. The Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Banks are willing to make Credit Extensions hereunder on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

ABL Priority Security” has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

1


ABR” means, when used in reference to any Revolving Loan or Borrowing, whether such Revolving Loan, or the Revolving Loans comprising such Borrowing, bear interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Acceptable Bank” means (a) a bank or financial institution which has a long term unsecured credit rating of at least BBB- by S&P or Fitch or at least Baa3 by Moody’s or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency, or any bank or financial institution which (having previously satisfied such requirement) ceases to satisfy the foregoing ratings requirement for a period of not more than three (3) months, (b) any Secured Party or any Affiliate of a Secured Party, (c) any other bank or financial institution on the Approved List or which otherwise provides banking services to the Group (including the Target Group) and is notified in writing to the Administrative Agent on or before the Closing Date and (d) any other bank or financial institution approved by the Administrative Agent (acting reasonably) or providing banking services to a business or entity acquired by a member of the Group, provided that such services are terminated and moved to a bank or financial institution falling under another limb of this definition within six (6) months of completion of the relevant acquisition.

Acceptable Nation” means Australia, Canada, any member state of the EU, Japan, Switzerland, the UK, the U.S., or any other state, country or sub-division of a country which has a rating for its short-term unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A-1 or higher by S&P or F1 or higher by Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody’s or by an instrumentality or agency of any such government having an equivalent credit rating or which state or country has been approved by the Administrative Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders).

Access Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11.

Account” means (i) “account” as such term is defined in the UCC and (ii) all rights to payment (including payment intangibles) for merchandise and goods sold or leased, or for services rendered and that portion of “Receivables” constituting Accounts (as defined in the New York UCC), in each case as defined in the applicable Collateral Document along with terms of like definition, as the context may require.

Account Debtor” means any Person who is or may become obligated under or on account of any Account, Contract Right, Chattel Paper or General Intangibles.

Accounting Period” means:

(a) the accounting period of the relevant Financial Reporting Entity commencing on the date of incorporation of the relevant Financial Reporting Entity and ending on 30 September 2020; and

(b) each fiscal year or other equivalent accounting period of the relevant Financial Reporting Entity ending on the Accounting Reference Date in each subsequent year.

 

2


Accounting Principles” means, in respect of any member of any Financial Reporting Group, at its election, GAAP, International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly International Accounting Standards) endorsed from time to time by the EU or the International Accounting Standards Board (or any variation thereof) or generally accepted accounting principles in its jurisdiction of incorporation (including generally accepted accounting principles in Germany (Grundsatz ordnungsgemäßer Buchführung) under the German Commercial Code (HGB) (if applicable)), in each case to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements and as applied by such Financial Reporting Entity or that member of the Financial Reporting Group from time to time.

Accounting Reference Date” means 30 September, or otherwise, the accounting reference date of the relevant Financial Reporting Entity.

ACH” means automated clearing house transfers.

Acquired Eligible Accounts Receivable” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Borrowing Base”.

Acquired Eligible Inventory” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Borrowing Base”.

Acquired Entity” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01.

Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness:

(a) of a person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such person in connection with such person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition; or

(c) of a person at the time such person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary,

provided that Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to:

 

  (i)

paragraph (a) above, on the date such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (ii)

paragraph (b) above, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets; and

 

  (iii)

paragraph (c) above, on the date of the relevant merger, consolidation or other combination.

Acquisition” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Acquisition Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

3


Acquisition Clean-up Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.

Acquisition Closing Date” means the date on which the Acquisition is completed in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement.

Acquisition Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Borrowing Base”.

Acquisition Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(e).

Acquisition Documents” means the Acquisition Agreement, any other document ancillary to or entered into in connection with the Acquisition Agreement and each other document or agreement designated in writing as an Acquisition Document by Holdings and the Administrative Agent (each acting reasonably).

Acquisition Reports” means the reports listed at paragraph 5 of Schedule 4.01.

Additional Borrower” means one or more of Holdings’ direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries which shall from time to time become a Borrower hereunder by the execution and delivery of an Additional Borrower Agreement and compliance with the requirements set forth in Sections 9.17 and 9.27.

Additional Borrower Agreement” means the Additional Borrower Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit N hereto.

Additional Commitment” means any commitment hereunder added or extended pursuant to Sections 2.22 and/or 2.23.

Additional Guarantor” means a person who becomes a Guarantor after the date hereof.

Additional Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(b).

Additional Loan Party” means (i) an Additional Borrower or (ii) an Additional Guarantor.

Additional Revolving Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the aggregate Outstanding Amount at such time of all Additional Revolving Loans of such Lender, plus the aggregate outstanding amount at such time of such Lender’s LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure and participation interest in Protective Advances and Overadvances, in each case attributable to its Additional Commitment.

Additional Revolving Lender” means any Lender with an Additional Revolving Credit Commitment or any Additional Revolving Credit Exposure.

Additional Revolving Loans” means any Revolving Loan made or extended pursuant to the applicable Lender’s Additional Commitment.

 

4


Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate” means, with respect to any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Eurocurrency Rate determined under clause (a) of the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate” for such Interest Period, multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate and (b) 0.25% per annum. The Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate for any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing that includes the Statutory Reserve Rate as a component of the calculation will be adjusted automatically with respect to all such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowings then outstanding as of the effective date of any change in the Statutory Reserve Rate. When used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, “Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate” shall refer to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bear interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate as set forth in the preceding sentence.

Adjustment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.14.

Adjustment Date” means the first day of each Fiscal Quarter.

Administrative Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Administrative Agent Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.15(b).

Administrative Agent’s Office” means (a) the Administrative Agent’s address and account as set forth on Schedule 1.01(d), and (b) such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrowers and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(d).

Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.

Affiliate” of any specified person means any other person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any person means the power to direct the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Affiliate Transaction” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03(a).

Agent Parties” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.01(d).

Aggregate Commitments” means, at any time, the sum of all Commitments at such time. As of the Closing Date, the amount of Aggregate Commitments is €200,000,000.

Agreed Security Principles” means the principles set out in Schedule 11.

Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

5


Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%, (b) to the extent ascertainable, the Eurocurrency Rate determined in accordance with clause (a) of the definition thereof (which rate shall be calculated based upon an Interest Period of one month and shall be determined on a daily basis and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Eurocurrency Rate for any day shall be based on the rate determined on such day at 11:00 a.m. (London time)) plus 1.00%, (c) the Prime Rate and (d) 1.25%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Eurocurrency Rate, as the case may be, shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Eurocurrency Rate, as the case may be.

Alternate Currency” means in the case of Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit, Dollars, (to the extent Holdings, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders under the relevant Loan have agreed upon a benchmark rate, base rate or reference rate (other than, in each case, LIBOR, a continuation of LIBOR or a synthetic LIBOR) which should apply to Loans in British Pounds Sterling) British Pounds Sterling and each other currency (other than Euros) that is approved in accordance with Section 1.14.

Annual Financial Statements” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01(b).

Annual Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.17(w).

Anti-Corruption Laws” means all laws of any jurisdiction applicable to a Loan Party from time to time concerning or relating to anti-bribery, anti-money laundering or anti-corruption (including the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977).

Applicable Administrative Agent” means (i) with respect to the ABL Priority Security, the Administrative Agent, (ii) with respect to the Senior Secured Priority Security, the Senior Secured Facilities Collateral Agent (or any other analogous term in an Additional Intercreditor Agreement, among, inter alia, the Administrative Agent and the agent or representative under any Term Facility) or (iii) if at any time there is no Intercreditor Agreement or other Additional Intercreditor Agreement, among, inter alia, the Administrative Agent and the agent or representative under any Term Facility then in effect, the Administrative Agent.

Applicable Class Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender or any Class, the percentage of the aggregate amount of the Commitments of such Class represented by such Lender’s Commitment of such Class; provided that for purposes of Section 2.21 and corresponding provisions of this Agreement, when there is a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment shall be disregarded for any relevant calculation. In the event that the Commitments of any Class have expired or been terminated, the Applicable Class Percentage of any Lender of such Class shall be determined on the basis of the Revolving Credit Exposure of such Lender attributable to its Commitment of such Class immediately prior to such expiration or termination, giving effect to any assignment thereof.

Applicable Currency” means Euros or any Alternate Currency that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurocurrency Rate.

Applicable Metric” means any financial covenant or financial ratio or Incurrence-based permission, test, basket or threshold in any Loan Document (including any financial definition or component thereof and any financial ratio, test, basket or threshold or permission based on the

 

6


calculation of the Borrowing Base, Excess Availability, Consolidated EBITDA, LTM EBITDA, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio, the Interest Coverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio), any Default, Event of Default or other relevant breach of a Loan Document.

Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the Aggregate Commitments of all Lenders (other than the Swingline Lender) represented by such Lender’s Commitment; provided that for purposes of Section 2.21 and corresponding provisions of this Agreement, when there is a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment shall be disregarded for any relevant calculation. In the event that the Aggregate Commitments have expired or been terminated, the Applicable Percentage of a Lender shall be determined on the basis of the Revolving Credit Exposure of such Lender attributable to its Commitment immediately prior to such expiration or termination, giving effect to any assignment thereof.

Applicable Rate” means, for any day, with respect to any Initial Revolving Loan, Overadvance, Protective Advance or Swingline Loan, the rate per annum applicable to the relevant Class of Revolving Loans set forth below opposite the applicable level of Average Historical Excess Availability; provided that until the first Adjustment Date following the first full Financial Quarter ended after the Closing Date, the “Applicable Rate” for any Initial Revolving Loan, Overadvance, Protective Advance or Swingline Loan shall be the applicable rate per annum set forth below in Level II:

 

Level    Average Historical Excess
Availability
  Applicable Rate for
Adjusted
Eurocurrency Rate
Loans
  Applicable Rate for
ABR Loans

I

   Greater than or equal
to 66.7%
  1.50%   0.50%

II

   Less than 66.7% and greater
than or equal to 33.3%
  1.75%   0.75%

III

   Less than 33.3%   2.00%   1.00%

The Applicable Rate shall be adjusted quarterly on a prospective basis on each Adjustment Date based upon the Average Historical Excess Availability as of such Adjustment Date in accordance with the table above; provided that if a Borrowing Base Certificate is not delivered when required pursuant to Section 5.01(j), the “Applicable Rate” for any Initial Revolving Loan, Overadvance, Protective Advance or Swingline Loan shall be the rate per annum set forth above in Level III until such Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered in compliance with Section 5.01(j).

 

7


Applicable Reporting Date” means, as at any date of determination, at Holdings’ election (which election Holdings may revoke and re-make at any time and from time to time) (a) if no Financial Statements have yet been delivered since the Closing Date, the Closing Date, with such Applicable Metric determined by reference to the financial information set out in the Management Case and/or the Original Financial Statements, (b) the most recent Quarter Date for which Financial Statements have been delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, with such Applicable Metric determined by reference to such Financial Statements or (c) the last day of the most recently completed Relevant Period for which the Group has sufficient available information to be able to determine such Applicable Metric, with such Applicable Metric determined by reference to such available information provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the financial calculation(s) set out in an individual Compliance Certificate shall be based upon the same Applicable Reporting Date.

Applicable Test Date” means the Applicable Transaction Date or, at Holdings’ election (which election Holdings may revoke and re-make at any time and from time to time), the Applicable Reporting Date prior to any Applicable Transaction Date.

Applicable Transaction” means any Investment, acquisition, disposition, sale, merger, joint venture, consolidation or other business combination transaction, Incurrence, assumption, commitment, issuance, repayment, repurchase or refinancing of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and the use of proceeds thereof, any creation of a Lien, any Restricted Payment, any Affiliate Transaction, any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Asset Disposition or any other transaction for which an Applicable Metric falls to be determined provided that, if any such transaction (the “first transaction”) is being effected in connection with another such transaction (the “second transaction”), the second transaction shall also be an Applicable Transaction with respect to the first transaction.

Applicable Transaction Date” means, in relation to any Applicable Transaction, at Holdings’ election (which election Holdings may revoke and re-make at any time and from time to time) (a) the date of any letter, definitive agreement, instrument, put option, scheme of arrangement or similar arrangement in relation to such Applicable Transaction (unilateral, conditional or otherwise), (b) the date that any commitment, offer, announcement, communication or declaration (unilateral, conditional, or otherwise) with respect to such Applicable Transaction is made or received, (c) the date that any notice, which may be revocable or conditional, of any repayment, repurchase or refinancing of any relevant Indebtedness is given to the holders of such Indebtedness, (d) the date of consummation, Incurrence, payment or receipt of payment in respect of the Applicable Transaction, (e) any other date determined in accordance with this Agreement or any other date relevant to the Applicable Transaction determined by Holdings in good faith.

Applicable Time” means, with respect to any Borrowings and payments in any Alternate Currency, the local time in the place of settlement for such Alternate Currency as may be determined by the Administrative Agent to be necessary for timely settlement on the relevant date in accordance with normal banking procedures in the place of payment.

Applicant Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.27(b).

 

8


Approved Appraiser” means the Administrative Agent’s internal auditors, Great American Group, Gordon Brothers, Hilco Valuation Services, FTI, KPMG, Tiger or any other appraiser or consultant approved in writing by the Borrowers (such approval not be unreasonably withheld), provided that during the continuance of an Event of Default, any other appraiser selected by the Administrative Agent in consultation with, but without the consent of, the Borrowers shall constitute an Approved Appraiser.

Approved Fund” means, with respect to any Lender, any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities and is administered, advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) any Affiliate of such Lender or (c) any entity or any Affiliate of any entity that administers, advises or manages such Lender.

Approved List” has the meaning given to such term in the Senior Facilities Agreement.

Arrangers” means Goldman, Credit Suisse Loan Funding LLC, Credit Suisse (Deutschland) Aktiengesellschaft, Citibank, N.A. London Branch, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft and Crédit Agricole Corporation and Investment Bank Deutschland, Niederlassung Einer Französischen Société Anonyme as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners.

Asset Disposition” means:

 

  (a)

the voluntary sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case other than Capital Stock of Holdings) (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

 

  (b)

the issuance, sale, transfer or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 6.01 or directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions,

in each case, other than:

 

  (i)

a disposition by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (ii)

a disposition of cash or Cash Equivalent Investments;

 

  (iii)

a disposition of inventory, receivables, trading stock, equipment or other assets (including Settlement Assets) in the ordinary course of business or held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business, including any disposition of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations;

 

9


  (iv)

a disposition of obsolete, worn-out, uneconomic, damaged, retired or surplus property, equipment, facilities or other assets or property, equipment or other assets that are no longer economically practical or commercially desirable to maintain or used or useful in the business of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries whether now or hereafter owned or leased or acquired in connection with an acquisition or used or useful in the conduct of the business of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including by ceasing to enforce, allowing the lapse, abandonment or invalidation of or discontinuing the use or maintenance of or putting into the public domain any intellectual property that is, in the reasonable judgment of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries, no longer used or useful, or economically practicable to maintain, or in respect of which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary determines in its reasonable judgment that such action or inaction is desirable);

 

  (v)

transactions permitted under Section 6.06, Section 6.07, Section 6.08 or Section 6.09, the Transaction or a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control;

 

  (vi)

a disposition, issuance, sale or transfer of Capital Stock (A) by a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or to another Restricted Subsidiary or as part of or pursuant to an equity-based, equity-linked, profit sharing or performance based, incentive or compensation plan approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings or (B) relating to directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to individuals as required by applicable law;

 

  (vii)

any dispositions of Capital Stock, properties or assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by Holdings) not exceeding the greater of (x) €37,630,000 and (y) an amount equal to 17.5% of LTM EBITDA;

 

  (viii)

any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described under Section 6.04 and the making of any Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment;

 

  (ix)

dispositions in connection with Liens not prohibited by Section 6.02;

 

  (x)

dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements or any sale of assets received by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary upon the foreclosure of a Lien granted in favour of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

10


  (xi)

conveyances, sales, transfers, licenses or sublicenses, lease or assignment or other dispositions of intellectual property rights, software or other general intangibles and licenses, sub-licenses, leases or subleases of other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business pursuant to a research or development agreement in which the counterparty to such agreement receives a license in the intellectual property or software that result from such agreement;

 

  (xii)

the lease, assignment, license, sublease or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (xiii)

foreclosure, condemnation, forced dispositions, taking by eminent domain or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets;

 

  (xiv)

the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

 

  (xv)

any issuance or sale of Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any other disposition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary;

 

  (xvi)

any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a person (other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

 

  (xvii)

dispositions of property to the extent:

 

  (A)

that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased;

 

  (B)

that the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased); or

 

  (C)

allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code (or any similar provision under applicable tax law) and constituting any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

  (xviii)

any disposition of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets, or participations therein, in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, or the disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business;

 

11


  (xix)

any disposition pursuant to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction or any other financing transaction with respect to property constructed, acquired, replaced, repaired or improved (including any reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or development of real property) by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including asset securitizations, permitted by this Agreement;

 

  (xx)

dispositions of Investments in joint ventures or similar entities to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the parties to such joint venture set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

  (xxi)

any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release, surrender or waiver of contractual, tort, litigation or other claims of any kind;

 

  (xxii)

the unwinding or termination of any Banking Services or Hedging Obligations;

 

  (xxiii)

the disposition of any assets made in connection with the approval of any applicable antitrust authority or otherwise necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of Holdings to consummate any acquisition; and

 

  (xxiv)

a disposition of property or assets if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions and the Net Available Cash from such disposition is used to make a Restricted Payment.

in each case provided that in the event that a transaction (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of a permitted Asset Disposition and would also be a Permitted Investment or an Investment permitted under Section 6.04 Holdings, in its sole discretion, will be entitled to divide and classify such transaction (or a portion thereof) as an Asset Disposition and/or one or more of the types of Permitted Investments or Investments permitted under Section 6.04.

Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.05), and accepted by the Administrative Agent in the form of Exhibit A or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by use of an electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent and the German Parent Borrower.

Associate” means (i) any person engaged in a Similar Business of which Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries are the legal and beneficial owners of between 20% and 50% of all outstanding Voting Stock and (ii) any joint venture entered into by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

12


Auditors” means any firm of independent accountants appointed by Holdings as its auditors from time to time.

Authorization” means an authorization, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarization or registration, in each case required by any applicable law or regulation.

Availability Period” means the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of (x) the Maturity Date and (y) the date of termination of all of the Commitments.

Available Amount” has the meaning given to such term in the Senior Facilities Agreement (as of the date hereof) other than any amount included in the Available Amount based on Retained Excess Cash (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement (as of the date hereof)) minus an amount equal to the sum of (i) Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 6.04(b)(xvii)(B), plus (ii) the redemption, defeasance, repurchase, exchange or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary Indebtedness made pursuant to Section 6.04(b)(xix)(B).

Average Historical Excess Availability” means, on the applicable Adjustment Date, the quotient, expressed as a percentage obtained by dividing (a) the average daily Excess Availability for the Financial Quarter immediately preceding such Adjustment Date by (b) the average daily Line Cap for such Financial Quarter. In determining “Average Historical Excess Availability”, the Borrowing Base as of any day shall be calculated by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to such day pursuant to Section 5.03(a).

Average Utilization” means, on the applicable Adjustment Date, the quotient expressed as a percentage obtained by dividing (a) the average daily Outstanding Amount of the Total Revolving Credit Exposure (excluding for this purpose any Swingline Exposure) for the Financial Quarter immediately preceding such Adjustment Date by (b) the average daily Aggregate Commitments (other than Commitments of Defaulting Lenders) for such Financial Quarter.

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

Bank Levy” shall mean any amount payable by any Secured Party or any of its Affiliates on the basis of, or in relation to, its balance sheet or capital base or any part of that person or its liabilities or minimum regulatory capital or any combination thereof (including the UK bank levy as set out in the Finance Act 2011, the French taxe pour le financement du fonds de soutien aux

 

13


collectivités territoriales as set out in Article 235 ter ZE bis of the French tax code (Code Général des Impôts), the German bank levy as set out in the German Restructuring Fund Act 2010 (Restrukturierungsfondsgesetz), the Dutch bankenbelasting as set out in the Dutch bank levy act (Wet bankenbelasting), the Austrian bank levy as set out in the Austrian Stability Duty Act (Stabilitätsgesetz), the Spanish bank levy (Impuesto sobre los Depósitos en las Entidades de Crédito) as set out in the Law 16/2012 of 27 December 2012, the Swedish bank levy as set out in the Swedish Precautionary Support Act (Sw. lag (2015:1017) om förebyggande statligt stöd till kreditinstitut) (as amended)) and any other levy or tax in any jurisdiction levied on a similar basis or for a similar purpose or any financial activities taxes (or other taxes) of a kind contemplated in the European Commission consultation paper on financial sector taxation dated 22 February 2011 or the Single Resolution Mechanism established by EU Regulation 806/2014 of July 15, 2014 which has been enacted or which has been formally announced as proposed as at the date of this Agreement or (if applicable) in respect of any Lender which is not a Lender as at the date of this Agreement, as at the date that Lender accedes as a Lender to this Agreement.

Banking Services” means each and any of the following bank services provided to any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: commercial credit cards, stored value cards, purchasing cards, treasury management services, netting services, overdraft protections, check drawing services, automated payment services (including depository, overdraft, controlled disbursement, ACH transactions, return items and interstate depository network services), employee credit card programs, cash pooling services, electronic fund transfer services, daylight or overnight draft facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services, cash management services, and any arrangements or services similar to any of the foregoing and/or otherwise in connection with cash management and Deposit Accounts.

Banking Services Obligations” means any and all obligations of any Loan Party, whether absolute or contingent and however and whenever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor) (a) under any arrangement that is in effect on the Closing Date between any Loan Party and a counterparty that is (or is an Affiliate of) the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any Arranger as of the Closing Date or (b) under any arrangement that is entered into after the Closing Date by any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with any counterparty that is (or is an Affiliate of) the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any Arranger at the time such arrangement is entered into, in each case in connection with Banking Services; it being understood that each counterparty thereto shall be deemed hereunder (A) to appoint the Administrative Agent as its agent under the applicable Loan Documents and (B) to agree to be bound by the provisions of Article 8, Section 9.03 and Section 9.10 and the Intercreditor Agreements as if it were a Lender; provided, however, that for any of the foregoing to be included as a Secured Obligation for purposes of a distribution under clause “Seventh” of Section 2.18(b), the applicable Secured Party and the Borrowers shall have previously provided written notice to the Administrative Agent of the existence of the applicable Banking Services Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, any “Banking Services Obligation” designated as such pursuant to the Senior Facilities Agreement shall not constitute Banking Services Obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreements).

Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. § 101 et seq.).

 

14


Basel III” means:

(A) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

(B) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

(C) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

Basel IV” means any guidelines and standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision regarding capital requirements, leverage ratio and liquidity standards applicable to banks, following Basel III.

Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

Blocked Account Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(a).

Blocked Accounts” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(a).

Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the U.S.

Board of Directors” means (a) with respect to Holdings or any company or corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of that company or corporation, or any duly authorized committee thereof, (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the sole member, sole manager, board of managers or other governing body, as applicable, of that limited liability company, or any duly authorized committee thereof, (c) with respect to any partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of that partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof, except if a manager or a board of managers have been appointed in accordance with the constitutional documents of such partnership, in which case paragraph (a) above shall apply; and with respect to any other person, the board or any duly authorized committee of that person serving a similar function.

 

15


Whenever any provision requires any action or determination to be made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a majority of the directors or equivalent (excluding employee representatives, if any) on any such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is taken as part of a formal board meeting (or equivalent) or as a formal board approval (or equivalent)).

Bona Fide Debt Fund” means with respect to any Industry Competitor or any Affiliate thereof, any debt fund, investment vehicle, regulated bank entity or unregulated lending entity that is (a) primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are primarily engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business for financial investment purposes and (b) managed, sponsored or advised by any person that is controlling, controlled by or under common control with the relevant Industry Competitor or Affiliate thereof, but only to the extent that no personnel involved with the investment in the relevant Industry Competitor (i) makes (or has the right to make or participate with others in making) investment decisions on behalf of, or otherwise cause the direction of the investment policies of, such debt fund, investment vehicle, regulated bank entity or unregulated entity or (ii) has access to any information (other than information that is publicly available) relating to Holdings, the Borrowers and/or any entity that forms part of any of their respective businesses (including any of their respective Subsidiaries); it being understood and agreed that the term “Bona Fide Debt Fund” shall not include any Disqualified Lender that qualifies under clauses (a) and (b) of such definition, or any Affiliate of any such Disqualified Lender qualifying under clause (a) of such definition, that is reasonably identifiable as an Affiliate of such Disqualified Lender on the basis of such Affiliate’s name.

Borrower Materials” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.01(d).

Borrowers” means collectively (a) the German Parent Borrower, (b) the U.S. Borrower, and (c) any Additional Borrower.

Borrowing” means any (a) Revolving Loans of the same Type and Class made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, (b) Swingline Loan, (c) Protective Advance or (d) Overadvance.

Borrowing Base” means, at any time of calculation,

(a) the sum of the following as set forth in the most recently delivered Borrowing Base Certificate:

i. (x) 90% multiplied by the value of the Eligible Credit Card Receivables and the Eligible Investment Grade Receivables and (y) 85% multiplied by the value of the Eligible Accounts Receivable at such time; plus

ii. the lesser of (x) 85% multiplied by the Net Orderly Liquidation Value of the Eligible Inventory and the Eligible In-Transit Inventory at such time and (y) 75% multiplied by the cost of the Eligible Inventory and the Eligible In-Transit Inventory at such time, provided that Eligible In-Transit Inventory shall not comprise more than €20,000,000 of the Borrowing Base; plus

 

16


iii. the lesser of (x) 85% multiplied by the Net Orderly Liquidation Value of the Eligible Raw Materials Inventory at such time and (y) 75% multiplied by the cost of the Eligible Raw Materials Inventory at such time; plus

iv. 100% of Qualified Cash of the Loan Parties; minus

(b) the amount of all Reserves then applicable to the Borrowing Base in effect at such time.

Borrowings against the Borrowing Base will be bifurcated between each German Borrower and the U.S. Borrower and limited for each German Borrower by its own German Sub-Borrowing Base and the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base, respectively and calculated as applicable on either a Borrower by Borrower basis or in the aggregate. Subject to Section 9.27, assets of Loan Parties that are not U.S. Loan Parties or German Loan Parties shall not be included in the Borrowing Base.

The Borrowing Base at any time shall be determined by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.03(a); provided, that (i) until (1) the date of completion and delivery to the Administrative Agent of the Initial Field Exam and Initial Inventory Appraisal and the date at which the Administrative Agent has a perfected security interest in the Collateral comprising the Borrowing Base (other than Collateral in the United States that is of the type in which security interests may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC, which for the avoidance of doubt, shall be perfected as of the Closing Date), the “Borrowing Base” shall be deemed (the “Deemed Borrowing Base”) to be €100,000,000 (allocated €50,000,000 to the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base and €50,000,000 to the aggregate German Sub-Borrowing Base) and (ii) in the event that either the Initial Field Exam or the Initial Inventory Appraisal has not been completed and delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent does not have a perfected security interest in the applicable Collateral comprising the Borrowing Base prior to the 91st day after the Closing Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion not to exceed an additional 45 days without the consent of the Super Majority Lenders), the Deemed Borrowing Base shall equal €0 commencing on the 91st day after the Closing Date until such time as both the Initial Field Exam and the Initial Inventory Appraisal have been completed and delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent has a perfected security interest in the applicable Collateral comprising the Borrowing Base; provided, the failure to complete and deliver to the Administrative Agent the Initial Field Exam and/or the Initial Inventory Appraisal or provide the Administrative Agent with a perfected security interest in the applicable Collateral comprising the Borrowing Base prior to the Closing Date or the 91st day after the Closing Date shall not result in a Default or Event of Default. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Initial Field Exam and Initial Inventory Appraisal with respect to the non-German Loan Parties has been completed and delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent has a perfected security interest in the non-German Collateral comprising the Borrowing Base, the Deemed Borrowing Base will be replaced by the actual Borrowing Base with respect to such Loan Parties and continue with respect to the German Borrowers who will continue to have a deemed €25,000,000 German Sub-Borrowing Base until the earlier of such time as both the Initial Field Exam and the Initial Inventory Appraisal have been completed and delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent has a perfected security interest in the German Collateral comprising the Borrowing Base and the 91st day after the Closing Date (or such longer period as the

 

17


Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion not to exceed an additional 45 days without the consent of the Super Majority Lenders). In connection with any Subject Acquisition, the Borrowers may submit a Borrowing Base Certificate reflecting a calculation of the Borrowing Base that includes Eligible Accounts Receivable, Eligible Credit Card Receivables, Eligible Investment Grade Receivables, (collectively the “Acquired Eligible Accounts Receivable”), Eligible Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory and Eligible Raw Materials Inventory (collectively the “Acquired Eligible Inventory”) acquired in connection with such Subject Acquisition and, from and after the Acquisition Date, the Borrowing Base hereunder shall be calculated giving effect thereto; provided that prior to the completion and delivery to the Administrative Agent of the applicable field examination or inventory appraisal with respect to such Acquired Eligible Accounts Receivable or Acquired Eligible Inventory, such adjustment to the Borrowing Base shall be limited to (1) from the date such Subject Acquisition is consummated (the “Acquisition Date”) and for each subsequent Borrowing Base Certificate for the Borrowing Base that is required to be delivered after the Acquisition Date and prior to the date that is 90 days after the Acquisition Date, the sum of (x) 70% multiplied by such Acquired Eligible Accounts Receivable and (y) the lesser of (i) 70% multiplied by the Net Orderly Liquidation Value of such Acquired Eligible Inventory and (ii) 60% multiplied by the cost of Acquired Eligible Inventory, (2) thereafter through the date that is 180 days after the Acquisition Date (or such later date as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion), the Borrowing Base shall include (x) 55% of such Acquired Eligible Accounts Receivable and (y) the lesser of (i) 55% multiplied by the Net Orderly Liquidation Value of such Acquired Eligible Inventory and (ii) 45% multiplied by the cost of the Acquired Eligible Inventory and (3) thereafter, no such adjustment to the Borrowing Base shall be made; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing in no event shall the sum of Eligible In-Transit Inventory plus Acquired Eligible Inventory that constitutes Eligible In-Transit Inventory comprise more than €20,000,000 of the Borrowing Base. Assets of Loan Parties that are Subsidiaries organized in jurisdiction other than the United States, Germany, the United Kingdom and Canada shall be included in the Borrowing Base solely pursuant to amendments to this Agreement which comply with customary asset based documentation for the applicable jurisdiction as may be agreed by the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders following the designation of any such Subsidiary as an Additional Loan Party and absent such amendments to this Agreement agreed to by the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, no such assets of such Subsidiary shall be so included (it being understood and agreed that the parties hereto shall endeavor in good faith to so amend this Agreement promptly following a request by the Borrowers to do so as long as such Subsidiary is in a jurisdiction in respect of which the Administrative Agent and the Lenders customarily make asset based loans).

Borrowing Base Certificate” means a certificate from an Officer of the German Parent Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit M, as such form, subject to the terms hereof, may from time to time be modified as agreed by the German Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent or such other form which is acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

Borrowing Request” means a request by the German Parent Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03 and substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 or such other form that is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent).

 

18


British Pounds Sterling” or “£” means the lawful money of the United Kingdom.

Business Day” means:

(a) any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, Frankfurt am Main (Germany), London (U.K.), Luxembourg and/or New York City (U.S.);

(b) if such day relates to any interest rate setting, any funding, disbursement, settlement and/or payments in any Applicable Currency in respect of such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan or any other dealing in any Applicable Currency to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan, any such day described in clause (a) above that is also a London Banking Day; and

(c) if such day relates to any interest rate setting as to any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency, any funding, disbursement, settlement and/or payment in such Alternate Currency in respect of such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Letter of Credit or any other dealing in such Alternate Currency to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Letter of Credit, any such day described in clause (a) above which is also a London Banking Day.

Buy-Side Report” has the meaning assigned to such term in Schedule 4.02

Capital Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

Capital Stock” of any person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase or acquire, warrants, options or depositary receipts for, or other equivalents of, or partnership or other interests in (however designated), equity of such person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity.

Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes on the basis of GAAP. The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined on the basis of GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

Carry Back Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.17(w)(i).

Carry Forward Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.17(w)(i).

Cash” means money, currency or a credit balance in any Deposit Account, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Dominion Period” means:

 

19


  (a)

each period during which a Specified Default has occurred and is continuing; and

 

  (b)

each period during which a Liquidity Condition is continuing.

Cash Equivalents” means:

 

  (a)

Australian Dollars, Canadian dollars, Euros, Japanese Yen, Swiss Francs, UK pounds, US Dollars or any national currency of any member state of the EU or any other foreign currency held by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (b)

securities or other direct obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of Australia, Canada, Japan, Norway, Switzerland, the UK or the U.S., the EU or any member state of the EU on the Acquisition Closing Date or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of such country or such member state is pledged in support thereof), with maturities of twenty four (24) months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

  (c)

certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender or by any bank or trust company:

 

  (i)

whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “F1” or the equivalent thereof by Fitch or at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization); or

 

  (ii)

(in the event that the bank or trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess of €250,000,000;

 

  (d)

repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in paragraphs(b), (c) and (g) of this definition entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in paragraph (c) above;

 

  (e)

securities with maturities of one (1) year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any person referenced in paragraph (c) above;

 

  (f)

commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by a bank meeting the qualifications specified in paragraph (c) above (or by the Parent Entity thereof) maturing within one (1) year after the date of creation thereof or any commercial paper and variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by a corporation rated at least “A-1” or higher by S&P or at least “F1” or the equivalent thereof by Fitch or “P-1” or higher by Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by Holdings) maturing within one (1) year after the date of creation thereof;

 

20


  (g)

interests in any investment company, money market, enhanced high yield fund or other investment fund which invests 90% or more of its assets in instruments of the types specified in paragraphs (a) through (f) above; and

 

  (h)

for purposes of sub-paragraph (ii) of the definition of “Asset Disposition”, the marketable securities portfolio owned by Holdings and its Subsidiaries on the Acquisition Closing Date.

Cash Equivalent Investments” means at any time when held by a member of the Group or the Target Group (as applicable), any Cash Equivalents, Temporary Cash Investments or Investment Grade Securities and (without double counting):

 

  (a)

debt securities or other investments in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by an Acceptable Nation or any agency thereof and having not more than one (1) year to final maturity;

 

  (b)

certificates of deposit maturing within one (1) year after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank;

 

  (c)

any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by any government of any Acceptable Nation, maturing within one (1) year after the relevant date of calculation and not convertible or exchangeable to any other security;

 

  (d)

commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security:

 

  (i)

for which a recognised trading market exists;

 

  (ii)

which matures within one (1) year after the relevant date of calculation; and

 

  (iii)

which has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P or F1 or higher by Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody’s, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its short term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating;

 

  (e)

bills of exchange issued in any Acceptable Nation or, in each case, any agency thereof and eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or their dematerialised equivalent);

 

  (f)

any investment which:

 

  (i)

is an investment in money market funds:

 

  (A)

with a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P or F1 or higher by Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody’s; or

 

21


  (B)

which invests substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to (e) above;

 

  (ii)

is any other money market investment (including repurchase agreements) and substantially all of the assets or collateral in respect of that investment have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P or F1 or higher by Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody’s; or

 

  (iii)

can be turned into cash on not more than thirty (30) days’ notice; or

 

  (g)

any other debt security approved by the Required Lenders (each acting reasonably and in good faith),

in each case, to which any member of the Group or member of the Target Group (as applicable) is alone (or together with other members of the Group or Target Group (as applicable)) beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or Target Group (as applicable) or subject to any Security (other than a Permitted Lien).

Centre of Main Interests” means the “centre of main interests” as such term is used in Article 3(1) of the EU Insolvency Regulation.

CFC” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Internal Revenue Code that is owned (within the meaning of Section 958(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) by a member of the Group that is a “United States Shareholder” (as defined in Section 951(b) of the Internal Revenue Code).

CFC Holdco” means any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock or Indebtedness of one or more CFCs or CFC Holdcos.

Change in Law” means (a) the adoption of any law, treaty, rule or regulation after the Closing Date, (b) any change in any law, treaty, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or (c) compliance by any Lender or any Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.15(b), by any lending office of such Lender or such Issuing Bank or by such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the Closing Date (other than any such request, guideline or directive to comply with any law, rule or regulation that was in effect on the Closing Date). For purposes of this definition and Section 2.15, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith or in implementation thereof and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or U.S. or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, Basel IV or CRD IV, shall in each case described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above, be deemed to be a Change in Law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented.

 

22


Change of Control” means

(a) Holdings becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Closing Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, being or becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Closing Date) of more than fifty (50) per cent. of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings, other than in connection with any transaction or series of transactions in which Holdings shall become the wholly owned subsidiary of a Parent Entity so long as no person or group, as noted above, other than a Permitted Holder, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent Entity;

(b) Topco ceasing to directly own 100% of the total issued share capital of Holdings (or, in each case, any successor entity as a result of a merger permitted by this Agreement); or

(c) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Group taken as a whole to a person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders,

provided that notwithstanding the foregoing (A) a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control solely as a result of Holdings becoming an indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of a Holding Company if (1) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such Holding Company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of Holdings’ Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (2) immediately following that transaction no person (other than a Holding Company satisfying the requirements of sub-paragraph (1) above) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such Holding Company, (B) the right to acquire Voting Stock (so long as such person does not have the right to direct the voting of the Voting Stock subject to such right) or any veto power in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Voting Stock will not be deemed to cause a party to be a beneficial owner, (C) a Permitted Transaction under paragraph (a), (d) or (l) thereof shall not constitute a Change of Control and (D) any shares issued to a Roll-Up Investor (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) shall not constitute a Change of Control.

Charge” means any fee, loss, charge, expense, cost, accrual or reserve of any kind.

Charged Amounts” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.20.

Charged Property” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Chattel Paper” has the meaning provided in the UCC along with terms of like definition in other jurisdictions, as the context may require.

Class”, when used with respect to (a) any Revolving Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Revolving Loan, or the Revolving Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Initial Revolving Loans or Additional Revolving Loans of any series established as a separate “Class” pursuant to Section 2.23, (b) any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is an Initial Commitment or an Additional Commitment of any series established as a separate “Class” pursuant to Section 2.23, (c) any Lender, refers to whether such Lender has a Revolving Loan or Commitment of a particular Class and (d) any Revolving Credit Exposure, refers to whether such Revolving Credit Exposure is attributable to a Commitment or Revolving Loans of a particular Class.

 

23


Clean-up Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.

Closing Date” means the first date on which both (i) the Acquisition Closing Date has occurred and (ii) the first Utilisation (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) of Facility B has been made to complete the Acquisition.

Closing Date Fee Letter” means that certain ABL Facility Fee Letter, dated as of April 28, 2021, by and among, inter alios, Holdings and the Administrative Agent, as amended from time to time.

Closing Overfunding” means the aggregate amount invested in Holdings or the German Parent Borrower (without double-counting) by way of Equity Contribution on or around the Closing Date and identified as “Closing Overfunding” or similar in the Funds Flow Statement, plus (without double-counting) the amount of cash on the balance sheet of the Group (including the Target Group) as at the Closing Date (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any cash attributable (as determined by Holdings (acting reasonably)) to amounts invested Holdings or the German Parent Borrower (as applicable) by way of Equity Contribution or the proceeds from any Topco Notes or any other Indebtedness that are applied by Holdings or the German Parent Borrower (as applicable) on the Closing Date towards (i) the payment of cash consideration to the Vendor under the Acquisition Agreement, (ii) the refinancing of existing Indebtedness of the Target Group or (iii) the payment of costs, fees or expenses in connection with the Transaction).

Co-Borrower Requirements” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.27(b).

Co-Collateral Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Collateral” means any and all property of any Loan Party subject (or purported to be subject) to a Lien under any Collateral Document and any and all other property of any Loan Party, now existing or hereafter acquired, that is or becomes subject (or purported to be subject) to a Lien pursuant to any Collateral Document to secure the Secured Obligations.

Collateral Documents” means, collectively, (i) the Security Agreement, (ii) the German Security Agreements, (iii) [reserved], (iv) each Blocked Account Agreement, (v) any supplement to any of the foregoing delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Agreed Security Principles and (vi) each other document and/or instrument pursuant to which any Loan Party grants (or purports to grant) a Lien on any Collateral as security for payment of the Secured Obligations.

Commercial Letter of Credit” means any Letter of Credit issued for the purpose of providing the primary payment mechanism in connection with the purchase of any materials, goods or services by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business of such Person.

 

24


Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s Initial Commitment and Additional Commitment, as applicable, in effect as of such time.

Commitment Fee Rate” means, on any date, with respect to the Initial Commitments, the applicable rate per annum set forth below based upon the Average Utilization; provided that until the first Adjustment Date following the first full Financial Quarter after the Closing Date, the “Commitment Fee Rate” shall be the applicable rate per annum set forth below in Level II:

 

Level

   Average Utilization     Commitment Fee Rate  

I

     ≥ 50     0.25

II

     < 50     0.375

The Commitment Fee Rate shall be adjusted quarterly on a prospective basis on each Adjustment Date based upon the Average Utilization as of such Adjustment Date.

Commitment Schedule” means the Schedule attached hereto as Schedule 1.01(a).

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.).

Compliance Certificate” means a Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

Concentration Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(a).

Confidential Information” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.13.

Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profit Taxes.

Consolidated Capital Expenditures” means expenditures made or liabilities incurred for the acquisition of any fixed assets or improvements, replacements, substitutions or additions thereto, which, in accordance with GAAP, would be required to be capitalized and shown on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, including the total principal portion of Capitalized Lease Obligations, but excluding:

(a) expenditures made in connection with the replacement, substitution, restoration, upgrade, development or repair of assets to the extent financed (i) from insurance or settlement proceeds (or other similar recoveries) paid on account of the loss of or damage to the assets being replaced, substituted, restored, upgraded, developed or repaired, (ii) with cash awards of compensation arising from the taking by eminent domain or condemnation of the assets being replaced, (iii) with cash proceeds of dispositions that are reinvested in accordance with this Agreement and (iv) by the trade-in amount of existing equipment solely to the extent that the gross amount of the purchase price of equipment acquired substantially contemporaneously therewith is reduced by such trade-in amount,

 

25


(b) expenditures made to fund the purchase price for assets acquired in Permitted Acquisitions or pursuant to other Investments permitted hereunder,

(c) expenditures financed with the proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock of Holdings, or a capital contribution to the Borrowers,

(d) expenditures that are accounted for as capital expenditures by the Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries and that actually are paid for by a Person other than the Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent neither the Borrowers nor any of its Subsidiaries has provided or is required to provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation to such Person or any other Person (whether before, during or after such period), and

(e) any expenditures which are contractually required to be, and are, advanced or reimbursed to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in Cash by a third party (including landlords) during such period of calculation.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense and capitalized fees, including amortization or write-off of (i) intangible assets and non-cash organization costs, (ii) deferred financing and debt issuance fees, costs and expenses, (iii) capitalized expenditures (including capitalized software expenditures), customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, media development costs, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs, the amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par and amortization of favorable or unfavorable lease assets or liabilities and (iv) capitalized fees related to any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP and any write down of assets or asset value carried on the balance sheet.

Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period:

 

  (a)

increased (without duplication) by:

 

  (i)

provision for taxes based on income or profits, revenue or capital, including federal, state, provincial, territorial, local, foreign, unitary, excise, property, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding and similar taxes of such person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations (including any additions to such taxes, and any penalties and interest with respect thereto), deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (ii)

Interest Charges of such person for such period, including:

 

  (A)

net losses on any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate, currency or commodities risk;

 

26


  (B)

bank fees and other financing fees; and

 

  (C)

costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, plus amounts excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to paragraphs (a)(A) through (a)(I) thereof,

in each case to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (iii)

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (iv)

any:

 

  (A)

Transaction Expenses; and

 

  (B)

any fees, costs, expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense) related to any actual, proposed or contemplated Equity Offering (including any expense relating to enhanced accounting functions or other transactions costs associated with becoming a public company), Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the Incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful),

in each case including such fees, expenses or charges (including rating agency fees and related expenses) related to the Revolving Facility, the Senior Secured Facilities, any Senior Secured Notes, any Topco Notes, any other Credit Facility, any Receivables Facility, any Securitization Facility, any other Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this Agreement or any Equity Offering and any amendment, waiver or other modification of any of the foregoing, in each case, whether or not consummated, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (v)

the amount of any:

 

  (A)

restructuring charge, accrual or reserve (and adjustments to existing reserves), transaction or integration cost or other business optimization expense or cost (including charges directly related to the implementation of cost-savings initiatives) that is deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions or divestitures after the Closing Date, including those related to any severance, retention, signing bonuses, relocation, recruiting and other employee related costs, internal costs in respect of strategic initiatives and curtailments or modifications to pension

 

27


  and post-retirement employment benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities), operational and technology systems development and establishment costs, future lease commitments and costs related to the opening, pre-opening, abandonment, disposal, discontinuation and closure and/or consolidation of facilities and to exiting lines of business and consulting fees incurred with any of the foregoing; and

 

  (B)

fees, costs and expenses associated with acquisition related litigation and settlements thereof; plus

 

  (vi)

any other non-cash charges, write-downs, expenses, losses or items reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period including any impairment charges or the impact of purchase accounting; provided that if any such non-cash charge, write-down or item to the extent it represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period then the cash payment in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA when paid or other items classified by Holdings as special items less other non-cash items of income increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents a receipt of cash in any future period); plus

 

  (vii)

the amount of board of director fees, management, monitoring, advisory, consulting, refinancing, subsequent transaction, advisory and exit fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to any member of the Board of Directors of Holdings, any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate of a Permitted Holder to the extent not prohibited by Section 6.03; plus

 

  (viii)

the “run rate” adjustment required to give effect to synergies, cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges, operating cost improvements, operating improvements, revenue increases, revenue enhancements or other adjustments, similar initiatives or effects of synergies (together, being “Synergies”) that have been realized (in full or in part) for some, but not all, of such period and that are related to any acquisition (including under a letter of intent), disposition, divestiture, restructuring, new or revised contract, information and technology systems establishment, modernization or modification or the implementation of any operating improvements, efficiency or cost savings initiative or any other adjustments or similar initiatives, as applicable, as if such Synergies had been realized from the first day of such period and during the entirety of such period (which adjustments, without double counting, may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to Section 1.17); net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; plus

 

28


  (ix)

the pro forma adjustment (whether on a “run rate” basis or otherwise) for Synergies that are expected (in good faith) to be realized as a result of actions taken or committed or expected to be taken in relation to any acquisition (including under a letter of intent), disposition, divestiture, restructuring, new or revised contract, information and technology systems establishment, modernization or modification or the implementation of an operating improvements, efficiency or cost savings initiative or any other adjustments or similar initiative (for the avoidance of doubt, whether or not any action has been taken in relation to the same), calculated on a pro forma basis as if such Synergies had been realized from the first day of such period and during the entirety of such period (which adjustments, without double counting, may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to Section 1.17); plus

 

  (x)

the amount of loss or discount on sale of Securitization Assets, Receivables Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility; plus

 

  (xi)

any costs or expense incurred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any severance agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or Net Cash Proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings; plus

 

  (xii)

cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (b) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

 

  (xiii)

any net loss included in the Consolidated Net Income attributable to non-controlling interests; plus

 

  (xiv)

realized foreign exchange losses resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

 

  (xv)

net realized losses from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives; plus

 

  (xvi)

the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary and any costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related thereto; plus

 

29


  (xvii)

with respect to any joint venture, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in sub-paragraphs (i) and (iii) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to Holdings’ and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Restricted Subsidiary) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (xviii)

earn-out and contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses or otherwise) and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments; plus

 

  (xix)

any net pension or other post-employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognised prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognised net obligation (and loss or cost), and any other items of a similar nature; plus

 

  (xx)

the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of Holdings or any Parent Entity in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to equityholders of such person or its Parent Entities, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were equityholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under this Agreement; plus

 

  (xxi)

to the extent not already otherwise included herein, adjustments and add-backs (including anticipated synergies) for costs or expenses (or, in each case, similar items) made in calculating “pro forma Consolidated EBITDA” (or similar) and/or included in the Management Case, any Report and any other quality of earnings reports provided to the Arrangers prior to the date of this Agreement (as amended, varied, supplemented and/or updated on or prior to the Closing Date), and/or any base case model or quality of earnings report relating to a Permitted Acquisition (including any annexures to such report) prepared by an independent third party and delivered to the Administrative Agent in each case based on the methodology therein; plus

 

  (xxii)

the amount of incremental contract value of the Group that Holdings in good faith reasonably believes would have been realized or achieved as Consolidated EBITDA contribution from (i) increased pricing or volume initiatives and/or (ii) the entry into binding and effective new agreements with new customers or, if generating incremental contract value, new agreements (or amendments to existing agreements) with existing customers (collectively, “New Contracts”) during such period had such New Contracts been effective as of the beginning of such period (including, without limitation, 100% of such incremental contract value attributable to New Contracts that are in excess of (but without duplication of) contract value attributable to New Contracts that has been actually realized as Consolidated EBITDA contribution during such period) as long as such

 

30


  incremental contract value is reasonably identifiable and factually supportable; provided that such incremental contract value shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though the full “run rate” effect of such incremental contract value had been realized as Consolidated EBITDA contributed on the first day of such period, provided further that, any amounts calculated pursuant to this clause (xxii) shall not exceed an amount equal to 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the relevant period after giving effect to all other adjustments permitted by this definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”; plus

 

  (xxiii)

earn out obligations Incurred in connection with any permitted acquisition or other Investment permitted under this Agreement and paid or accrued during such period; plus

 

  (xxiv)

losses, charges and expenses related to the pre-opening and opening of new facilities, and start-up period prior to opening, that are operated, or to be operated, by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; plus

 

  (xxv)

any other items classified by Holdings as extraordinary, one-off, one-time, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring items decreasing Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period; and

decreased (without duplication) by non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

  (a)

consolidated interest expense of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (in each case, determined on the basis of GAAP), to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, including:

 

  (i)

amortization of original issue discount or premium resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par;

 

  (ii)

all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances;

 

  (iii)

non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP);

 

  (iv)

the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations;

 

31


  (v)

net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness; and

 

  (vi)

interest actually paid by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary under any guarantee of Indebtedness or other obligation of any other person,

and excluding:

 

  (A)

Securitization Fees;

 

  (B)

interest and other fees in respect of Receivables Facilities;

 

  (C)

penalties and interest relating to taxes;

 

  (D)

any additional cash interest owing pursuant to any registration rights agreement;

 

  (E)

accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities other than Indebtedness;

 

  (F)

any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting in connection with the Transaction or any acquisition;

 

  (G)

amortization or write-off of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium, terminated Hedging Obligations and other commissions, financing fees and expenses and original issue discount with respect to any Indebtedness the Incurrence of which is permitted by Section 6.01 and, adjusted to the extent included, to exclude any refunds or similar credits received in connection with the purchasing or procurement of goods or services under any purchasing card or similar program;

 

  (H)

any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees; and

 

  (I)

interest with respect to Indebtedness of any parent of such person appearing upon the balance sheet of such person solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP; plus

 

  (b)

consolidated interest expense of any Parent Entity to the extent such interest expense was funded with the proceeds of dividends, distributions or other payments to any Parent Entity pursuant to paragraph Section 6.04(a)(i)(C); plus

 

  (c)

consolidated capitalised interest of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (but excluding any interest capitalised, accrued, accreted or paid in respect of Subordinated Shareholder Funding); less

 

32


  (d)

interest income for such period,

provided that, for purposes of this definition interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any person for any period, the net income (loss) of such person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of GAAP; provided that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

 

  (a)

any net income (loss) of any person if such person is not a Restricted Subsidiary (including any net income (loss) from Investments recorded in such person under the equity method of accounting), except that Holdings equity in the net income of any such person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalent Investments actually distributed or that (as reasonably determined by an Officer of Holdings) could have been distributed by such person during such period to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment;

 

  (b)

any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss), realised upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) or disposed or discontinued operations of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiaries which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by Holdings);

 

  (c)

any extraordinary, exceptional, one-off, one-time, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or expense, including Transaction Expenses or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy or severance expense or relocation costs, one-time compensation charges, integration and facilities’ opening costs and other business optimization expenses and operating improvements (including related to new product introductions and the build-out, renovation and expansion of facilities), systems development and establishment costs, accruals or reserves (including restructuring and integration costs related to acquisitions after the Closing Date and adjustments to existing reserves), whether or not classified as restructuring expense on the consolidated financial statements, signing costs, retention or completion bonuses, transition costs, losses related to closure/consolidation or disruption of facilities, losses associated with temporary decreases in work volume and expenses related to maintaining underutilised personnel and facilities (to the extent such disruption of facilities, temporary decreases in work volume and/or underutilised personnel and facilities are the result of an extraordinary, exceptional, one-off, one-time, unusual or nonrecurring event or circumstance), internal costs in respect of strategic initiatives and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities), litigation, contract terminations and professional and consulting fees incurred with any of the foregoing;

 

33


  (d)

the cumulative effect of a change in law, regulation or accounting principles;

 

  (e)

any:

 

  (i)

non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions or on the re-valuation of any benefit plan obligation; and

 

  (ii)

income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts;

 

  (f)

all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness;

 

  (g)

any unrealised gains or losses in respect of any Hedging Obligations or other financial instruments or any ineffectiveness recognised in earnings related to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognised in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of any Hedging Obligations;

 

  (h)

any fees, charges and expenses (including any transaction or retention bonus or similar payment) incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, reorganization, restructuring, disposition of assets or securities, issuance or repayment or redemption of Indebtedness, issuance of Capital Stock, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful;

 

  (i)

any unrealised or realised foreign currency translation increases or decreases or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such person, and any unrealised foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and any unrealised or realised foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies;

 

  (j)

any unrealised or realised gain or loss due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects, determined in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (k)

any recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting effects, including, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any consummated acquisition (including the Transaction), or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development);

 

34


  (l)

any impairment charge, write-off or write-down, including impairment charges, write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, goodwill, investments in debt or equity securities (including any losses with respect to the foregoing in bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings) and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP;

 

  (m)

any effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;

 

  (n)

accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted (including any adjustment of estimated pay-outs on existing earn-outs) that are so required to be established as a result of the Transaction in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies;

 

  (o)

any costs associated with the Transaction;

 

  (p)

any non-cash expenses, accruals or reserves related to adjustments to historical tax exposures and any deferred tax expense associated with tax deductions or net operating losses arising as a result of the Transaction, or the release of any valuation allowances related to such item;

 

  (q)

any:

 

  (i)

payments to third parties in respect of research and development, including amounts paid upon signing, success, completion and other milestones and other progress payments, to the extent expensed; and

 

  (ii)

effects of adjustments to accruals and reserves during a period relating to any change in the methodology of calculating reserves for returns, rebates and other chargebacks (including government program rebates);

 

  (r)

any net gain (or loss) from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations and any net gain (or loss) on disposal of disposed, discontinued or abandoned operations; and

 

  (s)

the impact of capitalised, accrued or accreting or pay-in-kind interest or principal on Subordinated Shareholder Funding,

provided that, in addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include:

 

35


  (A)

any expenses and charges that are reimbursed by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder, or, so long as Holdings has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed and only to the extent that such amount is:

 

  (1)

not denied by the applicable payor in writing within one hundred and eighty (180) days; and

 

  (2)

in fact reimbursed within three hundred and sixty five (365) days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within three hundred and sixty five (365) days); and

 

  (B)

to the extent covered by insurance (including business interruption insurance) and actually reimbursed, or, so long as Holdings has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is:

 

  (1)

not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within one hundred and eighty (180) days; and

 

  (2)

in fact reimbursed within three hundred and sixty five (365) days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within three hundred and sixty five (365) days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption.

Consolidated Total Assets” means, as to any Person at any date, all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the applicable Person at such date.

Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any person, any obligation of such person guaranteeing in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, any operating lease, dividend or other obligation that does not constitute Indebtedness (primary obligations) of any other person (the “Primary Obligor”), including any obligation of such person, whether or not contingent (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment or any such primary obligation or to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the Primary Obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the Primary Obligor or (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

36


Contract Right” has the meaning provided in the UCC along with terms of like definition in other jurisdictions, as the context may require.

Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Controlled Investment Affiliate” means, as to any person, any other person, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person and is organised by such person (or any person controlling such person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in Holdings and/or other companies.

Copyright” means any and all copyrights throughout the world, including the following: (a) all rights and interests in copyrights, works protectable by copyright whether published or unpublished, copyright registrations, copyright applications and other rights in works of authorship (including all copyrights embodied in software); (b) all renewals of any of the foregoing; (c) all income, royalties, damages, and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable under any of the foregoing, including damages or payments for past or future infringements for any of the foregoing; (d) the right to sue for past, present, and future infringements of any of the foregoing; and (e) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing.

Covenant Trigger Period” means the period (a) commencing on the day the sum of (x) Excess Availability and (y) the amount (if any, and not to be less than 0) by which (1) the Borrowing Base exceeds (2) the Aggregate Commitments at such time (not to exceed 5% of the Aggregate Commitments) (the “Specified Excess Availability”) is less than the greater of (x) 10.0% of the Line Cap at such time and (y) €20,000,000 and (b) continuing until the end of the first period of 30 consecutive days at all times during which Specified Excess Availability for each day during such 30-day period has been greater than or equal to the greater of (x) 10.0% of the Line Cap at such time and (y) €20,000,000.

CRD IV” means CRD IV UK and CRD IV EU.

CRD IV EU” means:

(A) Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms; and (B) Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 20l3 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC.

CRD IV UK” means:

(A) Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms as it forms part of domestic law of the United Kingdom by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal Act) 2018 (the “Withdrawal Act”);

 

37


(B) the law of the UK or any part of it, which immediately before exit day (as defined in the Withdrawal Act) implemented Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC and its implementing measures; and

(C) direct EU legislation (as defined in the Withdrawal Act), which immediately before exit day (as defined in the Withdrawal Act) implemented CRD IV EU as it forms part of domestic law of the United Kingdom by virtue of the Withdrawal Act.

Credit Card Receivable” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Eligible Credit Card Receivables

Credit Extension” means each of (i) the making of any Revolving Loan, Swingline Loan, Overadvance or Protective Advance (other than any Letter of Credit Reimbursement Loan or any Revolving Loan resulting from the application of Section 2.06(b)) or (ii) the issuance, amendment, modification, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit (other than any such amendment, modification, renewal or extension that does not increase the stated amount of the relevant Letter of Credit).

Credit Facility” means, with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, indentures, instruments or other arrangements (including the Facilities (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement), the Revolving Facility or commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions, funds, governmental or quasi-governmental agencies or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the original Facilities or one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and in each case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any Guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries of Holdings as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Cure Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.12(b).

Cure Right” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.12(b).

 

38


Cured Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.04(b)(iii).

Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the U.S., the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), the Winding-up and Restructuring Act (Canada), the Dutch Bankruptcy Act (Faillissementswet), the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung (InsO), the German Law on the Stabilization and Restructuring Framework for Enterprises (StaRUG) and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, general assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief laws of the U.S. or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally, including, without limitation, any law of any jurisdiction (including corporate laws) permitting a debtor to obtain a stay or a compromise of the claims of its creditors against it, including the Insolvency Act 1986 (UK).

Deemed Borrowing Base” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Borrowing Base

Default” means an Event of Default or an event or circumstance which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the making of a determination, or the giving of notice provided for in Article 7 or any combination of the foregoing) be an Event of Default, provided that any such event or circumstance which requires the satisfaction of a condition as to materiality before it becomes an Event of Default shall not be a Default unless that condition is satisfied.

Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that has (a) defaulted in (or is otherwise unable to perform) its obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, (x) to make a Revolving Loan within two Business Days of the date required to be made by it hereunder or (y) to fund its participation in a Letter of Credit or Swingline Loan required to be funded by it hereunder within two Business Days of the date such obligation arose or such Letter of Credit or Swingline Loan was required to be made or funded, unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) notified the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender or the Borrowers in writing that it does not intend to satisfy any such obligation or has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or under agreements in which it commits to extend credit generally (unless such writing indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a Revolving Loan cannot be satisfied), (c) failed, within two Business Days after the request of the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers, to confirm in writing that it will comply with the terms of this Agreement relating to its obligations to fund prospective Revolving Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans; provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent, (d) become (or any parent company thereof has become) insolvent or been determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Person or its assets, to be insolvent, or the assets or management of which has been taken over by any Governmental Authority or (e) become the subject of (A) a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or (B) a Bail-In Action, or has instituted against it measures according to section 46 (other than

 

39


section 46 paragraph 1 sentence 2 nos. 1 and 3), 46b or 47 of the German Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz) or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or custodian, appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, unless in the case of any Lender subject to this clause (e), the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent have each determined that such Lender intends, and has all approvals required to enable it (in form and substance satisfactory to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent), to continue to perform its obligations as a Lender hereunder; provided that no Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Capital Stock in such Lender or its parent by any Governmental Authority; provided, further, that such action does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the U.S. or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contract or agreement to which such Lender is a party.

Deposit Account” means a demand, time, savings, passbook or like account with a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like organization, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any investment property (within the meaning of the UCC) or any account evidenced by an instrument (within the meaning of the UCC).

Derivative Transaction” means (a) any interest-rate transaction, including any interest-rate swap, basis swap, forward rate agreement, interest rate option (including a cap, collar or floor), and any other instrument linked to interest rates that gives rise to similar credit risks (including when-issued securities and forward deposits accepted), (b) any exchange-rate transaction, including any cross-currency interest-rate swap, any forward foreign-exchange contract, any currency option, and any other instrument linked to exchange rates that gives rise to similar credit risks, (c) any equity derivative transaction, including any equity-linked swap, any equity-linked option, any forward equity-linked contract, and any other instrument linked to equities that gives rise to similar credit risk and (d) any commodity (including precious metal) derivative transaction, including any commodity-linked swap, any commodity-linked option, any forward commodity-linked contract, and any other instrument linked to commodities that gives rise to similar credit risks; provided, that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees, members of management, managers or consultants of Holdings or its Subsidiaries shall constitute a Derivative Transaction.

Designated Cash Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, (a) the sum of consolidated total interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period that is paid or payable currently in Cash, (i) including, to the extent payable currently in Cash, (A) the interest component of any payment under any Capital Lease (regardless of whether accounted for as interest expense under GAAP), (B) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (C) any commission, discount and/or other fee or charge owed with respect to any letter of credit and/or bankers’ acceptance and (D) net payments arising under any interest rate Hedge Agreement with respect to Indebtedness and (ii) excluding (A) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, discounted liabilities, commissions, fees and expenses, (B) any expense arising from any bridge, commitment and/or other financing fee (including fees and expenses associated with the Transactions and

 

40


annual agency fees), (C) any fee or expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, acquisition accounting, (D) fees and expenses associated with any Dispositions, acquisitions, Investments, issuances of Capital Stock or Indebtedness (in each case, whether or not consummated), (E) costs associated with obtaining, or breakage costs in respect of, any Hedge Agreement or any other derivative instrument other than any interest rate Hedge Agreement or interest rate derivative instrument with respect to Indebtedness, (F) penalties and interest relating to Taxes and (G) for the avoidance of doubt, any non-cash interest expense attributable to any movement in the mark to market valuation of any obligation under any Hedge Agreement or any other derivative instrument and/or any payment obligation arising under any Hedge Agreement or derivative instrument other than any interest rate Hedge Agreement or interest rate derivative instrument with respect to Indebtedness minus (b) interest income for such period. For purposes of this definition, interest in respect of any Capital Lease shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease in accordance with GAAP.

Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalent Investments received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of or collection or payment on such Designated Non-cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in exchange for consideration in the form of Cash Equivalent Investments in compliance with Section 6.05.

Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of Holdings or a Parent Entity (other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to Holdings or a Subsidiary of Holdings or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings or any such Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by Holdings or such Subsidiary) and that is designated as “Designated Preferred Stock” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of Holdings at or prior to the issuance thereof.

Designation Date” has the meaning given in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Dilution” means, for any period, a percentage that is the result of dividing the dollar amount of (a) bad debt write-downs, discounts, advertising allowances, returns, credits, credit memos or other similar dilutive items with respect to the Accounts of the Loan Parties during such period, by (b) the gross sales or billings of the Loan Parties with respect to Accounts during such period.

Dilution Reserve” means as of any date of determination, (a) an amount sufficient to reduce the advance rate against Eligible Accounts Receivable by 1% for each percentage point by which Dilution is in excess of 5% and (b) an amount sufficient to reduce the advance rate against Eligible Investment Grade Receivables by 1% for each percentage point by which Dilution is in excess of 2%; provided that no reserve shall be imposed on the first 5% or 2% of dilution of such Accounts, as applicable.

 

41


Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of Holdings or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock.

Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, lease, sublease, or other disposition of any property of any Person.

Disqualified Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Senior Facilities Agreement as of the date hereof.

Disqualified Person” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(f)(ii).

Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any person, any Capital Stock of such person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise or (b) is or may become (in accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise redeemable or repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part, in each case prior to (i) the Latest Maturity Date or the (ii) the date on which there are no Obligations outstanding; provided that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; and any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require Holdings to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if any such redemption or repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant person with the covenant described under Section 6.04; provided further that if such Capital Stock is issued to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, contractor or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates (excluding the Permitted Holders (but not excluding any future, current or former employee, director, officer, contractor or consultant) or Immediate Family Members), of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries, any Parent Entity or any other entity in which Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an “affiliate” by the Board of Directors (or the compensation committee thereof) or any other plan for the benefit of current, former or future employees (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members)) of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory, contractual or regulatory obligations.

Dollar Equivalent” means, for any amount, at the time of determination thereof, (a) if such amount is expressed in Dollars, such amount, (b) if such amount is expressed in an Alternate Currency or Euros, the equivalent of such amount in Dollars determined by using the rate of exchange for the purchase of Dollars with the Alternate Currency or Euros last provided (either by publication or otherwise provided to the Administrative Agent) by the applicable Bloomberg

 

42


source (or such other publicly available source for displaying exchange rates) on date that is two (2) Business Days immediately preceding the date of determination (or if such service ceases to be available or ceases to provide such rate of exchange, the equivalent of such amount in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent using any method of determination it deems appropriate in its good faith discretion) and (c) if such amount is denominated in any other currency, the equivalent of such amount in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent, using any method of determination it deems appropriate in its good faith discretion. Any determination by the Administrative Agent pursuant to clauses (b) or (c) above shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Dollars” or “$” means the lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary incorporated or organized under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a Subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Eligible Accounts Receivable” means, an Account (other than Accounts constituting Eligible Credit Card Receivables and Eligible Investment Grade Receivables) arising in the ordinary course of the business of any Loan Party from the sale of goods or rendition of services, except no Account shall be an Eligible Account Receivable if:

(a) it arises out of a sale made or services rendered by a Loan Party to a Subsidiary of a Loan Party or an Affiliate of a Loan Party or to a Person controlled by an Affiliate of a Loan Party; or

(b) it remains unpaid more than (i) sixty (60) days after the original due date shown on the invoice or (ii) ninety (90) days after the original invoice date shown on the invoice; or

(c) the total unpaid Accounts of the Account Debtor owing to the Loan Parties exceed 25% of the net amount of all Eligible Accounts Receivable of all Loan Parties, but only to the extent of such excess; or

(d) any covenant, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement with respect to such Account has been breached in any material respect; or

 

43


(e) the Account Debtor is also a creditor or supplier of a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party or is a contra-receivable (unless such Person has executed an agreement in favor of Administrative Agent and in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent waiving any right of off-set or other rights with respect to amounts owed to such Person by such Loan Party), or the Account Debtor has disputed liability with respect to such Account, or the Account Debtor has made any claim with respect to any other Account due from such Account Debtor to a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party, or the Account otherwise is or may become subject to right of counterclaim or setoff by the Account Debtor; provided that any such Account shall be eligible to the extent such amount thereof exceeds such contract, dispute, claim, counterclaim, setoff or similar right; or

(f) the Account Debtor has commenced a voluntary case under any Debtor Relief Law, or made an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a decree or order for relief has been entered by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of the Account Debtor in an involuntary case under any Debtor Relief Law, or any other petition or other application for relief under Debtor Relief Law, has been filed against the Account Debtor, or if the Account Debtor has failed, suspended business, ceased to be solvent, or consented to or suffered a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian to be appointed for it or for all or a significant portion of its assets or affairs; or

(g) (i) with respect to Accounts owned by a U.S. Loan Party, it arises from a sale made or services rendered to an Account Debtor outside the United States or (ii) with respect to Accounts owned by a German Loan Party it arises from a sale made or services rendered to an Account Debtor outside the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, Australia or the European Union, unless the applicable Loan Party has entered into (or caused the applicable Account Debtor to enter into) security and perfection arrangements under applicable local law satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion or (2) backed by a letter of credit from an issuer reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent; or

(h) (1) it arises from a sale to the Account Debtor on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, sale-or-return sale-on-approval, consignment, or any other repurchase or return basis; or (2) it is subject to a reserve established by a Loan Party for potential returns or refunds, to the extent of such reserve or (3) it arises from a sale to an Account Debtor that is subject to cash-on-delivery terms or cash-in-advance terms; or

(i) the Account Debtor is (x) the United States of America or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, unless the applicable Loan Party assigns its right to payment of such Account to Administrative Agent, in a manner satisfactory to Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, so as to comply with the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 (31 U.S.C. §203 et seq., as amended) or (y) any Governmental Authority other than the foregoing; or

(j) it is not at all times subject to Administrative Agent’s duly perfected, first priority security interest or is subject to a Lien that is not a Permitted Collateral Lien; or

(k) the goods giving rise to such Account have not been delivered to and accepted by the Account Debtor or the services giving rise to such Account have not been performed by the applicable Loan Party and accepted by the Account Debtor or the Account otherwise does not represent a final sale; or

 

44


(l) the applicable Loan Party has not sent a bill or invoice for the goods or services giving rise to such Account to the applicable Account Debtor; or

(m) the Account is evidenced by any chattel paper or an instrument of any kind, or has been reduced to judgment; or

(n) any Loan Party or a Subsidiary of any Loan Party has made any agreement with the Account Debtor for any compromise, settlement or modification of the Account or deduction therefrom (but only to the extent of such compromise, settlement, modification or deduction), except for discounts or allowances which are made in the ordinary course of business for prompt payment and which discounts or allowances are reflected in the calculation of the face value of each invoice related to such Account; or

(o) 50% or more of the Accounts owing from the Account Debtor are not Eligible Accounts Receivable pursuant to clauses (b), (d), (h), (j), (m) (with respect to Accounts having been reduced to judgments), (n) and (p) of this definition; or

(p) it represents service charges, (other than to the extent arising from the rendition of services), late fees or similar charges; or

(q) it is denominated or required to be paid in any currency other than Euros or Dollars; or

(r) such Account consists of customer deposits, pre-billed accounts or billings in excess of costs (deferred revenue) or has been partially paid; or

(s) such Account relates to or is subject to any discount, bonus, or rebate; or

(t) such Account cannot be reconciled to the general ledger or balance sheet of such Loan Party; or

(u) such Account has been subject to a chargeback (but only to the extent of chargeback) or is not a trade receivable; or

(v) such Account is a debit memo or incremental billing.

The Administrative Agent may determine an Account is ineligible based on the forgoing criteria, in each case, in its Permitted Discretion; provided that, the Administrative Agent shall have provided the Borrowers with Required Notice of any such determination; provided further, that upon delivery of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall be available to discuss the proposed determination with the Borrowers.

 

45


The Administrative Agent may, in its Permitted Discretion and in consultation with the Borrowers, modify the foregoing criteria based upon the Initial Field Exam and Initial Inventory Appraisal to extent such reveals information not known to the Administrative Agent before the Closing Date.

Eligible Assignee” means (a) any Lender, (b) any commercial bank, insurance company, finance company, financial institution, any fund that invests in loans or any other “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D of the Securities Act), (c) any Affiliate of any Lender, and (d) any Approved Fund of any Lender; provided that in any event, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include (i) any natural person, (ii) any Defaulting Lender, (iii) any Disqualified Lender, (iv) the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates or (v) any Person that does not have the ability to fund revolving bank loans (including the Revolving Loans) in the ordinary course of its business on the terms and conditions set forth in the Loan Documents (including with respect to any Alternate Currency previously agreed to by all Lenders in accordance with Section 1.14).

Eligible Credit Card Receivables” means an Account arising in the ordinary course of business of any Loan Party due from major credit card and debit card processors (including but not limited to, Visa, Mastercard, American Express, Diners Club, DiscoverCard, Afterpay and Paypal), net of prevailing interchange charges, interest, fees and late charges (“Credit Card Receivables”), except that no Account shall be an Eligible Credit Card Receivable if:

(a) it has been outstanding for more than five (5) Business Days from the date of sale; or

(b) the applicable Loan Party does not have good and valid title, free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Collateral Liens); or

(c) the Account Debtor is (x) the United States of America or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, unless the applicable Loan Party assigns its right to payment of such Account to the Administrative Agent, in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, so as to comply with the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 (31 U.S.C. §203 et seq., as amended) or (y) any Governmental Authority other than the foregoing; or

(d) it is disputed, or a claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback has been asserted, by the related credit card processor (but only to the extent of such dispute, claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback); or

(e) the credit card processor has the right under certain circumstances to require the applicable Loan Party to repurchase the Accounts or payment intangibles from such credit card or debit card processor;

(f) it is not at all times subject to Administrative Agent’s duly perfected, first priority security interest; or

(g) the goods giving rise to such Account have not been delivered to and accepted by the buyer or the services giving rise to such Account have not been performed by the applicable Loan Party and accepted by the buyer or the Account otherwise does not represent a final sale; or

 

46


(h) the Loan Parties have not sent a bill or invoice for the goods or services giving rise to such Account to the applicable buyer; or

(i) it is denominated or required to be paid in any currency other than Dollars or Euros.

The Administrative Agent may determine a Credit Card Receivable is ineligible based on the forgoing criteria, in each case, in its Permitted Discretion; provided that, the Administrative Agent shall have provided the Borrowers with Required Notice of any such determination; provided further, that upon delivery of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall be available to discuss the proposed determination with the Borrowers.

The Administrative Agent may, in its Permitted Discretion and in consultation with the Borrowers, modify the foregoing criteria based upon the Initial Field Exam and Initial Inventory Appraisal to extent such reveals information not known to the Administrative Agent before the Closing Date.

Eligible In-Transit Inventory” means Inventory that would be Eligible Inventory (and without duplication of other Eligible Inventory) but for clause (r) of the definition of “Eligible Inventory”, except no inventory shall be Eligible In-Transit Inventory unless it:

(a) is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including without limitation, marine cargo insurance; and

(b) constitutes Inventory in respect of which the purchase order and other sale documentation is in the name of a Loan Party and title has passed to the applicable Loan Party; and

(c) is not sold by a vendor that has a right to reclaim, divert shipment of, repossess, stop delivery, claim any reservation of title or otherwise assert Lien rights against the Inventory or with respect to whom any Loan Party is in default of any obligations; and

(d) is subject to customary purchase orders and other sale documentation consistent with such Loan Party’s ordinary course of dealing; and

(e) is shipped by a common carrier that is not affiliated with the vendor; and

(f) has not been in transit for more than forty-five (45) days; and

(g) is in transit (i) within Germany, (ii) within the United States or (iii) between the Unites States and Germany; and

(h) is at all times subject to the Administrative Agent’s duly perfected, first priority security interest or is subject to a Lien that is not a Permitted Collateral Lien.

The Administrative Agent may determine Inventory is ineligible based on the forgoing criteria, in each case, in its Permitted Discretion; provided that, the Administrative Agent shall have provided the Borrowers with Required Notice of any such determination; provided further, that upon delivery of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall be available to discuss the proposed determination with the Borrowers.

 

47


The Administrative Agent may, in its Permitted Discretion and in consultation with the Borrowers, modify the foregoing criteria based upon the Initial Field Exam and Initial Inventory Appraisal to extent such reveals information not known to the Administrative Agent before the Closing Date.

Eligible Inventory” means Inventory of any Loan Party, except no Inventory shall be Eligible Inventory if:

(a) it constitutes finished goods, which do not meet in any material respect the specifications of the purchase order or contract for such Inventory, if any; or

(b) the inventory is located at a subcontractor; or

(c) it is not in good, new and saleable condition or is damaged, under repair, or is otherwise generally not held for sale; or

(d) it is slow-moving, obsolete, defective, unfit for sale or unmerchantable; or

(e) it does not meet in any material respect all standards imposed by any Governmental Authority; or

(f) it does not conform in all material respects to any covenants, warranties and representations set forth in this Agreement; or

(g) it is not at all times subject to the Administrative Agent’s duly perfected, first priority security interest or is subject to a Lien that is not a Permitted Collateral Lien; or

(h) it is situated at a location outside of (i) with respect to Inventory owned by a U.S. Loan Party, the United States or (ii) with respect to Inventory owned by a German Loan Party, Germany; or

(i) it is not situated at a location in compliance with this Agreement; or

(j) it is spare parts; or

(k) it consists of packaging, boxes, labels, tooling, marketing materials, samples or literature; or

(l) which is located at any location where the aggregate value of all Eligible Inventory of the Loan Parties at such location is less than €500,000; provided that no rent Reserves will be taken with respect to such inventory; or

(m) is returned inventory or not allocable for sale; or

(n) it is assortments or items that are not sold in the ordinary course of business (excluding Eligible Raw Materials), auxiliary materials, quality inspection stock; or

 

48


(o) such Inventory cannot be reconciled to the general ledger or balance sheet of such Loan Party; or

(p) a Loan Party does not have good, valid, and marketable title thereto, or does not have actual and exclusive possession thereof (either directly or through a bailee or agent of a Loan Party); or

(q) raw materials used in the manufacture of Inventory; or

(r) it is in transit.

The Administrative Agent may determine Inventory is ineligible based on the foregoing criteria, in each case, in its Permitted Discretion; provided that, the Administrative Agent shall have provided the Borrowers with Required Notice of any such determination; provided further, that upon delivery of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall be available to discuss the proposed determination with Borrowers.

The Administrative Agent may, in its Permitted Discretion and in consultation with the Borrowers, modify the foregoing criteria based upon the Initial Field Exam and Initial Inventory Appraisal to extent such reveals information not known to the Administrative Agent before the Closing Date.

Eligible Investment Grade Receivables” means an Account that satisfies each of the criteria contained in the definition of Eligible Account Receivables; provided, that, the applicable Account Debtor with respect to such receivable maintains an Investment Grade Rating.

Eligible Raw Materials Inventory” means Inventory that would be Eligible Inventory (and without duplication of other Eligible Inventory) but for clause (q) in the definition of “Eligible Inventory.”

Employee Plan” means an employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA , or Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code, and in respect of which a U.S. Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA

Environment” means ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.

Environmental Laws” means any and all applicable current or future foreign or domestic, federal or state (or any subdivision of any of them) laws, statutes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, judgments, Governmental Authorizations, or any other applicable requirements of or agreements with Governmental Authorities and the common law relating to (a) protection of the Environment or (b) the generation, management, use, storage, transportation or disposal of or exposure to Hazardous Materials or any other Hazardous Materials Activity.

 

49


Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), resulting from or based upon (a) any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, management, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials or any other Hazardous Materials Activity, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement to the extent liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Contribution” means (a) any subscription for shares issued by, and any capital contributions (including by way of premium and/or contribution to the capital reserves and on a cash or cashless basis) to, Holdings via Topco (but excluding the proceeds of any (i) Topco Notes and (ii) any other Indebtedness of a Parent Entity (x) which is guaranteed by any member of the Group, and (y) in respect of which dividends or distributions on Holdings’ Capital Stock are permitted to be paid from cash in the Group pursuant to Section 6.04(a)(i)(C) and/or (b) any loans, notes, bonds or like instruments issued by or made to Holdings via Topco (but excluding any Topco Proceeds Loan) which are subordinated to the Revolving Facility as Subordinated Liabilities pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement or otherwise on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (acting reasonably) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Subordinated Shareholder Funding).

Equity Offering” means (a) a sale of Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock and other than offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions) or (b) the sale of Capital Stock or other securities by any person, the proceeds of which are contributed to the equity of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries by any Parent Entity in any form other than Indebtedness, Excluded Contributions or a Parent Debt Contribution.

ERISA” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” means any person that would be deemed at any relevant time to be a single employer with a U.S. Loan Party, pursuant to Section 414(b) or (c) or, solely for purposes of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code, under Section 414 (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code or under common control with a Loan Party under Section 4001 of ERISA.

ERISA Event” means (a) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, with respect to an Employee Plan, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived, (b) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate any Employee Plan or the termination of any Employee Plan under Section 4041 of ERISA, (c) the institution of proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA by the PBGC for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Employee Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (d) any failure by any Employee Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Employee Plan, in each case whether or not waived, (e) the filing under Section 412(c) of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of any request for a minimum funding variance, with respect to any Employee Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (f) the complete or partial withdrawal of any U.S. Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from any Employee Plan or a Multiemployer Plan, (g) a U.S. Loan Party or an ERISA Affiliate incurring any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Employee Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA), (h) a determination that any

 

50


Employee Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code), (i) the existence of an Unfunded Pension Liability, (j) the conditions for the imposition of a lien under Section 303(k) of ERISA or Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Employee Plan have been met, and/or (k) the receipt by a U.S. Loan Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice of the imposition of withdrawal liability or of a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, or in “endangered” or “critical” status or in “critical and declining” status within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA or Section 432 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Erroneous Payment” has the meaning assigned to it in Article 8.

Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment” has the meaning assigned to it in Article 8.

Erroneous Payment Impacted Class” has the meaning assigned to it in Article 8.

Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency” has the meaning assigned to it in Article 8.

Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights” has the meaning assigned to it in Article 8.

Escrowed Proceeds” means the proceeds from the offering or Incurrence of any debt securities or other Indebtedness paid into an escrow account with an independent escrow agent on the date of the applicable offering or Incurrence pursuant to escrow arrangements that permit the release of amounts on deposit in such escrow account upon satisfaction of certain conditions or the occurrence of certain events, provided that the term “Escrowed Proceeds” shall include any interest earned on the amounts held in escrow.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

EURIBOR” has the meaning specified in the definition of Eurocurrency Rate.

Euros” or “” means the single currency of the Participating Member States.

Euro Equivalent” means, for any amount, at the time of determination thereof, (a) if such amount is expressed in Euros, such amount, (b) if such amount is expressed in an Alternate Currency, the equivalent of such amount in Euros determined by using the rate of exchange for the purchase of Euros with the Alternate Currency last provided (either by publication or otherwise provided to the Administrative Agent) by the applicable Bloomberg source (or such other publicly available source for displaying exchange rates) on date that is two (2) Business Days immediately preceding the date of determination (or if such service ceases to be available or ceases to provide such rate of exchange, the equivalent of such amount in Euros as determined by the Administrative Agent using any method of determination it deems appropriate in its good faith discretion) and (c) if such amount is denominated in any other currency, the equivalent of such amount in Euros as determined by the Administrative Agent, using any method of determination it deems appropriate in its good faith discretion. Any determination by the Administrative Agent pursuant to clauses (b) or (c) above shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

51


Eurocurrency Rate” means, with respect to any Interest Period applicable to an Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing:

(a) denominated in Dollars, the rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate as administered by ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate for such currency) (“LIBOR”), as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time in good faith) at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Rate Determination Date, for deposits in the relevant currency, with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; or

(b) denominated in Euros or any Alternate Currency (other than Dollars and British Pounds Sterling) the rate per annum equal to the euro interbank offered rate administered by the European Money Markets Institute (or any other person which takes over the administration and/or calculation of that rate) (“EURIBOR”) for the relevant period displayed (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) on page EURIBOR01 of the Thomson Reuters or Refinitiv screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters or Refinitiv page which displays that rate) on the Rate Determination Date, for deposits in the relevant currency, with a term equivalent to such Interest Period.

Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.

Excess Availability” means, at any time, an amount equal to (a) the Line Cap, minus (b) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure, in each case at such time.

Excess Proceeds” has the meaning set forth in the Senior Facilities Agreement.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Excluded Accounts” means Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts (a) established (or otherwise maintained) by the Loan Parties that do not have cash balances at any time exceeding €3,000,000 in the aggregate for all Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts excluded pursuant to this clause (a), (b) that are Tax and Trust Funds Accounts, (c) used by the Loan Parties exclusively for disbursements and payments (including payroll) in the ordinary course of business, (d) that are zero balance accounts or (e) that are located outside of the United States or Germany and solely containing Cash or proceeds from sales to foreign customers.

Excluded Contribution” means Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than from Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) after the Closing Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by Holdings (other than the Transaction Equity Contribution) or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, following the Closing Date and to the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of Holdings.

 

52


Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Loan Party, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Loan Guarantee of such Loan Party of, or the grant by such Loan Party of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Loan Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) (a) by virtue of such Loan Party’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (determined after giving effect to Section 3.20 of the Loan Guarantee and any other “keepwell,” support or other agreement for the benefit of such Loan Party) at the time the Loan Guarantee of such Loan Party or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or (b) in the case of any Swap Obligation that is subject to a clearing requirement pursuant to section 2(h) of the Commodity Exchange Act, because such Loan Party is a “financial entity,” as defined in section 2(h)(7)(C) of the Commodity Exchange Act, at the time the guarantee provided by (or grant of such security interest by, as applicable) such Loan Party becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If any Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Loan Guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or Issuing Bank or any other recipient (in each case, a “Recipient”) of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, (a) Taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income or franchise Taxes (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or treated as a resident for Tax purposes of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, having its applicable lending office in, the taxing jurisdiction or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) any branch profits Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction described in clause (a), (c) any U.S. federal withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to the relevant Recipient pursuant to a Requirement of Law in effect at the time the relevant Recipient becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except (i) in the case of a Recipient that became a recipient pursuant to an assignment under Section 2.19 or a Recipient that designates a new lending office under Section 2.19 or (ii) to the extent that the relevant Recipient (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from any Loan Party with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.17, (d) any tax imposed as a result of a failure or inability by such Recipient to comply with Section 2.17(f), (e) any withholding taxes imposed under FATCA, (f) any tax suffered or incurred in respect of any Bank Levy (or payment attributable to, or liability arising as a consequence of, a Bank Levy), and (g) any non-U.S. withholding tax that is imposed under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the relevant Borrower is incorporated or organized (a “Borrower Tax Jurisdiction”) on amounts payable to the relevant Recipient from such Loan Party pursuant to a Requirement of Law in effect at the time the relevant Recipient becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except (i) in the case of a Recipient that became a recipient pursuant to an assignment under Section 2.19 or a Recipient that designates a new lending office under Section 2.19 or (ii) to the extent that the relevant Recipient (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a

 

53


new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from any Loan Party with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.17 and for the purposes of this limb (g), a Requirement of Law at a particular time shall include any taxes imposed pursuant to or in connection with or arising in consequence of: (i) the adoption, ratification, approval or acceptance of, the MLI in or by any jurisdiction after such time; and (ii) the United Kingdom ceasing to be a member state of the EU, (h) Taxes imposed in the Netherlands as a result of a Recipient having a substantial interest (aanmerkelijk belang) as defined in the Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001 (Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001) in a Borrower whose Borrower Tax Jurisdiction is the Netherlands, (i) any Tax imposed under the Netherlands Interest and Royalty Withholding Tax Act 2021 (Wet bronbelasting 2021) on payments from a Borrower whose Borrower Tax Jurisdiction is the Netherlands and (j) any withholding taxes imposed by Luxembourg under the amended law of 23 December 2005 introducing a withholding tax on certain payments made to Luxembourg resident individuals on payments from a Borrower whose Borrower Tax Jurisdiction is the Luxembourg.

Existing Target Debt” means the outstanding Indebtedness (and any interest, coupon, premia, fees, costs or expenses accruing thereon) under (a) any Existing Target Debt Document and (b) any hedging agreement or related or ancillary agreement entered into in connection with any Existing Target Debt Document.

Existing Target Debt Document” means any document or instrument constituting, documenting or evidencing any indebtedness made available to or guaranteed or secured by any member of the Target Group and existing immediately prior to the Closing Date.

Expected Cost Savings” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”.

Extended Commitment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(a)(i).

Extended Revolving Facility” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(a)(i).

Extended Revolving Loans” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(a)(i).

Extension” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(a).

Extension Amendment” means an amendment to this Agreement that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (for purposes of giving effect to Section 2.23) and the Borrowers executed by each of (a) Holdings, the German Parent Borrower and the Guarantors, (b) the Administrative Agent and (c) each Lender that has accepted the applicable Extension Offer pursuant hereto and in accordance with Section 2.23.

Extension Offer” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(a).

Facility B” means Facility B (EUR) and/or Facility B (USD).

Facility B (EUR)” means the term loan facility made available in Euros under the Senior Facilities Agreement.

 

54


Facility B (USD)” means the term loan facility made available in Dollars under the Senior Facilities Agreement.

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to current Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code (or any amended or successor version described above) and any intergovernmental agreements implementing any of the foregoing and related legislation or official administrative rules or practices with respect thereto.

Fee Letters” means collectively (i) the Signing Date Fee Letter and (ii) the Closing Date Fee Letter.

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the rate calculated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions (as determined in such manner as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York sets forth on its public website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as the federal funds effective rate.

Financial Quarter” means the period commencing on the day immediately following a Quarter Date and ending on the next occurring Quarter Date.

Financial Reporting Entity” means (a) Holdings, (b) any Holding Company of Holdings, or (c) any IPO Entity (as determined at the sole discretion of Holdings).

Financial Reporting Group” means the applicable Financial Reporting Entity and each of its Subsidiaries from time to time, but excluding any Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

Financial Statements” means Annual Financial Statements or Quarterly Financial Statements.

Financial Year” means each annual accounting period of the relevant Financial Reporting Entity ending on the Accounting Reference Date in each year.

First Test Date” means the first Quarter Date falling at the end of four (4) complete Financial Quarters following the Closing Date.

Fiscal Month” means a fiscal month of any Fiscal Year.

Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, the ratio for the Test Period most recently ended of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period minus Consolidated Capital Expenditures (except to the extent financed with the proceeds of Dispositions, long term Indebtedness (other than the revolving loans) or any issuance of Capital Stock), minus the aggregate amount of Taxes paid or payable in Cash during such Test Period to (b) Fixed Charges for such Test Period, in each case of or by the Group on a consolidated basis.

 

55


Fixed Charges” means, with reference to any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(a) Designated Cash Interest Expense for such period, plus

(b) the aggregate amount of scheduled principal payments in respect of Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Group paid or payable in Cash during such period (other than payments made by among Group members and excluding any earn-out obligation or purchase price adjustment), plus

(c) scheduled payments in respect of Capital Leases paid or payable in Cash during such period to the extent allocated to principal in accordance with GAAP, all calculated for such period for the Group on a consolidated basis during such period, plus

(d) any management fees (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any expenses or indemnities) to the extent added back to or otherwise included in Consolidated EBITDA, plus

(e) solely for purposes of determining the satisfaction of the Payment Conditions in connection with any Restricted Payment to be made in cash in reliance on Section 6.04(a), the amount of such Restricted Payment.

For purposes of determining the amount of principal allocated to scheduled payments under Capital Leases under this definition, interest in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease in accordance with GAAP.

Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Forward-Looking Group Initiative Synergies” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.17(e)(i).

Forward-Looking Purchase Synergies” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.17(c)(ii).

Forward-Looking Sale Synergies” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.17(d)(ii).

Funds Flow Statement” means any funds flow statement relating to the Transaction which is delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 4.01.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in Germany (Grundsatz ordnungsgemäßer Buchführung) under the German Commercial Code (HGB) or any variation thereof with which the Financial Reporting Entity or the Restricted Subsidiaries are, or may be, required to comply, as in effect on the date of this Agreement, provided that (a) except as otherwise

 

56


set forth in this Agreement, all ratios and calculations based on GAAP contained in this Agreement shall be computed in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date of this Agreement, (b) at any time after the Closing Date, Holdings may elect to establish that GAAP shall mean GAAP as in effect on or prior to the date of such election; provided further that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable and (c) at any time after the Closing Date, Holdings may elect (without prejudice to its obligations under the Agreed Security Principles) to apply other Accounting Principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean such other Accounting Principles (except as otherwise provided in this Agreement), including as to the ability of Holdings to make an election pursuant to paragraph (b) above, provided further that any calculation or determination in this Agreement that require the application of GAAP for periods that include Financial Quarters ended prior to the Financial Reporting Entity’s election to apply such other Accounting Principles shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP.

General Intangibles” has the meaning provided in the UCC along with terms of like definition in other jurisdictions, as the context may require.

German Bank Account Pledge Agreements” mean each German law governed global bank account pledge agreement between a German Loan Party and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

German Borrower” means the German Parent Borrower and any Additional Borrower incorporated or established under the laws of Germany.

German Collateral” means any and all property of any German Loan Party subject (or purported to be subject) to a Lien under any Collateral Document and any and all other property of any German Loan Party, now existing or hereafter acquired, that is or becomes subject (or purported to be subject) to a Lien pursuant to any Collateral Document to secure the Secured Obligations.

German Global Assignment Agreements” mean each German law governed global assignment agreement between a German Loan Party and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

German Loan Party” means any Loan Party incorporated or established under the laws of Germany.

German Parent Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

German Security Agreements” means, collectively, (i) the German Security Transfer Agreements, (ii) the German Global Assignment Agreements and (iii) the German Bank Account Pledge Agreements.

German Security Transfer Agreements” mean each German law governed security transfer agreement between a German Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

 

57


German Sub-Borrowing Base” means, at any time of calculation for any German Borrower, a borrowing base consisting of,

(a) the criteria set forth in the definition of “Borrowing Base” but limited to the Eligible Credit Card Receivables, Eligible Investment Grade Receivables, Eligible Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory, Eligible Raw Materials Inventory, and Qualified Cash of the applicable individual German Borrower and the Reserves then applicable to such individual German Borrower; plus

(b) the un-borrowed amount of the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base.

Goldman” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, municipal, national or other government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof or any entity or officer exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government or any court, in each case whether associated with the U.S., a foreign government or any political subdivision thereof.

Governmental Authorization” means any permit, license, authorization, approval, plan, directive, consent order or consent decree of or from any Governmental Authority.

Granting Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(e).

Guarantee” means, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such person (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (b) entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), provided that the term “Guarantee” will not include (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business and (ii) standard contractual indemnities or product warranties provided in the ordinary course of business, and provided further that the amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to the lower of (A) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made and (B) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee or, if such Guarantee is not an unconditional guarantee of the entire amount of the primary obligation and such maximum amount is not stated or determinable, the amount of such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor” means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor, unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.23.

 

58


Guarantor Jurisdiction” means Canada, Germany, Luxembourg, the UK, the U.S. (including any state thereof and the District of Columbia) (provided (A) that if a Borrower is incorporated in a jurisdiction which is not a Guarantor Jurisdiction, the jurisdiction of that Borrower shall be a Guarantor Jurisdiction but only in relation to that Borrower and (B) if a Material IP Entity is incorporated in a jurisdiction which is not a Guarantor Jurisdiction, the jurisdiction of that Material IP Entity shall be a Guarantor Jurisdiction but only in relation to that Material IP Entity).

Group” means Holdings and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time.

Hazardous Materials” means any chemical, material, substance or waste, or any constituent thereof, which is classified, defined, regulated or otherwise characterized as “hazardous”, or “toxic” or as a “pollutant” or “contaminant” or words of similar meaning or regulatory effect pursuant to Environmental Laws.

Hazardous Materials Activity” means any activity, event or occurrence involving any Hazardous Material, including the use, manufacture, possession, storage, holding, Release, threatened Release, discharge, placement, generation, transportation, processing, treatment, abatement, removal, remediation, disposal, disposition or handling of any Hazardous Material, and any corrective action or response action with respect to any of the foregoing.

Hedge Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any Derivative Transaction between any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary and any other Person.

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any person, the obligations of such person under any Hedge Agreement.

Hedge Product Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Secured Hedging Obligations”.

Hedge Product Reserve” means the aggregate amount of reserves established by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its Permitted Discretion in respect of Secured Hedging Obligations.

Holding Company” means, in relation to a company, corporation or any other entity, any other company, corporation or entity in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

Holdings” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement and shall, for the avoidance of doubt, include any Successor Company.

IFRS” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002, as in effect from time to time (subject to the provisions of Section 1.04), to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a “Material Subsidiary.”

 

59


Immediate Family Members” means, with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, domestic partner, former domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships), any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals, such individual’s estate (or an executor or administrator acting on its behalf), heirs or legatees or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Impacted Loans” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Increased Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02(c).

Incremental Commitment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).

Incremental Facility Agreement” means an amendment to this Agreement that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (solely for purposes of giving effect to Section 2.22) and the Borrowers executed by each of (a) Holdings and the Borrowers, (b) the Administrative Agent and (c) each Lender that agrees to provide all or any portion of the Incremental Facility being incurred pursuant thereto and in accordance with Section 2.22.

Incremental Facility” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).

Incremental Increase” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).

Incremental Last Out Tranche” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).

Incremental Loans” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).

Incur” means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for; provided that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a person existing at the time such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “Incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder, subject to the definition of Reserved Indebtedness Amount and related provisions.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(a) the principal of indebtedness of such person for borrowed money;

(b) the principal of obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(c) all reimbursement obligations of such person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have not been reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within thirty (30) days of Incurrence);

 

60


(d) the principal component of all obligations of such person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables or similar obligation, including accrued expenses owed, to a trade creditor), which purchase price is due more than one (1) year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

(e) Capitalized Lease Obligations of such person;

(f) the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such person with respect to any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends)

(g) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (x) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by Holdings) and (y) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other persons

(h) Guarantees by such person of the principal component of Indebtedness of the type referred to in paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) above and sub-paragraph (i) below of other persons to the extent Guaranteed by such person; and

(i) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the net payments under such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such person at the termination of such agreement or arrangement),

with respect to paragraphs (a), (b), (d) and (e) above, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (A) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (B) the principal amount of Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness:

 

  (ii)

Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (iii)

all contingent liabilities under a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or other similar instruments unless and until a valid demand for reimbursement has been made under such instrument and remains unpaid for thirty (30) days;

 

61


  (iv)

Banking Services;

 

  (v)

any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (vi)

obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) incurred prior to the Closing Date or in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (vii)

in connection with the purchase by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business or any other Permitted Acquisition, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller or investor may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid in a timely manner;

 

  (viii)

for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes;

 

  (ix)

obligations under or in respect of Qualified Securitization Financings or Receivables Facilities;

 

  (x)

Indebtedness of any Parent Entity appearing on the balance sheet of Holdings solely by reason of push down accounting under GAAP;

 

  (xi)

Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock of Holdings and Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary);

 

  (xii)

amounts owed to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law (including in connection with, or as a result of, exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or action (whether actual, contingent or potential)), pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with the covenants described under Sections 6.06, 6.07, 6.08 and 6.09;

 

  (xiii)

Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

 

  (xiv)

any joint and several liability or any netting or set-off arrangement arising in each case by operation of law as a result of the existence or establishment of a fiscal unity between Restricted Subsidiaries solely for corporate income tax or value added tax purposes in any jurisdiction of which Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary is or becomes a member;

 

62


  (xv)

liabilities in relation to the minority interests line in the balance sheet of any member of the Group; or

 

  (xvi)

any Utilization drawn to fund any OID flex.

Indemnified Taxes” means (a) all Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes, in each case excluding any VAT, which shall (to the extent applicable) be dealt with in accordance with Section 2.17(i).

Indemnitee” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.03(b).

Independent Financial Advisor” means an investment banking or accounting firm of international standing or any third party appraiser of international standing; provided that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of Holdings.

Industry Competitor” means (a) any person or entity (and any of its Affiliates or Related Investment Fund) which is a competitor of a member of the Group or whose business is similar or related to a member of the Group and any controlling shareholder of such persons, provided that this shall not include any person or entity (or any of its Affiliates or Related Investment Fund) which is a bank, financial institution or trust, fund or other entity whose principal business or a material activity of whom is arranging, underwriting or investing in debt and (b) a private equity sponsor (including any fund which is managed or advised by it or any of its Affiliates or Related Investment Fund, and any of their respective Affiliates or Related Investment Fund), provided that this shall not include any person whose principal business is investing in debt and which is (i) acting on the other side of appropriate information barriers implemented or maintained as required by law or regulation from the person that would otherwise constitute a private equity sponsor and (ii) managed and controlled separately from the person that would otherwise constitute a private equity sponsor and has separate personnel responsible for its interests under the Loan Documents, such personnel being independent from the interests of the entity, division or desk constituting the private equity sponsor, and no information provided under the Loan Documents is disclosed or otherwise made available to any personnel responsible for the interests of the entity, division or desk constituting the private equity sponsor

Information Memorandum” has the meaning given to such term in the Senior Facilities Agreement.

Initial Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Initial Revolving Loans (and acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans) hereunder as set forth on the Commitment Schedule, or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender assumed its Initial Commitment, if applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 or 2.19, (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.05 or (c) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.22. The aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Initial Commitments on the Closing Date is €200,000,000.

 

63


Initial Field Exam” means the Administrative Agent’s initial field examination in respect of the Collateral commenced by an Approved Appraiser.

Initial Inventory Appraisal” means the Administrative Agent’s initial appraisal of Inventory commenced by an Approved Appraiser.

Initial Investors” means (a) one or more funds, limited partnerships, co-investment vehicles and/or other similar vehicles entities or accounts entities managed by or otherwise advised by any of or collectively BK LC Lux SCA, Financie`re Agache S.A., Catterton Management Company, L.L.C., LC9 International AIV, LP, L Catterton Europe IV, SLP, L Catterton Asia 3 Pte. Ltd, and/or any of their respective “associates” (as defined in the Companies Act 2006) or Related Funds and/or any of their respective successors, (b) an Agreed Co-Investor (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement); and (d) any other co-investor approved by the Required Lenders (acting reasonably), in each case, other than any portfolio operating companies and their subsidiary undertakings.

Initial Lien” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02(a).

Initial Public Offering” means an Equity Offering of common stock or other common equity interests of a member of the Group, a “Pushdown Entity” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) or any Parent Entity or any successor of such member of the Group, Pushdown Entity or any Parent Entity (the “IPO Entity”) following which there is a public market and, as a result of which, the shares of common stock or other common equity interests of the IPO Entity in such offering are listed on an internationally recognised exchange or traded on an internationally recognised market.

Initial Revolving Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the aggregate Outstanding Amount at such time of all Initial Revolving Loans of such Lender, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such Lender’s LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure and participation interest in Protective Advances and Overadvances, in each case, attributable to its Initial Commitment.

Initial Revolving Credit Maturity Date” means the date that is five years after the Closing Date.

Initial Revolving Facility” means the Initial Commitments and the Initial Revolving Loans and the other extensions of credit thereunder.

Initial Revolving Lender” means any Lender with an Initial Commitment or any Initial Revolving Credit Exposure.

Initial Revolving Loans” means the Revolving Loans made on account of the Initial Commitments.

Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement to be entered into on or prior to the Closing Date and made between, among others, Holdings, the Original Debtors (as defined therein), the Administrative Agent and the representative for the Facility B.

 

64


Interest Charges” means, with respect to any person for any period, the sum of: (a) Consolidated Interest Expense of such person for such period, (b) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of such person during such period and (c) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during this period.

Interest Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of LTM EBITDA to the Interest Charges of the Group as at the Applicable Reporting Date for the Relevant Period ending on such Applicable Reporting Date (the “reference period”) provided that, for purposes of calculating the Interest Coverage Ratio, Interest Charges may, at Holdings’ option, exclude any interest expenses related to leases incurred during the reference period. In the event that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, assumes, Guarantees, redeems, defeases, retires, extinguishes or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or has caused any Reserved Indebtedness Amount to be deemed to be Incurred or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in each case, subsequent to the commencement of the reference period but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, deemed Incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, redemption, defeasance, retirement, extinguishment or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the reference period; provided that the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to:

 

  (a)

any Interest Charges attributable to Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 6.01(a), (other than Indebtedness Incurred in reliance upon the Interest Coverage Ratio pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(iv), Section 6.01(a)(v) or Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1) thereof);

 

  (b)

any Interest Charges attributable to Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(d)(A) or Section 6.01(n)(B); or

 

  (c)

any Interest Charges attributable to any Indebtedness discharged on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from the application of the proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred on the determination date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 6.01(a) (other than Indebtedness Incurred in reliance upon the Interest Coverage Ratio pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(iv), Section 6.01(a)(v) or Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1) thereof).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, any Purchase or Sale that has been made by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, during the reference period or subsequent to the reference period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that such Purchase or Sale (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in LTM EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the reference period.

 

65


If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire reference period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by an Officer of Holdings to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed with a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the reference period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as Holdings may designate.

For the purposes of this definition, “Consolidated Interest Expense” will be calculated using an assumed interest rate based on the indicative interest margin contained in any financing commitment documentation with respect to such Indebtedness or, if no such indicative interest margin exists, as reasonably determined by Holdings in good faith.

Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio.”

Interest Election Request” means a request by the Borrowers in the form of Exhibit D or another form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to convert or continue a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.08.

Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December (commencing with June 30, 2021) and the maturity date applicable to such Revolving Loan and (b) with respect to any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Revolving Loan is a part and, in the case of an Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three months’ duration been applicable to such Borrowing.

Interest Period” means with respect to any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, three or six months (or, to the extent agreed to by all relevant affected Lenders, twelve months or a shorter period) thereafter, as the Borrowers may elect; provided that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

 

66


Internal Revenue Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Inventory” has the meaning set forth in Article 9 of the UCC and shall include “Current Assets” and that portion of “Moveable Assets” constituting Inventory (as defined in the New York UCC), in each case as defined in the applicable Transaction Security Document along with terms of like definition, as the context may require.

Investment” means, with respect to any person, all investments by such person in other persons (including Affiliates) in the form of advances, loans or other extensions of credit (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any person in the ordinary course of business, and excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or the Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such other persons and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared on the basis of GAAP; provided that endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business will not be deemed to be an Investment. If Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of a person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in such person remaining after giving effect thereto will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time. For purposes of Section 6.04 and Section 6.10, (a) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings will be deemed to continue to have a permanent Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to: (i) Holdings’ Investment in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less (ii) the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as determined by Holdings) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and (b) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined by Holdings.

Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than (x) Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or (y) BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, as applicable.

Investment Grade Securities” means (a) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by Australia, the Canadian government, the EU or a member state of the EU, Japan, Norway, Switzerland, the UK, the U.S. government or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalent Investments), (b) debt securities or debt instruments with a rating of “A-” or higher from S&P or Fitch or “A3” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s, Fitch or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among Holdings and its Subsidiaries and (c) Investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in paragraphs (a) and (b), above which fund may also hold cash and Cash Equivalent Investments pending investment or distribution.

 

67


Investors” means the Initial Investors and any other person holding (directly or indirectly) any issued share capital of Holdings from time to time.

IPO Entity” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Initial Public Offering.”

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuing Bank” means, as the context may require, (a) the Initial Revolving Lenders on a pro rata basis based on the Initial Commitment of such Initial Revolving Lender as set forth on Schedule 1.01(a) and (b) any other Lender that is appointed as an Issuing Bank and accepts such appointment in writing in accordance with Section 2.05(i)(ii) hereof. Each Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by any Affiliate or branch of such Issuing Bank (other than a Disqualified Lender), in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate or branch with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate or branch.

ITA” shall mean the United Kingdom Income Tax Act 2007.

Latest Maturity Date” means, as of any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Revolving Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time.

LC Collateral Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(j).

LC Commitment” mean, in the case of each Issuing Bank, such amount as set forth in Schedule 1.01(a) hereto.

LC Disbursement” means a payment or disbursement made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the Euro Equivalent of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time and (b) the Euro Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of all LC Disbursements with respect to Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall equal its Applicable Percentage of the aggregate LC Exposure at such time.

Legal Opinion” means any legal opinion delivered to the Administrative Agent under Section 4.01 or at any other time in connection with the Loan Documents.

Legal Reservations” means

 

68


(a) the principle that certain remedies (including equitable remedies and remedies that are analogous to equitable remedies in the applicable jurisdiction) may be granted or refused at the discretion of the court, the principles of reasonableness and fairness, the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, court schemes, moratoria, administration, examinership and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors and secured creditors and similar principles or limitations under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction;

(b) the time barring of claims under applicable limitation laws (including the Limitation Acts) and defenses of acquiescence, set-off or counterclaim and the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or to indemnify a person against non-payment of stamp duty may be void and defenses of set-off, counterclaim or acquiescence, and similar principles or limitations under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction;

(c) the principle that in certain circumstances Security granted by way of fixed charge may be recharacterized as a floating charge or that Security purported to be constituted as an assignment may be recharacterized as a charge;

(d) the principle that additional or default interest imposed pursuant to any relevant agreement may be held to be unenforceable on the grounds that it is a penalty and thus void;

(e) the principle that a court may not give effect to an indemnity for legal costs incurred by an unsuccessful litigant;

(f) the principle that the creation or purported creation of Security over (i) any asset not beneficially owned by the relevant charging company at the date of the relevant security document or (ii) any contract or agreement which is subject to a prohibition on transfer, assignment or charging, may be void, ineffective or invalid and may give rise to a breach of the contract or agreement over which Security has purportedly been created;

(g) the accessory nature of certain German law governed Security;

(h) the possibility that a court may strike out a provision of a contract for rescission or oppression, undue influence or similar reason;

(i) the principle that a court may not give effect to any parallel debt provisions, covenants to pay the Administrative Agent or other similar provisions;

(j) the principle that certain remedies in relation to regulated entities may require further approval from government or regulatory bodies or pursuant to agreements with such bodies;

(k) similar principles, rights and defenses under the laws of any relevant jurisdiction;

(l) the principles of private and procedural laws of the Relevant Jurisdiction which affect the enforcement of a foreign court judgment;

 

69


(m) the principle that in certain circumstances pre-existing Security purporting to secure an Additional Facility (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement as in effect on the date hereof), further advances or any Facility (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) following a Structural Adjustment may be void, ineffective, invalid or unenforceable; and

(n) any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations (however described) as to matters of law in the Legal Opinions.

Lender” means any Initial Revolving Lender and any Additional Revolving Lender. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” shall include the Swingline Lender.

Letter of Credit” means any Commercial Letter of Credit or Standby Letter of Credit issued for the account of the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.05(a).

Letter of Credit Reimbursement Loan” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(e)(i).

Letter of Credit Request” means any request by the Borrowers for a Letter of Credit in accordance with Section 2.05 and substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 or such other form that is reasonably acceptable to the relevant Issuing Bank and the Borrowers.

Letter of Credit Sublimit” means €50,000,000, subject to increase in accordance with Section 2.22 hereof.

LIBOR” has the meaning specified in the definition of Eurocurrency Rate.

Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien, hypothecation or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limitation Acts means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

Line Cap” means, at any time, the lesser of (a) the Aggregate Commitments and (b) the Borrowing Base, in each case in effect or applicable at such time.

Liquidity Condition” means any period (x) (a) commencing on the day on which Specified Excess Availability is less than the greater of (i) 10.0% of the Line Cap at such time and (ii) €20,000,000 in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), for five (5) consecutive Business Days and (b) continuing until the end of the first period of 30 consecutive days at all times during which Specified Excess Availability for each day during such 30-day period has been greater than or equal to the greater of (i) 10.0% of the Line Cap at such time and (ii) €20,000,000 or (y) commencing upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Specified Default.

 

70


Listing” means the listing or the admission to trading of all or any part of the share capital of any member of the Group or any Holding Company (the only material assets of which are shares or other investments (directly or indirectly in the Group)) of a member of the Group (other than the Initial Investors) on any recognised investment exchange (as that term is used in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) or in or on any other exchange or market in any jurisdiction or country or any other sale or issue by way of listing, flotation or public offering or any equivalent circumstances in relation to any member of the Group or any such Holding Company of any member of the Group (other than the Initial Investors and their Holding Companies) in any jurisdiction or country.

Loan Documents” means this Agreement, any Promissory Note, the Loan Guarantee, the Collateral Documents, the Intercreditor Agreements, each Incremental Facility Agreement, each Extension Amendment and any other document or instrument designated by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent as a “Loan Document.” Any reference in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to any Loan Document shall include all appendices, exhibits or schedules thereto.

Loan Guarantee” means the ABL Loan Guaranty, substantially in the form of Exhibit I, executed by each Loan Party party thereto and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (the “ABL Loan Guaranty”), as supplemented in accordance with the terms of Section 5.12.

Loan Parties” means a Borrower or a Guarantor.

Loans” means Revolving Loans.

Lockbox” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(a).

London Banking Day” means any day on which dealings in Dollar or the applicable Alternate Currency, as applicable, deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank market.

LTM EBITDA” means on any day, Consolidated EBITDA of the Group for the Relevant Period ending on the Applicable Reporting Date provided that in the event any indebtedness, loan, investment, disposal, guarantee, payment or other transaction is committed, incurred or made by any member of the Group based on the amount of LTM EBITDA as determined for a given Applicable Test Date, that indebtedness, loan, investment, disposal, guarantee, payment or other transaction shall not constitute, or be deemed to constitute, or result in, a breach of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents if there is a change in the amount of LTM EBITDA for any Relevant Period ending subsequent to such Applicable Test Date.

Management Advances” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made to, directors, officers, employees, contractors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of any Parent Entity, Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or to any management equity plan, stock option plan, any other management or employee benefit, bonus or incentive plan or any trust, partnership or other entity of, established for the benefit of or the beneficial owner of which (directly or indirectly) is the directors, officers, employees, contractors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of any Parent Entity, Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) in respect of any expenses (including travel, entertainment and moving expenses) Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) for purposes of funding any such person’s purchase (or the purchase by any management equity plan) of Capital Stock or

 

71


Subordinated Shareholder Funding (or similar obligations) of Holdings, its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity with the approval of the Board of Directors of Holdings, or otherwise relating to any management equity plan, stock option plan any other management or employee benefit, bonus or incentive plan, (c) in respect of moving related expenses Incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office or (d) otherwise in an amount not exceeding the greater of (i) €16,130,000 and (ii) an amount equal to 7.5% of LTM EBITDA in the aggregate outstanding as of the Applicable Test Date.

Management Case” means the financial model relating to the Group in the agreed form and delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 4.01.

Management Investors” means (x) the officers, directors, managers, employees and members of management of the Borrowers, any Parent Company, and/or any Subsidiary of the Borrowers and/or (y) any Sellers (as such term is defined in the Acquisition Agreement) and/or the officers, directors, managers, employees and members of management of the Sellers.

Management Stockholders” means the members of management of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) or its Subsidiaries who are holders of Capital Stock of Holdings or of any Parent Entity on the Acquisition Closing Date or will become holders of such Capital Stock in connection with the Transaction.

Market Capitalization” means an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock or common equity interests of the IPO Entity on the date of the declaration of the relevant dividend multiplied by (ii) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such common stock or common equity interests for the thirty (30) consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such dividend..

Material Adverse Effect” means any event or circumstance which in each case after taking into account all mitigating factors or circumstances (including any warranty, indemnity, insurance or other resources available to the Group (including the Target Group) or right of recourse against any third party with respect to the relevant event or circumstance and any obligation of any person in force to provide any additional equity investment in the Group)

(a) has a material adverse effect on the consolidated business, assets or financial condition of the Group (taken as a whole) such that the Group (taken as a whole) would be unable to perform its payment obligations under the Loan Documents in respect of principal amounts due and payable thereunder; or

(b) subject to the Legal Reservations and any Perfection Requirements, affects the validity or the enforceability of the Loan Documents (taken as a whole) to an extent which is materially adverse to the interests of the Secured Parties (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents (taken as a whole),

and, in each case, if capable of remedy, is not remedied within twenty (20) Business Days of the date on which the Administrative Agent gives written notice of the issue to Holdings.

Material Deposit Account” means any Deposit Account or securities account of a Loan Party other than Excluded Accounts.

 

72


Material IP Entity” has the meaning given to such term in paragraph (c) of the definition of “Material Subsidiary.”

Material Intellectual Property” means any specifically identifiable material intellectual property required in order to conduct the business of the Group in all material respects as it is being conducted and which is beneficially owned by or licensed to members of the Group.

Material Subsidiary” means (a) a Loan Party (b) a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction which has earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA and, at Holdings’ option, either including or excluding any adjustments made to Consolidated EBITDA of the Group pursuant to paragraphs (a)(viii) and (a)(ix) of the definition thereof and/or paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) of Section 1.17 representing more than 5% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Group by reference to the latest Annual Financial Statements delivered to the Administrative Agent (or, if no such Annual Financial Statements have been delivered, the Original Financial Statements) or (c) to the extent not covered under paragraphs (a) and/or (b) above, a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings which, on the relevant date of determination, holds any Material Intellectual Property of the Group (a “Material IP Entity”) provided that (i) each Restricted Subsidiary which is not required to (or is unable to) become a Guarantor in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles will not be considered a Material Subsidiary and (ii) a determination by Holdings (in good faith) that a Restricted Subsidiary is or is not a Material Subsidiary shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

Maturity Date” means (a) with respect to the Initial Revolving Loans, the Initial Revolving Credit Maturity Date, (b) with respect to any Incremental Facility, the final maturity date set forth in the applicable Incremental Facility Agreement and (c) with respect to any Extended Commitment, the final maturity date set forth in the applicable Extension Amendment.

Maximum Rate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.20.

Minimum Extension Condition” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(b).

MLI” means the Multilateral Convention to Implement Tax Treaty Related Measures to Prevent Base Erosion and Profit Shifting of November 24, 2016.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Multiemployer Plan” means a “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section (3)(37) of ERISA) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA that is contributed to for any employees of a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or in respect of which any U.S. Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate has any actual or contingent, direct or indirect liability.

Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) under the Securities Act.

 

73


Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or instalment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

 

  (a)

all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Taxes paid, reasonably estimated to be actually payable or accrued as a liability under GAAP (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a result of the distribution of such proceeds to Holdings and after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition, including distributions for Related Taxes and Permitted Tax Distributions;

 

  (b)

all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

 

  (c)

all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders (other than any Parent Entity, Holdings or any of its respective Subsidiaries) in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition;

 

  (d)

the deduction of appropriate amounts required to be provided by the seller as a reserve, on the basis of GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition; and

 

  (e)

any funded escrow established pursuant to the documents evidencing any such sale or disposition to secure any indemnification obligations or adjustments to the purchase price associated with any such Asset Disposition.

Net Cash Proceeds” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of Taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be actually payable as a result of such issuance or sale (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a result of the distribution of such proceeds to Holdings and after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing agreements, and including distributions for Related Taxes and Permitted Tax Distributions).

Net Orderly Liquidation Value” means, with respect to Eligible Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory or Eligible Raw Materials Inventory of any Person, the orderly liquidation value thereof to be realized at (i) an orderly, negotiated sale held within a reasonable period of time or (ii) at any sale or other enforcement initiated or undertaken by or on behalf of any insolvency administrator or similar person, in each case, net of all liquidation expenses, as determined from the most recent appraisal of the Loan Parties’ Inventory performed by an Approved Appraiser.

 

74


New Contracts” has the meaning given to that term in sub-paragraph (a)(xxii) of the definition of Consolidated EBITDA.

Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19(b).

Notice of Intent to Cure” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.12(b).

Obligations” means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Post-Petition Interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding (or that would accrue but for the operation of applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws), regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on all Revolving Loans, loans pursuant to any Incremental Last Out Tranche, all Swingline Loans, all Overadvances, all Protective Advances, all LC Exposure, all accrued and unpaid fees, premiums and all expenses (including fees, premiums and expenses accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding (or that would accrue but for the operation of applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws), regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), reimbursements, indemnities and all other advances to, debts, liabilities and obligations of any Loan Party to the Lenders or to any Lender, the Administrative Agent, any Arranger, any Issuing Bank or any indemnified party arising under the Loan Documents in respect of any Revolving Loan, Swingline Loan, Overadvance, Protective Advance or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute, contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising.

OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury (or any successor thereto).

Officer” means, with respect to any person, (a) the chairman of the Board of Directors, the CEO, the president, the CFO, any vice president, the treasurer, any director, authorized signatory, managing director or the company secretary (or, in each case, any person holding a similar or equivalent role) of such person and/or if such person is owned or managed or represented by a single entity, of such entity, and/or (b) any other individual designated as an “Officer” or an “authorized signatory” with respect to such person.

Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to any person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such person.

Original Accounting Principles” means the accounting principles and related accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the Original Financial Statements and the Management Case provided that the Original Accounting Principles may apply GAAP as in effect for annual periods commencing on or after 1 January 2019.

Original Borrowers” means each of the entities listed on Schedule 1.01(f).

 

75


Original Financial Statements” means a copy of the audited financial statements of Birkenstock GmbH & Co. KG for the financial year ended on 30 September 2020 provided that such statements shall not be required to be in a form and substance satisfactory to any Secured Party nor subject to any other approval requirement.

Original Guarantor” means each of the entities listed on Schedule 1.01(g).

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising solely from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, or engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Revolving Loan or Loan Document).

Other Creditor” means such lender, lender representative, administrative agent, collateral agent or trustee with respect to Indebtedness incurred by a Loan Party.

Other Senior Collateral” means such Collateral of an Other Creditor that is not ABL Priority Security.

Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary Taxes or any intangible, recording, filing or other excise or property Taxes (including any Luxembourg registration duties) (each a “Stamp Tax”) arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt (i) any Excluded Taxes, (ii) any Stamp Taxes imposed with respect to, or in respect of an assignment, novation, transfer or participation by a Lender (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.19(b)) and (iii) pursuant or to the extent that such Stamp Tax becomes payable upon a voluntary registration made by any party if such registration is not required by any applicable law or not necessary to evidence, prove, maintain, enforce, compel or otherwise assert the rights of such party or obligations of any party under a Loan Document.

Outstanding Amount” means (a) with respect to any Revolving Loan, Overadvance, Protective Advance and/or Swingline Loan on any date, the Euro Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowing and/or prepayment or repayment of such Revolving Loan and/or Swingline Loan, as the case may be, occurring on such date, (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Euro Equivalent of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit after giving effect to any change in the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit or the issuance or expiry of such Letter of Credit, including as a result of any LC Disbursement and (c) with respect to any LC Disbursement on any date, the Euro Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding amount of such LC Disbursement on such date after giving effect to any disbursement with respect to any Letter of Credit occurring on such date and any other change in the aggregate amount of such LC Disbursement as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursement by the Borrowers of such LC Disbursement.

Overadvance” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.04(e).

Parent Company” means (a) Holdings and (b) any other Person of which the Borrowers are an indirect Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

 

76


Parent Debt Contribution” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04(a)(i)(C).

Parent Entity” means any direct or indirect parent of Holdings.

Participant” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(c).

Participant Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(c).

Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that adopts or has adopted the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

Party” means a party to this Agreement.

Patent” means the following: (a) any and all patents and patent applications throughout the world; (b) all inventions described and claimed therein; (c) all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations in part, renewals, extensions and continuations in part thereof; (d) all income, royalties, damages, claims, and payments now or hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including damages and payments for past and future infringements thereof; (e) all rights to sue for past, present, and future infringements thereof; and (f) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing.

Payment Conditions” means:

(a) with respect to any transaction subject to Payment Conditions, Specified Excess Availability (in each case, calculated on a pro forma basis, and in the case of Investments, subject to completion by the Administrative Agent of a desktop audit and appraisal) on the date of such transaction would be equal to or greater than:

(A) in the case of Restricted Payments, (x) if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (calculated on a pro forma basis) is greater than or equal to 1.00:1.00, the greater of (a) 15% of the Line Cap on such date and (b) €30,000,000 and (y) if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (calculated on a pro forma basis) is less than 1.00:1.00, the greater of (a) 20% of the Line Cap on such date and (b) €40,000,000, in each case on such date and for the twenty (20) days prior thereto and;

(B) in the case of any other transaction subject to Payment Conditions other than Restricted Payments, (x) if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (calculated on a pro forma basis) is greater than or equal to 1.00:1.00, the greater of (a) 12.5% of the Line Cap on such date and (b) €25,000,000 and (y) if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (calculated on a pro forma basis) is less than 1.00:1.00, the greater of (a) 17.5% of the Line Cap on such date and (b) €35,000,000, in each case on such date and for the twenty (20) days prior thereto; and

(b) no Specified Default shall be continuing.

Payment Recipient” has the meaning assigned to it in Article 8.

 

77


PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Perfection Requirements” means the making or the procuring of the appropriate registrations, filing, endorsements, notarization, stampings and/or notifications of or under the Transaction Security Documents and/or the Security created thereunder and any other actions or steps, necessary in any jurisdiction or under any laws or regulations in order to create or perfect any Security or the Transaction Security Documents or to achieve the relevant priority expressed therein.

Permitted Acquisition” means any Permitted Investment under paragraphs (a)(ii) or (b) of the definition of Permitted Investment or any other acquisition or Investment permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash, Cash Equivalent Investments between Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and another person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalent Investments received in excess of the value of any cash or Cash Equivalent Investments sold or exchanged must be applied in accordance with the covenant described under Section 6.05.

Permitted Collateral Lien” means Liens on the Charged Property:

 

  (a)

that are described in one or more of paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (k), (o), (q), (r), (w), (x), (z), (hh), and (kk) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and Liens arising by operation of law that would not materially interfere with the ability of the Administrative Agent to enforce the Security Interests in the Charged Property;

 

  (b)

to secure all obligations (including paid-in-kind interest) in respect of:

 

  (i)

the obligations under the Loan Documents;

 

  (ii)

Indebtedness described under paragraphs Section 6.01(a)(i) (provided that any such Indebtedness secured on the Charged Property that does not constitute ABL Priority Security ranks junior to Facility B), Section 6.01(a)(ii), Section 6.01(a)(iii), Section 6.01(a)(iv) (provided that such Indebtedness constitutes Second Lien Liabilities or otherwise ranks junior to Facility B and the Secured Obligations), and Section 6.01(f), and provided that if:

 

  (A)

the Designation Date has occurred;

 

  (B)

Facility B has been refinanced in full (ignoring any participation (x) of a Lender (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) which has been rolled over into a refinancing (or otherwise) and/or (y) in respect of which a Lender (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) has declined prepayment); and

 

78


  (C)

a Revolving Facility (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) (in each case, to the extent not fully and finally discharged) has been designated as “Super Senior Liabilities” pursuant to clause 18 (New Debt Financings) of the Intercreditor Agreement,

the following may have super senior priority status in respect of the proceeds from the enforcement of the Charged Property that is not ABL Priority Security and certain distressed disposals of assets pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement that are not ABL Priority Security:

 

  (1)

up to an amount of Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility which is not prohibited by Section 6.01 not to exceed the greater of (x) €215,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 100% of LTM EBITDA; and

 

  (2)

Hedging Obligations, obligations under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks,

in each case to the extent Incurred under and in compliance with Section 6.01;

 

  (iii)

Indebtedness described under Section 6.01(A) or Section 6.01(B), provided that if such Indebtedness constitutes Senior Secured Indebtedness and, after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 5.00:1.00;

 

  (iv)

Indebtedness described under Section 6.01(b), to the extent that such Guarantee is in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be secured by a Permitted Collateral Lien;

 

  (v)

Indebtedness described under Section 6.01(d), Section 6.01(e)(i), Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(I), Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(II) (provided that such Indebtedness constitutes Second Lien Liabilities or otherwise ranks junior to the Facilities), Section 6.01(f), Section 6.01(g) (other than with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations), Section 6.01(h)(v), Section 6.01(j), Section 6.01(m), or Section 6.01(s); or

 

  (vi)

any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness referred to in sub-paragraphs (i) to (v) above (provided that, if such Indebtedness is secured on a basis equal or senior to the Revolving Facility, to the extent such Indebtedness would have been permitted to be so secured); or

 

  (c)

Incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to obligations that in total do not exceed the greater of (i) €10,750,000 and (ii) an amount equal to 5% of LTM EBITDA at any time outstanding and that (x) are not Incurred in connection with the borrowing of money and (y) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof or the operation of Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s business,

 

79


provided that, in the case of paragraphs (b) and (c) above, each of the secured parties to any such Indebtedness that individually exceeds an aggregate principal amount of the greater of (i) €32,250,000 and (ii) an amount equal to 15% of LTM EBITDA that is to share in all or substantially all (or in the case of secured parties to any Topco Notes and/or any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with or refinances, redeems or repays any Topco Notes, less than all or substantially all) of the Transaction Security will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement; and provided further that for purposes of determining compliance with this definition, in the event that a Permitted Collateral Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Collateral Liens described in paragraphs (a) through (c) above, Holdings will be permitted to classify such Permitted Collateral Lien on the date of its Incurrence and reclassify such Permitted Collateral Lien at any time and in any manner that complies with this definition; and provided further that Permitted Collateral Liens may not have super senior priority status in respect of the proceeds from the enforcement of the Charged Property or a distressed disposal of assets, other than as permitted by paragraph (b)(ii) above, save that nothing in this definition shall prevent lenders under any Credit Facilities from providing for any ordering of payments under the various tranches of such Credit Facilities; provided further that all Permitted Collateral Liens on ABL Priority Security must be secured on a junior basis to the Secured Obligations unless securing the Secured Obligations.

Permitted Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01.

Permitted Discretion” means the reasonable (from the perspective of a secured asset-based lender) credit judgment exercised in good faith in accordance with customary business practices of the Administrative Agent for comparable asset-based lending transactions.

Permitted Holders” means, collectively, (a) the Initial Investors, (b) any one or more persons, together with such persons’ Affiliates, whose beneficial ownership constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement, (c) the Management Stockholders, (d) any person who is acting solely as an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any IPO Entity, acting in such capacity, (e) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, no person other than persons referred to in paragraphs (a) to (d) above collectively, has beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any Parent Entity held by such group, (f) following the end of a Change of Control Put Option Period (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement), any Investor as at the date of the relevant Change of Control Notice (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement); and (g) any Related Person of any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (f) above but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Vendor and any Rollover Investor.

 

80


Permitted Investment” means (in each case, by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries):

 

  (a)

Investments in:

 

  (i)

a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) or Holdings; or

 

  (ii)

a person (including the Capital Stock of any such person) that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (b)

Investments in another person and as a result of such Investment such other person is merged, amalgamated, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (c)

Investments in cash or Cash Equivalent Investments;

 

  (d)

Investments in receivables owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (e)

Investments in payroll, travel, relocation, entertainment, moving related and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (f)

Management Advances;

 

  (g)

Investments in Capital Stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor or otherwise with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

  (h)

Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from a sale or other disposition of property or assets, or through the provision of any services including an Asset Disposition;

 

  (i)

Investments existing or pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect or existence on the Acquisition Closing Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may not be increased except (i) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Acquisition Closing Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

 

81


  (j)

Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 6.01;

 

  (k)

pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or Liens otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under the covenant described under Section 6.02;

 

  (l)

any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock), Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of any Parent Entity as consideration;

 

  (m)

any transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of paragraph Section 6.03(b) (except those described in Section 6.03(b)(i), Section 6.03(b)(iii), Section 6.03(b)(vi), Section 6.03(b)(vii), Section 6.03(b)(ix), Section 6.03(b)(xii), and Section 6.03(b)(xiv));

 

  (n)

Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in any case, in the ordinary course of business, and in accordance with this Agreement;

 

  (o)

any:

 

  (i)

Guarantees of Indebtedness not prohibited by the covenant described under Section 6.01 and (other than with respect to Indebtedness) guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (ii)

performance guarantees with respect to obligations that are not prohibited by this Agreement;

 

  (p)

Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement;

 

  (q)

Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of an entity merged or amalgamated into Holdings or merged or amalgamated into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

  (r)

Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other persons;

 

  (s)

contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of Holdings;

 

  (t)

Investments in joint ventures and similar entities and Similar Businesses:

 

82


  (i)

in existence on the Acquisition Closing Date; and

 

  (ii)

having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this paragraph (t)(ii) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed:

 

  (A)

the greater of (x) €64,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 30% of LTM EBITDA at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); plus

 

  (B)

the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments,

with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided that if any Investment pursuant to this definition is made in any person that is not Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such person becomes Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of this definition and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this paragraph for so long as such person continues to be Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (u)

additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this paragraph (u) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed:

 

  (i)

the greater of (x) €86,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 40% of LTM EBITDA; plus

 

  (ii)

the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments,

with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided that if any Investment pursuant to this paragraph is made in any person that is not Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such person becomes Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of this definition and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this paragraph for so long as such person continues to be Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

83


  (v)

Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this paragraph (v) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed:

 

  (i)

the greater of (x) €64,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 30% LTM EBITDA at the time of such Investment; plus

 

  (ii)

the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments,

with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided that if any Investment pursuant to this definition is made in any person that is not Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such person becomes Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b)of this definition and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this paragraph for so long as such person continues to be Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (w)

Investments (i) arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility and (ii) constituting distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

 

  (x)

Investments in connection with the Transaction;

 

  (y)

Investments (including repurchases) in Indebtedness of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (z)

Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described under Section 6.10;

 

  (aa)

guarantee and indemnification obligations arising in connection with surety bonds issued in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (bb)

Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of real property, any other assets or services in the ordinary course of business or made in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing customer or client contacts and loans or advances made to distributors in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (cc)

Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business;

 

84


  (dd)

Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection of deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (ee)

transactions entered into in order to consummate a Permitted Tax Restructuring; and

 

  (ff)

Investments made at a time when the Payment Conditions applicable to such Investments have been satisfied

provided, however, that any Investment consisting of (A) the transfer of any Material Intellectual Property by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to an Unrestricted Subsidiary or (B) the designation of a Material IP Entity as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, where such Material IP Entity holds Material Intellectual Property following such designation, in each case shall not constitute a Permitted Investment under this Agreement.

Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any person:

 

  (a)

Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness and other Obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

 

  (b)

pledges, deposits or Liens under workmen’s compensation laws, old-age-part-time arrangements, payroll taxes, unemployment insurance laws, social security laws or similar legislation, or insurance related obligations (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements) or pension related liabilities and obligations, or in connection with bids, tenders, completion guarantees, contracts (other than for borrowed money) or leases, or to secure utilities, licenses, public or statutory obligations, or to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, government contracts and leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, indemnity, judgment, customs, appeal or performance bonds, (including pledges, deposits or Liens under any indemnities, undertakings, guarantees, counter guarantees or indemnities and contractual obligations provided in connection with such surety, stay, indemnity, judgment, customs, appeal or performance bonds), guarantees of government contracts, return-of-money bonds, bankers’ acceptance facilities (or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations), obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments that have been posted to support the same, or as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of (or obligations of credit insurers with respect thereof) rent, or other obligations of like nature, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (c)

Liens with respect to outstanding motor vehicle fines and Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction contractors’ or other like Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than sixty (60) days or that are bonded or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

85


  (d)

Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges which are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days from the date on which Holdings becomes aware such amounts are overdue or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP (or other applicable accounting principles) have been made in respect thereof;

 

  (e)

encumbrances, charges, ground leases, easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), survey exceptions, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions, by-law, regulation, zoning restrictions or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries or to the ownership of their properties, including servicing agreements, development agreements, site plan agreements, subdivision agreements, facilities sharing agreements, cost sharing agreements and other agreements, which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including (i) ground leases entered into by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any development, construction, operation or improvement of assets on any real property owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and any Liens created by the lessee in connection with any such ground lease, including easements and rights of way, or on any of its assets located on the real property subject to such ground lease) and (ii) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses in respect of real property to any trading counterparty to which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries provides services on such real property;

 

  (f)

Liens:

 

  (i)

on assets, capital stock or property of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Hedging Obligations or Banking Services permitted under this Agreement;

 

  (ii)

that are statutory, common law or contractual rights of set-off (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Liens arising under the general terms and conditions of banks or saving banks (Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen der Banken und Sparkassen)) or, in the case of sub-paragraphs (A) or (B) below, other bankers’ Liens:

 

  (A)

relating to treasury, depository and Banking Services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds in the ordinary course of business and not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness;

 

86


  (B)

relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings; or

 

  (C)

relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (iii)

on cash accounts securing Indebtedness and other Obligations permitted to be Incurred under Section 6.01(h)(iv) and Section 6.01(h)(v) with financial institutions;

 

  (iv)

encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

  (v)

of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC (or a similar statutory provision in another applicable jurisdiction) on items in the course of collection;

 

  (vi)

in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the maintenance of such accounts; and/or

 

  (vii)

arising under customary general terms of the account bank in relation to any bank account maintained with such bank and attaching only to such account and the products and proceeds thereof, which Liens, in any event, do not secure any Indebtedness (including Liens of members of the Group under the German general terms and conditions of banks and saving banks (Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen der Banken und Sparkassen));

 

  (g)

leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property and intellectual property rights), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (h)

Liens securing or otherwise arising out of judgments, decrees, attachments, orders or awards not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as:

 

  (i)

any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree, order or award have not been finally terminated;

 

  (ii)

the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired; or

 

87


  (iii)

no more than sixty (60) days have passed after (A) such judgment, decree, order or award has become final or (B) such period within which such proceedings may be initiated has expired;

 

  (i)

Liens:

 

  (i)

on assets or property of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of securing (x) Purchase Money Obligations, or (y) Capitalized Lease Obligations, or securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or securing Indebtedness or other Obligations Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business, provided that:

 

  (A)

the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Agreement; and

 

  (B)

in the case of sub-clause (y), any such Liens may not extend to any assets or property of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary other than assets or property acquired, improved, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and any improvements or accessions and/or fixtures to such assets and property, including any real property on which such improvements or construction relates; and

 

  (ii)

any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligations or operating lease;

 

  (j)

Liens perfected or evidenced by UCC financing statement filings, including precautionary UCC financing statements (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating leases entered into by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (k)

Liens existing on, or provided for or required to be granted under written agreements existing on, the Acquisition Closing Date (other than Liens securing the Revolving Facility);

 

  (l)

Liens on property, other assets or shares of stock of a person at the time such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or at the time Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, other assets or shares of stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination transaction with or into Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in anticipation of or in connection with such other person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property, other assets or stock); provided further that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property, other assets or stock (plus improvements, accession, proceeds or dividends or distributions in connection with the original property, other assets or stock) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;

 

88


  (m)

Liens on assets or property of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other Obligations of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary, or Liens in favor of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (n)

Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously so secured, and permitted to be secured under this Agreement (other than with respect to Liens Incurred under paragraph (cc) of this definition of “Permitted Liens”); provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness or other Obligations being refinanced or is in respect of property that is or could be the security for or subject to a Permitted Lien hereunder;

 

  (o)

Liens constituting:

 

  (i)

mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party on property over which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto; and

 

  (ii)

any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

 

  (p)

any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture, associate or similar arrangement (i) pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement or arrangement (including articles, by-laws and other governing documents of such entity) or (ii) securing obligations of joint ventures, Associates or similar entities or arrangements;

 

  (q)

Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets;

 

  (r)

Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods or receivables resulting from the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

89


  (s)

Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations permitted to be Incurred by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries under any of Section 6.01(d)(A), Section 6.01(d)(C) (solely as it relates to Section 6.01(d)(A) , Section 6.01(e), Section 6.01(f), Section 6.01(g), Section 6.01(n), Section 6.01(p), and Section 6.01(s) provided that:

 

  (i)

in the case of Section 6.01(e)(y) only if such Liens are limited to all or a part of the same property or assets, including Capital Stock acquired (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof, or replacements of any thereof), or of a Person acquired or merged or consolidated with or into Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, in any transaction to which such Indebtedness relates;

 

  (ii)

in the case of Section 6.01(g)(x)(B) such Liens extend only to the assets, property, plant or equipment purchased, leased, rented, designed, expanded, constructed, installed, replaced, repaired, installed or improved (as applicable) (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof, or replacements of any thereof); provided further that individual financings of assets provided by one lender or group of lenders may be cross-collateralised to other financings of assets by such lender or group of lenders; and

 

  (iii)

in the case of Section 6.01(p) only if such Liens are limited to the extent of such property or assets financed;

 

  (t)

Permitted Collateral Liens;

 

  (u)

Liens:

 

  (i)

on Capital Stock or other securities or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (ii)

Liens then existing with respect to assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary on the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described under Section 6.10;

 

  (iii)

in respect of any credit support in favour of any provider of credit insurance relating to Holdings and or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (v)

any security granted over the marketable securities portfolio described in paragraph (h) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents” in connection with the disposal thereof to a third party;

 

  (w)

Liens on:

 

  (i)

goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit issued for the account of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or Liens on bills of lading, drafts or other documents of title arising by operation of law or pursuant to the standard terms of agreements relating to letters of credit, bank guarantees and other similar instruments; and

 

90


  (ii)

specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any person securing such person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

  (x)

Liens on equipment of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and located on the premises of any client or supplier in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (y)

Liens on assets or securities deemed to arise in connection with and solely as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of contracts to sell such assets or securities if such sale is otherwise permitted by this Agreement;

 

  (z)

Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefits of) insurance carriers;

 

  (aa)

Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Agreement;

 

  (bb)

Liens:

 

  (i)

on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; and

 

  (ii)

consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale permitted under the covenant described under Section 6.05 in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or asset sale, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

 

  (cc)

Liens on property and assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness and other Obligations of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) €64,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 30% LTM EBITDA at the time Incurred;

 

  (dd)

Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted by the covenant described under Section 6.01, provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

  (ee)

Liens arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility;

 

  (ff)

Settlement Liens;

 

91


  (gg)

rights of recapture of unused real property in favor of the seller of such property set forth in customary purchase agreements and related arrangements with any government, statutory or regulatory authority;

 

  (hh)

the rights reserved to or vested in any person or government, statutory or regulatory authority by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

 

  (ii)

restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put;

 

  (jj)

Liens or covenants restricting or prohibiting access to or from lands abutting on controlled access highways or covenants affecting the use to which lands may be put; provided that such Liens or covenants do not interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (kk)

Liens arising or incurred in connection with any Permitted Tax Restructuring or the Transaction;

 

  (ll)

Liens required to be granted under mandatory law in favour of creditors as a consequence of a merger or conversion permitted under this Agreement due to §§ 22, 204 German Transformation Act (Umwandlungsgesetz—UmwG);

 

  (mm)

Liens on Escrowed Proceeds including for the benefit of the related holders of debt securities or other Indebtedness (or the underwriters or arrangers thereof) or on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case, to the extent such cash or government securities are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement, including in each case any interest or premium thereon;

 

  (nn)

Liens arising in connection with any joint and several liability and any netting or set-off arrangement arising in each case by operation of law as a result of the existence or establishment of a fiscal unity between Restricted Subsidiaries solely for corporate income tax or value added tax purposes in any jurisdiction of which Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary is or becomes a member;

 

  (oo)

standard terms relating to banker’s Liens or similar general terms and conditions of banks with whom Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary maintains a banking relationship in the ordinary course of business, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary or financial institution;

 

  (pp)

Liens securing or arising by reason of any netting or set-off arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of banking or other trading activities, or liens over cash accounts and receivables securing cash pooling or cash management arrangements;

 

92


  (qq)

(i) Liens created for the benefit of or to secure, directly or indirectly, the Revolving Facility, (ii) Liens pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and/or the Transaction Security Documents, (iii) Liens in respect of property and assets securing Indebtedness if the recovery in respect of such Liens is subject to loss-sharing as among the Lenders and the creditors of such Indebtedness pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement, (iv) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred under Section 6.01(a)(i), Section 6.01(a)(ii), and Section 6.01(a)(iii), to the extent, in the case of Section 6.01(a)(ii), and Section 6.01(a)(iii), the Agreed Security Principles permit such Lien to be granted to such Indebtedness without being granted to the Revolving Facility or would not permit such Lien to be granted to such Revolving Facility and (v) Liens on rights under any proceeds loan that are assigned to the third party creditors of the Indebtedness Incurred by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance such proceeds loan and incurred in compliance with this Agreement and securing that Indebtedness;

 

  (rr)

Liens created or subsisting in order to secure any pension liabilities or partial retirement liabilities or any liabilities arising in connection with any pension insurance plan;

 

  (ss)

any extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Lien described in this definition of Permitted Lien, provided that any such extension, renewal or replacement shall not extend in any material respect to any additional property or assets;

 

  (tt)

any Lien pursuant to or in connection with Section 8a of the German Old-Age Part Time Act (Altersteilzeitgesetz) or Section 7e of the Fourth Book of the German Social Code (Sozialgesetzbuch IV);

 

  (uu)

any Lien or other security interest or right of set-off in favour of Dutch banks arising under (x) articles 24 or 25 respectively of the general terms and conditions (algemene voorwaarden) of any member of the Dutch Bankers’ Association (Nederlandse Vereniging van Banken) or (y) any other applicable banking terms and conditions; and

 

  (vv)

any Lien not securing Indebtedness.

In the event that a Permitted Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Liens (at the time of Incurrence or at a later date), Holdings in its sole discretion may divide, classify or from time to time reclassify all or any portion of such Permitted Lien in any manner that complies with this Agreement and such Permitted Lien shall be treated as having been made pursuant only to the paragraph or paragraphs of the definition of Permitted Lien to which such Permitted Lien has been classified or reclassified. All Permitted Liens on ABL Priority Security must be secured on a junior basis to the Secured Obligations unless securing the Secured Obligations.

Permitted Payments” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04(b).

 

93


Permitted Reorganization” means any amalgamation, demerger, merger, voluntary liquidation, consolidation, reorganization, winding up or corporate reconstruction involving Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (a “Reorganization”) that is made on a solvent basis; provided that (a) any payments or assets distributed in connection with such Reorganization remain within Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and if any shares or other assets form part of the Charged Property, substantially equivalent Liens must be granted over such shares or assets of the recipient such that they form part of the Charged Property (ignoring for the purposes of assessing such equivalency any limitations required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles or hardening periods (or any similar or equivalent concept)).

Permitted Tax Distribution” means if and for so long as Holdings is a member of a fiscal unity (whether resulting from a domination and profit or loss pooling agreement or otherwise) or a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return with any Parent Entity, any dividends, intercompany loans, other intercompany balances or other distributions to fund any income Taxes for which Holdings or a Parent Entity is liable up to an amount not to exceed with respect to such Taxes the amount of any such Taxes that Holdings and its Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate company basis or on a consolidated basis calculated as if Holdings and its Subsidiaries had paid Tax on a consolidated, combined, group, affiliated or unitary basis on behalf of an affiliated group consisting only of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

Permitted Tax Restructuring” means any reorganizations and other activities related to tax planning and tax reorganization entered into prior to, on or after the date hereof so long as such Permitted Tax Restructuring is not materially adverse to the Lenders, individually or in the aggregate (as determined by Holdings in good faith).

 

  Permitted

Transaction” means:

 

  (a)

any step, circumstance, payment, event, reorganization or transaction contemplated by or relating to the Transaction Documents, the Funds Flow Statement, the Tax Structure Memorandum, the Reports and any intermediate steps or actions necessary to implement the steps, circumstances, payments or transactions described in each such document;

 

  (b)

any step, circumstance, event or transaction as part of the Debt Pushdown (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) and any intermediate steps or actions necessary to implement the Debt Pushdown (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement);

 

  (c)

a Permitted Reorganization;

 

  (d)

any step, circumstance, payment or transaction contemplated by or relating to the Acquisition (and related Acquisition Documents) or any exercise of any set off of any claims or receivables of Holdings (or its Affiliates) arising under, contemplated by or relating to the Acquisition (and related Acquisition Documents) against any liabilities owed by Holdings (or its Affiliates) to the respective vendors under the Acquisition Agreement, their Affiliates or assigns or otherwise disclosed to the Arrangers prior to the date of this Agreement and any intermediate steps or actions necessary to implement such steps, circumstances, payments, transactions or set-off;

 

94


  (e)

any step, circumstance or transaction which is mandatorily required by law (including arising under an order of attachment or injunction or similar legal process);

 

  (f)

any conversion of a loan, credit or any other indebtedness outstanding into distributable reserves, share capital, share premium or other equity interests of any member of the Group or any other capitalization, forgiveness, waiver, release or other discharge of any loan, credit or other indebtedness of any member of the Group, in each case on a cashless basis;

 

  (g)

any repurchase of shares in any person upon the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares, if such shares represent all or a portion of the exercise price of such warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares as part of a cashless exercise;

 

  (h)

any transfer of the shares in, or issue of shares by, a member of the Group or any step, action or transaction including share issue or acquisition or consumption of debt, for the purpose of creating the group structure for the Acquisition or effecting the Transaction as set out in the Tax Structure Memorandum including inserting any Holding Company or incorporating or inserting any Subsidiary in connection therewith, provided that after completion of such steps no Change of Control shall have occurred;

 

  (i)

any closure of bank accounts in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (j)

any “Liabilities Acquisition” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement);

 

  (k)

any intermediate steps or actions necessary to implement steps, circumstances, payments or transactions permitted by this Agreement; and

 

  (l)

any transaction to which the Administrative Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders) shall have given prior written consent; and

 

  (m)

any action to be taken by a member of the Group that, in the reasonable opinion of Holdings, is necessary to implement or complete the Acquisition or has arisen as part of the negotiations with the shareholders or senior management of the Target or any anti-trust authority, regulatory authority, pensions trustee, pensions insurer, works council or trade union (or any similar or equivalent person to any of the foregoing in any jurisdiction), in each case, in connection with the Acquisition.

Person” means any individual, natural person, corporation, business trust, family trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, Governmental Authority or any other entity

 

95


Plan Asset Regulations” means 29 CFR § 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA, as amended from time to time.

Platform” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.01(d).

Post-Petition Interest” means any interest or entitlement to fees or expenses or other charges that accrue after the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

Preferred Stock” as applied to the Capital Stock of any person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such person.

Primary Obligor” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Contingent Obligations”.

Prime Rate” means the rate of interest last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the U.S. or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the “bank prime loan” rate or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) or any similar release by the Board (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent). The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer. Any change in the prime rate determined by the Administrative Agent shall take effect at the opening of business on the date of such determination.

Process Agent” means Birkenstock US Bidco, Inc.

Promissory Note” means a promissory note of the Borrowers payable to any Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit G, evidencing the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from the Loans made by such Lender.

Protective Advance” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.06(a).

PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

Public Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.01(d).

Public Offering” means any offering, including an Initial Public Offering, of shares of common stock or other common equity interests that are listed on an exchange or publicly offered (which shall include an offering pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act to professional market investors or similar persons).

Purchase” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.17(c)(i).

 

96


Purchasers” shall have the meaning assigned to the term in the Acquisition Agreement as in effect on February 25/26, 2021.

Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

QFC Credit Support” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.26.

Qualified Capital Stock” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that is not Disqualified Stock.

Qualified Cash” means with respect to any Person, unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents (other than Tax and Trust Funds) of such Person that are on deposit in Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts that are subject to a perfected first priority security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent and in the case of unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents of Loan Parties, a Blocked Account Agreement.

Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Facility that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Securitization Subsidiary or any other person are made for fair consideration (as determined in good faith by Holdings); and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be fair and reasonable terms (as determined in good faith by Holdings) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

Quarter Date” means each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December or such other dates which correspond to the quarter end dates within the Financial Year.

Quarterly Financial Statements” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01(a).

Rate Determination Date” means two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period (or such other day as is generally treated as the rate fixing day by market practice in such interbank market, as determined by the Administrative Agent; provided that, to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, then “Rate Determination Date” means such other day as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent).

Real Estate Asset” means, at any time of determination, all right, title and interest (fee, leasehold or otherwise) of any Loan Party in and to real property (including, but not limited to, land, improvement and fixtures thereon).

 

97


Receivables Assets” means (a) any accounts receivable owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary subject to a Receivables Facility and the proceeds thereof and (b) all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, all records with respect to such accounts receivable and any other assets customarily transferred together with accounts receivable in connection with a non-recourse accounts receivable factoring arrangement and which are sold, conveyed, assigned or otherwise transferred or pledged by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary (as applicable) in a transaction or series of transactions in connection with a Receivables Facility

Receivables Facility” means an arrangement between Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary and a counterparty pursuant to which (a) Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, sells (directly or indirectly) accounts receivable owing by customers, together with Receivables Assets related thereto, (b) the obligations of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, thereunder are non-recourse (except for Securitization Repurchase Obligations) to Holdings and such Restricted Subsidiary; and (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be on market terms (as determined in good faith by Holdings) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings, and shall include any guaranty in respect of such arrangements.

Recipient” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Excluded Taxes”.

Reconciliation Request” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.05(b).

Reconciliation Statement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.05(b).

Refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “refinances”, “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Agreement shall have a correlative meaning.

Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date or Incurred in compliance with this Agreement (including Indebtedness of Holdings that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that:

 

  (a)

such Refinancing Indebtedness:

 

  (i)

has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced; and

 

  (ii)

to the extent refinancing Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, is Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and, in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness, is subordinated to the Revolving Facility on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

98


  (b)

Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

  (c)

such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding (plus the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing) under the Indebtedness being Refinanced; and

 

  (d)

Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility or any other Indebtedness may be Incurred from time to time after the termination, discharge or repayment of any such Credit Facility or other Indebtedness.

Refunding Capital Stock” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04(b)(ii).

Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(b)(iv).

Regulation D” means Regulation D of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation U” means Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Related Funds” means with respect to any Lender that is an Approved Fund, any other Approved Fund that is managed by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

Related Investment Fund” in relation to a fund (the “first fund”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, managers, officers, trustees, employees, partners, agents, advisors and other representatives of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

 

99


Related Person” with respect to any Permitted Holder, means (a) any controlling equity holder or Subsidiary of such person, (b) in the case of an individual, any spouse, former spouse, family member or relative of such individual, any trust or partnership for the benefit of one or more of such individual and any such spouse, former spouse, family member or relative, or the estate, executor, administrator, committee or beneficiaries of any thereof, (c) any trust, corporation, partnership or other person for which one or more of the Permitted Holders and other Related Persons of any thereof constitute the beneficiary, stockholders, partners or owners thereof, or persons beneficially holding in the aggregate a majority (or more) controlling interest therein; and any investment fund or vehicle managed, sponsored or advised by such person or any successor thereto, or by any Affiliate of such person or any such successor.

Related Taxes” means any Taxes, including sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, registration, business, customs, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar Taxes and other fees and expenses (other than (x) Taxes measured by income and (y) withholding Taxes), required to be paid (provided that such Taxes are in fact paid) by any Parent Entity by virtue of its:

 

  (a)

being organised or otherwise being established or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than, directly or indirectly, Holdings or any of Holdings’ Subsidiaries) or otherwise maintain its existence or good standing under applicable law;

 

  (b)

being a holding company parent, directly or indirectly, of Holdings or any Subsidiaries of Holdings;

 

  (c)

issuing or holding Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

 

  (d)

receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of, directly or indirectly, Holdings or any Subsidiaries Holdings, or

having made (i) any payment in respect to any of the items for which Holdings is permitted to make payments to any Parent Entity pursuant to Section 6.04 or (ii) any Permitted Tax Distribution.

Release” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration into or through the Environment (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Material).

Relevant Governmental Body means the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the purpose of recommending a benchmark rate to replace LIBOR in loan agreements similar to this Agreement.

 

100


Relevant Jurisdiction” means, in relation to a Loan Party: (a) its jurisdiction of incorporation and (b) the jurisdiction whose laws govern any of the Transaction Security Documents entered into by it.

Relevant Party” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(h)(ii).

Relevant Period” means (a) (if ending on a Quarter Date) each period of four consecutive Financial Quarters ending on a Quarter Date or (b) (if ending on the last day of a calendar month or any other date not being a Quarter Date) the period of twelve (12) consecutive months ending on the last day of a calendar month or such other appropriate date, which in each case for the avoidance of doubt may include periods prior to the Closing Date.

Reorganization” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Permitted Reorganization.”

Report” means reports prepared by the Administrative Agent or an Approved Appraiser showing the results of field examinations, inventory appraisals or audits pertaining to the Collateral from information furnished by or on behalf of the Loan Parties, after the Administrative Agent has exercised its rights of inspection pursuant to this Agreement, which Reports may be distributed to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent, subject to the provisions of Section 9.13.

Representatives” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.13.

Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposure and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the Total Revolving Credit Exposure and aggregate unused Commitments of all Lenders at such time; provided that the Revolving Credit Exposure and unused Commitments of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in the determination of the Required Lenders at any time.

Required Minimum Balance” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(b).

Required Notice” means at least three Business Days’ prior written notice to the Borrowers, which notice shall include a reasonably detailed description of any Reserve being established or eligibility standard being changed (during which period (a) the Administrative Agent shall, if requested, discuss any such Reserve or change with the Borrowers, (b) the Borrowers may take such action as may be required so that the event, condition or matter that is the basis for such Reserve or change no longer exists or exists in a manner that would result in the establishment of a lower Reserve or result in a lesser change to eligibility standards, in each case in a manner and to the extent reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), and (c) no Borrowing shall be permitted to the extent such Borrowing would result in non-compliance with the Borrowing Base if such Reserve or change had been implemented).

 

101


Requirements of Law” means, with respect to any Person, collectively, the common law and all federal, state, local, foreign, multinational or international laws, statutes, codes, treaties, standards, rules and regulations, guidelines, ordinances, orders, judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees (including administrative or judicial precedents or authorities) and the interpretation or administration thereof by, and other determinations, directives, requirements or requests of any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law and that are applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Reserved Indebtedness Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.

Reserves” means reserves in such amounts, and with respect to such matters, as the Administrative Agent shall establish in its Permitted Discretion, against the Borrowing Base, including without limitation with respect to (without duplication) (i) price adjustments, damages, unearned discounts, returned products, or other matters for which credit memoranda are issued in the ordinary course of any Loan Party’s business; (ii) the Dilution Reserve; (iii) shrinkage, spoilage and obsolescence of any Loan Party’s Inventory; (iv) the Hedge Product Reserve; (v) three months’ rent for locations at which books and records, Inventory or Equipment (within the meaning of the UCC) is stored and as to which the Administrative Agent has not received a satisfactory landlord’s agreement or bailee letter to the extent required hereunder, as applicable, at any time following the 90th day after the Closing Date (or such later date as permitted by Administrative Agent); (vi) warranty claims; (vii) reserves for Banking Services Obligations; (viii) during a Cash Dominion Period, reserves for the Required Minimum Balances; (ix) any German trustee or similar fees, (x) sales tax, use tax, value added tax (VAT), goods and services taxes (GST) or similar taxes, (xi) expected customer returns, (xii) credit card processing or interchange fees, (xiii) retention of title reserve, (xiv) reserves related to freight duties and customs obligations, (xv) for customer prepayments and deposits, (xvi) gift card and store credit liability, (xvii) Wage Earner Protection Program Act (WEPPA) reserves, (xvii) reserves established in the Permitted Discretion of the Administrative Agent for amounts secured by any Liens on German Collateral or which amounts would otherwise have a preferential claim on German Collateral, whether choate or inchoate (including as a result of any retention of title arrangements (Eigentumsvorbehalt)), which rank or are capable of ranking in priority to, or pari passu with, the Liens of the Administrative Agent granted under the Loan Documents on such Collateral and/or for amounts which may represent costs relating to the enforcement of the Liens of the Administrative Agent granted under the Loan Documents on such Collateral by and on behalf of the Administrative Agent or by and on behalf of an insolvency administrator or similar person and (xix) such other specific events, conditions or contingencies as to which the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, determines reserves should be established from time to time hereunder to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which could reasonably be expected to (1) adversely affect the value of the applicable Eligible Accounts Receivable, Eligible Credit Cards Receivable, Eligible Investment Grade Receivables, Eligible Inventory, Eligible Raw Materials Inventory or Eligible In-Transit Inventory, or (2) to reflect items that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the value, priority, perfection or enforceability of any of the security interest of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in the ABL Priority Security (including, without duplication of clause (v) above, customary rent reserves pursuant to Section 5.13); provided that no reserves may be taken after the Closing Date based on circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies known to the Administrative Agent as of the Closing Date or in relation to the German Collateral as of the later of (i) the date the Initial Field Exam and Initial Inventory Appraisal has been delivered to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the date at which the Administrative Agent has a perfected security interest in the Collateral comprising the German Borrowing Base and for which no reserves were

 

102


imposed on the Closing Date or such later date, unless such circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies shall have changed in any material adverse respect since the Closing Date. The amount of any Reserve established by the Administrative Agent shall have a reasonable relationship to the event, condition or other matter which is the basis for such Reserve as determined by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion. The Administrative Agent shall provide Required Notice to the Borrowers of any new categories of Reserves that may be established after the Closing Date and will be available to consult with the Borrowers in connection with the basis for such new categories of Reserves provided that no notice shall be required in the instances of (i) changes in the reserves for Banking Services Obligations or rent reserves, (ii) changes to any reserves resulting solely by virtue of mathematical calculations and (iii) changes that would result in a formula error in the definition of Borrowing Base or as a result of events that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, in each case, to the extent reserves are permitted to be taken with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not establish any Reserves in respect of any matters relating to any items of Collateral that have been taken into account in determining Eligible Accounts Receivable, Eligible Credit Card Receivables, Eligible Investment Grade Receivables, Eligible Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory or Eligible Raw Materials Inventory, as applicable nor shall any reserves be taken with respect to the dilution of any Accounts other than as specifically set forth in the Dilution Reserve.

Resolution Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.

 

  Restricted

Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Member of the Group” means a member of the Group in respect of which a Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that a Sanctions Provision would result in a violation of, a conflict with or liability under:

 

  (a)

EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96;

 

  (b)

§7 of the German Außenwirtschaftsverordnung (in connection with the German Außenwirtschaftsgesetz); or

 

  (c)

any similar applicable anti-boycott law, regulation or statute in force from time to time that is applicable to such entity.

Restricted Payment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04(a).

Restricted Secured Party” means a Secured Party that notifies the Administrative Agent that a Sanctions Provision would result in a violation of, a conflict with or liability under (a) EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96, (b) §7 of the German Außenwirtschaftsverordnung (in connection with the German Außenwirtschaftsgesetz) or (c) any similar applicable anti-boycott law, regulation or statute in force from time to time that is applicable to such entity.

Restricted Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary of Holdings other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

103


Revaluation Date” means (a) with respect to any Revolving Loan, each of the following: (i) the date of the Borrowing of such Revolving Loan, (ii) each date of a continuation of such Revolving Loan pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) the date of delivery of the Borrowing Base Certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.03(a) and (iv) the date of any voluntary reduction of the related Commitment pursuant to Section 2.09(b); (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) the date of on which such Letter of Credit is issued, (ii) the date of any amendment of such Letter of Credit that has the effect of increasing the face amount thereof and (iii) the date of delivery of the Borrowing Base Certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.03(a); (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, each of the following: (i) the date of the Borrowing of such Swingline Loan, (ii) the date of delivery of the Borrowing Base Certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.03(a) and (iii) the date of any voluntary reduction of the related Commitment pursuant to Section 2.09(b); and (d) any additional date as the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the relevant Issuing Bank, as applicable, may determine or the Required Lenders may require at any time.

Revolving Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Total Revolving Credit Exposure, at such time.

Revolving Facility” means the Initial Revolving Facility, any Incremental Facility and any Extended Revolving Facility.

Revolving Loans” means all loans at any time made by any Lender pursuant to Article 2, including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Initial Revolving Loans and Additional Revolving Loans, and, to the extent applicable, shall include Swingline Loans, Overadvances and Protective Advances.

Rollover Investor” means any (direct or indirect) shareholder in the Target Group immediately prior to the Acquisition Closing Date or any other director or member of the management or other person which reinvests or advances (or which Holdings reasonably anticipates will reinvest or advance) any proceeds payable or received pursuant to or in connection with the Acquisition (directly or indirectly) in Holdings, its Subsidiaries or any Holding Company of Holdings (including on a non-cash basis) or which will remain a shareholder in the Target (directly or indirectly) on the Acquisition Closing Date.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Sale” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.17(d)(i).

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third person in contemplation of such leasing

Sanctions” means any economic, trade or financial sanctions, laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures imposed, enacted, administered or enforced from time to time by any Sanctions Authority.

 

104


Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country or territory which itself is, or whose government is, the target of comprehensive Sanctions broadly prohibiting dealings with such government, country, or territory.

Sanctioned Person” means any person that is (or persons that are) (a) listed on, or owned or controlled (as such terms are defined and interpreted by the relevant Sanctions) by a person listed on any Sanctions List, (b) located, organized or resident in or incorporated under the laws of any Sanctioned Country or (c) owned or controlled by persons that are the target of Sanctions, provided that, for the purpose of this definition, a person shall not be deemed to be a Sanctioned Person if transactions or dealings with such person are (i) not prohibited under applicable Sanctions or (ii) permitted under a licence, licence exemption or other authorisation of a Sanctions Authority.

Sanctions Authority” means (a) the U.S., (b) the United Nations Security Council, (c) the EU and any EU member state, (d) the UK or (e) the respective governmental institutions of any of the foregoing which administer Sanctions, including HM Treasury, OFAC, the U.S. State Department and the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

Sanctions Provisions” means Section 5.21.

Schedule of Accounts” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.03(b).

Scheduled Unavailability Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.14(c)(ii).

Screen Rate” means the Eurocurrency Rate quote for an Applicable Currency on the applicable screen page the Administrative Agent designates to determine such Eurocurrency Rate for such Applicable Currency (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations for such Applicable Currency as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time in good faith).

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of its functions.

Second Lien Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Group included in the definition of Total Debt that constitutes Second Lien Liabilities.

Second Lien Liabilities” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement

Secured Hedging Obligations” means all Hedging Obligations (other than any Excluded Swap Obligation) under each Hedge Agreement that (a) is in effect on the Closing Date between any Loan Party and a counterparty that is the Administrative Agent, a Lender, an Issuing Bank, an Arranger or any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, a Lender, an Issuing Bank or an Arranger as of the Closing Date or (b) is entered into after the Closing Date between any Loan Party and any counterparty that is (or is an Affiliate of) the Administrative Agent, an Issuing Bank, any Lender or any Arranger at the time such Hedge Agreement is entered into, for which such Loan Party agrees to provide security and in each case that has been designated to the Administrative Agent in writing by the German Parent Borrower as being a “Secured Hedging Obligation” for

 

105


purposes of the Loan Documents; it being understood that each counterparty thereto shall be deemed (A) to appoint the Administrative Agent as its agent under the applicable Loan Documents and (B) to agree to be bound by the provisions of Article 8, Section 9.03 and Section 9.10 and the Intercreditor Agreements as if it were a Lender; provided, however, that for any of the foregoing to be included as a Secured Obligation for purposes of a distribution under clause “Seventh” of Section 2.18(b), the applicable Secured Party and the German Parent Borrower shall have previously provided written notice to the Administrative Agent of (i) the existence of the applicable Hedge Agreement and (ii) the maximum dollar amount of obligations arising thereunder (the “Hedge Product Amount”). The Hedge Product Amount may be changed from time to time upon written notice to the Administrative Agent by the applicable Secured Party and Loan Party. No Hedge Product Amount may be established or increased if a Reserve in such amount would cause an Overadvance. For the avoidance of doubt, any “Secured Hedging Obligations” designated as such pursuant to the Senior Facilities Agreement shall not constitute Secured Hedging Obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreements).

Secured Obligations” means all Obligations, together with (a) all Banking Services Obligations, (b) all Secured Hedging Obligations; provided that Banking Services Obligations and Secured Hedging Obligations shall cease to constitute Secured Obligations on and after the Termination Date and (c) all Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights.

Secured Parties” means (i) the Lenders, (ii) the Administrative Agent, (iii) each counterparty to a Hedge Agreement with a Loan Party the obligations under which constitute Secured Hedging Obligations, (iv) each provider of Banking Services to any Loan Party the obligations under which constitute Banking Services Obligations, (v) the Arrangers, (vi) the Issuing Banks and (vii) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

Securities” means any stock, shares, units, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing; provided that the term “Securities” shall not include any earn-out agreement or obligation or any employee bonus or other incentive compensation plan or agreement.

Securities Account” has the meaning provided in the UCC.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Securitization Asset” means (a) any accounts receivable, mortgage receivables, loan receivables, royalty, franchise fee, license fee, patent or other revenue streams and other rights to payment or related assets and the proceeds thereof; and (b) all collateral securing such receivable or asset, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such receivable or asset, lockbox accounts and records with respect to such account or asset and any other assets customarily transferred (or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted) together with accounts or assets in connection with a securitization, factoring or receivable sale transaction.

 

106


Securitization Facility” means any of one or more securitization, financing, factoring or sales transactions, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, pursuant to which Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries sells, transfers, pledges or otherwise conveys any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) to a Securitization Subsidiary or any other person.

Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any Securitization Asset or Receivables Asset or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees, expenses and charges (including commissions, yield, interest expense and fees and expenses of legal counsel) paid in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility.

Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility to repurchase or otherwise make payments with respect to Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Securitization Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Holdings in each case formed for the purpose of and that solely engages in one or more Qualified Securitization Financings and other activities reasonably related thereto or another person formed for this purpose.

Security” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, security assignment, security transfer of title or other security interest having a similar effect.

Security Agreement” means (i) the U.S. ABL Pledge Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit H, among the U.S. Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and (ii) the U.S. ABL Security Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit J, among the U.S. Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Security Interests” means the security interests in the Charged Property that are created by the Transaction Security Documents.

Sellers” shall have the meaning assigned to the term in the Acquisition Agreement as in effect on February 25/26, 2021.

Senior Facilities Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among Holdings, the German Parent Borrower, the U.S. Borrower, the other parties thereto, Goldman Sachs Bank USA as agent and security agent and the lenders from time to time party thereto.

 

107


Senior Notes” means up to €430,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.25% Senior Notes due 2029 issued pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture.

Senior Notes Indenture” means the Indenture to be dated April 29, 2021, among, inter alios, BK LC Finco 1 S.à r.l., as issuer, the Initial Guarantors (as defined therein) and GLAS Trust Company LLC, as trustee.

Senior Secured Facilities” means the credit facilities governed by the Secured Facility Agreement and one or more debt facilities or other financing arrangements (including indentures) providing for loans or other long-term indebtedness that replace or refinance such credit facility incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(a).

Senior Secured Facilities Collateral Agent” means the security agent for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Senior Secured Facilities Agreement).

Senior Secured Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Group included in the definition of Total Debt that constitutes Senior Secured Liabilities.

Senior Secured Liabilities” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

  Senior

Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

 

  (a)

the sum of:

 

  (i)

Senior Secured Indebtedness as of such date; and

 

  (ii)

the Reserved Indebtedness Amount in respect of Indebtedness which, once incurred, would constitute Senior Secured Indebtedness,

less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of the Group on a consolidated basis; to

 

  (b)

LTM EBITDA,

 

  provided

that such calculation shall not give effect to:

 

  (i)

any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 6.01 (other than Senior Secured Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(iii) and Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(I) thereof);

 

  (ii)

any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraphs Section 6.01(d)(A) or Section 6.01(d)(B); or 6.01(n)(B); or

 

  (iii)

the discharge on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred on the determination date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 6.01(a) (other than the discharge of Senior Secured Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(iii) and Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(I) thereof).

 

108


Senior Secured Priority Security” has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Senior Secured Notes” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Settlement” means the transfer of cash or other property with respect to any credit or debit card charge, check or other instrument, electronic funds transfer, or other type of paper-based or electronic payment, transfer, or charge transaction for which a person acts as a processor, remitter, funds recipient or funds transmitter in the ordinary course of its business.

Settlement Asset” means any cash, receivable or other property, including a Settlement Receivable, due or conveyed to a person in consideration for a Settlement made or arranged, or to be made or arranged, by such person or an Affiliate of such person.

Settlement Indebtedness” means any payment or reimbursement obligation in respect of a Settlement Payment.

Settlement Lien” means any Lien relating to any Settlement or Settlement Indebtedness (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the grant of a Lien in or other assignment of a Settlement Asset in consideration of a Settlement Payment, Liens securing intraday and overnight overdraft and automated clearing house exposure, and similar Liens).

Settlement Receivable” means any general intangible, payment intangible, or instrument representing or reflecting an obligation to make payments to or for the benefit of a person in consideration for a Settlement made or arranged, or to be made or arranged, by such person.

Settlement Payment” means the transfer, or contractual undertaking (including by automated clearing house transaction) to effect a transfer, of cash or other property to effect a Settlement.

Signing Date Fee Letter” means that certain ABL Facility Fee Letter, dated as of February 26, 2021, by and among, inter alios, Holdings and the Arrangers, as amended from time to time.

Similar Business” means (a) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Target Group) on the Closing Date and (b) any businesses, services and activities engaged in by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing or are extensions or developments of any thereof.

SOFR with respect to any day means the secured overnight financing rate published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, as the administrator of the benchmark (or a successor administrator) on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s website (or any successor source) and, in each case, that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.

 

109


SOFR-Based Rate” means SOFR or Term SOFR.

SPC” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(e).

Specified Default” shall mean an Event of Default arising under Section 7.01(a), Section 7.01(c) (solely with respect to a breach of Section 6.12(a) if the covenant set forth in such Section is then in effect), Section 7.01(d) (solely with respect to a material breach of Section 3.17 or as a result of a material breach of any representation or warranty set forth in any Borrowing Base Certificate (or a misrepresentation of any Borrowing Base in any material respect)), Section 7.01(e)(i), Section 7.01(e)(ii), Section 7.01(f), or Section 7.01(g).

Specified Excess Availability” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Covenant Trigger Period.”

Sponsor” means, Catterton Management Company, L.L.C., its controlled Affiliates and funds managed or advised by it or any of its controlled Affiliates (in each case, other than any portfolio company).

Spot Rate” means, on any date of determination, the exchange rate, as determined by the Administrative Agent, that is applicable to conversion of one currency into another currency, which is (a) the exchange rate reported by Bloomberg (or other commercially available source designated by the Administrative Agent) as of the end of the preceding Business Day in the financial market for the first currency; or (b) if such report is unavailable for any reason, the spot rate for the purchase of the first currency with the second currency as in effect during the preceding Business Day in Administrative Agent’s principal foreign exchange trading office for the first currency.

Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants, guarantees and indemnities entered into by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings which Holdings has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Facility, including those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking or, in the case of a Receivables Facility, a non-credit related recourse accounts receivable factoring arrangement.

Standby Letter of Credit” means any Letter of Credit other than any Commercial Letter of Credit.

Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, the date specified in the instrument governing such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any Contingent Obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Statutory Reserve Rate” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is

 

110


subject with respect to the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate, for Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to Regulation D. Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Structural Adjustment” means, in each case other than in accordance with or as contemplated by the terms of this Agreement:

(a) an amendment, waiver or variation of the terms of some or all of the Loan Documents that results in or is intended to result from or has the effect of changing or which relates to;

(i) an extension to the availability, change to the date of payment or redenomination of any amount under the Loan Documents;

(ii) a reduction in the Applicable Rate (other than in accordance with the definition of Applicable Rate) or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees, or commission or other amounts owing or payable to a Lender under the Loan Documents;

(iii) the currency of payment of any amount under the Loan Documents;

(iv) a redenomination of a Commitment or participation of any Secured Party into another currency;

(v) a re-tranching of any or all of the Obligations;

(vi) an increase in, or addition or a grant of, any Commitment or participation of any Secured Party or the Aggregate Commitments;

(vii) introduction of an additional loan, commitment, tranche or facility into the Loan Documents ranking pari passu with or junior to any of the Obligations,

in each case, other than in respect of an Incremental Increase or Incremental Last Out Tranche.

(b) an amendment or waiver of a term of a Loan Document and any change (including changes to, the taking of or release coupled with the retaking of Security and/or guarantees and changes to and/or additional intercreditor arrangements) that is consequential on, incidental to, or required to implement or effect or reflect any of the amendments or waivers listed in paragraph (a) above.

 

111


Subject Acquisition” means any Permitted Acquisition or any other acquisition, whether by purchase, merger, amalgamation or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, or any business line, unit or division of, any Person or of a majority of the outstanding Capital Stock of any Person (and, in any event, including any Investment in (x) any Restricted Subsidiary the effect of which is to increase the Borrowers’ or any Restricted Subsidiary’s respective equity ownership in such Restricted Subsidiary or (y) any joint venture for the purpose of increasing the Borrowers’ or their relevant Restricted Subsidiary’s ownership interest in such joint venture), in each case that is permitted by this Agreement or the designation of an Additional Borrower.

Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person, any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment or security to the Revolving Facility pursuant to a written agreement or which constitutes Second Lien Liabilities (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement). No Indebtedness will be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior basis or on different assets, or due to the fact that holders (or an agent, trustee or representative thereof) of any Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor or similar arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them or by virtue of the application of “waterfall” or similar payment ordering provisions affecting tranches of Indebtedness.

Subordinated Liabilities” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Subordinated Shareholder Funding” means collectively, any funds provided to Holdings by any Parent Entity, any Affiliate of any Parent Entity or any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate thereof, in exchange for or pursuant to any security, instrument or agreement other than Capital Stock, in each case issued to and held by any of the foregoing persons, together with any such security, instrument or agreement and any other security or instrument other than Capital Stock issued in payment of any obligation under any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; provided that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding

(a) does not mature or require any amortization, redemption or other repayment of principal or any sinking fund payment prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Initial Revolving Credit Maturity Date (other than through conversion or exchange of such funding into Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or any funding meeting the requirements of this definition) or the making of any such payment prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Initial Revolving Credit Maturity Date is restricted by the Intercreditor Agreement, an Additional Intercreditor Agreement or another intercreditor agreement

(b) does not require, prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Initial Revolving Credit Maturity Date, payment of cash interest, cash withholding amounts or other cash gross-ups, or any similar cash amounts or the making of any such payment prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Initial Revolving Credit Maturity Date is restricted by the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

112


(c) contains no change of control, asset sale or similar provisions and does not accelerate and has no right to declare a Default or event of default or take any enforcement action or otherwise require any cash payment, in each case, prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Initial Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the payment of any amount as a result of any such action or provision or the exercise of any rights or enforcement action, in each case, prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Initial Revolving Credit Maturity Date is restricted by the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(d) does not provide for or require any security interest or encumbrance over any asset of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

(e) pursuant to its terms or to the Intercreditor Agreement, an Additional Intercreditor Agreement or another intercreditor agreement, is fully subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Revolving Facilities and any Guarantee pursuant to subordination, payment blockage and enforcement limitation terms which are customary in all material respects for similar funding or are no less favorable in any material respect to Lenders than those contained in the Intercreditor Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date with respect to the Subordinated Liabilities;

(f) is not Guaranteed by any Subsidiary of Holdings;

(g) contains restrictions on transfer to a person who is not a Parent Entity, any Affiliate of any Parent Entity, any holder of Capital Stock of a Parent Entity or any Affiliate of a Parent Entity or any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate thereof; provided that any transfer of Subordinated Shareholder Funding to any of the foregoing persons shall not be deemed to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders; and

(h) does not (including upon the happening of any event) restrict the payment of amounts due in respect of the Revolving Facilities or any Guarantee thereof or compliance by Holdings or any Guarantor with its obligations under the Revolving Facilities, any Guarantee thereof or this Agreement

Subsidiary” means in relation to any person, any entity which is controlled directly or indirectly by that person and any entity (whether or not so controlled) treated as a subsidiary in the latest financial statements of that person from time to time, and control for this purpose means the direct or indirect ownership of the majority of the voting share capital of such entity or the right or ability to direct management to comply with the type of material restrictions and obligations contemplated in this Agreement or to determine the composition of a majority of the Board of Directors (or like board) of such entity, in each case, whether by virtue of ownership of share capital, contract or otherwise provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary no Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be a member of the Group or a “Subsidiary” of a member of the Group

Successor Administrative Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(f)(iii).

Successor Company” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.06(a).

Successor Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14.

 

113


Successor Rate Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any proposed Successor Rate, any conforming changes to the definition of Alternate Base Rate, Interest Period, timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other technical, administrative or operational matters as may be appropriate, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Successor Rate and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent determines that adoption of any portion of such market practice for such Applicable Currency is not administratively feasible or that no market practice for the administration of such Successor Rate for such Applicable Currency exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent determines is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement).

Super Majority Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposure and unused Commitments representing more than 66-2/3% of the sum of the Total Revolving Credit Exposure and aggregate unused Commitments of all Lenders at such time; provided that the Revolving Credit Exposure and unused Commitments of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in the determination of the Super Majority Lenders at any time.

Supplier” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(h)(ii).

Supported QFC” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.26.

Synergies” has the meaning given to that term in sub-paragraph (a)(viii) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA.”

Swap Obligations” means, with respect to any Loan Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swingline Exposure” means, at any time, the Euro Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be equal to its Applicable Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

Swingline Lender” means Goldman, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder, or any successor lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

Swingline Loan” means any Revolving Loan made to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.04.

Swingline Sublimit” means €25,000,000.

Target Business” shall have the meaning assigned to the term in the Acquisition Agreement as in effect on February 25/26, 2021.

Target Entities” shall have the meaning assigned to the term in the Acquisition Agreement as in effect on February 25/26, 2021.

 

114


Target Group” means the Target Entities together with its Subsidiaries.

Tax and Trust Funds” means any Cash or Cash Equivalents maintained in or credited to any Deposit Account or Securities Account that are comprised of (i) funds specifically and exclusively used or to be used for payroll and payroll taxes and other employee benefit payments to or for the benefit of any Loan Party’s employees, (ii) funds specifically and exclusively used or to be used to pay all Taxes required to be collected, remitted or withheld (including withholding Taxes (including the employer’s share thereof)) and (iii) any other funds which any Loan Party is permitted or otherwise not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement to specifically and exclusively hold as an escrow or fiduciary for the benefit of another Person (other than a Loan Party) in the ordinary course of business.

Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same) imposed or levied by any government or other taxing authority.

Tax and Trust Funds Account” means any account containing Cash and Cash Equivalents consisting solely of Tax and Trust Funds.

Tax and Trust Funds Certificate” means a certificate of an Officer of the Borrowers certifying (a) the type and amount of any Tax and Trust Funds contained or held in a Blocked Account, (b) that the failure to remit such Tax and Trust Funds to the Person entitled thereto could reasonably be expected to result in personal, criminal or civil liability to any director, officer or employee of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party under any applicable law and (c) that (x) the obligation requiring such Tax and Trust Funds is due and payable within 15 Business Days of delivery of such certificate and (y) amounts on deposit in any applicable Tax and Trust Funds Account are insufficient to make such payment.

Tax Structure Memorandum” means the tax structure memorandum provided to the Administrative Agent referred to in paragraph 5(b) of Schedule 4.01 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any updated version provided to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of that paragraph).

 

  Temporary

Cash Investments” means any of the following means any of the following:

 

  (a)

any Investment in:

 

  (i)

direct obligations of, or obligations Guaranteed by, (A) the U.S. or Canada, (B) any EU member state, (C) the UK, (D) Australia, Japan, Norway or Switzerland, (E) any country in whose currency funds are being held specifically pending application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country with such funds or (F) any agency or instrumentality of any such country or member state; or

 

  (ii)

direct obligations of any country recognised by the U.S. rated at least “A” by S&P or Fitch or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

 

115


  (b)

overnight bank deposits, and investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and money market deposits (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing not more than one (1) year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by:

 

  (i)

any Lender;

 

  (ii)

any institution authorized to operate as a bank in any of the countries or member states referred to in paragraph (a)(i) above; or

 

  (iii)

any bank or trust company organised under the laws of any such country or member state or any political subdivision thereof, in each case, having capital and surplus aggregating in excess of €250,000,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long-term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or Fitch or “A-2” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) at the time such Investment is made;

 

  (c)

repurchase obligations with a term of not more than thirty (30) days for underlying securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) or (b) above entered into with a person meeting the qualifications described in paragraph (b) above;

 

  (d)

Investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than two hundred and seventy (270) days after the date of acquisition, issued by a person (other than Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries), with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-2” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “F2” (or higher) according to Fitch or “A-2” (or higher) according to S&P (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

 

  (e)

Investments in securities maturing not more than one (1) year after the date of acquisition issued or fully Guaranteed by Australia, Canada, any European Union member state, Japan, Norway, Switzerland, the UK, any state, commonwealth or territory of the U.S., or by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth, territory, country or member state of any of the foregoing, and rated at least “BBB-” by S&P or Fitch or “Baa3” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

 

  (f)

bills of exchange issued in Australia, Canada, a member state of the European Union, Japan, Norway, Switzerland, the UK or the U.S. eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialised equivalent);

 

116


  (g)

any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a commercial bank organised under the laws of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of €250,000,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) or whose long term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or Fitch or “A2” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) at the time such Investment is made;

 

  (h)

Investment funds investing 90% of their assets in securities of the type described in paragraphs (a) through (g) above (which funds may also hold reasonable amounts of cash pending investment or distribution); and

 

  (i)

investments in money market funds complying with the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 (or any successor rule) of the SEC under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Term Facility” means Facility B and any Additional Term Facility (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement).

Term SOFR” means the forward-looking term rate for any period that is approximately (as determined by the Administrative Agent) as long as any of the Interest Period options set forth in the definition of “Interest Period” and that is based on SOFR and that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body, in each case as published on an information service as selected by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion.

Termination Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in the lead-in to Article 5.

Test Period” means, as of any date, the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters then most recently ended for which financial statements under Section 5.01(a) or Section 5.01(b), as applicable, have been delivered (or are required to have been delivered) or to the extent applicable, for which internal financial statements are available to the extent such financial statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent; it being understood and agreed that prior to the first delivery (or required delivery) of financial statements of Section 5.01(a), “Test Period” means the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters most recently ended for which the consolidated financial statements of the Group are available and have been delivered to the Administrative Agent.

Third Parties Act” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.10(a).

Threshold Amount” means an aggregate amount equal to the greater of (x) €64,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 30% of LTM EBITDA.

Topco” means (a) BK LC Lux Finco 1 S. à r.l, a société à responsibilité limitée incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 40, avenue Monterey, L-2163 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’ Register under registration number B252262 and (b) any other person that has provided Transaction Security over any of its assets, but is not a Loan Party and has acceded to this Agreement as “Topco” and acceded to the Intercreditor Agreement as a “Subordinated

 

117


Creditor” and “Third Party Security Provider” (each term as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and, in each case, which entity has not ceased to be Topco in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, provided that Transaction Security is always granted over 100% of the issued share capital of Holdings by the persons described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above.

Topco Notes” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

  Topco

Proceeds Loan” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Total Debt” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Group (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate principal amount of any Guarantees by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Topco Notes (or the aggregate principal amount of any Guarantees by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness that refinances, redeems or repays any Topco Notes)), but excluding any Indebtedness of the Group under or with respect to Banking Services, intra-Group Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations, Receivables Facilities or Securitization Facilities.

 

  Total

Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

 

  (a)

the sum of:

 

  (i)

Total Debt as of such date; and

 

  (ii)

the Reserved Indebtedness Amount in respect of Indebtedness which, once incurred, would be included in the calculation of Total Debt,

less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of the Group on a consolidated basis; to

 

  (b)

LTM EBITDA,

 

  provided

that such calculation shall not give effect to:

 

  (i)

any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 6.01 (other than Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraphs Section 6.01(a)(iii), Section 6.01(a)(iv), Section 6.01(a)(v) and Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(I) thereof);

 

  (ii)

any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(d)(A) or Section 6.01(n)(B); or

 

  (iii)

the discharge on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred on the determination date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 6.01(a) (other than the discharge of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraph Section 6.01(a)(iii), Section 6.01(a)(iv), Section 6.01(a)(v) or Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1) thereof).

 

118


Total Revolving Credit Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of the aggregate Outstanding Amounts of (a) the Revolving Loans, (b) the LC Exposure and (c) the Swingline Loans, Overadvances and Protective Advances, in each case outstanding at such time.

Total Secured Debt” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Group constituting Senior Secured Indebtedness or Second Lien Indebtedness (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate principal amount of any Guarantees by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Topco Notes (or the aggregate principal amount of any Guarantees by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness that refinances, redeems or repays any Topco Notes or other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Topco Notes to the extent it is only secured by the collateral the secures the Topco Notes)).

 

  Total

Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means , as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

 

  (a)

the sum of:

 

  (i)

Total Secured Debt as of such date; and

 

  (ii)

the Reserved Indebtedness Amount in respect of Indebtedness which, once incurred, would be included in the calculation of Total Secured Debt,

less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of the Group on a consolidated basis; to

 

  (b)

LTM EBITDA,

 

  provided

that such calculation shall not give effect to:

 

  (i)

any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 6.01 (other than Senior Secured Indebtedness or Second Lien Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraphs Section 6.01(a)(iii), Section 6.01(a)(iv), Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(I) and Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(II) thereof);

 

  (ii)

any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraphs Section 6.01(d)(A), Section 6.01(d)(B) or Section 6.01(n)(B); or

 

  (iii)

the discharge on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred on the determination date pursuant to the provisions described Section 6.01 (other than Senior Secured Indebtedness or Second Lien Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraphs Section 6.01(a)(iii), Section 6.01(a)(iv), Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(I) and Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(II) thereof).

 

119


Total Transaction Uses” means (a) the aggregate of (i) the total aggregate cash consideration payable to the Vendor under the Acquisition Agreement on the Acquisition Closing Date and (ii) the principal amount of all existing Target Group indebtedness to be refinanced on the Closing Date (other than any amount which relates to cash pooling, working capital or similar operational debt) less (b) all cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by the members of the Group and the Target Group acquired on or as at the Closing Date in each case, as identified in any Funds Flow Statement or, if no Funds Flow Statement is delivered, any sources and uses statement included in the Tax Structure Memorandum.

Trademark” means any and all trademarks throughout the world, including the following: (a) all trademarks (including service marks), common law marks, trade names, trade dress, domain names, corporate names and logos, slogans and other indicia of origin under the Requirements of Law of any jurisdiction in the world, and the registrations and applications for registration thereof and all goodwill of the business symbolized by the foregoing; (b) all renewals of the foregoing; (c) all income, royalties, damages, and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect thereto, including damages, claims, and payments for past and future infringements thereof; (d) all rights to sue for past, present, and future infringements of the foregoing, including the right to settle suits involving claims and demands for royalties owing; and (e) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing.

Transaction” any transactions directly or indirectly related to (in each case including the financing or refinancing thereof) (i) the Acquisition, (ii) the entry into and/or utilization of the Revolving Facilities or the Senior Secured Facilities, (ii) the issuance of the Topco Notes and the Guarantees thereof, (iv) refinancing or otherwise discharging of certain Existing Target Debt, (v) any other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, (vi) other associated transactions taken in relation to or incidental to the foregoing; and (vii) the payment or incurrence of any fees, expenses, taxes or charges associated with any of the foregoing.

Transaction Equity Contribution” means shareholder funding provided by the Initial Investors in connection with the Equity Contribution described under paragraph (b)(ii) of Schedule 4.01 provided that the aggregate amount of such shareholder funding counted as a Transaction Equity Contribution shall not exceed an amount equal to the percentage of Total Transaction Uses specified in paragraph (b)(ii) of Schedule 4.01.

Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transaction.

Transaction Security” means the Security created or expressed to be created in favour of the Administrative Agent and/or the Secured Parties (represented by the Administrative Agent, as the case may be) pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents.

Transaction Security Documents” mean (a) each of the security documents listed as being a Transaction Security Document in Schedule 4.01, (b) any document entered into by Topco and/or any member of the Group (including any member of the Target Group) creating or expressed to create any Security over all or any part of its assets in respect of the obligations of any member of the Group under any of the Loan Documents, (c) any “Security Document” (other than a “Topco Independent Transaction Security Document”) and any “Transaction Security Document” (each as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement); and (d) any other document designated as a “Transaction Security Document” by Holdings and the Administrative Agent in writing (each acting reasonably).

 

120


Treasury Capital Stock” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04(b)(ii).

Treasury Regulations” means the U.S. federal income tax regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code.

Type”, when used in reference to any Revolving Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Revolving Loan, or on the Revolving Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or any other state the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the creation or perfection of security interests.

UK Financial Institution” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended form time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.

UCP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce UCP 600 (“ICC”) Publication No. 600 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

UK Tax Deduction” shall mean a deduction or withholding for or on account of Taxes imposed by the United Kingdom from a payment under a Loan Document.

UK Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means

(a) any Subsidiary of Holdings that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by Holdings in the manner provided below); and

(b) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary,

provided that Holdings may designate any Subsidiary of Holdings (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a person becoming a Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction, or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

(i) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock of Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

 

121


(ii) such designation and the Investment, if any, of Holdings in such Subsidiary complies with Section 6.04.

U.S.” or “United States” means the United States of America.

U.S. Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

U.S. Loan Parties” means the Loan Parties incorporated or organized under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

U.S. Special Resolution Regimes” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.26(a).

U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base” means, at any time of calculation, a borrowing base consisting of the criteria set forth in the definition of “Borrowing Base” but limited to the Eligible Credit Card Receivables, Eligible Investment Grade Receivables, Eligible Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory, Eligible Raw Materials Inventory, and Qualified Cash of the U.S. Loan Parties and the Reserves then applicable to the U.S. Loan Parties.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(f)(ii)(B)(3).

USA PATRIOT Act” means The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

Utilization” means a Loan or a Letter of Credit.

VAT” means (a) any value added tax imposed by the Value Added Tax Act 1994, (b) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112), and (c) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the EU or the UK in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) above, or imposed elsewhere.

VAT Recipient” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(h)(ii).

Vendor” means each person identified as a seller under the Acquisition Agreement.

Voting Stock” of a person means all classes of Capital Stock of such person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by (b) the sum of all such payments.

 

122


Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by Requirements of Law to be owned by a resident of the relevant jurisdiction) shall be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.

Section 1.02 Classification of Revolving Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., an “Initial Revolving Loan”) or by Type (e.g., an “Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., an “Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Initial Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., an “Initial Revolving Loan Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., an “Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., an “Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Initial Revolving Loan Borrowing”).

Section 1.03 Terms Generally.

The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein or in any Loan Document (including any Loan Document, Senior Facilities Agreement and/or the Senior Notes Indenture) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or extended, replaced or refinanced (subject to any restrictions or qualifications on such amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, supplements or modifications or extensions, replacements or refinancings set forth herein), (ii) any reference to any Requirement of Law in any Loan Document shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing, superseding or interpreting such Requirement of Law, (iii) any reference herein or in any Loan Document to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns, (iv) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (v) all references herein or in any Loan Document to Articles, Sections, clauses, paragraphs, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles, Sections,

 

123


clauses and paragraphs of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, such Loan Document, (vi) in the computation of periods of time in any Loan Document from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”, the words “to” and “until” mean “to but excluding” and the word “through” means “to and including” and (vii) the words “asset” and “property”, when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including Cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. It is understood and agreed that any Indebtedness (other than as provided in Section 1.03(b)), Lien, Restricted Payment, Investment, Disposition and/or Affiliate transaction need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Indebtedness, Lien, Restricted Payment, Investment, Disposition and/or Affiliate transaction under Sections 6.01, 6.02, 6.04, or 6.05, respectively, but may instead be permitted in part under any combination thereof.

Section 1.04 Construction.

(a) Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:

(i) the “Administrative Agent”, any “Day 1 Third Party Security Provider” “the “Holdings”, “Topco”, any “Secured Party”, any “Issuing Bank”, any “Lender”, any “Arranger”, any “Loan Party”, any “Party”, or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title (including the surviving entity of any merger involving that person), permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

(ii) a document in “agreed form” is a document (A) which is previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent and Holdings ; or (B) if such document is to be delivered pursuant to Schedule 4.01 in the form required or contemplated by those provisions;

(iii) an “amendment” includes any amendment, supplement, variation, novation, modification, replacement, restatement and/or amendment and restatement (however fundamental), and “amend” and “amended” shall be construed accordingly;

(iv) “assets” includes properties, assets, businesses, undertakings, revenues and rights of every kind (including uncalled share capital), present and future, actual or contingent and any interest in any of the foregoing;

(v) “available for utilization” in respect of any indebtedness means that indebtedness being committed pursuant to the terms of an executed commitment letter, credit agreement, indenture, notes or other documentation notwithstanding that any documentary, drawdown or other substantive event including the execution of a long form credit agreement, the completion of an acquisition or condition to utilization or issue thereof has not been satisfied including (if any of the proceeds are to be applied in connection with an acquisition or other transaction) the date on which the applicable acquisition agreement is signed or such other date on which the Group enters into a legally binding commitment for the relevant acquisition or such other transaction which will be funded by the proceeds of such proceeds;

 

124


(vi) a “consent” includes an authorization, permit, approval, consent, exemption, license, order, filing, registration, recording, notarization, permission or waiver;

(vii) a “disposal” includes any sale, transfer, grant, lease, license or other disposal, whether voluntary or involuntary, and dispose will be construed accordingly;

(viii) the “equivalent” in any currency (the “first currency”) of any amount in another currency (the “second currency”) shall be construed as a reference to the amount in the first currency which could be purchased with that amount in the second currency at an exchange rate used by Holdings (acting reasonably and in good faith) and notified to the Administrative Agent or if Holdings has not notified to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange for the purchase of the first currency with the second currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11.00 a.m. on a particular day (or at or about such time and on such date as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably determine to be appropriate in the circumstances);

(ix) “fair market value” may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or a resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith;

(x) a “Loan Document” or a “Transaction Document” or any other agreement or instrument is (unless expressed to be a reference to such document, agreement or instrument in its original form or form as at a particular date) a reference to that Loan Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended and includes any increase in, addition to or extension of or other change to any facility under such agreement or instrument, in each case to the extent permitted by the terms of this Agreement;

(xi) a “guarantee” includes (A) an indemnity, counter-indemnity, guarantee or similar assurance against loss in respect of any indebtedness of any other person and (B) any other obligation of any other person, whether actual or contingent, to pay, purchase, provide funds (whether by the advance of money to, the purchase of or subscription for shares, partnership interests or other investments in, any other person, the purchase of assets or services, the making of payments under an agreement or otherwise) for the payment of, to indemnify against the consequences of default in the payment of, or otherwise be responsible for, any indebtedness of any other person and “guaranteed” and “guarantor” shall be construed accordingly;

 

125


(xii) “including” means including without limitation, and “includes” and “included” shall be construed accordingly;

(xiii) “indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal, guarantor or surety and whether present or future, actual or contingent) for the payment or repayment of money;

(xiv) “losses” includes losses, actions, damages, claims, proceedings, costs, demands, expenses (including legal and other fees) and liabilities of any kind, and loss shall be construed accordingly;

(xv) references to any transaction being in the “ordinary course of business” of a member of the Group shall be construed to include any transaction that is consistent with industry practice in the industries in which the Group operates or consistent with past practice of any member of the Group or Target Group;

(xvi) references to any matter being “permitted” under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or other agreement shall include references to such matters not being prohibited or otherwise being approved under this Agreement or such Loan Document or such other agreement;

(xvii) a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, fund, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity, in each case whether or not having separate legal personality;

(xviii) a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, code, ordinance, official directive, requirement, determination, judgment, order, decree, ruling, request, guidance or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but if not having the force of law compliance with which is customary for those to whom it is addressed) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organization;

(xix) a “sub-participation” means any sub-participation or sub-contract (whether written or oral) or any other agreement or arrangement having an economically substantially similar effect, including any credit default or total return swap or derivative (whether disclosed, undisclosed, risk or funded) by a Lender of or in relation to any of its rights or obligations under, or its legal, beneficial or economic interest in relation to, the Facilities and/or Finance Documents to a counterparty and “sub-participate” and “sub-participant” shall be construed accordingly;

(xx) “sufficient available information” means financial information selected and determined by Holdings in good faith in order to test the applicable condition or ratio, including information required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement as well as other information including monthly management accounts and other internal Group accounts and financial information; and

 

126


(xxi) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

(b) For purposes of the Loan Documents

(i) a Default or an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived;

(ii) an Event of Default is “continuing” unless the underlying Event of Default has ceased to be continuing or the relevant demand or notice has been revoked, rescinded or otherwise made ineffective by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders); and

(iii) if any Default or Event of Default has occurred but is no longer continuing (a “Cured Default”), any other Default or Event of Default which would not have arisen had the Cured Default not occurred, shall be deemed not to be continuing automatically upon, and simultaneous with, the remedy or waiver of the Cured Default. For the avoidance of doubt, any Default or Event of Default in respect of a failure to deliver any certificate, notice, document, report, financial statement or other information within a time period prescribed in a Finance Document shall be deemed to be cured upon performance of such obligation even though such performance is not within the prescribed period specified in any Loan Document.

(c) Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

(d) Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Loan Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Loan Document has the same meaning in that Loan Document or notice as in this Agreement.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document, nothing in the Loan Documents shall prohibit a non-cash contribution of any asset (including any participation, claim, commitment, rights, benefits and/or obligations in respect of any indebtedness borrowed or issued by any member of the Group from time to time) by a person that is not a member of the Group to Holdings provided that to the extent such transaction results in any Indebtedness or claim being outstanding from Holdings, such Indebtedness or claim is permitted by the Loan Documents.

(f) Unless a contrary indication appears, where a request for consent is required from a member of the Group, when determining whether to grant such consent, that member of the Group may act in its sole discretion (which may be given, withheld, conditioned or delayed in its sole and absolute discretion and shall not, under any circumstances, be deemed given).

 

127


(g) This Agreement is not intended, nor shall it be construed, to create a partnership (including a private partnership (BGB—Gesellschaft)) or joint venture relationship between or among any of the parties hereto.

(h) No transaction or arrangement between persons which are not members of the Group (whether or not such persons are Affiliates of the Group) shall be deemed to constitute an action (whether direct or indirect) by any member of the Group.

(i) Any adjustment (including any increase, decrease, sum or inclusion) pursuant to the terms and paragraphs of any financial definition or component thereof (including Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense, Consolidated Net Income, Interest Coverage Ratio, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and LTM EBITDA) or pursuant to any other provision of a Loan Document shall be available and be determined by the Board of Directors of Holdings acting in good faith at such time in each case without regard to whether or how such adjustment had been previously made or to the Accounting Principles (to the extent relevant).

Section 1.05 Effectuation of Transactions. Each of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement (and all corresponding definitions) is made after giving effect to the Transactions, unless the context otherwise requires.

Section 1.06 Timing of Payment of Performance. When payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of “Interest Period”) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.

Section 1.07 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified herein, all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York City time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

Section 1.08 Currency Symbols and Definitions.

(a) “€”, “euro” and “EUR” mean the single currency unit of the Participating Member States.

(b) “$”, “USD” and “US Dollars” mean at any time the lawful currency of the U.S.

Section 1.09 Cashless Rollovers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, to the extent that any Lender extends the maturity date of, or replaces, renews or refinances, any of its then-existing Revolving Loans with Incremental Loans, Extended Revolving Loans or loans incurred under a new credit facility, in each case, to the extent such extension, replacement, renewal or refinancing is effected by means of a “cashless roll” by such Lender, such extension, replacement, renewal or refinancing shall be deemed to comply with any requirement hereunder or any other Loan Document that such payment be made “in Dollars”, “in immediately available funds”, “in Cash” or any other similar requirement.

 

128


Section 1.10 Third Party Rights

(a) Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Loan Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties Act”) to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(b) Notwithstanding any term of any Loan Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to amend, rescind or vary any Loan Document at any time.

Section 1.11 Guarantees and Collateral(a) . Notwithstanding any provision of any Loan Document to the contrary for purposes of any determination relating to the Senior Secured Priority Security as to which the Administrative Agent is granted discretion hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including any determination with respect to any waiver or extension or any opportunity to request that is permitted or required under the Agreed Security Principles, under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document), the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have agreed and accepted any determination in respect thereof by the Applicable Administrative Agent; it being understood and agreed that as of the Closing Date, the Senior Secured Facilities Collateral Agent is the Applicable Administrative Agent with respect to the Senior Secured Priority Security.

Section 1.12 Divisions. Any reference herein to a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale, disposition or transfer, or similar term, shall be deemed to apply to a division of or by a limited liability company, or an allocation of assets to a series of a limited liability company (or the unwinding of such a division or allocation), as if it were a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale or transfer, or similar term, as applicable, to, of or with a separate Person. Any division of a limited liability company shall constitute a separate Person hereunder (and each division of any limited liability company that is a Subsidiary, Restricted Subsidiary, Unrestricted Subsidiary, joint venture or any other like term shall also constitute such a Person or entity).

Section 1.13 Interest Rates. The Administrative Agent does not warrant, nor accept responsibility, nor shall the Administrative Agent have any liability with respect to the administration, submission or any other matter related to the rates in the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate” or with respect to any rate that is an alternative or replacement for or successor to any of such rate (including, without limitation, any Successor Rate) or the effect of any of the foregoing, or of any Successor Rate Conforming Changes.

Section 1.14 Additional Alternate Currencies.

(a) The Borrowers may from time to time request that Revolving Loans (other than Swingline Loans) be made and/or Letters of Credit be issued in a currency other than Euros; provided that the requested currency is a lawful currency (other than Euros) that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into Euros. In the case of any such request with respect to the making of Revolving Loans, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders; and, in the case of any such request with respect to the issuance of Letters of Credit, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and the applicable Issuing Bank.

 

129


(b) Any such request shall be made to the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of the desired Credit Extension (or such other time or date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent and, in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the relevant Issuing Bank, in its sole discretion). In the case of any such request pertaining to Revolving Loans, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof and in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Issuing Bank and each Lender. Each such Lender (in the case of any such request pertaining to Revolving Loans) or the relevant Issuing Bank and each Lender (in the case of a request pertaining to Letters of Credit) shall notify the Administrative Agent, not later than 1:00 p.m., five (5) Business Days after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the making of Revolving Loans or the issuance of Letters of Credit in the requested currency.

(c) Any failure by any Lender or the relevant Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to respond to such request within the time period specified in the preceding paragraph (b) shall be deemed to be a refusal by such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to permit Revolving Loans to be made or Letters of Credit to be issued in the requested currency. If the Administrative Agent and each Lender that would be obligated to make Credit Extensions denominated in the requested currency consent to making Revolving Loans in the requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Borrowers and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternate Currency hereunder for purposes of any Borrowing of Revolving Loans; and if the Administrative Agent and the relevant Issuing Bank and each Lender consent to the issuance of Letters of Credit in the requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Borrowers and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternate Currency hereunder for purposes of the issuance of any Letter of Credit. If the Administrative Agent fails to obtain the requisite consent to any request for an additional currency under this Section 1.14, the Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify the Borrowers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, to the extent that the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate and/or the Alternate Base Rate is not applicable to or available with respect to a Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit to be denominated in an Alternate Currency, the interest rate components applicable to such Alternate Currency shall be separately agreed by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.

Section 1.15 German Terms. In this Agreement, where it relates to a person incorporated, established in or organized under the laws of Germany, a reference to:

(a) a custodian, liquidator, trustee, trustee in bankruptcy, compulsory manager, receiver, (provisional, interim or permanent) or manager, examiner, supervisor, assignee, sequestrator or administrator includes an insolvency administrator (Insolvenzverwalter), a preliminary insolvency administrator (vorläufiger Insolvenzverwalter) or a custodian (Sachwalter);

(b) a “winding up”, “administration” or “dissolution” includes insolvency proceedings (Insolvenzverfahren);

 

130


(c) a person being “unable to pay its debts” includes that person being in a state of illiquidity (Zahlungsunfähigkeit) under § 17 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung);

(d) a person being “insolvent” means that person being in a state of illiquidity (Zahlungsunfähigkeit) under § 17 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) or being over-indebted (überschuldet) under § 19 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung);

(e) committing an “act of bankruptcy” includes the filing for the commencement of insolvency proceedings (Eröffnung des Insolvenzverfahrens) and the filing for debtor in possession proceedings (Eigenverwaltung);

(f) commencement of “bankruptcy” or “insolvency” includes the opening of insolvency proceedings (Eröffnung des Insolvenzverfahrens) and the dismissal of insolvency proceedings due to lack of funds (Abweisung mangels Masse);

(g) in relation to any Collateral or other security rights or security assets governed by German law or located in Germany trust, trustee or on trust shall be construed as “Treuhand”, “Treuhänder” or “treuhänderisch”;

(h) by-laws or constitutional documents includes reference to articles of association (Satzung) or partnership agreement (Gesellschaftsvertrag) and rules of procedure (Geschäftsordnung); and

(i) a director or officer includes any statutory legal representative(s) (organschaftlicher Vertreter) of a person, including but not limited to, a managing director (Geschäftsführer) or member of the board of directors (Vorstand) or an authorized representative (Prokurist).

Section 1.16 Authorizations. Each Party granting an authorization or power of attorney to any other person (for the purpose of this Section 1.16, the “Authorized Person”) under this Agreement or any other Loan Document hereby releases, to the extent legally possible, such other person from any restriction for self-dealing or double representation (including any such restrictions arising under § 181 of the German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch – BGB)) and the Authorized Person may release, to the extent legally possible, any person that it sub-authorises or grants a sub-power of attorney from the same restrictions. Any Party prevented by applicable law or its constitutional documents to grant the release from the restriction for self-dealing or double representation (including any such restrictions arising under § 181 of the German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch – BGB)) shall notify the relevant Authorized Person without undue delay.

Section 1.17 Calculations.

(a) [Reserved]

(b) Calculations in accordance with Finance Documents. For the purposes of calculating any Applicable Metric, such calculations will be calculated in accordance with the Loan Documents.

 

131


(c) Purchases. For the purpose of calculating any Applicable Metric (including the financial definitions or components thereof) in the Loan Documents, including when determining (or, as applicable, forecasting) Consolidated EBITDA for any Relevant Period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to any relevant Purchase (as defined below)), Holdings may:

(i) if during such period any member of the Group (by merger or otherwise) has made or committed (unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) to make an Investment in any person that thereby becomes (or that Holdings expects in good faith, based upon such commitment, will become) a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise has acquired or committed (unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) to acquire any entity, business, property or material fixed asset (including the acquisition, opening and/or development of any new site or operation) (any such Investment, acquisition or commitment (including under a letter of intent) therefor, a “Purchase”), including any such Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, calculate Consolidated EBITDA for such period on the basis that the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, mutatis mutandis) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Purchase during such Relevant Period shall be included as if the Purchase occurred on the first day of such Relevant Period; and/or

(ii) include an adjustment in respect of any Purchase and/or any steps taken or committed or expected to be taken (in each case, unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) in respect of such Purchase up to the amount of the pro forma increase in Consolidated EBITDA projected by Holdings (in good faith) after taking into account the full “run rate” effect of (A) all Synergies which Holdings (in good faith) determines have been or will be achieved (in full or in part) at any time during such Relevant Period directly or indirectly as a consequence of the Purchase or any related steps, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realized during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA provided that so long as such Synergies have been or will be realized at any time during such Relevant Period, it may be assumed they were realized during the entirety of such Relevant Period and/or (B) all Synergies which Holdings (in good faith) believes can be achieved following the end of such period directly or indirectly as a consequence of the Purchase or any related steps (the “Forward-Looking Purchase Synergies”), provided that so long as such Forward-Looking Purchase Synergies will be realizable at any time in the future, it may be assumed they will be realizable during the entire such period in each case, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realized during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA; and/or

(iii) exclude any non-recurring fees, costs and expenses directly or indirectly related to the Purchase.

 

132


(d) Sales. For the purpose of calculating any Applicable Metric (including the financial definitions or components thereof) in the Loan Documents, including when determining (or, as applicable, forecasting) Consolidated EBITDA for any Relevant Period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to any relevant Sale (as defined below)), Holdings may:

(i) if during such period any member of the Group has disposed or committed (unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) to make a disposal of any person, property, business or material fixed asset or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Group (any such sale, transfer, disposition or commitment therefor, a “Sale”) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate Consolidated EBITDA relates to such a Sale, calculate Consolidated EBITDA for such period on the basis that Consolidated EBITDA will be reduced by an amount equal to the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization and impairment (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, mutatis mutandis) (if positive) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization and impairment (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, mutatis mutandis) (if negative) attributable thereto for such period as if the Sale occurred on the first day of such Relevant Period; and/or

(ii) include an adjustment in respect of any Sale and/or any steps taken or committed or expected to be taken (in each case, unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) in respect of such Sale up to the amount of the pro forma increase in Consolidated EBITDA projected by Holdings (in good faith) after taking into account the full “run rate” effect of (A) all Synergies which Holdings (in good faith) determines have been or will be achieved (in full or in part) at any time during such Relevant Period directly or indirectly as a consequence of the Sale or any related steps, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realized during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA provided that so long as such Synergies have been realized at any time during such Relevant Period, it may be assumed they were realized during the entirety of such Relevant Period; and/or (B) all Synergies which Holdings (in good faith) believes can be achieved following the end of such period directly or indirectly as a consequence of the Sale or any related steps (the “Forward-Looking Sale Synergies”), provided that so long as such Forward-Looking Sale Synergies will be realizable at any time in the future, it may be assumed they will be realizable during the entire such period, in each case, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realized during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA; and/or

(iii) exclude any non-recurring fees, costs and expenses directly or indirectly related to the Sale; and/or

 

133


(e) Group Initiatives. For the purpose of calculating any Applicable Metric (including the financial definitions or components thereof) in the Loan Documents, including when determining (or, as applicable, forecasting) Consolidated EBITDA for any Relevant Period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to implementing or committing to implement such Group Initiative), Holdings may:

(i) include an adjustment in respect of each Group Initiative and/or any steps taken or committed or expected to be taken (in each case, unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) in respect of such Group Initiative up to the amount of the pro forma increase in Consolidated EBITDA projected by Holdings (in good faith) after taking into account the full “run rate” effect of (A) all Synergies which Holdings (in good faith) determines have been or will be achieved (in full or in part) at any time during such Relevant Period directly or indirectly as a consequence of implementing or committing to implement such Group Initiative or any related steps, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realized during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA provided that so long as such Synergies have been realized at any time during such Relevant Period, it may be assumed they were realized during the entirety of such Relevant Period and/or (B) all Synergies which Holdings (in good faith) believes can be achieved following the end of such period directly or indirectly as a consequence of implementing or committing to implement such Group Initiative or any related steps (the “Forward-Looking Group Initiative Synergies”), provided that so long as such Forward-Looking Group Initiative Synergies will be realizable at any time in the future, it may be assumed they will be realizable during the entire such period in each case, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realized during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA; and/or

(ii) exclude any non-recurring fees, costs and expenses directly or indirectly related to the implementation of, or commitment to, implement such Group Initiative.

(f) Calculations determined in good faith. All calculations will be as determined in good faith by an Officer of Holdings (including in respect of Synergies) and all calculations in respect of Synergies (in each case actual or anticipated) may be made as though the full run-rate effect of such Synergies were realized on the first day of the Relevant Period.

(g) Periods prior to the Closing Date. Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income for any part of a Relevant Period falling prior to the Closing Date shall be calculated on an actual basis over the Relevant Period (whereby for any part of the applicable Relevant Period falling prior to the date on which the Target Group became part of the Group, such amount shall be calculated based on actual historic data for the corresponding period available and by reference to the Target Group as adjusted in accordance with the provisions of this Clause and the other provisions of this Agreement) or, at Holdings’ option, on the basis of the Management Case.

(h) Business Day Adjustments. In the event that (i) any Accounting Reference Date or other Quarter Date is adjusted by Holdings to avoid an Accounting Reference Date or other Quarter Date falling on a day which is not a Business Day and/or to ensure that an Accounting Reference Date or other Quarter Date falls on a particular day of the week or there is any adjustment to a scheduled payment date to avoid payments becoming due on a day which is not a Business Day, if that adjustment results in any amount being paid in a Relevant Period in which it would otherwise not have been paid, for the purpose of calculating any Applicable Metric under the Loan Documents Holdings may (at its option) treat such amount as if it was paid in the Relevant Period in which it would have been paid save for any such adjustment.

 

134


(i) Interpretation of references to certain Applicable Metrics. Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in the Loan Documents to Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, LTM EBITDA, Fixed Charges, Interest Charges, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Interest Coverage Ratio is to be construed as a reference to Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, LTM EBITDA, Fixed Charges, Interest Charges, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Group on a consolidated basis.

(j) Certain exclusions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary (including anything in the financial definitions set out in this Agreement), when calculating any Applicable Metric, the financial definitions or component thereof, Holdings shall be permitted to:

(i) exclude all or any part of any expenditure or other negative item (and/or the impact thereof) directly or indirectly relating to or resulting from:

(A) the Transaction;

(B) any other acquisition, Investment or other joint venture permitted by the terms of this Agreement or the impact from purchase price accounting;

(C) start-up costs for new businesses and branding or re-branding of existing businesses;

(D) Restructuring Costs;

(E) research and development expenditure (and the capitalization thereof); and/or

(F) the implementation of IFRS 15 (Revenue from Contracts with Customers) and/or IFRS 16 (Leases) and, in each case, any successor standard thereto (or any equivalent measure under the Accounting Principles) or any other changes in the applicable Accounting Principles; and/or

(ii) include any addbacks (without further verification or diligence) for adjustments (including anticipated Synergies) or costs or expenses (i) reflected in the Management Case, the Acquisition Reports and/or any quality of earnings report provided to the Arrangers prior to the date of this Agreement (as amended, varied, supplemented and/or updated on or prior to the Closing Date, to the extent such amendment, variation, supplement and/or update is not materially prejudicial to the Lenders) and/or any base case model or quality of earnings report relating to a Permitted Acquisition prepared by an independent

 

135


third party and which is delivered by Holdings (or on its behalf) to the Agent and/or (ii) taken into account in determining (x) Consolidated EBITDA on the Closing Date or (y) the financing EBITDA to be used in connection with financing for a Permitted Acquisition and/or any research and development expenditure (which is not otherwise capitalised).

(k) No double-counting. For purposes of this Section 1.17 and to the extent any Applicable Metric is used as the basis (in whole or in part) for permitting any transaction or making any determination under this Agreement (including on a pro forma basis) no item shall be included or excluded more than once where to do so would result in double counting.

(l) Applicable Metrics may be determined as at Applicable Test Date. Any Applicable Metric to be determined in connection with an Applicable Transaction (other than with regard to the incurrence of any credit extension) may, at Holdings’ option, be determined as at the Applicable Test Date provided that when making such determination Holdings shall be required to give pro forma effect to any other Applicable Transactions that have occurred up to (and including) the Applicable Test Date.

(m) No re-testing of Applicable Metric unless Holdings elects. If compliance with an Applicable Metric is established in accordance with paragraph (l) above, such Applicable Metric shall be deemed to have been complied with (or satisfied) for all purposes; provided that:

(i) Holdings may elect, in its sole discretion, to recalculate any Applicable Metric on the basis of a more recent Applicable Test Date, in which case, such date of redetermination shall thereafter be deemed to be the relevant Applicable Test Date for purposes of such Applicable Metrics; and

(ii) save as contemplated in sub-paragraph (i) above, compliance with any Applicable Metric shall not be determined or tested at any time after the relevant Applicable Test Date for such transaction and any actions or transactions related thereto.

(n) Impact of subsequent fluctuations in Applicable Metrics. If any Applicable Metric for which compliance was determined or tested as of an Applicable Test Date would at any time after the Applicable Test Date have been exceeded or otherwise failed to have been complied with as a result of fluctuations in such Applicable Metric (or any other Applicable Metric), such Applicable Metric will not be deemed to have been exceeded or failed to have been complied with as a result of such fluctuations.

(o) Related requirements and conditions; Defaults and Events of Default. If any related requirements and conditions (including as to the absence of any continuing Default or Event of Default) for which compliance or satisfaction was determined or tested as of the Applicable Test Date would at any time after the Applicable Test Date not have been complied with or satisfied (including due to the occurrence or continuation of a Default or an Event of Default), such requirements and conditions will not be deemed to have been failed to be complied with or satisfied (and such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed not to have occurred or be continuing).

 

136


(p) Applicable Transactions to be given effect for Applicable Metric calculations after Applicable Test Date. Subject to Section 6.01(viii), in calculating the availability under any Applicable Metric in connection with any action or transaction (other than with regard to the incurrence of any credit extension) unrelated to the Applicable Transaction following the relevant Applicable Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Applicable Transaction is consummated or Holdings determines (in its sole discretion) that such Applicable Transaction will not be consummated, any such Applicable Metric shall be determined or tested giving pro forma effect to such Applicable Transaction.

(q) Treatment of revolving Indebtedness. If an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) is committed, Incurred or issued, any Lien is committed or Incurred or any other transaction is undertaken or any Applicable Metric is tested in reliance on a ratio-based basket based on the Interest Coverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Total Net Leverage Ratio or any other ratio based Applicable Metric, such ratio(s) shall be calculated without regard to the Incurrence or drawing of any Indebtedness under any revolving facility, letter of credit facility or bank guarantee facility and/or other debt which is available to be re-drawn (including under any Revolving Facility or any Revolving Facility (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement), or any Ancillary Facility (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) and, for the avoidance of doubt, subject to Section 6.01(viii), any undrawn commitments for Indebtedness (including under any Revolving Facility or any Revolving Facility (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement)) shall be disregarded for the purposes of testing the Applicable Metric.

(r) Concurrent testing of ratio-based permissions with fixed permissions and/or Incurrences of revolving Indebtedness. If, in connection with the same Applicable Transaction or otherwise substantially simultaneously:

(i) (A) any Applicable Metrics required to be determined by reference to a fixed currency amount or a percentage of LTM EBITDA (a “fixed permission”) are intended to be utilised and/or (B) revolving Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under the Reserved Indebtedness Amount or with regard to the incurrence of any credit extension hereunder) is intended to be Incurred; and

(ii) any Applicable Metric required to be determined by reference to the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio, the Interest Coverage Ratio, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or any other ratio-based Applicable Metric (a “ratio-based permission”) are intended to be utilized (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any determination of any increase or decrease in any such Applicable Metric, including in accordance with paragraphs Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(I), Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(II) or Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(III)).

then (x) amounts available to be incurred under the applicable ratio-based permissions shall first be calculated without giving effect to amounts to be incurred under the applicable fixed permissions or the applicable Incurrence of revolving Indebtedness, or amounts previously incurred under such fixed permissions and not reclassified that are being repaid in connection with such Applicable Transaction, unless otherwise elected by Holdings; and (y) thereafter, compliance with any relevant fixed permissions shall be calculated, and in each case, full pro forma effect shall be given to all increases to LTM EBITDA and repayments or discharges of Indebtedness in connection with such Applicable Transaction in accordance with this Agreement.

 

137


(s) Numerical and grower permissions. If any Applicable Metric is determined by reference to the greater of a fixed amount (the “numerical permission”) and a percentage of LTM EBITDA (the “grower permission”) and the grower permission of the Applicable Metric exceeds the applicable numerical permission at any time as a result of a Permitted Acquisition or Permitted Investment, the numerical permission shall be deemed to be increased to the highest amount of the grower permission reached from time to time as a result of any such Permitted Acquisitions and/or Permitted Investments and shall not subsequently be reduced as a result of any decrease in the grower permission.

(t) Reclassification. In the event that any amount or transaction meets the criteria of more than one Applicable Metric, Holdings may (in its sole discretion), subject to the limitations imposed under Section 6.01(viii), classify and reclassify that amount or transaction to a particular Applicable Metric and will only be required to include that amount or transaction in one of those Applicable Metrics (and, for the avoidance of doubt, an amount may at the option of Holdings be split between different Applicable Metrics).

(u) Automatic reclassification into ratio-based permissions. Subject to the limitations imposed under paragraph Section 6.01(viii), if a proposed action, matter, transaction or amount (or a portion thereof) is incurred or entered into pursuant to a fixed permission and at a later time would subsequently be permitted under a ratio-based permission, unless otherwise elected by Holdings, such action, matter, transaction or amount (or a portion thereof) shall automatically be reclassified to such ratio-based permission.

(v) Foreign exchange rates and currency conversions. For purposes of determining compliance with:

(i) any euro-denominated Applicable Metric (other than in respect of any calculation of any financial covenant or ratio under the Loan Documents or related usage, ratchet or permission), the euro equivalent of amounts denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated using a rate of exchange selected by Holdings (acting reasonably and in good faith) on the Applicable Test Date (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the rate of any foreign exchange hedging entered into by the Group in relation to the Applicable Transaction); or

(ii) any other Applicable Metric (including in respect of any calculation of any financial covenant or ratio under the Finance Documents), the euro equivalent of amounts denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated, at Holdings’ option, using any of (A) any applicable weighted average spot conversion rates over the relevant testing period, (B) any applicable conversion rates used in any relevant financial statements or management accounts, (C) any applicable conversion rate selected by Holdings (acting reasonably and in good faith) on the relevant date of determination (including the Applicable Test Date, if applicable), (D) any applicable conversion rate under any foreign exchange

 

138


hedging arrangement entered into by any member of the Group or (E) in respect of US Dollar amounts, the relevant exchange rate, and, in each case, no Default, Event of Default or any breach of representation or warranty or undertaking shall arise merely as a result of a subsequent change in the euro equivalent amount of any relevant amount due to fluctuations in exchange rates.

(w) Carry forward and carry back. For any relevant Applicable Metric set by reference to a Financial Year, a calendar year, a Relevant Period, a four-quarter period, a twelve (12) month period or any other similar annual period (each an “Annual Period”)

(i) at the option of Holdings, the maximum amount so permitted under such Applicable Metric during such Annual Period may be increased by (A) an amount equal to 100% of the difference (if positive) between the permitted amount in the immediately preceding Annual Period (or any such other preceding period as specified in such Applicable Metric) and the amount thereof actually used or applied by the Group during such preceding Annual Period (the “Carry Forward Amount”) and/or (B) an amount equal to 100% of the permitted amount in the immediately following Annual Period and the permitted amount in such immediately following Annual Period shall be reduced by such corresponding amount (the “Carry Back Amount”); and

(ii) to the extent that the maximum amount so permitted under such Applicable Metric during such Annual Period is increased in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above, any usage of such Applicable Metric during such Annual Period shall be deemed to be applied in the following order (A) first, against the Carry Forward Amount, (B) secondly, against the maximum amount so permitted during such Annual Period prior to any increase in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above; and (C) thirdly, against the Carry Back Amount.

Section 1.18 Intercreditor Agreement. This Agreement is subject to, and has the benefit of, the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement shall prevail.

Section 1.19 Personal Liability. Where any natural person gives a certificate or other document or otherwise gives a representation or statement on behalf of any of the parties to the Loan Documents pursuant to any provision thereof and such certificate or other document, representation or statement proves to be incorrect, the individual shall incur no personal liability in consequence of such certificate, other document, representation or statement being incorrect save where such individual acted fraudulently in giving such certificate, other document, representation or statement (in which case any liability of such individual shall be determined in accordance with applicable law) and each such individual may rely on this Section 1.19 (subject to Section 1.10) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

139


Section 1.20 Luxembourg Terms. In this Agreement, where it relates to a person incorporated in or organized under the laws of Luxembourg, a reference to:

(a) a lien or security interest includes any hypothèque, nantissement, gage, privilège, sûreté réelle, droit de rétention, and any type of security in rem (sûreté réelle) or agreement or arrangement having a similar effect and any transfer of title by way of security;

(b) a guarantee includes (i) any guarantee which is independent from the debt to which it relates and excludes any suretyship (cautionnement) within the meaning of Articles 2011 and seq. of the Luxembourg Civil Code and (ii) a garantie professionelle de paiement within the meaning of the Luxembourg law 10 July 2020;

(c) by-laws or constitutional documents includes its up-to-date (restated) articles of association (statuts coordonnés);

(d) an agent includes a mandataire;

(e) a director and/or a manager includes a gérant or an administrateur; and

(f) an attachment includes a saisie.

ARTICLE 2 THE CREDITS

Section 2.01 Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender having a Commitment severally, and not jointly, agrees to make loans to the Borrowers in Euros and/or an Alternate Currency (each a “Revolving Loan”) at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period; provided that, after giving effect to any Borrowing by the Borrowers of Revolving Loans, (i) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (iii) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Line Cap, (iv) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of any individual German Borrower does not exceed the German Sub-Borrowing Base for such German Borrower and (v) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of all U.S. Borrowers does not exceed the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein, the Borrowers may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.

Section 2.02 Revolving Loans and Borrowings.

(a) Each Revolving Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans of the same Class and Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments. Revolving Loans shall be made by each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, regardless of whether the Commitments of the Lenders constitute more than one Class of Commitments. Each Swingline Loan shall be made in accordance with the terms and procedures set forth in Section 2.04.

(b) Subject to Section 2.01 and Section 2.14, each Borrowing denominated in Dollars shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans and each Borrowing denominated in any Alternate Currency shall be comprised of Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans, in each case, as the Borrowers may request in accordance herewith. Each Lender at its option may make any Revolving Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Revolving Loan; provided that (x) any exercise of such option shall

 

140


not affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay such Revolving Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (y) such Revolving Loan shall be deemed to have been made and held by such Lender, and the obligation of the Borrowers to repay such Revolving Loan shall nevertheless be to such Lender for the account of such domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender and (z) in exercising such option, such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to minimize increased costs to the Borrowers resulting therefrom (which obligation of such Lender shall not require it to take, or refrain from taking, actions that it determines would result in increased costs for which it will not be compensated hereunder or that it otherwise determines would be disadvantageous to it and in the event of such request for costs for which compensation is provided under this Agreement, the provisions of Section 2.15 shall apply); provided further, that no such domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender shall be entitled to any greater indemnification under Section 2.17 in respect of any withholding tax with respect to such Revolving Loan than that to which the applicable Lender was entitled on the date on which such Revolving Loan was made (except in connection with any indemnification entitlement arising as a result of any Change in Law after the date on which such Loan was made). No portion of any Loan shall be funded or held with “plan assets” (within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations) of one or more Benefit Plans.

(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing, such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing shall comprise an aggregate principal amount that is an integral multiple of €100,000 and not less than €500,000. Each ABR Borrowing when made shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 provided that an ABR Borrowing may be made in a lesser aggregate amount that is, subject to Section 2.01, (1) equal to the entire aggregate unused Commitments or (2) required to finance the reimbursement of a LC Disbursement with respect to a Letter of Credit as contemplated by Section 2.05(e). Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of 10 different Interest Periods in effect for Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowings at any time outstanding (or such greater number of different Interest Periods as the Administrative Agent may agree from time to time).

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrowers shall not, nor shall they be entitled to, request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date applicable to the relevant Revolving Loans.

Section 2.03 Requests for Borrowings. (a) Each Borrowing of Revolving Loans, each conversion of Revolving Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made upon irrevocable notice by the applicable Borrower to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by (A) telephone or (B) a Borrowing Request; provided that any telephonic notice must be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Borrowing Request (provided that notices in respect of Borrowings (x) to be made on the Closing Date may be conditioned on the closing of the Acquisition and (y) to be made in connection with any acquisition, investment or irrevocable repayment or redemption of Indebtedness may be conditioned on the closing of such Permitted Acquisition, permitted Investment or permitted irrevocable repayment or redemption of Indebtedness). Each such notice must be in the form of a Borrowing Request or Interest Election Request, as the case may be, appropriately completed and signed by an Officer of the applicable Borrower or by telephone (and

 

141


promptly confirmed by delivery of a written Borrowing Request or Interest Election Request, appropriately completed and signed by an Officer of the applicable Borrower) and must be received by the Administrative Agent (by hand delivery, fax or other electronic transmission (including “.pdf” or “.tiff”)) not later than (i) 2:00 p.m. three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of or continuation of Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans (or two Business Days in the case of any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing to be made on the Closing Date) or any conversion of ABR Loans to Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans, in each case denominated in Euros, (ii) 2:00 p.m. one Business Day prior to the requested date of any Borrowing for or conversion to ABR Loans by a U.S. Borrower in Dollars (and 2:00 p.m. two Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing for or conversion to ABR Loans by a German Borrower in Dollars) (or, in each case, such later time as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) and (iii) 11:00 a.m. four Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of or continuation of Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Alternate Currencies; provided that, if the Borrowers wishes to request Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans having an Interest Period of other than one, three or six months in duration as provided in the definition of “Interest Period” (A) the applicable notice from the Borrowers must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. four Business Days prior to the requested date of the relevant Borrowing (or such later time as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), conversion or continuation, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the appropriate Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is available to them and (B) not later than 12:00 p.m. three Business Days before the requested date of the relevant Borrowing, conversion or continuation, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers whether or not the requested Interest Period is available to and has been approved by the appropriate Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(b) Each Borrowing Request will specify the currency in which such Revolving Loans are to be made. If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be (i) if a Loan to a U.S. Borrowers an ABR Borrowing in Dollars and (ii) if to a German Borrower an Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing in Euros. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing, then the Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. The Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details and amount of any Revolving Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing (x) in the case of any ABR Borrowing, on the same Business Day of receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section or (y) in the case of any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing, no later than one Business Day following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section. No Revolving Loan may be converted into or continued as a Revolving Loan denominated in a different currency, but instead must be repaid in the currency in which such Revolving Loan was originally denominated and reborrowed in the relevant other currency.

Section 2.04 Swingline Loans and Overadvances.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrowers in Dollars or Euros, from time to time during the Availability Period; provided that (i) after giving effect to any Swingline Loan, the Swingline Exposure does not exceed the Swingline Sublimit, (ii) no Swingline Lender shall be required to make any Swingline Loan to refinance any outstanding Swingline Loan, (iii) after giving effect to

 

142


any Swingline Loan, the Total Revolving Credit Exposure does not exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect, (iv) after giving effect to any Swingline Loan, the Total Revolving Credit Exposure does not exceed the Line Cap then in effect, (v) after giving effect to any Swingline Loan. the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of any individual German Borrower does not exceed the German Sub-Borrowing Base for such German Borrower and (vi) after giving effect to any Swingline Loan, the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of all U.S. Borrowers does not exceed the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base. Each Swingline Loan shall be in a minimum principal amount of not less than €100,000 or such lesser amount as may be agreed by the Swingline Lender; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing in this sentence (but subject to the limitations of the preceding sentence), any Swingline Loan may be in an aggregate amount that is (1) equal to the aggregate unused Aggregate Commitments or (2) required to finance the reimbursement of a LC Disbursement with respect to a Letter of Credit as contemplated by Section 2.05(e). Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Swingline Loans may be borrowed, prepaid and reborrowed. To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrowers shall notify the applicable Swingline Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such request by telephone, confirmed by delivery of a written Borrowing Request, appropriately completed and signed by an Officer of the applicable Borrower, not later than 12:00 p.m. on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. The applicable Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the applicable Borrower by means of a credit to the account designated in the related Borrowing Request or otherwise in accordance with the instructions of the applicable Borrower (including, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of any LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e), by remittance to the applicable Issuing Bank).

(b) Any Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. on any Business Day require the Lenders to purchase participations on the same Business Day as receipt of such notice in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans. Each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or any reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by effecting a wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.07 with respect to Revolving Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.07 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders pursuant to this Section 2.04(b)), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the applicable Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers of any participation in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this Section 2.04(b), and thereafter, payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the applicable Swingline Lender from the Borrowers in respect of any Swingline Loan after receipt by such Swingline Lender of the proceeds of any sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted

 

143


by such Swingline Lender to the Administrative Agent, and any such amount received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that have made their payments pursuant to this Section 2.04(b) and to the applicable Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the applicable Swingline Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, and thereafter to the Borrowers, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrowers for any reason. The purchase of participations in any Swingline Loan pursuant to this Section 2.04(b) shall not relieve the Borrowers of any default in the payment thereof.

(c) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Swingline Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04 by the time specified in Section 2.04(b), the applicable Swingline Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the applicable Swingline Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. A certificate of the applicable Swingline Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (c) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Swingline Lender may, upon ten days’ prior written notice to the Borrowers, resign as Swingline Lender, which resignation shall be effective as of the date referenced in such notice (but in no event less than ten days after the delivery of such written notice). In the event of any such resignation, the Borrowers shall be entitled to appoint any Lender that is willing to accept such appointment as successor Swingline Lender hereunder. Upon the acceptance of any such appointment, the successor Swingline Lender shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Swingline Lender, and the retiring Swingline Lender, as applicable, shall be discharged from its duties and obligations in such capacity hereunder. In the event that the Swingline Lender resigns in accordance with this Section 2.04(d) and no replacement Swingline Lender is appointed, the Borrowers shall promptly repay all outstanding Swingline Loans on the effective date of such resignation (which repayment may be effectuated with the proceeds of a Borrowing of Revolving Loans).

(e) Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, at the request of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent may in its sole discretion (but with absolutely no obligation), make Revolving Loans to the Borrowers, on behalf of the Lenders, in amounts that exceed Excess Availability (any such excess Revolving Loans are herein referred to collectively as “Overadvances”); provided that, no Overadvance shall result in a Default due to the Borrowers’ failure to comply with Section 2.01 for so long as such Overadvance remains outstanding in accordance with the terms of this paragraph, but solely with respect to amount of such Overadvance. All Overadvances shall be denominated in Dollars and shall be ABR Borrowings. The authority of the Administrative Agent to make Overadvances is limited to an aggregate amount not to exceed, when taken together with any Protective Advances, ten percent (10%) of the Borrowing Base in effect at such time, each Overadvance shall mature and be due on the earliest of the earliest Maturity Date, demand by the Administrative Agent and thirty (30) days after such Overadvance is made and no Overadvance shall cause (x) any Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure to exceed its Commitments or (y) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure to exceed the Aggregate Commitments.

 

144


(f) Each Overadvance shall be secured by the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent on the Collateral and shall constitute Obligations hereunder. The Administrative Agent’s authorization to make Overadvances may be revoked at any time by the Required Lenders. Any such revocation must be in writing and shall become effective prospectively upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt thereof. The making of an Overadvance on any one occasion shall not obligate the Administrative Agent to make any Overadvance on any other occasion.

(g) Upon the making of an Overadvance by the Administrative Agent, each Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably purchased from the Administrative Agent without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such Overadvance in proportion to its Applicable Percentage and, upon demand by the Administrative Agent, shall fund such participation to the Administrative Agent.

Section 2.05 Letters of Credit.

(a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (i) each Issuing Bank agrees, in each case in reliance upon (among other things) the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.05, (A) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date to the fifth Business Day prior to the Latest Maturity Date, upon the request of any Borrower, to issue Letters of Credit denominated in Euros or any Alternate Currency issued on sight basis only for the account of the Borrowers and/or any applicable Restricted Subsidiary (provided that a Borrower will be the applicant) and to amend or renew Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.05(b), and (B) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit and (ii) the Lenders severally agree to participate in the Letters of Credit issued under this Section 2.05(a) in accordance with the terms of Section 2.05(d). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, on the Closing Date, Letters of Credit may only be issued to replace or provide credit support for any existing letters of credit issued for the account of the Borrowers and/or any applicable Restricted Subsidiary. No Issuing Bank shall be required to issue (1) Commercial Letters of Credit without the prior written consent of such Issuing Bank, (2) Letters of Credit to the extent the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more generally applicable policies of such Issuing Bank in place at the time of such request or (3) with respect to any Issuing Bank identified in clause (a) of the definition thereof, Letters of Credit if, after giving effect thereto, the LC Exposure in respect of Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank would exceed its LC Commitment, unless otherwise agreed to by such Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers.

(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of any Letter of Credit, the applicable Borrower shall deliver to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent, at least three Business Days in advance of the requested date of issuance (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank), a Letter of Credit Request. To request an amendment, extension or renewal of an outstanding Letter of Credit, (other than any automatic extension of a Letter of Credit permitted

 

145


under Section 2.05(c)) the applicable Borrower shall submit a Letter of Credit Request to the applicable Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) at least three Business Days in advance of the requested date of amendment, extension or renewal (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank), identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, extended or renewed, and specifying the proposed date (which shall be a Business Day) and other details of the amendment, extension or renewal. If requested by the applicable Issuing Bank in connection with any request for any Letter of Credit, the applicable Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on such Issuing Bank’s standard form. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the applicable Borrower to, or entered into by the applicable Borrower with, the applicable Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. No Letter of Credit, letter of credit application or other document entered into by a Borrower with any Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit shall contain any representation or warranty, covenant or Event of Default not set forth in this Agreement (and to the extent inconsistent herewith shall be rendered null and void (or reformed automatically without further action by any Person to conform to the terms of this Agreement)), and all representations and warranties, covenants and events of default set forth therein shall contain standards, qualifications, thresholds and exceptions for materiality or otherwise consistent with those set forth in this Agreement (and, to the extent inconsistent herewith, shall be deemed to automatically incorporate the applicable standards, qualifications, thresholds and exceptions set forth herein without action by any Person). No Letter of Credit may be issued, amended, extended or renewed unless (and on the issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of each Letter of Credit, the Borrowers shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, extension, or renewal (i) the LC Exposure does not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure does not exceed the Line Cap then in effect, (iii) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure does not exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect, (iv) no Issuing Bank’s LC Exposure exceeds such Issuing Bank’s LC Commitment unless otherwise agreed to by such Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, (v) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of any individual German Borrower does not exceed the German Sub-Borrowing Base for such German Borrower, (vi) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of all U.S. Borrowers does not exceed the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base and (vii) if such Letter of Credit has a term that extends beyond the Maturity Date applicable to any Class of Commitments, the aggregate amount of the LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit expiring after such Maturity Date does not exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments then in effect that are scheduled to remain in effect after such Maturity Date.

(c) Expiration Date.

(i) No Standby Letter of Credit shall expire later than the earlier of (A) the date that is one year after the date of the issuance of such Standby Letter of Credit and (B) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Latest Maturity Date; provided that, any Standby Letter of Credit may provide for the automatic extension thereof for any number of additional periods of up to one year in duration (which additional periods shall not extend beyond the date referred to in the preceding subclause (B) unless 105% of the then-available balance thereof is Cash collateralized or backstopped on or before the date on which such Letter of Credit is extended beyond the date referred to in subclause (B) above pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Bank).

 

146


(ii) No Commercial Letter of Credit shall expire later than the earlier to occur of (A) 180 days after the issuance thereof (or such later date to which the relevant Issuing Bank may agree) and (B) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Latest Maturity Date.

(d) Participations. By the issuance of any Letter of Credit (or an amendment to any Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the applicable Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the applicable Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each such Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by such Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrowers on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment that is required to be refunded to the Borrowers for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of any Default or Event of Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e) Reimbursement.

(i) If the applicable Issuing Bank makes any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrowers shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to such Issuing Bank an amount equal to the amount of such LC Disbursement not later than 2:00 p.m. one Business Day immediately following the date on which the Borrowers receive notice of such LC Disbursement under paragraph (g) of this Section; provided, that the Borrowers may, without satisfying the conditions to Borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or Section 2.04 that such payment be financed with (x) in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars, an ABR Revolving Loan or a Swingline Loan or (y) in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in Euros or an Alternate Currency (other than Dollars or British Pounds Sterling), an Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Revolving Loan (any Revolving Loan described in clause (x) or (y), a “Letter of Credit Reimbursement Loan”) in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the obligation of the Borrowers to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Revolving Loan or Swingline Loan. The relevant Issuing Bank shall immediately notify the Administrative Agent of any payment made by the Borrowers in accordance with the terms of the preceding sentence (without giving effect to the proviso therein). If the Borrowers fail to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrowers in respect thereof and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrowers, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.07 with respect to Revolving Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.07 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders),

 

147


and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrowers pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent Lenders have made payments to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear.

(ii) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.05(e) by the time specified therein, such Issuing Bank shall be entitled to recover from such Revolving Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such Issuing Bank at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate (or in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in any Alternate Currency, the Administrative Agent’s customary rate for interbank advances in the Alternate Currency in which such Letter of Credit is denominated) from time to time in effect and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. A certificate of the applicable Issuing Bank submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (ii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(f) Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Borrowers to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute and unconditional and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision herein or therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the applicable Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder or (v) any payment made by an Issuing Bank in respect of an otherwise complying item presented after the date specified as the expiration date of, or the date by which documents must be received under such Letter of Credit if presentation after such date is authorized by the UCC, the ISP or the UCP or the express terms of the Letter of Credit, as applicable. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor any Issuing Bank, nor any of their respective Related Parties shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms, any error in translation or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of such Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse such Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrowers to the extent of any direct damages suffered by the Borrowers that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s

 

148


failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of applicable Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of any Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g) Disbursement Procedures. The applicable Issuing Bank shall, within the period stipulated by terms and conditions of the applicable Letter of Credit, following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. After examination and provided drawing document(s) are compliant, such Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers by telephone (confirmed by electronic means) upon any LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that no failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall relieve the Borrowers of its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement within the time period prescribed in Section 2.05(e).

(h) Interim Interest. If any Issuing Bank makes any LC Disbursement, unless the Borrowers reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrowers reimburse such LC Disbursement (or the date on which such LC Disbursement is reimbursed with the proceeds of Revolving Loans, as applicable), at the rate per annum then applicable to (x) in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars, Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans and (y) in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in Euros or any Alternate Currency (other than Dollars and British Pounds Sterling), Revolving Loans denominated in Euros or such Alternate Currency that are Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans; provided that if the Borrowers fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.13(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment and shall be payable on the date on which the Borrowers is required to reimburse the applicable LC Disbursement in full (and, thereafter, on demand).

(i) Replacement or Resignation of an Issuing Bank or Designation of New Issuing Banks.

(i) Any Issuing Bank may be replaced with the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and the Borrowers at any time by written agreement among the German Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of an Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement becomes

 

149


effective, the Borrowers shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12(b)(ii). From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the replaced Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank”, shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of any Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(ii) The Borrowers may, at any time and from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and the relevant Lender, designate one or more additional applicable Lenders to act as an issuing bank under the terms of this Agreement. Any applicable Lender designated as an issuing bank pursuant to this paragraph (ii) who agrees in writing to such designation shall be deemed to be an “Issuing Bank” (in addition to being a Lender) in respect of Letters of Credit issued or to be issued by such Lender, and, with respect to such Letters of Credit, such term shall thereafter apply to the other Issuing Bank and such Lender.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each Issuing Bank may, upon ten days’ prior written notice to the Borrowers, each other Issuing Bank and the Lenders resign as Issuing Bank which resignation shall be effective as of the later of (x) the appointment of a replacement Issuing Bank and (y) the date referenced in such notice (but in no event less than ten days after the delivery of such written notice); it being understood that in the event of any such resignation, any Letter of Credit issued by such resigning Issuing Bank then outstanding shall remain outstanding (irrespective of whether any amount has been drawn at such time). In the event of any such resignation as an Issuing Bank, the Borrowers shall be entitled to appoint any Lender that accepts such appointment in writing as a successor Issuing Bank. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Issuing Bank hereunder, the successor Issuing Bank shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank, and the retiring Issuing Bank shall be discharged from its duties and obligations in such capacity hereunder.

(j) Cash Collateralization.

(i) If any Event of Default exists and (if any are then outstanding) the Revolving Loans have been declared due and payable in accordance with Article 7 hereof, then on the Business Day on which the Borrowers receive notice from the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders demanding the deposit of Cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph (j), the Borrowers shall deposit, in an interest-bearing account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders and each Issuing Bank (the “LC Collateral Account”), an amount in Cash equal to 105% of the LC Exposure as of such date (minus the amount then on deposit in

 

150


the LC Collateral Account); provided that the obligation to deposit such Cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrowers described in Section 7.01(f), or (g).

(ii) Any such deposit in the LC Collateral Account shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (j). The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over the LC Collateral Accounts. The Borrowers hereby grant the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority security interest in the LC Collateral Accounts. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in the applicable LC Collateral Accounts. Moneys in the LC Collateral Account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrowers for the LC Exposure at such time or, subject to the consent of the Required Lenders, applied to satisfy other Secured Obligations. The amount of any Cash Collateral posted in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.05(j) (together with all interest and other earnings with respect thereto, to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrowers promptly but in no event later than three Business Days after the Event of Default giving rise to the obligation to do so has been cured or waived.

(k) Applicability of ISP and UCP; Limitation of Liability. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank and the requesting Borrower, when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall be stated therein to apply to each Standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the UCP shall be stated therein to apply to each commercial Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Issuing Bank shall be responsible to any Borrower for, and each Issuing Bank’s rights and remedies against the Borrowers shall not be impaired by, any action or inaction of such Issuing Bank required or permitted under any Law, order, or practice that is required or permitted to be applied to any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, including the Law or any order of a jurisdiction where such Issuing Bank or the beneficiary is located, the practice stated in the ISP or UCP, as applicable, or in the decisions, opinions, practice statements, or official commentary of the ICC Banking Commission, the Bankers Association for Finance and Trade (BAFT), or the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any Letter of Credit chooses such law or practice.

Section 2.06 Protective Advances.

(a) Subject to the limitations set forth below (and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.02), the Administrative Agent is authorized by the Borrowers and the Lenders, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion (but with absolutely no obligation) to make Revolving Loans to the Borrowers, on behalf of the Lenders at any time that any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 has not been satisfied or waived, which the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, deems necessary or desirable (i) to preserve or protect the Collateral, or any portion thereof, (ii) to enhance the likelihood of, or maximize the amount of, repayment of the Revolving Loans and other Secured Obligations or (iii) to pay any

 

151


other amount chargeable to or required to be paid by the Borrowers or any other Loan Party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including payments of reimbursable expenses (including costs, fees, and expenses as described in Section 9.03) and other sums, in each case to the extent due and payable (and not in dispute by the Borrowers (acting in good faith)) under the Loan Documents (each such Revolving Loan, a “Protective Advance”). All Protective Advances shall be denominated in Dollars and shall be ABR Borrowings. Protective Advances may be made even if such Protective Advances would cause the Total Revolving Credit Exposure to exceed the Line Cap and/or the limitations of a German Sub-Borrowing Base would be exceeded; provided that no Protective Advance may be made to the extent that, after giving effect to such Protective Advance, (x) the aggregate principal amount of Protective Advances and Overadvances outstanding hereunder would exceed 10.0% of the Borrowing Base as determined on the date of such proposed Protective Advance, (y) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Aggregate Commitments or (z) any Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed its Commitment.

(b) Each Protective Advance shall be secured by the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent on the Collateral and shall constitute Obligations hereunder. Each Protective Advance shall be repaid by the Borrowers upon demand by the Administrative Agent and in no event later than 45 days after such Protective Advances are made. The making of a Protective Advance on any one occasion shall not obligate the Administrative Agent to make any Protective Advance on any other occasion. At any time that the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 have been satisfied or waived, the Administrative Agent may request the Lenders to make a Revolving Loan to repay any Protective Advance.

(c) Upon the making of a Protective Advance by the Administrative Agent (whether before or after the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default), each Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, unconditionally and irrevocably to have purchased from the Administrative Agent without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such Protective Advance in proportion to its Applicable Percentage, and, upon demand by the Administrative Agent, shall fund such participation to the Administrative Agent.

Section 2.07 Funding of Borrowings.

(a) Each Lender shall make each Revolving Loan to be made by it hereunder not later than (i) 1:00 p.m., in the case of Euro and Dollar denominated Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans, (ii) 3:00 p.m., in the case of ABR Loans, and (iii) the Applicable Time, in the case of Alternate Currency (other than Dollars) denominated Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans, in each case on the Business Day specified in the applicable Borrowing Request by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders in an amount equal to such Lender’s respective Applicable Percentage; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrowers by promptly crediting the amounts so received on the same Business Day, in like funds, to the account designated in the relevant Borrowing Request or as otherwise directed in writing by the applicable Borrower; provided that Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of any LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Issuing Bank.

 

152


(b) Unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from any Lender that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of any Borrowing prior to the proposed date of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make a corresponding amount available to the Borrowers. In such event, if any Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrowers severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent (without duplication) such corresponding amount with interest thereon forthwith on demand for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrowers to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, with respect to any Borrowing in Dollars, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate (or in the case of any Borrowing denominated in Euro or any Alternate Currency (other than Dollars), the Administrative Agent’s customary rate for interbank advances in the Alternate Currency in which such Borrowing is denominated) and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrowers, the interest rate applicable to the Revolving Loans comprising such Borrowing at such time. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Loan included in such Borrowing, and the obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Administrative Agent the corresponding amount pursuant to this Section 2.07(b) shall cease. If the Borrowers pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, the amount so paid shall constitute a repayment of such Borrowing by such amount. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent or the Borrower or any other Loan Party may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

Section 2.08 Type; Interest Elections.

(a) Each Borrowing shall initially be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing, shall have the initial Interest Period specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrowers may elect to convert any Borrowing to a Borrowing of a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of an Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrowers may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders based upon their respective Applicable Percentages, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This section shall not apply to Swingline Loans, which may not be converted or continued.

(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section 2.08, the Borrowers shall deliver an Interest Election Request in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03(a).

(c) If any such Interest Election Request requests an Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

 

153


(d) Promptly following receipt of each Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each applicable Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the applicable Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, such Borrowing shall be converted at the end of such Interest Period to an Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing with an Interest Period of one month. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if an Event of Default exists and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrowers, then, so long as such Event of Default exists (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as an Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing shall be, (x) if denominated in an Alternate Currency, be converted into a Borrowing of ABR Loans denominated in Dollars in the Euro Equivalent of the amount of such outstanding Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan at the end of the applicable Interest Period or (y) if denominated in Dollars, converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the then-current Interest Period applicable thereto.

Section 2.09 Termination and Reduction of Commitments.

(a) Unless previously terminated, (i) the Initial Commitments shall automatically terminate on the Initial Revolving Credit Maturity Date, and (ii) the Additional Commitments of any Class shall automatically terminate on the Maturity Date specified therefor in the applicable Extension Amendment.

(b) Upon delivery of the notice required by Section 2.09(c), the Borrowers may at any time terminate or from time to time reduce, the Commitments of any Class; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of €1,000,000 and not less than €1,000,000, (ii) in the event that the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swingline Sublimit exceeds the Aggregate Commitments, each such sublimit shall be automatically and immediately reduced to the extent of such excess, (iii) the Borrowers shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments of any Class if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans, (A) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Exposure attributable to the Commitments of such Class would exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments of such Class or (B) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Line Cap, (C) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of any individual German Borrower would exceed the German Sub-Borrowing Base for such German Borrower or (D) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of all U.S. Borrowers would exceed the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base; provided that, after the establishment of any Additional Commitment, any such termination or reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be subject to the provisions set forth in Section 2.11(a) and Section 2.23 and/or 9.02, as applicable.

(c) The Borrowers shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce any Commitment under paragraph (b) of this Section 2.09 in writing at least three (3) Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction (or such later date to which the Administrative Agent may agree), specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the

 

154


Lenders of each applicable Class of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 2.09(c) shall be irrevocable; provided that any such notice may state that it is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other transactions, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrowers (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of any Commitment pursuant to this Section 2.09 shall be permanent. Upon any reduction of any Commitment, the Commitment of each Lender of the relevant Class shall be reduced by such Lender’s Applicable Class Percentage of the amount of such reduction.

Section 2.10 Repayment of Revolving Loans; Evidence of Debt.

(a) The Borrowers hereby promise to pay in Euros or the relevant Alternate Currency in which such Revolving Loan was borrowed (A) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender, the then-unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Loans of such Lender on the Maturity Date applicable thereto, and (B) to the Swingline Lender, the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of (i) the date that is 10 Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made and (ii) the Latest Maturity Date.

(i) On the Maturity Date applicable to the Commitments of any Class, the Borrowers shall (A) cause outstanding Letters of Credit to be returned for cancellation (or alternatively, with respect to each outstanding Letter of Credit, furnish to the Administrative Agent a Cash deposit (or if reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Bank, a “backstop” letter of credit)) equal to 105% of the LC Exposure (minus any amount then on deposit in any Cash collateral account established for the benefit of the Issuing Banks) as of such date, in each case to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of the Total Revolving Credit Exposure (calculated, for this purpose, as if any LC Exposure so backstopped or Cash collateralized is not Total Revolving Credit Exposure) shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect, (B) prepay Swingline Loans to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of the Total Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect and (C) make payment in full in Cash of all accrued and unpaid fees and all reimbursable expenses and other Obligations with respect to the Revolving Facility of the applicable Class then due, together with accrued and unpaid interest (if any) thereon.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from each Revolving Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Revolving Loan made hereunder and the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period (if any) applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the accounts of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks and each Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s share thereof.

 

155


(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Section 2.10 shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein (absent manifest error); provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any manifest error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Revolving Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, further, that in the event of any inconsistency between the accounts maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section 2.10 and any Lender’s records, the accounts of the Administrative Agent shall govern.

(e) Any Lender may request that any Revolving Loan made by it be evidenced by a Promissory Note. In such event, the Borrowers shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a Promissory Note that is payable to such Lender and its registered permitted assigns; it being understood and agreed that such Lender (and/or its applicable permitted assign) shall be required to return such Promissory Note to the Borrowers in accordance with Section 9.05(b)(iii) and upon the occurrence of the Termination Date (or as promptly thereafter as practicable). If any Lender loses the original copy of its Promissory Note, it shall execute an affidavit of loss containing an indemnification provision that is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrowers. The obligation of each Lender to execute an affidavit of loss containing an indemnification provision that is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrowers shall survive the Termination Date.

Section 2.11 Prepayment of Revolving Loans.

(a) Optional Prepayments.

(i) Upon prior notice in accordance with paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section, the Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay, in Euros or the relevant Alternate Currency in which such Loan was borrowed, as applicable, any Borrowing of Revolving Loans of any Class or any Borrowing of its Swingline Loans, in whole or in part without premium or penalty (but subject to Section 2.16): provided that (A) after the establishment of any Additional Commitment, any such prepayment of any Borrowing of Revolving Loans of any Class shall be subject to the provisions set forth in Section 2.23 and/or 9.02, as applicable and (b) no borrowing of Revolving Loans may be prepaid unless all Swingline Loans then outstanding, if any, are prepaid concurrently therewith. Each such prepayment shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Class Percentages of the relevant Class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers shall not voluntarily prepay Extended Revolving Loans or permanently reduce the corresponding Extended Commitments unless such prepayment is accompanied by a pro rata repayment of the Revolving Loans of every other Class or a permanent reduction of the corresponding Commitments of the Revolving Lenders (as applicable).

(ii) The Borrowers shall notify the Administrative Agent (and the applicable Swingline Lender, as applicable) in writing of any prepayment under this Section 2.11(a) in the form of a Prepayment Notice in the case of any prepayment of (i) an Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing denominated in Euros or Dollars, not later than 1:00 p.m. three Business Days before the date of

 

156


prepayment, (ii) an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day of prepayment, (iii) a Swingline Loan, not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of prepayment and (iv) an Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing denominated an Alternate Currency (other than Dollars), not later than 11:00 a.m. four Business Days before the date of prepayment (or, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), such later time as to which the Administrative Agent may agree). Each such Prepayment Notice shall be irrevocable (except as set forth in the proviso to this sentence) and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that any Prepayment Notice delivered by the Borrowers may be conditioned upon the effectiveness of other transactions, in which case such Prepayment Notice may be revoked by the Borrowers (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Promptly following receipt of any such Prepayment Notice relating to any Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the applicable Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount at least equal to the amount that would be permitted in the case of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02(c), or such lesser amount that is then outstanding with respect to such Borrowing being repaid (and in increments of €100,000 in excess thereof or such lesser incremental amount that is then outstanding with respect to such Borrowing being repaid).

(iii) Subject to Section 5.12(g), at all times after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Period and after notification thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers, on each Business Day, at or before 1:00 p.m., New York City time, the Administrative Agent shall apply all immediately available funds credited to the Administrative Agent Account or otherwise received by Administrative Agent for application to the Secured Obligations to the extent such funds constitute Collateral, in accordance with Section 2.18(b).

(b) Mandatory Prepayments.

(i) In the event that on any Revaluation Date (after giving effect to the determination of the Outstanding Amount of each Revolving Loan and the aggregate amount of Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure), (A) (i) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the Line Cap then in effect and/ or (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure outstanding to a German Borrower exceeds such German Borrower’s German Sub-Borrowing Base, the Borrowers and/or the relevant German Borrower, as the case may be shall, within one Business Day of receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent, prepay Revolving Loans (and/or Cash collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit at 100% of the available balance thereof), in an aggregate amount sufficient to (i) reduce such Total Revolving Credit Exposure (calculated, for this purpose, as if any LC Exposure so Cash collateralized is not Total Revolving Credit Exposure) to an amount not to exceed 100% of the Line Cap then in effect and (ii) reduce such Total Revolving Credit Exposure (calculated, for this purpose, as if any LC Exposure so Cash

 

157


collateralized is not Total Revolving Credit Exposure) outstanding to the relevant German Borrower to an amount not to exceed 100% of such German Borrower’s German Sub-Borrowing Base then in effect, (B) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of any individual German Borrower would exceed the German Sub-Borrowing Base for such German Borrower then in effect, such German Borrower shall, within one Business Day of receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent, prepay Revolving Loans (and/or Cash collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit at 100% of the available balance thereof), in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such Total Revolving Credit Exposure of such German Borrower (calculated, for this purpose, as if any LC Exposure so Cash collateralized is not Total Revolving Credit Exposure) to an amount not to exceed 100% of the German Sub-Borrowing Base for such German Borrower then in effect and (C) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of the U.S. Borrowers would exceed the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base then in effect, the U.S. Borrowers shall, within one Business Day of receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent, prepay Revolving Loans (and/or Cash collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit at 100% of the available balance thereof), in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such Total Revolving Credit Exposure of the U.S. Borrowers (calculated, for this purpose, as if any LC Exposure so Cash collateralized is not Total Revolving Credit Exposure) to an amount not to exceed 100% of the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base then in effect.

(ii) Each prepayment of any Borrowing under this Section 2.11(b) shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.

(iii) Prepayments made under this Section 2.11(b) shall be (A) accompanied by accrued interest as required by Section 2.13 and (B) subject to Section 2.16, but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty.

Section 2.12 Fees.

(a) The Borrowers agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Initial Revolving Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) a commitment fee, which shall accrue at a rate equal to the Commitment Fee Rate per annum applicable to the Initial Commitments on the average daily amount of the unused Initial Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Closing Date to the date on which such Initial Revolving Lender’s Initial Commitment terminates. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the first calendar day of each January, April, July and October (commencing July 1, 2021) for the quarterly period then ended (or, in the case of the payment to be made on July 1, 2021, for the period from the Closing Date through and including June 30, 2021), and on the date on which the Initial Commitments terminate. For purposes of calculating the commitment fee only, the Initial Commitment of any Initial Revolving Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of Initial Revolving Loans of such Initial Revolving Lender and the LC Exposure of such Initial Revolving Lender attributable to its Initial Commitment, and no portion of the Initial Commitment shall be deemed used as a result of outstanding Swingline Loans.

 

158


(b) (i) The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Initial Revolving Loans that are Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans on the daily available balance under such Lender’s LC Exposure that is attributable to Letters of Credit (excluding any portion thereof that is attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements), during the period from and including the Closing Date to the earlier of (A) the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure that is attributable to Letters of Credit and (B) the Termination Date and (ii) the Borrowers agree to pay to each Issuing Bank, for its own account, a fronting fee, in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank for the period from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to the earliest of (A) the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, (B) the date on which such Letter of Credit terminates or (C) the Termination Date, computed at a rate equal to 0.125% per annum of the daily available balance under such Letter of Credit. Participation fees and fronting fees shall accrue through and including the last day of each December, March, June and September and be payable in arrears for the quarterly period then ended on the first calendar day of each January, April, July and October (commencing July 1, 2021 for the period from the Closing Date through and including June 30, 2021); provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Commitments of any applicable Class terminate. In addition, the Borrowers shall pay to each Issuing Bank, for its own account, all customary charges associated with the issuance, amending, negotiating, payment, processing, transfer and administration of Letters of Credit, in each case which charges shall be paid as and when incurred.

(c) The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for their own account, the annual administration fee described in the Closing Date Fee Letter.

(d) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in Euros and in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or the applicable Issuing Bank, in the case of any fee payable to any Issuing Bank). Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances except as otherwise provided in the Fee Letters. Fees payable hereunder shall accrue through and including the last day of the month immediately preceding the applicable fee payment date.

(e) Unless otherwise indicated herein, all computations of fees shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and shall be payable for the actual days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The determination by the Administrative Agent of the amount of any fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Section 2.13 Interest.

(a) The Revolving Loans (including Swingline Loans) that comprise each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) The Revolving Loans that comprise each Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

 

159


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing but in all cases subject to Section 9.05(f), (x) if any principal of or interest on any Revolving Loan, any LC Disbursement or any fee or premium payable by the Borrowers hereunder is not, in each case, paid or reimbursed when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, and/or (y) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 7.01(f), or (g) then, in the case of clause (x), the relevant overdue amounts and, in addition (but without duplication), in the case of clause (y), the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans shall bear interest, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal or interest of any Revolving Loan or LC Disbursement, 2.00% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Revolving Loan or LC Disbursement as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2.00% plus the rate applicable to Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section; provided that no amount shall accrue pursuant to this Section 2.13(d) on any overdue amount, LC Disbursement or other amount payable to a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

(d) Accrued interest on each Revolving Loan and Swingline Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Revolving Loan or Swingline Loan and (i) on the Maturity Date applicable to such Revolving Loan, (ii) in the case of a Revolving Loan of any Class, upon termination of the Commitments of such Class and (iii) in the case of any Swingline Loan, upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments, as applicable; provided that (A) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (B) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Revolving Loan (other than an ABR Revolving Loan of any Class prior to the termination of the Commitments of such Class) or Swingline Loan, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (C) in the event of any conversion of any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Revolving Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day) or, in the case of interest in respect of Loans denominated in Alternate Currencies as to which market practice differs from the foregoing, in accordance with such market practice. The applicable Alternate Base Rate and Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Interest shall accrue on each Revolving Loan for the day on which the Revolving Loan is made and shall not accrue on a Revolving Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Revolving Loan or such portion is paid; provided that any Revolving Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall bear interest for one day.

 

160


Section 2.14 Alternate Rate of Interest.

(a) If in connection with any request for an Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing or a conversion to or continuation thereof:

(i) the Administrative Agent determines that (A) deposits (whether in Euros or an Alternate Currency) are not being offered to banks in the applicable offshore interbank eurodollar market for such currency for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing, (B) (x) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing (whether in Euros or an Alternate Currency) or in connection with an existing or proposed ABR Loan and (y) the circumstances described in Section 2.14(c)(i) do not apply, or (C) a fundamental change has occurred in the foreign exchange or interbank markets with respect to Euros or such Alternate Currency (including, without limitation, changes in national or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls) (in each case with respect to this clause (i), “Impacted Loans”); or

(ii) the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders determine that for any reason the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing (whether denominated in Euros or an Alternate Currency) does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing,

the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrowers and each Lender. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currencies shall be suspended, (to the extent of the affected Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Interest Periods), and (y) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurocurrency Rate component in determining the Alternate Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a determination by the Required Lenders described in clause (ii) of Section 2.14(a), until the Administrative Agent upon instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, (i) the Borrowers may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies (to the extent of the affected Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Interest Periods) or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of ABR Loans denominated in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent of the amount specified therein and (ii) (A) any outstanding affected Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars will be deemed to have been converted into ABR Loans at the end of the applicable Interest Period and (B) any outstanding affected Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Euros or an Alternate Currency, at the Borrowers’ election, shall either (1) be converted into a Borrowing of ABR Loans denominated in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of such outstanding Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan at the end of the applicable Interest Period or (2) be prepaid at the end of the applicable Interest Period in full; provided that if no election is made by the Borrowers by the earlier of (x) the date that is three Business Days after receipt by the Borrowers of such notice and (y) the last day of the current Interest Period for the applicable Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have elected clause (1) above.

 

161


(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent has made the determination described in clause (i) of Section 2.14(a), the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Borrowers and Required Lenders, may establish an alternative interest rate for the Impacted Loans, in which case, such alternative rate of interest shall apply with respect to the Impacted Loans until (i) the Administrative Agent revokes the notice delivered with respect to the Impacted Loans under clause (i) of the first sentence of Section 2.14(a), (ii) the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers that such alternative interest rate does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding the Impacted Loans, or (iii) any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its applicable lending office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to such alternative rate of interest or to determine or charge interest rates based upon such rate or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to do any of the foregoing and such Lender provides the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers written notice thereof.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), or the Borrowers or Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent (with, in the case of the Required Lenders, a copy to the Borrowers) that the Borrowers or Required Lenders (as applicable) have determined, that:

(i) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurocurrency Rate for an Applicable Currency for any requested Interest Period, including, without limitation, because the Screen Rate for such Applicable Currency is not available or published on a current basis and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary; or

(ii) the administrator of the Screen Rate for an Applicable Currency or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which the Eurocurrency Rate for an Applicable Currency or the Screen Rate for an Applicable Currency shall no longer be made available, or used for determining the interest rate of loans denominated in such Applicable Currency, provided that, in each case, at the time of such statement, there is no successor administrator that is satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that will continue to provide the Eurocurrency Rate for such Applicable Currency after such specific date (such specific date, the “Scheduled Unavailability Date”); or

(iii) syndicated loans currently being executed, or that include language similar to that contained in this Section 2.14, are being executed or amended (as applicable) to incorporate or adopt a new benchmark interest rate to replace the Eurocurrency Rate for an Applicable Currency,

then, reasonably promptly after such determination by the Administrative Agent or receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, as applicable, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers may amend this Agreement solely for the purpose of replacing the Eurocurrency Rate for the Applicable Currency in accordance with this Section 2.14 with (x) in the case of Dollars, one or more SOFR-Based Rates or (y) another alternate benchmark rate giving due consideration to any

 

162


evolving or then existing convention for similar syndicated credit facilities syndicated in the U.S. and denominated in the Applicable Currency for such alternative benchmarks and, in each case, including any mathematical or other adjustments to such benchmark giving due consideration to any evolving or then existing convention for similar syndicated credit facilities syndicated in the U.S. and denominated in the Applicable Currency for such benchmarks, each of which adjustments or methods for calculating such adjustments shall be published on one or more information services as selected by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion and may be periodically updated (each, an “Adjustment;” and any such proposed rate, a “Successor Rate”), and any such amendment shall become effective at 5:00 p.m. on the fifth Business Day after the Administrative Agent shall have posted such proposed amendment to all Lenders and the Borrowers unless, prior to such time, Lenders comprising the Required Lenders have delivered to the Administrative Agent written notice that such Required Lenders (A) in the case of an amendment to replace the Eurocurrency Rate with respect to Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars with a rate described in clause (x), object to any Adjustment; or (B) in the case of an amendment to replace the Eurocurrency Rate with respect to Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in the Applicable Currency with a rate described in clause (y), object to such amendment; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, in the case of clause (A), the Required Lenders shall not be entitled to object to any SOFR-Based Rate contained in any such amendment. Such Successor Rate for the Applicable Currency shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such Successor Rate for such Applicable Currency shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent.

If no Successor Rate has been determined for the Applicable Currency and the circumstances under clause (i) above exist or the Scheduled Unavailability Date has occurred (as applicable), the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrowers and each Lender. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans in each such Applicable Currency shall be suspended (to the extent of the affected Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Interest Periods), and (y) the Eurocurrency Rate component shall no longer be utilized in determining the Alternate Base Rate. Upon receipt of such notice, (i) the Borrowers may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans in each such affected Applicable Currency (to the extent of the affected Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Interest Periods) or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted each such request into a request for a Borrowing of ABR Loans denominated in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent of the amount specified therein and (ii) (A) any outstanding affected Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars will be deemed to have been converted into ABR Loans at the end of the applicable Interest Period and (B) any outstanding affected Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Euros or an Alternate Currency, at the Borrowers’ election, shall either (1) be converted into a Borrowing of ABR Loans denominated in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of such outstanding Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan at the end of the applicable Interest Period or (2) be prepaid at the end of the applicable Interest Period in full; provided that if no election is made by the Borrowers by the earlier of (x) the date that is three Business Days after receipt by the Borrowers of such notice and (y) the last day of the current Interest Period for the applicable Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have elected clause (1) above.

 

163


In connection with the implementation of a Successor Rate for any currency, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Successor Rate Conforming Changes with respect to such currency from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Successor Rate Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement; provided that, with respect to any such amendment effected, the Administrative Agent shall post each such amendment implementing such Successor Rate Conforming Changes for the Applicable Currency to the Lenders reasonably promptly after such amendment becomes effective.

Section 2.15 Increased Costs.

(a) If any Change in Law:

(i) imposes, modifies or deems applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate) or Issuing Bank;

(ii) subjects any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (f) of the definition of “Excluded Taxes” and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on or with respect to its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(iii) imposes on any Lender or Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans made by any Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein,

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to the relevant Lender or such other Recipient of making or maintaining any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Revolving Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) in respect of any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Letter of Credit in an amount deemed by such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient, as applicable, to be material, then, within 30 days after the Borrowers’ receipt of the certificate contemplated by paragraph (c) of this Section 2.15, the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, such other Recipient such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered; provided that the Borrowers shall not be liable for such compensation if (x) the relevant Change in Law occurs on a date prior to the date such Lender becomes a party hereto, (y) such Lender invokes Section 2.20 or (z) in the case of any request for reimbursement under clause (iii) of this Section 2.15(a) resulting from a market disruption, (A) the relevant circumstances do not generally affect the banking market or (B) the applicable request has not been made by Lenders constituting Required Lenders.

 

164


(b) If any Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient determines that any Change in Law regarding liquidity or capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s, such Issuing Bank’s or such other Recipient’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Revolving Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender or other Recipient, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient or such Lender’s, such Issuing Bank’s or such other Recipient’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law other than due to Taxes (taking into consideration such Lender’s, such Issuing Bank’s or such other Recipient’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s, such Issuing Bank’s or such other Recipient’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity), then within 30 days of receipt by the Borrowers of the certificate contemplated by paragraph (c) of this Section 2.15 the Borrowers will pay to such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as applicable, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient or such Lender’s, such Issuing Bank’s or such other Recipient’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) Any Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient requesting compensation under this Section 2.15 shall be required to deliver a certificate to the Borrowers that (i) sets forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient or the holding company thereof, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 2.15, (ii) sets forth, in reasonable detail, the manner in which such amount or amounts were determined and (iii) certifies that such Lender or Issuing Bank is generally charging such amounts to similarly situated borrowers, which certificate shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided, however that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or Issuing Bank notifies the Borrowers of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided, further, that if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

Section 2.16 Break Funding Payments. Subject to Section 9.05(f), in the event of (a) the conversion or prepayment of any principal of any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration or otherwise), (b) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan on the date or in the amount specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto or (c) the assignment of any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan of any Lender other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.19, then, in any such event, the Borrowers shall compensate each Lender for the amount of any actual out-of-pocket loss, actual expense and/or liability (including any loss, expense or liability incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other

 

165


funds required by such Lender to fund or maintain Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans, but excluding loss of anticipated profit) that such Lender may incur or sustain as a result of such event. Any Lender requesting compensation under this Section 2.16 shall be required to deliver a certificate to the Borrowers that (A) sets forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section, the basis therefor and, in reasonable detail, the manner in which such amount or amounts were determined and (B) certifies that such Lender is generally charging the relevant amounts to similarly situated borrowers, which certificate shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 30 days after receipt thereof.

Section 2.17 Taxes.

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Requirements of Law. If any applicable Requirement of Law requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment (a “Tax Withholding”), then (i) if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, the amount payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions or withholdings have been made (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.17), each Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions and (iii) the applicable withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law.

(b) In addition, the Borrowers shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(c) The Borrowers shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender within 10 days after receipt of the certificate described in the succeeding sentence, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes payable or paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.17), other than any penalties determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction (or documented in any settlement agreement) to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, and, in each case, any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not correctly or legally imposed or asserted; provided that if the Borrowers reasonably believe that such Taxes were not correctly or legally asserted, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, will use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrowers to obtain a refund of such Taxes (which refund, when received, shall be repaid to the Borrowers in accordance with Section 2.17(g)) so long as such efforts would not, in the sole determination of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, result in any additional out-of-pocket costs or expenses not reimbursed by the Borrowers or be otherwise materially disadvantageous to the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable. In connection with any request for reimbursement under this Section 2.17(c), the relevant Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, shall deliver a certificate to the Borrowers setting forth the basis and calculation of the amount of the relevant

 

166


payment or liability, which shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.17(c), the Borrowers shall not be required to indemnify the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to this Section 2.17(c) for any amount to the extent the Administrative Agent or such Lender fails to notify the Borrowers of the relevant possible indemnification claim within 180 days after the Administrative Agent or such Lender receives written notice from the applicable taxing authority of the specific tax assessment giving rise to such indemnification claim.

(d) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment under any Loan Document that is attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that no Loan Party has already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.05(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to any Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (d).

(e) soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.17, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Where the payment of Taxes referred to in the preceding sentence relates to a UK Tax Deduction, the relevant Loan Party shall deliver a statement under section 975 of the ITA to the relevant Borrower within 30 days of making that payment.

(f) Status of Lenders.

(i) Any Lender (which shall include the Administrative Agent for purposes of this Section 2.17(f)) that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of any withholding Tax with respect to any payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, such information and properly completed and executed documentation as the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such information or other documentation prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law or reasonably requested by the

 

167


Borrowers or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent: (1) to determine whether or not any payments made under any Loan Document are subject to Tax Withholdings, (2) to determine, if applicable, the required rate of Tax Withholdings, (3) to establish such Recipient’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction in the rate of, Tax Withholdings; and (4) to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to deliver to the Borrowers and to any Successor Administrative Agent any documentation provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.17(f).

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(A) each Lender that is not a Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent), two executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B) each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of any Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the U.S. is a party, (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

 

168


(2) two executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(3) in the case of any Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, (x) two executed copies of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrowers within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code, and that no payments hereunder to such Lender are effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) two executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable; or

(4) to the extent any Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (e.g., where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or participating Lender), two executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-2, Exhibit L-3 or Exhibit L-4, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if such Foreign Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-2 on behalf of each such direct or indirect partner;

(C) each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent), two executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law as a basis for claiming

 

169


exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law to permit the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to any Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent such documentation as is prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code) as may be necessary for the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment; provided that solely for the purposes of this paragraph, “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(E) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, with respect to any Borrower Tax Jurisdiction:

i. each Lender shall on the date of this Agreement (or where a Lender becomes a party to this Agreement after the date hereof, on the date such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement), with respect to each Borrower, confirm whether it is able to receive payments of interest from such Borrower without the imposition of a Tax Withholding under Requirements of Law imposed by the relevant Borrower Tax Jurisdiction at that time;

 

170


ii. a Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make such a Tax Withholding (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such a Tax Withholding) notify the Administrative Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Recipient shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Recipient. If the Administrative Agent receives such notification from a Recipient it shall notify the Borrowers;

iii. each Recipient relying on a double taxation agreement in force with the relevant Borrower Tax Jurisdiction for exemption from Tax Withholding imposed by that Borrower Jurisdiction on interest and each Borrower shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for such Borrower to make payments to such Recipient without such a Tax Withholding;

iv. If:

1. a Tax Withholding under Requirements of Law imposed by the relevant Borrower Tax Jurisdiction should have been made in respect of a payment made by or on account of a Loan Party to a Lender, or the Administrative Agent under a Loan Document;

2. the relevant Loan Party (or the Administrative Agent, if it is the applicable withholding agent) was unaware, and could not reasonably be expected to have been aware, that the Tax Withholding was required and as a result did not make the Tax Withholding or made a Tax Withholding at a reduced rate, either (i) in reliance on the notifications and confirmations provided pursuant to Section 2.17(f)(ii)(E)(i) or (ii) any Recipient has not complied with its obligations under Section 2.17(f)(ii)(E); and

3. the applicable Loan Party would not have been required to make an increased payment under paragraph 2.17(a) above in respect of that Tax Withholding,

 

171


then the Recipient that received the payment in respect of which the Tax Withholding should have been made or made at a higher rate undertakes to promptly, upon the request by that Loan Party, reimburse that Loan Party for the amount of the Tax Withholding that should have been made to the extent not so made (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not any penalty, interest and expenses payable or incurred in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same and only to the extent that Tax Withholding has not already been accounted for to the tax authority by the Recipient).

(iii) The Administrative Agent shall, and any successor to the Administrative Agent (a “Successor Administrative Agent”) that is not an “exempt recipient” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. 1.6049-4(c)(1)(ii)) on or before the date such Successor Administrative Agent becomes a party to this Agreement shall, deliver to the Borrowers whichever of the following is applicable: (i) if such agent is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code, two executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such agent is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding or (ii) if such agent is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code, (A) with respect to payments received for its own account, two executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI and (B) with respect to payments received on account of any Lender, two executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (together with all required accompanying documentation) certifying that such agent is a U.S. branch and may be treated as a United States person for purposes of applicable U.S. federal withholding Tax. At any time thereafter, such agent shall provide updated documentation previously provided (or a successor form thereto) when any documentation previously delivered has expired or become obsolete or invalid or otherwise upon the reasonable request of the Borrowers.

Each Lender agrees that if any documentation it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such documentation or promptly notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal ineligibility to do so.

For the avoidance of doubt, if a Lender is an entity disregarded from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes, references to the foregoing documentation are intended to refer to documentation with respect to such Lender’s owner and, as applicable, such Lender.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.17(f), no Lender shall be required to provide any documentation that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver.

(g) If any party determines, (acting reasonably and in good faith) in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.17, it shall pay over such refund to the relevant indemnifying party (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, under this Section 2.17 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such indemnified party (including any Taxes imposed with respect

 

172


to such refund), and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that, upon the request of such indemnified party, such indemnifying party agrees to repay the amount paid over to such indemnifying party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such indemnified party in the event such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (g), in no event will an indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (g) to the extent that the payment thereof would place such indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the position that such indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This Section 2.17 shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems confidential) to the relevant indemnifying party or any other Person.

(h) VAT

(i) All amounts expressed to be payable under a Loan Document by any party to a Recipient which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies and accordingly, subject to paragraph (ii) below if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply or supplies made by any Recipient to any party in connection with a Loan Document, and such Recipient is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that party shall pay to the Recipient (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration for that supply or supplies) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT and such Recipient shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such party.

(ii) If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Recipient (the “Supplier”) to any other Recipient (the “VAT Recipient”) under a Loan Document, and any party other than the VAT Recipient (the “Relevant Party”) is required by the terms of any Loan Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the VAT Recipient in respect of that consideration):

(A) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The VAT Recipient must (where this paragraph (ii) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the VAT Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the VAT Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

(B) (where the VAT Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the VAT Recipient, pay to the VAT Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the VAT Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

173


(iii) Where a Loan Document requires any party to reimburse or indemnify a Recipient for any costs or expenses, that party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) the Recipient against any VAT incurred by the Recipient in respect of the costs or expenses, to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that neither it nor any group of which it is a member for VAT purposes is entitled to credit or receive repayment in respect of the VAT from the relevant tax authority.

(iv) Any reference in Section 2.17(h) to any party shall, at any time when such party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated a making the supply or (as appropriate) receiving the supply under the grouping rules (as provided for in Article 11 of the Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union or any other similar provision in any jurisdiction which is not a member state, or is a former member state of the European Union)).

(v) In relation to any supply made by a Recipient to any party under a Loan Document, if reasonably requested by such Recipient, that party must promptly provide such Recipient with details of that party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Recipient’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

(i) Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.17 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, any Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

(j) Definition of Lender. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Lender” shall, for all purposes of this Section 2.17, include any Issuing Bank and any Swingline Lender.

(k) A Guarantor will not be obligated to make a payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.17 with respect to a payment by it of a liability for payment by a Borrower to the extent that, had the payment been made by that Borrower, Tax would have been imposed on such payment for which that Borrower would not have been obliged to make a payment or increased payment pursuant to this Section 2.17.

Section 2.18 Payments Generally; Allocation of Proceeds; Sharing of Payments.

(a) Unless otherwise specified, the Borrowers shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest or fees, reimbursements of LC Disbursements or of amounts payable under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) prior to 3:00 p.m. on the date when due (or at the Applicable Time in the case of any Alternate Currency), in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All

 

174


such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent to the applicable account designated by the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers, except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.05(e)(i), 2.12(b)(ii), 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Person or Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.19(b) and 2.20, each Borrowing, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Borrowing, each payment of interest on the Loans of a given Class and each conversion of any Borrowing or continuation of any Borrowing as a Borrowing of any Type (and of the same Class) shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages of the applicable Class. All payments (including accrued interest) hereunder shall be made in Euro to the extent the Revolving Loan or LC Disbursement with respect thereto was denominated in Euro, or in the relevant Alternate Currency to the extent the Revolving Loan or LC Disbursement with respect thereto was denominated in such Alternate Currency. If, for any reason, any Borrower is prohibited by any Requirements of Law from making any required payment hereunder in an Alternate Currency, such Borrower shall make such payment in Euros in the Euro Equivalent of the Alternate Currency payment amount. Each Lender agrees that in computing such Lender’s portion of any Borrowing to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, round each Lender’s percentage of such Borrowing to the next higher or lower whole Dollar amount (or the whole amount denominated in the relevant Alternate Currency). Any payment required to be made by the Administrative Agent hereunder shall be deemed to have been made by the time required if the Administrative Agent shall, at or before such time, have taken the necessary steps to make such payment in accordance with the regulations or operating procedures of the clearing or settlement system used by the Administrative Agent to make such payment.

(b) Subject in all respects to the provisions of each applicable Intercreditor Agreement and Section 5.12(g), all proceeds of Collateral and any proceeds realized with respect to guarantees by any Loan Party received by the Administrative Agent while an Event of Default exists and all or any portion of the Revolving Loans have been accelerated hereunder pursuant to Section 7.01, shall be applied;

First, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including all court costs and the fees and expenses of agents and legal counsel) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second, to the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent to pay Secured Obligations in respect of Swingline Loans, Protective Advances and Overadvances then due to the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent, ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid letter of credit fronting fees in respect of Letters of Credit payable pursuant to Section 2.12(b)(ii) and unpaid principal amounts of the LC Disbursements, ratably among the Issuing Banks in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable by them;

 

175


Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Fourth payable to them;

Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Banks, to Cash collateralize 105% of that portion of LC Exposure comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit to the extent not otherwise Cash collateralized by the Borrowers in accordance with this Agreement, ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Fifth payable to them;

Sixth, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Revolving Loans and other Secured Obligations, ratably among the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Swingline Lender in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Sixth payable to them;

Seventh, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Revolving Loans, LC Exposure, the Secured Hedging Obligations (up to the amount of Hedge Product Reserves with respect thereto) and the Banking Services Obligations (up to the amount of Reserves for Banking Services Obligations with respect thereto), ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Seventh held by them;

Eighth, to the payment of all other Secured Obligations of the Loan Parties (including Banking Service Obligations owing in excess of the Reserves for Banking Services Obligations and Secured Hedging Obligations owing in excess of the Hedge Product Reserves applicable thereto) that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Secured Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last, to, or at the direction of, the Borrowers or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct;

provided that if any Letter of Credit expires undrawn, then any Cash collateral held to secure the related LC Exposure shall be applied in accordance with this Section 2.18(b).

(c) If any Lender obtains payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off or otherwise) in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans held by it resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for Cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans at such time outstanding to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such

 

176


participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to (x) any payment made by the Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (y) any payment obtained by any Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Revolving Loans to any permitted assignee or participant, including any payment made or deemed made in connection with Sections 2.22, 2.23 and/or Section 9.05. The Borrowers consent to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Requirements of Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrowers rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrowers in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.18(c) and will, in each case, notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.18(c) shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from the Borrowers prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of any Lender or any Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrowers will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrowers have made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the applicable Lender or Issuing Bank the amount due. In such event, if the Borrowers have not in fact made such payment, then each Lender or the applicable Issuing Bank severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of (i)(A) with respect to any such amounts denominated in Dollars, the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (B) with respect to any such amounts denominated in Euros or an Alternate Currency other than Dollars, the Administrative Agent’s customary rate for interbank advances in Euros or such Alternate Currency and (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e) If any Lender fails to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.07(b) or Section 2.18(d), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

Section 2.19 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

(a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15 or such Lender determines it can no longer make or maintain Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans pursuant to Section 2.20, or any Loan Party is required to pay any additional amount to or indemnify any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17,

 

177


then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Revolving Loans hereunder or its participation in any Letter of Credit affected by such event, or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17, as applicable, in the future or mitigate the impact of Section 2.20, as the case may be, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed out-of-pocket cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender in any material respect. The Borrowers hereby agree to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15 or such Lender determines it can no longer make or maintain Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans pursuant to Section 2.20, (ii) any Loan Party is required to pay any additional amount to or indemnify any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, (iii) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or (iv) in connection with any proposed amendment, waiver or consent requiring the consent of “each Lender” or “each Lender directly affected thereby” (or any other Class or group of Lenders other than the Required Lenders) with respect to which Required Lender consent (or the consent of Lenders holding loans or commitments of such Class or lesser group representing more than 50% of the sum of the total loans and unused commitments of such Class or lesser group at such time) has been obtained, as applicable, any Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender (each such Lender described in this clause (iv), a “Non-Consenting Lender”), then the Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, (x) terminate the applicable Commitments of such Lender, and repay all Obligations of the Borrowers owing to such Lender relating to the applicable Revolving Loans and participations held by such Lender as of such termination date (provided that, if, after giving effect to such termination and repayment, the Total Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the Line Cap, the Borrowers shall, not later than the next Business Day, prepay Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans (and if no Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans are outstanding, deposit Cash collateral in the LC Collateral Account) in an amount necessary to eliminate such excess) or (y) replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to assign and delegate (and such Lender shall be obligated to assign and delegate), without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.05), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which Eligible Assignee may be another Lender, if any Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (A) such Lender has received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of its Revolving Loans and, if applicable, funded participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it under any Loan Document with respect to such Revolving Loans and/or Commitments, (B) in the case of any assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17, such assignment would result in a reduction in such compensation or payments and (C) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Requirements of Law. No Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) shall be required to make any such assignment and delegation, and the Borrowers may not repay the Obligations of such Lender or terminate its Commitments, in each case if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrowers to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. Each Lender agrees that if it is replaced pursuant to this Section 2.19, it shall execute and deliver to the

 

178


Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption to evidence such sale and purchase and shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any Promissory Note (if the assigning Lender’s Revolving Loans are evidenced by one or more Promissory Notes) subject to such Assignment and Assumption (provided that the failure of any Lender replaced pursuant to this Section 2.19 to execute an Assignment and Assumption or deliver any such Promissory Note shall not render such sale and purchase (and the corresponding assignment) invalid), such assignment shall be recorded in the Register and any such Promissory Note shall be deemed cancelled. Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Lender and in the name of such Lender, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion, with prior written notice to such Lender, to take any action and to execute any such Assignment and Assumption or other instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this clause (b).

Section 2.20 Illegality. (a) If any Lender reasonably determines that any Change in Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted after the Closing Date that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its applicable lending office to make, maintain or fund Revolving Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Euros or any Alternate Currency in the applicable interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrowers through the Administrative Agent:

(i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies or to convert ABR Loans to Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended,

(ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining ABR Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate, the interest rate of such Lender’s ABR Loans, shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist (which notice such Lender agrees to give promptly),

(iii) the Borrowers shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or (A) if applicable and the relevant Revolving Loans are denominated in Dollars, convert all of such Lender’s Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans to ABR Loans (the interest rate on which ABR Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate) or (B) if applicable and the relevant Revolving Loans are denominated in Euros or any Alternate Currency other than Dollars, convert such Revolving Loans to Revolving Loans bearing interest at an alternative rate mutually acceptable to such Borrower and such Lender, in each

 

179


case, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans (in which case the Borrowers shall not be required to make payments pursuant to Section 2.16 in connection with such payment),

(iv) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Alternate Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate.

(b) Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrowers shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

(c) Each Lender agrees to designate a different lending office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the determination of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

Section 2.21 Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) Fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of any Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(a) and, subject to clause (d)(iv) below, on the participation of such Defaulting Lender in Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.12(b) and pursuant to any other provisions of this Agreement or other Loan Document.

(b) The Commitments and the Revolving Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether all Lenders, each affected Lender, the Required Lenders, the Super Majority Lenders or such other number of Lenders as may be required hereby or under any other Loan Document have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any waiver, amendment or modification pursuant to Section 9.02); provided that any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender which affects such Defaulting Lender disproportionately and adversely relative to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

(c) Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of any Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 2.11, Section 2.15, Section 2.16, Section 2.17, Section 2.18, Article 7, Section 9.05 or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 9.09), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent and, where relevant, the Borrowers as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent

 

180


hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to any applicable Issuing Bank and/or Swingline Lender hereunder; third, if so reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent or reasonably requested by the applicable Issuing Bank, to be held as Cash collateral for future funding obligations of such Defaulting Lender in respect of any participation in any Letter of Credit; fourth, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, as the Borrowers may request, to the funding of any Revolving Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement; fifth, as the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers may elect, to be held in a deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of such Defaulting Lender to fund Revolving Loans under this Agreement; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the non-Defaulting Lenders, Issuing Banks or Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any non-Defaulting Lenders, Issuing Banks or Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrowers against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Revolving Loan or LC Exposure in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Revolving Loan or LC Exposure was made or created, as applicable, at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Revolving Loans of, and LC Exposure owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Revolving Loans of, or LC Exposure owed to, such Defaulting Lender. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to any Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by any Defaulting Lender or to post Cash collateral pursuant to this Section 2.21(c) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(d) If any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(i) the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent that (A) the sum of the Revolving Credit Exposures of all non-Defaulting Lenders does not exceed the total of the Commitments of all non-Defaulting Lenders and (B) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any non-Defaulting Lender does not exceed such non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment;

(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrowers shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to it hereunder or under applicable Requirements of Law, within two Business Days following notice by the Administrative Agent, Cash collateralize 105% of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure and any obligations of such Defaulting Lender to fund participations in any Swingline Loan (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to paragraph (i) above and any Cash collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender or pursuant to Section 2.21(c) above) or make other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and to the applicable Issuing Bank and/or the Swingline Lender

 

181


with respect to such LC Exposure and/or Swingline Loans and obligations to fund participations. Cash collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce LC Exposure or other obligations shall be released promptly following (A) the elimination of the applicable LC Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of the Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its assignee following compliance with Section 2.19)) or (B) the Administrative Agent’s good faith determination that there exists excess Cash collateral (including as a result of any subsequent reallocation of Swingline Loans and LC Exposure among non-Defaulting Lenders described in clause (i) above);

(iii) (A) if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.21(d), then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.12(a) and (b), as the case may be, shall be adjusted to give effect to such reallocation and (B) if the LC Exposure of any Defaulting Lender is Cash collateralized pursuant to this Section 2.21(d), then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the applicable Issuing Bank, any Lender or the Borrowers hereunder, no letter of credit fees shall be payable under Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure; and

(iv) if any Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is not Cash collateralized, prepaid or reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.21(d), then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the applicable Issuing Bank, any Lender or the Borrowers hereunder, all letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the applicable Issuing Bank until such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is Cash collateralized or reallocated.

(e) So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, no Swingline Lender shall be required to fund any Swingline Loan, and no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, extend, create, incur, amend or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is reasonably satisfied that the related exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders, Cash collateral provided pursuant to Section 2.21(c) and/or Cash collateral provided in accordance with Section 2.21(d), and participating interests in any such or newly issued, extended or created Letter of Credit or newly made Swingline Loan shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.21(d)(i) (it being understood that Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein).

(f) In the event that the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers agree that any Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Applicable Percentage of Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment, and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Revolving Loans of the other Lenders or participations in Revolving Loans as the Administrative Agent determine as necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Revolving Loans or participations in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the fact that any Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, (x) no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrowers while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender and (y) except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from “Defaulting Lender” to “Lender” will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

182


Section 2.22 Incremental Credit Extensions.

(a) The Borrowers may, at any time, (a) increase the Aggregate Commitments (each such increase, an “Incremental Increase”) by increasing the aggregate amount of the Commitments of the Initial Revolving Facility and/or (b) add one or more new “last-out” tranches of revolving or term loan facilities (each an “Incremental Last Out Tranche” and together with any Incremental Increase, each an “Incremental Facility”; and the loans thereunder, “Incremental Loans”; and the Commitments in respect thereof, each an “Incremental Commitment”) in an aggregate amount, together with all prior Incremental Facilities then in effect, not to exceed the greater of (x) €75,000,000 and (y) the amount by which the Borrowing Base exceeds the Aggregate Commitments ; provided that:

(i) unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees, no Incremental Commitment may be less than €5,000,000,

(ii) except as the Borrowers and any Lender may separately agree, no Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Commitment, and the determination to provide such commitments shall be within the sole and absolute discretion of such Lender,

(iii) no Incremental Facility or Incremental Loan (nor the creation, provision or implementation thereof) shall require the approval of any existing Lender other than in its capacity, if any, as a lender providing all or part of any Incremental Commitment or Incremental Loan,

(iv) (A) the terms of any Incremental Increase shall be identical to the terms of the Initial Revolving Facility except with respect to structuring, commitment and arranger fees or other similar fees that may be agreed to among the Borrowers and the lenders providing such Incremental Facility and (B) the terms of any Incremental Last Out Tranche must be substantially consistent with those of the Initial Revolving Facility (except with respect to structuring, commitment and arranger fees or other similar fees, interest rate margin (including applicable floors, it being understood that there shall be no “MFN” provisions with respect to the pricing of any Incremental Last Out Tranche)) unused line fees, other economic terms and terms consistent with a term loan structure to the extent applicable, that may be agreed to among the Borrowers and the lenders providing such Incremental Last Out Tranche or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being agreed that any terms contained in such Incremental Last Out Tranche (x) which are applicable only after the then-existing Latest Maturity Date and/or (y) that are more favorable to the lenders or the agent of such Incremental Last Out Tranche than those contained in the Loan Documents and are then conformed (or added) to the Loan Documents for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, pursuant to the applicable Incremental Facility Agreement shall be deemed satisfactory to the Administrative Agent); provided (i) that each Incremental Last Out Tranche shall rank junior to any then-existing Revolving Facility in right of payment and rank pari passu to any then-existing Revolving Facility in security and (ii) the final maturity date with respect to any Incremental Last Out Tranche shall be no earlier than the then-existing Latest Maturity Date and it shall not amortize,

 

183


(v) after the incurrence of any Incremental Last Out Tranche, the aggregate combined advance rates for the Revolving Facility (including any Incremental Increase) and any Incremental Last Out Tranches shall not exceed 100% and Borrowings in respect of any Incremental Last Out Tranche shall be made only in respect of assets included in the Borrowing Base,

(vi) no Event of Default shall exist immediately prior to or after giving effect to such Incremental Facility; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any Incremental Last Out Tranche incurred in connection with any acquisition, Investment or irrevocable repayment or redemption of Indebtedness, only no Event of Default under Sections 7.01(a), 7.01(f), or 7.01(g) shall exist immediately prior to or after giving effect to such Incremental Facility, and

(vii) the proceeds of any Incremental Facility may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes (including Permitted Acquisitions, Investments and Restricted Payments) and any other use not prohibited by this Agreement.

(b) Incremental Commitments may be provided by any existing Lender or by any other Eligible Assignee (any such other lender being called an “Additional Lender”); provided that the Administrative Agent, each Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank shall have a right to consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to the relevant Additional Lender’s provision of Incremental Commitments if such consent would be required under Section 9.05(b) for an assignment of Commitments or Revolving Loans to such Additional Lender.

(c) Each Lender or Additional Lender providing a portion of any Incremental Commitment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers all such documentation (including the relevant Incremental Facility Agreement) as may be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to evidence and effectuate such Incremental Commitment. On the effective date of such Incremental Commitment, (i) each Additional Lender shall become a Lender for all purposes in connection with this Agreement, (ii) all Incremental Commitments (other than Incremental Commitments in respect of an Incremental Last Out Tranche composed of term loans, which shall not constitute Commitments for purposes of revolving Borrowings, Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans) shall become Commitments for all purposes in connection with the Agreement and (iii) all Incremental Loans (other than term loans under an Incremental Last Out Tranche, which shall not constitute Revolving Loans for purposes of revolving Borrowings, Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans) shall become Revolving Loans for all purposes in connection with this Agreement.

(d) As conditions precedent to the effectiveness of any Incremental Facility or the making of any Incremental Loans, (i) upon its request, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to receive customary written opinions of counsel, as well as such reaffirmation agreements, supplements and/or amendments as it shall reasonably require, (ii) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to receive, from each Additional Lender, an administrative questionnaire, in the form

 

184


provided to such Additional Lender by the Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Questionnaire”) and such other documents as it shall reasonably require from such Additional Lender, (iii) the Administrative Agent and the relevant Additional Lenders shall be entitled to receive all fees required to be paid in respect of such Incremental Facility or Incremental Loans, (iv) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to receive a certificate of the Borrowers signed by an Officer thereof:

(A) certifying and attaching a copy of the resolutions adopted by the governing body of the Borrowers approving or consenting to such Incremental Facility or Incremental Loans, and

(B) certifying that the condition set forth in clause (a)(vi) above has been satisfied.

(e) Upon the implementation of any Incremental Increase pursuant to this Section 2.22 (i) each then-existing Lender of the applicable then-existing Class immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Additional Lender, and each Additional Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed a portion of such existing Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Letters of Credit, Swingline Loans, Protective Advances and Overadvances such that, after giving effect to each deemed assignment and assumption of participations, all of such Lenders’ (including each Additional Lender) (x) participations hereunder in Letters of Credit, Swingline Loans Protective Advances and Overadvances shall be held ratably on the basis of their respective Commitments of the applicable then-existing Class (after giving effect to any Incremental Commitment pursuant to this Section 2.22) and (ii) the existing Lenders of the applicable then-existing Class shall assign Revolving Loans to the Additional Lenders, and such Additional Lenders shall purchase such Revolving Loans, in each case to the extent necessary so that all of the Lenders of the applicable then-existing Class participate in each outstanding Borrowing of Revolving Loans of the applicable then-existing Class pro rata on the basis of their respective Commitments of the applicable then-existing Class (after giving effect to any Incremental Commitment pursuant to this Section 2.22); it being understood and agreed that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to this clause (e).

(f) On the date of effectiveness of any Incremental Increase, the Letter of Credit Sublimit and the Swingline Sublimit permitted hereunder shall increase by an amount, if any, agreed upon by Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Lender and the Borrowers.

(g) The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any Incremental Facility Agreement and/or any amendment to any other Loan Document as may be necessary in order to establish any Incremental Facility pursuant to this Section 2.22 and such technical amendments as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers in connection with the establishment of such Incremental Facility, in each case on terms consistent with this Section 2.22.

(h) This Section 2.22 shall supersede any provision in Section 2.18 or 9.02 to the contrary.

 

185


Section 2.23 Extensions of Loans and Revolving Commitments.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, an “Extension Offer”) made from time to time by the Borrowers to all Lenders holding Revolving Loans of any Class or Commitments of any Class, in each case on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the respective Revolving Loans or Commitments of such Class) and on the same terms to each such Lender, the Borrowers are hereby permitted to consummate transactions with any individual Lender who accepts the terms contained in the relevant Extension Offer to extend the Maturity Date of all or a portion of such Lender’s Revolving Loans and/or Commitments of such Class and otherwise modify the terms of all or a portion of such Revolving Loans and/or Commitments pursuant to the terms of the relevant Extension Offer (including by increasing the interest rate or fees payable in respect of such Loans and/or Commitments (and related outstandings) (each, an “Extension”); it being understood that any Extended Revolving Loans shall constitute a separate Class of Loans from the Class of Revolving Loans from which they were converted), so long as the following terms are satisfied:

(i) except as to interest rates, fees and final maturity (which shall, subject to the immediately succeeding clause (ii), be determined by the Borrowers and any Additional Revolving Lender who agrees to an Extension of its Commitments and set forth in the relevant Extension Offer), the Additional Commitment of any Lender who agrees to an extension with respect to such Commitment (an “Extended Commitment”; and the Revolving Loans thereunder, “Extended Revolving Loans”; and each Class of Extended Commitments, an “Extended Revolving Facility”), and the related outstandings, shall constitute a revolving commitment (or related outstandings, as the case may be) with substantially consistent terms as each other then-existing Class of Commitments (and related outstandings) provided hereunder; provided that to the extent more than one Revolving Facility exists after giving effect to any such Extension, (x) the borrowing and repayment (except for (1) payments of interest and fees at different rates on the Revolving Facilities (and related outstandings) and (2) repayments required upon the Maturity Date of any Revolving Facility) of Revolving Loans with respect to any Revolving Facility after the effective date of such Extended Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Facilities, (y) all Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit shall be participated on a pro rata basis by all Lenders and (z) repayment of Revolving Loans with respect to, and reduction and termination of Commitments under, any Revolving Facility after the effective date of such Extended Commitment shall be made on pro rata basis with all other Revolving Facilities;

(ii) no Class of Extended Commitments or Extended Revolving Loans may have a final Maturity Date earlier than (or require commitment reductions prior to) the Maturity Date applicable to any then-existing Revolving Facility;

 

186


(iii) if the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans or Commitments, as the case may be, in respect of which Lenders have accepted the relevant Extension Offer exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans or Commitments, as the case may be, offered to be extended by the Borrowers pursuant to such Extension Offer, then the Revolving Loans or Commitments, as the case may be, of such Lenders shall be extended ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts (but not to exceed the applicable Lender’s actual holdings of record) with respect to which such Lenders have accepted such Extension Offer;

(iv) unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees, each Extension shall be in a minimum amount of €5,000,000;

(v) any applicable Minimum Extension Condition must be satisfied or waived by the Borrowers;

(vi) any documentation in respect of any Extension shall be consistent with the foregoing; and

(vii) no Extension of any Revolving Facility shall be effective as to the obligations of any Swingline Lender to make any Swingline Loans or any Issuing Bank with respect to Letters of Credit without the consent of such Swingline Lender or such Issuing Bank (such consents not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (and, in the absence of such consent, all references herein to Latest Maturity Date shall be determined, when used in reference to such Swingline Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, without giving effect to such Extension).

(b) (i) No Extension consummated in reliance on this Section 2.23 shall constitute a voluntary or mandatory prepayment for purposes of Section 2.11 and (ii) except as set forth in clause (a)(iv) above, no Extension Offer is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment; provided that the Borrowers may at their election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Extension Condition”) to the consummation of any Extension that a minimum amount (to be specified in the relevant Extension Offer in the Borrowers’ sole discretion) of Revolving Loans or Commitments (as applicable) of any or all applicable Classes be tendered; it being understood that the Borrowers may, in their sole discretion, waive any such Minimum Extension Condition. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.23 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the payment of any interest, fees or premium in respect of any Extended Commitments on such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Offer) and hereby waive the requirements of any provision of this Agreement (including Sections 2.10, 2.11 and/or 2.18) or any other Loan Document that may otherwise prohibit any such Extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section.

(c) Subject to any consents required under Section 2.23(a)(vii), no consent of any Lender or the Administrative Agent shall be required to effectuate any Extension, other than the consent of each Lender agreeing to such Extension with respect to one or more of its Revolving Loans and/or Commitments of any Class (or a portion thereof). Except as the Borrowers and any Lender may separately agree, no Lender shall be obligated to provide an Extension, and the determination to provide such Extension shall be within the sole and absolute discretion of such

 

187


Lender. All Extended Commitments and all obligations in respect thereof shall constitute Secured Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that are secured by the Collateral and guaranteed on a pari passu basis with all other applicable Secured Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any Extension Amendment and any amendment to any of the other Loan Documents with the Loan Parties as may be necessary in order to establish new Classes or sub-Classes in respect of Revolving Loans or Commitments so extended and such technical amendments as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers in connection with the establishment of such new Classes or sub-Classes, in each case on terms consistent with this Section 2.23.

(d) In connection with any Extension, the Borrowers shall provide the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days’ (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice thereof, and shall agree to such procedures (including regarding timing, rounding and other adjustments and to ensure reasonable administrative management of the credit facilities hereunder after such Extension), if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.23.

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Loan Party (or (x) in the in the case of Sections 3.09 and 3.10, Holdings only, (y) in the case of Section 3.15, the U.S. Borrower in respect of itself only, (z) in case of Section 3.16, each U.S. Loan Party in respect of itself only) represents and warrants to the Lenders (at the times specified in Section 4.02) that:

Section 3.01 Status.

(a) It is duly incorporated (or, as the case may be, organized or established) and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of its incorporation (or, as the case may be, organization or establishment).

(b) It has the power to own its material assets and carry on its material business substantially as it is now being conducted, save to the extent that failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.02 Binding Obligations. Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it under each Loan Document to which it is a party constitute its legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations to the extent that a failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.03 Non-Conflict with Other Obligations. Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Loan Documents to which it is a party do not contravene (a) any law or regulation applicable to it in any material respect or its constitutional documents in any material respect, in each case, to an extent which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

188


Section 3.04 Power and Authority. It has (or will have on the relevant date(s)) the power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary action to authorize its entry into and performance of, each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party or will be a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated by those Loan Documents to the extent failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.05 Validity and Admissibility in Evidence. Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, all material Authorizations required by it in order (a) to enable it to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its material obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and (b) to make the Loan Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions, have been obtained or effected (or will have been at the date required by the relevant Loan Document) and are (or will be) in full force and effect, in each case to the extent that failure to have such Authorizations would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.06 Governing Law and Enforcement.

(a) Subject to the Legal Reservations, the choice of governing law of the Loan Documents as expressed in such Loan Document will be recognized in its jurisdiction of incorporation to the extent failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, any judgment obtained in relation to a Loan Document in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Loan Document will be recognized and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions to the extent failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.07 Filing and Stamp Taxes. Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdiction it is not necessary that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Tax be paid on or in relation to any Loan Document except for:

(a) the notarization of any German law share/stock/interest pledge agreements that might be notarized from time to time, it being understood that this Section 3.07 does not extend to assignments or transfers made pursuant to Section 9.05 or, as the case may be, to the enforcement of Transaction Security and it is not necessary that the Loan Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction and except for any filing, recording or enrolling which is referred to in any Legal Opinion (in particular the notarization of any German law share/stock/interest pledge agreements) and which will be made within the period allowed by applicable law and the relevant Loan Document; or

(b) registration of the Loan Documents with the Administration de l’Enregistrement et des Domaines et de la TVA in Luxembourg, which may be required if such Finance Documents are either attached as an annex to an act that itself is subject to mandatory registration or deposited in the minutes of a notary.

 

189


Section 3.08 Disclosure; Management Case and Acquisition Reports.

(a) As of the Closing Date, and with respect to information relating to the Group, to the knowledge of Holdings, all written information (other than the forecasts and projects in the Management Case, financial estimates, other forward-looking information and/or projected information and information of a general economic or industry-specific nature) concerning Holding and its Subsidiaries that was prepared by or on behalf of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or their respective representatives and made available to any Initial Lender, any Arranger or the Administrative Agent in connection with the Transactions on or before the Closing Date, when taken as a whole, did not, when furnished, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements are made (after giving effect to all supplements and updates thereto from time to time).

(b) The forecasts and projections contained in the Management Case were prepared based on assumptions believed to be reasonable by Holdings at the time made (provided that each Secured Party acknowledges that any projection and forecasts contained in the Management Case are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies and that no assurance can be given that such projections or forecasts will be realized).

(c) To the best of the knowledge, information and belief of Holdings, all material factual information relating to the Target Group (taken as a whole) contained in the Buy-Side Reports is accurate in all material respects on the date of the relevant Buy-Side Report or (if different) as at the date ascribed thereto in such Buy-Side Report.

Section 3.09 Financial Statements.

(a) So far as Holdings is aware, the Original Financial Statements give in all material respects a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Target Group for the period to which they relate and were prepared in all material respects in accordance with the Accounting Principles consistently applied unless expressly disclosed in the Acquisition Reports.

(b) The Annual Financial Statements (together with the notes thereto) most recently delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b):

(i) give in all material respects a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the relevant Financial Reporting Group as at the date to which they were prepared and for the Accounting Period then ended; and

(ii) were, subject to Section 5.05, prepared in all material respects on a basis consistent with the Accounting Principles consistently applied.

(c) The Quarterly Financial Statements (together with the notes thereto) most recently delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a):

(i) fairly present in all material respects of the consolidated financial position of the relevant Financial Reporting Group as at the date to which they were prepared and for the Quarter Date to which they rate; and

(ii) were, subject to Section 5.05, prepared in all material respects on a basis consistent in all material respects with the Accounting Principles consistently applied.

 

190


in each case (A) having regard to the fact that they were prepared for management purposes and to the extent appropriate for Quarterly Financial Statements not subject to audit procedures, (B) subject to year-end adjustments and (C) save as set-out therein.

Section 3.10 No Litigation. No litigation, arbitration, administrative proceeding of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which is reasonably likely to be materially adversely determined and which, if materially adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect has been started or, to the best of its knowledge is threatened, or is pending against it or any member of the Group.

Section 3.11 Taxation.

(a) No claims are being made or asserted against it with respect to Taxes which have not been reflected in the most recent Financial Statements delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 5.01 which are reasonably likely to be determined adversely to it and which, if so adversely determined, and after taking into account any indemnity or claim against any third party with respect to such claim, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) It is not overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax (taking into account any extension or grace period) save, in each case, to an extent that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.12 Ownership. It and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries has good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, or is otherwise entitled to use, all material assets necessary for the conduct of the business substantially as it is presently being conducted, where failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.13 Pari Passu Ranking. Subject to any applicable Legal Reservations, its payment obligations under each of the Loan Documents rank at least pari passu in right and priority of payment with all of its other present unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness (actual or contingent) except indebtedness preferred by laws of general application.

Section 3.14 Investment Company Act. Except as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, the U.S. Borrower is not required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (as amended).

Section 3.15 Margin Regulations. No proceeds of any Loans or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used for any purpose that will violate the provisions of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System (as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof).

Section 3.16 ERISA.

(a) No ERISA Event has occurred or is continuing that would, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

191


(b) Each Employee Plan has been operated and administered in accordance with its terms, ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and applicable law, and is in compliance in form with ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code (including, where intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, such Employee Plan has been determined by the IRS to be so qualified or is in the process of being approved by the IRS) and all other applicable federal, state or local laws and regulations save where any failure to comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) There are no actions, suits or claims pending against or involving an Employee Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) or, to the knowledge of any U.S. Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate, threatened, which would reasonably be expected to be asserted successfully against any Employee Plan and, if so asserted successfully, would either singly or in the aggregate to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) To the knowledge of each U.S. Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate, no Multiemployer Plan is insolvent for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, except where any such insolvency would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.17 Borrowing Base Certificate. The information set forth in each Borrowing Base Certificate is true and correct in all material respects and has been prepared in all material respects in the accordance with the requirements of this Agreement. The Accounts that are identified by the Borrowers as Eligible Accounts Receivable or Eligible Investment Grade Receivables, the Credit Card Receivables that are identified by the Borrowers as Eligible Credit Card Receivables, and the Inventory identified by the Borrowers as Eligible Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory or Eligible Raw Materials Inventory in each Borrowing Base Certificate submitted to the Administrative Agent, at the time of submission, comply in all material respects with the criteria (other than any Administrative Agent-discretionary criteria) set forth in the definition of Eligible Accounts Receivable, Eligible Investment Grade Receivable, Eligible Credit Card Receivable, Eligible Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory or Eligible Raw Materials Inventory, respectively. The Administrative Agent may rely, in determining which Accounts are Eligible Accounts Receivables, Eligible Investment Grade Receivables or Eligible Credit Card Receivables on all statements and representations made by the Loan Parties with respect to any Account or Accounts and, in determining which Inventory is Eligible Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory or Eligible Raw Materials Inventory on all statements and representations made by the Loan Parties with respect to any Inventory. With respect to each of the Loan Parties’ Eligible Accounts Receivables, Eligible Investment Grade Receivables and Eligible Credit Card Receivables, unless otherwise disclosed to Administrative Agent in writing, including in the Borrowing Base Certificate:

(a) it is genuine and in all respects what it purports to be, and it is not evidenced by a judgment;

(b) it arises out of a completed, bona fide sale and delivery of goods or rendition of services by a Loan Party, in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with the terms and conditions of all purchase orders, contracts or other documents relating thereto and forming a part of the contract between a Loan Party and the Account Debtor;

(c) it is for a liquidated amount maturing as stated in the invoice covering such sale or rendition of services; and

 

192


(d) to the knowledge of any Officer of a Loan Party, the Account Debtor thereunder is not the subject of any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding.

Section 3.18 Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts. Attached hereto as Schedule 3.18 is a schedule of all Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts maintained by the Loan Parties (other than the German Parent Borrower) as of the Closing Date, which schedule identifies those Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts that are Excluded Accounts.

Section 3.19 Centre of Main Interests. Each of the German Parent Borrower and Birkenstock Administration B.V. has its Centre of Main Interests solely in Germany.

Notwithstanding any other provisions to the contrary in this Article 3, (a) the representations and warranties set out in this Article 3 shall be qualified by all of the information included in the Reports (including any annexes to such Reports) and any other due diligence report delivered to the Administrative Agent from time to time (in each case including any annexes thereto), the Information Memorandum, the Original Financial Statements and the Acquisition Documents and any other information disclosed to the Arrangers or the Administrative Agent in writing prior to the later of (x) the date of this Agreement and (y) the date of the Information Memorandum, (b) the representations and warranties set out in this Article 3 are made so far as the relevant Loan Party is aware and shall not extend to matters beyond such awareness (which shall include the knowledge and/or awareness of any other member of the Group, the Target Group or their respective management), and (c) any representation or warranty made on or prior to the Closing Date shall not be deemed to be made in respect of any matters relating to the Target Group.

ARTICLE 4 CONDITIONS

Section 4.01 Closing Date. The obligations of (i) each Lender to make Loans and (ii) each Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit shall not become effective until the date on which both (A) each of the conditions set forth on Schedule 4.01 is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02) and (B) the Acquisition Closing Date has occurred.

For purposes of determining whether the conditions specified in this Section 4.01 have been satisfied on the Closing Date, by funding the Initial Revolving Loans hereunder, the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted, or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required hereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the Lien on any Collateral of a U.S. Loan Party is not or cannot be created or perfected on the Closing Date other than (a) execution and delivery of the Security Agreement by each U.S. Loan Party or (b) a Lien on Collateral that is of the type that may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC in each case after Holdings’ use of commercially reasonably efforts to do so without undue burden or expense, then the creation and/or perfection of such Lien shall not constitute a condition precedent to the availability or initial funding of the Initial Revolving Facility on the Closing Date, but may instead be delivered or perfected within a time period to be agreed between Holdings and the Administrative Agent.

 

193


Section 4.02 Each Credit Extension. After the Closing Date, the obligation of each Lender to make any Credit Extension is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) (i) In the case of any Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request as required by Section 2.03, (ii) in the case of the issuance of any Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received a Letter of Credit Request as required by Section 2.05(b) or (iii) in the case of any Borrowing of Swingline Loans, the applicable Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent shall have received a request as required by Section 2.04(a).

(b) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of any such Credit Extension with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Credit Extension; provided that to the extent that any representation and warranty specifically refers to a given date or period, it shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date or for such period.

(c) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to the applicable Credit Extension, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(d) (i) The Total Revolving Credit Exposure does not exceed the Line Cap then in effect after giving effect to such Credit Extension, (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of any individual German Borrower does not exceed the German Sub-Borrowing Base for such German Borrower then in effect after giving effect to such Credit Extension and (iii) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of all U.S. Borrowers does not exceed the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base then in effect after giving effect to such Credit Extension.

Each Credit Extension on and after the Closing Date shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrowers on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this Section.

ARTICLE 5 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The undertakings in this Article 5 shall continue until the date on which all Commitments have expired with no pending drawings or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Revolving Loan and all fees, expenses and other amounts payable under any Loan Document (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim or demand has been made) have been paid in full in Cash and all Letters of Credit have expired or have been terminated (or have been collateralized or back-stopped by a letter of credit or otherwise in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Bank) and all LC Disbursements have been reimbursed (such date, the “Termination Date”). Each of the undertakings and obligations in Sections 5.01 through Section 5.12 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 5.13:

Section 5.01 Financial Statements. Following the Closing Date, Holdings will deliver (or will procure that the relevant Loan Party or Financial Reporting Entity delivers) to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Lenders the following:

 

194


(a) Quarterly Financial Statements. Within sixty (60) days (or in respect of the first three applicable Financial Quarters ending after the Closing Date or after a change in Accounting Reference Date, within ninety (90) days) after the end of each of the first three (3) Financial Quarters in any Financial Year, the consolidated management accounts for, at the sole discretion of Holdings, one of the Financial Reporting Entities for that Financial Quarter (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may also take the form of (x) cumulative management accounts for the Accounting Period to date or (y) cumulative management accounts for the Relevant Period ending on the last day of that Financial Quarter) (the “Quarterly Financial Statements”) and an operating and financial review of such Quarterly Financial Statements, including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition, results of operations, EBITDA and material changes in liquidity and capital resources of the Financial Reporting Entity, provided that the first set of Quarterly Financial Statements required to be delivered shall be those relating to the first applicable complete Financial Quarter to commence after the Closing Date.

(b) Annual Financial Statements. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each Accounting Period (or in respect of the first complete Accounting Period to commence after the Closing Date or the first Accounting Period following any change in the Accounting Reference Date, within one hundred and fifty (150) days after the end of such Accounting Period), the audited consolidated financial statements of, at the sole discretion of Holdings, one of the Financial Reporting Entities for that Accounting Period (the “Annual Financial Statements”) and an operating and financial review of such Annual Financial Statements, including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition, results of operations, EBITDA and material changes in liquidity and capital resources of the Financial Reporting Entity.

(c) Notice of Default. Promptly upon any Officer of Holdings or a Borrower obtaining knowledge of (i) any Default or Event of Default or (ii) the occurrence of any event or change that has caused or evidences or would reasonably be expected to cause or evidence, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, a notice in reasonable detail specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition, event or change and what action Holdings has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto.

provided that: (1) in the event any member of the Group makes an acquisition of any person after the Closing Date excluding the Acquisition (each such person, together with its Restricted Subsidiaries, being an “Acquired Entity”), for accounting periods any part of which fall on or prior to the first anniversary of the date of completion of such acquisition, (i) to the extent management accounts and/or financial statements are required to be delivered in relation to any such accounting period, separate management accounts or, as the case may be, financial statements may be delivered in respect of the Acquired Entity for that period (and in the event separate accounts or statements are delivered pursuant to this sub-paragraph (i), any representation, statement or requirement in Section 3.09 or this Article 5 referring to management accounts and/or financial statements of, or the consolidated financial position of, the Financial Reporting Group or the Group (or similar language) shall be construed as to be a reference to the Financial Reporting Group excluding the Acquired Entity), (ii) any management accounts and financial statements delivered pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) above may be in a form as customarily prepared by the Acquired Entity prior to the date of completion of such acquisition (and management accounts and financial statements delivered in such form shall satisfy the requirements of this Article 5); and (iii) for the purpose of calculating any Applicable Metric, any management accounts and financial statements

 

195


delivered pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) above may be aggregated with the relevant Financial Statements for the Relevant Period (and appropriate adjustments made for any intra-Group transactions) and (2) in the event that any period specified in this Article 5 for the Reporting Entity Group or the Group to deliver any financial statements, documents or other information expires on a date which is not a Business Day, that period shall be extended so as to expire on the next Business Day.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.01 above, (i) for purposes of this Article 5, Holdings shall be permitted to use financial statements and/or management accounts consolidated at any level of the Target Group (or any successor entity) for which the Target Group has customarily prepared financial statements and/or management accounts, (ii) if consolidated financial statements and/or management accounts cannot be provided due to the lack of appropriate financial systems and/or the accounting principles applied by members of the Group are not consistent, aggregated financial statements and/or management accounts may be provided (and appropriate adjustments made for any intra-Group transactions) and (iii) delivery of financial statements and/or management accounts in the same format as customarily prepared by the Target Group shall satisfy the requirements of this Article 5.

Section 5.02 Provision and Contents of Compliance Certificates. In respect of any Relevant Period, the Loan Parties’ Agent shall deliver to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the due date for delivery of each set of Quarterly Financial Statements and Annual Financial Statements which relate to the applicable Relevant Period ending on the last day of the Financial Quarter to which such Quarterly Financial Statements and Annual Financial Statements relate, a Compliance Certificate signed by an Officer of Holdings (i) confirming the Material Subsidiaries and (ii) including the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio solely when a Covenant Trigger Period is then in effect.

Section 5.03 Additional Reports.

(a) Borrowing Base Certificates. On or prior to the 20th calendar day after the last day of each Fiscal Month (or for the first three Fiscal Months after the Closing Date, on or prior to the 30th calendar day after the last day of each such Fiscal Month), a Borrowing Base Certificate as of the close of business on the last day of the applicable preceding Fiscal Month; provided that after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Liquidity Condition, the Borrowers shall deliver a Borrowing Base Certificate (as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the immediately preceding week) on or before the close of business of the third Business Day after the end of each week; provided, further, that the Borrowers shall deliver each updated Borrowing Base Certificate required under Section 6.05; provided further that in the event that any Loan Party consummates a Subject Acquisition, the Borrowers may deliver an updated Borrowing Base Certificate, which shall be effective as of the later of (x) the date of consummation of such Subject Acquisition and (y) delivery of such updated Borrowing Base Certificate, subject to the limitations set forth in the definition of Borrowing Base.

(b) Accounts Reports. Concurrently with the delivery of each Borrowing Base Certificate described in Section 5.03(a), or more frequently as requested by the Administrative Agent during the existence of an Event of Default, from and after the date hereof, the Loan Parties shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a detailed aged trial balance of all of their Accounts

 

196


(“Schedule of Accounts”), and upon the Administrative Agent’s written request therefor, copies of proof of delivery and copies of all documents, including, without limitation, repayment histories and present status reports relating to the Accounts so scheduled and such other matters and information relating to the status of then existing Accounts as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, in its Permitted Discretion;

(c) Discounts; Allowances; Disputes. If any Loan Party grants any discounts, allowances or credits that are not shown on the face of the invoice for the Account involved, the Loan Parties shall report such discounts, allowances or credits, as the case may be, to the Administrative Agent as part of the next required Schedule of Accounts;

(d) Account Verification. Any of the Administrative Agent’s officers, employees or agents shall have the right, at any time or times if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Administrative Agent, any designee of the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, with an employee of a Loan Party present, to verify the validity, amount or any other matter relating to any Accounts by mail, telephone, electronic communication or otherwise, and the Loan Parties shall cooperate fully with the Administrative Agent in an effort to facilitate and promptly conclude any such verification process;

Section 5.04 Inspections.

(a) At reasonable times during normal business hours, with reasonable coordination and upon reasonable prior notice that the Administrative Agent requests, each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries will grant access to the Administrative Agent (including employees of the Administrative Agent or any consultants, accountants, lawyers and appraisers retained by the Administrative Agent) to such Person’s books, records, Accounts and Inventory so that the Administrative Agent or an appraiser or consultants retained by the Administrative Agent may conduct such field examinations, inventory appraisals, verifications and evaluations as the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or appropriate; provided that, the Administrative Agent (i) shall not conduct more than (w) the Initial Field Exam and the Initial Inventory Appraisal, (x) one additional field examination and one inventory appraisal with respect to the Collateral in each consecutive 12 month period after the date of this Agreement, (y) one additional field examination and one additional inventory appraisal with respect to the Collateral in each consecutive 12 month period after the date of this Agreement if at any time during such 12 month period Excess Availability shall have been less than the greater of (1) 15% of the Line Cap and (2) €30,000,000 for more than five consecutive Business Days, and (z) one additional field examination and one additional inventory appraisal with respect to the Collateral in each consecutive 12 month period after the date of this Agreement during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Period and (ii) may conduct such other field examinations and inventory appraisals at any time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Specified Default as determined by the Administrative Agent; provided, further, that each such field examination and inventory appraisal shall be conducted by the Administrative Agent or an Approved Appraiser.

(b) The Borrowers shall reimburse the Administrative Agent for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with (i) examinations of any Loan Party’s books and records or any other financial or Collateral matters as the Administrative Agent deems appropriate; and (ii) field examinations and inventory appraisals, in each case subject to the limitations thereon under this Section 5.04.

 

197


(c) The Loan Parties acknowledge that the Administrative Agent, after exercising its rights of inspection, (x) may prepare and distribute to the Lenders certain Reports pertaining to the Loan Parties’ assets for internal use by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, subject to the provisions of Section 9.13 hereof and (y) shall promptly distribute copies of any final reports from a third party appraiser or third party consultant delivered in connection with any field exam or inventory appraisal to the Lenders.

Section 5.05 Agreed Accounting Principles. Holdings shall procure that all the Financial Statements delivered or to be delivered to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement shall be prepared in all material respects in accordance with the applicable Accounting Principles, and, if such Financial Statements are prepared on a materially different accounting basis to the Original Accounting Principles (including in the case of a material change of Accounting Principles or accounting practices):

(a) Holdings shall promptly so notify the Administrative Agent (unless the Administrative Agent has been notified of the relevant change in relation to a previous set of Financial Statements);

(b) If requested by the Administrative Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders) within thirty (30) days following notification under paragraph (a) above (a “Reconciliation Request”), Holdings must promptly supply to the Administrative Agent a description of the material change(s) notified under paragraph (a) above and a statement setting out the impact of such change(s) on the calculations of any Applicable Metric (the “Reconciliation Statement”) signed by the CEO or CFO; and if requested by Holdings or the Administrative Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders) following delivery of the Reconciliation Statement Holdings and the Administrative Agent shall promptly after such notification enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing any other amendments to this Agreement which are necessary to ensure that the adoption by the Group of such different accounting basis does not result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of the obligations of any Loan Party in the Loan Documents; and provided that if no Reconciliation Request is received by Holdings from the Administrative Agent within such thirty (30) day time period then Holdings shall not be required to provide any further information pursuant to this Section 5.05 (including delivering a Reconciliation Statement) in respect of the change notified under paragraph (a) above or make any amendments to the Loan Documents;

(c) if amendments satisfactory to the Required Lenders (acting reasonably and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.05) are agreed by Holdings and the Administrative Agent in writing within thirty (30) days of such request by Holdings to the Agent notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, those amendments shall take effect and be binding on all Parties in accordance with the terms of that agreement and any change in the Accounting Principles, the accounting practices or the reference periods referred to shall, to the extent relevant, become part of the applicable Accounting Principles on that basis (subject to any further application of this paragraph (c)); and

 

198


(d) if following such request to the Administrative Agent, such amendments are not so agreed within thirty (30) days of such request by Holdings to the Administrative Agent, Holdings shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent reasonable details of all material adjustments as need to be made to the relevant financial statements in order to reflect in all material respects the applicable accounting principles at the date of delivery of the relevant financial statements and together with the Compliance Certificate delivered with the Annual Financial Statements for that Financial Year, written confirmation from the Auditors (addressed to the Administrative Agent) confirming the basis for such changes and the calculations and adjustments provided by Holdings above (subject to the Administrative Agent (or, as the case may be, each Secured Party) agreeing an engagement letter with the Auditors (and otherwise in such manner and on such conditions as the Auditors specify) and entering into any required hold harmless, non-reliance or similar letter with the Auditors and only to the extent that firms of auditors of international repute have not adopted a general policy of not providing such confirmation).

Section 5.06 Annual Conference Calls. Once in each Financial Quarter, commencing following delivery of the first Quarterly Financial Statements, at least two (2) Officers of Holdings shall, if requested by the Administrative Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders), host a single conference call with the Secured Parties, at a time and date agreed with the Administrative Agent (acting reasonably), about the financial performance of the Group.

Section 5.07 Know Your Customer Checks.

(a) If (i) the introduction of or any change in (or the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date upon which a person became a Party), (ii) any change in the status of a Loan Party or the composition of the shareholders of a Loan Party after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date upon which a person became a Party) or (iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer obliges the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it (or publicly available), each Loan Party shall promptly, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence not previously supplied to the Administrative Agent or the relevant Lender as is reasonably necessary in order for the Administrative Agent, such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Loan Documents and which have not already been satisfied.

(b) Each Lender shall promptly, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (for itself) in order for the Administrative Agent to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks that it is required to carry out under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Loan Documents.

 

199


(c) Holdings shall, by not less than five (5) Business Days’ (or such shorter period as may be agreed with the Administrative Agent) prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, notify the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that any person becomes an Additional Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.19.

(d) Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Loan Party obliges the Administrative Agent or any Lender to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in respect of that Additional Loan Party in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it (or publicly available), the Administrative Agent shall promptly upon the request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably necessary in order for the Administrative Agent or such any Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks which are strictly required to carry out under applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Loan party pursuant to Section 5.19 and which have not already been satisfied.

Section 5.08 ERISA-Related Information.

(a) Each U.S. Loan Party shall promptly upon written request of the Administrative Agent, deliver thereto copies of each annual and other return, report or valuation with respect to each Employee Plan or Multiemployer Plan, as filed with any applicable governmental authority where failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Each U.S. Loan Party shall promptly following receipt thereof, deliver to the Administrative Agent copies of (i) any documents described in Sections 101(k) or 101(1) of ERISA that such U.S. Loan Party may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; and (ii) any documents described in Section 101(f) of ERISA that such U.S. Loan Party receives with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, in each case, where failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Each U.S. Loan Party shall promptly and in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days after such U.S. Loan Party knows that an ERISA Event has occurred and that such ERISA Event has a Material Adverse Effect, deliver to the Administrative Agent a statement of an Officer of such U.S. Loan Party describing such occurrence and the action, if any, that such U.S. Loan Party has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto; and

(d) Each U.S. Loan Party shall promptly and in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt thereof by such U.S. Loan Party, deliver to the Administrative Agent copies of each notice from the PBGC stating its intention to terminate any Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Plan if the same would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.09 Notes Reporting. Notwithstanding any other term of the Loan Documents (including this Article 5), following the issuance of any Notes (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement, provided that such Notes are issued pursuant to a Rule 144A or Regulation S offering), delivery to the Agent of a copy of each set of financial statements of any Notes Issuer (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) (or, if applicable, the financial statements of such Holding

 

200


Company or Subsidiary of the Notes Issuer which may be delivered for financial reporting purposes pursuant to the documentation governing the Notes) which are delivered to Noteholders (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) shall be deemed to satisfy all requirements of this Article 5 (including as regards the form of and requirements in relation to financial statements and any accompanying information, statements and management commentary and the time periods to deliver such Financial Statements if such time period in the Notes is longer than the time periods set out in this Agreement), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents such that no further documents, statements or information shall be required to be delivered pursuant to this Article 5, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents provided that, where applicable, Holdings shall still be required to comply with the obligations under Sections 5.02, 5.03, 5.04, 5.06 (but only if there is not a quarterly conference call for the Noteholders (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) about the financial performance of the Group to which the Lenders are invited), and 5.07.

Section 5.10 Public Reporting. Notwithstanding any other term of the Loan Documents (including this Article 5), following the occurrence of any Listing, delivery to the Administrative Agent of a copy of each set of financial statements of the relevant IPO Entity which are delivered to public shareholders in that IPO Entity shall be deemed to satisfy all requirements of this Article 5 (including as regards the form of and requirements in relation to financial statements and any accompanying information, statements and management commentary), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents such that no further documents, statements or information shall be required to be delivered pursuant to this Article 5, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents provided that, where applicable, Holdings shall still be required to comply with the obligation under Sections 5.02, 5.03, and 5.07.

Section 5.11 Landlord Agreements. Each U.S. Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts after the Closing Date to obtain a landlord lien waiver, estoppel, warehouseman waiver or other collateral access or similar letter or agreement (such letter or agreement, an “Access Agreement”), as applicable, for any leased location; provided, that the failure to obtain the same shall not cause an Event of Default hereunder or result in Inventory becoming ineligible, but the Administrative Agent may in its Permitted Discretion impose a customary rent reserve for any location not subject to a landlord lien waiver, estoppel, warehouseman waiver or other Access Agreement, as applicable.

Section 5.12 Cash Management.

(a) Each German Loan Party and each U.S. Loan Party shall (within 90 days after the Closing Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion)) (i) require that all cash payments of Accounts and Inventory owed to any such Loan Party be remitted to a lockbox maintained by a Loan Party (the “Lockbox”) or Material Deposit Account of a Loan Party subject to a blocked account agreement (each, a “Blocked Account Agreement”), (ii) instruct each financial institution maintaining a Lockbox to cause all amounts on deposit and available at the close of each Business Day in such Lockbox (net of any Required Minimum Balance) during a Cash Dominion Period to be swept to one of the Loan Parties’ concentration accounts (each, a “Concentration Account”) no less frequently than on a daily basis; (iii) enter into a Blocked Account Agreement, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with the Administrative Agent and any financial institution with which such

 

201


Loan Party maintains a Concentration Account or Material Deposit Account (collectively, the “Blocked Accounts”); and (iv) deposit (or cause to be deposited) promptly (and in any event no later than the first Business Day after receipt thereof) all collections on Accounts (including those sent directly by an Account Debtor) and Inventory into a Material Deposit Account covered by a Blocked Account Agreement. In the event that any German Loan Party or U.S. Loan Party acquires or establishes any Concentration Account or Material Deposit Account after the Closing Date, such Loan Party shall enter into a Blocked Account Agreement with respect thereto within 90 days following the date such Deposit Account is acquired or established (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion).

(b) Each Blocked Account Agreement relating to any Concentration Account and Material Deposit Account shall require, after the delivery of notice of a Cash Dominion Period from the Administrative Agent to the applicable Borrower and the other parties to such instrument or agreement (which the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders shall, provide upon its becoming aware of such a Cash Dominion Period), by ACH or wire transfer no less frequently than once per Business Day (unless the Termination Date shall have occurred), transfer of all available Cash balances, Cash receipts and Cash Equivalents, including the then contents or then entire ledger balance of each Blocked Account (net of such minimum balance, not to exceed €50,000 per account or €1,500,000 in the aggregate for all such accounts, as may be required to be maintained in the subject Blocked Account by the bank at which such Blocked Account is maintained (the “Required Minimum Balances”)), to an account maintained under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent Account”); provided that the Administrative Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide to the applicable Borrower notice thereof prior to the initial sweeping of any such amounts into the Administrative Agent Account. All amounts received in the Administrative Agent Account shall be applied (and allocated) by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.11(a)(iii); provided that if the circumstances described in Sections 2.18(b) are applicable, all such amounts shall be applied in accordance with such Sections 2.18(b). Each Loan Party agrees that it will not cause any proceeds of any Blocked Account to be otherwise redirected. At all times a Cash Dominion Period exists and is continuing, amounts shall be swept from the Blocked Accounts to the Administrative Agent Account as provided herein, except for Required Minimum Balances.

(c) The Loan Parties may close any then-existing Deposit Accounts and/or open new Deposit Accounts, subject in the case of opening new Deposit Accounts by such Loan Parties, to the execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Blocked Account Agreement consistent with the provisions of this Section 5.12 and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent within 90 days of the opening thereof (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion).

(d) The Administrative Agent Account shall at all times be under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent. Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) such Loan Party has no right of withdrawal from the Administrative Agent Account, (ii) the funds on deposit in the Administrative Agent Account shall at all times continue to be collateral security for all of the applicable Secured Obligations, and (iii) the funds on deposit in the Administrative Agent Account shall be applied as provided in this Agreement and, to the extent it constitutes Collateral, the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.12, any Loan Party receives or otherwise has dominion and control of

 

202


any proceeds or collections of Accounts or Inventory required to be transferred to the Administrative Agent Account pursuant to Section 5.12(b), such proceeds and collections shall be held in trust by such Loan Party for the Administrative Agent, and shall promptly be deposited into the Administrative Agent Account or dealt with in such other fashion as such Loan Party may be instructed by the Administrative Agent.

(e) Upon the commencement of a Cash Dominion Period and for so long as the same is continuing, upon delivery of notice thereof to the Borrowers from the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may direct that all amounts in the Blocked Accounts be paid to the Administrative Agent Account. So long as no Cash Dominion Period has commenced and is continuing in respect of which the Administrative Agent has delivered a notice thereof as contemplated by this Section 5.12, the Borrowers may direct, and shall have sole control over, the manner of disposition of funds in the Blocked Accounts.

(f) Any amounts held or received in the Administrative Agent Account (including all interest and other earnings with respect thereto, if any) at any time (i) when the Termination Date has occurred or (ii) no Cash Dominion Period exists, shall (subject, in the case of clause (i), to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement) be remitted to an account of the Borrowers.

(g) Following the commencement of a Cash Dominion Period (other than by reason of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 7.01(a), 7.01(f), or 7.01(g) except to the extent necessary for one or more officers or directors of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries to avoid personal or criminal liability under applicable law as certified in the applicable Tax and Trust Funds Certificate), in the event that a Blocked Account or the Administrative Agent Account contains identifiable Tax and Trust Funds (other than payroll and employee benefit payments, in each case, in the nature of discretionary contributions), the Borrowers (acting in good faith) may, within 30 days after such Tax and Trust Funds are received in such Blocked Account or Administrative Agent Account, deliver to the Administrative Agent a Tax and Trust Funds Certificate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, within five Business Days following receipt of a Tax and Trust Funds Certificate, the Administrative Agent shall remit from such Blocked Account or Administrative Agent Account (in each case excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, amounts previously deposited to cash collateralize Letters of Credit hereunder), as applicable, the lesser of (a) such Tax and Trust Funds specified in the Tax and Trust Funds Certificate, (b) the Excess Availability on the date of such remittance and (c) the amount on deposit in such Blocked Account or Administrative Account on the date of delivery of such Tax and Trust Funds Certificate, as applicable, at the option of the Administrative Agent, (x) to the applicable Loan Party or (y) on behalf of the applicable Loan Party directly to the Person entitled to such Tax and Trust Funds as specified in the Tax and Trust Funds Certificate; provided that in no event shall the Administrative Agent be required to remit any amounts pursuant to this Section 5.12(g) to the extent that such amounts were previously distributed in accordance with Section 2.11(a)(iii) (or otherwise applied in accordance with Section 2.18(b)). If any such amounts are remitted to a Loan Party, such Loan Party shall apply all such funds solely for the purposes set forth in the applicable Tax and Trust Funds Certificate on or prior to the date due; provided, further, that the Administrative Agent shall not apply any such amounts consisting of identifiable Tax and Trust Funds pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(iii) (or otherwise applied in accordance with Section 2.18(b)) following its receipt of a Tax and Trust Funds Certificate.

 

203


Section 5.13 Restrictions. Notwithstanding any other term of the Loan Documents, all reporting and other information requirements in the Loan Documents shall be subject to any confidentiality, legal, regulatory or other restrictions relating to the supply of information concerning the Group or otherwise binding on any member of the Group and in no circumstances shall any member of the Group be required to disclose (and in no circumstances shall any breach, Default or Event of Default arise from a failure to disclose) any information subject to such restrictions or any other information that it considers in good faith to be commercially sensitive with respect to a Secured Party, including, for the avoidance of doubt a Secured Party that is or becomes an Industry Competitor or a customer of the Group.

Section 5.14 Authorizations and Consents. Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, each Loan Party will obtain and promptly renew from time to time and maintain in full force and effect all material Authorizations to the extent required under any applicable law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to enable it to enter into, and perform its material obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is party save to the extent failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.15 Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party will, and will ensure that each of its Restricted Subsidiaries will comply with all laws and regulations binding upon it save where non-compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.16 Pari passu Ranking. Subject to any applicable Legal Reservations, each Loan Party will ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Secured Party against it under each of the Loan Documents rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

Section 5.17 Taxes. Each Loan Party will, and will ensure that each of its Restricted Subsidiaries will duly and punctually pay and discharge all Taxes imposed by any agency of any state upon it or any of them or any of its or their assets, income or profits or any transactions undertaken or entered into by it or any of them due and payable by it or that Restricted Subsidiary within the time period allowed therefor without imposing material penalties (save in the event of a bona fide dispute with regard to any Tax in respect of which proper provision has been made in the financial statement of the relevant member of the Group) where failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.18 Centre of Main Interests. Each Loan Party incorporated in the EU (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Loan Party incorporated in the UK) shall not deliberately cause or allow its Centre of Main Interests to change in a manner which would materially adversely affect the interests of the Secured Parties (taken as a whole).

 

204


Section 5.19 Guarantees and Security. Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, Holdings will procure that each Additional Obligor (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) joined to the Senior Facilities Agreement following the Closing Date will correspondingly become a Loan Party under the Revolving Facility within thirty (30) days.

Section 5.20 Further Assurances.

(a) Subject to the Agreed Security Principles and the terms of the Transaction Security Documents, each Loan Party shall (and Holdings shall ensure that each applicable member of the Group and each Day 1 Third Security Provider will) promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably specify to complete the Perfection Requirements in relation to the Security created under or evidenced by the Transaction Security Documents or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law.

(b) Subject to the Agreed Security Principles and as required by the terms of the Transaction Security Documents, at the reasonable request of the Security Agent, each Loan Party shall take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Secured Parties by or pursuant to the Loan Documents.

(c) In relation to any provision of the Loan Documents which requires the Loan Parties or any member of the Group to deliver any document for the purposes of granting any guarantee or Security for the benefit of all or any of the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent agrees to execute as soon as reasonably practicable any such agreed form document which is presented to it for execution.

Section 5.21 Anti-Corruption Law and Sanctions.

(a) Each Loan Party shall conduct its businesses in material compliance with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

(b) Each Loan Party will procure that, so far as it is able, any director, officer, agent, employee or person acting on behalf of the Loan Party (as applicable), is not a Sanctioned Person and does not act on behalf of a Sanctioned Person.

(c) Each Loan Party shall not directly or, to the best of its knowledge, indirectly:

(i) use any revenue or benefit derived from any activity or dealing with a Sanctioned Person in discharging any obligation due or owing to the Lenders; and

(ii) use or permit or authorise any other person to make payments from all or any part of the proceeds of the Revolving Facility for the purpose of lending, contributing or otherwise making available such proceeds (A) to, or for the benefit of, any Sanctioned Person, (B) to any Sanctioned Country in breach of applicable Sanctions; or in any other manner that would cause a Loan Party (as applicable) to breach any applicable Sanctions; or to any person in violation of any applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

205


(d) This Section 5.21 shall only (i) be given by a Restricted Member of the Group or (ii) apply for the benefit of a Restricted Secured Party to the extent that this would not result in any violation by or expose of such entity or any directors, officer or employee thereof to any liability under (A) EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96, (B) §7 of the German Außenwirtschaftsverordnung (in connection with section 4 paragraph 1 no. 3 of the German Außenwirtschaftsgesetz) or (C) any similar applicable anti-boycott law, regulation or statute in force from time to time that is applicable to such entity.

Section 5.22 Compliance with ERISA. Each Loan Party shall (i) maintain all Employee Plans that are presently in existence or may, from time to time, come into existence, in compliance with the terms of any such Employee Plan, ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and all other applicable laws in each case except to the extent the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) make or cause to be made contributions to all Employee Plans in a timely manner and, with respect to Employee Plans, in a sufficient amount to comply with the requirements of Sections 302 and 303 of ERISA and Sections 412 and 430 of the Internal Revenue Code, in each case except to the extent the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

ARTICLE 6 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

From the Closing Date and until the Termination Date, Holdings and the Loan Parties covenant and agree with the Lenders that:

Section 6.01 Limitation on Indebtedness. Holdings will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), provided that Holdings and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), if on the Applicable Test Date and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), either: (A) the Interest Coverage Ratio is at least 2.00:1.00 or (B) the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 8.00:1.00. The previous sentence will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness (collectively “Permitted Debt”):

(a) the Incurrence by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under any Credit Facility (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit, guarantees and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the sum of:

(i) the aggregate of (1) the greater of (x) €375,000,00 or, if higher, the principal amount of Facility B (EUR) as at the Closing Date and (y) an amount equal to 175% of LTM EBITDA, plus (2) the greater of (x) of $850,000,000 or, if higher, the principal amount of Facility B (USD) as of the Closing Date and (y) an amount equal to 325% of LTM EBITDA, plus (3) the greater of (x) the sum of (A) the greater of (I) €200,000,000 and (II) the Borrowing Base as at the date of Incurrence or, if higher, the principal amount of the Revolving Facility as at the Acquisition Closing Date and (B) €75,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 93% of LTM EBITDA; plus

 

206


(ii) the greater of (x) $215,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 100% of LTM EBITDA; plus

(iii) the maximum amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness such that, on the Applicable Test Date after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 4.90:1.00; plus

(iv) the maximum amount of Indebtedness that constitutes Total Secured Debt that is not Senior Secured Indebtedness such that, on the Applicable Test Date after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, either (1) the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 5.50:1.00 or (2) the Interest Coverage Ratio is at least 2.00:1.00; plus

(v) the maximum amount of Indebtedness that is not Senior Secured Indebtedness or Total Secured Debt or is unsecured such that on the Applicable Test Date, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, either (1) the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 8.00:1.00 or (2) the Interest Coverage Ratio is at least 2.00:1.00

provided that any Indebtedness or unutilized commitments in respect of Indebtedness Incurred or deemed to be Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(a) may be refinanced at any time if such refinancing does not exceed the greater of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(a) on the Applicable Test Date for such refinancing and (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness or unutilised commitments in respect of Indebtedness being refinanced at such time (together with an amount necessary to pay accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing) and, in the case of a refinancing of Indebtedness under Facility B (EUR), Facility B (USD) and the Revolving Facility, such Indebtedness shall be treated for all purposes as Incurred pursuant to Sections 6.01(a)(i)(1), 6.01(a)(i)(2) and 6.01(a)(i)(3), respectively;

(b) any (A) Guarantees by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and (B) without limiting the covenant set out in Section 6.02, Indebtedness arising by reason of any Lien granted by or applicable to such person securing Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations is permitted by the terms of this Agreement;

(c) Indebtedness of Holdings owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

207


(d) Indebtedness represented by (A) Indebtedness of the Target Group outstanding as of the Closing Date or Incurred (or available for Incurrence) under a facility committed or as in effect as of the Closing Date (other than any Indebtedness to be refinanced with the proceeds of Facility B and/or the TopCo Notes on or about the Closing Date as set out in the Funds Flow Statement), (B) any of (1) the Topco Notes and any Guarantees of any Topco Notes outstanding on the Closing Date and (2) any loans pursuant to which the proceeds of any Topco Notes and without double-counting, are lent to Holdings or the German Borrower, to the extent that (i) the issuance of and Incurrence of Indebtedness under such Topco Notes is not prohibited by this Agreement and (ii) such Topco Notes are guaranteed by one or more members of the Group and such guarantees are not prohibited by this Agreement, in each case after giving pro forma effect to the Transaction and the application of the proceeds therefrom, (C) Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in response of any Indebtedness described in Sections 6.01(d), 6.01(e)(ii), Section 6.01(A), or Section 6.01(B) and (D) other Indebtedness Incurred to finance Management Advances;

(e) Indebtedness (x) of Holdings, any Restricted Subsidiary or any person that will be a Restricted Subsidiary or that will be merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred or issued to finance an acquisition (including an acquisition of any assets), merger, amalgamation or consolidation or similar transaction (“Acquisition Debt”) or any capital expenditure or (y) of persons that are, or secured by any assets that are, acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into, amalgamated or consolidated with Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; in an aggregate amount not to exceed:

(i) an amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(e)(i) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €53,750,000and (y) an amount equal to 25% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date; plus

(ii) unlimited additional Indebtedness to the extent that: (1) after giving effect to such acquisition (including an acquisition of any assets), merger, amalgamation or consolidation or similar transaction or capital expenditure (I) if such Indebtedness is Senior Secured Indebtedness, either (x) Holdings would be permitted to Incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(iii), or (y) the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not increase as a result, (II) if such Indebtedness constitutes Indebtedness that is Total Secured Debt but is not Senior Secured Indebtedness either (x) Holdings would be permitted to Incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(iv) or (y) the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not increase as a result or (z) the Interest Coverage Ratio would not decrease as a result, (III) if such Indebtedness is not Senior Secured Indebtedness or Total Secured Debt or is unsecured, either (x) Holdings would be permitted to Incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.01(A), Section 6.01(B), or Section 6.01(a)(v), (y) the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not increase as a result or (z) the Interest Coverage Ratio would not decrease as a result or (2) in the case of Acquired Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is discharged within six (6) months of Incurrence or would otherwise constitute Permitted Debt or Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(A) or Section 6.01(B);

 

208


(f) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes as determined in good faith by Holdings)

(g) Indebtedness (x) represented by (A) Purchase Money Obligations, or (B) Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, or other financings, Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in a Similar Business or Indebtedness otherwise Incurred to finance the purchase, lease, rental or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any person owning such assets, and any Indebtedness which refinances, replaces or refunds such Indebtedness either (1) Incurred in the ordinary course of business; or otherwise (2) in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(g)(B)(2) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €107,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 50% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date (provided that, in each case, the Indebtedness exists on the date of such purchase, lease, rental, construction, design, installation or improvement or is created within two hundred and seventy (270) days thereafter) or (y) arising out of Sale and Leaseback Transactions;

(h) Indebtedness in respect of:

(i) workers’ compensation claims, old-age-part-time arrangements, self-insurance obligations, unemployment insurance (including premiums related thereto), other types of social security, pension obligations or partial retirement obligations, vacation pay, health, disability or other employee benefits, customer guarantees performance, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal, advance payment (including progress premiums), customs, value added or other tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and completion guarantees and warranties provided by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or guarantees Incurred either (1) Incurred in the ordinary course of business or otherwise (2) in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(h)(i)(2) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €10,750,000 and (y) an amount equal to 5% of LTM EBITDA, as of the Applicable Test Date;

(ii) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within forty-five (45) days of Incurrence;

(iii) customer deposits and advance payments (including progress premiums) received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business;

 

209


(iv) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, warehouse receipts, guarantees, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management of bad debt purposes or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations either (1) Incurred in the ordinary course of business; or otherwise (2) in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(h)(iv)(2) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €10,750,000 and (y) an amount equal to 5% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

(v) the financing of insurance premiums, take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, any customary treasury, depositary, cash management, credit card processing, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer, the collection of checks and direct debits, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements, operating facilities or similar arrangements either (1) Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and in the case of operating facilities consistent with past practice in scope and nature); or otherwise (2) Indebtedness Incurred in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(h)(v)(2) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €32,250,000 and (y) an amount equal to 15% of LTM EBITDA, as of the Applicable Test Date;

(vi) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to current or former directors, officers, employees, members of management, managers and consultants of any Parent Entity, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or deferred consideration or other similar arrangements in connection with any Investment or acquisition permitted hereby;

(vii) Indebtedness owed by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any letter of credit or bank guarantee issued in favor of any Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender to support any Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit issued, or Swingline Loans made hereunder;

(viii) Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by any Letter of Credit or any letter of credit issued under any Additional Revolving Facility (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement as in effect on the date hereof);

(ix) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than thirty (30) Business Days owed to banks and other financial institutions Incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

210


(x) Settlement Indebtedness;

(i) Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for Guarantees, indemnification, obligations in respect of earn-outs or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or person or any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any person acquiring or disposing of such business or assets or such Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition or disposition); provided that the maximum liability of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness in connection with a disposition shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the fair market value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(j) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(j) and then outstanding, will not exceed 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by Holdings from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock or otherwise contributed to the equity (in each case, other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, an Excluded Contribution or a Parent Debt Contribution) of Holdings, in each case, subsequent to the Closing Date, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, provided that (A) any such Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall not increase the amount available for making Restricted Payments to the extent Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries Incur Indebtedness pursuant to this Section 6.01(j) in reliance thereon and (B) any Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall be excluded for purposes of Incurring Indebtedness pursuant to this Section 6.01(j) to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds or cash have been applied to make a Restricted Payment:

(k) Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors and Guarantees by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of joint ventures in an aggregate amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(k) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €43,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 20% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

(l) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to any future, present or former employee, director, manager, contractor or consultant of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, or heirs of such employee, director, manager, contractor or consultant), to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of Holdings or any Parent Entity or payment of a transaction bonus that is not prohibited by the covenant described in Section 6.04;

(m) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(m) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (x) €107,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 50% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

 

211


(n) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to factoring financings, securitizations, receivables financings or similar arrangements, in each case, that are (A) not recourse to Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except to the extent customary in the good faith determination of Holdings for such type of arrangement and except for Standard Securitization Undertakings), (B) outstanding or available for Incurrence as at the Closing Date; or (C) in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(n)(C) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €107,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 50% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

(o) any obligation, or guaranty of any obligation, of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to reimburse or indemnify a person extending credit to customers of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business for all or any portion of the amounts payable by such customers to the person extending such credit;

(p) Indebtedness to a customer to finance the acquisition of any equipment necessary to perform services for such customer; provided that (A) the repayment of such Indebtedness is conditional upon such customer ordering a specific volume of goods and (B) such Indebtedness does not bear interest or provide for scheduled amortization or maturity:

(q) obligations in respect of Disqualified Stock of Holdings in an amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(q) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €32,250,000 and (y) an amount equal to 15% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

(r) Indebtedness of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries arising pursuant to any Permitted Tax Restructuring;

(s) Indebtedness consisting of local lines of credit, bilateral facilities, overdraft facilities or local working capital facilities in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(s) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (x) €64,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 30% of LTM EBITDA;

(t) [reserved];

(u) any declaration of joint and several liability issued for the purpose of section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code by any Restricted Subsidiary (and any residual liability under such declaration arising pursuant to section 2:404(2) of the Dutch Civil Code); and

(v) any joint and several liability between Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of a fiscal unity for tax purposes.

 

212


For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 6.01: (i) subject to provision (ii) and without prejudice to Section 1.17(t) and Section 1.17(u), in the event that all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(A) or Section 6.01(B), Holdings, in its sole discretion, will classify, and may from time to time reclassify, such item of Indebtedness and will only be required to include, in any manner that complies with this Section 6.01, the amount and type of such Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in Section 6.01(A) or Section 6.01(B) or one of Sections 6.01(a) through Section 6.01(v), and Indebtedness permitted by this Section 6.01 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 6.01 permitting such Indebtedness, (ii) all Indebtedness under Facility B, the Revolving Facilities, the Topco Notes and any Topco Proceeds Loan, in each case, outstanding as of the Closing Date (and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) shall be deemed to have been Incurred pursuant to (A) Section 6.01(a)(i)1), in the case of Indebtedness under Facility B (EUR), (B) Section 6.01(a)(i)(2), in the case of Indebtedness under Facility B (USD), (C) Section 6.01(a)(i)(3), in the case of Indebtedness under the Revolving Facility, (D) Section 6.01(d)(B)(1), in the case of Indebtedness under the Topco Notes, and (E) Section 6.01(d)(B)(2), in the case of Topco Proceeds Loans pursuant to which the proceeds of any Topco Notes are lent to Holdings and Holdings shall not be permitted to reclassify all or a portion of such Indebtedness, (iii) for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.01, with respect to Indebtedness Incurred under a Credit Facility, re-borrowings of amounts previously repaid pursuant to a “cash sweep” or “clean down” provisions or any similar provisions under a Credit Facility that provide that Indebtedness is deemed to have been repaid periodically shall only be deemed for the purposes of this Section 6.01 to have been Incurred on the date such Indebtedness was first Incurred and not on the date of any subsequent re-borrowing thereof, (iv) in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness, when measuring the outstanding amount of such Indebtedness, such amount shall not include any amounts necessary to pay the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing, (v) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included, (vi) if obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments are Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(A), Section 6.01(B) or one of Sections 6.01(a) through Section 6.01(v) and the letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included, (vii) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof, (viii) in the event that Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into or increases commitments under a revolving credit facility, enters into any commitment to Incur or issue Indebtedness or commits to Incur any Lien pursuant to paragraph (cc) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the Incurrence or issuance thereof for all purposes under this Agreement, including for the purposes of calculating

 

213


any Applicable Metric for borrowings and reborrowings thereunder (and including issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) may be determined, at the Holdings’ option (A) on the date of such revolving credit facility or such entry into or increase in commitments or (B) on the date on which such facility or commitments become available or, if applicable, any other Applicable Test Date (assuming, in the case of (A) and (B) of this sub-paragraph (viii) that the full amount thereof (or, at the option of Holdings, a portion thereof) has been borrowed as of such date) and, in either case, if any such Applicable Metric is satisfied with respect thereto at such time, any borrowing or reborrowing thereunder (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) will be permitted under this Section 6.01 irrespective of the Applicable Metric at the time of any borrowing or reborrowing (or issuance or creation of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances thereunder) (the committed amount permitted to be borrowed or reborrowed (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances) on a date pursuant to the operation of this sub-paragraph (viii) but not actually borrowed on such date shall be the “Reserved Indebtedness Amount” as of such date for purposes of the Interest Coverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, and, to the extent of any one of Sections 6.01(a) through Section 6.01(v) (if any), shall be deemed to be Incurred and outstanding under such sections), (ix) notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.01 to the contrary, in the case of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness initially Incurred in reliance Section 6.01(A), Section 6.01(B) or one of Sections 6.01(a) through Section 6.01(v) measured by reference to a percentage of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date, if such refinancing would cause the percentage of LTM EBITDA restriction to be exceeded if calculated based on the percentage of LTM EBITDA on the Applicable Test Date of such refinancing, such percentage of LTM EBITDA restriction shall not be deemed to be exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing; (x) the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant Section 6.01(A), Section 6.01(B), Section 6.01(a)(iii), Section 6.01(a)(iv), Section 6.01(a)(v) and (other than in respect of Acquired Indebtedness Incurred thereunder) Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed the greater of (x) €215,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 100% of LTM EBITDA at any time outstanding and (xi) except as otherwise specified herein, the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined on the basis of GAAP.

Accrual and/or capitalization of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares or Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not previously treated as Indebtedness due to a change in GAAP, will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of the covenant described under this Section 6.01; provided that the amount of any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any outstanding Indebtedness may (in Holdings’ sole discretion) be increased by the amount of all such accrued and/or capitalised interest, accreted value, original issue discount and/or additional Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness and such increased amount will not be deemed to be Indebtedness for the purpose of calculating any basket, permission or threshold under which such Refinancing Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred.

 

214


If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 6.01 Holdings shall be in default of this Section 6.01).

For the purposes of determining compliance with any euro-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the euro-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated as described in Section 1.17, provided that if such determination is made with respect to Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in another currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable euro-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such euro-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (x) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (y) the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing.

For the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness (excluding any Guarantee thereof) incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01 (or pursuant to any other permission to incur Indebtedness under this Agreement), may be incurred by way of any Incremental Facility which satisfies the applicable conditions set out in Section 2.22 of this Agreement.

Section 6.02 Limitation on Liens.

(a) Holdings will not, and Holdings will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings), and Topco will not, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon the Charged Property owned by it, in each case, whether owned on the Closing Date or acquired after that date, or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness (such Lien, the “Initial Lien”), except (i) in the case of any property or asset that does not constitute Charged Property (A) Permitted Liens or (B) Liens on property or assets that are not Permitted Liens if obligations under this Agreement are directly secured equally and rateably with, or prior to, in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Indebtedness, the Indebtedness secured by such Initial Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured and (ii) in the case of any property or asset that constitutes Charged Property, Permitted Collateral Liens.

(b) Any Lien created in favour of the obligations under this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.02(a)(i)(B) will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to which it relates and (ii) otherwise as set forth in this Agreement, Intercreditor Agreement and/or under the relevant Transaction Security Document.

 

215


(c) With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness.

Section 6.03 Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.

(a) Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of Holdings (any such transaction or series of related transactions being an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate value in excess of the greater of (x) €21,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 10%. of LTM EBITDA unless:

(i) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction or the execution of the agreement providing for such transaction in arm’s length dealings with a person who is not such an Affiliate; and

(ii) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate value in excess of the greater of (x) €32,250,000 and (y) an amount equal to 15% of LTM EBITDA, the terms of such Affiliate Transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Holdings, provided that any Affiliate Transaction shall also be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in this paragraph (a)(ii) if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of Holdings, if any.

(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) above will not apply to:

(i) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to the covenant described under Section 6.04 or any Permitted Investment;

(ii) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, or entering into, or maintenance of, any employment, consulting, collective bargaining or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, related trust or other similar agreement and other compensation arrangements, options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of Holdings, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Entity, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation

 

216


plans, transaction bonuses or transaction-related securities repurchase plans or similar employee benefits or consultants’ plans (including valuation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or similar plans, programs or arrangements) or indemnities provided on behalf of officers, employees, directors, managers or consultants approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) any Management Advances and any waiver or transaction with respect thereto;

(iv) any (A) transaction between or among Holdings and any Restricted Subsidiary (or entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries; and (B) merger, amalgamation or consolidation with any Parent Entity, provided that such Parent Entity shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalent Investments and the Capital Stock of Holdings and such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(v) the payment of compensation, fees and reimbursement of expenses to, and customary indemnities (including under customary insurance policies) and employee benefit and pension expenses provided on behalf of, directors, managers, officers, contractors, consultants, distributors or employees of Holdings, any Parent Entity or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether directly or indirectly and including through any Controlled Investment Affiliate of such directors, managers, officers, contractors, consultants, distributors or employees);

(vi) the entry into and performance of obligations of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any transaction arising out of, and any payments pursuant to or for purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument in effect as of or on the Closing Date, as these agreements and instruments may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or refinanced from time to time in accordance with the other terms of this covenant or to the extent not more disadvantageous to the Lenders (taken as a whole) in any material respect;

(vii) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, any disposition or repurchase of Securitization Assets, Receivables Assets or related assets in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

(viii) transactions with customers, clients, joint venture partners, suppliers, contractors, distributors or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business, which are fair to Holdings or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of Holdings or the senior management of Holdings or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, or are on terms no less favorable than those that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

217


(ix) any transaction in the ordinary course of business between or among Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of Holdings or an Associate or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely (A) because Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any Permitted Holder owns an equity interest in, or otherwise controls such Affiliate, Associate or similar entity or (B) due to the fact that a director or managers of such person is also a director or manager of Holdings or any direct or indirect Parent Entity of Holdings (provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of Holdings or such direct or indirect Parent Entity of Holdings, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other person);

(x) any (A) issuances or sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding and the granting of registration and other customary rights (and the performance of the related obligations) in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and (B) amendment, waiver or other transaction with respect to any Subordinated Shareholder Funding in compliance with the other provisions of this Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable, provided that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding, as amended or otherwise modified, will continue to satisfy the requirements described in the definition of Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

(xi) any (A) payments by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly), including to its affiliates or its designees, of annual management, consulting, monitoring, refinancing, transaction, subsequent transaction exit fees, advisory fees and related costs and reasonable expenses and indemnitees in connection therewith and any termination fees (including any such cash lump sum or present value fee upon the consummation of a corporate event, including an Initial Public Offering), (B) customary payments by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly, including through any Parent Entity) for financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with loans, capital markets transactions, acquisitions or divestitures and (C) payments by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly), including to its affiliates or its designees, of fees, costs and expenses reflected in the Management Case and any Funds Flow Statement, which are, in the case of each of sub-paragraphs (A) and (B) only, approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings in good faith;

 

218


(xii) payment to any Permitted Holder of all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holder in connection with its direct or indirect investment in Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

(xiii) the Transaction and the payment of all costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related to the Transaction;

(xiv) transactions in which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that either (x) such transaction is fair to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or (y) that such transaction meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(i) above;

(xv) the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any equityholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto) to which it is party as of the Closing Date and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter; provided that the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under any future amendment to the equityholders’ agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date will only be permitted under this paragraph to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Lenders (taken as a whole) in any material respect as determined in good faith by Holdings;

(xvi) any purchases by Holdings’ Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by persons who are not Holdings’ Affiliates; provided that such purchases by Holdings’ Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such persons who are not Holdings’ Affiliates;

(xvii) any (A) Investments by Affiliates in securities of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Incurred by such Affiliates in connection therewith) so long as the Investment is being offered by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other non-affiliated third party investors on the same or more favorable terms and (B) payments to Affiliates in respect of securities of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries contemplated in sub-paragraph (A) above or that were acquired from persons other than Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities;

(xviii) payments by any Parent Entity, Holdings and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or other equity agreements in respect of Related Taxes among any such Parent Entity, Holdings and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

 

219


(xix) payments, Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of any Restricted Subsidiary to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, contractor or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Parent Entities pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; and any employment agreements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements (and any successor plans thereto) and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any such employees, directors, officers, contractors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) that are, in each case, approved by Holdings in good faith;

(xx) employment and severance arrangements between Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors, contractors, consultants, distributors and employees in the ordinary course of business or entered into in connection with or as a result of the Transaction;

(xxi) any transition services arrangement, supply arrangement or similar arrangement entered into in connection with or in contemplation of the disposition of assets or Capital Stock in any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under Section 6.05 or entered into with any Business Successor, in each case, that Holdings determines in good faith is either fair to Holdings or otherwise on customary terms for such type of arrangements in connection with similar transactions;

(xxii) transactions entered into by an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described under Section 6.10 and pledges of Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xxiii) any lease entered into between Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of Holdings that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, as lessor, which is approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Holdings;

(xxiv) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business;

(xxv) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture, including for the avoidance of doubt, the entry into, and performance of obligations and related services under, any management services agreement or any licensing agreement with regards to any existing or future joint venture, in the ordinary course of business (including any cash management activities related thereto);

 

220


(xxvi) any participation in a public tender or exchange offer for securities or debt instruments issued by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that provides for the same price or exchange ratio, as the case may be, to all holders accepting such tender or exchange offer;

(xxvii) the entry into, and performance of obligations and related services under, any registration rights or other listing agreement;

(xxviii) the payment of costs and expenses related to registration rights and customary indemnities provided to shareholders under any shareholder agreement; and

(xxix) any Permitted Tax Restructuring.

Section 6.04 Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) Holdings will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of Holdings’ or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including any such payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) except:

(A) dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of Holdings or in Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

(B) dividends or distributions payable to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis); and

(C) dividends or distributions payable to any Parent Entity to fund payments of interest, premia or break costs in respect of Indebtedness of such Parent Entity (or Refinancing Indebtedness thereof) which is Guaranteed by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, provided

 

221


that (1) any net proceeds from such Indebtedness are, directly or indirectly, contributed to the equity of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in any form or otherwise received (including by way of Indebtedness) by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (a “Parent Debt Contribution”), (2) any net proceeds described in sub-paragraph (1) above shall be excluded for purposes of increasing the amount available for distribution pursuant to paragraph (a)(C) and shall not be Excluded Contributions; and (3) in the case that any net proceeds described in sub-paragraph (1) above are contributed to or received by Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries in the form of Indebtedness, there shall be no double-counting of interest paid on such Indebtedness, any proceeds loan relating to such Indebtedness and any dividends or distributions payable to the relevant Parent Entity to fund interest payments in respect of Indebtedness of such Parent Entity;

(ii) purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of Holdings or any Parent Entity held by persons other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary other than in exchange for Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) or in exchange for options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of Holdings;

(iii) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (I) any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal instalment or final maturity, in each case, due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement and (II) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(c));

(iv) make any payment (whether of principal, interest or other amounts) on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Subordinated Shareholder Funding (other than any payment of interest thereon in the form of additional Subordinated Shareholder Funding); or

(v) make any Restricted Investment,

(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in sub-paragraphs (i) through (v) above are referred to herein as a “Restricted Payment”), unless at the time Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment, the Payment Conditions applicable to such Restricted Payment shall have been satisfied on a pro forma basis.

 

222


(b) The foregoing provisions will not prohibit any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Payments”):

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution or any purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase, other acquisition or retirement for value, completed within sixty (60) days after the date of declaration or notice thereof, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Indebtedness if, at the date of any redemption or repayment notice, such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement as if it were and is deemed at such time to be a Restricted Payment at the time of such notice;

(ii) any (A) prepayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition, discharge or retirement of Capital Stock of Holdings (including any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon) (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or a substantially concurrent contribution to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, the Transaction Equity Contribution or through an Excluded Contribution or Parent Debt Contribution) of Holdings, provided that to the extent so applied, the Net Cash Proceeds, or fair market value of property or assets or of marketable securities, from such sale of Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock or such contribution will be excluded from paragraph (a)(C)(2) above and (B) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under sub-paragraph (xiii) below, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Capital Stock of a Parent Entity) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(iii) any prepayment, purchase, repurchase, exchange, redemption, defeasance, discharge or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 6.01;

 

223


(iv) any prepayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, discharge or other acquisition or retirement of Preferred Stock of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Preferred Stock of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 6.01;

(v) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Shareholder Funding) or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (A) to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, following the occurrence of (1) a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”) or (2) an Asset Disposition (or other similar event described therein as an “asset disposition” or “asset sale”) but only if (and to the extent required) Holdings shall have first complied with the provisions of this Agreement governing mandatory prepayment, as applicable (i) pursuant to Section 2.11(b), and prepaid all relevant amounts pursuant to Section 2.11(b)), in each case, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or (B) consisting of Acquired Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness Incurred (1) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary; or (2) otherwise in connection with or contemplation of such acquisition;

(vi) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, redemption, prepayment, purchase, defeasance, cancellation, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) (other than Disqualified Stock) or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of Holdings or any Parent Entity held by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, trusts or heirs of such employee, director, manager, contractor or consultant), provided that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this paragraph (b)(vi) do not exceed (x) the greater of (I) €16,130,000 and (II) an amount equal to 7.5% of LTM EBITDA in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried forward to succeeding calendar years) or (y) subsequent to the consummation of an Initial Public Offering of common stock of any IPO Entity, the greater of (I) €32,250,000 and (II) an amount equal to 15% of LTM EBITDA in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried forward to succeeding calendar years); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the issuance or sale of Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, any Transaction Equity Contribution or Excluded Contributions) of Holdings and, to the extent

 

224


contributed to the capital of Holdings or any Parent Entity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, the Transaction Equity Contribution or an Excluded Contribution), Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of any Parent Entity, in each case to members of management, directors, managers or consultants of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity that occurred after the Closing Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of paragraph (a)(i)(C) above; plus (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Holdings, the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (to the extent contributed to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary) after the Closing Date, provided, further, that Holdings may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) of this sub-paragraph (b)(vi) in any calendar year. In addition, cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former members of management, directors, employees, contractors or consultants of Holdings or Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of Holdings or any Parent Entity will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 6.04 or any other provision of this Agreement;

(vii) the declaration and payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in accordance with the terms of Section 6.01;

(viii) purchases, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of stock options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof or withholding or similar taxes in respect thereof and payments in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise or vesting thereof;

(ix) dividends, loans, advances or distributions to any Parent Entity or other payments by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in amounts equal to (without duplication) (A) the amounts required for any Parent Entity to pay any Parent Entity Expenses or any Related Taxes, (B) any Permitted Tax Distribution, (C) amounts constituting or to be used for purposes of making payments to the extent specified in Section 6.03(b)(ii), Section 6.03(b)(iii), Section 6.03(b)(v), Section 6.03(b)(xi), Section 6.03(b)(xii) and Section 6.03(b)(xvii)(A) (but only in respect of the parenthetical thereto) provided that any such dividends, loans, advances or distributions to make payments in respect of annual management fees specified in Section 6.03(b)(xi)(A)and made pursuant to this sub-paragraph (C) shall not exceed in aggregate, the greater of (x) €10,750,000 and (y) an amount equal to 5% of LTM EBITDA in any Financial Year; and (D) up to the greater of (x) €16,130,000 and (y) an amount equal to 7.5% of LTM EBITDA in any Financial Year;

 

225


(x) the declaration and payment of dividends on, or the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of, the Capital Stock, common stock or common equity interests of Holdings, any Parent Entity or any IPO Entity following a Public Offering of such Capital Stock, common stock or common equity interests following the Closing Date; provided that the aggregate amount of all such dividends or distributions shall not exceed the greater of (A) up to 6% per annum of the amount of Net Cash Proceeds received by or contributed to Holdings’ common equity by any Parent Entity or any IPO Entity from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to Holdings’, any Parent Entity’s or any IPO Entity’s common equity registered on Form S-8, other than issuances to any Subsidiary of Holdings and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution and (B) an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed 7% of the greater of Market Capitalization or IPO Market Capitalization;

(xi) payments by Holdings, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent Entity to make payments, to holders of Capital Stock of Holdings or any Parent Entity in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of such Capital Stock, provided that any such payment, loan, advance, dividend or distribution shall not be for the purpose of evading any limitation of this covenant or otherwise to facilitate any dividend or other return of capital to the holders of such Capital Stock (as determined in good faith by Holdings);

(xii) Restricted Payments that are made (A) in an amount that does not exceed the aggregate amount of (x) Excluded Contributions, or (y) non-cash Excluded Contributions, in each case, received following the Closing Date or (B) without duplication with the immediately preceding sub-paragraph (A) and without double counting any such cash proceeds that otherwise increase amounts available under paragraph (a)(i)(C) above, in an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds from a sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition in respect of property or assets acquired after the Closing Date, if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions;

(xiii) the declaration and payment of dividends (A) on Designated Preferred Stock of Holdings issued after the Closing Date, (B) to a Parent Entity in an amount sufficient to allow the Parent Entity to pay dividends to holders of its Designated Preferred Stock issued after the Closing Date and (C) on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock issued after the Closing Date in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) of this Section 6.04 provided that (1) in the case of sub-paragraphs (A) and (B) above, the amount of all dividends declared or paid to a person pursuant to such paragraphs shall not exceed the cash proceeds received by Holdings or the aggregate amount contributed as Subordinated Shareholder Funding or in cash to the equity of Holdings (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution or a Parent Debt Contribution of Holdings), from the issuance or sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; and (2) in the case of sub-paragraphs (A), (B) and (C) above, as at the Applicable Test Date, after giving effect to such payment on a pro forma basis Holdings would be permitted to Incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the test set forth in Section 6.01(A) or Section 6.01(B);

 

226


(xiv) distributions, by dividend or otherwise, or other transfer or disposition of shares of Capital Stock, of equity interests in, or Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, substantially all the assets of which are cash and Cash Equivalent Investments), or proceeds thereof;

(xv) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation, in each case in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

(xvi) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transaction (including those Restricted Payments contemplated by the Tax Structure Memorandum (other than any exit steps described therein) and compensation arising from an indemnity claim or other claim under the Acquisition Agreement) and any costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related thereto or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates in connection with the Transaction (including dividends to any Parent Entity to permit payment by such Parent Entity of such amounts);

(xvii) so long as no Event of Default is continuing:

(A) any Restricted Payments (including loans or advances) (1) up to the greater of (x) €86,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 40% of LTM EBITDA; plus (2) any Waived Amounts (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) and Declined Proceeds (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) (without double counting); plus

(B) any Restricted Payments (including loans or advances) funded from the Available Amount (without double counting);

(xviii) mandatory redemptions of Disqualified Stock issued as a Restricted Payment or as consideration for a Permitted Investment;

(xix) so long as no Event of Default is continuing, the redemption, defeasance, repurchase, exchange or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(A) in an aggregate amount at the time redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged or otherwise acquired or retired not to exceed the greater of (x) €64,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 30%. of LTM EBITDA; plus

 

227


(B) funded from the Available Amount (without double counting);

(xx) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law (including in connection with, or as a result of, exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or action (whether actual, contingent or potential)), pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with the covenants described under Section 6.06, Section 6.07, Section 6.08, and Section 6.09;

(xxi) Restricted Payments to a Parent Entity to finance Investments that would otherwise be permitted to be made pursuant to this Section 6.04 if made by Holdings, provided that:

(A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment;

(B) such Parent Entity shall, promptly following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Capital Stock) to be contributed to the capital of Holdings or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger or amalgamation of the person formed or acquired into Holdings or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 6.06, Section 6.07, Section 6.08 and Section 6.09) to consummate such Investment;

(C) such Parent Entity and its Affiliates (other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Agreement;

(D) any property received by Holdings shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 6.04(a)(C)(2), Section 6.04(b)(ii) or Section 6.04(b)(vi) above or be deemed to be an Excluded Contribution or a Parent Debt Contribution; and

(E) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to another provision of this covenant (other than pursuant to this Section 6.04(b)(xxi) hereof) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investment” (other than pursuant to paragraph 1 thereof);

(xxii) any dividends, repayments of equity, reductions of capital or any other distribution by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to any other company or Parent Entity (i) that is a member of the same fiscal unity for corporate income tax, trade tax or value added tax or similar purposes, or (ii) a limited partner of a company pursuant to sub-clause (i) to the extent required to cover Taxes on a consolidated basis on behalf of the Group;

 

228


(xxiii) any Restricted Payment to repay any equity injected into the Group on or around the Closing Date in an amount equal to any post-closing purchase price adjustment payment received by the Group;

(xxiv) so long as no Event of Default is continuing, Restricted Payments of amounts deemed to not constitute Excess Proceeds pursuant to the Senior Facilities Agreement;

(xxv) Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed the aggregate amount of the Closing Overfunding; and

(xxvi) any dividends, repayments of equity, reductions of capital, loans or any other distribution (a “tax distribution”) by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Parent Entity that is a member of the same fiscal unity (steuerliche Organschaft) for German corporate income tax and trade tax purposes, provided that (A) where payments under a German fiscal unity are required to be made by any Parent Entity to cover Taxes on a consolidated basis on behalf of the Group, a tax distribution shall be made in cash to such Parent Entity in accordance with the definition of Permitted Tax Distribution and (B) the remainder of such tax distribution in excess of the amount permitted pursuant to paragraph (A) above shall not be paid to such Parent Entity in cash but instead be converted into an intercompany loan made by such Parent Entity to Holdings which constitutes Subordinated Liabilities, save to the extent otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.04, without prejudice to paragraphs (t) and (u) of Section 1.17, in the event that a Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) (i) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Payments described in Section 6.04(b) above, and/or (ii) is permitted pursuant to Section 6.04(a) above and/or (iii) constitutes a Permitted Investment, Holdings will be entitled to classify such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment or later reclassify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 6.04, including as a Permitted Investment.

(d) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the Applicable Test Date of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount, and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment, property or assets other than cash shall be determined conclusively by Holdings acting in good faith.

 

229


(e) Unrestricted Subsidiaries may use value transferred from Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in a Permitted Investment or a Restricted Investment not prohibited under this Section 6.04 to purchase or otherwise acquire Indebtedness or Capital Stock of Holdings, any Parent Entity or any of Holdings’ Restricted Subsidiaries, and to transfer value to the holders of the Capital Stock or any Parent Entity and to Affiliates thereof, and such purchase, acquisition, or transfer will not be deemed to be a “direct or indirect” action by Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries.

Section 6.05 Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.

(a) Holdings will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

(i) Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by Holdings, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap);

(ii) in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions, with a purchase price in excess of the greater of (x) €32,250,000 and (y) an amount equal to 15% of LTM EBITDA, except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75%. of the consideration for such Asset Disposition, together with all other Asset Dispositions since the Closing Date (on a cumulative basis), received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalent Investments and provided further that the amount of:

(A) the greater of the principal amount and the carrying value of any liabilities (as reflected on Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto or, if incurred or increased subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected on Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or increase had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined by Holdings) of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Revolving Facility, that are (1) assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or a third party in connection with such transfer) pursuant to a written agreement which releases or indemnifies Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from such liabilities or (2) otherwise cancelled or terminated in connection with the transaction;

(B) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted or reasonably expected by Holdings acting in good faith to be converted by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary into Cash Equivalent

 

230


Investments (to the extent of the Cash Equivalent Investments received or expected to be received) or by their terms are required to be satisfied for Cash Equivalent Investments within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the closing of such Asset Disposition; and

(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) €53,750,00] and (y) an amount equal to 25% of LTM EBITDA at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (or, at Holdings’ option, at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

shall each be deemed to be Cash Equivalent Investments for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event that, since the most recent delivery of a Borrowing Base Certificate hereunder, the Loan Parties (or any of them) consummate a transaction or transactions (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business or to a Loan Party) that results in the Disposition of, subordination of the Administrative Agent’s Liens on, or release of a Loan Party owning, ABL Priority Security (whether as part of a sale of Capital Stock or otherwise) with a value (as reasonably determined by Holdings) in excess of 10% of the Borrowing Base at such time, as a condition to the permissibility of the consummation of such transaction or transactions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement (including without limitation Sections 6.02, 6.04 and/or this Section 6.05) (x) the applicable Borrower shall have provided the Administrative Agent an updated Borrowing Base Certificate (giving effect to such Asset Disposition, subordination or release) prior to the consummation of such transaction or transactions and (y) no Overadvance shall exist after giving effect to such Asset Disposition, subordination or release.

To the extent that any Collateral is disposed of in an Asset Disposition as expressly permitted by this Section 6.06 to any person other than a Loan Party, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, which Liens shall be automatically released upon the consummation of such Asset Disposition; it being understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to take, and shall take, any actions reasonably requested by the applicable Borrower in order to effect the foregoing in accordance with Article 8 hereof.

 

231


Section 6.06 Merger and Consolidation—Holdings. Subject to Section 6.09(b), Holdings will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or series of related transactions to any person, unless:

(a) the resulting, surviving or transferee person (“Successor Company”) will be a person organized and existing under the same jurisdiction as a Borrower or any other jurisdiction permitted for any Borrower under this Agreement (or any other jurisdiction approved by all of the Lenders) and Successor Company (if not Holdings) will expressly assume, by way of a joinder agreement, executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent, all the obligations of Holdings under this Agreement and all obligations of Holdings under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents, as applicable;

(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the applicable Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the applicable Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the applicable Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, Holdings or Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional €1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.01(A) or Section 6.01(B) or (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Interest Coverage Ratio would not be lower, or the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not be higher, than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;

(c) Holdings or the Successor Company, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such joinder agreement comply with this Agreement and a legal opinion is delivered to the effect that any relevant joinder to a Loan Document is a legal and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company, provided that the relevant legal counsel giving such opinion may (to the extent such opinion is not already qualified as to matters of fact) rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact; and

(d) the Secured Parties (or the Administrative Agent on their behalf) will continue to have the same or substantially equivalent (ignoring for the purposes of assessing such equivalency any limitations required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles or hardening periods (or any similar or equivalent concept)) guarantees and security over the same or substantially equivalent assets and over the shares (or other interests) in Holdings or the Successor Company, save to the extent such assets or shares (or other interests) cease to exist (provided that if the shares (or other interests) in Holdings cease to exist, security will be granted (subject to the Agreed Security Principles) over the shares (or other interests) in Successor Company).

Section 6.07 Merger and Consolidation—German Parent Borrower. Subject to Section 6.09(b), the German Parent Borrower will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any person, unless:

(a) the Successor Company will be a person organised and existing under the same jurisdiction as a Borrower or any other jurisdiction permitted for an Additional Borrower under Facility B (or any other jurisdiction approved by all of the Lenders) and the Successor Company (if not the German Parent Borrower) will expressly assume, by way of a joinder

 

232


agreement, executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent, all the obligations of the German Parent Borrower under this Agreement and all obligations of the German Parent Borrower under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents, as applicable

(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the applicable Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the applicable Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the applicable Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the German Borrower or the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional €1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.01(A) or Section 6.01(B) or immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Interest Coverage Ratio would not be lower, or the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not be higher, than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;

(c) The German Borrower or the Successor Company, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such joinder agreement comply with this Agreement and a legal opinion is delivered to the effect that any relevant joinder to a Loan Document is a legal and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company, provided that the relevant legal counsel giving such opinion may (to the extent such opinion is not already qualified as to matters of fact) rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact; and

(d) the Secured Parties (or the Administrative Agent on their behalf) will continue to have the same or substantially equivalent (ignoring for the purposes of assessing such equivalency any limitations required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles or hardening periods (or any similar or equivalent concept)) guarantees and security over the same or substantially equivalent assets and over the shares (or other interests) in the German Borrower or the Successor Company, save to the extent such assets or shares (or other interests) cease to exist (provided that if the shares (or other interests) in the German Borrower cease to exist, security will be granted (subject to the Agreed Security Principles) over the shares (or other interests) in the Successor Company).

Section 6.08 Merger and Consolidation—U.S. Borrower. Subject to Section 6.09(b), the U.S. Borrower will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or series of related transactions to any person, unless:

(a) the Successor Company will be a person organised and existing under the laws of (to the extent there will be following such transaction a Borrower in respect of the Revolving Facility that is incorporated in the U.S.) Germany or the U.S. (or any other jurisdiction approved by all of the Lenders) and the Successor Company (if not the U.S. Borrower) will expressly assume, by way of a joinder agreement, executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent, all the obligations of the U.S. Borrower under this Agreement and all obligations of the U.S. Borrower under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents, as applicable;

 

233


(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the applicable Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the applicable Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the applicable Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the U.S. Borrower or the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional €1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.01(A) or Section 6.01(B) or immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Interest Coverage Ratio would not be lower, or the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not be higher, than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;

(c) The U.S. Borrower or the Successor Company, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such joinder agreement comply with this Agreement and a legal opinion is delivered to the effect that any relevant joinder to a Loan Document is a legal and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company, provided that the relevant legal counsel giving such opinion may (to the extent such opinion is not already qualified as to matters of fact) rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact; and

(d) the Secured Parties (or the Administrative Agent on their behalf) will continue to have the same or substantially equivalent (ignoring for the purposes of assessing such equivalency any limitations required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles or hardening periods (or any similar or equivalent concept)) guarantees and security over the same or substantially equivalent assets and over the shares (or other interests) in the U.S. Borrower or the Successor Company, save to the extent such assets or shares (or other interests) cease to exist (provided that if the shares (or other interests) in the U.S. Borrower cease to exist, security will be granted (subject to the Agreed Security Principles) over the shares (or other interests) in the Successor Company).

Section 6.09 Merger and Consolidation—Guarantors.

(a) No Guarantor may (i) consolidate with (for the avoidance of doubt not including any fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid) for Dutch corporate income tax (vennootschapsbelasting) or Dutch value added tax (omzetbelasting) purposes) or merge with or into any person, (ii) sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or dispose of, all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any person; or (iii) permit any person to merge with or into such Guarantor unless:

(i) the other person is Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor (or becomes a Guarantor substantially concurrently with the transaction); or

(ii) (1) either (x) Holdings or a Guarantor is the continuing person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee person expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement and all obligations of Holdings under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents, as applicable; and (2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Event of Default is continuing; or

 

234


(iii) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Agreement.

(b) The provisions set forth in Section 6.06, Section 6.07, Section 6.08 and this Section 6.09 shall not restrict (and shall not apply to):

(i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not Holdings, the German Parent Borrower, the U.S. Borrower or a Guarantor from consolidating with, merging or liquidating into or transferring all or substantially all of its properties and assets to Holdings, the German Parent Borrower, the U.S. Borrower, a Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not Holdings, the U.S. Borrower or a Guarantor;

(ii) any Guarantor from merging or liquidating into or transferring all or part of its properties and assets to Holdings, the German Parent Borrower, the U.S. Borrower or another Guarantor;

(iii) any consolidation or merger of Holdings, the German Parent Borrower or the U.S. Borrower into any Guarantor, provided that, if Holdings, the German Parent Borrower or the U.S. Borrower (as applicable) is not the surviving entity of such merger or consolidation (A) the relevant Guarantor will assume the obligations of Holdings or the U.S. Borrower (as applicable) under the Revolving Facility, this Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents and (1) with respect to a merger or consolidation involving Holdings, Section 6.06(a), Section 6.06(c), and Section 6.06(d) shall apply to such transaction, (2) with respect to a merger or consolidation involving the German Parent Borrower Section 6.07(a), Section 6.07(c) and Section 6.07(d) and (3) with respect to a merger or consolidation involving the U.S. Borrower Section 6.08(a), Section 6.08(c) and Section 6.08(d)) shall apply to such transaction; and (B) to the extent that any Transaction Security previously granted over the shares in the capital of the relevant Guarantor would not, in accordance with applicable law, constitute a Lien over the shares in the capital of the surviving entity, the direct Holding Company of the surviving entity shall, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, grant Transaction Security over the shares in the capital of the surviving entity on substantially equivalent terms to any Transaction Security granted over the shares in the capital of such predecessor Guarantor immediately prior to such merger or consolidation;

 

235


(iv) Holdings, the German Parent Borrower the U.S. Borrower or any Guarantor consolidating into or merging or combining with an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of such entity, reincorporating such entity in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of such entity, provided that, in the case of a consolidation, merger or combination of: (i) Holdings into or with an Affiliate that is not a Guarantor, Section 6.06(a), Section 6.06(b), Section 6.06(c) and Section 6.06(d) shall apply to such transaction, (ii) the German Parent Borrower into or with an Affiliate that is not a Guarantor, Section 6.07(a), Section 6.07(b), Section 6.07(c) and Section 6.07(d) shall apply to such transaction, (iii) the U.S. Borrower into or with an Affiliate that is not a Guarantor, Section 6.08(a), Section 6.08(b), Section 6.08(c) and Section 6.08(d)shall apply to such transaction; and (iv) any Guarantor into or with an Affiliate, Section 6.09(b)(iii) above shall apply to such transaction or

(v) the Transaction or any Permitted Transaction.

(c) Section 6.06, Section 6.07, Section 6.08 and this Section 6.09 shall not apply to the creation of a new Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary.

(d) Nothing in Section 6.06, Section 6.07, Section 6.08 and this Section 6.09 shall prohibit or restrict the Transaction or any Permitted Transaction, which shall be expressly permitted under Section 6.06, Section 6.07 and this Section 6.08.

Section 6.10 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(a) Holdings may designate (i) any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, if that designation would not cause a Default.

(b) If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary:

(i) the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to the covenant described under Section 6.04 or under one or more paragraphs of the definition of Permitted Payments or Permitted Investments, as determined by Holdings;

(ii) that designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(iii) that designation must be evidenced to the Administrative Agent on the date of such designation by delivering to the Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with Section 6.10(a) above and this Section 6.10(b) and was permitted by the covenant described under Section 6.04.

 

236


(c) If the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary fails to meet the requirements set out in Section 6.10(b) above, such Subsidiary shall not be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be Incurred by it as a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under the covenant described under Section 6.01, Holdings will be in default of such covenant.

(d) If an Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary, that designation:

(i) will be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(ii) will only be permitted if (A) the Indebtedness described in sub-paragraph (i) above is permitted under the covenant described under Section 6.01 (including pursuant to Section 6.01(e) thereof, treating such designation as an acquisition for the purpose of such paragraph), calculated on a pro forma basis as at the Applicable Test Date and (B) no Event of Default would be in existence immediately following such designation; and

(iii) must be evidenced to the Administrative Agent on the date of such designation, by delivering to the Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with this Section 6.10(d).

Section 6.11 Additional Intercreditor Agreements.

(a) At the request of Holdings, in connection with the Incurrence by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of (i) any Indebtedness secured on Charged Property or as otherwise required herein and (ii) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness referred to in sub-paragraph (i) above, Holdings, the relevant Restricted Subsidiaries and the Administrative Agent shall enter into with the holders of such Indebtedness (or their duly authorized representatives) an intercreditor agreement (an “Additional Intercreditor Agreement”) or a restatement, amendment or other modifications of the existing Intercreditor Agreement on substantially the same terms as the Intercreditor Agreement (or terms not materially less favorable to the Lenders (taken as a whole)), including substantially the same terms with respect to release of Guarantees and priority and release of the Security Interests, provided that:

(i) such Additional Intercreditor Agreement will not impose any personal obligations on the Administrative Agent or the Security Agent or, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent or the Security Agent, as applicable, adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Administratie Agent or the Security Agent under this Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(ii) if more than one such intercreditor agreement is outstanding at any time, the correlative terms of such intercreditor agreements must not conflict.

 

237


(b) At the direction of Holdings and without the consent of Lenders the Administrative Agent shall from time to time enter into one or more amendments to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement to:

(i) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, manifest error or inconsistency of any such agreement;

(ii) increase the amount or types of Indebtedness covered by any such agreement that may be Incurred by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary that is subject to any such agreement (including with respect to any Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the addition of provisions relating to new Indebtedness ranking junior in right of payment to the Revolving Facility);

(iii) add Restricted Subsidiaries to the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(iv) further secure the Revolving Facility;

(v) make provision for equal and rateable pledges of the Charged Property to secure Additional Facilities (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement);

(vi) to facilitate a Permitted Tax Restructuring, a Permitted Reorganization or the Transaction;

(vii) implement any Permitted Collateral Liens;

(viii) amend the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof; or

(ix) make any other change to any such agreement that does not adversely affect the Lenders (taken as a whole) in any material respect, making all necessary provisions to ensure that the Revolving Facility is secured by Liens of equivalent priority over the Charged Property.

(c) Holdings shall not otherwise direct the Administrative Agent to enter into any amendment to any Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement other than (i) in accordance with Section 6.11(b) above or (ii) with the consent of the requisite majority of Lenders except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 9.02, and Holdings may only direct the Administrative Agent to enter into any amendment to the extent such amendment does not impose any personal obligations on the Administrative Agent or, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, adversely affect their respective rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

(d) In relation to any Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall consent on behalf of the requisite majority of Lenders to the payment, repayment, purchase, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition, retirement or redemption of any obligations subordinated to the Loans thereby, provided that such transaction would comply with the covenant described under Section 6.04.

 

238


(e) Any proposed material amendments or modifications of the existing Intercreditor Agreement shall be posted by the Administrative Agent to all Lenders and, if not objected to by the Required Lenders within five (5) Business Days thereafter, each Secured Party shall be deemed to have agreed to and accepted the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, (whether then entered into or entered into in the future pursuant to the provisions described herein) and to have directed the Administrative Agent to enter into any such Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 6.12 Financial Covenant.

(a) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Covenant Trigger Period, Holdings will not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (calculated on a pro forma basis as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period) (both (x) for the Test Period most recently ended prior to the commencement of such Covenant Trigger Period and (y) for each subsequent Test Period ended during such Covenant Trigger Period) to be less than 1.00 to 1.00.

(b) Financial Cure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (including Article 7), upon the failure to comply with Section 6.12(a) above, Holdings shall have the right (the “Cure Right”) (at any time during the applicable Financial Quarter or thereafter until the date that is the later of (x) 15 Business Days after the first day of the Covenant Trigger Period that required Holdings to comply with Section 6.12(a) and (y) 15 Business Days after the date on which financial statements for such Financial Quarter are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable) to issue Qualified Capital Stock or other equity (such other equity to be on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) for Cash or otherwise receive Cash contributions in respect of Qualified Capital Stock (the “Cure Amount”), and thereupon compliance with Section 6.12(a) shall be recalculated giving effect to a pro forma increase in the amount of Consolidated EBITDA by an amount equal to the Cure Amount (notwithstanding the absence of a related addback in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”) solely for the purpose of determining compliance with Section 6.12(a) as of the end of such Financial Quarter and for applicable subsequent periods that include such Financial Quarter. If, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculation (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account any immediate repayment of Indebtedness in connection therewith), the requirements of Section 6.12(a) would be satisfied, then the requirements of Section 6.12(a) shall be deemed satisfied as of the end of the relevant Financial Quarter with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach of Section 6.12(a) that had occurred (or would have occurred) shall be deemed cured for all purposes under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) in each four consecutive Financial Quarter period there shall be at least two Financial Quarters (which may be, but are not required to be, consecutive) in which the Cure Right is not exercised, (ii) during the term of this Agreement, the Cure Right shall not be exercised more than five times, (iii) the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required for the purpose of causing compliance with Section 6.12(a), (iv) upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a written notice from the Borrowers that the Borrowers intend to exercise the Cure Right (a “Notice of Intent to Cure”) until the later of (x) the fifteenth Business Day after the first day of the Covenant Trigger Period that required the Borrowers to comply with Section 6.12(a) and (y) the fifteenth Business Day following the date on which financial statements for the Financial Quarter to which such Notice of Intent to Cure

 

239


relates are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable, neither the Administrative Agent (nor any sub-agent therefor) nor any Lender shall exercise any right to accelerate the Revolving Loans or terminate the Commitments, and none of the Administrative Agent (nor any sub-agent therefor) nor any Lender or Secured Party shall exercise any right to foreclose on or take possession of the Collateral or any other right or remedy under the Loan Documents solely on the basis of the relevant failure to comply with Section 6.12a), (v) there shall be no pro forma or other reduction of the amount of Indebtedness by the amount of any Cure Amount for purposes of determining compliance with Section 6.12(a) for the Financial Quarter in respect of which the Cure Right was exercised (other than, with respect to any future period, to the extent of any portion of such Cure Amount that is actually applied to repay Indebtedness (which Indebtedness has not since been reborrowed in the case of revolving Indebtedness)), (vi) any Cure Amount shall be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA solely for the purpose of determining compliance with Section 6.12(a) and not for any other purpose under this Agreement and (vii) no Lender or Issuing Bank shall be required to make any Revolving Loan or issue or increase the amount of any Letter of Credit from and after such time as the Administrative Agent has received the Notice of Intent to Cure unless and until the Cure Amount is actually received and such Cure Amount causes Holdings to be in compliance with Section 6.12(a).

ARTICLE 7 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Section 7.01 Events of Default. If any of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) occurs:

(a) Failure To Make Payments When Due. Failure by the Borrowers to pay (i) any installment of principal of any Loan when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by notice of voluntary prepayment, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise; or (ii) any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount due hereunder within five Business Days after the date due; or

(b) Default in Other Agreements. The occurrence of any default under a mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Holdings or any Material Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by Holdings or any Material Subsidiary in each case other than Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary and other than any Existing Target Debt on or prior to the end of the Clean-up Period, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which default (i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) provided in such Indebtedness (a “payment default”), (ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity (an “acceleration”) and, in each case, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness subject to such payment defaults or accelerations (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), is in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

(c) Breach of Certain Covenants. Failure of any Loan Party, as required by the relevant provision, to perform or comply with any term or condition contained in Section 5.01(d)(i) (provided that, the delivery of a notice of Default or Event of Default at any time will cure such Event of Default arising from the failure to timely deliver such notice of Default or Event of Default, as applicable, but for the avoidance of doubt, will not cure the underlying Default or Event of Default as to which notice was required to be given) or Article 6; or

 

240


(d) Breach of Representations, Etc. Any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed made by any Loan Party in any Loan Document or in any certificate required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith being untrue in any material respect as of the date made or deemed made and in each case, to the extent capable of being cured, such untrue representation or warranty shall remain untrue for a period of thirty (30) days; or

(e) Other Defaults Under Loan Documents. Failure of any Loan Party (i) to comply with any term or condition contained in Section 5.03(a) for a period of five consecutive Business Days (or three consecutive Business Days when delivery of weekly Borrowing Base Certificates is in effect); (ii) to comply with any term or condition contained in Section 5.12 for a period of five consecutive Business Days (provided that during a Cash Dominion Period such Default shall occur immediately upon a failure to comply) or (iii) failure by Holdings or any other Loan Party to comply for sixty (60) days after written notice by the Administrative Agent with any agreement or obligation contained in this Agreement other than any such term referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) or in any other Section of this Article 7; or

(f) Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, Etc. (i) The entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of a decree or order for relief in respect of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) in an involuntary case under any Debtor Relief Law now or hereafter in effect, which decree or order is not stayed; or any other similar relief shall be granted under any applicable federal, state or local Requirement of Law; or (ii) the commencement of an involuntary case against Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) under any Debtor Relief Law; the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of a decree or order for the appointment of a receiver, receiver and manager, (preliminary) insolvency receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, administrator, custodian or other officer having similar powers over Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary), or over all or a substantial part of its property; or the involuntary appointment of an interim receiver, trustee or other custodian of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) for all or a substantial part of its property, which remains undismissed, unvacated, unbounded or unstayed pending appeal for 60 consecutive days; or

(g) Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, Etc. (i) The entry against Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) of an order for relief, the commencement by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) of a voluntary case under any Debtor Relief Law, or the consent by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case or to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case, under any Debtor Relief Law, or the consent by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, receiver and manager, (preliminary) insolvency receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, administrator, custodian or other officer having similar powers for or in respect of itself or for all or a substantial part of its property; (ii) the making by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (iii) the admission by Holdings, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) in writing of their inability to pay their respective debts as such debts become due; or

 

241


(h) Judgments and Attachments. The entry or filing of one or more final money judgments, writs or warrants of attachment or similar process against Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets involving in the aggregate at any time an amount in excess of the Threshold Amount (in either case to the extent not adequately covered by self-insurance (if applicable) or by insurance as to which the relevant third party insurance company has been notified and not denied coverage), which judgment, writ, warrant or similar process remains unpaid, undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed pending appeal for a period of 60 days; or

(i) [Reserved]

(j) Change of Control. The occurrence of a Change of Control; or

(k) Invalidity and Unlawfulness.

(i) Any provision of any Loan Document is or becomes invalid or (subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements) unenforceable in any material respect or shall be repudiated by any Loan Party or any Third Party Security Provider or the validity or enforceability of any material provision of any Loan Document shall at any time be contested by any Loan Party or any Third Party Security Provider and this, individually or cumulatively, would materially adversely affect the interests of the Secured Parties (taken as a whole) under the Loan Documents and is not remedied within twenty (20) Business Days of the giving of notice by the Administrative Agent in respect of such failure.

(ii) At any time it is or becomes unlawful for any Loan or any Third Party Security Provider to perform any of its material obligations under any of the Loan Documents and this individually or cumulatively would materially adversely affect the interests of the Secured Parties under the Loan Documents and is not remedied within twenty (20) Business Days of the giving of notice by the Administrative Agent in respect of such failure; or

(l) Intercreditor Agreement. Topco in its capacity as “Original Third Party Security Provider” or “Subordinated Creditor” (each as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) or any other Third Party Security Provider fails to comply in any material respect with the material provisions of, or does not perform its material obligations under, the Intercreditor Agreement in a way which is materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders taken as a whole. No Event of Default will occur under this Section 7.01(m) if such failure is remedied within twenty (20) Business Days from the giving of notice by the Administrative Agent in respect of such failure

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrowers described in clause (f) or (g) of this Article 7), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrowers, take any of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the

 

242


Commitments, and thereupon such Commitments shall terminate immediately and (ii) declare the Revolving Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Revolving Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrowers accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers and (iii) require that the Borrowers deposit in the LC Collateral Account an additional amount in Cash as reasonably requested by the Issuing Banks (not to exceed 105% of the relevant face amount) of the then outstanding LC Exposure (minus the amount then on deposit in the LC Collateral Account); provided that (A) upon the occurrence of an event with respect to the Borrowers described in clauses (f) or (g) of this Article 7, any such Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrowers accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers, without further action of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, and the obligation of the Borrowers to Cash collateralize the outstanding Letters of Credit as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further action of the Administrative Agent or any Lender. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, exercise any rights and remedies provided to the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the UCC, or equivalent applicable Requirement of Law, as applicable.

Notwithstanding any other term of the Loan Documents, for the period from the date of this Agreement until the date which falls one hundred and eighty (180) days after the Closing Date (the “Clean-up Period”), any breach of a representation or warranty, breach of an undertaking, Default or Event of Default, will be deemed not to be a breach of representation or warranty, a breach of undertaking, a Default or an Event of Default (as the case may be) if it would have been (if it were not for this provision) a breach of representation or warranty, a breach of undertaking, a Default and/or an Event of Default by reason of any matter or circumstance relating to the Target Group or any member of the Target Group, if and for so long as the circumstances giving rise to the relevant breach of representation or warranty or breach of undertakings, Default or Event of Default (i) are capable of being remedied and, if Holdings is aware of the relevant circumstances at the time, reasonable efforts are being used to remedy such breach, Default or Event of Default, (ii) would not have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) was not procured or approved by the Board of Directors (or equivalent body) of Holdings (provided that it had actual knowledge thereof and that knowledge of the relevant breach does not equate to procurement or approval) provided that if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Clean-Up Period there shall be a breach of representation, breach of undertaking, Default and/or Event of Default, as the case may be.

Notwithstanding any other term of the Loan Documents, for the period from the date of an acquisition permitted under this Agreement (the “Approved Acquisition”) until the date which falls one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of such Approved Acquisition (the “Acquisition Clean-up Period”), any breach of a representation or warranty, breach of an undertaking, Default or Event of Default, will be deemed not to be a breach of representation or

 

243


warranty, a breach of undertaking, a Default or an Event of Default (as the case may be) if it would have been (if it were not for this provision) a breach of representation or warranty, a breach of undertaking, a Default and/or an Event of Default by reason of any matter or circumstance relating to the person or business subject of the Approved Acquisition if and for so long as the circumstances giving rise to the relevant breach of representation or warranty or breach of undertaking, Default or Event of Default (i) are capable of being remedied and, if any member of the Group effecting the relevant Approved Acquisition is aware of the relevant circumstances at the time, reasonable efforts are being used to remedy such breach, Default or Event of Default, (ii) would not have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) was not procured or approved by the Board of Directors (or equivalent body) of any member of the Group effecting the relevant Approved Acquisition (provided that it had actual knowledge thereof and that knowledge of the relevant breach does not equate to procurement or approval) provided that if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Acquisition Clean-Up Period there shall be a breach of representation, breach of undertaking, Default and/or Event of Default, as the case may be.

Section 7.02 Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) Each Loan Party (a) consents (without any representation, warranty or obligation whatsoever) to any grant by any Loan Party and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent a non-exclusive royalty-free license to use, subject to any limitations and restrictions in any relevant Collateral Document, for a period not to exceed 180 days (commencing with the initiation of any enforcement of Liens by the Administrative Agent any Copyright, Patent, Trademark or proprietary information of such Loan Party (or any Copyright, Patent, Trademark or proprietary information acquired by such purchaser, assignee or transferee from any Loan Party, as the case may be) in connection with the enforcement of any Lien held by the Administrative Agent upon any Inventory or other ABL Priority Security and to the extent the use of such Copyright, Patent, Trademark or proprietary information is necessary or appropriate, in the good faith opinion of the Administrative Agent, to process, ship, produce, store, complete, supply, lease, sell or otherwise dispose of any such Inventory in any lawful manner. The 180 day license periods shall be tolled while any Loan Party is subject to any Debtor Relief Law pursuant to which the Administrative Agent is effectively stayed from enforcing its rights and remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Security.

(b) In the event any Loan Party incurs any Indebtedness that is secured by the Intellectual Property of any Loan Party a provision consistent with Section 7.02(a) shall be included in the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to such Indebtedness whereby the Other Creditor thereof will agree to provide a non-exclusive license to the Secured Parties consistent with Section 7.02(a).

Section 7.03 Access to Property to Process and Sell Inventory.

(a) (i) If the Administrative Agent commences any action or proceeding with respect to any of its rights or remedies (including any action of foreclosure but excluding any exercise of rights solely in connection with the occurrence and continuation of a Cash Dominion Period, enforcement, collection or execution with respect to the ABL Priority Security (“ABL Priority Collateral Enforcement Actions”) or if any Other Creditor commences any action or proceeding with respect to any of its rights or remedies (including any action of foreclosure),

 

244


enforcement, collection or execution with respect to the Other Senior Collateral, and such Other Creditor (or a purchaser at a foreclosure sale conducted in foreclosure of any Liens of any Other Creditor) takes actual or constructive possession of Other Senior Collateral of any Loan Party (“Other Creditor Priority Collateral Enforcement Actions”), then the applicable Other Creditors shall and the Loan Parties shall (subject to, in the case of any Other Creditor Priority Collateral Enforcement Action, a prior written request by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Other Creditor (the “Other Creditor Priority Collateral Enforcement Action Notice”)) (x) cooperate with the Administrative Agent (and with its officers, employees, representatives and agents) in its efforts to conduct ABL Priority Collateral Enforcement Actions in the ABL Priority Security and to finish any work-in-process and process, ship, produce, store, complete, supply, lease, sell or otherwise handle, deal with, assemble or dispose of, in any lawful manner, the ABL Priority Security, (y) not hinder or restrict in any respect the ABL Collateral Agent from conducting ABL Priority Collateral Enforcement Actions in the ABL Priority Security or from finishing any work-in-process or processing, shipping, producing, storing, completing, supplying, leasing, selling or otherwise handling, dealing with, assembling or disposing of, in any lawful manner, the ABL Priority Security, and (z) permit the ABL Collateral Agent, its employees, agents, advisers and representatives, at the cost and expense of the ABL Claimholders, to enter upon and use the Other Senior Collateral (including equipment, processors, computers and other machinery related to the storage or processing of records, documents or files and intellectual property), for a period commencing on (I) the date of the initial ABL Priority Collateral Enforcement Action or the date of delivery of the Other Creditor Priority Collateral Enforcement Action Notice, as the case may be, and (II) ending on the earlier of the date occurring 180 days thereafter and the date on which all ABL Priority Security (other than ABL Priority Security abandoned by the ABL Collateral Agent in writing) has been removed from the Other Senior Collateral (such period, the “ABL Priority Collateral Processing and Sale Period”), for purposes of:

(A) assembling and storing the ABL Priority Security and completing the processing of and turning into finished goods any ABL Priority Security consisting of work-in-process;

(B) selling any or all of the ABL Priority Security located in or on such Other Senior Collateral, whether in bulk, in lots or to customers in the ordinary course of business or otherwise;

(C) removing and transporting any or all of the ABL Priority Security located in or on such Other Senior Collateral;

(D) otherwise processing, shipping, producing, storing, completing, supplying, leasing, selling or otherwise handling, dealing with, assembling or disposing of, in any lawful manner, the ABL Priority Security; and/or

(E) taking reasonable actions to protect, secure, and otherwise enforce the rights or remedies of the Secured Parties and/or the Administrative Agent (including with respect to any ABL Priority Collateral Enforcement Actions) in and to the ABL Priority Security;

 

245


provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall restrict the rights of the Loan Parties or any Other Creditor from selling, assigning or otherwise transferring any Other Senior Collateral prior to the expiration of such ABL Priority Collateral Processing and Sale Period if the purchaser, assignee or transferee thereof agrees in writing (for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties) to be bound by the provisions of this Section 7.03. If any stay or other order prohibiting the exercise of remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Security has been entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, such ABL Priority Collateral Processing and Sale Period shall be tolled during the pendency of any such stay or other order.

(ii) During the period of actual occupation, use and/or control by the Secured Parties and/or the Administrative Agent (or their respective employees, agents, advisers and representatives) of any Other Senior Collateral, the Secured Parties and the Administrative Agent shall be obligated to repair at their expense any physical damage to such Other Senior Collateral resulting from such occupancy, use or control, and to leave such Other Senior Collateral in substantially the same condition as it was at the commencement of such occupancy, use or control, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Without limiting the rights granted in this Section 7.03(a), the Secured Parties shall cooperate with the Other Creditor in connection with any efforts made by the Other Creditors to sell such Other Senior Collateral.

(b) The Secured Parties shall (i) use the Other Senior Collateral in accordance with applicable law; (ii) obtain insurance for damage to property and liability to persons, including property and liability insurance, substantially similar to the insurance maintained by the Loan Parties, naming each of the Other Creditors as mortgagee, loss payee and additional insured, at no cost to the Other Creditors, but only to the extent such insurance is not otherwise in effect; and (iii) indemnify the Other Creditors from any claim, loss, damage, cost or liability arising out of any claim asserted by any third party as a result of any acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent, or any of its agents or representatives, in connection with the exercise by the Secured Parties of their rights of access set forth in this Section 7.03.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Secured Parties or the Administrative Agent have any liability to the Other Creditors or the Loan Parties pursuant to this Section 7.03 as a result of any condition (including any environmental condition, claim or liability) on or with respect to the Other Senior Collateral existing prior to the date of the exercise by the Secured Parties of their rights under this Section 7.03 and the Secured Parties shall have no duty or liability to maintain the Other Senior Collateral in a condition or manner better than that in which it was maintained prior to the use thereof by the Secured Parties, or for any diminution in the value of the Other Senior Collateral that results from ordinary wear and tear resulting from the use of the Other Senior Collateral by the Secured Parties in the manner and for the time periods specified under this Section 7.03.

(d) The Other Creditors (x) shall, and the Loan Parties shall, at the request of the Administrative Agent, provide reasonable cooperation to the Administrative Agent in connection with the manufacture, production, completion, handling, removal and sale of any ABL Priority Security by the Administrative Agent as provided above and (y) shall be entitled to receive, from the Administrative Agent, fair compensation and reimbursement for their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with such cooperation, support and assistance to the

 

246


Administrative Agent. Each of the Other Creditors, the Loan Parties and/or any such purchaser (or its transferee or successor) shall not otherwise be required to manufacture, produce, complete, remove, insure, protect, store, safeguard, sell or deliver any Inventory subject to any Lien held by the Administrative Agent or to provide any support, assistance or cooperation to the Administrative Agent in respect thereof.

(e) In the event any Loan Party incurs any Indebtedness that is secured by real property of any Loan Party a provision consistent with Section 7.03 shall be included in the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to such Indebtedness whereby the Other Creditor thereof will agree to provide the above access rights to the Secured Parties consistent with Section 7.03.

ARTICLE 8 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereby, each, on behalf of itself and its applicable Affiliates and in their respective capacities as such and as Secured Parties in respect of any Secured Hedging Obligations or Banking Services Obligations, as applicable, irrevocably appoints Goldman (or any successor appointed pursuant hereto) as Administrative Agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf, including execution of the other Loan Documents, and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

Any Person serving as Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, unless the context otherwise requires or unless such Person is in fact not a Lender, include each Person serving as Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, the Administrative Agent or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to them.

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and its duties shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duty, regardless of whether any Default or Event of Default exists, and the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Loan Documents with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligation arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Requirements of Law; it being understood that such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary power, except discretionary rights and powers that are expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents and which

 

247


the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the relevant circumstances as provided in Section 9.02); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Requirements of Law, and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrowers or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. In particular, and for the avoidance of doubt, nothing in any Loan Document shall be construed so as to constitute an obligation of the Administrative Agent to perform any services which it would not be entitled to render pursuant to the provisions of the German Act on Rendering Legal Services (Rechtsdienstleistungsgesetz) or pursuant to the provisions of the German Tax Advisory Act (Steuerberatungsgesetz) or any other services that require an express official approval, licence or registration, unless the Administrative Agent holds the required approval, licence or registration. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable to the Lenders or any other Secured Party for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as is necessary, or as the Administrative Agent believes in good faith shall be necessary, under the relevant circumstances as provided in Section 9.02) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrowers or any Lender (which, solely for the purposes of this Article 8, shall have been identified as a notice of Default or Event of Default) and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection with any Loan Document, (iii) the performance or observance of any covenant, agreement or other term or condition set forth in any Loan Document or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, (v) the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien on the Collateral or the existence, value or sufficiency of the Collateral or to assure that the Liens granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document have been or will continue to be properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 4 or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent or (vii) any property, book or record of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof.

Each Lender agrees that, except with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, it will not take any enforcement action hereunder or under any other Loan Document, accelerate the Obligations under any Loan Document, or exercise any right that it might otherwise have under applicable Requirements of Law or otherwise to credit bid at any foreclosure sale, UCC sale, any sale under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other similar Disposition of Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lender may take action to preserve or enforce its rights against a Loan Party where a deadline or limitation period is applicable that would, absent such action, bar enforcement of the Obligations held by such Lender, including the filing of a proof of claim in a case under any Debtor Relief Law.

 

248


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and each Secured Party agree that (i) no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Loan Guarantee; it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof, and all powers, rights and remedies under the other Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent, and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or in the event of any other Disposition (including pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code), (A) the Administrative Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties, shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such sale, to use and apply all or any portion of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Administrative Agent at such Disposition and (B) the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of all or any portion of such Collateral at any such Disposition.

No holder of any Secured Hedging Obligation or Banking Services Obligation in its respective capacity as such shall have any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Loan Party under this Agreement.

Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorizes (and by entering into a Hedge Agreement with respect to any Secured Hedging Obligation and/or by entering into documentation in connection with any Banking Services Obligation, each of the other Secured Parties hereby authorizes and shall be deemed to authorize) the Administrative Agent, on behalf of all Secured Parties, to take any of the following actions upon the instruction of the Required Lenders:

(a) consent to the Disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral free and clear of the Liens securing the Secured Obligations in connection with any Disposition pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code (including Section 363 thereof), or any other applicable Debtor Relief Law;

(b) credit bid all or any portion of the Secured Obligations, or purchase all or any portion of the Collateral (in each case, either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles), in connection with any Disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code (including under Section 363 thereof), or any other applicable Debtor Relief Law;

(c) credit bid all or any portion of the Secured Obligations, or purchase all or any portion of the Collateral (in each case, either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles), in connection with any Disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral pursuant to the applicable provisions of the UCC, including pursuant to Sections 9-610 or 9-620 of the UCC;

 

249


(d) credit bid all or any portion of the Secured Obligations, or purchase all or any portion of the Collateral (in each case, either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles), in connection with any foreclosure or other Disposition conducted in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law following the occurrence of an Event of Default, including by power of sale, judicial action or otherwise; and/or

(e) estimate the amount of any contingent or unliquidated Secured Obligations of such Lender or other Secured Party;

it being understood that no Lender shall be required to fund any amount in connection with any purchase of all or any portion of the Collateral by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the foregoing clauses (b), (c) or (d) without its prior written consent.

Each Secured Party agrees that the Administrative Agent is under no obligation to credit bid any part of the Secured Obligations or to purchase or retain or acquire any portion of the Collateral; provided that, in connection with any credit bid or purchase described under clauses (b), (c) or (d) of the preceding paragraph, the Secured Obligations owed to all of the Secured Parties (other than with respect to contingent or unliquidated liabilities as set forth in the next succeeding paragraph) may be, and shall be, credit bid by the Administrative Agent on a ratable basis.

With respect to any contingent or unliquidated claim that is a Secured Obligation, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized, but is not required, to estimate the amount thereof for purposes of any credit bid or purchase described in the second preceding paragraph so long as the estimation of the amount or liquidation of such claim would not unduly delay the ability of the Administrative Agent to credit bid the Secured Obligations or purchase the Collateral in the relevant Disposition. In the event that the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, elects not to estimate any such contingent or unliquidated claim or any such claim cannot be estimated without unduly delaying the ability of the Administrative Agent to consummate any credit bid or purchase in accordance with the second preceding paragraph, then any contingent or unliquidated claims not so estimated shall be disregarded, shall not be credit bid, and shall not be entitled to any interest in the portion or the entirety of the Collateral purchased by means of such credit bid.

Each Secured Party whose Secured Obligations are credit bid under clauses (b), (c) or (d) of the third preceding paragraph is entitled to receive interests in the Collateral or any other asset acquired in connection with such credit bid (or in the Capital Stock of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are used to consummate such acquisition) on a ratable basis in accordance with the percentage obtained by dividing (x) the amount of the Secured Obligations of such Secured Party that were credit bid in such credit bid or other Disposition, by (y) the aggregate amount of all Secured Obligations that were credit bid in such credit bid or other Disposition.

In addition, in case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, each Secured Party agrees that the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Revolving Loan or LC Disbursement is then due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent has made any demand on the Borrowers) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

250


(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Revolving Loans or LC Disbursements and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts to the extent due to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Section 2.12 and 9.03) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(ii) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same.

Any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Secured Party and each Issuing Bank to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent consents to the making of such payments directly to the Secured Parties and the Issuing Banks, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amount due to the Administrative Agent under Section 9.03.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or Issuing Bank any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or Issuing Bank or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or Issuing Bank in any such proceeding.

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice (including any telephonic notice), request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) that it believes to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Revolving Loan or the issuance of a Letter of Credit that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the applicable Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, unless the Administrative Agent has received notice to the contrary from such Lender or Issuing Bank prior to the making of such Revolving Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrowers), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

251


The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of their respective duties and exercise their respective rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as the Administrative Agent.

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Co-Collateral Agent, and each Loan Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that:

(a) The Co-Collateral Agent shall have rights as expansive as the rights afforded to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, the German Security Agreements, the Security Agreement or any other Loan Document with respect to determinations under (i) (x) the definition in this Agreement of the term “Excess Availability” and any component of such definition and (y) the definition of the terms “Average Historical Excess Availability” and “Borrowing Base” and any component of each such definition (including without limitation, Reserves, advance rates and eligibility criteria), (ii) reporting requirements and appraisals, examinations and collateral audits, (iii) the establishment, determination, modification or release of any Reserves established pursuant to this Agreement, the German Security Agreements, the Security Agreement or any other Loan Document and (iv) to the extent applicable to any of the foregoing, the determination of Permitted Discretion;

(b) Any provision in this Agreement, the German Security Agreements, the Security Agreement or any other Loan Document relating to determinations made with respect to any of the matters covered by clause (a) above which would otherwise only need the consent or approval of or to be satisfactory or acceptable to the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to require the consent or approval of or be satisfactory or acceptable (as the case may be) to the Co-Collateral Agent; provided that in the event the Administrative Agent grants a consent or approval or determines that a matter is satisfactory or acceptable, the Co-Collateral Agent will automatically be deemed to accept such determination unless it otherwise objects in writing delivered to Holdings and the Administrative Agent within 3 Business Days thereof.

(c) In the event that the Co-Collateral Agent and Administrative Agent cannot in good faith agree on any issue relating to Excess Availability, Average Historical Excess Availability, the Borrowing Base, Reserves or Borrowing Base advance rates or eligibility criteria, borrowing base reporting, appraisals or examinations or any other action or determination relating to Collateral, the resolution of such issue shall be to require that the most conservative credit judgment be implemented (that is, such credit judgment that would (i) result in the least amount of credit being available to the Borrowers under this Agreement, the German Security Agreements, the Security Agreement or any other applicable Loan Document as applicable, (ii) cause action to be undertaken which is more protective of Secured Parties (such as, for example, increased reporting, or the undertaking of audits or appraisals) or (iii) result in the Co-Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent declining to permit the requested action).

 

252


The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving ten days’ written notice to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Borrowers; provided that if no successor agent is appointed in accordance with the terms set forth below within such ten-day period, the Administrative Agent’s resignation shall not be effective until the earlier to occur of (x) the date of the appointment of the successor agent or (y) the date that is 20 days after the last day of such ten-day period. If the Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender or an Affiliate of a Defaulting Lender, either the Required Lenders or the Borrowers may, upon ten days’ notice, remove the Administrative Agent. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation or delivery of any such notice of removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrowers (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to appoint a Successor Administrative Agent which shall be a commercial bank, trust company or other Person reasonably acceptable to the Borrowers with offices in the U.S. having combined capital and surplus in excess of €1,000,000,000; provided that during the existence and continuation of an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a) or, with respect to the Borrowers, Sections 7.01(f), or (g), no consent of the Borrowers shall be required. If no successor has been appointed as provided above and accepted such appointment within ten days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation or the Administrative Agent receives notice of removal, then (a) in the case of a retirement, the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, appoint a Successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the consent of the Borrowers) or (b) in the case of a removal, the Borrowers may, after consulting with the Required Lenders, appoint a Successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that (x) in the case of a retirement, if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrowers, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment or (y) in the case of a removal, the Borrowers notify the Required Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then, in each case, such resignation or removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (i) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties for purposes of maintaining the perfection of the Lien on the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a Successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (ii) except for any indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations required to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and each Issuing Bank directly (and each Lender and each Issuing Bank will cooperate with the Borrowers to enable the Borrowers to take such actions), until such time as the Required Lenders or the Borrowers, as applicable, appoint a Successor Administrative Agent as provided above in this Article 8. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder as a Successor Administrative Agent, the Successor Administrative Agent shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity or other payments owed to the retiring Administrative Agent), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder (other than its obligations under Section 9.13 hereof). The fees payable by the Borrowers to any Successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such Successor Administrative Agent. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the relevant Person was

 

253


acting as Administrative Agent (including for this purpose holding any collateral security following the retirement or removal of the Administrative Agent). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Disqualified Lender (nor any Affiliate thereof) may be appointed as a Successor Administrative Agent.

Each Lender and each Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Issuing Bank or Lender or any of their respective Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and each Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Issuing Bank or Lender or any of their respective Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks by the Administrative Agent herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender or any Issuing Bank with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Arrangers shall not have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement, except in their respective capacities as the Administrative Agent, an Issuing Bank or a Lender hereunder, as applicable.

Each Secured Party irrevocably authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent to, and the Administrative Agent shall:

(d) release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon the occurrence of the Termination Date, (ii) that is sold or to be sold or transferred as part of or in connection with any Disposition permitted under the Loan Documents to a Person that is not a Loan Party, (iii) that does not constitute (or ceases to constitute) Collateral, (iv) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Loan Party, upon the release of such Loan Party from its Loan Guarantee otherwise in accordance with the Loan Documents or (v) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders or such other number of Lenders as may be required in accordance with Section 9.02;

(e) subject to Section 9.23, release any Loan Party from its Loan Guarantee (i) upon the consummation of any permitted transaction or series of related transactions if as a result thereof such Loan Party ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary and/or (ii) upon the occurrence of the Termination Date;

(f) subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Sections 6.02(d), 6.02(f), 6.02(g), 6.02(m), 6.02(n), 6.02(o)(i) (other than any Lien on the Capital Stock of any Loan Party), 6.02(q), 6.02(r), 6.02(s) (to the extent that relevant Lien

 

254


is of the type to which the Lien of the Administrative Agent is otherwise required to be subordinated under this clause (c) pursuant to any of the other exceptions to Section 6.02 that are expressly included in this clause (c)), 6.02(u) (to the extent the relevant Lien is of the type to which the Lien of the Administrative Agent is otherwise required to be subordinated under this clause (c) pursuant to any of the other exceptions to Section 6.02 that are expressly included in this clause (c)), 6.02(x), 6.02(y), 6.02(z)(i), 6.02(bb), 6.02(cc), 6.02(dd), 6.02(ee), 6.02(ff), 6.02(gg) and/or 6.02(hh) (and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any thereof to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness is permitted to be secured under Section 6.02(k)); provided, that the subordination of any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent shall only be required with respect to any Lien on such property that is permitted by Sections 6.02(f), 6.02(m), 6.02(o)(i), 6.02(q), 6.02(r), 6.02(s), 6.02(u), 6.02(bb) and/or 6.02(hh) to the extent that the Lien of the Administrative Agent with respect to such property is required to be subordinated to the relevant Permitted Lien in accordance with the documentation governing the Indebtedness that is secured by such Permitted Lien; and

(g) enter into subordination agreements, collateral trust agreements, Additional Intercreditor Agreements and/or similar agreements with respect to Indebtedness that is (i) required or permitted to be subordinated hereunder and/or (ii) secured by Liens, and with respect to which Indebtedness and/or Liens, this Agreement contemplates an intercreditor, subordination, collateral trust agreement or similar agreement.

Upon the request of the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Loan Party from its obligations under the Loan Guarantee or its Lien on any Collateral pursuant to this Article 8. In each case specified in this Article 8, the Administrative Agent will (and each Lender and each Issuing Bank hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to), at the Borrowers’ expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents, to subordinate its interest therein, or to release such Loan Party from its obligations under the Loan Guarantee, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Article 8; provided, that upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers shall deliver a certificate of an Officer certifying that the relevant transaction has been consummated in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility to the Secured Parties for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders or the Issuing Banks for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

The Administrative Agent is authorized to enter into the Intercreditor Agreements or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement with respect to any Indebtedness (i) that is (A) required or permitted to be subordinated hereunder and/or (B) secured by Liens and (ii) with respect to which Indebtedness and/or Liens, this Agreement contemplates an intercreditor, subordination, collateral

 

255


trust or similar agreement and the Secured Parties party hereto acknowledge that any Additional Agreement is binding upon them. Each Secured Party party hereto hereby (a) agrees that they will be bound by, and will not take any action contrary to, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements and any Additional Agreement and (b) authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreements and/or any Additional Agreement and to subject the Liens on the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations to the provisions thereof. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the Secured Parties to extend credit to the Borrowers, and the Secured Parties are intended third-party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements and/or any Additional Agreement.

To the extent that the Administrative Agent (or any Affiliate thereof) is not reimbursed and indemnified by the Borrowers in accordance with and to the extent required by Section 9.03(b), the Lenders will reimburse and indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any Affiliate thereof) in proportion to their respective Applicable Percentages (determined as if there were no Defaulting Lenders) for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, judgments, costs, expenses or disbursements of whatsoever kind or nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by the Administrative Agent (or any Affiliate thereof) in performing its duties hereunder or under any other Loan Document or in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Administrative Agent’s (or such Affiliate’s) gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision).

To the extent required by any applicable Requirements of Law (as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender under any Loan Document an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. Without limiting or expanding the provisions of Section 2.17, each Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent against, and shall make payable in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent by the IRS or any other Governmental Authority as a result of the failure of the Administrative Agent to properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of such Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective). A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this paragraph. The agreements in this paragraph shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, any Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

 

256


The parties hereto agree that: (a) if the Administrative Agent notifies a Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party who has received funds on behalf of a Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party such Lender or Issuing Bank (any such Lender, Issuing Bank, Secured Party or other recipient, a “Payment Recipient”) that the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole discretion (whether or not after receipt of any notice under immediately succeeding clause (b)) that any funds received by such Payment Recipient from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates were erroneously transmitted to, or otherwise erroneously or mistakenly received by, such Payment Recipient (whether or not known to such Payment Recipient on its behalf) (any such funds, whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise, individually and collectively, an “Erroneous Payment”) and demands the return of such Erroneous Payment (or a portion thereof), such Erroneous Payment shall at all times remain the property of the Administrative Agent and shall be segregated by the Payment Recipient and held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, and such Payment Recipient shall promptly, but in no event later than two Business Days thereafter, return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made, in same day funds (in the currency so received), together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Payment Recipient to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in same day funds at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Payment Recipient under this clause (a) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(b) Without limiting immediately preceding clause (a), each Payment Recipient hereby further agrees that if it receives a payment, prepayment or repayment (whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise) from the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) (x) that is in a different amount than, or on a different date from, that specified in a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment, (y) that was not preceded or accompanied by a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates), or (z) that such Payment Recipient otherwise becomes aware was transmitted, or received, in error or by mistake (in whole or in part) in each case:

(i) (A) in the case of immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), an error shall be presumed to have been made (absent written confirmation from the Administrative Agent to the contrary) or (B) an error has been made (in the case of immediately preceding clause (z)), in each case, with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment; and

(ii) such Payment Recipient shall promptly (and, in all events, within one Business Day of its knowledge of such error) notify the Administrative Agent of its receipt of such payment, prepayment or repayment, the details thereof (in reasonable detail) and that it is so notifying the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Article 8.

 

257


(c) Each Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off, net and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party under any Loan Document, or otherwise payable or distributable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party from any source, against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under immediately preceding clause (a) or under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement.

(d) In the event that an Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) is not recovered by the Administrative Agent for any reason, after demand therefor by the Administrative Agent in accordance with immediately preceding clause (a), from any Lender or Issuing Bank that has received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) (and/or from any Payment Recipient who received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) on its respective behalf) (such unrecovered amount, an “Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency”), upon the Administrative Agent’s notice to such Lender or Issuing Lender at any time, (i) such Lender or Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have assigned its Loans (but not its Commitments) of the relevant Class with respect to which such Erroneous Payment was made (the “Erroneous Payment Impacted Class”) in an amount equal to the Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency (or such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent may specify) (such assignment of the Loans (but not Commitments) of the Erroneous Payment Impacted Class, the “Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment”) at par plus any accrued and unpaid interest (with the assignment fee to be waived by the Administrative Agent in such instance), and is hereby (together with the Borrowers) deemed to execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption (or, to the extent applicable, an agreement incorporating an Assignment and Assumption by reference pursuant to the Platform as to which the Administrative Agent and such parties are participants) with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, and such Lender or Issuing Bank shall deliver any Notes evidencing such Loans to the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, (ii) the Administrative Agent as the assignee Lender shall be deemed to acquire the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, (iii) upon such deemed acquisition, the Administrative Agent as the assignee Lender shall become a Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, hereunder with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment and the assigning Lender or assigning Issuing Bank shall cease to be a Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, hereunder with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, its obligations under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement and its applicable Commitments which shall survive as to such assigning Lender or assigning Issuing Bank and (iv) the Administrative Agent may reflect in the Register its ownership interest in the Loans subject to the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment. The Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, sell any Loans acquired pursuant to an Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment and upon receipt of the proceeds of such sale, the Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency owing by the applicable Lender or Issuing Bank shall be reduced by the net proceeds of the sale of such Loan (or portion thereof), and the Administrative Agent shall retain all other rights, remedies and claims against such Lender or Issuing Bank (and/or against any recipient that receives funds on its respective behalf). For the avoidance of doubt, no Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment will reduce the Commitments of any Lender or Issuing Bank and such Commitments shall remain available in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In addition, each party hereto agrees that, except to the extent that the Administrative Agent has sold a Loan (or portion thereof) acquired pursuant to an Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent may be equitably subrogated, the Administrative Agent shall be contractually subrogated to all the rights and interests of the applicable Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party under the Loan Documents with respect to each Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency (the “Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights”).

 

258


(e) The parties hereto agree that an Erroneous Payment shall not pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise satisfy any Obligations owed by the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, except, in each case, to the extent such Erroneous Payment is, and solely with respect to the amount of such Erroneous Payment that is, comprised of funds received by the Administrative Agent from the Borrowers or any other Loan Party for the purpose of making such Erroneous Payment.

(f) To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Payment Recipient shall assert any right or claim to an Erroneous Payment, and hereby waives, and is deemed to waive, any claim, counterclaim, defense or right of set-off or recoupment with respect to any demand, claim or counterclaim by the Administrative Agent for the return of any Erroneous Payment received, including without limitation waiver of any defense based on “discharge for value” or any similar doctrine.

(g) Each party’s obligations, agreements and waivers under this Article 8 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any transfer of rights or obligations by, or the replacement of, a Lender or Issuing Bank, the termination of the Commitments and/or the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations (or any portion thereof) under any Loan Document.

ARTICLE 9 MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.01 Notices.

(a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile or email, as follows:

(i) if to any Loan Party, to such Loan Party in the care of the German Parent Borrower at:

Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG

Burg Ockenfels, 53545 Linz am Rhein

Attention: Oliver Reichert / Philipp Türoff

Email: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Facsimile: [***]

 

259


with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice to any Loan Party):

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Jason Kanner

Email: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Facsimile: [***]

(ii) if to the Administrative Agent, to the address, electronic mail address or telephone number specified on Schedule 1.01(d); and

(iii) if to any Lender, to it at its address or facsimile number or email address set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

All such notices and other communications (A) sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service and signed for against receipt thereof or three Business Days after dispatch if sent by certified or registered mail, in each case, delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to the relevant party as provided in this Section 9.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 9.01 or (B) sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent and when receipt has been confirmed by telephone; provided that notices and other communications sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, such notices or other communications shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in clause (b) below shall be effective as provided in such clause (b).

(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications (including e-mail and Internet or Intranet websites) pursuant to procedures set forth herein or otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent or the Borrowers (on behalf of any Loan Party) may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures set forth herein or otherwise approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. All such notices and other communications (i) sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that any such notice or communication not given during the normal business hours of the recipient shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient and (ii) posted to an Internet or Intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (b)(i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) Any party hereto may change its address or facsimile number or other notice information hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto; it being understood and agreed that the Borrowers or any Lender may provide any such notice to the Administrative Agent as recipient on behalf of itself, any Swingline Lender, each Issuing Bank and each Lender.

 

260


(d) The Platform. Each of Holdings and the Borrowers hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by, or on behalf of, Holdings or the Borrowers hereunder (collectively, the “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrowers Materials on IntraLinks, Syndtrak, ClearPar or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material nonpublic information within the meaning of the United States federal securities laws with respect to Holdings, the Borrowers or their respective securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). At the request of the Administrative Agent, each of Holdings and the Borrowers hereby agrees that (i) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC”, (ii) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” Holdings and the Borrowers shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to treat the Borrowers Materials as information of a type that would (A) customarily be made publicly available, as determined in good faith by the Borrowers, if Holdings or the Borrowers were to become public reporting companies or (B) would not be material with respect to Holdings, the Borrowers, their respective Subsidiaries, any of their respective securities or the Transactions as determined in good faith by the Borrowers for purposes of the United States federal securities laws and (iii) the Administrative Agent shall be required to treat Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not marked as “Public Investor.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following Borrower Materials shall be deemed to be marked “PUBLIC,” unless the Borrowers notify the Administrative Agent promptly that any such document contains material nonpublic information (it being understood that the Borrowers shall have a reasonable opportunity to review the same prior to distribution and comply with SEC or other applicable disclosure obligations): (1) the Loan Documents, (2) any amendment to any Loan Document and (3) any information delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b).

Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States Federal and state securities laws, to make reference to communications that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrowers or their securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” NEITHER THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT NOR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “AGENT PARTIES”) WARRANTS THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS ON, OR THE ADEQUACY OF, THE PLATFORM, AND EACH EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN ANY SUCH COMMUNICATION. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS IS MADE BY THE AGENT PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY AGENT PARTY HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER OR NOT

 

261


BASED ON STRICT LIABILITY AND INCLUDING DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF ANY LOAN PARTY’S OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LIABILITY OF ANY SUCH PERSON IS FOUND IN A FINAL RULING BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED FROM SUCH PERSON’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR MATERIAL BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT.

Section 9.02 Waivers; Amendments.

(a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof except as provided herein or in any Loan Document, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under any other Loan Document are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any party hereto therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same is permitted by this Section 9.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, neither the making of any Loan nor the issuance of any Letter of Credit shall be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of Default at the time.

(b) Subject to clauses (A), (B), (C), (D), and (E) of this Section 9.02(b) and Section 9.02(d) below and to Section 9.05(f), neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified, except (i) in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrowers and the Required Lenders (or the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders) or (ii) in the case of any other Loan Document (other than any waiver, amendment or modification to effectuate any modification thereto expressly contemplated by the terms of such other Loan Document), pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party that is party thereto, with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing:

(A) the consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (but not the consent of the Required Lenders) shall be required for any waiver, amendment or modification that:

(1) increases the Commitment of such Lender (other than with respect to any Incremental Facility pursuant to Section 2.22 or Extended Revolving Facility pursuant to Section 2.23 in respect of which such Lender has agreed to be an Additional Lender or extending Lender); it being understood that no amendment,

 

262


modification or waiver of, or consent to departure from, any condition precedent, representation, warranty, covenant, Default, Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall constitute an increase of any Commitment of such Lender;

(2) reduces the principal amount of any Revolving Loan owed to such Lender;

(3) (x) extends the scheduled final maturity of any Revolving Loan or (y) postpones any Interest Payment Date with respect to any Revolving Loan held by such Lender or the date of any scheduled payment of any fee payable to such Lender hereunder;

(4) reduces the rate of interest (other than to waive any Default or Event of Default or obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest to such Lender at the default rate of interest under Section 2.13(c), which shall only require the consent of the Required Lenders) or the amount of any fee owed to such Lender;

(5) extends the expiry date of such Lender’s Commitment; it being understood that no amendment, modification or waiver of, or consent to departure from, any condition precedent, representation, warranty, covenant, Default, Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of any Commitment shall constitute an extension of any Commitment of any Lender; or

(6) waives, amends or modifies the provisions of Sections 2.18(b) or 2.18(c) in a manner that would by its terms alter the order or pro rata sharing of payments required thereby (except in connection with any transaction permitted under Sections 2.22 or 2.23 or as otherwise provided in this Section 9.02);

(B) no such agreement shall:

(1) change any of the provisions of Section 9.02(a), Section 9.02(b) or Section 9.05(a)(i) or the definition of “Required Lenders” or “Super Majority Lenders” to reduce any voting percentage required to waive, amend or modify any right thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder, without the prior written consent of each Lender;

(2) release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Lien granted pursuant to the Loan Documents (except as otherwise permitted herein or in the other Loan Documents, including pursuant to Article 8), without the prior written consent of each Lender;

 

263


(3) release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees under the Loan Guarantee (except as otherwise permitted herein or in the other Loan Documents, including pursuant to Article 8 and Section 9.23), without the prior written consent of each Lender;

(4) alter the ratable treatment of Secured Obligations or the definition of “Banking Services”, “Banking Services Obligations”, “Derivative Transaction”, “Hedging Obligations”, “Obligations”, “Secured Hedging Obligations” or “Secured Obligations” (as defined in any applicable Collateral Document), in each case, in a manner adverse, in the aggregate, to any counterparty to any Banking Services Obligations or Secured Hedging Obligations, as applicable, without the written consent of such counterparty; or

(5) waive, amend or modify Section 1.14 or the definition of “Alternate Currency” without the written consent of each Lender and the Administrative Agent;

(6) waive, amend or modify the final sentence of the definition of “Borrowing Base” without the written consent of each Lender and the Administrative Agent; or

(7) include Real Estate Assets in the Collateral without the prior written consent of each Lender; and

(C) solely with the consent of each affected Issuing Bank and, in the case of clause (x), the Administrative Agent, any such agreement may (x) increase or decrease the Letter of Credit Sublimit applicable to such Issuing Bank or (y) waive, amend or modify any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 hereof as it pertains to the issuance of any Letter of Credit;

(D) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent (or any Person that previously served as Administrative Agent), any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (or any Person that previously served as Administrative Agent), such Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender as the case may be; or

(E) no such agreement shall change the definition of the term “Borrowing Base” (other than the final sentence thereof) or any component definition thereof (including the definition of “Eligible Accounts Receivable,” “Eligible Credit Card Receivables,” “Eligible Investment Grade Receivables,”Eligible Inventory” “Eligible In-Transit Inventory” or “Eligible Raw Materials Inventory”), the effect of which would be to increase amounts available to be borrowed, without the consent of the Super Majority Lenders.

 

264


(c) [Reserved]

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.02 or any other provision of this Agreement or any provision of any other Loan Document:

(i) the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent may, without the input or consent of any Lender, amend, supplement and/or waive any guaranty, collateral security agreement, pledge agreement and/or related document (if any) executed in connection with this Agreement to (A) comply with any Requirement of Law or the advice of counsel or (B) cause any such guaranty, collateral security agreement, pledge agreement or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and/or the relevant other Loan Documents,

(ii) the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent may, without the input or consent of any other Lender (other than the relevant Lenders providing Revolving Loans under such Sections), effect amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent to (1) effect the provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.22, 2.23, 5.12 and/or 6.12, and/or, only to the extent set forth therein, the final sentence of the definition of “Borrowing Base” or any other provision specifying that any waiver, amendment or modification may be made with the consent or approval of the Administrative Agent and/or (2) to add terms (including representations and warranties, conditions, prepayments, covenants or events of default), in connection with the addition of any Revolving Loan or Commitment hereunder, that are favorable to the then-existing Lenders, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent,

(iii) if the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers have jointly identified any ambiguity, mistake, defect, inconsistency, obvious error or any error or omission of a technical nature or any necessary or desirable technical change, in each case, in any provision of any Loan Document, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers shall be permitted to amend such provision solely to address such matter as reasonably determined by them acting jointly,

(iv) the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers may amend, restate, amend and restate or otherwise modify the Intercreditor Agreements, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and/or any other Additional Agreement as provided therein;

(v) the Administrative Agent may amend the Commitment Schedule to reflect assignments entered into pursuant to Section 9.05, Commitment reductions or terminations pursuant to Section 2.09, implementations of Additional Commitments or incurrences of Additional Revolving Loans pursuant to Sections 2.22 and/or 2.23 and reductions or terminations of any such Additional Commitments or Additional Revolving Loans,

 

265


(vi) no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except as permitted pursuant to Section 2.21(b) and except that the Commitment and any Additional Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased without the consent of such Defaulting Lender (it being understood that any Commitment or Revolving Loan held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded from any vote hereunder that requires the consent of any Lender, except as expressly provided in Section 2.21(b)),

(vii) this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers (i) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit any extension of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the relevant benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Lenders prior to such inclusion,

(viii) any amendment, waiver or modification of any term or provision that directly affects Lenders under one or more Classes and does not directly affect Lenders under one or more other Classes may be effected with the consent of Lenders holding 50% of the aggregate commitments or Loans of such directly affected Class in lieu of the consent of the Required Lenders; and

(ix) the Borrowers may amend or otherwise modify any provision of the Loan Documents in a manner that is more favorable to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent at any time without the consent of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with an Incremental Facility Agreement.

Section 9.03 Expenses; Indemnity.

(a) The Borrowers shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each Arranger, the Administrative Agent and their respective Affiliates (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the actual reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one firm of outside counsel to all such Persons taken as a whole, and, if reasonably necessary, of one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction to all such Persons, taken as a whole) in connection with the syndication and distribution (including via the Internet or through a service such as IntraLinks) of the Initial Revolving Facility, in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of the Loan Documents and any related documentation, including in connection with any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of any Loan Document (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated, but only to the extent the preparation of any such amendment, modification or waiver was requested by the Borrowers and except as otherwise provided in a

 

266


separate writing between the Borrowers, the relevant Arranger and/or the Administrative Agent) and, to the extent otherwise provided herein, in connection with any field exams and appraisals and (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks or the Lenders or any of their respective Affiliates (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the actual reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one firm of outside counsel to all such Persons taken as a whole and, if necessary, of one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction to all such Persons, taken as a whole) in connection with the enforcement, collection or protection of their respective rights in connection with the Loan Documents, including their respective rights under this Section, or in connection with the Revolving Loans made and/or Letters of Credit issued hereunder. Except to the extent required to be paid on the Closing Date, all amounts due under this paragraph (a) shall be payable by the Borrowers within 30 days of receipt by the Borrowers of an invoice setting forth such expenses in reasonable detail, together with backup documentation supporting the relevant reimbursement request.

(b) The Borrowers shall indemnify each Arranger, the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the actual reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to all Indemnitees taken as a whole and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction to all Indemnitees, taken as a whole and solely in the case of an actual or potential conflict of interest, (x) one additional counsel to all affected Indemnitees, taken as a whole, and (y) one additional local counsel to all affected Indemnitees, taken as a whole), incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of the Loan Documents or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby and/or the enforcement of the Loan Documents, (ii) the use of the proceeds of the Revolving Loans or any Letter of Credit, (iii) any actual or alleged Release or presence of Hazardous Materials on, at, in, under, to or from any property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by the Borrowers, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Loan Party or any Environmental Liability related to the Borrowers, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Loan Party, (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by the Borrowers, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates) and/or (v) any refusal by an Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms on such Letter of Credit; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, or liability (i) is determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or, to the extent such judgment finds that any such loss, claim, damage, or liability has resulted from such Person’s material breach of the Loan Documents, (ii) arises out of any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding brought by such Indemnitee against another Indemnitee (other than any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding that is brought by or against the Administrative Agent or any Arranger, acting in its capacity as the Administrative

 

267


Agent or as an Arranger) that does not involve any act or omission of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries. Each Indemnitee shall be obligated to refund or return any and all amounts paid by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 9.03 to such Indemnitee for any fees, expenses, or damages to the extent such Indemnitee is not entitled to payment thereof in accordance with the terms hereof or (iii) results from an Erroneous Payment. All amounts due under this paragraph (b) shall be payable by the Borrowers within 30 days (x) after receipt by the Borrowers of a written demand therefor, in the case of any indemnification obligations and (y) in the case of reimbursement of costs and expenses, after receipt by the Borrowers of an invoice setting forth such costs and expenses in reasonable detail, together with backup documentation supporting the relevant reimbursement request. This Section 9.03(b) shall not apply to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages or liabilities in respect of a non-Tax claim.

(c) The Borrowers shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without the written consent of the Borrowers (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), but if any proceeding is settled with the written consent of the Borrowers, or if there is a final judgment against any Indemnitee in any such proceeding, the Borrowers agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee to the extent and in the manner set forth above. The Borrowers shall not, without the prior written consent of the affected Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnitee unless (i) such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnitee from all liability or claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (ii) such settlement does not include any statement as to any admission of fault or culpability.

Section 9.04 Waiver of Claim. To the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, no party to this Agreement shall assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any other party hereto, any Loan Party and/or any Related Party of any thereof, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Revolving Loan or any Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof, except, in the case of any claim by any Indemnitee against the Borrowers, to the extent such damages would otherwise be subject to indemnification pursuant to the terms of Section 9.03.

Section 9.05 Successors and Assigns.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided that (i) except in a transaction permitted under Section 6.07, the Borrowers may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrowers without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with the terms of this Section 9.05. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and permitted assigns, to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section 9.05, Participants and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Arrangers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

268


(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of any Additional Revolving Loan or Additional Commitment added pursuant to Sections 2.22 and/or 2.23 at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent of:

(A) the Borrowers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided, that (x) the consent of the Borrowers shall not be required for any assignment of Revolving Loans or Commitments (1) to any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender or an Approved Fund or (2) at any time when an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a) or Sections 7.01(f), or (g) (with respect to the Borrowers) exists and (y) the Borrowers may withhold its consent to any assignment to any person that is not a “Disqualified Lender” but is known by the Borrowers to be an affiliate of a Disqualified Lender regardless of whether such person is identifiable as an affiliate of a Disqualified Lender on the basis of such affiliate’s name;

(B) the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for any assignment to another Lender, any Affiliate of a Lender or any Approved Fund; and

(C) in the case of any Commitment, each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, in each case, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of any assignment to another Lender, any Affiliate of any Lender or any Approved Fund or any assignment of the entire remaining amount of the relevant assigning Lender’s Revolving Loans or Commitments of any Class, the principal amount of Revolving Loans or Commitments of the assigning Lender subject to the relevant assignment (determined as of the date on which the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent and determined on an aggregate basis in the event of concurrent assignments to Related Funds or by Related Funds) shall not be less than €1,000,000, unless the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent;

(B) any partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the relevant assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

269


(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent (or, if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually), and shall pay to the Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which fee may be waived or reduced in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent); and

(D) the relevant Eligible Assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver on or prior to the effective date of such assignment, to the Administrative Agent (1) an Administrative Questionnaire and (2) any IRS form required under Section 2.17.

(iii) Subject to the acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section 9.05, from and after the effective date specified in any Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be (A) entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring on or prior to the effective date of such assignment and (B) subject to its obligations thereunder and under Section 9.13). If any assignment by any Lender holding any Promissory Note is made after the issuance of such Promissory Note, the assigning Lender shall, upon the effectiveness of such assignment or as promptly thereafter as practicable, surrender such Promissory Note to the Administrative Agent for cancellation, and, following such cancellation, if requested by either the assignee or the assigning Lender, the Borrowers shall issue and deliver a new Promissory Note to such assignee and/or to such assigning Lender, with appropriate insertions, to reflect the new commitments and/or outstanding Revolving Loans of the assignee and/or the assigning Lender.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, and the commitment of, and principal amount and currency of and interest on the Revolving Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). Failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect the Borrowers’ obligations in respect of such Revolving Loans and LC Disbursements. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the

 

270


Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers, each Issuing Bank and each Lender (but only as to its own holdings), at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Eligible Assignee, the Eligible Assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire and any tax certification required by Section 9.05(b)(ii)(D)(2) (unless the assignee is already a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 9.05, if applicable, and any written consent to the relevant assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section 9.05, the Administrative Agent shall promptly accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 9.05.

(vi) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Assumption, the assigning Lender and the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be deemed to confirm and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (A) the assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim and that the amount of its commitments, and the outstanding balances of its Revolving Loans, in each case without giving effect to any assignment thereof which has not become effective, are as set forth in such Assignment and Assumption, (B) except as set forth in clause (A) above, the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto, or the financial condition of the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary or the performance or observance by the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary of any of its obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (C) the assignee represents and warrants that it is an Eligible Assignee, legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and Assumption; (D) the assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreements, together with copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 4.01(c) or the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Assumption; (E) the assignee will independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it deems appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this

 

271


Agreement; (F) the assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent, by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (G) the assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

(c)

(i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender, sell participations to any bank or other entity (other than the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates or a natural Person, or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural Person) (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its commitments and the Revolving Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which any Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the relevant Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in (x) clause (A) of the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that directly and adversely affects the Revolving Loans or commitments in which such Participant has an interest and (y) clauses (B)(1), (2) or (3) of the first proviso to Section 9.02(b). Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrowers agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 (subject to the limitations and requirements of such Sections and Section 2.19) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.17(f) is delivered to the participating Lender, and if additional amounts are required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.17(a) or Section 2.17(c), to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent). To the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.09 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant shall be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender.

 

272


(ii) No Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17 than the participating Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrowers’ prior written consent expressly acknowledging that such Participant’s entitlement to benefits under Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 is not limited to what the participating Lender would have been entitled to receive absent the participation.

Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and its respective successors and registered assigns, and the principal and interest amounts of each Participant’s interest in the Revolving Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (a “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of any Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to any Participant’s interest in any Commitment, Revolving Loan, Letter of Credit or any other obligation under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Revolving Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the U.S. Treasury Regulations and Section 1.163-5(b) of the proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and each Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. The Register is intended to cause each Loan and other obligation hereunder to be in registered form within the meaning of Section 5f.103-1(c) of Treasury Regulations, Section 1.163-5(b) of the proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations and within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (other than to any Disqualified Lender or any natural person) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to any Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender, and this Section 9.05 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release any Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “SPC”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, the option to provide to the Borrowers all or any part of any Revolving Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to make any Revolving Loan, (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Revolving Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Revolving Loan pursuant to the terms hereof, (iii) such SPC and the applicable Revolving Loan or any applicable part thereof shall be appropriately reflected in the Participant Register and (iv) in no event may any Lender grant any option to provide to the Borrowers all or any part of any Revolving Loan that such Granting Lender would have otherwise been obligated to make to the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement to any Disqualified Lender. The making of any Revolving

 

273


Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Revolving Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (A) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement (including its obligations under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17) and no SPC shall be entitled to any greater amount under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17 or any other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document that the Granting Lender would have been entitled to receive, unless the grant to such SPC is made with the prior written consent of the Borrowers expressly acknowledging that such SPC’s entitlement to benefits under Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 is not limited to what the Granting Lender would have been entitled to receive absent the grant to the SPC, (B) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender) and (C) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes including approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of the Loan Documents, remain the Lender of record hereunder. In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the Requirements of Law of the U.S. or any State thereof; provided that (x) such SPC’s Granting Lender is in compliance in all material respects with its obligations to the Borrowers hereunder and (y) each Lender designating any SPC hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each other party hereto for any loss, cost, damage or expense arising out of its inability to institute such a proceeding against such SPC during such period of forbearance. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.05, any SPC may (1) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Revolving Loan to the Granting Lender and (2) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Revolving Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guaranty or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(f)

(i) Upon the request of any Lender, the Administrative Agent may and the Borrowers shall make available to such Lender the list of Disqualified Lenders at the relevant time and such Lender may provide the list to any potential assignee or participant on a confidential basis in accordance with Section 9.13 hereof for the purpose of verifying whether such Person is a Disqualified Lender.

(ii) If any assignment or participation is made by a Lender without the Borrowers’ consent (A) to or with any Disqualified Lender or (B) to the extent the Borrowers’ consent is required under this Section 9.05, to any other Person (each such Person under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), a “Disqualified Person”), then the Borrowers may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to the applicable Disqualified Person and the Administrative Agent, (A) terminate any Commitment of such Disqualified Person and repay all obligations of the Borrowers owing to such Disqualified Person and/or (B) require such Disqualified Person to assign, without recourse (in accordance with and subject

 

274


to the restrictions contained in this Section 9.05), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more Eligible Assignees; provided that (I) in the case of clause (A), the Borrowers shall be liable to the relevant Disqualified Person under Section 2.16 if any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan owing to such Disqualified Person is repaid or purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto and (II) in the case of clause (B), the relevant assignment shall otherwise comply with this Section 9.05 (except that no registration and processing fee required under this Section 9.05 shall be required with any assignment pursuant to this paragraph). Subject to Section 9.05(f)(iii), nothing in this Section 9.05(f) shall be deemed to prejudice any right or remedy that Holdings or the Borrowers may otherwise have at law or equity. Further, any Disqualified Person identified by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent (A) shall not be permitted to (x) receive information or reporting provided by any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or any Lender and/or (y) attend and/or participate in conference calls or meetings attended solely by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, (B) (x) shall not for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders, the Super Majority Lenders or the majority Lenders under any Class have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, have a right to consent (or not consent), otherwise act or direct or require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to take (or refrain from taking) any such action; it being understood that all Loans held by any Disqualified Person shall be deemed to be not outstanding for all purposes of calculating whether the Required Lenders, majority Lenders under any Class or all Lenders have taken any action, and (y) shall be deemed to vote in the same proportion as Lenders that are not Disqualified Persons in any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law commenced by or against the Borrowers or any other Loan Party and (C) shall not be entitled to receive the benefits of Section 9.03. For the sake of clarity, the provisions in this Section 9.05(f) shall not apply to any Person that is an assignee of any Disqualified Person, if such assignee is not a Disqualified Person.

(iii) The Administrative Agent, in its capacity as such, shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Disqualified Lenders or Disqualified Persons (other than with respect to updating the list with names of Disqualified Lenders provided in writing to and acceptable to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the definition of “Disqualified Lender” or providing the list (with such updates) upon request in accordance with this Section 9.05), regardless of whether the consent of the Administrative Agent is required thereto, and none of the Borrowers, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates will bring any claim to such effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as such, shall not (i) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Lender or Participant is a Disqualified Lender or Disqualified Person or (ii) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans, or disclosure of confidential information, to any Disqualified Lender or Disqualified Person.

 

275


Section 9.06 Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Revolving Loan and issuance of any Letter of Credit regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect until the Termination Date. The provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17, 9.03 and 9.13 and Article 8 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Revolving Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments, the occurrence of the Termination Date or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof but in each case, subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement.

Section 9.07 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Fee Letters constitute the entire agreement among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall become effective when it has been executed by Holdings, the German Parent Borrower, the U.S. Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and the Co-Collateral Agent and when the Administrative Agent has received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or by email as a “.pdf” or “.tiff” attachment shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 9.08 Severability. To the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, any provision of any Loan Document held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions thereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 9.09 Right of Setoff. At any time when an Event of Default exists, upon the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations (in any currency) at any time owing by the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender to or for the credit

 

276


or the account of any Loan Party against any of and all the Secured Obligations held by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender shall have made any demand under the Loan Documents and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or Issuing Bank different than the branch or office holding such deposit or obligation on such Indebtedness. Any applicable Lender or Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent of such set-off or application; provided that any failure to give or any delay in giving such notice shall not affect the validity of any such set-off or application under this Section. The rights of each Lender, each Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender, such Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent may have.

Section 9.10 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT) AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT), WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT (AT LAW OR IN EQUITY) OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED, THE DETERMINATION OF WHETHER THE ACQUISITION HAS BEEN CONSUMMATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT AND, IN ANY CASE, ANY CLAIM OR DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF ANY SUCH INTERPRETATION OR DETERMINATION OR ANY ASPECT THEREOF, SHALL IN EACH CASE BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF ENGLAND AND WALES REGARDLESS OF THE LAWS THAT MIGHT OTHERWISE GOVERN UNDER APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

(b) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY U.S. FEDERAL OR NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK (OR ANY APPELLATE COURT THEREFROM) OVER ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT AND AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL (EXCEPT AS PERMITTED BELOW) BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE OR, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF LAW, FEDERAL COURT; PROVIDED THAT WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY WHICH DOES NOT INVOLVE ANY CLAIMS AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE ARRANGERS, THE ISSUING BANKS, THE LENDERS OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PERSON, THIS SENTENCE SHALL NOT OVERRIDE ANY JURISDICTION PROVISION IN THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ANY PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR DOCUMENT BY REGISTERED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PERSON

 

277


SHALL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS AGAINST SUCH PERSON FOR ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF LAW. EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT RETAINS THE RIGHT TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION SOLELY IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXERCISE OF ITS RIGHTS UNDER ANY COLLATERAL DOCUMENT.

(c) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY LEGALLY AND EFFECTIVELY DO SO, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF LAW, ANY CLAIM OR DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(d) TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS UPON IT AND AGREES THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED MAIL (OR ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR FORM OF MAIL) DIRECTED TO IT AT ITS ADDRESS FOR NOTICES AS PROVIDED FOR IN SECTION 9.01. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS AND FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING COMMENCED HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS WAS INVALID AND INEFFECTIVE. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF LAW.

(e) WITHOUT PREJUDICE TO ANY OTHER MODE OF SERVICE ALLOWED UNDER ANY RELEVANT LAW, EACH GERMAN LOAN PARTY: (i) IRREVOCABLY APPOINTS THE PROCESS AGENT AS ITS AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS IN RELATION TO ANY PROCEEDINGS BEFORE THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN CONNECTION WITH ANY LOAN DOCUMENT AND (ii) AGREES THAT FAILURE BY A PROCESS AGENT TO NOTIFY THE GERMAN LOAN PARTIES OF THE PROCESS WILL NOT INVALIDATE THE PROCEEDINGS CONCERNED. THE GERMAN LOAN PARTIES EXPRESSLY AGREE AND CONSENTS TO THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 9.10(e).

 

278


Section 9.11 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY) DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH PARTY HERETO (a) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (b) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 9.12 Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 9.13 Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Issuing Bank and each Arranger agrees (and each Lender agrees to cause its SPC, if any) to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information (as defined below), except that Confidential Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, managers, employees, independent auditors, or other experts and advisors, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (collectively, the “Representatives”) on a “need to know” basis solely in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and who are informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and are or have been advised of their obligation to keep the Confidential Information of this type confidential; provided that such Person shall be responsible for its Affiliates’ and their Representatives’ compliance with this paragraph; provided, further, that unless the Borrowers otherwise consents, no such disclosure shall be made by the Administrative Agent, any Arranger, any Issuing Bank any Lender or any Affiliate or Representative thereof to any Affiliate or Representative of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Arranger, or any Lender that is a Disqualified Lender, (b) to the extent compelled by legal process in, or reasonably necessary to, the defense of such legal, judicial or administrative proceeding, in any legal, judicial or administrative proceeding or otherwise as required by applicable Requirements of Law (in which case such Person shall (i) to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, inform the Borrowers promptly in advance thereof and (ii) except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank regulatory authorities, use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any such information so disclosed is accorded confidential treatment), (c) upon the demand or request of any regulatory or governmental authority (including any self-regulatory body) purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Affiliates (in which case such Person shall, except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any Governmental Authority or regulatory or self-regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority, to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, (i) inform the Borrowers promptly in advance thereof and (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any information so disclosed is accorded confidential treatment), (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) subject to an acknowledgment

 

279


and agreement by the relevant recipient that the Confidential Information is being disseminated on a confidential basis (on substantially the terms set forth in this paragraph or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, including as set forth in the Information Memorandum) in accordance with the standard syndication process of the Arrangers or market standards for dissemination of the relevant type of information, which shall in any event require “click through” or other affirmative action on the part of the recipient to access the Confidential Information and acknowledge its confidentiality obligations in respect thereof, to (i) any Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Assignee of or prospective Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, including any SPC (in each case other than a Disqualified Lender), (ii) any pledgee referred to in Section 9.05, (iii) any actual or prospective, direct or indirect contractual counterparty (or its advisors, but other than any Disqualified Lender) to any Derivative Transaction or similar derivative instrument to which any Loan Party is a party and (iv) subject to the Borrowers’ prior approval of the information to be disclosed, (x) to Moody’s or S&P on a confidential basis in connection with obtaining or maintaining ratings as required under Section 5.13 or (y) to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the facilities or, on a confidential basis, market data collectors and service providers to the Administrative Agent in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the Loan Documents, (f) with the prior written consent of the Borrowers and (g) to the extent the Confidential Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section by such Person, its Affiliates or their respective Representatives or to the extent any such information (I) is received by such Person from a third party that is not to such Person’s knowledge, after reasonable investigation, subject to confidentiality obligations owing to you, the Borrowers, the Sponsor or any of their respective affiliates or Related Parties or (II) was already in such Person’s possession (except to the extent received in a manner that would be restricted by this paragraph) or is independently developed by such Person based exclusively on information the disclosure of which would not otherwise be restricted by this paragraph. For purposes of this Section, “Confidential Information” means all information relating to Holdings, the Borrowers and/or any of its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses or the Transactions (including any information obtained by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Arranger, or any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives, based on a review of any books and records relating to Holdings, the Borrowers and/or any of its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates from time to time, including prior to the date hereof) other than any such information that is publicly available to the Administrative Agent, any Arranger, Issuing Bank or Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall any disclosure of any Confidential Information be made to Person that is a Disqualified Lender at the time of disclosure.

Section 9.14 No Fiduciary Duty. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, each Lender, each Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “Lenders”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Loan Parties, their stockholders and/or their respective affiliates. Each Loan Party agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the one hand, and such Loan Party, its respective stockholders or its respective affiliates, on the other. Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder

 

280


and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and the Arrangers, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, on the other, and (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading thereto, (x) none of the Administrative Agent, any Arranger or any Lender, in its capacity as such, has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Loan Party, its respective stockholders or its respective affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent, any such Arranger or any such Lender has advised, is currently advising or will advise any Loan Party, its respective stockholders or its respective Affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to any Loan Party except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (y) each Lender, in its capacity as such, is acting solely as principal and not as the agent or fiduciary of such Loan Party, its respective management, stockholders, creditors or any other Person. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, each Loan Party waives any claim that it may have against any Lender with respect to any breach or alleged breach of fiduciary duty arising solely by virtue of this Agreement. Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that such Loan Party has consulted its own legal, tax and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto. Each Loan Party further agrees that none of the Administrative Agent, any Arranger or any Lender has any obligation to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates.

Section 9.15 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words “execution,” “execute”, “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation Assignment and Assumptions, amendments or other Borrowing Requests, waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

Section 9.16 Several Obligations. The respective obligations of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereunder are several and not joint and the failure of any Lender or Issuing Bank to make any Revolving Loan, issue any Letter of Credit or perform any of its obligations hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender or Issuing Bank from any of its obligations hereunder.

Section 9.17 USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender and Issuing Bank that is subject to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act hereby notifies the Loan Parties that (a) pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and the customer due diligence requirements for financial institutions of the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (as published at 81 FR 29397, 31 CFR

 

281


1010, 1020, 1023, 1024, and 1026), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender and Issuing Bank to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act and the customer due diligence requirements for financial institutions of the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, and (b) pursuant to the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, it is required to obtain a Beneficial Ownership Certification.

Section 9.18 Disclosure of Agent Conflicts. Each Loan Party, each Issuing Bank and each Lender hereby acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent and/or its Affiliates from time to time may hold investments in, make other loans to or have other relationships with any of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates.

Section 9.19 Appointment for Perfection. Each Lender hereby appoints each other Lender and each Issuing Bank as its agent for the purpose of perfecting Liens for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC or any other applicable Requirement of Law can be perfected only by possession. If any Lender or Issuing Bank (other than the Administrative Agent) obtains possession of any Collateral, such Lender or Issuing Bank shall notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, promptly upon the Administrative Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to the Administrative Agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s instructions.

Section 9.20 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit under applicable Requirements of Law (collectively the “Charged Amounts”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender or Issuing Bank holding such Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit hereunder, together with all Charged Amounts payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charged Amounts that would have been payable in respect of such Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charged Amounts payable to such Lender or Issuing Bank in respect of other Revolving Loans or Letters of Credit or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, have been received by such Lender or Issuing Bank.

Section 9.21 Intercreditor Agreements. REFERENCE IS MADE TO THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS. EACH LENDER AND ISSUING BANK HEREUNDER AGREES THAT IT WILL BE BOUND BY AND WILL TAKE NO ACTIONS CONTRARY TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS TO WHICH THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT IS A PARTY AND AUTHORIZES AND INSTRUCTS THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT TO ENTER INTO THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS AS “ABL CREDIT AGREEMENT COLLATERAL AGENT” (OR OTHER APPLICABLE TITLE) AND ON BEHALF OF SUCH LENDER OR ISSUING BANK. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 9.21 ARE NOT INTENDED TO SUMMARIZE ALL RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF

 

282


THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS, THE FORMS OF CERTAIN OF WHICH ARE ATTACHED AS AN EXHIBIT TO THIS AGREEMENT. REFERENCE MUST BE MADE TO EACH INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT ITSELF TO UNDERSTAND ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS THEREOF. EACH LENDER OR ISSUING BANK IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING ITS OWN ANALYSIS AND REVIEW OF EACH OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS AND THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS THEREOF, AND NEITHER THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION TO ANY LENDER OR ISSUING BANK AS TO THE SUFFICIENCY OR ADVISABILITY OF THE PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 9.21 ARE INTENDED AS AN INDUCEMENT TO THE LENDERS UNDER THE SENIOR FACILITIES AGREEMENT TO EXTEND CREDIT THEREUNDER AND SUCH LENDERS ARE INTENDED THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES OF SUCH PROVISIONS AND THE PROVISIONS OF EACH APPLICABLE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT.

Section 9.22 Conflicts. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Agreement and any other Loan Document, the terms of this Agreement shall govern and control; provided that in the case of any conflict or inconsistency between any Intercreditor Agreement and any Loan Document, the terms of such Intercreditor Agreements shall govern and control.

Section 9.23 Release of Loan Parties. Notwithstanding anything in Section 9.02(b) to the contrary, (a) any Loan Party shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder (and its Loan Guarantee shall be automatically released) (i) upon the consummation of any permitted transaction or series of related transactions if as a result thereof such Loan Party ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary and/or (ii) upon the occurrence of the Termination Date. In connection with any such release, the Administrative Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to the relevant Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence termination or release; provided, that, in connection with such documents requested by any Loan Party, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, Holdings shall deliver a certificate of an Officer certifying that the relevant transaction has been consummated in compliance with the terms of this Agreement. Any execution and delivery of any document pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 9.23 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent (other than as to the Administrative Agent’s authority to execute and deliver such documents).

Section 9.24 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and

 

283


(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of the applicable Resolution Authority.

Section 9.25 Certain ERISA Matters.

(a) Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and each Arranger and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i) such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans, the Commitments or this Agreement;

(ii) the prohibited transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable so as to exempt from the prohibitions of Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement,

(iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation

 

284


in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

(iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

(b) In addition, unless sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or such Lender has not provided another representation, warranty and covenant in accordance with sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, each Arranger and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrowers, that: none of the Administrative Agent, any Arranger or any of their respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto).

Section 9.26 Acknowledgment Regarding Any Supported QFCs.

To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for swap contracts or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support” and each such QFC a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):

(i) In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might

 

285


otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

(ii) As used in this Section 9.26, the following terms have the following meanings:

(A) “BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

(B) “Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(1) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(2) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(3) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

(C) “Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

(D) “QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).

Section 9.27 Additional Borrower

(a) Holdings may, in its sole discretion, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.27, designate one or more of its direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) organized in the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or Germany, and subject to Section 9.27(c), Canada, the United Kingdom or any other jurisdiction acceptable to the Lenders, to join this Agreement as an Additional Borrower under any Facility hereunder and under all other Loan Documents, and each such Additional Borrower shall be severally, but not jointly, liable with respect to all Obligations as primary obligors and not merely as surety.

 

286


(b) In order to so designate an Additional Borrower, Holdings shall, upon not less than 10 Business Days’ notice from Holdings to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), request that any such wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary (an “Applicant Borrower”) become an Additional Borrower to receive, or become obligated with respect to, Loans under the applicable Revolving Facility by delivering to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly deliver counterparts thereof to each applicable Lender) a duly executed Additional Borrower Agreement. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that prior to any Applicant Borrower becoming an Additional Borrower hereunder, (i) the obligations with respect to such Applicant Borrower becoming an Additional Borrower set forth in this Section 9.27 shall have been satisfied and (ii) for any Applicant Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lenders shall have received (x) not more than 5 Business Days after Holdings initial notice required above, the documentation and other information that are required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation and (y) such corresponding documentation as required for the Additional Borrower to accede as an Additional Obligor (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) to the Senior Facilities Agreement, including the execution of a joinder to the Loan Guarantee (the requirements set forth in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the “Co-Borrower Requirements”). If the Co-Borrower Requirements are met, the Administrative Agent shall send a notice to Holdings and the applicable Lenders specifying the effective date upon which the Applicant Borrower shall constitute an Additional Borrower for purposes hereof, whereupon each of the applicable Lenders agrees to permit such Additional Borrower to receive, or become obligated with respect to, Loans under the applicable Revolving Facility, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and each of the parties agrees that such Additional Borrower otherwise shall be a Borrower for all purposes of this Agreement (and the term “Borrower” shall be deemed to include such Additional Borrower unless the context otherwise requires).

(c) An Additional Borrower may elect to terminate its eligibility to request Borrowings, cease to be an Additional Borrower hereunder and cease to have its assets included in the Borrowing Base upon the occurrence of, and such resignation shall effective upon, such resigning Additional Borrower having delivered to the Administrative Agent a notice of resignation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent upon not less than 15 Business Days’ notice (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion); provided, however, that there are no outstanding Loans payable by such Additional Borrower, or other amounts payable by such Additional Borrower on account of any Loans made to it, as of the effective date of such termination. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such termination of an Additional Borrower’s status

To the extent any Additional Borrower is designated hereunder, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Holdings and the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to make such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (without the consent of any Lender or any other party) as they reasonably deem necessary in order to effectuate the inclusion of such Additional Borrower. To the extent any Additional Borrower organized in Canada, the United Kingdom or any other jurisdiction acceptable to the Lenders is designated hereunder, Holdings, the Administrative Agent, the Co-Collateral Agent and the Lenders agree to negotiate in good faith amendments to this Agreement in order to provide for the borrowing mechanics in such jurisdictions, Borrowing Base eligibility criteria for Borrowers located in such jurisdictions, tax provisions for such jurisdictions and other relevant terms to be agreed by the parties at such time.

 

287


Section 9.28 Judgment Currency. In respect of any judgment or order given or made for any amount due under this Agreement or any other Loan Document that is expressed and paid in a currency (the “judgment currency”) other than Euros, the Loan Parties will indemnify Administrative Agent, Issuing Lenders and any Lender against any loss incurred by them as a result of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the Euro amount is converted into the judgment currency for the purpose of such judgment or order and (ii) the rate of exchange, as quoted by Administrative Agent or by a known dealer in the judgment currency that is designated by Administrative Agent, at which Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender or such Lender is able to purchase Euros with the amount of the judgment currency actually received by Administrative Agent, the Issuing lender or such Lender. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate and independent obligation of the Loan Parties and shall survive any termination of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term “rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of or conversion into Euros.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

288


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BK LC LUX SP S.À R.L, as Holdings

By:   /s/ Francis Zeler

Name: Francis Zeler

Title: Sole Manager

BIRKENSTOCK GROUP B.V. & CO. KG, as the German Parent Borrower, represented by Birkenstock Administration B.V. as its general partner (Komplementär)
By:   /s/ Andreas Grundhöfer

Name: Andreas Grundhöfer

Title:

BIRKENSTOCK US BIDCO, INC., as the U.S. Borrower

By:   /s/ Nikhil Thukral

Name: Nikhil Thukral

Title: President

 

[Signature Page to ABL Credit Agreement]


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as the Administrative Agent and as a Lender, the Swing Line Lender and an Issuing Bank
By:   /s/ Authorized Signatory
  Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to ABL Credit Agreement]


CITIBANK, N.A. LONDON BRANCH,

as the Co-Collateral Agent and as a Lender

By:   /s/ Christopher Marino

Name: Christopher Marino

Title: Director & Vice President

 

[Signature Page to ABL Credit Agreement]


CITIBANK, N.A., as an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Christopher Marino

Name: Christopher Marino

Title: Director & Vice President

 

[Signature Page to ABL Credit Agreement]


CREDIT SUISSE (DEUTSCHLAND) AKITIENGESELLSCHAFT, as a Lender and an Issuing Bank
By:   /s/ Jonas Jepp
Name: Jonas Jepp
Title: Director
By:   /s/ Andrew Senicki
Name: Andrew Senicki
Title: Associate

 

[Signature Page to ABL Credit Agreement]


HSBC BANK USA, N.A., as a Lender and an Issuing Bank
By:   /s/ Michael P. Righi
Name: Michael P. Righi
Title: Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to ABL Credit Agreement]


COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, as a Lender and an Issuing Bank
By:   /s/ Marcus Wahoff
Name: Marcus Wahoff
Title: Director
By:   /s/ Diyor Tukhtaboev
Name: Diyor Tukhtaboev
Title: Associate

 

[Signature Page to ABL Credit Agreement]


CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK DEUTSCHLAND, NIEDERLASSUNG EINER FRANZÖSISCHEN SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME, as a Lender and an Issuing Bank
By:   /s/ Gert Niemeyer
Name: Gert Niemeyer
Title: Managing Director
By:   /s/ Guillaume Laubscher
Name: Guillaume Laubscher
Title: Chief Operating Officer

 

[Signature Page to ABL Credit Agreement]


Schedule 1.01(a)

Commitment Schedule

 

Initial Revolving Lender

   Initial Commitment

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

   €[***]

CREDIT SUISSE (DEUTSCHLAND) AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

   €[***]

CITIBANK N.A. – LONDON BRANCH

   €[***]

HSBC BANK USA, N.A.

   €[***]

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

   €[***]

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATION AND INVESTMENT BANK DEUTSCHLAND, NIEDERLASSUNG EINER FRANZÖSISCHEN SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME

   €[***]

Total

   €[***]

 

Issuing Bank

   LC Commitment

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

   €[***]

CREDIT SUISSE (DEUTSCHLAND) AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

   €[***]

CITIBANK N.A.

   €[***]

HSBC BANK USA, N.A.

   €[***]

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

   €[***]

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATION AND INVESTMENT BANK DEUTSCHLAND, NIEDERLASSUNG EINER FRANZÖSISCHEN SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME

   €[***]

Total

   €[***]

 

1


Schedule 1.01(d)

Administrative Agent’s Office

 

2


Schedule 1.01(f)

Original Borrowers

1. Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG

2. BIRKENSTOCK US BIDCO, INC.

 

3


Schedule 1.01(g)

Original Guarantors

1. BK LC Lux SPV S.À R.L.

2. Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG

3. BIRKENSTOCK US BIDCO, INC.

 

4


Schedule 3.19

Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts

 

5


Schedule 4.01

Closing Conditions Precedent

 

1.

Loan Parties

 

  (a)

Constitutional documents: a copy of the constitutional documents of each of the Original Loan Parties and each Day 1 Third Party Security Provider which shall, in case of an Original Loan Party or Day 1 Third Party Security Provider incorporated in Germany include an electronic copy of the commercial register excerpt (Handelsregisterauszug) of recent date, the articles of association or partnership agreement (Gesellschaftsvertrag), a list of its shareholders (Gesellschafterliste) and any by-laws, if applicable.

 

  (b)

Board approvals: if required by law or by the constitutional documents or customary in the relevant jurisdiction, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors or managers or equivalent body of each of the Original Loan Parties and Day 1 Third Party Security Providers:

 

  (i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Loan Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Loan Documents to which it is a party;

 

  (ii)

authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Loan Documents to which it is a party on its behalf;

 

  (iii)

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or dispatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Borrowing Request or other notice) to be signed and/or dispatched by it under or in connection with the Loan Documents to which it is a party; and

 

  (iv)

in the case of an Original Loan Party other than Holdings, authorizing Holdings to act as its agent in connection with the Loan Documents.

 

  (c)

Specimen signatures: specimen signatures for the person(s) authorised in the resolutions referred to above (to the extent such person will execute a Loan Document).

 

  (d)

Formalities certificates: a certificate from each of the Original Loan Parties and Day 1 Third Party Security Providers (signed by an Officer):

 

  (i)

certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in paragraphs (a) to (c) above is correct, complete and (to the extent executed) in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded prior to the date of this Agreement; and

 

  (ii)

confirming that, subject to the Guarantee Limitations and the Agreed Security Principles, borrowing, guaranteeing or securing (as relevant) the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee or security limit binding on it (as relevant) to be exceeded.

 

  (e)

US Good Standing certificates: to the extent applicable in the jurisdiction of organization of to the U.S. Borrower and US Midco, a copy of a good standing certificate with respect to the U.S. Borrower and US Midco issued, as of a date no earlier than the date falling thirty (30) days prior to the date of this Agreement, by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of the U.S. Borrower and US Midco’s jurisdiction of incorporation or organization.

 

6


2.

Loan Documents

A copy of the counterparts of each of the following Loan Documents signed by each of the Original Loan Parties and each Day 1 Third Party Security Provider or (in the case of para (a) below only) each other member of the Group(in each case to the extent they are a party to such document):

 

  (a)

the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

  (b)

subject to the Agreed Security Principles, the following Transaction Security Documents:

 

Name of Grantor                        Security Document   Governing law
Topco               Limited recourse share pledge in respect of Topco’s shares in the capital of Holdings.   Luxembourg
Topco               Limited recourse security agreement assigning any Structural Intercompany Receivables owed to Topco (as lender) by Holdings or Bidco (as borrower).   Luxembourg
Holdings               Share pledge in respect of the Company’s shares in the capital of GPCo.   The Netherlands
Holdings               Interest pledge in respect of Holdings’ limited partner interest in Bidco.   Germany
GPCo               Interest pledge in respect of GPCo’s general partner interest in the capital of BidCo   Germany
Bidco               Share pledge in respect of Bidco’s shares in the capital of US Holdco.   Germany
US Holdco               Limited recourse share pledge in respect of US Holdco’s shares in the capital of US Midco   New York
US Midco               (a) General limited recourse security agreement pledging substantially all of US Midco’s assets (subject to customary exclusions consistent with the Agreed Security Principles) and (b) limited recourse share pledge in respect of any shares it owns in any Material Subsidiary incorporated or organised in the US.   New York
The U.S. Borrower               General security agreement pledging substantially all of the U.S. Borrower’s assets (subject to customary exclusions consistent with the Agreed Security Principles).   New York

 

7


3.

Legal Opinions

The following legal opinions:

 

  (a)

as to capacity:

 

  (i)

a legal opinion from Kirkland & Ellis International LLP as German law counsel to the Day 1 Third Party Security Provider and the Original Loan Parties in respect of the capacity of the Day 1 Third Party Security Provider and the Original Loan Parties incorporated in Germany to enter into the Loan Documents to which it is a party; and

 

  (ii)

a legal opinion from Arendt & Medernach SA as Luxembourg law counsel to Holdings and Topco in respect of the capacity of Holdings and Topco to enter into the Loan Documents to which they are party;

 

  (iii)

a legal opinion from Houthoff Coöperatief U.A. as Dutch law counsel to GPCo in respect of the capacity of GPCo to enter into the Loan Documents to which it is party; and

 

  (iv)

a legal opinion from Kirkland & Ellis LLP as New York counsel to the U.S. Borrower and US Midco in respect of the capacity of the U.S. Borrower and US Midco to enter into the Loan Documents to which it is party; and

 

  (b)

as to enforceability:

 

  (i)

a legal opinion from Loyens & Loeff Luxembourg S.à r.l. as Luxembourg counsel to the Initial Revolving Lenders in respect of the enforceability of the Loan Documents governed by Luxembourg law;

 

  (ii)

a legal opinion from Houthoff Coöperatief U.A. as Dutch counsel to GPCo in respect of the enforceability of the Loan Documents governed by Dutch law;

 

  (iii)

a legal opinion from Milbank LLP as German law counsel to the Original Lenders in respect of the enforceability of the Loan Documents governed by German law; and

 

  (iv)

a legal opinion from Kirkland & Ellis LLP as New York counsel to the U.S. Borrower and US Midco in respect of the enforceability of the Loan Documents governed by New York law

 

4.

Acquisition Documents and Closing Certificate

 

  (a)

Acquisition Agreement: A copy of the executed Acquisition Agreement, provided that this condition precedent will be satisfactory to the Agent if the Acquisition Agreement is provided in the form received by the Lead Arrangers on or prior to the date of this Agreement, or with any amendments or modifications which do not materially and adversely affect the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Loan Documents or which have been made with the approval of the Required Arrangers (each acting reasonably with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, made subject to any condition or delayed) or the Required Lenders (each acting reasonably with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, made subject to any condition or delayed).

 

8


  (b)

Closing Certificate: a certificate from Holdings (signed by an Officer) confirming that:

 

  (i)

each of the conditions to the Acquisition as set out in the Acquisition Agreement have been (or will be on the Closing Date) satisfied or waived other than:

 

  (A)

payment of the purchase price under the Acquisition Agreement;

 

  (B)

any other matter which cannot be satisfied until the Closing Date or Acquisition Closing Date;

 

  (C)

any condition which is waived, if such waiver is not materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Loan Documents; and

 

  (D)

any amendment, waiver, variation, supplement, replacement, change or addition of any condition which is approved by the Required Arrangers (acting reasonably) or the Required Lenders (acting reasonably); and

 

  (ii)

on or prior to the Closing Date, the Minimum Equity Investment is not less than 40% of the Total Transaction Uses (the “Minimum Equity Condition”).

 

5.

Reports

A copy of the following reports (the “Reports”):

 

  (a)

the following buy-side reports (the “Buy-Side Reports”):

 

  (i)

a buy-side financial, operational tax and HR due diligence report prepared by PricewaterhouseCoopers;

 

  (ii)

buy-side key issues legal due diligence report prepared by Kirkland & Ellis LLP; and

 

  (b)

a tax structure memorandum prepared by PricewaterhouseCoopers (the “Tax Structure Memorandum”),

provided that:

 

  (A)

no reliance will be given on any of the Reports as a condition precedent to funding; and

 

  (B)

to the extent Holdings (in its sole and absolute discretion) elects to deliver any updated Reports to the Lead Arrangers, Lenders and the Administrative Agent after the date of this Agreement, each such updated Report shall be deemed to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lead Arrangers, Lenders and the Administrative Agent if the final Reports are, in form and substance, substantially the same as the final versions or drafts (as applicable) received by the Lead Arrangers prior to the date of this Agreement, save for any changes which are not materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Loan Documents or any other changes approved by the Administrative Agent (acting reasonably on the instructions of the Required Arrangers (each acting reasonably) with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, made

 

9


  subject to any condition or delayed) or the Required Lenders (each acting reasonably with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, made subject to any condition or delayed)) and for these purposes the Lead Arrangers, Lenders and the Administrative Agent agree that any changes made to the approved Tax Structure Memorandum prior to the date of this Agreement, in connection with any Holdco Financing will not be considered to be a material and adverse change to the Tax Structure Memorandum and shall be permitted for all other purposes under the provisions of the Loan Documents, provided that the terms of such Holdco Financing are not inconsistent with the Holdco Financing Major Terms. For the avoidance of doubt, Holdings, Topco and/or the Initial Investors may update any due diligence (including any Report) from time to time and there shall be no requirement for any such updates to be provided to any Secured Party (and failure to provide such updates shall not affect the satisfaction of this condition).

 

6.

Financial Information

 

  (a)

Original Financial Statements: a copy of the audited financial statements of the Target Group for the financial year ended on 30 September 2020 provided that such statements shall not be required to be in a form and substance satisfactory to any Finance Party nor subject to any other approval requirement.

 

  (b)

Management Case: a copy of the base case model received by the Lead Arrangers prior to the date of this Agreement (the “Management Case”) provided that the Management Case shall be deemed to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lead Arrangers, each Lender, and the Administrative Agent if provided substantially in the form received by the Lead Arrangers on or prior to the date of this Agreement or with any amendments or modifications which do not materially and adversely affect the interests of the Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Loan Documents or which have been made with the approval of the Lead Arrangers (each acting reasonably with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, made subject to any condition or delayed) or the Required Lenders (each acting reasonably with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, made subject to any condition or delayed).

 

7.

Other

 

  (a)

Funds Flow Statement: (only if a statement of sources and uses is not included in the Tax Structure Memorandum or the uses are not set out in the Borrowing Request) a copy of the funds flow statement (the “Funds Flow Statement”) setting out the sources and uses for the Acquisition to be made on or prior to the Closing Date, provided that such funds flow statement shall not be required to be in a form and substance satisfactory to any Secured Party nor subject to any other approval requirement.

 

  (b)

Group Structure Chart: (only if such group structure is not included in the Tax Structure Memorandum) a group structure chart (on the basis that the Acquisition Closing Date has occurred), provided that such group structure chart shall not be required to be in a form and substance satisfactory to any Finance Party nor subject to any other approval requirement.

 

  (c)

Approved List: a copy of the Approved List, which shall be deemed to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lead Arrangers, each Lender and the Administrative Agent if in the form delivered to the Lead Arrangers on or prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

10


  (d)

DQ List: a copy of the DQ List, which shall be deemed to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lead Arrangers, each Original Lender and the Agent if in the form delivered to the Lead Arrangers on or prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

  (e)

Fees: reasonable evidence that all fees then due and payable to the Secured Parties for their own account under the Fee Letter on or before the Closing Date in connection with the Revolving Facility will be paid concurrently with, or out of, the first advances under the Revolving Facility (or as otherwise agreed between Holdings and the Lead Arrangers (acting reasonably)), provided that this requirement shall be satisfied by a reference to payment of such fees in a Borrowing Request, the Funds Flow Statement or the Tax Structure Memorandum and shall not be subject to any other approval requirement.

 

  (f)

KYC: completion of the Secured Parties’ reasonable “know your customer” checks on the Sponsors and the Original Loan Parties which are required and which (in each case) have been notified to the Obligors’ Agent not later than five (5) Business Days prior to the date of this Agreement or if later, the date falling five (5) Business Days after the Lenders receive notification of the incorporation of each such company.

 

11


Schedule 11

Agreed Security Principles

 

1.

Agreed Security Principles

 

  (a)

The guarantees and security to be provided under the Loan Documents will be given in accordance with the security principles set out in this Schedule 11 (the “Agreed Security Principles”). This Schedule 11 identifies the Agreed Security Principles and addresses the manner in which the Agreed Security Principles will impact on and determine the extent and terms of the guarantees and security proposed to be provided under any Loan Document.

 

  (b)

The Agreed Security Principles embody the recognition by all parties that there may be certain legal and practical difficulties in obtaining effective or commercially reasonable guarantees and/or security from all relevant members of the Group in each jurisdiction in which it has been agreed that guarantees and security will be granted by those members. In particular:

 

  (i)

general legal and statutory limitations, regulatory restrictions, financial assistance, anti-trust and other competition authority restrictions, corporate benefit, fraudulent preference, equitable subordination, “transfer pricing”, “thin capitalisation”, “earnings stripping”, “controlled foreign corporation” and other tax restrictions, “exchange control restrictions”, “capital maintenance” rules and “liquidity impairment” rules, tax restrictions, retention of title claims, employee consultation or approval requirements and similar principles may limit the ability of a member of the Group to provide a guarantee or security or may require that the guarantee or security be limited as to amount or otherwise and, if so, the guarantee or security will be limited accordingly provided that, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent before signing any applicable security or accession document, the relevant member of the Group shall use reasonable endeavours (but without incurring material cost and without adverse impact on relationships with third parties) to overcome any such obstacle or otherwise such guarantee or security document shall be subject to such limit;

 

  (ii)

a key factor in determining whether or not (and the terms on which) a guarantee or security will be taken (and in respect of the security, the extent of its perfection and/or registration) is the applicable time and cost (including adverse effects on taxes, interest deductibility, stamp duty, registration costs and taxes, notarial costs, translation costs and all applicable legal and notarial fees and adverse effects on the ability of the Group to obtain or maintain local facilities or other financing arrangements, including any factoring or similar arrangement in each case permitted under this Agreement) which will not be disproportionate to the benefit accruing to the Secured Parties of obtaining such guarantee or security;

 

  (iii)

members of the Group will not be required to give guarantees or enter into security documents if they are not wholly owned by another member of the Group or if it is not within the legal capacity of the relevant members of the Group or if it would conflict with the fiduciary or statutory duties of their Officers or contravene any applicable legal, regulatory or contractual prohibition or restriction or have the potential to result in a material risk of personal or criminal liability for any Officer of or for any member of the Group provided that, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent before signing any applicable security document or accession document, the relevant member of the Group shall use reasonable endeavours (but without incurring material cost and without adverse impact on relationships with third parties) to overcome any such obstacle or otherwise such guarantee or security document shall be subject to such limit;

 

12


  (iv)

guarantees and security will be limited so that the aggregate of notarial costs and all registration and like taxes and duties relating to the provision of security will not exceed an amount to be agreed between Holdings and the Administrative Agent;

 

  (v)

where a class of assets to be secured includes material and immaterial assets, if the cost of granting security over the immaterial assets is disproportionate to the benefit of such security, security will be granted over the material assets only;

 

  (vi)

it is expressly acknowledged that it may be either impossible or impractical to create security over certain categories of assets in which event security will not be taken over such assets;

 

  (vii)

any asset subject to a legal requirement, contract, lease, licence, instrument, regulatory constraint (including any agreement with any government or regulatory body) or other third party arrangement (other than restrictions contained in the constitutional documents of a member of the Group or in any intra-Group loan agreement), which may prevent or condition the asset from being charged, secured or being subject to the applicable security document (including requiring a consent of any third party, supervisory board or works council (or equivalent)) and any asset which, if subject to the applicable security document, would give a third party the right to terminate or otherwise amend any rights, benefits and/or obligations with respect to any member of the Group in respect of the asset or require the relevant chargor to take any action materially adverse to the interests of the Group or any member thereof, in each case will be excluded from a guarantee or security document;

 

  (viii)

the giving of a guarantee, the granting of security and the registration and/or the perfection of the security granted will not be required if it would have a material adverse effect on the ability of the relevant member of the Group to conduct its operations and business in the ordinary course as otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents (including dealing with the secured assets and all contractual counterparties or amending, waiving or terminating (or allowing to lapse) any rights, benefits or obligations, in each case prior to an Event of Default which is continuing), and any requirement under the Agreed Security Principles to seek consent of any person or take or not take any other action shall be subject to this sub-paragraph (viii);

 

  (ix)

any security document will only be required to be notarised if required by law in order for the relevant security to become effective or admissible in evidence;

 

  (x)

no guarantee or security will be required to be given by or over any Acquired Person or Asset (and no consent shall be required to be sought with respect thereto) which are required to support Acquired Indebtedness to the extent such Acquired Indebtedness is permitted by this Agreement to remain outstanding after an acquisition. No member of a target group or other entity acquired pursuant to an acquisition permitted by this Agreement shall be required to become a Guarantor or grant security with respect to the Revolving Facility if prevented by the terms of the documentation governing that acquired indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Acquired Indebtedness) or if becoming a Guarantor or the granting of any security would give rise to an obligation (including any payment obligation) under or in relation thereto; no security will be granted over any asset secured for the benefit of any Permitted Indebtedness and/or to the extent constituting a Permitted Lien unless specifically required by a Loan Document to the contrary;

 

13


  (xi)

to the extent possible and unless required by applicable law, there should be no action required to be taken in relation to the guarantees or security when any lender assigns or transfers any of its participation to a new lender (and, unless explicitly agreed to the contrary in this Agreement, no member of the Group shall bear or otherwise be liable for any taxes, any notarial, registration or perfection fees or any other costs, fees or expenses that result from any assignment or transfer by a Secured Party);

 

  (xii)

no title investigations or other diligence on assets will be required and no title insurance will be required;

 

  (xiii)

security will not be required over any assets subject to security in favour of a third party (other than (a) such security granted in favour of the Senior Facilities Agreement or any other Indebtedness permitted to be secured on a senior basis to the Obligations pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement and (b) in relation to security under general business conditions of account banks which do not prohibit or prevent the creation of Transaction Security over such accounts) or any cash constituting regulatory capital or segregated cash held for the benefit of customers (and such assets or cash shall be excluded from any relevant security document);

 

  (xiv)

to the extent legally effective, all security will be given in favour of the Administrative Agent and not the secured creditors individually (with the Administrative Agent to hold one set of security documents for all the Secured Parties); “parallel debt” provisions will be used where necessary (and included in the Intercreditor Agreement and not the individual security documents); no member of the Group will be required to take any action in relation to any guarantees or security as a result of any assignment or transfer by a Lender;

 

  (xv)

guarantees and security will not be required from or over the assets of, any joint venture or similar arrangement, any minority interest or any member of the Group that is not wholly-owned by another member of the Group;

 

  (xvi)

each security document shall be deemed not to restrict or condition any transaction permitted under this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement and the security granted under each security document shall be deemed to be subject to these Agreed Security Principles, before and after the execution of the relevant security document and creation of the relevant security;

 

  (xvii)

no security may be provided on terms which are inconsistent with the turnover or sharing provisions in the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

  (xviii)

the Secured Parties (or any agent or similar representative appointed by them at the relevant time) will not be able to exercise any power of attorney or set-off granted to them under the terms of the Loan Documents prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing;

 

  (xix)

no guarantee or security shall guarantee or secure any “Excluded Swap Obligations” defined in accordance with the LSTA Market Advisory Update dated February 15, 2013 entitled “Swap Regulations’ Implications for Loan Documentation”, and any update thereto by the LSTA;

 

14


  (xx)

other than a general filing relating to a floating charge or blanket lien, no perfection, filing or other action will be required with respect to assets of a type not owned by members of the Group or not in a Guarantor Jurisdiction or otherwise over the shares of a member of the Group not located in a Guarantor Jurisdiction; and

 

  (xxi)

no translation of any document relating to any security or any asset subject to any security will be required to be prepared or provided to the Secured Parties, unless (i) required for such documents to become effective or admissible in evidence and (ii) an Event of Default is continuing.

 

  (c)

Notwithstanding any term of any Loan Document, no loan or other obligation of any U.S. Loan Party under any Loan Document may be, directly or indirectly:

 

  (i)

guaranteed by a CFC or by a FSHCO, or guaranteed by a Subsidiary of a CFC or FSHCO;

 

  (ii)

secured by any assets of a CFC, FSHCO or a Subsidiary of a CFC or a FSHCO (including any CFC or FSHCO equity interests held directly or indirectly by a CFC or FSHCO);

 

  (iii)

secured by a pledge or other security interest in equity interests in a CFC or a FSHCO in excess of sixty-five (65) per cent. of such equity interests of a CFC or FSHCO;

 

  (iv)

secured by (A) leasehold interests in real property, unless otherwise elected by such U.S. Loan Party in its sole discretion, including any requirement to obtain any landlord or other third party waivers, estoppels, consents or collateral access letters, (B) fee-owned real property, (C) motor vehicles, airplanes and other assets subject to certificates of title, (D) letter of credit rights (other than supporting obligations), (E) commercial tort claims, (F) [Reserved], (G) any assets to the extent the security in such assets could, as determined by such U.S. Loan Party (acting reasonably and in good faith), result in material adverse US tax, accounting or regulatory consequences to any member of the Group or any of its direct or indirect owners (including the Investors), (H) equity interests issued by, or assets of, unrestricted subsidiaries, immaterial subsidiaries, broker-dealer subsidiaries, not-for-profit subsidiaries, special purpose entities, receivables subsidiaries and captive insurance subsidiaries, (I) equity interests issued by, or assets of, any person other than a material wholly-owned subsidiary incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction, (J) a security interest to the extent the burden or cost (including adverse tax, regulatory or accounting consequences) of granting or perfecting such security interest outweighs the benefit of such security to the Secured Parties as determined by such U.S. Loan Party (acting reasonably and in good faith), (K) intent-to-use trademark applications prior to the filing of a statement of use, (L) any lease, license, permit, franchise, charter, authorization or agreement (and the assets subject thereto at the time of the acquisition of such assets) to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license, permit, franchise, charter, authorization or agreement or result in the creation of a security interest thereunder or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than a member of the Group) or otherwise require consent thereunder (provided that there shall be no obligation to obtain such consent) (after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code), in each case excluding the proceeds thereof which are not otherwise excluded assets, (M) property subject to a purchase money agreement, capital lease or similar arrangement to the extent the creation of a security interest therein is prohibited thereby or creates a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto or otherwise requires third-party consent thereunder (other than a member of the Group), in each case

 

15


  excluding the proceeds thereof which are not otherwise excluded assets, (N) any assets located or titled outside of the U.S. or assets that require action under the law of any non-U.S. jurisdiction to create or perfect a security interest in such assets, including any intellectual property registered in any non-U.S. jurisdiction (and no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required), (O) margin stock, (P) any property or assets, a security interest in which (x) is prohibited by law (including all applicable laws and regulations restricting assignments of, and security interests in, government receivables) or agreement binding on such property or asset at the time of its acquisition, (y) could require governmental or other third party consent pursuant to such agreement, approval, license or authorization (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received; provided that there shall be no obligation to obtain such consent) or (z) would create a right of termination in favor of any government or third party, in each case after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law and (Q) any assets with respect to which granting a security interest in such assets could result in a material adverse effect on the ability of the Group to conduct its operations and business in the ordinary course as otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents, excluding the proceeds thereof (to the extent not otherwise constituting excluded assets); or

 

  (v)

guaranteed by any other Subsidiary or secured by a pledge of or security interest in any other Subsidiary or other asset, if it could, as determined by Holdings (acting reasonably and in good faith), result in material adverse US tax, accounting or regulatory consequences to any member of the Group or any of its direct or indirect owners (including the Investors).

 

  (d)

For the purposes of the grant of security under the laws of the Province of Quebec which may now or in the future be required to be provided by any Loan Party incorporated in Canada or any successor thereto, as part of its duties as the Administrative Agent, is hereby irrevocably authorized and appointed to act as the hypothecary representative (within the meaning of Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Québec) for all Secured Parties in order to hold any hypothec granted under the laws of the Province of Quebec pursuant to a deed of hypothec as security for any obligations of any member of the Group under any of the Loan Documents and to exercise such rights and duties as are conferred upon a hypothecary representative under the relevant deed of hypothec and applicable laws (with the power to delegate any such rights or duties). The execution prior to the date hereof by the Administrative Agent of any deed of hypothec made pursuant to the laws of the Province of Quebec, is hereby ratified and confirmed. In the event of the resignation and appointment of a successor Administrative Agent such successor Administrative Agent shall also act as the successor hypothecary representative on behalf of all Secured Parties under each deed of hypothec without any further documentation or other formality being required to evidence the appointment of the successor hypothecary representative (subject to the registration of a notice of replacement as required by Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Québec). Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this provision shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Quebec

 

  (e)

The limitations described in paragraph (c) above shall not apply to the Original Loan Parties (or their successors).

 

16


2.

Guarantees

Subject to the guarantee limitations set out in the Loan Documents, each guarantee will be an upstream, cross-stream and downstream guarantee for all liabilities of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents in accordance with, and subject to, the requirements of these Agreed Security Principles in each relevant jurisdiction (references to “security” to be read for this purpose as including guarantees). Security documents will secure the guarantee obligations of the relevant security provider or, if such security is provided on a third party basis, all liabilities of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents, in each case in accordance with, and subject to, the requirements of these Agreed Security Principles in each relevant jurisdiction.

 

3.

Governing Law and Scope

 

  (a)

The guarantees and security to be provided in respect of the Revolving Facility in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles are only to be given by Material Subsidiaries (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) which are incorporated in the Guarantor Jurisdictions. No security or guarantees shall be required to be given by (or over the shares or investments in) (i) any entity not incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction or (ii) any joint venture or similar arrangement, any minority interest or any member of the Group that is not wholly owned by another member of the Group.

 

  (b)

All security (other than share security) will be governed by the law of, and secure only assets located in, the jurisdiction of incorporation of the applicable grantor of the security and no action in relation to security (including any perfection step, further assurance step, filing or registration) will be required in jurisdictions where the grantor of the security is not incorporated. Share security over any subsidiary will be governed by the law of the place of incorporation of that subsidiary. Any security over a Structural Intercompany Receivable will be, at the option of Holdings, governed by the governing law of such structural intra-group loan document or English law.

 

4.

Terms of Security Documents

The following principles will be reflected in the terms of any security taken in connection with the Revolving Facility:

 

  (a)

security will not be enforceable or crystallise until the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing; provided that ABL Priority Cash Dominion, Borrowing Base or Advance Action (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) shall not constitute an enforcement;

 

  (b)

the beneficiaries of the security or any Agent will only be able to exercise a power of attorney following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing (and, with respect to any security over shares, stocks or partnership interests of an Obligor incorporated or organized in the United States, following five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the pledgor of such shares, stocks or partnership interests that the beneficiary of the security or Agent is exercising such rights);

 

  (c)

the security documents should only operate to create security rather than to impose new commercial obligations or repeat clauses in other Loan Documents; accordingly:

 

  (i)

without prejudice to the Overriding Principle, they should not contain additional representations, undertakings or indemnities (including in respect of insurance, information, maintenance or protection of assets, further assurance or the payment of fees, costs and expenses) unless required for the creation or perfection of security under applicable law; and

 

17


  (ii)

nothing in any security document shall (or be construed to) prohibit any transaction, matter or other step (or a grantor of security taking or entering into the same) or dealing in any manner whatsoever in relation to any asset (including all rights, claims, benefits, proceeds and documentation, and contractual counterparties in relation thereto) the subject of (or expressed to be the subject of) the security agreement if permitted by the terms of the other Loan Documents (and accordingly to such extent, the Administrative Agent shall promptly effect releases, confirmations, consents to deal or similar steps always at the cost of the relevant grantor of the security);

 

  (d)

no security will be required to be granted over parts, stock, moveable plant, equipment or receivables if it would require labelling, segregation or periodic listing or specification of such parts, stock, moveable plant, equipment or receivables (other than in the case of any such security to be granted by a German Borrower provided that such action is required by German law to establish valid security, however unless the applicable time and cost of such actions would be disproportionate to the benefit accruing to the Secured Parties of obtaining such security, in which case no such security shall be granted);

 

  (e)

perfection will not be required in respect of (i) vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title or (ii) letter of credit rights and tort claims (or the local law equivalent);

 

  (f)

except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, in no event shall control agreements (or perfection by control or similar arrangements) be required with respect to any assets (including deposit or securities accounts);

 

  (g)

without prejudice to the Overriding Principle, security will, where possible and practical, automatically create security over future assets of the same type as those already secured; where local law requires supplemental pledges, lists of assets or notices to be delivered in respect of future acquired assets in order for effective security to be created over that class of asset, such supplemental pledges, lists of assets or notices will be provided only upon request of the Administrative Agent and at intervals no more frequent than annually;

 

  (h)

each security document must contain a clause which records that if there is a conflict between the security document and this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement then (to the fullest extent permitted by law) the provisions of this Agreement or (as applicable) the Intercreditor Agreement will take priority over the provisions of the security document (and that, if requested to do so by (and at the cost of) the Company, the Security Agent will enter into such amendments, waivers or consents as are necessary to remove such conflict); and

 

  (i)

each security document must contain a clause substantially similar to the following:

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement but without prejudice to the creation or perfection of any security interest under this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed so as to prohibit or restrict any transaction, matter or other step (or the [security grantor] taking or entering into the same or dealing in any manner whatsoever in relation to any asset (including all rights, claims, benefits, proceeds and documentation, and contractual counterparties in relation thereto)) permitted by the [Debt Documents] (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) (other than this Agreement), and the Security Agent shall promptly enter into such documentation and/or take such other action in relation to this Agreement as is required by the [security grantor] (acting reasonably) in order to facilitate any such transaction, matter or other step, including by way of executing any confirmation, consent to dealing, release or other similar or equivalent document, or returning any physical collateral.

 

18


5.

Bank Accounts

In each case, except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement or any Loan Document:

 

  (a)

If a Loan Party grants security over its material current bank accounts it will be free to deal, operate and transact business in relation to those accounts (including opening and closing accounts) until the occurrence of an Event of Default or Cash Dominion Period which is continuing. For the avoidance of doubt, there will be no “fixed” security over bank accounts, cash or receivables or any obligation to hold or pay cash or receivables in a particular account until the occurrence of an Event of Default or Cash Dominion Period which is continuing.

 

  (b)

Subject to paragraph (c), no notice of security may be prepared or served on and consent to the security requested from, the account bank until the occurrence of an Event of Default or Cash Dominion Period which is continuing.

 

  (c)

If a Loan Party grants security over its material current bank accounts (and (x) the giving of notice of security is market practice in the relevant jurisdiction and (y) it is possible to give such notice of security without disrupting the operation of the account(s) in question, in each case as determined by Holdings in its sole discretion), notice of the security will be served on the account bank in relation to applicable accounts within ten (10) Business Days from (and excluding) the date of the security document (or accession thereto) and the applicable grantor of the security will use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within twenty (20) Business Days of service. If the grantor of the security has used its reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement or acceptance its obligation to obtain acknowledgement will cease on the expiry of that twenty (20) Business Day period. Irrespective of whether notice of the security is required for perfection, if the service of notice would prevent any member of the Group from using a bank account in the course of its business no notice of security will be served until the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing.

 

  (d)

Any security over bank accounts will be subject to any security interests in favour of the account bank which are created either by law or in the standard terms and conditions of the account bank. No member of the Group will be required to change its banking arrangements or standard terms and conditions in connection with the granting of bank account security.

 

  (e)

If required under applicable local law, security over bank accounts will be registered subject to the general principles set out in these Agreed Security Principles following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing.

 

6.

Fixed assets

Without prejudice to the Overriding Principle, if a Loan Party grants security over its material fixed assets it will be free to deal with those assets in the course of its business until the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing. No notice, whether to third parties or by attaching a notice to the fixed assets, will be prepared or given until the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing.

 

7.

Insurance policies

 

  (a)

Without prejudice to the Overriding Principle, if a Loan Party grants security over its material insurance policies (excluding any third party liability or public liability insurance and any directors and officers insurance in respect of which claims thereunder may be mandatorily prepaid, provided that the relevant insurance policy allows security to be so granted), notice of any security interest over insurance policies will only be served on an insurer of the Group assets upon written request of the Administrative Agent, which may only be given after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing.

 

19


  (b)

Prior to an Event of Default which is continuing, no loss payee or other endorsement will be made on the insurance policy, no insurance certificates shall be required to be delivered to any Secured Party and no Secured Party will be named as co-insured.

 

8.

Intellectual property

 

  (a)

No security will be granted over any intellectual property which cannot be secured under the terms of the relevant licensing agreement.

 

  (b)

Without prejudice to the Overriding Principle, if security is granted over the relevant material intellectual property, the grantor shall be free to deal with, use, licence and otherwise commercialise those assets in the course of its business (including allowing its intellectual property to lapse if no longer material to its business) until an Event of Default which is continuing.

 

  (c)

Notice of any security interest over intellectual property will only be served on a third party from whom intellectual property is licensed upon written request of the Security Agent, which may only be given after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing. No intellectual property security will be required to be registered under the law of that security document, the law where the grantor is regulated, or at any relevant supra-national registry. Security over intellectual property rights will be taken on an “as is, where is” basis and the Group will not be required to procure any changes to, or corrections of filings on, external registers.

 

9.

Receivables

Without prejudice to the Overriding Principle, if a Loan Party grants security over any of its receivables it will be free to deal with, amend, waive or terminate those receivables in the course of its business until the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing (and, with respect to any receivables of a U.S. Loan Party, following five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to such Loan Party that the beneficiary of the security or Administrative Agent is exercising such rights). No notice of security may be prepared or served until the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing (other than security over the Structural Intercompany Receivables). No list of receivables shall be required. If required under local law, security over receivables will be registered subject to the general principles set out in these Agreed Security Principles following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing.

 

10.

Real estate

No security shall be granted over real property.

 

11.

Shares

 

  (a)

Security over shares, stocks or partnership interests granted by a Loan Party will be limited to those over a wholly-owned Loan Party incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction. For the avoidance of doubt, no security shall be required to be granted by, or over the shares in, entities which are not wholly-owned Loan Parties incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction.

 

  (b)

Until an Event of Default is continuing, the legal title of the shares will remain with the relevant grantor of the security (unless transfer of title on granting such security is customary in the applicable jurisdiction (as agreed between the legal counsel of the Group and the legal counsel

 

20


  of the Administrative Agent in the relevant jurisdiction)) and any grantor of share security will be permitted to retain and to exercise voting rights and powers in relation to any shares and other related rights charged by it and receive, own and retain all assets and proceeds in relation thereto without restriction or condition. With respect to any company incorporated in Germany, the voting rights and powers in relation to the shares in such company will remain with the grantor of the security at all times.

 

  (c)

With respect to the shares in any member of the Group that have been pledged pursuant to a Transaction Security Document, where customary and applicable as a matter of law, the applicable share certificate (or other documents evidencing title to the relevant shares) and a stock transfer form executed in blank (or applicable law equivalent) will be provided to the Security Agent:

 

  (i)

(with respect to any Transaction Security Document entered into pursuant to Section 4.01), as soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing Date (and taking into account any stamping requirements in respect of any stock transfer form (or applicable law equivalent)); and

 

  (ii)

(with respect to any other Transaction Security Document), as soon as reasonably practicable following execution (and taking into account any stamping requirements in respect of any stock transfer form (or applicable law equivalent)) of that Transaction Security Document.

 

12.

The Overriding Principle

 

  (a)

The Parties agree that the overriding intention is for security in respect of the Secured Debt Documents (other than the Topco Finance Documents) only be granted as follows:

 

  (i)

the Day 1 Third Party Security Providers and the Original Obligors will grant the security contemplated by paragraph 2(b) of Schedule 4.01;

 

  (ii)

each German Borrower will grant the security contemplated by limb (vi) below within 90 days after the Closing Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion not to exceed an additional 45 days without the consent of the Super Majority Lenders);

 

  (iii)

each security provider in respect of the Term Priority Charged Property shall provide second-priority security interests in the Term Priority Charged Property in respect of the Revolving Facility;

 

  (iv)

each other member of the Group incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction will grant security over any shares it holds in any wholly owned Material Subsidiary incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction;

 

  (v)

a Loan Party incorporated in the U.S. (including the U.S. Borrower) will grant security over substantially all assets (subject to customary “excluded assets” including real estate) pursuant to a New York law governed security agreement, in each case, subject to customary exceptions, materiality thresholds and these Agreed Security Principles (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, prior to an Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing, such assets will be perfected only by (w) the filing of general UCC-1 financing statements in the applicable filing offices (and for the avoidance of doubt, no separate UCC-1 filings in respect of commercial tort claims shall be required), (x) the delivery of written instruments representing

 

21


  Structural Intercompany Receivables, (y) the delivery of share certificates (if any) with respect to wholly-owned Subsidiaries that are Loan Parties incorporated in the US and (z) the entry into blocked account control agreements for any Material Deposit Account to the extent required by this Agreement (subject in each case to any limitations or exclusions provided by application of the other provisions of these Agreed Security Principles)); and further provided that (A) no security shall be taken over any “intent-to-use” trademark applications prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use,” “Amendment to Allege Use” or similar notice, (B) [Reserved] and (C) no landlord lien waiver, estoppel, warehouseman waiver or other collateral access or similar letter or agreement shall be required except as otherwise required by this Agreement);

 

  (vi)

a German Borrower will grant security over (x) substantially all its bank accounts in Germany (other than any non-material bank accounts to be specified in sufficient detail in the respective account pledge agreement), (y) substantially all its accounts receivables (including credit card receivables and other customer/trade receivables) and its insurance receivables, and (z) substantially all its inventory of raw materials and supplies, spare parts, work in progress, finished products and merchandise (Roh-, Hilfs- und Betriebsstoffe, Ersatzteile, unfertige Erzeugnisse, unfertige Leistungen, fertige Erzeugnisse und Waren (Umlaufvermögen)). In the case of (x) above, notice of the security will be served on the account bank as soon as reasonably practicable but, in any event, within ten (10) Business Days of the security being granted and the German Borrower providing security shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 20 (twenty) Business Days of service. If the German Borrower providing security has used its reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement its obligation to obtain acknowledgement shall cease on the expiry of that 20 (twenty) Business Day period. If the service of notice would prevent any member of the Group from using a bank account in the course of its business, such account shall be treated and defined as non-material bank account which is not subject to security in favour of the Secured Parties. Bank statements will be provided to the Administrative Agent on an annual basis and upon request by the Administrative Agent during the existence of an Event of Default which is continuing. In the case of (y) above, and if required under German law to perfect the security, notice of the security will be served on the relevant debtor as soon as reasonably practicable but, in any event, within ten (10) Business Days of the security being granted and the relevant German Borrower providing security shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 20 (twenty) Business Days of service. If the German Borrower providing security has used its reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement its obligation to obtain acknowledgement shall cease on the expiry of that 20 Business Day period. Lists of receivables of the German Borrowers (with an adequate level of detail) will be provided to the Administrative Agent on an annual basis and upon request by the Administrative Agent during the existence of an Event of Default which is continuing. In the case of (z) above, site maps and/or lists of assets will be provided if and to the extent required to establish valid security. Lists of assets of the German Borrowers (with an adequate level of detail) will be provided to the Administrative Agent on an annual basis and upon request by the Administrative Agent during the existence of an Event of Default which is continuing. A German Borrower providing security over its assets shall be free to deal with those assets in the course of its business until the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing;

 

22


  (vii)

In the event any Person incorporated in Canada or England & Wales will become a Loan Party, the parties to the ABL Credit Agreement at such time will negotiate Agreed Security Principles for such jurisdictions in good faith.

(this paragraph (a) being the “Overriding Principle”).

 

  (b)

Save as described in paragraph (a) above, no other security will be granted and for the avoidance of doubt, save as set out in paragraph (a) above, no member of the Group shall be required to grant a floating charge (or any floating “all asset” or similar security interest, however described) over its assets located in any jurisdiction.

 

13.

Voluntary Credit Support

 

  (a)

If, in accordance with this Schedule 11, a person is not required to grant any guarantee or to grant security over an asset, Holdings may, in its sole discretion, elect to (or to procure that such person will) grant such guarantee or security (“Voluntary Credit Support”).

 

  (b)

Each Secured Party shall be required to accept such Voluntary Credit Support and shall enter into any document requested by Loan Party’s Agent to create, perfect, register or notify third parties of such Voluntary Credit Support on such terms as Holdings shall, in its sole discretion, elect.

 

14.

Amendment

In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between any term of these Agreed Security Principles and any term of a Transaction Security Document, the Secured Parties authorise, instruct and direct the Administrative Agent to, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (at the option and upon request of the Loan Party’s Agent) (i) enter into such amendments to such Transaction Security Document or (ii) release and terminate such Transaction Security Document and enter into a replacement Transaction Security Document on such amended terms, in each case as shall be necessary or desirable to cure such conflict or inconsistency.

 

23

Exhibit 10.3

Execution Version

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

ABL CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO ABL CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is dated as of May 2, 2023, and is entered into by and among Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG, a limited partnership (Kommanditgesellschaft) established under the laws of Germany and registered in the commercial register of the local court (Amtsgericht) of Montabaur under HRA 22603, with business address at Burg Ockenfels, 53545 Linz, Germany (the “German Parent Borrower”), Birkenstock US BidCo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “U.S. Borrower), the Additional Borrowers party hereto (together with the German Parent Borrower and the U.S. Borrower, the “Borrowers”) and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, the “Administrative Agent”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Amended Credit Agreement referenced below.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrowers are party to that certain ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2021 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “Existing Credit Agreement”; the Existing Credit Agreement, as further amended by this Amendment, the “Amended Credit Agreement”), by and among the Borrowers, BK LC Lux SPV S.à r.l., a private company with limited liability (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 40, Avenue Monterey, L-2163 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register (Registre de commerce et des sociétés, Luxembourg) under number B252419 (“Holdings”), the banks and financial institutions from time to time party thereto as Lenders and Issuing Banks (the “Lenders”), the Administrative Agent and Citibank, N.A., London Branch as co-collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Co-Collateral Agent”);

WHEREAS, certain loans, commitments and/or other extensions of credit (the “Loans”) under the Existing Credit Agreement denominated in Dollars (the “Affected Currency”) incur or are permitted to incur interest, fees or other amounts based on the London Interbank Offered Rate as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration (“LIBOR”) in accordance with the terms of the Existing Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Administrative Agent has determined pursuant to Section 2.14(c) of the Existing Credit Agreement that syndicated loans currently being executed or that include language similar to that contained in Section 2.14 are being executed or amended (as applicable) to incorporate or adopt a new benchmark interest to replace LIBOR for the Affected Currency;

WHEREAS, in accordance therewith, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers have agreed to enter into an amendment to the Existing Credit Agreement to replace LIBOR with Term SOFR for the Affected Currency;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.02(d)(iii) of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers have agreed to enter into an amendment to the Existing Credit Agreement to address an ambiguity, mistake, defect, inconsistency, obvious error or any error or omission of a technical nature in the calculation of EURIBOR in the Existing Credit Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1


SECTION I. AMENDMENTS

With effect from and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended in accordance with Exhibit A hereto by deleting the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following examples: stricken text and stricken text) and inserting the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following examples: double-underlined text and double-underlined text), in each case in the place where such text appears therein.

SECTION II. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS

This Amendment shall become effective on the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived by the Administrative Agent) (the “Amendment No. 1 Effective Date”):

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received an executed counterpart of this Amendment from the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall not have received, by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the Administrative Agent has posted this Amendment to all Lenders, written notice of objection to the proposed Adjustment (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.

SECTION III. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each of the Borrowers represents and warrants, as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, that:

(a) Power and Authority. Each of the Borrowers has the power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary action to authorize its entry into and performance of this Amendment and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Amendment to the extent failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Enforcement. Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, any judgment obtained in relation to this Amendment in the jurisdiction of the governing law of this Amendment will be recognized and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions to the extent failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION IV. MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 Limitation of Amendment.

Except as expressly modified hereby, the Existing Credit Agreement shall continue in effect in accordance with its terms. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment (a) shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Co-Collateral Agent or the Loan Parties under the Amended Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and (b) shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. Each and every term, condition, obligation, covenant and agreement contained in the Existing Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document is hereby ratified and re-affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect as modified by this Amendment and nothing herein can or may be construed as a novation thereof. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document for purposes of the Amended Credit Agreement and from and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, all references to the “Credit Agreement” in any Loan Document and all references in the Amended Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import shall, unless expressly provided otherwise, refer to the Amended Credit Agreement.

 

2


4.2 Headings.

Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Amendment and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Amendment.

4.3 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

The provisions of Sections 9.10 and 9.11 of the Amended Credit Agreement pertaining to governing law, submission to jurisdiction, waiver of venue, consent to service of process, and waiver of jury trial are hereby incorporated by reference herein, mutatis mutandis.

4.4 Severability.

To the extent permitted by law, any provision of this Amendment held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions thereof, and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

4.5 Counterparts.

This Amendment may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Any signature to this Amendment may be delivered by facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf) or as any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000 or the New York Electronic Signature and Records Act or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form shall be valid and effective for all purposes to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing also applies to any amendment, extension or renewal of this Amendment.

4.6 Transition to Adjusted Term SOFR.

Notwithstanding any other provision herein or in any other Loan Document, any Loan denominated in the Affected Currency that constitutes an Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) that is outstanding on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date shall remain outstanding as an Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date until the end of the Interest Period (as such term is defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) in effect for such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan and at the end of such Interest Period (as such term is defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) in effect for such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan, shall convert to an Adjusted Term SOFR Loan with an Interest Period elected by the applicable Borrower; provided that, if no such election is made by the applicable Borrower, then such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall automatically convert (with no notice or other action required under the Amended Credit Agreement) at the end of the Interest Period (as such term is defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) in effect for such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan to an Adjusted Term SOFR Loan with an Interest Period of one (1) month; provided, further, that, for the avoidance of doubt, at any time from and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Borrowers shall not be permitted to request a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of any Dollar-denominated Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans (as defined in

 

3


the Existing Credit Agreement). Notwithstanding any other provision herein or in any other Loan Document, the provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement applicable to an Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) that is outstanding on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date shall continue and remain in effect, solely with respect to such outstanding Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan and only until the end of the Interest Period in effect for such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan,.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

BIRKENSTOCK GROUP B.V. & CO. KG, as German Parent Borrower, represented by Birkenstock Administration B.V. as its general partner (Komplementär)
By:  

/s/ Oliver Reichert

  Name: Oliver Reichert
  Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to ABL Credit Agreement]


BIRKENSTOCK US BIDCO, INC., as U.S. Borrower
By:  

/s/ David Kahan

  Name: David Kahan
  Title: President and CEO

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to ABL Credit Agreement]


BIRKENSTOCK GLOBAL SALES GMBH
as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ Klaus-Peter Baumann

  Name: Klaus-Peter Baumann
  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to ABL Credit Agreement]


BIRKENSTOCK DIGITAL GMBH
as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ Oliver Winderoll

  Name: Oliver Winderoll
  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to ABL Credit Agreement]


BIRKENSTOCK COSMETICS GMBH
as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ Oliver Reichert

  Name: Oliver Reichert
  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to ABL Credit Agreement]


BIRKENSTOCK PRODUCTIONS SACHSEN GMBH, as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ Richard Cesar

  Name: Richard Cesar
  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to ABL Credit Agreement]


BIRKENSTOCK COMPONENTS GMBH, as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ Marco Basilio

  Name: Marco Basilio
  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to ABL Credit Agreement]


BIRKENSTOCK PRODUCTIONS RHEINLAND-PFALZ GMBH, as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ Sarper Aslan

  Name: Sarper Aslan
  Title: Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Lutz Glahn

  Name: Lutz Glahn
  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to ABL Credit Agreement]


BIRKENSTOCK PRODUCTIONS HESSEN GMBH, as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ Marcus Börger

  Name: Marcus Börger
  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to ABL Credit Agreement]


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Douglas Tansey

  Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to ABL Credit Agreement]


Exhibit A

AMENDED CREDIT AGREEMENT

[See attached]


ABL CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of April 28, 2021,

as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated May 2, 2023,

among

BIRKENSTOCK GROUP B.V. & CO. KG,

as the German Parent Borrower,

BIRKENSTOCK US BIDCO, INC.,

as the U.S. Borrower,

BK LC LUX SPV S.À R.L.,

as Holdings,

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO,

as Lenders,

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

as Co-Collateral Agent,

and

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

CREDIT SUISSE LOAN FUNDING LLC,

CREDIT SUISSE (DEUTSCHLAND) AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

and

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK DEUTSCHLAND, NIEDERLASSUNG EINER FRANZÖSISCHEN SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

     1  

Section 1.01

  Defined Terms      1  

Section 1.02

  Classification of Revolving Loans and Borrowings      124  

Section 1.03

  Terms Generally      124  

Section 1.04

  Construction      125  

Section 1.05

  Effectuation of Transactions      129  

Section 1.06

  Timing of Payment of Performance      129  

Section 1.07

  Times of Day      129  

Section 1.08

  Currency Symbols and Definitions      129  

Section 1.09

  Cashless Rollovers      129  

Section 1.10

  Third Party Rights      129  

Section 1.11

  Guarantees and Collateral      130  

Section 1.12

  Divisions      130  

Section 1.13

  Interest Rates      130  

Section 1.14

  Additional Alternate Currencies      131  

Section 1.15

  German Terms      132  

Section 1.16

  Authorizations      132  

Section 1.17

  Calculations      133  

Section 1.18

  Intercreditor Agreement      140  

Section 1.19

  Personal Liability      140  

Section 1.20

  Luxembourg Terms      140  

ARTICLE 2 THE CREDITS

     141  

Section 2.01

  Commitments      141  

Section 2.02

  Revolving Loans and Borrowings      141  

Section 2.03

  Requests for Borrowings      142  

Section 2.04

  Swingline Loans and Overadvances      143  

Section 2.05

  Letters of Credit      146  

Section 2.06

  Protective Advances      152  

Section 2.07

  Funding of Borrowings      153  

Section 2.08

  Type; Interest Elections      154  

Section 2.09

  Termination and Reduction of Commitments      155  

Section 2.10

  Repayment of Revolving Loans; Evidence of Debt      156  

Section 2.11

  Prepayment of Revolving Loans      157  

Section 2.12

  Fees      159  

Section 2.13

  Interest      160  

Section 2.14

  Alternate Rate of Interest      162  

Section 2.15

  Increased Costs      166  

Section 2.16

  Break Funding Payments      167  

Section 2.17

  Taxes      168  

Section 2.18

  Payments Generally; Allocation of Proceeds; Sharing of Payments      175  

Section 2.19

  Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders      178  

 

i


Section 2.20

  Illegality      180  

Section 2.21

  Defaulting Lenders      181  

Section 2.22

  Incremental Credit Extensions      184  

Section 2.23

  Extensions of Loans and Revolving Commitments      187  

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     191  

Section 3.01

  Status      191  

Section 3.02

  Binding Obligations      191  

Section 3.03

  Non-Conflict with Other Obligations      191  

Section 3.04

  Power and Authority      191  

Section 3.05

  Validity and Admissibility in Evidence      191  

Section 3.06

  Governing Law and Enforcement      192  

Section 3.07

  Filing and Stamp Taxes      192  

Section 3.08

  Disclosure; Management Case and Acquisition Reports      192  

Section 3.09

  Financial Statements      193  

Section 3.10

  No Litigation      193  

Section 3.11

  Taxation      194  

Section 3.12

  Ownership      194  

Section 3.13

  Pari Passu Ranking      194  

Section 3.14

  Investment Company Act      194  

Section 3.15

  Margin Regulations      194  

Section 3.16

  ERISA      194  

Section 3.17

  Borrowing Base Certificate      195  

Section 3.18

  Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts      195  

Section 3.19

  Centre of Main Interests      196  

ARTICLE 4 CONDITIONS

     196  

Section 4.01

  Closing Date      196  

Section 4.02

  Each Credit Extension      196  

ARTICLE 5 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     197  

Section 5.01

  Financial Statements      197  

Section 5.02

  Provision and Contents of Compliance Certificates      199  

Section 5.03

  Additional Reports.      199  

Section 5.04

  Inspections      200  

Section 5.05

  Agreed Accounting Principles      201  

Section 5.06

  Annual Conference Calls      202  

Section 5.07

  “Know Your Customer” Checks      202  

Section 5.08

  ERISA-Related Information      203  

Section 5.09

  Notes Reporting      203  

Section 5.10

  Public Reporting      204  

Section 5.11

  Landlord Agreements      204  

Section 5.12

  Cash Management      204  

Section 5.13

  Restrictions      206  

Section 5.14

  Authorizations and Consents      207  

Section 5.15

  Compliance with Laws      207  

Section 5.16

  Pari passu Ranking      207  

 

ii


Section 5.17

  Taxes      207  

Section 5.18

  Centre of Main Interests      207  

Section 5.19

  Guarantees and Security      207  

Section 5.20

  Further Assurances      207  

Section 5.21

  Anti-Corruption Law and Sanctions      208  

Section 5.22

  Compliance with ERISA      209  

ARTICLE 6 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     209  

Section 6.01

  Limitation on Indebtedness      209  

Section 6.02

  Limitation on Liens      218  

Section 6.03

  Limitation on Affiliate Transactions      218  

Section 6.04

  Limitation on Restricted Payments      223  

Section 6.05

  Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock      231  

Section 6.06

  Merger and Consolidation - Holdings      232  

Section 6.07

  Merger and Consolidation - German Parent Borrower      233  

Section 6.08

  Merger and Consolidation - U.S. Borrower      234  

Section 6.09

  Merger and Consolidation - Guarantors      235  

Section 6.10

  Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries      237  

Section 6.11

  Additional Intercreditor Agreements      238  

Section 6.12

  Financial Covenant      240  

ARTICLE 7 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     241  

Section 7.01

  Events of Default      241  

Section 7.02

  Intellectual Property Rights.      245  

Section 7.03

  Access to Property to Process and Sell Inventory.      245  

ARTICLE 8 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     248  

ARTICLE 9 MISCELLANEOUS

     260  

Section 9.01

  Notices      260  

Section 9.02

  Waivers; Amendments      262  

Section 9.03

  Expenses; Indemnity      267  

Section 9.04

  Waiver of Claim      268  

Section 9.05

  Successors and Assigns      269  

Section 9.06

  Survival      275  

Section 9.07

  Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness      276  

Section 9.08

  Severability      276  

Section 9.09

  Right of Setoff      276  

Section 9.10

  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process      277  

Section 9.11

  Waiver of Jury Trial      278  

Section 9.12

  Headings      279  

Section 9.13

  Confidentiality      279  

Section 9.14

  No Fiduciary Duty      280  

Section 9.15

  Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents      281  

Section 9.16

  Several Obligations      281  

Section 9.17

  USA PATRIOT Act      281  

 

iii


Section 9.18

  Disclosure of Agent Conflicts      281  

Section 9.19

  Appointment for Perfection      282  

Section 9.20

  Interest Rate Limitation      282  

Section 9.21

  Intercreditor Agreements      282  

Section 9.22

  Conflicts      283  

Section 9.23

  Release of Loan Parties      283  

Section 9.24

  Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions      283  

Section 9.25

  Certain ERISA Matters      284  

Section 9.26

  Acknowledgment Regarding Any Supported QFCs      285  

Section 9.27

  Additional Borrower      286  

Section 9.28

  Judgment Currency      287  

 

SCHEDULES:      
Schedule 1.01(a)       Commitment Schedule
Schedule 1.01(d)       Administrative Agent’s Office
Schedule 1.01(f)       Original Borrowers
Schedule 1.01(g)       Original Guarantors
Schedule 3.18    -    Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts
Schedule 4.01       Closing Conditions Precedent
Schedule 11    -    Agreed Security Principles
EXHIBITS:      
Exhibit A       Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit B-1       Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit B-2       Form of Letter of Credit Request
Exhibit C       Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit D       Form of Interest Election Request
Exhibit E       [Reserved]
Exhibit F       [Reserved]
Exhibit G       Form of Promissory Note
Exhibit H       Form of ABL Pledge Agreement
Exhibit I       Form of ABL Guaranty Agreement
Exhibit J       Form of ABL Security Agreement
Exhibit K       [Reserved]
Exhibit L-1      

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships

For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Exhibit L-2       Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

iv


Exhibit L-3       Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit L-4       Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit M       Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit N       Form of Additional Borrower Agreement

 

v


ABL CREDIT AGREEMENT

ABL CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of April 28, 2021 (this “Agreement”), by and among Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG, a limited partnership (Kommanditgesellschaft) established under the laws of Germany and registered in the commercial register of the local court (Amtsgericht) of Montabaur under HRA 22603, with business address at Burg Ockenfels, 53545 Linz, Germany (the “German Parent Borrower”), Birkenstock US BidCo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “U.S. Borrower, together with the German Parent Borrower and the U.S. Borrower, the “Borrowers”), BK LC Lux SPV S.à r.l., a private company with limited liability (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 40, Avenue Monterey, L-2163 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register (Registre de commerce et des sociétés, Luxembourg) under number B252419 (“Holdings”), the Lenders from time to time party hereto, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, (“Goldman”), as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacities, the “Administrative Agent”), and Citibank, N.A., London Branch as co-collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Co-Collateral Agent”).

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to the terms of the Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 25/26, 2021 (the “Acquisition Agreement”) among the Sellers and the Purchasers, the Purchasers will purchase and accept the transfer of the Target Business from the Sellers (the “Acquisition”).

B. To fund general corporate purposes and ongoing working capital requirements of the Group, the consideration for the Acquisition and pay related fees, costs and expenses and other related amounts, the Borrowers (a) have requested that the Lenders provide an asset-based revolving facility under this Agreement with commitments in an aggregate principal amount equal to €200,000,000, (b) intend to establish a term loan facility in Dollars in an aggregate principal amount equal to $850,000,000 under the Senior Facilities Agreement, (c) intend to establish a term loan facility in Euros in an aggregate principal amount equal to €375,000,000 under the Senior Facilities Agreement and (d) intend to issue additional indebtedness in the form of the Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to €430,000,000 under the Senior Notes Indenture.

C. The Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Banks are willing to make Credit Extensions hereunder on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

ABL Priority Security” has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

1


ABR” means, when used in reference to any Revolving Loan or Borrowing, whether such Revolving Loan, or the Revolving Loans comprising such Borrowing, bear interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

“ABR Term SOFR Determination Day” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Term SOFR”.

Acceptable Bank” means (a) a bank or financial institution which has a long term unsecured credit rating of at least BBB- by S&P or Fitch or at least Baa3 by Moody’s or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency, or any bank or financial institution which (having previously satisfied such requirement) ceases to satisfy the foregoing ratings requirement for a period of not more than three (3) months, (b) any Secured Party or any Affiliate of a Secured Party, (c) any other bank or financial institution on the Approved List or which otherwise provides banking services to the Group (including the Target Group) and is notified in writing to the Administrative Agent on or before the Closing Date and (d) any other bank or financial institution approved by the Administrative Agent (acting reasonably) or providing banking services to a business or entity acquired by a member of the Group, provided that such services are terminated and moved to a bank or financial institution falling under another limb of this definition within six (6) months of completion of the relevant acquisition.

Acceptable Nation” means Australia, Canada, any member state of the EU, Japan, Switzerland, the UK, the U.S., or any other state, country or sub-division of a country which has a rating for its short-term unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A-1 or higher by S&P or F1 or higher by Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody’s or by an instrumentality or agency of any such government having an equivalent credit rating or which state or country has been approved by the Administrative Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders).

Access Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11.

Account” means (i) “account” as such term is defined in the UCC and (ii) all rights to payment (including payment intangibles) for merchandise and goods sold or leased, or for services rendered and that portion of “Receivables” constituting Accounts (as defined in the New York UCC), in each case as defined in the applicable Collateral Document along with terms of like definition, as the context may require.

Account Debtor” means any Person who is or may become obligated under or on account of any Account, Contract Right, Chattel Paper or General Intangibles.

Accounting Period” means:

(a) the accounting period of the relevant Financial Reporting Entity commencing on the date of incorporation of the relevant Financial Reporting Entity and ending on 30 September 2020; and

(b) each fiscal year or other equivalent accounting period of the relevant Financial Reporting Entity ending on the Accounting Reference Date in each subsequent year.

 

2


Accounting Principles” means, in respect of any member of any Financial Reporting Group, at its election, GAAP, International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly International Accounting Standards) endorsed from time to time by the EU or the International Accounting Standards Board (or any variation thereof) or generally accepted accounting principles in its jurisdiction of incorporation (including generally accepted accounting principles in Germany (Grundsatz ordnungsgemäßer Buchführung) under the German Commercial Code (HGB) (if applicable)), in each case to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements and as applied by such Financial Reporting Entity or that member of the Financial Reporting Group from time to time.

Accounting Reference Date” means 30 September, or otherwise, the accounting reference date of the relevant Financial Reporting Entity.

ACH” means automated clearing house transfers.

Acquired Eligible Accounts Receivable” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Borrowing Base”.

Acquired Eligible Inventory” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Borrowing Base”.

Acquired Entity” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01.

Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness:

(a) of a person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such person in connection with such person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition; or

(c) of a person at the time such person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary,

provided that Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to:

(i) paragraph (a) above, on the date such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary;

(ii) paragraph (b) above, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets; and

(iii) paragraph (c) above, on the date of the relevant merger, consolidation or other combination.

Acquisition” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

3


Acquisition Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Acquisition Clean-up Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.

Acquisition Closing Date” means the date on which the Acquisition is completed in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement.

Acquisition Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Borrowing Base”.

Acquisition Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(e).

Acquisition Documents” means the Acquisition Agreement, any other document ancillary to or entered into in connection with the Acquisition Agreement and each other document or agreement designated in writing as an Acquisition Document by Holdings and the Administrative Agent (each acting reasonably).

Acquisition Reports” means the reports listed at paragraph 5 of Schedule 4.01.

Additional Borrower” means one or more of Holdings’ direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries which shall from time to time become a Borrower hereunder by the execution and delivery of an Additional Borrower Agreement and compliance with the requirements set forth in Sections 9.17 and 9.27.

Additional Borrower Agreement” means the Additional Borrower Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit N hereto.

Additional Commitment” means any commitment hereunder added or extended pursuant to Sections 2.22 and/or 2.23.

Additional Guarantor” means a person who becomes a Guarantor after the date hereof.

Additional Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(b).

Additional Loan Party” means (i) an Additional Borrower or (ii) an Additional Guarantor.

Additional Revolving Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the aggregate Outstanding Amount at such time of all Additional Revolving Loans of such Lender, plus the aggregate outstanding amount at such time of such Lender’s LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure and participation interest in Protective Advances and Overadvances, in each case attributable to its Additional Commitment.

Additional Revolving Lender” means any Lender with an Additional Revolving Credit Commitment or any Additional Revolving Credit Exposure.

Additional Revolving Loans” means any Revolving Loan made or extended pursuant to the applicable Lender’s Additional Commitment.

 

4


Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate” means, with respect to any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interestTerm SOFR” means, for purposes of any calculation, the rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Eurocurrency Rate determined under clause (a) of the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate” for such Interest Period, multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate and (b) 0.25% per annum. The Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate for any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing that includes the Statutory Reserve Rate as a component of the calculation will be adjusted automatically with respect to all such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowings then outstanding as of the effective date of any change in the Statutory Reserve Rate. When used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, “Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate” shall refer to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bear (a) Term SOFR for such calculation plus (b) the Term SOFR Adjustment; provided that if Adjusted Term SOFR as so determined shall ever be less than the Floor, then Adjusted Term SOFR shall be deemed to be the Floor.

“Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing” means, as to any Borrowing, the Loans bearing interest at a rate based on Adjusted Term SOFR comprising such Borrowing other than pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of “Alternate Base Rate”.

“Adjusted Term SOFR Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate as set forth in the preceding sentencebased on Adjusted Term SOFR other than pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of “Alternate Base Rate”.

Adjustment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.14.

Adjustment Date” means the first day of each Fiscal Quarter.

Administrative Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Administrative Agent Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.15(b).

Administrative Agent’s Office” means (a) the Administrative Agent’s address and account as set forth on Schedule 1.01(d), and (b) such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrowers and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(d).

Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.

Affiliate” of any specified person means any other person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any person means the power to direct the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Affiliate Transaction” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03(a).

 

5


Agent Parties” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.01(d).

Aggregate Commitments” means, at any time, the sum of all Commitments at such time. As of the Closing Date, the amount of Aggregate Commitments is €200,000,000.

Agreed Security Principles” means the principles set out in Schedule 11.

Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%, (b) to the extent ascertainable, the Eurocurrency Rate determined in accordance with clause (a) of the definition thereof (which rate shall be calculated based upon an Interest Period of one month and shall be determined on a daily basis and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Eurocurrency Rate for any day shall be based on the rate determined on such day at 11:00 a.m. (London time))Adjusted Term SOFR for a one-month Interest Period in effect on such day plus 1.00%, and (c) the Prime Rate and (d) 1.25%in effect on such day. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Eurocurrency RateAdjusted Term SOFR, as the case may be, shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Eurocurrency RateAdjusted Term SOFR, as the case may be.

Alternate Currency” means in the case of Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit, Dollars, (to the extent Holdings, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders under the relevant Loan have agreed upon a benchmark rate, base rate or reference rate (other than, in each case, LIBOR, a continuation of LIBOR or a synthetic LIBOR) which should apply to Loans in British Pounds Sterling) British Pounds Sterling and each other currency (other than Euros) that is approved in accordance with Section 1.14.

“Amendment No. 1” means that certain Amendment No. 1 to ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2023, by and among the German Parent Borrower, the U.S. Borrower, the Additional Borrowers party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

Annual Financial Statements” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01(b).

Annual Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.17(w).

Anti-Corruption Laws” means all laws of any jurisdiction applicable to a Loan Party from time to time concerning or relating to anti-bribery, anti-money laundering or anti-corruption (including the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977).

Applicable Administrative Agent” means (i) with respect to the ABL Priority Security, the Administrative Agent, (ii) with respect to the Senior Secured Priority Security, the Senior Secured Facilities Collateral Agent (or any other analogous term in an Additional Intercreditor Agreement, among, inter alia, the Administrative Agent and the agent or representative under any Term Facility) or (iii) if at any time there is no Intercreditor Agreement or other Additional Intercreditor Agreement, among, inter alia, the Administrative Agent and the agent or representative under any Term Facility then in effect, the Administrative Agent.

 

6


Applicable Class Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender or any Class, the percentage of the aggregate amount of the Commitments of such Class represented by such Lender’s Commitment of such Class; provided that for purposes of Section 2.21 and corresponding provisions of this Agreement, when there is a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment shall be disregarded for any relevant calculation. In the event that the Commitments of any Class have expired or been terminated, the Applicable Class Percentage of any Lender of such Class shall be determined on the basis of the Revolving Credit Exposure of such Lender attributable to its Commitment of such Class immediately prior to such expiration or termination, giving effect to any assignment thereof.

Applicable Currency” means Euros or any Alternate Currency that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurocurrency Rate.

Applicable Metric” means any financial covenant or financial ratio or Incurrence-based permission, test, basket or threshold in any Loan Document (including any financial definition or component thereof and any financial ratio, test, basket or threshold or permission based on the calculation of the Borrowing Base, Excess Availability, Consolidated EBITDA, LTM EBITDA, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio, the Interest Coverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio), any Default, Event of Default or other relevant breach of a Loan Document.

Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the Aggregate Commitments of all Lenders (other than the Swingline Lender) represented by such Lender’s Commitment; provided that for purposes of Section 2.21 and corresponding provisions of this Agreement, when there is a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment shall be disregarded for any relevant calculation. In the event that the Aggregate Commitments have expired or been terminated, the Applicable Percentage of a Lender shall be determined on the basis of the Revolving Credit Exposure of such Lender attributable to its Commitment immediately prior to such expiration or termination, giving effect to any assignment thereof.

Applicable Rate” means, for any day, with respect to any Initial Revolving Loan, Overadvance, Protective Advance or Swingline Loan, the rate per annum applicable to the relevant Class of Revolving Loans set forth below opposite the applicable level of Average Historical Excess Availability; provided that until the first Adjustment Date following the first full Financial Quarter ended after the Closing Date, the “Applicable Rate” for any Initial Revolving Loan, Overadvance, Protective Advance or Swingline Loan shall be the applicable rate per annum set forth below in Level II:

 

7


Level    Average Historical Excess Availability    Applicable Rate for
Adjusted
Eurocurrency Rate
Loans and Adjusted
Term SOFR
Loans
    Applicable Rate for
ABR Loans
 

I

   Greater than or equal to 66.7%      1.50     0.50

II

   Less than 66.7% and greater than or equal to 33.3%      1.75     0.75

III

   Less than 33.3%      2.00     1.00

The Applicable Rate shall be adjusted quarterly on a prospective basis on each Adjustment Date based upon the Average Historical Excess Availability as of such Adjustment Date in accordance with the table above; provided that if a Borrowing Base Certificate is not delivered when required pursuant to Section 5.01(j), the “Applicable Rate” for any Initial Revolving Loan, Overadvance, Protective Advance or Swingline Loan shall be the rate per annum set forth above in Level III until such Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered in compliance with Section 5.01(j).

Applicable Reporting Date” means, as at any date of determination, at Holdings’ election (which election Holdings may revoke and re-make at any time and from time to time) (a) if no Financial Statements have yet been delivered since the Closing Date, the Closing Date, with such Applicable Metric determined by reference to the financial information set out in the Management Case and/or the Original Financial Statements, (b) the most recent Quarter Date for which Financial Statements have been delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, with such Applicable Metric determined by reference to such Financial Statements or (c) the last day of the most recently completed Relevant Period for which the Group has sufficient available information to be able to determine such Applicable Metric, with such Applicable Metric determined by reference to such available information provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the financial calculation(s) set out in an individual Compliance Certificate shall be based upon the same Applicable Reporting Date.

Applicable Test Date” means the Applicable Transaction Date or, at Holdings’ election (which election Holdings may revoke and re-make at any time and from time to time), the Applicable Reporting Date prior to any Applicable Transaction Date.

Applicable Transaction” means any Investment, acquisition, disposition, sale, merger, joint venture, consolidation or other business combination transaction, Incurrence, assumption, commitment, issuance, repayment, repurchase or refinancing of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and the use of proceeds thereof, any creation of a Lien, any Restricted Payment, any Affiliate Transaction, any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary,

 

8


any Asset Disposition or any other transaction for which an Applicable Metric falls to be determined provided that, if any such transaction (the “first transaction”) is being effected in connection with another such transaction (the “second transaction”), the second transaction shall also be an Applicable Transaction with respect to the first transaction.

Applicable Transaction Date” means, in relation to any Applicable Transaction, at Holdings’ election (which election Holdings may revoke and re-make at any time and from time to time) (a) the date of any letter, definitive agreement, instrument, put option, scheme of arrangement or similar arrangement in relation to such Applicable Transaction (unilateral, conditional or otherwise), (b) the date that any commitment, offer, announcement, communication or declaration (unilateral, conditional, or otherwise) with respect to such Applicable Transaction is made or received, (c) the date that any notice, which may be revocable or conditional, of any repayment, repurchase or refinancing of any relevant Indebtedness is given to the holders of such Indebtedness, (d) the date of consummation, Incurrence, payment or receipt of payment in respect of the Applicable Transaction, (e) any other date determined in accordance with this Agreement or any other date relevant to the Applicable Transaction determined by Holdings in good faith.

Applicable Time” means, with respect to any Borrowings and payments in any Alternate Currency, the local time in the place of settlement for such Alternate Currency as may be determined by the Administrative Agent to be necessary for timely settlement on the relevant date in accordance with normal banking procedures in the place of payment.

Applicant Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.27(b).

Approved Appraiser” means the Administrative Agent’s internal auditors, Great American Group, Gordon Brothers, Hilco Valuation Services, FTI, KPMG, Tiger or any other appraiser or consultant approved in writing by the Borrowers (such approval not be unreasonably withheld), provided that during the continuance of an Event of Default, any other appraiser selected by the Administrative Agent in consultation with, but without the consent of, the Borrowers shall constitute an Approved Appraiser.

Approved Fund” means, with respect to any Lender, any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities and is administered, advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) any Affiliate of such Lender or (c) any entity or any Affiliate of any entity that administers, advises or manages such Lender.

Approved List” has the meaning given to such term in the Senior Facilities Agreement.

Arrangers” means Goldman, Credit Suisse Loan Funding LLC, Credit Suisse (Deutschland) Aktiengesellschaft, Citibank, N.A. London Branch, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft and Crédit Agricole Corporation and Investment Bank Deutschland, Niederlassung Einer Französischen Société Anonyme as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners.

 

9


Asset Disposition” means:

(a) the voluntary sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case other than Capital Stock of Holdings) (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

(b) the issuance, sale, transfer or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 6.01 or directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions,

in each case, other than:

(i) a disposition by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(ii) a disposition of cash or Cash Equivalent Investments;

(iii) a disposition of inventory, receivables, trading stock, equipment or other assets (including Settlement Assets) in the ordinary course of business or held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business, including any disposition of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations;

(iv) a disposition of obsolete, worn-out, uneconomic, damaged, retired or surplus property, equipment, facilities or other assets or property, equipment or other assets that are no longer economically practical or commercially desirable to maintain or used or useful in the business of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries whether now or hereafter owned or leased or acquired in connection with an acquisition or used or useful in the conduct of the business of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including by ceasing to enforce, allowing the lapse, abandonment or invalidation of or discontinuing the use or maintenance of or putting into the public domain any intellectual property that is, in the reasonable judgment of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries, no longer used or useful, or economically practicable to maintain, or in respect of which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary determines in its reasonable judgment that such action or inaction is desirable);

(v) transactions permitted under Section 6.06, Section 6.07, Section 6.08 or Section 6.09, the Transaction or a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control;

(vi) a disposition, issuance, sale or transfer of Capital Stock (A) by a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or to another Restricted Subsidiary or as part of or pursuant to an equity-based, equity-linked, profit sharing or performance based, incentive or compensation plan approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings or (B) relating to directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to individuals as required by applicable law;

(vii) any dispositions of Capital Stock, properties or assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by Holdings) not exceeding the greater of (x) €37,630,000 and (y) an amount equal to 17.5% of LTM EBITDA;

 

10


(viii) any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described under Section 6.04 and the making of any Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment;

(ix) dispositions in connection with Liens not prohibited by Section 6.02;

(x) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements or any sale of assets received by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary upon the foreclosure of a Lien granted in favour of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xi) conveyances, sales, transfers, licenses or sublicenses, lease or assignment or other dispositions of intellectual property rights, software or other general intangibles and licenses, sub-licenses, leases or subleases of other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business pursuant to a research or development agreement in which the counterparty to such agreement receives a license in the intellectual property or software that result from such agreement;

(xii) the lease, assignment, license, sublease or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(xiii) foreclosure, condemnation, forced dispositions, taking by eminent domain or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets;

(xiv) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

(xv) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any other disposition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary;

(xvi) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a person (other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(xvii) dispositions of property to the extent:

 

11


(A) that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased;

(B) that the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased); or

(C) allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code (or any similar provision under applicable tax law) and constituting any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(xviii) any disposition of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets, or participations therein, in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, or the disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business;

(xix) any disposition pursuant to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction or any other financing transaction with respect to property constructed, acquired, replaced, repaired or improved (including any reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or development of real property) by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including asset securitizations, permitted by this Agreement;

(xx) dispositions of Investments in joint ventures or similar entities to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the parties to such joint venture set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(xxi) any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release, surrender or waiver of contractual, tort, litigation or other claims of any kind;

(xxii) the unwinding or termination of any Banking Services or Hedging Obligations;

(xxiii) the disposition of any assets made in connection with the approval of any applicable antitrust authority or otherwise necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of Holdings to consummate any acquisition; and

(xxiv) a disposition of property or assets if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions and the Net Available Cash from such disposition is used to make a Restricted Payment.

in each case provided that in the event that a transaction (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of a permitted Asset Disposition and would also be a Permitted Investment or an Investment permitted under Section 6.04 Holdings, in its sole discretion, will be entitled to divide and classify such transaction (or a portion thereof) as an Asset Disposition and/or one or more of the types of Permitted Investments or Investments permitted under Section 6.04.

 

12


Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.05), and accepted by the Administrative Agent in the form of Exhibit A or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by use of an electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent and the German Parent Borrower.

Associate” means (i) any person engaged in a Similar Business of which Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries are the legal and beneficial owners of between 20% and 50% of all outstanding Voting Stock and (ii) any joint venture entered into by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Auditors” means any firm of independent accountants appointed by Holdings as its auditors from time to time.

Authorization” means an authorization, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarization or registration, in each case required by any applicable law or regulation.

Availability Period” means the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of (x) the Maturity Date and (y) the date of termination of all of the Commitments.

Available Amount” has the meaning given to such term in the Senior Facilities Agreement (as of the date hereof) other than any amount included in the Available Amount based on Retained Excess Cash (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement (as of the date hereof)) minus an amount equal to the sum of (i) Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 6.04(b)(xvii)(B), plus (ii) the redemption, defeasance, repurchase, exchange or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary Indebtedness made pursuant to Section 6.04(b)(xix)(B).

“Available Tenor” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to the then-current USD Benchmark (x) if such USD Benchmark is a term rate, any tenor for such USD Benchmark (or component thereof) that is or may be used for determining the length of an Interest Period pursuant to this Agreement or (y) otherwise, any payment period for interest calculated with reference to such USD Benchmark (or component thereof) that is or may be used for determining any frequency of making payments of interest calculated with reference to such USD Benchmark pursuant to this Agreement, in each case, as of such date and not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any tenor for such USD Benchmark that is then-removed from the definition of “Interest Period” pursuant to Section 2.24(d).

Average Historical Excess Availability” means, on the applicable Adjustment Date, the quotient, expressed as a percentage obtained by dividing (a) the average daily Excess Availability for the Financial Quarter immediately preceding such Adjustment Date by (b) the average daily Line Cap for such Financial Quarter. In determining “Average Historical Excess Availability”, the Borrowing Base as of any day shall be calculated by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to such day pursuant to Section 5.03(a).

Average Utilization” means, on the applicable Adjustment Date, the quotient expressed as a percentage obtained by dividing (a) the average daily Outstanding Amount of the Total Revolving Credit Exposure (excluding for this purpose any Swingline Exposure) for the Financial Quarter immediately preceding such Adjustment Date by (b) the average daily Aggregate Commitments (other than Commitments of Defaulting Lenders) for such Financial Quarter.

 

13


Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

Bank Levy” shall mean any amount payable by any Secured Party or any of its Affiliates on the basis of, or in relation to, its balance sheet or capital base or any part of that person or its liabilities or minimum regulatory capital or any combination thereof (including the UK bank levy as set out in the Finance Act 2011, the French taxe pour le financement du fonds de soutien aux collectivités territoriales as set out in Article 235 ter ZE bis of the French tax code (Code Général des Impôts), the German bank levy as set out in the German Restructuring Fund Act 2010 (Restrukturierungsfondsgesetz), the Dutch bankenbelasting as set out in the Dutch bank levy act (Wet bankenbelasting), the Austrian bank levy as set out in the Austrian Stability Duty Act (Stabilitätsgesetz), the Spanish bank levy (Impuesto sobre los Depósitos en las Entidades de Crédito) as set out in the Law 16/2012 of 27 December 2012, the Swedish bank levy as set out in the Swedish Precautionary Support Act (Sw. lag (2015:1017) om förebyggande statligt stöd till kreditinstitut) (as amended)) and any other levy or tax in any jurisdiction levied on a similar basis or for a similar purpose or any financial activities taxes (or other taxes) of a kind contemplated in the European Commission consultation paper on financial sector taxation dated 22 February 2011 or the Single Resolution Mechanism established by EU Regulation 806/2014 of July 15, 2014 which has been enacted or which has been formally announced as proposed as at the date of this Agreement or (if applicable) in respect of any Lender which is not a Lender as at the date of this Agreement, as at the date that Lender accedes as a Lender to this Agreement.

Banking Services” means each and any of the following bank services provided to any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: commercial credit cards, stored value cards,purchasing cards, treasury management services, netting services, overdraft protections, check drawing services, automated payment services (including depository, overdraft, controlled disbursement, ACH transactions, return items and interstate depository network services), employee credit card programs, cash pooling services, electronic fund transfer services, daylight or overnight draft facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services, cash management services, and any arrangements or services similar to any of the foregoing and/or otherwise in connection with cash management and Deposit Accounts.

 

14


Banking Services Obligations” means any and all obligations of any Loan Party, whether absolute or contingent and however and whenever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor) (a) under any arrangement that is in effect on the Closing Date between any Loan Party and a counterparty that is (or is an Affiliate of) the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any Arranger as of the Closing Date or (b) under any arrangement that is entered into after the Closing Date by any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with any counterparty that is (or is an Affiliate of) the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any Arranger at the time such arrangement is entered into, in each case in connection with Banking Services; it being understood that each counterparty thereto shall be deemed hereunder (A) to appoint the Administrative Agent as its agent under the applicable Loan Documents and (B) to agree to be bound by the provisions of Article 8, Section 9.03 and Section 9.10 and the Intercreditor Agreements as if it were a Lender; provided, however, that for any of the foregoing to be included as a Secured Obligation for purposes of a distribution under clause “Seventh” of Section 2.18(b), the applicable Secured Party and the Borrowers shall have previously provided written notice to the Administrative Agent of the existence of the applicable Banking Services Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, any “Banking Services Obligation” designated as such pursuant to the Senior Facilities Agreement shall not constitute Banking Services Obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreements).

Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. § 101 et seq.).

Basel III” means:

(A) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

(B) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

(C) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

Basel IV” means any guidelines and standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision regarding capital requirements, leverage ratio and liquidity standards applicable to banks, following Basel III.

Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

 

15


Blocked Account Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(a).

Blocked Accounts” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(a).

Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the U.S.

Board of Directors” means (a) with respect to Holdings or any company or corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of that company or corporation, or any duly authorized committee thereof, (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the sole member, sole manager, board of managers or other governing body, as applicable, of that limited liability company, or any duly authorized committee thereof, (c) with respect to any partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of that partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof, except if a manager or a board of managers have been appointed in accordance with the constitutional documents of such partnership, in which case paragraph (a) above shall apply; and with respect to any other person, the board or any duly authorized committee of that person serving a similar function.

Whenever any provision requires any action or determination to be made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a majority of the directors or equivalent (excluding employee representatives, if any) on any such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is taken as part of a formal board meeting (or equivalent) or as a formal board approval (or equivalent)).

Bona Fide Debt Fund” means with respect to any Industry Competitor or any Affiliate thereof, any debt fund, investment vehicle, regulated bank entity or unregulated lending entity that is (a) primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are primarily engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business for financial investment purposes and (b) managed, sponsored or advised by any person that is controlling, controlled by or under common control with the relevant Industry Competitor or Affiliate thereof, but only to the extent that no personnel involved with the investment in the relevant Industry Competitor (i) makes (or has the right to make or participate with others in making) investment decisions on behalf of, or otherwise cause the direction of the investment policies of, such debt fund, investment vehicle, regulated bank entity or unregulated entity or (ii) has access to any information (other than information that is publicly available) relating to Holdings, the Borrowers and/or any entity that forms part of any of their respective businesses (including any of their respective Subsidiaries); it being understood and agreed that the term “Bona Fide Debt Fund” shall not include any Disqualified Lender that qualifies under clauses (a) and (b) of such definition, or any Affiliate of any such Disqualified Lender qualifying under clause (a) of such definition, that is reasonably identifiable as an Affiliate of such Disqualified Lender on the basis of such Affiliate’s name.

Borrower Materials” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.01(d).

 

16


Borrowers” means collectively (a) the German Parent Borrower, (b) the U.S. Borrower, and (c) any Additional Borrower.

Borrowing” means any (a) Revolving Loans of the same Type and Class made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Adjusted Term SOFR Loans, as applicable, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, (b) Swingline Loan, (c) Protective Advance or (d) Overadvance.

Borrowing Base” means, at any time of calculation,

(a) the sum of the following as set forth in the most recently delivered Borrowing Base Certificate:

(i) (x) 90% multiplied by the value of the Eligible Credit Card Receivables and the Eligible Investment Grade Receivables and (y) 85% multiplied by the value of the Eligible Accounts Receivable at such time; plus

(ii) the lesser of (x) 85% multiplied by the Net Orderly Liquidation Value of the Eligible Inventory and the Eligible In-Transit Inventory at such time and (y) 75% multiplied by the cost of the Eligible Inventory and the Eligible In-Transit Inventory at such time, provided that Eligible In-Transit Inventory shall not comprise more than €20,000,000 of the Borrowing Base; plus

(iii) the lesser of (x) 85% multiplied by the Net Orderly Liquidation Value of the Eligible Raw Materials Inventory at such time and (y) 75% multiplied by the cost of the Eligible Raw Materials Inventory at such time; plus

(iv) 100% of Qualified Cash of the Loan Parties; minus

(b) the amount of all Reserves then applicable to the Borrowing Base in effect at such time.

Borrowings against the Borrowing Base will be bifurcated between each German Borrower and the U.S. Borrower and limited for each German Borrower by its own German Sub-Borrowing Base and the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base, respectively and calculated as applicable on either a Borrower by Borrower basis or in the aggregate. Subject to Section 9.27, assets of Loan Parties that are not U.S. Loan Parties or German Loan Parties shall not be included in the Borrowing Base.

The Borrowing Base at any time shall be determined by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.03(a); provided, that (i) until (1) the date of completion and delivery to the Administrative Agent of the Initial Field Exam and Initial Inventory Appraisal and the date at which the Administrative Agent has a perfected security interest in the Collateral comprising the Borrowing Base (other than Collateral in the United States that is of the type in which security interests may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC, which for the avoidance of doubt, shall be perfected as of the Closing Date), the “Borrowing Base” shall be deemed (the “Deemed Borrowing Base”) to be €100,000,000 (allocated €50,000,000 to the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base and €50,000,000 to the aggregate German Sub-Borrowing Base) and (ii) in the event that either the Initial Field Exam or

 

17


the Initial Inventory Appraisal has not been completed and delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent does not have a perfected security interest in the applicable Collateral comprising the Borrowing Base prior to the 91st day after the Closing Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion not to exceed an additional 45 days without the consent of the Super Majority Lenders), the Deemed Borrowing Base shall equal €0 commencing on the 91st day after the Closing Date until such time as both the Initial Field Exam and the Initial Inventory Appraisal have been completed and delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent has a perfected security interest in the applicable Collateral comprising the Borrowing Base; provided, the failure to complete and deliver to the Administrative Agent the Initial Field Exam and/or the Initial Inventory Appraisal or provide the Administrative Agent with a perfected security interest in the applicable Collateral comprising the Borrowing Base prior to the Closing Date or the 91st day after the Closing Date shall not result in a Default or Event of Default. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Initial Field Exam and Initial Inventory Appraisal with respect to the non-German Loan Parties has been completed and delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent has a perfected security interest in the non-German Collateral comprising the Borrowing Base, the Deemed Borrowing Base will be replaced by the actual Borrowing Base with respect to such Loan Parties and continue with respect to the German Borrowers who will continue to have a deemed €25,000,000 German Sub-Borrowing Base until the earlier of such time as both the Initial Field Exam and the Initial Inventory Appraisal have been completed and delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent has a perfected security interest in the German Collateral comprising the Borrowing Base and the 91st day after the Closing Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion not to exceed an additional 45 days without the consent of the Super Majority Lenders). In connection with any Subject Acquisition, the Borrowers may submit a Borrowing Base Certificate reflecting a calculation of the Borrowing Base that includes Eligible Accounts Receivable, Eligible Credit Card Receivables, Eligible Investment Grade Receivables, (collectively the “Acquired Eligible Accounts Receivable”), Eligible Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory and Eligible Raw Materials Inventory (collectively the “Acquired Eligible Inventory”) acquired in connection with such Subject Acquisition and, from and after the Acquisition Date, the Borrowing Base hereunder shall be calculated giving effect thereto; provided that prior to the completion and delivery to the Administrative Agent of the applicable field examination or inventory appraisal with respect to such Acquired Eligible Accounts Receivable or Acquired Eligible Inventory, such adjustment to the Borrowing Base shall be limited to (1) from the date such Subject Acquisition is consummated (the “Acquisition Date”) and for each subsequent Borrowing Base Certificate for the Borrowing Base that is required to be delivered after the Acquisition Date and prior to the date that is 90 days after the Acquisition Date, the sum of (x) 70% multiplied by such Acquired Eligible Accounts Receivable and (y) the lesser of (i) 70% multiplied by the Net Orderly Liquidation Value of such Acquired Eligible Inventory and (ii) 60% multiplied by the cost of Acquired Eligible Inventory, (2) thereafter through the date that is 180 days after the Acquisition Date (or such later date as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion), the Borrowing Base shall include (x) 55% of such Acquired Eligible Accounts Receivable and (y) the lesser of (i) 55% multiplied by the Net Orderly Liquidation Value of such Acquired Eligible Inventory and (ii) 45% multiplied by the cost of the Acquired Eligible Inventory and (3) thereafter, no such adjustment to the Borrowing Base shall be made; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing in no event shall the sum of Eligible In-Transit Inventory plus Acquired Eligible Inventory that constitutes Eligible

 

18


In-Transit Inventory comprise more than €20,000,000 of the Borrowing Base. Assets of Loan Parties that are Subsidiaries organized in jurisdiction other than the United States, Germany, the United Kingdom and Canada shall be included in the Borrowing Base solely pursuant to amendments to this Agreement which comply with customary asset based documentation for the applicable jurisdiction as may be agreed by the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders following the designation of any such Subsidiary as an Additional Loan Party and absent such amendments to this Agreement agreed to by the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, no such assets of such Subsidiary shall be so included (it being understood and agreed that the parties hereto shall endeavor in good faith to so amend this Agreement promptly following a request by the Borrowers to do so as long as such Subsidiary is in a jurisdiction in respect of which the Administrative Agent and the Lenders customarily make asset based loans).

Borrowing Base Certificate” means a certificate from an Officer of the German Parent Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit M, as such form, subject to the terms hereof, may from time to time be modified as agreed by the German Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent or such other form which is acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

Borrowing Request” means a request by the German Parent Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03 and substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 or such other form that is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent).

British Pounds Sterling” or “£” means the lawful money of the United Kingdom.

Business Day” means:

(a) any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, Frankfurt am Main (Germany), London (U.K.), Luxembourg and/or New York City (U.S.);.

(b) if such day relates to any interest rate setting, any funding, disbursement, settlement and/or payments in any Applicable Currency in respect of such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan or any other dealing in any Applicable Currency to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan, any such day described in clause (a) above that is also a London Banking Day; and

(c) if such day relates to any interest rate setting as to any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternate Currency, any funding, disbursement, settlement and/or payment in such Alternate Currency in respect of such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Letter of Credit or any other dealing in such Alternate Currency to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Letter of Credit, any such day described in clause (a) above which is also a London Banking Day.

Buy-Side Report” has the meaning assigned to such term in Schedule 4.02.

 

19


Capital Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

Capital Stock” of any person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase or acquire, warrants, options or depositary receipts for, or other equivalents of, or partnership or other interests in (however designated), equity of such person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity.

Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes on the basis of GAAP. The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined on the basis of GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

Carry Back Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.17(w)(i).

Carry Forward Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.17(w)(i).

Cash” means money, currency or a credit balance in any Deposit Account, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Dominion Period” means:

(a) each period during which a Specified Default has occurred and is continuing; and

(b) each period during which a Liquidity Condition is continuing.

Cash Equivalents” means:

(a) Australian Dollars, Canadian dollars, Euros, Japanese Yen, Swiss Francs, UK pounds, US Dollars or any national currency of any member state of the EU or any other foreign currency held by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(b) securities or other direct obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of Australia, Canada, Japan, Norway, Switzerland, the UK or the U.S., the EU or any member state of the EU on the Acquisition Closing Date or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of such country or such member state is pledged in support thereof), with maturities of twenty four (24) months or less from the date of acquisition;

(c) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender or by any bank or trust company:

(i) whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “F1” or the equivalent thereof by Fitch or at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization); or

 

20


(ii) (in the event that the bank or trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess of €250,000,000;

(d) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in paragraphs(b), (c) and (g) of this definition entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in paragraph (c) above;

(e) securities with maturities of one (1) year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any person referenced in paragraph (c) above;

(f) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by a bank meeting the qualifications specified in paragraph (c) above (or by the Parent Entity thereof) maturing within one (1) year after the date of creation thereof or any commercial paper and variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by a corporation rated at least “A-1” or higher by S&P or at least “F1” or the equivalent thereof by Fitch or “P-1” or higher by Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by Holdings) maturing within one (1) year after the date of creation thereof;

(g) interests in any investment company, money market, enhanced high yield fund or other investment fund which invests 90% or more of its assets in instruments of the types specified in paragraphs (a) through (f) above; and

(h) for purposes of sub-paragraph (ii) of the definition of “Asset Disposition”, the marketable securities portfolio owned by Holdings and its Subsidiaries on the Acquisition Closing Date.

Cash Equivalent Investments” means at any time when held by a member of the Group or the Target Group (as applicable), any Cash Equivalents, Temporary Cash Investments or Investment Grade Securities and (without double counting):

(a) debt securities or other investments in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by an Acceptable Nation or any agency thereof and having not more than one (1) year to final maturity;

(b) certificates of deposit maturing within one (1) year after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank;

(c) any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by any government of any Acceptable Nation, maturing within one (1) year after the relevant date of calculation and not convertible or exchangeable to any other security;

(d) commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security:

(i) for which a recognised trading market exists;

 

21


(ii) which matures within one (1) year after the relevant date of calculation; and

(iii) which has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P or F1 or higher by Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody’s, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its short term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating;

(e) bills of exchange issued in any Acceptable Nation or, in each case, any agency thereof and eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or their dematerialised equivalent);

(f) any investment which:

(i) is an investment in money market funds:

(A) with a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P or F1 or higher by Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody’s; or

(B) which invests substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to (e) above;

(ii) is any other money market investment (including repurchase agreements) and substantially all of the assets or collateral in respect of that investment have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P or F1 or higher by Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody’s; or

(iii) can be turned into cash on not more than thirty (30) days’ notice; or

(g) any other debt security approved by the Required Lenders (each acting reasonably and in good faith),

(h) in each case, to which any member of the Group or member of the Target Group (as applicable) is alone (or together with other members of the Group or Target Group (as applicable)) beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or Target Group (as applicable) or subject to any Security (other than a Permitted Lien).

Centre of Main Interests” means the “centre of main interests” as such term is used in Article 3(1) of the EU Insolvency Regulation.

CFC” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Internal Revenue Code that is owned (within the meaning of Section 958(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) by a member of the Group that is a “United States Shareholder” (as defined in Section 951(b) of the Internal Revenue Code).

CFC Holdco” means any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock or Indebtedness of one or more CFCs or CFC Holdcos.

 

22


Change in Law” means (a) the adoption of any law, treaty, rule or regulation after the Closing Date, (b) any change in any law, treaty, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or (c) compliance by any Lender or any Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.15(b), by any lending office of such Lender or such Issuing Bank or by such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the Closing Date (other than any such request, guideline or directive to comply with any law, rule or regulation that was in effect on the Closing Date). For purposes of this definition and Section 2.15, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith or in implementation thereof and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or U.S. or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, Basel IV or CRD IV, shall in each case described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above, be deemed to be a Change in Law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented.

Change of Control” means

(a) Holdings becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Closing Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, being or becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Closing Date) of more than fifty (50) per cent. of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings, other than in connection with any transaction or series of transactions in which Holdings shall become the wholly owned subsidiary of a Parent Entity so long as no person or group, as noted above, other than a Permitted Holder, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent Entity;

(b) Topco ceasing to directly own 100% of the total issued share capital of Holdings (or, in each case, any successor entity as a result of a merger permitted by this Agreement); or

(c) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Group taken as a whole to a person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders,

provided that notwithstanding the foregoing (A) a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control solely as a result of Holdings becoming an indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of a Holding Company if (1) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such Holding Company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of Holdings’ Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (2) immediately following that transaction no person (other than a Holding Company satisfying the requirements of sub-paragraph (1) above) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such Holding Company, (B) the right to acquire Voting Stock (so long as such person does not have the right to direct the voting of the Voting Stock subject to such right) or any veto power in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Voting Stock will not be deemed to cause a party to be a beneficial owner, (C) a Permitted Transaction under paragraph (a), (d) or (l) thereof shall not constitute a Change of Control and (D) any shares issued to a Roll-Up Investor (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) shall not constitute a Change of Control.

 

23


Charge” means any fee, loss, charge, expense, cost, accrual or reserve of any kind.

Charged Amounts” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.20.

Charged Property” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Chattel Paper” has the meaning provided in the UCC along with terms of like definition in other jurisdictions, as the context may require.

Class”, when used with respect to (a) any Revolving Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Revolving Loan, or the Revolving Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Initial Revolving Loans or Additional Revolving Loans of any series established as a separate “Class” pursuant to Section 2.23, (b) any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is an Initial Commitment or an Additional Commitment of any series established as a separate “Class” pursuant to Section 2.23, (c) any Lender, refers to whether such Lender has a Revolving Loan or Commitment of a particular Class and (d) any Revolving Credit Exposure, refers to whether such Revolving Credit Exposure is attributable to a Commitment or Revolving Loans of a particular Class.

Clean-up Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.

Closing Date” means the first date on which both (i) the Acquisition Closing Date has occurred and (ii) the first Utilisation (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) of Facility B has been made to complete the Acquisition.

Closing Date Fee Letter” means that certain ABL Facility Fee Letter, dated as of April 28, 2021, by and among, inter alios, Holdings and the Administrative Agent, as amended from time to time.

Closing Overfunding” means the aggregate amount invested in Holdings or the German Parent Borrower (without double-counting) by way of Equity Contribution on or around the Closing Date and identified as “Closing Overfunding” or similar in the Funds Flow Statement, plus (without double-counting) the amount of cash on the balance sheet of the Group (including the Target Group) as at the Closing Date (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any cash attributable (as determined by Holdings (acting reasonably)) to amounts invested Holdings or the German Parent Borrower (as applicable) by way of Equity Contribution or the proceeds from any Topco Notes or any other Indebtedness that are applied by Holdings or the German Parent Borrower (as applicable) on the Closing Date towards (i) the payment of cash consideration to the Vendor under the Acquisition Agreement, (ii) the refinancing of existing Indebtedness of the Target Group or (iii) the payment of costs, fees or expenses in connection with the Transaction).

Co-Borrower Requirements” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.27(b).

 

24


Co-Collateral Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Collateral” means any and all property of any Loan Party subject (or purported to be subject) to a Lien under any Collateral Document and any and all other property of any Loan Party, now existing or hereafter acquired, that is or becomes subject (or purported to be subject) to a Lien pursuant to any Collateral Document to secure the Secured Obligations.

Collateral Documents” means, collectively, (i) the Security Agreement, (ii) the German Security Agreements, (iii) [reserved], (iv) each Blocked Account Agreement, (v) any supplement to any of the foregoing delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Agreed Security Principles and (vi) each other document and/or instrument pursuant to which any Loan Party grants (or purports to grant) a Lien on any Collateral as security for payment of the Secured Obligations.

Commercial Letter of Credit” means any Letter of Credit issued for the purpose of providing the primary payment mechanism in connection with the purchase of any materials, goods or services by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business of such Person.

Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s Initial Commitment and Additional Commitment, as applicable, in effect as of such time.

Commitment Fee Rate” means, on any date, with respect to the Initial Commitments, the applicable rate per annum set forth below based upon the Average Utilization; provided that until the first Adjustment Date following the first full Financial Quarter after the Closing Date, the “Commitment Fee Rate” shall be the applicable rate per annum set forth below in Level II:

 

Level

   Average Utilization     Commitment Fee Rate  

I

     > 50     0.25

II

     < 50     0.375

The Commitment Fee Rate shall be adjusted quarterly on a prospective basis on each Adjustment Date based upon the Average Utilization as of such Adjustment Date.

Commitment Schedule” means the Schedule attached hereto as Schedule 1.01(a).

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.).

Compliance Certificate” means a Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

Concentration Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(a).

Confidential Information” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.13.

 

25


Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profit Taxes.

Consolidated Capital Expenditures” means expenditures made or liabilities incurred for the acquisition of any fixed assets or improvements, replacements, substitutions or additions thereto, which, in accordance with GAAP, would be required to be capitalized and shown on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, including the total principal portion of Capitalized Lease Obligations, but excluding:

(a) expenditures made in connection with the replacement, substitution, restoration, upgrade, development or repair of assets to the extent financed (i) from insurance or settlement proceeds (or other similar recoveries) paid on account of the loss of or damage to the assets being replaced, substituted, restored, upgraded, developed or repaired, (ii) with cash awards of compensation arising from the taking by eminent domain or condemnation of the assets being replaced, (iii) with cash proceeds of dispositions that are reinvested in accordance with this Agreement and (iv) by the trade-in amount of existing equipment solely to the extent that the gross amount of the purchase price of equipment acquired substantially contemporaneously therewith is reduced by such trade-in amount,

(b) expenditures made to fund the purchase price for assets acquired in Permitted Acquisitions or pursuant to other Investments permitted hereunder,

(c) expenditures financed with the proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock of Holdings, or a capital contribution to the Borrowers, expenditures that are accounted for as capital expenditures by the Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries and that actually are paid for by a Person other than the Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent neither the Borrowers nor any of its Subsidiaries has provided or is required to provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation to such Person or any other Person (whether before, during or after such period), and

(d) any expenditures which are contractually required to be, and are, advanced or reimbursed to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in Cash by a third party (including landlords) during such period of calculation.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense and capitalized fees, including amortization or write-off of (i) intangible assets and non-cash organization costs, (ii) deferred financing and debt issuance fees, costs and expenses, (iii) capitalized expenditures (including capitalized software expenditures), customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, media development costs, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs, the amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par and amortization of favorable or unfavorable lease assets or liabilities and (iv) capitalized fees related to any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP and any write down of assets or asset value carried on the balance sheet.

 

26


Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period:

(a) increased (without duplication) by:

(i) provision for taxes based on income or profits, revenue or capital, including federal, state, provincial, territorial, local, foreign, unitary, excise, property, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding and similar taxes of such person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations (including any additions to such taxes, and any penalties and interest with respect thereto), deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(ii) Interest Charges of such person for such period, including:

(A) net losses on any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate, currency or commodities risk;

(B) bank fees and other financing fees; and

(C) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, plus amounts excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to paragraphs (a)(A) through (a)(I) thereof,

(iii) in each case to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(iv) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(v) any:

(A) Transaction Expenses; and

(B) any fees, costs, expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense) related to any actual, proposed or contemplated Equity Offering (including any expense relating to enhanced accounting functions or other transactions costs associated with becoming a public company), Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the Incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful),

(vi) in each case including such fees, expenses or charges (including rating agency fees and related expenses) related to the Revolving Facility, the Senior Secured Facilities, any Senior Secured Notes, any Topco Notes, any other Credit Facility, any Receivables Facility, any Securitization Facility, any other Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this Agreement or any Equity Offering and any amendment, waiver or other modification of any of the foregoing, in each case, whether or not consummated, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

27


(vii) the amount of any:

(A) restructuring charge, accrual or reserve (and adjustments to existing reserves), transaction or integration cost or other business optimization expense or cost (including charges directly related to the implementation of cost-savings initiatives) that is deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions or divestitures after the Closing Date, including those related to any severance, retention, signing bonuses, relocation, recruiting and other employee related costs, internal costs in respect of strategic initiatives and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employment benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities), operational and technology systems development and establishment costs, future lease commitments and costs related to the opening, pre-opening, abandonment, disposal, discontinuation and closure and/or consolidation of facilities and to exiting lines of business and consulting fees incurred with any of the foregoing; and

(B) fees, costs and expenses associated with acquisition related litigation and settlements thereof; plus

(viii) any other non-cash charges, write-downs, expenses, losses or items reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period including any impairment charges or the impact of purchase accounting; provided that if any such non-cash charge, write-down or item to the extent it represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period then the cash payment in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA when paid or other items classified by Holdings as special items less other non-cash items of income increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents a receipt of cash in any future period); plus

(ix) the amount of board of director fees, management, monitoring, advisory, consulting, refinancing, subsequent transaction, advisory and exit fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to any member of the Board of Directors of Holdings, any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate of a Permitted Holder to the extent not prohibited by Section 6.03; plus

(x) the “run rate” adjustment required to give effect to synergies, cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges, operating cost improvements, operating improvements, revenue increases, revenue enhancements or other adjustments, similar initiatives or effects of synergies (together, being “Synergies”) that have been realized (in full or in part) for some, but not all, of such period and that are related to any acquisition (including under a letter of intent), disposition, divestiture, restructuring, new or revised contract, information and technology systems establishment, modernization or modification or the implementation of any operating improvements, efficiency or cost

 

28


savings initiative or any other adjustments or similar initiatives, as applicable, as if such Synergies had been realized from the first day of such period and during the entirety of such period (which adjustments, without double counting, may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to Section 1.17); net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; plus

the pro forma adjustment (whether on a “run rate” basis or otherwise) for Synergies that are expected (in good faith) to be realized as a result of actions taken or committed or expected to be taken in relation to any acquisition (including under a letter of intent), disposition, divestiture, restructuring, new or revised contract, information and technology systems establishment, modernization or modification or the implementation of an operating improvements, efficiency or cost savings initiative or any other adjustments or similar initiative (for the avoidance of doubt, whether or not any action has been taken in relation to the same), calculated on a pro forma basis as if such Synergies had been realized from the first day of such period and during the entirety of such period (which adjustments, without double counting, may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to Section 1.17); plus

(xi) the amount of loss or discount on sale of Securitization Assets, Receivables Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility; plus

(xii) any costs or expense incurred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any severance agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or Net Cash Proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings; plus

(xiii) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (b) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

(xiv) any net loss included in the Consolidated Net Income attributable to non-controlling interests; plus

(xv) realized foreign exchange losses resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

(xvi) net realized losses from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives; plus

(xvii) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary and any costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related thereto; plus

 

29


(xviii) with respect to any joint venture, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in sub-paragraphs (i) and (iii) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to Holdings’ and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Restricted Subsidiary) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

(xix) earn-out and contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses or otherwise) and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments; plus

(xx) any net pension or other post-employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognised prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognised net obligation (and loss or cost), and any other items of a similar nature; plus

(xxi) the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of Holdings or any Parent Entity in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to equityholders of such person or its Parent Entities, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were equityholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under this Agreement; plus

(xxii) to the extent not already otherwise included herein, adjustments and add-backs (including anticipated synergies) for costs or expenses (or, in each case, similar items) made in calculating “pro forma Consolidated EBITDA” (or similar) and/or included in the Management Case, any Report and any other quality of earnings reports provided to the Arrangers prior to the date of this Agreement (as amended, varied, supplemented and/or updated on or prior to the Closing Date), and/or any base case model or quality of earnings report relating to a Permitted Acquisition (including any annexures to such report) prepared by an independent third party and delivered to the Administrative Agent in each case based on the methodology therein; plus

(xxiii) the amount of incremental contract value of the Group that Holdings in good faith reasonably believes would have been realized or achieved as Consolidated EBITDA contribution from (i) increased pricing or volume initiatives and/or (ii) the entry into binding and effective new agreements with new customers or, if generating incremental contract value, new agreements (or amendments to existing agreements) with existing customers (collectively, “New Contracts”) during such period had such New Contracts been effective as of the beginning of such period (including, without limitation, 100% of such incremental contract value attributable to New Contracts that are in excess of (but without duplication of) contract value attributable to New Contracts that has been actually realized as Consolidated EBITDA contribution during such period) as long as such incremental contract value is reasonably identifiable and factually supportable; provided that such incremental contract value shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though the full “run rate” effect of such incremental contract value had been realized as Consolidated EBITDA contributed on the first day of such period, provided further that, any amounts calculated pursuant to this clause (xxii) shall not exceed an amount equal to 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the relevant period after giving effect to all other adjustments permitted by this definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”; plus

 

30


(xxiv) earn out obligations Incurred in connection with any permitted acquisition or other Investment permitted under this Agreement and paid or accrued during such period; plus

(xxv) losses, charges and expenses related to the pre-opening and opening of new facilities, and start-up period prior to opening, that are operated, or to be operated, by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; plus

(xxvi) any other items classified by Holdings as extraordinary, one-off, one-time, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring items decreasing Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period; and

(xxvii) decreased (without duplication) by non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(a) consolidated interest expense of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (in each case, determined on the basis of GAAP), to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, including:

(i) amortization of original issue discount or premium resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par;

(ii) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances;

(iii) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP);

(iv) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations;

(v) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness; and

(vi) interest actually paid by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary under any guarantee of Indebtedness or other obligation of any other person,

and excluding:

 

31


(A) Securitization Fees;

(B) interest and other fees in respect of Receivables Facilities;

(C) penalties and interest relating to taxes;

(D) any additional cash interest owing pursuant to any registration rights agreement;

(E) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities other than Indebtedness;

(F) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting in connection with the Transaction or any acquisition;

(G) amortization or write-off of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium, terminated Hedging Obligations and other commissions, financing fees and expenses and original issue discount with respect to any Indebtedness the Incurrence of which is permitted by Section 6.01 and, adjusted to the extent included, to exclude any refunds or similar credits received in connection with the purchasing or procurement of goods or services under any purchasing card or similar program;

(H) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees; and

(I) interest with respect to Indebtedness of any parent of such person appearing upon the balance sheet of such person solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP; plus

(b) consolidated interest expense of any Parent Entity to the extent such interest expense was funded with the proceeds of dividends, distributions or other payments to any Parent Entity pursuant to paragraph Section 6.04(a)(i)(C); plus

(c) consolidated capitalised interest of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (but excluding any interest capitalised, accrued, accreted or paid in respect of Subordinated Shareholder Funding); less

(d) interest income for such period,

provided that, for purposes of this definition interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any person for any period, the net income (loss) of such person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of GAAP; provided that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

 

32


(e) any net income (loss) of any person if such person is not a Restricted Subsidiary (including any net income (loss) from Investments recorded in such person under the equity method of accounting), except that Holdings equity in the net income of any such person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalent Investments actually distributed or that (as reasonably determined by an Officer of Holdings) could have been distributed by such person during such period to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment;

(f) any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss), realised upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) or disposed or discontinued operations of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiaries which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by Holdings);

(g) any extraordinary, exceptional, one-off, one-time, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or expense, including Transaction Expenses or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy or severance expense or relocation costs, one-time compensation charges, integration and facilities’ opening costs and other business optimization expenses and operating improvements (including related to new product introductions and the build-out, renovation and expansion of facilities), systems development and establishment costs, accruals or reserves (including restructuring and integration costs related to acquisitions after the Closing Date and adjustments to existing reserves), whether or not classified as restructuring expense on the consolidated financial statements, signing costs, retention or completion bonuses, transition costs, losses related to closure/consolidation or disruption of facilities, losses associated with temporary decreases in work volume and expenses related to maintaining underutilised personnel and facilities (to the extent such disruption of facilities, temporary decreases in work volume and/or underutilised personnel and facilities are the result of an extraordinary, exceptional, one-off, one-time, unusual or nonrecurring event or circumstance), internal costs in respect of strategic initiatives and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities), litigation, contract terminations and professional and consulting fees incurred with any of the foregoing;

(h) the cumulative effect of a change in law, regulation or accounting principles;

(i) any:

(vii) non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions or on the re-valuation of any benefit plan obligation; and

(viii) income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts;

(j) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness;

 

33


(k) any unrealised gains or losses in respect of any Hedging Obligations or other financial instruments or any ineffectiveness recognised in earnings related to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognised in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of any Hedging Obligations;

(l) any fees, charges and expenses (including any transaction or retention bonus or similar payment) incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, reorganization, restructuring, disposition of assets or securities, issuance or repayment or redemption of Indebtedness, issuance of Capital Stock, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful;

(m) any unrealised or realised foreign currency translation increases or decreases or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such person, and any unrealised foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and any unrealised or realised foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies;

(n) any unrealised or realised gain or loss due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects, determined in accordance with GAAP;

(o) any recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting effects, including, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any consummated acquisition (including the Transaction), or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development);

(p) any impairment charge, write-off or write-down, including impairment charges, write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, goodwill, investments in debt or equity securities (including any losses with respect to the foregoing in bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings) and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP;

(q) any effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;

(r) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted (including any adjustment of estimated pay-outs on existing earn-outs) that are so required to be established as a result of the Transaction in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies;

(s) any costs associated with the Transaction;

 

34


(t) any non-cash expenses, accruals or reserves related to adjustments to historical tax exposures and any deferred tax expense associated with tax deductions or net operating losses arising as a result of the Transaction, or the release of any valuation allowances related to such item;

(u) any:

(i) payments to third parties in respect of research and development, including amounts paid upon signing, success, completion and other milestones and other progress payments, to the extent expensed; and

(ii) effects of adjustments to accruals and reserves during a period relating to any change in the methodology of calculating reserves for returns, rebates and other chargebacks (including government program rebates);

(v) any net gain (or loss) from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations and any net gain (or loss) on disposal of disposed, discontinued or abandoned operations; and

(w) the impact of capitalised, accrued or accreting or pay-in-kind interest or principal on Subordinated Shareholder Funding,

provided that, in addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include:

(A) any expenses and charges that are reimbursed by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder, or, so long as Holdings has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed and only to the extent that such amount is:

(1) not denied by the applicable payor in writing within one hundred and eighty (180) days; and

(2) in fact reimbursed within three hundred and sixty five (365) days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within three hundred and sixty five (365) days); and

(B) to the extent covered by insurance (including business interruption insurance) and actually reimbursed, or, so long as Holdings has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is:

(3) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within one hundred and eighty (180) days; and

(4) in fact reimbursed within three hundred and sixty five (365) days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within three hundred and sixty five (365) days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption.

 

35


Consolidated Total Assets” means, as to any Person at any date, all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the applicable Person at such date.

Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any person, any obligation of such person guaranteeing in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, any operating lease, dividend or other obligation that does not constitute Indebtedness (primary obligations) of any other person (the “Primary Obligor”), including any obligation of such person, whether or not contingent (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment or any such primary obligation or to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the Primary Obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the Primary Obligor or (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Contract Right” has the meaning provided in the UCC along with terms of like definition in other jurisdictions, as the context may require.

Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Controlled Investment Affiliate” means, as to any person, any other person, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person and is organised by such person (or any person controlling such person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in Holdings and/or other companies.

Copyright” means any and all copyrights throughout the world, including the following: (a) all rights and interests in copyrights, works protectable by copyright whether published or unpublished, copyright registrations, copyright applications and other rights in works of authorship (including all copyrights embodied in software); (b) all renewals of any of the foregoing; (c) all income, royalties, damages, and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable under any of the foregoing, including damages or payments for past or future infringements for any of the foregoing; (d) the right to sue for past, present, and future infringements of any of the foregoing; and (e) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing.

Covenant Trigger Period” means the period (a) commencing on the day the sum of (x) Excess Availability and (y) the amount (if any, and not to be less than 0) by which (1) the Borrowing Base exceeds (2) the Aggregate Commitments at such time (not to exceed 5% of the Aggregate Commitments) (the “Specified Excess Availability”) is less than the greater of (x) 10.0% of the Line Cap at such time and (y) €20,000,000 and (b) continuing until the end of the first period of 30 consecutive days at all times during which Specified Excess Availability for each day during such 30-day period has been greater than or equal to the greater of (x) 10.0% of the Line Cap at such time and (y) €20,000,000.

 

36


CRD IV” means CRD IV UK and CRD IV EU.

CRD IV EU” means:

(A) Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms; and (B) Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 20l3 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC.

CRD IV UK” means:

(A) Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms as it forms part of domestic law of the United Kingdom by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal Act) 2018 (the “Withdrawal Act”);

(B) the law of the UK or any part of it, which immediately before exit day (as defined in the Withdrawal Act) implemented Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC and its implementing measures; and

(C) direct EU legislation (as defined in the Withdrawal Act), which immediately before exit day (as defined in the Withdrawal Act) implemented CRD IV EU as it forms part of domestic law of the United Kingdom by virtue of the Withdrawal Act.

Credit Card Receivable” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Eligible Credit Card Receivables

Credit Extension” means each of (i) the making of any Revolving Loan, Swingline Loan, Overadvance or Protective Advance (other than any Letter of Credit Reimbursement Loan or any Revolving Loan resulting from the application of Section 2.06(b)) or (ii) the issuance, amendment, modification, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit (other than any such amendment, modification, renewal or extension that does not increase the stated amount of the relevant Letter of Credit).

Credit Facility” means, with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, indentures, instruments or other arrangements (including the Facilities (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement), the Revolving Facility or commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions, funds, governmental or quasi-governmental agencies or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced,

 

37


restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the original Facilities or one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and in each case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any Guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries of Holdings as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Cure Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.12(b).

Cure Right” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.12(b).

Cured Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.04(b)(iii).

“Daily Simple SOFR” means, for any day, SOFR, with the conventions for this rate (which will include a lookback) being established by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the conventions for this rate selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for determining “Daily Simple SOFR” for syndicated business loans; provided that if the Administrative Agent decides that any such convention is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent may establish another convention in its reasonable discretion.

Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the U.S., the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), the Winding-up and Restructuring Act (Canada), the Dutch Bankruptcy Act (Faillissementswet), the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung (InsO), the German Law on the Stabilization and Restructuring Framework for Enterprises (StaRUG) and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, general assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief laws of the U.S. or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally, including, without limitation, any law of any jurisdiction (including corporate laws) permitting a debtor to obtain a stay or a compromise of the claims of its creditors against it, including the Insolvency Act 1986 (UK).

Deemed Borrowing Base” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Borrowing Base

Default” means an Event of Default or an event or circumstance which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the making of a determination, or the giving of notice provided for in Article 7 or any combination of the foregoing) be an Event of Default, provided that any such event or circumstance which requires the satisfaction of a condition as to materiality before it becomes an Event of Default shall not be a Default unless that condition is satisfied.

 

38


Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that has (a) defaulted in (or is otherwise unable to perform) its obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, (x) to make a Revolving Loan within two Business Days of the date required to be made by it hereunder or (y) to fund its participation in a Letter of Credit or Swingline Loan required to be funded by it hereunder within two Business Days of the date such obligation arose or such Letter of Credit or Swingline Loan was required to be made or funded, unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) notified the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender or the Borrowers in writing that it does not intend to satisfy any such obligation or has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or under agreements in which it commits to extend credit generally (unless such writing indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a Revolving Loan cannot be satisfied), (c) failed, within two Business Days after the request of the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers, to confirm in writing that it will comply with the terms of this Agreement relating to its obligations to fund prospective Revolving Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans; provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent, (d) become (or any parent company thereof has become) insolvent or been determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Person or its assets, to be insolvent, or the assets or management of which has been taken over by any Governmental Authority or (e) become the subject of (A) a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or (B) a Bail-In Action, or has instituted against it measures according to section 46 (other than section 46 paragraph 1 sentence 2 nos. 1 and 3), 46b or 47 of the German Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz) or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or custodian, appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, unless in the case of any Lender subject to this clause (e), the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent have each determined that such Lender intends, and has all approvals required to enable it (in form and substance satisfactory to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent), to continue to perform its obligations as a Lender hereunder; provided that no Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Capital Stock in such Lender or its parent by any Governmental Authority; provided, further, that such action does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the U.S. or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contract or agreement to which such Lender is a party.

Deposit Account” means a demand, time, savings, passbook or like account with a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like organization, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any investment property (within the meaning of the UCC) or any account evidenced by an instrument (within the meaning of the UCC).

 

39


Derivative Transaction” means (a) any interest-rate transaction, including any interest-rate swap, basis swap, forward rate agreement, interest rate option (including a cap, collar or floor), and any other instrument linked to interest rates that gives rise to similar credit risks (including when-issued securities and forward deposits accepted), (b) any exchange-rate transaction, including any cross-currency interest-rate swap, any forward foreign-exchange contract, any currency option, and any other instrument linked to exchange rates that gives rise to similar credit risks, (c) any equity derivative transaction, including any equity-linked swap, any equity-linked option, any forward equity-linked contract, and any other instrument linked to equities that gives rise to similar credit risk and (d) any commodity (including precious metal) derivative transaction, including any commodity-linked swap, any commodity-linked option, any forward commodity-linked contract, and any other instrument linked to commodities that gives rise to similar credit risks; provided, that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees, members of management, managers or consultants of Holdings or its Subsidiaries shall constitute a Derivative Transaction.

Designated Cash Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, (a) the sum of consolidated total interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period that is paid or payable currently in Cash, (i) including, to the extent payable currently in Cash, (A) the interest component of any payment under any Capital Lease (regardless of whether accounted for as interest expense under GAAP), (B) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (C) any commission, discount and/or other fee or charge owed with respect to any letter of credit and/or bankers’ acceptance and (D) net payments arising under any interest rate Hedge Agreement with respect to Indebtedness and (ii) excluding (A) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, discounted liabilities, commissions, fees and expenses, (B) any expense arising from any bridge, commitment and/or other financing fee (including fees and expenses associated with the Transactions and annual agency fees), (C) any fee or expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, acquisition accounting, (D) fees and expenses associated with any Dispositions, acquisitions, Investments, issuances of Capital Stock or Indebtedness (in each case, whether or not consummated), (E) costs associated with obtaining, or breakage costs in respect of, any Hedge Agreement or any other derivative instrument other than any interest rate Hedge Agreement or interest rate derivative instrument with respect to Indebtedness, (F) penalties and interest relating to Taxes and (G) for the avoidance of doubt, any non-cash interest expense attributable to any movement in the mark to market valuation of any obligation under any Hedge Agreement or any other derivative instrument and/or any payment obligation arising under any Hedge Agreement or derivative instrument other than any interest rate Hedge Agreement or interest rate derivative instrument with respect to Indebtedness minus (b) interest income for such period. For purposes of this definition, interest in respect of any Capital Lease shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease in accordance with GAAP.

Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalent Investments received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of or collection or payment on such Designated Non-cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in exchange for consideration in the form of Cash Equivalent Investments in compliance with Section 6.05.

 

40


Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of Holdings or a Parent Entity (other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to Holdings or a Subsidiary of Holdings or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings or any such Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by Holdings or such Subsidiary) and that is designated as “Designated Preferred Stock” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of Holdings at or prior to the issuance thereof.

Designation Date” has the meaning given in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Dilution” means, for any period, a percentage that is the result of dividing the dollar amount of (a) bad debt write-downs, discounts, advertising allowances, returns, credits, credit memos or other similar dilutive items with respect to the Accounts of the Loan Parties during such period, by (b) the gross sales or billings of the Loan Parties with respect to Accounts during such period.

Dilution Reserve” means as of any date of determination, (a) an amount sufficient to reduce the advance rate against Eligible Accounts Receivable by 1% for each percentage point by which Dilution is in excess of 5% and (b) an amount sufficient to reduce the advance rate against Eligible Investment Grade Receivables by 1% for each percentage point by which Dilution is in excess of 2%; provided that no reserve shall be imposed on the first 5% or 2% of dilution of such Accounts, as applicable.

Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of Holdings or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock.

Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, lease, sublease, or other disposition of any property of any Person.

Disqualified Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Senior Facilities Agreement as of the date hereof.

Disqualified Person” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(f)(ii).

Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any person, any Capital Stock of such person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise or (b) is or may become (in accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise redeemable or repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part, in each case prior to (i) the Latest Maturity Date or the (ii)

 

41


the date on which there are no Obligations outstanding; provided that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; and any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require Holdings to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if any such redemption or repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant person with the covenant described under Section 6.04; provided further that if such Capital Stock is issued to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, contractor or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates (excluding the Permitted Holders (but not excluding any future, current or former employee, director, officer, contractor or consultant) or Immediate Family Members), of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries, any Parent Entity or any other entity in which Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an “affiliate” by the Board of Directors (or the compensation committee thereof) or any other plan for the benefit of current, former or future employees (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members)) of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory, contractual or regulatory obligations.

Dollar Equivalent” means, for any amount, at the time of determination thereof, (a) if such amount is expressed in Dollars, such amount, (b) if such amount is expressed in an Alternate Currency or Euros, the equivalent of such amount in Dollars determined by using the rate of exchange for the purchase of Dollars with the Alternate Currency or Euros last provided (either by publication or otherwise provided to the Administrative Agent) by the applicable Bloomberg source (or such other publicly available source for displaying exchange rates) on date that is two (2) Business Days immediately preceding the date of determination (or if such service ceases to be available or ceases to provide such rate of exchange, the equivalent of such amount in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent using any method of determination it deems appropriate in its good faith discretion) and (c) if such amount is denominated in any other currency, the equivalent of such amount in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent, using any method of determination it deems appropriate in its good faith discretion. Any determination by the Administrative Agent pursuant to clauses (b) or (c) above shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Dollars” or “$” means the lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary incorporated or organized under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a Subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

 

42


EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Eligible Accounts Receivable” means, an Account (other than Accounts constituting Eligible Credit Card Receivables and Eligible Investment Grade Receivables) arising in the ordinary course of the business of any Loan Party from the sale of goods or rendition of services, except no Account shall be an Eligible Account Receivable if:

(a) it arises out of a sale made or services rendered by a Loan Party to a Subsidiary of a Loan Party or an Affiliate of a Loan Party or to a Person controlled by an Affiliate of a Loan Party; or

(b) it remains unpaid more than (i) sixty (60) days after the original due date shown on the invoice or (ii) ninety (90) days after the original invoice date shown on the invoice; or

(c) the total unpaid Accounts of the Account Debtor owing to the Loan Parties exceed 25% of the net amount of all Eligible Accounts Receivable of all Loan Parties, but only to the extent of such excess; or

(d) any covenant, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement with respect to such Account has been breached in any material respect; or

(e) the Account Debtor is also a creditor or supplier of a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party or is a contra-receivable (unless such Person has executed an agreement in favor of Administrative Agent and in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent waiving any right of off-set or other rights with respect to amounts owed to such Person by such Loan Party), or the Account Debtor has disputed liability with respect to such Account, or the Account Debtor has made any claim with respect to any other Account due from such Account Debtor to a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party, or the Account otherwise is or may become subject to right of counterclaim or setoff by the Account Debtor; provided that any such Account shall be eligible to the extent such amount thereof exceeds such contract, dispute, claim, counterclaim, setoff or similar right; or

(f) the Account Debtor has commenced a voluntary case under any Debtor Relief Law, or made an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a decree or order for relief has been entered by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of the Account Debtor in an involuntary case under any Debtor Relief Law, or any other petition or other application for relief under Debtor Relief Law, has been filed against the Account Debtor, or if the Account Debtor has failed, suspended business, ceased to be solvent, or consented to or suffered a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian to be appointed for it or for all or a significant portion of its assets or affairs; or

(g) (i) with respect to Accounts owned by a U.S. Loan Party, it arises from a sale made or services rendered to an Account Debtor outside the United States or (ii) with respect to Accounts owned by a German Loan Party it arises from a sale made or services rendered to an Account

 

43


Debtor outside the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, Australia or the European Union, unless the applicable Loan Party has entered into (or caused the applicable Account Debtor to enter into) security and perfection arrangements under applicable local law satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion or (2) backed by a letter of credit from an issuer reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent; or

(h) (1) it arises from a sale to the Account Debtor on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, sale-or-return sale-on-approval, consignment, or any other repurchase or return basis; or (2) it is subject to a reserve established by a Loan Party for potential returns or refunds, to the extent of such reserve or (3) it arises from a sale to an Account Debtor that is subject to cash-on-delivery terms or cash-in-advance terms; or

(i) the Account Debtor is (x) the United States of America or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, unless the applicable Loan Party assigns its right to payment of such Account to Administrative Agent, in a manner satisfactory to Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, so as to comply with the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 (31 U.S.C. §203 et seq., as amended) or (y) any Governmental Authority other than the foregoing; or

(j) it is not at all times subject to Administrative Agent’s duly perfected, first priority security interest or is subject to a Lien that is not a Permitted Collateral Lien; or

(k) the goods giving rise to such Account have not been delivered to and accepted by the Account Debtor or the services giving rise to such Account have not been performed by the applicable Loan Party and accepted by the Account Debtor or the Account otherwise does not represent a final sale; or

(l) the applicable Loan Party has not sent a bill or invoice for the goods or services giving rise to such Account to the applicable Account Debtor; or

(m) the Account is evidenced by any chattel paper or an instrument of any kind, or has been reduced to judgment; or

(n) any Loan Party or a Subsidiary of any Loan Party has made any agreement with the Account Debtor for any compromise, settlement or modification of the Account or deduction therefrom (but only to the extent of such compromise, settlement, modification or deduction), except for discounts or allowances which are made in the ordinary course of business for prompt payment and which discounts or allowances are reflected in the calculation of the face value of each invoice related to such Account; or

(o) 50% or more of the Accounts owing from the Account Debtor are not Eligible Accounts Receivable pursuant to clauses (b), (d), (h), (j), (m) (with respect to Accounts having been reduced to judgments), (n) and (p) of this definition; or

(p) it represents service charges, (other than to the extent arising from the rendition of services), late fees or similar charges; or

(q) it is denominated or required to be paid in any currency other than Euros or Dollars; or

 

44


(r) such Account consists of customer deposits, pre-billed accounts or billings in excess of costs (deferred revenue) or has been partially paid; or

(s) such Account relates to or is subject to any discount, bonus, or rebate; or

(t) such Account cannot be reconciled to the general ledger or balance sheet of such Loan Party; or

(u) such Account has been subject to a chargeback (but only to the extent of chargeback) or is not a trade receivable; or

(v) such Account is a debit memo or incremental billing.

The Administrative Agent may determine an Account is ineligible based on the forgoing criteria, in each case, in its Permitted Discretion; provided that, the Administrative Agent shall have provided the Borrowers with Required Notice of any such determination; provided further, that upon delivery of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall be available to discuss the proposed determination with the Borrowers.

The Administrative Agent may, in its Permitted Discretion and in consultation with the Borrowers, modify the foregoing criteria based upon the Initial Field Exam and Initial Inventory Appraisal to extent such reveals information not known to the Administrative Agent before the Closing Date.

Eligible Assignee” means (a) any Lender, (b) any commercial bank, insurance company, finance company, financial institution, any fund that invests in loans or any other “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D of the Securities Act), (c) any Affiliate of any Lender, and (d) any Approved Fund of any Lender; provided that in any event, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include (i) any natural person, (ii) any Defaulting Lender, (iii) any Disqualified Lender, (iv) the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates or (v) any Person that does not have the ability to fund revolving bank loans (including the Revolving Loans) in the ordinary course of its business on the terms and conditions set forth in the Loan Documents (including with respect to any Alternate Currency previously agreed to by all Lenders in accordance with Section 1.14).

Eligible Credit Card Receivables” means an Account arising in the ordinary course of business of any Loan Party due from major credit card and debit card processors (including but not limited to, Visa, Mastercard, American Express, Diners Club, DiscoverCard, Afterpay and Paypal), net of prevailing interchange charges, interest, fees and late charges (“Credit Card Receivables”), except that no Account shall be an Eligible Credit Card Receivable if:

(a) it has been outstanding for more than five (5) Business Days from the date of sale; or

(b) the applicable Loan Party does not have good and valid title, free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Collateral Liens); or

(c) the Account Debtor is (x) the United States of America or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, unless the applicable Loan Party assigns its right to payment of such Account to the Administrative Agent, in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, so as to comply with the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 (31 U.S.C. §203 et seq., as amended) or (y) any Governmental Authority other than the foregoing; or

 

45


(d) it is disputed, or a claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback has been asserted, by the related credit card processor (but only to the extent of such dispute, claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback); or

(e) the credit card processor has the right under certain circumstances to require the applicable Loan Party to repurchase the Accounts or payment intangibles from such credit card or debit card processor;

(f) it is not at all times subject to Administrative Agent’s duly perfected, first priority security interest; or

(g) the goods giving rise to such Account have not been delivered to and accepted by the buyer or the services giving rise to such Account have not been performed by the applicable Loan Party and accepted by the buyer or the Account otherwise does not represent a final sale; or

(h) the Loan Parties have not sent a bill or invoice for the goods or services giving rise to such Account to the applicable buyer; or

(i) it is denominated or required to be paid in any currency other than Dollars or Euros.

The Administrative Agent may determine a Credit Card Receivable is ineligible based on the forgoing criteria, in each case, in its Permitted Discretion; provided that, the Administrative Agent shall have provided the Borrowers with Required Notice of any such determination; provided further, that upon delivery of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall be available to discuss the proposed determination with the Borrowers.

The Administrative Agent may, in its Permitted Discretion and in consultation with the Borrowers, modify the foregoing criteria based upon the Initial Field Exam and Initial Inventory Appraisal to extent such reveals information not known to the Administrative Agent before the Closing Date.

Eligible In-Transit Inventory” means Inventory that would be Eligible Inventory (and without duplication of other Eligible Inventory) but for clause (r) of the definition of “Eligible Inventory”, except no inventory shall be Eligible In-Transit Inventory unless it:

(a) is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including without limitation, marine cargo insurance; and

(b) constitutes Inventory in respect of which the purchase order and other sale documentation is in the name of a Loan Party and title has passed to the applicable Loan Party; and

 

46


(c) is not sold by a vendor that has a right to reclaim, divert shipment of, repossess, stop delivery, claim any reservation of title or otherwise assert Lien rights against the Inventory or with respect to whom any Loan Party is in default of any obligations; and

(d) is subject to customary purchase orders and other sale documentation consistent with such Loan Party’s ordinary course of dealing; and

(e) is shipped by a common carrier that is not affiliated with the vendor; and

(f) has not been in transit for more than forty-five (45) days; and

(g) is in transit (i) within Germany, (ii) within the United States or (iii) between the Unites States and Germany; and

(h) is at all times subject to the Administrative Agent’s duly perfected, first priority security interest or is subject to a Lien that is not a Permitted Collateral Lien.

The Administrative Agent may determine Inventory is ineligible based on the forgoing criteria, in each case, in its Permitted Discretion; provided that, the Administrative Agent shall have provided the Borrowers with Required Notice of any such determination; provided further, that upon delivery of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall be available to discuss the proposed determination with the Borrowers.

The Administrative Agent may, in its Permitted Discretion and in consultation with the Borrowers, modify the foregoing criteria based upon the Initial Field Exam and Initial Inventory Appraisal to extent such reveals information not known to the Administrative Agent before the Closing Date.

Eligible Inventory” means Inventory of any Loan Party, except no Inventory shall be Eligible Inventory if:

(a) it constitutes finished goods, which do not meet in any material respect the specifications of the purchase order or contract for such Inventory, if any; or

(b) the inventory is located at a subcontractor; or

(c) it is not in good, new and saleable condition or is damaged, under repair, or is otherwise generally not held for sale; or

(d) it is slow-moving, obsolete, defective, unfit for sale or unmerchantable; or

(e) it does not meet in any material respect all standards imposed by any Governmental Authority; or

(f) it does not conform in all material respects to any covenants, warranties and representations set forth in this Agreement; or

(g) it is not at all times subject to the Administrative Agent’s duly perfected, first priority security interest or is subject to a Lien that is not a Permitted Collateral Lien; or

 

47


(h) it is situated at a location outside of (i) with respect to Inventory owned by a U.S. Loan Party, the United States or (ii) with respect to Inventory owned by a German Loan Party, Germany; or

(i) it is not situated at a location in compliance with this Agreement; or

(j) it is spare parts; or

(k) it consists of packaging, boxes, labels, tooling, marketing materials, samples or literature; or

(l) which is located at any location where the aggregate value of all Eligible Inventory of the Loan Parties at such location is less than €500,000; provided that no rent Reserves will be taken with respect to such inventory; or

(m) is returned inventory or not allocable for sale; or

(n) it is assortments or items that are not sold in the ordinary course of business (excluding Eligible Raw Materials), auxiliary materials, quality inspection stock; or

(o) such Inventory cannot be reconciled to the general ledger or balance sheet of such Loan Party; or

(p) a Loan Party does not have good, valid, and marketable title thereto, or does not have actual and exclusive possession thereof (either directly or through a bailee or agent of a Loan Party); or

(q) raw materials used in the manufacture of Inventory; or

(r) it is in transit.

The Administrative Agent may determine Inventory is ineligible based on the foregoing criteria, in each case, in its Permitted Discretion; provided that, the Administrative Agent shall have provided the Borrowers with Required Notice of any such determination; provided further, that upon delivery of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall be available to discuss the proposed determination with Borrowers.

The Administrative Agent may, in its Permitted Discretion and in consultation with the Borrowers, modify the foregoing criteria based upon the Initial Field Exam and Initial Inventory Appraisal to extent such reveals information not known to the Administrative Agent before the Closing Date.

Eligible Investment Grade Receivables” means an Account that satisfies each of the criteria contained in the definition of Eligible Account Receivables; provided, that, the applicable Account Debtor with respect to such receivable maintains an Investment Grade Rating.

 

48


Eligible Raw Materials Inventory” means Inventory that would be Eligible Inventory (and without duplication of other Eligible Inventory) but for clause (q) in the definition of “Eligible Inventory.”

Employee Plan” means an employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA, or Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code, and in respect of which a U.S. Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA

Environment” means ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.

Environmental Laws” means any and all applicable current or future foreign or domestic, federal or state (or any subdivision of any of them) laws, statutes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, judgments, Governmental Authorizations, or any other applicable requirements of or agreements with Governmental Authorities and the common law relating to (a) protection of the Environment or (b) the generation, management, use, storage, transportation or disposal of or exposure to Hazardous Materials or any other Hazardous Materials Activity.

Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), resulting from or based upon (a) any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, management, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials or any other Hazardous Materials Activity, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement to the extent liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Contribution” means (a) any subscription for shares issued by, and any capital contributions (including by way of premium and/or contribution to the capital reserves and on a cash or cashless basis) to, Holdings via Topco (but excluding the proceeds of any (i) Topco Notes and (ii) any other Indebtedness of a Parent Entity (x) which is guaranteed by any member of the Group, and (y) in respect of which dividends or distributions on Holdings’ Capital Stock are permitted to be paid from cash in the Group pursuant to Section 6.04(a)(i)(C) and/or (b) any loans, notes, bonds or like instruments issued by or made to Holdings via Topco (but excluding any Topco Proceeds Loan) which are subordinated to the Revolving Facility as Subordinated Liabilities pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement or otherwise on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (acting reasonably) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Subordinated Shareholder Funding).

Equity Offering” means (a) a sale of Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock and other than offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions) or (b) the sale of Capital Stock or other securities by any person, the proceeds of which are contributed to the equity of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries by any Parent Entity in any form other than Indebtedness, Excluded Contributions or a Parent Debt Contribution.

 

49


ERISA” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” means any person that would be deemed at any relevant time to be a single employer with a U.S. Loan Party, pursuant to Section 414(b) or (c) or, solely for purposes of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code, under Section 414 (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code or under common control with a Loan Party under Section 4001 of ERISA.

ERISA Event” means (a) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, with respect to an Employee Plan, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived, (b) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate any Employee Plan or the termination of any Employee Plan under Section 4041 of ERISA, (c) the institution of proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA by the PBGC for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Employee Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (d) any failure by any Employee Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Employee Plan, in each case whether or not waived, (e) the filing under Section 412(c) of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of any request for a minimum funding variance, with respect to any Employee Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (f) the complete or partial withdrawal of any U.S. Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from any Employee Plan or a Multiemployer Plan, (g) a U.S. Loan Party or an ERISA Affiliate incurring any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Employee Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA), (h) a determination that any Employee Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code), (i) the existence of an Unfunded Pension Liability, (j) the conditions for the imposition of a lien under Section 303(k) of ERISA or Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Employee Plan have been met, and/or (k) the receipt by a U.S. Loan Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice of the imposition of withdrawal liability or of a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, or in “endangered” or “critical” status or in “critical and declining” status within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA or Section 432 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Erroneous Payment” has the meaning assigned to it in Article 8.

Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment” has the meaning assigned to it in Article 8.

Erroneous Payment Impacted Class” has the meaning assigned to it in Article 8.

Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency” has the meaning assigned to it in Article 8.

Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights” has the meaning assigned to it in Article 8.

Escrowed Proceeds” means the proceeds from the offering or Incurrence of any debt securities or other Indebtedness paid into an escrow account with an independent escrow agent on the date of the applicable offering or Incurrence pursuant to escrow arrangements that permit the release of amounts on deposit in such escrow account upon satisfaction of certain conditions or the occurrence of certain events, provided that the term “Escrowed Proceeds” shall include any interest earned on the amounts held in escrow.

 

50


EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

EURIBOR” has the meaning specified in the definition of Eurocurrency Rate.

Euros” or “” means the single currency of the Participating Member States.

Euro Equivalent” means, for any amount, at the time of determination thereof, (a) if such amount is expressed in Euros, such amount, (b) if such amount is expressed in an Alternate Currency, the equivalent of such amount in Euros determined by using the rate of exchange for the purchase of Euros with the Alternate Currency last provided (either by publication or otherwise provided to the Administrative Agent) by the applicable Bloomberg source (or such other publicly available source for displaying exchange rates) on date that is two (2) Business Days immediately preceding the date of determination (or if such service ceases to be available or ceases to provide such rate of exchange, the equivalent of such amount in Euros as determined by the Administrative Agent using any method of determination it deems appropriate in its good faith discretion) and (c) if such amount is denominated in any other currency, the equivalent of such amount in Euros as determined by the Administrative Agent, using any method of determination it deems appropriate in its good faith discretion. Any determination by the Administrative Agent pursuant to clauses (b) or (c) above shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Eurocurrency Rate” means, with respect to any Interest Period applicable to an Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing:

(a) denominated in denominated in Dollars, the rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate as administered by ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate for such currency) (“LIBOR”), as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time in good faith) at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Rate Determination Date, for deposits in the relevant currency, with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; or

(b) denominated in Euros or any Alternate Currency (other than Dollars and British Pounds Sterling) the rate per annum equal to the euro interbank offered rate administered by the European Money Markets Institute (or any other person which takes over the administration and/or calculation of that rate) (“EURIBOR”) for the relevant period displayed (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) on page EURIBOR01 of the Thomson Reuters or Refinitiv screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters or Refinitiv page which displays that rate) on the Rate Determination Date, for deposits in the relevant currency, with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Eurocurrency Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.

Excess Availability” means, at any time, an amount equal to (a) the Line Cap, minus (b) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure, in each case at such time.

Excess Proceeds” has the meaning set forth in the Senior Facilities Agreement.

 

51


Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Excluded Accounts” means Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts (a) established (or otherwise maintained) by the Loan Parties that do not have cash balances at any time exceeding €3,000,000 in the aggregate for all Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts excluded pursuant to this clause (a), (b) that are Tax and Trust Funds Accounts, (c) used by the Loan Parties exclusively for disbursements and payments (including payroll) in the ordinary course of business, (d) that are zero balance accounts or (e) that are located outside of the United States or Germany and solely containing Cash or proceeds from sales to foreign customers.

Excluded Contribution” means Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than from Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) after the Closing Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by Holdings (other than the Transaction Equity Contribution) or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, following the Closing Date and to the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of Holdings.

Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Loan Party, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Loan Guarantee of such Loan Party of, or the grant by such Loan Party of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Loan Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) (a) by virtue of such Loan Party’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (determined after giving effect to Section 3.20 of the Loan Guarantee and any other “keepwell”, support or other agreement for the benefit of such Loan Party) at the time the Loan Guarantee of such Loan Party or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or (b) in the case of any Swap Obligation that is subject to a clearing requirement pursuant to section 2(h) of the Commodity Exchange Act, because such Loan Party is a “financial entity,” as defined in section 2(h)(7)(C) of the Commodity Exchange Act, at the time the guarantee provided by (or grant of such security interest by, as applicable) such Loan Party becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If any Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Loan Guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or Issuing Bank or any other recipient (in each case, a “Recipient”) of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, (a) Taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income or franchise Taxes (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or treated as a resident for Tax purposes of, or having its principal

 

52


office or, in the case of any Lender, having its applicable lending office in, the taxing jurisdiction or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) any branch profits Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction described in clause (a), (c) any U.S. federal withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to the relevant Recipient pursuant to a Requirement of Law in effect at the time the relevant Recipient becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except (i) in the case of a Recipient that became a recipient pursuant to an assignment under Section 2.19 or a Recipient that designates a new lending office under Section 2.19 or (ii) to the extent that the relevant Recipient (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from any Loan Party with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.17, (d) any tax imposed as a result of a failure or inability by such Recipient to comply with Section 2.17(f), (e) any withholding taxes imposed under FATCA, (f) any tax suffered or incurred in respect of any Bank Levy (or payment attributable to, or liability arising as a consequence of, a Bank Levy), and (g) any non-U.S. withholding tax that is imposed under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the relevant Borrower is incorporated or organized (a “Borrower Tax Jurisdiction”) on amounts payable to the relevant Recipient from such Loan Party pursuant to a Requirement of Law in effect at the time the relevant Recipient becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except (i) in the case of a Recipient that became a recipient pursuant to an assignment under Section 2.19 or a Recipient that designates a new lending office under Section 2.19 or (ii) to the extent that the relevant Recipient (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from any Loan Party with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.17 and for the purposes of this limb (g), a Requirement of Law at a particular time shall include any taxes imposed pursuant to or in connection with or arising in consequence of: (i) the adoption, ratification, approval or acceptance of, the MLI in or by any jurisdiction after such time; and (ii) the United Kingdom ceasing to be a member state of the EU, (h) Taxes imposed in the Netherlands as a result of a Recipient having a substantial interest (aanmerkelijk belang) as defined in the Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001 (Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001) in a Borrower whose Borrower Tax Jurisdiction is the Netherlands, (i) any Tax imposed under the Netherlands Interest and Royalty Withholding Tax Act 2021 (Wet bronbelasting 2021) on payments from a Borrower whose Borrower Tax Jurisdiction is the Netherlands and (j) any withholding taxes imposed by Luxembourg under the amended law of 23 December 2005 introducing a withholding tax on certain payments made to Luxembourg resident individuals on payments from a Borrower whose Borrower Tax Jurisdiction is the Luxembourg.

Existing Target Debt” means the outstanding Indebtedness (and any interest, coupon, premia, fees, costs or expenses accruing thereon) under (a) any Existing Target Debt Document and (b) any hedging agreement or related or ancillary agreement entered into in connection with any Existing Target Debt Document.

Existing Target Debt Document” means any document or instrument constituting, documenting or evidencing any indebtedness made available to or guaranteed or secured by any member of the Target Group and existing immediately prior to the Closing Date.

Expected Cost Savings” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”.

Extended Commitment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(a)(i).

 

53


Extended Revolving Facility” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(a)(i).

Extended Revolving Loans” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(a)(i).

Extension” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(a).

Extension Amendment” means an amendment to this Agreement that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (for purposes of giving effect to Section 2.23) and the Borrowers executed by each of (a) Holdings, the German Parent Borrower and the Guarantors, (b) the Administrative Agent and (c) each Lender that has accepted the applicable Extension Offer pursuant hereto and in accordance with Section 2.23.

Extension Offer” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(a).

Facility B” means Facility B (EUR) and/or Facility B (USD).

Facility B (EUR)” means the term loan facility made available in Euros under the Senior Facilities Agreement.

Facility B (USD)” means the term loan facility made available in Dollars under the Senior Facilities Agreement.

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to current Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code (or any amended or successor version described above) and any intergovernmental agreements implementing any of the foregoing and related legislation or official administrative rules or practices with respect thereto.

Fee Letters” means collectively (i) the Signing Date Fee Letter and (ii) the Closing Date Fee Letter.

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the rate calculated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions (as determined in such manner as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York sets forth on its public website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as the federal funds effective rate.

Financial Quarter” means the period commencing on the day immediately following a Quarter Date and ending on the next occurring Quarter Date.

Financial Reporting Entity” means (a) Holdings, (b) any Holding Company of Holdings, or (c) any IPO Entity (as determined at the sole discretion of Holdings).

Financial Reporting Group” means the applicable Financial Reporting Entity and each of its Subsidiaries from time to time, but excluding any Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

54


Financial Statements” means Annual Financial Statements or Quarterly Financial Statements.

Financial Year” means each annual accounting period of the relevant Financial Reporting Entity ending on the Accounting Reference Date in each year.

First Test Date” means the first Quarter Date falling at the end of four (4) complete Financial Quarters following the Closing Date.

Fiscal Month” means a fiscal month of any Fiscal Year.

Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, the ratio for the Test Period most recently ended of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period minus Consolidated Capital Expenditures (except to the extent financed with the proceeds of Dispositions, long term Indebtedness (other than the revolving loans) or any issuance of Capital Stock), minus the aggregate amount of Taxes paid or payable in Cash during such Test Period to (b) Fixed Charges for such Test Period, in each case of or by the Group on a consolidated basis.

Fixed Charges” means, with reference to any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(a) Designated Cash Interest Expense for such period, plus

(b) the aggregate amount of scheduled principal payments in respect of Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Group paid or payable in Cash during such period (other than payments made by among Group members and excluding any earn-out obligation or purchase price adjustment), plus

(c) scheduled payments in respect of Capital Leases paid or payable in Cash during such period to the extent allocated to principal in accordance with GAAP, all calculated for such period for the Group on a consolidated basis during such period, plus

(d) any management fees (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any expenses or indemnities) to the extent added back to or otherwise included in Consolidated EBITDA, plus

(e) solely for purposes of determining the satisfaction of the Payment Conditions in connection with any Restricted Payment to be made in cash in reliance on Section 6.04(a), the amount of such Restricted Payment.

For purposes of determining the amount of principal allocated to scheduled payments under Capital Leases under this definition, interest in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease in accordance with GAAP.

“Floor” means a rate of interest equal to 0.25% per annum.

 

55


Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Forward-Looking Group Initiative Synergies” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.17(e)(i).

Forward-Looking Purchase Synergies” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.17(c)(ii).

Forward-Looking Sale Synergies” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.17(d)(ii).

Funds Flow Statement” means any funds flow statement relating to the Transaction which is delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 4.01.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in Germany (Grundsatz ordnungsgemäßer Buchführung) under the German Commercial Code (HGB) or any variation thereof with which the Financial Reporting Entity or the Restricted Subsidiaries are, or may be, required to comply, as in effect on the date of this Agreement, provided that (a) except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, all ratios and calculations based on GAAP contained in this Agreement shall be computed in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date of this Agreement, (b) at any time after the Closing Date, Holdings may elect to establish that GAAP shall mean GAAP as in effect on or prior to the date of such election; provided further that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable and (c) at any time after the Closing Date, Holdings may elect (without prejudice to its obligations under the Agreed Security Principles) to apply other Accounting Principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean such other Accounting Principles (except as otherwise provided in this Agreement), including as to the ability of Holdings to make an election pursuant to paragraph (b) above, provided further that any calculation or determination in this Agreement that require the application of GAAP for periods that include Financial Quarters ended prior to the Financial Reporting Entity’s election to apply such other Accounting Principles shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP.

General Intangibles” has the meaning provided in the UCC along with terms of like definition in other jurisdictions, as the context may require.

German Bank Account Pledge Agreements” mean each German law governed global bank account pledge agreement between a German Loan Party and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

German Borrower” means the German Parent Borrower and any Additional Borrower incorporated or established under the laws of Germany.

German Collateral” means any and all property of any German Loan Party subject (or purported to be subject) to a Lien under any Collateral Document and any and all other property of any German Loan Party, now existing or hereafter acquired, that is or becomes subject (or purported to be subject) to a Lien pursuant to any Collateral Document to secure the Secured Obligations.

 

56


German Global Assignment Agreements” mean each German law governed global assignment agreement between a German Loan Party and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

German Loan Party” means any Loan Party incorporated or established under the laws of Germany.

German Parent Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

German Security Agreements” means, collectively, (i) the German Security Transfer Agreements, (ii) the German Global Assignment Agreements and (iii) the German Bank Account Pledge Agreements.

German Security Transfer Agreements” mean each German law governed security transfer agreement between a German Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

German Sub-Borrowing Base” means, at any time of calculation for any German Borrower, a borrowing base consisting of,

(a) the criteria set forth in the definition of “Borrowing Base” but limited to the Eligible Credit Card Receivables, Eligible Investment Grade Receivables, Eligible Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory, Eligible Raw Materials Inventory, and Qualified Cash of the applicable individual German Borrower and the Reserves then applicable to such individual German Borrower; plus

(b) the un-borrowed amount of the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base.

Goldman” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, municipal, national or other government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof or any entity or officer exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government or any court, in each case whether associated with the U.S., a foreign government or any political subdivision thereof.

Governmental Authorization” means any permit, license, authorization, approval, plan, directive, consent order or consent decree of or from any Governmental Authority.

Granting Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(e).

Guarantee” means, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such person (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or

 

57


(b) entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), provided that the term “Guarantee” will not include (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business and (ii) standard contractual indemnities or product warranties provided in the ordinary course of business, and provided further that the amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to the lower of (A) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made and (B) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee or, if such Guarantee is not an unconditional guarantee of the entire amount of the primary obligation and such maximum amount is not stated or determinable, the amount of such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor” means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor, unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.23.

Guarantor Jurisdiction” means Canada, Germany, Luxembourg, the UK, the U.S. (including any state thereof and the District of Columbia) (provided (A) that if a Borrower is incorporated in a jurisdiction which is not a Guarantor Jurisdiction, the jurisdiction of that Borrower shall be a Guarantor Jurisdiction but only in relation to that Borrower and (B) if a Material IP Entity is incorporated in a jurisdiction which is not a Guarantor Jurisdiction, the jurisdiction of that Material IP Entity shall be a Guarantor Jurisdiction but only in relation to that Material IP Entity).

Group” means Holdings and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time.

Hazardous Materials” means any chemical, material, substance or waste, or any constituent thereof, which is classified, defined, regulated or otherwise characterized as “hazardous”, or “toxic” or as a “pollutant” or “contaminant” or words of similar meaning or regulatory effect pursuant to Environmental Laws.

Hazardous Materials Activity” means any activity, event or occurrence involving any Hazardous Material, including the use, manufacture, possession, storage, holding, Release, threatened Release, discharge, placement, generation, transportation, processing, treatment, abatement, removal, remediation, disposal, disposition or handling of any Hazardous Material, and any corrective action or response action with respect to any of the foregoing.

Hedge Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any Derivative Transaction between any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary and any other Person.

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any person, the obligations of such person under any Hedge Agreement.

Hedge Product Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Secured Hedging Obligations”.

 

58


Hedge Product Reserve” means the aggregate amount of reserves established by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its Permitted Discretion in respect of Secured Hedging Obligations.

Holding Company” means, in relation to a company, corporation or any other entity, any other company, corporation or entity in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

Holdings” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement and shall, for the avoidance of doubt, include any Successor Company.

IFRS” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002, as in effect from time to time (subject to the provisions of Section 1.04), to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a “Material Subsidiary.”

Immediate Family Members” means, with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, domestic partner, former domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships), any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals, such individual’s estate (or an executor or administrator acting on its behalf), heirs or legatees or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Impacted Loans” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Increased Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02(c).

Incremental Commitment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).

Incremental Facility Agreement” means an amendment to this Agreement that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (solely for purposes of giving effect to Section 2.22) and the Borrowers executed by each of (a) Holdings and the Borrowers, (b) the Administrative Agent and (c) each Lender that agrees to provide all or any portion of the Incremental Facility being incurred pursuant thereto and in accordance with Section 2.22.

Incremental Facility” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).

Incremental Increase” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).

Incremental Last Out Tranche” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).

“Incremental Loans” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).

 

59


Incur” means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for; provided that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a person existing at the time such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “Incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder, subject to the definition of Reserved Indebtedness Amount and related provisions.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(a) the principal of indebtedness of such person for borrowed money;

(b) the principal of obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(c) all reimbursement obligations of such person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have not been reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within thirty (30) days of Incurrence);

(d) the principal component of all obligations of such person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables or similar obligation, including accrued expenses owed, to a trade creditor), which purchase price is due more than one (1) year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

(e) Capitalized Lease Obligations of such person;

(f) the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such person with respect to any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends)

(g) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (x) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by Holdings) and (y) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other persons

(h) Guarantees by such person of the principal component of Indebtedness of the type referred to in paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) above and sub-paragraph (i) below of other persons to the extent Guaranteed by such person; and

(i) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the net payments under such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such person at the termination of such agreement or arrangement), with respect to paragraphs (a), (b), (d) and (e) above, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

60


The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (A) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (B) the principal amount of Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness:

(i) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) all contingent liabilities under a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or other similar instruments unless and until a valid demand for reimbursement has been made under such instrument and remains unpaid for thirty (30) days;

(iii) Banking Services;

(iv) any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business;

(v) obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) incurred prior to the Closing Date or in the ordinary course of business;

(vi) in connection with the purchase by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business or any other Permitted Acquisition, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller or investor may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid in a timely manner;

(vii) for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes;

(viii) obligations under or in respect of Qualified Securitization Financings or Receivables Facilities;

(ix) Indebtedness of any Parent Entity appearing on the balance sheet of Holdings solely by reason of push down accounting under GAAP;

 

61


(x) Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock of Holdings and Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary);

(xi) amounts owed to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law (including in connection with, or as a result of, exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or action (whether actual, contingent or potential)), pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with the covenants described under Sections 6.06, 6.07, 6.08 and 6.09;

(xii) Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

(xiii) any joint and several liability or any netting or set-off arrangement arising in each case by operation of law as a result of the existence or establishment of a fiscal unity between Restricted Subsidiaries solely for corporate income tax or value added tax purposes in any jurisdiction of which Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary is or becomes a member;

(xiv) liabilities in relation to the minority interests line in the balance sheet of any member of the Group; or

(xv) any Utilization drawn to fund any OID flex.

Indemnified Taxes” means (a) all Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes, in each case excluding any VAT, which shall (to the extent applicable) be dealt with in accordance with Section 2.17(i).

Indemnitee” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.03(b).

Independent Financial Advisor” means an investment banking or accounting firm of international standing or any third party appraiser of international standing; provided that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of Holdings.

Industry Competitor” means (a) any person or entity (and any of its Affiliates or Related Investment Fund) which is a competitor of a member of the Group or whose business is similar or related to a member of the Group and any controlling shareholder of such persons, provided that this shall not include any person or entity (or any of its Affiliates or Related Investment Fund) which is a bank, financial institution or trust, fund or other entity whose principal business or a material activity of whom is arranging, underwriting or investing in debt and (b) a private equity sponsor (including any fund which is managed or advised by it or any of its Affiliates or Related Investment Fund, and any of their respective Affiliates or Related Investment Fund), provided that this shall not include any person whose principal business is investing in debt and which is (i) acting on the other side of appropriate information barriers implemented or maintained as required by law or regulation from the person that would otherwise constitute a private equity sponsor and (ii) managed and controlled separately from the person that would otherwise constitute a private equity sponsor and has separate personnel responsible for its interests under the Loan Documents, such personnel being independent from the interests of the entity, division or desk constituting the private equity sponsor, and no information provided under the Loan Documents is disclosed or otherwise made available to any personnel responsible for the interests of the entity, division or desk constituting the private equity sponsor

 

62


Information Memorandum” has the meaning given to such term in the Senior Facilities Agreement.

Initial Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Initial Revolving Loans (and acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans) hereunder as set forth on the Commitment Schedule, or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender assumed its Initial Commitment, if applicable, as the same may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 or 2.19, (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.05 or (c) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.22. The aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Initial Commitments on the Closing Date is €200,000,000.

Initial Field Exam” means the Administrative Agent’s initial field examination in respect of the Collateral commenced by an Approved Appraiser.

Initial Inventory Appraisal” means the Administrative Agent’s initial appraisal of Inventory commenced by an Approved Appraiser.

Initial Investors” means (a) one or more funds, limited partnerships, co-investment vehicles and/or other similar vehicles entities or accounts entities managed by or otherwise advised by any of or collectively BK LC Lux SCA, Financie`re Agache S.A., Catterton Management Company, L.L.C., LC9 International AIV, LP, L Catterton Europe IV, SLP, L Catterton Asia 3 Pte. Ltd, and/or any of their respective “associates” (as defined in the Companies Act 2006) or Related Funds and/or any of their respective successors, (b) an Agreed Co-Investor (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement); and (d) any other co-investor approved by the Required Lenders (acting reasonably), in each case, other than any portfolio operating companies and their subsidiary undertakings.

Initial Lien” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02(a).

Initial Public Offering” means an Equity Offering of common stock or other common equity interests of a member of the Group, a “Pushdown Entity” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) or any Parent Entity or any successor of such member of the Group, Pushdown Entity or any Parent Entity (the “IPO Entity”) following which there is a public market and, as a result of which, the shares of common stock or other common equity interests of the IPO Entity in such offering are listed on an internationally recognised exchange or traded on an internationally recognised market.

Initial Revolving Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the aggregate Outstanding Amount at such time of all Initial Revolving Loans of such Lender, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such Lender’s LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure and participation interest in Protective Advances and Overadvances, in each case, attributable to its Initial Commitment.

 

63


Initial Revolving Credit Maturity Date” means the date that is five years after the Closing Date.

Initial Revolving Facility” means the Initial Commitments and the Initial Revolving Loans and the other extensions of credit thereunder.

Initial Revolving Lender” means any Lender with an Initial Commitment or any Initial Revolving Credit Exposure.

Initial Revolving Loans” means the Revolving Loans made on account of the Initial Commitments.

Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement to be entered into on or prior to the Closing Date and made between, among others, Holdings, the Original Debtors (as defined therein), the Administrative Agent and the representative for the Facility B.

Interest Charges” means, with respect to any person for any period, the sum of: (a) Consolidated Interest Expense of such person for such period, (b) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of such person during such period and (c) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during this period.

Interest Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of LTM EBITDA to the Interest Charges of the Group as at the Applicable Reporting Date for the Relevant Period ending on such Applicable Reporting Date (the “reference period”) provided that, for purposes of calculating the Interest Coverage Ratio, Interest Charges may, at Holdings’ option, exclude any interest expenses related to leases incurred during the reference period. In the event that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, assumes, Guarantees, redeems, defeases, retires, extinguishes or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or has caused any Reserved Indebtedness Amount to be deemed to be Incurred or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in each case, subsequent to the commencement of the reference period but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, deemed Incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, redemption, defeasance, retirement, extinguishment or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the reference period; provided that the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to:

(a) any Interest Charges attributable to Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 6.01(a), (other than Indebtedness Incurred in reliance upon the Interest Coverage Ratio pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(iv), Section 6.01(a)(v) or Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1) thereof);

(b) any Interest Charges attributable to Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(d)(A) or Section 6.01(n)(B); or

 

64


(c) any Interest Charges attributable to any Indebtedness discharged on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from the application of the proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred on the determination date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 6.01(a) (other than Indebtedness Incurred in reliance upon the Interest Coverage Ratio pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(iv), Section 6.01(a)(v) or Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1) thereof).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, any Purchase or Sale that has been made by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, during the reference period or subsequent to the reference period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that such Purchase or Sale (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in LTM EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the reference period.

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire reference period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by an Officer of Holdings to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed with a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the reference period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as Holdings may designate.

For the purposes of this definition, “Consolidated Interest Expense” will be calculated using an assumed interest rate based on the indicative interest margin contained in any financing commitment documentation with respect to such Indebtedness or, if no such indicative interest margin exists, as reasonably determined by Holdings in good faith.

Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio.”

Interest Election Request” means a request by the Borrowers in the form of Exhibit D or another form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to convert or continue a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.08.

Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December (commencing with June 30, 2021) and the maturity date applicable to such Revolving Loan and (b) with respect to any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Adjusted Term SOFR Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Revolving Loan is a part and, in the case of an Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing or Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three months’ duration been applicable to such Borrowing.

 

65


Interest Period” means with respect to any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing or Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, three or six months (or, to the extent agreed to by all relevant affected Lenders, twelve months or a shorter period) thereafter, as the Borrowers may elect in each case, subject to the availability for the interest rate applicable to the relevant currency; provided that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

Internal Revenue Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Inventory” has the meaning set forth in Article 9 of the UCC and shall include “Current Assets” and that portion of “Moveable Assets” constituting Inventory (as defined in the New York UCC), in each case as defined in the applicable Transaction Security Document along with terms of like definition, as the context may require.

Investment” means, with respect to any person, all investments by such person in other persons (including Affiliates) in the form of advances, loans or other extensions of credit (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any person in the ordinary course of business, and excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or the Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such other persons and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared on the basis of GAAP; provided that endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business will not be deemed to be an Investment. If Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of a person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in such person remaining after giving effect thereto will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time. For purposes of Section 6.04 and Section 6.10, (a) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings will be deemed to continue to have a permanent Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to: (i) Holdings’ Investment in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less (ii) the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as determined by Holdings) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and (b) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined by Holdings.

 

66


Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than (x) Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or (y) BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, as applicable.

Investment Grade Securities” means (a) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by Australia, the Canadian government, the EU or a member state of the EU, Japan, Norway, Switzerland, the UK, the U.S. government or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalent Investments), (b) debt securities or debt instruments with a rating of “A-” or higher from S&P or Fitch or “A3” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s, Fitch or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among Holdings and its Subsidiaries and (c) Investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in paragraphs (a) and (b), above which fund may also hold cash and Cash Equivalent Investments pending investment or distribution.

Investors” means the Initial Investors and any other person holding (directly or indirectly) any issued share capital of Holdings from time to time.

IPO Entity” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Initial Public Offering.”

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuing Bank” means, as the context may require, (a) the Initial Revolving Lenders on a pro rata basis based on the Initial Commitment of such Initial Revolving Lender as set forth on Schedule 1.01(a) and (b) any other Lender that is appointed as an Issuing Bank and accepts such appointment in writing in accordance with Section 2.05(i)(ii) hereof. Each Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by any Affiliate or branch of such Issuing Bank (other than a Disqualified Lender), in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate or branch with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate or branch.

ITA” shall mean the United Kingdom Income Tax Act 2007.

Latest Maturity Date” means, as of any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Revolving Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time.

LC Collateral Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(j).

LC Commitment” mean, in the case of each Issuing Bank, such amount as set forth in Schedule 1.01(a) hereto.

 

67


LC Disbursement” means a payment or disbursement made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the Euro Equivalent of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time and (b) the Euro Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of all LC Disbursements with respect to Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall equal its Applicable Percentage of the aggregate LC Exposure at such time.

Legal Opinion” means any legal opinion delivered to the Administrative Agent under Section 4.01 or at any other time in connection with the Loan Documents.

Legal Reservations” means the principle that certain remedies (including equitable remedies and remedies that are analogous to equitable remedies in the applicable jurisdiction) may be granted or refused at the discretion of the court, the principles of reasonableness and fairness, the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, court schemes, moratoria, administration, examinership and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors and secured creditors and similar principles or limitations under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction;

(d) the time barring of claims under applicable limitation laws (including the Limitation Acts) and defenses of acquiescence, set-off or counterclaim and the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or to indemnify a person against non-payment of stamp duty may be void and defenses of set-off, counterclaim or acquiescence, and similar principles or limitations under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction;

(e) the principle that in certain circumstances Security granted by way of fixed charge may be recharacterized as a floating charge or that Security purported to be constituted as an assignment may be recharacterized as a charge;

(f) the principle that additional or default interest imposed pursuant to any relevant agreement may be held to be unenforceable on the grounds that it is a penalty and thus void;

(g) the principle that a court may not give effect to an indemnity for legal costs incurred by an unsuccessful litigant;

(h) the principle that the creation or purported creation of Security over (i) any asset not beneficially owned by the relevant charging company at the date of the relevant security document or (ii) any contract or agreement which is subject to a prohibition on transfer, assignment or charging, may be void, ineffective or invalid and may give rise to a breach of the contract or agreement over which Security has purportedly been created;

(i) the accessory nature of certain German law governed Security;

(j) the possibility that a court may strike out a provision of a contract for rescission or oppression, undue influence or similar reason;

 

68


(k) the principle that a court may not give effect to any parallel debt provisions, covenants to pay the Administrative Agent or other similar provisions;

(l) the principle that certain remedies in relation to regulated entities may require further approval from government or regulatory bodies or pursuant to agreements with such bodies;

(m) similar principles, rights and defenses under the laws of any relevant jurisdiction;

(n) the principles of private and procedural laws of the Relevant Jurisdiction which affect the enforcement of a foreign court judgment;

(o) the principle that in certain circumstances pre-existing Security purporting to secure an Additional Facility (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement as in effect on the date hereof), further advances or any Facility (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) following a Structural Adjustment may be void, ineffective, invalid or unenforceable; and

(p) any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations (however described) as to matters of law in the Legal Opinions.

Lender” means any Initial Revolving Lender and any Additional Revolving Lender. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” shall include the Swingline Lender.

Letter of Credit” means any Commercial Letter of Credit or Standby Letter of Credit issued for the account of the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.05(a).

Letter of Credit Reimbursement Loan” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(e)(i).

Letter of Credit Request” means any request by the Borrowers for a Letter of Credit in accordance with Section 2.05 and substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 or such other form that is reasonably acceptable to the relevant Issuing Bank and the Borrowers.

Letter of Credit Sublimit” means €50,000,000, subject to increase in accordance with Section 2.22 hereof.

LIBOR” has the meaning specified in the definition of Eurocurrency Rate.

Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien, hypothecation or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limitation Acts” means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

Line Cap” means, at any time, the lesser of (a) the Aggregate Commitments and (b) the Borrowing Base, in each case in effect or applicable at such time.

 

69


Liquidity Condition” means any period (x) (a) commencing on the day on which Specified Excess Availability is less than the greater of (i) 10.0% of the Line Cap at such time and (ii) €20,000,000 in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), for five (5) consecutive Business Days and (b) continuing until the end of the first period of 30 consecutive days at all times during which Specified Excess Availability for each day during such 30-day period has been greater than or equal to the greater of (i) 10.0% of the Line Cap at such time and (ii) €20,000,000 or (y) commencing upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Specified Default.

Listing” means the listing or the admission to trading of all or any part of the share capital of any member of the Group or any Holding Company (the only material assets of which are shares or other investments (directly or indirectly in the Group)) of a member of the Group (other than the Initial Investors) on any recognised investment exchange (as that term is used in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) or in or on any other exchange or market in any jurisdiction or country or any other sale or issue by way of listing, flotation or public offering or any equivalent circumstances in relation to any member of the Group or any such Holding Company of any member of the Group (other than the Initial Investors and their Holding Companies) in any jurisdiction or country.

Loan Documents” means this Agreement, any Promissory Note, the Loan Guarantee, the Collateral Documents, the Intercreditor Agreements, each Incremental Facility Agreement, each Extension Amendment and any other document or instrument designated by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent as a “Loan Document.” Any reference in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to any Loan Document shall include all appendices, exhibits or schedules thereto.

Loan Guarantee” means the ABL Loan Guaranty, substantially in the form of Exhibit I, executed by each Loan Party party thereto and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (the “ABL Loan Guaranty”), as supplemented in accordance with the terms of Section 5.12.

Loan Parties” means a Borrower or a Guarantor.

Loans” means Revolving Loans.

Lockbox” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(a).

London Banking Day” means any day on which dealings in Dollar or the applicable Alternate Currency, as applicable, deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank market.

LTM EBITDA” means on any day, Consolidated EBITDA of the Group for the Relevant Period ending on the Applicable Reporting Date provided that in the event any indebtedness, loan, investment, disposal, guarantee, payment or other transaction is committed, incurred or made by any member of the Group based on the amount of LTM EBITDA as determined for a given Applicable Test Date, that indebtedness, loan, investment, disposal, guarantee, payment or other transaction shall not constitute, or be deemed to constitute, or result in, a breach of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents if there is a change in the amount of LTM EBITDA for any Relevant Period ending subsequent to such Applicable Test Date.

 

70


Management Advances” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made to, directors, officers, employees, contractors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of any Parent Entity, Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or to any management equity plan, stock option plan, any other management or employee benefit, bonus or incentive plan or any trust, partnership or other entity of, established for the benefit of or the beneficial owner of which (directly or indirectly) is the directors, officers, employees, contractors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of any Parent Entity, Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) in respect of any expenses (including travel, entertainment and moving expenses) Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) for purposes of funding any such person’s purchase (or the purchase by any management equity plan) of Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding (or similar obligations) of Holdings, its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity with the approval of the Board of Directors of Holdings, or otherwise relating to any management equity plan, stock option plan any other management or employee benefit, bonus or incentive plan, (c) in respect of moving related expenses Incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office or (d) otherwise in an amount not exceeding the greater of (i) €16,130,000 and (ii) an amount equal to 7.5% of LTM EBITDA in the aggregate outstanding as of the Applicable Test Date.

Management Case” means the financial model relating to the Group in the agreed form and delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 4.01.

Management Investors” means (x) the officers, directors, managers, employees and members of management of the Borrowers, any Parent Company, and/or any Subsidiary of the Borrowers and/or (y) any Sellers (as such term is defined in the Acquisition Agreement) and/or the officers, directors, managers, employees and members of management of the Sellers.

Management Stockholders” means the members of management of Holdings (or any Parent Entity) or its Subsidiaries who are holders of Capital Stock of Holdings or of any Parent Entity on the Acquisition Closing Date or will become holders of such Capital Stock in connection with the Transaction.

Market Capitalization” means an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock or common equity interests of the IPO Entity on the date of the declaration of the relevant dividend multiplied by (ii) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such common stock or common equity interests for the thirty (30) consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such dividend..

Material Adverse Effect” means any event or circumstance which in each case after taking into account all mitigating factors or circumstances (including any warranty, indemnity, insurance or other resources available to the Group (including the Target Group) or right of recourse against any third party with respect to the relevant event or circumstance and any obligation of any person in force to provide any additional equity investment in the Group)

(a) has a material adverse effect on the consolidated business, assets or financial condition of the Group (taken as a whole) such that the Group (taken as a whole) would be unable to perform its payment obligations under the Loan Documents in respect of principal amounts due and payable thereunder; or

 

71


(b) subject to the Legal Reservations and any Perfection Requirements, affects the validity or the enforceability of the Loan Documents (taken as a whole) to an extent which is materially adverse to the interests of the Secured Parties (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents (taken as a whole),

and, in each case, if capable of remedy, is not remedied within twenty (20) Business Days of the date on which the Administrative Agent gives written notice of the issue to Holdings.

Material Deposit Account” means any Deposit Account or securities account of a Loan Party other than Excluded Accounts.

Material IP Entity” has the meaning given to such term in paragraph (c) of the definition of “Material Subsidiary.”

Material Intellectual Property” means any specifically identifiable material intellectual property required in order to conduct the business of the Group in all material respects as it is being conducted and which is beneficially owned by or licensed to members of the Group.

Material Subsidiary” means (a) a Loan Party (b) a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction which has earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA and, at Holdings’ option, either including or excluding any adjustments made to Consolidated EBITDA of the Group pursuant to paragraphs (a)(viii) and (a)(ix) of the definition thereof and/or paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) of Section 1.17 representing more than 5% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Group by reference to the latest Annual Financial Statements delivered to the Administrative Agent (or, if no such Annual Financial Statements have been delivered, the Original Financial Statements) or (c) to the extent not covered under paragraphs (a) and/or (b) above, a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings which, on the relevant date of determination, holds any Material Intellectual Property of the Group (a “Material IP Entity”) provided that (i) each Restricted Subsidiary which is not required to (or is unable to) become a Guarantor in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles will not be considered a Material Subsidiary and (ii) a determination by Holdings (in good faith) that a Restricted Subsidiary is or is not a Material Subsidiary shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

Maturity Date” means (a) with respect to the Initial Revolving Loans, the Initial Revolving Credit Maturity Date, (b) with respect to any Incremental Facility, the final maturity date set forth in the applicable Incremental Facility Agreement and (c) with respect to any Extended Commitment, the final maturity date set forth in the applicable Extension Amendment.

Maximum Rate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.20.

Minimum Extension Condition” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(b).

MLI” means the Multilateral Convention to Implement Tax Treaty Related Measures to Prevent Base Erosion and Profit Shifting of November 24, 2016.

 

72


Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Multiemployer Plan” means a “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section (3)(37) of ERISA) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA that is contributed to for any employees of a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or in respect of which any U.S. Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate has any actual or contingent, direct or indirect liability.

Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) under the Securities Act.

Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or instalment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Taxes paid, reasonably estimated to be actually payable or accrued as a liability under GAAP (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a result of the distribution of such proceeds to Holdings and after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition, including distributions for Related Taxes and Permitted Tax Distributions;

(a) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

(b) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders (other than any Parent Entity, Holdings or any of its respective Subsidiaries) in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition;

(c) the deduction of appropriate amounts required to be provided by the seller as a reserve, on the basis of GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition; and

(d) any funded escrow established pursuant to the documents evidencing any such sale or disposition to secure any indemnification obligations or adjustments to the purchase price associated with any such Asset Disposition.

 

73


Net Cash Proceeds” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of Taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be actually payable as a result of such issuance or sale (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a result of the distribution of such proceeds to Holdings and after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing agreements, and including distributions for Related Taxes and Permitted Tax Distributions).

Net Orderly Liquidation Value” means, with respect to Eligible Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory or Eligible Raw Materials Inventory of any Person, the orderly liquidation value thereof to be realized at (i) an orderly, negotiated sale held within a reasonable period of time or (ii) at any sale or other enforcement initiated or undertaken by or on behalf of any insolvency administrator or similar person, in each case, net of all liquidation expenses, as determined from the most recent appraisal of the Loan Parties’ Inventory performed by an Approved Appraiser.

New Contracts” has the meaning given to that term in sub-paragraph (a)(xxii) of the definition of Consolidated EBITDA.

Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19(b).

Notice of Intent to Cure” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.12(b).

Obligations” means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Post-Petition Interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding (or that would accrue but for the operation of applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws), regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on all Revolving Loans, loans pursuant to any Incremental Last Out Tranche, all Swingline Loans, all Overadvances, all Protective Advances, all LC Exposure, all accrued and unpaid fees, premiums and all expenses (including fees, premiums and expenses accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding (or that would accrue but for the operation of applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws), regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), reimbursements, indemnities and all other advances to, debts, liabilities and obligations of any Loan Party to the Lenders or to any Lender, the Administrative Agent, any Arranger, any Issuing Bank or any indemnified party arising under the Loan Documents in respect of any Revolving Loan, Swingline Loan, Overadvance, Protective Advance or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute, contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising.

OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury (or any successor thereto).

Officer” means, with respect to any person, (a) the chairman of the Board of Directors, the CEO, the president, the CFO, any vice president, the treasurer, any director, authorized signatory, managing director or the company secretary (or, in each case, any person holding a similar or equivalent role) of such person and/or if such person is owned or managed or represented by a single entity, of such entity, and/or (b) any other individual designated as an “Officer” or an “authorized signatory” with respect to such person.

Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to any person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such person.

 

74


Original Accounting Principles” means the accounting principles and related accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the Original Financial Statements and the Management Case provided that the Original Accounting Principles may apply GAAP as in effect for annual periods commencing on or after 1 January 2019.

Original Borrowers” means each of the entities listed on Schedule 1.01(f).

Original Financial Statements” means a copy of the audited financial statements of Birkenstock GmbH & Co. KG for the financial year ended on 30 September 2020 provided that such statements shall not be required to be in a form and substance satisfactory to any Secured Party nor subject to any other approval requirement.

Original Guarantor” means each of the entities listed on Schedule 1.01(g).

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising solely from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, or engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Revolving Loan or Loan Document).

Other Creditor” means such lender, lender representative, administrative agent, collateral agent or trustee with respect to Indebtedness incurred by a Loan Party.

Other Senior Collateral” means such Collateral of an Other Creditor that is not ABL Priority Security.

Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary Taxes or any intangible, recording, filing or other excise or property Taxes (including any Luxembourg registration duties) (each a “Stamp Tax”) arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt (i) any Excluded Taxes, (ii) any Stamp Taxes imposed with respect to, or in respect of an assignment, novation, transfer or participation by a Lender (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.19(b)) and (iii) pursuant or to the extent that such Stamp Tax becomes payable upon a voluntary registration made by any party if such registration is not required by any applicable law or not necessary to evidence, prove, maintain, enforce, compel or otherwise assert the rights of such party or obligations of any party under a Loan Document.

Outstanding Amount” means (a) with respect to any Revolving Loan, Overadvance, Protective Advance and/or Swingline Loan on any date, the Euro Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowing and/or prepayment or repayment of such Revolving Loan and/or Swingline Loan, as the case may be, occurring on such date, (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Euro Equivalent of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit after giving effect to any change in the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit or the issuance or expiry of such Letter of Credit, including as a result of any LC Disbursement and (c) with respect to any LC Disbursement on any date, the Euro Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding amount of such LC Disbursement on such date after giving effect to any disbursement with respect to any Letter of Credit occurring on such date and any other change in the aggregate amount of such LC Disbursement as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursement by the Borrowers of such LC Disbursement.

 

75


Overadvance” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.04(e).

Parent Company” means (a) Holdings and (b) any other Person of which the Borrowers are an indirect Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

Parent Debt Contribution” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04(a)(i)(C).

Parent Entity” means any direct or indirect parent of Holdings.

Participant” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(c).

Participant Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(c).

Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that adopts or has adopted the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

Party” means a party to this Agreement.

Patent” means the following: (a) any and all patents and patent applications throughout the world; (b) all inventions described and claimed therein; (c) all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations in part, renewals, extensions and continuations in part thereof; (d) all income, royalties, damages, claims, and payments now or hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including damages and payments for past and future infringements thereof; (e) all rights to sue for past, present, and future infringements thereof; and (f) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing.

Payment Conditions” means:

(a) with respect to any transaction subject to Payment Conditions, Specified Excess Availability (in each case, calculated on a pro forma basis, and in the case of Investments, subject to completion by the Administrative Agent of a desktop audit and appraisal) on the date of such transaction would be equal to or greater than:

(A) in the case of Restricted Payments, (x) if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (calculated on a pro forma basis) is greater than or equal to 1.00:1.00, the greater of (a) 15% of the Line Cap on such date and (b) €30,000,000 and (y) if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (calculated on a pro forma basis) is less than 1.00:1.00, the greater of (a) 20% of the Line Cap on such date and (b) €40,000,000, in each case on such date and for the twenty (20) days prior thereto and;

 

76


(B) in the case of any other transaction subject to Payment Conditions other than Restricted Payments, (x) if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (calculated on a pro forma basis) is greater than or equal to 1.00:1.00, the greater of (a) 12.5% of the Line Cap on such date and (b) €25,000,000 and (y) if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (calculated on a pro forma basis) is less than 1.00:1.00, the greater of (a) 17.5% of the Line Cap on such date and (b) €35,000,000, in each case on such date and for the twenty (20) days prior thereto; and

(b) no Specified Default shall be continuing.

Payment Recipient” has the meaning assigned to it in Article 8.

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Perfection Requirements” means the making or the procuring of the appropriate registrations, filing, endorsements, notarization, stampings and/or notifications of or under the Transaction Security Documents and/or the Security created thereunder and any other actions or steps, necessary in any jurisdiction or under any laws or regulations in order to create or perfect any Security or the Transaction Security Documents or to achieve the relevant priority expressed therein.

“Periodic Term SOFR Determination Day” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Term SOFR”.

Permitted Acquisition” means any Permitted Investment under paragraphs (a)(ii) or (b) of the definition of Permitted Investment or any other acquisition or Investment permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash, Cash Equivalent Investments between Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and another person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalent Investments received in excess of the value of any cash or Cash Equivalent Investments sold or exchanged must be applied in accordance with the covenant described under Section 6.05.

Permitted Collateral Lien” means Liens on the Charged Property:

(a) that are described in one or more of paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (k), (o), (q), (r), (w), (x), (z), (hh), and (kk) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and Liens arising by operation of law that would not materially interfere with the ability of the Administrative Agent to enforce the Security Interests in the Charged Property;

(b) to secure all obligations (including paid-in-kind interest) in respect of:

(i) the obligations under the Loan Documents;

 

77


(ii) Indebtedness described under paragraphs Section 6.01(a)(i) (provided that any such Indebtedness secured on the Charged Property that does not constitute ABL Priority Security ranks junior to Facility B), Section 6.01(a)(ii), Section 6.01(a)(iii), Section 6.01(a)(iv) (provided that such Indebtedness constitutes Second Lien Liabilities or otherwise ranks junior to Facility B and the Secured Obligations), and Section 6.01(f), and provided that if:

(A) the Designation Date has occurred;

(B) Facility B has been refinanced in full (ignoring any participation (x) of a Lender (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) which has been rolled over into a refinancing (or otherwise) and/or (y) in respect of which a Lender (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) has declined prepayment); and

(C) a Revolving Facility (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) (in each case, to the extent not fully and finally discharged) has been designated as “Super Senior Liabilities” pursuant to clause 18 (New Debt Financings) of the Intercreditor Agreement,

the following may have super senior priority status in respect of the proceeds from the enforcement of the Charged Property that is not ABL Priority Security and certain distressed disposals of assets pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement that are not ABL Priority Security:

(5) up to an amount of Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility which is not prohibited by Section 6.01 not to exceed the greater of (x) €215,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 100% of LTM EBITDA; and

(6) Hedging Obligations, obligations under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks,

(a) in each case to the extent Incurred under and in compliance with Section 6.01;

(i) Indebtedness described under Section 6.01(A) or Section 6.01(B), provided that if such Indebtedness constitutes Senior Secured Indebtedness and, after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 5.00:1.00;

(ii) Indebtedness described under Section 6.01(b), to the extent that such Guarantee is in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be secured by a Permitted Collateral Lien;

(iii) Indebtedness described under Section 6.01(d), Section 6.01(e)(i), Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(I), Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(II) (provided that such Indebtedness constitutes Second Lien Liabilities or otherwise ranks junior to the Facilities), Section 6.01(f), Section 6.01(g) (other than with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations), Section 6.01(h)(v), Section 6.01(j), Section 6.01(m), or Section 6.01(s); or

(iv) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness referred to in sub-paragraphs (i) to (v) above (provided that, if such Indebtedness is secured on a basis equal or senior to the Revolving Facility, to the extent such Indebtedness would have been permitted to be so secured); or

 

78


(b) Incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to obligations that in total do not exceed the greater of (i) €10,750,000 and (ii) an amount equal to 5% of LTM EBITDA at any time outstanding and that (x) are not Incurred in connection with the borrowing of money and (y) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof or the operation of Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s business,

provided that, in the case of paragraphs (b) and (c) above, each of the secured parties to any such Indebtedness that individually exceeds an aggregate principal amount of the greater of (i) €32,250,000 and (ii) an amount equal to 15% of LTM EBITDA that is to share in all or substantially all (or in the case of secured parties to any Topco Notes and/or any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with or refinances, redeems or repays any Topco Notes, less than all or substantially all) of the Transaction Security will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement; and provided further that for purposes of determining compliance with this definition, in the event that a Permitted Collateral Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Collateral Liens described in paragraphs (a) through (c) above, Holdings will be permitted to classify such Permitted Collateral Lien on the date of its Incurrence and reclassify such Permitted Collateral Lien at any time and in any manner that complies with this definition; and provided further that Permitted Collateral Liens may not have super senior priority status in respect of the proceeds from the enforcement of the Charged Property or a distressed disposal of assets, other than as permitted by paragraph (b)(ii) above, save that nothing in this definition shall prevent lenders under any Credit Facilities from providing for any ordering of payments under the various tranches of such Credit Facilities; provided further that all Permitted Collateral Liens on ABL Priority Security must be secured on a junior basis to the Secured Obligations unless securing the Secured Obligations.

Permitted Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01.

Permitted Discretion” means the reasonable (from the perspective of a secured asset-based lender) credit judgment exercised in good faith in accordance with customary business practices of the Administrative Agent for comparable asset-based lending transactions.

Permitted Holders” means, collectively, (a) the Initial Investors, (b) any one or more persons, together with such persons’ Affiliates, whose beneficial ownership constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement, (c) the Management Stockholders, (d) any person who is acting solely as an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any IPO Entity, acting in such capacity, (e) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, no person other than persons referred to in paragraphs (a) to (d) above collectively, has beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any Parent Entity held by such group, (f) following the end of a Change of Control Put Option Period (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement), any Investor as at the date of the relevant Change of Control Notice (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement); and (g) any Related Person of any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (f) above but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Vendor and any Rollover Investor.

 

79


Permitted Investment” means (in each case, by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries):

(a) Investments in:

(i) a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) or Holdings; or

(ii) a person (including the Capital Stock of any such person) that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) Investments in another person and as a result of such Investment such other person is merged, amalgamated, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(c) Investments in cash or Cash Equivalent Investments;

(d) Investments in receivables owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Investments in payroll, travel, relocation, entertainment, moving related and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Management Advances;

(g) Investments in Capital Stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor or otherwise with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(h) Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from a sale or other disposition of property or assets, or through the provision of any services including an Asset Disposition;

(i) Investments existing or pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect or existence on the Acquisition Closing Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may not be increased except (i) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Acquisition Closing Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

 

80


(j) Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 6.01;

(k) pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or Liens otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under the covenant described under Section 6.02;

(l) any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock), Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of any Parent Entity as consideration;

(m) any transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of paragraph Section 6.03(b) (except those described in Section 6.03(b)(i), Section 6.03(b)(iii), Section 6.03(b)(vi), Section 6.03(b)(vii), Section 6.03(b)(ix), Section 6.03(b)(xii), and Section 6.03(b)(xiv));

(n) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in any case, in the ordinary course of business, and in accordance with this Agreement;

(o) any:

(i) Guarantees of Indebtedness not prohibited by the covenant described under Section 6.01 and (other than with respect to Indebtedness) guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business; and

(ii) performance guarantees with respect to obligations that are not prohibited by this Agreement;

(p) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement;

(q) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of an entity merged or amalgamated into Holdings or merged or amalgamated into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(r) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other persons;

(s) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of Holdings;

(t) Investments in joint ventures and similar entities and Similar Businesses:

(i) in existence on the Acquisition Closing Date; and

 

81


(ii) having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this paragraph (t)(ii) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed:

(A) the greater of (x) €64,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 30% of LTM EBITDA at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); plus

(B) the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments,

with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided that if any Investment pursuant to this definition is made in any person that is not Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such person becomes Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of this definition and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this paragraph for so long as such person continues to be Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(u) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this paragraph (u) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed:

(i) the greater of (x) €86,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 40% of LTM EBITDA; plus

(ii) the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments,

with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided that if any Investment pursuant to this paragraph is made in any person that is not Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such person becomes Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of this definition and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this paragraph for so long as such person continues to be Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(v) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this paragraph (v) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed:

(i) the greater of (x) €64,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 30% LTM EBITDA at the time of such Investment; plus

 

82


(ii) the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments,

with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided that if any Investment pursuant to this definition is made in any person that is not Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such person becomes Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b)of this definition and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this paragraph for so long as such person continues to be Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(w) Investments (i) arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility and (ii) constituting distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

(x) Investments in connection with the Transaction;

(y) Investments (including repurchases) in Indebtedness of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(z) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described under Section 6.10;

(aa) guarantee and indemnification obligations arising in connection with surety bonds issued in the ordinary course of business;

(bb) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of real property, any other assets or services in the ordinary course of business or made in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing customer or client contacts and loans or advances made to distributors in the ordinary course of business;

(cc) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business;

(dd) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection of deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers in the ordinary course of business;

(ee) transactions entered into in order to consummate a Permitted Tax Restructuring; and

(ff) Investments made at a time when the Payment Conditions applicable to such Investments have been satisfied

 

83


provided, however, that any Investment consisting of (A) the transfer of any Material Intellectual Property by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to an Unrestricted Subsidiary or (B) the designation of a Material IP Entity as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, where such Material IP Entity holds Material Intellectual Property following such designation, in each case shall not constitute a Permitted Investment under this Agreement.

Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any person:

(a) Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness and other Obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

(b) pledges, deposits or Liens under workmen’s compensation laws, old-age-part-time arrangements, payroll taxes, unemployment insurance laws, social security laws or similar legislation, or insurance related obligations (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements) or pension related liabilities and obligations, or in connection with bids, tenders, completion guarantees, contracts (other than for borrowed money) or leases, or to secure utilities, licenses, public or statutory obligations, or to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, government contracts and leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, indemnity, judgment, customs, appeal or performance bonds, (including pledges, deposits or Liens under any indemnities, undertakings, guarantees, counter guarantees or indemnities and contractual obligations provided in connection with such surety, stay, indemnity, judgment, customs, appeal or performance bonds), guarantees of government contracts, return-of-money bonds, bankers’ acceptance facilities (or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations), obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments that have been posted to support the same, or as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of (or obligations of credit insurers with respect thereof) rent, or other obligations of like nature, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Liens with respect to outstanding motor vehicle fines and Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction contractors’ or other like Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than sixty (60) days or that are bonded or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(d) Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges which are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days from the date on which Holdings becomes aware such amounts are overdue or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP (or other applicable accounting principles) have been made in respect thereof;

(e) encumbrances, charges, ground leases, easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), survey exceptions, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions, by-law, regulation, zoning restrictions or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries or to the ownership of their properties, including servicing agreements,

 

84


development agreements, site plan agreements, subdivision agreements, facilities sharing agreements, cost sharing agreements and other agreements, which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including (i) ground leases entered into by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any development, construction, operation or improvement of assets on any real property owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and any Liens created by the lessee in connection with any such ground lease, including easements and rights of way, or on any of its assets located on the real property subject to such ground lease) and (ii) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses in respect of real property to any trading counterparty to which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries provides services on such real property;

(f) Liens:

(i) on assets, capital stock or property of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Hedging Obligations or Banking Services permitted under this Agreement;

(ii) that are statutory, common law or contractual rights of set-off (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Liens arising under the general terms and conditions of banks or saving banks (Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen der Banken und Sparkassen)) or, in the case of sub-paragraphs (A) or (B) below, other bankers’ Liens:

(A) relating to treasury, depository and Banking Services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds in the ordinary course of business and not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness;

(B) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings; or

(C) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) on cash accounts securing Indebtedness and other Obligations permitted to be Incurred under Section 6.01(h)(iv) and Section 6.01(h)(v) with financial institutions;

(iv) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(v) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC (or a similar statutory provision in another applicable jurisdiction) on items in the course of collection;

(vi) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the maintenance of such accounts; and/or

 

85


(vii) arising under customary general terms of the account bank in relation to any bank account maintained with such bank and attaching only to such account and the products and proceeds thereof, which Liens, in any event, do not secure any Indebtedness (including Liens of members of the Group under the German general terms and conditions of banks and saving banks (Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen der Banken und Sparkassen));

(g) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property and intellectual property rights), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Liens securing or otherwise arising out of judgments, decrees, attachments, orders or awards not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as:

(i) any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree, order or award have not been finally terminated;

(ii) the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired; or

(iii) no more than sixty (60) days have passed after (A) such judgment, decree, order or award has become final or (B) such period within which such proceedings may be initiated has expired;

(i) Liens:

(i) on assets or property of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of securing (x) Purchase Money Obligations, or (y) Capitalized Lease Obligations, or securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or securing Indebtedness or other Obligations Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business, provided that:

(A) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Agreement; and

(B) in the case of sub-clause (y), any such Liens may not extend to any assets or property of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary other than assets or property acquired, improved, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and any improvements or accessions and/or fixtures to such assets and property, including any real property on which such improvements or construction relates; and

(ii) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligations or operating lease;

(j) Liens perfected or evidenced by UCC financing statement filings, including precautionary UCC financing statements (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating leases entered into by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

86


(k) Liens existing on, or provided for or required to be granted under written agreements existing on, the Acquisition Closing Date (other than Liens securing the Revolving Facility);

(l) Liens on property, other assets or shares of stock of a person at the time such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or at the time Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, other assets or shares of stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination transaction with or into Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in anticipation of or in connection with such other person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property, other assets or stock); provided further that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property, other assets or stock (plus improvements, accession, proceeds or dividends or distributions in connection with the original property, other assets or stock) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;

(m) Liens on assets or property of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other Obligations of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary, or Liens in favor of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(n) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously so secured, and permitted to be secured under this Agreement (other than with respect to Liens Incurred under paragraph (cc) of this definition of “Permitted Liens”); provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness or other Obligations being refinanced or is in respect of property that is or could be the security for or subject to a Permitted Lien hereunder;

(o) Liens constituting:

(i) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party on property over which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto; and

(ii) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

(p) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture, associate or similar arrangement (i) pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement or arrangement (including articles, by-laws and other governing documents of such entity) or (ii) securing obligations of joint ventures, Associates or similar entities or arrangements;

 

87


(q) Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets;

(r) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods or receivables resulting from the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(s) Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations permitted to be Incurred by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries under any of Section 6.01(d)(A), Section 6.01(d)(C) (solely as it relates to Section 6.01(d)(A), Section 6.01(e), Section 6.01(f), Section 6.01(g), Section 6.01(n), Section 6.01(p), and Section 6.01(s) provided that:

(i) in the case of Section 6.01(e)(y) only if such Liens are limited to all or a part of the same property or assets, including Capital Stock acquired (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof, or replacements of any thereof), or of a Person acquired or merged or consolidated with or into Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, in any transaction to which such Indebtedness relates;

(ii) in the case of Section 6.01(g)(x)(B) such Liens extend only to the assets, property, plant or equipment purchased, leased, rented, designed, expanded, constructed, installed, replaced, repaired, installed or improved (as applicable) (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof, or replacements of any thereof); provided further that individual financings of assets provided by one lender or group of lenders may be cross-collateralised to other financings of assets by such lender or group of lenders; and

(iii) in the case of Section 6.01(p) only if such Liens are limited to the extent of such property or assets financed;

(t) Permitted Collateral Liens;

(u) Liens:

(i) on Capital Stock or other securities or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(ii) Liens then existing with respect to assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary on the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described under Section 6.10;

(iii) in respect of any credit support in favour of any provider of credit insurance relating to Holdings and or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(v) any security granted over the marketable securities portfolio described in paragraph (h) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents” in connection with the disposal thereof to a third party;

(w) Liens on:

 

88


(i) goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit issued for the account of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or Liens on bills of lading, drafts or other documents of title arising by operation of law or pursuant to the standard terms of agreements relating to letters of credit, bank guarantees and other similar instruments; and

(ii) specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any person securing such person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(x) Liens on equipment of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and located on the premises of any client or supplier in the ordinary course of business;

(y) Liens on assets or securities deemed to arise in connection with and solely as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of contracts to sell such assets or securities if such sale is otherwise permitted by this Agreement;

(z) Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefits of) insurance carriers;

(aa) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Agreement;

(bb) Liens:

(i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; and

(ii) consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale permitted under the covenant described under Section 6.05 in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or asset sale, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(cc) Liens on property and assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness and other Obligations of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) €64,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 30% LTM EBITDA at the time Incurred;

(dd) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted by the covenant described under Section 6.01, provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

89


(ee) Liens arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility;

(ff) Settlement Liens;

(gg) rights of recapture of unused real property in favor of the seller of such property set forth in customary purchase agreements and related arrangements with any government, statutory or regulatory authority;

(hh) the rights reserved to or vested in any person or government, statutory or regulatory authority by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

(ii) restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put;

(jj) Liens or covenants restricting or prohibiting access to or from lands abutting on controlled access highways or covenants affecting the use to which lands may be put; provided that such Liens or covenants do not interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(kk) Liens arising or incurred in connection with any Permitted Tax Restructuring or the Transaction;

(ll) Liens required to be granted under mandatory law in favour of creditors as a consequence of a merger or conversion permitted under this Agreement due to §§ 22, 204 German Transformation Act (Umwandlungsgesetz - UmwG);

(mm) Liens on Escrowed Proceeds including for the benefit of the related holders of debt securities or other Indebtedness (or the underwriters or arrangers thereof) or on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case, to the extent such cash or government securities are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement, including in each case any interest or premium thereon;

(nn) Liens arising in connection with any joint and several liability and any netting or set-off arrangement arising in each case by operation of law as a result of the existence or establishment of a fiscal unity between Restricted Subsidiaries solely for corporate income tax or value added tax purposes in any jurisdiction of which Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary is or becomes a member;

(oo) standard terms relating to banker’s Liens or similar general terms and conditions of banks with whom Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary maintains a banking relationship in the ordinary course of business, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary or financial institution;

(pp) Liens securing or arising by reason of any netting or set-off arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of banking or other trading activities, or liens over cash accounts and receivables securing cash pooling or cash management arrangements;

 

90


(qq) (i) Liens created for the benefit of or to secure, directly or indirectly, the Revolving Facility, (ii) Liens pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and/or the Transaction Security Documents, (iii) Liens in respect of property and assets securing Indebtedness if the recovery in respect of such Liens is subject to loss-sharing as among the Lenders and the creditors of such Indebtedness pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement, (iv) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred under Section 6.01(a)(i), Section 6.01(a)(ii), and Section 6.01(a)(iii), to the extent, in the case of Section 6.01(a)(ii), and Section 6.01(a)(iii), the Agreed Security Principles permit such Lien to be granted to such Indebtedness without being granted to the Revolving Facility or would not permit such Lien to be granted to such Revolving Facility and (v) Liens on rights under any proceeds loan that are assigned to the third party creditors of the Indebtedness Incurred by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance such proceeds loan and incurred in compliance with this Agreement and securing that Indebtedness;

(rr) Liens created or subsisting in order to secure any pension liabilities or partial retirement liabilities or any liabilities arising in connection with any pension insurance plan;

(ss) any extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Lien described in this definition of Permitted Lien, provided that any such extension, renewal or replacement shall not extend in any material respect to any additional property or assets;

(tt) any Lien pursuant to or in connection with Section 8a of the German Old-Age Part Time Act (Altersteilzeitgesetz) or Section 7e of the Fourth Book of the German Social Code (Sozialgesetzbuch IV);

(uu) any Lien or other security interest or right of set-off in favour of Dutch banks arising under (x) articles 24 or 25 respectively of the general terms and conditions (algemene voorwaarden) of any member of the Dutch Bankers’ Association (Nederlandse Vereniging van Banken) or (y) any other applicable banking terms and conditions; and

(vv) any Lien not securing Indebtedness.

In the event that a Permitted Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Liens (at the time of Incurrence or at a later date), Holdings in its sole discretion may divide, classify or from time to time reclassify all or any portion of such Permitted Lien in any manner that complies with this Agreement and such Permitted Lien shall be treated as having been made pursuant only to the paragraph or paragraphs of the definition of Permitted Lien to which such Permitted Lien has been classified or reclassified. All Permitted Liens on ABL Priority Security must be secured on a junior basis to the Secured Obligations unless securing the Secured Obligations.

Permitted Payments” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04(b).

Permitted Reorganization” means any amalgamation, demerger, merger, voluntary liquidation, consolidation, reorganization, winding up or corporate reconstruction involving Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (a “Reorganization”) that is made on a solvent basis; provided that (a) any payments or assets distributed in connection with such Reorganization remain within Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and if any shares or other assets form part of the

 

91


Charged Property, substantially equivalent Liens must be granted over such shares or assets of the recipient such that they form part of the Charged Property (ignoring for the purposes of assessing such equivalency any limitations required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles or hardening periods (or any similar or equivalent concept)).

Permitted Tax Distribution” means if and for so long as Holdings is a member of a fiscal unity (whether resulting from a domination and profit or loss pooling agreement or otherwise) or a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return with any Parent Entity, any dividends, intercompany loans, other intercompany balances or other distributions to fund any income Taxes for which Holdings or a Parent Entity is liable up to an amount not to exceed with respect to such Taxes the amount of any such Taxes that Holdings and its Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate company basis or on a consolidated basis calculated as if Holdings and its Subsidiaries had paid Tax on a consolidated, combined, group, affiliated or unitary basis on behalf of an affiliated group consisting only of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

Permitted Tax Restructuring” means any reorganizations and other activities related to tax planning and tax reorganization entered into prior to, on or after the date hereof so long as such Permitted Tax Restructuring is not materially adverse to the Lenders, individually or in the aggregate (as determined by Holdings in good faith).

Permitted Transaction” means:

(a) any step, circumstance, payment, event, reorganization or transaction contemplated by or relating to the Transaction Documents, the Funds Flow Statement, the Tax Structure Memorandum, the Reports and any intermediate steps or actions necessary to implement the steps, circumstances, payments or transactions described in each such document;

(b) any step, circumstance, event or transaction as part of the Debt Pushdown (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) and any intermediate steps or actions necessary to implement the Debt Pushdown (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement);

(c) a Permitted Reorganization;

(d) any step, circumstance, payment or transaction contemplated by or relating to the Acquisition (and related Acquisition Documents) or any exercise of any set off of any claims or receivables of Holdings (or its Affiliates) arising under, contemplated by or relating to the Acquisition (and related Acquisition Documents) against any liabilities owed by Holdings (or its Affiliates) to the respective vendors under the Acquisition Agreement, their Affiliates or assigns or otherwise disclosed to the Arrangers prior to the date of this Agreement and any intermediate steps or actions necessary to implement such steps, circumstances, payments, transactions or set-off;

(e) any step, circumstance or transaction which is mandatorily required by law (including arising under an order of attachment or injunction or similar legal process);

(f) any conversion of a loan, credit or any other indebtedness outstanding into distributable reserves, share capital, share premium or other equity interests of any member of the Group or any other capitalization, forgiveness, waiver, release or other discharge of any loan, credit or other indebtedness of any member of the Group, in each case on a cashless basis;

 

92


(g) any repurchase of shares in any person upon the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares, if such shares represent all or a portion of the exercise price of such warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares as part of a cashless exercise;

(h) any transfer of the shares in, or issue of shares by, a member of the Group or any step, action or transaction including share issue or acquisition or consumption of debt, for the purpose of creating the group structure for the Acquisition or effecting the Transaction as set out in the Tax Structure Memorandum including inserting any Holding Company or incorporating or inserting any Subsidiary in connection therewith, provided that after completion of such steps no Change of Control shall have occurred;

(i) any closure of bank accounts in the ordinary course of business;

(j) any “Liabilities Acquisition” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement);

(k) any intermediate steps or actions necessary to implement steps, circumstances, payments or transactions permitted by this Agreement; and

(l) any transaction to which the Administrative Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders) shall have given prior written consent; and

(m) any action to be taken by a member of the Group that, in the reasonable opinion of Holdings, is necessary to implement or complete the Acquisition or has arisen as part of the negotiations with the shareholders or senior management of the Target or any anti-trust authority, regulatory authority, pensions trustee, pensions insurer, works council or trade union (or any similar or equivalent person to any of the foregoing in any jurisdiction), in each case, in connection with the Acquisition.

Person” means any individual, natural person, corporation, business trust, family trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, Governmental Authority or any other entity

Plan Asset Regulations” means 29 CFR § 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA, as amended from time to time.

Platform” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.01(d).

Post-Petition Interest” means any interest or entitlement to fees or expenses or other charges that accrue after the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

Preferred Stock” as applied to the Capital Stock of any person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such person.

 

93


Primary Obligor” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Contingent Obligations”.

Prime Rate” means the rate of interest last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the U.S. or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the “bank prime loan” rate or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) or any similar release by the Board (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent). The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer. Any change in the prime rate determined by the Administrative Agent shall take effect at the opening of business on the date of such determination.

Process Agent” means Birkenstock US Bidco, Inc.

Promissory Note” means a promissory note of the Borrowers payable to any Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit G, evidencing the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from the Loans made by such Lender.

Protective Advance” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.06(a).

PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

Public Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.01(d).

Public Offering” means any offering, including an Initial Public Offering, of shares of common stock or other common equity interests that are listed on an exchange or publicly offered (which shall include an offering pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act to professional market investors or similar persons).

Purchase” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.17(c)(i).

Purchasers” shall have the meaning assigned to the term in the Acquisition Agreement as in effect on February 25/26, 2021.

Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

QFC Credit Support” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.26.

 

94


Qualified Capital Stock” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that is not Disqualified Stock.

Qualified Cash” means with respect to any Person, unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents (other than Tax and Trust Funds) of such Person that are on deposit in Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts that are subject to a perfected first priority security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent and in the case of unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents of Loan Parties, a Blocked Account Agreement.

Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Facility that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Securitization Subsidiary or any other person are made for fair consideration (as determined in good faith by Holdings); and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be fair and reasonable terms (as determined in good faith by Holdings) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

Quarter Date” means each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December or such other dates which correspond to the quarter end dates within the Financial Year.

Quarterly Financial Statements” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01(a).

Rate Determination Date” means two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period (or such other day as is generally treated as the rate fixing day by market practice in such interbank market, as determined by the Administrative Agent; provided that, to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, then “Rate Determination Date” means such other day as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent).

Real Estate Asset” means, at any time of determination, all right, title and interest (fee, leasehold or otherwise) of any Loan Party in and to real property (including, but not limited to, land, improvement and fixtures thereon).

Receivables Assets” means (a) any accounts receivable owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary subject to a Receivables Facility and the proceeds thereof and (b) all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, all records with respect to such accounts receivable and any other assets customarily transferred together with accounts receivable in connection with a non-recourse accounts receivable factoring arrangement and which are sold, conveyed, assigned or otherwise transferred or pledged by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary (as applicable) in a transaction or series of transactions in connection with a Receivables Facility

Receivables Facility” means an arrangement between Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary and a counterparty pursuant to which (a) Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, sells (directly or indirectly) accounts receivable owing by customers, together with Receivables Assets related thereto, (b) the obligations of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable,

 

95


thereunder are non-recourse (except for Securitization Repurchase Obligations) to Holdings and such Restricted Subsidiary; and (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be on market terms (as determined in good faith by Holdings) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings, and shall include any guaranty in respect of such arrangements.

Recipient” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Excluded Taxes”.

Reconciliation Request” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.05(b).

Reconciliation Statement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.05(b).

Refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “refinances”, “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Agreement shall have a correlative meaning.

Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date or Incurred in compliance with this Agreement (including Indebtedness of Holdings that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that:

(a) such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(i) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced; and

(ii) to the extent refinancing Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, is Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and, in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness, is subordinated to the Revolving Facility on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(b) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(c) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding (plus the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing) under the Indebtedness being Refinanced; and

 

96


(d) Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility or any other Indebtedness may be Incurred from time to time after the termination, discharge or repayment of any such Credit Facility or other Indebtedness.

Refunding Capital Stock” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04(b)(ii).

Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(b)(iv).

Regulation D” means Regulation D of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Regulation U” means Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Related Funds” means with respect to any Lender that is an Approved Fund, any other Approved Fund that is managed by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

Related Investment Fund” in relation to a fund (the “first fund”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, managers, officers, trustees, employees, partners, agents, advisors and other representatives of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Related Person” with respect to any Permitted Holder, means (a) any controlling equity holder or Subsidiary of such person, (b) in the case of an individual, any spouse, former spouse, family member or relative of such individual, any trust or partnership for the benefit of one or more of such individual and any such spouse, former spouse, family member or relative, or the estate, executor, administrator, committee or beneficiaries of any thereof, (c) any trust, corporation, partnership or other person for which one or more of the Permitted Holders and other Related Persons of any thereof constitute the beneficiary, stockholders, partners or owners thereof, or persons beneficially holding in the aggregate a majority (or more) controlling interest therein; and any investment fund or vehicle managed, sponsored or advised by such person or any successor thereto, or by any Affiliate of such person or any such successor.

Related Taxes” means any Taxes, including sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, registration, business, customs, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar Taxes and other fees and expenses (other than (x) Taxes measured by income and (y) withholding Taxes), required to be paid (provided that such Taxes are in fact paid) by any Parent Entity by virtue of its:

(a) being organised or otherwise being established or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than, directly or indirectly, Holdings or any of Holdings’ Subsidiaries) or otherwise maintain its existence or good standing under applicable law;

 

97


(b) being a holding company parent, directly or indirectly, of Holdings or any Subsidiaries of Holdings;

(c) issuing or holding Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

(d) receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of, directly or indirectly, Holdings or any Subsidiaries Holdings, or

(e) having made (i) any payment in respect to any of the items for which Holdings is permitted to make payments to any Parent Entity pursuant to Section 6.04 or (ii) any Permitted Tax Distribution.

Release” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration into or through the Environment (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Material).

Relevant Governmental Body” means the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the purpose of recommending a benchmark rate to replace LIBOR in loan agreements similar to this Agreement, or any successor thereto.

Relevant Jurisdiction” means, in relation to a Loan Party: (a) its jurisdiction of incorporation and (b) the jurisdiction whose laws govern any of the Transaction Security Documents entered into by it.

Relevant Party” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(h)(ii).

Relevant Period” means (a) (if ending on a Quarter Date) each period of four consecutive Financial Quarters ending on a Quarter Date or (b) (if ending on the last day of a calendar month or any other date not being a Quarter Date) the period of twelve (12) consecutive months ending on the last day of a calendar month or such other appropriate date, which in each case for the avoidance of doubt may include periods prior to the Closing Date.

Reorganization” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Permitted Reorganization.”

Report” means reports prepared by the Administrative Agent or an Approved Appraiser showing the results of field examinations, inventory appraisals or audits pertaining to the Collateral from information furnished by or on behalf of the Loan Parties, after the Administrative Agent has exercised its rights of inspection pursuant to this Agreement, which Reports may be distributed to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent, subject to the provisions of Section 9.13.

 

98


Representatives” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.13.

Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposure and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the Total Revolving Credit Exposure and aggregate unused Commitments of all Lenders at such time; provided that the Revolving Credit Exposure and unused Commitments of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in the determination of the Required Lenders at any time.

Required Minimum Balance” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(b).

Required Notice” means at least three Business Days’ prior written notice to the Borrowers, which notice shall include a reasonably detailed description of any Reserve being established or eligibility standard being changed (during which period (a) the Administrative Agent shall, if requested, discuss any such Reserve or change with the Borrowers, (b) the Borrowers may take such action as may be required so that the event, condition or matter that is the basis for such Reserve or change no longer exists or exists in a manner that would result in the establishment of a lower Reserve or result in a lesser change to eligibility standards, in each case in a manner and to the extent reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), and (c) no Borrowing shall be permitted to the extent such Borrowing would result in non-compliance with the Borrowing Base if such Reserve or change had been implemented).

Requirements of Law” means, with respect to any Person, collectively, the common law and all federal, state, local, foreign, multinational or international laws, statutes, codes, treaties, standards, rules and regulations, guidelines, ordinances, orders, judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees (including administrative or judicial precedents or authorities) and the interpretation or administration thereof by, and other determinations, directives, requirements or requests of any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law and that are applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Reserved Indebtedness Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.

Reserves” means reserves in such amounts, and with respect to such matters, as the Administrative Agent shall establish in its Permitted Discretion, against the Borrowing Base, including without limitation with respect to (without duplication) (i) price adjustments, damages, unearned discounts, returned products, or other matters for which credit memoranda are issued in the ordinary course of any Loan Party’s business; (ii) the Dilution Reserve; (iii) shrinkage, spoilage and obsolescence of any Loan Party’s Inventory; (iv) the Hedge Product Reserve; (v) three months’ rent for locations at which books and records, Inventory or Equipment (within the meaning of the UCC) is stored and as to which the Administrative Agent has not received a satisfactory landlord’s agreement or bailee letter to the extent required hereunder, as applicable, at any time following the 90th day after the Closing Date (or such later date as permitted by Administrative Agent); (vi) warranty claims; (vii) reserves for Banking Services Obligations; (viii) during a Cash Dominion Period, reserves for the Required Minimum Balances; (ix) any German trustee or similar fees, (x) sales tax, use tax, value added tax (VAT), goods and services taxes (GST) or similar taxes, (xi) expected customer returns, (xii) credit card processing or interchange fees, (xiii) retention of title reserve, (xiv) reserves related to freight duties and customs obligations,

 

99


(xv) for customer prepayments and deposits, (xvi) gift card and store credit liability, (xvii) Wage Earner Protection Program Act (WEPPA) reserves, (xvii) reserves established in the Permitted Discretion of the Administrative Agent for amounts secured by any Liens on German Collateral or which amounts would otherwise have a preferential claim on German Collateral, whether choate or inchoate (including as a result of any retention of title arrangements (Eigentumsvorbehalt)), which rank or are capable of ranking in priority to, or pari passu with, the Liens of the Administrative Agent granted under the Loan Documents on such Collateral and/or for amounts which may represent costs relating to the enforcement of the Liens of the Administrative Agent granted under the Loan Documents on such Collateral by and on behalf of the Administrative Agent or by and on behalf of an insolvency administrator or similar person and (xix) such other specific events, conditions or contingencies as to which the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, determines reserves should be established from time to time hereunder to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which could reasonably be expected to (1) adversely affect the value of the applicable Eligible Accounts Receivable, Eligible Credit Cards Receivable, Eligible Investment Grade Receivables, Eligible Inventory, Eligible Raw Materials Inventory or Eligible In-Transit Inventory, or (2) to reflect items that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the value, priority, perfection or enforceability of any of the security interest of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in the ABL Priority Security (including, without duplication of clause (v) above, customary rent reserves pursuant to Section 5.13); provided that no reserves may be taken after the Closing Date based on circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies known to the Administrative Agent as of the Closing Date or in relation to the German Collateral as of the later of (i) the date the Initial Field Exam and Initial Inventory Appraisal has been delivered to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the date at which the Administrative Agent has a perfected security interest in the Collateral comprising the German Borrowing Base and for which no reserves were imposed on the Closing Date or such later date, unless such circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies shall have changed in any material adverse respect since the Closing Date. The amount of any Reserve established by the Administrative Agent shall have a reasonable relationship to the event, condition or other matter which is the basis for such Reserve as determined by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion. The Administrative Agent shall provide Required Notice to the Borrowers of any new categories of Reserves that may be established after the Closing Date and will be available to consult with the Borrowers in connection with the basis for such new categories of Reserves provided that no notice shall be required in the instances of (i) changes in the reserves for Banking Services Obligations or rent reserves, (ii) changes to any reserves resulting solely by virtue of mathematical calculations and (iii) changes that would result in a formula error in the definition of Borrowing Base or as a result of events that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, in each case, to the extent reserves are permitted to be taken with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not establish any Reserves in respect of any matters relating to any items of Collateral that have been taken into account in determining Eligible Accounts Receivable, Eligible Credit Card Receivables, Eligible Investment Grade Receivables, Eligible Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory or Eligible Raw Materials Inventory, as applicable nor shall any reserves be taken with respect to the dilution of any Accounts other than as specifically set forth in the Dilution Reserve.

Resolution Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.

 

100


Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Member of the Group” means a member of the Group in respect of which a Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that a Sanctions Provision would result in a violation of, a conflict with or liability under:

(a) EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96;

(b) §7 of the German Außenwirtschaftsverordnung (in connection with the German Außenwirtschaftsgesetz); or

(c) any similar applicable anti-boycott law, regulation or statute in force from time to time that is applicable to such entity.

Restricted Payment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04(a).

Restricted Secured Party” means a Secured Party that notifies the Administrative Agent that a Sanctions Provision would result in a violation of, a conflict with or liability under (a) EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96, (b) §7 of the German Außenwirtschaftsverordnung (in connection with the German Außenwirtschaftsgesetz) or (c) any similar applicable anti-boycott law, regulation or statute in force from time to time that is applicable to such entity.

Restricted Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary of Holdings other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Revaluation Date” means (a) with respect to any Revolving Loan, each of the following: (i) the date of the Borrowing of such Revolving Loan, (ii) each date of a continuation of such Revolving Loan pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) the date of delivery of the Borrowing Base Certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.03(a) and (iv) the date of any voluntary reduction of the related Commitment pursuant to Section 2.09(b); (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) the date of on which such Letter of Credit is issued, (ii) the date of any amendment of such Letter of Credit that has the effect of increasing the face amount thereof and (iii) the date of delivery of the Borrowing Base Certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.03(a); (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, each of the following: (i) the date of the Borrowing of such Swingline Loan, (ii) the date of delivery of the Borrowing Base Certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.03(a) and (iii) the date of any voluntary reduction of the related Commitment pursuant to Section 2.09(b); and (d) any additional date as the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the relevant Issuing Bank, as applicable, may determine or the Required Lenders may require at any time.

Revolving Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Total Revolving Credit Exposure, at such time.

Revolving Facility” means the Initial Revolving Facility, any Incremental Facility and any Extended Revolving Facility.

Revolving Loans” means all loans at any time made by any Lender pursuant to Article 2, including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Initial Revolving Loans and Additional Revolving Loans, and, to the extent applicable, shall include Swingline Loans, Overadvances and Protective Advances.

 

101


Rollover Investor” means any (direct or indirect) shareholder in the Target Group immediately prior to the Acquisition Closing Date or any other director or member of the management or other person which reinvests or advances (or which Holdings reasonably anticipates will reinvest or advance) any proceeds payable or received pursuant to or in connection with the Acquisition (directly or indirectly) in Holdings, its Subsidiaries or any Holding Company of Holdings (including on a non-cash basis) or which will remain a shareholder in the Target (directly or indirectly) on the Acquisition Closing Date.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Sale” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.17(d)(i).

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third person in contemplation of such leasing

Sanctions” means any economic, trade or financial sanctions, laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures imposed, enacted, administered or enforced from time to time by any Sanctions Authority.

Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country or territory which itself is, or whose government is, the target of comprehensive Sanctions broadly prohibiting dealings with such government, country, or territory.

Sanctioned Person” means any person that is (or persons that are) (a) listed on, or owned or controlled (as such terms are defined and interpreted by the relevant Sanctions) by a person listed on any Sanctions List, (b) located, organized or resident in or incorporated under the laws of any Sanctioned Country or (c) owned or controlled by persons that are the target of Sanctions, provided that, for the purpose of this definition, a person shall not be deemed to be a Sanctioned Person if transactions or dealings with such person are (i) not prohibited under applicable Sanctions or (ii) permitted under a licence, licence exemption or other authorisation of a Sanctions Authority.

Sanctions Authority” means (a) the U.S., (b) the United Nations Security Council, (c) the EU and any EU member state, (d) the UK or (e) the respective governmental institutions of any of the foregoing which administer Sanctions, including HM Treasury, OFAC, the U.S. State Department and the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

Sanctions Provisions” means Section 5.21.

Schedule of Accounts” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.03(b).

 

102


Scheduled Unavailability Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.14(c)(ii).

Screen Rate” means the Eurocurrency Rate quote for an Applicable Currency on the applicable screen page the Administrative Agent designates to determine such Eurocurrency Rate for such Applicable Currency (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations for such Applicable Currency as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time in good faith).

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of its functions.

Second Lien Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Group included in the definition of Total Debt that constitutes Second Lien Liabilities.

Second Lien Liabilities” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Secured Hedging Obligations” means all Hedging Obligations (other than any Excluded Swap Obligation) under each Hedge Agreement that (a) is in effect on the Closing Date between any Loan Party and a counterparty that is the Administrative Agent, a Lender, an Issuing Bank, an Arranger or any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, a Lender, an Issuing Bank or an Arranger as of the Closing Date or (b) is entered into after the Closing Date between any Loan Party and any counterparty that is (or is an Affiliate of) the Administrative Agent, an Issuing Bank, any Lender or any Arranger at the time such Hedge Agreement is entered into, for which such Loan Party agrees to provide security and in each case that has been designated to the Administrative Agent in writing by the German Parent Borrower as being a “Secured Hedging Obligation” for purposes of the Loan Documents; it being understood that each counterparty thereto shall be deemed (A) to appoint the Administrative Agent as its agent under the applicable Loan Documents and (B) to agree to be bound by the provisions of Article 8, Section 9.03 and Section 9.10 and the Intercreditor Agreements as if it were a Lender; provided, however, that for any of the foregoing to be included as a Secured Obligation for purposes of a distribution under clause “Seventh” of Section 2.18(b), the applicable Secured Party and the German Parent Borrower shall have previously provided written notice to the Administrative Agent of (i) the existence of the applicable Hedge Agreement and (ii) the maximum dollar amount of obligations arising thereunder (the “Hedge Product Amount”). The Hedge Product Amount may be changed from time to time upon written notice to the Administrative Agent by the applicable Secured Party and Loan Party. No Hedge Product Amount may be established or increased if a Reserve in such amount would cause an Overadvance. For the avoidance of doubt, any “Secured Hedging Obligations” designated as such pursuant to the Senior Facilities Agreement shall not constitute Secured Hedging Obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreements).

Secured Obligations” means all Obligations, together with (a) all Banking Services Obligations, (b) all Secured Hedging Obligations; provided that Banking Services Obligations and Secured Hedging Obligations shall cease to constitute Secured Obligations on and after the Termination Date and (c) all Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights.

 

103


Secured Parties” means (i) the Lenders, (ii) the Administrative Agent, (iii) each counterparty to a Hedge Agreement with a Loan Party the obligations under which constitute Secured Hedging Obligations, (iv) each provider of Banking Services to any Loan Party the obligations under which constitute Banking Services Obligations, (v) the Arrangers, (vi) the Issuing Banks and (vii) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

Securities” means any stock, shares, units, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing; provided that the term “Securities” shall not include any earn-out agreement or obligation or any employee bonus or other incentive compensation plan or agreement.

Securities Account” has the meaning provided in the UCC.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Securitization Asset” means (a) any accounts receivable, mortgage receivables, loan receivables, royalty, franchise fee, license fee, patent or other revenue streams and other rights to payment or related assets and the proceeds thereof; and (b) all collateral securing such receivable or asset, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such receivable or asset, lockbox accounts and records with respect to such account or asset and any other assets customarily transferred (or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted) together with accounts or assets in connection with a securitization, factoring or receivable sale transaction.

Securitization Facility” means any of one or more securitization, financing, factoring or sales transactions, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, pursuant to which Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries sells, transfers, pledges or otherwise conveys any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) to a Securitization Subsidiary or any other person.

Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any Securitization Asset or Receivables Asset or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees, expenses and charges (including commissions, yield, interest expense and fees and expenses of legal counsel) paid in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility.

Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility to repurchase or otherwise make payments with respect to Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

 

104


Securitization Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Holdings in each case formed for the purpose of and that solely engages in one or more Qualified Securitization Financings and other activities reasonably related thereto or another person formed for this purpose.

Security” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, security assignment, security transfer of title or other security interest having a similar effect.

Security Agreement” means (i) the U.S. ABL Pledge Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit H, among the U.S. Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and (ii) the U.S. ABL Security Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit J, among the U.S. Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Security Interests” means the security interests in the Charged Property that are created by the Transaction Security Documents.

Sellers” shall have the meaning assigned to the term in the Acquisition Agreement as in effect on February 25/26, 2021.

Senior Facilities Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among Holdings, the German Parent Borrower, the U.S. Borrower, the other parties thereto, Goldman Sachs Bank USA as agent and security agent and the lenders from time to time party thereto.

Senior Notes” means up to €430,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.25% Senior Notes due 2029 issued pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture.

Senior Notes Indenture” means the Indenture to be dated April 29, 2021, among, inter alios, BK LC Finco 1 S.à r.l., as issuer, the Initial Guarantors (as defined therein) and GLAS Trust Company LLC, as trustee.

Senior Secured Facilities” means the credit facilities governed by the Secured Facility Agreement and one or more debt facilities or other financing arrangements (including indentures) providing for loans or other long-term indebtedness that replace or refinance such credit facility incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(a).

Senior Secured Facilities Collateral Agent” means the security agent for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Senior Secured Facilities Agreement).

Senior Secured Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Group included in the definition of Total Debt that constitutes Senior Secured Liabilities.

Senior Secured Liabilities” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

105


Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

(a) the sum of:

(i) Senior Secured Indebtedness as of such date; and

(ii) the Reserved Indebtedness Amount in respect of Indebtedness which, once incurred, would constitute Senior Secured Indebtedness,

less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of the Group on a consolidated basis; to

(b) LTM EBITDA,

provided that such calculation shall not give effect to:

(i) any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 6.01 (other than Senior Secured Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(iii) and Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(I) thereof);

(ii) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraphs Section 6.01(d)(A) or Section 6.01(d)(B); or 6.01(n)(B); or

(iii) the discharge on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred on the determination date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 6.01(a) (other than the discharge of Senior Secured Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(iii) and Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(I) thereof).

Senior Secured Priority Security” has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Senior Secured Notes” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Settlement” means the transfer of cash or other property with respect to any credit or debit card charge, check or other instrument, electronic funds transfer, or other type of paper-based or electronic payment, transfer, or charge transaction for which a person acts as a processor, remitter, funds recipient or funds transmitter in the ordinary course of its business.

Settlement Asset” means any cash, receivable or other property, including a Settlement Receivable, due or conveyed to a person in consideration for a Settlement made or arranged, or to be made or arranged, by such person or an Affiliate of such person.

Settlement Indebtedness” means any payment or reimbursement obligation in respect of a Settlement Payment.

Settlement Lien” means any Lien relating to any Settlement or Settlement Indebtedness (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the grant of a Lien in or other assignment of a Settlement Asset in consideration of a Settlement Payment, Liens securing intraday and overnight overdraft and automated clearing house exposure, and similar Liens).

 

106


Settlement Receivable” means any general intangible, payment intangible, or instrument representing or reflecting an obligation to make payments to or for the benefit of a person in consideration for a Settlement made or arranged, or to be made or arranged, by such person.

Settlement Payment” means the transfer, or contractual undertaking (including by automated clearing house transaction) to effect a transfer, of cash or other property to effect a Settlement.

Signing Date Fee Letter” means that certain ABL Facility Fee Letter, dated as of February 26, 2021, by and among, inter alios, Holdings and the Arrangers, as amended from time to time.

Similar Business” means (a) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Target Group) on the Closing Date and (b) any businesses, services and activities engaged in by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing or are extensions or developments of any thereof.

SOFR with respect to any day means the secured overnight financing rate published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, as the administrator of the benchmark (or a successor administrator) on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s website (or any successor source) and, in each case, that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.

SOFR-Based Rate” means SOFR or Term SOFR.

“SOFR” means a rate equal to the secured overnight financing rate as administered by the SOFR Administrator.

“SOFR Administrator” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate).

“SOFR Administrator’s Website” means the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, currently at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source for the secured overnight financing rate identified as such by the SOFR Administrator from time to time.

SPC” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(e).

Specified Default” shall mean an Event of Default arising under Section 7.01(a), Section 7.01(c) (solely with respect to a breach of Section 6.12(a) if the covenant set forth in such Section is then in effect), Section 7.01(d) (solely with respect to a material breach of Section 3.17 or as a result of a material breach of any representation or warranty set forth in any Borrowing Base Certificate (or a misrepresentation of any Borrowing Base in any material respect)), Section 7.01(e)(i), Section 7.01(e)(ii), Section 7.01(f), or Section 7.01(g).

Specified Excess Availability” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Covenant Trigger Period.”

 

107


Sponsor” means, Catterton Management Company, L.L.C., its controlled Affiliates and funds managed or advised by it or any of its controlled Affiliates (in each case, other than any portfolio company).

Spot Rate” means, on any date of determination, the exchange rate, as determined by the Administrative Agent, that is applicable to conversion of one currency into another currency, which is (a) the exchange rate reported by Bloomberg (or other commercially available source designated by the Administrative Agent) as of the end of the preceding Business Day in the financial market for the first currency; or (b) if such report is unavailable for any reason, the spot rate for the purchase of the first currency with the second currency as in effect during the preceding Business Day in Administrative Agent’s principal foreign exchange trading office for the first currency.

Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants, guarantees and indemnities entered into by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings which Holdings has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Facility, including those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking or, in the case of a Receivables Facility, a non-credit related recourse accounts receivable factoring arrangement.

Standby Letter of Credit” means any Letter of Credit other than any Commercial Letter of Credit.

Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, the date specified in the instrument governing such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any Contingent Obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Statutory Reserve Rate” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate, for Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to Regulation D. Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

 

108


Structural Adjustment” means, in each case other than in accordance with or as contemplated by the terms of this Agreement:

(a) an amendment, waiver or variation of the terms of some or all of the Loan Documents that results in or is intended to result from or has the effect of changing or which relates to;

(i) an extension to the availability, change to the date of payment or redenomination of any amount under the Loan Documents;

(ii) a reduction in the Applicable Rate (other than in accordance with the definition of Applicable Rate) or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees, or commission or other amounts owing or payable to a Lender under the Loan Documents;

(iii) the currency of payment of any amount under the Loan Documents;

(iv) a redenomination of a Commitment or participation of any Secured Party into another currency;

(v) a re-tranching of any or all of the Obligations;

(vi) an increase in, or addition or a grant of, any Commitment or participation of any Secured Party or the Aggregate Commitments;

(vii) introduction of an additional loan, commitment, tranche or facility into the Loan Documents ranking pari passu with or junior to any of the Obligations,

in each case, other than in respect of an Incremental Increase or Incremental Last Out Tranche.

(b) an amendment or waiver of a term of a Loan Document and any change (including changes to, the taking of or release coupled with the retaking of Security and/or guarantees and changes to and/or additional intercreditor arrangements) that is consequential on, incidental to, or required to implement or effect or reflect any of the amendments or waivers listed in paragraph (a) above.

Subject Acquisition” means any Permitted Acquisition or any other acquisition, whether by purchase, merger, amalgamation or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, or any business line, unit or division of, any Person or of a majority of the outstanding Capital Stock of any Person (and, in any event, including any Investment in (x) any Restricted Subsidiary the effect of which is to increase the Borrowers’ or any Restricted Subsidiary’s respective equity ownership in such Restricted Subsidiary or (y) any joint venture for the purpose of increasing the Borrowers’ or their relevant Restricted Subsidiary’s ownership interest in such joint venture), in each case that is permitted by this Agreement or the designation of an Additional Borrower.

Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person, any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment or security to the Revolving Facility pursuant to a written agreement or which constitutes Second Lien Liabilities (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement). No Indebtedness will be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue

 

109


of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior basis or on different assets, or due to the fact that holders (or an agent, trustee or representative thereof) of any Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor or similar arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them or by virtue of the application of “waterfall” or similar payment ordering provisions affecting tranches of Indebtedness.

Subordinated Liabilities” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Subordinated Shareholder Funding” means collectively, any funds provided to Holdings by any Parent Entity, any Affiliate of any Parent Entity or any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate thereof, in exchange for or pursuant to any security, instrument or agreement other than Capital Stock, in each case issued to and held by any of the foregoing persons, together with any such security, instrument or agreement and any other security or instrument other than Capital Stock issued in payment of any obligation under any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; provided that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding

(a) does not mature or require any amortization, redemption or other repayment of principal or any sinking fund payment prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Initial Revolving Credit Maturity Date (other than through conversion or exchange of such funding into Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or any funding meeting the requirements of this definition) or the making of any such payment prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Initial Revolving Credit Maturity Date is restricted by the Intercreditor Agreement, an Additional Intercreditor Agreement or another intercreditor agreement

(b) does not require, prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Initial Revolving Credit Maturity Date, payment of cash interest, cash withholding amounts or other cash gross-ups, or any similar cash amounts or the making of any such payment prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Initial Revolving Credit Maturity Date is restricted by the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(c) contains no change of control, asset sale or similar provisions and does not accelerate and has no right to declare a Default or event of default or take any enforcement action or otherwise require any cash payment, in each case, prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Initial Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the payment of any amount as a result of any such action or provision or the exercise of any rights or enforcement action, in each case, prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Initial Revolving Credit Maturity Date is restricted by the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(d) does not provide for or require any security interest or encumbrance over any asset of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

(e) pursuant to its terms or to the Intercreditor Agreement, an Additional Intercreditor Agreement or another intercreditor agreement, is fully subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Revolving Facilities and any Guarantee pursuant to subordination, payment blockage and enforcement limitation terms which are customary in all material respects for similar funding or are no less favorable in any material respect to Lenders than those contained in the Intercreditor Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date with respect to the Subordinated Liabilities;

 

110


(f) is not Guaranteed by any Subsidiary of Holdings;

(g) contains restrictions on transfer to a person who is not a Parent Entity, any Affiliate of any Parent Entity, any holder of Capital Stock of a Parent Entity or any Affiliate of a Parent Entity or any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate thereof; provided that any transfer of Subordinated Shareholder Funding to any of the foregoing persons shall not be deemed to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders; and

(h) does not (including upon the happening of any event) restrict the payment of amounts due in respect of the Revolving Facilities or any Guarantee thereof or compliance by Holdings or any Guarantor with its obligations under the Revolving Facilities, any Guarantee thereof or this Agreement

Subsidiary” means in relation to any person, any entity which is controlled directly or indirectly by that person and any entity (whether or not so controlled) treated as a subsidiary in the latest financial statements of that person from time to time, and control for this purpose means the direct or indirect ownership of the majority of the voting share capital of such entity or the right or ability to direct management to comply with the type of material restrictions and obligations contemplated in this Agreement or to determine the composition of a majority of the Board of Directors (or like board) of such entity, in each case, whether by virtue of ownership of share capital, contract or otherwise provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary no Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be a member of the Group or a “Subsidiary” of a member of the Group

Successor Administrative Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(f)(iii).

Successor Company” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.06(a).

Successor Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14.

Successor Rate Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any proposed Successor Rate, any conforming changes to the definition of Alternate Base Rate, Interest Period, timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other technical, administrative or operational matters as may be appropriate, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Successor Rate and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent determines that adoption of any portion of such market practice for such Applicable Currency is not administratively feasible or that no market practice for the administration of such Successor Rate for such Applicable Currency exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent determines is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement).

 

111


Super Majority Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposure and unused Commitments representing more than 66-2/3% of the sum of the Total Revolving Credit Exposure and aggregate unused Commitments of all Lenders at such time; provided that the Revolving Credit Exposure and unused Commitments of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in the determination of the Super Majority Lenders at any time.

Supplier” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(h)(ii).

Supported QFC” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.26.

Synergies” has the meaning given to that term in sub-paragraph (a)(viii) of the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA.”

Swap Obligations” means, with respect to any Loan Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swingline Exposure” means, at any time, the Euro Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be equal to its Applicable Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

Swingline Lender” means Goldman, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder, or any successor lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

Swingline Loan” means any Revolving Loan made to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.04.

Swingline Sublimit” means €25,000,000.

Target Business” shall have the meaning assigned to the term in the Acquisition Agreement as in effect on February 25/26, 2021.

Target Entities” shall have the meaning assigned to the term in the Acquisition Agreement as in effect on February 25/26, 2021.

Target Group” means the Target Entities together with its Subsidiaries.

Tax and Trust Funds” means any Cash or Cash Equivalents maintained in or credited to any Deposit Account or Securities Account that are comprised of (i) funds specifically and exclusively used or to be used for payroll and payroll taxes and other employee benefit payments to or for the benefit of any Loan Party’s employees, (ii) funds specifically and exclusively used or to be used to pay all Taxes required to be collected, remitted or withheld (including withholding Taxes (including the employer’s share thereof)) and (iii) any other funds which any Loan Party is permitted or otherwise not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement to specifically and exclusively hold as an escrow or fiduciary for the benefit of another Person (other than a Loan Party) in the ordinary course of business.

 

112


Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same) imposed or levied by any government or other taxing authority.

Tax and Trust Funds Account” means any account containing Cash and Cash Equivalents consisting solely of Tax and Trust Funds.

Tax and Trust Funds Certificate” means a certificate of an Officer of the Borrowers certifying (a) the type and amount of any Tax and Trust Funds contained or held in a Blocked Account, (b) that the failure to remit such Tax and Trust Funds to the Person entitled thereto could reasonably be expected to result in personal, criminal or civil liability to any director, officer or employee of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party under any applicable law and (c) that (x) the obligation requiring such Tax and Trust Funds is due and payable within 15 Business Days of delivery of such certificate and (y) amounts on deposit in any applicable Tax and Trust Funds Account are insufficient to make such payment.

Tax Structure Memorandum” means the tax structure memorandum provided to the Administrative Agent referred to in paragraph 5(b) of Schedule 4.01 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any updated version provided to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of that paragraph).

Temporary Cash Investments” means any of the following means any of the following:

(a) any Investment in:

(i) direct obligations of, or obligations Guaranteed by, (A) the U.S. or Canada, (B) any EU member state, (C) the UK, (D) Australia, Japan, Norway or Switzerland, (E) any country in whose currency funds are being held specifically pending application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country with such funds or (F) any agency or instrumentality of any such country or member state; or

(ii) direct obligations of any country recognised by the U.S. rated at least “A” by S&P or Fitch or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

(b) overnight bank deposits, and investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and money market deposits (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing not more than one (1) year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by:

(i) any Lender;

(ii) any institution authorized to operate as a bank in any of the countries or member states referred to in paragraph (a)(i) above; or

 

113


(iii) any bank or trust company organised under the laws of any such country or member state or any political subdivision thereof, in each case, having capital and surplus aggregating in excess of €250,000,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long-term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or Fitch or “A-2” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) at the time such Investment is made;

(c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than thirty (30) days for underlying securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) or (b) above entered into with a person meeting the qualifications described in paragraph (b) above;

(d) Investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than two hundred and seventy (270) days after the date of acquisition, issued by a person (other than Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries), with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-2” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “F2” (or higher) according to Fitch or “A-2” (or higher) according to S&P (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

(e) Investments in securities maturing not more than one (1) year after the date of acquisition issued or fully Guaranteed by Australia, Canada, any European Union member state, Japan, Norway, Switzerland, the UK, any state, commonwealth or territory of the U.S., or by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth, territory, country or member state of any of the foregoing, and rated at least “BBB-” by S&P or Fitch or “Baa3” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

(f) bills of exchange issued in Australia, Canada, a member state of the European Union, Japan, Norway, Switzerland, the UK or the U.S. eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialised equivalent);

(g) any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a commercial bank organised under the laws of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of €250,000,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) or whose long term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or Fitch or “A2” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) at the time such Investment is made;

(h) Investment funds investing 90% of their assets in securities of the type described in paragraphs (a) through (g) above (which funds may also hold reasonable amounts of cash pending investment or distribution); and

 

114


(i) investments in money market funds complying with the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 (or any successor rule) of the SEC under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Term Facility” means Facility B and any Additional Term Facility (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement).

Term SOFR” means the forward-looking term rate for any period that is approximately (as determined by the Administrative Agent) as long as any of the Interest Period options set forth in the definition of “Interest Period” and that is based on SOFR and that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body, in each case as published on an information service as selected by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion.

“Term SOFR” means,

(a) for any calculation with respect to an Adjusted Term SOFR Loan, the Term SOFR Reference Rate for a tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period on the day (such day, the “Periodic Term SOFR Determination Day”) that is two (2) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, as such rate is published by the Term SOFR Administrator; provided, however, that if as of 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on any Periodic Term SOFR Determination Day, the Term SOFR Reference Rate for the applicable tenor has not been published by the Term SOFR Administrator and a USD Benchmark Replacement Date with respect to the Term SOFR Reference Rate has not occurred, then Term SOFR will be the Term SOFR Reference Rate for such tenor as published by the Term SOFR Administrator on the first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day for which such Term SOFR Reference Rate for such tenor was published by the Term SOFR Administrator so long as such first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day is not more than three (3) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to such Periodic Term SOFR Determination Day, and

(b) for any calculation with respect to an Alternate Base Rate Loan on any day, the Term SOFR Reference Rate with a one month Interest Period on the day (such day, the “ABR Term SOFR Determination Day”) that is two (2) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to such day, as such rate is published by the Term SOFR Administrator; provided, however, that if as of 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on any ABR Term SOFR Determination Day the Term SOFR Reference Rate for the applicable tenor has not been published by the Term SOFR Administrator and a USD Benchmark Replacement Date with respect to the Term SOFR Reference Rate has not occurred, then Term SOFR will be the Term SOFR Reference Rate for such tenor as published by the Term SOFR Administrator on the first preceding RFR Business Day for which such Term SOFR Reference Rate for such tenor was published by the Term SOFR Administrator so long as such first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day is not more than three (3) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to such ABR SOFR Determination Day.

“Term SOFR Adjustment” means a percentage equal to 0.10% per annum.

“Term SOFR Administrator” means CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited (CBA) (or a successor administrator of the Term SOFR Reference Rate selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion).

 

115


“Term SOFR Reference Rate” means the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR.

Termination Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in the lead-in to Article 5.

Test Period” means, as of any date, the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters then most recently ended for which financial statements under Section 5.01(a) or Section 5.01(b), as applicable, have been delivered (or are required to have been delivered) or to the extent applicable, for which internal financial statements are available to the extent such financial statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent; it being understood and agreed that prior to the first delivery (or required delivery) of financial statements of Section 5.01(a), “Test Period” means the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters most recently ended for which the consolidated financial statements of the Group are available and have been delivered to the Administrative Agent.

Third Parties Act” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.10(a).

Threshold Amount” means an aggregate amount equal to the greater of (x) €64,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 30% of LTM EBITDA.

Topco” means (a) BK LC Lux Finco 1 S. à r.l, a société à responsibilité limitée incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 40, avenue Monterey, L-2163 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’ Register under registration number B252262 and (b) any other person that has provided Transaction Security over any of its assets, but is not a Loan Party and has acceded to this Agreement as “Topco” and acceded to the Intercreditor Agreement as a “Subordinated Creditor” and “Third Party Security Provider” (each term as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and, in each case, which entity has not ceased to be Topco in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, provided that Transaction Security is always granted over 100% of the issued share capital of Holdings by the persons described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above.

Topco Notes” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Topco Proceeds Loan” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Total Debt” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Group (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate principal amount of any Guarantees by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Topco Notes (or the aggregate principal amount of any Guarantees by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness that refinances, redeems or repays any Topco Notes)), but excluding any Indebtedness of the Group under or with respect to Banking Services, intra-Group Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations, Receivables Facilities or Securitization Facilities.

Total Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

(a) the sum of:

(i) Total Debt as of such date; and

 

116


(ii) the Reserved Indebtedness Amount in respect of Indebtedness which, once incurred, would be included in the calculation of Total Debt, less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of the Group on a consolidated basis; to

(b) LTM EBITDA,

provided that such calculation shall not give effect to:

(i) any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 6.01 (other than Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraphs Section 6.01(a)(iii), Section 6.01(a)(iv), Section 6.01(a)(v) and Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(I) thereof);

(ii) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(d)(A) or Section 6.01(n)(B); or

(iii) the discharge on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred on the determination date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 6.01(a) (other than the discharge of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraph Section 6.01(a)(iii), Section 6.01(a)(iv), Section 6.01(a)(v) or Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1) thereof).

Total Revolving Credit Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of the aggregate Outstanding Amounts of (a) the Revolving Loans, (b) the LC Exposure and (c) the Swingline Loans, Overadvances and Protective Advances, in each case outstanding at such time.

Total Secured Debt” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Group constituting Senior Secured Indebtedness or Second Lien Indebtedness (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate principal amount of any Guarantees by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Topco Notes (or the aggregate principal amount of any Guarantees by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness that refinances, redeems or repays any Topco Notes or other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Topco Notes to the extent it is only secured by the collateral the secures the Topco Notes)).

Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

(a) the sum of:

(i) Total Secured Debt as of such date; and

(ii) the Reserved Indebtedness Amount in respect of Indebtedness which, once incurred, would be included in the calculation of Total Secured Debt,

less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of the Group on a consolidated basis; to

 

117


(b) LTM EBITDA,

provided that such calculation shall not give effect to:

(i) any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 6.01 (other than Senior Secured Indebtedness or Second Lien Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraphs Section 6.01(a)(iii), Section 6.01(a)(iv), Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(I) and Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(II) thereof);

(ii) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraphs Section 6.01(d)(A), Section 6.01(d)(B) or Section 6.01(n)(B); or

(iii) the discharge on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred on the determination date pursuant to the provisions described Section 6.01 (other than Senior Secured Indebtedness or Second Lien Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraphs Section 6.01(a)(iii), Section 6.01(a)(iv), Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(I) and Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(II) thereof).

Total Transaction Uses” means (a) the aggregate of (i) the total aggregate cash consideration payable to the Vendor under the Acquisition Agreement on the Acquisition Closing Date and (ii) the principal amount of all existing Target Group indebtedness to be refinanced on the Closing Date (other than any amount which relates to cash pooling, working capital or similar operational debt) less (b) all cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by the members of the Group and the Target Group acquired on or as at the Closing Date in each case, as identified in any Funds Flow Statement or, if no Funds Flow Statement is delivered, any sources and uses statement included in the Tax Structure Memorandum.

Trademark” means any and all trademarks throughout the world, including the following: (a) all trademarks (including service marks), common law marks, trade names, trade dress, domain names, corporate names and logos, slogans and other indicia of origin under the Requirements of Law of any jurisdiction in the world, and the registrations and applications for registration thereof and all goodwill of the business symbolized by the foregoing; (b) all renewals of the foregoing; (c) all income, royalties, damages, and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect thereto, including damages, claims, and payments for past and future infringements thereof; (d) all rights to sue for past, present, and future infringements of the foregoing, including the right to settle suits involving claims and demands for royalties owing; and (e) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing.

Transaction” any transactions directly or indirectly related to (in each case including the financing or refinancing thereof) (i) the Acquisition, (ii) the entry into and/or utilization of the Revolving Facilities or the Senior Secured Facilities, (ii) the issuance of the Topco Notes and the Guarantees thereof, (iv) refinancing or otherwise discharging of certain Existing Target Debt, (v) any other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, (vi) other associated transactions taken in relation to or incidental to the foregoing; and (vii) the payment or incurrence of any fees, expenses, taxes or charges associated with any of the foregoing.

 

118


Transaction Equity Contribution” means shareholder funding provided by the Initial Investors in connection with the Equity Contribution described under paragraph (b)(ii) of Schedule 4.01 provided that the aggregate amount of such shareholder funding counted as a Transaction Equity Contribution shall not exceed an amount equal to the percentage of Total Transaction Uses specified in paragraph (b)(ii) of Schedule 4.01.

Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transaction.

Transaction Security” means the Security created or expressed to be created in favour of the Administrative Agent and/or the Secured Parties (represented by the Administrative Agent, as the case may be) pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents.

Transaction Security Documents” mean (a) each of the security documents listed as being a Transaction Security Document in Schedule 4.01, (b) any document entered into by Topco and/or any member of the Group (including any member of the Target Group) creating or expressed to create any Security over all or any part of its assets in respect of the obligations of any member of the Group under any of the Loan Documents, (c) any “Security Document” (other than a “Topco Independent Transaction Security Document”) and any “Transaction Security Document” (each as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement); and (d) any other document designated as a “Transaction Security Document” by Holdings and the Administrative Agent in writing (each acting reasonably).

Treasury Capital Stock” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04(b)(ii).

Treasury Regulations” means the U.S. federal income tax regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code.

Type”, when used in reference to any Revolving Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Revolving Loan, or on the Revolving Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate, Adjusted Term SOFR or the Alternate Base Rate.

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or any other state the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the creation or perfection of security interests.

UK Financial Institution” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended form time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.

UCP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce UCP 600 (“ICC”) Publication No. 600 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

 

119


UK Tax Deduction” shall mean a deduction or withholding for or on account of Taxes imposed by the United Kingdom from a payment under a Loan Document.

UK Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.

“Unadjusted USD Benchmark Replacement” means the applicable USD Benchmark Replacement excluding the related USD Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means

(a) any Subsidiary of Holdings that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by Holdings in the manner provided below); and

(b) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary,

provided that Holdings may designate any Subsidiary of Holdings (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a person becoming a Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction, or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

(i) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock of Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(ii) such designation and the Investment, if any, of Holdings in such Subsidiary complies with Section 6.04.

U.S.” or “United States” means the United States of America.

U.S. Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

“U.S. Government Securities Business Day” means any day except for (a) a Saturday, (b) a Sunday or (c) a day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in United States government securities.

U.S. Loan Parties” means the Loan Parties incorporated or organized under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

U.S. Special Resolution Regimes” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.26(a).

U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base” means, at any time of calculation, a borrowing base consisting of the criteria set forth in the definition of “Borrowing Base” but limited to the Eligible Credit Card Receivables, Eligible Investment Grade Receivables, Eligible Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory, Eligible Raw Materials Inventory, and Qualified Cash of the U.S. Loan Parties and the Reserves then applicable to the U.S. Loan Parties.

 

120


U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(f)(ii)(B)(3).

USA PATRIOT Act” means The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

“USD Benchmark” means, initially, solely with respect to any Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars, the Term SOFR Reference Rate; provided that if a USD Benchmark Transition Event has occurred with respect to the Term SOFR Reference Rate or then-current USD Benchmark for Dollars, then “USD Benchmark” means, with respect to such Obligations, interest, fees, commissions or other amounts, the applicable USD Benchmark Replacement to the extent that such USD Benchmark Replacement has replaced such prior benchmark rate pursuant to Section 1.01(a).

“USD Benchmark Replacement” means, with respect to any USD Benchmark Transition Event for any then-current USD Benchmark, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent for the applicable USD Benchmark Replacement Date:

(a) the sum of (i) Daily Simple SOFR and (ii) 0.10%; or

(b) the sum of: (i) the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower as the replacement for such USD Benchmark giving due consideration to (A) any selection or recommendation of a replacement benchmark rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (B) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a benchmark rate as a replacement for such USD Benchmark for syndicated credit facilities denominated in Dollars at such time and (ii) the related USD Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

If the USD Benchmark Replacement as determined pursuant to clause (a) or (b) above would be less than the Floor, the USD Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

“USD Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to any replacement of any then-current Benchmark with an Unadjusted USD Benchmark Replacement, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower giving due consideration to (a) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such USD Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted USD Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body or (b) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such USD Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted USD Benchmark Replacement for syndicated credit facilities denominated in Dollars at such time.

 

121


“USD Benchmark Replacement Date” means earliest to occur of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(a) in the case of clause (a) or (b) of the definition of “USD Benchmark Transition Event”, the later of (i) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (ii) the date on which the administrator of such USD Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide all Available Tenors of such USD Benchmark (or such component thereof); or

(b) in the case of clause (c) of the definition of “USD Benchmark Transition Event”, the first date on which such USD Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) has been determined and announced by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such USD Benchmark (or such component thereof) to be non-representative; provided that such non-representativeness will be determined by reference to the most recent statement or publication referenced in such clause (c) and even if any Available Tenor of such USD Benchmark (or such component thereof) continues to be provided on such date.

For the avoidance of doubt, the “USD Benchmark Replacement Date” will be deemed to have occurred in the case of clause (a) or (b) with respect to any USD Benchmark upon the occurrence of the applicable event or events set forth therein with respect to all then-current Available Tenors of such USD Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

“USD Benchmark Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to such Benchmark:

(a) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such USD Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such USD Benchmark (or such component thereof), permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such USD Benchmark (or such component thereof);

(b) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such USD Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof), the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for such USD Benchmark (or such component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for such USD Benchmark (or such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for such USD Benchmark (or such component), which states that the administrator of such USD Benchmark (or such component) has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such USD Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such USD Benchmark (or such component thereof); or

(c) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such USD Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that all Available Tenors of such USD Benchmark (or such component thereof) are not, or as of a specified future date will not be, representative.

 

122


For the avoidance of doubt, a “USD Benchmark Transition Event” will be deemed to have occurred with respect to any USD Benchmark if a public statement or publication of information set forth above has occurred with respect to each then-current Available Tenor of such USD Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

“USD Benchmark Unavailability Period” means the period (if any) (a) beginning at the time that a USD Benchmark Replacement Date with respect to such USD Benchmark has occurred if, at such time, no USD Benchmark Replacement has replaced such USD Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section Error! Reference source not found. and (b) ending at the time that a USD Benchmark Replacement has replaced such USD Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section Error! Reference source not found..

“USD Conforming Changes” means, with respect to either the use or administration of an initial USD Benchmark or the use, administration, adoption or implementation of any USD Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “Alternate Base Rate” (if applicable), the definition of “Business Day,” the definition of “U.S. Government Securities Business Day,” the definition of “Interest Period” or any similar or analogous definition (or the addition of a concept of “interest period”), timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, the applicability and length of lookback periods, the applicability of Section 2.16 and other technical, administrative or operational matters) that the Administrative Agent and the Borrower decide may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of any such rate or to permit the use and administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent and the Borrower decide that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent and the Borrower determine that no market practice for the administration of any such rate exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent and the Borrower decide is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents).

Utilization” means a Loan or a Letter of Credit.

VAT” means (a) any value added tax imposed by the Value Added Tax Act 1994, (b) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112), and (c) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the EU or the UK in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) above, or imposed elsewhere.

VAT Recipient” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(h)(ii).

Vendor” means each person identified as a seller under the Acquisition Agreement.

Voting Stock” of a person means all classes of Capital Stock of such person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

123


Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by (b) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by Requirements of Law to be owned by a resident of the relevant jurisdiction) shall be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.

Section 1.02 Classification of Revolving Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., an “Initial Revolving Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurocurrency Rate Loan” or an “Adjusted Eurocurrency RateTerm SOFR Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurocurrency Rate Initial Revolving Loan” or an “Adjusted Eurocurrency RateTerm SOFR Initial Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., an “Initial Revolving Loan Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing” or an “Adjusted Eurocurrency RateTerm SOFR Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., anaAdjusted Eurocurrency Rate Initial Revolving Loan Borrowing or an “Adjusted Term SOFR Initial Revolving Loan Borrowing”).

Section 1.03 Terms Generally.

The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein or in any Loan Document (including any Loan Document, Senior Facilities Agreement and/or the Senior Notes Indenture) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or extended, replaced or refinanced (subject to any restrictions or qualifications on such amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, supplements or modifications or extensions, replacements or refinancings set forth herein), (ii) any reference to any Requirement of Law in any Loan Document shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating,

 

124


amending, replacing, supplementing, superseding or interpreting such Requirement of Law, (iii) any reference herein or in any Loan Document to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns, (iv) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (v) all references herein or in any Loan Document to Articles, Sections, clauses, paragraphs, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles, Sections, clauses and paragraphs of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, such Loan Document, (vi) in the computation of periods of time in any Loan Document from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”, the words “to” and “until” mean “to but excluding” and the word “through” means “to and including” and (vii) the words “asset” and “property”, when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including Cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. It is understood and agreed that any Indebtedness (other than as provided in Section 1.03(b)), Lien, Restricted Payment, Investment, Disposition and/or Affiliate transaction need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Indebtedness, Lien, Restricted Payment, Investment, Disposition and/or Affiliate transaction under Sections 6.01, 6.02, 6.04, or 6.05, respectively, but may instead be permitted in part under any combination thereof.

Section 1.04 Construction.

(a) Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:

(i) the “Administrative Agent”, any “Day 1 Third Party Security Provider” “the “Holdings”, “Topco”, any “Secured Party”, any “Issuing Bank”, any “Lender”, any “Arranger”, any “Loan Party”, any “Party”, or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title (including the surviving entity of any merger involving that person), permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

(ii) a document in “agreed form” is a document (A) which is previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent and Holdings; or (B) if such document is to be delivered pursuant to Schedule 4.01 in the form required or contemplated by those provisions;

(iii) an “amendment” includes any amendment, supplement, variation, novation, modification, replacement, restatement and/or amendment and restatement (however fundamental), and “amend” and “amended” shall be construed accordingly;

(iv) “assets” includes properties, assets, businesses, undertakings, revenues and rights of every kind (including uncalled share capital), present and future, actual or contingent and any interest in any of the foregoing;

(v) “available for utilization” in respect of any indebtedness means that indebtedness being committed pursuant to the terms of an executed commitment letter, credit agreement, indenture, notes or other documentation notwithstanding that any documentary, drawdown or other substantive event including the execution of a long form credit agreement, the completion of an acquisition or condition to utilization or issue

 

125


thereof has not been satisfied including (if any of the proceeds are to be applied in connection with an acquisition or other transaction) the date on which the applicable acquisition agreement is signed or such other date on which the Group enters into a legally binding commitment for the relevant acquisition or such other transaction which will be funded by the proceeds of such proceeds;

(vi) a “consent” includes an authorization, permit, approval, consent, exemption, license, order, filing, registration, recording, notarization, permission or waiver;

(vii) a “disposal” includes any sale, transfer, grant, lease, license or other disposal, whether voluntary or involuntary, and dispose will be construed accordingly;

(viii) the “equivalent” in any currency (the “first currency”) of any amount in another currency (the “second currency”) shall be construed as a reference to the amount in the first currency which could be purchased with that amount in the second currency at an exchange rate used by Holdings (acting reasonably and in good faith) and notified to the Administrative Agent or if Holdings has not notified to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange for the purchase of the first currency with the second currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11.00 a.m. on a particular day (or at or about such time and on such date as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably determine to be appropriate in the circumstances);

(ix) “fair market value” may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or a resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith;

(x) a “Loan Document” or a “Transaction Document” or any other agreement or instrument is (unless expressed to be a reference to such document, agreement or instrument in its original form or form as at a particular date) a reference to that Loan Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended and includes any increase in, addition to or extension of or other change to any facility under such agreement or instrument, in each case to the extent permitted by the terms of this Agreement;

(xi) a “guarantee” includes (A) an indemnity, counter-indemnity, guarantee or similar assurance against loss in respect of any indebtedness of any other person and (B) any other obligation of any other person, whether actual or contingent, to pay, purchase, provide funds (whether by the advance of money to, the purchase of or subscription for shares, partnership interests or other investments in, any other person, the purchase of assets or services, the making of payments under an agreement or otherwise) for the payment of, to indemnify against the consequences of default in the payment of, or otherwise be responsible for, any indebtedness of any other person and “guaranteed” and “guarantor” shall be construed accordingly;

 

126


(xii) “including” means including without limitation, and “includes” and “included” shall be construed accordingly;

(xiii) “indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal, guarantor or surety and whether present or future, actual or contingent) for the payment or repayment of money;

(xiv) “losses” includes losses, actions, damages, claims, proceedings, costs, demands, expenses (including legal and other fees) and liabilities of any kind, and loss shall be construed accordingly;

(xv) references to any transaction being in the “ordinary course of business” of a member of the Group shall be construed to include any transaction that is consistent with industry practice in the industries in which the Group operates or consistent with past practice of any member of the Group or Target Group;

(xvi) references to any matter being “permitted” under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or other agreement shall include references to such matters not being prohibited or otherwise being approved under this Agreement or such Loan Document or such other agreement;

(xvii) a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, fund, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity, in each case whether or not having separate legal personality;

(xviii) a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, code, ordinance, official directive, requirement, determination, judgment, order, decree, ruling, request, guidance or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but if not having the force of law compliance with which is customary for those to whom it is addressed) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organization;

(xix) a “sub-participation” means any sub-participation or sub-contract (whether written or oral) or any other agreement or arrangement having an economically substantially similar effect, including any credit default or total return swap or derivative (whether disclosed, undisclosed, risk or funded) by a Lender of or in relation to any of its rights or obligations under, or its legal, beneficial or economic interest in relation to, the Facilities and/or Finance Documents to a counterparty and “sub-participate” and “sub-participant” shall be construed accordingly;

(xx) “sufficient available information” means financial information selected and determined by Holdings in good faith in order to test the applicable condition or ratio, including information required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement as well as other information including monthly management accounts and other internal Group accounts and financial information; and

(xxi) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

 

127


(b) For purposes of the Loan Documents

(i) a Default or an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived;

(ii) an Event of Default is “continuing” unless the underlying Event of Default has ceased to be continuing or the relevant demand or notice has been revoked, rescinded or otherwise made ineffective by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders); and

(iii) if any Default or Event of Default has occurred but is no longer continuing (a “Cured Default”), any other Default or Event of Default which would not have arisen had the Cured Default not occurred, shall be deemed not to be continuing automatically upon, and simultaneous with, the remedy or waiver of the Cured Default. For the avoidance of doubt, any Default or Event of Default in respect of a failure to deliver any certificate, notice, document, report, financial statement or other information within a time period prescribed in a Finance Document shall be deemed to be cured upon performance of such obligation even though such performance is not within the prescribed period specified in any Loan Document.

(c) Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

(d) Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Loan Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Loan Document has the same meaning in that Loan Document or notice as in this Agreement.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document, nothing in the Loan Documents shall prohibit a non-cash contribution of any asset (including any participation, claim, commitment, rights, benefits and/or obligations in respect of any indebtedness borrowed or issued by any member of the Group from time to time) by a person that is not a member of the Group to Holdings provided that to the extent such transaction results in any Indebtedness or claim being outstanding from Holdings, such Indebtedness or claim is permitted by the Loan Documents.

(f) Unless a contrary indication appears, where a request for consent is required from a member of the Group, when determining whether to grant such consent, that member of the Group may act in its sole discretion (which may be given, withheld, conditioned or delayed in its sole and absolute discretion and shall not, under any circumstances, be deemed given).

(g) This Agreement is not intended, nor shall it be construed, to create a partnership (including a private partnership (BGB - Gesellschaft)) or joint venture relationship between or among any of the parties hereto.

(h) No transaction or arrangement between persons which are not members of the Group (whether or not such persons are Affiliates of the Group) shall be deemed to constitute an action (whether direct or indirect) by any member of the Group.

 

128


(i) Any adjustment (including any increase, decrease, sum or inclusion) pursuant to the terms and paragraphs of any financial definition or component thereof (including Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense, Consolidated Net Income, Interest Coverage Ratio, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and LTM EBITDA) or pursuant to any other provision of a Loan Document shall be available and be determined by the Board of Directors of Holdings acting in good faith at such time in each case without regard to whether or how such adjustment had been previously made or to the Accounting Principles (to the extent relevant).

Section 1.05 Effectuation of Transactions. Each of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement (and all corresponding definitions) is made after giving effect to the Transactions, unless the context otherwise requires.

Section 1.06 Timing of Payment of Performance. When payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of “Interest Period”) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.

Section 1.07 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified herein, all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York City time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

Section 1.08 Currency Symbols and Definitions.

(a) “€”, “euro” and “EUR” mean the single currency unit of the Participating Member States.

(b) “$”, “USD” and “US Dollars” mean at any time the lawful currency of the U.S.

Section 1.09 Cashless Rollovers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, to the extent that any Lender extends the maturity date of, or replaces, renews or refinances, any of its then-existing Revolving Loans with Incremental Loans, Extended Revolving Loans or loans incurred under a new credit facility, in each case, to the extent such extension, replacement, renewal or refinancing is effected by means of a “cashless roll” by such Lender, such extension, replacement, renewal or refinancing shall be deemed to comply with any requirement hereunder or any other Loan Document that such payment be made “in Dollars”, “in immediately available funds”, “in Cash” or any other similar requirement.

Section 1.10 Third Party Rights

(a) Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Loan Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties Act”) to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(b) Notwithstanding any term of any Loan Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to amend, rescind or vary any Loan Document at any time.

 

129


Section 1.11 Guarantees and Collateral. Notwithstanding any provision of any Loan Document to the contrary for purposes of any determination relating to the Senior Secured Priority Security as to which the Administrative Agent is granted discretion hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including any determination with respect to any waiver or extension or any opportunity to request that is permitted or required under the Agreed Security Principles, under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document), the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have agreed and accepted any determination in respect thereof by the Applicable Administrative Agent; it being understood and agreed that as of the Closing Date, the Senior Secured Facilities Collateral Agent is the Applicable Administrative Agent with respect to the Senior Secured Priority Security.

Section 1.12 Divisions. Any reference herein to a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale, disposition or transfer, or similar term, shall be deemed to apply to a division of or by a limited liability company, or an allocation of assets to a series of a limited liability company (or the unwinding of such a division or allocation), as if it were a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale or transfer, or similar term, as applicable, to, of or with a separate Person. Any division of a limited liability company shall constitute a separate Person hereunder (and each division of any limited liability company that is a Subsidiary, Restricted Subsidiary, Unrestricted Subsidiary, joint venture or any other like term shall also constitute such a Person or entity).

Section 1.13 Interest Rates.

(a)  .  The Administrative Agent does not warrant, nor accept responsibility, nor shall the Administrative Agent have any liability with respect to the administration, submission or any other matter related to the rates in the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate” or with respect to any rate that is an alternative or replacement for or successor to any of such rate (including, without limitation, any Successor Rate) or the effect of any of the foregoing, or of any Successor Rate Conforming Changes.

(b)  The Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to, (a) the continuation of, administration of, submission of, calculation of or any other matter related to the Alternate Base Rate, the Term SOFR Reference Rate, Adjusted Term SOFR, Term SOFR or any other USD Benchmark, or any component definition thereof or rates referred to in the definition thereof, or any alternative, successor or replacement rate thereto (including any USD Benchmark Replacement), including whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement rate (including any USD Benchmark Replacement), will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, or have the same volume or liquidity as Alternate Base Rate, the Term SOFR Reference Rate, Adjusted Term SOFR, Term SOFR, such USD Benchmark or any other USD Benchmark prior to its discontinuance or unavailability, or (b) the effect, implementation or composition of any Conforming Changes. The Administrative Agent and its affiliates or other related entities may engage in transactions that affect the calculation of Alternate Base Rate or a USD Benchmark, any alternative, successor or replacement rate (including any USD Benchmark Replacement) or any relevant adjustments thereto, in each case, in a manner adverse to the Borrower. The Administrative Agent may select information sources or services in its reasonable discretion to ascertain Alternate Base Rate, any USD Benchmark, any component definition thereof or rates referred to in the definition thereof, in each case pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall have no liability to the Borrower, any Lender or any other person or entity for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, punitive, incidental or consequential damages, costs, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise and whether at law or in equity), for any error or calculation of any such rate (or component thereof) provided by any such information source or service.

 

130


Section 1.14 Additional Alternate Currencies.

(a) The Borrowers may from time to time request that Revolving Loans (other than Swingline Loans) be made and/or Letters of Credit be issued in a currency other than Euros; provided that the requested currency is a lawful currency (other than Euros) that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into Euros. In the case of any such request with respect to the making of Revolving Loans, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders; and, in the case of any such request with respect to the issuance of Letters of Credit, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and the applicable Issuing Bank.

(b) Any such request shall be made to the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of the desired Credit Extension (or such other time or date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent and, in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the relevant Issuing Bank, in its sole discretion). In the case of any such request pertaining to Revolving Loans, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof and in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Issuing Bank and each Lender. Each such Lender (in the case of any such request pertaining to Revolving Loans) or the relevant Issuing Bank and each Lender (in the case of a request pertaining to Letters of Credit) shall notify the Administrative Agent, not later than 1:00 p.m., five (5) Business Days after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the making of Revolving Loans or the issuance of Letters of Credit in the requested currency.

(c) Any failure by any Lender or the relevant Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to respond to such request within the time period specified in the preceding paragraph (b) shall be deemed to be a refusal by such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to permit Revolving Loans to be made or Letters of Credit to be issued in the requested currency. If the Administrative Agent and each Lender that would be obligated to make Credit Extensions denominated in the requested currency consent to making Revolving Loans in the requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Borrowers and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternate Currency hereunder for purposes of any Borrowing of Revolving Loans; and if the Administrative Agent and the relevant Issuing Bank and each Lender consent to the issuance of Letters of Credit in the requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Borrowers and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternate Currency hereunder for purposes of the issuance of any Letter of Credit. If the Administrative Agent fails to obtain the requisite consent to any request for an additional currency under this Section 1.14, the Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify the Borrowers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, to the extent that the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate and/or the Alternate Base Rate is not applicable to or available with respect to a Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit to be denominated in an Alternate Currency, the interest rate components applicable to such Alternate Currency shall be separately agreed by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.

 

131


Section 1.15 German Terms. In this Agreement, where it relates to a person incorporated, established in or organized under the laws of Germany, a reference to:

(a) a custodian, liquidator, trustee, trustee in bankruptcy, compulsory manager, receiver, (provisional, interim or permanent) or manager, examiner, supervisor, assignee, sequestrator or administrator includes an insolvency administrator (Insolvenzverwalter), a preliminary insolvency administrator (vorläufiger Insolvenzverwalter) or a custodian (Sachwalter);

(b) a “winding up”, “administration” or “dissolution” includes insolvency proceedings (Insolvenzverfahren);

(c) a person being “unable to pay its debts” includes that person being in a state of illiquidity (Zahlungsunfähigkeit) under § 17 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung);

(d) a person being “insolvent” means that person being in a state of illiquidity (Zahlungsunfähigkeit) under § 17 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) or being over-indebted (überschuldet) under § 19 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung);

(e) committing an “act of bankruptcy” includes the filing for the commencement of insolvency proceedings (Eröffnung des Insolvenzverfahrens) and the filing for debtor in possession proceedings (Eigenverwaltung);

(f) commencement of “bankruptcy” or “insolvency” includes the opening of insolvency proceedings (Eröffnung des Insolvenzverfahrens) and the dismissal of insolvency proceedings due to lack of funds (Abweisung mangels Masse);

(g) in relation to any Collateral or other security rights or security assets governed by German law or located in Germany trust, trustee or on trust shall be construed as “Treuhand”, “Treuhänder” or “treuhänderisch”;

(h) by-laws or constitutional documents includes reference to articles of association (Satzung) or partnership agreement (Gesellschaftsvertrag) and rules of procedure (Geschäftsordnung); and

(i) a director or officer includes any statutory legal representative(s) (organschaftlicher Vertreter) of a person, including but not limited to, a managing director (Geschäftsführer) or member of the board of directors (Vorstand) or an authorized representative (Prokurist).

Section 1.16 Authorizations. Each Party granting an authorization or power of attorney to any other person (for the purpose of this Section 1.16, the “Authorized Person”) under this Agreement or any other Loan Document hereby releases, to the extent legally possible, such other person from any restriction for self-dealing or double representation (including any such restrictions arising under § 181 of the German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch – BGB)) and the Authorized Person may release, to the extent legally possible, any person that it sub-authorises or grants a sub-power of attorney from the same restrictions. Any Party prevented by applicable law or its constitutional documents to grant the release from the restriction for self-dealing or double representation (including any such restrictions arising under § 181 of the German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch – BGB)) shall notify the relevant Authorized Person without undue delay.

 

132


Section 1.17 Calculations.

(a) [Reserved]

(b) Calculations in accordance with Finance Documents. For the purposes of calculating any Applicable Metric, such calculations will be calculated in accordance with the Loan Documents.

(c) Purchases. For the purpose of calculating any Applicable Metric (including the financial definitions or components thereof) in the Loan Documents, including when determining (or, as applicable, forecasting) Consolidated EBITDA for any Relevant Period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to any relevant Purchase (as defined below)), Holdings may:

(i) if during such period any member of the Group (by merger or otherwise) has made or committed (unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) to make an Investment in any person that thereby becomes (or that Holdings expects in good faith, based upon such commitment, will become) a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise has acquired or committed (unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) to acquire any entity, business, property or material fixed asset (including the acquisition, opening and/or development of any new site or operation) (any such Investment, acquisition or commitment (including under a letter of intent) therefor, a “Purchase”), including any such Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, calculate Consolidated EBITDA for such period on the basis that the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, mutatis mutandis) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Purchase during such Relevant Period shall be included as if the Purchase occurred on the first day of such Relevant Period; and/or

(ii) include an adjustment in respect of any Purchase and/or any steps taken or committed or expected to be taken (in each case, unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) in respect of such Purchase up to the amount of the pro forma increase in Consolidated EBITDA projected by Holdings (in good faith) after taking into account the full “run rate” effect of (A) all Synergies which Holdings (in good faith) determines have been or will be achieved (in full or in part) at any time during such Relevant Period directly or indirectly as a consequence of the Purchase or any related steps, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realized during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA provided that so long as such Synergies have been or will be realized at any time during such Relevant Period, it may be assumed they were realized during the entirety of such Relevant Period and/or (B) all Synergies which Holdings (in good faith) believes can be achieved following the end of such period directly or indirectly as a consequence of the Purchase or any related steps (the “Forward-Looking Purchase Synergies”), provided that so long as such Forward-Looking Purchase Synergies will be realizable at any time in the future, it may be assumed they will be realizable during the entire such period in each case, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realized during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA; and/or

 

133


(iii) exclude any non-recurring fees, costs and expenses directly or indirectly related to the Purchase.

(d) Sales. For the purpose of calculating any Applicable Metric (including the financial definitions or components thereof) in the Loan Documents, including when determining (or, as applicable, forecasting) Consolidated EBITDA for any Relevant Period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to any relevant Sale (as defined below)), Holdings may:

(i) if during such period any member of the Group has disposed or committed (unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) to make a disposal of any person, property, business or material fixed asset or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Group (any such sale, transfer, disposition or commitment therefor, a “Sale”) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate Consolidated EBITDA relates to such a Sale, calculate Consolidated EBITDA for such period on the basis that Consolidated EBITDA will be reduced by an amount equal to the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization and impairment (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, mutatis mutandis) (if positive) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization and impairment (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, mutatis mutandis) (if negative) attributable thereto for such period as if the Sale occurred on the first day of such Relevant Period; and/or

(ii) include an adjustment in respect of any Sale and/or any steps taken or committed or expected to be taken (in each case, unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) in respect of such Sale up to the amount of the pro forma increase in Consolidated EBITDA projected by Holdings (in good faith) after taking into account the full “run rate” effect of (A) all Synergies which Holdings (in good faith) determines have been or will be achieved (in full or in part) at any time during such Relevant Period directly or indirectly as a consequence of the Sale or any related steps, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realized during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA provided that so long as such Synergies have been realized at any time during such Relevant Period, it may be assumed they were realized during the entirety of such Relevant Period; and/or (B) all Synergies which Holdings (in good faith) believes can be achieved following the end of such period directly or indirectly as a consequence of the Sale or any related steps (the “Forward-Looking Sale Synergies”), provided that so long as such Forward-Looking Sale Synergies will be realizable at any time in the future, it may be assumed they will be realizable during the entire such period, in each case, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realized during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA; and/or

(iii) exclude any non-recurring fees, costs and expenses directly or indirectly related to the Sale; and/or

 

134


(e) Group Initiatives. For the purpose of calculating any Applicable Metric (including the financial definitions or components thereof) in the Loan Documents, including when determining (or, as applicable, forecasting) Consolidated EBITDA for any Relevant Period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to implementing or committing to implement such Group Initiative), Holdings may:

(i) include an adjustment in respect of each Group Initiative and/or any steps taken or committed or expected to be taken (in each case, unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) in respect of such Group Initiative up to the amount of the pro forma increase in Consolidated EBITDA projected by Holdings (in good faith) after taking into account the full “run rate” effect of (A) all Synergies which Holdings (in good faith) determines have been or will be achieved (in full or in part) at any time during such Relevant Period directly or indirectly as a consequence of implementing or committing to implement such Group Initiative or any related steps, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realized during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA provided that so long as such Synergies have been realized at any time during such Relevant Period, it may be assumed they were realized during the entirety of such Relevant Period and/or (B) all Synergies which Holdings (in good faith) believes can be achieved following the end of such period directly or indirectly as a consequence of implementing or committing to implement such Group Initiative or any related steps (the “Forward-Looking Group Initiative Synergies”), provided that so long as such Forward-Looking Group Initiative Synergies will be realizable at any time in the future, it may be assumed they will be realizable during the entire such period in each case, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realized during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA; and/or

(ii) exclude any non-recurring fees, costs and expenses directly or indirectly related to the implementation of, or commitment to, implement such Group Initiative.

(f) Calculations determined in good faith. All calculations will be as determined in good faith by an Officer of Holdings (including in respect of Synergies) and all calculations in respect of Synergies (in each case actual or anticipated) may be made as though the full run-rate effect of such Synergies were realized on the first day of the Relevant Period.

(g) Periods prior to the Closing Date. Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income for any part of a Relevant Period falling prior to the Closing Date shall be calculated on an actual basis over the Relevant Period (whereby for any part of the applicable Relevant Period falling prior to the date on which the Target Group became part of the Group, such amount shall be calculated based on actual historic data for the corresponding period available and by reference to the Target Group as adjusted in accordance with the provisions of this Clause and the other provisions of this Agreement) or, at Holdings’ option, on the basis of the Management Case.

(h) Business Day Adjustments. In the event that (i) any Accounting Reference Date or other Quarter Date is adjusted by Holdings to avoid an Accounting Reference Date or other Quarter Date falling on a day which is not a Business Day and/or to ensure that an Accounting Reference Date or other Quarter Date falls on a particular day of the week or there is any adjustment to a scheduled payment date to avoid payments becoming due on a day which is not a Business Day, if that adjustment results in any amount being paid in a Relevant Period in which it would otherwise not have been paid, for the purpose of calculating any Applicable Metric under the Loan Documents Holdings may (at its option) treat such amount as if it was paid in the Relevant Period in which it would have been paid save for any such adjustment.

 

135


(i) Interpretation of references to certain Applicable Metrics. Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in the Loan Documents to Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, LTM EBITDA, Fixed Charges, Interest Charges, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Interest Coverage Ratio is to be construed as a reference to Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, LTM EBITDA, Fixed Charges, Interest Charges, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Group on a consolidated basis.

(j) Certain exclusions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary (including anything in the financial definitions set out in this Agreement), when calculating any Applicable Metric, the financial definitions or component thereof, Holdings shall be permitted to:

(i) exclude all or any part of any expenditure or other negative item (and/or the impact thereof) directly or indirectly relating to or resulting from:

(A) the Transaction;

(B) any other acquisition, Investment or other joint venture permitted by the terms of this Agreement or the impact from purchase price accounting;

(C) start-up costs for new businesses and branding or re-branding of existing businesses;

(D) Restructuring Costs;

(E) research and development expenditure (and the capitalization thereof); and/or

(F) the implementation of IFRS 15 (Revenue from Contracts with Customers) and/or IFRS 16 (Leases) and, in each case, any successor standard thereto (or any equivalent measure under the Accounting Principles) or any other changes in the applicable Accounting Principles; and/or

(ii) include any addbacks (without further verification or diligence) for adjustments (including anticipated Synergies) or costs or expenses (i) reflected in the Management Case, the Acquisition Reports and/or any quality of earnings report provided to the Arrangers prior to the date of this Agreement (as amended, varied, supplemented and/or updated on or prior to the Closing Date, to the extent such amendment, variation, supplement and/or update is not materially prejudicial to the Lenders) and/or any base case model or quality of earnings report relating to a Permitted Acquisition prepared by an independent third party and which is delivered by Holdings (or on its behalf) to the Agent and/or (ii) taken into account in determining (x) Consolidated EBITDA on the Closing Date or (y) the financing EBITDA to be used in connection with financing for a Permitted Acquisition and/or any research and development expenditure (which is not otherwise capitalised).

 

136


(k) No double-counting. For purposes of this Section 1.17 and to the extent any Applicable Metric is used as the basis (in whole or in part) for permitting any transaction or making any determination under this Agreement (including on a pro forma basis) no item shall be included or excluded more than once where to do so would result in double counting.

(l) Applicable Metrics may be determined as at Applicable Test Date. Any Applicable Metric to be determined in connection with an Applicable Transaction (other than with regard to the incurrence of any credit extension) may, at Holdings’ option, be determined as at the Applicable Test Date provided that when making such determination Holdings shall be required to give pro forma effect to any other Applicable Transactions that have occurred up to (and including) the Applicable Test Date.

(m) No re-testing of Applicable Metric unless Holdings elects. If compliance with an Applicable Metric is established in accordance with paragraph (l) above, such Applicable Metric shall be deemed to have been complied with (or satisfied) for all purposes; provided that:

(i) Holdings may elect, in its sole discretion, to recalculate any Applicable Metric on the basis of a more recent Applicable Test Date, in which case, such date of redetermination shall thereafter be deemed to be the relevant Applicable Test Date for purposes of such Applicable Metrics; and

(ii) save as contemplated in sub-paragraph (i) above, compliance with any Applicable Metric shall not be determined or tested at any time after the relevant Applicable Test Date for such transaction and any actions or transactions related thereto.

(n) Impact of subsequent fluctuations in Applicable Metrics. If any Applicable Metric for which compliance was determined or tested as of an Applicable Test Date would at any time after the Applicable Test Date have been exceeded or otherwise failed to have been complied with as a result of fluctuations in such Applicable Metric (or any other Applicable Metric), such Applicable Metric will not be deemed to have been exceeded or failed to have been complied with as a result of such fluctuations.

(o) Related requirements and conditions; Defaults and Events of Default. If any related requirements and conditions (including as to the absence of any continuing Default or Event of Default) for which compliance or satisfaction was determined or tested as of the Applicable Test Date would at any time after the Applicable Test Date not have been complied with or satisfied (including due to the occurrence or continuation of a Default or an Event of Default), such requirements and conditions will not be deemed to have been failed to be complied with or satisfied (and such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed not to have occurred or be continuing).

(p) Applicable Transactions to be given effect for Applicable Metric calculations after Applicable Test Date. Subject to Section 6.01(viii), in calculating the availability under any Applicable Metric in connection with any action or transaction (other than with regard to the incurrence of any credit extension) unrelated to the Applicable Transaction following the relevant Applicable Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Applicable Transaction is consummated or Holdings determines (in its sole discretion) that such Applicable Transaction will not be consummated, any such Applicable Metric shall be determined or tested giving pro forma effect to such Applicable Transaction.

 

137


(q) Treatment of revolving Indebtedness. If an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) is committed, Incurred or issued, any Lien is committed or Incurred or any other transaction is undertaken or any Applicable Metric is tested in reliance on a ratio-based basket based on the Interest Coverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Total Net Leverage Ratio or any other ratio based Applicable Metric, such ratio(s) shall be calculated without regard to the Incurrence or drawing of any Indebtedness under any revolving facility, letter of credit facility or bank guarantee facility and/or other debt which is available to be re-drawn (including under any Revolving Facility or any Revolving Facility (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement), or any Ancillary Facility (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) and, for the avoidance of doubt, subject to Section 6.01(viii), any undrawn commitments for Indebtedness (including under any Revolving Facility or any Revolving Facility (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement)) shall be disregarded for the purposes of testing the Applicable Metric.

(r) Concurrent testing of ratio-based permissions with fixed permissions and/or Incurrences of revolving Indebtedness. If, in connection with the same Applicable Transaction or otherwise substantially simultaneously:

(i) (A) any Applicable Metrics required to be determined by reference to a fixed currency amount or a percentage of LTM EBITDA (a “fixed permission”) are intended to be utilised and/or (B) revolving Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under the Reserved Indebtedness Amount or with regard to the incurrence of any credit extension hereunder) is intended to be Incurred; and

(ii) any Applicable Metric required to be determined by reference to the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio, the Interest Coverage Ratio, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or any other ratio-based Applicable Metric (a “ratio-based permission”) are intended to be utilized (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any determination of any increase or decrease in any such Applicable Metric, including in accordance with paragraphs Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(I), Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(II) or Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1)(III)).

then (x) amounts available to be incurred under the applicable ratio-based permissions shall first be calculated without giving effect to amounts to be incurred under the applicable fixed permissions or the applicable Incurrence of revolving Indebtedness, or amounts previously incurred under such fixed permissions and not reclassified that are being repaid in connection with such Applicable Transaction, unless otherwise elected by Holdings; and (y) thereafter, compliance with any relevant fixed permissions shall be calculated, and in each case, full pro forma effect shall be given to all increases to LTM EBITDA and repayments or discharges of Indebtedness in connection with such Applicable Transaction in accordance with this Agreement.

 

138


(s) Numerical and grower permissions. If any Applicable Metric is determined by reference to the greater of a fixed amount (the “numerical permission”) and a percentage of LTM EBITDA (the “grower permission”) and the grower permission of the Applicable Metric exceeds the applicable numerical permission at any time as a result of a Permitted Acquisition or Permitted Investment, the numerical permission shall be deemed to be increased to the highest amount of the grower permission reached from time to time as a result of any such Permitted Acquisitions and/or Permitted Investments and shall not subsequently be reduced as a result of any decrease in the grower permission.

(t) Reclassification. In the event that any amount or transaction meets the criteria of more than one Applicable Metric, Holdings may (in its sole discretion), subject to the limitations imposed under Section 6.01(viii), classify and reclassify that amount or transaction to a particular Applicable Metric and will only be required to include that amount or transaction in one of those Applicable Metrics (and, for the avoidance of doubt, an amount may at the option of Holdings be split between different Applicable Metrics).

(u) Automatic reclassification into ratio-based permissions. Subject to the limitations imposed under paragraph Section 6.01(viii), if a proposed action, matter, transaction or amount (or a portion thereof) is incurred or entered into pursuant to a fixed permission and at a later time would subsequently be permitted under a ratio-based permission, unless otherwise elected by Holdings, such action, matter, transaction or amount (or a portion thereof) shall automatically be reclassified to such ratio-based permission.

(v) Foreign exchange rates and currency conversions. For purposes of determining compliance with:

(i) any euro-denominated Applicable Metric (other than in respect of any calculation of any financial covenant or ratio under the Loan Documents or related usage, ratchet or permission), the euro equivalent of amounts denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated using a rate of exchange selected by Holdings (acting reasonably and in good faith) on the Applicable Test Date (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the rate of any foreign exchange hedging entered into by the Group in relation to the Applicable Transaction); or

(ii) any other Applicable Metric (including in respect of any calculation of any financial covenant or ratio under the Finance Documents), the euro equivalent of amounts denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated, at Holdings’ option, using any of (A) any applicable weighted average spot conversion rates over the relevant testing period, (B) any applicable conversion rates used in any relevant financial statements or management accounts, (C) any applicable conversion rate selected by Holdings (acting reasonably and in good faith) on the relevant date of determination (including the Applicable Test Date, if applicable), (D) any applicable conversion rate under any foreign exchange hedging arrangement entered into by any member of the Group or (E) in respect of US Dollar amounts, the relevant exchange rate, and, in each case, no Default, Event of Default or any breach of representation or warranty or undertaking shall arise merely as a result of a subsequent change in the euro equivalent amount of any relevant amount due to fluctuations in exchange rates.

 

139


(w) Carry forward and carry back. For any relevant Applicable Metric set by reference to a Financial Year, a calendar year, a Relevant Period, a four-quarter period, a twelve (12) month period or any other similar annual period (each an “Annual Period”)

(i) at the option of Holdings, the maximum amount so permitted under such Applicable Metric during such Annual Period may be increased by (A) an amount equal to 100% of the difference (if positive) between the permitted amount in the immediately preceding Annual Period (or any such other preceding period as specified in such Applicable Metric) and the amount thereof actually used or applied by the Group during such preceding Annual Period (the “Carry Forward Amount”) and/or (B) an amount equal to 100% of the permitted amount in the immediately following Annual Period and the permitted amount in such immediately following Annual Period shall be reduced by such corresponding amount (the “Carry Back Amount”); and

(ii) to the extent that the maximum amount so permitted under such Applicable Metric during such Annual Period is increased in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above, any usage of such Applicable Metric during such Annual Period shall be deemed to be applied in the following order (A) first, against the Carry Forward Amount, (B) secondly, against the maximum amount so permitted during such Annual Period prior to any increase in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above; and (C) thirdly, against the Carry Back Amount.

Section 1.18 Intercreditor Agreement. This Agreement is subject to, and has the benefit of, the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement shall prevail.

Section 1.19 Personal Liability. Where any natural person gives a certificate or other document or otherwise gives a representation or statement on behalf of any of the parties to the Loan Documents pursuant to any provision thereof and such certificate or other document, representation or statement proves to be incorrect, the individual shall incur no personal liability in consequence of such certificate, other document, representation or statement being incorrect save where such individual acted fraudulently in giving such certificate, other document, representation or statement (in which case any liability of such individual shall be determined in accordance with applicable law) and each such individual may rely on this Section 1.19 (subject to Section 1.10) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

Section 1.20 Luxembourg Terms. In this Agreement, where it relates to a person incorporated in or organized under the laws of Luxembourg, a reference to:

(a) a lien or security interest includes any hypothèque, nantissement, gage, privilège, sûreté réelle, droit de rétention, and any type of security in rem (sûreté réelle) or agreement or arrangement having a similar effect and any transfer of title by way of security;

(b) a guarantee includes (i) any guarantee which is independent from the debt to which it relates and excludes any suretyship (cautionnement) within the meaning of Articles 2011 and seq. of the Luxembourg Civil Code and (ii) a garantie professionelle de paiement within the meaning of the Luxembourg law 10 July 2020;

 

140


(c) by-laws or constitutional documents includes its up-to-date (restated) articles of association (statuts coordonnés);

(d) an agent includes a mandataire;

(e) a director and/or a manager includes a gérant or an administrateur; and

(f) an attachment includes a saisie.

ARTICLE 2 THE CREDITS

Section 2.01 Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender having a Commitment severally, and not jointly, agrees to make loans to the Borrowers in Euros and/or an Alternate Currency (each a “Revolving Loan”) at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period; provided that, after giving effect to any Borrowing by the Borrowers of Revolving Loans, (i) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (iii) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Line Cap, (iv) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of any individual German Borrower does not exceed the German Sub-Borrowing Base for such German Borrower and (v) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of all U.S. Borrowers does not exceed the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein, the Borrowers may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.

Section 2.02 Revolving Loans and Borrowings.

(a) Each Revolving Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans of the same Class and Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments. Revolving Loans shall be made by each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, regardless of whether the Commitments of the Lenders constitute more than one Class of Commitments. Each Swingline Loan shall be made in accordance with the terms and procedures set forth in Section 2.04.

(b) Subject to Section 2.01 and Section 2.14, each Borrowing denominated in Dollars shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Adjusted Eurocurrency RateTerm SOFR Loans and each Borrowing denominated in Euros or any Alternate Currency (other than Dollars) shall be comprised of Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans, in each case, as the Borrowers may request in accordance herewith. Each Lender at its option may make any Revolving Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Revolving Loan; provided that (x) any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay such Revolving Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (y) such Revolving Loan shall be deemed to have been made and held by such Lender, and the obligation of the Borrowers to repay such Revolving Loan shall nevertheless be to such Lender for the account of such domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender and (z) in exercising such option, such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to minimize increased costs to the Borrowers resulting therefrom (which obligation of such Lender shall not require it to take, or refrain from taking, actions that it determines would result in increased costs for which it will not be compensated hereunder or that it otherwise determines would be disadvantageous to it and in the event of such request for costs

 

141


for which compensation is provided under this Agreement, the provisions of Section 2.15 shall apply); provided further, that no such domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender shall be entitled to any greater indemnification under Section 2.17 in respect of any withholding tax with respect to such Revolving Loan than that to which the applicable Lender was entitled on the date on which such Revolving Loan was made (except in connection with any indemnification entitlement arising as a result of any Change in Law after the date on which such Loan was made). No portion of any Loan shall be funded or held with “plan assets” (within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations) of one or more Benefit Plans.

(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing or Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing, such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing or Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing, as applicable, shall comprise an aggregate principal amount that is an integral multiple of €100,000 and not less than €500,000. Each ABR Borrowing when made shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 provided that an ABR Borrowing may be made in a lesser aggregate amount that is, subject to Section 2.01, (1) equal to the entire aggregate unused Commitments or (2) required to finance the reimbursement of a LC Disbursement with respect to a Letter of Credit as contemplated by Section 2.05(e). Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of 10 different Interest Periods in effect for Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowings and Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowings in the aggregate at any time outstanding (or such greater number of different Interest Periods as the Administrative Agent may agree from time to time).

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrowers shall not, nor shall they be entitled to, request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date applicable to the relevant Revolving Loans.

Section 2.03 Requests for Borrowings.

(a) Each Borrowing of Revolving Loans, each conversion of Revolving Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Adjusted Term SOFR Loans shall be made upon irrevocable notice by the applicable Borrower to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by (A) telephone or (B) a Borrowing Request; provided that any telephonic notice must be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Borrowing Request (provided that notices in respect of Borrowings (x) to be made on the Closing Date may be conditioned on the closing of the Acquisition and (y) to be made in connection with any acquisition, investment or irrevocable repayment or redemption of Indebtedness may be conditioned on the closing of such Permitted Acquisition, permitted Investment or permitted irrevocable repayment or redemption of Indebtedness). Each such notice must be in the form of a Borrowing Request or Interest Election Request, as the case may be, appropriately completed and signed by an Officer of the applicable Borrower or by telephone (and promptly confirmed by delivery of a written Borrowing Request or Interest Election Request, appropriately completed and signed by an Officer of the applicable Borrower) and must be received by the Administrative Agent (by hand delivery, fax or other electronic transmission (including “.pdf” or “.tiff”)) not later than (i) 2:00 p.m. three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of or continuation of Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans (or two Business

 

142


Days in the case of any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing to be made on the Closing Date) or any conversion of ABR Loans to Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans, in each case denominated in Euros, (ii) 2:00 p.m. one Business Day prior to the requested date of any Borrowing for or conversion to ABR Loans by a U.S. Borrower in Dollars (and 2:00 p.m. two Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing for or conversion to ABR Loans by a German Borrower in Dollars) (or, in each case, such later time as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) and, (iii) 2:00 p.m. three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of or continuation of Adjusted Term SOFR Loans denominated in Dollars or any conversion of ABR Loans to Adjusted Term SOFR Loans and (iv) 11:00 a.m. four Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of or continuation of Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Alternate Currencies; provided that, if the Borrowers wishes to request Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans having an Interest Period of other than one, three or six months in duration as provided in the definition of “Interest Period” (A) the applicable notice from the Borrowers must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. four Business Days prior to the requested date of the relevant Borrowing (or such later time as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), conversion or continuation, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the appropriate Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is available to them and (B) not later than 12:00 p.m. three Business Days before the requested date of the relevant Borrowing, conversion or continuation, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers whether or not the requested Interest Period is available to and has been approved by the appropriate Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(b) Each Borrowing Request will specify the currency in which such Revolving Loans are to be made. If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be (i) if a Loan to a U.S. Borrowers an ABR Borrowing in Dollars and (ii) if to a German Borrower an Adjusteda Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing in Euros. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing or Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing, as applicable, then the Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. The Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details and amount of any Revolving Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing (x) in the case of any ABR Borrowing, on the same Business Day of receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section or (y) in the case of any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing or Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing, no later than one Business Day following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section. No Revolving Loan may be converted into or continued as a Revolving Loan denominated in a different currency, but instead must be repaid in the currency in which such Revolving Loan was originally denominated and reborrowed in the relevant other currency.

Section 2.04 Swingline Loans and Overadvances.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrowers in Dollars or Euros, from time to time during the Availability Period; provided that (i) after giving effect to any Swingline Loan, the Swingline Exposure does not exceed the Swingline Sublimit, (ii) no Swingline Lender shall be required to make any Swingline Loan to refinance any outstanding Swingline Loan, (iii) after giving effect to any Swingline Loan, the Total Revolving Credit Exposure does not exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect, (iv) after giving effect to any Swingline Loan, the Total Revolving

 

143


Credit Exposure does not exceed the Line Cap then in effect, (v) after giving effect to any Swingline Loan. the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of any individual German Borrower does not exceed the German Sub-Borrowing Base for such German Borrower and (vi) after giving effect to any Swingline Loan, the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of all U.S. Borrowers does not exceed the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base. Each Swingline Loan shall be in a minimum principal amount of not less than €100,000 or such lesser amount as may be agreed by the Swingline Lender; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing in this sentence (but subject to the limitations of the preceding sentence), any Swingline Loan may be in an aggregate amount that is (1) equal to the aggregate unused Aggregate Commitments or (2) required to finance the reimbursement of a LC Disbursement with respect to a Letter of Credit as contemplated by Section 2.05(e). Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Swingline Loans may be borrowed, prepaid and reborrowed. To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrowers shall notify the applicable Swingline Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such request by telephone, confirmed by delivery of a written Borrowing Request, appropriately completed and signed by an Officer of the applicable Borrower, not later than 12:00 p.m. on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. The applicable Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the applicable Borrower by means of a credit to the account designated in the related Borrowing Request or otherwise in accordance with the instructions of the applicable Borrower (including, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of any LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e), by remittance to the applicable Issuing Bank).

(b) Any Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. on any Business Day require the Lenders to purchase participations on the same Business Day as receipt of such notice in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans. Each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or any reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by effecting a wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.07 with respect to Revolving Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.07 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders pursuant to this Section 2.04(b)), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the applicable Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers of any participation in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this Section 2.04(b), and thereafter, payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the applicable Swingline Lender from the Borrowers in respect of any Swingline Loan after receipt by such Swingline Lender of the proceeds of any sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted by such Swingline Lender to the Administrative Agent, and any such amount received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that

 

144


have made their payments pursuant to this Section 2.04(b) and to the applicable Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the applicable Swingline Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, and thereafter to the Borrowers, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrowers for any reason. The purchase of participations in any Swingline Loan pursuant to this Section 2.04(b) shall not relieve the Borrowers of any default in the payment thereof.

(c) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Swingline Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04 by the time specified in Section 2.04(b), the applicable Swingline Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the applicable Swingline Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. A certificate of the applicable Swingline Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (c) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Swingline Lender may, upon ten days’ prior written notice to the Borrowers, resign as Swingline Lender, which resignation shall be effective as of the date referenced in such notice (but in no event less than ten days after the delivery of such written notice). In the event of any such resignation, the Borrowers shall be entitled to appoint any Lender that is willing to accept such appointment as successor Swingline Lender hereunder. Upon the acceptance of any such appointment, the successor Swingline Lender shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Swingline Lender, and the retiring Swingline Lender, as applicable, shall be discharged from its duties and obligations in such capacity hereunder. In the event that the Swingline Lender resigns in accordance with this Section 2.04(d) and no replacement Swingline Lender is appointed, the Borrowers shall promptly repay all outstanding Swingline Loans on the effective date of such resignation (which repayment may be effectuated with the proceeds of a Borrowing of Revolving Loans).

(e) Any provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, at the request of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent may in its sole discretion (but with absolutely no obligation), make Revolving Loans to the Borrowers, on behalf of the Lenders, in amounts that exceed Excess Availability (any such excess Revolving Loans are herein referred to collectively as “Overadvances”); provided that, no Overadvance shall result in a Default due to the Borrowers’ failure to comply with Section 2.01 for so long as such Overadvance remains outstanding in accordance with the terms of this paragraph, but solely with respect to amount of such Overadvance. All Overadvances shall be denominated in Dollars and shall be ABR Borrowings. The authority of the Administrative Agent to make Overadvances is limited to an aggregate amount not to exceed, when taken together with any Protective Advances, ten percent (10%) of the Borrowing Base in effect at such time, each Overadvance shall mature and be due on the earliest of the earliest Maturity Date, demand by the Administrative Agent and thirty (30) days after such Overadvance is made and no Overadvance shall cause (x) any Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure to exceed its Commitments or (y) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure to exceed the Aggregate Commitments.

 

145


(f) Each Overadvance shall be secured by the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent on the Collateral and shall constitute Obligations hereunder. The Administrative Agent’s authorization to make Overadvances may be revoked at any time by the Required Lenders. Any such revocation must be in writing and shall become effective prospectively upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt thereof. The making of an Overadvance on any one occasion shall not obligate the Administrative Agent to make any Overadvance on any other occasion.

(g) Upon the making of an Overadvance by the Administrative Agent, each Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably purchased from the Administrative Agent without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such Overadvance in proportion to its Applicable Percentage and, upon demand by the Administrative Agent, shall fund such participation to the Administrative Agent.

Section 2.05 Letters of Credit.

(a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (i) each Issuing Bank agrees, in each case in reliance upon (among other things) the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.05, (A) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date to the fifth Business Day prior to the Latest Maturity Date, upon the request of any Borrower, to issue Letters of Credit denominated in Euros or any Alternate Currency issued on sight basis only for the account of the Borrowers and/or any applicable Restricted Subsidiary (provided that a Borrower will be the applicant) and to amend or renew Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.05(b), and (B) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit and (ii) the Lenders severally agree to participate in the Letters of Credit issued under this Section 2.05(a) in accordance with the terms of Section 2.05(d). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, on the Closing Date, Letters of Credit may only be issued to replace or provide credit support for any existing letters of credit issued for the account of the Borrowers and/or any applicable Restricted Subsidiary. No Issuing Bank shall be required to issue (1) Commercial Letters of Credit without the prior written consent of such Issuing Bank, (2) Letters of Credit to the extent the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more generally applicable policies of such Issuing Bank in place at the time of such request or (3) with respect to any Issuing Bank identified in clause (a) of the definition thereof, Letters of Credit if, after giving effect thereto, the LC Exposure in respect of Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank would exceed its LC Commitment, unless otherwise agreed to by such Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers.

(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of any Letter of Credit, the applicable Borrower shall deliver to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent, at least three Business Days in advance of the requested date of issuance (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank), a Letter of Credit Request. To request an amendment, extension or renewal of an outstanding Letter of Credit, (other than any automatic extension of a Letter of Credit permitted under Section 2.05(c)) the applicable Borrower shall submit a Letter of Credit Request to the applicable Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) at least three Business Days in advance of the

 

146


requested date of amendment, extension or renewal (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank), identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, extended or renewed, and specifying the proposed date (which shall be a Business Day) and other details of the amendment, extension or renewal. If requested by the applicable Issuing Bank in connection with any request for any Letter of Credit, the applicable Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on such Issuing Bank’s standard form. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the applicable Borrower to, or entered into by the applicable Borrower with, the applicable Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. No Letter of Credit, letter of credit application or other document entered into by a Borrower with any Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit shall contain any representation or warranty, covenant or Event of Default not set forth in this Agreement (and to the extent inconsistent herewith shall be rendered null and void (or reformed automatically without further action by any Person to conform to the terms of this Agreement)), and all representations and warranties, covenants and events of default set forth therein shall contain standards, qualifications, thresholds and exceptions for materiality or otherwise consistent with those set forth in this Agreement (and, to the extent inconsistent herewith, shall be deemed to automatically incorporate the applicable standards, qualifications, thresholds and exceptions set forth herein without action by any Person). No Letter of Credit may be issued, amended, extended or renewed unless (and on the issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of each Letter of Credit, the Borrowers shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, extension, or renewal (i) the LC Exposure does not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure does not exceed the Line Cap then in effect, (iii) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure does not exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect, (iv) no Issuing Bank’s LC Exposure exceeds such Issuing Bank’s LC Commitment unless otherwise agreed to by such Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, (v) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of any individual German Borrower does not exceed the German Sub-Borrowing Base for such German Borrower, (vi) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of all U.S. Borrowers does not exceed the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base and (vii) if such Letter of Credit has a term that extends beyond the Maturity Date applicable to any Class of Commitments, the aggregate amount of the LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit expiring after such Maturity Date does not exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments then in effect that are scheduled to remain in effect after such Maturity Date.

(c) Expiration Date.

(i) No Standby Letter of Credit shall expire later than the earlier of (A) the date that is one year after the date of the issuance of such Standby Letter of Credit and (B) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Latest Maturity Date; provided that, any Standby Letter of Credit may provide for the automatic extension thereof for any number of additional periods of up to one year in duration (which additional periods shall not extend beyond the date referred to in the preceding subclause (B) unless 105% of the then-available balance thereof is Cash collateralized or backstopped on or before the date on which such Letter of Credit is extended beyond the date referred to in subclause (B) above pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Bank).

 

147


(ii) No Commercial Letter of Credit shall expire later than the earlier to occur of (A) 180 days after the issuance thereof (or such later date to which the relevant Issuing Bank may agree) and (B) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Latest Maturity Date.

(d) Participations. By the issuance of any Letter of Credit (or an amendment to any Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the applicable Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the applicable Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each such Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by such Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrowers on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment that is required to be refunded to the Borrowers for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of any Default or Event of Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e) Reimbursement.

(i) If the applicable Issuing Bank makes any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrowers shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to such Issuing Bank an amount equal to the amount of such LC Disbursement not later than 2:00 p.m. one Business Day immediately following the date on which the Borrowers receive notice of such LC Disbursement under paragraph (g) of this Section; provided, that the Borrowers may, without satisfying the conditions to Borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or Section 2.04 that such payment be financed with (x) in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars, an ABR Revolving Loan or a Swingline Loan or (y) in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in Euros or an Alternate Currency (other than Dollars or British Pounds Sterling), an Adjusteda Eurocurrency Rate Revolving Loan (any Revolving Loan described in clause (x) or (y), a “Letter of Credit Reimbursement Loan”) in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the obligation of the Borrowers to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Revolving Loan or Swingline Loan. The relevant Issuing Bank shall immediately notify the Administrative Agent of any payment made by the Borrowers in accordance with the terms of the preceding sentence (without giving effect to the proviso therein). If the Borrowers fail to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrowers in respect thereof and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrowers, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.07 with respect to Revolving Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.07 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders),

 

148


and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrowers pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent Lenders have made payments to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear.

(ii) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.05(e) by the time specified therein, such Issuing Bank shall be entitled to recover from such Revolving Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such Issuing Bank at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate (or in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in any Alternate Currency, the Administrative Agent’s customary rate for interbank advances in the Alternate Currency in which such Letter of Credit is denominated) from time to time in effect and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. A certificate of the applicable Issuing Bank submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (ii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(f) Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Borrowers to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute and unconditional and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision herein or therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the applicable Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder or (v) any payment made by an Issuing Bank in respect of an otherwise complying item presented after the date specified as the expiration date of, or the date by which documents must be received under such Letter of Credit if presentation after such date is authorized by the UCC, the ISP or the UCP or the express terms of the Letter of Credit, as applicable. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor any Issuing Bank, nor any of their respective Related Parties shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms, any error in translation or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of such Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse such Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrowers to the extent of any direct damages suffered by the Borrowers that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s

 

149


failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of applicable Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of any Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g) Disbursement Procedures. The applicable Issuing Bank shall, within the period stipulated by terms and conditions of the applicable Letter of Credit, following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. After examination and provided drawing document(s) are compliant, such Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers by telephone (confirmed by electronic means) upon any LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that no failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall relieve the Borrowers of its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement within the time period prescribed in Section 2.05(e).

(h) Interim Interest. If any Issuing Bank makes any LC Disbursement, unless the Borrowers reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrowers reimburse such LC Disbursement (or the date on which such LC Disbursement is reimbursed with the proceeds of Revolving Loans, as applicable), at the rate per annum then applicable to (x) in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars, Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans and (y) in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in Euros or any Alternate Currency (other than Dollars and British Pounds Sterling), Revolving Loans denominated in Euros or such Alternate Currency that are Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans; provided that if the Borrowers fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.13(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment and shall be payable on the date on which the Borrowers is required to reimburse the applicable LC Disbursement in full (and, thereafter, on demand).

(i) Replacement or Resignation of an Issuing Bank or Designation of New Issuing Banks.

(i) Any Issuing Bank may be replaced with the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and the Borrowers at any time by written agreement among the German Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of an Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement becomes effective, the

 

150


Borrowers shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12(b)(ii). From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the replaced Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank”, shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of any Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(ii) The Borrowers may, at any time and from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and the relevant Lender, designate one or more additional applicable Lenders to act as an issuing bank under the terms of this Agreement. Any applicable Lender designated as an issuing bank pursuant to this paragraph (ii) who agrees in writing to such designation shall be deemed to be an “Issuing Bank” (in addition to being a Lender) in respect of Letters of Credit issued or to be issued by such Lender, and, with respect to such Letters of Credit, such term shall thereafter apply to the other Issuing Bank and such Lender.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each Issuing Bank may, upon ten days’ prior written notice to the Borrowers, each other Issuing Bank and the Lenders resign as Issuing Bank which resignation shall be effective as of the later of (x) the appointment of a replacement Issuing Bank and (y) the date referenced in such notice (but in no event less than ten days after the delivery of such written notice); it being understood that in the event of any such resignation, any Letter of Credit issued by such resigning Issuing Bank then outstanding shall remain outstanding (irrespective of whether any amount has been drawn at such time). In the event of any such resignation as an Issuing Bank, the Borrowers shall be entitled to appoint any Lender that accepts such appointment in writing as a successor Issuing Bank. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Issuing Bank hereunder, the successor Issuing Bank shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank, and the retiring Issuing Bank shall be discharged from its duties and obligations in such capacity hereunder.

(j) Cash Collateralization.

(i) If any Event of Default exists and (if any are then outstanding) the Revolving Loans have been declared due and payable in accordance with Article 7 hereof, then on the Business Day on which the Borrowers receive notice from the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders demanding the deposit of Cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph (j), the Borrowers shall deposit, in an interest-bearing account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders and each Issuing Bank (the “LC Collateral Account”), an amount in Cash equal to 105% of the LC Exposure as of such date (minus the amount then on deposit in the LC Collateral Account); provided that the obligation to deposit such Cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrowers described in Section 7.01(f), or (g).

 

151


(ii) Any such deposit in the LC Collateral Account shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (j). The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over the LC Collateral Accounts. The Borrowers hereby grant the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority security interest in the LC Collateral Accounts. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in the applicable LC Collateral Accounts. Moneys in the LC Collateral Account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrowers for the LC Exposure at such time or, subject to the consent of the Required Lenders, applied to satisfy other Secured Obligations. The amount of any Cash Collateral posted in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.05(j) (together with all interest and other earnings with respect thereto, to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrowers promptly but in no event later than three Business Days after the Event of Default giving rise to the obligation to do so has been cured or waived.

(k) Applicability of ISP and UCP; Limitation of Liability. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank and the requesting Borrower, when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall be stated therein to apply to each Standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the UCP shall be stated therein to apply to each commercial Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Issuing Bank shall be responsible to any Borrower for, and each Issuing Bank’s rights and remedies against the Borrowers shall not be impaired by, any action or inaction of such Issuing Bank required or permitted under any Law, order, or practice that is required or permitted to be applied to any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, including the Law or any order of a jurisdiction where such Issuing Bank or the beneficiary is located, the practice stated in the ISP or UCP, as applicable, or in the decisions, opinions, practice statements, or official commentary of the ICC Banking Commission, the Bankers Association for Finance and Trade (BAFT), or the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any Letter of Credit chooses such law or practice.

Section 2.06 Protective Advances.

(a) Subject to the limitations set forth below (and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.02), the Administrative Agent is authorized by the Borrowers and the Lenders, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion (but with absolutely no obligation) to make Revolving Loans to the Borrowers, on behalf of the Lenders at any time that any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 has not been satisfied or waived, which the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, deems necessary or desirable (i) to preserve or protect the Collateral, or any portion thereof, (ii) to enhance the likelihood of, or maximize the amount of, repayment of the Revolving Loans and other Secured Obligations or (iii) to pay any other amount chargeable to or required to be paid by the Borrowers or any other Loan Party

 

152


pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including payments of reimbursable expenses (including costs, fees, and expenses as described in Section 9.03) and other sums, in each case to the extent due and payable (and not in dispute by the Borrowers (acting in good faith)) under the Loan Documents (each such Revolving Loan, a “Protective Advance”). All Protective Advances shall be denominated in Dollars and shall be ABR Borrowings. Protective Advances may be made even if such Protective Advances would cause the Total Revolving Credit Exposure to exceed the Line Cap and/or the limitations of a German Sub-Borrowing Base would be exceeded; provided that no Protective Advance may be made to the extent that, after giving effect to such Protective Advance, (x) the aggregate principal amount of Protective Advances and Overadvances outstanding hereunder would exceed 10.0% of the Borrowing Base as determined on the date of such proposed Protective Advance, (y) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Aggregate Commitments or (z) any Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed its Commitment.

(b) Each Protective Advance shall be secured by the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent on the Collateral and shall constitute Obligations hereunder. Each Protective Advance shall be repaid by the Borrowers upon demand by the Administrative Agent and in no event later than 45 days after such Protective Advances are made. The making of a Protective Advance on any one occasion shall not obligate the Administrative Agent to make any Protective Advance on any other occasion. At any time that the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 have been satisfied or waived, the Administrative Agent may request the Lenders to make a Revolving Loan to repay any Protective Advance.

(c) Upon the making of a Protective Advance by the Administrative Agent (whether before or after the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default), each Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, unconditionally and irrevocably to have purchased from the Administrative Agent without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such Protective Advance in proportion to its Applicable Percentage, and, upon demand by the Administrative Agent, shall fund such participation to the Administrative Agent.

Section 2.07 Funding of Borrowings.

(a) Each Lender shall make each Revolving Loan to be made by it hereunder not later than (i) 1:00 p.m., in the case of Euro and Dollar Euro-denominated Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans and Dollar-denominated Adjusted Term SOFR Loans, (ii) 3:00 p.m., in the case of ABR Loans, and (iii) the Applicable Time, in the case of Alternate Currency (other than Dollars) denominated Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans, in each case on the Business Day specified in the applicable Borrowing Request by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders in an amount equal to such Lender’s respective Applicable Percentage; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrowers by promptly crediting the amounts so received on the same Business Day, in like funds, to the account designated in the relevant Borrowing Request or as otherwise directed in writing by the applicable Borrower; provided that Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of any LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Issuing Bank.

 

153


(b) Unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from any Lender that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of any Borrowing prior to the proposed date of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make a corresponding amount available to the Borrowers. In such event, if any Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrowers severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent (without duplication) such corresponding amount with interest thereon forthwith on demand for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrowers to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, with respect to any Borrowing in Dollars, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate (or in the case of any Borrowing denominated in Euro or any Alternate Currency (other than Dollars), the Administrative Agent’s customary rate for interbank advances in the Alternate Currency in which such Borrowing is denominated) and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrowers, the interest rate applicable to the Revolving Loans comprising such Borrowing at such time. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Loan included in such Borrowing, and the obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Administrative Agent the corresponding amount pursuant to this Section 2.07(b) shall cease. If the Borrowers pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, the amount so paid shall constitute a repayment of such Borrowing by such amount. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent or the Borrower or any other Loan Party may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

Section 2.08 Type; Interest Elections.

(a) Each Borrowing shall initially be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing or Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing, shall have the initial Interest Period specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrowers may elect to convert any Borrowing to a Borrowing of a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of an Adjusteda Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing or Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrowers may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders based upon their respective Applicable Percentages, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This section shall not apply to Swingline Loans, which may not be converted or continued.

(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section 2.08, the Borrowers shall deliver an Interest Election Request in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03(a).

(c) If any such Interest Election Request requests an Adjusteda Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing or Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrowers shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

 

154


(d) Promptly following receipt of each Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each applicable Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the applicable Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing or Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, such Borrowing shall be converted at the end of such Interest Period to an Adjusteda Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing or an Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing, as applicable, with an Interest Period of one month. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if an Event of Default exists and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrowers, then, so long as such Event of Default exists (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as an Adjusteda Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing or an Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing, as applicable, and (ii) unless repaid, each Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing or Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing, as applicable, shall be, (x) if denominated in Euros or an Alternate Currency (other than Dollars), be converted into a Borrowing of ABR Loans denominated in Dollars in the Euro Equivalent of the amount of such outstanding Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan at the end of the applicable Interest Period or (y) if denominated in Dollars, converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the then-current Interest Period applicable thereto.

Section 2.09 Termination and Reduction of Commitments.

(a) Unless previously terminated, (i) the Initial Commitments shall automatically terminate on the Initial Revolving Credit Maturity Date, and (ii) the Additional Commitments of any Class shall automatically terminate on the Maturity Date specified therefor in the applicable Extension Amendment.

(b) Upon delivery of the notice required by Section 2.09(c), the Borrowers may at any time terminate or from time to time reduce, the Commitments of any Class; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of €1,000,000 and not less than €1,000,000, (ii) in the event that the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swingline Sublimit exceeds the Aggregate Commitments, each such sublimit shall be automatically and immediately reduced to the extent of such excess, (iii) the Borrowers shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments of any Class if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans, (A) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Exposure attributable to the Commitments of such Class would exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments of such Class or (B) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Line Cap, (C) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of any individual German Borrower would exceed the German Sub-Borrowing Base for such German Borrower or (D) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of all U.S. Borrowers would exceed the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base; provided that, after the establishment of any Additional Commitment, any such termination or reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be subject to the provisions set forth in Section 2.11(a) and Section 2.23 and/or 9.02, as applicable.

 

155


(c) The Borrowers shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce any Commitment under paragraph (b) of this Section 2.09 in writing at least three (3) Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction (or such later date to which the Administrative Agent may agree), specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of each applicable Class of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 2.09(c) shall be irrevocable; provided that any such notice may state that it is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other transactions, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrowers (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of any Commitment pursuant to this Section 2.09 shall be permanent. Upon any reduction of any Commitment, the Commitment of each Lender of the relevant Class shall be reduced by such Lender’s Applicable Class Percentage of the amount of such reduction.

Section 2.10 Repayment of Revolving Loans; Evidence of Debt.

(a) The Borrowers hereby promise to pay in Euros or the relevant Alternate Currency in which such Revolving Loan was borrowed (A) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender, the then-unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Loans of such Lender on the Maturity Date applicable thereto, and (B) to the Swingline Lender, the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of (i) the date that is 10 Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made and (ii) the Latest Maturity Date.

(i) On the Maturity Date applicable to the Commitments of any Class, the Borrowers shall (A) cause outstanding Letters of Credit to be returned for cancellation (or alternatively, with respect to each outstanding Letter of Credit, furnish to the Administrative Agent a Cash deposit (or if reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Bank, a “backstop” letter of credit)) equal to 105% of the LC Exposure (minus any amount then on deposit in any Cash collateral account established for the benefit of the Issuing Banks) as of such date, in each case to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of the Total Revolving Credit Exposure (calculated, for this purpose, as if any LC Exposure so backstopped or Cash collateralized is not Total Revolving Credit Exposure) shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect, (B) prepay Swingline Loans to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of the Total Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments then in effect and (C) make payment in full in Cash of all accrued and unpaid fees and all reimbursable expenses and other Obligations with respect to the Revolving Facility of the applicable Class then due, together with accrued and unpaid interest (if any) thereon.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from each Revolving Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Revolving Loan made hereunder and the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period (if any) applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the accounts of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks and each Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s share thereof.

 

156


(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Section 2.10 shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein (absent manifest error); provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any manifest error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Revolving Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, further, that in the event of any inconsistency between the accounts maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section 2.10 and any Lender’s records, the accounts of the Administrative Agent shall govern.

(e) Any Lender may request that any Revolving Loan made by it be evidenced by a Promissory Note. In such event, the Borrowers shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a Promissory Note that is payable to such Lender and its registered permitted assigns; it being understood and agreed that such Lender (and/or its applicable permitted assign) shall be required to return such Promissory Note to the Borrowers in accordance with Section 9.05(b)(iii) and upon the occurrence of the Termination Date (or as promptly thereafter as practicable). If any Lender loses the original copy of its Promissory Note, it shall execute an affidavit of loss containing an indemnification provision that is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrowers. The obligation of each Lender to execute an affidavit of loss containing an indemnification provision that is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrowers shall survive the Termination Date.

Section 2.11 Prepayment of Revolving Loans.

(a) Optional Prepayments.

(i) Upon prior notice in accordance with paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section, the Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay, in Euros or the relevant Alternate Currency in which such Loan was borrowed, as applicable, any Borrowing of Revolving Loans of any Class or any Borrowing of its Swingline Loans, in whole or in part without premium or penalty (but subject to Section 2.16): provided that (A) after the establishment of any Additional Commitment, any such prepayment of any Borrowing of Revolving Loans of any Class shall be subject to the provisions set forth in Section 2.23 and/or 9.02, as applicable and (b) no borrowing of Revolving Loans may be prepaid unless all Swingline Loans then outstanding, if any, are prepaid concurrently therewith. Each such prepayment shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Class Percentages of the relevant Class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers shall not voluntarily prepay Extended Revolving Loans or permanently reduce the corresponding Extended Commitments unless such prepayment is accompanied by a pro rata repayment of the Revolving Loans of every other Class or a permanent reduction of the corresponding Commitments of the Revolving Lenders (as applicable).

 

157


(ii) The Borrowers shall notify the Administrative Agent (and the applicable Swingline Lender, as applicable) in writing of any prepayment under this Section 2.11(a) in the form of a Prepayment Notice in the case of any prepayment of (i) an Adjusteda Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing denominated in Euros or Dollars, not later than 1:00 p.m. three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) an Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing denominated in Dollars, not later than 1:00 p.m. three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (iii) an ABR Borrowing, not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day of prepayment, (iiiiv ) a Swingline Loan, not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of prepayment and (ivvan Adjusteda Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing denominated an Alternate Currency (other than Dollars), not later than 11:00 a.m. four Business Days before the date of prepayment (or, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), such later time as to which the Administrative Agent may agree). Each such Prepayment Notice shall be irrevocable (except as set forth in the proviso to this sentence) and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that any Prepayment Notice delivered by the Borrowers may be conditioned upon the effectiveness of other transactions, in which case such Prepayment Notice may be revoked by the Borrowers (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Promptly following receipt of any such Prepayment Notice relating to any Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the applicable Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount at least equal to the amount that would be permitted in the case of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02(c), or such lesser amount that is then outstanding with respect to such Borrowing being repaid (and in increments of €100,000 in excess thereof or such lesser incremental amount that is then outstanding with respect to such Borrowing being repaid).

(iii) Subject to Section 5.12(g), at all times after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Period and after notification thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers, on each Business Day, at or before 1:00 p.m., New York City time, the Administrative Agent shall apply all immediately available funds credited to the Administrative Agent Account or otherwise received by Administrative Agent for application to the Secured Obligations to the extent such funds constitute Collateral, in accordance with Section 2.18(b).

(b) Mandatory Prepayments.

(i) In the event that on any Revaluation Date (after giving effect to the determination of the Outstanding Amount of each Revolving Loan and the aggregate amount of Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure), (A) (i) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the Line Cap then in effect and/ or (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure outstanding to a German Borrower exceeds such German Borrower’s German Sub-Borrowing Base, the Borrowers and/or the relevant German Borrower, as the case may be shall, within one Business Day of receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent, prepay Revolving Loans (and/or Cash collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit at 100% of the available balance thereof), in an aggregate amount sufficient to (i) reduce such Total Revolving Credit Exposure (calculated, for this purpose, as if any LC Exposure so Cash collateralized is not Total Revolving Credit Exposure) to an amount not to exceed 100% of the Line Cap then in effect and (ii) reduce such Total Revolving Credit Exposure (calculated, for this purpose, as if any LC Exposure so Cash collateralized is not Total Revolving Credit Exposure) outstanding to the relevant German Borrower to an amount

 

158


not to exceed 100% of such German Borrower’s German Sub-Borrowing Base then in effect, (B) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of any individual German Borrower would exceed the German Sub-Borrowing Base for such German Borrower then in effect, such German Borrower shall, within one Business Day of receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent, prepay Revolving Loans (and/or Cash collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit at 100% of the available balance thereof), in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such Total Revolving Credit Exposure of such German Borrower (calculated, for this purpose, as if any LC Exposure so Cash collateralized is not Total Revolving Credit Exposure) to an amount not to exceed 100% of the German Sub-Borrowing Base for such German Borrower then in effect and (C) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of the U.S. Borrowers would exceed the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base then in effect, the U.S. Borrowers shall, within one Business Day of receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent, prepay Revolving Loans (and/or Cash collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit at 100% of the available balance thereof), in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such Total Revolving Credit Exposure of the U.S. Borrowers (calculated, for this purpose, as if any LC Exposure so Cash collateralized is not Total Revolving Credit Exposure) to an amount not to exceed 100% of the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base then in effect.

(ii) Each prepayment of any Borrowing under this Section 2.11(b) shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.

(iii) Prepayments made under this Section 2.11(b) shall be (A) accompanied by accrued interest as required by Section 2.13 and (B) subject to Section 2.16, but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty.

Section 2.12 Fees.

(a) The Borrowers agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Initial Revolving Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) a commitment fee, which shall accrue at a rate equal to the Commitment Fee Rate per annum applicable to the Initial Commitments on the average daily amount of the unused Initial Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Closing Date to the date on which such Initial Revolving Lender’s Initial Commitment terminates. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the first calendar day of each January, April, July and October (commencing July 1, 2021) for the quarterly period then ended (or, in the case of the payment to be made on July 1, 2021, for the period from the Closing Date through and including June 30, 2021), and on the date on which the Initial Commitments terminate. For purposes of calculating the commitment fee only, the Initial Commitment of any Initial Revolving Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of Initial Revolving Loans of such Initial Revolving Lender and the LC Exposure of such Initial Revolving Lender attributable to its Initial Commitment, and no portion of the Initial Commitment shall be deemed used as a result of outstanding Swingline Loans.

(b) (i) The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Initial Revolving Loans that are Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans on the daily available balance under such Lender’s LC

 

159


Exposure that is attributable to Letters of Credit (excluding any portion thereof that is attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements), during the period from and including the Closing Date to the earlier of (A) the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure that is attributable to Letters of Credit and (B) the Termination Date and (ii) the Borrowers agree to pay to each Issuing Bank, for its own account, a fronting fee, in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank for the period from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to the earliest of (A) the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, (B) the date on which such Letter of Credit terminates or (C) the Termination Date, computed at a rate equal to 0.125% per annum of the daily available balance under such Letter of Credit. Participation fees and fronting fees shall accrue through and including the last day of each December, March, June and September and be payable in arrears for the quarterly period then ended on the first calendar day of each January, April, July and October (commencing July 1, 2021 for the period from the Closing Date through and including June 30, 2021); provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Commitments of any applicable Class terminate. In addition, the Borrowers shall pay to each Issuing Bank, for its own account, all customary charges associated with the issuance, amending, negotiating, payment, processing, transfer and administration of Letters of Credit, in each case which charges shall be paid as and when incurred.

(c) The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for their own account, the annual administration fee described in the Closing Date Fee Letter.

(d) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in Euros and in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or the applicable Issuing Bank, in the case of any fee payable to any Issuing Bank). Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances except as otherwise provided in the Fee Letters. Fees payable hereunder shall accrue through and including the last day of the month immediately preceding the applicable fee payment date.

(e) Unless otherwise indicated herein, all computations of fees shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and shall be payable for the actual days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The determination by the Administrative Agent of the amount of any fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Section 2.13 Interest.

(a) The Revolving Loans (including Swingline Loans) that comprise each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) The Revolving Loans that comprise (i) each Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate and (ii) each Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted Term SOFR for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

 

160


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing but in all cases subject to Section 9.05(f), (x) if any principal of or interest on any Revolving Loan, any LC Disbursement or any fee or premium payable by the Borrowers hereunder is not, in each case, paid or reimbursed when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, and/or (y) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 7.01(f), or (g) then, in the case of clause (x), the relevant overdue amounts and, in addition (but without duplication), in the case of clause (y), the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans shall bear interest, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal or interest of any Revolving Loan or LC Disbursement, 2.00% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Revolving Loan or LC Disbursement as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2.00% plus the rate applicable to Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section; provided that no amount shall accrue pursuant to this Section 2.13(d) on any overdue amount, LC Disbursement or other amount payable to a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

(d) Accrued interest on each Revolving Loan and Swingline Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Revolving Loan or Swingline Loan and (i) on the Maturity Date applicable to such Revolving Loan, (ii) in the case of a Revolving Loan of any Class, upon termination of the Commitments of such Class and (iii) in the case of any Swingline Loan, upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments, as applicable; provided that (A) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (B) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Revolving Loan (other than an ABR Revolving Loan of any Class prior to the termination of the Commitments of such Class) or Swingline Loan, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (C) in the event of any conversion of any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Adjusted Term SOFR Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Revolving Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day) or, in the case of interest in respect of Loans denominated in Alternate Currencies as to which market practice differs from the foregoing, in accordance with such market practice. The applicable Alternate Base Rate and, Adjusted Term SOFR and Eurocurrency Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Interest shall accrue on each Revolving Loan for the day on which the Revolving Loan is made and shall not accrue on a Revolving Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Revolving Loan or such portion is paid; provided that any Revolving Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall bear interest for one day.

(f) In connection with the use or administration of any USD Benchmark, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Conforming Changes will become effective upon receipt of the consent of the Administrative Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) but without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of the effectiveness of any Conforming Changes in connection with the use or administration of any USD Benchmark.

 

161


Section 2.14 Alternate Rate of Interest.

(1) With respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, subject to Section 2.24,

(a) If in connection with any request for an Adjusteda Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing or a conversion to or continuation thereof:

(i) the Administrative Agent determines that (A) deposits (whether in Euros or an Alternate Currency other than Dollars) are not being offered to banks in the applicable offshore interbank eurodollar market for such currency for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing, (B) (x) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing (whether in Euros or an Alternate Currency) or in connection with an existing or proposed ABR Loan other than Dollars)and (y) the circumstances described in Section 2.14(1)(c)(i) do not apply, or (C) a fundamental change has occurred in the foreign exchange or interbank markets with respect to Euros or such Alternate Currency (other than Dollars) (including, without limitation, changes in national or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls) (in each case with respect to this clause (i), “Impacted Loans”); or

(ii) the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders determine that for any reason the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing (whether denominated in Euros or an Alternate Currency other than Dollars) does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing,

(iii) the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrowers and each Lender. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currencies shall be suspended, (to the extent of the affected Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Interest Periods), and (y) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurocurrency Rate component in determining the Alternate Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a determination by the Required Lenders described in clause (ii) of Section 2.14(a), until the Administrative Agent upon instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, (i) the Borrowers may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies (to the extent of the affected Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Interest Periods) or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of ABR Loans denominated in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent of the amount specified therein and (ii) (A) any outstanding affected Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars will be deemed to have been converted into ABR Loans at the end of the applicable Interest Period and (B) any outstanding affected Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Euros or an Alternate Currency (other than Dollars), at the Borrowers’ election, shall either (1) be converted into a Borrowing of ABR Loans denominated in Dollars in the

 

162


Dollar Equivalent of the amount of such outstanding Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan at the end of the applicable Interest Period or (2) be prepaid at the end of the applicable Interest Period in full; provided that if no election is made by the Borrowers by the earlier of (x) the date that is three Business Days after receipt by the Borrowers of such notice and (y) the last day of the current Interest Period for the applicable Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have elected clause (1) above.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent has made the determination described in clause (i) of Section 2.14(1)(a), the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Borrowers and Required Lenders, may establish an alternative interest rate for the Impacted Loans, in which case, such alternative rate of interest shall apply with respect to the Impacted Loans until (i) the Administrative Agent revokes the notice delivered with respect to the Impacted Loans under clause (i) of the first sentence of Section 2.14(1)(a), (ii) the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers that such alternative interest rate does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding the Impacted Loans, or (iii) any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its applicable lending office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to such alternative rate of interest or to determine or charge interest rates based upon such rate or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to do any of the foregoing and such Lender provides the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers written notice thereof.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), or the Borrowers or Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent (with, in the case of the Required Lenders, a copy to the Borrowers) that the Borrowers or Required Lenders (as applicable) have determined, that:

(i) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurocurrency Rate for an Applicable Currency for any requested Interest Period, including, without limitation, because the Screen Rate for such Applicable Currency is not available or published on a current basis and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary; or

(ii) the administrator of the Screen Rate for an Applicable Currency or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which the Eurocurrency Rate for an Applicable Currency or the Screen Rate for an Applicable Currency shall no longer be made available, or used for determining the interest rate of loans denominated in such Applicable Currency, provided that, in each case, at the time of such statement, there is no successor administrator that is satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that will continue to provide the Eurocurrency Rate for such Applicable Currency after such specific date (such specific date, the “Scheduled Unavailability Date”); or

(iii) syndicated loans currently being executed, or that include language similar to that contained in this Section 2.14, are being executed or amended (as applicable) to incorporate or adopt a new benchmark interest rate to replace the Eurocurrency Rate for an Applicable Currency,

 

163


then, reasonably promptly after such determination by the Administrative Agent or receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, as applicable, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers may amend this Agreement solely for the purpose of replacing the Eurocurrency Rate for the Applicable Currency in accordance with this Section 2.14 with (x) in the case of Dollars, one or more SOFR-Based Rates or (y) another alternate benchmark rate giving due consideration to any evolving or then existing convention for similar syndicated credit facilities syndicated in the U.S. and denominated in the Applicable Currency for such alternative benchmarks and, in each case, including any mathematical or other adjustments to such benchmark giving due consideration to any evolving or then existing convention for similar syndicated credit facilities syndicated in the U.S. and denominated in the Applicable Currency for such benchmarks, each of which adjustments or methods for calculating such adjustments shall be published on one or more information services as selected by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion and may be periodically updated (each, an “Adjustment;” and any such proposed rate, a “Successor Rate”), and any such amendment shall become effective at 5:00 p.m. on the fifth Business Day after the Administrative Agent shall have posted such proposed amendment to all Lenders and the Borrowers unless, prior to such time, Lenders comprising the Required Lenders have delivered to the Administrative Agent written notice that such Required Lenders (A), in the case of an amendment to replace the Eurocurrency Rate with respect to Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars with a rate described in clause (x), object to any Adjustment; or (B) in the case of an amendment to replace the Eurocurrency Rate with respect to Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in the Applicable Currency, with a Successor rRate described in clause (y), object to such amendment; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, in the case of clause (A), the Required Lenders shall not be entitled to object to any SOFR-Based Rate contained in any, object to such amendment. Such Successor Rate for the Applicable Currency shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such Successor Rate for such Applicable Currency shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent.

If no Successor Rate has been determined for the Applicable Currency and the circumstances under clause (i) above exist or the Scheduled Unavailability Date has occurred (as applicable), the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrowers and each Lender. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans in each such Applicable Currency shall be suspended (to the extent of the affected Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Interest Periods), and (y) the Eurocurrency Rate component shall no longer be utilized in determining the Alternate Base Rate. Upon receipt of such notice, (i) the Borrowers may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans in each such affected Applicable Currency (to the extent of the affected Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Interest Periods) or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted each such request into a request for a Borrowing of ABR Loans denominated in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent of the amount specified therein and (ii) (A) any outstanding affected Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars will be deemed to have been converted into ABR Loans at the end of the applicable Interest Period and (B) any outstanding affected Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Euros or an Alternate

 

164


Currency (other than Dollars), at the Borrowers’ election, shall either (1) be converted into a Borrowing of ABR Loans denominated in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of such outstanding Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan at the end of the applicable Interest Period or (2) be prepaid at the end of the applicable Interest Period in full; provided that if no election is made by the Borrowers by the earlier of (x) the date that is three Business Days after receipt by the Borrowers of such notice and (y) the last day of the current Interest Period for the applicable Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have elected clause (1) above.

In connection with the implementation of a Successor Rate for any currency, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Successor Rate Conforming Changes with respect to such currency from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Successor Rate Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement; provided that, with respect to any such amendment effected, the Administrative Agent shall post each such amendment implementing such Successor Rate Conforming Changes for the Applicable Currency to the Lenders reasonably promptly after such amendment becomes effective.

(2) With respect to any Adjusted Term SOFR Loan, subject to Section 2.24, if:

(a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that if Term SOFR is utilized in any calculations hereunder or under any other Loan Document with respect to any Obligations, interest, fees, commissions or other amounts, “Adjusted Term SOFR” cannot be determined pursuant to the definition thereof on or prior to the first day of any Interest Period; or

(b) the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for such Loan or a conversion thereto or a continuation thereof that, if Adjusted Term SOFR is utilized in any calculations hereunder or under any other Loan Document with respect to any Obligations, interest, fees, commissions or other amounts, Adjusted Term SOFR does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining such Loan during the applicable Interest Period the Required Lenders have provided notice of such determination to the Administrative Agent,

then, in each case, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrowers and each applicable Lender. Upon notice thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers, any obligation of the Lenders to make Adjusted Term SOFR Loans and any right of the Borrowers to convert any Loan to or continue any Loan as an Adjusted Term SOFR Loan shall be suspended (to the extent of the affected Adjusted Term SOFR Loans or the affected Interest Periods) until the Administrative Agent (with respect to clause (b), at the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, (A) the Borrowers may revoke any pending request for a borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Adjusted Term SOFR Loans to the extent of the affected Adjusted Term SOFR Loans or the affected Interest Periods) or, failing that, in the case of any request for an affected Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing in Dollars, the Borrowers will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to ABR Loans in the amount specified therein and (B) any outstanding affected Adjusted Term SOFR Loans will be deemed to have been converted into ABR Loans at the end of the applicable Interest Period. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrowers shall also

 

165


pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section Error! Reference source not found.. Subject to Section 2.24, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that “Adjusted Term SOFR” cannot be determined pursuant to the definition thereof on any given day, the interest rate on ABR Loans shall be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to clause (c) of the definition of “Alternate Base Rate” until the Administrative Agent revokes such determination.

Section 2.15 Increased Costs.

(a) If any Change in Law:

(i) imposes, modifies or deems applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate) or Issuing Bank;

(ii) subjects any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (f) of the definition of “Excluded Taxes” and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on or with respect to its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(iii) imposes on any Lender or Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Adjusted Term SOFR Loans, as applicable, made by any Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein,

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to the relevant Lender or such other Recipient of making or maintaining any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Adjusted Term SOFR Loan, as applicable (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Revolving Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) in respect of any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Letter of Credit or any Adjusted Term SOFR Loan or Letter of Credit, as applicable, in an amount deemed by such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient, as applicable, to be material, then, within 30 days after the Borrowers’ receipt of the certificate contemplated by paragraph (c) of this Section 2.15, the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, such other Recipient such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered; provided that the Borrowers shall not be liable for such compensation if (x) the relevant Change in Law occurs on a date prior to the date such Lender becomes a party hereto, (y) such Lender invokes Section 2.20 or (z) in the case of any request for reimbursement under clause (iii) of this Section 2.15(a) resulting from a market disruption, (A) the relevant circumstances do not generally affect the banking market or (B) the applicable request has not been made by Lenders constituting Required Lenders.

 

166


(b) If any Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient determines that any Change in Law regarding liquidity or capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s, such Issuing Bank’s or such other Recipient’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Revolving Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender or other Recipient, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient or such Lender’s, such Issuing Bank’s or such other Recipient’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law other than due to Taxes (taking into consideration such Lender’s, such Issuing Bank’s or such other Recipient’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s, such Issuing Bank’s or such other Recipient’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity), then within 30 days of receipt by the Borrowers of the certificate contemplated by paragraph (c) of this Section 2.15 the Borrowers will pay to such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient, as applicable, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient or such Lender’s, such Issuing Bank’s or such other Recipient’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) Any Lender, Issuing Bank or other Recipient requesting compensation under this Section 2.15 shall be required to deliver a certificate to the Borrowers that (i) sets forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such other Recipient or the holding company thereof, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 2.15, (ii) sets forth, in reasonable detail, the manner in which such amount or amounts were determined and (iii) certifies that such Lender or Issuing Bank is generally charging such amounts to similarly situated borrowers, which certificate shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided, however that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or Issuing Bank notifies the Borrowers of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided, further, that if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

Section 2.16 Break Funding Payments. Subject to Section 9.05(f), in the event of (a) the conversion or prepayment of any principal of any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Adjusted Term SOFR Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration or otherwise), (b) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Adjusted Term SOFR Loan on the date or in the amount specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto or (c) the assignment of any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Adjusted Term SOFR Loan of any Lender other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.19, then, in any such event, the Borrowers shall compensate each Lender for the amount of any actual out-of-pocket loss, actual expense and/or liability (including any loss, expense or liability incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds required by such Lender to fund or maintain Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Adjusted

 

167


Term SOFR Loans, as applicable, but excluding loss of anticipated profit) that such Lender may incur or sustain as a result of such event. Any Lender requesting compensation under this Section 2.16 shall be required to deliver a certificate to the Borrowers that (A) sets forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section, the basis therefor and, in reasonable detail, the manner in which such amount or amounts were determined and (B) certifies that such Lender is generally charging the relevant amounts to similarly situated borrowers, which certificate shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 30 days after receipt thereof.

Section 2.17 Taxes.

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Requirements of Law. If any applicable Requirement of Law requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment (a “Tax Withholding”), then (i) if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, the amount payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions or withholdings have been made (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.17), each Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions and (iii) the applicable withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law.

(b) In addition, the Borrowers shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(c) The Borrowers shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender within 10 days after receipt of the certificate described in the succeeding sentence, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes payable or paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.17), other than any penalties determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction (or documented in any settlement agreement) to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, and, in each case, any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not correctly or legally imposed or asserted; provided that if the Borrowers reasonably believe that such Taxes were not correctly or legally asserted, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, will use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrowers to obtain a refund of such Taxes (which refund, when received, shall be repaid to the Borrowers in accordance with Section 2.17(g)) so long as such efforts would not, in the sole determination of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, result in any additional out-of-pocket costs or expenses not reimbursed by the Borrowers or be otherwise materially disadvantageous to the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable. In connection with any request for reimbursement under this Section 2.17(c), the relevant Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, shall deliver a certificate to the Borrowers setting forth the basis and calculation of the amount of the relevant payment or liability, which shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary

 

168


contained in this Section 2.17(c), the Borrowers shall not be required to indemnify the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to this Section 2.17(c) for any amount to the extent the Administrative Agent or such Lender fails to notify the Borrowers of the relevant possible indemnification claim within 180 days after the Administrative Agent or such Lender receives written notice from the applicable taxing authority of the specific tax assessment giving rise to such indemnification claim.

(d) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment under any Loan Document that is attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that no Loan Party has already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.05(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to any Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (d).

(e) soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.17, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Where the payment of Taxes referred to in the preceding sentence relates to a UK Tax Deduction, the relevant Loan Party shall deliver a statement under section 975 of the ITA to the relevant Borrower within 30 days of making that payment.

(f) Status of Lenders.

(i) Any Lender (which shall include the Administrative Agent for purposes of this Section 2.17(f)) that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of any withholding Tax with respect to any payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, such information and properly completed and executed documentation as the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such information or other documentation prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law or reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent: (1) to determine whether or not any payments made under any Loan Document are subject to Tax

 

169


Withholdings, (2) to determine, if applicable, the required rate of Tax Withholdings, (3) to establish such Recipient’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction in the rate of, Tax Withholdings; and (4) to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to deliver to the Borrowers and to any Successor Administrative Agent any documentation provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.17(f).

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(A) each Lender that is not a Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent), two executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B) each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

1. in the case of any Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the U.S. is a party, (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

2. two executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;

3. in the case of any Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, (x) two executed copies of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not abankwithin the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, a10 percent shareholderof the Borrowers within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, or acontrolled foreign corporationdescribed in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code, and that no payments hereunder to such Lender are effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (aU.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) two executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable; or

 

170


4. to the extent any Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (e.g., where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or participating Lender), two executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-2, Exhibit L-3 or Exhibit L-4, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if such Foreign Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L-2 on behalf of each such direct or indirect partner;

(C) each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent), two executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law to permit the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to any Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent such documentation as is prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code) as may be necessary for the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment; provided that solely for the purposes of this paragraph, “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(E) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, with respect to any Borrower Tax Jurisdiction:

 

171


i. each Lender shall on the date of this Agreement (or where a Lender becomes a party to this Agreement after the date hereof, on the date such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement), with respect to each Borrower, confirm whether it is able to receive payments of interest from such Borrower without the imposition of a Tax Withholding under Requirements of Law imposed by the relevant Borrower Tax Jurisdiction at that time;

ii. a Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make such a Tax Withholding (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such a Tax Withholding) notify the Administrative Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Recipient shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Recipient. If the Administrative Agent receives such notification from a Recipient it shall notify the Borrowers;

iii. each Recipient relying on a double taxation agreement in force with the relevant Borrower Tax Jurisdiction for exemption from Tax Withholding imposed by that Borrower Jurisdiction on interest and each Borrower shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for such Borrower to make payments to such Recipient without such a Tax Withholding;

iv. If:

1. a Tax Withholding under Requirements of Law imposed by the relevant Borrower Tax Jurisdiction should have been made in respect of a payment made by or on account of a Loan Party to a Lender, or the Administrative Agent under a Loan Document;

2. the relevant Loan Party (or the Administrative Agent, if it is the applicable withholding agent) was unaware, and could not reasonably be expected to have been aware, that the Tax Withholding was required and as a result did not make the Tax Withholding or made a Tax Withholding at a reduced rate, either (i) in reliance on the notifications and confirmations provided pursuant to Section 2.17(f)(ii)(E)(i) or (ii) any Recipient has not complied with its obligations under Section 2.17(f)(ii)(E); and

3. the applicable Loan Party would not have been required to make an increased payment under paragraph 2.17(a) above in respect of that Tax Withholding,

 

172


4. then the Recipient that received the payment in respect of which the Tax Withholding should have been made or made at a higher rate undertakes to promptly, upon the request by that Loan Party, reimburse that Loan Party for the amount of the Tax Withholding that should have been made to the extent not so made (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not any penalty, interest and expenses payable or incurred in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same and only to the extent that Tax Withholding has not already been accounted for to the tax authority by the Recipient).

(iii) The Administrative Agent shall, and any successor to the Administrative Agent (a “Successor Administrative Agent”) that is not an “exempt recipient” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. 1.6049-4(c)(1)(ii)) on or before the date such Successor Administrative Agent becomes a party to this Agreement shall, deliver to the Borrowers whichever of the following is applicable: (i) if such agent is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code, two executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such agent is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding or (ii) if such agent is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code, (A) with respect to payments received for its own account, two executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI and (B) with respect to payments received on account of any Lender, two executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (together with all required accompanying documentation) certifying that such agent is a U.S. branch and may be treated as a United States person for purposes of applicable U.S. federal withholding Tax. At any time thereafter, such agent shall provide updated documentation previously provided (or a successor form thereto) when any documentation previously delivered has expired or become obsolete or invalid or otherwise upon the reasonable request of the Borrowers.

Each Lender agrees that if any documentation it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such documentation or promptly notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal ineligibility to do so.

For the avoidance of doubt, if a Lender is an entity disregarded from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes, references to the foregoing documentation are intended to refer to documentation with respect to such Lender’s owner and, as applicable, such Lender.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.17(f), no Lender shall be required to provide any documentation that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver.

(g) If any party determines, (acting reasonably and in good faith) in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.17, it shall pay over such refund to the relevant indemnifying party (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, under this Section 2.17 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such indemnified party (including any Taxes imposed with respect to such refund), and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that, upon the request of such indemnified party, such indemnifying party agrees to repay the amount paid over to such indemnifying party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such indemnified party in the event

 

173


such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (g), in no event will an indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (g) to the extent that the payment thereof would place such indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the position that such indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This Section 2.17 shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems confidential) to the relevant indemnifying party or any other Person.

(h) VAT

(i) All amounts expressed to be payable under a Loan Document by any party to a Recipient which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies and accordingly, subject to paragraph (ii) below if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply or supplies made by any Recipient to any party in connection with a Loan Document, and such Recipient is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that party shall pay to the Recipient (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration for that supply or supplies) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT and such Recipient shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such party.

(ii) If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Recipient (the “Supplier”) to any other Recipient (the “VAT Recipient”) under a Loan Document, and any party other than the VAT Recipient (the “Relevant Party”) is required by the terms of any Loan Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the VAT Recipient in respect of that consideration):

(A) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The VAT Recipient must (where this paragraph (ii) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the VAT Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the VAT Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

(B) (where the VAT Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the VAT Recipient, pay to the VAT Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the VAT Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

174


(iii) Where a Loan Document requires any party to reimburse or indemnify a Recipient for any costs or expenses, that party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) the Recipient against any VAT incurred by the Recipient in respect of the costs or expenses, to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that neither it nor any group of which it is a member for VAT purposes is entitled to credit or receive repayment in respect of the VAT from the relevant tax authority.

(iv) Any reference in Section 2.17(h) to any party shall, at any time when such party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated a making the supply or (as appropriate) receiving the supply under the grouping rules (as provided for in Article 11 of the Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union or any other similar provision in any jurisdiction which is not a member state, or is a former member state of the European Union)).

(v) In relation to any supply made by a Recipient to any party under a Loan Document, if reasonably requested by such Recipient, that party must promptly provide such Recipient with details of that party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Recipient’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

(i) Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.17 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, any Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

(j) Definition of Lender. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Lender” shall, for all purposes of this Section 2.17, include any Issuing Bank and any Swingline Lender.

(k) A Guarantor will not be obligated to make a payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.17 with respect to a payment by it of a liability for payment by a Borrower to the extent that, had the payment been made by that Borrower, Tax would have been imposed on such payment for which that Borrower would not have been obliged to make a payment or increased payment pursuant to this Section 2.17.

Section 2.18 Payments Generally; Allocation of Proceeds; Sharing of Payments.

(a) Unless otherwise specified, the Borrowers shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest or fees, reimbursements of LC Disbursements or of amounts payable under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) prior to 3:00 p.m. on the date when due (or at the Applicable Time in the case of any Alternate Currency), in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent to the applicable account designated by the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers, except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.05(e)(i),

 

175


2.12(b)(ii), 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Person or Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.19(b) and 2.20, each Borrowing, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Borrowing, each payment of interest on the Loans of a given Class and each conversion of any Borrowing or continuation of any Borrowing as a Borrowing of any Type (and of the same Class) shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages of the applicable Class. All payments (including accrued interest) hereunder shall be made in Euro to the extent the Revolving Loan or LC Disbursement with respect thereto was denominated in Euro, or in the relevant Alternate Currency to the extent the Revolving Loan or LC Disbursement with respect thereto was denominated in such Alternate Currency. If, for any reason, any Borrower is prohibited by any Requirements of Law from making any required payment hereunder in an Alternate Currency, such Borrower shall make such payment in Euros in the Euro Equivalent of the Alternate Currency payment amount. Each Lender agrees that in computing such Lender’s portion of any Borrowing to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, round each Lender’s percentage of such Borrowing to the next higher or lower whole Dollar amount (or the whole amount denominated in the relevant Alternate Currency). Any payment required to be made by the Administrative Agent hereunder shall be deemed to have been made by the time required if the Administrative Agent shall, at or before such time, have taken the necessary steps to make such payment in accordance with the regulations or operating procedures of the clearing or settlement system used by the Administrative Agent to make such payment.

(b) Subject in all respects to the provisions of each applicable Intercreditor Agreement and Section 5.12(g), all proceeds of Collateral and any proceeds realized with respect to guarantees by any Loan Party received by the Administrative Agent while an Event of Default exists and all or any portion of the Revolving Loans have been accelerated hereunder pursuant to Section 7.01, shall be applied;

First, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including all court costs and the fees and expenses of agents and legal counsel) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second, to the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent to pay Secured Obligations in respect of Swingline Loans, Protective Advances and Overadvances then due to the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent, ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid letter of credit fronting fees in respect of Letters of Credit payable pursuant to Section 2.12(b)(ii) and unpaid principal amounts of the LC Disbursements, ratably among the Issuing Banks in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable by them;

Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Fourth payable to them;

 

176


Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Banks, to Cash collateralize 105% of that portion of LC Exposure comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit to the extent not otherwise Cash collateralized by the Borrowers in accordance with this Agreement, ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Fifth payable to them;

Sixth, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Revolving Loans and other Secured Obligations, ratably among the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Swingline Lender in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Sixth payable to them;

Seventh, to payment of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Revolving Loans, LC Exposure, the Secured Hedging Obligations (up to the amount of Hedge Product Reserves with respect thereto) and the Banking Services Obligations (up to the amount of Reserves for Banking Services Obligations with respect thereto), ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Seventh held by them;

Eighth, to the payment of all other Secured Obligations of the Loan Parties (including Banking Service Obligations owing in excess of the Reserves for Banking Services Obligations and Secured Hedging Obligations owing in excess of the Hedge Product Reserves applicable thereto) that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Secured Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last, to, or at the direction of, the Borrowers or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct;

provided that if any Letter of Credit expires undrawn, then any Cash collateral held to secure the related LC Exposure shall be applied in accordance with this Section 2.18(b).

(c) If any Lender obtains payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off or otherwise) in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans held by it resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for Cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans at such time outstanding to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to (x) any payment made by the Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (y) any payment obtained by any Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a

 

177


participation in any of its Revolving Loans to any permitted assignee or participant, including any payment made or deemed made in connection with Sections 2.22, 2.23 and/or Section 9.05. The Borrowers consent to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Requirements of Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrowers rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrowers in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.18(c) and will, in each case, notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.18(c) shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from the Borrowers prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of any Lender or any Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrowers will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrowers have made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the applicable Lender or Issuing Bank the amount due. In such event, if the Borrowers have not in fact made such payment, then each Lender or the applicable Issuing Bank severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of (i)(A) with respect to any such amounts denominated in Dollars, the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (B) with respect to any such amounts denominated in Euros or an Alternate Currency other than Dollars, the Administrative Agent’s customary rate for interbank advances in Euros or such Alternate Currency and (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e) If any Lender fails to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.07(b) or Section 2.18(d), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

Section 2.19 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

(a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15 or such Lender determines it can no longer make or maintain Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Adjusted Term SOFR Loans, as applicable, pursuant to Section 2.20, or any Loan Party is required to pay any additional amount to or indemnify any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Revolving Loans hereunder or its participation in any Letter of Credit affected by such event, or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, such designation

 

178


or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17, as applicable, in the future or mitigate the impact of Section 2.20, as the case may be, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed out-of-pocket cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender in any material respect. The Borrowers hereby agree to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15 or such Lender determines it can no longer make or maintain Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Adjusted Term SOFR Loans, as applicable, pursuant to Section 2.20, (ii) any Loan Party is required to pay any additional amount to or indemnify any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, (iii) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or (iv) in connection with any proposed amendment, waiver or consent requiring the consent of “each Lender” or “each Lender directly affected thereby” (or any other Class or group of Lenders other than the Required Lenders) with respect to which Required Lender consent (or the consent of Lenders holding loans or commitments of such Class or lesser group representing more than 50% of the sum of the total loans and unused commitments of such Class or lesser group at such time) has been obtained, as applicable, any Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender (each such Lender described in this clause (iv), a “Non-Consenting Lender”), then the Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, (x) terminate the applicable Commitments of such Lender, and repay all Obligations of the Borrowers owing to such Lender relating to the applicable Revolving Loans and participations held by such Lender as of such termination date (provided that, if, after giving effect to such termination and repayment, the Total Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the Line Cap, the Borrowers shall, not later than the next Business Day, prepay Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans (and if no Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans are outstanding, deposit Cash collateral in the LC Collateral Account) in an amount necessary to eliminate such excess) or (y) replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to assign and delegate (and such Lender shall be obligated to assign and delegate), without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.05), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which Eligible Assignee may be another Lender, if any Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (A) such Lender has received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of its Revolving Loans and, if applicable, funded participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it under any Loan Document with respect to such Revolving Loans and/or Commitments, (B) in the case of any assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17, such assignment would result in a reduction in such compensation or payments and (C) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Requirements of Law. No Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) shall be required to make any such assignment and delegation, and the Borrowers may not repay the Obligations of such Lender or terminate its Commitments, in each case if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrowers to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. Each Lender agrees that if it is replaced pursuant to this Section 2.19, it shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption to evidence such sale and purchase and shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any Promissory Note (if the assigning Lender’s Revolving Loans are evidenced by one or more Promissory Notes) subject to such Assignment and Assumption (provided that the failure of any Lender replaced pursuant to

 

179


this Section 2.19 to execute an Assignment and Assumption or deliver any such Promissory Note shall not render such sale and purchase (and the corresponding assignment) invalid), such assignment shall be recorded in the Register and any such Promissory Note shall be deemed cancelled. Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Lender and in the name of such Lender, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion, with prior written notice to such Lender, to take any action and to execute any such Assignment and Assumption or other instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this clause (b).

Section 2.20 Illegality. (a) If any Lender reasonably determines that any Change in Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted after the Closing Date that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its applicable lending office to make, maintain or fund Revolving Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate, Eurocurrency Rate, the Term SOFR Reference Rate or Adjusted Term SOFR or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate, Eurocurrency Rate, the Term SOFR Reference Rate or Adjusted Term SOFR or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Euros or any Alternate Currency in the applicable interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrowers through the Administrative Agent:

(i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Adjusted Term SOFR Loans, as applicable, in the affected currency or currencies or to convert ABR Loans to Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans or to Adjusted Term SOFR Loans, as applicable, shall be suspended,

(ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining ABR Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurocurrency RateAdjusted Term SOFR component of the Alternate Base Rate, the interest rate of such Lender’s ABR Loans, shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurocurrency RateAdjusted Term SOFR component of the Alternate Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist (which notice such Lender agrees to give promptly),

(iii) the Borrowers shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or (A) if applicable and the relevant Revolving Loans are denominated in Dollars, convert all of such Lender’s Adjusted Eurocurrency RateTerm SOFR Loans to ABR Loans (the interest rate on which ABR Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurocurrency RateAdjusted Term SOFR component of the Alternate Base Rate) or (B) if applicable and the relevant Revolving Loans are denominated in Euros or any Alternate Currency other than Dollars, convert such Revolving Loans to Revolving Loans bearing interest at an alternative rate mutually acceptable to such Borrower and such Lender, in each case, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Adjusted Term SOFR Loans, as applicable, to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Adjusted Term SOFR Loans, as applicable (in which case the Borrowers shall not be required to make payments pursuant to Section 2.16 in connection with such payment),

 

180


(iv) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency RateAdjusted Term SOFR, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Alternate Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Eurocurrency RateAdjusted Term SOFR component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency RateAdjusted Term SOFR.

(b) Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrowers shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

(c) Each Lender agrees to designate a different lending office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the determination of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

Section 2.21 Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) Fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of any Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(a) and, subject to clause (d)(iv) below, on the participation of such Defaulting Lender in Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.12(b) and pursuant to any other provisions of this Agreement or other Loan Document.

(b) The Commitments and the Revolving Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether all Lenders, each affected Lender, the Required Lenders, the Super Majority Lenders or such other number of Lenders as may be required hereby or under any other Loan Document have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any waiver, amendment or modification pursuant to Section 9.02); provided that any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender which affects such Defaulting Lender disproportionately and adversely relative to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

(c) Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of any Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 2.11, Section 2.15, Section 2.16, Section 2.17, Section 2.18, Article 7, Section 9.05 or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 9.09), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent and, where relevant, the Borrowers as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to any applicable Issuing Bank and/or Swingline Lender hereunder; third, if so reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent or reasonably requested by the applicable Issuing Bank,

 

181


to be held as Cash collateral for future funding obligations of such Defaulting Lender in respect of any participation in any Letter of Credit; fourth, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, as the Borrowers may request, to the funding of any Revolving Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement; fifth, as the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers may elect, to be held in a deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of such Defaulting Lender to fund Revolving Loans under this Agreement; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the non-Defaulting Lenders, Issuing Banks or Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any non-Defaulting Lenders, Issuing Banks or Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrowers against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Revolving Loan or LC Exposure in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Revolving Loan or LC Exposure was made or created, as applicable, at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Revolving Loans of, and LC Exposure owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Revolving Loans of, or LC Exposure owed to, such Defaulting Lender. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to any Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by any Defaulting Lender or to post Cash collateral pursuant to this Section 2.21(c) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(d) If any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(i) the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent that (A) the sum of the Revolving Credit Exposures of all non-Defaulting Lenders does not exceed the total of the Commitments of all non-Defaulting Lenders and (B) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any non-Defaulting Lender does not exceed such non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment;

(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrowers shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to it hereunder or under applicable Requirements of Law, within two Business Days following notice by the Administrative Agent, Cash collateralize 105% of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure and any obligations of such Defaulting Lender to fund participations in any Swingline Loan (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to paragraph (i) above and any Cash collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender or pursuant to Section 2.21(c) above) or make other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and to the applicable Issuing Bank and/or the Swingline Lender with respect to such LC Exposure and/or Swingline Loans and obligations to fund participations. Cash collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce LC Exposure or other obligations shall be released promptly following (A) the elimination of

 

182


the applicable LC Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of the Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its assignee following compliance with Section 2.19)) or (B) the Administrative Agent’s good faith determination that there exists excess Cash collateral (including as a result of any subsequent reallocation of Swingline Loans and LC Exposure among non-Defaulting Lenders described in clause (i) above);

(iii) (A) if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.21(d), then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.12(a) and (b), as the case may be, shall be adjusted to give effect to such reallocation and (B) if the LC Exposure of any Defaulting Lender is Cash collateralized pursuant to this Section 2.21(d), then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the applicable Issuing Bank, any Lender or the Borrowers hereunder, no letter of credit fees shall be payable under Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure; and

(iv) if any Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is not Cash collateralized, prepaid or reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.21(d), then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the applicable Issuing Bank, any Lender or the Borrowers hereunder, all letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the applicable Issuing Bank until such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is Cash collateralized or reallocated.

(e) So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, no Swingline Lender shall be required to fund any Swingline Loan, and no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, extend, create, incur, amend or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is reasonably satisfied that the related exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders, Cash collateral provided pursuant to Section 2.21(c) and/or Cash collateral provided in accordance with Section 2.21(d), and participating interests in any such or newly issued, extended or created Letter of Credit or newly made Swingline Loan shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.21(d)(i) (it being understood that Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein).

(f) In the event that the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers agree that any Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Applicable Percentage of Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment, and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Revolving Loans of the other Lenders or participations in Revolving Loans as the Administrative Agent determine as necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Revolving Loans or participations in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the fact that any Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, (x) no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrowers while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender and (y) except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from “Defaulting Lender” to “Lender” will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

183


Section 2.22 Incremental Credit Extensions.

(a) The Borrowers may, at any time, (a) increase the Aggregate Commitments (each such increase, an “Incremental Increase”) by increasing the aggregate amount of the Commitments of the Initial Revolving Facility and/or (b) add one or more new “last-out” tranches of revolving or term loan facilities (each an “Incremental Last Out Tranche” and together with any Incremental Increase, each an “Incremental Facility”; and the loans thereunder, “Incremental Loans”; and the Commitments in respect thereof, each an “Incremental Commitment”) in an aggregate amount, together with all prior Incremental Facilities then in effect, not to exceed the greater of (x) €75,000,000 and (y) the amount by which the Borrowing Base exceeds the Aggregate Commitments; provided that:

(i) unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees, no Incremental Commitment may be less than €5,000,000,

(ii) except as the Borrowers and any Lender may separately agree, no Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Commitment, and the determination to provide such commitments shall be within the sole and absolute discretion of such Lender,

(iii) no Incremental Facility or Incremental Loan (nor the creation, provision or implementation thereof) shall require the approval of any existing Lender other than in its capacity, if any, as a lender providing all or part of any Incremental Commitment or Incremental Loan,

(iv) (A) the terms of any Incremental Increase shall be identical to the terms of the Initial Revolving Facility except with respect to structuring, commitment and arranger fees or other similar fees that may be agreed to among the Borrowers and the lenders providing such Incremental Facility and (B) the terms of any Incremental Last Out Tranche must be substantially consistent with those of the Initial Revolving Facility (except with respect to structuring, commitment and arranger fees or other similar fees, interest rate margin (including applicable floors, it being understood that there shall be no “MFN” provisions with respect to the pricing of any Incremental Last Out Tranche)) unused line fees, other economic terms and terms consistent with a term loan structure to the extent applicable, that may be agreed to among the Borrowers and the lenders providing such Incremental Last Out Tranche or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being agreed that any terms contained in such Incremental Last Out Tranche (x) which are applicable only after the then-existing Latest Maturity Date and/or (y) that are more favorable to the lenders or the agent of such Incremental Last Out Tranche than those contained in the Loan Documents and are then conformed (or added) to the Loan Documents for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, pursuant to the applicable Incremental Facility Agreement shall be deemed satisfactory to the Administrative Agent); provided (i) that each Incremental Last Out Tranche shall rank junior to any then-existing Revolving Facility in right of payment and rank pari passu to any then-existing Revolving Facility in security and (ii) the final maturity date with respect to any Incremental Last Out Tranche shall be no earlier than the then-existing Latest Maturity Date and it shall not amortize,

 

184


(v) after the incurrence of any Incremental Last Out Tranche, the aggregate combined advance rates for the Revolving Facility (including any Incremental Increase) and any Incremental Last Out Tranches shall not exceed 100% and Borrowings in respect of any Incremental Last Out Tranche shall be made only in respect of assets included in the Borrowing Base,

(vi) no Event of Default shall exist immediately prior to or after giving effect to such Incremental Facility; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any Incremental Last Out Tranche incurred in connection with any acquisition, Investment or irrevocable repayment or redemption of Indebtedness, only no Event of Default under Sections 7.01(a), 7.01(f), or 7.01(g) shall exist immediately prior to or after giving effect to such Incremental Facility, and

(vii) the proceeds of any Incremental Facility may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes (including Permitted Acquisitions, Investments and Restricted Payments) and any other use not prohibited by this Agreement.

(b) Incremental Commitments may be provided by any existing Lender or by any other Eligible Assignee (any such other lender being called an “Additional Lender”); provided that the Administrative Agent, each Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank shall have a right to consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to the relevant Additional Lender’s provision of Incremental Commitments if such consent would be required under Section 9.05(b) for an assignment of Commitments or Revolving Loans to such Additional Lender.

(c) Each Lender or Additional Lender providing a portion of any Incremental Commitment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers all such documentation (including the relevant Incremental Facility Agreement) as may be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to evidence and effectuate such Incremental Commitment. On the effective date of such Incremental Commitment, (i) each Additional Lender shall become a Lender for all purposes in connection with this Agreement, (ii) all Incremental Commitments (other than Incremental Commitments in respect of an Incremental Last Out Tranche composed of term loans, which shall not constitute Commitments for purposes of revolving Borrowings, Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans) shall become Commitments for all purposes in connection with the Agreement and (iii) all Incremental Loans (other than term loans under an Incremental Last Out Tranche, which shall not constitute Revolving Loans for purposes of revolving Borrowings, Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans) shall become Revolving Loans for all purposes in connection with this Agreement.

(d) As conditions precedent to the effectiveness of any Incremental Facility or the making of any Incremental Loans, (i) upon its request, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to receive customary written opinions of counsel, as well as such reaffirmation agreements, supplements and/or amendments as it shall reasonably require, (ii) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to receive, from each Additional Lender, an administrative questionnaire, in the form provided to such Additional Lender by the Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Questionnaire”) and such other documents as it shall reasonably require from such Additional Lender, (iii) the Administrative Agent and the relevant Additional Lenders shall be entitled to receive all fees required to be paid in respect of such Incremental Facility or Incremental Loans, (iv) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to receive a certificate of the Borrowers signed by an Officer thereof:

 

185


(A) certifying and attaching a copy of the resolutions adopted by the governing body of the Borrowers approving or consenting to such Incremental Facility or Incremental Loans, and

(B) certifying that the condition set forth in clause (a)(vi) above has been satisfied.

(e) Upon the implementation of any Incremental Increase pursuant to this Section 2.22 (i) each then-existing Lender of the applicable then-existing Class immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Additional Lender, and each Additional Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed a portion of such existing Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Letters of Credit, Swingline Loans, Protective Advances and Overadvances such that, after giving effect to each deemed assignment and assumption of participations, all of such Lenders’ (including each Additional Lender) (x) participations hereunder in Letters of Credit, Swingline Loans Protective Advances and Overadvances shall be held ratably on the basis of their respective Commitments of the applicable then-existing Class (after giving effect to any Incremental Commitment pursuant to this Section 2.22) and (ii) the existing Lenders of the applicable then-existing Class shall assign Revolving Loans to the Additional Lenders, and such Additional Lenders shall purchase such Revolving Loans, in each case to the extent necessary so that all of the Lenders of the applicable then-existing Class participate in each outstanding Borrowing of Revolving Loans of the applicable then-existing Class pro rata on the basis of their respective Commitments of the applicable then-existing Class (after giving effect to any Incremental Commitment pursuant to this Section 2.22); it being understood and agreed that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to this clause (e).

(f) On the date of effectiveness of any Incremental Increase, the Letter of Credit Sublimit and the Swingline Sublimit permitted hereunder shall increase by an amount, if any, agreed upon by Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Lender and the Borrowers.

(g) The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any Incremental Facility Agreement and/or any amendment to any other Loan Document as may be necessary in order to establish any Incremental Facility pursuant to this Section 2.22 and such technical amendments as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers in connection with the establishment of such Incremental Facility, in each case on terms consistent with this Section 2.22.

(h) This Section 2.22 shall supersede any provision in Section 2.18 or 9.02 to the contrary.

 

186


Section 2.23 Extensions of Loans and Revolving Commitments.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, an “Extension Offer”) made from time to time by the Borrowers to all Lenders holding Revolving Loans of any Class or Commitments of any Class, in each case on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the respective Revolving Loans or Commitments of such Class) and on the same terms to each such Lender, the Borrowers are hereby permitted to consummate transactions with any individual Lender who accepts the terms contained in the relevant Extension Offer to extend the Maturity Date of all or a portion of such Lender’s Revolving Loans and/or Commitments of such Class and otherwise modify the terms of all or a portion of such Revolving Loans and/or Commitments pursuant to the terms of the relevant Extension Offer (including by increasing the interest rate or fees payable in respect of such Loans and/or Commitments (and related outstandings) (each, an “Extension”); it being understood that any Extended Revolving Loans shall constitute a separate Class of Loans from the Class of Revolving Loans from which they were converted), so long as the following terms are satisfied:

(i) except as to interest rates, fees and final maturity (which shall, subject to the immediately succeeding clause (ii), be determined by the Borrowers and any Additional Revolving Lender who agrees to an Extension of its Commitments and set forth in the relevant Extension Offer), the Additional Commitment of any Lender who agrees to an extension with respect to such Commitment (an “Extended Commitment”; and the Revolving Loans thereunder, “Extended Revolving Loans”; and each Class of Extended Commitments, an “Extended Revolving Facility”), and the related outstandings, shall constitute a revolving commitment (or related outstandings, as the case may be) with substantially consistent terms as each other then-existing Class of Commitments (and related outstandings) provided hereunder; provided that to the extent more than one Revolving Facility exists after giving effect to any such Extension, (x) the borrowing and repayment (except for (1) payments of interest and fees at different rates on the Revolving Facilities (and related outstandings) and (2) repayments required upon the Maturity Date of any Revolving Facility) of Revolving Loans with respect to any Revolving Facility after the effective date of such Extended Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Facilities, (y) all Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit shall be participated on a pro rata basis by all Lenders and (z) repayment of Revolving Loans with respect to, and reduction and termination of Commitments under, any Revolving Facility after the effective date of such Extended Commitment shall be made on pro rata basis with all other Revolving Facilities;

(ii) no Class of Extended Commitments or Extended Revolving Loans may have a final Maturity Date earlier than (or require commitment reductions prior to) the Maturity Date applicable to any then-existing Revolving Facility;

(iii) if the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans or Commitments, as the case may be, in respect of which Lenders have accepted the relevant Extension Offer exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans or Commitments, as the case may be, offered to be extended by the Borrowers pursuant to such Extension Offer, then the Revolving Loans or Commitments, as the case may be, of such Lenders shall be extended ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts (but not to exceed the applicable Lender’s actual holdings of record) with respect to which such Lenders have accepted such Extension Offer;

 

187


(iv) unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees, each Extension shall be in a minimum amount of €5,000,000;

(v) any applicable Minimum Extension Condition must be satisfied or waived by the Borrowers;

(vi) any documentation in respect of any Extension shall be consistent with the foregoing; and

(vii) no Extension of any Revolving Facility shall be effective as to the obligations of any Swingline Lender to make any Swingline Loans or any Issuing Bank with respect to Letters of Credit without the consent of such Swingline Lender or such Issuing Bank (such consents not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (and, in the absence of such consent, all references herein to Latest Maturity Date shall be determined, when used in reference to such Swingline Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, without giving effect to such Extension).

(b) (i) No Extension consummated in reliance on this Section 2.23 shall constitute a voluntary or mandatory prepayment for purposes of Section 2.11 and (ii) except as set forth in clause (a)(iv) above, no Extension Offer is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment; provided that the Borrowers may at their election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Extension Condition”) to the consummation of any Extension that a minimum amount (to be specified in the relevant Extension Offer in the Borrowers’ sole discretion) of Revolving Loans or Commitments (as applicable) of any or all applicable Classes be tendered; it being understood that the Borrowers may, in their sole discretion, waive any such Minimum Extension Condition. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.23 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the payment of any interest, fees or premium in respect of any Extended Commitments on such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Offer) and hereby waive the requirements of any provision of this Agreement (including Sections 2.10, 2.11 and/or 2.18) or any other Loan Document that may otherwise prohibit any such Extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section.

(c) Subject to any consents required under Section 2.23(a)(vii), no consent of any Lender or the Administrative Agent shall be required to effectuate any Extension, other than the consent of each Lender agreeing to such Extension with respect to one or more of its Revolving Loans and/or Commitments of any Class (or a portion thereof). Except as the Borrowers and any Lender may separately agree, no Lender shall be obligated to provide an Extension, and the determination to provide such Extension shall be within the sole and absolute discretion of such Lender. All Extended Commitments and all obligations in respect thereof shall constitute Secured Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that are secured by the Collateral and guaranteed on a pari passu basis with all other applicable Secured Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any Extension Amendment and any amendment to any of the other Loan Documents with the Loan Parties as may be necessary in order to establish new Classes or sub-Classes in respect of Revolving Loans or Commitments so extended and such technical amendments as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers in connection with the establishment of such new Classes or sub-Classes, in each case on terms consistent with this Section 2.23.

 

188


(d) In connection with any Extension, the Borrowers shall provide the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days’ (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice thereof, and shall agree to such procedures (including regarding timing, rounding and other adjustments and to ensure reasonable administrative management of the credit facilities hereunder after such Extension), if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.23.

Section 2.24 USD Benchmark Replacement Setting.

(a) USD Benchmark Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, if a USD Benchmark Transition Event and its related USD Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to any setting of any USD Benchmark, then (x) if a USD Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (a) of the definition of “USD Benchmark Replacement” for such USD Benchmark Replacement Date, such USD Benchmark Replacement will replace such USD Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of such USD Benchmark setting and subsequent USD Benchmark settings without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (y) if a USD Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (b) of the definition of “USD Benchmark Replacement” for such USD Benchmark Replacement Date, such USD Benchmark Replacement will replace such USD Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of any USD Benchmark setting at or after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such USD Benchmark Replacement is provided to the Lenders without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such USD Benchmark Replacement from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.

(b) USD Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the use, administration, adoption or implementation of a USD Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Conforming Changes will become effective upon receipt of the consent of the Administrative Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) but without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(c) Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of (i) the implementation of any USD Benchmark Replacement and (ii) the effectiveness of any Conforming Changes in connection with the use, administration, adoption or implementation of a USD Benchmark Replacement. The Administrative Agent will notify the Borrower of (x) the removal or reinstatement of any tenor of a USD Benchmark pursuant to Section Error! Reference source not found.(d) and (y) the commencement of any USD Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or, if applicable, any Lender (or group of

 

189


Lenders) pursuant to this Section Error! Reference source not found., including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or any selection, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section Error! Reference source not found..

(d) Unavailability of Tenor of USD Benchmark. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, at any time (including in connection with the implementation of a USD Benchmark Replacement), (i) if any then-current USD Benchmark is a term rate (including the Term SOFR Reference Rate or EURIBOR) and either (A) any tenor for such USD Benchmark is not displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion or (B) the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such USD Benchmark has provided a public statement or publication of information announcing that any tenor for such USD Benchmark is not or will not be representative, then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” (or any similar or analogous definition) for any USD Benchmark settings at or after such time to remove such unavailable or non-representative tenor and (ii) if a tenor that was removed pursuant to clause (i) above either (A) is subsequently displayed on a screen or information service for a USD Benchmark (including a USD Benchmark Replacement) or (B) is not, or is no longer, subject to an announcement that it is not or will not be representative for a USD Benchmark (including a USD Benchmark Replacement), then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” (or any similar or analogous definition) for all USD Benchmark settings at or after such time to reinstate such previously removed tenor.

(e) USD Benchmark Unavailability Period. Upon the Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a USD Benchmark Unavailability Period with respect to a given USD Benchmark, (i) the Borrower may revoke any pending request for an Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Adjusted Term SOFR Loans, or a Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, in each case, to be made, converted or continued during any USD Benchmark Unavailability Period denominated in the applicable currency and, failing that, (A) in the case of any request for any affected Adjusted Term SOFR Borrowing, if applicable, the Borrower will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for an ABR Borrowing or conversion to ABR Loans in the amount specified therein and (B) in the case of any request for any affected Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing, in each case, in denominated in Euros or an Alternate Currency (other than Dollars), if applicable, then such request shall be ineffective and (ii)(A) any outstanding affected Adjusted Term SOFR Loans, if applicable, will be deemed to have been converted into ABR Loans at the end of the applicable Interest Period and (B) any outstanding affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans, in each case, denominated in Euros or an Alternate Currency (other than Dollars), at the Borrower’s election, shall either (I) be converted into ABR Loans denominated in Dollars (in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of such Applicable Currency) immediately or, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, at the end of the applicable Interest Period or (II) be prepaid in full immediately or, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, at the end of the applicable Interest Period; provided that, with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, if no election is made by the Borrower by the earlier of (x) the date that is three (3) Business Days after receipt by the Borrower of such notice and (y) the

 

190


last day of the current Interest Period for the applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected clause (I) above. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 2.16. During a USD Benchmark Unavailability Period with respect to any USD Benchmark or at any time that a tenor for any then-current USD Benchmark is not an Available Tenor, the component of Alternate Base Rate based upon the then-current USD Benchmark that is the subject of such USD Benchmark Unavailability Period or such tenor for such USD Benchmark, as applicable, will not be used in any determination of Alternate Base Rate.

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Loan Party (or (x) in the in the case of Sections 3.09 and 3.10, Holdings only, (y) in the case of Section 3.15, the U.S. Borrower in respect of itself only, (z) in case of Section 3.16, each U.S. Loan Party in respect of itself only) represents and warrants to the Lenders (at the times specified in Section 4.02) that:

Section 3.01 Status.

(a) It is duly incorporated (or, as the case may be, organized or established) and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of its incorporation (or, as the case may be, organization or establishment).

(b) It has the power to own its material assets and carry on its material business substantially as it is now being conducted, save to the extent that failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.02 Binding Obligations. Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it under each Loan Document to which it is a party constitute its legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations to the extent that a failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.03 Non-Conflict with Other Obligations. Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Loan Documents to which it is a party do not contravene (a) any law or regulation applicable to it in any material respect or its constitutional documents in any material respect, in each case, to an extent which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.04 Power and Authority. It has (or will have on the relevant date(s)) the power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary action to authorize its entry into and performance of, each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party or will be a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated by those Loan Documents to the extent failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.05 Validity and Admissibility in Evidence. Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, all material Authorizations required by it in order (a) to enable it to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its material obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and (b) to make the Loan Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions, have been obtained or effected (or will have been at the date required by the relevant Loan Document) and are (or will be) in full force and effect, in each case to the extent that failure to have such Authorizations would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

191


Section 3.06 Governing Law and Enforcement.

(a) Subject to the Legal Reservations, the choice of governing law of the Loan Documents as expressed in such Loan Document will be recognized in its jurisdiction of incorporation to the extent failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, any judgment obtained in relation to a Loan Document in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Loan Document will be recognized and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions to the extent failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.07 Filing and Stamp Taxes. Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdiction it is not necessary that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Tax be paid on or in relation to any Loan Document except for:

(a) the notarization of any German law share/stock/interest pledge agreements that might be notarized from time to time, it being understood that this Section 3.07 does not extend to assignments or transfers made pursuant to Section 9.05 or, as the case may be, to the enforcement of Transaction Security and it is not necessary that the Loan Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction and except for any filing, recording or enrolling which is referred to in any Legal Opinion (in particular the notarization of any German law share/stock/interest pledge agreements) and which will be made within the period allowed by applicable law and the relevant Loan Document; or

(b) registration of the Loan Documents with the Administration de l’Enregistrement et des Domaines et de la TVA in Luxembourg, which may be required if such Finance Documents are either attached as an annex to an act that itself is subject to mandatory registration or deposited in the minutes of a notary.

Section 3.08 Disclosure; Management Case and Acquisition Reports.

(a) As of the Closing Date, and with respect to information relating to the Group, to the knowledge of Holdings, all written information (other than the forecasts and projects in the Management Case, financial estimates, other forward-looking information and/or projected information and information of a general economic or industry-specific nature) concerning Holding and its Subsidiaries that was prepared by or on behalf of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or their respective representatives and made available to any Initial Lender, any Arranger or the Administrative Agent in connection with the Transactions on or before the Closing Date, when taken as a whole, did not, when furnished, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements are made (after giving effect to all supplements and updates thereto from time to time).

 

192


(b) The forecasts and projections contained in the Management Case were prepared based on assumptions believed to be reasonable by Holdings at the time made (provided that each Secured Party acknowledges that any projection and forecasts contained in the Management Case are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies and that no assurance can be given that such projections or forecasts will be realized).

(c) To the best of the knowledge, information and belief of Holdings, all material factual information relating to the Target Group (taken as a whole) contained in the Buy-Side Reports is accurate in all material respects on the date of the relevant Buy-Side Report or (if different) as at the date ascribed thereto in such Buy-Side Report.

Section 3.09 Financial Statements.

(a) So far as Holdings is aware, the Original Financial Statements give in all material respects a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Target Group for the period to which they relate and were prepared in all material respects in accordance with the Accounting Principles consistently applied unless expressly disclosed in the Acquisition Reports.

(b) The Annual Financial Statements (together with the notes thereto) most recently delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b):

(i) give in all material respects a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the relevant Financial Reporting Group as at the date to which they were prepared and for the Accounting Period then ended; and

(ii) were, subject to Section 5.05, prepared in all material respects on a basis consistent with the Accounting Principles consistently applied.

(c) The Quarterly Financial Statements (together with the notes thereto) most recently delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a):

(i) fairly present in all material respects of the consolidated financial position of the relevant Financial Reporting Group as at the date to which they were prepared and for the Quarter Date to which they rate; and

(ii) were, subject to Section 5.05, prepared in all material respects on a basis consistent in all material respects with the Accounting Principles consistently applied.

in each case (A) having regard to the fact that they were prepared for management purposes and to the extent appropriate for Quarterly Financial Statements not subject to audit procedures, (B) subject to year-end adjustments and (C) save as set-out therein.

Section 3.10 No Litigation. No litigation, arbitration, administrative proceeding of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which is reasonably likely to be materially adversely determined and which, if materially adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect has been started or, to the best of its knowledge is threatened, or is pending against it or any member of the Group.

 

193


Section 3.11 Taxation.

(a) No claims are being made or asserted against it with respect to Taxes which have not been reflected in the most recent Financial Statements delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 5.01 which are reasonably likely to be determined adversely to it and which, if so adversely determined, and after taking into account any indemnity or claim against any third party with respect to such claim, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) It is not overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax (taking into account any extension or grace period) save, in each case, to an extent that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.12 Ownership. It and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries has good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, or is otherwise entitled to use, all material assets necessary for the conduct of the business substantially as it is presently being conducted, where failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.13 Pari Passu Ranking. Subject to any applicable Legal Reservations, its payment obligations under each of the Loan Documents rank at least pari passu in right and priority of payment with all of its other present unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness (actual or contingent) except indebtedness preferred by laws of general application.

Section 3.14 Investment Company Act. Except as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, the U.S. Borrower is not required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (as amended).

Section 3.15 Margin Regulations. No proceeds of any Loans or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used for any purpose that will violate the provisions of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System (as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof).

Section 3.16 ERISA.

(a) No ERISA Event has occurred or is continuing that would, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Each Employee Plan has been operated and administered in accordance with its terms, ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and applicable law, and is in compliance in form with ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code (including, where intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, such Employee Plan has been determined by the IRS to be so qualified or is in the process of being approved by the IRS) and all other applicable federal, state or local laws and regulations save where any failure to comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) There are no actions, suits or claims pending against or involving an Employee Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) or, to the knowledge of any U.S. Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate, threatened, which would reasonably be expected to be asserted successfully against any Employee Plan and, if so asserted successfully, would either singly or in the aggregate to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

194


(d) To the knowledge of each U.S. Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate, no Multiemployer Plan is insolvent for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, except where any such insolvency would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.17 Borrowing Base Certificate. The information set forth in each Borrowing Base Certificate is true and correct in all material respects and has been prepared in all material respects in the accordance with the requirements of this Agreement. The Accounts that are identified by the Borrowers as Eligible Accounts Receivable or Eligible Investment Grade Receivables, the Credit Card Receivables that are identified by the Borrowers as Eligible Credit Card Receivables, and the Inventory identified by the Borrowers as Eligible Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory or Eligible Raw Materials Inventory in each Borrowing Base Certificate submitted to the Administrative Agent, at the time of submission, comply in all material respects with the criteria (other than any Administrative Agent-discretionary criteria) set forth in the definition of Eligible Accounts Receivable, Eligible Investment Grade Receivable, Eligible Credit Card Receivable, Eligible Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory or Eligible Raw Materials Inventory, respectively. The Administrative Agent may rely, in determining which Accounts are Eligible Accounts Receivables, Eligible Investment Grade Receivables or Eligible Credit Card Receivables on all statements and representations made by the Loan Parties with respect to any Account or Accounts and, in determining which Inventory is Eligible Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory or Eligible Raw Materials Inventory on all statements and representations made by the Loan Parties with respect to any Inventory. With respect to each of the Loan Parties’ Eligible Accounts Receivables, Eligible Investment Grade Receivables and Eligible Credit Card Receivables, unless otherwise disclosed to Administrative Agent in writing, including in the Borrowing Base Certificate:

(a) it is genuine and in all respects what it purports to be, and it is not evidenced by a judgment;

(b) it arises out of a completed, bona fide sale and delivery of goods or rendition of services by a Loan Party, in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with the terms and conditions of all purchase orders, contracts or other documents relating thereto and forming a part of the contract between a Loan Party and the Account Debtor;

(c) it is for a liquidated amount maturing as stated in the invoice covering such sale or rendition of services; and

(d) to the knowledge of any Officer of a Loan Party, the Account Debtor thereunder is not the subject of any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding.

Section 3.18 Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts. Attached hereto as Schedule 3.18 is a schedule of all Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts maintained by the Loan Parties (other than the German Parent Borrower) as of the Closing Date, which schedule identifies those Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts that are Excluded Accounts.

 

195


Section 3.19 Centre of Main Interests. Each of the German Parent Borrower and Birkenstock Administration B.V. has its Centre of Main Interests solely in Germany.

Notwithstanding any other provisions to the contrary in this Article 3, (a) the representations and warranties set out in this Article 3 shall be qualified by all of the information included in the Reports (including any annexes to such Reports) and any other due diligence report delivered to the Administrative Agent from time to time (in each case including any annexes thereto), the Information Memorandum, the Original Financial Statements and the Acquisition Documents and any other information disclosed to the Arrangers or the Administrative Agent in writing prior to the later of (x) the date of this Agreement and (y) the date of the Information Memorandum, (b) the representations and warranties set out in this Article 3 are made so far as the relevant Loan Party is aware and shall not extend to matters beyond such awareness (which shall include the knowledge and/or awareness of any other member of the Group, the Target Group or their respective management), and (c) any representation or warranty made on or prior to the Closing Date shall not be deemed to be made in respect of any matters relating to the Target Group.

ARTICLE 4 CONDITIONS

Section 4.01 Closing Date. The obligations of (i) each Lender to make Loans and (ii) each Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit shall not become effective until the date on which both (A) each of the conditions set forth on Schedule 4.01 is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02) and (B) the Acquisition Closing Date has occurred.

For purposes of determining whether the conditions specified in this Section 4.01 have been satisfied on the Closing Date, by funding the Initial Revolving Loans hereunder, the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted, or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required hereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the Lien on any Collateral of a U.S. Loan Party is not or cannot be created or perfected on the Closing Date other than (a) execution and delivery of the Security Agreement by each U.S. Loan Party or (b) a Lien on Collateral that is of the type that may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC in each case after Holdings’ use of commercially reasonably efforts to do so without undue burden or expense, then the creation and/or perfection of such Lien shall not constitute a condition precedent to the availability or initial funding of the Initial Revolving Facility on the Closing Date, but may instead be delivered or perfected within a time period to be agreed between Holdings and the Administrative Agent.

Section 4.02 Each Credit Extension. After the Closing Date, the obligation of each Lender to make any Credit Extension is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) (i) In the case of any Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request as required by Section 2.03, (ii) in the case of the issuance of any Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received a Letter of Credit Request as required by Section 2.05(b) or (iii) in the case of any Borrowing of Swingline Loans, the applicable Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent shall have received a request as required by Section 2.04(a).

 

196


(b) The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of any such Credit Extension with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Credit Extension; provided that to the extent that any representation and warranty specifically refers to a given date or period, it shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date or for such period.

(c) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to the applicable Credit Extension, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(d) (i) The Total Revolving Credit Exposure does not exceed the Line Cap then in effect after giving effect to such Credit Extension, (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of any individual German Borrower does not exceed the German Sub-Borrowing Base for such German Borrower then in effect after giving effect to such Credit Extension and (iii) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure of all U.S. Borrowers does not exceed the U.S. Sub-Borrowing Base then in effect after giving effect to such Credit Extension.

Each Credit Extension on and after the Closing Date shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrowers on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this Section.

ARTICLE 5 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The undertakings in this Article 5 shall continue until the date on which all Commitments have expired with no pending drawings or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Revolving Loan and all fees, expenses and other amounts payable under any Loan Document (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim or demand has been made) have been paid in full in Cash and all Letters of Credit have expired or have been terminated (or have been collateralized or back-stopped by a letter of credit or otherwise in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Bank) and all LC Disbursements have been reimbursed (such date, the “Termination Date”). Each of the undertakings and obligations in Sections 5.01 through Section 5.12 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 5.13:

Section 5.01 Financial Statements. Following the Closing Date, Holdings will deliver (or will procure that the relevant Loan Party or Financial Reporting Entity delivers) to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Lenders the following:

(a) Quarterly Financial Statements. Within sixty (60) days (or in respect of the first three applicable Financial Quarters ending after the Closing Date or after a change in Accounting Reference Date, within ninety (90) days) after the end of each of the first three (3) Financial Quarters in any Financial Year, the consolidated management accounts for, at the sole discretion of Holdings, one of the Financial Reporting Entities for that Financial Quarter (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may also take the form of (x) cumulative management accounts for the Accounting Period to date or (y) cumulative management accounts for the Relevant Period ending on the last day of that Financial Quarter) (the “Quarterly Financial Statements”) and an operating

 

197


and financial review of such Quarterly Financial Statements, including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition, results of operations, EBITDA and material changes in liquidity and capital resources of the Financial Reporting Entity, provided that the first set of Quarterly Financial Statements required to be delivered shall be those relating to the first applicable complete Financial Quarter to commence after the Closing Date.

(b) Annual Financial Statements. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each Accounting Period (or in respect of the first complete Accounting Period to commence after the Closing Date or the first Accounting Period following any change in the Accounting Reference Date, within one hundred and fifty (150) days after the end of such Accounting Period), the audited consolidated financial statements of, at the sole discretion of Holdings, one of the Financial Reporting Entities for that Accounting Period (the “Annual Financial Statements”) and an operating and financial review of such Annual Financial Statements, including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition, results of operations, EBITDA and material changes in liquidity and capital resources of the Financial Reporting Entity.

(c) Notice of Default. Promptly upon any Officer of Holdings or a Borrower obtaining knowledge of (i) any Default or Event of Default or (ii) the occurrence of any event or change that has caused or evidences or would reasonably be expected to cause or evidence, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, a notice in reasonable detail specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition, event or change and what action Holdings has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto.

(d) provided that: (1) in the event any member of the Group makes an acquisition of any person after the Closing Date excluding the Acquisition (each such person, together with its Restricted Subsidiaries, being an “Acquired Entity”), for accounting periods any part of which fall on or prior to the first anniversary of the date of completion of such acquisition, (i) to the extent management accounts and/or financial statements are required to be delivered in relation to any such accounting period, separate management accounts or, as the case may be, financial statements may be delivered in respect of the Acquired Entity for that period (and in the event separate accounts or statements are delivered pursuant to this sub-paragraph (i), any representation, statement or requirement in Section 3.09 or this Article 5 referring to management accounts and/or financial statements of, or the consolidated financial position of, the Financial Reporting Group or the Group (or similar language) shall be construed as to be a reference to the Financial Reporting Group excluding the Acquired Entity), (ii) any management accounts and financial statements delivered pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) above may be in a form as customarily prepared by the Acquired Entity prior to the date of completion of such acquisition (and management accounts and financial statements delivered in such form shall satisfy the requirements of this Article 5); and (iii) for the purpose of calculating any Applicable Metric, any management accounts and financial statements delivered pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) above may be aggregated with the relevant Financial Statements for the Relevant Period (and appropriate adjustments made for any intra-Group transactions) and (2) in the event that any period specified in this Article 5 for the Reporting Entity Group or the Group to deliver any financial statements, documents or other information expires on a date which is not a Business Day, that period shall be extended so as to expire on the next Business Day.

 

198


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.01 above, (i) for purposes of this Article 5, Holdings shall be permitted to use financial statements and/or management accounts consolidated at any level of the Target Group (or any successor entity) for which the Target Group has customarily prepared financial statements and/or management accounts, (ii) if consolidated financial statements and/or management accounts cannot be provided due to the lack of appropriate financial systems and/or the accounting principles applied by members of the Group are not consistent, aggregated financial statements and/or management accounts may be provided (and appropriate adjustments made for any intra-Group transactions) and (iii) delivery of financial statements and/or management accounts in the same format as customarily prepared by the Target Group shall satisfy the requirements of this Article 5.

Section 5.02 Provision and Contents of Compliance Certificates. In respect of any Relevant Period, the Loan Parties’ Agent shall deliver to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the due date for delivery of each set of Quarterly Financial Statements and Annual Financial Statements which relate to the applicable Relevant Period ending on the last day of the Financial Quarter to which such Quarterly Financial Statements and Annual Financial Statements relate, a Compliance Certificate signed by an Officer of Holdings (i) confirming the Material Subsidiaries and (ii) including the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio solely when a Covenant Trigger Period is then in effect.

Section 5.03 Additional Reports.

(a) Borrowing Base Certificates. On or prior to the 20th calendar day after the last day of each Fiscal Month (or for the first three Fiscal Months after the Closing Date, on or prior to the 30th calendar day after the last day of each such Fiscal Month), a Borrowing Base Certificate as of the close of business on the last day of the applicable preceding Fiscal Month; provided that after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Liquidity Condition, the Borrowers shall deliver a Borrowing Base Certificate (as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the immediately preceding week) on or before the close of business of the third Business Day after the end of each week; provided, further, that the Borrowers shall deliver each updated Borrowing Base Certificate required under Section 6.05; provided further that in the event that any Loan Party consummates a Subject Acquisition, the Borrowers may deliver an updated Borrowing Base Certificate, which shall be effective as of the later of (x) the date of consummation of such Subject Acquisition and (y) delivery of such updated Borrowing Base Certificate, subject to the limitations set forth in the definition of Borrowing Base.

(b) Accounts Reports. Concurrently with the delivery of each Borrowing Base Certificate described in Section 5.03(a), or more frequently as requested by the Administrative Agent during the existence of an Event of Default, from and after the date hereof, the Loan Parties shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a detailed aged trial balance of all of their Accounts (“Schedule of Accounts”), and upon the Administrative Agent’s written request therefor, copies of proof of delivery and copies of all documents, including, without limitation, repayment histories and present status reports relating to the Accounts so scheduled and such other matters and information relating to the status of then existing Accounts as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, in its Permitted Discretion;

 

199


(c) Discounts; Allowances; Disputes. If any Loan Party grants any discounts, allowances or credits that are not shown on the face of the invoice for the Account involved, the Loan Parties shall report such discounts, allowances or credits, as the case may be, to the Administrative Agent as part of the next required Schedule of Accounts;

(d) Account Verification. Any of the Administrative Agent’s officers, employees or agents shall have the right, at any time or times if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Administrative Agent, any designee of the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, with an employee of a Loan Party present, to verify the validity, amount or any other matter relating to any Accounts by mail, telephone, electronic communication or otherwise, and the Loan Parties shall cooperate fully with the Administrative Agent in an effort to facilitate and promptly conclude any such verification process;

Section 5.04 Inspections.

(a) At reasonable times during normal business hours, with reasonable coordination and upon reasonable prior notice that the Administrative Agent requests, each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries will grant access to the Administrative Agent (including employees of the Administrative Agent or any consultants, accountants, lawyers and appraisers retained by the Administrative Agent) to such Person’s books, records, Accounts and Inventory so that the Administrative Agent or an appraiser or consultants retained by the Administrative Agent may conduct such field examinations, inventory appraisals, verifications and evaluations as the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or appropriate; provided that, the Administrative Agent (i) shall not conduct more than (w) the Initial Field Exam and the Initial Inventory Appraisal, (x) one additional field examination and one inventory appraisal with respect to the Collateral in each consecutive 12 month period after the date of this Agreement, (y) one additional field examination and one additional inventory appraisal with respect to the Collateral in each consecutive 12 month period after the date of this Agreement if at any time during such 12 month period Excess Availability shall have been less than the greater of (1) 15% of the Line Cap and (2) €30,000,000 for more than five consecutive Business Days, and (z) one additional field examination and one additional inventory appraisal with respect to the Collateral in each consecutive 12 month period after the date of this Agreement during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Period and (ii) may conduct such other field examinations and inventory appraisals at any time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Specified Default as determined by the Administrative Agent; provided, further, that each such field examination and inventory appraisal shall be conducted by the Administrative Agent or an Approved Appraiser.

(b) The Borrowers shall reimburse the Administrative Agent for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with (i) examinations of any Loan Party’s books and records or any other financial or Collateral matters as the Administrative Agent deems appropriate; and (ii) field examinations and inventory appraisals, in each case subject to the limitations thereon under this Section 5.04.

(c) The Loan Parties acknowledge that the Administrative Agent, after exercising its rights of inspection, (x) may prepare and distribute to the Lenders certain Reports pertaining to the Loan Parties’ assets for internal use by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, subject to the provisions of Section 9.13 hereof and (y) shall promptly distribute copies of any final reports from a third party appraiser or third party consultant delivered in connection with any field exam or inventory appraisal to the Lenders.

 

200


Section 5.05 Agreed Accounting Principles. Holdings shall procure that all the Financial Statements delivered or to be delivered to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement shall be prepared in all material respects in accordance with the applicable Accounting Principles, and, if such Financial Statements are prepared on a materially different accounting basis to the Original Accounting Principles (including in the case of a material change of Accounting Principles or accounting practices):

(a) Holdings shall promptly so notify the Administrative Agent (unless the Administrative Agent has been notified of the relevant change in relation to a previous set of Financial Statements);

(b) If requested by the Administrative Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders) within thirty (30) days following notification under paragraph (a) above (a “Reconciliation Request”), Holdings must promptly supply to the Administrative Agent a description of the material change(s) notified under paragraph (a) above and a statement setting out the impact of such change(s) on the calculations of any Applicable Metric (the “Reconciliation Statement”) signed by the CEO or CFO; and if requested by Holdings or the Administrative Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders) following delivery of the Reconciliation Statement Holdings and the Administrative Agent shall promptly after such notification enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing any other amendments to this Agreement which are necessary to ensure that the adoption by the Group of such different accounting basis does not result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of the obligations of any Loan Party in the Loan Documents; and provided that if no Reconciliation Request is received by Holdings from the Administrative Agent within such thirty (30) day time period then Holdings shall not be required to provide any further information pursuant to this Section 5.05 (including delivering a Reconciliation Statement) in respect of the change notified under paragraph (a) above or make any amendments to the Loan Documents;

(c) if amendments satisfactory to the Required Lenders (acting reasonably and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.05) are agreed by Holdings and the Administrative Agent in writing within thirty (30) days of such request by Holdings to the Agent notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, those amendments shall take effect and be binding on all Parties in accordance with the terms of that agreement and any change in the Accounting Principles, the accounting practices or the reference periods referred to shall, to the extent relevant, become part of the applicable Accounting Principles on that basis (subject to any further application of this paragraph (c)); and

(d) if following such request to the Administrative Agent, such amendments are not so agreed within thirty (30) days of such request by Holdings to the Administrative Agent, Holdings shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent reasonable details of all material adjustments as need to be made to the relevant financial statements in order to reflect in all material respects the applicable accounting principles at the date of delivery of the relevant financial statements and together with the Compliance Certificate delivered with the Annual Financial Statements for that Financial Year, written confirmation from the Auditors (addressed to the Administrative Agent)

 

201


confirming the basis for such changes and the calculations and adjustments provided by Holdings above (subject to the Administrative Agent (or, as the case may be, each Secured Party) agreeing an engagement letter with the Auditors (and otherwise in such manner and on such conditions as the Auditors specify) and entering into any required hold harmless, non-reliance or similar letter with the Auditors and only to the extent that firms of auditors of international repute have not adopted a general policy of not providing such confirmation).

Section 5.06 Quarterly Conference Calls. Once in each Financial Quarter, commencing following delivery of the first Quarterly Financial Statements, at least two (2) Officers of Holdings shall, if requested by the Administrative Agent (acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders), host a single conference call with the Secured Parties, at a time and date agreed with the Administrative Agent (acting reasonably), about the financial performance of the Group.

Section 5.07 “Know Your Customer” Checks.

(a) If (i) the introduction of or any change in (or the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date upon which a person became a Party), (ii) any change in the status of a Loan Party or the composition of the shareholders of a Loan Party after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date upon which a person became a Party) or (iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer obliges the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it (or publicly available), each Loan Party shall promptly, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence not previously supplied to the Administrative Agent or the relevant Lender as is reasonably necessary in order for the Administrative Agent, such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Loan Documents and which have not already been satisfied.

(b) Each Lender shall promptly, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (for itself) in order for the Administrative Agent to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks that it is required to carry out under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Loan Documents.

(c) Holdings shall, by not less than five (5) Business Days’ (or such shorter period as may be agreed with the Administrative Agent) prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, notify the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that any person becomes an Additional Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.19.

 

202


(d) Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Loan Party obliges the Administrative Agent or any Lender to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in respect of that Additional Loan Party in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it (or publicly available), the Administrative Agent shall promptly upon the request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably necessary in order for the Administrative Agent or such any Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks which are strictly required to carry out under applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Loan party pursuant to Section 5.19 and which have not already been satisfied.

Section 5.08 ERISA-Related Information.

(a) Each U.S. Loan Party shall promptly upon written request of the Administrative Agent, deliver thereto copies of each annual and other return, report or valuation with respect to each Employee Plan or Multiemployer Plan, as filed with any applicable governmental authority where failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Each U.S. Loan Party shall promptly following receipt thereof, deliver to the Administrative Agent copies of (i) any documents described in Sections 101(k) or 101(1) of ERISA that such U.S. Loan Party may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; and (ii) any documents described in Section 101(f) of ERISA that such U.S. Loan Party receives with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, in each case, where failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Each U.S. Loan Party shall promptly and in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days after such U.S. Loan Party knows that an ERISA Event has occurred and that such ERISA Event has a Material Adverse Effect, deliver to the Administrative Agent a statement of an Officer of such U.S. Loan Party describing such occurrence and the action, if any, that such U.S. Loan Party has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto; and

(d) Each U.S. Loan Party shall promptly and in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt thereof by such U.S. Loan Party, deliver to the Administrative Agent copies of each notice from the PBGC stating its intention to terminate any Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Plan if the same would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.09 Notes Reporting. Notwithstanding any other term of the Loan Documents (including this Article 5), following the issuance of any Notes (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement, provided that such Notes are issued pursuant to a Rule 144A or Regulation S offering), delivery to the Agent of a copy of each set of financial statements of any Notes Issuer (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) (or, if applicable, the financial statements of such Holding Company or Subsidiary of the Notes Issuer which may be delivered for financial reporting purposes pursuant to the documentation governing the Notes) which are delivered to Noteholders (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) shall be deemed to satisfy all requirements of this Article 5 (including as regards the form of and requirements in relation to financial statements and any accompanying information, statements and management commentary and the time periods to deliver such Financial Statements if such time period in the Notes is longer than the time periods set out in this Agreement), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents such that no further documents, statements or information shall be required to be delivered pursuant to this Article 5,

 

203


this Agreement and the other Loan Documents provided that, where applicable, Holdings shall still be required to comply with the obligations under Sections 5.02, 5.03, 5.04, 5.06 (but only if there is not a quarterly conference call for the Noteholders (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) about the financial performance of the Group to which the Lenders are invited), and 5.07.

Section 5.10 Public Reporting. Notwithstanding any other term of the Loan Documents (including this Article 5), following the occurrence of any Listing, delivery to the Administrative Agent of a copy of each set of financial statements of the relevant IPO Entity which are delivered to public shareholders in that IPO Entity shall be deemed to satisfy all requirements of this Article 5 (including as regards the form of and requirements in relation to financial statements and any accompanying information, statements and management commentary), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents such that no further documents, statements or information shall be required to be delivered pursuant to this Article 5, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents provided that, where applicable, Holdings shall still be required to comply with the obligation under Sections 5.02, 5.03, and 5.07.

Section 5.11 Landlord Agreements. Each U.S. Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts after the Closing Date to obtain a landlord lien waiver, estoppel, warehouseman waiver or other collateral access or similar letter or agreement (such letter or agreement, an “Access Agreement”), as applicable, for any leased location; provided, that the failure to obtain the same shall not cause an Event of Default hereunder or result in Inventory becoming ineligible, but the Administrative Agent may in its Permitted Discretion impose a customary rent reserve for any location not subject to a landlord lien waiver, estoppel, warehouseman waiver or other Access Agreement, as applicable.

Section 5.12 Cash Management.

(a) Each German Loan Party and each U.S. Loan Party shall (within 90 days after the Closing Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion)) (i) require that all cash payments of Accounts and Inventory owed to any such Loan Party be remitted to a lockbox maintained by a Loan Party (the “Lockbox”) or Material Deposit Account of a Loan Party subject to a blocked account agreement (each, a “Blocked Account Agreement”), (ii) instruct each financial institution maintaining a Lockbox to cause all amounts on deposit and available at the close of each Business Day in such Lockbox (net of any Required Minimum Balance) during a Cash Dominion Period to be swept to one of the Loan Parties’ concentration accounts (each, a “Concentration Account”) no less frequently than on a daily basis; (iii) enter into a Blocked Account Agreement, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with the Administrative Agent and any financial institution with which such Loan Party maintains a Concentration Account or Material Deposit Account (collectively, the “Blocked Accounts”); and (iv) deposit (or cause to be deposited) promptly (and in any event no later than the first Business Day after receipt thereof) all collections on Accounts (including those sent directly by an Account Debtor) and Inventory into a Material Deposit Account covered by a Blocked Account Agreement. In the event that any German Loan Party or U.S. Loan Party acquires or establishes any Concentration Account or Material Deposit Account after the Closing Date, such Loan Party shall enter into a Blocked Account Agreement with respect thereto within 90 days following the date such Deposit Account is acquired or established (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion).

 

204


(b) Each Blocked Account Agreement relating to any Concentration Account and Material Deposit Account shall require, after the delivery of notice of a Cash Dominion Period from the Administrative Agent to the applicable Borrower and the other parties to such instrument or agreement (which the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders shall, provide upon its becoming aware of such a Cash Dominion Period), by ACH or wire transfer no less frequently than once per Business Day (unless the Termination Date shall have occurred), transfer of all available Cash balances, Cash receipts and Cash Equivalents, including the then contents or then entire ledger balance of each Blocked Account (net of such minimum balance, not to exceed €50,000 per account or €1,500,000 in the aggregate for all such accounts, as may be required to be maintained in the subject Blocked Account by the bank at which such Blocked Account is maintained (the “Required Minimum Balances”)), to an account maintained under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent Account”); provided that the Administrative Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide to the applicable Borrower notice thereof prior to the initial sweeping of any such amounts into the Administrative Agent Account. All amounts received in the Administrative Agent Account shall be applied (and allocated) by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.11(a)(iii); provided that if the circumstances described in Sections 2.18(b) are applicable, all such amounts shall be applied in accordance with such Sections 2.18(b). Each Loan Party agrees that it will not cause any proceeds of any Blocked Account to be otherwise redirected. At all times a Cash Dominion Period exists and is continuing, amounts shall be swept from the Blocked Accounts to the Administrative Agent Account as provided herein, except for Required Minimum Balances.

(c) The Loan Parties may close any then-existing Deposit Accounts and/or open new Deposit Accounts, subject in the case of opening new Deposit Accounts by such Loan Parties, to the execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Blocked Account Agreement consistent with the provisions of this Section 5.12 and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent within 90 days of the opening thereof (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion).

(d) The Administrative Agent Account shall at all times be under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent. Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) such Loan Party has no right of withdrawal from the Administrative Agent Account, (ii) the funds on deposit in the Administrative Agent Account shall at all times continue to be collateral security for all of the applicable Secured Obligations, and (iii) the funds on deposit in the Administrative Agent Account shall be applied as provided in this Agreement and, to the extent it constitutes Collateral, the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.12, any Loan Party receives or otherwise has dominion and control of any proceeds or collections of Accounts or Inventory required to be transferred to the Administrative Agent Account pursuant to Section 5.12(b), such proceeds and collections shall be held in trust by such Loan Party for the Administrative Agent, and shall promptly be deposited into the Administrative Agent Account or dealt with in such other fashion as such Loan Party may be instructed by the Administrative Agent.

 

205


(e) Upon the commencement of a Cash Dominion Period and for so long as the same is continuing, upon delivery of notice thereof to the Borrowers from the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may direct that all amounts in the Blocked Accounts be paid to the Administrative Agent Account. So long as no Cash Dominion Period has commenced and is continuing in respect of which the Administrative Agent has delivered a notice thereof as contemplated by this Section 5.12, the Borrowers may direct, and shall have sole control over, the manner of disposition of funds in the Blocked Accounts.

(f) Any amounts held or received in the Administrative Agent Account (including all interest and other earnings with respect thereto, if any) at any time (i) when the Termination Date has occurred or (ii) no Cash Dominion Period exists, shall (subject, in the case of clause (i), to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement) be remitted to an account of the Borrowers.

(g) Following the commencement of a Cash Dominion Period (other than by reason of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 7.01(a), 7.01(f), or 7.01(g) except to the extent necessary for one or more officers or directors of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries to avoid personal or criminal liability under applicable law as certified in the applicable Tax and Trust Funds Certificate), in the event that a Blocked Account or the Administrative Agent Account contains identifiable Tax and Trust Funds (other than payroll and employee benefit payments, in each case, in the nature of discretionary contributions), the Borrowers (acting in good faith) may, within 30 days after such Tax and Trust Funds are received in such Blocked Account or Administrative Agent Account, deliver to the Administrative Agent a Tax and Trust Funds Certificate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, within five Business Days following receipt of a Tax and Trust Funds Certificate, the Administrative Agent shall remit from such Blocked Account or Administrative Agent Account (in each case excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, amounts previously deposited to cash collateralize Letters of Credit hereunder), as applicable, the lesser of (a) such Tax and Trust Funds specified in the Tax and Trust Funds Certificate, (b) the Excess Availability on the date of such remittance and (c) the amount on deposit in such Blocked Account or Administrative Account on the date of delivery of such Tax and Trust Funds Certificate, as applicable, at the option of the Administrative Agent, (x) to the applicable Loan Party or (y) on behalf of the applicable Loan Party directly to the Person entitled to such Tax and Trust Funds as specified in the Tax and Trust Funds Certificate; provided that in no event shall the Administrative Agent be required to remit any amounts pursuant to this Section 5.12(g) to the extent that such amounts were previously distributed in accordance with Section 2.11(a)(iii) (or otherwise applied in accordance with Section 2.18(b)). If any such amounts are remitted to a Loan Party, such Loan Party shall apply all such funds solely for the purposes set forth in the applicable Tax and Trust Funds Certificate on or prior to the date due; provided, further, that the Administrative Agent shall not apply any such amounts consisting of identifiable Tax and Trust Funds pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(iii) (or otherwise applied in accordance with Section 2.18(b)) following its receipt of a Tax and Trust Funds Certificate.

Section 5.13 Restrictions. Notwithstanding any other term of the Loan Documents, all reporting and other information requirements in the Loan Documents shall be subject to any confidentiality, legal, regulatory or other restrictions relating to the supply of information concerning the Group or otherwise binding on any member of the Group and in no circumstances

 

206


shall any member of the Group be required to disclose (and in no circumstances shall any breach, Default or Event of Default arise from a failure to disclose) any information subject to such restrictions or any other information that it considers in good faith to be commercially sensitive with respect to a Secured Party, including, for the avoidance of doubt a Secured Party that is or becomes an Industry Competitor or a customer of the Group.

Section 5.14 Authorizations and Consents. Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, each Loan Party will obtain and promptly renew from time to time and maintain in full force and effect all material Authorizations to the extent required under any applicable law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to enable it to enter into, and perform its material obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is party save to the extent failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.15 Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party will, and will ensure that each of its Restricted Subsidiaries will comply with all laws and regulations binding upon it save where non-compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.16 Pari passu Ranking. Subject to any applicable Legal Reservations, each Loan Party will ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Secured Party against it under each of the Loan Documents rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

Section 5.17 Taxes. Each Loan Party will, and will ensure that each of its Restricted Subsidiaries will duly and punctually pay and discharge all Taxes imposed by any agency of any state upon it or any of them or any of its or their assets, income or profits or any transactions undertaken or entered into by it or any of them due and payable by it or that Restricted Subsidiary within the time period allowed therefor without imposing material penalties (save in the event of a bona fide dispute with regard to any Tax in respect of which proper provision has been made in the financial statement of the relevant member of the Group) where failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.18 Centre of Main Interests. Each Loan Party incorporated in the EU (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Loan Party incorporated in the UK) shall not deliberately cause or allow its Centre of Main Interests to change in a manner which would materially adversely affect the interests of the Secured Parties (taken as a whole).

Section 5.19 Guarantees and Security. Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, Holdings will procure that each Additional Obligor (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) joined to the Senior Facilities Agreement following the Closing Date will correspondingly become a Loan Party under the Revolving Facility within thirty (30) days.

Section 5.20 Further Assurances.

(a) Subject to the Agreed Security Principles and the terms of the Transaction Security Documents, each Loan Party shall (and Holdings shall ensure that each applicable member of the Group and each Day 1 Third Security Provider will) promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably specify to complete the Perfection Requirements in relation to the Security created under or evidenced by the Transaction Security Documents or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law.

 

207


(b) Subject to the Agreed Security Principles and as required by the terms of the Transaction Security Documents, at the reasonable request of the Security Agent, each Loan Party shall take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Secured Parties by or pursuant to the Loan Documents.

(c) In relation to any provision of the Loan Documents which requires the Loan Parties or any member of the Group to deliver any document for the purposes of granting any guarantee or Security for the benefit of all or any of the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent agrees to execute as soon as reasonably practicable any such agreed form document which is presented to it for execution.

Section 5.21 Anti-Corruption Law and Sanctions.

(a) Each Loan Party shall conduct its businesses in material compliance with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

(b) Each Loan Party will procure that, so far as it is able, any director, officer, agent, employee or person acting on behalf of the Loan Party (as applicable), is not a Sanctioned Person and does not act on behalf of a Sanctioned Person.

(c) Each Loan Party shall not directly or, to the best of its knowledge, indirectly:

(i) use any revenue or benefit derived from any activity or dealing with a Sanctioned Person in discharging any obligation due or owing to the Lenders; and

(ii) use or permit or authorise any other person to make payments from all or any part of the proceeds of the Revolving Facility for the purpose of lending, contributing or otherwise making available such proceeds (A) to, or for the benefit of, any Sanctioned Person, (B) to any Sanctioned Country in breach of applicable Sanctions; or in any other manner that would cause a Loan Party (as applicable) to breach any applicable Sanctions; or to any person in violation of any applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

(d) This Section 5.21 shall only (i) be given by a Restricted Member of the Group or (ii) apply for the benefit of a Restricted Secured Party to the extent that this would not result in any violation by or expose of such entity or any directors, officer or employee thereof to any liability under (A) EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96, (B) §7 of the German Außenwirtschaftsverordnung (in connection with section 4 paragraph 1 no. 3 of the German Außenwirtschaftsgesetz) or (C) any similar applicable anti-boycott law, regulation or statute in force from time to time that is applicable to such entity.

 

208


Section 5.22 Compliance with ERISA. Each Loan Party shall (i) maintain all Employee Plans that are presently in existence or may, from time to time, come into existence, in compliance with the terms of any such Employee Plan, ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and all other applicable laws in each case except to the extent the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) make or cause to be made contributions to all Employee Plans in a timely manner and, with respect to Employee Plans, in a sufficient amount to comply with the requirements of Sections 302 and 303 of ERISA and Sections 412 and 430 of the Internal Revenue Code, in each case except to the extent the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

ARTICLE 6 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

From the Closing Date and until the Termination Date, Holdings and the Loan Parties covenant and agree with the Lenders that:

Section 6.01 Limitation on Indebtedness. Holdings will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), provided that Holdings and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), if on the Applicable Test Date and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), either: (A) the Interest Coverage Ratio is at least 2.00:1.00 or (B) the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 8.00:1.00. The previous sentence will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness (collectively “Permitted Debt”):

(a) the Incurrence by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under any Credit Facility (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit, guarantees and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the sum of:

(i) the aggregate of (1) the greater of (x) €375,000,00 or, if higher, the principal amount of Facility B (EUR) as at the Closing Date and (y) an amount equal to 175% of LTM EBITDA, plus (2) the greater of (x) of $850,000,000 or, if higher, the principal amount of Facility B (USD) as of the Closing Date and (y) an amount equal to 325% of LTM EBITDA, plus (3) the greater of (x) the sum of (A) the greater of (I) €200,000,000 and (II) the Borrowing Base as at the date of Incurrence or, if higher, the principal amount of the Revolving Facility as at the Acquisition Closing Date and (B) €75,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 93% of LTM EBITDA; plus

(ii) the greater of (x) $215,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 100% of LTM EBITDA; plus

(iii) the maximum amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness such that, on the Applicable Test Date after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 4.90:1.00; plus

(iv) the maximum amount of Indebtedness that constitutes Total Secured Debt that is not Senior Secured Indebtedness such that, on the Applicable Test Date after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, either (1) the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 5.50:1.00 or (2) the Interest Coverage Ratio is at least 2.00:1.00; plus

 

209


(v) the maximum amount of Indebtedness that is not Senior Secured Indebtedness or Total Secured Debt or is unsecured such that on the Applicable Test Date, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, either (1) the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 8.00:1.00 or (2) the Interest Coverage Ratio is at least 2.00:1.00

provided that any Indebtedness or unutilized commitments in respect of Indebtedness Incurred or deemed to be Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(a) may be refinanced at any time if such refinancing does not exceed the greater of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(a) on the Applicable Test Date for such refinancing and (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness or unutilised commitments in respect of Indebtedness being refinanced at such time (together with an amount necessary to pay accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing) and, in the case of a refinancing of Indebtedness under Facility B (EUR), Facility B (USD) and the Revolving Facility, such Indebtedness shall be treated for all purposes as Incurred pursuant to Sections 6.01(a)(i)(1), 6.01(a)(i)(2) and 6.01(a)(i)(3), respectively;

(b) any (A) Guarantees by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and (B) without limiting the covenant set out in Section 6.02, Indebtedness arising by reason of any Lien granted by or applicable to such person securing Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations is permitted by the terms of this Agreement;

(c) Indebtedness of Holdings owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(d) Indebtedness represented by (A) Indebtedness of the Target Group outstanding as of the Closing Date or Incurred (or available for Incurrence) under a facility committed or as in effect as of the Closing Date (other than any Indebtedness to be refinanced with the proceeds of Facility B and/or the TopCo Notes on or about the Closing Date as set out in the Funds Flow Statement), (B) any of (1) the Topco Notes and any Guarantees of any Topco Notes outstanding on the Closing Date and (2) any loans pursuant to which the proceeds of any Topco Notes and without double-counting, are lent to Holdings or the German Borrower, to the extent that (i) the issuance of and Incurrence of Indebtedness under such Topco Notes is not prohibited by this Agreement and (ii) such Topco Notes are guaranteed by one or more members of the Group and such guarantees are not prohibited by this Agreement, in each case after giving pro forma effect to the Transaction and the application of the proceeds therefrom, (C) Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in response of any Indebtedness described in Sections 6.01(d), 6.01(e)(ii), Section 6.01(A), or Section 6.01(B) and (D) other Indebtedness Incurred to finance Management Advances;

 

210


(e) Indebtedness (x) of Holdings, any Restricted Subsidiary or any person that will be a Restricted Subsidiary or that will be merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred or issued to finance an acquisition (including an acquisition of any assets), merger, amalgamation or consolidation or similar transaction (“Acquisition Debt”) or any capital expenditure or (y) of persons that are, or secured by any assets that are, acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into, amalgamated or consolidated with Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; in an aggregate amount not to exceed:

(i) an amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(e)(i) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €53,750,000and (y) an amount equal to 25% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date; plus

(ii) unlimited additional Indebtedness to the extent that: (1) after giving effect to such acquisition (including an acquisition of any assets), merger, amalgamation or consolidation or similar transaction or capital expenditure (I) if such Indebtedness is Senior Secured Indebtedness, either (x) Holdings would be permitted to Incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(iii), or (y) the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not increase as a result, (II) if such Indebtedness constitutes Indebtedness that is Total Secured Debt but is not Senior Secured Indebtedness either (x) Holdings would be permitted to Incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(iv) or (y) the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not increase as a result or (z) the Interest Coverage Ratio would not decrease as a result, (III) if such Indebtedness is not Senior Secured Indebtedness or Total Secured Debt or is unsecured, either (x) Holdings would be permitted to Incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.01(A), Section 6.01(B), or Section 6.01(a)(v), (y) the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not increase as a result or (z) the Interest Coverage Ratio would not decrease as a result or (2) in the case of Acquired Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is discharged within six (6) months of Incurrence or would otherwise constitute Permitted Debt or Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(A) or Section 6.01(B);

(f) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes as determined in good faith by Holdings)

(g) Indebtedness (x) represented by (A) Purchase Money Obligations, or (B) Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, or other financings, Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in a Similar Business or Indebtedness otherwise Incurred to finance the purchase, lease, rental or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any person owning such assets, and any Indebtedness which refinances, replaces or refunds such Indebtedness either (1) Incurred in the ordinary course of business; or otherwise (2) in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(g)(B)(2) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €107,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 50% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date (provided that, in each case, the Indebtedness exists on the date of such purchase, lease, rental, construction, design, installation or improvement or is created within two hundred and seventy (270) days thereafter) or (y) arising out of Sale and Leaseback Transactions;

 

211


(h) Indebtedness in respect of:

(i) workers’ compensation claims, old-age-part-time arrangements, self-insurance obligations, unemployment insurance (including premiums related thereto), other types of social security, pension obligations or partial retirement obligations, vacation pay, health, disability or other employee benefits, customer guarantees performance, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal, advance payment (including progress premiums), customs, value added or other tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and completion guarantees and warranties provided by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or guarantees Incurred either (1) Incurred in the ordinary course of business or otherwise (2) in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(h)(i)(2) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €10,750,000 and (y) an amount equal to 5% of LTM EBITDA, as of the Applicable Test Date;

(ii) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within forty-five (45) days of Incurrence;

(iii) customer deposits and advance payments (including progress premiums) received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, warehouse receipts, guarantees, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management of bad debt purposes or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations either (1) Incurred in the ordinary course of business; or otherwise (2) in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(h)(iv)(2) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €10,750,000 and (y) an amount equal to 5% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

(v) the financing of insurance premiums, take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, any customary treasury, depositary, cash management, credit card processing, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer, the collection of checks and direct debits, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements, operating facilities or similar arrangements either (1) Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and in the case of operating facilities consistent with past practice in scope and nature); or otherwise (2) Indebtedness Incurred in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(h)(v)(2) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €32,250,000 and (y) an amount equal to 15% of LTM EBITDA, as of the Applicable Test Date;

 

212


(vi) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to current or former directors, officers, employees, members of management, managers and consultants of any Parent Entity, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or deferred consideration or other similar arrangements in connection with any Investment or acquisition permitted hereby;

(vii) Indebtedness owed by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any letter of credit or bank guarantee issued in favor of any Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender to support any Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit issued, or Swingline Loans made hereunder;

(viii) Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by any Letter of Credit or any letter of credit issued under any Additional Revolving Facility (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement as in effect on the date hereof);

(ix) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than thirty (30) Business Days owed to banks and other financial institutions Incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

(x) Settlement Indebtedness;

(i) Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for Guarantees, indemnification, obligations in respect of earn-outs or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or person or any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any person acquiring or disposing of such business or assets or such Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition or disposition); provided that the maximum liability of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness in connection with a disposition shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the fair market value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(j) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(j) and then outstanding, will not exceed 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by Holdings from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock or otherwise contributed to the equity (in each case, other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, an Excluded Contribution or a Parent Debt Contribution) of Holdings, in each case, subsequent to the Closing Date, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, provided that (A) any such Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall not increase

 

213


the amount available for making Restricted Payments to the extent Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries Incur Indebtedness pursuant to this Section 6.01(j) in reliance thereon and (B) any Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall be excluded for purposes of Incurring Indebtedness pursuant to this Section 6.01(j) to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds or cash have been applied to make a Restricted Payment:

(k) Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors and Guarantees by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of joint ventures in an aggregate amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(k) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €43,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 20% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

(l) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to any future, present or former employee, director, manager, contractor or consultant of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, or heirs of such employee, director, manager, contractor or consultant), to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of Holdings or any Parent Entity or payment of a transaction bonus that is not prohibited by the covenant described in Section 6.04;

(m) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(m) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (x) €107,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 50% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

(n) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to factoring financings, securitizations, receivables financings or similar arrangements, in each case, that are (A) not recourse to Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except to the extent customary in the good faith determination of Holdings for such type of arrangement and except for Standard Securitization Undertakings), (B) outstanding or available for Incurrence as at the Closing Date; or (C) in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(n)(C) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €107,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 50% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

(o) any obligation, or guaranty of any obligation, of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to reimburse or indemnify a person extending credit to customers of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business for all or any portion of the amounts payable by such customers to the person extending such credit;

(p) Indebtedness to a customer to finance the acquisition of any equipment necessary to perform services for such customer; provided that (A) the repayment of such Indebtedness is conditional upon such customer ordering a specific volume of goods and (B) such Indebtedness does not bear interest or provide for scheduled amortization or maturity:

 

214


(q) obligations in respect of Disqualified Stock of Holdings in an amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(q) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €32,250,000 and (y) an amount equal to 15% of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

(r) Indebtedness of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries arising pursuant to any Permitted Tax Restructuring;

(s) Indebtedness consisting of local lines of credit, bilateral facilities, overdraft facilities or local working capital facilities in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(s) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (x) €64,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 30% of LTM EBITDA;

(t) [reserved];

(u) any declaration of joint and several liability issued for the purpose of section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code by any Restricted Subsidiary (and any residual liability under such declaration arising pursuant to section 2:404(2) of the Dutch Civil Code); and

(v) any joint and several liability between Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of a fiscal unity for tax purposes.

For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 6.01: (i) subject to provision (ii) and without prejudice to Section 1.17(t) and Section 1.17(u), in the event that all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(A) or Section 6.01(B), Holdings, in its sole discretion, will classify, and may from time to time reclassify, such item of Indebtedness and will only be required to include, in any manner that complies with this Section 6.01, the amount and type of such Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in Section 6.01(A) or Section 6.01(B) or one of Sections 6.01(a) through Section 6.01(v), and Indebtedness permitted by this Section 6.01 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 6.01 permitting such Indebtedness, (ii) all Indebtedness under Facility B, the Revolving Facilities, the Topco Notes and any Topco Proceeds Loan, in each case, outstanding as of the Closing Date (and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) shall be deemed to have been Incurred pursuant to (A) Section 6.01(a)(i)1), in the case of Indebtedness under Facility B (EUR), (B) Section 6.01(a)(i)(2), in the case of Indebtedness under Facility B (USD), (C) Section 6.01(a)(i)(3), in the case of Indebtedness under the Revolving Facility, (D) Section 6.01(d)(B)(1), in the case of Indebtedness under the Topco Notes, and (E) Section 6.01(d)(B)(2), in the case of Topco Proceeds Loans pursuant to which the proceeds of any Topco Notes are lent to Holdings and Holdings shall not be permitted to reclassify all or a portion of such Indebtedness, (iii) for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.01, with respect to Indebtedness Incurred under a Credit Facility, re-borrowings of amounts previously repaid pursuant to a “cash sweep” or “clean down” provisions or any similar provisions under a

 

215


Credit Facility that provide that Indebtedness is deemed to have been repaid periodically shall only be deemed for the purposes of this Section 6.01 to have been Incurred on the date such Indebtedness was first Incurred and not on the date of any subsequent re-borrowing thereof, (iv) in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness, when measuring the outstanding amount of such Indebtedness, such amount shall not include any amounts necessary to pay the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing, (v) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included, (vi) if obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments are Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(A), Section 6.01(B) or one of Sections 6.01(a) through Section 6.01(v) and the letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included, (vii) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof, (viii) in the event that Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into or increases commitments under a revolving credit facility, enters into any commitment to Incur or issue Indebtedness or commits to Incur any Lien pursuant to paragraph (cc) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the Incurrence or issuance thereof for all purposes under this Agreement, including for the purposes of calculating any Applicable Metric for borrowings and reborrowings thereunder (and including issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) may be determined, at the Holdings’ option (A) on the date of such revolving credit facility or such entry into or increase in commitments or (B) on the date on which such facility or commitments become available or, if applicable, any other Applicable Test Date (assuming, in the case of (A) and (B) of this sub-paragraph (viii) that the full amount thereof (or, at the option of Holdings, a portion thereof) has been borrowed as of such date) and, in either case, if any such Applicable Metric is satisfied with respect thereto at such time, any borrowing or reborrowing thereunder (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) will be permitted under this Section 6.01 irrespective of the Applicable Metric at the time of any borrowing or reborrowing (or issuance or creation of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances thereunder) (the committed amount permitted to be borrowed or reborrowed (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances) on a date pursuant to the operation of this sub-paragraph (viii) but not actually borrowed on such date shall be the “Reserved Indebtedness Amount” as of such date for purposes of the Interest Coverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, and, to the extent of any one of Sections 6.01(a) through Section 6.01(v) (if any), shall be deemed to be Incurred and outstanding under such sections), (ix) notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.01 to the contrary, in the case of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness initially Incurred in reliance Section 6.01(A), Section 6.01(B) or one of Sections 6.01(a) through Section 6.01(v) measured by reference to a percentage of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date, if such refinancing would cause the percentage of LTM EBITDA restriction to be exceeded if calculated based on the percentage of LTM EBITDA on the Applicable Test Date of such refinancing, such percentage of

 

216


LTM EBITDA restriction shall not be deemed to be exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing; (x) the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant Section 6.01(A), Section 6.01(B), Section 6.01(a)(iii), Section 6.01(a)(iv), Section 6.01(a)(v) and (other than in respect of Acquired Indebtedness Incurred thereunder) Section 6.01(e)(ii)(1) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed the greater of (x) €215,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 100% of LTM EBITDA at any time outstanding and (xi) except as otherwise specified herein, the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined on the basis of GAAP.

Accrual and/or capitalization of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares or Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not previously treated as Indebtedness due to a change in GAAP, will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of the covenant described under this Section 6.01; provided that the amount of any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any outstanding Indebtedness may (in Holdings’ sole discretion) be increased by the amount of all such accrued and/or capitalised interest, accreted value, original issue discount and/or additional Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness and such increased amount will not be deemed to be Indebtedness for the purpose of calculating any basket, permission or threshold under which such Refinancing Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred.

If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 6.01 Holdings shall be in default of this Section 6.01).

For the purposes of determining compliance with any euro-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the euro-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated as described in Section 1.17, provided that if such determination is made with respect to Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in another currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable euro-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such euro-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (x) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (y) the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing.

For the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness (excluding any Guarantee thereof) incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01 (or pursuant to any other permission to incur Indebtedness under this Agreement), may be incurred by way of any Incremental Facility which satisfies the applicable conditions set out in Section 2.22 of this Agreement.

 

217


Section 6.02 Limitation on Liens.

(a) Holdings will not, and Holdings will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings), and Topco will not, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon the Charged Property owned by it, in each case, whether owned on the Closing Date or acquired after that date, or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness (such Lien, the “Initial Lien”), except (i) in the case of any property or asset that does not constitute Charged Property (A) Permitted Liens or (B) Liens on property or assets that are not Permitted Liens if obligations under this Agreement are directly secured equally and rateably with, or prior to, in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Indebtedness, the Indebtedness secured by such Initial Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured and (ii) in the case of any property or asset that constitutes Charged Property, Permitted Collateral Liens.

(b) Any Lien created in favour of the obligations under this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.02(a)(i)(B) will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to which it relates and (ii) otherwise as set forth in this Agreement, Intercreditor Agreement and/or under the relevant Transaction Security Document.

(c) With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness.

Section 6.03 Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.

(a) Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of Holdings (any such transaction or series of related transactions being an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate value in excess of the greater of (x) €21,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 10%. of LTM EBITDA unless:

(i) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction or the execution of the agreement providing for such transaction in arm’s length dealings with a person who is not such an Affiliate; and

 

218


(ii) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate value in excess of the greater of (x) €32,250,000 and (y) an amount equal to 15% of LTM EBITDA, the terms of such Affiliate Transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Holdings, provided that any Affiliate Transaction shall also be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in this paragraph (a)(ii) if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of Holdings, if any.

(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) above will not apply to:

(i) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to the covenant described under Section 6.04 or any Permitted Investment;

(ii) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, or entering into, or maintenance of, any employment, consulting, collective bargaining or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, related trust or other similar agreement and other compensation arrangements, options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of Holdings, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Entity, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans, transaction bonuses or transaction-related securities repurchase plans or similar employee benefits or consultants’ plans (including valuation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or similar plans, programs or arrangements) or indemnities provided on behalf of officers, employees, directors, managers or consultants approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) any Management Advances and any waiver or transaction with respect thereto;

(iv) any (A) transaction between or among Holdings and any Restricted Subsidiary (or entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries; and (B) merger, amalgamation or consolidation with any Parent Entity, provided that such Parent Entity shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalent Investments and the Capital Stock of Holdings and such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

(v) the payment of compensation, fees and reimbursement of expenses to, and customary indemnities (including under customary insurance policies) and employee benefit and pension expenses provided on behalf of, directors, managers, officers, contractors, consultants, distributors or employees of Holdings, any Parent Entity or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether directly or indirectly and including through any Controlled Investment Affiliate of such directors, managers, officers, contractors, consultants, distributors or employees);

 

219


(vi) the entry into and performance of obligations of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any transaction arising out of, and any payments pursuant to or for purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument in effect as of or on the Closing Date, as these agreements and instruments may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or refinanced from time to time in accordance with the other terms of this covenant or to the extent not more disadvantageous to the Lenders (taken as a whole) in any material respect;

(vii) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, any disposition or repurchase of Securitization Assets, Receivables Assets or related assets in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

(viii) transactions with customers, clients, joint venture partners, suppliers, contractors, distributors or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business, which are fair to Holdings or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of Holdings or the senior management of Holdings or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, or are on terms no less favorable than those that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(ix) any transaction in the ordinary course of business between or among Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of Holdings or an Associate or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely (A) because Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any Permitted Holder owns an equity interest in, or otherwise controls such Affiliate, Associate or similar entity or (B) due to the fact that a director or managers of such person is also a director or manager of Holdings or any direct or indirect Parent Entity of Holdings (provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of Holdings or such direct or indirect Parent Entity of Holdings, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other person);

(x) any (A) issuances or sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding and the granting of registration and other customary rights (and the performance of the related obligations) in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and (B) amendment, waiver or other transaction with respect to any Subordinated Shareholder Funding in compliance with the other provisions of this Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable, provided that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding, as amended or otherwise modified, will continue to satisfy the requirements described in the definition of Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

(xi) any (A) payments by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly), including to its affiliates or its designees, of annual management, consulting, monitoring, refinancing, transaction, subsequent transaction exit fees, advisory fees and related costs and reasonable expenses and indemnitees in connection therewith and any termination fees (including any such cash lump sum or present value fee upon the consummation of a corporate event, including an

 

220


Initial Public Offering), (B) customary payments by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly, including through any Parent Entity) for financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with loans, capital markets transactions, acquisitions or divestitures and (C) payments by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly), including to its affiliates or its designees, of fees, costs and expenses reflected in the Management Case and any Funds Flow Statement, which are, in the case of each of sub-paragraphs (A) and (B) only, approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings in good faith;

(xii) payment to any Permitted Holder of all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holder in connection with its direct or indirect investment in Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

(xiii) the Transaction and the payment of all costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related to the Transaction;

(xiv) transactions in which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that either (x) such transaction is fair to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or (y) that such transaction meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(i) above;

(xv) the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any equityholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto) to which it is party as of the Closing Date and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter; provided that the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under any future amendment to the equityholders’ agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date will only be permitted under this paragraph to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Lenders (taken as a whole) in any material respect as determined in good faith by Holdings;

(xvi) any purchases by Holdings’ Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by persons who are not Holdings’ Affiliates; provided that such purchases by Holdings’ Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such persons who are not Holdings’ Affiliates;

(xvii) any (A) Investments by Affiliates in securities of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Incurred by such Affiliates in connection therewith) so long as the Investment is being offered by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other non-affiliated third party investors on the same or more favorable terms and (B) payments to Affiliates in respect of securities of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries contemplated in sub-paragraph (A) above or that were acquired from persons other than Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities;

 

221


(xviii) payments by any Parent Entity, Holdings and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or other equity agreements in respect of Related Taxes among any such Parent Entity, Holdings and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

(xix) payments, Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of any Restricted Subsidiary to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, contractor or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Parent Entities pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; and any employment agreements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements (and any successor plans thereto) and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any such employees, directors, officers, contractors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) that are, in each case, approved by Holdings in good faith;

(xx) employment and severance arrangements between Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors, contractors, consultants, distributors and employees in the ordinary course of business or entered into in connection with or as a result of the Transaction;

(xxi) any transition services arrangement, supply arrangement or similar arrangement entered into in connection with or in contemplation of the disposition of assets or Capital Stock in any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under Section 6.05 or entered into with any Business Successor, in each case, that Holdings determines in good faith is either fair to Holdings or otherwise on customary terms for such type of arrangements in connection with similar transactions;

(xxii) transactions entered into by an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described under Section 6.10 and pledges of Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xxiii) any lease entered into between Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of Holdings that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, as lessor, which is approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Holdings;

(xxiv) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business;

(xxv) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture, including for the avoidance of doubt, the entry into, and performance of obligations and related services under, any management services agreement or any licensing agreement with regards to any existing or future joint venture, in the ordinary course of business (including any cash management activities related thereto);

 

222


(xxvi) any participation in a public tender or exchange offer for securities or debt instruments issued by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that provides for the same price or exchange ratio, as the case may be, to all holders accepting such tender or exchange offer;

(xxvii) the entry into, and performance of obligations and related services under, any registration rights or other listing agreement;

(xxviii) the payment of costs and expenses related to registration rights and customary indemnities provided to shareholders under any shareholder agreement; and

(xxix) any Permitted Tax Restructuring.

Section 6.04 Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) Holdings will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of Holdings’ or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including any such payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) except:

(A) dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of Holdings or in Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

(B) dividends or distributions payable to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis); and

(C) dividends or distributions payable to any Parent Entity to fund payments of interest, premia or break costs in respect of Indebtedness of such Parent Entity (or Refinancing Indebtedness thereof) which is Guaranteed by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that (1) any net proceeds from such Indebtedness are, directly or indirectly, contributed to the equity of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in any form or otherwise received (including by way of Indebtedness) by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (a “Parent Debt Contribution”), (2) any net proceeds described in sub-paragraph (1) above shall be excluded for purposes of increasing the amount available for distribution pursuant to paragraph (a)(C) and shall not be Excluded Contributions; and (3) in the case that any net proceeds described in sub-paragraph (1) above are contributed to or received by Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries in the form of Indebtedness,

 

223


there shall be no double-counting of interest paid on such Indebtedness, any proceeds loan relating to such Indebtedness and any dividends or distributions payable to the relevant Parent Entity to fund interest payments in respect of Indebtedness of such Parent Entity;

(ii) purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of Holdings or any Parent Entity held by persons other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary other than in exchange for Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) or in exchange for options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of Holdings;

(iii) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (I) any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal instalment or final maturity, in each case, due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement and (II) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(c));

(iv) make any payment (whether of principal, interest or other amounts) on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Subordinated Shareholder Funding (other than any payment of interest thereon in the form of additional Subordinated Shareholder Funding); or

(v) make any Restricted Investment,

(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in sub-paragraphs (i) through (v) above are referred to herein as a “Restricted Payment”), unless at the time Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment, the Payment Conditions applicable to such Restricted Payment shall have been satisfied on a pro forma basis.

(b) The foregoing provisions will not prohibit any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Payments”):

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution or any purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase, other acquisition or retirement for value, completed within sixty (60) days after the date of declaration or notice thereof, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Indebtedness if, at the date of any redemption or repayment notice, such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement as if it were and is deemed at such time to be a Restricted Payment at the time of such notice;

 

224


(ii) any (A) prepayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition, discharge or retirement of Capital Stock of Holdings (including any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon) (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or a substantially concurrent contribution to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, the Transaction Equity Contribution or through an Excluded Contribution or Parent Debt Contribution) of Holdings, provided that to the extent so applied, the Net Cash Proceeds, or fair market value of property or assets or of marketable securities, from such sale of Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock or such contribution will be excluded from paragraph (a)(C)(2) above and (B) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under sub-paragraph (xiii) below, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Capital Stock of a Parent Entity) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(iii) any prepayment, purchase, repurchase, exchange, redemption, defeasance, discharge or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 6.01;

(iv) any prepayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, discharge or other acquisition or retirement of Preferred Stock of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Preferred Stock of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 6.01;

(v) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Shareholder Funding) or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (A) to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, following the occurrence of (1) a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”) or (2) an Asset Disposition (or other similar event described therein as an “asset disposition” or “asset sale”) but only if (and to the extent required) Holdings shall have first complied with the provisions of this Agreement governing mandatory prepayment, as applicable (i) pursuant to Section 2.11(b), and prepaid all relevant amounts pursuant to Section 2.11(b)), in each case, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or (B) consisting of Acquired Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness Incurred (1) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary; or (2) otherwise in connection with or contemplation of such acquisition;

 

225


(vi) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, redemption, prepayment, purchase, defeasance, cancellation, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) (other than Disqualified Stock) or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of Holdings or any Parent Entity held by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, trusts or heirs of such employee, director, manager, contractor or consultant), provided that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this paragraph (b)(vi) do not exceed (x) the greater of (I) €16,130,000 and (II) an amount equal to 7.5% of LTM EBITDA in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried forward to succeeding calendar years) or (y) subsequent to the consummation of an Initial Public Offering of common stock of any IPO Entity, the greater of (I) €32,250,000 and (II) an amount equal to 15% of LTM EBITDA in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried forward to succeeding calendar years); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the issuance or sale of Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, any Transaction Equity Contribution or Excluded Contributions) of Holdings and, to the extent contributed to the capital of Holdings or any Parent Entity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, the Transaction Equity Contribution or an Excluded Contribution), Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of any Parent Entity, in each case to members of management, directors, managers or consultants of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity that occurred after the Closing Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of paragraph (a)(i)(C) above; plus (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Holdings, the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (to the extent contributed to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary) after the Closing Date, provided, further, that Holdings may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) of this sub-paragraph (b)(vi) in any calendar year. In addition, cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former members of management, directors, employees, contractors or consultants of Holdings or Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of Holdings or any Parent Entity will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 6.04 or any other provision of this Agreement;

(vii) the declaration and payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in accordance with the terms of Section 6.01;

(viii) purchases, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of stock options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof or withholding or similar taxes in respect thereof and payments in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise or vesting thereof;

 

226


(ix) dividends, loans, advances or distributions to any Parent Entity or other payments by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in amounts equal to (without duplication) (A) the amounts required for any Parent Entity to pay any Parent Entity Expenses or any Related Taxes, (B) any Permitted Tax Distribution, (C) amounts constituting or to be used for purposes of making payments to the extent specified in Section 6.03(b)(ii), Section 6.03(b)(iii), Section 6.03(b)(v), Section 6.03(b)(xi), Section 6.03(b)(xii) and Section 6.03(b)(xvii)(A) (but only in respect of the parenthetical thereto) provided that any such dividends, loans, advances or distributions to make payments in respect of annual management fees specified in Section 6.03(b)(xi)(A)and made pursuant to this sub-paragraph (C) shall not exceed in aggregate, the greater of (x) €10,750,000 and (y) an amount equal to 5% of LTM EBITDA in any Financial Year; and (D) up to the greater of (x) €16,130,000 and (y) an amount equal to 7.5% of LTM EBITDA in any Financial Year;

(x) the declaration and payment of dividends on, or the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of, the Capital Stock, common stock or common equity interests of Holdings, any Parent Entity or any IPO Entity following a Public Offering of such Capital Stock, common stock or common equity interests following the Closing Date; provided that the aggregate amount of all such dividends or distributions shall not exceed the greater of (A) up to 6% per annum of the amount of Net Cash Proceeds received by or contributed to Holdings’ common equity by any Parent Entity or any IPO Entity from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to Holdings’, any Parent Entity’s or any IPO Entity’s common equity registered on Form S-8, other than issuances to any Subsidiary of Holdings and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution and (B) an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed 7% of the greater of Market Capitalization or IPO Market Capitalization;

(xi) payments by Holdings, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent Entity to make payments, to holders of Capital Stock of Holdings or any Parent Entity in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of such Capital Stock, provided that any such payment, loan, advance, dividend or distribution shall not be for the purpose of evading any limitation of this covenant or otherwise to facilitate any dividend or other return of capital to the holders of such Capital Stock (as determined in good faith by Holdings);

(xii) Restricted Payments that are made (A) in an amount that does not exceed the aggregate amount of (x) Excluded Contributions, or (y) non-cash Excluded Contributions, in each case, received following the Closing Date or (B) without duplication with the immediately preceding sub-paragraph (A) and without double counting any such cash proceeds that otherwise increase amounts available under paragraph (a)(i)(C) above, in an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds from a sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition in respect of property or assets acquired after the Closing Date, if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions;

(xiii) the declaration and payment of dividends (A) on Designated Preferred Stock of Holdings issued after the Closing Date, (B) to a Parent Entity in an amount sufficient to allow the Parent Entity to pay dividends to holders of its Designated Preferred

 

227


Stock issued after the Closing Date and (C) on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock issued after the Closing Date in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) of this Section 6.04 provided that (1) in the case of sub-paragraphs (A) and (B) above, the amount of all dividends declared or paid to a person pursuant to such paragraphs shall not exceed the cash proceeds received by Holdings or the aggregate amount contributed as Subordinated Shareholder Funding or in cash to the equity of Holdings (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution or a Parent Debt Contribution of Holdings), from the issuance or sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; and (2) in the case of sub-paragraphs (A), (B) and (C) above, as at the Applicable Test Date, after giving effect to such payment on a pro forma basis Holdings would be permitted to Incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the test set forth in Section 6.01(A) or Section 6.01(B);

(xiv) distributions, by dividend or otherwise, or other transfer or disposition of shares of Capital Stock, of equity interests in, or Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, substantially all the assets of which are cash and Cash Equivalent Investments), or proceeds thereof;

(xv) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation, in each case in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

(xvi) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transaction (including those Restricted Payments contemplated by the Tax Structure Memorandum (other than any exit steps described therein) and compensation arising from an indemnity claim or other claim under the Acquisition Agreement) and any costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related thereto or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates in connection with the Transaction (including dividends to any Parent Entity to permit payment by such Parent Entity of such amounts);

(xvii) so long as no Event of Default is continuing:

(A) any Restricted Payments (including loans or advances) (1) up to the greater of (x) €86,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 40% of LTM EBITDA; plus (2) any Waived Amounts (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) and Declined Proceeds (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) (without double counting); plus

(B) any Restricted Payments (including loans or advances) funded from the Available Amount (without double counting);

(xviii) mandatory redemptions of Disqualified Stock issued as a Restricted Payment or as consideration for a Permitted Investment;

 

228


(xix) so long as no Event of Default is continuing, the redemption, defeasance, repurchase, exchange or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(A) in an aggregate amount at the time redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged or otherwise acquired or retired not to exceed the greater of (x) €64,500,000 and (y) an amount equal to 30%. of LTM EBITDA; plus

(B) funded from the Available Amount (without double counting);

(xx) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law (including in connection with, or as a result of, exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or action (whether actual, contingent or potential)), pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with the covenants described under Section 6.06, Section 6.07, Section 6.08, and Section 6.09;

(xxi) Restricted Payments to a Parent Entity to finance Investments that would otherwise be permitted to be made pursuant to this Section 6.04 if made by Holdings, provided that:

(A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment;

(B) such Parent Entity shall, promptly following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Capital Stock) to be contributed to the capital of Holdings or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger or amalgamation of the person formed or acquired into Holdings or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 6.06, Section 6.07, Section 6.08 and Section 6.09) to consummate such Investment;

(C) such Parent Entity and its Affiliates (other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Agreement;

(D) any property received by Holdings shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 6.04(a)(C)(2), Section 6.04(b)(ii) or Section 6.04(b)(vi) above or be deemed to be an Excluded Contribution or a Parent Debt Contribution; and

(E) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to another provision of this covenant (other than pursuant to this Section 6.04(b)(xxi) hereof) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investment” (other than pursuant to paragraph 1 thereof);

 

229


(xxii) any dividends, repayments of equity, reductions of capital or any other distribution by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to any other company or Parent Entity (i) that is a member of the same fiscal unity for corporate income tax, trade tax or value added tax or similar purposes, or (ii) a limited partner of a company pursuant to sub-clause (i) to the extent required to cover Taxes on a consolidated basis on behalf of the Group;

(xxiii) any Restricted Payment to repay any equity injected into the Group on or around the Closing Date in an amount equal to any post-closing purchase price adjustment payment received by the Group;

(xxiv) so long as no Event of Default is continuing, Restricted Payments of amounts deemed to not constitute Excess Proceeds pursuant to the Senior Facilities Agreement;

(xxv) Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed the aggregate amount of the Closing Overfunding; and

(xxvi) any dividends, repayments of equity, reductions of capital, loans or any other distribution (a “tax distribution”) by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Parent Entity that is a member of the same fiscal unity (steuerliche Organschaft) for German corporate income tax and trade tax purposes, provided that (A) where payments under a German fiscal unity are required to be made by any Parent Entity to cover Taxes on a consolidated basis on behalf of the Group, a tax distribution shall be made in cash to such Parent Entity in accordance with the definition of Permitted Tax Distribution and (B) the remainder of such tax distribution in excess of the amount permitted pursuant to paragraph (A) above shall not be paid to such Parent Entity in cash but instead be converted into an intercompany loan made by such Parent Entity to Holdings which constitutes Subordinated Liabilities, save to the extent otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.04, without prejudice to paragraphs (t) and (u) of Section 1.17, in the event that a Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) (i) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Payments described in Section 6.04(b) above, and/or (ii) is permitted pursuant to Section 6.04(a) above and/or (iii) constitutes a Permitted Investment, Holdings will be entitled to classify such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment or later reclassify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 6.04, including as a Permitted Investment.

(d) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the Applicable Test Date of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount, and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment, property or assets other than cash shall be determined conclusively by Holdings acting in good faith.

 

230


(e) Unrestricted Subsidiaries may use value transferred from Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in a Permitted Investment or a Restricted Investment not prohibited under this Section 6.04 to purchase or otherwise acquire Indebtedness or Capital Stock of Holdings, any Parent Entity or any of Holdings’ Restricted Subsidiaries, and to transfer value to the holders of the Capital Stock or any Parent Entity and to Affiliates thereof, and such purchase, acquisition, or transfer will not be deemed to be a “direct or indirect” action by Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries.

Section 6.05 Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.

(a) Holdings will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

(i) Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by Holdings, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap);

(ii) in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions, with a purchase price in excess of the greater of (x) €32,250,000 and (y) an amount equal to 15% of LTM EBITDA, except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75%. of the consideration for such Asset Disposition, together with all other Asset Dispositions since the Closing Date (on a cumulative basis), received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalent Investments and provided further that the amount of:

(A) the greater of the principal amount and the carrying value of any liabilities (as reflected on Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto or, if incurred or increased subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected on Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or increase had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined by Holdings) of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Revolving Facility, that are (1) assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or a third party in connection with such transfer) pursuant to a written agreement which releases or indemnifies Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from such liabilities or (2) otherwise cancelled or terminated in connection with the transaction;

(B) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted or reasonably expected by Holdings acting in good faith to be converted by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary into Cash Equivalent Investments (to the extent of the Cash Equivalent Investments received or expected to be received) or by their terms are required to be satisfied for Cash Equivalent Investments within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the closing of such Asset Disposition; and

 

231


(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) €53,750,00] and (y) an amount equal to 25% of LTM EBITDA at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (or, at Holdings’ option, at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

shall each be deemed to be Cash Equivalent Investments for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event that, since the most recent delivery of a Borrowing Base Certificate hereunder, the Loan Parties (or any of them) consummate a transaction or transactions (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business or to a Loan Party) that results in the Disposition of, subordination of the Administrative Agent’s Liens on, or release of a Loan Party owning, ABL Priority Security (whether as part of a sale of Capital Stock or otherwise) with a value (as reasonably determined by Holdings) in excess of 10% of the Borrowing Base at such time, as a condition to the permissibility of the consummation of such transaction or transactions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement (including without limitation Sections 6.02, 6.04 and/or this Section 6.05) (x) the applicable Borrower shall have provided the Administrative Agent an updated Borrowing Base Certificate (giving effect to such Asset Disposition, subordination or release) prior to the consummation of such transaction or transactions and (y) no Overadvance shall exist after giving effect to such Asset Disposition, subordination or release.

To the extent that any Collateral is disposed of in an Asset Disposition as expressly permitted by this Section 6.06 to any person other than a Loan Party, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, which Liens shall be automatically released upon the consummation of such Asset Disposition; it being understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to take, and shall take, any actions reasonably requested by the applicable Borrower in order to effect the foregoing in accordance with Article 8 hereof.

Section 6.06 Merger and Consolidation - Holdings. Subject to Section 6.09(b), Holdings will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or series of related transactions to any person, unless:

 

232


(a) the resulting, surviving or transferee person (“Successor Company”) will be a person organized and existing under the same jurisdiction as a Borrower or any other jurisdiction permitted for any Borrower under this Agreement (or any other jurisdiction approved by all of the Lenders) and Successor Company (if not Holdings) will expressly assume, by way of a joinder agreement, executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent, all the obligations of Holdings under this Agreement and all obligations of Holdings under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents, as applicable;

(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the applicable Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the applicable Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the applicable Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, Holdings or Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional €1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.01(A) or Section 6.01(B) or (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Interest Coverage Ratio would not be lower, or the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not be higher, than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;

(c) Holdings or the Successor Company, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such joinder agreement comply with this Agreement and a legal opinion is delivered to the effect that any relevant joinder to a Loan Document is a legal and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company, provided that the relevant legal counsel giving such opinion may (to the extent such opinion is not already qualified as to matters of fact) rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact; and

(d) the Secured Parties (or the Administrative Agent on their behalf) will continue to have the same or substantially equivalent (ignoring for the purposes of assessing such equivalency any limitations required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles or hardening periods (or any similar or equivalent concept)) guarantees and security over the same or substantially equivalent assets and over the shares (or other interests) in Holdings or the Successor Company, save to the extent such assets or shares (or other interests) cease to exist (provided that if the shares (or other interests) in Holdings cease to exist, security will be granted (subject to the Agreed Security Principles) over the shares (or other interests) in Successor Company).

Section 6.07 Merger and Consolidation - German Parent Borrower. Subject to Section 6.09(b), the German Parent Borrower will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any person, unless:

(a) the Successor Company will be a person organised and existing under the same jurisdiction as a Borrower or any other jurisdiction permitted for an Additional Borrower under Facility B (or any other jurisdiction approved by all of the Lenders) and the Successor Company (if not the German Parent Borrower) will expressly assume, by way of a joinder agreement, executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent, all the obligations of the German Parent Borrower under this Agreement and all obligations of the German Parent Borrower under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents, as applicable

 

233


(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the applicable Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the applicable Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the applicable Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the German Borrower or the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional €1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.01(A) or Section 6.01(B) or immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Interest Coverage Ratio would not be lower, or the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not be higher, than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;

(c) The German Borrower or the Successor Company, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such joinder agreement comply with this Agreement and a legal opinion is delivered to the effect that any relevant joinder to a Loan Document is a legal and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company, provided that the relevant legal counsel giving such opinion may (to the extent such opinion is not already qualified as to matters of fact) rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact; and

(d) the Secured Parties (or the Administrative Agent on their behalf) will continue to have the same or substantially equivalent (ignoring for the purposes of assessing such equivalency any limitations required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles or hardening periods (or any similar or equivalent concept)) guarantees and security over the same or substantially equivalent assets and over the shares (or other interests) in the German Borrower or the Successor Company, save to the extent such assets or shares (or other interests) cease to exist (provided that if the shares (or other interests) in the German Borrower cease to exist, security will be granted (subject to the Agreed Security Principles) over the shares (or other interests) in the Successor Company).

Section 6.08 Merger and Consolidation - U.S. Borrower. Subject to Section 6.09(b), the U.S. Borrower will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or series of related transactions to any person, unless:

(a) the Successor Company will be a person organised and existing under the laws of (to the extent there will be following such transaction a Borrower in respect of the Revolving Facility that is incorporated in the U.S.) Germany or the U.S. (or any other jurisdiction approved by all of the Lenders) and the Successor Company (if not the U.S. Borrower) will expressly assume, by way of a joinder agreement, executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent, all the obligations of the U.S. Borrower under this Agreement and all obligations of the U.S. Borrower under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents, as applicable;

 

234


(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the applicable Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the applicable Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the applicable Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the U.S. Borrower or the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional €1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.01(A) or Section 6.01(B) or immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Interest Coverage Ratio would not be lower, or the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not be higher, than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;

(c) The U.S. Borrower or the Successor Company, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such joinder agreement comply with this Agreement and a legal opinion is delivered to the effect that any relevant joinder to a Loan Document is a legal and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company, provided that the relevant legal counsel giving such opinion may (to the extent such opinion is not already qualified as to matters of fact) rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact; and

(d) the Secured Parties (or the Administrative Agent on their behalf) will continue to have the same or substantially equivalent (ignoring for the purposes of assessing such equivalency any limitations required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles or hardening periods (or any similar or equivalent concept)) guarantees and security over the same or substantially equivalent assets and over the shares (or other interests) in the U.S. Borrower or the Successor Company, save to the extent such assets or shares (or other interests) cease to exist (provided that if the shares (or other interests) in the U.S. Borrower cease to exist, security will be granted (subject to the Agreed Security Principles) over the shares (or other interests) in the Successor Company).

Section 6.09 Merger and Consolidation - Guarantors.

(a) No Guarantor may (i) consolidate with (for the avoidance of doubt not including any fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid) for Dutch corporate income tax (vennootschapsbelasting) or Dutch value added tax (omzetbelasting) purposes) or merge with or into any person, (ii) sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or dispose of, all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any person; or (iii) permit any person to merge with or into such Guarantor unless:

(i) the other person is Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor (or becomes a Guarantor substantially concurrently with the transaction); or

(ii) (1) either (x) Holdings or a Guarantor is the continuing person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee person expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement and all obligations of Holdings under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents, as applicable; and (2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Event of Default is continuing; or

 

235


(iii) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Agreement.

(b) The provisions set forth in Section 6.06, Section 6.07, Section 6.08 and this Section 6.09 shall not restrict (and shall not apply to):

(i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not Holdings, the German Parent Borrower, the U.S. Borrower or a Guarantor from consolidating with, merging or liquidating into or transferring all or substantially all of its properties and assets to Holdings, the German Parent Borrower, the U.S. Borrower, a Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not Holdings, the U.S. Borrower or a Guarantor;

(ii) any Guarantor from merging or liquidating into or transferring all or part of its properties and assets to Holdings, the German Parent Borrower, the U.S. Borrower or another Guarantor;

(iii) any consolidation or merger of Holdings, the German Parent Borrower or the U.S. Borrower into any Guarantor, provided that, if Holdings, the German Parent Borrower or the U.S. Borrower (as applicable) is not the surviving entity of such merger or consolidation (A) the relevant Guarantor will assume the obligations of Holdings or the U.S. Borrower (as applicable) under the Revolving Facility, this Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents and (1) with respect to a merger or consolidation involving Holdings, Section 6.06(a), Section 6.06(c), and Section 6.06(d) shall apply to such transaction, (2) with respect to a merger or consolidation involving the German Parent Borrower Section 6.07(a), Section 6.07(c) and Section 6.07(d) and (3) with respect to a merger or consolidation involving the U.S. Borrower Section 6.08(a), Section 6.08(c) and Section 6.08(d)) shall apply to such transaction; and (B) to the extent that any Transaction Security previously granted over the shares in the capital of the relevant Guarantor would not, in accordance with applicable law, constitute a Lien over the shares in the capital of the surviving entity, the direct Holding Company of the surviving entity shall, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, grant Transaction Security over the shares in the capital of the surviving entity on substantially equivalent terms to any Transaction Security granted over the shares in the capital of such predecessor Guarantor immediately prior to such merger or consolidation;

(iv) Holdings, the German Parent Borrower the U.S. Borrower or any Guarantor consolidating into or merging or combining with an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of such entity, reincorporating such entity in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of such entity, provided that, in the case of a consolidation, merger or combination of: (i) Holdings into or with an Affiliate that is not a Guarantor, Section 6.06(a), Section 6.06(b), Section 6.06(c) and Section 6.06(d) shall apply to such transaction, (ii) the German Parent Borrower into or with an Affiliate that is not a Guarantor, Section 6.07(a), Section 6.07(b), Section 6.07(c) and Section 6.07(d) shall apply to such transaction, (iii) the U.S. Borrower into or with an Affiliate that is not a Guarantor, Section 6.08(a), Section 6.08(b), Section 6.08(c) and Section 6.08(d)shall apply to such transaction; and (iv) any Guarantor into or with an Affiliate, Section 6.09(b)(iii) above shall apply to such transaction or

 

236


(v) the Transaction or any Permitted Transaction.

(c) Section 6.06, Section 6.07, Section 6.08 and this Section 6.09 shall not apply to the creation of a new Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary.

(d) Nothing in Section 6.06, Section 6.07, Section 6.08 and this Section 6.09 shall prohibit or restrict the Transaction or any Permitted Transaction, which shall be expressly permitted under Section 6.06, Section 6.07 and this Section 6.08.

Section 6.10 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(a) Holdings may designate (i) any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, if that designation would not cause a Default.

(b) If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary:

(i) the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to the covenant described under Section 6.04 or under one or more paragraphs of the definition of Permitted Payments or Permitted Investments, as determined by Holdings;

(ii) that designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(iii) that designation must be evidenced to the Administrative Agent on the date of such designation by delivering to the Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with Section 6.10(a) above and this Section 6.10(b) and was permitted by the covenant described under Section 6.04.

(c) If the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary fails to meet the requirements set out in Section 6.10(b) above, such Subsidiary shall not be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be Incurred by it as a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under the covenant described under Section 6.01, Holdings will be in default of such covenant.

 

237


(d) If an Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary, that designation:

(i) will be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(ii) will only be permitted if (A) the Indebtedness described in sub-paragraph (i) above is permitted under the covenant described under Section 6.01 (including pursuant to Section 6.01(e) thereof, treating such designation as an acquisition for the purpose of such paragraph), calculated on a pro forma basis as at the Applicable Test Date and (B) no Event of Default would be in existence immediately following such designation; and

(iii) must be evidenced to the Administrative Agent on the date of such designation, by delivering to the Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with this Section 6.10(d).

Section 6.11 Additional Intercreditor Agreements.

(a) At the request of Holdings, in connection with the Incurrence by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of (i) any Indebtedness secured on Charged Property or as otherwise required herein and (ii) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness referred to in sub-paragraph (i) above, Holdings, the relevant Restricted Subsidiaries and the Administrative Agent shall enter into with the holders of such Indebtedness (or their duly authorized representatives) an intercreditor agreement (an “Additional Intercreditor Agreement”) or a restatement, amendment or other modifications of the existing Intercreditor Agreement on substantially the same terms as the Intercreditor Agreement (or terms not materially less favorable to the Lenders (taken as a whole)), including substantially the same terms with respect to release of Guarantees and priority and release of the Security Interests, provided that:

(i) such Additional Intercreditor Agreement will not impose any personal obligations on the Administrative Agent or the Security Agent or, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent or the Security Agent, as applicable, adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Administratie Agent or the Security Agent under this Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(ii) if more than one such intercreditor agreement is outstanding at any time, the correlative terms of such intercreditor agreements must not conflict.

(b) At the direction of Holdings and without the consent of Lenders the Administrative Agent shall from time to time enter into one or more amendments to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement to:

(i) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, manifest error or inconsistency of any such agreement;

(ii) increase the amount or types of Indebtedness covered by any such agreement that may be Incurred by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary that is subject to any such agreement (including with respect to any Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the addition of provisions relating to new Indebtedness ranking junior in right of payment to the Revolving Facility);

 

238


(iii) add Restricted Subsidiaries to the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

(iv) further secure the Revolving Facility;

(v) make provision for equal and rateable pledges of the Charged Property to secure Additional Facilities (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement);

(vi) to facilitate a Permitted Tax Restructuring, a Permitted Reorganization or the Transaction;

(vii) implement any Permitted Collateral Liens;

(viii) amend the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof; or

(ix) make any other change to any such agreement that does not adversely affect the Lenders (taken as a whole) in any material respect, making all necessary provisions to ensure that the Revolving Facility is secured by Liens of equivalent priority over the Charged Property.

(c) Holdings shall not otherwise direct the Administrative Agent to enter into any amendment to any Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement other than (i) in accordance with Section 6.11(b) above or (ii) with the consent of the requisite majority of Lenders except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 9.02, and Holdings may only direct the Administrative Agent to enter into any amendment to the extent such amendment does not impose any personal obligations on the Administrative Agent or, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, adversely affect their respective rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

(d) In relation to any Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall consent on behalf of the requisite majority of Lenders to the payment, repayment, purchase, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition, retirement or redemption of any obligations subordinated to the Loans thereby, provided that such transaction would comply with the covenant described under Section 6.04.

(e) Any proposed material amendments or modifications of the existing Intercreditor Agreement shall be posted by the Administrative Agent to all Lenders and, if not objected to by the Required Lenders within five (5) Business Days thereafter, each Secured Party shall be deemed to have agreed to and accepted the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, (whether then entered into or entered into in the future pursuant to the provisions described herein) and to have directed the Administrative Agent to enter into any such Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

239


Section 6.12 Financial Covenant.

(a) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Covenant Trigger Period, Holdings will not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (calculated on a pro forma basis as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period) (both (x) for the Test Period most recently ended prior to the commencement of such Covenant Trigger Period and (y) for each subsequent Test Period ended during such Covenant Trigger Period) to be less than 1.00 to 1.00.

(b) Financial Cure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (including Article 7), upon the failure to comply with Section 6.12(a) above, Holdings shall have the right (the “Cure Right”) (at any time during the applicable Financial Quarter or thereafter until the date that is the later of (x) 15 Business Days after the first day of the Covenant Trigger Period that required Holdings to comply with Section 6.12(a) and (y) 15 Business Days after the date on which financial statements for such Financial Quarter are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable) to issue Qualified Capital Stock or other equity (such other equity to be on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) for Cash or otherwise receive Cash contributions in respect of Qualified Capital Stock (the “Cure Amount”), and thereupon compliance with Section 6.12(a) shall be recalculated giving effect to a pro forma increase in the amount of Consolidated EBITDA by an amount equal to the Cure Amount (notwithstanding the absence of a related addback in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”) solely for the purpose of determining compliance with Section 6.12(a) as of the end of such Financial Quarter and for applicable subsequent periods that include such Financial Quarter. If, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculation (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account any immediate repayment of Indebtedness in connection therewith), the requirements of Section 6.12(a) would be satisfied, then the requirements of Section 6.12(a) shall be deemed satisfied as of the end of the relevant Financial Quarter with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach of Section 6.12(a) that had occurred (or would have occurred) shall be deemed cured for all purposes under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) in each four consecutive Financial Quarter period there shall be at least two Financial Quarters (which may be, but are not required to be, consecutive) in which the Cure Right is not exercised, (ii) during the term of this Agreement, the Cure Right shall not be exercised more than five times, (iii) the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required for the purpose of causing compliance with Section 6.12(a), (iv) upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a written notice from the Borrowers that the Borrowers intend to exercise the Cure Right (a “Notice of Intent to Cure”) until the later of (x) the fifteenth Business Day after the first day of the Covenant Trigger Period that required the Borrowers to comply with Section 6.12(a) and (y) the fifteenth Business Day following the date on which financial statements for the Financial Quarter to which such Notice of Intent to Cure relates are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable, neither the Administrative Agent (nor any sub-agent therefor) nor any Lender shall exercise any right to accelerate the Revolving Loans or terminate the Commitments, and none of the Administrative Agent (nor any sub-agent therefor) nor any Lender or Secured Party shall exercise any right to foreclose on or take possession of the Collateral or any other right or remedy under the Loan Documents solely on the basis of the relevant failure to comply with Section 6.12a), (v) there shall be no pro forma or other reduction of the amount of Indebtedness by the amount of any Cure Amount for purposes of determining compliance with Section 6.12(a) for the Financial Quarter in respect of which the Cure Right was exercised (other than, with respect to any future period, to the extent of any portion of such Cure Amount that is actually applied to repay Indebtedness (which Indebtedness has not since been reborrowed in the case of revolving Indebtedness)), (vi) any Cure Amount shall be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA solely for the purpose of

 

240


determining compliance with Section 6.12(a) and not for any other purpose under this Agreement and (vii) no Lender or Issuing Bank shall be required to make any Revolving Loan or issue or increase the amount of any Letter of Credit from and after such time as the Administrative Agent has received the Notice of Intent to Cure unless and until the Cure Amount is actually received and such Cure Amount causes Holdings to be in compliance with Section 6.12(a).

ARTICLE 7 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Section 7.01 Events of Default. If any of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) occurs:

(a) Failure To Make Payments When Due. Failure by the Borrowers to pay (i) any installment of principal of any Loan when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by notice of voluntary prepayment, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise; or (ii) any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount due hereunder within five Business Days after the date due; or

(b) Default in Other Agreements. The occurrence of any default under a mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Holdings or any Material Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by Holdings or any Material Subsidiary in each case other than Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary and other than any Existing Target Debt on or prior to the end of the Clean-up Period, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which default (i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) provided in such Indebtedness (a “payment default”), (ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity (an “acceleration”) and, in each case, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness subject to such payment defaults or accelerations (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), is in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

(c) Breach of Certain Covenants. Failure of any Loan Party, as required by the relevant provision, to perform or comply with any term or condition contained in Section 5.01(d)(i) (provided that, the delivery of a notice of Default or Event of Default at any time will cure such Event of Default arising from the failure to timely deliver such notice of Default or Event of Default, as applicable, but for the avoidance of doubt, will not cure the underlying Default or Event of Default as to which notice was required to be given) or Article 6; or

(d) Breach of Representations, Etc. Any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed made by any Loan Party in any Loan Document or in any certificate required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith being untrue in any material respect as of the date made or deemed made and in each case, to the extent capable of being cured, such untrue representation or warranty shall remain untrue for a period of thirty (30) days; or

(e) Other Defaults Under Loan Documents. Failure of any Loan Party (i) to comply with any term or condition contained in Section 5.03(a) for a period of five consecutive Business Days (or three consecutive Business Days when delivery of weekly Borrowing Base Certificates is in effect); (ii) to comply with any term or condition contained in Section 5.12 for a period of five consecutive Business Days (provided that during a Cash Dominion Period such Default shall occur immediately upon a failure to comply) or (iii) failure by Holdings or any other Loan Party to comply for sixty (60) days after written notice by the Administrative Agent with any agreement or obligation contained in this Agreement other than any such term referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) or in any other Section of this Article 7; or

 

241


(f) Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, Etc. (i) The entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of a decree or order for relief in respect of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) in an involuntary case under any Debtor Relief Law now or hereafter in effect, which decree or order is not stayed; or any other similar relief shall be granted under any applicable federal, state or local Requirement of Law; or (ii) the commencement of an involuntary case against Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) under any Debtor Relief Law; the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of a decree or order for the appointment of a receiver, receiver and manager, (preliminary) insolvency receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, administrator, custodian or other officer having similar powers over Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary), or over all or a substantial part of its property; or the involuntary appointment of an interim receiver, trustee or other custodian of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) for all or a substantial part of its property, which remains undismissed, unvacated, unbounded or unstayed pending appeal for 60 consecutive days; or

(g) Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, Etc. (i) The entry against Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) of an order for relief, the commencement by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) of a voluntary case under any Debtor Relief Law, or the consent by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case or to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case, under any Debtor Relief Law, or the consent by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, receiver and manager, (preliminary) insolvency receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, administrator, custodian or other officer having similar powers for or in respect of itself or for all or a substantial part of its property; (ii) the making by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (iii) the admission by Holdings, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) in writing of their inability to pay their respective debts as such debts become due; or

(h) Judgments and Attachments. The entry or filing of one or more final money judgments, writs or warrants of attachment or similar process against Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets involving in the aggregate at any time an amount in excess of the Threshold Amount (in either case to the extent not adequately covered by self-insurance (if applicable) or by insurance as to which the relevant third party insurance company has been notified and not denied coverage), which judgment, writ, warrant or similar process remains unpaid, undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed pending appeal for a period of 60 days; or

 

242


(i) [Reserved]

(j) Change of Control. The occurrence of a Change of Control; or

(k) Invalidity and Unlawfulness.

(i) Any provision of any Loan Document is or becomes invalid or (subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements) unenforceable in any material respect or shall be repudiated by any Loan Party or any Third Party Security Provider or the validity or enforceability of any material provision of any Loan Document shall at any time be contested by any Loan Party or any Third Party Security Provider and this, individually or cumulatively, would materially adversely affect the interests of the Secured Parties (taken as a whole) under the Loan Documents and is not remedied within twenty (20) Business Days of the giving of notice by the Administrative Agent in respect of such failure.

(ii) At any time it is or becomes unlawful for any Loan or any Third Party Security Provider to perform any of its material obligations under any of the Loan Documents and this individually or cumulatively would materially adversely affect the interests of the Secured Parties under the Loan Documents and is not remedied within twenty (20) Business Days of the giving of notice by the Administrative Agent in respect of such failure; or

(l) Intercreditor Agreement. Topco in its capacity as “Original Third Party Security Provider” or “Subordinated Creditor” (each as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) or any other Third Party Security Provider fails to comply in any material respect with the material provisions of, or does not perform its material obligations under, the Intercreditor Agreement in a way which is materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders taken as a whole. No Event of Default will occur under this Section 7.01(m) if such failure is remedied within twenty (20) Business Days from the giving of notice by the Administrative Agent in respect of such failure

(m) then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrowers described in clause (f) or (g) of this Article 7), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrowers, take any of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon such Commitments shall terminate immediately and (ii) declare the Revolving Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Revolving Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrowers accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers and (iii) require that the Borrowers deposit in the LC Collateral Account an additional amount in Cash as reasonably requested by the Issuing Banks (not to exceed 105% of the relevant face amount) of the then outstanding LC Exposure (minus the amount then on deposit in the LC Collateral Account); provided that (A) upon the occurrence of an event with respect to the Borrowers described in clauses (f) or (g) of this Article 7, any such Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon

 

243


and all fees and other obligations of the Borrowers accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers, without further action of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, and the obligation of the Borrowers to Cash collateralize the outstanding Letters of Credit as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further action of the Administrative Agent or any Lender. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, exercise any rights and remedies provided to the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the UCC, or equivalent applicable Requirement of Law, as applicable.

(n) Notwithstanding any other term of the Loan Documents, for the period from the date of this Agreement until the date which falls one hundred and eighty (180) days after the Closing Date (the “Clean-up Period”), any breach of a representation or warranty, breach of an undertaking, Default or Event of Default, will be deemed not to be a breach of representation or warranty, a breach of undertaking, a Default or an Event of Default (as the case may be) if it would have been (if it were not for this provision) a breach of representation or warranty, a breach of undertaking, a Default and/or an Event of Default by reason of any matter or circumstance relating to the Target Group or any member of the Target Group, if and for so long as the circumstances giving rise to the relevant breach of representation or warranty or breach of undertakings, Default or Event of Default (i) are capable of being remedied and, if Holdings is aware of the relevant circumstances at the time, reasonable efforts are being used to remedy such breach, Default or Event of Default, (ii) would not have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) was not procured or approved by the Board of Directors (or equivalent body) of Holdings (provided that it had actual knowledge thereof and that knowledge of the relevant breach does not equate to procurement or approval) provided that if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Clean-Up Period there shall be a breach of representation, breach of undertaking, Default and/or Event of Default, as the case may be.

(o) Notwithstanding any other term of the Loan Documents, for the period from the date of an acquisition permitted under this Agreement (the “Approved Acquisition”) until the date which falls one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of such Approved Acquisition (the “Acquisition Clean-up Period”), any breach of a representation or warranty, breach of an undertaking, Default or Event of Default, will be deemed not to be a breach of representation or warranty, a breach of undertaking, a Default or an Event of Default (as the case may be) if it would have been (if it were not for this provision) a breach of representation or warranty, a breach of undertaking, a Default and/or an Event of Default by reason of any matter or circumstance relating to the person or business subject of the Approved Acquisition if and for so long as the circumstances giving rise to the relevant breach of representation or warranty or breach of undertaking, Default or Event of Default (i) are capable of being remedied and, if any member of the Group effecting the relevant Approved Acquisition is aware of the relevant circumstances at the time, reasonable efforts are being used to remedy such breach, Default or Event of Default, (ii) would not have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) was not procured or approved by the Board of Directors (or equivalent body) of any member of the Group effecting the relevant Approved Acquisition (provided that it had actual knowledge thereof and that knowledge of the relevant breach does not equate to procurement or approval) provided that if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Acquisition Clean-Up Period there shall be a breach of representation, breach of undertaking, Default and/or Event of Default, as the case may be.

 

244


Section 7.02 Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) Each Loan Party (a) consents (without any representation, warranty or obligation whatsoever) to any grant by any Loan Party and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent a non-exclusive royalty-free license to use, subject to any limitations and restrictions in any relevant Collateral Document, for a period not to exceed 180 days (commencing with the initiation of any enforcement of Liens by the Administrative Agent any Copyright, Patent, Trademark or proprietary information of such Loan Party (or any Copyright, Patent, Trademark or proprietary information acquired by such purchaser, assignee or transferee from any Loan Party, as the case may be) in connection with the enforcement of any Lien held by the Administrative Agent upon any Inventory or other ABL Priority Security and to the extent the use of such Copyright, Patent, Trademark or proprietary information is necessary or appropriate, in the good faith opinion of the Administrative Agent, to process, ship, produce, store, complete, supply, lease, sell or otherwise dispose of any such Inventory in any lawful manner. The 180 day license periods shall be tolled while any Loan Party is subject to any Debtor Relief Law pursuant to which the Administrative Agent is effectively stayed from enforcing its rights and remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Security.

(b) In the event any Loan Party incurs any Indebtedness that is secured by the Intellectual Property of any Loan Party a provision consistent with Section 7.02(a) shall be included in the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to such Indebtedness whereby the Other Creditor thereof will agree to provide a non-exclusive license to the Secured Parties consistent with Section 7.02(a).

Section 7.03 Access to Property to Process and Sell Inventory.

(a) (i) If the Administrative Agent commences any action or proceeding with respect to any of its rights or remedies (including any action of foreclosure but excluding any exercise of rights solely in connection with the occurrence and continuation of a Cash Dominion Period, enforcement, collection or execution with respect to the ABL Priority Security (“ABL Priority Collateral Enforcement Actions”) or if any Other Creditor commences any action or proceeding with respect to any of its rights or remedies (including any action of foreclosure), enforcement, collection or execution with respect to the Other Senior Collateral, and such Other Creditor (or a purchaser at a foreclosure sale conducted in foreclosure of any Liens of any Other Creditor) takes actual or constructive possession of Other Senior Collateral of any Loan Party (“Other Creditor Priority Collateral Enforcement Actions”), then the applicable Other Creditors shall and the Loan Parties shall (subject to, in the case of any Other Creditor Priority Collateral Enforcement Action, a prior written request by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Other Creditor (the “Other Creditor Priority Collateral Enforcement Action Notice”)) (x) cooperate with the Administrative Agent (and with its officers, employees, representatives and agents) in its efforts to conduct ABL Priority Collateral Enforcement Actions in the ABL Priority Security and to finish any work-in-process and process, ship, produce, store, complete, supply, lease, sell or otherwise handle, deal with, assemble or dispose of, in any lawful manner, the ABL Priority Security, (y) not hinder or restrict in any respect the ABL Collateral Agent from conducting ABL Priority Collateral

 

245


Enforcement Actions in the ABL Priority Security or from finishing any work-in-process or processing, shipping, producing, storing, completing, supplying, leasing, selling or otherwise handling, dealing with, assembling or disposing of, in any lawful manner, the ABL Priority Security, and (z) permit the ABL Collateral Agent, its employees, agents, advisers and representatives, at the cost and expense of the ABL Claimholders, to enter upon and use the Other Senior Collateral (including equipment, processors, computers and other machinery related to the storage or processing of records, documents or files and intellectual property), for a period commencing on (I) the date of the initial ABL Priority Collateral Enforcement Action or the date of delivery of the Other Creditor Priority Collateral Enforcement Action Notice, as the case may be, and (II) ending on the earlier of the date occurring 180 days thereafter and the date on which all ABL Priority Security (other than ABL Priority Security abandoned by the ABL Collateral Agent in writing) has been removed from the Other Senior Collateral (such period, the “ABL Priority Collateral Processing and Sale Period”), for purposes of:

(A) assembling and storing the ABL Priority Security and completing the processing of and turning into finished goods any ABL Priority Security consisting of work-in-process;

(B) selling any or all of the ABL Priority Security located in or on such Other Senior Collateral, whether in bulk, in lots or to customers in the ordinary course of business or otherwise;

(C) removing and transporting any or all of the ABL Priority Security located in or on such Other Senior Collateral;

(D) otherwise processing, shipping, producing, storing, completing, supplying, leasing, selling or otherwise handling, dealing with, assembling or disposing of, in any lawful manner, the ABL Priority Security; and/or

(E) taking reasonable actions to protect, secure, and otherwise enforce the rights or remedies of the Secured Parties and/or the Administrative Agent (including with respect to any ABL Priority Collateral Enforcement Actions) in and to the ABL Priority Security;

provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall restrict the rights of the Loan Parties or any Other Creditor from selling, assigning or otherwise transferring any Other Senior Collateral prior to the expiration of such ABL Priority Collateral Processing and Sale Period if the purchaser, assignee or transferee thereof agrees in writing (for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties) to be bound by the provisions of this Section 7.03. If any stay or other order prohibiting the exercise of remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Security has been entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, such ABL Priority Collateral Processing and Sale Period shall be tolled during the pendency of any such stay or other order.

 

246


(ii) During the period of actual occupation, use and/or control by the Secured Parties and/or the Administrative Agent (or their respective employees, agents, advisers and representatives) of any Other Senior Collateral, the Secured Parties and the Administrative Agent shall be obligated to repair at their expense any physical damage to such Other Senior Collateral resulting from such occupancy, use or control, and to leave such Other Senior Collateral in substantially the same condition as it was at the commencement of such occupancy, use or control, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Without limiting the rights granted in this Section 7.03(a), the Secured Parties shall cooperate with the Other Creditor in connection with any efforts made by the Other Creditors to sell such Other Senior Collateral.

(b) The Secured Parties shall (i) use the Other Senior Collateral in accordance with applicable law; (ii) obtain insurance for damage to property and liability to persons, including property and liability insurance, substantially similar to the insurance maintained by the Loan Parties, naming each of the Other Creditors as mortgagee, loss payee and additional insured, at no cost to the Other Creditors, but only to the extent such insurance is not otherwise in effect; and (iii) indemnify the Other Creditors from any claim, loss, damage, cost or liability arising out of any claim asserted by any third party as a result of any acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent, or any of its agents or representatives, in connection with the exercise by the Secured Parties of their rights of access set forth in this Section 7.03.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Secured Parties or the Administrative Agent have any liability to the Other Creditors or the Loan Parties pursuant to this Section 7.03 as a result of any condition (including any environmental condition, claim or liability) on or with respect to the Other Senior Collateral existing prior to the date of the exercise by the Secured Parties of their rights under this Section 7.03 and the Secured Parties shall have no duty or liability to maintain the Other Senior Collateral in a condition or manner better than that in which it was maintained prior to the use thereof by the Secured Parties, or for any diminution in the value of the Other Senior Collateral that results from ordinary wear and tear resulting from the use of the Other Senior Collateral by the Secured Parties in the manner and for the time periods specified under this Section 7.03.

(d) The Other Creditors (x) shall, and the Loan Parties shall, at the request of the Administrative Agent, provide reasonable cooperation to the Administrative Agent in connection with the manufacture, production, completion, handling, removal and sale of any ABL Priority Security by the Administrative Agent as provided above and (y) shall be entitled to receive, from the Administrative Agent, fair compensation and reimbursement for their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with such cooperation, support and assistance to the Administrative Agent. Each of the Other Creditors, the Loan Parties and/or any such purchaser (or its transferee or successor) shall not otherwise be required to manufacture, produce, complete, remove, insure, protect, store, safeguard, sell or deliver any Inventory subject to any Lien held by the Administrative Agent or to provide any support, assistance or cooperation to the Administrative Agent in respect thereof.

(e) In the event any Loan Party incurs any Indebtedness that is secured by real property of any Loan Party a provision consistent with Section 7.03 shall be included in the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to such Indebtedness whereby the Other Creditor thereof will agree to provide the above access rights to the Secured Parties consistent with Section 7.03.

 

247


ARTICLE 8 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereby, each, on behalf of itself and its applicable Affiliates and in their respective capacities as such and as Secured Parties in respect of any Secured Hedging Obligations or Banking Services Obligations, as applicable, irrevocably appoints Goldman (or any successor appointed pursuant hereto) as Administrative Agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf, including execution of the other Loan Documents, and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

Any Person serving as Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, unless the context otherwise requires or unless such Person is in fact not a Lender, include each Person serving as Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, the Administrative Agent or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to them.

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and its duties shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duty, regardless of whether any Default or Event of Default exists, and the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Loan Documents with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligation arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Requirements of Law; it being understood that such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary power, except discretionary rights and powers that are expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents and which the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the relevant circumstances as provided in Section 9.02); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Requirements of Law, and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrowers or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. In particular, and for the avoidance of doubt, nothing in any Loan Document shall be construed so as to constitute an obligation of the Administrative Agent to perform any services

 

248


which it would not be entitled to render pursuant to the provisions of the German Act on Rendering Legal Services (Rechtsdienstleistungsgesetz) or pursuant to the provisions of the German Tax Advisory Act (Steuerberatungsgesetz) or any other services that require an express official approval, licence or registration, unless the Administrative Agent holds the required approval, licence or registration. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable to the Lenders or any other Secured Party for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as is necessary, or as the Administrative Agent believes in good faith shall be necessary, under the relevant circumstances as provided in Section 9.02) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrowers or any Lender (which, solely for the purposes of this Article 8, shall have been identified as a notice of Default or Event of Default) and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection with any Loan Document, (iii) the performance or observance of any covenant, agreement or other term or condition set forth in any Loan Document or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, (v) the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien on the Collateral or the existence, value or sufficiency of the Collateral or to assure that the Liens granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document have been or will continue to be properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 4 or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent or (vii) any property, book or record of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof.

Each Lender agrees that, except with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, it will not take any enforcement action hereunder or under any other Loan Document, accelerate the Obligations under any Loan Document, or exercise any right that it might otherwise have under applicable Requirements of Law or otherwise to credit bid at any foreclosure sale, UCC sale, any sale under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other similar Disposition of Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lender may take action to preserve or enforce its rights against a Loan Party where a deadline or limitation period is applicable that would, absent such action, bar enforcement of the Obligations held by such Lender, including the filing of a proof of claim in a case under any Debtor Relief Law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and each Secured Party agree that (i) no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Loan Guarantee; it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof, and all powers, rights and remedies under the other Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent, and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private

 

249


sale or in the event of any other Disposition (including pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code), (A) the Administrative Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties, shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such sale, to use and apply all or any portion of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Administrative Agent at such Disposition and (B) the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of all or any portion of such Collateral at any such Disposition.

No holder of any Secured Hedging Obligation or Banking Services Obligation in its respective capacity as such shall have any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Loan Party under this Agreement.

Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorizes (and by entering into a Hedge Agreement with respect to any Secured Hedging Obligation and/or by entering into documentation in connection with any Banking Services Obligation, each of the other Secured Parties hereby authorizes and shall be deemed to authorize) the Administrative Agent, on behalf of all Secured Parties, to take any of the following actions upon the instruction of the Required Lenders:

(a) consent to the Disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral free and clear of the Liens securing the Secured Obligations in connection with any Disposition pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code (including Section 363 thereof), or any other applicable Debtor Relief Law;

(b) credit bid all or any portion of the Secured Obligations, or purchase all or any portion of the Collateral (in each case, either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles), in connection with any Disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code (including under Section 363 thereof), or any other applicable Debtor Relief Law;

(c) credit bid all or any portion of the Secured Obligations, or purchase all or any portion of the Collateral (in each case, either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles), in connection with any Disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral pursuant to the applicable provisions of the UCC, including pursuant to Sections 9-610 or 9-620 of the UCC;

(d) credit bid all or any portion of the Secured Obligations, or purchase all or any portion of the Collateral (in each case, either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles), in connection with any foreclosure or other Disposition conducted in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law following the occurrence of an Event of Default, including by power of sale, judicial action or otherwise; and/or

(e) estimate the amount of any contingent or unliquidated Secured Obligations of such Lender or other Secured Party;

it being understood that no Lender shall be required to fund any amount in connection with any purchase of all or any portion of the Collateral by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the foregoing clauses (b), (c) or (d) without its prior written consent.

 

250


Each Secured Party agrees that the Administrative Agent is under no obligation to credit bid any part of the Secured Obligations or to purchase or retain or acquire any portion of the Collateral; provided that, in connection with any credit bid or purchase described under clauses (b), (c) or (d) of the preceding paragraph, the Secured Obligations owed to all of the Secured Parties (other than with respect to contingent or unliquidated liabilities as set forth in the next succeeding paragraph) may be, and shall be, credit bid by the Administrative Agent on a ratable basis.

With respect to any contingent or unliquidated claim that is a Secured Obligation, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized, but is not required, to estimate the amount thereof for purposes of any credit bid or purchase described in the second preceding paragraph so long as the estimation of the amount or liquidation of such claim would not unduly delay the ability of the Administrative Agent to credit bid the Secured Obligations or purchase the Collateral in the relevant Disposition. In the event that the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, elects not to estimate any such contingent or unliquidated claim or any such claim cannot be estimated without unduly delaying the ability of the Administrative Agent to consummate any credit bid or purchase in accordance with the second preceding paragraph, then any contingent or unliquidated claims not so estimated shall be disregarded, shall not be credit bid, and shall not be entitled to any interest in the portion or the entirety of the Collateral purchased by means of such credit bid.

Each Secured Party whose Secured Obligations are credit bid under clauses (b), (c) or (d) of the third preceding paragraph is entitled to receive interests in the Collateral or any other asset acquired in connection with such credit bid (or in the Capital Stock of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are used to consummate such acquisition) on a ratable basis in accordance with the percentage obtained by dividing (x) the amount of the Secured Obligations of such Secured Party that were credit bid in such credit bid or other Disposition, by (y) the aggregate amount of all Secured Obligations that were credit bid in such credit bid or other Disposition.

In addition, in case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, each Secured Party agrees that the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Revolving Loan or LC Disbursement is then due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent has made any demand on the Borrowers) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Revolving Loans or LC Disbursements and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts to the extent due to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Section 2.12 and 9.03) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same.

 

251


Any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Secured Party and each Issuing Bank to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent consents to the making of such payments directly to the Secured Parties and the Issuing Banks, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amount due to the Administrative Agent under Section 9.03.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or Issuing Bank any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or Issuing Bank or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or Issuing Bank in any such proceeding.

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice (including any telephonic notice), request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) that it believes to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Revolving Loan or the issuance of a Letter of Credit that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the applicable Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, unless the Administrative Agent has received notice to the contrary from such Lender or Issuing Bank prior to the making of such Revolving Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrowers), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of their respective duties and exercise their respective rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as the Administrative Agent.

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Co-Collateral Agent, and each Loan Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that:

(a) The Co-Collateral Agent shall have rights as expansive as the rights afforded to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, the German Security Agreements, the Security Agreement or any other Loan Document with respect to determinations under (i) (x) the definition in this Agreement of the term “Excess Availability” and any component of such definition and (y)

 

252


the definition of the terms “Average Historical Excess Availability” and “Borrowing Base” and any component of each such definition (including without limitation, Reserves, advance rates and eligibility criteria), (ii) reporting requirements and appraisals, examinations and collateral audits, (iii) the establishment, determination, modification or release of any Reserves established pursuant to this Agreement, the German Security Agreements, the Security Agreement or any other Loan Document and (iv) to the extent applicable to any of the foregoing, the determination of Permitted Discretion;

(b) Any provision in this Agreement, the German Security Agreements, the Security Agreement or any other Loan Document relating to determinations made with respect to any of the matters covered by clause (a) above which would otherwise only need the consent or approval of or to be satisfactory or acceptable to the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to require the consent or approval of or be satisfactory or acceptable (as the case may be) to the Co-Collateral Agent; provided that in the event the Administrative Agent grants a consent or approval or determines that a matter is satisfactory or acceptable, the Co-Collateral Agent will automatically be deemed to accept such determination unless it otherwise objects in writing delivered to Holdings and the Administrative Agent within 3 Business Days thereof.

(c) In the event that the Co-Collateral Agent and Administrative Agent cannot in good faith agree on any issue relating to Excess Availability, Average Historical Excess Availability, the Borrowing Base, Reserves or Borrowing Base advance rates or eligibility criteria, borrowing base reporting, appraisals or examinations or any other action or determination relating to Collateral, the resolution of such issue shall be to require that the most conservative credit judgment be implemented (that is, such credit judgment that would (i) result in the least amount of credit being available to the Borrowers under this Agreement, the German Security Agreements, the Security Agreement or any other applicable Loan Document as applicable, (ii) cause action to be undertaken which is more protective of Secured Parties (such as, for example, increased reporting, or the undertaking of audits or appraisals) or (iii) result in the Co-Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent declining to permit the requested action).

The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving ten days’ written notice to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Borrowers; provided that if no successor agent is appointed in accordance with the terms set forth below within such ten-day period, the Administrative Agent’s resignation shall not be effective until the earlier to occur of (x) the date of the appointment of the successor agent or (y) the date that is 20 days after the last day of such ten-day period. If the Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender or an Affiliate of a Defaulting Lender, either the Required Lenders or the Borrowers may, upon ten days’ notice, remove the Administrative Agent. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation or delivery of any such notice of removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrowers (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to appoint a Successor Administrative Agent which shall be a commercial bank, trust company or other Person reasonably acceptable to the Borrowers with offices in the U.S. having combined capital and surplus in excess of €1,000,000,000; provided that during the existence and continuation of an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a) or, with respect to the Borrowers, Sections 7.01(f), or (g), no consent of the Borrowers shall be required. If no successor has been appointed as provided above and accepted such appointment within ten days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation or the Administrative Agent receives notice of removal, then (a) in the case of a retirement, the retiring Administrative Agent may (but

 

253


shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, appoint a Successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the consent of the Borrowers) or (b) in the case of a removal, the Borrowers may, after consulting with the Required Lenders, appoint a Successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that (x) in the case of a retirement, if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrowers, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment or (y) in the case of a removal, the Borrowers notify the Required Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then, in each case, such resignation or removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (i) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties for purposes of maintaining the perfection of the Lien on the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a Successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (ii) except for any indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations required to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and each Issuing Bank directly (and each Lender and each Issuing Bank will cooperate with the Borrowers to enable the Borrowers to take such actions), until such time as the Required Lenders or the Borrowers, as applicable, appoint a Successor Administrative Agent as provided above in this Article 8. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder as a Successor Administrative Agent, the Successor Administrative Agent shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity or other payments owed to the retiring Administrative Agent), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder (other than its obligations under Section 9.13 hereof). The fees payable by the Borrowers to any Successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such Successor Administrative Agent. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the relevant Person was acting as Administrative Agent (including for this purpose holding any collateral security following the retirement or removal of the Administrative Agent). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Disqualified Lender (nor any Affiliate thereof) may be appointed as a Successor Administrative Agent.

Each Lender and each Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Issuing Bank or Lender or any of their respective Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and each Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Issuing Bank or Lender or any of their respective Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be

 

254


furnished to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks by the Administrative Agent herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender or any Issuing Bank with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Arrangers shall not have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement, except in their respective capacities as the Administrative Agent, an Issuing Bank or a Lender hereunder, as applicable.

Each Secured Party irrevocably authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent to, and the Administrative Agent shall:

(a) release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon the occurrence of the Termination Date, (ii) that is sold or to be sold or transferred as part of or in connection with any Disposition permitted under the Loan Documents to a Person that is not a Loan Party, (iii) that does not constitute (or ceases to constitute) Collateral, (iv) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Loan Party, upon the release of such Loan Party from its Loan Guarantee otherwise in accordance with the Loan Documents or (v) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders or such other number of Lenders as may be required in accordance with Section 9.02;

(b) subject to Section 9.23, release any Loan Party from its Loan Guarantee (i) upon the consummation of any permitted transaction or series of related transactions if as a result thereof such Loan Party ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary and/or (ii) upon the occurrence of the Termination Date;

(c) subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Sections 6.02(d), 6.02(f), 6.02(g), 6.02(m), 6.02(n), 6.02(o)(i) (other than any Lien on the Capital Stock of any Loan Party), 6.02(q), 6.02(r), 6.02(s) (to the extent that relevant Lien is of the type to which the Lien of the Administrative Agent is otherwise required to be subordinated under this clause (c) pursuant to any of the other exceptions to Section 6.02 that are expressly included in this clause (c)), 6.02(u) (to the extent the relevant Lien is of the type to which the Lien of the Administrative Agent is otherwise required to be subordinated under this clause (c) pursuant to any of the other exceptions to Section 6.02 that are expressly included in this clause (c)), 6.02(x), 6.02(y), 6.02(z)(i), 6.02(bb), 6.02(cc), 6.02(dd), 6.02(ee), 6.02(ff), 6.02(gg) and/or 6.02(hh) (and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any thereof to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness is permitted to be secured under Section 6.02(k)); provided, that the subordination of any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent shall only be required with respect to any Lien on such property that is permitted by Sections 6.02(f), 6.02(m), 6.02(o)(i), 6.02(q), 6.02(r), 6.02(s), 6.02(u), 6.02(bb) and/or 6.02(hh) to the extent that the Lien of the Administrative Agent with respect to such property is required to be subordinated to the relevant Permitted Lien in accordance with the documentation governing the Indebtedness that is secured by such Permitted Lien; and

 

255


(d) enter into subordination agreements, collateral trust agreements, Additional Intercreditor Agreements and/or similar agreements with respect to Indebtedness that is (i) required or permitted to be subordinated hereunder and/or (ii) secured by Liens, and with respect to which Indebtedness and/or Liens, this Agreement contemplates an intercreditor, subordination, collateral trust agreement or similar agreement.

Upon the request of the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Loan Party from its obligations under the Loan Guarantee or its Lien on any Collateral pursuant to this Article 8. In each case specified in this Article 8, the Administrative Agent will (and each Lender and each Issuing Bank hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to), at the Borrowers’ expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents, to subordinate its interest therein, or to release such Loan Party from its obligations under the Loan Guarantee, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Article 8; provided, that upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers shall deliver a certificate of an Officer certifying that the relevant transaction has been consummated in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility to the Secured Parties for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders or the Issuing Banks for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

The Administrative Agent is authorized to enter into the Intercreditor Agreements or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement with respect to any Indebtedness (i) that is (A) required or permitted to be subordinated hereunder and/or (B) secured by Liens and (ii) with respect to which Indebtedness and/or Liens, this Agreement contemplates an intercreditor, subordination, collateral trust or similar agreement and the Secured Parties party hereto acknowledge that any Additional Agreement is binding upon them. Each Secured Party party hereto hereby (a) agrees that they will be bound by, and will not take any action contrary to, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements and any Additional Agreement and (b) authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreements and/or any Additional Agreement and to subject the Liens on the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations to the provisions thereof. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the Secured Parties to extend credit to the Borrowers, and the Secured Parties are intended third-party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements and/or any Additional Agreement.

To the extent that the Administrative Agent (or any Affiliate thereof) is not reimbursed and indemnified by the Borrowers in accordance with and to the extent required by Section 9.03(b), the Lenders will reimburse and indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any Affiliate thereof) in proportion to their respective Applicable Percentages (determined as if there were no Defaulting Lenders) for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims,

 

256


actions, judgments, costs, expenses or disbursements of whatsoever kind or nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by the Administrative Agent (or any Affiliate thereof) in performing its duties hereunder or under any other Loan Document or in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Administrative Agent’s (or such Affiliate’s) gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision).

To the extent required by any applicable Requirements of Law (as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender under any Loan Document an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. Without limiting or expanding the provisions of Section 2.17, each Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent against, and shall make payable in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent by the IRS or any other Governmental Authority as a result of the failure of the Administrative Agent to properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of such Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective). A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this paragraph. The agreements in this paragraph shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, any Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

The parties hereto agree that: (a) if the Administrative Agent notifies a Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party who has received funds on behalf of a Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party such Lender or Issuing Bank (any such Lender, Issuing Bank, Secured Party or other recipient, a “Payment Recipient”) that the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole discretion (whether or not after receipt of any notice under immediately succeeding clause (b)) that any funds received by such Payment Recipient from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates were erroneously transmitted to, or otherwise erroneously or mistakenly received by, such Payment Recipient (whether or not known to such Payment Recipient on its behalf) (any such funds, whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise, individually and collectively, an “Erroneous Payment”) and demands the return of such Erroneous Payment (or a portion thereof), such Erroneous Payment shall at all times remain the property of the Administrative Agent and shall be segregated by the Payment Recipient and held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, and such Payment Recipient shall promptly, but in no event later than two Business Days thereafter, return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made, in same day funds (in the currency so received), together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) was received

 

257


by such Payment Recipient to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in same day funds at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Payment Recipient under this clause (a) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(a) Without limiting immediately preceding clause (a), each Payment Recipient hereby further agrees that if it receives a payment, prepayment or repayment (whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise) from the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) (x) that is in a different amount than, or on a different date from, that specified in a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment, (y) that was not preceded or accompanied by a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates), or (z) that such Payment Recipient otherwise becomes aware was transmitted, or received, in error or by mistake (in whole or in part) in each case:

(i) (A) in the case of immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), an error shall be presumed to have been made (absent written confirmation from the Administrative Agent to the contrary) or (B) an error has been made (in the case of immediately preceding clause (z)), in each case, with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment; and

(ii) such Payment Recipient shall promptly (and, in all events, within one Business Day of its knowledge of such error) notify the Administrative Agent of its receipt of such payment, prepayment or repayment, the details thereof (in reasonable detail) and that it is so notifying the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Article 8.

(b) Each Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off, net and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party under any Loan Document, or otherwise payable or distributable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party from any source, against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under immediately preceding clause (a) or under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement.

(c) In the event that an Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) is not recovered by the Administrative Agent for any reason, after demand therefor by the Administrative Agent in accordance with immediately preceding clause (a), from any Lender or Issuing Bank that has received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) (and/or from any Payment Recipient who received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) on its respective behalf) (such unrecovered amount, an “Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency”), upon the Administrative Agent’s notice to such Lender or Issuing Lender at any time, (i) such Lender or Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have assigned its Loans (but not its Commitments) of the relevant Class with respect to which such Erroneous Payment was made (the “Erroneous Payment Impacted Class”) in an amount equal to the Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency (or such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent may specify) (such assignment of the Loans (but not Commitments) of the Erroneous Payment Impacted Class, the “Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment”) at par plus any accrued and unpaid interest (with the assignment fee to be waived by the Administrative Agent in such

 

258


instance), and is hereby (together with the Borrowers) deemed to execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption (or, to the extent applicable, an agreement incorporating an Assignment and Assumption by reference pursuant to the Platform as to which the Administrative Agent and such parties are participants) with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, and such Lender or Issuing Bank shall deliver any Notes evidencing such Loans to the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, (ii) the Administrative Agent as the assignee Lender shall be deemed to acquire the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, (iii) upon such deemed acquisition, the Administrative Agent as the assignee Lender shall become a Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, hereunder with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment and the assigning Lender or assigning Issuing Bank shall cease to be a Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, hereunder with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, its obligations under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement and its applicable Commitments which shall survive as to such assigning Lender or assigning Issuing Bank and (iv) the Administrative Agent may reflect in the Register its ownership interest in the Loans subject to the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment. The Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, sell any Loans acquired pursuant to an Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment and upon receipt of the proceeds of such sale, the Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency owing by the applicable Lender or Issuing Bank shall be reduced by the net proceeds of the sale of such Loan (or portion thereof), and the Administrative Agent shall retain all other rights, remedies and claims against such Lender or Issuing Bank (and/or against any recipient that receives funds on its respective behalf). For the avoidance of doubt, no Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment will reduce the Commitments of any Lender or Issuing Bank and such Commitments shall remain available in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In addition, each party hereto agrees that, except to the extent that the Administrative Agent has sold a Loan (or portion thereof) acquired pursuant to an Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent may be equitably subrogated, the Administrative Agent shall be contractually subrogated to all the rights and interests of the applicable Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party under the Loan Documents with respect to each Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency (the “Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights”).

(d) The parties hereto agree that an Erroneous Payment shall not pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise satisfy any Obligations owed by the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, except, in each case, to the extent such Erroneous Payment is, and solely with respect to the amount of such Erroneous Payment that is, comprised of funds received by the Administrative Agent from the Borrowers or any other Loan Party for the purpose of making such Erroneous Payment.

(e) To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Payment Recipient shall assert any right or claim to an Erroneous Payment, and hereby waives, and is deemed to waive, any claim, counterclaim, defense or right of set-off or recoupment with respect to any demand, claim or counterclaim by the Administrative Agent for the return of any Erroneous Payment received, including without limitation waiver of any defense based on “discharge for value” or any similar doctrine.

(f) Each party’s obligations, agreements and waivers under this Article 8 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any transfer of rights or obligations by, or the replacement of, a Lender or Issuing Bank, the termination of the Commitments and/or the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations (or any portion thereof) under any Loan Document.

 

259


ARTICLE 9 MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.01 Notices.

(a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile or email, as follows:

(i) if to any Loan Party, to such Loan Party in the care of the German Parent Borrower at:

Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG

Burg Ockenfels, 53545 Linz am Rhein

Attention: Oliver Reichert / Philipp Türoff

Email: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Facsimile: [***]

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice to any Loan Party):

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Jason Kanner

Email: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Facsimile: [***]

(ii) if to the Administrative Agent, to the address, electronic mail address or telephone number specified on Schedule 1.01(d); and

(iii) if to any Lender, to it at its address or facsimile number or email address set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

All such notices and other communications (A) sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service and signed for against receipt thereof or three Business Days after dispatch if sent by certified or registered mail, in each case, delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to the relevant party as provided in this Section 9.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 9.01 or (B) sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent and when receipt has been confirmed by telephone; provided that notices and other communications sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, such notices or other communications shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in clause (b) below shall be effective as provided in such clause (b).

 

260


(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications (including e-mail and Internet or Intranet websites) pursuant to procedures set forth herein or otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent or the Borrowers (on behalf of any Loan Party) may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures set forth herein or otherwise approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. All such notices and other communications (i) sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that any such notice or communication not given during the normal business hours of the recipient shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient and (ii) posted to an Internet or Intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (b)(i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) Any party hereto may change its address or facsimile number or other notice information hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto; it being understood and agreed that the Borrowers or any Lender may provide any such notice to the Administrative Agent as recipient on behalf of itself, any Swingline Lender, each Issuing Bank and each Lender.

(d) The Platform. Each of Holdings and the Borrowers hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by, or on behalf of, Holdings or the Borrowers hereunder (collectively, the “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrowers Materials on IntraLinks, Syndtrak, ClearPar or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material nonpublic information within the meaning of the United States federal securities laws with respect to Holdings, the Borrowers or their respective securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). At the request of the Administrative Agent, each of Holdings and the Borrowers hereby agrees that (i) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC”, (ii) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” Holdings and the Borrowers shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to treat the Borrowers Materials as information of a type that would (A) customarily be made publicly available, as determined in good faith by the Borrowers, if Holdings or the Borrowers were to become public reporting companies or (B) would not be material with respect to Holdings, the Borrowers, their respective Subsidiaries, any of their respective securities or the Transactions as determined in good faith by the Borrowers for purposes of the United States federal securities laws and (iii) the Administrative Agent shall be required to treat Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not marked as “Public Investor.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following Borrower Materials shall be deemed to be marked “PUBLIC,” unless the Borrowers notify the Administrative Agent promptly that any such document contains material nonpublic information (it being understood that the Borrowers shall have a reasonable opportunity to review the same prior to distribution and comply with SEC or other applicable disclosure obligations): (1) the Loan Documents, (2) any amendment to any Loan Document and (3) any information delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b).

 

261


Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States Federal and state securities laws, to make reference to communications that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrowers or their securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” NEITHER THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT NOR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “AGENT PARTIES”) WARRANTS THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS ON, OR THE ADEQUACY OF, THE PLATFORM, AND EACH EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN ANY SUCH COMMUNICATION. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS IS MADE BY THE AGENT PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY AGENT PARTY HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER OR NOT BASED ON STRICT LIABILITY AND INCLUDING DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF ANY LOAN PARTY’S OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LIABILITY OF ANY SUCH PERSON IS FOUND IN A FINAL RULING BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED FROM SUCH PERSON’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR MATERIAL BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT.

Section 9.02 Waivers; Amendments.

(a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof except as provided herein or in any Loan Document, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under any other Loan Document are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any party hereto therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same is permitted by this Section 9.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective

 

262


only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, neither the making of any Loan nor the issuance of any Letter of Credit shall be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of Default at the time.

(b) Subject to clauses (A), (B), (C), (D), and (E) of this Section 9.02(b) and Section 9.02(d) below and to Section 9.05(f), neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified, except (i) in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrowers and the Required Lenders (or the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders) or (ii) in the case of any other Loan Document (other than any waiver, amendment or modification to effectuate any modification thereto expressly contemplated by the terms of such other Loan Document), pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party that is party thereto, with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing:

(A) the consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (but not the consent of the Required Lenders) shall be required for any waiver, amendment or modification that:

i. increases the Commitment of such Lender (other than with respect to any Incremental Facility pursuant to Section 2.22 or Extended Revolving Facility pursuant to Section 2.23 in respect of which such Lender has agreed to be an Additional Lender or extending Lender); it being understood that no amendment, modification or waiver of, or consent to departure from, any condition precedent, representation, warranty, covenant, Default, Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall constitute an increase of any Commitment of such Lender;

ii. reduces the principal amount of any Revolving Loan owed to such Lender;

iii. (x) extends the scheduled final maturity of any Revolving Loan or (y) postpones any Interest Payment Date with respect to any Revolving Loan held by such Lender or the date of any scheduled payment of any fee payable to such Lender hereunder;

iv. reduces the rate of interest (other than to waive any Default or Event of Default or obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest to such Lender at the default rate of interest under Section 2.13(c), which shall only require the consent of the Required Lenders) or the amount of any fee owed to such Lender;

 

263


v. extends the expiry date of such Lender’s Commitment; it being understood that no amendment, modification or waiver of, or consent to departure from, any condition precedent, representation, warranty, covenant, Default, Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of any Commitment shall constitute an extension of any Commitment of any Lender; or

vi. waives, amends or modifies the provisions of Sections 2.18(b) or 2.18(c) in a manner that would by its terms alter the order or pro rata sharing of payments required thereby (except in connection with any transaction permitted under Sections 2.22 or 2.23 or as otherwise provided in this Section 9.02);

(B) no such agreement shall:

i. change any of the provisions of Section 9.02(a), Section 9.02(b) or Section 9.05(a)(i) or the definition of “Required Lenders” or “Super Majority Lenders” to reduce any voting percentage required to waive, amend or modify any right thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder, without the prior written consent of each Lender;

ii. release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Lien granted pursuant to the Loan Documents (except as otherwise permitted herein or in the other Loan Documents, including pursuant to Article 8), without the prior written consent of each Lender;

iii. release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees under the Loan Guarantee (except as otherwise permitted herein or in the other Loan Documents, including pursuant to Article 8 and Section 9.23), without the prior written consent of each Lender;

iv. alter the ratable treatment of Secured Obligations or the definition of “Banking Services”, “Banking Services Obligations”, “Derivative Transaction”, “Hedging Obligations”, “Obligations”, “Secured Hedging Obligations” or “Secured Obligations” (as defined in any applicable Collateral Document), in each case, in a manner adverse, in the aggregate, to any counterparty to any Banking Services Obligations or Secured Hedging Obligations, as applicable, without the written consent of such counterparty; or

v. waive, amend or modify Section 1.14 or the definition of “Alternate Currency” without the written consent of each Lender and the Administrative Agent;

vi. waive, amend or modify the final sentence of the definition of “Borrowing Base” without the written consent of each Lender and the Administrative Agent; or

 

264


vii. include Real Estate Assets in the Collateral without the prior written consent of each Lender; and

(C) solely with the consent of each affected Issuing Bank and, in the case of clause (x), the Administrative Agent, any such agreement may (x) increase or decrease the Letter of Credit Sublimit applicable to such Issuing Bank or (y) waive, amend or modify any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 hereof as it pertains to the issuance of any Letter of Credit;

(D) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent (or any Person that previously served as Administrative Agent), any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (or any Person that previously served as Administrative Agent), such Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender as the case may be; or

(E) no such agreement shall change the definition of the term “Borrowing Base” (other than the final sentence thereof) or any component definition thereof (including the definition of “Eligible Accounts Receivable,” “Eligible Credit Card Receivables,” “Eligible Investment Grade Receivables,”Eligible Inventory” “Eligible In-Transit Inventory” or “Eligible Raw Materials Inventory”), the effect of which would be to increase amounts available to be borrowed, without the consent of the Super Majority Lenders.

(c) [Reserved]

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.02 or any other provision of this Agreement or any provision of any other Loan Document:

(i) the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent may, without the input or consent of any Lender, amend, supplement and/or waive any guaranty, collateral security agreement, pledge agreement and/or related document (if any) executed in connection with this Agreement to (A) comply with any Requirement of Law or the advice of counsel or (B) cause any such guaranty, collateral security agreement, pledge agreement or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and/or the relevant other Loan Documents,

(ii) the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent may, without the input or consent of any other Lender (other than the relevant Lenders providing Revolving Loans under such Sections), effect amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent to (1) effect the provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.22, 2.23, 5.12 and/or 6.12, and/or, only to the extent set forth therein, the final sentence of the definition of “Borrowing Base” or any other provision specifying that any waiver, amendment or modification may be made with the consent or approval of the Administrative Agent and/or (2) to add terms (including representations and warranties, conditions, prepayments, covenants or events of default), in connection with the addition of any Revolving Loan or Commitment hereunder, that are favorable to the then-existing Lenders, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent,

 

265


(iii) if the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers have jointly identified any ambiguity, mistake, defect, inconsistency, obvious error or any error or omission of a technical nature or any necessary or desirable technical change, in each case, in any provision of any Loan Document, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers shall be permitted to amend such provision solely to address such matter as reasonably determined by them acting jointly,

(iv) the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers may amend, restate, amend and restate or otherwise modify the Intercreditor Agreements, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and/or any other Additional Agreement as provided therein;

(v) the Administrative Agent may amend the Commitment Schedule to reflect assignments entered into pursuant to Section 9.05, Commitment reductions or terminations pursuant to Section 2.09, implementations of Additional Commitments or incurrences of Additional Revolving Loans pursuant to Sections 2.22 and/or 2.23 and reductions or terminations of any such Additional Commitments or Additional Revolving Loans,

(vi) no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except as permitted pursuant to Section 2.21(b) and except that the Commitment and any Additional Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased without the consent of such Defaulting Lender (it being understood that any Commitment or Revolving Loan held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded from any vote hereunder that requires the consent of any Lender, except as expressly provided in Section 2.21(b)),

(vii) this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers (i) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit any extension of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the relevant benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Lenders prior to such inclusion,

(viii) any amendment, waiver or modification of any term or provision that directly affects Lenders under one or more Classes and does not directly affect Lenders under one or more other Classes may be effected with the consent of Lenders holding 50% of the aggregate commitments or Loans of such directly affected Class in lieu of the consent of the Required Lenders; and

(ix) the Borrowers may amend or otherwise modify any provision of the Loan Documents in a manner that is more favorable to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent at any time without the consent of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with an Incremental Facility Agreement.

 

266


Section 9.03 Expenses; Indemnity.

(a) The Borrowers shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each Arranger, the Administrative Agent and their respective Affiliates (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the actual reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one firm of outside counsel to all such Persons taken as a whole, and, if reasonably necessary, of one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction to all such Persons, taken as a whole) in connection with the syndication and distribution (including via the Internet or through a service such as IntraLinks) of the Initial Revolving Facility, in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of the Loan Documents and any related documentation, including in connection with any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of any Loan Document (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated, but only to the extent the preparation of any such amendment, modification or waiver was requested by the Borrowers and except as otherwise provided in a separate writing between the Borrowers, the relevant Arranger and/or the Administrative Agent) and, to the extent otherwise provided herein, in connection with any field exams and appraisals and (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Banks or the Lenders or any of their respective Affiliates (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the actual reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one firm of outside counsel to all such Persons taken as a whole and, if necessary, of one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction to all such Persons, taken as a whole) in connection with the enforcement, collection or protection of their respective rights in connection with the Loan Documents, including their respective rights under this Section, or in connection with the Revolving Loans made and/or Letters of Credit issued hereunder. Except to the extent required to be paid on the Closing Date, all amounts due under this paragraph (a) shall be payable by the Borrowers within 30 days of receipt by the Borrowers of an invoice setting forth such expenses in reasonable detail, together with backup documentation supporting the relevant reimbursement request.

(b) The Borrowers shall indemnify each Arranger, the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the actual reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to all Indemnitees taken as a whole and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction to all Indemnitees, taken as a whole and solely in the case of an actual or potential conflict of interest, (x) one additional counsel to all affected Indemnitees, taken as a whole, and (y) one additional local counsel to all affected Indemnitees, taken as a whole), incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of the Loan Documents or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby and/or the enforcement of the Loan Documents, (ii) the use of the proceeds of the Revolving Loans or any Letter of Credit, (iii) any actual or alleged Release or presence of Hazardous Materials on, at, in, under, to or from any property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by the Borrowers, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Loan Party or any Environmental Liability related to the Borrowers, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Loan Party, (iv) any actual or prospective

 

267


claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by the Borrowers, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates) and/or (v) any refusal by an Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms on such Letter of Credit; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, or liability (i) is determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or, to the extent such judgment finds that any such loss, claim, damage, or liability has resulted from such Person’s material breach of the Loan Documents, (ii) arises out of any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding brought by such Indemnitee against another Indemnitee (other than any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding that is brought by or against the Administrative Agent or any Arranger, acting in its capacity as the Administrative Agent or as an Arranger) that does not involve any act or omission of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries. Each Indemnitee shall be obligated to refund or return any and all amounts paid by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 9.03 to such Indemnitee for any fees, expenses, or damages to the extent such Indemnitee is not entitled to payment thereof in accordance with the terms hereof or (iii) results from an Erroneous Payment. All amounts due under this paragraph (b) shall be payable by the Borrowers within 30 days (x) after receipt by the Borrowers of a written demand therefor, in the case of any indemnification obligations and (y) in the case of reimbursement of costs and expenses, after receipt by the Borrowers of an invoice setting forth such costs and expenses in reasonable detail, together with backup documentation supporting the relevant reimbursement request. This Section 9.03(b) shall not apply to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages or liabilities in respect of a non-Tax claim.

(c) The Borrowers shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without the written consent of the Borrowers (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), but if any proceeding is settled with the written consent of the Borrowers, or if there is a final judgment against any Indemnitee in any such proceeding, the Borrowers agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee to the extent and in the manner set forth above. The Borrowers shall not, without the prior written consent of the affected Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnitee unless (i) such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnitee from all liability or claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (ii) such settlement does not include any statement as to any admission of fault or culpability.

Section 9.04 Waiver of Claim. To the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, no party to this Agreement shall assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any other party hereto, any Loan Party and/or any Related Party of any thereof, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Revolving Loan or any Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof, except, in the case of any claim by any Indemnitee against the Borrowers, to the extent such damages would otherwise be subject to indemnification pursuant to the terms of Section 9.03.

 

268


Section 9.05 Successors and Assigns.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided that (i) except in a transaction permitted under Section 6.07, the Borrowers may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrowers without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with the terms of this Section 9.05. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and permitted assigns, to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section 9.05, Participants and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Arrangers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of any Additional Revolving Loan or Additional Commitment added pursuant to Sections 2.22 and/or 2.23 at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent of:

(A) the Borrowers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided, that (x) the consent of the Borrowers shall not be required for any assignment of Revolving Loans or Commitments (1) to any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender or an Approved Fund or (2) at any time when an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a) or Sections 7.01(f), or (g) (with respect to the Borrowers) exists and (y) the Borrowers may withhold its consent to any assignment to any person that is not a “Disqualified Lender” but is known by the Borrowers to be an affiliate of a Disqualified Lender regardless of whether such person is identifiable as an affiliate of a Disqualified Lender on the basis of such affiliate’s name;

(B) the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for any assignment to another Lender, any Affiliate of a Lender or any Approved Fund; and

(C) in the case of any Commitment, each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, in each case, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of any assignment to another Lender, any Affiliate of any Lender or any Approved Fund or any assignment of the entire remaining amount of the relevant assigning Lender’s Revolving Loans or Commitments of any Class, the principal amount of Revolving Loans or Commitments of the assigning Lender subject to the relevant assignment (determined as of the date on which the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent and determined on an aggregate basis in the event of concurrent assignments to Related Funds or by Related Funds) shall not be less than €1,000,000, unless the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent;

 

269


(B) any partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the relevant assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement;

(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent (or, if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually), and shall pay to the Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which fee may be waived or reduced in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent); and

(D) the relevant Eligible Assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver on or prior to the effective date of such assignment, to the Administrative Agent (1) an Administrative Questionnaire and (2) any IRS form required under Section 2.17.

(iii) Subject to the acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section 9.05, from and after the effective date specified in any Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be (A) entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring on or prior to the effective date of such assignment and (B) subject to its obligations thereunder and under Section 9.13). If any assignment by any Lender holding any Promissory Note is made after the issuance of such Promissory Note, the assigning Lender shall, upon the effectiveness of such assignment or as promptly thereafter as practicable, surrender such Promissory Note to the Administrative Agent for cancellation, and, following such cancellation, if requested by either the assignee or the assigning Lender, the Borrowers shall issue and deliver a new Promissory Note to such assignee and/or to such assigning Lender, with appropriate insertions, to reflect the new commitments and/or outstanding Revolving Loans of the assignee and/or the assigning Lender.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, and the commitment of, and principal amount and currency of and interest on the Revolving Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). Failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect the

 

270


Borrowers’ obligations in respect of such Revolving Loans and LC Disbursements. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers, each Issuing Bank and each Lender (but only as to its own holdings), at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Eligible Assignee, the Eligible Assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire and any tax certification required by Section 9.05(b)(ii)(D)(2) (unless the assignee is already a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 9.05, if applicable, and any written consent to the relevant assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section 9.05, the Administrative Agent shall promptly accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 9.05.

(vi) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Assumption, the assigning Lender and the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be deemed to confirm and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (A) the assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim and that the amount of its commitments, and the outstanding balances of its Revolving Loans, in each case without giving effect to any assignment thereof which has not become effective, are as set forth in such Assignment and Assumption, (B) except as set forth in clause (A) above, the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto, or the financial condition of the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary or the performance or observance by the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary of any of its obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (C) the assignee represents and warrants that it is an Eligible Assignee, legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and Assumption; (D) the assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreements, together with copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 4.01(c) or the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Assumption; (E) the assignee will independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it deems appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (F) the assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent, by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (G) the assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

271


(c)

(i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender, sell participations to any bank or other entity (other than the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates or a natural Person, or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural Person) (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its commitments and the Revolving Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which any Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the relevant Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in (x) clause (A) of the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that directly and adversely affects the Revolving Loans or commitments in which such Participant has an interest and (y) clauses (B)(1), (2) or (3) of the first proviso to Section 9.02(b). Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrowers agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 (subject to the limitations and requirements of such Sections and Section 2.19) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.17(f) is delivered to the participating Lender, and if additional amounts are required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.17(a) or Section 2.17(c), to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent). To the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.09 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant shall be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender.

(ii) No Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17 than the participating Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrowers’ prior written consent expressly acknowledging that such Participant’s entitlement to benefits under Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 is not limited to what the participating Lender would have been entitled to receive absent the participation.

 

272


Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and its respective successors and registered assigns, and the principal and interest amounts of each Participant’s interest in the Revolving Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (a “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of any Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to any Participant’s interest in any Commitment, Revolving Loan, Letter of Credit or any other obligation under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Revolving Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the U.S. Treasury Regulations and Section 1.163-5(b) of the proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and each Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. The Register is intended to cause each Loan and other obligation hereunder to be in registered form within the meaning of Section 5f.103-1(c) of Treasury Regulations, Section 1.163-5(b) of the proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations and within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (other than to any Disqualified Lender or any natural person) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to any Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender, and this Section 9.05 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release any Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “SPC”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, the option to provide to the Borrowers all or any part of any Revolving Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to make any Revolving Loan, (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Revolving Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Revolving Loan pursuant to the terms hereof, (iii) such SPC and the applicable Revolving Loan or any applicable part thereof shall be appropriately reflected in the Participant Register and (iv) in no event may any Lender grant any option to provide to the Borrowers all or any part of any Revolving Loan that such Granting Lender would have otherwise been obligated to make to the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement to any Disqualified Lender. The making of any Revolving Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Revolving Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (A) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement (including its obligations under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17) and no SPC shall be entitled to any greater amount under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17 or any other provision of this

 

273


Agreement or any other Loan Document that the Granting Lender would have been entitled to receive, unless the grant to such SPC is made with the prior written consent of the Borrowers expressly acknowledging that such SPC’s entitlement to benefits under Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 is not limited to what the Granting Lender would have been entitled to receive absent the grant to the SPC, (B) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender) and (C) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes including approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of the Loan Documents, remain the Lender of record hereunder. In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the Requirements of Law of the U.S. or any State thereof; provided that (x) such SPC’s Granting Lender is in compliance in all material respects with its obligations to the Borrowers hereunder and (y) each Lender designating any SPC hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each other party hereto for any loss, cost, damage or expense arising out of its inability to institute such a proceeding against such SPC during such period of forbearance. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.05, any SPC may (1) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Revolving Loan to the Granting Lender and (2) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Revolving Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guaranty or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(f)

(i) Upon the request of any Lender, the Administrative Agent may and the Borrowers shall make available to such Lender the list of Disqualified Lenders at the relevant time and such Lender may provide the list to any potential assignee or participant on a confidential basis in accordance with Section 9.13 hereof for the purpose of verifying whether such Person is a Disqualified Lender.

(ii) If any assignment or participation is made by a Lender without the Borrowers’ consent (A) to or with any Disqualified Lender or (B) to the extent the Borrowers’ consent is required under this Section 9.05, to any other Person (each such Person under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), a “Disqualified Person”), then the Borrowers may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to the applicable Disqualified Person and the Administrative Agent, (A) terminate any Commitment of such Disqualified Person and repay all obligations of the Borrowers owing to such Disqualified Person and/or (B) require such Disqualified Person to assign, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in this Section 9.05), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more Eligible Assignees; provided that (I) in the case of clause (A), the Borrowers shall be liable to the relevant Disqualified Person under Section 2.16 if any Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Adjusted Term SOFR Loan owing to such Disqualified Person is repaid or purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto and (II) in the case of clause (B), the relevant assignment shall otherwise comply with this Section 9.05 (except that no registration and processing

 

274


fee required under this Section 9.05 shall be required with any assignment pursuant to this paragraph). Subject to Section 9.05(f)(iii), nothing in this Section 9.05(f) shall be deemed to prejudice any right or remedy that Holdings or the Borrowers may otherwise have at law or equity. Further, any Disqualified Person identified by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent (A) shall not be permitted to (x) receive information or reporting provided by any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or any Lender and/or (y) attend and/or participate in conference calls or meetings attended solely by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, (B) (x) shall not for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders, the Super Majority Lenders or the majority Lenders under any Class have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, have a right to consent (or not consent), otherwise act or direct or require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to take (or refrain from taking) any such action; it being understood that all Loans held by any Disqualified Person shall be deemed to be not outstanding for all purposes of calculating whether the Required Lenders, majority Lenders under any Class or all Lenders have taken any action, and (y) shall be deemed to vote in the same proportion as Lenders that are not Disqualified Persons in any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law commenced by or against the Borrowers or any other Loan Party and (C) shall not be entitled to receive the benefits of Section 9.03. For the sake of clarity, the provisions in this Section 9.05(f) shall not apply to any Person that is an assignee of any Disqualified Person, if such assignee is not a Disqualified Person.

(iii) The Administrative Agent, in its capacity as such, shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Disqualified Lenders or Disqualified Persons (other than with respect to updating the list with names of Disqualified Lenders provided in writing to and acceptable to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the definition of “Disqualified Lender” or providing the list (with such updates) upon request in accordance with this Section 9.05), regardless of whether the consent of the Administrative Agent is required thereto, and none of the Borrowers, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates will bring any claim to such effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as such, shall not (i) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Lender or Participant is a Disqualified Lender or Disqualified Person or (ii) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans, or disclosure of confidential information, to any Disqualified Lender or Disqualified Person.

Section 9.06 Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Revolving Loan and issuance of any Letter of Credit regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding

 

275


that the Administrative Agent may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect until the Termination Date. The provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17, 9.03 and 9.13 and Article 8 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Revolving Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments, the occurrence of the Termination Date or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof but in each case, subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement.

Section 9.07 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Fee Letters constitute the entire agreement among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall become effective when it has been executed by Holdings, the German Parent Borrower, the U.S. Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and the Co-Collateral Agent and when the Administrative Agent has received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or by email as a “.pdf” or “.tiff” attachment shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 9.08 Severability. To the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, any provision of any Loan Document held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions thereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 9.09 Right of Setoff. At any time when an Event of Default exists, upon the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations (in any currency) at any time owing by the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Party against any of and all the Secured Obligations held by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender shall have made any demand under the Loan Documents and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or Issuing Bank different than the branch or office holding such deposit or obligation on such Indebtedness. Any applicable Lender or Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent of such set-off or application; provided that any failure to give or any delay in giving such notice shall not affect the validity of any such set-off or application under this Section. The rights of each Lender, each Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender, such Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent may have.

 

276


Section 9.10 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT) AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT), WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT (AT LAW OR IN EQUITY) OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED, THE DETERMINATION OF WHETHER THE ACQUISITION HAS BEEN CONSUMMATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT AND, IN ANY CASE, ANY CLAIM OR DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF ANY SUCH INTERPRETATION OR DETERMINATION OR ANY ASPECT THEREOF, SHALL IN EACH CASE BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF ENGLAND AND WALES REGARDLESS OF THE LAWS THAT MIGHT OTHERWISE GOVERN UNDER APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

(b) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY U.S. FEDERAL OR NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK (OR ANY APPELLATE COURT THEREFROM) OVER ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT AND AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL (EXCEPT AS PERMITTED BELOW) BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE OR, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF LAW, FEDERAL COURT; PROVIDED THAT WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY WHICH DOES NOT INVOLVE ANY CLAIMS AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE ARRANGERS, THE ISSUING BANKS, THE LENDERS OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PERSON, THIS SENTENCE SHALL NOT OVERRIDE ANY JURISDICTION PROVISION IN THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ANY PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR DOCUMENT BY REGISTERED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PERSON SHALL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS AGAINST SUCH PERSON FOR ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF LAW. EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT RETAINS THE RIGHT TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION SOLELY IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXERCISE OF ITS RIGHTS UNDER ANY COLLATERAL DOCUMENT.

 

277


(c) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY LEGALLY AND EFFECTIVELY DO SO, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF LAW, ANY CLAIM OR DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(d) TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS UPON IT AND AGREES THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED MAIL (OR ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR FORM OF MAIL) DIRECTED TO IT AT ITS ADDRESS FOR NOTICES AS PROVIDED FOR IN SECTION 9.01. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS AND FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING COMMENCED HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS WAS INVALID AND INEFFECTIVE. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF LAW.

(e) WITHOUT PREJUDICE TO ANY OTHER MODE OF SERVICE ALLOWED UNDER ANY RELEVANT LAW, EACH GERMAN LOAN PARTY: (i) IRREVOCABLY APPOINTS THE PROCESS AGENT AS ITS AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS IN RELATION TO ANY PROCEEDINGS BEFORE THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN CONNECTION WITH ANY LOAN DOCUMENT AND (ii) AGREES THAT FAILURE BY A PROCESS AGENT TO NOTIFY THE GERMAN LOAN PARTIES OF THE PROCESS WILL NOT INVALIDATE THE PROCEEDINGS CONCERNED. THE GERMAN LOAN PARTIES EXPRESSLY AGREE AND CONSENTS TO THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 9.10(e).

Section 9.11 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY) DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH PARTY HERETO (a) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (b) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

278


Section 9.12 Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 9.13 Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Issuing Bank and each Arranger agrees (and each Lender agrees to cause its SPC, if any) to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information (as defined below), except that Confidential Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, managers, employees, independent auditors, or other experts and advisors, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (collectively, the “Representatives”) on a “need to know” basis solely in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and who are informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and are or have been advised of their obligation to keep the Confidential Information of this type confidential; provided that such Person shall be responsible for its Affiliates’ and their Representatives’ compliance with this paragraph; provided, further, that unless the Borrowers otherwise consents, no such disclosure shall be made by the Administrative Agent, any Arranger, any Issuing Bank any Lender or any Affiliate or Representative thereof to any Affiliate or Representative of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Arranger, or any Lender that is a Disqualified Lender, (b) to the extent compelled by legal process in, or reasonably necessary to, the defense of such legal, judicial or administrative proceeding, in any legal, judicial or administrative proceeding or otherwise as required by applicable Requirements of Law (in which case such Person shall (i) to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, inform the Borrowers promptly in advance thereof and (ii) except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank regulatory authorities, use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any such information so disclosed is accorded confidential treatment), (c) upon the demand or request of any regulatory or governmental authority (including any self-regulatory body) purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Affiliates (in which case such Person shall, except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any Governmental Authority or regulatory or self-regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority, to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, (i) inform the Borrowers promptly in advance thereof and (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any information so disclosed is accorded confidential treatment), (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) subject to an acknowledgment and agreement by the relevant recipient that the Confidential Information is being disseminated on a confidential basis (on substantially the terms set forth in this paragraph or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, including as set forth in the Information Memorandum) in accordance with the standard syndication process of the Arrangers or market standards for dissemination of the relevant type of information, which shall in any event require “click through” or other affirmative action on the part of the recipient to access the Confidential Information and acknowledge its confidentiality obligations in respect thereof, to (i) any Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Assignee of or prospective Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, including any SPC (in each case other than a Disqualified Lender), (ii) any pledgee referred to in Section 9.05, (iii) any actual or prospective, direct or indirect contractual counterparty (or its advisors, but other than any Disqualified Lender) to any Derivative Transaction or similar derivative instrument to which any

 

279


Loan Party is a party and (iv) subject to the Borrowers’ prior approval of the information to be disclosed, (x) to Moody’s or S&P on a confidential basis in connection with obtaining or maintaining ratings as required under Section 5.13 or (y) to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the facilities or, on a confidential basis, market data collectors and service providers to the Administrative Agent in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the Loan Documents, (f) with the prior written consent of the Borrowers and (g) to the extent the Confidential Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section by such Person, its Affiliates or their respective Representatives or to the extent any such information (I) is received by such Person from a third party that is not to such Person’s knowledge, after reasonable investigation, subject to confidentiality obligations owing to you, the Borrowers, the Sponsor or any of their respective affiliates or Related Parties or (II) was already in such Person’s possession (except to the extent received in a manner that would be restricted by this paragraph) or is independently developed by such Person based exclusively on information the disclosure of which would not otherwise be restricted by this paragraph. For purposes of this Section, “Confidential Information” means all information relating to Holdings, the Borrowers and/or any of its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses or the Transactions (including any information obtained by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Arranger, or any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives, based on a review of any books and records relating to Holdings, the Borrowers and/or any of its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates from time to time, including prior to the date hereof) other than any such information that is publicly available to the Administrative Agent, any Arranger, Issuing Bank or Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall any disclosure of any Confidential Information be made to Person that is a Disqualified Lender at the time of disclosure.

Section 9.14 No Fiduciary Duty. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, each Lender, each Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “Lenders”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Loan Parties, their stockholders and/or their respective affiliates. Each Loan Party agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the one hand, and such Loan Party, its respective stockholders or its respective affiliates, on the other. Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and the Arrangers, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, on the other, and (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading thereto, (x) none of the Administrative Agent, any Arranger or any Lender, in its capacity as such, has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Loan Party, its respective stockholders or its respective affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent, any such Arranger or any such Lender has advised, is currently advising or will advise any Loan Party, its respective stockholders or its respective Affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to any Loan Party except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (y) each Lender, in its capacity as such, is acting solely as principal and not as the agent or fiduciary of such Loan Party, its respective management, stockholders, creditors or any

 

280


other Person. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, each Loan Party waives any claim that it may have against any Lender with respect to any breach or alleged breach of fiduciary duty arising solely by virtue of this Agreement. Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that such Loan Party has consulted its own legal, tax and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto. Each Loan Party further agrees that none of the Administrative Agent, any Arranger or any Lender has any obligation to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates.

Section 9.15 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words “execution,” “execute”, “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation Assignment and Assumptions, amendments or other Borrowing Requests, waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

Section 9.16 Several Obligations. The respective obligations of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereunder are several and not joint and the failure of any Lender or Issuing Bank to make any Revolving Loan, issue any Letter of Credit or perform any of its obligations hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender or Issuing Bank from any of its obligations hereunder.

Section 9.17 USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender and Issuing Bank that is subject to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act hereby notifies the Loan Parties that (a) pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and the customer due diligence requirements for financial institutions of the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (as published at 81 FR 29397, 31 CFR 1010, 1020, 1023, 1024, and 1026), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender and Issuing Bank to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act and the customer due diligence requirements for financial institutions of the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, and (b) pursuant to the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, it is required to obtain a Beneficial Ownership Certification.

Section 9.18 Disclosure of Agent Conflicts. Each Loan Party, each Issuing Bank and each Lender hereby acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent and/or its Affiliates from time to time may hold investments in, make other loans to or have other relationships with any of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates.

 

281


Section 9.19 Appointment for Perfection. Each Lender hereby appoints each other Lender and each Issuing Bank as its agent for the purpose of perfecting Liens for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC or any other applicable Requirement of Law can be perfected only by possession. If any Lender or Issuing Bank (other than the Administrative Agent) obtains possession of any Collateral, such Lender or Issuing Bank shall notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, promptly upon the Administrative Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to the Administrative Agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s instructions.

Section 9.20 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit under applicable Requirements of Law (collectively the “Charged Amounts”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender or Issuing Bank holding such Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit hereunder, together with all Charged Amounts payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charged Amounts that would have been payable in respect of such Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charged Amounts payable to such Lender or Issuing Bank in respect of other Revolving Loans or Letters of Credit or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, have been received by such Lender or Issuing Bank.

Section 9.21 Intercreditor Agreements. REFERENCE IS MADE TO THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS. EACH LENDER AND ISSUING BANK HEREUNDER AGREES THAT IT WILL BE BOUND BY AND WILL TAKE NO ACTIONS CONTRARY TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS TO WHICH THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT IS A PARTY AND AUTHORIZES AND INSTRUCTS THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT TO ENTER INTO THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS AS “ABL CREDIT AGREEMENT COLLATERAL AGENT” (OR OTHER APPLICABLE TITLE) AND ON BEHALF OF SUCH LENDER OR ISSUING BANK. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 9.21 ARE NOT INTENDED TO SUMMARIZE ALL RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS, THE FORMS OF CERTAIN OF WHICH ARE ATTACHED AS AN EXHIBIT TO THIS AGREEMENT. REFERENCE MUST BE MADE TO EACH INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT ITSELF TO UNDERSTAND ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS THEREOF. EACH LENDER OR ISSUING BANK IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING ITS OWN ANALYSIS AND REVIEW OF EACH OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS AND THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS THEREOF, AND NEITHER THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION TO ANY LENDER OR ISSUING BANK AS TO THE SUFFICIENCY OR ADVISABILITY OF THE PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENTS. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 9.21 ARE INTENDED AS AN INDUCEMENT TO THE LENDERS UNDER THE SENIOR FACILITIES AGREEMENT TO EXTEND CREDIT THEREUNDER AND SUCH LENDERS ARE INTENDED THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES OF SUCH PROVISIONS AND THE PROVISIONS OF EACH APPLICABLE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT.

 

282


Section 9.22 Conflicts. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Agreement and any other Loan Document, the terms of this Agreement shall govern and control; provided that in the case of any conflict or inconsistency between any Intercreditor Agreement and any Loan Document, the terms of such Intercreditor Agreements shall govern and control.

Section 9.23 Release of Loan Parties. Notwithstanding anything in Section 9.02(b) to the contrary, (a) any Loan Party shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder (and its Loan Guarantee shall be automatically released) (i) upon the consummation of any permitted transaction or series of related transactions if as a result thereof such Loan Party ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary and/or (ii) upon the occurrence of the Termination Date. In connection with any such release, the Administrative Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to the relevant Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence termination or release; provided, that, in connection with such documents requested by any Loan Party, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, Holdings shall deliver a certificate of an Officer certifying that the relevant transaction has been consummated in compliance with the terms of this Agreement. Any execution and delivery of any document pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 9.23 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent (other than as to the Administrative Agent’s authority to execute and deliver such documents).

Section 9.24 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of the applicable Resolution Authority.

 

283


Section 9.25 Certain ERISA Matters.

(a) Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and each Arranger and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i) such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans, the Commitments or this Agreement;

(ii) the prohibited transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable so as to exempt from the prohibitions of Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement,

(iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

(iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

(b) In addition, unless sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or such Lender has not provided another representation, warranty and covenant in accordance with sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, each Arranger and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrowers, that: none of the Administrative Agent, any Arranger or any of their respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto).

 

284


Section 9.26 Acknowledgment Regarding Any Supported QFCs.

To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for swap contracts or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support” and each such QFC a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):

(i) In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

(ii) As used in this Section 9.26, the following terms have the following meanings:

(A) “BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

 

285


(B) “Covered Entity” means any of the following:

i. a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

ii. a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

iii. a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

(C) “Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

(D) “QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).

Section 9.27 Additional Borrower

(a) Holdings may, in its sole discretion, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.27, designate one or more of its direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) organized in the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or Germany, and subject to Section 9.27(c), Canada, the United Kingdom or any other jurisdiction acceptable to the Lenders, to join this Agreement as an Additional Borrower under any Facility hereunder and under all other Loan Documents, and each such Additional Borrower shall be severally, but not jointly, liable with respect to all Obligations as primary obligors and not merely as surety.

(b) In order to so designate an Additional Borrower, Holdings shall, upon not less than 10 Business Days’ notice from Holdings to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), request that any such wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary (an “Applicant Borrower”) become an Additional Borrower to receive, or become obligated with respect to, Loans under the applicable Revolving Facility by delivering to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly deliver counterparts thereof to each applicable Lender) a duly executed Additional Borrower Agreement. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that prior to any Applicant Borrower becoming an Additional Borrower hereunder, (i) the obligations with respect to such Applicant Borrower becoming an Additional Borrower set forth in this Section 9.27 shall have been satisfied and (ii) for any Applicant Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lenders shall have received (x) not more than 5 Business Days after Holdings initial notice required above, the documentation and other information that are required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation and (y) such corresponding documentation as required for the Additional Borrower to accede as an Additional Obligor (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) to the Senior Facilities Agreement, including the execution of a joinder to the Loan Guarantee (the requirements set forth in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the “Co-Borrower Requirements”). If the Co-Borrower Requirements are met, the Administrative Agent shall send a notice to Holdings and the applicable Lenders specifying the effective date upon which the Applicant Borrower shall constitute an Additional Borrower for purposes hereof, whereupon each of the applicable Lenders agrees to

 

286


permit such Additional Borrower to receive, or become obligated with respect to, Loans under the applicable Revolving Facility, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and each of the parties agrees that such Additional Borrower otherwise shall be a Borrower for all purposes of this Agreement (and the term “Borrower” shall be deemed to include such Additional Borrower unless the context otherwise requires).

(c) An Additional Borrower may elect to terminate its eligibility to request Borrowings, cease to be an Additional Borrower hereunder and cease to have its assets included in the Borrowing Base upon the occurrence of, and such resignation shall effective upon, such resigning Additional Borrower having delivered to the Administrative Agent a notice of resignation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent upon not less than 15 Business Days’ notice (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion); provided, however, that there are no outstanding Loans payable by such Additional Borrower, or other amounts payable by such Additional Borrower on account of any Loans made to it, as of the effective date of such termination. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such termination of an Additional Borrower’s status

To the extent any Additional Borrower is designated hereunder, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Holdings and the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to make such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (without the consent of any Lender or any other party) as they reasonably deem necessary in order to effectuate the inclusion of such Additional Borrower. To the extent any Additional Borrower organized in Canada, the United Kingdom or any other jurisdiction acceptable to the Lenders is designated hereunder, Holdings, the Administrative Agent, the Co-Collateral Agent and the Lenders agree to negotiate in good faith amendments to this Agreement in order to provide for the borrowing mechanics in such jurisdictions, Borrowing Base eligibility criteria for Borrowers located in such jurisdictions, tax provisions for such jurisdictions and other relevant terms to be agreed by the parties at such time.

Section 9.28 Judgment Currency. In respect of any judgment or order given or made for any amount due under this Agreement or any other Loan Document that is expressed and paid in a currency (the “judgment currency”) other than Euros, the Loan Parties will indemnify Administrative Agent, Issuing Lenders and any Lender against any loss incurred by them as a result of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the Euro amount is converted into the judgment currency for the purpose of such judgment or order and (ii) the rate of exchange, as quoted by Administrative Agent or by a known dealer in the judgment currency that is designated by Administrative Agent, at which Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender or such Lender is able to purchase Euros with the amount of the judgment currency actually received by Administrative Agent, the Issuing lender or such Lender. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate and independent obligation of the Loan Parties and shall survive any termination of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term “rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of or conversion into Euros.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

287

Exhibit 10.4

Dated 28 April 2023

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

relating to

a Senior Facilities Agreement originally dated 28 April 2021

between

BK LC LUX SPV S.À R.L.

as the Company

and

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

as the Agent

KIRKLAND & ELLIS INTERNATIONAL LLP

30 St. Mary Axe

London EC3A 8AF

Tel: +44 (0)20 7469 2000

Fax: +44 (0)20 7469 2001

www.kirkland.com


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

1

  INTERPRETATION      2  

2

  AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT      3  

3

  MISCELLANEOUS      3  

SCHEDULE

     5  

 

i


This AGREEMENT is made by way of deed on 28 April 2023.

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

BK LC LUX SPV S.À R.L., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 40, avenue Monterey, L-2163 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’ Register under registration number B252419 (the “Company”) for itself and as Obligors’ Agent for the other Obligors (under and as defined in the Original Facilities Agreement); and

 

(2)

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA for itself and as agent for the other Finance Parties (the “Agent”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A)

The Company entered into a senior facilities agreement on 28 April 2021 between, among others, itself (as Company) and Goldman Sachs Bank USA (as Agent) (the “Original Facilities Agreement”).

 

(B)

In accordance with Clause 43 (Amendments and Waivers) of the Original Facilities Agreement, the Company and the Agent have agreed to amend and restate the Original Facilities Agreement.

 

(C)

The Agent is entering into this Agreement on the instructions of all Lenders whose consent is required under Clause 43.8 (Replacement of Screen Rate) the Original Facilities Agreement.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Definitions

In this Agreement:

Amended and Restated Facilities Agreement” means the Original Facilities Agreement, as amended and restated by this Agreement, the terms of which are set out in the Schedule (Amended and Restated Facilities Agreement) to this Agreement.

Original Facilities Agreement” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A) above.

 

1.2

Incorporation of defined terms

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term defined in the Amended and Restated Facilities Agreement has the same meaning in this Agreement;

(b) references to Clauses are to Clauses of the Amended and Restated Facilities Agreement unless otherwise stated; and

(c) the provisions of Clause 1.2 (Construction), of the Amended and Restated Facilities Agreement are incorporated into this Agreement as if fully set out in it and as if references in those clauses to “this Agreement” were references to this Agreement.

 

2


2

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

2.1 Amendment and restatement

 

  (a)

With effect from (and including) the date of this Agreement, the Original Facilities Agreement shall be amended and restated so that it shall be read and construed for all purposes as set out in the Schedule (Amended and Restated Facilities Agreement) to this Agreement.

 

  (b)

The parties (for themselves and on behalf of the Obligors and the Finance Parties (as applicable)) to this Agreement agree that with effect from (and including) the date of this Agreement, they shall have the rights and take on the obligations ascribed to them under the Amended and Restated Facilities Agreement.

 

2.2

Delayed switch for existing Loans

If the date of this Agreement falls during but before the last day of an Interest Period for a Loan in US Dollars under the Amended and Restated Facilities Agreement:

 

  (a)

that Loan shall continue to bear interest calculated in accordance with LIBOR (as defined in the Original Facilities Agreement immediately prior to the date of this Agreement) for that Interest Period and Clause 16.1 (Calculation of interest) of the Original Facilities Agreement immediately prior to the date of this Agreement shall continue to apply to that Loan for that Interest Period; and

 

  (b)

on and from the first day of the next Interest Period (if any) for that Loan:

 

  (i)

that Loan shall be a “USD Loan” (as defined in the Amended and Restated Facilities Agreement); and

 

  (ii)

Clause 16.1 (Calculation of interest) of the Amended and Restated Facilities Agreement shall apply to that Loan.

 

2.3

Continuing Effect

Except as varied by the terms of this Agreement, the Original Facilities Agreement will remain in full force and effect and any reference in the Amended and Restated Facilities Agreement or any other Finance Document to the Original Facilities Agreement or to any provision of the Original Facilities Agreement will be construed as a reference to the Amended and Restated Facilities Agreement, or that provision, as amended by this Agreement.

 

3

MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1

Incorporation of terms

The provisions of Clause 41 (Partial Invalidity), Clause 42 (Remedies and Waivers), Clause 45 (Counterparts) and Clause 47 (Enforcement) of the Amended and Restated Facilities Agreement are incorporated into this Agreement as if fully set out in it and as if references in those Clauses to “this Agreement” were references to this Agreement.

 

3.2

Finance Document

The Agent and the Company designate this document as a Finance Document.

 

3


3.3

Governing law

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in relation to this Agreement are governed by English law.

THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement and executed as a deed by the Parties and is intended to be and is delivered by them as a deed on the date specified above.

 

4


SCHEDULE

AMENDED AND RESTATED FACILITIES AGREEMENT

 

5


AMENDED AND RESTATED VERSION

Dated 28 April 2021

(as amended and restated by an amendment and restatement agreement dated

28 April 2023)

SENIOR FACILITIES AGREEMENT

BK LC LUX SPV S.À R.L.

(as the Company)

arranged by

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

CREDIT SUISSE LOAN FUNDING LLC

CREDIT SUISSE (DEUTSCHLAND) AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

CITIBANK, N.A. LONDON BRANCH

HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.

COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

and

CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK DEUTSCHLAND,

NIEDERLASSUNG EINER FRANZÖSISCHEN SOCIETE ANONYME

(as Mandated Lead Arrangers)

with

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

(as Agent)

and

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

(as Security Agent)

KIRKLAND & ELLIS INTERNATIONAL LLP

30 St. Mary Axe

London EC3A 8AF

Tel: +44 (0)20 7469 2000

Fax: +44 (0)20 7469 2001

www.kirkland.com


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

1.

  Definitions and Interpretation      5  

2.

  The Facilities      70  

3.

  Purpose      81  

4.

  Conditions of Utilisation      82  

5.

  Utilisation – Loans      86  

6.

  Utilisation – Letters of Credit      88  

7.

  [RESERVED]      95  

8.

  Letters of Credit      95  

9.

  [RESERVED]      99  

10.

  Optional Currencies      99  

11.

  Ancillary Facilities      100  

12.

  Repayment      111  

13.

  Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation      116  

14.

  Mandatory Prepayment      119  

15.

  Restrictions      124  

16.

  Interest      125  

17.

  Interest Periods      126  

18.

  Changes to the Calculation of Interest      128  

19.

  Fees      130  

20.

  Taxes      132  

21.

  Increased Costs      148  

22.

  Other Indemnities      151  

23.

  Mitigation by the Lenders      153  

24.

  Costs and Expenses      154  

25.

  Guarantees and Indemnity      155  

26.

  Representations and Warranties      167  

27.

  Information Undertakings      172  

28.

  Financial Definitions      178  

29.

  General Undertakings      194  

30.

  Events of Default      200  

31.

  Changes to the Lenders      203  

32.

  Debt Purchase Transactions      216  

33.

  Changes to the Obligors      220  

34.

  Role of the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, an Issuing Bank and Others      224  

35.

  Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties      236  

36.

  Sharing Among the Finance Parties      236  

37.

  Payment Mechanics      238  

38.

  Set-Off      242  

39.

  Notices      242  

40.

  Calculations and Certificates      245  

41.

  Partial Invalidity      245  

42.

  Remedies and Waivers      245  

43.

  Amendments and Waivers      246  

44.

  Confidentiality      259  

45.

  Counterparts      263  

46.

  Governing Law      264  

47.

  Enforcement      264  

48.

  Contractual Recognition of Bail-In      264  

49.

  Acknowledgement regarding any Supported QFCS      266  

50.

  Patriot Act      267  

SCHEDULE 1 The Original Parties

     268  


SCHEDULE 2 Conditions Precedent

     270  

SCHEDULE 3 Requests and Notices

     278  

SCHEDULE 4 Form of Transfer Certificate

     279  

SCHEDULE 5 Form of Assignment Agreement

     280  

SCHEDULE 6 Form of Accession Deed

     281  

SCHEDULE 7 Form of Resignation Letter

     282  

SCHEDULE 8 Form of Compliance Certificate

     283  

SCHEDULE 9 Timetables

     284  

SCHEDULE 10 Forms of Letter of Credit

     288  

SCHEDULE 11 Agreed Security Principles

     289  

SCHEDULE 12 Form of Increase Confirmation

     300  

SCHEDULE 13 Forms of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction Notice

     301  

SCHEDULE 14 Forms of Additional Facility Notifications

     302  

SCHEDULE 15 General Undertakings

     303  

1.

  Limitation on Indebtedness      303  

2.

  Limitation on Restricted Payments      313  

3.

  Limitation on Liens      324  

4.

  Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock      324  

5.

  Limitation on Affiliate Transactions      328  

6.

  Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries      333  

7.

  Merger and Consolidation - Company      334  

8.

  Merger and Consolidation - Bidco      334  

9.

  Merger and Consolidation - US Newco      335  

10.

  Merger and Consolidation - Guarantors      336  

11.

  Additional Intercreditor Agreements      338  

SCHEDULE 16 Events of Default

     341  

SCHEDULE 17 Certain New York Law Defined Terms

     344  


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 28 April 2021 (as amended and restated by an amendment and restatement agreement dated 28 April 2023).

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

BK LC LUX SPV S.À R.L., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 40, avenue Monterey, L-2163 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’ Register under registration number B252419 (the “Company”);

 

(2)

BIRKENSTOCK GROUP B.V. & CO. KG, a German limited liability partnership (B.V. & Co. KG), having its registered office at Burg Ockenfels, 53545 Linz, Germany, registered in the commercial register of the local court (Amtsgericht) of Montabaur under registration number HRA 22603 (“Bidco”);

 

(3)

BIRKENSTOCK US BIDCO, INC., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its registered office at 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware, 19808, registered in the State of Delaware under registration number 5199441 (“US Newco”);

 

(4)

THE ENTITIES listed in Part I (The Original Obligors) of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as original borrowers (the “Original Borrowers”);

 

(5)

THE ENTITIES listed in Part I (The Original Obligors) of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as original guarantors (the “Original Guarantors”);

 

(6)

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, CREDIT SUISSE LOAN FUNDING LLC, CREDIT SUISSE (DEUTSCHLAND) AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, CITIBANK, N.A. LONDON BRANCH, HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC., COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT and CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK DEUTSCHLAND, NIEDERLASSUNG EINER FRANZÖSISCHEN SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME as bookrunners and mandated lead arrangers (the “Mandated Lead Arrangers”);

 

(7)

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTION(S) listed in Part II (The Original Lenders) of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as Lenders (the “Original Lenders”);

 

(8)

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Agent”); and

 

(9)

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA security agent for the Secured Parties (the “Security Agent”).

 

4


IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Definitions

In this Agreement:

ABL Facility” means (x) the credit facilities made available under the ABL Facility Agreement and (y) one or more debt facilities or other financing arrangements (including indentures) providing for loans or other indebtedness that replaces or refinances such Credit Facility Incurred paragraph (b)(i)(A)(3) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings).

ABL Facility Agreement” means the asset-backed loan credit agreement, dated on or about the Closing Date by and among, among others, Bidco and US Newco, as original borrowers, certain guarantors party thereto and the lenders named therein, together with the related documents thereto (including the revolving loans thereunder, any letters of credit and reimbursement obligations related thereto, any guarantees and security documents), as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder, in whole or in part), the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such ABL Facility Agreement or one or more successors to the ABL Facility Agreement or one or more new ABL Facility Agreements.

ABL Priority Security” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Acceptable Bank” means:

 

  (a)

a bank or financial institution which has a long term unsecured credit rating of at least BBB- by S&P or Fitch or at least Baa3 by Moody’s or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency, or any bank or financial institution which (having previously satisfied such requirement) ceases to satisfy the foregoing ratings requirement for a period of not more than three (3) Months (an “Acceptable Rated Bank”);

 

  (b)

any Finance Party or any Affiliate of a Finance Party;

 

  (c)

any other bank or financial institution on the Approved List or which otherwise provides banking services to the Group (including the Target Group) and is notified in writing to the Agent on or before the Closing Date; and

 

  (d)

any other bank or financial institution approved by the Agent (acting reasonably) or providing banking services to a business or entity acquired by a member of the Group, provided that such services are terminated and moved to a bank or financial institution falling under another limb of this definition within six (6) Months of completion of the relevant acquisition.

Acceptable Nation” means Australia, Canada, any member state of the EU, Japan, Switzerland, the UK, the US, or any other state, country or sub-division of a country which has a rating for its short-term unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A-1 or higher by S&P or F1 or higher by Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody’s or by an instrumentality or agency of any such government having an equivalent credit rating or which state or country has been approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).

 

5


Acceptable Rated Bank” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (a) of the definition of Acceptable Bank.

Accession Deed” means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Accession Deed) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company (each acting reasonably).

Accounting Period” means:

 

  (a)

the accounting period of the relevant Financial Reporting Entity commencing on the date of incorporation of the relevant Financial Reporting Entity and ending on 30 September 2020; and

 

  (b)

each fiscal year or other equivalent accounting period of the relevant Financial Reporting Entity ending on the Accounting Reference Date in each subsequent year.

Accounting Principles” means, in respect of any member of any Financial Reporting Group, at its election, GAAP, International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly International Accounting Standards) endorsed from time to time by the EU or the International Accounting Standards Board (or any variation thereof) or generally accepted accounting principles in its jurisdiction of incorporation (including generally accepted accounting principles in Germany (grundsatz ordnungsgemäßer buchführung) under the German Commercial Code (HGB) (if applicable)), in each case to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements and as applied by such Financial Reporting Entity or that member of the Financial Reporting Group from time to time.

Accounting Reference Date” means 30 September, or otherwise, the accounting reference date of the relevant Financial Reporting Entity.

Acquired Indebtedness” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Acquired Person or Asset” means:

 

  (a)

a person or any of its Subsidiaries that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or a member of the Target Group) after the Acquisition Closing Date;

 

  (b)

a person that merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with any Restricted Subsidiary (or any member of the Target Group) after the Acquisition Closing Date; or

 

  (c)

assets of, or shares (or other ownership interests) in, any person listed in paragraphs (a) or (b) above, or otherwise acquired after the Acquisition Closing Date,

in each case other than in connection with the members of the Target Group becoming members of the Group upon the Acquisition Closing Date in connection with the Acquisition.

Acquisition” means the direct or indirect acquisition by Bidco and any other member of the Group of the assets of and shares in the Target Group in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Documents.

Acquisition Agreement” means the sale and purchase agreement dated 25/26 February 2021 between Bidco and the Vendor.

Acquisition Closing Date” means the date on which the Acquisition is completed in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement.

Acquisition Costs” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

 

6


Acquisition Documents” means the Acquisition Agreement, any other document ancillary to or entered into in connection with the Acquisition Agreement and each other document or agreement designated in writing as an Acquisition Document by the Company and the Agent (each acting reasonably).

Additional Borrower” means a person which becomes a Borrower in accordance with Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors).

Additional Facility” means one or more additional facilities made available pursuant to Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) which are documented under this Agreement including as new or existing facility commitment(s) and/or as an additional tranche or class of, or an increase of, or an extension of, any existing Facility or a previously incurred Additional Facility (including, in each case, term or revolving facilities, and including for the avoidance of doubt any Additional Revolving Facility).

Additional Facility Borrower” means:

 

  (a)

any member of the Group which is specified as a borrower under an Additional Facility in the applicable Additional Facility Notice and which:

 

  (i)

is a Borrower under this Agreement; or

 

  (ii)

accedes as an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors); and

 

  (b)

any member of the Group which accedes as an Additional Borrower under the relevant Additional Facility in accordance with Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors),

unless, in each case, it has ceased to be a Borrower in accordance with Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors).

Additional Facility Commencement Date” means in respect of an Additional Facility, the date, as elected by the Company, specified as the Additional Facility Commencement Date (being any date when the relevant Additional Facility is committed or available for utilisation or such other date specified by the Company) in the Additional Facility Notice relating to that Additional Facility.

Additional Facility Commitment” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to an Additional Facility Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set out in each Additional Facility Notice signed by that Additional Facility Lender and the amount of any other Additional Facility Commitment transferred to or assumed by it under this Agreement (including in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) or Clause 2.3 (Increase)); and

 

  (b)

in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Additional Facility Commitment transferred to or assumed by it under this Agreement (including in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) or Clause 2.3 (Increase)),

to the extent:

 

  (i)

not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement; and

 

  (ii)

not deemed to be zero (0) pursuant to Clause 32 (Debt Purchase Transactions).

Additional Facility Lender” means any Lender or other bank, trust, financial institution, fund, entity or other person which signs an Additional Facility Notice and confirms its willingness to provide all or a part of an Additional Facility.

 

7


Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part I (Form of Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice) of Schedule 14 (Forms of Additional Facility Notifications) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company (each acting reasonably).

Additional Facility Loan” means a loan made or to be made under any Additional Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Additional Facility Notice” means, in respect of an Additional Facility, a notice substantially in the form set out in Part II (Form of Additional Facility Notice) of Schedule 14 (Forms of Additional Facility Notifications) (or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company (each acting reasonably)) delivered by the Company to the Agent in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities).

Additional Guarantor” means any person which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors).

Additional MFN Term Facility (EUR)” means an Additional Term Facility which:

 

  (a)

is a euro-denominated broadly syndicated floating rate term loan facility;

 

  (b)

is incurred within twelve (12) Months of the Closing Date;

 

  (c)

is incurred pursuant to paragraph (b)(i)(C) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) and constitutes Senior Secured Indebtedness;

 

  (d)

is not Bridging Debt; and

 

  (e)

is not being incurred to refinance Facility B (EUR) in full.

Additional MFN Term Facility (EUR) Yield Cap” means a percentage rate per annum equal to the aggregate of:

 

  (a)

0.50 per cent. per annum; plus

 

  (b)

the Effective Yield for Facility B (EUR) under this Agreement as at the Applicable Test Date.

Additional MFN Term Facility (USD)” means an Additional Term Facility which:

 

  (a)

is a US Dollar-denominated broadly syndicated floating rate term loan facility;

 

  (b)

is incurred within twelve (12) Months of the Closing Date;

 

  (c)

is incurred pursuant to paragraph (b)(i)(C) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) and constitutes Senior Secured Indebtedness;

 

  (d)

is not Bridging Debt; and

 

8


  (e)

is not being incurred to refinance Facility B (USD) in full.

Additional MFN Term Facility (USD) Yield Cap” means a percentage rate per annum equal to the aggregate of:

 

  (a)

0.50 per cent. per annum; plus

 

  (b)

the Effective Yield for Facility B (USD) under this Agreement as at the Applicable Test Date.

Additional Obligor” means an Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor.

Additional Revolving Facility” means any Additional Facility which is designated as a Revolving Facility in an Additional Facility Notice.

Additional Revolving Facility Borrower” means:

 

  (a)

any member of the Group which is specified as a borrower under an Additional Revolving Facility in the applicable Additional Facility Notice and which:

 

  (i)

is a Borrower under this Agreement; or

 

  (ii)

accedes as an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors); and

 

  (b)

any member of the Group which accedes as an Additional Borrower under the relevant Additional Facility in accordance with Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors),

unless, in each case, it has ceased to be a Revolving Facility Borrower in accordance with Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors).

Additional Revolving Facility Commitment” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to an Additional Revolving Facility Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set out in each Additional Facility Notice signed by that Additional Revolving Facility Lender and the amount of any other Additional Revolving Facility Commitment transferred to or assumed by it under this Agreement (including in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) or Clause 2.3 (Increase)); and

 

  (b)

in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Additional Revolving Facility Commitment transferred to or assumed by it under this Agreement (including in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) or Clause 2.3 (Increase)),

to the extent:

 

  (i)

not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement; and

 

  (ii)

not deemed to be zero (0) pursuant to Clause 32 (Debt Purchase Transactions).

Additional Revolving Facility Lender” means any Lender or other bank, trust, financial institution, fund, entity or other person which signs an Additional Facility Notice and confirms its willingness to provide all or a part of an Additional Revolving Facility.

Additional Revolving Facility Loan” means a loan made or to be made under any Additional Revolving Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Additional Revolving Facility Utilisation” means an Additional Revolving Facility Loan or a Letter of Credit issued or to be issued under an Additional Revolving Facility.

Additional Term Facility” means any Additional Facility which is not an Additional Revolving Facility.

 

9


Additional Term Facility (EUR)” means any Additional Term Facility which:

 

  (a)

is denominated in euro;

 

  (b)

is incurred pursuant to paragraph (b)(i)(C) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) and constitutes Senior Secured Indebtedness;

 

  (c)

is not Bridging Debt; and

 

  (d)

is not being incurred to refinance Facility B (EUR) in full.

Additional Term Facility (USD)” means any Additional Term Facility which:

 

  (a)

is denominated in US Dollars

 

  (b)

is incurred pursuant to paragraph (b)(i)(C) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) and constitutes Senior Secured Indebtedness;

 

  (c)

is not Bridging Debt; and

 

  (d)

is not being incurred to refinance Facility B (USD) in full.

Adjusted Term SOFR” means, in relation to any USD Loan, the aggregate of Term SOFR and the applicable USD Credit Adjustment Spread in relation thereto and if the aggregate of Term SOFR and any applicable USD Credit Adjustment Spread applicable to:

 

  (a)

a Facility B (USD) Loan is below zero point five (0.5) per cent. per annum, Adjusted Term SOFR for such Loan will be deemed to be zero point five (0.5) per cent. per annum; and

 

  (b)

an Additional Facility Loan denominated in USD is below any percentage agreed with the relevant Additional Facility Lenders in the Additional Facility Notice for those Additional Facility Commitments, Adjusted Term SOFR will be deemed to be such percentage rate specified in such Additional Facility Notice.

Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange” means the London foreign exchange market spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency with the Base Currency at or about 11.00 a.m. (local time) on a particular day.

Agency Fee Letter” means the Fee Letter in relation to the fees payable to the Agent and the Security Agent (in each case for its own account) pursuant to Clause 19.5 (Agent and Security Agent fees).

Agreed Additional Facility Certain Funds Notice” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 4.6 (Utilisations during an Agreed Certain Funds Period).

Agreed Certain Funds Obligor” means any member of the Group and/or any third party security provider designated as an Agreed Certain Funds Obligor by the Company and the relevant Additional Facility Lenders in an Agreed Additional Facility Certain Funds Notice.

Agreed Certain Funds Period” means such period specified in any relevant Agreed Additional Facility Certain Funds Notice.

Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation” means a Utilisation made or to be made under the Additional Facility during any Agreed Certain Funds Period.

 

10


Agreed Co-Investor” means:

 

  (a)

Christian Birkenstock and any investment vehicles controlled by him, including CB Verwaltungs GmbH and CB Beteiligungs GmbH & Co. KG, together with any of its successors, Affiliates, Related Funds or direct or indirect Subsidiaries; and

 

  (b)

any other co-investor which has been notified in writing to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, provided that:

 

  (i)

such co-investor is a limited partner (or bona fide potential limited partner) in one or more of the funds of one or more of the Initial Investors set out in paragraph (a) of that definition; and

 

  (ii)

any direct or indirect voting rights of such co-investor in respect of the Company are directly or indirectly exercisable by an Initial Investor set out in paragraph (a) of that definition,

together with, in each case, and any of their successors, Affiliates, Related Funds or direct or indirect Subsidiaries.

Agreed Revolving Facility Certain Funds Notice” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 4.6 (Utilisations during an Agreed Certain Funds Period).

Agreed Security Principles” means the principles set out in Schedule 11 (Agreed Security Principles).

Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the higher of:

 

  (a)

the Prime Rate in effect on such day; and

 

  (b)

the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus zero point five zero (0.50) per cent.,

provided that any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate, respectively.

Amortising Facility” means:

 

  (a)

Facility B (USD);

 

  (b)

an Additional Term Facility which is repayable by instalments; and

 

  (c)

any Facility if any Lender under the applicable Facility has accepted repayment by instalments in accordance with paragraphs (b)(vi)(B) or (b)(vii)(B) of Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities).

Amortising Facility Loan” means a Loan made or to be made under an Amortising Facility.

Amortising Facility Repayment Date” means:

 

  (a)

in respect of Facility B (USD), each date described in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.1 (Repayment of Facility B Loans);

 

  (b)

in respect of an Additional Facility which is an Amortising Facility, each date described in the relevant Additional Facility Notice for that Additional Facility (including the Termination Date in respect of that Additional Facility); and

 

  (c)

in respect of an Amortising Facility under paragraph (c) of that definition, each date determined in accordance with paragraphs (b)(vi)(B) or (b)(vii)(B) of Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) (including the Termination Date in respect of that Amortising Facility).

 

11


Amortising Facility Repayment Instalment” means:

 

  (a)

in respect of Facility B (USD), each repayment instalment calculated and payable in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of Clause 12.1 (Repayment of Facility B Loans);

 

  (b)

in respect of an Additional Facility which is an Amortising Facility, each repayment instalment in relation to that Additional Facility calculated and payable in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 12.2 (Repayment of Additional Term Facility Loans) and the applicable Additional Facility Notice; and

 

  (c)

in respect of an Amortising Facility under paragraph (c) of that definition, each repayment instalment determined in accordance with paragraphs (b)(vi)(B) or (b)(vii)(B) of Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities),

in each case as amended pursuant to Clause 12.5 (Effect of Cancellation and Prepayment on Scheduled Repayments).

Ancillary Commencement Date” means, in relation to an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be), the date on which that Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) is first made available whether or not drawn, which date shall be a Business Day within the Availability Period for the relevant Revolving Facility.

Ancillary Commitment” means, in relation to an Ancillary Lender and an Ancillary Facility, the maximum Base Currency Amount which that Ancillary Lender has agreed (whether or not subject to satisfaction of conditions precedent) to make available from time to time under an Ancillary Facility and which has been authorised as such under Clause 11 (Ancillary Facilities), in each case as notified by the Ancillary Lender to the Agent pursuant to Clause 11.2 (Availability) to the extent that amount is not cancelled or reduced under this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents relating to that Ancillary Facility.

Ancillary Document” means each document relating to or evidencing the terms of an Ancillary Facility or a Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be).

Ancillary Facility” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 11.2 (Availability).

Ancillary Facility Utilisation” means a utilisation under an Ancillary Facility.

Ancillary Lender” means each Lender (or Affiliate of a Lender) which makes available an Ancillary Facility in accordance with Clause 11 (Ancillary Facilities).

Ancillary Outstandings” means, at any time:

 

  (a)

in relation to an Ancillary Lender and an Ancillary Facility then in force the aggregate of the equivalents (as calculated by that Ancillary Lender) in the Base Currency of the following amounts outstanding under that Ancillary Facility:

 

  (i)

the principal amount under each overdraft facility and on demand short term loan facility (provided that, for the purposes of this definition, any amount of any outstanding utilisation under any BACS facility, other intra-day exposure facilities (or similar) made available by an Ancillary Lender shall, with the prior consent of that Ancillary Lender, be excluded, unless, in relation to that Ancillary Facility, otherwise agreed between the Company and the relevant Ancillary Lender);

 

12


  (ii)

the principal face value amount of each guarantee, bond and letter of credit under that Ancillary Facility; and

 

  (iii)

the amount fairly representing the aggregate principal or equivalent outstanding (excluding interest and similar charges) of that Ancillary Lender under each other type of accommodation provided under that Ancillary Facility; and

 

  (b)

in relation to a Fronted Ancillary Facility and Fronting Ancillary Lender or Fronted Ancillary Lender, the aggregate amounts (in the Base Currency as calculated by the relevant Fronting Ancillary Lender or Fronted Ancillary Lender) outstanding as referred to in paragraphs (a)(i), (a)(ii) and (a)(iii) above (where, for this purpose, references in paragraph (a) above to Ancillary Lender shall be read as Fronting Ancillary Lender and Fronted Ancillary Lender, and references to Ancillary Facility should be read as Fronted Ancillary Facility) under that Fronted Ancillary Facility,

in each case net of any credit balances on any account of any Borrower of an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility with the Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender making available that Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility to the extent that the credit balances are freely available to be set-off by that Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender against liabilities owed to it by that Borrower under that Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility and in each case as determined by such Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender and Fronted Ancillary Lender(s), acting reasonably and in accordance with the relevant Ancillary Document, or (if not provided for in the relevant Ancillary Document), after consultation with the relevant Borrower, in accordance with its normal banking practice and in accordance with the relevant Ancillary Document.

For the purposes of this definition:

 

  (A)

in relation to any Utilisation denominated in the Base Currency, the amount of that Utilisation (determined as described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above) shall be used; and

 

  (B)

in relation to any Utilisation not denominated in the Base Currency, the equivalent (calculated as specified in the relevant Ancillary Document or, if not so specified, as the relevant Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender may specify, in each case in accordance with its usual practice at that time for calculating that equivalent in the Base Currency (acting reasonably)) of the amount of that Utilisation (determined as described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above) shall be used.

Annual Financial Statements” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 27.1 (Financial Statements).

Anti-Corruption Laws” means all laws of any jurisdiction applicable to an Obligor from time to time concerning or relating to anti-bribery, anti-money laundering or anti-corruption (including the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977).

Applicable Metric” means any financial covenant or financial ratio or Incurrence-based permission, test, basket or threshold in any Finance Document (including any financial definition or component thereof and any financial ratio, test, basket or threshold or permission based on the calculation of the Borrowing Base, Consolidated EBITDA, LTM EBITDA, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio), any Default, Event of Default or other relevant breach of a Finance Document.

Applicable Rate” means the rate of exchange from EUR to USD equal to 1:1.210068.

 

13


Applicable Reporting Date” means, as at any date of determination, at the Company’s election (which election the Company may revoke and re-make at any time and from time to time):

 

  (a)

if no Financial Statements have yet been delivered since the Closing Date, the Closing Date, with such Applicable Metric determined by reference to the financial information set out in the Management Case and/or the Original Financial Statements;

 

  (b)

the most recent Quarter Date for which Financial Statements have been delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, with such Applicable Metric determined by reference to such Financial Statements; or

 

  (c)

the last day of the most recently completed Relevant Period for which the Group has sufficient available information to be able to determine such Applicable Metric, with such Applicable Metric determined by reference to such available information,

provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the financial calculation(s) set out in an individual Compliance Certificate shall be based upon the same Applicable Reporting Date.

Applicable Test Date” means the Applicable Transaction Date or, at the Company’s election (which election the Company may revoke and re-make at any time and from time to time), the Applicable Reporting Date prior to any Applicable Transaction Date.

Applicable Transaction” means any Investment, acquisition, disposition, sale, merger, joint venture, consolidation or other business combination transaction, Incurrence, assumption, commitment, issuance, repayment, repurchase or refinancing of Indebtedness (including for the avoidance of doubt an Additional Facility), Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and the use of proceeds thereof, any creation of a Lien, any Restricted Payment, any Affiliate Transaction, any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Asset Disposition or any other transaction for which an Applicable Metric falls to be determined provided that, if any such transaction (the “first transaction”) is being effected in connection with another such transaction (the “second transaction”), the second transaction shall also be an Applicable Transaction with respect to the first transaction.

Applicable Transaction Date” means, in relation to any Applicable Transaction, at the Company’s election (which election the Company may revoke and re-make at any time and from time to time):

 

  (a)

the date of any letter, definitive agreement, instrument, put option, scheme of arrangement or similar arrangement in relation to such Applicable Transaction (unilateral, conditional or otherwise);

 

  (b)

the date that any commitment, offer, announcement, communication or declaration (unilateral, conditional, or otherwise) with respect to such Applicable Transaction is made or received;

 

  (c)

the date that any notice, which may be revocable or conditional, of any repayment, repurchase or refinancing of any relevant Indebtedness is given to the holders of such Indebtedness;

 

  (d)

the date of consummation, Incurrence, payment or receipt of payment in respect of the Applicable Transaction;

 

  (e)

any other date determined in accordance with this Agreement; or

 

  (f)

any other date relevant to the Applicable Transaction determined by the Company in good faith.

 

14


Approved Existing Ancillary Facility” means any ancillary facilities or other facilities of the type described in Clause 11.1 (Type of Facility) made available to the Group or the Target Group by a Lender which, prior to the Closing Date, are agreed and designated in writing as Approved Existing Ancillary Facilities by the Company and the Lender which will provide those ancillary facilities as Ancillary Facilities under this Agreement in place of a corresponding part of that Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitments and promptly notified to the Agent.

Approved List” means the list of lenders and potential lenders agreed by the Company and the Majority Arrangers before the first Utilisation Date and held by the Agent (as the same may be amended from time to time pursuant to paragraph (c) of Clause 31.3 (Conditions of Transfer)).

Arrangement Fee Letter” means the fee letter dated 26 February 2021 (as amended) from the Mandated Lead Arrangers to the Company.

Asset Disposition” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Assignment Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Assignment Agreement) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor, assignee, the Agent and the Company (each acting reasonably), provided that if that other form does not contain an undertaking substantially similar to the undertaking set out in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Assignment Agreement) it shall not be a Creditor/Agent Accession Undertaking as defined in, and for the purposes of, the Intercreditor Agreement.

Auditors” means any firm of independent accountants appointed by the Company as its auditors from time to time.

Authorisation” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration, in each case required by any applicable law or regulation.

Availability Period” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to Facility B, the period from (and including) the date of this Agreement to (and including) the last day of the Certain Funds Period; and

 

  (b)

in relation to any Additional Facility, the period specified in the Additional Facility Notice delivered by the Company in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) for that Additional Facility.

Available Ancillary Commitment” means in relation to an Ancillary Facility or a Fronted Ancillary Facility, an Ancillary Lender’s Ancillary Commitment or a Fronted Ancillary Lender’s Fronted Ancillary Commitment or a Fronting Ancillary Lender’s Fronting Ancillary Commitments (which in the case of a multi-account overdraft, for the purpose of this definition, shall be the Designated Net Amount, unless, in relation to any Ancillary Commitment, Fronted Ancillary Commitment or Fronting Ancillary Commitment, otherwise agreed between the Company and the relevant Ancillary Lender, Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender) less the Ancillary Outstandings in relation to that Ancillary Facility or, in the case of a Fronted Ancillary Facility, that Fronted Ancillary Lender’s or Fronting Ancillary Lender’s proportion of the Ancillary Outstandings.

 

15


Available Commitment” means, in relation to a Facility, a Lender’s Commitment under that Facility minus (subject to Clause 11.8 (Affiliates of Lenders) and as set out below):

 

  (a)

the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Utilisations under that Facility and, in the case of a Revolving Facility only, the Base Currency Amount of the aggregate of its (and its Affiliate’s) Ancillary Commitments, Fronted Ancillary Commitments and Fronting Ancillary Commitments; and

 

  (b)

in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any other Utilisations that are due to be made under that Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date and, in the case of a Revolving Facility only, the Base Currency Amount of its (and its Affiliate’s) Ancillary Commitment, Fronted Ancillary Commitments and Fronting Ancillary Commitments (which in the case of a multi-account overdraft, for the purpose of this definition, shall be the Designated Net Amount) in relation to any new Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility that is due to be made available on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

For the purposes of calculating a Lender’s Available Commitment in relation to any proposed Utilisation under a Revolving Facility only, the following amounts shall not be deducted from a Lender’s Commitment under that Revolving Facility:

 

  (i)

that Lender’s (or its Affiliate’s) participation in any Revolving Facility Utilisations that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date; and

 

  (ii)

that Lender’s (or its Affiliate’s) Ancillary Commitments, Fronted Ancillary Commitments and Fronting Ancillary Commitments to the extent that they are due to be reduced or cancelled on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

Available Facility” means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment in respect of that Facility.

Bank Levy” means any amount payable by any Finance Party or any of its Affiliates on the basis of, or in relation to, its balance sheet or capital base or any part of that person or its liabilities or minimum regulatory capital or any combination thereof (including the UK bank levy as set out in the Finance Act 2011, the French taxe pour le financement du fonds de soutien aux collectivités territoriales as set out in Article 235 ter ZE bis of the French tax code (Code Général des Impôts), the German bank levy as set out in the German Restructuring Fund Act 2010 (Restrukturierungsfondsgesetz), the Dutch bankenbelasting as set out in the Dutch bank levy act (Wet bankenbelasting), the Austrian bank levy as set out in the Austrian Stability Duty Act (Stabilitätsgesetz), the Spanish bank levy (Impuesto sobre los Depósitos en las Entidades de Crédito) as set out in the Law 16/2012 of 27 December 2012, the Swedish bank levy as set out in the Swedish Precautionary Support Act (Sw. lag (2015:1017) om förebyggande statligt stöd till kreditinstitut) (as amended)) and any other levy or tax in any jurisdiction levied on a similar basis or for a similar purpose or any financial activities taxes (or other taxes) of a kind contemplated in the European Commission consultation paper on financial sector taxation dated 22 February 2011 or the Single Resolution Mechanism established by EU Regulation 806/2014 of July 15, 2014 which has been enacted or which has been formally announced as proposed as at the date of this Agreement or (if applicable) in respect of any New Lender, as at the date that New Lender accedes as a New Lender to this Agreement.

Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code.

Base Currency” means:

 

  (a)

for Facility B (USD), US Dollars;

 

  (b)

for Facility B (EUR), euro; and

 

  (c)

in relation to any Additional Facility, as agreed between the Company and the applicable Additional Facility Lenders.

Base Currency Amount” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to a Utilisation of a Facility, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by a Borrower for that Utilisation (or, if the amount requested is not denominated in the Base Currency for that Facility, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange at the time specified in Schedule 9 (Timetables));

 

 

16


  (b)

in relation to an Ancillary Commitment, Fronted Ancillary Commitment or Fronting Ancillary Commitment, the amount specified as such in the notice delivered to the Agent by the Company pursuant to Clause 11.2 (Availability) (or, if the amount specified is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three (3) Business Days before the Ancillary Commencement Date for that Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility or, if later, the date the Agent receives the notice of the Ancillary Commitment or Fronted Ancillary Commitment and Fronting Ancillary Commitment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement); and

 

  (c)

in relation to an Additional Facility Commitment, the amount specified as such in the Additional Facility Notice delivered to the Agent by the Company pursuant to Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) (or, if the amount specified is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount of the Additional Facility converted into the Base Currency at an exchange rate used by the Company (acting reasonably and in good faith) and notified to the Agent or, if the Company has not so notified the Agent, at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the applicable Additional Facility Commencement Date or, at the Company’s option, the relevant Applicable Test Date),

as adjusted to reflect any repayment, prepayment, consolidation or division of a Utilisation, or utilisation under an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility or (as the case may be) cancellation or reduction of an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility.

Bilateral Issuing Bank” means any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has agreed to the Company’s request to be a Bilateral Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (and if more than one Lender has so agreed, such Lenders shall be referred to, whether acting individually or together, as the Bilateral Issuing Bank), provided that, in respect of a Bilateral Letter of Credit issued or to be issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Bilateral Issuing Bank shall be the Bilateral Issuing Bank specified in the relevant Utilisation Request in relation to that Letter of Credit.

Bilateral Letter of Credit” means a Letter of Credit that is not a Fronted Letter of Credit.

Board of Directors” means:

 

  (a)

with respect to the Company or any company or corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of that company or corporation, or any duly authorised committee thereof;

 

  (b)

with respect to any limited liability company, the sole member, sole manager, board of managers or other governing body, as applicable, of that limited liability company, or any duly authorised committee thereof;

 

  (c)

with respect to any partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of that partnership or any duly authorised committee thereof, except if a manager or a board of managers have been appointed in accordance with the constitutional documents of such partnership, in which case paragraph (a) above shall apply; and

 

  (d)

with respect to any other person, the board or any duly authorised committee of that person serving a similar function.

 

17


Whenever any provision requires any action or determination to be made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a majority of the directors or equivalent (excluding employee representatives, if any) on any such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is taken as part of a formal board meeting (or equivalent) or as a formal board approval (or equivalent)).

Borrower” means:

 

  (a)

in the case of Facility B (EUR), a Facility B (EUR) Borrower;

 

  (b)

in the case of Facility B (USD), a Facility B (USD) Borrower;

 

  (c)

in the case of a Revolving Facility, a Revolving Facility Borrower;

 

  (d)

in the case of an Additional Facility, the relevant Additional Facility Borrower(s); and

 

  (e)

in the case of an Ancillary Facility only, any Affiliate of a Borrower that becomes a borrower of that Ancillary Facility with the approval of the relevant Ancillary Lender pursuant to Clause 11.9 (Affiliates of Borrowers).

Break Costs” means, in respect of any Loan, the amount (if any) by which:

 

  (a)

the applicable IBOR, if positive and disregarding any interest rate floor, for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

 

  (b)

the amount (if positive) which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount of that Loan or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

Brexit” means the actual or anticipated withdrawal (including by way of any governmental decision to withdraw or any vote or referendum electing to withdraw) of the UK from the EU, including as a consequence of the notification given by it on 29 March 2017 of its intention to withdraw from the EU pursuant to Article 50 of the Treaty on EU, or the end of any transition period in connection therewith, and, in each case, any law, regulation, treaty or agreement (or change in, or change in the interpretation, administration, implementation or application of, any law, regulation, treaty or agreement) in connection therewith.

Bridging Debt” means any Indebtedness which is incurred with an initial maturity of or about one (1) year or less:

 

  (a)

as interim indebtedness to be refinanced by long term indebtedness which is permitted by the terms of this Agreement;

 

  (b)

as a bridge to a refinancing by way of any other indebtedness which is permitted by the terms of this Agreement which is in the form of bonds, notes or other equivalent security issuance, and which shall be refinanced in full with the proceeds of such bonds, notes or other equivalent securities; or

 

  (c)

which shall be converted or exchanged on or about (or prior to) one (1) year from the Incurrence of the relevant Bridging Debt on terms customary for an instrument of this type into term loans or other bonds, notes or other equivalent securities.

Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in Frankfurt am Main (Germany), London (UK), Luxembourg and New York City (US) and:

 

18


  (a)

(in relation to any date for payment or purchase of a currency other than euro) the principal financial centre of the country of that currency;

 

  (b)

(in relation to any date for payment or purchase of euro) any TARGET Day; and

 

  (c)

in relation to any date for payment by a Borrower (other than a Borrower incorporated in England & Wales, Germany or the US), in that Borrower’s jurisdiction of incorporation,

provided that for the purposes of the first drawdown of the Facilities and the calculation of the periods in connection with the Certain Funds Period, “Business Day” shall, at the Company’s option in relation to any determination of Business Days, mean any day (except Saturday or Sunday) on which banks in Essen and Frankfurt am Main (Germany), Amsterdam, London (UK) and New York City (US) are open for business.

Buy-Side Report” has the meaning given to that term paragraph 5(a) of Part I (Conditions Precedent to first Utilisation) of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

Capital Stock” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Cash Equivalent Investments” means, at any time when held by a member of the Group or the Target Group (as applicable), any Cash Equivalents, Temporary Cash Investments or Investment Grade Securities (in each case as defined in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms)) and (without double counting):

 

  (a)

debt securities or other investments in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by an Acceptable Nation or any agency thereof and having not more than one (1) year to final maturity;

 

  (b)

certificates of deposit maturing within one (1) year after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank;

 

  (c)

any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by any government of any Acceptable Nation, maturing within one (1) year after the relevant date of calculation and not convertible or exchangeable to any other security;

 

  (d)

commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security:

 

  (i)

for which a recognised trading market exists;

 

  (ii)

which matures within one (1) year after the relevant date of calculation; and

 

  (iii)

which has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P or F1 or higher by Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody’s, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its short term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating;

 

  (e)

bills of exchange issued in any Acceptable Nation or, in each case, any agency thereof and eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or their dematerialised equivalent);

 

  (f)

any investment which:

 

  (i)

is an investment in money market funds:

 

19


  (A)

with a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P or F1 or higher by Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody’s; or

 

  (B)

which invests substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to (e) above;

 

  (ii)

is any other money market investment (including repurchase agreements) and substantially all of the assets or collateral in respect of that investment have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P or F1 or higher by Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody’s; or

 

  (iii)

can be turned into cash on not more than thirty (30) days’ notice; or

 

  (g)

any other debt security approved by the Majority Lenders (each acting reasonably and in good faith),

in each case, to which any member of the Group or member of the Target Group (as applicable) is alone (or together with other members of the Group or Target Group (as applicable)) beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or Target Group (as applicable) or subject to any Security (other than a Permitted Lien).

Centre of Main Interests” means the “centre of main interests” as such term is used in Article 3(1) of the EU Insolvency Regulation.

CEO” means the chief executive officer of the Group or, if no chief executive officer is appointed, such other person fulfilling the functions of chief executive officer of the Group.

Certain Funds Entities” means the Original Guarantors and (to the extent any Major Default, Major Representation and/or Major Undertaking (as applicable) applies to it only) each Day 1 Third Party Security Provider.

Certain Funds Period” means the period beginning on (and including) the date of this Agreement and ending at 11:59 p.m. on the earliest to occur of:

 

  (a)

the date falling twenty (20) Business Days after the SPA Long Stop Date;

 

  (b)

27 September 2021 (the “Commitment Longstop Date”);

 

  (c)

the date falling five (5) Business Days after the Closing Date; and

 

  (d)

the date on which the Company (or any of its Affiliates) determines and notifies the Agent in writing (which notification shall be provided as soon as reasonably practicable after making such determination) that the Acquisition Agreement has been validly and conclusively terminated prior to the SPA Long Stop Date in accordance with its terms,

or:

 

  (i)

in the event that an initial drawdown has occurred under the Interim Facilities Agreement, the Commitment Longstop Date shall be automatically extended to the Final Repayment Date (as defined in the Interim Facilities Agreement), to the extent such date would fall after the Commitment Longstop Date; or

 

  (ii)

such later date as agreed by the Arrangers (each acting reasonably and in good faith).

Certain Funds Utilisation” means a Utilisation made or to be made during the Certain Funds Period (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Pre-Funding Loan).

CFC” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Internal Revenue Code that is owned (within the meaning of Section 958(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) by a member of the Group that is a “United States Shareholder” (as defined in Section 951(b) of the Internal Revenue Code).

 

20


CFO” means the chief financial officer or finance director of the Group or, if no chief financial officer or finance director is appointed, such other person fulfilling the functions of chief financial officer or finance director of the Group.

Change of Control” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 14.1 (Change of Control).

Change of Control Notice” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 14.1 (Change of Control).

Change of Control Put Option Period” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 14.1 (Change of Control).

Charged Property” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Clean-Up Period” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 30.6 (Clean-up Period).

Closing Date” means the first date on which both:

 

  (a)

the Acquisition Closing Date has occurred; and

 

  (b)

the first Utilisation of Facility B has been made to complete the Acquisition.

Closing Overfunding” means the aggregate amount invested in the Company or Bidco (without double-counting) by way of Equity Contribution on or around the Closing Date and identified as “Closing Overfunding” or similar in the Funds Flow Statement, plus (without double-counting) the amount of cash on the balance sheet of the Group (including the Target Group) as at the Closing Date (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any cash attributable (as determined by the Company (acting reasonably)) to amounts invested in the Company or Bidco (as applicable) by way of Equity Contribution or the proceeds from any Topco Notes or any other Indebtedness that are applied by the Company or Bidco (as applicable) on the Closing Date towards (i) the payment of cash consideration to the Vendor under the Acquisition Agreement, (ii) the refinancing of existing Indebtedness of the Target Group or (iii) the payment of costs, fees or expenses in connection with the Transaction).

Commitment” means a Facility B Commitment and an Additional Facility Commitment.

Commitment Letter” means the senior commitment letter dated 26 February 2021 (as amended) from the Mandated Lead Arrangers to the Company.

Companies Act 2006” means the UK Companies Act 2006.

Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 (Form of Compliance Certificate) (or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Agent (each acting reasonably)) and delivered by the Company to the Agent under paragraph (a) of Clause 27.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificates).

Confidential Information” means all information relating to Topco, any Obligor, the Group, the Target Group, the Investors, the Transaction Documents or a Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or a Facility from either:

 

  (a)

Topco, any member of the Group, any Investor, the Target Group or any of their respective advisers; or

 

  (b)

another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from Topco, any member of the Group, any Investor, the Target Group or any of its advisers,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

21


  (i)

is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 44 (Confidentiality);

 

  (ii)

is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by Topco, any member of the Group, the Target Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (iii)

is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with Topco, the Group or the Target Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

Confidentiality Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA on the date of this Agreement or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Agent, and in any case capable of being relied upon by, and not capable of being materially amended without the consent of, the Company.

Consolidated EBITDA” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Constitutional Documents” means the constitutional documents of the Company.

CTA” means the UK Corporation Tax Act 2009.

Day 1 Third Party Security Provider” means each of Topco, GPCo, US Holdco and US Midco.

Debt Document” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Debt Purchase Transaction” means, in relation to a person, a transaction where such person:

 

  (a)

purchases by way of assignment or transfer;

 

  (b)

enters into any sub-participation in respect of; or

 

  (c)

enters into any other agreement or arrangement having an economic effect substantially similar to a sub-participation in respect of,

any Commitment or amount outstanding under this Agreement.

Debt Pushdown” has the meaning given in paragraph (a) of Clause 33.7 (Debt Pushdown).

Debt Pushdown Notice” has the meaning given in paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 33.7 (Debt Pushdown).

Declared Default” means the occurrence of an Event of Default which has resulted in a notice being served by the Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 30.5 (Acceleration) and such notice has not been withdrawn, cancelled or otherwise ceased to have effect.

 

22


Default” means an Event of Default or an event or circumstance which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the making of a determination, or the giving of notice provided for in Clause 30 (Events of Default), Schedule 16 (Events of Default) or any combination of the foregoing) be an Event of Default, provided that any such event or circumstance which requires the satisfaction of a condition as to materiality before it becomes an Event of Default shall not be a Default unless that condition is satisfied.

Defaulting Lender” means any Lender (other than a Lender which is a member of the Group or an Investor Affiliate):

 

  (a)

which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available or has notified the Agent or the Company that it will not make its participation in a Loan available by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) or Clause 8.3 (Indemnities) or has failed to provide cash collateral (or has notified the relevant Issuing Bank or the Company that it will not provide cash collateral) in accordance with Clause 8.4 (Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender);

 

  (b)

which is an Issuing Bank which has failed to issue a Letter of Credit or has notified the Agent or Company that it will not issue a Letter of Credit in accordance with Clause 6.5 (Issue of Letters of Credit) or which has failed to pay a claim (or has notified the Agent or the Company that it will not pay a claim) in accordance with (and as defined in) Clause 8.2 (Claims under a Letter of Credit); or

 

  (c)

which has otherwise disaffirmed, rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document or any term thereof;

 

  (d)

which is a Non-Consenting Lender and which has failed to assist with any step required or desirable to implement the Company’s right to prepay that Non-Consenting Lender or to replace that Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to and as contemplated by Clause 43.5 (Replacement of a Lender) within three (3) Business Days of the Company’s request to do so;

 

  (e)

which is a Transfer Defaulting Lender; or

 

  (f)

with respect to which (or any Holding Company of which) an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) or (b) above:

 

  (i)

the Lender is disputing in good faith and acting reasonably whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question or issue the relevant Letter of Credit (and provides any supporting information reasonably requested by the Company as to why it is disputing whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question or issue the relevant Letter of Credit); or

 

  (ii)

its failure to pay, issue a Letter of Credit is caused by:

 

  (A)

administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B)

a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within three (3) Business Days of its due date.

 

23


For the purposes of this Agreement, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

  (i)

any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become (or notified by the Company to the Agent as having become) a Defaulting Lender; and

 

  (ii)

any Lender in relation to which it is aware (including by way of notification from the Company) that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a) to (f) above has occurred,

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

Delegate” means any delegate, agent, attorney, co-trustee or co-security agent appointed by the Security Agent.

Designated Gross Amount” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 11.2 (Availability).

Designated Net Amount” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 11.2 (Availability).

Designated Recipients” means:

 

  (a)

[***] ([***]); and

 

  (b)

such other person or persons notified to the Agent by the Company from time to time.

Designation Date” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Disqualified Stock” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Disruption Event” means either or both of:

 

  (a)

a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facilities (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  (b)

the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

  (i)

from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii)

from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

Disqualified Lender” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (b)(B)(5) of Clause 31.3 (Conditions of Transfer).

DQ List” means the disqualified lender list agreed by the Company and the Majority Arrangers before the first Utilisation Date and held by the Agent (as the same may be amended from time to time pursuant to paragraph (c) of Clause 31.3 (Conditions of Transfer)).

 

24


Effective Yield” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, on the date of determination, the sum of (in each case expressed as a percentage per annum and without double counting):

 

  (a)

any applicable IBOR or Adjusted Term SOFR floor, as applicable (or other devices having a similar effect) expressed as a percentage per annum (but only to the extent that the relevant floor exceeds the corresponding benchmark as at the date of determination);

 

  (b)

the interest rate margin with respect to such Indebtedness provided that:

 

  (i)

in determining the Effective Yield applicable to Facility B (EUR), in the case of any Additional MFN Term Facility (EUR) the relevant interest rate margin shall be the highest actual or potential Margin for Facility B (EUR) under this Agreement as at the Applicable Test Date, provided further that, in determining the highest Margin potentially applicable to Facility B (EUR) under this sub-paragraph, in the case of any Additional MFN Term Facility (EUR):

 

  (A)

any increase or decrease to the Margin of Facility B (EUR) that became effective prior to the applicable Additional Facility Commencement Date as a result of Market Flex shall be included; and

 

  (B)

any interest rate floor applicable to Facility B (EUR) on the date of determination shall be equated to interest margin for determining the applicable margin,

including, in each case, as a result of the actual implementation of Market Flex;

 

  (ii)

in determining the Effective Yield applicable to Facility B (USD), in the case of any Additional MFN Term Facility (USD) the relevant interest rate margin shall be the highest actual or potential Margin for Facility B (USD) under this Agreement as at the Applicable Test Date, provided further that, in determining the highest Margin potentially applicable to Facility B (USD) under this sub-paragraph, in the case of any Additional MFN Term Facility (USD):

 

  (A)

any increase or decrease to the Margin of Facility B (USD) that became effective prior to the applicable Additional Facility Commencement Date as a result of Market Flex shall be included; and

 

  (B)

any interest rate floor applicable to Facility B (USD) on the date of determination shall be equated to interest margin for determining the applicable margin,

including, in each case, as a result of the actual implementation of Market Flex ; and

 

  (c)

the amount of any applicable original issue discount and upfront fees payable on the relevant Indebtedness (converted to yield assuming a three-year average life and without any present value discount) but excluding the effect of any arrangement, structuring, syndication, underwriting or other fees payable in connection therewith that are not shared with all lenders or holders of such new or replacement loans.

Employee Plan” means an employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA , or Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code, and in respect of which a US Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

25


ERISA” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” means any person that would be deemed at any relevant time to be a single employer with a US Obligor, pursuant to Section 414(b) or (c) or, solely for purposes of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code, under Section 414 (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code or under common control with an Obligor under Section 4001 of ERISA.

ERISA Event” means:

 

  (a)

any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, with respect to an Employee Plan, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived;

 

  (b)

the filing of a notice of intent to terminate any Employee Plan or the termination of any Employee Plan under Section 4041 of ERISA;

 

  (c)

the institution of proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA by the PBGC for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Employee Plan or Multiemployer Plan;

 

  (d)

any failure by any Employee Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Employee Plan, in each case whether or not waived;

 

  (e)

the filing under Section 412(c) of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of any request for a minimum funding variance, with respect to any Employee Plan;

 

  (f)

the complete or partial withdrawal of any US Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate from any Employee Plan or a Multiemployer Plan;

 

  (g)

a US Obligor or an ERISA Affiliate incurring any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Employee Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA);

 

  (h)

a determination that any Employee Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code);

 

  (i)

the existence of an Unfunded Pension Liability;

 

  (j)

the conditions for the imposition of a lien under Section 303(k) of ERISA or Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Employee Plan have been met; and/or

 

  (k)

the receipt by a US Obligor or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice of the imposition of withdrawal liability or of a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, or in “endangered” or “critical” status or in “critical and declining” status within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA or Section 432 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Equity Contribution” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Equity Documents” means the Constitutional Documents and any document evidencing an Equity Contribution as described in paragraph (b) of the definition of “Equity Contribution”.

EU” means the European Union.

 

26


EU Insolvency Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 May 2015 on insolvency proceedings (recast).

EURIBOR” means, in relation to any Loan in euro:

 

  (a)

the applicable Screen Rate;

 

  (b)

(if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan) the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan; or

 

  (c)

if:

 

  (i)

no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan; and

 

  (ii)

it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan,

the Reference Bank Rate,

as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for euro and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and, if any such rate applicable to:

 

  (A)

a Facility B (EUR) Loan is below zero (0), EURIBOR for such Loan will be deemed to be zero (0); and

 

  (B)

an Additional Facility Loan is below any percentage agreed with the relevant Additional Facility Lenders in the Additional Facility Notice for those Additional Facility Commitments, EURIBOR will be deemed to be such percentage rate specified in such Additional Facility Notice.

Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 30 (Events of Default).

Excess Cash Flow” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Excess Cash Flow Deduction Amount” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Exchange Act” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Excluded Jurisdiction” means any jurisdiction, state, territory or commonwealth other than a Guarantor Jurisdiction.

Existing Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 31.2 (Assignments and Transfers by Lenders).

Existing Target Debt” means the outstanding Indebtedness (and any interest, coupon, premia, fees, costs or expenses accruing thereon) under (a) any Existing Target Debt Document and (b) any hedging agreement or related or ancillary agreement entered into in connection with any Existing Target Debt Document.

Existing Target Debt Document” means any document or instrument constituting, documenting or evidencing any indebtedness made available to or guaranteed or secured by any member of the Target Group and existing immediately prior to the Closing Date.

Expiry Date” means for a Letter of Credit, the last day of its Term.

Facility” means a Term Facility, a Revolving Facility and any Additional Facility.

Facility B” means Facility B (EUR) and/or Facility B (USD).

 

27


Facility B Borrower” means a Facility B (EUR) Borrower and/or a Facility B (USD) Borrower.

Facility B Commitment” means a Facility B (EUR) Commitment and/or a Facility B (USD) Commitment.

Facility B Lender” means a Facility B (EUR) Lender and/or a Facility B (USD) Lender.

Facility B Loan” means a Facility B (EUR) Loan and/or a Facility B (USD) Loan.

Facility B (EUR)” means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 2.1 (The Facilities).

Facility B (EUR) Borrower” means Bidco and any Additional Borrowers in respect of Facility B (EUR).

Facility B (EUR) Commitment” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in euro set out in Part II (The Original Lenders) of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as its Facility B (EUR) Commitment and the amount of any other Facility B (EUR) Commitment transferred to or assumed by it under this Agreement (including in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) or Clause 2.3 (Increase)); and

 

  (b)

in relation to any other Lender, the amount in euro of any Facility B (EUR) Commitment transferred to or assumed by it under this Agreement (including in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) or Clause 2.3 (Increase)),

to the extent:

 

  (i)

not cancelled, reallocated, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement; and

 

  (ii)

not deemed to be zero (0) pursuant to Clause 32 (Debt Purchase Transactions).

Facility B (EUR) Lender” means any Lender who makes available a Facility B (EUR) Commitment or a Facility B (EUR) Loan.

Facility B (EUR) Loan” means a loan made or to be made under Facility B (EUR) or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Facility B (USD)” means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 2.1 (The Facilities).

Facility B (USD) Borrower” means:

 

  (a)

US Newco; and

 

  (b)

any Additional Borrowers in respect of Facility B (USD).

 

28


Facility B (USD) Commitment” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in US Dollars set out in Part II (The Original Lenders) of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as its Facility B (USD) Commitment and the amount of any other Facility B (USD) Commitment transferred to or assumed by it under this Agreement (including in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) or Clause 2.3 (Increase)); and

 

  (b)

in relation to any other Lender, the amount in US Dollars of any Facility B (USD) Commitment transferred to or assumed by it under this Agreement (including in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) or Clause 2.3 (Increase)),

to the extent:

 

  (i)

not cancelled, reallocated, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement; and

 

  (ii)

not deemed to be zero (0) pursuant to Clause 32 (Debt Purchase Transactions).

Facility B (USD) Lender” means any Lender who makes available a Facility B (USD) Commitment or a Facility B (USD) Loan.

Facility B (USD) Loan” means a loan made or to be made under Facility B (USD) or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Facility Office” means the office or offices notified by a Lender, Finance Party, or Issuing Bank to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender, Finance Party or Issuing Bank (or, following that date, by not less than five (5) Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

FATCA” means:

 

  (a)

sections 1471 to 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

 

  (b)

any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

 

  (c)

any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the IRS, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

FATCA Application Date” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

 

  (b)

in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code (which relates to “gross proceeds” from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), the first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA; or

 

  (c)

in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, the first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA.

FATCA Deduction” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

FATCA Exempt Party” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

 

29


Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day the rate calculated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions (as determined in such manner as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall set forth on its public website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as the federal funds effective rate.

Federal Reserve Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fee Letter” means:

 

  (a)

the Arrangement Fee Letter;

 

  (b)

any fee letter or other agreement dated on or prior to the date of this Agreement between any Finance Party (or any of its Affiliates) and a member of the Group, setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 19 (Fees); and

 

  (c)

any agreement setting out fees payable to a Finance Party referred to in paragraph (o) of Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities), paragraph (e) of Clause 2.3 (Increase), Clause 19.5 (Agent and Security Agent fees), paragraph (e) of Clause 19.6 (Fees payable in respect of Letters of Credit) or Clause 19.7 (Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities and Fronted Ancillary Facilities) of this Agreement or under or in relation to any other Finance Document.

Finance Document” means this Agreement, any Accession Deed, any Ancillary Document, any Compliance Certificate, any Fee Letter, each Increase Confirmation, each Additional Facility Notice and Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice, any Debt Pushdown Notice, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Resignation Letter, any Selection Notice, any Transaction Security Document, any Utilisation Request and any other document designated as a Finance Document by the Agent and the Company.

Finance Party” means the Agent, an Ancillary Lender, each Lender, each Mandated Lead Arranger, the Security Agent, each Issuing Bank, each Fronting Ancillary Lender and each Fronted Ancillary Lender.

Financial Quarter” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Financial Reporting Entity” means:

 

  (a)

the Company;

 

  (b)

any Holding Company of the Company; or

 

  (c)

any IPO Entity,

(as determined at the sole discretion of the Company).

Financial Reporting Group” means the applicable Financial Reporting Entity and each of its Subsidiaries from time to time, but excluding any Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

Financial Statements” means Annual Financial Statements or Quarterly Financial Statements.

Financial Year” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Fitch” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

 

30


Fronted Ancillary Commitment” means, in relation to a Fronted Ancillary Lender and a Fronted Ancillary Facility, the maximum Base Currency Amount of the Revolving Facility Commitment of that Fronted Ancillary Lender that is fronted under the Fronted Ancillary Facility as notified by the Fronting Ancillary Lender to the Agent pursuant to Clause 11.2 (Availability), such Fronted Ancillary Portion being equal to the proportion borne by that Fronted Ancillary Lender’s Available Commitment to the Available Facility (in each case in relation to the applicable Revolving Facility) on the date of such notification, to the extent that amount is not cancelled or reduced under this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents relating to that Fronted Ancillary Facility.

Fronted Ancillary Facility” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 11.2 (Availability).

Fronted Ancillary Facility Fee” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 19.7 (Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities and Fronted Ancillary Facilities).

Fronted Ancillary Facility Fee Period” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 19.7 (Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities and Fronted Ancillary Facilities).

Fronted Ancillary Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 11.2 (Availability).

Fronted Ancillary Portion” means, in relation to a Fronted Ancillary Lender, the proportion which that Fronted Ancillary Lender’s commitment under a Fronted Ancillary Facility bears to all commitments under that Fronted Ancillary Facility.

Fronted Letter of Credit” means a Letter of Credit in respect of which a Fronting Issuing Bank has been appointed in that capacity.

Fronting Ancillary Commitment” means, in relation to a Fronting Ancillary Lender and a Fronted Ancillary Facility, the maximum Base Currency Amount of that Fronted Ancillary Facility for which it is not indemnified by other Fronted Ancillary Lenders pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 11.16 (Fronted Ancillary Commitment Indemnities), as notified by the Fronting Ancillary Lender to the Agent pursuant to Clause 11.2 (Availability) to the extent that amount is not increased, cancelled or reduced under this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents relating to that Fronted Ancillary Facility.

Fronting Ancillary Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 11.2 (Availability).

Fronting Issuing Bank” means any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has agreed to the Company’s request to be a Fronting Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and if there is more than one Fronting Issuing Bank, such Fronting Issuing Banks shall be referred to, whether acting individually or together, as the Fronting Issuing Bank; provided that, in respect of a Fronted Letter of Credit issued or to be issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Fronting Issuing Bank shall be the Fronting Issuing Bank specified in the relevant Utilisation Request.

FSHCO” means an entity substantially all the assets of which consist of equity interests (or equity interests and indebtedness) of one or more CFCs.

Funds Flow Statement” means any funds flow statement relating to the Transaction which is delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent).

GAAP” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

 

 

31


GPCo means Birkenstock Administration B.V., a Dutch private limited liability company (besloten vennootschap), having its registered office at Burg Ockenfels, 53545 Linz, Germany, registered in the commercial register of the Netherland chamber of commerce (Kamer van Koophandel) under registration number 81955928.

Gross Outstandings” means, in relation to a multi-account overdraft, the Ancillary Outstandings of that multi-account overdraft but calculated on the basis that the wording in the definition of “Ancillary Outstandings” permitting the netting of credit balances were deleted.

Group” means the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time.

Group Initiative” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.3 (Calculations).

Guarantee Limitations” means, in respect of any Obligor and any payments such Obligor is required to make in its capacity as a guarantor or as the provider of an indemnity or as debtor of costs or disbursements or with respect to any other payment obligation under this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the limitations and restrictions applicable to such entity pursuant to Clause 25.11 (Guarantee Limitations: General) to Clause 25.16 (Additional Guarantee Limitations) (inclusive) and the relevant Accession Deed applicable to such Additional Guarantor.

Guarantee Obligations” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 25.11 (Guarantee Limitations: General).

Guarantor” means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor, unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors).

Guarantor Coverage Test” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (b) of Clause 29.7 (Guarantees and Security).

Guarantor EBITDA” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (b) of Clause 29.7 (Guarantees and Security).

Guarantor Jurisdiction” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (b) of Clause 29.7 (Guarantees and Security).

Guarantor Jurisdictions EBITDA” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (b) of Clause 29.7 (Guarantees and Security).

Hedge Counterparty” means each person which is party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a “Hedge Counterparty”.

Hedging Agreement” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Hedging Obligations” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Holdco Financing” means any debt or equity financing (howsoever borrowed or incurred but excluding any Topco Notes (as applicable)) provided to any Holding Company of the Company by any person, including any vendor, shareholder of the Target (or their Affiliates) or third party financing.

Holdco Financing Major Terms” means the following terms:

 

  (a)

the issuer or borrower of the Holdco Financing is a Holding Company of the Company;

 

  (b)

to the extent that the net proceeds of the Holdco Financing are contributed to the Group (including on a cash or cashless basis), they shall be contributed as an Equity Contribution;

 

 

32


  (c)

the scheduled final maturity date of the Holdco Financing (if any) falls on a date after the Termination Date in respect of Facility B (as at the date of this Agreement);

 

  (d)

no guarantees or Security are provided by a member of the Group nor provided over any shares, stocks or partnership interests of a member of the Group, as credit support for such Holdco Financing; and

 

  (e)

the issuer or borrower of the Holdco Financing shall have the option in its sole discretion to pay all accrued interest on such Holdco Financing in kind, provided that nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the issuer or borrower of the Holdco Financing making any payment of accrued or capitalised interest in cash if: (i) such payment is funded from the proceeds of such Holdco Financing which are retained by such issuer or borrower and are not contributed to a member of the Group; or (ii) it can service from dividends, restricted payments and/or other permitted distributions (howsoever described) permitted to be made in accordance with this Agreement.

Holding Company” means, in relation to a company, corporation or any other entity, any other company, corporation or entity in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

IBOR” means, in relation to any Loan denominated in EUR, EURIBOR.

Impaired Agent” means the Agent at any time when:

 

  (a)

it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

 

  (b)

the Agent otherwise disaffirms, rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document or any term thereof;

 

  (c)

(if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraphs (a) or (c) of the definition of Defaulting Lender; or

 

  (d)

an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent,

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i)

its failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error or a Disruption Event and payment is made within three (3) Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii)

the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Increase Confirmation” means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 12 (Form of Increase Confirmation) or in any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company (each acting reasonably).

Increase Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.3 (Increase).

Indebtedness” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Industry Competitor” means:

 

  (a)

any person or entity (and any of its Affiliates or Related Funds) which is a competitor of a member of the Group or whose business is similar or related to a member of the Group and any controlling shareholder of such persons, provided that this shall not include any person or entity (or any of its Affiliates or Related Funds) which is a bank, financial institution or trust, fund or other entity whose principal business or a material activity of whom is arranging, underwriting or investing in debt; and

 

33


  (b)

a private equity sponsor (including any fund which is managed or advised by it or any of its Affiliates or Related Funds, and any of their respective Affiliates or Related Funds), provided that this shall not include any person whose principal business is investing in debt and which is:

 

  (i)

acting on the other side of appropriate information barriers implemented or maintained as required by law or regulation from the person that would otherwise constitute a private equity sponsor; and

 

  (ii)

managed and controlled separately from the person that would otherwise constitute a private equity sponsor and has separate personnel responsible for its interests under the Finance Documents, such personnel being independent from the interests of the entity, division or desk constituting the private equity sponsor, and no information provided under the Finance Documents is disclosed or otherwise made available to any personnel responsible for the interests of the entity, division or desk constituting the private equity sponsor.

Information Memorandum” means the document in the form approved by the Company concerning the Group and the Target Group in relation to the Facilities and distributed by the Mandated Lead Arrangers on a confidential basis prior to the Syndication Date in connection with the syndication of Facility B.

Initial Investors” means:

 

  (a)

one or more funds, limited partnerships, co-investment vehicles and/or other similar vehicles entities or accounts entities managed by or otherwise advised by any of or collectively BK LC Lux SCA, Financie`re Agache S.A., Catterton Management Company, L.L.C., LC9 International AIV, LP, L Catterton Europe IV, SLP, L Catterton Asia 3 Pte. Ltd,and/or any of their respective “associates” (as defined in the Companies Act 2006) or Related Funds and/or any of their respective successors;

 

  (b)

an Agreed Co-Investor; and

 

  (c)

any other co-investor approved by the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably),

in each case, other than any portfolio operating companies and their subsidiary undertakings.

Initial Testing Date” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 29.7 (Guarantees and Security).

Insolvency Event” means, in relation to a Finance Party, the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager, custodian or other similar officer in respect of that Finance Party or all or substantially all of that Finance Party’s assets or any analogous procedure or step being taken in any jurisdiction with respect to that Finance Party.

Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement to be entered into on or prior to the Closing Date and made between, among others, the Company, the Original Debtors (as defined therein), the Agent, the Security Agent and the Original Lenders.

Interest Period” means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 17 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 16.3 (Default interest).

Interim Facilities Agreement” means the interim facilities agreement to the extent entered into on or prior to the Closing Date between, among others, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Company.

 

 

34


Internal Revenue Code” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Interpolated Screen Rate” means, in relation to the applicable IBOR for any Loan (other than a USD Loan), the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

  (a)

the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and

 

  (b)

the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

each as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan.

Investment” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Investor Affiliate” means (i) any Investor and each of its Affiliates, (ii) any sponsor, limited partnerships or entities managed or advised by an Investor or any of its Affiliates, (iii) any trust of an Investor or any of its Affiliates or in respect of which any such persons are a trustee, (iv) any partnership of an Investor or any of its Affiliates or in respect of which any such persons are a partner and (v) any trust, fund or other entity which is managed by, or is under the control of, an Investor or any of its Affiliates, but excluding (in each case) (A) any fund or entity that is affiliated with or managed and/or advised by any Investor where the principal business of such affiliated fund or entity is investing in debt, (B) any Unrestricted Subsidiary and (C) any member of the Group.

Investors” means the Initial Investors and any other person holding (directly or indirectly) any issued share capital of the Company from time to time.

IPO Entity” has the meaning given to that term in the definition of “Initial Public Offering” in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

IPO Proceeds” means the cash proceeds received by members of the Group or any Holding Company of the Company from a Listing or a primary issue of shares in connection with such a Listing after deducting:

 

  (a)

all taxes incurred and required to be paid or reserved against (as reasonably determined by the Company on the basis of their existing rates) by the seller in relation to a Listing (including any Taxes incurred as a result of the transfer of any cash consideration intra-Group);

 

  (b)

fees, costs and expenses (including, for the avoidance of doubt, reasonable legal fees, reasonable agents’ commission, reasonable auditors’ fees, reasonable out of pocket reorganisation costs (including redundancy, closure and other restructuring costs, both preparatory to, and in consequence of, a Listing));

 

  (c)

any amount required to be applied in repayment or prepayment of any Indebtedness other than the Facilities (including to an entity the subject of a disposal, amounts to be repaid or prepaid to the entity disposed of in respect of intra-Group indebtedness and any third party debt secured on the assets disposed of which is to be repaid or prepaid out of those proceeds) or amounts owed to partners in permitted joint ventures as a consequence of that Listing; and

 

  (d)

any reasonable amounts retained to cover indemnities, contingent and other liabilities in connection with the Listing.

IRS” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Tax Definitions).

 

35


Issuing Bank” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to any Bilateral Letter of Credit, any Bilateral Issuing Bank; and

 

  (b)

in relation to any Fronted Letter of Credit, any Fronting Issuing Bank.

ITA” means the UK Income Tax Act 2007.

L/C Proportion” means, in relation to a Revolving Facility Lender in respect of any Letter of Credit, the proportion (expressed as a percentage) borne by that Lender’s Available Commitment to the relevant Available Facility (in each case) under a Revolving Facility immediately prior to the issue of that Letter of Credit, adjusted to reflect any transfer or assignment under this Agreement to or by that Lender, including pursuant to Clause 11.11 (Adjustments required in relation to Ancillary Facilities).

Legal Opinion” means any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent), under Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors) or at any other time in connection with the Finance Documents.

Legal Reservations” means:

 

  (a)

the principle that certain remedies (including equitable remedies and remedies that are analogous to equitable remedies in the applicable jurisdiction) may be granted or refused at the discretion of the court, the principles of reasonableness and fairness, the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria, administration, examinership and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors and secured creditors and similar principles or limitations under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction;

 

  (b)

the time barring of claims under applicable limitation laws (including the Limitation Acts) and defences of acquiescence, set-off or counterclaim and the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or to indemnify a person against non-payment of stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off, counterclaim or acquiescence, and similar principles or limitations under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction;

 

  (c)

the principle that in certain circumstances Security granted by way of fixed charge may be recharacterised as a floating charge or that Security purported to be constituted as an assignment may be recharacterised as a charge;

 

  (d)

the principle that additional or default interest imposed pursuant to any relevant agreement may be held to be unenforceable on the grounds that it is a penalty and thus void;

 

  (e)

the principle that a court may not give effect to an indemnity for legal costs incurred by an unsuccessful litigant;

 

  (f)

the principle that the creation or purported creation of Security over (i) any asset not beneficially owned by the relevant charging company at the date of the relevant security document or (ii) any contract or agreement which is subject to a prohibition on transfer, assignment or charging, may be void, ineffective or invalid and may give rise to a breach of the contract or agreement over which Security has purportedly been created;

 

  (g)

the accessory nature of certain German law governed Security;

 

  (h)

the possibility that a court may strike out a provision of a contract for rescission or oppression, undue influence or similar reason;

 

  (i)

the principle that a court may not give effect to any parallel debt provisions, covenants to pay the Security Agent or other similar provisions;

 

36


  (j)

the principle that certain remedies in relation to regulated entities may require further approval from government or regulatory bodies or pursuant to agreements with such bodies;

 

  (k)

similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any relevant jurisdiction;

 

  (l)

the principles of private and procedural laws of the Relevant Jurisdiction which affect the enforcement of a foreign court judgment;

 

  (m)

the principle that in certain circumstances pre-existing Security purporting to secure an Additional Facility, further advances or any Facility following a Structural Adjustment may be void, ineffective, invalid or unenforceable; and

 

  (n)

any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations (however described) as to matters of law in the Legal Opinions.

Lender” means:

 

  (a)

an Original Lender; or

 

  (b)

any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities), Clause 2.3 (Increase) or Clause 31 (Changes to the Lenders),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and provided that (among other things as provided by this Agreement) upon (i) termination in full of all Commitments of any Lender in relation to any Facility and (ii) payment in full of all amounts which are then due and payable to such Lender under that Facility, such Lender shall not be regarded as a Lender for that Facility for the purpose of determining whether any provision which requires consultation, consent, agreement or vote with any Lender (or any class thereof) has been complied with.

Letter of Credit” means:

 

  (a)

a letter of credit, substantially in the agreed form set out in Part 1 (Form of Letter of Credit) of Schedule 10 (Forms of Letter of Credit); or

 

  (b)

any other letter of credit, guarantee, indemnity, bond, sureties (Bürgschaften), sureties on first demand (Bürgschaften auf erstes Anfordern), documentary credit, performance bond or other instrument in a form requested by a Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) which is agreed by the relevant Issuing Bank or by the relevant Lender issuing such Letter of Credit under an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility provided that, for the purposes of this definition, an Issuing Bank or Lender shall be deemed to have agreed to the form of any letter of credit, guarantee, indemnity or other instrument for the purposes of this Agreement if that letter of credit, guarantee, indemnity or other instrument is substantially in the same form as a letter of credit, guarantee, indemnity or other instrument issued by that Issuing Bank or Lender (or by one of Affiliates) pursuant to any facilities provided by that relevant Issuing Bank or Lender to the Target Group immediately prior to the Closing Date.

Liabilities” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Lien” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Limitation Acts” means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

 

37


Listing” means the listing or the admission to trading of all or any part of the share capital of any member of the Group or any Holding Company (the only material assets of which are shares or other investments (directly or indirectly in the Group)) of a member of the Group (other than the Initial Investors) on any recognised investment exchange (as that term is used in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) or in or on any other exchange or market in any jurisdiction or country or any other sale or issue by way of listing, flotation or public offering or any equivalent circumstances in relation to any member of the Group or any such Holding Company of any member of the Group (other than the Initial Investors and their Holding Companies) in any jurisdiction or country.

LMA” means the Loan Market Association.

Loan” means a Term Loan or a Revolving Facility Loan.

Loan to Own/Distressed Investor” means any person whose (or any of whose Affiliates’ or Related Funds’ including an Affiliate or a Related Fund of a Lender or a transferee which satisfies the requirements set out under paragraph (b) of Clause 31.3 (Conditions of Transfer)) principal business or material activity is:

 

  (a)

investing in distressed debt or the purchase of loans or other debt securities with the intention of (or view to) owning the equity or gaining control of a business (directly or indirectly);

 

  (b)

investing in equity and/or acquiring control of, or an equity stake in, a business (directly or indirectly); and/or

 

  (c)

exploiting holdout or blocking positions,

provided that:

 

  (i)

any Affiliate of such persons which are a Rated Bank which are managed and controlled independently to any such person who meets any of the criteria referred to in sub-paragraphs (a) to (c) above and provided that any information made available under the Finance Documents shall not be disclosed or made available to such person or its other Affiliates; and

 

  (ii)

any Original Lender,

shall not, in each case, be a Loan to Own/Distressed Investor.

LTM” means last twelve (12) Months.

LTM EBITDA” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Luxembourg” means the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

Luxembourg Borrower” has the meaning give to that term in Clause 20.1 (Tax Definitions).

“Luxembourg Obligor” means an Obligor incorporated or organised in Luxembourg.

Luxembourg Qualifying Lender” has the meaning give to that term in Clause 20.1 (Tax Definitions).

Luxembourg Treaty Lender” has the meaning give to that term in Clause 20.1 (Tax Definitions).

Luxembourg Treaty State” has the meaning give to that term in Clause 20.1 (Tax Definitions)

 

38


Major Event of Default” means any event or circumstance constituting an Event of Default that is continuing under:

 

  (a)

paragraph (a) of Section 1 of Schedule 16 (Events of Default);

 

  (b)

paragraph (b) of Section 1 of Schedule 16 (Events of Default));

 

  (c)

paragraph (c) of Section 1 of Schedule 16 (Events of Default) insofar as it relates to a breach of any Major Undertaking in any material respect;

 

  (d)

paragraph (e) of Section 1 of Schedule 16 (Events of Default);

 

  (e)

Clause 30.2 (Misrepresentation) insofar as it relates to a breach of any Major Representation in any material respect; or

 

  (f)

Clause 30.3 (Invalidity and Unlawfulness),

in each case as it relates to:

 

  (i)

in the case of the Acquisition or a Certain Funds Utilisation, the Certain Funds Entities only (and excluding: (x) any procurement obligations on the part of the Certain Funds Entities with respect to any member of the Target Group; and (y) any failure to comply, breach or Default by any other member of the Group); and

 

  (ii)

in the case of any other acquisition permitted by the terms of this Agreement or an Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation, the applicable Agreed Certain Funds Obligor(s) only (and excluding: (x) any procurement obligations on the part of the Agreed Certain Funds Obligor with respect to any other member of the Group; and (y) any failure to comply, breach or Default by any other member of the Group).

Major Representation” means a representation or warranty under:

 

  (a)

Clause 26.1 (Status);

 

  (b)

Clause 26.2 (Binding obligations);

 

  (c)

Clause 26.3 (Non-conflict with other obligations); and

 

  (d)

Clause 26.4 (Power and authority),

in each case as it relates to:

 

  (i)

in the case of the Acquisition or a Certain Funds Utilisation, the Certain Funds Entities only (and excluding: (x) any procurement obligations on the part of the Certain Funds Entities with respect to any member of the Target Group; and (y) any failure to comply, breach or Default by any other member of the Group); and

 

  (ii)

in the case of any other acquisition permitted by the terms of this Agreement or an Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation, the applicable Agreed Certain Funds Obligor(s) only (and excluding: (x) any procurement obligations on the part of the Agreed Certain Funds Obligor with respect to any other member of the Group; and (y) any failure to comply, breach or Default by any other member of the Group).

Major Undertaking” means an undertaking under:

 

  (a)

Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings);

 

39


  (b)

Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings);

 

  (c)

Section 3 (Limitation on Liens) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings);

 

  (d)

Section 4 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings); and

 

  (e)

Section 7 (Merger and Consolidation - Company) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings),

in each case as it relates to:

 

  (i)

in the case of the Acquisition or a Certain Funds Utilisation, the Certain Funds Entities only (and excluding: (x) any procurement obligations on the part of the Certain Funds Entities with respect to any member of the Target Group; and (y) any failure to comply, breach or Default by any other member of the Group); and

 

  (ii)

in the case of any other acquisition permitted by the terms of this Agreement or an Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation, the applicable Agreed Certain Funds Obligor(s) only (and excluding: (x) any procurement obligations on the part of the Agreed Certain Funds Obligor with respect to any other member of the Group; and (y) any failure to comply, breach or Default by any other member of the Group).

Majority Arrangers” means a Mandated Lead Arranger or Mandated Lead Arrangers whose Facility B Commitments (together with the Facility B Commitments of its or their Affiliates who are not Mandated Lead Arrangers) aggregate more than fifty (50) per cent. of the Total Facility B Commitments as at the date of this Agreement.

Majority Lenders” means, subject to paragraphs (e) and (f) of Clause 43.4 (Other exceptions):

 

  (a)

a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments at that time aggregate more than fifty (50) per cent. of the Total Commitments; or

 

  (b)

if the Total Commitments have at that time been reduced to zero, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregated more than fifty (50) per cent. of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction,

provided that for this purpose the amount of an Ancillary Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitments shall not be reduced by the amount of its Ancillary Commitment, Fronted Ancillary Commitment or Fronting Ancillary Commitment.

Management Case” means the financial model relating to the Group in the agreed form and delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent).

Margin” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to any Facility B (EUR) Loan, 3.50 per cent. per annum;

 

  (b)

in relation to any Facility B (USD) Loan, 3.75 per cent. per annum;

 

  (c)

in relation to any Additional Facility Loan, the percentage rate per annum specified by the Company in the relevant Additional Facility Notice;

 

  (d)

in relation to any Unpaid Sum relating or referable to a Facility, the rate per annum specified above for that Facility; and

 

  (e)

in relation to any other Unpaid Sum, the highest rate specified above,

 

40


but from the first day following one (1) complete Financial Quarter following the Closing Date:

 

  (i)

the Margin for each Loan under Facility B will be the percentage per annum set out below in the column for the applicable Facility opposite the applicable Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio for any Relevant Period:

 

Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio

   Facility B (EUR) Margin
(per cent. per annum)
     Facility B (USD) Margin
(per cent. per annum)
 

Greater than 4.40:1

     3.50 per cent.        3.75 per cent.  

Equal to or less than 4.40:1 but greater than 3.90:1

     3.25 per cent.        3.50 per cent  

Equal to or less than 3.90:1

     3.00 per cent        3.25 per cent  

and

 

  (ii)

the Margin for each Additional Facility Loan and Additional Revolving Facility Utilisation will be the percentage per annum agreed with the Additional Facility Lenders and as indicated in the Additional Facility Notice for those Additional Facility Commitments.

However:

 

  (A)

any increase or decrease in the Margin shall take effect on the date of receipt by the Agent of the Compliance Certificate for such Relevant Period delivered pursuant to Clause 27.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificates);

 

  (B)

there shall be no restriction on the number of step-ups or step-downs in the level of Margin that may occur as a result of this provision and multiple step-ups or step-downs may occur on any date specified in sub-paragraph (A) above;

 

  (C)

if, following receipt by the Agent of the Annual Financial Statements and related Compliance Certificate, those statements and Compliance Certificate demonstrate that (1) the Margin should have been reduced in accordance with the above table or as indicated in the applicable Additional Facility Notice or (2) the Margin should not have been reduced or should have been increased in accordance with the above table or as indicated in the applicable Additional Facility Notice, the next payment of interest under the relevant Facility shall be adjusted in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 16.2 (Payment of interest). The Agent’s determination (acting reasonably and in good faith) of the adjustments payable shall be prima facie evidence of such adjustments and the Agent shall, if so requested by the Company, provide the Company with reasonable details of the calculation of such adjustments;

 

  (D)

while a Material Event of Default or an Event of Default under paragraph (c) (but only in relation to a failure to comply with paragraph (a) of Clause 27.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificates), in each case such that the Margin cannot be determined) of Section 1 of Schedule 16 (Events of Default) (in each case, a “Margin Event of Default”) is continuing, the Margin for each Loan under Facility B shall, in each case, be the highest percentage per annum set out above for a Loan under that Facility (or, in

 

41


  respect of any Additional Facility, the highest percentage rate per annum set out in the applicable Additional Facility Notice in respect of the relevant Additional Facility Commitments). Once that Margin Event of Default has been remedied or waived, the Margin for each Loan will be re-calculated on the basis of the most recently delivered Compliance Certificate and the terms of this definition “Margin” shall apply (on the assumption that on the date of the most recently delivered Compliance Certificate, no Margin Event of Default had occurred or was continuing) with any reduction in Margin resulting from such recalculation taking effect from the date of such remedy or waiver and the terms of this definition “Margin” shall apply (on the assumption that no such Margin Event of Default has occurred or was continuing) with any reduction in Margin resulting from such recalculation taking effect from the date of such remedy or waiver; and

 

  (E)

for the purpose of determining the Margin, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio and Relevant Period shall be determined in accordance with Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Market Flex” has the meaning given to that term in the Syndication Strategy Letter.

Material Adverse Effect means any event or circumstance which in each case after taking into account all mitigating factors or circumstances (including any warranty, indemnity, insurance or other resources available to the Group (including the Target Group) or right of recourse against any third party with respect to the relevant event or circumstance and any obligation of any person in force to provide any additional equity investment in the Group):

 

  (a)

has a material adverse effect on the consolidated business, assets or financial condition of the Group (taken as a whole) such that the Group (taken as a whole) would be unable to perform its payment obligations under the Finance Documents in respect of principal amounts due and payable thereunder; or

 

  (b)

subject to the Legal Reservations and any Perfection Requirements, affects the validity or the enforceability of the Finance Documents (taken as a whole) to an extent which is materially adverse to the interests of the Finance Parties (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents (taken as a whole),

and, in each case, if capable of remedy, is not remedied within twenty (20) Business Days of the date on which the Agent gives written notice of the issue to the Company.

Material Event of Default” means an Event of Default under any of paragraphs (a), (b) or (e) of Section 1 of Schedule 16 (Events of Default).

Material Intellectual Property” means any specifically identifiable material intellectual property required in order to conduct the business of the Group in all material respects as it is being conducted and which is beneficially owned by or licensed to members of the Group.

Material IP Entity” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (c) of the definition of “Material Subsidiary”.

Material Subsidiary” means:

 

  (a)

an Obligor;

 

42


  (b)

a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction which has earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA and, at the Company’s option, either including or excluding any adjustments made to Consolidated EBITDA of the Group pursuant to paragraphs (a)(viii) and (a)(ix) of the definition thereof and/or paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) of Clause 28.3 (Calculations)) representing more than five (5) per cent. of Consolidated EBITDA of the Group by reference to the latest Annual Financial Statements delivered to the Agent (or, if no such Annual Financial Statements have been delivered, the Original Financial Statements); or

 

  (c)

to the extent not covered under paragraphs (a) and/or (b) above, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which, on the relevant date of determination, holds any Material Intellectual Property of the Group (a “Material IP Entity”),

provided that:

 

  (i)

each Restricted Subsidiary which is not required to (or is unable to) become a Guarantor in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles will not be considered a Material Subsidiary; and

 

  (ii)

a determination by the Company (in good faith) that a Restricted Subsidiary is or is not a Material Subsidiary shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

Maturing Revolving Facility Loan” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (c) of Clause 12.3 (Repayment of Revolving Facility Loans).

Minimum Equity Investment” means the aggregate investment in cash or in kind in the Company made on or prior to the Closing Date:

 

  (a)

in the form of equity (including share capital) by the Investors and Topco (excluding by way of contribution of the proceeds of any Holdco Financing (including on a cashless basis) provided by the Vendors or any third party financing provider but including other proceeds or other capital contributions (including by way of premium and/or contribution to capital reserve) made by the Investors and Topco (or any of their Holding Companies) via Topco to the Company (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the proceeds of any Topco Notes)); and/or

 

  (b)

any Subordinated Liabilities (excluding the proceeds of any Holdco Financing (including on a cashless basis) provided by the Vendors or any third party financing provider); and/or

 

  (c)

by way of any Rolled Proceeds.

Month” means a period starting on one (1) day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

  (a)

(subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

  (b)

if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

  (c)

if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

The rules set out above will only apply to the last month of any period.

Moody’s” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

 

43


Multiemployer Plan” means a “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section (3)(37) of ERISA) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA that is contributed to for any employees of an Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate or in respect of which any US Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate has any actual or contingent, direct or indirect liability.

Net Outstandings” means, in relation to a multi-account overdraft, the Ancillary Outstandings of that multi-account overdraft.

New Debt Financing” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

New Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 31.2 (Assignments and Transfers by Lenders).

Non-Acceptable L/C Lender” means a Revolving Facility Lender which:

 

  (a)

is not an Acceptable Rated Bank (other than (i) a Mandated Lead Arranger, (ii) an Original Lender or (iii) a Lender which the relevant Fronting Issuing Bank (acting reasonably) has agreed is acceptable to it notwithstanding that fact);

 

  (b)

is a Defaulting Lender or an Insolvency Event has occurred in respect of a Holding Company of such Lender; or

 

  (c)

has failed to make (or has notified the Agent that it will not make) a payment to be made by it under Clause 8.3 (Indemnities) or Clause 34.11 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent) or any other payment to be made by it under the Finance Documents to or for the account of any other Finance Party in its capacity as Lender by the due date for payment.

Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 43.6 (Excluded Commitments).

Non-Responding Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 43.6 (Excluded Commitments).

Notice Date” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 19.7 (Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities and Fronted Ancillary Facilities).

Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (h) of Clause 32 (Debt Purchase Transactions).

Obligor” means a Borrower or a Guarantor.

Obligors’ Agent” means the Company or such other person appointed to act on behalf of each Obligor in relation to the Finance Documents pursuant to Clause 2.6 (Obligors’ Agent).

OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury (or any successor thereto).

Officer” means, with respect to any person:

 

  (a)

the chairman of the Board of Directors, the CEO, the president, the CFO, any vice president, the treasurer, any director, authorized signatory, managing director or the company secretary (or, in each case, any person holding a similar or equivalent role):

 

  (i)

of such person; and/or

 

  (ii)

if such person is owned or managed or represented by a single entity, of such entity; and/or

 

44


  (b)

any other individual designated as an “Officer” or an “authorised signatory” with respect to such person.

Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to any person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such person.

Optional Currency” means a currency (other than the Base Currency) which complies with the conditions set out in Clause 4.3 (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies).

Original Accounting Principles” means the accounting principles and related accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the Original Financial Statements and the Management Case provided that the Original Accounting Principles may apply GAAP as in effect for annual periods commencing on or after 1 January 2019.

Original Financial Statements” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph 6(a) of Part I (Conditions Precedent to first Utilisation) of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

Original Obligor” means an Original Borrower or an Original Guarantor.

Participant Register” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 31.12 (Sub-participant Register).

Participating Member State” means any member state of the EU that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the EU relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

Party” means a party to this Agreement.

PBGC” means the U.S. Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Items” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Perfection Requirements” means the making or the procuring of the appropriate registrations, filing, endorsements, notarisation, stampings and/or notifications of or under the Transaction Security Documents and/or the Security created thereunder and any other actions or steps, necessary in any jurisdiction or under any laws or regulations in order to create or perfect any Security or the Transaction Security Documents or to achieve the relevant priority expressed therein.

Permitted Acquisition” means any Permitted Investment under paragraphs (a)(ii) or (b) of the definition of Permitted Investment or any other acquisition or Investment permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

Permitted Collateral Lien” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Permitted Holders” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Permitted Indebtedness” means Indebtedness permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

Permitted Investment” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Permitted Liens” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Permitted Payment” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (b) of Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings).

 

45


Permitted Reorganisation” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Permitted Structural Adjustment” means a Structural Adjustment permitted by this Agreement.

Permitted Transaction” means:

 

  (a)

any step, circumstance, payment, event, reorganisation or transaction contemplated by or relating to the Transaction Documents, the Funds Flow Statement, the Tax Structure Memorandum (other than any exit steps described therein), the Reports and any intermediate steps or actions necessary to implement the steps, circumstances, payments or transactions described in each such document;

 

  (b)

any step, circumstance, event or transaction as part of the Debt Pushdown and any intermediate steps or actions necessary to implement the Debt Pushdown;

 

  (c)

a Permitted Reorganisation;

 

  (d)

any step, circumstance, payment or transaction contemplated by or relating to the Acquisition (and related Acquisition Documents) or any exercise of any set off of any claims or receivables of the Company (or its Affiliates) arising under, contemplated by or relating to the Acquisition (and related Acquisition Documents) against any liabilities owed by the Company (or its Affiliates) to the respective vendors under the Acquisition Agreement, their Affiliates or assigns or otherwise disclosed to the Mandated Lead Arrangers prior to the date of this Agreement and any intermediate steps or actions necessary to implement such steps, circumstances, payments, transactions or set-off;

 

  (e)

any step, circumstance or transaction which is mandatorily required by law (including arising under an order of attachment or injunction or similar legal process);

 

  (f)

any conversion of a loan, credit or any other indebtedness outstanding into distributable reserves, share capital, share premium or other equity interests of any member of the Group or any other capitalisation, forgiveness, waiver, release or other discharge of any loan, credit or other indebtedness of any member of the Group, in each case on a cashless basis;

 

  (g)

any repurchase of shares in any person upon the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares, if such shares represent all or a portion of the exercise price of such warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares as part of a cashless exercise;

 

  (h)

any transfer of the shares in, or issue of shares by, a member of the Group or any step, action or transaction including share issue or acquisition or consumption of debt, for the purpose of creating the group structure for the Acqusition or effecting the Transaction as set out in the Tax Structure Memorandum (other than the exit steps described therein) including inserting any Holding Company or incorporating or inserting any Subsidiary in connection therewith, provided that after completion of such steps no Change of Control shall have occurred;

 

  (i)

any closure of bank accounts in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (j)

any “Liabilities Acquisition” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement);

 

  (k)

any intermediate steps or actions necessary to implement steps, circumstances, payments or transactions permitted by this Agreement; and

 

  (l)

any transaction to which the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) shall have given prior written consent; and

 

46


  (m)

any action to be taken by a member of the Group that, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, is necessary to implement or complete the Acquisition or has arisen as part of the negotiations with the shareholders or senior management of the Target or any anti-trust authority, regulatory authority, pensions trustee, pensions insurer, works council or trade union (or any similar or equivalent person to any of the foregoing in any jurisdiction), in each case, in connection with the Acquisition.

Pre-Funding Loan” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 12.6 (Pre-Funding Loans before the Closing Date).

Preferred Stock” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Prime Rate” means the rate of interest per annum last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the U.S. or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Federal Reserve Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the “bank prime loan” rate or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as reasonably determined by the Agent) or any similar release by the Federal Reserve Board (as reasonably determined by the Agent) provided that any change in the Prime Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day such change is publicly announced or quoted as being effective.

Purchase” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.3 (Calculations).

Quarter Date” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Quarterly Financial Statements” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 27.1 (Financial Statements).

Quotation Day” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined:

 

  (a)

(if the currency is euro) two (2) TARGET Days before the first day of that period;

 

  (b)

(if the currency is Sterling) the first day of that period;

 

  (c)

(if the currency is US Dollars) two (2) US Securities Business Days before the first day of that period; or

 

  (d)

(for any other currency) two (2) Business Days before the first day of that period,

unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given on more than one (1) day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

Rated Bank” means a deposit-taking financial institution authorised by a financial services regulator to carry out the business of banking which holds a minimum long-term credit rating equal to or better than BBB- or Baa3 (as applicable) according to at least two (2) of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch.

Receiver” means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Charged Property.

Reconciliation Statement” has the meaning given to such term in paragraph (b) of Clause 27.4 (Agreed Accounting Principles).

 

47


Reference Bank Rate” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four (4) decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks in relation to relevant IBOR, as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the Relevant Interbank Market, in each case, in the relevant currency and for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in a reasonable market size in that currency and for that period.

Reference Banks” means up to three (3) Lenders or other banks or financial institutions as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company (provided that no Finance Party shall be appointed as a Reference Bank without its consent).

Refinancing Indebtedness” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Register” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 31.11 (The Register).

Related Fund” in relation to a fund (the “first fund”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

Release Condition” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (d) of Clause 29.11 (Release Condition).

Released Amounts” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (c) of Clause 29.11 (Release Condition).

Relevant Interbank Market” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to euro, the European interbank market;

 

  (b)

in relation to US Dollars, the market for overnight cash borrowing collateralised by US Government securities; and

 

  (c)

in relation to any other currency, the London interbank market.

Relevant Jurisdiction” means, in relation to an Obligor:

 

  (a)

its jurisdiction of incorporation; and

 

  (b)

the jurisdiction whose laws govern any of the Transaction Security Documents entered into by it.

Relevant Period” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Renewal Request” means a written notice delivered to the Agent in accordance with Clause 6.6 (Renewal of a Letter of Credit).

Repeating Representations” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (b) of Clause 26.18 (Repetition).

Replaced Lender” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (a) of Clause 43.5 (Replacement of a Lender).

Replacement Notice” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (a) of Clause 43.5 (Replacement of a Lender).

Reports” means the reports listed at paragraph 5 of Part I (Conditions Precedent to first Utilisation) of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

 

48


Representative” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

Repricing Event” means the Incurrence by any Borrower of any Indebtedness in the form of a euro or US Dollar-denominated floating rate term loan facility which is broadly syndicated and the primary purpose (as determined by the Company in good faith) of such new term loan facility is for the applicable Borrower to benefit from a lower Effective Yield than that applicable to the relevant Facility B (EUR) Loan or Facility B (USD) Loan and some or all of the proceeds of which are used to prepay (or, in the case of a conversion, deemed to prepay or replace), in whole or in part, outstanding principal of the applicable Facility B (EUR) Loans or Facility B (USD) Loans provided that the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in connection with a Change of Control, Listing or Transformative Acquisition (or a transaction, that if consummated, would have resulted in a Change of Control, Listing or Transformative Acquisition) shall not constitute a Repricing Event.

Resignation Letter” means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Resignation Letter) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company (each acting reasonably).

Restricted Finance Party” means a Finance Party that notifies the Agent that a Sanctions Provision would result in a violation of, a conflict with or liability under:

 

  (a)

EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96;

 

  (b)

§7 of the German Außenwirtschaftsverordnung (in connection with the German Außenwirtschaftsgesetz); or

 

  (c)

any similar applicable anti-boycott law, regulation or statute in force from time to time that is applicable to such entity.

Restricted Member of the Group” means a member of the Group in respect of which the Obligors’ Agent notifies the Agent that a Sanctions Provision would result in a violation of, a conflict with or liability under:

 

  (a)

EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96;

 

  (b)

§7 of the German Außenwirtschaftsverordnung (in connection with the German Außenwirtschaftsgesetz); or

 

  (c)

any similar applicable anti-boycott law, regulation or statute in force from time to time that is applicable to such entity.

Restricted Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Restructuring Costs” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Retained Cash” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Retained Cash Flow” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Retained Excess Cash” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

Revolving Facility” means (as the context requires) an Additional Revolving Facility.

Revolving Facility Borrower” means (as the context requires) an Additional Revolving Facility Borrower.

 

49


Revolving Facility Commitment” means (as the context requires) an Additional Revolving Facility Commitment.

Revolving Facility Lender” means (as the context requires) an Additional Revolving Facility Lender.

Revolving Facility Loan” means (as the context requires) an Additional Revolving Facility Loan.

Revolving Facility Utilisation” means (as the context requires) an Additional Revolving Facility Utilisation.

Roll-Up Investor” means any person (other than Topco) which holds any issued share capital in the Company at any time pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition provided that such person only holds shares in the Company for such temporary period of time as determined by the Company (in good faith) that is required in connection with transaction steps required to effect a roll-up of investors to a Holding Company of the Company, as part of any Permitted Acquisition and which shall not be longer than twenty (20) Business Days from the date of completion of such Permitted Acquisition.

Rolled Proceeds” means the proceeds received by a Rollover Investor pursuant to or in connection with the Acquisition and which are (or which the Company reasonably anticipates are to be) reinvested in or advanced to, directly or indirectly, the Company, its Subsidiaries or any Holding Company of the Company (in each case including on a non-cash basis).

Rollover Investor” means any (direct or indirect) shareholder in the Target Group immediately prior to the Acquisition Closing Date or any other director or member of the management or other person which reinvests or advances (or which the Company reasonably anticipates will reinvest or advance) any proceeds payable or received pursuant to or in connection with the Acquisition (directly or indirectly) in the Company, its Subsidiaries or any Holding Company of the Company (including on a non-cash basis) or which will remain a shareholder in the Target (directly or indirectly) on the Acquisition Closing Date.

Rollover Loan” means one or more Revolving Facility Loans:

 

  (a)

made or to be made on the same day that:

 

  (i)

a maturing Revolving Facility Loan is due to be repaid; or

 

  (ii)

a demand by the Agent pursuant to a drawing in respect of a Letter of Credit or payment of outstandings under an Ancillary Facility or a Fronted Ancillary Facility is due to be met;

 

  (b)

the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the maturing Revolving Facility Loan or Ancillary Facility Utilisation or the relevant claim in respect of that Letter of Credit;

 

  (c)

in the same currency as the maturing Revolving Facility Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of Clause 10.2 (Unavailability of a currency)) or the relevant claim in respect of that Letter of Credit or an Ancillary Facility Utilisation; and

 

  (d)

made or to be made to the same Borrower (or, if applicable in the case of an Ancillary Facility Utilisation, that Borrower’s Affiliate) for the purpose of:

 

  (i)

refinancing that maturing Revolving Facility Loan or Ancillary Facility Utilisation; or

 

  (ii)

satisfying the relevant claim in respect of that Letter of Credit.

S&P” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

 

50


Sale” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.3 (Calculations).

Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country or territory which itself is, or whose government is, the target of comprehensive Sanctions broadly prohibiting dealings with such government, country, or territory.

Sanctioned Person” means any person that is (or persons that are):

 

  (a)

listed on, or owned or controlled (as such terms are defined and interpreted by the relevant Sanctions) by a person listed on any Sanctions List;

 

  (b)

located, organized or resident in or incorporated under the laws of any Sanctioned Country; or

 

  (c)

owned or controlled by persons that are the target of Sanctions,

provided that, for the purpose of this definition, a person shall not be deemed to be a Sanctioned Person if transactions or dealings with such person are (i) not prohibited under applicable Sanctions or (ii) permitted under a licence, licence exemption or other authorisation of a Sanctions Authority.

Sanctions” means any economic, trade or financial sanctions, laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures imposed, enacted, administered or enforced from time to time by any Sanctions Authority.

Sanctions Authority” means:

 

  (a)

the US;

 

  (b)

the United Nations Security Council;

 

  (c)

the EU and any EU member state;

 

  (d)

the UK; or

 

  (e)

the respective governmental institutions of any of the foregoing which administer Sanctions, including HM Treasury, OFAC, the US State Department and the US Department of the Treasury.

Sanctions List” means the “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” list issued by OFAC, the EU Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets, the Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets issued by Her Majesty’s Treasury, or any similar list issued or maintained and made public by any of the Sanctions Authorities as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time.

Sanctions Provision” means Clause 29.10 (Anti-corruption law and Sanctions).

Screen Rate” means, in relation to EURIBOR, the euro interbank offered rate administered by the European Money Markets Institute (or any other person which takes over the administration and/or calculation of that rate) for the relevant period displayed (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) on page EURIBOR01 of the Thomson Reuters or Refinitiv screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters or Refinitiv page which displays that rate)or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters or Refinitiv. If such page or service is replaced or ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate in accordance with Clause 43.8 (Replacement of Screen Rate).

Secured Debt Document” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

51


Secured Parties” means each Finance Party from time to time which is a Party and any Receiver or Delegate.

Security” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, security assignment, security transfer of title or other security interest having a similar effect.

Security Release Super Majority Lenders” means, subject to paragraphs (e) and (f) of Clause 43.4 (Other exceptions):

 

  (a)

a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate eighty (80) per cent. or more of the Total Commitments at that time; or

 

  (b)

if the Total Commitments have at that time been reduced to zero (0), a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregated eighty (80) per cent. or more of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction,

provided that for this purpose the amount of an Ancillary Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitments shall not be reduced by the amount of its Ancillary Commitment, Fronted Ancillary Commitment or Fronting Ancillary Commitment.

Selection Notice” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part III (Form of Selection Notice) of Schedule 3 (Requests and Notices) given in accordance with Clause 17 (Interest Periods) in relation to a Term Facility or any other form agreed between the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company.

Senior Secured Indebtedness” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Senior Secured Notes” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Senior Secured Notes Finance Documents” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Senior Secured Notes Indenture” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Separate Loan” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (a) of Clause 12.4 (Loans provided by a Defaulting Lender).

SOFR” means the secured overnight financing rate administered by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any other person which takes over the publication of that rate).

SPA Long Stop Date” means has the meaning given to the term “Longstop Date” (in each case, as it may be extended and/or amended from time to time) in the Acquisition Agreement.

Specified Time” means a day or time determined in accordance with Schedule 9 (Timetables).

Structural Adjustment” means, in each case other than in accordance with or as contemplated by the terms of this Agreement:

 

  (a)

an amendment, waiver or variation of the terms of some or all of the Finance Documents that results in or is intended to result from or has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

52


  (i)

an extension to the availability, change to the date of payment or redenomination of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii)

a reduction in the Margin (other than in accordance with the definition of Margin) or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees, or commission or other amounts owing or payable to a Lender under the Finance Documents;

 

  (iii)

the currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (iv)

a redenomination of a Commitment or participation of any Finance Party into another currency;

 

  (v)

a re-tranching of any or all of the Facilities;

 

  (vi)

an increase in, or addition or a grant of, any Commitment or participation of any Finance Party or the Total Commitments;

 

  (vii)

the introduction of an additional loan, commitment, tranche or facility into the Finance Documents ranking pari passu with or junior to any of the Facilities,

in each case, other than in respect of an Additional Facility established pursuant to Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) or pursuant to Clause 43.8 (Replacement of Screen Rate).

 

  (b)

an amendment or waiver of a term of a Finance Document and any change (including changes to, the taking of or release coupled with the retaking of Security and/or guarantees and changes to and/or additional intercreditor arrangements) that is consequential on, incidental to, or required to implement or effect or reflect any of the amendments or waivers listed in paragraph (a) above.

Structural Intercompany Receivable” means:

 

  (a)

the receivables in respect of any intercompany loan between Topco (as lender) and the Company or Bidco (as borrower); and

 

  (b)

the receivable in respect of any intercompany loan entered into on or prior to the Closing Date between Bidco (as lender) and the Target Entities (as borrowers).

Subordinated Liabilities” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Subsidiary” means, in relation to any person, any entity which is controlled directly or indirectly by that person and any entity (whether or not so controlled) treated as a subsidiary in the latest financial statements of that person from time to time, and control for this purpose means the direct or indirect ownership of the majority of the voting share capital of such entity or the right or ability to direct management to comply with the type of material restrictions and obligations contemplated in this Agreement or to determine the composition of a majority of the Board of Directors (or like board) of such entity, in each case, whether by virtue of ownership of share capital, contract or otherwise provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary no Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be a member of the Group or a “Subsidiary” of a member of the Group.

Super Majority Lenders” means, subject to paragraphs (e) and (f) of Clause 43.4 (Other exceptions):

 

  (a)

a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate sixty-six and two thirds (662/3) per cent. or more of the Total Commitments at that time; or

 

53


  (b)

if the Total Commitments have at that time been reduced to zero (0), a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregated sixty-six and two thirds (662/3) per cent. or more of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction,

provided that for this purpose the amount of an Ancillary Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitments shall not be reduced by the amount of its Ancillary Commitment, Fronted Ancillary Commitment or Fronting Ancillary Commitment.

Syndication Date” has the meaning given to that term in the Syndication Strategy Letter.

Syndication Strategy Letter” means the senior syndication strategy letter dated 26 February 2021 from the Mandated Lead Arrangers to the Company.

Synergies” has the meaning given to that term in sub-paragraph (a)(viii) of the definition of Consolidated EBITDA.

Target Entities” has the meaning given to that term in the Acquisition Agreement.

TARGET Day” means any day on which TARGET2 is open for the settlement of payments in euro.

Target Group” means the Target Entities together with its Subsidiaries.

Target Shares” means the shares of BK LC EU SalesCo GmbH (to be renamed Birkenstock Europe GmbH) acquired by Bidco on the Acquisition Closing Date.

TARGET2” means the Trans European Automated Real time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007.

Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same) imposed or levied by any government or other taxing authority.

Tax Deduction” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Tax Definitions).

Tax Structure Memorandum” means the tax structure memorandum provided to the Agent referred to in paragraph 5(b) of Part I (Conditions Precedent to first Utilisation) of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any updated version provided to the Agent in accordance with the terms of that paragraph).

Term” means each period determined under this Agreement for which an Issuing Bank is under a liability under a Letter of Credit as applicable.

Term Facility” means Facility B and any Additional Term Facility.

Term Loan” means (i) a Facility B Loan and (as the case may be) (ii) an Additional Facility Loan under an Additional Term Facility.

Termination Date” means:

 

  (a)

in respect of Facility B, the date falling seven (7) years after the Closing Date; and

 

  (b)

in respect of any Additional Facility Commitments, the date specified in the relevant Additional Facility Notice (provided that such date is in accordance with paragraph (b)(iv) of Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities)).

 

54


Term Reference Rate” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to any USD Loan, Adjusted Term SOFR; and

 

  (b)

in relation to any other Loan, IBOR.

Term SOFR” means in relation to any USD Loan:

 

  (a)

the term SOFR reference rate administered by CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period published (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) by CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the publication of that rate) and if such page or service is replaced or ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate in accordance with Clause 43.8 (Replacement of Screen Rate);

 

  (b)

if the term SOFR reference rate is not available for the Interest Period of that Loan at the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the most recent term SOFR reference rate administered by CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period published (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) by CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the publication of that rate) for a day which is no more than three US Government Securities Business Days before the relevant Quotation Day; or

 

  (c)

if no term SOFR reference rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan at the Specified Time on the Quotation Day or on a day which is no more than three US Government Securities Business Days before the relevant Quotation Day, the Alternate Base Rate,

as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for USD and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

Third Parties Act” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 1.7 (Third Party Rights).

Topco” means:

 

  (a)

BK LC Lux Finco 1 S. à r.l. a société à responsibilité limitée incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 40, avenue Monterey, L-2163 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’ Register under registration number B252262; and

 

  (b)

any other person that has provided Transaction Security over any of its assets, but is not an Obligor and has acceded to this Agreement as “Topco” and acceded to the Intercreditor Agreement as a “Subordinated Creditor” and “Third Party Security Provider” (each term as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement),

and, in each case, which entity has not ceased to be Topco in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, provided that Transaction Security is always granted over one hundred (100) per cent. of the issued share capital of the Company by the persons described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above.

Topco Finance Documents” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Topco Notes” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Topco Proceeds Loan” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

55


Topco Proceeds Loan Agreement” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Total Additional Facility Commitments” means the aggregate amount of the applicable and designated Additional Facility Commitments under any applicable Additional Facility Notice, being zero (0) at the date of this Agreement.

Total Additional Revolving Facility Commitments” means the aggregate amount of the applicable and designated Additional Revolving Facility Commitments under any applicable Additional Facility Notice, being zero (0) at the date of this Agreement.

Total Commitments” means the aggregate of the Total Facility B (EUR) Commitments, the Total Facility B (USD) Commitments and the Total Additional Facility Commitments.

Total Debt” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Total Facility B Commitments” means the aggregate of the Total Facility B (EUR) Commitments and the Total Facility B (USD) Commitments.

Total Facility B (EUR) Commitments” means the aggregate of the Facility B (EUR) Commitments, being €375,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

Total Facility B (USD) Commitments” means the aggregate of the Facility B (USD) Commitments, being $850,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

Total Net Leverage Ratio” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Total Revolving Facility Commitments” means (as the context requires) the Total Additional Revolving Facility Commitments, as the context requires.

Total Secured Debt” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Total Transaction Uses” means:

 

  (a)

the aggregate of:

 

  (i)

the total aggregate cash consideration payable to the Vendor under the Acquisition Agreement on the Acquisition Closing Date; and

 

  (ii)

the principal amount of all existing Target Group indebtedness to be refinanced on the Closing Date (other than any amount which relates to cash pooling, working capital or similar operational debt),

less:

 

  (b)

all cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by the members of the Group and the Target Group acquired on or as at the Closing Date,

in each case, as identified in any Funds Flow Statement or, if no Funds Flow Statement is delivered, any sources and uses statement included in the Tax Structure Memorandum.

 

56


Transaction” means any transactions directly or indirectly related to (in each case including the financing or refinancing thereof) (i) the Acquisition, (ii) the entry into and/or utilization of the Facilities or the ABL Facility, (ii) the issuance of the Topco Notes and the Guarantees thereof, (iv) refinancing or otherwise discharging of certain Existing Target Debt, (v) any other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, (vi) other associated transactions taken in relation to or incidental to the foregoing; and (vii) the payment or incurrence of any fees, expenses, taxes or charges associated with any of the foregoing.

Transaction Documents” means the Acquisition Documents, the Equity Documents, the Finance Documents, the Topco Notes Finance Documents and each Topco Proceeds Loan Agreement.

Transaction Security” means the Security created or expressed to be created in favour of the Security Agent and/or the Secured Parties (represented by the Security Agent, as the case may be) pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents.

Transaction Security Documents” means:

 

  (a)

each of the security documents listed as being a Transaction Security Document in paragraph 2(d) of Part I (Conditions Precedent to first Utilisation) of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent);

 

  (b)

any document entered into by Topco and/or any member of the Group (including any member of the Target Group) creating or expressed to create any Security over all or any part of its assets in respect of the obligations of any member of the Group under any of the Finance Documents;

 

  (c)

any “Security Document” (other than a “Topco Independent Transaction Security Document”) and any “Transaction Security Document” (each as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement); and

 

  (d)

any other document designated as a “Transaction Security Document” by the Company and the Agent (or the Security Agent) in writing (each acting reasonably).

Transfer” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 31.2 (Assignments and Transfers by Lenders) and “Transferred” and “Transferee” shall be construed accordingly.

Transfer Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company (each acting reasonably).

Transfer Consent Request” means a duly completed request for the Company’s consent to a Transfer in the form set out in Part V of Schedule 3 (Requests and Notices) or in any other form approved by the Company provided that such request discloses the name of the proposed New Lender, the Facility and the amount of Commitments to which the proposed Transfer relates.

Transfer Date” means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the proposed transfer date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate, or in the event that no Transfer Date is specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate, the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

Transfer Defaulting Lender” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (n) of Clause 31.3 (Conditions of Transfer).

Transformative Acquisition” means an acquisition or merger by a member of the Group that either:

 

57


  (a)

is not permitted by the terms of the Finance Documents immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition or merger; or

 

  (b)

if permitted by the terms of the Finance Documents immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition or merger, would not provide the Company and its Subsidiaries with adequate flexibility under the Finance Documents for the continuation and/or expansion of their combined operations following such consummation,

in each case, as determined by the Company acting in good faith.

UK” means the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of an Employee Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Employee Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code for the applicable plan year.

Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

US” and “United States” means the United States of America.

US Borrower” means a Borrower that is a US Person; provided that if any Borrower that is not incorporated or organised under the laws of the US or any state thereof is treated as a US Person the Lenders may treat such Borrower as not a US Borrower unless such Borrower specifically notifies the Agent in writing that such Borrower is a US Person.

US Government Securities Business Day” means any day other than:

 

  (a)

a Saturday or a Sunday; and

 

  (b)

a day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (or any successor organization) recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in US Government securities.

US Holdco means BK LC US HoldCo GmbH, a German limited liability company (GmbH) with registered address at Burg Ockenfels, 53545 Linz, Germany, registered in the commercial register of the local court (Amtsgericht) of Montabaur with registered number HRB 27666.

US Midco means Birkenstock US MidCo, Inc.,a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its registered office at 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware, 19808, registered in the State of Delaware under registration number 5199569.

US Obligor” means an Obligor that is incorporated or organised under the laws of the US, any state, commonwealth or territory thereof, or the District of Columbia.

US Person” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Tax Definitions).

US Qualifying Lender” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Tax Definitions).

US Tax Obligor” means:

 

  (a)

a Borrower which is resident for tax purposes in the US; or

 

58


  (b)

an Obligor some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes.

USA Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56.

USD Credit Adjustment Spread” means, in relation to any USD Loan, the percentage rate per annum determined as set out below:

 

Length of Interest Period

   Rate per annum (%)  

One (1) Month or less

     0.11448 per cent.  

Three (3) Months or less than but greater than one (1) Month

     0.26161 per cent.  

Greater than three (3) Months

     0.42826 per cent.  

USD Loan” means a Loan which is denominated in US Dollars.

Utilisation” means a Loan or a Letter of Credit.

Utilisation Date” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made or the relevant Letter of Credit is to be issued.

Utilisation Request” means a notice substantially in the relevant form set out in Part I (Form of Utilisation Request – Loans) or Part II (Form of Utilisation Request – Letters of Credit) of Schedule 3 (Requests and Notices) or any other form agreed between the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company.

VAT” means:

 

  (a)

any value added tax imposed by the Value Added Tax Act 1994;

 

  (b)

any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

  (c)

any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in the UK or a member state of the EU in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) above, or imposed elsewhere.

Vendor” means each person identified as a seller under the Acquisition Agreement.

Voting Stock” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Waived Amount” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (c) of Clause 114.4 (Invitation to Refuse Prepayment).

Withholding Form” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Tax Definitions).

Working Capital” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions).

 

1.2

Construction

 

  (a)

Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:

 

59


  (i)

the “Agent”, the “Company”, any “Day 1 Third Party Security Provider”, “Topco”, any “Finance Party”, any “Issuing Bank”, any “Lender”, any “Mandated Lead Arranger”, any “Obligor”, any “Party”, any “Secured Party”, the “Security Agent” or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title (including the surviving entity of any merger involving that person), permitted assigns and permitted transferees and, in the case of the Security Agent, any person for the time being appointed as Security Agent or Security Agents in accordance with the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii)

a document in “agreed form” is a document (A) which is previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Agent and the Company; or (B) if such document is to be delivered pursuant to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or specified in Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in the form required or contemplated by those provisions;

 

  (iii)

an “amendment” includes any amendment, supplement, variation, novation, modification, replacement, restatement and/or amendment and restatement (however fundamental), and “amend” and “amended” shall be construed accordingly;

 

  (iv)

assets” includes properties, assets, businesses, undertakings, revenues and rights of every kind (including uncalled share capital), present and future, actual or contingent and any interest in any of the foregoing;

 

  (v)

available for utilisation” in respect of any indebtedness means that indebtedness being committed pursuant to the terms of an executed commitment letter, credit agreement, indenture, notes or other documentation notwithstanding that any documentary, drawdown or other substantive event including the execution of a long form credit agreement, the completion of an acquisition or condition to utilisation or issue thereof has not been satisfied including (if any of the proceeds are to be applied in connection with an acquisition or other transaction) the date on which the applicable acquisition agreement is signed or such other date on which the Group enters into a legally binding commitment for the relevant acquisition or such other transaction which will be funded by the proceeds of such proceeds;

 

  (vi)

a “consent” includes an authorisation, permit, approval, consent, exemption, licence, order, filing, registration, recording, notarisation, permission or waiver;

 

  (vii)

a “disposal” includes any sale, transfer, grant, lease, licence or other disposal, whether voluntary or involuntary, and dispose will be construed accordingly;

 

  (viii)

the “equivalent” in any currency (the “first currency”) of any amount in another currency (the “second currency”) shall be construed as a reference to the amount in the first currency which could be purchased with that amount in the second currency at an exchange rate used by the Company (acting reasonably and in good faith) and notified to the Agent or if the Company has not notified to the Agent at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange for the purchase of the first currency with the second currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11.00 a.m. on a particular day (or at or about such time and on such date as the Agent may from time to time reasonably determine to be appropriate in the circumstances);

 

  (ix)

fair market value” may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith;

 

60


  (x)

a “Finance Document” or a “Transaction Document” or any other agreement or instrument is (unless expressed to be a reference to such document, agreement or instrument in its original form or form as at a particular date) a reference to that Finance Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended and includes any increase in, addition to or extension of or other change to any facility under such agreement or instrument, in each case to the extent permitted by the terms of this Agreement;

 

  (xi)

a “guarantee” includes:

 

  (A)

an indemnity, counter-indemnity, guarantee or similar assurance against loss in respect of any indebtedness of any other person; and

 

  (B)

any other obligation of any other person, whether actual or contingent, to pay, purchase, provide funds (whether by the advance of money to, the purchase of or subscription for shares, partnership interests or other investments in, any other person, the purchase of assets or services, the making of payments under an agreement or otherwise) for the payment of, to indemnify against the consequences of default in the payment of, or otherwise be responsible for, any indebtedness of any other person,

and “guaranteed” and “guarantor” shall be construed accordingly;

 

  (xii)

including” means including without limitation, and “includes” and “included” shall be construed accordingly;

 

  (xiii)

indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal, guarantor or surety and whether present or future, actual or contingent) for the payment or repayment of money;

 

  (xiv)

the “Interest Period” of a Letter of Credit shall be construed as a reference to the Term of that Letter of Credit;

 

  (xv)

losses” includes losses, actions, damages, claims, proceedings, costs, demands, expenses (including legal and other fees) and liabilities of any kind, and loss shall be construed accordingly;

 

  (xvi)

references to any transaction being in the “ordinary course of business” of a member of the Group shall be construed to include any transaction that is consistent with industry practice in the industries in which the Group operates or consistent with past practice of any member of the Group or Target Group;

 

  (xvii)

references to any matter being “permitted” under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or other agreement shall include references to such matters not being prohibited or otherwise being approved under this Agreement or such Finance Document or such other agreement;

 

  (xviii)

a Lender’s “participation” in relation to a Letter of Credit, shall be construed as a reference to the relevant amount that is or may be payable by a Lender in relation to that Letter of Credit;

 

  (xix)

a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, fund, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity, in each case whether or not having separate legal personality;

 

61


  (xx)

a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, code, ordinance, official directive, requirement, determination, judgment, order, decree, ruling, request, guidance or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but if not having the force of law compliance with which is customary for those to whom it is addressed) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

  (xxi)

a “sub-participation” means any sub-participation or sub-contract (whether written or oral) or any other agreement or arrangement having an economically substantially similar effect, including any credit default or total return swap or derivative (whether disclosed, undisclosed, risk or funded) by a Lender of or in relation to any of its rights or obligations under, or its legal, beneficial or economic interest in relation to, the Facilities and/or Finance Documents to a counterparty and “sub-participate” and “sub-participant” shall be construed accordingly;

 

  (xxii)

sufficient available information” means financial information selected and determined by the Company in good faith in order to test the applicable condition or ratio, including information required to be delivered to the Agent under this Agreement as well as other information including monthly management accounts and other internal Group accounts and financial information;

 

  (xxiii)

a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

 

  (xxiv)

a time of day is a reference to the time in London;

 

  (xxv)

unless expressly stated to the contrary, a reference in any Finance Document to the Agent or the Security Agent (an “Applicable Agent”) being “authorised”, “instructed” and/or “directed” to take any action by a Finance Party by the terms of such Finance Document shall mean irrevocably and unconditionally authorised, instructed or directed (as applicable) to take such action without any further consent, authorisation, instruction or direction from any Finance Party or any of their Affiliates;

 

  (xxvi)

unless expressly stated to the contrary, a reference in any Finance Document to an Applicable Agent being “instructed” or “directed” to take any action by a Finance Party by the terms of such Finance Document shall require the Applicable Agent to take such action promptly, without unreasonable delay and without requesting any further consent, authorisation, instruction or direction from any Finance Party or any of their Affiliates; and

 

  (xxvii)

unless expressly stated to the contrary, where an Applicable Agent is required to act “reasonably”, or in a “reasonable” manner, or as coming to an opinion or determination that is “reasonable” (or any similar or analogous wording is used) under the terms of any Finance Document (other than this paragraph (xxvii)) and the Applicable Agent has not been instructed or directed by a Finance Party by the terms of such Finance Document to take such action:

 

  (A)

if the Applicable Agent determines that any instruction is or may be required by or from any Finance Party or any group of Finance Parties, it shall notify the Company as soon as reasonably practicable after making such determination;

 

  (B)

the Applicable Agent shall first (prior to seeking, or notifying any Finance Party that it intends to seek, such instruction) consult with the Company (in good faith) in order to determine (1) whether any instruction from the requisite Finance Parties is required under the terms of the applicable Finance Document and (2) the period of time in which such instructions may be sought;

 

62


  (C)

if, after such consultation, there is no agreement between the Company and the Applicable Agent and/or Applicable Agent determines (acting reasonably, in good faith and in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents) that it is required to seek instructions from the requisite Finance Parties in accordance with the terms of the applicable Finance Document, it shall notify the Finance Parties from whom it is seeking such instruction of the requested instructions, together with, to the extent applicable, its proposed opinion, determination or other course of action and the period of time within which such instructions must be provided (acting reasonably and in good faith and taking into account such consultation with the Company);

 

  (D)

unless such Finance Parties (acting reasonably, in good faith and in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents) otherwise instruct or direct the Applicable Agent within the period of time within which such instructions were requested to be provided, the Applicable Agent shall act in accordance with its proposed opinion, determination or other course of action notified to the applicable Finance Parties in accordance with paragraph (C) above; and

 

  (E)

if the Applicable Agent complies with this paragraph (xxvii), it shall (1) be deemed to have been acting on the instructions of the requisite Finance Parties, (2) be under no obligation to determine the reasonableness of any instructions from any Finance Party and (3) not be responsible for any liability arising from such instructions or any delay or failure in the giving of such instructions.

 

  (b)

For the purposes of the Finance Documents:

 

  (i)

a Default or an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived;

 

  (ii)

a Declared Default is “continuing” unless the underlying Event of Default has ceased to be continuing or the relevant demand or notice has been revoked, rescinded or otherwise made ineffective by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Super Majority Lenders); and

 

  (iii)

if any Declared Default, Default or Event of Default has occurred but is no longer continuing (a “Cured Default”), any other Default or Event of Default which would not have arisen had the Cured Default not occurred, shall be deemed not to be continuing automatically upon, and simultaneous with, the remedy or waiver of the Cured Default. For the avoidance of doubt, any Default or Event of Default in respect of a failure to deliver any certificate, notice, document, report, financial statement or other information within a time period prescribed in a Finance Document shall be deemed to be cured upon performance of such obligation even though such performance is not within the prescribed period specified in any Finance Document.

 

  (c)

The determination of the extent to which a rate is “for a period equal in length” to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (d)

Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

63


  (e)

Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

  (f)

A Borrower provides “cash cover” for a Letter of Credit, Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility if it pays an amount in the currency of the Letter of Credit, Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) to an interest-bearing account in the name of the Borrower and the following conditions are met:

 

  (i)

the account is with the Agent, the Security Agent or the relevant Issuing Bank (if the cash cover is to be provided in respect of a Letter of Credit), with the relevant Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender (if the cash cover is to be provided in respect of an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility);

 

  (ii)

(subject to Clause 8.5 (Cash cover by Borrower) in respect of a Letter of Credit only), until no amount is or may be outstanding under that Letter of Credit, Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be), withdrawals from the account (other than in respect of accrued interest) may only be made (I) to pay the relevant Issuing Bank, Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender (as applicable) amounts due and payable to it under this Agreement in respect of that Letter of Credit or Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility as the case may be, (II) if the Security Agent, the Agent, Issuing Bank, Ancillary Lender, or Fronting Ancillary Lender (as the case may be) determine (acting reasonably) that the amount standing to the credit or such account exceeds the face value amount outstanding under that Letter of Credit or as applicable the Ancillary Outstandings or (III) as contemplated by paragraph (d) of Clause 19.6 (Fees payable in respect of Letters of Credit) and for the purposes of this Agreement, a Letter of Credit or Ancillary Outstanding (as applicable) shall be deemed to be cash covered to the extent of any such provision of cash cover in respect of that Letter of Credit or Ancillary Outstanding (as applicable);

 

  (iii)

if requested by the relevant Issuing Bank, Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender (as the case may be), the Borrower has executed and delivered a security document (subject to, and in accordance with, the Agreed Security Principles and in substantially the same form as an existing Transaction Security Document provided that the terms are no more onerous than that existing Transaction Security Document) over that account, which creates first ranking Security over that account; and

 

  (iv)

unless a Declared Default has occurred and is continuing, any interest accruing or any such amount will be paid to the order of the relevant Borrower.

 

  (g)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Finance Document, nothing in the Finance Documents shall prohibit a non-cash contribution of any asset (including any participation, claim, commitment, rights, benefits and/or obligations in respect of any indebtedness borrowed or issued by any member of the Group from time to time) by a person that is not a member of the Group to the Company provided that to the extent such transaction results in any Indebtedness or claim being outstanding from the Company, such Indebtedness or claim is permitted by the Finance Documents.

 

  (h)

A Letter of Credit or Ancillary Outstandings are “repaid” or “prepaid” (or any derivative form thereof) to the extent that:

 

  (i)

a Borrower or any other Obligor provides cash cover for that Letter of Credit or in respect of the Ancillary Outstandings;

 

64


  (ii)

in the case of a Letter of Credit, a Borrower has made a payment of that amount under paragraph (b) of Clause 8.2 (Claims under a Letter of Credit) in respect of that Letter of Credit or a Borrower has made a reimbursement of that amount in respect of that Letter of Credit under Clause 8.3 (Indemnities);

 

  (iii)

the maximum amount payable under the Letter of Credit, Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) is reduced or cancelled in accordance with its terms or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the Issuing Bank in respect of such Letter of Credit or Ancillary Lender in respect of such Ancillary Facility or Fronting Ancillary Lender in respect of such Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be), in each case acting reasonably;

 

  (iv)

the Letter of Credit or relevant Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) expires in accordance with its terms or is otherwise returned by the beneficiary with its written confirmation that it is released and cancelled;

 

  (v)

the relevant Issuing Bank, Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender (as the case may be) (acting reasonably) is satisfied that it has no further or a reduced liability under that Letter of Credit or Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) and accordingly all of (or such proportion of) the obligations are released or reduced, and has confirmed the same to the Agent accordingly; or

 

  (vi)

a bank or financial institution having a long term credit rating from any of Moody’s, S&P or Fitch at least equal to Baa3/BBB- (as applicable or such other rating as the Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank, Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender (as the case may be) may agree), or by any other institution satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank having issued an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee, indemnity, counter-indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss in respect of all amounts due under that Letter of Credit or Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility,

in each case, unless it is otherwise agreed between the Company and:

 

  (A)

the relevant Issuing Bank that such Letters of Credit will remain outstanding on a bilateral basis and, in each case, such Letters of Credit will be treated as repaid for the purpose of the Finance Documents and no Lender will be required to provide any counter indemnity in respect thereof;

 

  (B)

the Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender that such Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as applicable) will remain outstanding on a bilateral basis and, in each case, such Ancillary Facility will be treated as repaid for the purpose of the Finance Documents and no Lender will be required to provide any counter indemnity in respect thereof,

the amount by which a Letter of Credit is, or Ancillary Outstandings are, repaid or prepaid under sub-paragraphs (i) to (vi) above is the amount of the relevant cash cover, payment, release, cancellation, reduction or assurance.

 

  (i)

An amount borrowed includes any amount utilised by way of Letter of Credit or under an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility.

 

  (j)

A Lender funding its participation in a Utilisation includes a Lender participating in a Letter of Credit.

 

65


  (k)

An outstanding amount of a Letter of Credit at any time is the maximum principal face value amount that is or may be payable by the relevant Borrower in respect of that Letter of Credit at that time.

 

  (l)

Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference to a basket amount, threshold or limit expressed in euro includes the equivalent of such amount, threshold or limit in other currencies.

 

  (m)

In ascertaining the Majority Lenders, Super Majority Lenders or the Security Release Super Majority Lenders or whether any given percentage of the Total Commitments has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents or for the purpose of the allocation of any repayment or prepayment or for the purposes of taking any step, decision, direction or exercise of discretion which is calculated by reference to drawn amounts any Commitments not denominated in euro (“Non-EUR Commitments”) shall be deemed to be converted into euro at:

 

  (i)

in the case of the Facility B (USD) Commitments, the Applicable Rate; and

 

  (ii)

in the case of any other Non-EUR Commitments, the rate for the conversion of euro into the relevant currency of the Non-EUR Commitment which the Company (acting reasonably and in good faith) has used and has notified to the Agent for the purposes of calculating the Incurrence of any Additional Facility or, if the Company has not notified the Agent of such conversion rate, the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the applicable Additional Facility Commencement Date or, at the Company’s option, the relevant Applicable Test Date,

or, in each case, at the Company’s election, the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of such request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents.

 

  (n)

From:

 

  (i)

the Closing Date until the date falling one hundred and twenty (120) days after the Initial Testing Date;

 

  (ii)

the due date for delivery of the Annual Financial Statements until the date by which the Guarantor Coverage Test is required to be met by reference to those Annual Financial Statements; and

 

  (iii)

the date of any Permitted Acquisition until the date falling one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date of such Permitted Acquisition,

(the end of each such period, the “Relevant Date”), any member of the Group which the Company intends will accede as a Guarantor on or prior to the Relevant Date (including, in the case of sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, each Material Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor by the Relevant Date and each other member of the Group that is required to accede as a Guarantor by the Relevant Date to satisfy the Guarantor Coverage Test) shall, at the Company’s option, be deemed to be an Obligor.

 

  (o)

A Borrower’s obligation on Utilisations becoming “due and payable” includes the Borrower repaying any Letter of Credit in accordance with paragraph (h) above.

 

  (p)

The knowledge of awareness or belief of any member of the Group shall be limited to the actual knowledge, awareness or belief of the Board of Directors (or equivalent body) of such member of the Group at the relevant time.

 

66


  (q)

The obligations of the Obligors and any member of the Group (including any procurement obligation), including the making of any payment, any representation or warranty, general undertaking, any information undertaking or financial covenant under or pursuant to the Finance Documents (other than in relation to the utilisation of the Facilities pursuant to Clause 2 (The Facilities) to Clause 11 (Ancillary Facilities), any representation or warranty, general undertaking or event of default referred to in the definitions of Major Event of Default, Major Representation or Major Undertaking (as applicable), Clause 13.1 (Illegality), Clause 14.1 (Change of Control) and Clause 17 (Interest Periods)), shall not become effective or take effect until and from the date of the first Utilisation in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. This paragraph shall not apply to any term or obligation arising under paragraph (b) of Clause 19.1 (No deal, No fees), Clause 19.3 (Ticking fee), Clause 22.2 (Other indemnities), Clause 22.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) and Clause 24.1 (Transaction expenses).

 

  (r)

For the purposes of calculating Break Costs under this Agreement, the applicable IBOR will be assessed by reference to the prevailing IBOR rate for the applicable reference period (or, if the prevailing IBOR rate is below zero (0), the prevailing rate will be deemed to be zero (0)) and any applicable IBOR floor greater than zero (0) will be disregarded.

 

  (s)

Any corporation into which the Agent or Security Agent may be merged or converted, or any corporation with which the Agent or Security Agent may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Agent or Security Agent shall be a party, or any corporation, including affiliated corporations, to which the Agent or Security Agent shall sell or otherwise transfer:

 

  (i)

all or substantially all of its assets; or

 

  (ii)

all or substantially all of its corporate trust business,

shall, on the date when the merger, conversion, consolidation or transfer becomes effective and to the extent permitted by any applicable laws and subject to any credit rating requirements set out in this Agreement become the successor Agent or Security Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Parties, unless otherwise required by the Company, and after the said effective date all references in this Agreement to the Agent or Security Agent shall be deemed to be references to such successor corporation. Written notice of any such merger, conversion, consolidation or transfer shall immediately be given to the Company by the Agent or Security Agent.

 

  (t)

Unless a contrary indication appears, where a request for consent is required from a member of the Group, when determining whether to grant such consent, that member of the Group may act in its sole discretion (which may be given, withheld, conditioned or delayed in its sole and absolute discretion and shall not, under any circumstances, be deemed given).

 

  (u)

This Agreement is not intended, nor shall it be construed, to create a partnership (including a private partnership (BGB - Gesellschaft)) or joint venture relationship between or among any of the parties hereto.

 

  (v)

No transaction or arrangement between persons which are not members of the Group (whether or not such persons are Affiliates of the Group) shall be deemed to constitute an action (whether direct or indirect) by any member of the Group.

 

  (w)

Any adjustment (including any increase, decrease, sum or inclusion) pursuant to the terms and paragraphs of any financial definition or component thereof (including Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense, Consolidated Net Income, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and LTM EBITDA) or pursuant to any other provision of a Finance Document shall be available and be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith at such time in each case without regard to whether or how such adjustment had been previously made or to the Accounting Principles (to the extent relevant).

 

67


1.3

German Terms

In this Agreement, where it relates to a person incorporated in or organised under the laws of Germany, a reference to:

 

  (a)

a “custodian”, “liquidator”, “trustee”, “trustee in bankruptcy”, “compulsory manager”, “receiver”, (provisional, interim or permanent) or “manager”, “examiner”, “supervisor”, “assignee”, “sequestrator” or “administrator” includes an insolvency administrator (Insolvenzverwalter), a preliminary insolvency administrator (vorläufiger Insolvenzverwalter) or a custodian (Sachwalter);

 

  (b)

a “winding up”, “administration” or “dissolution” includes insolvency proceedings (Insolvenzverfahren);

 

  (c)

a person being “unable to pay its debts” includes that person being in a state of illiquidity (Zahlungsunfähigkeit) under § 17 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung);

 

  (d)

a person being “insolvent” means that person being in a state of illiquidity (Zahlungsunfähigkeit) under § 17 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung) or being over-indebted (überschuldet) under § 19 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung);

 

  (e)

committing an “act of bankruptcy” includes the filing for the commencement of insolvency proceedings (Eröffnung des Insolvenzverfahrens) and the filing for debtor in possession proceedings (Eigenverwaltung);

 

  (f)

commencement of “bankruptcy” or “insolvency” includes the opening of insolvency proceedings (Eröffnung des Insolvenzverfahrens) and the dismissal of insolvency proceedings due to lack of funds (Abweisung mangels Masse);

 

  (g)

in relation to any Transaction Security or other security rights or security assets governed by German law or located in Germany “trust”, “trustee” or “on trust” shall be construed as “Treuhand”, “Treuhänder” or “treuhänderisch;

 

  (h)

by laws” or “constitutional documents” includes reference to articles of association (Satzung) or partnership agreement (Gesellschaftsvertrag) and rules of procedure (Geschäftsordnung); and

 

  (i)

a “director” or “officer” includes any statutory legal representative(s) (organschaftlicher Vertreter) of a person, including, a managing director (Geschäftsführer) or member of the board of directors (Vorstand) or an authorised representative (Prokurist).

 

1.4

Luxembourg terms

In this Agreement, where it relates to a person incorporated in or organised under the laws of Luxembourg, a reference to:

 

  (a)

a “winding-up”, “administration”, “reorganisation”, “insolvency” or “dissolution” includes bankruptcy (faillite); insolvency, voluntary or judicial liquidation (liquidation volontaire ou judiciaire); composition with creditors (concordat préventif de la faillite); moratorium or suspension of payments (sursis de paiement); controlled management (gestion contrôlée) and general settlement with creditors, reorganisation or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally;

 

68


  (b)

a “receiver”, “administrative receiver”, “administrator”, “trustee”, “custodian”, “sequestrator”, “compulsory manager”, “conservator” or similar “officer” includes a juge délégué, commissaire, juge-commissaire, mandataire ad hoc, administrateur provisoire, liquidateur or curateur;

 

  (c)

a “lien” or “security interest” includes any hypothèque, nantissement, gage, privilège, sûreté réelle, droit de rétention, and any type of security in rem (sûreté réelle) or agreement or arrangement having a similar effect and any transfer of title by way of security;

 

  (d)

a “guarantee” includes (i) any guarantee which is independent from the debt to which it relates and excludes any suretyship (cautionnement) within the meaning of Articles 2011 and seq. of the Luxembourg Civil Code and (ii) a garantie professionelle de paiement within the meaning of the Luxembourg law 10 July 2020;

 

  (e)

by-laws” or “constitutional documents” includes its up-to-date (restated) articles of association (statuts coordonnés);

 

  (f)

an “agent” includes a mandataire;

 

  (g)

a “director” and/or a “manager” includes a gérant or an administrateur; and

 

  (h)

an “attachment” includes a saisie.

 

1.5

Authorisation

Each Party granting an authorisation or power of attorney to any other person (for the purpose of this Clause 1.5, the “Authorised Person”) under this Agreement (including, under Clause 2.6 (Obligors’ Agent) and 34 (Role of the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, an Issuing Bank and Others) below) or any other Finance Document hereby releases, to the extent legally possible, such other person from any restriction for self-dealing or double representation (including any such restrictions arising under § 181 of the German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch – BGB)) and the Authorised Person may release, to the extent legally possible, any person that it sub-authorises or grants a sub-power of attorney from the same restrictions. Any Party prevented by applicable law or its constitutional documents to grant the release from the restriction for self-dealing or double representation (including any such restrictions arising under § 181 of the German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch – BGB)) shall notify the relevant Authorised Person without undue delay.

 

1.6

Currency Symbols and Definitions

 

  (a)

”, “euro” and “EUR” mean the single currency unit of the Participating Member States.

 

  (b)

$”, “USD” and “US Dollars” mean at any time the lawful currency of the US.

 

1.7

Third Party Rights

 

  (a)

Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties Act”) to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement or any other Finance Document.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to amend, rescind or vary any Finance Document at any time.

 

69


1.8

Intercreditor Agreement

This Agreement is subject to, and has the benefit of, the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement shall prevail.

 

1.9

No Investor Recourse

No Finance Party will have any recourse to any Investor that is not party to a Finance Document (and to the extent an Investor is a party to a Finance Document there shall only be recourse to the extent of its liability under the terms of such Finance Document) in respect of any term of any Finance Document, any statements by Investors, or otherwise.

 

1.10

Personal Liability

Where any natural person gives a certificate or other document or otherwise gives a representation or statement on behalf of any of the parties to the Finance Documents pursuant to any provision thereof and such certificate or other document, representation or statement proves to be incorrect, the individual shall incur no personal liability in consequence of such certificate, other document, representation or statement being incorrect save where such individual acted fraudulently in giving such certificate, other document, representation or statement (in which case any liability of such individual shall be determined in accordance with applicable law) and each such individual may rely on this Clause 1.10 (subject to Clause 1.7 (Third Party Rights)) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

1.11

Cashless Rolls

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or in any other Finance Document, to the extent that any Lender extends the maturity date of, or replaces, renews or refinances, any of its then-existing Loans with Additional Facility Loans, Refinancing Indebtedness, or loans incurred under a new Credit Facility, in each case, that are effected by means of a “cashless roll” by such Lender, such extension, replacement, renewal or refinancing shall be deemed to comply with any requirement hereunder or any other Finance Document that such payment be made in “euro”, in “US Dollars” or any other Optional Currency, “in immediately available funds”, “in cash” or any other similar requirement.

 

1.12

Non-wholly owned Subsidiaries

Where any member of the Group (the “first person”) is required under this Agreement or any other Finance Document to ensure or procure certain acts, events or circumstances in relation to any other person (the “second person”) and the first person owns less than fifty-one (51) per cent. in aggregate of the issued voting share capital (or instruments providing equivalent control) in the second person or is otherwise limited or restricted by applicable law or regulation, the first person shall only be obliged to use its reasonable efforts, subject to all limitations and restrictions on the influence it may exercise as a shareholder over the second person, pursuant to any agreement with the other shareholders or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation which requires the consent of the other shareholders or other person, and its obligation to ensure or procure shall not be construed as a guarantee for such acts, events or circumstances.

 

2.

THE FACILITIES

 

2.1

The Facilities

 

  (a)

Subject to the terms of this Agreement:

 

70


  (i)

the Facility B (EUR) Lenders make available to the Facility B (EUR) Borrowers a term loan facility in euro, in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Facility B (EUR) Commitments (“Facility B (EUR)”); and

 

  (ii)

the Facility B (USD) Lenders make available to the Facility B (USD) Borrowers a term loan facility in US Dollars, in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Facility B (USD) Commitments (“Facility B (USD)”).

 

  (b)

Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents, an Ancillary Lender or Fronted Ancillary Lender and Fronting Ancillary Lender may make available an Ancillary Facility or a Fronted Ancillary Facility to any of the Revolving Facility Borrowers in place of all or part of its Commitment under a Revolving Facility.

 

2.2

Additional Facilities

 

  (a)

Subject to this Clause 2.2, the Company may, at any time and from time to time by delivering to the Agent a duly completed Additional Facility Notice complying with paragraphs (b) and (c) below, establish an Additional Facility under this Agreement.

 

  (b)

No consent of any Finance Party is required to establish an Additional Facility at any time (other than the Additional Facility Lenders making available the applicable Additional Facility), provided that (unless otherwise agreed by the Majority Lenders) each of the following applicable conditions is met:

 

  (i)

any Indebtedness thereunder shall constitute Permitted Indebtedness on the Applicable Test Date;

 

  (ii)

in relation to any Additional MFN Term Facility (EUR), either:

 

  (A)

pro forma for the Incurrence of such Additional MFN Term Facility (EUR), the weighted average Effective Yield applicable to all Additional MFN Term Facilities (EUR) would not exceed the Additional MFN Term Facility (EUR) Yield Cap; or

 

  (B)

the Effective Yield in respect of Facility B (EUR) is increased by the amount by which, pro forma for the Incurrence of such Additional MFN Term Facility (EUR), the weighted average Effective Yield applicable to all Additional MFN Term Facilities (EUR) would exceed the Additional MFN Term Facility (EUR) Yield Cap;

 

  (iii)

in relation to any Additional MFN Term Facility (USD), either:

 

  (A)

pro forma for the Incurrence of such Additional MFN Term Facility (USD), the weighted average Effective Yield applicable to all Additional MFN Term Facilities (USD) would not exceed the Additional MFN Term Facility (USD) Yield Cap; or

 

  (B)

the Effective Yield in respect of Facility B (USD) is increased by the amount by which, pro forma for the Incurrence of such Additional MFN Term Facility (USD), the weighted average Effective Yield applicable to all Additional MFN Term Facilities (USD) would exceed the Additional MFN Term Facility (USD) Yield Cap;

 

  (iv)

(subject to sub-paragraph (2) below) in relation to an Additional Term Facility (EUR), either:

 

71


  (A)

the Termination Date in respect of such Additional Term Facility (EUR) (as at its Additional Facility Commencement Date or Applicable Test Date (as applicable)) is not earlier than the Termination Date in respect of Facility B (EUR) (as at the date of this Agreement); or

 

  (B)

the Facility B (EUR) Lenders are offered the opportunity by the Company to amend the Termination Date in respect of Facility B (EUR) to fall on or prior to the Termination Date in respect of such Additional Term Facility (EUR) (as at its Additional Facility Commencement Date or Applicable Test Date (as applicable)), provided that each Facility B (EUR) Lender will be deemed to have declined any such offer, consented to the proposed Termination Date of such Additional Term Facility (EUR) and waived its rights under this sub-paragraph unless the Majority Lenders under Facility B (EUR) have notified the Agent that they (x) accept such offer or (y) reject such offer and do not consent to the proposed Termination Date of such Additional Term Facility (EUR), in each case by 11.00 a.m. on the date falling five (5) Business Days (or such longer period which the Company proposes) after the date of such offer;

 

  (v)

(subject to sub-paragraph (2) below) in relation to an Additional Term Facility (USD), either:

 

  (A)

the Termination Date in respect of such Additional Term Facility (USD) (as at its Additional Facility Commencement Date or Applicable Test Date (as applicable)) is not earlier than the Termination Date in respect of Facility B (USD) (as at the date of this Agreement); or

 

  (B)

the Facility B (USD) Lenders are offered the opportunity by the Company to amend the Termination Date in respect of Facility B (USD) to fall on or prior to the Termination Date in respect of such Additional Term Facility (USD) (as at its Additional Facility Commencement Date or Applicable Test Date (as applicable)), provided that each Facility B (USD) Lender will be deemed to have declined any such offer, consented to the proposed Termination Date of such Additional Term Facility (USD) and waived its rights under this sub-paragraph unless the Majority Lenders under Facility B (USD) have notified the Agent that they (x) accept such offer or (y) reject such offer and do not consent to the proposed Termination Date of such Additional Term Facility (USD), in each case by 11.00 a.m. on the date falling five (5) Business Days (or such longer period which the Company proposes) after the date of such offer;

 

  (vi)

(subject to sub-paragraph (2) below) in relation to an Additional Term Facility (EUR) which is an Amortising Facility, either:

 

  (A)

such Additional Term Facility (EUR) does not amortise prior to the Termination Date for Facility B (EUR) (as at the date of this Agreement) at a rate (the “Maximum Additional Term Facility (EUR) Amortisation Rate”) of greater than five (5) per cent. per annum above the higher of (x) the original per cent. per annum amortisation rate for Facility B (EUR) and (y) the per cent. per annum amortisation rate for Facility B (EUR) from time to time; or

 

  (B)

the Facility B (EUR) Lenders are offered a percentage amortisation per annum of not less than the percentage per annum by which the rate of amortisation applicable to such Additional Term Facility exceeds the Maximum Additional Term Facility (EUR) Amortisation Rate, provided that each Facility B (EUR) Lender will be deemed to have declined any

 

72


  such offer, consented to the proposed amortisation of such Additional Term Facility (EUR) and waived its rights under this sub-paragraph unless the Majority Lenders under Facility B (EUR) have notified the Agent that they (x) accept such offer or (y) reject such offer and do not consent to the proposed amortisation of such Additional Term Facility (EUR), in each case by 11.00 a.m. on the date falling five (5) Business Days (or such longer period which the Company proposes) after the date of such offer; and

 

  (vii)

(subject to sub-paragraph (2) below) in relation to an Additional Term Facility (USD) which is an Amortising Facility, either:

 

  (A)

such Additional Term Facility (USD) does not amortise prior to the Termination Date for Facility B (USD) (as at the date of this Agreement) at a rate (the “Maximum Additional Term Facility (USD) Amortisation Rate”) of greater than five (5) per cent. per annum above the higher of (x) the original per cent. per annum amortisation rate for Facility B (USD) and (y) the per cent. per annum amortisation rate for Facility B (USD) from time to time; or

 

  (B)

the Facility B (USD) Lenders are offered a percentage amortisation per annum of not less than the percentage per annum by which the rate of amortisation applicable to such Additional Term Facility exceeds the Maximum Additional Term Facility (USD) Amortisation Rate, provided that each Facility B (USD) Lender will be deemed to have declined any such offer, consented to the proposed amortisation of such Additional Term Facility (USD) and waived its rights under this sub-paragraph unless the Majority Lenders under Facility B (USD) have notified the Agent that they (x) accept such offer or (y) reject such offer and do not consent to the proposed amortisation of such Additional Term Facility (USD), in each case by 11.00 a.m. on the date falling five (5) Business Days (or such longer period which the Company proposes) after the date of such offer,

and in each case provided that:

 

  (1)

the consent of the Majority Lenders shall not be required for any Structural Adjustment to implement the acceptance of any offer under paragraphs (b)(iv)(B), (b)(v)(B), (b)(vi)(B) or (b)(vii)(B) above by any Lender; and

 

  (2)

paragraphs (b)(iv), (b)(vi), (b)(v) and (b)(vii) above shall only apply to the Incurrence of each Additional Term Facility (EUR) or Additional Term Facility (USD) where the Commitments for such Additional Term Facility (EUR) or Additional Term Facility (USD) (in aggregate with any other Additional Term Facility (EUR) or Additional Term Facility (USD) which is not otherwise in compliance with paragraph (b)(iv), (b)(vi), (b)(v) or (b)(vii) (as applicable)) are in excess of a principal amount equal to the greater of (x) €107.50 million and (y) an amount equal to fifty (50) per cent. of LTM EBITDA (and only in respect of such excess).

 

  (c)

The Additional Facility Notice shall not be regarded as having been duly completed unless it is signed by each party thereto and specifies the following matters in respect of such Additional Facility:

 

  (i)

the proposed borrower(s) and guarantor(s) in respect of the Additional Facility;

 

73


  (ii)

the person(s) to become Additional Facility Lenders in respect of the Additional Facility and the amount of the commitments of such Additional Facility allocated to each Additional Facility Lender;

 

  (iii)

the aggregate amount of the commitments of the Additional Facility and the currency being made available and any other or optional currency or currencies which are available for utilisation under such Additional Facility;

 

  (iv)

the Margin applicable to the Additional Facility and any applicable interest basis and margin ratchet;

 

  (v)

the Additional Facility Commencement Date and Availability Period for the Additional Facility; and

 

  (vi)

the Termination Date, repayment profile, ranking and related provisions, amortisation schedule (if any) and any mandatory prepayment provisions (including whether the Additional Facility will share rateably or less than rateably in mandatory prepayments),

and such Additional Facility Notice shall be deemed to have been duly completed if it is signed by the Company and specifies the matters in sub-paragraphs (c)(i) to (c)(vi) above in respect of such Additional Facility.

 

  (d)

Subject to the conditions set out in paragraph (b) above being satisfied, following receipt by the Agent of a duly completed Additional Facility Notice and with effect from the relevant Additional Facility Commencement Date (or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (e) below are satisfied) the relevant Additional Facility shall come into effect and be established in accordance with its terms and:

 

  (i)

the Additional Facility Lenders participating in the relevant Additional Facility shall make available that Additional Facility in the aggregate amount set out in the Additional Facility Notice;

 

  (ii)

each of the Obligors and each Additional Facility Lender under the relevant Additional Facility shall assume such obligations towards one another and/or acquire such rights against one another as the Obligors and such Additional Facility Lenders would have assumed and/or acquired had the Additional Facility Lenders been Original Lenders in respect of the relevant Additional Facility;

 

  (iii)

in relation to an Additional Facility Lender which is not already a Lender, each Additional Facility Lender under the relevant Additional Facility shall become a Party as a Lender;

 

  (iv)

each Additional Facility Lender under the relevant Additional Facility shall become a Party as a “Lender” and each Additional Facility Lender under the relevant Additional Facility and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume such obligations towards one another and acquire such rights against one another as those Additional Facility Lenders and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Additional Facility Lenders been Original Lenders in respect of the relevant Additional Facility; and

 

  (v)

the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect.

 

  (e)

The establishment of an Additional Facility will only be effective on:

 

74


  (i)

the execution of the Additional Facility Notice relating to such Additional Facility by the Company and/or the relevant Borrower(s) and the relevant Additional Facility Lender(s) and delivery of such executed notice to the Agent;

 

  (ii)

in relation to an Additional Facility Lender which is not already a Lender, receipt by the Agent of an Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice from each person referred to in the relevant Additional Facility Notice as an Additional Facility Lender and the accession of each Additional Facility Lender to the Intercreditor Agreement in the capacity of a “Senior Lender”, a “Second Lien Lender”, a “Topco Lender” or (following the Designation Date) a “Super Senior Lender” (each as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement); and

 

  (iii)

in relation to an Additional Facility Lender which is not already a Lender, the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that Additional Facility Lender making available an Additional Facility, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Company,

and (unless agreed otherwise with the applicable Additional Facility Lender) no Utilisation Request in relation to an Additional Facility shall be valid unless prior to (or simultaneously with) the delivery of the relevant Utilisation Request in relation to such Additional Facility, the requirements of this Clause 2.2 have been satisfied.

 

  (f)

Each Obligor irrevocably authorises, empowers and instructs the Company to sign each Additional Facility Notice on its behalf.

 

  (g)

Each Finance Party irrevocably authorises, empowers and instructs:

 

  (i)

the Agent promptly (upon request of (and as reasonably requested by) the Company) to acknowledge, execute and confirm acceptance of each Additional Facility Notice; and

 

  (ii)

the Agent and the Security Agent promptly (upon request of (and as reasonably requested by) the Company) to acknowledge, execute and confirm acceptance of each Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice and if applicable, the documentation required for the Additional Facility Lender to accede to the Intercreditor Agreement and to execute any necessary additional Transaction Security Documents, amendments, confirmations, supplements or revisions to any Finance Document as may be required in order to ensure that any Additional Facility ranks and benefits from the Transaction Security in accordance with the provisions set out in the Additional Facility Notice.

 

  (h)

The Agent and the Security Agent (if applicable) shall as soon as reasonably practicable send to the Company a copy of each executed Additional Facility Notice and, if applicable, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice and if applicable, the documentation required for the Additional Facility Lender to accede to the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

  (i)

Except to the extent provided in paragraph (b) above, the terms applicable to any Additional Facility (including ranking, security and intercreditor rights) will be those agreed by the Additional Facility Lenders in respect of that Additional Facility and the Company. If there is any inconsistency between any such term agreed in respect of an Additional Facility and any other term of a Finance Document, the term agreed in respect of the Additional Facility shall prevail with respect to such Additional Facility (subject to the conditions in paragraph (b) above). Notwithstanding any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary, there shall be no obligation or requirement to enter into any hedging arrangement or other derivative transaction in relation to any Additional Facility.

 

75


  (j)

Each Additional Facility Lender, by executing the relevant Additional Facility Notice confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any consent, release, waiver or amendment that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the relevant Additional Facility becomes effective and that it is bound by that decision and by the operations of any other provisions of this Agreement in relation to such consent, release, waiver or amendment.

 

  (k)

No Lender will have any obligation to participate in an Additional Facility (unless it has executed and delivered an Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice or otherwise become an Additional Facility Lender in respect of that Additional Facility). By signing an Additional Facility Notice as an Additional Facility Lender, each such entity agrees to commit the Additional Facility Commitments set out against its name in that Additional Facility Notice.

 

  (l)

With respect to an Additional Facility, without the prior written consent of the Company (in its sole discretion), there shall be no obligation (and neither the Agent nor the Security Agent shall be permitted) to notify any Finance Party who is not participating in such Additional Facility Commitments as an Additional Facility Lender of the existence (or the terms) of such Additional Facility Notice until the conditions to the availability of such Additional Facility Commitments have been waived or satisfied and the first Utilisation Date has occurred with respect to such Additional Facility. Thereafter, the Agent may (after consultation with the Company) disclose the terms of such Additional Facility Notice to any of the other Finance Parties.

 

  (m)

Clause 31.6 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.2 in relation to an Additional Facility Lender as if references in that Clause to:

 

  (i)

an Existing Lender were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the establishment of the relevant Additional Facility;

 

  (ii)

the New Lender were references to that Additional Facility Lender; and

 

  (iii)

a re-transfer and re-assignment were references to respectively a transfer and assignment.

 

  (n)

The Finance Parties shall be required to enter into any amendment to the Finance Documents (including in relation to any changes to, the taking of, or the release coupled with the retaking of, Transaction Security in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement) required by the Company in order to facilitate or reflect any of the matters contemplated by this Clause 2.2. The Agent and the Security Agent are each authorised and instructed by each Finance Party (without any consent, sanction, authority or further confirmation from them) to execute any such amended or replacement Finance Documents (and shall do so on the request of and at the cost of the Company).

 

  (o)

Any member of the Group may pay to an Additional Facility Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between any member of the Group and the Additional Facility Lender in a Fee Letter.

 

  (p)

Each Obligor confirms that its guarantee and indemnity recorded in Clause 25 (Guarantees and Indemnity) (or any applicable Accession Deed or other Finance Document) and all Transaction Security granted by it will, subject only to any applicable limitations on such guarantee and indemnity referred to in Clause 25 (Guarantees and Indemnity) and any Accession Deed pursuant to which it became an Obligor or the terms of the Transaction Security Documents, extend to include the Additional Facility Loans and any other obligations arising under or in respect of the Additional Facility Commitments.

 

76


  (q)

The establishment, terms or conditions or use of proceeds of any Additional Facility shall be governed by this Clause 2.2 which shall apply irrespective and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (including Clause 13 (Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation), Clause 37.6 (Partial payments), Clause 43 (Amendments and Waivers) and Schedule 11 (Agreed Security Principles)) and whether such Additional Facility is in place prior to the Additional Facility Commencement Date for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

2.3

Increase

 

  (a)

The Company may by giving prior notice to the Agent by no later than the date falling thirty (30) Business Days’ after the effective date of a cancellation of:

 

  (i)

the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with Clause 13.1 (Illegality); or

 

  (ii)

the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with Clause 43.5 (Replacement of a Lender),

request that the Total Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments under that Facility shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount in the applicable Base Currency of up to the amount of the Commitments so cancelled as follows:

 

  (A)

the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks, financial institutions, trusts, funds, entities or other persons (each an “Increase Lender”) selected by the Company (each of which shall not be a member of the Group, and which satisfies all the Agent’s “know your customer” or similar checks referred to in paragraph (b)(ii)(B) below, and each of which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender (for the avoidance of doubt, no Party shall be obliged to assume the obligations of a Lender pursuant to this sub-paragraph (A) without the prior consent of that Party));

 

  (B)

each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (C)

each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a Lender and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (D)

the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

  (E)

any increase in the Total Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by the Company in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (b) below are satisfied.

 

  (b)

An increase in the Total Commitments will only be effective on:

 

  (i)

the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender;

 

77


  (ii)

in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase:

 

  (A)

the Increase Lender entering into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement in the applicable capacity; and

 

  (B)

the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Company, the Increase Lender and, if the increase is to the Commitments under a Revolving Facility each applicable Issuing Bank.

 

  (c)

Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

  (d)

Unless the Agent otherwise agrees or the increased Commitment is assumed by an Existing Lender, the Increase Lender shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee in an amount equal to the fee which would be payable under Clause 31.5 (Assignment or transfer fee) if the increase was a transfer pursuant to Clause 31.7 (Procedure for transfers) and if the Increase Lender was a New Lender.

 

  (e)

The Company (or another member of the Group) may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Company (or another member of the Group) and the Increase Lender in a Fee Letter.

 

  (f)

Clause 31.6 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.3 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to:

 

  (i)

an “Existing Lender” were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

  (ii)

the “New Lender” were references to that Increase Lender; and

 

  (iii)

a re-transfer and re-assignment were references to respectively a transfer and assignment.

 

  (g)

The Finance Parties shall be required to enter into any amendment to the Finance Documents (including in relation to any changes to, the taking of, or the release coupled with the retaking of, Transaction Security in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement) required by the Company in order to facilitate or reflect any of the matters contemplated by this Clause 2.3. The Agent and the Security Agent are each authorised and instructed by each Finance Party (without any consent, sanction, authority or further confirmation from them) to execute any such amended or replacement Finance Documents (and shall do so on the request of and at the cost of the Company).

 

2.4

Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

  (a)

The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

78


  (b)

The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of a Loan or any other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Party’s participation in a Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Obligor.

 

  (c)

A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

2.5

Lender Affiliates

 

  (a)

A Lender may nominate (by written notice to the Agent and the Company, including in the Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement pursuant to which such Lender becomes a Party) a branch or Affiliate (a “Designated Affiliate”) to discharge its obligations to participate in one or more Loans (a “Designated Loan”) as set out in paragraph (b) below.

 

  (b)

Any branch or Affiliate nominated by a Lender to participate in a Loan or Letter of Credit shall:

 

  (i)

participate therein in compliance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

  (ii)

be entitled, to the extent of its participation, to all the rights and benefits of a Lender under the Finance Documents, provided that such rights and benefits shall be exercised on its behalf by its nominating Lender save where law or regulation requires the branch or Affiliate to do so; and

 

  (iii)

in the case of an Affiliate, become party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a “Senior Lender” by delivery of a duly completed “Creditor/Agent Accession Undertaking” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

  (c)

Each Lender shall remain liable and responsible for the performance of all obligations assumed by a Designated Affiliate on its behalf under this Clause 2.5 and non-performance of a Lender’s obligations by its Designated Affiliate following a nomination under this Clause 2.5 shall not relieve such Lender from its obligations under this Agreement (but without prejudice to a Lender’s rights under Clause 31 (Changes to the Lenders)).

 

  (d)

No Obligor shall be liable to pay (i) any amount otherwise required to be paid by an Obligor under Clause 20 (Taxes) or Clause 21.1 (Increased costs) (arising as a result of laws or regulations in force or known to be coming into force on the date the relevant branch or Affiliate was nominated) or (ii) any cash repayment of a Loan to the extent that paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 (Repayment of Revolving Facility Loans) would otherwise apply to such Loan, in each case in excess of the amount it would have been obliged to pay if that Lender had not nominated its branch or Affiliate to participate in the Facility or, to the extent that such Lender nominated such branch or Affiliate for particular Loans in the Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement pursuant to which such Lender became a Party, in excess of the amount which it would have been obliged to pay had that Lender continued to make only those particular Loans through that branch or Affiliate. Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent and the Company of the Tax jurisdiction from which its branch or Affiliate will participate in the relevant Loans and such other information regarding that branch or Affiliate as the Company may reasonably request.

 

  (e)

Any notice or communication to be made to a branch or an Affiliate of a Lender pursuant to Clause 39 (Notices):

 

79


  (i)

may be served directly upon the branch or Affiliate, at the address supplied to the Agent by the nominating Lender pursuant to its nomination of such branch or Affiliate, where the Lender or the relevant branch or Affiliate requests this in order to mitigate any legal obligation to deduct Tax from any payment to such branch or Affiliate or any payment obligation which might otherwise arise pursuant to Clause 20 (Taxes) or Clause 21 (Increased Costs); or

 

  (ii)

in any other circumstance, may be delivered to the Facility Office of the Lender, who will act as the representative of any Affiliate it nominates for all administrative purposes under this Agreement.

 

  (f)

If a Lender nominates an Affiliate, that Lender and that Affiliate:

 

  (i)

will be treated as having a single Commitment (being the Commitment of that Lender) but for all other purposes (other than those referred to in paragraphs (c) and (e)(i) above and sub-paragraph (ii) below) will be treated as separate Lenders; and

 

  (ii)

will be regarded as a single Lender for the purpose of:

 

  (A)

voting in relation to any matter in connection with a Finance Document; and

 

  (B)

compliance with Clause 31.2 (Assignments and Transfers by Lenders).

 

  (g)

The Obligors, the Agent, the Security Agent and the other Finance Parties will be entitled to deal only with the designating Lender, except all payments of principal, interest, fees, costs, Taxes and commissions in connection with a Designated Loan shall be for the account of the relevant Designated Affiliate. For the avoidance of doubt, this shall not apply to any commitment fee which shall be for the account of the relevant Lender.

 

  (h)

A Lender that has made a nomination in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (g) above may revoke such nomination in relation to any future Loans by giving the Agent at least five (5) Business Days’ written notice.

 

  (i)

Upon such Designated Affiliate ceasing to be a Designated Affiliate, the Lender will automatically assume (and be deemed to assume without further action by any Party) all rights and obligations previously vested in the Designated Affiliate.

 

  (j)

This Clause 2.5 is without prejudice to a Lender’s right to Transfer its Commitments to an Affiliate under Clause 31 (Changes to the Lenders).

 

2.6

Obligors’ Agent

 

  (a)

To the extent permitted under any applicable law, each Obligor (other than the Obligors’ Agent), by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession Deed, irrevocably (to the extent permitted by law) appoints the Obligors’ Agent to act severally on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably (to the extent permitted by law) authorises:

 

  (i)

the Obligors’ Agent on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including, in the case of a Borrower, Utilisation Requests and/or Selection Notices), to execute on its behalf any Accession Deed or other Finance Documents, to agree to any Additional Facility terms, to deliver Additional Facility Notices, to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Obligor, notwithstanding that they may affect the Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor; and

 

80


  (ii)

each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Obligors’ Agent,

and in each case the Obligor shall be bound as though the Obligor itself had given the notices and instructions (including any Utilisation Requests and/or Selection Notices) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication and each Finance Party may rely on any action taken by the Obligors’ Agent on behalf of that Obligor.

 

  (b)

Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Obligors’ Agent or given to the Obligors’ Agent under any Finance Document on behalf of another Obligor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring before or after such other Obligor became an Obligor under any Finance Document shall be binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or concurred with it (to the extent permitted by law)). In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Obligors’ Agent and any other Obligor, those of the Obligors’ Agent shall prevail. Each Obligor, to the extent legally possible, releases the Obligors’ Agent from the restrictions of section 181 BGB (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch) and any similar provisions under any other laws.

 

  (c)

For the purpose of this Clause 2.6, each Obligor (to the extent necessary under applicable law) shall grant a specific power of attorney (notarized and apostilled) to the Obligors’ Agent and comply with any necessary formalities in connection therewith.

 

3.

PURPOSE

 

3.1

Purpose

 

  (a)

Each Facility B Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under Facility B directly or indirectly, in or towards (including by way of on-lending to, or investment in, any other member of the Group or Target Group), refinancing Interim Facility B (EUR) and Interim Facility B (USD) (as defined in the Interim Facilities Agreement) if drawn and otherwise applied in or towards (directly or indirectly):

 

  (i)

financing or refinancing consideration paid or payable in connection with the Acquisition (including any purchase price adjustments);

 

  (ii)

the payment of Acquisition Costs and all other fees, costs, expenses and other amounts incurred in connection with the Transaction;

 

  (iii)

refinancing or otherwise discharging Existing Target Debt (including back-stopping or providing cash cover in respect of any letters of credit, guarantees or ancillary, revolving, working capital or local facilities or other arrangements) and paying any breakage costs, redemption premium, make-whole costs and other fees, costs and expenses payable in connection with such refinancing and/or acquisition;

 

  (iv)

financing any other payments identified in or for any other purpose contemplated by the Tax Structure Memorandum or the Funds Flow Statement or otherwise arising in connection with the Transaction;

 

  (v)

financing other related amounts, including fees, costs and expenses; and/or

 

81


  (vi)

to the extent not applied for a purpose set out in sub-paragraphs (i) to (v) above, financing or refinancing the general corporate purposes and/or working capital requirements of the Group (including, for the avoidance of doubt, as cash over-funding).

 

  (b)

Each Additional Facility Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under an Additional Facility towards the purposes specified in the Additional Facility Notice relating to the relevant Additional Facility Commitments.

 

3.2

Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4.

CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

4.1

Initial conditions precedent

 

  (a)

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) in relation to the first Utilisation under this Agreement and any subsequent Utilisation made on or before the Acquisition Closing Date if, on or before the Utilisation Date for that Utilisation, the Agent has received (or waived the requirement to receive) all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I (Conditions Precedent to first Utilisation) of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) and (unless specified therein to be in another form or substance or not required to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent or any other Finance Party) such documents or other evidence are in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably) acting on the instructions of:

 

  (i)

the Majority Arrangers (acting reasonably); or

 

  (ii)

the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably).

 

  (b)

The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

  (c)

Other than to the extent that the Majority Arrangers and the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (b) above, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Lenders each authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

4.2

Further conditions precedent

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent), the Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) in relation to a Utilisation (not including, for the purpose of this Clause, the issuance of Letters of Credit which shall be governed by the equivalent provisions set out in Clause 6.5 (Issue of Letters of Credit)) other than one to which Clause 4.5 (Utilisations during the Certain Funds Period) or Clause 4.6 (Utilisations during an Agreed Certain Funds Period) applies, if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

  (i)

in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Declared Default is continuing; and

 

  (ii)

in the case of any other Utilisation (other than referred to in paragraph (a)(i) above), no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation.

 

82


  (b)

The Agent (acting on the instructions of the relevant Majority Lenders (acting reasonably) participating in the relevant Utilisation under the Facility concerned) may waive the requirement set out in paragraph (a) in relation to a proposed Utilisation.

 

4.3

Conditions relating to Optional Currencies

 

  (a)

A currency will constitute an Optional Currency if it is:

 

  (i)

in the case of an Additional Facility, any currencies specified in the Additional Facility Notice relating to those Additional Facility Commitments; or

 

  (ii)

any other currency with the consent of all of the Lenders participating in the relevant Utilisation under the Facility concerned (each acting reasonably) and which, in the case of any Facility, is readily available in the amount required and freely convertible into the Base Currency in the Relevant Interbank Market on the Quotation Day and the Utilisation Date for that Utilisation.

 

  (b)

If by the Specified Time the Agent has received a written request from the Company for a currency to be approved under paragraph (a)(ii) above, the Agent will confirm to the Company by the Specified Time:

 

  (i)

whether or not the Lenders under the relevant Facility have granted their approval; and

 

  (ii)

if approval has been granted, the minimum amount for any subsequent Utilisation in that currency (which the Agent shall determine acting reasonably and in consultation with the Company).

 

4.4

Maximum number of Utilisations

 

  (a)

A Borrower (or the Company) may not deliver a Utilisation Request if, as a result of the proposed Utilisation more than:

 

  (i)

two (2) Facility B (EUR) Loans would be outstanding;

 

  (ii)

two (2) Facility B (USD) Loans would be outstanding; or

 

  (iii)

the maximum number of Utilisations of that Additional Facility (as agreed between the Company and the Agent) would be outstanding.

 

  (b)

For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no limit on the number of Letters of Credit permitted to be outstanding under a Revolving Facility (or any Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility made available under the Revolving Facility).

 

  (c)

Any Loan:

 

  (i)

made under an Additional Facility;

 

  (ii)

made by a single Lender under Clause 10.2 (Unavailability of a currency); or

 

  (iii)

which is a Separate Loan,

shall not be taken into account in this Clause 4.4.

 

83


4.5

Utilisations during the Certain Funds Period

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent), during the Certain Funds Period, a Lender will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) in relation to a Loan which is Certain Funds Utilisation if on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

  (i)

no Change of Control has occurred;

 

  (ii)

it is not unlawful for that Lender to participate in any Utilisation or to maintain its Commitment or participation in any Utilisation provided that that Lender has promptly notified the Company of the relevant illegality in accordance with Clause 13.1 (Illegality), and provided further that such illegality alone will not excuse any other Lender from participating in the relevant Certain Funds Utilisation and will not in any way affect the obligations of any other Lender; and

 

  (iii)

no Major Event of Default is continuing.

 

  (b)

During the Certain Funds Period (save in respect of a Lender in circumstances where one of the requirements described in paragraph (a)(i) to (a)(iii) (inclusive) above is not satisfied and accordingly that Lender is not obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation)), none of the Finance Parties shall be entitled to:

 

  (i)

cancel any of its Commitments;

 

  (ii)

rescind, terminate or cancel this Agreement or any of the Facilities or exercise any similar right or remedy or make or enforce any claim under the Finance Documents it may have to the extent to do so would directly or indirectly prevent or limit the making of a Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

  (iii)

subject to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent), refuse to participate in the making of a Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

  (iv)

exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim or similar right or remedy in respect of a Utilisation to the extent to do so would prevent or limit the making of a Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

  (v)

cancel, accelerate or cause repayment or prepayment of any amounts owing under this Agreement or under any other Finance Document (including declaring that cash cover in respect of any outstanding Letter of Credit is payable on demand) or exercise any enforcement rights under any Transaction Security Document to the extent to do so would prevent or limit the making of a Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

  (vi)

declare that cash cover in relation to a Letter of Credit or an Ancillary Facility is immediately due and payable on demand; or

 

  (vii)

take any other action or make or enforce any claim (in its capacity as a Lender) to the extent that such action, claim or enforcement would directly or indirectly prevent or limit the making of a Certain Funds Utilisation,

provided that immediately upon the expiry of the Certain Funds Period all such rights, remedies and entitlements shall be available to the Finance Parties notwithstanding that they may not have been used or been available for use during the Certain Funds Period.

 

4.6

Utilisations during an Agreed Certain Funds Period

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent), during the relevant Agreed Certain Funds Period, an Additional Facility Lender (as the case may be) will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) in relation to a relevant Loan which is an Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation if:

 

84


  (i)

the Company and each of the relevant Additional Facility Lenders have agreed that the relevant Additional Facility shall be made available on a “certain funds basis” for a specified purpose in connection with such agreed purpose, for such period and on such terms or conditions (if any) as the Company and the relevant Additional Facility Lenders shall agree and notify in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date of the Utilisation Request (such notice, an “Agreed Additional Facility Certain Funds Notice”); and

 

  (ii)

on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

  (A)

no Change of Control has occurred;

 

  (B)

it has not, since the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date on which such Lender became a Party), become unlawful for that Lender to participate in any Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation or to maintain its Commitment or participation in any Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation provided that that Lender has promptly notified the Company of the relevant illegality in accordance with Clause 13.1 (Illegality) prior to the date of the relevant Utilisation Request, and provided further that such illegality alone will not excuse any other Lender from participating in the relevant Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation and will not in any way affect the obligations of any other Lender;

 

  (C)

no Major Event of Default is continuing; and

 

  (D)

solely in relation to the Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation under an Additional Facility, the additional conditions or events (if any) specified in the relevant Additional Facility Notice or other notice in relation to that Agreed Certain Funds Period and Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation are complied with or satisfied.

 

  (b)

During the Agreed Certain Funds Period (save in respect of an Additional Facility Lender in circumstances where one of the requirements described in paragraphs (a)(ii)(A) to (a)(ii)(D) (inclusive) above is not satisfied and accordingly that Additional Facility Lender is not obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation), none of the Additional Facility Lenders shall be entitled in respect of an Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation (and the corresponding Commitments to which it relates) to:

 

  (i)

cancel any of its relevant Additional Facility Commitments;

 

  (ii)

rescind, terminate or cancel the Additional Facility or exercise any similar right or remedy or make or enforce any claim under the Finance Documents it may have in respect of a Facility to which the provisions of this Clause apply to the extent to do so would directly or indirectly prevent or limit the making of an Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

  (iii)

subject to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent), refuse to participate in the making of an Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

  (iv)

exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim or similar right or remedy in respect of a Utilisation to the extent to do so would prevent or limit the making of an Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

85


  (v)

cancel, accelerate or cause repayment or prepayment of any amounts owing under this Agreement or under any other Finance Document (including declaring that cash cover in respect of any outstanding Letter of Credit is payable on demand) or exercise any enforcement rights under any Transaction Security Document in respect of a Facility to which the provisions of this Clause apply to the extent to do so would prevent or limit the making of an Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

  (vi)

declare that cash cover in relation to a Letter of Credit or an Ancillary Facility issued under the relevant Facility to which the provisions of this Clause apply is immediately due and payable on demand; or

 

  (vii)

take any other action or make or enforce any claim (in its capacity as a Lender) to the extent that such action, claim or enforcement would directly or indirectly prevent or limit the making of an Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation,

provided that:

 

  (A)

immediately upon the expiry of the relevant Agreed Certain Funds Period all such rights, remedies and entitlements shall be available to the Finance Parties notwithstanding that they may not have been used or been available for use during the applicable Agreed Certain Funds Period; and

 

  (B)

this Clause 4.6 shall be without prejudice to, and shall not prevent or limit the exercise of, any rights of any of the Finance Parties in respect of any other Facility, Loan, Utilisation or Commitment.

 

5.

UTILISATION – LOANS

 

5.1

Delivery of a Utilisation Request

A Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may utilise a Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time (or such later time as the Agent may agree (acting reasonably)).

 

5.2

Completion of a Utilisation Request for Loans

 

  (a)

Each Utilisation Request for a Loan shall be revocable in accordance with paragraph (b) below and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

  (i)

it identifies the Facility to be utilised;

 

  (ii)

it identifies the relevant Borrower;

 

  (iii)

the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period applicable to that Facility;

 

  (iv)

the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and

 

  (v)

the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 17 (Interest Periods).

 

  (b)

Each Utilisation Request for a Loan may be revoked up to the Business Day (by no later than 5.00 p.m. on that day) immediately prior to the proposed Utilisation Date (or such later time as the Agent may agree (acting reasonably)).

 

  (c)

Multiple Utilisations may be requested in a Utilisation Request.

 

86


5.3

Currency and amount

 

  (a)

The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be:

 

  (i)

in relation to Facility B, the applicable Base Currency; and

 

  (ii)

in relation to an Additional Facility, as agreed by the relevant Additional Facility Lenders and specified in the applicable Additional Facility Notice.

 

  (b)

The amount of a proposed Utilisation of Facility B (USD) must be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 or, if less, the applicable Available Facility and in any event such that its Base Currency Amount is less than or equal to the applicable Available Facility.

 

  (c)

The amount of a proposed Utilisation of Facility B (EUR) must be in a minimum amount of €1,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility and in any event such that its Base Currency Amount is less than or equal to the Available Facility.

 

  (d)

The amount of a proposed Utilisation of an Additional Facility must be in the minimum amount agreed between the Company and the relevant Additional Facility Lenders (acting reasonably) or, if less, the Available Facility and in any event such that its Base Currency Amount is less than or equal to the Available Facility.

 

5.4

Lenders’ participation

 

  (a)

If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, and subject to Clause 12.3 (Repayment of Revolving Facility Loans), each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available on the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

  (b)

Other than as set out in paragraph (d) below and subject to Clause 11.14 (Ancillary Facility Implementation), the amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility in each case in relation to the relevant Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.

 

  (c)

If a Utilisation is made to repay Ancillary Outstandings, each Lender’s participation in that Utilisation will be in an amount (as determined by the Agent (acting reasonably)) which will result as nearly as possible in the aggregate amount of its participation in the Utilisations then outstanding bearing the same proportion to the aggregate amount of the Loans then outstanding as its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.

 

  (d)

The Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount (if applicable) of each Revolving Facility Loan which is to be made in an Optional Currency and notify each Lender of the amount, currency and the Base Currency Amount of each Loan, the amount of its participation in that Loan and, if different, the amount of that participation to be made available in accordance with Clause 37.1 (Payments to the Agent) by the Specified Time.

 

5.5

Limitations on Utilisations

An Additional Facility may not be utilised unless Facility B has been utilised (but, for the avoidance of doubt, an Additional Facility may be utilised contemporaneously with Facility B, including on or prior to the Closing Date).

 

5.6

Cancellation of Commitment

 

  (a)

The Facility B (EUR) Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period for Facility B (EUR).

 

87


  (b)

The Facility B (USD) Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period for Facility B (USD).

 

  (c)

The Additional Facility Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised at the end of the Availability Period for those Additional Facility Commitments shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period for those Additional Facility Commitments or, if Facility B has not been utilised on or prior to the end of the Certain Funds Period, at the end of the Certain Funds Period.

 

6.

UTILISATION – LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

6.1

Revolving Facility

 

  (a)

A Revolving Facility may be utilised by a Revolving Facility Borrower by way of Bilateral Letters of Credit or Fronted Letters of Credit.

 

  (b)

Other than Clauses 5.5 (Limitations on Utilisations) and 5.6 (Cancellation of Commitment), Clause 5 (Utilisation – Loans) does not apply to utilisations by way of Letters of Credit.

 

6.2

Delivery of a Utilisation Request for Letters of Credit

 

  (a)

A Revolving Facility Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may request:

 

  (i)

a Bilateral Letter of Credit to be issued (for its own, or another member of the Group’s obligations) by delivery to the relevant Bilateral Issuing Bank of a duly completed Utilisation Request; and

 

  (ii)

a Fronted Letter of Credit to be issued by (for its own, or another member of the Group’s obligations) by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request,

in each case, not later than the Specified Time (or such later time as the relevant Issuing Bank may agree).

 

  (b)

For the avoidance of doubt, a Revolving Facility Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may request that:

 

  (i)

any Bilateral Issuing Bank issue a Bilateral Letter of Credit; and

 

  (ii)

any Fronting Issuing Bank issue a Fronted Letter of Credit.

 

  (c)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, an Issuing Bank and a Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may agree any alternative procedure for utilising and or renewing a Letter of Credit.

 

6.3

Completion of a Utilisation Request for Letters of Credit

 

  (a)

Each Utilisation Request for a Letter of Credit shall be revocable in accordance with paragraph (b) below and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

  (i)

it specifies that it is for a Bilateral Letter of Credit or a Fronted Letter of Credit;

 

  (ii)

it identifies the Borrower of the Letter of Credit and, if applicable, the member of the Group on whose behalf the Borrower has requested the Letter of Credit be issued (which may be different to the Borrower);

 

88


  (iii)

it identifies the relevant Bilateral Issuing Bank or Fronting Issuing Bank (as applicable);

 

  (iv)

the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period applicable to the relevant Revolving Facility;

 

  (v)

the currency and amount of the Letter of Credit comply with Clause 6.4 (Currency and amount);

 

  (vi)

the form of Letter of Credit is attached;

 

  (vii)

the Expiry Date of the Letter of Credit falls on or before the Termination Date in relation to the relevant Revolving Facility (unless cash cover is provided in respect of such Letter of Credit prior to the Termination Date or unless the applicable Revolving Facility Borrower agrees Clause 6.11 (Effect of Termination Date) shall apply);

 

  (viii)

the delivery instructions for the Letter of Credit are specified; and

 

  (ix)

subject to paragraph (c) of Clause 6.5 (Issue of Letters of Credit), the relevant Issuing Bank is not precluded from issuing a Letter of Credit by law or regulation or its internal policies to the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit.

 

  (b)

Each Utilisation Request for a Letter of Credit may be revoked up to the Business Day (by no later than 5.00 p.m. on that day) immediately prior to the proposed Utilisation Date (or such later time as the Agent may agree (acting reasonably)).

 

6.4

Currency and amount

 

  (a)

The currency specified in a Utilisation Request for a Letter of Credit must be the Base Currency or an Optional Currency.

 

  (b)

The amount of the proposed Letter of Credit must be an amount which is not more than (in relation to a Bilateral Letter of Credit) the Available Commitment of the relevant Issuing Bank under the relevant Revolving Facility or (in relation to a Fronted Letter of Credit) the Available Facility.

 

6.5

Issue of Letters of Credit

 

  (a)

If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, the relevant Issuing Bank shall issue the Letter of Credit on the Utilisation Date and promptly provide a copy to the Agent and the relevant Borrower (or, if applicable, any member of the Group on whose behalf the Letter of Credit has been issued).

 

  (b)

Subject to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent), an Issuing Bank will only be obliged to comply with paragraph (a) above in relation to a Letter of Credit other than one to which paragraph (c) below applies, if on the date of the Utilisation Request or Renewal Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

  (i)

in the case of a Letter of Credit to be renewed in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) of Clause 6.6 (Renewal of a Letter of Credit), no Declared Default is continuing; and

 

  (ii)

in the case of any other Utilisation other than one to which paragraph (c) below applies, no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation.

 

89


  (c)

Subject to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) and notwithstanding the conditions of paragraph (b) above:

 

  (i)

during the Certain Funds Period, an Issuing Bank will only be obliged to comply with paragraph (a) above in relation to a Letter of Credit which is a Certain Funds Utilisation if, on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

  (A)

no Change of Control has occurred;

 

  (B)

it is not unlawful for such Issuing Bank to perform any of its obligations or to issue or maintain the proposed Letter of Credit provided that the Issuing Bank has notified the Company of the relevant illegality in accordance with Clause 13.1 (Illegality) prior to the date of the relevant Utilisation Request; and

 

  (C)

no Major Event of Default is continuing; and

 

  (ii)

during any Agreed Certain Funds Period, an Issuing Bank will only be obliged to comply with paragraph (a) above in relation to a Letter of Credit which is an Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation if, on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

  (A)

no Change of Control has occurred;

 

  (B)

it has not, since the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date on which such Issuing Bank became a Party), become unlawful for such Issuing Bank to perform any of its obligations or to issue or maintain the proposed Letter of Credit provided that the Issuing Bank has notified the Company of the relevant illegality in accordance with Clause 13.1 (Illegality) prior to the date of the relevant Utilisation Request;

 

  (C)

no Major Event of Default is continuing; and

 

  (D)

solely in relation to an Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation under an Ancillary Facility, a Fronted Ancillary Facility or a Revolving Facility, the additional conditions or events (if any) specified in the relevant Additional Facility Notice or other notice in relation to that Agreed Certain Funds Period and Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation are complied with or satisfied,

in each case, provided that, during the Certain Funds Period or Agreed Certain Funds Period (as applicable), an extension of a Letter of Credit shall be permitted unless a Declared Default is continuing.

 

  (d)

During the Certain Funds Period (save in circumstances where one of the requirements described in paragraph (c)(i)(A) to (c)(i)(C) (inclusive) above is not satisfied and accordingly the relevant Issuing Bank is not obliged to comply with paragraph (a) above), no Issuing Bank shall be entitled to:

 

  (i)

rescind, terminate or cancel this Agreement or the relevant Revolving Facility or exercise any similar right or remedy or make or enforce any claim under the Finance Documents it may have;

 

  (ii)

subject to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent), refuse to issue or participate in the making of a Letter of Credit which is a Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

90


  (iii)

exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim or similar right or remedy in respect of a Letter of Credit to the extent to do so would prevent or limit the issuing of a Letter of Credit which is a Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

  (iv)

cancel, accelerate or cause repayment or prepayment of any amounts owing under this Agreement or under any other Finance Document (including declaring that cash cover in respect of any outstanding Letter of Credit is payable on demand) or exercise any enforcement rights under any Transaction Security Document to the extent to do so would prevent or limit the issuing of a Letter of Credit which is a Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

  (v)

declare that cash cover in relation to a Letter of Credit is immediately due and payable on demand; or

 

  (vi)

take any other action or make or enforce any claim (in its capacity as Issuing Bank) to the extent that such action, claim or enforcement would directly or indirectly prevent or limit the issuing of a Letter of Credit which is a Certain Funds Utilisation,

provided that immediately upon the expiry of the Certain Funds Period all such rights, remedies and entitlements shall be available to the relevant Issuing Bank notwithstanding that they may not have been used or been available for use during the Certain Funds Period.

 

  (e)

During any Agreed Certain Funds Period (save in circumstances where one of the requirements described in paragraph (c)(ii)(A) to (c)(ii)(D) (inclusive) above is not satisfied and accordingly the relevant Issuing Bank is not obliged to comply with paragraph (a) above), no Issuing Bank shall be entitled to in respect of an Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation (and the corresponding commitments to which it relates):

 

  (i)

rescind, terminate or cancel the relevant Revolving Facility or relevant Additional Facility or exercise any similar right or remedy or make or enforce any claim under the Finance Documents it may have;

 

  (ii)

refuse to issue or participate in the making of a Letter of Credit which is an Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

  (iii)

exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim in respect of Letter of Credit to the extent to do so would prevent or limit the issuing of a Letter of Credit which is an Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

  (iv)

cancel, accelerate or cause repayment or prepayment of any amounts owing under this Agreement or under any other Finance Document (including declaring that cash cover in respect of any outstanding Letter of Credit is payable on demand) or exercise any enforcement rights under any Transaction Security Document to the extent to do so would prevent or limit the issuing of a Letter of Credit which is an Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation;

 

  (v)

declare that cash cover in relation to a Letter of Credit is immediately due and payable on demand; or

 

  (vi)

take any other action or make or enforce any claim (in its capacity as a Lender) to the extent that such action, claim or enforcement would directly or indirectly prevent or limit the issuing of a Letter of Credit which is an Agreed Certain Funds Utilisation,

 

91


provided that:

 

  (A)

immediately upon the expiry of the relevant Agreed Certain Funds Period all such rights, remedies and entitlements shall be available to the relevant Issuing Bank notwithstanding that they may not have been used or been available for use during the relevant Agreed Certain Funds Period; and

 

  (B)

this Clause 6.5 shall be without prejudice to, and shall not prevent or limit the exercise of, any rights of any of the Finance Parties in respect of any other Facility, Loan, Utilisation or Commitment.

 

  (f)

Subject to Clause 11.14 (Ancillary Facility Implementation), the amount of a Revolving Facility Lender’s participation in:

 

  (i)

a Bilateral Letter of Credit will be equal to the principal amount of that Bilateral Letter of Credit issued by it in its capacity as the Bilateral Issuing Bank; and

 

  (ii)

a Fronted Letter of Credit will be equal to its L/C Proportion.

 

  (g)

The Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Letter of Credit which is to be issued in an Optional Currency and shall notify the relevant Issuing Bank and (in relation to a Fronted Letter of Credit) each Revolving Facility Lender of the details of the requested Letter of Credit and its participation in that Letter of Credit by the Specified Time.

 

  (h)

An Issuing Bank may issue a Letter of Credit in the form of a SWIFT message or other form of communication customary in the relevant market but has no obligation to do so.

 

6.6

Renewal of a Letter of Credit

 

  (a)

A Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may request that any Letter of Credit issued on behalf of that Borrower be renewed by delivery to (in relation to a Bilateral Letter of Credit) the relevant Issuing Bank (and by delivery of a copy to the Agent) and (in relation to a Fronted Letter of Credit) the Agent of a Renewal Request in substantially similar form to a Utilisation Request for a Letter of Credit by the Specified Time.

 

  (b)

The Finance Parties shall treat any Renewal Request in the same way as a Utilisation Request for a Letter of Credit except that the conditions set out in paragraph (a)(vi) of Clause 6.3 (Completion of a Utilisation Request for Letters of Credit) shall not apply.

 

  (c)

The terms of each renewed Letter of Credit shall be the same as those of the relevant Letter of Credit immediately prior to its renewal, except that:

 

  (i)

its amount may be less than the amount of the Letter of Credit immediately prior to its renewal; and

 

  (ii)

its Term shall start on the date which was the Expiry Date of the Letter of Credit immediately prior to its renewal, (or if a different date is specified, on that date) and shall end on the proposed Expiry Date specified in the Renewal Request.

 

  (d)

If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, the relevant Issuing Bank shall amend and re-issue any Letter of Credit pursuant to a Renewal Request.

 

6.7

Reduction of a Fronted Letter of Credit

 

  (a)

If, on the proposed Utilisation Date of a Fronted Letter of Credit any of the Revolving Facility Lenders for that Fronted Letter of Credit is a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender and:

 

92


  (i)

that Revolving Facility Lender has failed to provide cash collateral to the relevant Issuing Bank in accordance with Clause 8.4 (Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender) following request by such Issuing Bank; and

 

  (ii)

either (A) the Fronting Issuing Bank has not required the relevant Borrower to provide cash cover pursuant to Clause 8.5 (Cash cover by Borrower) or (B) the relevant Borrower has failed to provide cash cover to the Fronting Issuing Bank in accordance with Clause 8.5 (Cash cover by Borrower),

then, the Fronting Issuing Bank may refuse to issue that Fronted Letter of Credit or, with the agreement of the Company, shall reduce the amount of that Fronted Letter of Credit by an amount equal to the amount of the L/C Proportion of that Non-Acceptable L/C Lender in respect of that Fronted Letter of Credit and that Non-Acceptable L/C Lender shall be deemed not to have any participation (or obligation to indemnify the Fronting Issuing Bank) in respect of that Fronted Letter of Credit for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

The Fronting Issuing Bank shall notify the Agent and the Company of each reduction made pursuant to this Clause 6.7.

 

  (c)

This Clause 6.7 shall not affect the participation of each other Revolving Facility Lender in that Fronted Letter of Credit.

 

6.8

Revaluation of Letters of Credit

 

  (a)

If any Letter of Credit is denominated in an Optional Currency, the Agent shall on the last Business Day of each Financial Year recalculate the Base Currency Amount of each Letter of Credit by notionally converting into the Base Currency the outstanding amount of that Letter of Credit on the basis of the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date of calculation (such amount, the “Notional Amount” and the amount, if any, by which the Notional Amount exceeds the Base Currency Amount of such Letter of Credit, being the “Excess Amount”).

 

  (b)

If the Excess Amount in relation to a Letter of Credit is more than five (5) per cent. of the Base Currency Amount of that Letter of Credit, a Revolving Facility Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) shall, if so requested by the Agent or the relevant Issuing Bank, within twenty (20) Business Days of any calculation under paragraph (a) above, ensure that within five (5) Business Days sufficient Letters of Credit are prepaid, or Loans prepaid, to prevent:

 

  (i)

the Base Currency Amount of all Utilisations of the relevant Revolving Facility from exceeding the relevant Revolving Facility Commitments (after deducting the total Ancillary Commitments, Fronting Ancillary Commitments and Fronted Ancillary Commitments) following any adjustment to a Base Currency Amount under paragraph (a) above; and

 

  (ii)

the Base Currency Amount of all Bilateral Letters of Credit issued by that Issuing Bank and its L/C Proportion of any Fronted Letters of Credit, in each case under a Revolving Facility, from exceeding the Revolving Facility Commitments (after deducting the total Ancillary Commitments, Fronting Ancillary Commitments and Fronted Ancillary Commitments) held by that Issuing Bank as a Revolving Facility Lender under that Revolving Facility.

 

6.9

Reduction or expiry of Letter of Credit

If the amount of any Letter of Credit is wholly or partially reduced or it is repaid or prepaid or it expires prior to its Expiry Date, the relevant Issuing Bank and the Borrower that requested (or on behalf of which the Company requested) the issue of that Letter of Credit shall promptly notify the Agent of the details upon becoming aware of them.

 

93


6.10

Appointment of additional Issuing Banks

 

  (a)

Any Revolving Facility Lender which has agreed to the Company’s request to be a Fronting Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall become a Fronting Issuing Bank for the purposes of this Agreement upon notifying the Agent and the Company that it has so agreed to be a Fronting Issuing Bank and acceding to this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement as an Issuing Bank and on making that notification that Revolving Facility Lender shall become bound by the terms of this Agreement as a Fronting Issuing Bank.

 

  (b)

Any Revolving Facility Lender which has agreed to the Company’s request to be a Bilateral Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall become a Bilateral Issuing Bank for the purposes of this Agreement upon notifying the Agent and the Company that it has so agreed to be a Bilateral Issuing Bank and acceding to this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement as an Issuing Bank and on making that notification that Revolving Facility Lender shall become bound by the terms of this Agreement as a Bilateral Issuing Bank.

 

6.11

Effect of Termination Date

Each Letter of Credit shall be repaid by the Borrower of that Letter of Credit (or the Company on its behalf) on the Termination Date applicable to the relevant Revolving Facility, (or such earlier date in accordance with this Agreement), provided that if any Letter of Credit has an Expiry Date ending on or after the Termination Date applicable to the applicable Revolving Facility, without prejudice to the repayment obligation in Clause 6.8 (Revaluation of Letters of Credit), on such Termination Date each such Letter of Credit shall be repaid unless, in the case of a Letter of Credit with an Expiry Date falling after such Termination Date:

 

  (a)

the relevant Issuing Bank agrees that such Letter of Credit shall continue as between that Issuing Bank, and the relevant member of the Group on a bilateral basis and not as part of or under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (b)

save for any rights and obligations against any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents arising prior to such Termination Date applicable to the relevant Revolving Facility, no rights and obligations in respect of the Letter of Credit shall, as between the Finance Parties, continue, any cash cover or other collateral provided by any Revolving Facility Lender in relation to such Letter of Credit shall be released on the Termination Date, and the Transaction Security shall not (following release thereof by the Security Agent) support any such Letter of Credit in respect of any claims that arise after such Termination Date and, in such circumstances, from the Termination Date pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 8.3 (Indemnities) and Clause 8.4 (Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender) shall not apply to any such Letter of Credit or to any claim made or purported to be made under a Letter of Credit made after the Termination Date applicable to the relevant Revolving Facility.

 

94


7.

[RESERVED]

 

8.

LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

8.1

Immediately payable

 

  (a)

If a Letter of Credit or any amount outstanding under a Letter of Credit is expressed to be immediately payable, the Borrower that requested (or on behalf of which the Company requested) the issue of that Letter of Credit shall repay or prepay that Letter of Credit or that amount promptly on demand by the relevant Issuing Bank.

 

  (b)

Each Issuing Bank shall immediately notify the Agent of any demand received by it under and in accordance with any Letter of Credit (including details of the Letter of Credit under which such demand has been received and the amount demanded). The Agent shall immediately on receipt of any such notice notify the Company, the Borrower for whose account that Letter of Credit was issued and (in the case of a Fronted Letter of Credit only) each of the Revolving Facility Lenders under the relevant Revolving Facility.

 

8.2

Claims under a Letter of Credit

 

  (a)

Each Borrower and each Revolving Facility Lender under the relevant Revolving Facility irrevocably and unconditionally authorises each applicable Issuing Bank to pay any claim made or purported to be made under a Letter of Credit requested by that Borrower (or requested by the Company on its behalf) and which claim appears on its face to comply with the terms of that Letter of Credit and to be in order (in this Clause 8.2, a “claim”).

 

  (b)

Each Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) shall promptly on receipt of any demand under paragraph (a) above pay to the relevant Issuing Bank an amount equal to the amount of any claim or, provided that no Declared Default is continuing, may elect by notice to the Agent to have such claim deemed to have been converted into a Loan under the relevant Revolving Facility notwithstanding any other condition herein on the following terms:

 

  (i)

such Loan shall be in an amount and currency equal to the amount and currency of the relevant claim (if applicable, net of any available cash cover);

 

  (ii)

such Loan shall be for an Interest Period of one (1) Month or such other period of one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) Months as notified by the relevant Borrower or the Company to the Agent prior to the Utilisation Date; and

 

  (iii)

such Loan shall have a Utilisation Date falling three (3) Business Days after the date of receipt of the relevant demand,

and, for the avoidance of doubt, the relevant Revolving Facility Lenders shall be required to comply with their obligations under Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) in respect of such L/C Loan. The proceeds of any such Loan shall be used to pay the relevant claim.

 

  (c)

Each Borrower and each Lender acknowledges that the Issuing Banks:

 

  (i)

are not obliged to carry out any investigation or seek any confirmation from any other person before paying a claim (including any solvency investigation); and

 

  (ii)

deal in documents only and will not be concerned with the legality of a claim or any underlying transaction or any available set-off, counterclaim or other defence of any person.

 

  (d)

The obligations of a Borrower under this Clause 8 will not be affected by:

 

  (i)

the sufficiency, accuracy or genuineness of any claim or any other document; or

 

  (ii)

any incapacity of, or limitation on the powers of, any person signing a claim or other document.

 

95


8.3

Indemnities

 

  (a)

Each Borrower shall promptly on demand indemnify an Issuing Bank against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Issuing Bank (otherwise than by reason of that Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct or breach of the terms of this Agreement) in acting as Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit requested by (or on behalf of) that Borrower.

 

  (b)

In relation to a Fronted Letter of Credit, each Revolving Facility Lender shall (according to its L/C Proportion) immediately on demand indemnify the Fronting Issuing Bank against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Fronting Issuing Bank (otherwise than by reason of the Fronting Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct or breach of the terms of this Agreement) in acting as the Fronting Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit (unless the Fronting Issuing Bank has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

  (c)

If any Revolving Facility Lender is not permitted (by its constitutional documents or any applicable law) to comply with paragraph (b) above, then that Revolving Facility Lender will not be obliged to comply with paragraph (b) and shall instead be deemed to have taken, on the date the Fronted Letter of Credit is issued (or, if later, on the date the Revolving Facility Lender’s participation in the Fronted Letter of Credit is transferred to or assumed by the Revolving Facility Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), an undivided interest and participation in the Fronted Letter of Credit in an amount equal to its L/C Proportion of that Letter of Credit. On receipt of demand from the Agent, that Revolving Facility Lender shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Fronting Issuing Bank) an amount equal to its L/C Proportion of the amount demanded.

 

  (d)

The Borrower which requested (or on behalf of which the Company requested) a Fronted Letter of Credit shall promptly on demand reimburse any Revolving Facility Lender for any payment it makes to any Issuing Bank under this Clause 8.3 in respect of that Fronted Letter of Credit except to the extent arising out of the negligence, wilful misconduct of, or breach of the terms of this Agreement in relation to such Letter of Credit by, such Lender.

 

  (e)

The obligations of each Revolving Facility Lender or Borrower under this Clause 8.3 are continuing obligations and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by that Revolving Facility Lender or Borrower in respect of any Letter of Credit, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

  (f)

The obligations of any Revolving Facility Lender or Borrower under this Clause 8.3 will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 8.3, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 8.3 (whether or not known to it or any other person) including:

 

  (i)

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor, any beneficiary under a Letter of Credit or any other person;

 

  (ii)

the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor or any member of the Group;

 

  (iii)

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor, any beneficiary under a Letter of Credit or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument (other than the relevant Letter of Credit) or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

96


  (iv)

any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor, any beneficiary under a Letter of Credit or any other person;

 

  (v)

any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including any change in the purpose of, any extension of or increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

  (vi)

any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document, any Letter of Credit or any other document or security; or

 

  (vii)

any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

8.4

Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender

 

  (a)

If, at any time, a Revolving Facility Lender is a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender and has a L/C Proportion in respect of a Fronted Letter of Credit, the relevant Fronting Issuing Bank may, by notice to that Revolving Facility Lender, request that Revolving Facility Lender to pay and that Revolving Facility Lender shall pay, on or prior to the date falling five (5) Business Days after the request by the relevant Fronting Issuing Bank, an amount equal to that Revolving Facility Lender’s L/C Proportion of the outstanding amount of a Fronted Letter of Credit and in the currency of that Fronted Letter of Credit to an interest bearing account held in the name of that Revolving Facility Lender with the relevant Fronting Issuing Bank.

 

  (b)

The Non-Acceptable L/C Lender to whom a request has been made in accordance with paragraph (a) above shall enter into a security document or other form of collateral arrangement over the account, in form and substance satisfactory to the relevant Fronting Issuing Bank but consistent with the principles in paragraph (f)(iii) of Clause 1.2 (Construction) in respect of the provisions of cash cover, as collateral for any amounts due and payable under the Finance Documents by that Revolving Facility Lender to the Fronting Issuing Bank in respect of that Letter of Credit.

 

  (c)

Subject to paragraph (f) below, until no amount is or may be outstanding under that Fronted Letter of Credit, withdrawals from the account may only be made to pay to the Fronting Issuing Bank amounts due and payable to the applicable Issuing Bank by the Non-Acceptable L/C Lender under the Finance Documents in respect of that Letter of Credit or as contemplated by Clause 6.11 (Effect of Termination Date).

 

  (d)

Each Revolving Facility Lender shall notify the Agent:

 

  (i)

other than in the case of an Original Lender, on any date on which such Revolving Facility Lender becomes such a Lender in accordance with Clause 2.3 (Increase) or Clause 31 (Changes to the Lenders), whether it is a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender within paragraph (a) of the definition thereof; and

 

  (ii)

as soon as practicable upon becoming aware of the same, that it has become a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender,

and as indicated in Part II (The Original Lenders) of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties), in a Transfer Certificate, in an Assignment Agreement or in an Increase Confirmation to that effect will constitute a notice under paragraph (d)(i) above to the Agent.

 

  (e)

Any notice received by the Agent pursuant to paragraph (d) above shall constitute notice to the Fronting Issuing Bank of that Revolving Facility Lender’s status and the Agent shall, upon receiving each such notice, promptly notify the Fronting Issuing Banks of that Revolving Facility Lender’s status as specified in that notice.

 

97


  (f)

If a Revolving Facility Lender who has provided cash collateral in accordance with this Clause 8.4:

 

  (i)

ceases to be a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender; and

 

  (ii)

no amount is due and payable by that Revolving Facility Lender in respect of a Letter of Credit,

that Revolving Facility Lender may, at any time it is not a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender, by notice to the relevant Fronting Issuing Bank request that an amount equal to the amount of the cash provided by it as collateral in respect of that Fronted Letter of Credit (together with any accrued interest) standing to the credit of the relevant account held with the relevant Fronting Issuing Bank be returned to it and the Fronting Issuing Bank shall pay that amount to the Revolving Facility Lender within five (5) Business Days after the request from the Revolving Facility Lender (and shall cooperate with the Revolving Facility Lender in order to procure that the relevant security or collateral arrangement is released and discharged).

 

8.5

Cash cover by Borrower

 

  (a)

If a Revolving Facility Lender which is a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender fails to provide cash collateral (or notifies the Fronting Issuing Bank or Agent that it will not provide cash collateral) in accordance with Clause 8.4 (Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender) and the Fronting Issuing Bank notifies the Company of such event (with a copy to the Agent), the Borrower of the relevant Fronted Letter of Credit or proposed Fronted Letter of Credit may (in the case of a Fronted Letter of Credit not yet issued) elect to or (in the case of a Fronted Letter of Credit that has already been issued) shall provide cash cover to an account with the Fronting Issuing Bank in an amount equal to that Revolving Facility Lender’s L/C Proportion of the outstanding amount of that Fronted Letter of Credit and in the currency of that Fronted Letter of Credit and that Borrower shall do so within five (5) Business Days (or such longer date as is agreed with the Fronting Issuing Bank (acting reasonably)) after the notice is given.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding paragraph (f) of Clause 1.2 (Construction), the relevant Fronting Issuing Bank shall permit the withdrawal of amounts up to the level of that cash cover from the account if:

 

  (i)

it is satisfied that the relevant Revolving Facility Lender is no longer a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender; or

 

  (ii)

the relevant Revolving Facility Lender’s obligations in respect of the relevant Fronted Letter of Credit are transferred to a New Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; or

 

  (iii)

an Increase Lender has agreed to undertake the obligations in respect of the relevant Revolving Facility Lender’s L/C Proportion of the Fronted Letter of Credit.

 

  (c)

To the extent that a Borrower has provided cash cover in accordance with this Clause 8.5, the relevant Revolving Facility Lender’s L/C Proportion in respect of that Fronted Letter of Credit will remain (but that Revolving Facility Lender’s obligations in relation to that Fronted Letter of Credit may be satisfied in accordance with paragraph (f)(ii) of Clause 1.2 (Construction)). However, the relevant Borrower’s obligation to pay any Fronted Letter of Credit fee in relation to the relevant Fronted Letter of Credit to the Agent (for the account of that Revolving Facility Lender) in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 19.6 (Fees payable in respect of Letters of Credit) will be reduced proportionately as from the date on which it complies with that obligation to provide cash cover (and for so long as the relevant amount of cash cover continues to stand as collateral).

 

98


  (d)

The relevant Fronting Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Agent of the extent to which a Borrower provides cash cover pursuant to this Clause 8.5 and of any change in the amount of cash cover so provided.

 

8.6

Rights of contribution

No Obligor or the Company will be entitled to any right of contribution or indemnity from any Finance Party in respect of any payment it may make under this Clause 8.

 

8.7

Lender as Fronting Issuing Bank

A Revolving Facility Lender which is also a Fronting Issuing Bank shall be treated as a separate entity in those capacities and capable, as a Lender, of contracting with itself as a Fronting Issuing Bank.

 

8.8

Existing Letters of Credit

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, a Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may by notice in writing to the Agent prior to the Closing Date (including in any Utilisation Request) request that any Existing Letter of Credit issued by an Issuing Bank be deemed a Letter of Credit issued and established under a Revolving Facility and with effect from the date specified in such notice (being a date falling within the Availability Period of the relevant Revolving Facility) that any such Existing Letter of Credit shall be a Letter of Credit for all purposes under this Agreement, subject to the Agent having received notification in writing from the relevant Issuing Bank that it agrees to the Existing Letter of Credit being a Letter of Credit for all purposes under this Agreement.

 

  (b)

For the purpose of this Clause 8.8, “Existing Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit, bank guarantee, other instrument falling within the definition of Letter of Credit or similar term which is issued on or prior to the Closing Date on behalf of a member of the Group (including the Target Group) by a Revolving Facility Lender which is an Issuing Bank under this Agreement or any of its Affiliates, and which is designated in writing as an Existing Letter of Credit by that Issuing Bank and the Company and promptly notified to the Agent.

 

9.

[RESERVED]

 

10.

OPTIONAL CURRENCIES

 

10.1

Selection of currency

A Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) shall select the currency of a Revolving Facility Utilisation or an Additional Facility Loan in a Utilisation Request.

 

10.2

Unavailability of a currency

 

  (a)

If before the Specified Time on any Quotation Day:

 

  (i)

a Lender notifies the Agent that an Optional Currency requested under paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 4.3 (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies) is not readily available to it in the amount required; or

 

99


  (ii)

a Lender notifies the Agent that compliance with its obligation to participate in a Loan in an Optional Currency requested under paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 4.3 (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies) would contravene a law or regulation applicable to it,

the Agent will give notice to the relevant Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) to that effect by the Specified Time on that day. In this event, any Lender that gives notice pursuant to this Clause 10.2 will be required to participate in the Loan in the Base Currency (in an amount equal to that Lender’s proportion of the Base Currency Amount, or in respect of a Rollover Loan, an amount equal to that Lender’s proportion of the Base Currency Amount of the Rollover Loan that is due to be made) and its participation will be treated as a separate Loan denominated in the Base Currency during that Interest Period.

 

  (b)

Any part of a Loan treated as a separate Loan pursuant to this Clause 10.2 shall not be taken into account for the purposes of calculating any limit on the number of Loans or currencies outstanding at any one time.

 

10.3

Agent’s calculations

Each Lender’s participation in a Loan will be determined in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation).

 

11.

ANCILLARY FACILITIES

 

11.1

Type of Facility

An Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility may be by way of any of the following (or any combination of the following):

 

  (a)

an overdraft, cheque clearing, credit card, automatic payment or other current account or similar facility;

 

  (b)

a guarantee, bonding, documentary or stand-by letter of credit facility;

 

  (c)

a short term loan facility;

 

  (d)

a derivatives or hedging facility;

 

  (e)

a foreign exchange facility; and/or

 

  (f)

any other facility or accommodation as may be required or desirable in connection with the business of the Group and which is agreed by the Company and the relevant Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender (as the case may be).

 

11.2

Availability

 

  (a)

Without prejudice to Clause 11.8 (Affiliates of Lenders) and Clause 11.9 (Affiliates of Borrowers), if a Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) and a Revolving Facility Lender agree and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement:

 

  (i)

the Revolving Facility Lender may provide an Ancillary Facility on a bilateral basis in place of all or part of its Revolving Facility Commitment (an “Ancillary Facility”); or

 

100


  (ii)

the Revolving Facility Lender (such Revolving Facility Lender in this capacity a “Fronting Ancillary Lender”) may provide an Ancillary Facility (a “Fronted Ancillary Facility”) on a bilateral basis to that Borrower in place of all or any part of its Revolving Facility Commitment and (without any requirement for their agreement, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, no person shall be required to become a Fronting Ancillary Lender) the Revolving Facility Commitments of other Revolving Facility Lenders (together “Fronted Ancillary Lenders”),

including, in each case, by means of the Company redesignating as an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility the participation of any Revolving Facility Lender in an existing Revolving Facility Loan on a cashless basis and such Revolving Facility Commitments shall, in each case and except for the purposes of determining the Majority Lenders or any other voting class involving Revolving Facility Lenders under the relevant Revolving Facility and of Clause 43.5 (Replacement of a Lender), be reduced by the amount of the Ancillary Commitment or Fronting Ancillary Commitment and Fronted Ancillary Commitments under that Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) (provided that there shall be no double counting in the case of the redesignation of a participation in a Revolving Facility Loan as an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility).

 

  (b)

Except for the Approved Existing Ancillary Facilities which shall be made available on and from the Closing Date as Ancillary Facilities or Fronted Ancillary Facilities without any further notice or delivery of information (but, for the avoidance of doubt, will otherwise be subject to the terms of this Clause 11), an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) shall not be made available unless at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Ancillary Commencement Date for that Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be), the Agent has received from the Company notice in writing of the establishment of that Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) and specifying:

 

  (i)

the Revolving Facility Borrower(s) (or, subject to Clause 11.9 (Affiliates of Borrowers), Affiliate(s) of a Revolving Facility Borrower) which may use that Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be);

 

  (ii)

the Ancillary Commencement Date and expiry date of that Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be);

 

  (iii)

the type or types of Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) to be provided;

 

  (iv)

the Ancillary Lender or the Fronting Ancillary Lender and Fronted Ancillary Lenders (as the case may be) and any Affiliate of a Revolving Facility Lender which will become an Ancillary Lender, Fronting Ancillary Lender or Fronted Ancillary Lender under and in accordance with Clause 11.8 (Affiliates of Lenders);

 

  (v)

the amount of the Ancillary Commitment or Fronted Ancillary Commitments and Fronting Ancillary Commitment (as the case may be), the maximum amount of the Ancillary Facility or the Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) and, if the Ancillary Facility or the Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account its maximum gross amount (that amount being the “Designated Gross Amount”) and its maximum net amount (that amount being the “Designated Net Amount”); and

 

  (vi)

the currency or currencies of that Ancillary Facility or the Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) (if not denominated in the Base Currency),

without prejudice to the rights of the Agent to so request, any other information which the Agent may reasonably request in relation to that Ancillary Facility or the Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be).

 

101


  (c)

The Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Facility Lender under the relevant Revolving Facility of the establishment of an Ancillary Facility or the Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be).

 

  (d)

No amendment or waiver of any term of an Ancillary Facility or the Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) and no redesignation of the participation of a Revolving Facility Lender in a Revolving Facility Loan into an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility shall require the consent of any Finance Party other than the relevant Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender (as the case may be) unless such amendment or waiver itself relates to or gives rise to a matter which would require an amendment of or under this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, under this Clause 11). In such a case, the provisions of this Agreement with regard to amendments and waivers will apply.

 

  (e)

Subject to compliance with paragraph (b) above:

 

  (i)

the Revolving Facility Lender concerned will become an Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender (as the case may be), and in the case of a Fronted Ancillary Facility only, the relevant Revolving Facility Lender will become a Fronted Ancillary Lender; and

 

  (ii)

the Ancillary Facility or the Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) will be available,

with effect from the date agreed by the Company and the Ancillary Lender.

 

11.3

Terms of Ancillary Facilities and Fronted Ancillary Facilities

 

  (a)

Except as provided below and subject to this Clause 11, the terms of any Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) will be those agreed by the Ancillary Lender or the Fronting Ancillary Lender (as the case may be) and the Company or relevant Borrower.

 

  (b)

However, those terms:

 

  (i)

to the extent relating to the rate of interest, fees and other remuneration in respect of that Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility, must be based upon the normal market rates and terms at that time (except as varied by this Agreement);

 

  (ii)

may only allow Revolving Facility Borrowers (or Affiliates of Revolving Facility Borrowers nominated pursuant to Clause 11.9 (Affiliates of Borrowers)) to use that Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be);

 

  (iii)

may not allow:

 

  (A)

the applicable Ancillary Outstandings to exceed the Ancillary Commitment or the aggregate of the relevant Fronting Ancillary Commitment and Fronted Ancillary Commitments (as the case may be); or

 

  (B)

the Revolving Facility Lender’s (or its Affiliate’s) Ancillary Commitments, Fronting Ancillary Commitments or Fronted Ancillary Commitments (as the case may be) to exceed that Revolving Facility Lender’s Available Commitment relating to the relevant Revolving Facility (before taking into account the effect of the Ancillary Facilities and/or Fronted Ancillary Facilities (as the case may be) on that Available Commitment),

 

102


except as a result of currency fluctuations for an excess amounting to not more than five (5) per cent. of the amount of the respective Ancillary Commitment or the aggregate of the relevant Fronting Ancillary Commitment and Fronted Ancillary Commitments (as the case may be) unless the excess over such five (5) per cent. threshold is reduced in accordance with its terms; and

 

  (iv)

must, subject to Clause 11.15 (Continuation of Ancillary Facilities and Fronted Ancillary Facilities), require that the Ancillary Commitment or Fronting Ancillary Commitments and Fronted Ancillary Commitments (as the case may be) are reduced to zero (0), and that all Ancillary Outstandings are repaid (or cash cover provided in respect of all the Ancillary Outstandings) not later than the Termination Date applicable to the relevant Revolving Facility.

 

  (c)

If there is any inconsistency between any term of an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility and any term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail except for (i) Clause 40.3 (Day count convention) which shall not prevail for the purposes of calculating fees, interest or commission relating to an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility, (ii) an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility comprising more than one account where the terms of the Ancillary Documents shall prevail to the extent necessary to permit the netting of balances on those accounts, and (iii) where the relevant term of this Agreement would be contrary to, or inconsistent with, the law governing the relevant Ancillary Document, in which case that term of this Agreement shall not prevail.

 

  (d)

Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities are dealt with in Clause 19.7 (Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities and Fronted Ancillary Facilities).

 

11.4

Repayment of Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, and to Clause 11.15 (Continuation of Ancillary Facilities and Fronted Ancillary Facilities), an Ancillary Facility or a Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) shall cease to be available on the Termination Date in relation to the relevant Revolving Facility or, for the avoidance of doubt, such earlier date on which its expiry date occurs or on which it is cancelled in accordance with the terms of the relevant Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be).

 

  (b)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, if and to the extent an Ancillary Facility or a Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) expires or is otherwise cancelled (in whole or in part) in accordance with its terms or is otherwise cancelled in accordance with this Agreement, the Ancillary Commitment or Fronting Ancillary Commitment and Fronted Ancillary Commitments of the Ancillary Lender or the Fronting Ancillary Lender and Fronted Ancillary Lenders (as the case may be) shall be reduced to zero (0) (or by such amount that expires or has been cancelled) (and the relevant Revolving Facility Commitment of that Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender and the Fronted Ancillary Lenders (as the case may be) shall immediately be increased accordingly by the same amount).

 

  (c)

No Ancillary Lender, Fronting Ancillary Lender or Fronted Ancillary Lender may demand repayment or prepayment of, or cash cover for, any Ancillary Outstandings prior to the scheduled final expiry date of the relevant Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be), or otherwise take any action (without the consent of the Company) to terminate prior to its scheduled final expiry date any Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) unless it is permitted to do so under the relevant Ancillary Documents and if it gives the Company and the relevant Borrower not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice and (unless otherwise agreed by the relevant Borrower) unless:

 

103


  (i)

required to reduce the Gross Outstandings of an Ancillary Facility provided by way of a multi-account overdraft to or towards an amount equal to its Net Outstandings;

 

  (ii)

the relevant Total Revolving Facility Commitments have been cancelled in full, or all outstanding Utilisations under the relevant Revolving Facility have become or have been declared due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the expiry date of the Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility occurs;

 

  (iii)

it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in its Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of the Ancillary Lender, Fronting Ancillary Lender or Fronted Ancillary Lender (as applicable) to do so); or

 

  (iv)

the Ancillary Outstandings (if any) under that Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) can be refinanced in full by a Revolving Facility Utilisation under the relevant Revolving Facility pursuant to which that Ancillary Outstanding was incurred and the Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender gives sufficient notice to enable such a Revolving Facility Utilisation to be made to refinance those Ancillary Outstandings.

 

  (d)

For the purposes of determining whether or not the Ancillary Outstandings under an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) mentioned in paragraph (c)(iv) above or in Clause 11.6 (Voluntary cancellation of Ancillary Facilities and Fronted Ancillary Facilities) can be refinanced by a Utilisation under the Revolving Facility pursuant to which that Ancillary Outstanding was incurred:

 

  (i)

the relevant Revolving Facility Commitment of the Ancillary Lender will be increased by the amount of its Ancillary Commitment, Fronted Ancillary Commitment or Fronting Ancillary Commitment (as the case may be); and

 

  (ii)

the Utilisation may (so long as paragraph (c)(i) above does not apply) be made irrespective of whether a Default is outstanding or any applicable condition precedent is not satisfied (but only to the extent that the proceeds are applied in refinancing those Ancillary Outstandings) and irrespective of whether Clause 4.4 (Maximum number of Utilisations) or paragraph (a)(iv) of Clause 5.2 (Completion of a Utilisation Request for Loans) applies.

 

  (e)

On the making of a Utilisation of a Revolving Facility to refinance all or part of any Ancillary Outstandings under the same Revolving Facility:

 

  (i)

each Revolving Facility Lender will participate in that Utilisation in an amount (as determined by the Agent) which will result as nearly as possible in the aggregate amount of its participation in the relevant Revolving Facility Utilisations then outstanding bearing the same proportion to the aggregate amount of the relevant Revolving Facility Utilisations then outstanding as its relevant Revolving Facility Commitment bears to the relevant Total Revolving Facility Commitments; and

 

  (ii)

the relevant Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility shall be cancelled to the extent of such refinancing.

 

104


  (f)

In relation to an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility which comprises an overdraft facility where a Designated Net Amount has been established, the Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender providing that Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Lender shall only be obliged to take into account for the purposes of calculating compliance with the Designated Net Amount those credit balances which it is permitted to take into account by the then current law and regulations in relation to its reporting of exposures to the applicable regulatory authorities as netted for capital adequacy purposes.

 

11.5

Ancillary Outstandings

Each Borrower and each Ancillary Lender agrees with and for the benefit of each Lender that:

 

  (a)

the Ancillary Outstandings under any Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility shall not exceed the Ancillary Commitment or aggregate of the relevant Fronting Ancillary Commitment and Fronted Ancillary Commitments (as the case may be) applicable to that Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility; and

 

  (b)

in relation to an overdraft facility comprising more than one account:

 

  (i)

such Ancillary Outstandings shall not exceed the Designated Net Amount applicable to that overdraft; and

 

  (ii)

the Gross Outstandings shall not exceed the Designated Gross Amount applicable to that overdraft.

 

11.6

Voluntary cancellation of Ancillary Facilities and Fronted Ancillary Facilities

The Company may at any time by written notice to the Agent or each applicable Ancillary Lender and/or Fronting Ancillary Lender:

 

  (a)

immediately cancel the whole or any part of an undrawn Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility; or

 

  (b)

by not less than one (1) Business Day’s notice (or such shorter period as the Agent or each applicable Ancillary Lender and/or Fronting Ancillary Lender may agree) prepay the whole or any part of a drawn Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility, whether by refinancing by a Utilisation under the relevant Revolving Facility in accordance with paragraph (d) of Clause 11.4 (Repayment of Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility) or otherwise,

in which event on the date specified in the notice, the respective Ancillary Commitment or Fronting Ancillary Commitment and Fronted Ancillary Commitments of the relevant Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender and Fronted Ancillary Lenders shall be cancelled or prepaid and cancelled (as applicable) in the amount specified and, in each case, immediately converted into a relevant Revolving Facility Commitment. In the case of (i) any partial cancellation of a Fronted Ancillary Facility, the Fronting Ancillary Commitment of the Fronting Ancillary Lender and the Fronted Ancillary Commitments of the Fronted Ancillary Lenders shall be reduced rateably; and (ii) any partial prepayment of a Fronted Ancillary Facility, the Fronting Ancillary Lender and Fronted Ancillary Lenders shall be prepaid pro rata their Fronting Ancillary Commitment or Fronted Ancillary Commitments (as applicable).

 

11.7

Information

Each Borrower, each Ancillary Lender, each Fronting Ancillary Lender and each Fronted Ancillary Lender shall, promptly upon request by the Agent, supply the Agent with any information relating to the operation of an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (including the Ancillary Outstandings) as the Agent may reasonably request from time to time. Each Borrower consents to all such information being released to the Agent and the other Finance Parties.

 

105


11.8

Affiliates of Lenders

 

  (a)

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, an Affiliate of a Revolving Facility Lender may become an Ancillary Lender, a Fronted Ancillary Lender or a Fronting Ancillary Lender (as the case may be). In such case, other than for the purpose of any clause referring to Tax (including, Clause 43.5 (Replacement of a Lender), Clause 20 (Taxes) and Clause 23 (Mitigation by the Lenders)) to the extent such clauses expressly deal with Tax matters, the Revolving Facility Lender and its Affiliate shall be treated as a single Revolving Facility Lender whose Revolving Facility Commitment is the amount of such Revolving Facility Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment under the relevant Revolving Facility. For the purposes of calculating the Revolving Facility Lender’s Available Commitment with respect to the relevant Revolving Facility, the Revolving Facility Lender’s Commitment under the relevant Revolving Facility shall be reduced to the extent of the aggregate of the Ancillary Commitments, Fronting Ancillary Commitments and Fronted Ancillary Commitments of its Affiliates.

 

  (b)

The relevant Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) shall specify any relevant Affiliate of a Revolving Facility Lender in any notice delivered by it to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 11.2 (Availability).

 

  (c)

An Affiliate of a Revolving Facility Lender which becomes an Ancillary Lender, a Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender shall accede to the Intercreditor Agreement and any person who so accedes to the Intercreditor Agreement shall, at the same time, become a Party as an Ancillary Lender, a Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender (as applicable) in accordance with clause 21.9 (Creditor/Agent Accession Undertaking) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

  (d)

If a Revolving Facility Lender assigns all of its rights and benefits or transfers all of its rights and obligations to a New Lender (as defined in Clause 31 (Changes to the Lenders)), its Affiliate shall cease to have any obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Document.

 

  (e)

Where this Agreement or any other Finance Document imposes an obligation on an Ancillary Lender, Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender and the relevant Ancillary Lender, Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender is an Affiliate of a Revolving Facility Lender which is not a party to that document, the relevant Revolving Facility Lender shall ensure that the obligation is performed by its Affiliate.

 

11.9

Affiliates of Borrowers

 

  (a)

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, a member of the Group which is an Affiliate of a Revolving Facility Borrower may with the approval of the relevant Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender become a borrower with respect to an Ancillary Facility or a Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be).

 

  (b)

The relevant Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) shall specify any relevant Affiliate of a Revolving Facility Borrower in any notice delivered by the Company to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 11.2 (Availability).

 

  (c)

If a Borrower ceases to be a Revolving Facility Borrower under this Agreement in accordance with Clause 33.4 (Resignation of an Obligor), its Affiliate shall cease to have any rights under this Agreement or any Ancillary Document (unless such Affiliate is also an Affiliate of another Revolving Facility Borrower). If an Affiliate of a Revolving Facility Borrower ceases to be an Affiliate of such Revolving Facility Borrower (unless such Affiliate is also an Affiliate of another Revolving Facility Borrower), it shall cease to have any rights under this Agreement or any Ancillary Document.

 

106


  (d)

Where this Agreement or any other Finance Document imposes an obligation on a Borrower under an Ancillary Facility or a Fronted Ancillary Facility (as the case may be) and the relevant Borrower is an Affiliate of a Borrower which is not a party to that document, the relevant Borrower shall ensure that the obligation is performed by its Affiliate.

 

  (e)

Any reference in this Agreement or any other Finance Document to a Borrower being under no obligations (whether actual or contingent) as a Borrower under such Finance Document shall be construed to include a reference to any Affiliate of a Borrower being under no obligations under any Finance Document or Ancillary Document.

 

11.10

Revolving Facility Commitment Amounts

Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, each Revolving Facility Lender shall ensure that at all times its Revolving Facility Commitment (ignoring for this purpose any reduction in its Revolving Facility Commitment arising out of such Revolving Facility Lender providing an Ancillary Facility or a Fronted Ancillary Facility pursuant to this Clause 11) is not less than the aggregate of:

 

  (a)

its Ancillary Commitment and its Fronting Ancillary Commitment and its Fronted Ancillary Commitment (if any); and

 

  (b)

the Ancillary Commitment and Fronting Ancillary Commitment and Fronted Ancillary Commitment of its Affiliates (if any),

in each case, under the applicable Revolving Facility.

 

11.11

Adjustments required in relation to Ancillary Facilities

The Agent may (and shall at the request of the Company), by notice in writing to the relevant Revolving Facility Lenders, reallocate drawn and undrawn Revolving Facility Commitments at the end of an Interest Period among relevant Revolving Facility Lenders as may be necessary to ensure that any relevant Revolving Facility Lender that intends to enter into an Ancillary Facility has an undrawn Commitment under the relevant Revolving Facility sufficient to allow it to enter into such Ancillary Facility, provided that for the avoidance of doubt no such reallocation may increase any Revolving Facility Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment.

 

11.12

Adjustment for Ancillary Facilities upon acceleration

 

  (a)

If a Declared Default occurs, each Revolving Facility Lender, each Ancillary Lender and each Fronting Ancillary Lender or Fronted Ancillary Lender shall promptly adjust (by making or receiving (as the case may be) corresponding transfers of rights and obligations under the Finance Documents relating to Revolving Outstandings) their claims in respect of amounts outstanding to them under the relevant Revolving Facility, each Ancillary Facility and each Fronted Ancillary Facility to the extent necessary to ensure that after such transfers the Revolving Outstandings of each Revolving Facility Lender bear the same proportion to the relevant Total Revolving Outstandings as such Revolving Facility Lender’s relevant Revolving Facility Commitment bears to the relevant Total Revolving Facility Commitments, each as at the date the notice of such Declared Default is served under Clause 30.5 (Acceleration).

 

  (b)

If an amount outstanding under an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility is a contingent liability and that contingent liability becomes an actual liability or is reduced to zero (0) after the original adjustment is made under paragraph (a) above, then each Revolving Facility Lender and Ancillary Lender or Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender (as the case may be) will make a further adjustment (by making or receiving (as the case may be) corresponding transfers of rights and obligations under the Finance Documents relating to Revolving Outstandings to the extent necessary) to put themselves in the position they would have been in had the original adjustment been determined by reference to the actual liability or, as the case may be, zero (0) liability and not the contingent liability.

 

107


  (c)

Prior to the application of the provisions of paragraph (a) above, an Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender that has provided an overdraft comprising more than one account under an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility shall set-off any liabilities owing to it under such overdraft facility against credit balances on any account comprised in such overdraft facility.

 

  (d)

All calculations to be made pursuant to this Clause 11.12 shall be made by the Agent based upon information provided to it by the Revolving Facility Lenders, Ancillary Lenders, Fronted Ancillary Lenders or Fronting Ancillary Lenders.

 

  (e)

In this Clause 11.12:

Revolving Outstandings” means, in relation to a Revolving Facility Lender, the aggregate of the equivalent in the Base Currency of (i) its participation in each Revolving Facility Utilisation then outstanding under a particular Revolving Facility (together with the aggregate amount of all accrued interest, fees and commission owed to it as a Revolving Facility Lender under such Revolving Facility), and (ii) if the Revolving Facility Lender is also an Ancillary Lender or Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender (as the case may be), the Ancillary Outstandings in respect of the Ancillary Facilities or the Fronted Ancillary Facilities, attributable to that Ancillary Lender (or its Affiliate) or to its Fronting Ancillary Commitment or Fronting Ancillary Commitment (together with the aggregate amount of all accrued interest, fees and commission owed (or attributable) to it or to its Affiliate in such capacity).

Total Revolving Outstandings” means the aggregate of all Revolving Outstandings.

 

11.13

Existing Ancillary Facilities

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, a Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may by notice in writing to the Agent on or prior to the Closing Date (including in any Utilisation Request) request that any Approved Existing Ancillary Facility made available by a Revolving Facility Lender be deemed to be an Ancillary Facility established under a Revolving Facility (and in place of corresponding commitments of that Revolving Facility Lender) and with effect from the date specified in such notice or any date subsequently notified to the Agent (being a date falling within the Availability Period for the relevant Revolving Facility) that Approved Existing Ancillary Facility shall be an Ancillary Facility for all purposes under this Agreement, subject to the Agent having received notification in writing from the Ancillary Lender concerned (or, as the case may be, the Affiliate of the Revolving Facility Lender concerned) that it agrees to that Approved Existing Ancillary Facility being an Ancillary Facility for all purposes under this Agreement.

 

11.14

Ancillary Facility Implementation

In order to facilitate the implementation of an Ancillary Facility, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement and for the purposes of paragraph (b) of Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) and paragraph (f) of Clause 6.5 (Issue of Letters of Credit) only, from the date that the Agent is notified of the establishment of the relevant Ancillary Facility until the date of establishment of such Ancillary Facility in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 11.2 (Availability), the Available Commitment of such Ancillary Lender concerned (or, as the case may be, the Affiliate of the Revolving Facility Lender concerned) under the relevant Revolving Facility shall be deemed to be reduced by the amount of the relevant Ancillary Facility being established (or, if no such amount has been notified, deemed to be reduced to zero (0)) such that the Ancillary

 

108


Lender concerned (or, as the case may be, the Affiliate of the Revolving Facility Lender concerned) shall not (and shall not be required to) participate in any Revolving Facility Utilisation to be made on or prior to such date of establishment (or any subsequent Rollover Loan in respect thereof) to the extent of such reduction.

 

11.15

Continuation of Ancillary Facilities and Fronted Ancillary Facilities

 

  (a)

Each Ancillary Facility and Fronted Ancillary Facility shall be prepaid and cancelled on the Termination Date applicable to the relevant Revolving Facility (or such earlier date in accordance with this Agreement), provided that a Borrower and an Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender and/or Fronted Ancillary Lender (as the case may be) may, as between themselves only, agree that any Ancillary Facilities or Fronted Ancillary Facilities will continue to remain available on a bilateral basis following the Termination Date applicable to the relevant Revolving Facility or, as the case may be, the date the relevant Revolving Facility Commitments are otherwise cancelled under this Agreement.

 

  (b)

If any arrangement contemplated in paragraph (a) above is to occur, each relevant Borrower and the Ancillary Lender, Fronted Ancillary Lender or, as the case may be, the Fronting Ancillary Lender shall each confirm that to be the case in writing to the Agent. Upon such Termination Date or, as the case may be, date of cancellation, any such facility shall continue as between the said entities on a bilateral basis and not as part of, or under, the Finance Documents. Save for any rights and obligations against any Finance Party under the Finance Documents arising prior to such Termination Date or, as the case may be, date of cancellation, no such rights or obligations in respect of such Ancillary Facility or, as the case may be, Fronted Ancillary Facility shall, as between the Finance Parties (including in their capacity as Fronting Ancillary Lenders), continue and the Transaction Security shall not support any such facility in respect of any matters that arise after such Termination Date or, as the case may be, date of cancellation.

 

11.16

Fronted Ancillary Commitment Indemnities

 

  (a)

A Borrower must, promptly on demand, indemnify each Fronting Ancillary Lender against any loss or liability which that Fronting Ancillary Lender incurs in acting as the Fronting Ancillary Lender under any Fronted Ancillary Facility requested by it (or any of its Affiliates), except to the extent that the loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of, or breach of the terms of the Finance Documents by, that Fronting Ancillary Lender.

 

  (b)

Each Fronted Ancillary Lender must promptly on demand indemnify the Fronting Ancillary Lender (according to its Fronted Ancillary Portion) against any loss or liability which the Fronting Ancillary Lender incurs in acting as the Fronting Ancillary Lender under any Fronted Ancillary Facility and which at the date of demand has not been paid for by an Obligor, except to the extent that the loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of, or breach of the terms of any Finance Document by, the Fronting Ancillary Lender.

 

  (c)

The relevant Borrower which requested for itself or for one of its Affiliates (or on behalf of which the Company requested) the Fronted Ancillary Facility must, promptly on demand, reimburse any Fronted Ancillary Lender for any payment it makes to the Fronting Ancillary Lender under paragraph (b) above except to the extent arising out of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of, or breach of the terms of any Finance Document by, such Fronted Ancillary Lender.

 

  (d)

The obligations of each Borrower and each Fronted Ancillary Lender under this Clause 11.16 are continuing obligations and will extend to the ultimate balance of all sums payable by that Borrower or Fronted Ancillary Lender in respect of any Fronted Ancillary Facility, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

109


  (e)

The obligations of any Fronted Ancillary Lender or Borrower under this Clause 11.16 will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 11.16, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 11.16 (whether or not known to it or any other person) including:

 

  (i)

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with any Obligor, or any other person;

 

  (ii)

the release of any Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

  (iii)

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of any Obligor or other person;

 

  (iv)

any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

  (v)

any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of any Obligor or any other person;

 

  (vi)

any amendment (however fundamental) or replacement of a Finance Document, or any other document or security, unless in the case of amendments to the terms of a Fronted Ancillary Facility or any instrument issued thereunder, the relevant Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) and/or Fronting Ancillary Lender had not provided their consent to such amendment(s);

 

  (vii)

any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  (viii)

any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

11.17

Settlement Conditional/Subrogation

 

  (a)

Any settlement or discharge between a Fronted Ancillary Lender and the Fronting Ancillary Lender shall be conditional upon no security or payment to the Fronting Ancillary Lender by a Fronted Ancillary Lender or any other person on behalf of the Fronted Ancillary Lender being avoided or reduced by virtue of any laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or similar laws of general application and, if any such security or payment is so avoided or reduced, the Fronting Ancillary Lender shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of such security or payment from such Fronted Ancillary Lender subsequently as if such settlement or discharge had not occurred.

 

  (b)

No Obligor will be entitled to any right of contribution or indemnity from any Finance Party in respect of any payment it may make under this Clause 11.17.

 

11.18

Exercise of Rights

The Fronting Ancillary Lender shall not be obliged before exercising any of the rights, powers or remedies conferred upon it in respect of any Fronted Ancillary Lender by this Agreement or by law:

 

  (a)

to take any action or obtain judgment in any court against any Obligor;

 

  (b)

to make or file any claim or proof in a winding up or dissolution of any Obligor; or

 

  (c)

to enforce or seek to enforce any other security taken in respect of any of the obligations of any Obligor under this Agreement.

 

110


12.

REPAYMENT

 

12.1

Repayment of Facility B Loans

 

  (a)

Each Facility B Borrower shall repay, or procure the repayment of, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of each Facility B (EUR) Loan borrowed by it in full on the Termination Date in respect of Facility B (EUR).

 

  (b)

Each Facility B Borrower shall repay, or procure the repayment of:

 

  (i)

on each Quarter Date (commencing, with respect to each Facility B (USD) Loan, with the last day of the first full Financial Quarter ending after the Utilisation Date in respect of that Facility B (USD) Loan) an amount equal to zero point twenty-five (0.25) per cent. of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of each Facility B (USD) Loan borrowed by it and not repaid or prepaid prior to such Quarter Date; and

 

  (ii)

the aggregate outstanding principal amount of each Facility B (USD) Loan borrowed by it in full on the Termination Date in respect of Facility B (USD).

 

  (c)

Subject to Clause 12.6 (Pre-Funding Loans before the Closing Date), the Borrowers may not reborrow any part of a Facility B Loan which is repaid.

 

12.2

Repayment of Additional Term Facility Loans

 

  (a)

Each Borrower of an Additional Facility Loan borrowed by it under an Additional Term Facility shall repay, or procure the repayment of, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of that Additional Facility Loan borrowed by it:

 

  (i)

in relation to an Amortising Facility:

 

  (A)

on each Amortising Facility Repayment Date in respect of that Additional Facility Loan by an amount equal to the applicable Amortising Facility Repayment Instalment; and

 

  (B)

the aggregate outstanding principal amount of that Additional Facility Loan in full on the Termination Date applicable to that Additional Facility; and

 

  (ii)

in relation to an Additional Facility which is not an Amortising Facility, in full on the Termination Date applicable to that Additional Facility.

 

  (b)

The Borrowers may not reborrow any part of an Additional Facility Loan made available under an Additional Term Facility which is repaid.

 

12.3

Repayment of Revolving Facility Loans

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, each Borrower which has drawn a Revolving Facility Loan shall repay that Revolving Facility Loan on the last day of its Interest Period.

 

  (b)

Without prejudice to each Borrower’s obligation under paragraph (a) above, if one or more Revolving Facility Loans are to be made available to a Revolving Facility Borrower:

 

  (i)

on the same day one or more maturing Revolving Facility Loan(s) are due to be repaid by that Revolving Facility Borrower;

 

111


  (ii)

in the same currency as the maturing Revolving Facility Loan(s) (unless such Revolving Facility Loan arose as a result of the operation of Clause 10.2 (Unavailability of a currency)); and

 

  (iii)

in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Revolving Facility Loan(s),

the aggregate amount of the new Revolving Facility Loan(s) shall, unless the relevant Borrower or the Company notifies the Agent to the contrary in the relevant Utilisation Request, be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Revolving Facility Loan(s) so that:

 

  (A)

if the aggregate amount of the maturing Revolving Facility Loan(s) exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Revolving Facility Loan(s), the relevant Borrower will only be required to make a payment under Clause 37.1 (Payments to the Agent) in an amount in the relevant currency equal to that excess;

 

  (B)

if the aggregate amount of the maturing Revolving Facility Loan(s) is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the new Revolving Facility Loan(s), the relevant Borrower will not be required to make a payment under Clause 37.1 (Payments to the Agent);

 

  (C)

to the extent that a Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Revolving Facility Loan(s) exceeds its participation in the new Revolving Facility Loan(s) (an “Individual Lender Shortfall”), that Lender’s participation (if any) in the new Revolving Facility Loan(s) shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the maturing Revolving Facility Loan(s) and that Lender will not be required to make a payment under Clause 37.1 (Payments to the Agent) in respect of its participation in the new Revolving Facility Loan(s); and

 

  (D)

each Lender will be required to make a payment under Clause 37.1 (Payments to the Agent) in respect of its participation in the new Revolving Facility Loan(s) only to the extent that its participation (if any) in the new Revolving Facility Loan(s) exceeds its participation (if any) in the maturing Revolving Facility Loan(s) and the remainder of that Lender’s participation in the new Revolving Facility Loan(s) shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the maturing Revolving Facility Loan(s),

and the Agent may apply any payment made under Clause 37.1 (Payments to the Agent) in respect of a participation in any new Revolving Facility Loans pursuant to sub-paragraph (D) above in repayment of any Individual Lender Shortfall relating to the corresponding maturing Revolving Facility Loan(s) referred to in sub-paragraph (C) above.

 

  (c)

If any Revolving Facility Loan is not repaid on the last day of its Interest Period (the “Maturing Revolving Facility Loan”) and the applicable Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) has not notified the Agent that it intends to repay the Maturing Revolving Facility Loan on the last day of its Interest Period, a Rollover Loan (with an Interest Period corresponding to the Maturing Revolving Facility Loan) shall be deemed to have been drawn on the last day of the Interest Period for, and applied in repayment of, the Maturing Revolving Facility Loan.

 

112


12.4

Loans provided by a Defaulting Lender

 

  (a)

At any time when a Revolving Facility Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the maturity date of each of the participations of that Lender in the Revolving Facility Loans then outstanding will be automatically extended to the Termination Date in relation to the relevant Revolving Facility and will be treated as separate Revolving Facility Loans (the “Separate Loans”) denominated in the currency in which the relevant participations are outstanding.

 

  (b)

A Borrower to whom a Separate Loan is outstanding may prepay all or part of that Separate Loan by giving not less than one (1) Business Day’s notice to the Agent (or such shorter time period as agreed between the Borrower and the Agent) prior notice to the Agent. The Agent will forward a copy of a prepayment notice received in accordance with this paragraph (b) to the Defaulting Lender concerned as soon as practicable on receipt.

 

  (c)

Interest in respect of a Separate Loan will accrue for successive Interest Periods selected by the Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) by the time and date specified by the Agent (acting reasonably) and will be payable by that Borrower to the Defaulting Lender on the last day of each Interest Period of that Loan.

 

  (d)

The terms of this Agreement relating to Revolving Facility Loans generally shall continue to apply to Separate Loans other than to the extent inconsistent with paragraphs (a) to (c) above, in which case those paragraphs shall prevail in respect of any Separate Loan.

 

12.5

Effect of Cancellation and Prepayment on Scheduled Repayments

 

  (a)

If the Company cancels the whole or any part of a Commitment under an Amortising Facility in accordance with Clause 43.5 (Replacement of a Lender) or if the Commitment under an Amortising Facility of any Lender is reduced under Clause 13.1 (Illegality) then (other than, in any relevant case, to the extent that any part of the relevant Commitment(s) under the relevant Amortising Facility is subsequently increased pursuant to Clause 2.3 (Increase)) the amount of the Amortising Facility Repayment Instalment for the relevant Amortising Facility for each Amortising Facility Repayment Date falling after that prepayment will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Commitment under the relevant Amortising Facility cancelled.

 

  (b)

If the Company cancels the whole or any part of a Commitment under an Amortising Facility in accordance with Clause 13.3 (Voluntary cancellation) then the amount of the Amortising Facility Repayment Instalment for the relevant Amortising Facility for each Amortising Facility Repayment Date falling after that cancellation will reduce pro rata by the amount cancelled.

 

  (c)

If any of the Amortising Facility Loans are prepaid in accordance with Clause 43.5 (Replacement of a Lender) or Clause 13.1 (Illegality) then the amount of the Amortising Facility Repayment Instalment for the relevant Amortising Facility for each Amortising Facility Repayment Date falling after that prepayment will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Amortising Facility Loan prepaid.

 

  (d)

For any prepayment of any of the Amortising Facility Loans other than as contemplated by paragraph (c) above, the relevant Amortising Facility for each Amortising Facility Repayment Date falling after that prepayment will reduce in accordance with the allocation of such prepaid amounts against the Amortising Facility Repayment Instalments as notified by the Company in its sole discretion.

 

12.6

Pre-Funding Loans before the Closing Date

 

  (a)

For the purposes of this Clause 12.6:

 

113


Agent Withheld Amounts” means any amounts (including amounts withheld on account of fees, costs and expenses that are due or will on the Closing Date become due pursuant to Clause 19 (Fees) and/or Clause 24 (Costs and Expenses)) withheld by the Agent from the cash proceeds of the relevant Pre-Funding Loans on the instructions of the Company (or the relevant Borrower) in accordance with the relevant Utilisation Request.

Lender Withheld Amounts” means any amounts (including amounts withheld on account of fees, costs and expenses that are due or will on the Closing Date become due pursuant to Clause 19 (Fees) and/or Clause 24 (Costs and Expenses)) withheld by the Lenders from the cash proceeds of the relevant Pre-Funding Loans on the instructions of the Company (or the relevant Borrower) in accordance with the relevant Utilisation Request.

Pre-Funding Date” means the date on which a Pre-Funding Loan is made or to be made.

Pre-Funding Loan” means, without prejudice to Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation), any Loan made or to be made under Facility B, if the Utilisation Date for such Loan is (or will be) a date prior to the Acquisition Closing Date, or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that Loan. A Pre-Funding Loan shall be identified as such in the relevant Utilisation Request.

Pre-Funding Repayment Amount” means, at the relevant time, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of any Pre-Funding Loans, less any Agent Withheld Amounts and any Lender Withheld Amounts.

Pre-Funding Repayment Date” means the earlier of:

 

  (i)

the date falling two (2) Business Days following (and excluding) the Proposed Acquisition Closing Date; and

 

  (ii)

the date on which the Company (or any of its Affiliates) determines and notifies the Agent in writing (which notification shall be provided as soon as reasonably practicable after making such determination) that the Acquisition Agreement has been validly and conclusively terminated in accordance with its terms;

(or such other date as may be agreed between the Company and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Arrangers (acting reasonably))).

Proposed Acquisition Closing Date” means the date falling three (3) Business Days after the Pre-Funding Date (or such other date as may be agreed between the Company and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Arrangers (acting reasonably))).

 

  (b)

If a Pre-Funding Loan has been made:

 

  (i)

the Company shall notify the Agent promptly upon the occurrence of the Acquisition Closing Date (and, upon receipt of such notification, the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of the same); and

 

  (ii)

if the Acquisition Closing Date has not occurred by 11:59 p.m. on the Proposed Acquisition Closing Date, then:

 

  (A)

the relevant Borrower shall (unless the Acquisition Closing Date occurs on or prior to the Pre-Funding Repayment Date) repay or procure the repayment of the Pre-Funding Repayment Amount on or prior to the Pre-Funding Repayment Date (and, for the avoidance of doubt, no prior notice shall be required to be given in respect of such repayment); and

 

114


  (B)

any Agent Withheld Amounts and/or Lender Withheld Amounts shall be deemed to be applied in repayment of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the relevant Pre-Funding Loans at the same time as any repayment is made pursuant to sub-paragraph (A) above such that repayment of the Pre-Funding Repayment Amount shall be deemed to repay the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Pre-Funding Loans in full (and the Agent shall be entitled to apply any Agent Withheld Amounts, and the Lenders shall be entitled to apply any Lender Withheld Amounts, in each case in accordance with this sub-paragraph (B), notwithstanding paragraph (c) below), and the relevant Borrower shall be under no further liability or obligation with respect to the relevant Pre-Funding Loans or the Pre-Funding Repayment Amount.

 

  (c)

Until the Acquisition Closing Date has occurred, the Agent shall not disburse any Agent Withheld Amounts, and no Lender shall disburse any Lender Withheld Amounts, to any Finance Party for whose account such amounts have been withheld in accordance with the relevant Utilisation Request, and the Agent shall retain and not disburse to any person any Agent Withheld Amounts, and each Lender shall retain and not disburse to any person any Lender Withheld Amounts, held by the Agent or that Lender (as applicable) for its own account in accordance with the relevant Utilisation Request. Following the occurrence of the Acquisition Closing Date:

 

  (i)

the Agent shall be entitled to disburse any Agent Withheld Amounts to each Finance Party for whose account such amounts have been withheld in accordance with the relevant Utilisation Request and any Agent Withheld Amounts held by the Agent for its own account shall be deemed released and applied for the purposes specified in the relevant Utilisation Request; and

 

  (ii)

each Lender shall be entitled to disburse any Lender Withheld Amounts to each Finance Party for whose account such amounts have been withheld in accordance with the relevant Utilisation Request and any Lender Withheld Amounts held by a Lender for its own account shall be deemed released and applied for the purposes specified in the relevant Utilisation Request,

and the Finance Parties acknowledge and agree that such disbursement in accordance with this paragraph (c) constitutes payment of the relevant fees on the Acquisition Closing Date, notwithstanding that such amounts may only be received by the relevant Finance Parties after such date.

 

  (d)

Interest shall accrue on any Pre-Funding Loan from the relevant Pre-Funding Date and the Borrower to which such Pre-Funding Loan is made shall pay such interest at the end of the first Interest Period relating to such Pre-Funding Loan provided that if the Acquisition Closing Date does not occur:

 

  (i)

interest shall only accrue on such Pre-Funding Loan from the Business Day following the Proposed Acquisition Closing Date to the Pre-Funding Repayment Date (or, if earlier, the date on which such Pre-Funding Loan is repaid in full) and the Borrower to which such Pre-Funding Loan is made shall pay such interest on the Pre-Funding Repayment Date; and

 

  (ii)

no fees (including upfront, arrangement and commitment fees), commissions, costs or other expenses shall be payable in respect of any Pre-Funding Loans.

 

  (e)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or other Finance Documents, nothing in this Agreement shall restrict any member of the Group from:

 

115


  (i)

declaring, making or paying, directly or indirectly, any dividend, or making any other distribution, or paying any interest or other amounts, whether in cash or otherwise, on or in respect of its share capital or any class of its share capital, repaying or distributing any share premium reserve, or making any other payment to its shareholders;

 

  (ii)

redeeming, purchasing, defeasing, retiring or repaying any of its share capital;

 

  (iii)

paying any management, advisory or other fee;

 

  (iv)

paying, repaying or prepaying any principal, interest, fee, charge or other amount on or in respect of any shareholder loans or redeeming, purchasing or defeasing or discharging, exchanging or entering into any sub-participation arrangements in respect of any amount outstanding under any shareholder loans; or

 

  (v)

making any other Restricted Payment or similar transaction,

in each case, following a repayment of Pre-Funding Loans in full in accordance with this Clause 12.6 (Pre-Funding Loans before the Closing Date), provided that the Acquisition Closing Date has not occurred and no Loans are outstanding at such time (an “Equity Withdrawal”), and, for the avoidance of doubt, an Equity Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of any provision of the Finance Documents.

 

  (f)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (including Clause 12.1 (Repayment of Facility B Loans), Clause 15.3 (No reborrowing of Term Facilities) and Clause 15.8 (Effect of Repayment and Prepayment on Commitments)), if any part of Facility B is repaid prior to the Acquisition Closing Date:

 

  (i)

no Lender’s Commitment under Facility B shall be reduced or cancelled by the amount repaid; and

 

  (ii)

each Lender’s Facility B Commitment shall remain available for borrowing and/or reborrowing, as applicable, on one occasion only in accordance with the terms of this Agreement subject to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent).

 

12.7

Joint and Several Liability

In respect of any Facility B (USD) Loans borrowed by US Newco and if applicable, any Additional Borrower of Facility B (USD) as contemplated by Clause 33.2 (Additional Borrowers) on or following the Closing Date, the obligations of US Newco and if applicable, any Additional Borrower of Facility B (USD) as contemplated by Clause 33.2 (Additional Borrowers) as Facility B (USD) Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents are joint and several obligations of US Newco and if applicable, any Additional Borrower of Facility B (USD) as contemplated by Clause 33.2 (Additional Borrowers) in such capacity only and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Finance Document (including provisions that may override any other provision), in no event shall any other Borrower be liable or obligated on a joint or several basis as a Borrower for any obligation of any other Borrower under this Agreement or under any of the other Finance Documents.

 

13.

ILLEGALITY, VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

13.1

Illegality

 

  (a)

If after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date the relevant Lender became a Party) it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its Commitment or participation in any Utilisation:

 

116


  (i)

that Lender, shall promptly notify the Agent and the Company upon becoming aware of that event, setting out the details thereof (such notice a “Lender Illegality Notice”);

 

  (ii)

upon receipt by the Agent and the Company of the Lender Illegality Notice, each Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately reduced and cancelled to the extent necessary to comply with applicable laws; and

 

  (iii)

to the extent that Lender’s participation has not been assigned or transferred pursuant to Clause 43.5 (Replacement of a Lender), each Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Utilisations made to that Borrower to the extent necessary to comply with applicable laws on the last day of the Interest Period for each Utilisation occurring after the Agent has notified the Company or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the Lender Illegality Notice (being no earlier than the last Business Day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender’s Commitments shall be cancelled in the amount of the participations repaid.

This paragraph (a) is without prejudice to the obligations of the Finance Parties under Clause 23.1 (Mitigation) and the Company’s rights in relation thereto.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, each Lender confirms on the date that it becomes a Lender that, based on information available to it at that time and assuming no changes to any applicable law or regulation other than changes to the laws of the UK resulting from Brexit, it reasonably anticipates that it or its branch or Affiliate will be permitted to participate in a Facility, maintain a Commitment and perform all of its obligations under any Finance Document in all jurisdictions in which any Borrower under any Facility in respect of which it is a Lender is incorporated as at the date that it becomes a Lender, following Brexit.

 

13.2

Illegality in relation to Issuing Bank

 

  (a)

If after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date on which the relevant Letter of Credit is issued) it becomes unlawful for an Issuing Bank to issue or leave outstanding any Letter of Credit, then:

 

  (i)

that Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Agent and the Company upon becoming aware of that event, setting out the details thereof (such notice an “Issuing Bank Illegality Notice”);

 

  (ii)

upon receipt by the Agent and the Company of the Issuing Bank Illegality Notice, the Issuing Bank shall not be obliged to issue any Letter of Credit (as applicable) to the extent that such issuance would be unlawful;

 

  (iii)

to the extent it would be unlawful for any such Letter of Credit to remain outstanding, the Company shall procure that the relevant Borrower shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure the release of each Letter of Credit affected by such change in law issued by that Issuing Bank and outstanding at such time on or before the date specified by the Issuing Bank in the Issuing Bank Illegality Notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last Business Day of any applicable grace period permitted by law), or provide cash cover in respect of such Letter of Credit; and

 

  (iv)

unless any other Lender is or has agreed to be an Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, a Revolving Facility under which the relevant Lender was the Issuing Bank shall cease to be available for the issue of Letters of Credit until such time as another Lender agrees to be an Issuing Bank.

 

117


Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to the extent that the relevant Issuing Bank has failed to comply with its obligations under Clause 23.1 (Mitigation).

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, each Issuing Bank confirms on the date that it becomes an Issuing Bank that, based on information available to it at that time and assuming no changes to any applicable law or regulation other than changes to the laws of the UK resulting from Brexit, it reasonably anticipates that it or its branch or Affiliate will be permitted to issue and leave outstanding any Letter of Credit and perform all of its obligations under any Finance Document in all jurisdictions in which any Borrower under any Letter of Credit in respect of which it is an Issuing Bank is incorporated as at the date that it becomes an Issuing Bank, following Brexit.

 

13.3

Voluntary cancellation

 

  (a)

A Borrower (or the Company on behalf of such Borrower) may, by notice to the Agent:

 

  (i)

immediately cancel the whole or any part of an Available Facility; or

 

  (ii)

immediately upon any prepayment in accordance with Clause 13.5 (Voluntary prepayment of Revolving Facility Utilisations) cancel the whole or any part of any Revolving Facility Commitment subject to such prepayment.

 

  (b)

Any cancellation under this Clause 13.3 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under that Facility.

 

13.4

Voluntary prepayment of Term Loans

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 19.8 (Prepayment Fees), a Borrower to which a Term Loan has been made (or the Company on behalf of such Borrower) may in its sole discretion:

 

  (i)

by not less than one (1) Business Day’s notice to the Agent (or such shorter period as the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders under the relevant Facility (each acting reasonably)) may agree), such notice being conditional or revocable in the Borrower’s (or the Company’s) discretion); or

 

  (ii)

immediately upon a Change of Control,

prepay the whole or any part of that Term Loan.

 

  (b)

The Company or a Borrower may elect to apply a prepayment of Term Loans made under this Clause 13.4 against any or all of the Terms Loans in such proportions as it selects in its sole discretion.

 

13.5

Voluntary prepayment of Revolving Facility Utilisations

A Borrower to which a Revolving Facility Utilisation has been made (or the Company on behalf of such Borrower) may in its sole discretion:

 

  (a)

by not less than one (1) Business Day’s notice to the Agent (or such shorter period as the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders under the relevant Facility (each acting reasonably)) may agree), such notice being conditional or revocable in the Borrower’s (or the Company’s) discretion); or

 

  (b)

immediately upon a Change of Control,

prepay the whole or any part of a Revolving Facility Utilisation.

 

118


14.

MANDATORY PREPAYMENT

 

14.1

Change of Control

 

  (a)

If a Change of Control occurs:

 

  (i)

the Company shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that Change of Control (the “Change of Control Notice”) and the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and Issuing Bank accordingly; and

 

  (ii)

each Lender shall be entitled to cancel its Commitments and require repayment of all of its share of the Utilisations and payment of all amounts owing to it under the Finance Documents, each Issuing Bank shall be entitled to require that any Letters of Credit issued by it are prepaid, in each case by notification to the Agent within ten (10) Business Days after the date of the Change of Control Notice (the “Change of Control Put Option Period”), whereupon:

 

  (A)

the undrawn Commitments of such Lender shall, by no less than five (5) Business Days’ prior notice to the Company (or, in the case of a Change of Control which results from a Listing, on the settlement date in respect of such Listing to the extent such Lender has provided a prepayment notice to the Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to such settlement date), be cancelled and such Lender shall have no obligation to fund or participate in any new Utilisation or utilisation of an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility (in each case other than (x) a Rollover Loan, (y) a Letter of Credit issued or to be issued pursuant to a Renewal Request or (z) a Utilisation or utilisation of an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility to refinance any amount falling due under an Ancillary Facility or a Fronted Ancillary Facility) and, in the case of an Issuing Bank, such Issuing Bank shall have no obligation to issue any new Letter of Credit (other than a Letter of Credit issued or to be issued pursuant to a Renewal Request); and

 

  (B)

on the date falling thirty (30) Business Days after the expiry of the Change of Control Put Option Period (or, in the case of a Change of Control which results from a Listing, on the settlement date in respect of such Listing), all outstanding Utilisations provided by such Lender and Ancillary Outstandings of such Lender (and/or, in the case of an Issuing Bank, all Letters of Credit provided by that Issuing Bank), together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or owing to such Lender (or Issuing Bank, as the case may be) under the Finance Documents shall become immediately due and payable, and the relevant Borrower will immediately prepay all Utilisations and amounts provided by or owing to that Lender and procure that any cash collateral provided by that Lender is released and (unless otherwise agreed between the Company and that Lender) any Letter of Credit provided by that Lender in its capacity as an Issuing Bank is prepaid and any Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility provided by that Lender (or that Lender in its capacity as Issuing Bank as the case may be) is prepaid and cancelled.

 

  (b)

If a Lender or Issuing Bank has not notified the Agent in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) above by the end of the Change of Control Put Option Period in respect of that Change of Control (only), that Lender shall not be able to cancel its Commitments or require repayment of all or any part of its share of the Utilisations and the prepayment of any other amount owing to it under the Finance Document or an Issuing Bank (as applicable) shall not be entitled to require that any Letter of Credit issued by it are repaid and cancelled, in each case pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

 

119


  (c)

For the purposes of this Clause 14.1, “Change of Control” means:

 

  (i)

the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Closing Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, being or becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Closing Date) of more than fifty (50) per cent. of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, other than in connection with any transaction or series of transactions in which the Company shall become the wholly owned subsidiary of a Parent Entity so long as no person or group, as noted above, other than a Permitted Holder, holds more than fifty (50) per cent. of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent Entity;

 

  (ii)

Topco ceasing to directly own one hundred (100) per cent. of the total issued share capital of the Company (or, in each case, any successor entity as a result of a merger permitted by this Agreement); or

 

  (iii)

the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Group taken as a whole to a person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders,

provided that notwithstanding the foregoing:

 

  (A)

a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control solely as a result of the Company becoming an indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of a Holding Company if:

 

  (1)

the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such Holding Company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Company’s Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction; or

 

  (2)

immediately following that transaction no person (other than a Holding Company satisfying the requirements of sub-paragraph (1) above) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty (50) per cent. of the Voting Stock of such Holding Company;

 

  (B)

the right to acquire Voting Stock (so long as such person does not have the right to direct the voting of the Voting Stock subject to such right) or any veto power in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Voting Stock will not be deemed to cause a party to be a beneficial owner;

 

  (C)

a Permitted Transaction under paragraph (a), (d) or (l) thereof shall not constitute a Change of Control; and

 

  (D)

any shares issued to a Roll-Up Investor shall not constitute a Change of Control.

 

14.2

Excess Cash Flow

 

  (a)

Unless otherwise agreed by the Majority Lenders, the Company will ensure that within twenty (20) Business Days of the due date for the delivery of the Annual Financial Statements for the relevant Financial Year (commencing with the first complete Financial Year following the Closing Date) but subject to Clause 14.3 (Application of prepayments), an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

120


  (i)

the amount equal to the applicable percentage set out in paragraph (b) below of Excess Cash Flow for such Financial Year; less

 

  (ii)

the Excess Cash Flow Deduction Amount,

is applied in prepayment of the Term Facilities pursuant to Clause 14.3 (Application of prepayments).

 

  (b)

The applicable percentage in respect of any mandatory prepayment under paragraph (a) above is set out in the table below opposite the applicable Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio as demonstrated by the Annual Financial Statements for such Financial Year and, for this purpose, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated taking into account any prepayment made under paragraph (a) above until such time (if any) as such ratio falls to the next or subsequent level, whereupon that applicable percentage shall apply:

 

Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio

  

Percentage of Excess Cash Flow

Greater than 4.40:1

   Fifty (50) per cent.

Equal to or less than 4.40:1 but greater than 4.15:1

   Twenty-five (25) per cent.

Equal to or less than 4.15:1

   Zero (0) per cent.

 

14.3

Application of prepayments

 

  (a)

Prepayments required to be made:

 

  (i)

pursuant to Clause 14.2 (Excess Cash Flow) shall be applied in the following order:

 

  (A)

firstly, in cancellation of the Available Commitments under each Term Facility and, at the option of the Company any other available commitments which if drawn would constitute Senior Secured Indebtedness, pro rata across such Term Facilities and other available commitments;

 

  (B)

secondly, in prepayment of the Loans under each Term Facility and, at the option of the Company, any other Senior Secured Indebtedness, pro rata across such Term Facilities and other Senior Secured Indebtedness, provided that the Company may at its election apply such prepayments in prepayment of any Amortising Facility or amortising Senior Secured Indebtedness in priority to any Term Facility which is not an Amortising Facility;

 

  (C)

thirdly, in cancellation of the Available Commitments under each Revolving Facility and, at the option of the Company, any other available commitments which if drawn would constitute Senior Secured Indebtedness, pro rata across such Revolving Facilities and other available commitments;

 

  (D)

fourthly, in permanent prepayment and cancellation of Revolving Facility Utilisations and, at the option of the Company, any Senior Secured Indebtedness, pro rata across such Revolving Facilities and other Senior Secured Indebtedness (such that any outstanding Revolving Facility Loans shall be prepaid before outstanding Letters of Credit); and

 

121


  (E)

then, in prepayment and cancellation of the Ancillary Outstandings and Ancillary Commitments, Fronted Ancillary Commitments and Fronting Ancillary Commitments and, at the option of the Company, any other Senior Secured Indebtedness, in each case pro rata across such Ancillary Facilities, Fronted Ancillary Facilities and other Senior Secured Indebtedness,

provided that for this purpose an amount (the “Excess Cashflow Prepayment Amount”) shall (A) be deemed to be applied against an Available Commitment or other undrawn commitment if such Available Commitment or other undrawn commitment is cancelled in an amount equal to the Prepayment Amount and (B) once deemed to be applied shall not be required to be applied in the further cancellation or prepayment of any indebtedness or commitments; and

 

  (ii)

pursuant to paragraph (c) of Section 4 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) shall be applied against any or all of the Term Loans, any other Senior Secured Indebtedness and/or (if such application would comply with Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings)) any other Permitted Indebtedness, in such proportions as the Company selects in its sole discretion.

For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of any prepayment obligation under this Agreement (each a “Prepayment Amount”) shall be reduced to the extent that any part of the relevant Prepayment Amount is applied in accordance with any of the provisions above against (or otherwise to reduce) any other Senior Secured Indebtedness and/or Permitted Indebtedness.

 

  (b)

The obligation to make a mandatory prepayment under paragraph (a) of Clause 14.1 (Change of Control) shall not be subject to any limitation set out under paragraph (c) below.

 

  (c)

Subject to paragraph (b) above, each Obligor shall use all reasonable endeavours and take all reasonable steps to ensure that any transaction giving rise to a prepayment obligation or obligation to provide cash cover is structured in such a way that it will not be unlawful for the Obligors or other members of the Group to move the relevant proceeds received between members of the Group, to the extent such action would be necessary to comply with such prepayment obligation, to enable a mandatory prepayment to be lawfully made and the proceeds lawfully applied as provided under this Clause 14 and/or minimise the costs and Taxes of making such mandatory prepayment. If, however, after each Obligor or other member of the Group has used all such reasonable endeavours and taken such reasonable steps:

 

  (i)

it will still be unlawful for such a prepayment to be made and the proceeds so applied; and/or

 

  (ii)

it will still be unlawful to make funds available to a member of the Group that could make such a prepayment; and/or

 

  (iii)

it will still result in any member of the Group making funds available to, or receiving funds from, another member of the Group to enable such a prepayment to be made incurring costs or expenses (including any material Tax liabilities) which will exceed three (3) per cent. of the amount of such prepayment or it gives rise to a risk of liability for the entity concerned or its directors or officers; and/or

 

122


  (iv)

it will give rise to a risk of liability for a member of the Group and/or its officers or directors (or gives rise to a risk of breach of fiduciary or statutory duties by any director or officer or a risk of personal liability),

then such prepayment shall not be required to be made, subject to, an obligation to use other Group cash which is not subject to similar restrictions to prepay an equivalent amount where the use of such cash would not be materially prejudicial to overall Group liquidity or the availability of Group liquidity to members of the Group requiring funds, provided always that if the restriction preventing such payment/provision of cash cover or giving rise to such liability is subsequently removed, an amount equal to any relevant proceeds will be applied in prepayment and/or the provision of cash cover in accordance with this Clause 14 at the end of the relevant Interest Period(s) to the extent that such payment has not otherwise been made.

 

  (d)

Notwithstanding the above, no member of the Group shall be required to make any prepayment of the Facilities pursuant to Clause 14.2 (Excess Cash Flow) or Section 4 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) following the satisfaction of the Release Condition (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, if the Release Condition will be satisfied only following a prepayment pursuant to Clause 14.2 (Excess Cash Flow) or Section 4 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) such prepayment shall be required to the extent necessary to satisfy the Release Condition). In respect of any Released Amounts, if the Release Condition subsequently ceases to be satisfied after the date the prepayment would have been required had the Release Condition not been satisfied, the failure to apply the Released Amounts in prepayment shall not result in a breach of any term of this Agreement.

 

  (e)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event any Net Available Cash is received by, or any item is taken into account for the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of Excess Cash Flow in respect of, any person the entire issued share capital of which (or any other ownership interest in) is not owned directly or indirectly by the Company, the amount required to be applied in prepayment pursuant to this Agreement in respect of such proceeds or such item (after taking account of all applicable exceptions and exclusions but without double counting any such deduction) (if any) shall be further reduced by a percentage equal to the percentage of the share capital of (or other ownership interests in) that person (the entire share capital of which is not held directly or indirectly by the Company), and shall then (in respect to such person which is not a member of the Group) be limited to such amounts actually received by the shareholder that is the member of the Group therein.

 

  (f)

For the avoidance of doubt, there shall be no requirement to apply any amount required to be applied in prepayment of the Term Facilities pursuant to Clause 14.2 (Excess Cash Flow) or Section 4 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) in prepayment of any Revolving Facility.

 

  (g)

The Company may elect that any prepayment to be made pursuant to Clause 14.2 (Excess Cash Flow) or Section 4 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) be applied in prepayment in accordance with this Agreement on the last day of the Interest Period relating to the relevant Loan(s) to be repaid. If the Company makes that election then a proportion of the Loan(s) equal to the amount of the relevant prepayment will be due and payable on the last day of its applicable Interest Period.

 

  (h)

To the extent that any portion of any Excess Cash Flow or Net Available Cash from which a prepayment of any Term Loan is required to be made is denominated in a currency other than the Base Currency applicable to that Term Loan, the prepayment required in respect of such Term Loans shall not exceed the net amount of Excess Cash Flow or Net Available Cash in the Base Currency applicable to that Term Loan that is actually received by the Company upon converting such portion into the Base Currency.

 

123


14.4

Invitation to Refuse Prepayment

 

  (a)

The Agent shall notify the Lenders as soon as practicable of any proposed prepayment of Term Loans under Clause 13.4 (Voluntary prepayment of Term Loans), Clause 14.2 (Excess Cash Flow) or Section 4 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings).

 

  (b)

At the Company’s request only, a Lender (a “Non-Accepting Lender”) to which the proposed prepayment under Clause 13.4 (Voluntary prepayment of Term Loans), Clause 14.2 (Excess Cash Flow) or Section 4 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) would otherwise be made, may give notice to the Agent prior to the deadline specified by the Company in such request, that such Lender will waive its right to receive such prepayment in full or in part to the extent specified in its notice.

 

  (c)

If any Non-Accepting Lender delivers any notice under paragraph (b) above, the amount in respect of which that Non-Accepting Lender has waived its right to prepayment (the “Waived Amount”) may be retained by the Group for purposes permitted by this Agreement (including making Restricted Payments) or, at the Company’s option, such Waived Amount may be offered to any Lenders under that Facility that do wish to receive such further part of the Waived Amount (apportioned between such Lenders in the Company’s sole discretion if there is an insufficient amount to meet their wishes) or (notwithstanding any other restriction in this Agreement) applied in prepayment of any other Permitted Indebtedness.

 

14.5

Excluded proceeds

Any Excess Cash Flow or Net Available Cash shall, pending any prepayment required under the provisions of this Agreement (and without prejudice to any potential future prepayment obligation) be available for use by the Group for any purposes permitted by this Agreement.

 

14.6

[Reserved]

 

15.

RESTRICTIONS

 

15.1

Notices of Cancellation or Prepayment

 

  (a)

Any notice of cancellation, prepayment, authorisation or other election given by any Party under Clause 13 (Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation) or Clause 14.4 (Invitation to Refuse Prepayment) shall (subject to the terms of those Clauses), unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

  (b)

A Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) shall be permitted to deliver a conditional or revocable notice of voluntary cancellation and/or voluntary prepayment under this Agreement, provided that such Borrower shall be liable for Break Costs as a result of that payment not being made (provided that any demand from a Lender for payment of such Break Costs is accompanied by reasonable calculations and details of the amount demanded).

 

15.2

Interest and other amounts

Subject to Clause 19.8 (Prepayment Fees), any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

124


15.3

No reborrowing of Term Facilities

Subject to Clause 12.6 (Pre-Funding Loans before the Closing Date), no Borrower may reborrow any part of a Term Facility which is prepaid.

 

15.4

Reborrowing of Revolving Facility

Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of a Revolving Facility which is prepaid or repaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

15.5

Prepayment in accordance with Agreement

No Borrower shall repay or prepay all or any part of the Utilisations or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

15.6

No reinstatement of Commitments

Subject to Clause 2.3 (Increase), no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

15.7

Agent’s receipt of Notices

If the Agent receives a notice under Clause 13 (Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation) or an election under Clause 14.4 (Invitation to Refuse Prepayment), it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice or election to either the Company or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

15.8

Effect of Repayment and Prepayment on Commitments

If all or part of a participation of a Lender in a Term Loan is repaid or prepaid and is not available for redrawing, that Lender’s Commitment under the relevant Facility shall be reduced and cancelled by an amount equal to the amount repaid or prepaid.

 

16.

INTEREST

 

16.1

Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  (a)

Margin; and

 

  (b)

the applicable Term Reference Rate.

 

16.2

Payment of interest

 

  (a)

The Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six (6) Months, on the dates falling at six (6) Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

 

  (b)

If the Annual Financial Statements and related Compliance Certificate received by the Agent show a higher or lower Margin should have applied during a certain period then the next payment of interest under the relevant Facility following receipt of the relevant Annual Financial Statements by the Agent shall be increased or reduced (as the case may be) by such amount as is necessary to put the Agent and the Lenders in the position that they should have been in had the appropriate rate of Margin been applied at the time (provided that (i) any such reduction shall only apply to the extent the Lender which received the overpayment of interest remains a Lender as at the date of such adjustment; (ii) with respect

 

125


   

to payments to Lenders, such payments shall only apply to Lenders who were participating in the relevant Facility both at the time to which the adjustments relate and the time when the adjustments are actually made; and (iii) the calculations shall be made on the relevant Lenders’ participations in the relevant Facility at the time the adjustments are actually made).

 

16.3

Default interest

 

  (a)

If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall, to the extent permitted by law, accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is one (1) per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 16.3 shall be immediately payable by the applicable Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

  (b)

If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

 

  (i)

the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

 

  (ii)

the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be one (1) per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

  (c)

Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded (to the extent permitted under applicable law) with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

16.4

Notification of rates of interest

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders, the relevant Borrower and the Company of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

17.

INTEREST PERIODS

 

17.1

Selection of Interest Periods and Terms

 

  (a)

A Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan or (if the Loan is a Term Loan and has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice.

 

  (b)

Each Selection Notice for a Term Loan must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrower (or the Company on behalf of the Borrower) to which that Term Loan was made not later than the Specified Time and, following the Specified Time, is irrevocable.

 

  (c)

If a Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above, the relevant Interest Period for the applicable Loan will be three (3) Months unless the Utilisation Request or the previous Selection Notice for the relevant Loan selects an Interest Period which is stated to apply until the relevant Borrower (or the Company on behalf of that Borrower) selects a different Interest Period in accordance with paragraph (a) above.

 

126


  (d)

Subject to this Clause 17.1, a Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may select an Interest Period of (other than in relation to a USD Loan) one week or one (1), (only if on the Quotation Day for such Loan, a Screen Rate is available for such tenor in the relevant currency and/or other than in relation to a USD Loan) two (2), three (3) or six (6) Months or such other period agreed between the Company and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably) in relation to the relevant Loan) provided that a Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may not select an Interest Period of one week on more than five (5) occasions during any Financial Year.

 

  (e)

An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date applicable to its Facility.

 

  (f)

Each Interest Period for a Term Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date or (if already made) on the last day of its preceding Interest Period.

 

  (g)

A Revolving Facility Loan has one Interest Period only.

 

  (h)

A Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may select an Interest Period other than one week or one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) Months if necessary or desirable:

 

  (i)

to align an Interest Period to a Quarter Date or the last calendar day or last Business Day of any Month;

 

  (ii)

to align an Interest Period with an Interest Period for any other Loan then outstanding or to an interest or coupon payment date in respect of or any Permitted Indebtedness;

 

  (iii)

to implement or facilitate any hedging in relation to any of the Facilities or any payment thereunder;

 

  (iv)

to facilitate a consolidation of loans in accordance with Clause 17.3 (Consolidation and division of Term Loans);

 

  (v)

to ensure that there are Amortising Facility Loans (with an aggregate Base Currency Amount) equal to or greater than an Amortising Facility Repayment Instalment with an Interest Period ending on an Amortising Facility Repayment Date for an Amortising Facility in order for the Borrowers to make the Amortising Facility Repayment Instalment due on that date; or

 

  (vi)

to facilitate syndication of any Facility.

 

17.2

Non Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

17.3

Consolidation and division of Term Loans

 

  (a)

If two or more Interest Periods:

 

  (i)

relate to Term Loans to be made to the same Borrower under the same Facility; and

 

  (ii)

end on the same date,

 

127


those Term Loans will, unless that Borrower requests to the contrary in a Selection Notice for the next Interest Period (or has specified to the contrary in the Utilisation Request or a Selection Notice previously delivered in accordance with Clause 17.1 (Selection of Interest Periods and Terms) relating to any of those Term Loans) or those Term Loans are denominated in different currencies, be consolidated into, and treated as, a single Loan under the applicable Facility on the last day of the Interest Period.

 

  (b)

Subject to Clause 4.4 (Maximum number of Utilisations) and Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount) if a Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) requests in a Selection Notice that a Term Loan be divided into two or more Term Loans under the relevant Facility, that Term Loan will, on the last day of its Interest Period, be so divided with Base Currency Amounts specified in that Selection Notice, having an aggregate Base Currency Amount equal to the Base Currency Amount of the relevant Term Loan immediately before its division.

 

  (c)

If the Company requests that part (and not all) of a Term Loan (an “Debt Push Term Loan”) become subject to a Debt Pushdown in accordance with Clause 33.7 (Debt Pushdown), that Debt Push Term Loan will, immediately prior to such Debt Pushdown, be so divided into two Term Loans under the same Facility such that:

 

  (i)

the Base Currency Amount of the first such Term Loan shall be equal to the Base Currency Amount of the Debt Push Term Loan subject to such Debt Pushdown (the “Pushdown Loan”);

 

  (ii)

the Base Currency Amount of the second such Term Loan shall be equal to the Base Currency Amount of the Debt Push Term Loan not subject to such Debt Pushdown (the “Continuing Loan”);

 

  (iii)

the Pushdown Loan and the Continuing Loan shall be treated as separate Term Loans under that Facility for all purposes under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (iv)

the Interest Period for the Pushdown Loan and the Continuing Loan shall be the same as the Interest Period in respect of the Debt Push Term Loan immediately prior to such Debt Pushdown.

 

  (d)

For the avoidance of doubt, a consolidation or division of Term Loans effected in accordance with this Clause 17.3 shall not constitute a novation.

 

18.

CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

18.1

Absence of quotations

Subject to Clause 18.2 (Market disruption), if IBOR for any Loan is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable IBOR, shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

18.2

Market disruption

 

  (a)

If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan (other than a USD Loan) for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Loan for the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  (i)

the Margin; and

 

  (ii)

the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event by close of business on the date falling two Business Days after the Quotation Day (or, if earlier, on the date falling five Business Days prior to the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select,

 

128


provided that, if the percentage rate per annum notified by the Lender is less than the applicable IBOR, or a Lender has not notified the Agent of a percentage rate per annum, the cost of that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed (for the purposes of this paragraph (a)) to be the applicable IBOR. For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 18.2 shall not apply to any USD Loan.

 

  (b)

In this Agreement, “Market Disruption Event” means, other than in respect of a USD Loan:

 

  (i)

at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the applicable IBOR, is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine the applicable IBOR, for the relevant currency and Interest Period; or

 

  (ii)

before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed forty (40) per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of the applicable IBOR.

 

18.3

Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

  (a)

If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Company so requires, the Agent and the Company shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

  (b)

Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and the Company, be binding on all Parties.

 

18.4

Break Costs

 

  (a)

Each Borrower shall, promptly on demand by a Lender, pay (or procure there is paid) to that Lender its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

  (b)

Each Lender shall, together with any demand under paragraph (a) above, provide to the Agent a certificate confirming the amount of (and giving reasonable details of the calculation of) its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue, a copy of which shall be provided to the Company.

 

  (c)

If, at or prior to 11.30 a.m. on the date falling three (3) Business Days prior to the date of such proposed payment, a Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) notifies the Agent that it proposes to pay all or part of any Loan or Unpaid Sum on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum:

 

  (i)

the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of such proposed payment;

 

  (ii)

each Lender shall confirm the amount of its anticipated Break Costs at or prior to 11.30 a.m. on the Business Day prior to the date of such proposed payment; and

 

129


  (iii)

if any Lender fails to confirm the amount of its anticipated Break Costs in respect of such payment in accordance with sub-paragraph (ii) above, no Break Costs shall be payable to such Lender.

 

19.

FEES

 

19.1

No deal, No fees

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, no fees (including for the avoidance of doubt, arrangement, underwriting, market participation, ticking and commitment fees), commissions, costs or other expenses will be payable unless the Closing Date occurs.

 

  (b)

Reasonable and properly incurred legal costs, expenses and disbursements in connection with the drafting and negotiation of the Finance Documents and any other pre-agreed costs or expenses, in each case, up to an amount agreed (if any agreed) between the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Company (or on its behalf) will be payable by the Company (or on its behalf) (or, in the case of costs, expenses and disbursements incurred by the Agent, up to an amount (if any agreed) agreed between the Agent and the Company (or on its behalf)) even if the Closing Date does not occur.

 

19.2

Arrangement fee

The Company shall pay (or procure there is paid) to the Mandated Lead Arrangers an arrangement fee in the amount and at the times agreed in the Arrangement Fee Letter.

 

19.3

Ticking fee

The Company shall pay (or procure there is paid) to the Agent on account of the applicable Lender a ticking fee in respect of Facility B only in the amount and at the times agreed in the Arrangement Fee Letter.

 

19.4

Commitment fee

 

  (a)

The Company shall pay (or procure there is paid) to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in the Base Currency computed at the rate and for the period (if any) specified in the relevant Additional Facility Notice on that Additional Facility Lender’s Available Commitment under the relevant Additional Facility.

 

  (b)

Each accrued commitment fee is payable on:

 

  (i)

the last day of each successive period of three (3) Months which ends during the Availability Period applicable to the Additional Facility (as applicable) provided that the Company may elect that accrued commitment fee shall instead be paid on (A) each Quarter Date or (B) the last date of each Interest Period applicable to a Facility B Loan;

 

  (ii)

on the last day of the Availability Period applicable to the Additional Facility; and

 

  (iii)

if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

  (c)

No accrued commitment fee shall be payable if the Closing Date does not occur.

 

  (d)

No commitment fee is payable to the Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any Available Commitment of that Lender for any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

130


19.5

Agent and Security Agent fees

The Company shall pay (or procure there is paid) to the Agent and the Security Agent (in each case for its own account) a fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

19.6

Fees payable in respect of Letters of Credit

 

  (a)

The Company or a Revolving Facility Borrower shall pay (or procure there is paid) to a Fronting Issuing Bank a fronting fee at the rate of zero point zero eight seven (0.087) per cent. per annum (unless otherwise agreed by the relevant Fronting Issuing Bank) on the part of its outstanding exposure under each Fronted Letter of Credit requested by it which is counter indemnified by other Lenders (that are not Affiliates of that Fronting Issuing Bank) and which is not cash collateralised, repaid, prepaid or cancelled, for the period from the issue of that Fronted Letter of Credit until its Expiry Date (or the date of its repayment, prepayment or cancellation, if earlier).

 

  (b)

The Company or each Revolving Facility Borrower for whose account a Letter of Credit is issued shall pay (or procure there is paid) to the Agent (for the account of each Revolving Facility Lender under the applicable Revolving Facility) a Letter of Credit fee in the currency of that Letter of Credit on the outstanding amount of each Letter of Credit (excluding any amount in respect of which cash cover has been provided) requested by it for the period from the issue of that Letter of Credit until the expiry date (or the date of its cancellation then, if earlier). The Letter of Credit fee shall be computed at the rate equal to the applicable Margin for the applicable Revolving Facility. Any such fee shall be distributed according to each Revolving Facility Lender’s L/C Proportion of that Letter of Credit.

 

  (c)

The fees payable under paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall subject to the provisions of those paragraphs, be payable on each Quarter Date and on the date on which the Total Revolving Facility Commitments are cancelled in full provided that the Company may elect that such accrued fees shall instead be paid on the last day of each Interest Period applicable to a Facility B Loan.

 

  (d)

If a Borrower provides cash cover in respect of any Letter of Credit the relevant Borrower shall be entitled to withdraw interest accrued on the cash cover to pay the fees described in the paragraphs above.

 

  (e)

Each Borrower shall pay to an Issuing Bank (for its own account) an issuance/administration fee in the amount and at the times specified in a Fee Letter.

 

  (f)

If the Company (or another member of the Group) provides (or procures) cash cover for any part of a Letter of Credit then no fronting fee or Letter of Credit fee shall be payable in respect of that part of the Letter of Credit that is cash covered.

 

19.7

Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities and Fronted Ancillary Facilities

 

  (a)

The rate and time of payment of interest, commission, fees and any other remuneration in respect of each Ancillary Facility shall be determined by agreement between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the Borrower of (or its Affiliate which borrows) that Ancillary Facility based upon normal market rates and terms.

 

  (b)

In relation to a Fronted Ancillary Facility:

 

  (i)

promptly following each Quarter Date and each date on which a Fronted Ancillary Facility is terminated or cancelled (in whole or part) (a “Notice Date”), each Fronting Ancillary Lender shall notify the Agent of the average amount outstanding under that applicable Fronted Ancillary Facility for each period

 

131


  starting on the date of the commencement of the relevant Fronted Ancillary Facility, or as applicable the previous Quarter Date, and ending on the next Quarter Date, or as applicable on the date on which such Fronted Ancillary Facility is terminated or cancelled (in whole or part) (each a “Fronted Ancillary Facility Fee Period”); and

 

  (ii)

the Borrower that requested (or on behalf of which the Company requested), or its Affiliate which is the borrower of, the relevant Fronted Ancillary Facility shall pay (or procure that there is paid) to the Agent (for the account of the Fronting Ancillary Lender and each Fronted Ancillary Lender) a fee (the “Fronted Ancillary Facility Fee”) in relation to each Fronted Ancillary Facility computed at the rate equal to the Margin applicable to a Loan under the relevant Revolving Facility on the aggregate amount of the Ancillary Outstandings under the Fronted Ancillary Facility during each Fronted Ancillary Facility Fee Period (as determined by the Fronting Ancillary Lender in accordance with paragraph (a) above) in the currency of that Fronted Ancillary Facility calculated on an average basis. The accrued Fronted Ancillary Facility Fee shall be payable promptly upon notification by the Agent at any time after each Notice Date.

 

  (c)

The Agent shall distribute each Fronted Ancillary Facility Fee paid under paragraph (b) above to the Fronted Ancillary Lenders and Fronting Ancillary Lender pro rata. A Fronted Ancillary Lender’s and the Fronting Ancillary Lender’s pro rata share of any such fee will be equal to the proportion borne by its Fronted Ancillary Commitment or Fronting Ancillary Commitment to the aggregate of all Fronted Ancillary Commitments and the Fronting Ancillary Commitment under the relevant Fronted Ancillary Facility on the average basis during the applicable Fronted Ancillary Facility Fee Period.

 

  (d)

The Borrower who requested (or on behalf of which the Company requested), or its Affiliate which is the borrower of, a Fronted Ancillary Facility shall in addition pay to the relevant Fronting Ancillary Lender a fee for acting as Fronting Ancillary Lender and otherwise in such amount as shall be agreed between such Fronting Ancillary Lender and such Borrower (or the Company or Affiliate) based upon its normal market rates and terms.

 

19.8

Prepayment Fees

If any Facility B (EUR) Loan or any Facility B (USD) Loan is refinanced, repaid or repriced in connection with a Repricing Event on or after the Closing Date and prior to the date falling six (6) months after the Closing Date, then, in addition to all other sums required to be paid under this Agreement in connection with such Repricing Event, including all accrued and unpaid interest and Break Costs (if any), the Company shall (within five (5) Business Days of such Repricing Event taking effect) pay (or procure the payment of) to the Agent (for the account of the Facility B Lenders pro rata to their participation in that Facility B (EUR) Loan or Facility B (USD) Loan (as applicable) at the time of that Repricing Event) a prepayment fee equal to one (1.00) per cent. of the principal amount prepaid, refinanced or repriced.

 

19.9

Defaulting Lenders

Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Company, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Finance Documents, no commitment fee or ticking fee shall accrue (or be payable) on the Available Commitment of a Lender whilst that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

20.

TAXES

 

20.1

Tax Definitions

In this Agreement:

 

132


Change of Law” means any change which occurs after the date of this Agreement or, if later, after the date on which the relevant Lender became a Lender pursuant to this Agreement (as applicable) in any law, regulation or treaty (or in the published interpretation, administration or application of any law, regulation or treaty) or any published practice or published concession of any relevant tax authority other than: (a) a change that occurs pursuant to or in connection with the adoption, ratification, approval or acceptance of the Multilateral Convention to Implement Tax Treaty Related Measures to Prevent Base Erosion and Profit Shifting of 24 November 2016 in or by any jurisdiction, (b) any change arising in consequence of, or in connection with, the United Kingdom ceasing to be a member state of the EU, or (c) any amendments and/or updates of the list of jurisdictions included in the Regulation low taxed states and noncooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes (Regeling laagbelastende staten en niet-cooperatieve rechtsgebieden voor belastingdoeleinden) as referred to in article 1.2 of the Dutch Withholding Tax Act.

Dutch Borrower means a Borrower incorporated or established under the laws of the Netherlands.

Dutch Obligor” means an Obligor incorporated or established under the laws of the Netherlands.

Dutch Low Tax Jurisdiction” means a “non-cooperative state or territory or a low tax jurisdiction” as set out in the list (updated annually) referred to in article 2a of the Dutch regulation covering low tax and non-cooperative jurisdictions (Regeling laagbelastende staten en niet-coöperatieve rechtsgebieden voor belastingdoeleinden).

Dutch Qualifying Lender” means, in respect of a payment by or in respect of a Dutch Obligor under a Finance Document, a Lender which is beneficially entitled (in the case of a Dutch Treaty Lender, within the meaning of the relevant Dutch Treaty) to interest payable in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and is:

 

  (a)

a Lender which is a Dutch Treaty Lender; or

 

  (b)

a Lender which fulfills the conditions imposed by Dutch law in order for a payment of interest not to be subject to (or as the case may be, exempted from) any Tax Deduction (other than pursuant to a Dutch Treaty).

Dutch Treaty Lender” means in relation to a payment of interest by or in respect of a Dutch Obligor under a Finance Document, a Lender which:

 

  (a)

is treated as a resident of a Dutch Treaty State for the purposes of the relevant Dutch Treaty;

 

  (b)

does not carry on a business in the Netherlands through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected;

 

  (c)

does not carry on a business through a permanent establishment in any other jurisdiction with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected and as a result of which that Lender is not able to obtain an exemption from Tax imposed on interest by the Netherlands under the Treaty; and

 

  (d)

fulfils any other conditions which must be fulfilled under the relevant Dutch Treaty and under Dutch domestic law in order to benefit from full exemption from Tax imposed by the Netherlands on interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document such that any payment of interest may be made by the relevant Dutch Obligor to that Lender without a Tax Deduction imposed by the Netherlands on interest, including the completion of any necessary procedural formalities.

Dutch Treaty State” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a Dutch Treaty) in force with the Netherlands which makes provision for full exemption from Tax imposed by the Netherlands on interest.

 

133


German Borrower” means a Borrower incorporated in Germany.

German Qualifying Lender” means, in respect of a payment by or in respect of a German Borrower under a Finance Document, a Lender which is beneficially entitled (in the case of a German Treaty Lender, within the meaning of the relevant German Treaty) to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and is:

 

  (a)

lending through a Facility Office in Germany; or

 

  (b)

a German Treaty Lender.

German Treaty Lender” means a Lender which:

 

  (a)

is treated as a resident of a German Treaty State for the purposes of the relevant German Treaty;

 

  (b)

does not carry on a business in Germany through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and

 

  (c)

fulfils any other conditions which must be fulfilled under the relevant German Treaty and under German domestic law in order to benefit from full exemption from Tax imposed by Germany on interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document such that any payment of interest may be made by the relevant German Borrower to that Lender without a Tax Deduction imposed by Germany on interest, including the completion of any necessary procedural formalities.

German Treaty State” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “German Treaty”) in force with Germany which makes provision for full exemption from Tax imposed by Germany on interest.

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Luxembourg Borrower” means a Borrower incorporated or organised in Luxembourg.

Luxembourg Qualifying Lender” means a Lender which is beneficially entitled (in the case of a Luxembourg Treaty Lender, within the meaning of the relevant Luxembourg Treaty) to interest payable by the relevant Luxembourg Borrower to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and is:

 

  (a)

a Lender which fulfils the conditions imposed by Luxembourg law in order for a payment of interest not to be subject to (or as the case may be, exempted from) any Tax Deduction (other than pursuant to a Luxembourg Treaty); or

 

  (b)

a Luxembourg Treaty Lender.

Luxembourg Treaty Lender” means, in respect of a payment by or in respect of a Luxembourg Borrower under a Finance Document, a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable by that Borrower in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and:

 

  (a)

is treated as a resident of a Luxembourg Treaty State for the purposes of the relevant Luxembourg Treaty and is entitled to the benefit of such Luxembourg Treaty;

 

  (b)

does not carry on a business in Luxembourg through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and

 

134


  (c)

fulfils any other conditions which must be fulfilled under the relevant Luxembourg Treaty and under Luxembourg domestic law in order to benefit from full exemption from Tax imposed by Luxembourg on interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document, including the completion of any necessary procedural formalities required for residents of that Luxembourg Treaty State.

Luxembourg Treaty State” means a jurisdiction having a double tax agreement (a Luxembourg Treaty) in force with Luxembourg which makes provision for full exemption from Tax imposed by Luxembourg on interest payments.

Other Tax Jurisdiction” means, in relation to any Borrower (other than a Luxembourg Borrower, a German Borrower, a Dutch Borrower or a US Borrower), the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is incorporated or organised.

Other Treaty Lender” means, in respect of a payment by or in respect of a Borrower (other than a Luxembourg Borrower, a German Borrower, a Dutch Borrower or a US Borrower) under a Finance Document, a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable by that Borrower in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and:

 

  (a)

is treated as a resident of the relevant Other Treaty State for the purposes of the relevant Other Treaty and is entitled to the benefit of such Treaty;

 

  (b)

does not carry on a business in the relevant Other Tax Jurisdiction through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and

 

  (c)

fulfils any other conditions which must be fulfilled under the relevant Other Treaty and under relevant Other Tax Jurisdiction domestic law in order to benefit from full exemption from Tax imposed by the relevant Other Tax Jurisdiction on interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document such that any payment of interest may be made by the relevant Borrower to that Lender without a Tax Deduction imposed by the relevant Other Tax Jurisdiction on interest, including the completion of any necessary procedural formalities.

Other Treaty State” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (an “Other Treaty”) in force with the relevant Other Tax Jurisdiction which makes provision for full exemption from Tax imposed by that jurisdiction on interest.

Protected Party” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to a liability or required to make a payment for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

Qualifying Lender” means:

 

  (a)

a German Qualifying Lender;

 

  (b)

a US Qualifying Lender;

 

  (c)

a Luxembourg Qualifying Lender;

 

  (d)

a Dutch Qualifying Lender; or

 

  (e)

a Lender which:

 

  (i)

in respect of a payment by or in respect of a Borrower (other than a Luxembourg Borrower, a German Borrower, a Dutch Borrower or a US Borrower) under a Finance Document, is:

 

135


  (A)

beneficially entitled to interest payable by the relevant Borrower (other than a Luxembourg Borrower, a German Borrower, a Dutch Borrower or a US Borrower) to that Lender; and

 

  (B)

able to receive such interest payments in respect of the Facility from the relevant Borrower without a Tax Deduction imposed by the relevant Other Tax Jurisdiction by virtue of the fact that no such Tax Deduction is required under the laws of the relevant Other Tax Jurisdiction (including, for the avoidance of doubt, because an exemption applies) other than pursuant to an Other Treaty; or

 

  (ii)

is an Other Treaty Lender,

(a Lender meeting the criteria set out in paragraphs (i) or (ii) above being an “Other Qualifying Lender”).

Tax Credit” means a credit against, refund of, relief or remission for, or rebate or repayment of any Tax.

Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

Tax Payment” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 20.3 (Tax Gross Up) or a payment under Clause 20.4 (Tax Indemnity).

Treaty Lender” means a Luxembourg Treaty Lender, German Treaty Lender, a Dutch Treaty Lender or an Other Treaty Lender, as relevant.

US Person” means any person that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code and includes an entity disregarded as separate from its regarded owner for US federal income tax purposes if such regarded owner is a “United States person”.

US Qualifying Lender” means, with respect to a Loan or Commitment extended to a US Borrower, a Lender which is entitled to receive all payments of interest payable to it under the Finance Documents without deduction or withholding of any US federal income Taxes or US federal backup withholding Taxes.

Withholding Form” means whichever of the following is applicable (including in each case any successor form):

 

  (a)

IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, that either:

 

  (i)

includes a claim for an exemption from or reduction of US withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, with Part II of such W-8BEN (or part III of such W-8BEN-E, as applicable) completed; or

 

  (ii)

if such claim for exemption is based on the “portfolio interest exemption” is accompanied by a certificate representing that such Lender is not:

 

  (A)

a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code;

 

  (B)

a “10 percent shareholder” of the relevant Obligor within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code;

 

136


  (C)

a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code; or

 

  (D)

conducting a trade or business in the United States with which the relevant interest payments are effectively connected;

 

  (b)

IRS Form W-8ECI;

 

  (c)

IRS Form W-8EXP;

 

  (d)

IRS Form W-9; or

 

  (e)

any other IRS form by which a person may claim complete exemption from, or reduction in the rate of, withholding (including backup withholding) of US federal income tax on interest payments to that person,

which, in each case, may be provided under cover of, if required to establish such an exemption, an IRS Form W-8IMY and the certificate described in paragraph (a)(ii) above in respect of its beneficial owners, if applicable.

 

20.2

Tax interpretation

Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 20 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in the discretion of the person making the determination acting reasonably and in good faith.

 

20.3

Tax Gross Up

 

  (a)

All payments shall be made by each Obligor under each Finance Document without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

  (b)

The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is a change in the rate or the basis of any Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender or Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender or Issuing Bank. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender or Issuing Bank it shall promptly notify the Company and that Obligor.

 

  (c)

If a Lender is aware that it is not, or ceases to be, a Qualifying Lender with respect to any jurisdiction relevant to such Lender, it shall promptly notify the Agent. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall promptly notify the Company. Without prejudice to the foregoing, each Lender shall promptly provide to the Agent (if requested by the Agent):

 

  (i)

a written confirmation that it is or, as the case may be, is not, a Qualifying Lender with respect to such jurisdiction; and

 

  (ii)

such documents and other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require to support any confirmation given pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) above.

Until such time as a Lender has complied with any request pursuant to this paragraph (c), the Agent and each Obligor shall be entitled to treat such Lender as not being a Qualifying Lender with respect to such jurisdiction for all purposes under the Finance Documents.

 

  (d)

Subject to the limitations and exclusions herein, if a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by or on behalf of an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which, after any Tax Deductions, leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due had no Tax Deduction been required.

 

137


  (e)

A payment by a Borrower that is not a Luxembourg Borrower, a German Borrower, a US Borrower or a Dutch Borrower (or Guarantor in respect of an amount due from such a Borrower) shall not be increased under paragraph (d) above by reason of a Tax Deduction imposed by an Other Tax Jurisdiction if, on the date the payment falls due:

 

  (i)

the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been an Other Qualifying Lender with respect to the relevant Other Tax Jurisdiction, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be such an Other Qualifying Lender, other than as a result of any Change of Law; or

 

  (ii)

the Lender is an Other Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without a Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraph (n) below.

 

  (f)

A payment by a German Borrower or a Guarantor in respect of an amount due from a German Borrower, shall not be increased under paragraph (d) above by reason of a Tax Deduction imposed by Germany if, on the date the payment falls due:

 

  (i)

the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a German Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a German Qualifying Lender, other than as a result of any Change of Law; or

 

  (ii)

the relevant Lender is a German Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without a Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraph (n) below.

 

  (g)

[reserved].

 

  (h)

A payment by a US Borrower or Guarantor in respect of an amount due from a US Borrower, shall not be increased under paragraph (d) above by reason of a Tax Deduction imposed by the US, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

 

  (i)

the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without any Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a US Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a US Qualifying Lender (unless such Lender has ceased to be a US Qualifying Lender as a result of a Change of Law);

 

  (ii)

the Tax Deduction is attributable to the relevant Lender’s noncompliance with Clause 20.6 (Filings) or paragraphs (a)(iii), (b)(iii) or (c)(iii) of Clause 20.7 (Lender Status Confirmation); or

 

  (iii)

such Tax Deduction is in respect of a Tax that, if imposed directly on the relevant Lender, would not be subject to indemnification pursuant to Clause 20.4 (Tax Indemnity).

 

  (i)

A payment by a Luxembourg Borrower or Guarantor in respect of an amount due from a Luxembourg Borrower, shall not be increased under paragraph (d) above by reason of a Tax Deduction imposed by Luxembourg, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

 

  (i)

the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a Luxembourg Qualifying Lender, but on that date the Lender is not or has ceased to be a Luxembourg Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any Change of Law; or

 

138


  (ii)

the relevant Lender is a Luxembourg Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraph (n) below; or

 

  (iii)

the payment is imposed by Luxembourg pursuant to the amended Luxembourg law of 23 December 2005 introducting a withholding tax on certain interest payments made to or for the benefit of Luxembourg tax resident individuals.

 

  (j)

A payment by a Dutch Borrower or Guarantor in respect of an amount due from a Dutch Borrower, shall not be increased under paragraph (d) above by reason of a Tax Deduction imposed by the Netherlands, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

 

  (i)

the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a Dutch Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Dutch Qualifying Lender, other than as a result of any Change of Law;

 

  (ii)

the relevant Lender is a Dutch Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without a Tax deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraph (n) below; or

 

  (iii)

the Tax Deduction is imposed by the Netherlands pursuant to the Dutch Withholding Tax Act 2021 (Wet bronbelasting 2021) in the form as at the date of this Agreement (or, where the relevant Lender becomes a party to this Agreement after the date of the Agreement, in the form as at that date), unless, if and to the extent, such Tax Deduction is imposed as a result of any Change of Law.

 

  (k)

A Guarantor will not be obliged to make a payment or increased payment pursuant to this Clause 20.3 with respect to a payment by it of a liability due for payment by a Borrower to the extent that, had the payment been made by that Borrower, Tax would have been imposed on such payment for which that Borrower would not have been obliged to make a payment or increased payment pursuant to this Clause 20.3 because an exclusion under paragraphs (e), (f), (h), (i) or (j) applied.

 

  (l)

If an Obligor (or the Agent on behalf of a US Borrower) is required by law to make a Tax Deduction it shall make the Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction in the time allowed by law and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

  (m)

Within thirty (30) days after making either a Tax Deduction or a payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction or payment shall deliver to the Agent for the relevant Finance Party evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment has been made to the relevant Tax authority.

 

  (n)

A Treaty Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Lender is entitled, shall co-operate in promptly completing or assisting with the completion of any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction and maintain that authorisation where an authorisation expires or otherwise ceases to have effect.

 

  (o)

If:

 

139


  (i)

a Tax Deduction is required by law in respect of a payment made by or on account of an Obligor (the “Relevant Obligor”) to a Lender under a Finance Document;

 

  (ii)

the Relevant Obligor (or the Agent, if it is the applicable withholding agent) was unaware, and could not reasonably be expected to have been aware, that the Tax Deduction was required and as a result did not make the Tax Deduction either in reliance on the notifications and confirmations provided by the relevant Finance Party pursuant to Clause 20.7 (Lender Status Confirmation) or because the Finance Party has not complied with its obligations under paragraphs (b) or (c) of this Clause 20.3; and

 

  (iii)

the Relevant Obligor would not have been required to make an increased payment under paragraph (d) above in respect of that Tax Deduction because based on circumstances existing at the time such payment would have been required to be made, one of the exclusions under paragraphs (e), (f), (h), (i) or (j) of this Clause 20.3 would have applied,

then the Lender that received the payment in respect of which the Tax Deduction should have been made undertakes to promptly upon a written request by that Relevant Obligor (or the Agent) reimburse that Relevant Obligor (or the Agent) for the amount of the Tax Deduction that should have been made (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same and only to the extent the Tax Deduction has not already been accounted for to the tax authority by the relevant Finance Party).

 

20.4

Tax Indemnity

 

  (a)

The Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), promptly on written demand by the Agent, pay (or procure there is paid) to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in relation to a payment received or receivable from an Obligor under a Finance Document.

 

  (b)

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

  (i)

with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

  (A)

under the laws of the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof provided, that in the case of the US, such political subdivisions of the US shall refer only to a US state, the District of Columbia or a locality within a US state) in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

  (B)

under the laws of the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof provided, that in the case of the US, such political subdivisions of the US shall refer only to a US state, the District of Columbia or a locality within a US state) in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office or other permanent establishment or permanent representative is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction (or in respect of amounts attributed to the permanent establishment on the basis that personnel of the Finance Party are undertaking relevant functions in the jurisdiction where that permanent establishment is located); or

 

140


  (C)

under the laws of the Netherlands, if and to the extent such Tax becomes payable as a result of any Finance Party having a substantial interest (aanmerkelijk belang) as defined in the Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001 (Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001) in an Obligor,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net or gross income or net or gross receipts received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party or if that Tax is considered a franchise Tax (imposed in lieu of net income Tax) or a branch profits or similar Tax; or

 

  (ii)

if and to the extent that a loss, liability or cost:

 

  (A)

is compensated for by an increased payment pursuant to Clause 20.3 (Tax Gross Up);

 

  (B)

would have been so compensated but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraphs (e), (f), (h), (i), (j) or (k) (inclusive) of Clause 20.3 (Tax Gross Up) applied;

 

  (C)

is suffered or incurred by a Lender and would not have been suffered or incurred if such Lender had been a Qualifying Lender in relation to the relevant Obligor at the relevant time, unless that Lender was not a Qualifying Lender at the relevant time as a result of a Change of Law;

 

  (D)

is suffered or incurred by a Lender as a result of such Lender’s failure to comply with its obligations under Clause 20.6 (Filings) or Clause 20.7 (Lender Status Confirmation);

 

  (E)

relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

  (F)

(for the avoidance of doubt) is compensated for by Clause 20.8 (Stamp taxes) or Clause 20.9 (VAT) (or would have been so compensated for under that Clause but was not so compensated solely because any of the exceptions set out therein applied);

 

  (G)

is increased as a result of the Protected Party not complying with paragraph (c) below; or

 

  (H)

(for the avoidance of doubt) is suffered or incurred in respect of any Bank Levy (or any payment attributable to, or liability arising as a consequence of, a Bank Levy).

 

  (c)

A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Agent on becoming aware of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent will notify the Company and the affected Obligor.

 

  (d)

A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 20.4, notify the Agent.

 

20.5

Tax Credits

 

  (a)

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

  (i)

a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and

 

141


  (ii)

that Finance Party or an Affiliate of such Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit either on a standalone or an affiliated basis,

that Finance Party and/or the applicable Affiliate shall promptly pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines, providing such evidence to the Obligor in respect of such amounts as the Obligor may reasonably and in good faith request in writing and the Finance Party can reasonably provide, will leave it and/or the Affiliate of such Finance Party (as the case may be) (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it or they (as the case may be) would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

  (b)

The provisions of paragraph (a) above shall remain binding on each person which has received a Tax Payment notwithstanding that such person may have ceased to be a Party.

 

20.6

Filings

 

  (a)

Each Lender shall promptly after becoming a Lender under this Agreement and from time to time thereafter submit such forms and documents, complete such other procedural formalities and take such other action as may be necessary (at any time) for each Obligor to obtain and maintain authorisation (at all times) to make payment to it under this Agreement without having to make a Tax Deduction (or, where it is not legally possible to obtain authorisation to make payment without a Tax Deduction, with the smallest Tax Deduction permitted by law). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, solely with respect to the US, the completion, execution and submission of such forms, documentation, procedural formalities or other action (other than such forms and documentation set forth in paragraph (b) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution, submission or other action would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

 

  (b)

With respect to a Loan or Commitment that is extended to a US Borrower, each Lender, on or before the date it becomes a Lender under this Agreement and thereafter if reasonably requested by the Agent or such US Borrower, provide to the Agent and to such US Borrower a duly completed and executed applicable Withholding Form. In addition, the Agent (or any successor Agent) shall, on or before the Date on which it becomes a Party, provide to such US Borrower duly completed and executed copies of IRS forms certifying that it is either (i) a US Person or (ii) a “U.S. branch” within the meaning of US Treasury Regulation Section 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv)(A) or “qualifying intermediary” that assumes primary withholding responsibility under Chapter 3 and Chapter 4 of the Internal Revenue Code and primary Form 1099 reporting and backup withholding responsibility for payments it receives for the account of others, with the effect that the Obligors will be entitled to make payments hereunder to the Agent (or any successor Agent) without withholding or deduction on account of US federal taxes.

 

20.7

Lender Status Confirmation

 

  (a)

Each Lender which becomes a Party after the date of this Agreement shall indicate, in the Transfer Certificate, the Assignment Agreement, the Increase Confirmation or the Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice which it executes on becoming a Party for the benefit of the Agent which of the following categories it falls:

 

  (i)

in respect of Germany:

 

  (A)

not a German Qualifying Lender;

 

  (B)

a German Qualifying Lender (other than a German Treaty Lender); or

 

142


  (C)

a German Treaty Lender (on the assumption that all procedural formalities have been completed);

 

  (ii)

[reserved];

 

  (iii)

in respect of the US:

 

  (A)

not a US Qualifying Lender; or

 

  (B)

a US Qualifying Lender;

 

  (iv)

in respect of Luxembourg;

 

  (A)

not a Luxembourg Qualifying Lender;

 

  (B)

a Luxembourg Qualifying Lender (other than a Luxembourg Treaty Lender); or

 

  (C)

a Luxembourg Treaty Lender (on the assumption that all procedural formalities have been completed).

 

  (v)

in respect of the Netherlands;

 

  (A)

not a Dutch Qualifying Lender;

 

  (B)

a Dutch Qualifying Lender (other than a Dutch Treaty Lender); or

 

  (C)

a Dutch Treaty Lender (on the assumption that all procedural formalities have been completed).

 

  (vi)

in respect of each Other Tax Jurisdiction (as relevant):

 

  (A)

not an Other Qualifying Lender;

 

  (B)

an Other Qualifying Lender (other than an Other Treaty Lender); or

 

  (C)

an Other Treaty Lender (on the assumption that all procedural formalities have been completed).

 

  (b)

Upon written request of the Company to an Original Lender (such request to be given no later than fifteen (15) Business Days before the first interest payment date), that Original Lender shall indicate to the Company and the Agent, before the first interest payment date, in which of the following categories it falls:

 

  (i)

in respect of Germany:

 

  (A)

not a German Qualifying Lender;

 

  (B)

a German Qualifying Lender (other than a German Treaty Lender); or

 

  (C)

a German Treaty Lender (on the assumption that all procedural formalities have been completed);

 

  (ii)

[reserved];

 

  (iii)

in respect of the US:

 

143


  (A)

not a US Qualifying Lender; or

 

  (B)

a US Qualifying Lender;

 

  (iv)

in respect of Luxembourg;

 

  (A)

not a Luxembourg Qualifying Lender;

 

  (B)

a Luxembourg Qualifying Lender (other than a Luxembourg Treaty Lender); or

 

  (C)

a Luxembourg Treaty Lender (on the assumption that all procedural formalities have been completed).

 

  (v)

in respect of the Netherlands;

 

  (A)

not a Dutch Qualifying Lender;

 

  (B)

a Dutch Qualifying Lender (other than a Dutch Treaty Lender); or

 

  (C)

a Dutch Treaty Lender (on the assumption that all procedural formalities have been completed).

 

  (vi)

in respect of each Other Tax Jurisdiction (as relevant):

 

  (A)

not an Other Qualifying Lender;

 

  (B)

an Other Qualifying Lender (other than an Other Treaty Lender); or

 

  (C)

an Other Treaty Lender (on the assumption that all procedural formalities have been completed).

 

  (c)

If an Original Lender, a New Lender, an Increase Lender or an Additional Facility Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above (as applicable) then such Original Lender, New Lender, Increase Lender or Additional Facility Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by the relevant Obligor) as if it is not:

 

  (i)

a German Qualifying Lender (in the case of a failure to indicate its status under paragraph (a)(i) above or paragraph (b)(i) above);

 

  (ii)

[reserved];

 

  (iii)

a US Qualifying Lender (in the case of a failure to indicate its status under paragraph (a)(iii) above or paragraph (b)(iii) above);

 

  (iv)

a Luxembourg Qualifying Lender (in the case of a failure to indicate its status under paragraph (a)(iv) above or paragraph (b)(iv) above);

 

  (v)

a Dutch Qualifying Lender (in the case of a failure to indicate its status under paragraph (a)(v) above or paragraph (b)(v) above);

 

  (vi)

an Other Qualifying Lender (in the case of a failure to indicate its status under paragraph (a)(vi) or paragraph (b)(vi) above),

until such time as it notifies the Agent and the Company which category applies. For the avoidance of doubt, a Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation or Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with paragraph (a) or this paragraph (c).

 

144


  (d)

Such a Lender shall also specify:

 

  (i)

in the indication as referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) above in case of an Original Lender; or

 

  (ii)

in case of a New Lender, Increase Lender or Additional Facility Lender in the Transfer Certificate, the Assignment Agreement, the Increase Confirmation or the Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice which it executes on becoming a Party,

whether it is incorporated or established in (including through a permanent establishment) or acting through a Facility Office situated in a Dutch Low Tax Jurisdiction. For the avoidance of doubt, a Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation or Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this paragraph (d).

 

20.8

Stamp taxes

The Company shall pay (or procure payment) and, promptly on demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration, documentary, excise, property transfer and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document except (other than in respect of the Agent and Security Agent):

 

  (a)

any such Tax payable in respect of an assignment, novation, transfer or sub-participation of a Loan (or part thereof) by that Finance Party unless such assignment, novation, transfer or sub-participation is entered into at the written request of a Borrower (or the Company on its behalf); or

 

  (b)

to the extent that such stamp duty, registration, documentary, excise, property transfer or other similar Tax (including any Luxembourg registration duties (droits d’enregistrement)) becomes payable upon a voluntary registration made by any Party if such registration is not necessary to evidence, prove, maintain, enforce, compel or otherwise assert the rights of such Party or obligations of any Party under a Finance Document.

 

20.9

VAT

 

  (a)

All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies and accordingly, subject to paragraph (a) below if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply or supplies made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document (i) if, such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, then that Party shall pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for that supply or supplies) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party); or (ii) if such Party is required to directly account for such VAT under the reverse charge procedure provided for by article 44 of the Council Directive 2006/112/EC or section 7A of the United Kingdom Value Added Tax Act 1994, in each case as amended, or any relevant VAT provisions of the jurisdiction in which such Party receives such supply, then such Party shall account for the VAT at the appropriate rate.

 

145


  (b)

If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to any other Finance Party (the “Recipient”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “Relevant Party”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

  (i)

(where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this sub-paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

  (ii)

(where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

  (c)

Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party against any VAT incurred by that Finance Party in respect of the costs or expenses, to the extent that the Finance Party reasonably determines that neither it nor any group of which it is a member for VAT purposes is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of the VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

  (d)

Any reference in this Clause 20.9 to any party shall, at any time when such party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated as making the supply or (as appropriate) receiving the supply under the grouping rules (as provided for in Article 11 of the Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the EU or any other similar provision in any jurisdiction which is not a member state of the EU)) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in accordance with section 43 of the UK Value Added Tax Act 1994 or section 7 (4) of the Dutch Value Added Tax Act 1968 or article 60ter of the Luxembourg VAT law dated 12 February 1979, as amended) so that a reference to a Party shall be construed as a reference to that Party or the relevant group or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that Party is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant member (or head) of that group or unity (or fiscal unity) at the relevant time (as the case may be).

 

  (e)

In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

20.10

FATCA Deduction

 

  (a)

Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

146


  (b)

Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Company and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

 

20.11

FATCA Information

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten (10) Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

  (i)

confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

  (A)

a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

  (B)

not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

  (ii)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA; and

 

  (iii)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.

 

  (b)

If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

  (c)

Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

  (i)

any law or regulation;

 

  (ii)

any fiduciary duty; or

 

  (iii)

any duty of confidentiality.

 

  (d)

If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

  (e)

If a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor or the applicable Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA or any other applicable law or regulation require it, each Lender shall, within ten (10) Business Days of:

 

  (i)

where an Original Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is an Original Lender, the date of this Agreement;

 

  (ii)

where a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor on a date on which any other Lender becomes a Party as a Lender, that date;

 

  (iii)

the date a new US Tax Obligor accedes as a Borrower; or

 

147


  (iv)

where a Borrower is not a US Tax Obligor, the date of a request from the Agent, supply to the Agent:

 

  (A)

a withholding certificate on the applicable Withholding Form or any other relevant form; or

 

  (B)

any withholding statement or other document, authorisation or waiver as the Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA or that other law or regulation.

 

  (f)

The Agent shall provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above to the relevant Borrower.

 

  (g)

If any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver provided to the Agent by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, that Lender shall promptly update it and provide such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Agent unless it is unlawful for the Lender to do so (in which case the Lender shall promptly notify the Agent). The Agent shall provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the relevant Borrower.

 

  (h)

The Agent may rely on any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (a), (e) or (g) above without further verification. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with paragraph (e), (f) or (g) above.

 

21.

INCREASED COSTS

 

21.1

Increased costs

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 21.3 (Exceptions), the Company shall, promptly on demand by the Agent, pay (or procure payment) for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

  (i)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or treaty after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date it became a Party);

 

  (ii)

compliance with any law or regulation or treaty made after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date it became a Party); or

 

  (iii)

the implementation or application of, or compliance with, Basel III, Basel IV or CRD IV (each as defined in paragraph (b) of Clause 21.3 (Exceptions)) or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III, Basel IV or CRD IV.

 

  (b)

In this Agreement:

Increased Costs” means:

 

  (a)

a reduction in the rate of return from a Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

  (b)

an additional or increased cost; or

 

  (c)

a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

148


which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or an Ancillary Commitment, Fronted Ancillary Commitment or Fronting Ancillary Commitment or providing an Additional Facility Notice or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document or Letter of Credit.

 

21.2

Increased cost claims

A Finance Party shall, as soon as reasonably practicable upon becoming aware of an event giving rise to a claim under this Clause 21.1 (Increased costs), notify the Agent and the Company of that event attaching a certificate:

 

  (a)

(confirming the amount of the relevant claim and providing reasonable details of the circumstances giving rise to such claim and the calculation of such amount;

 

  (b)

confirming that it is its policy to seek to recover such Increased Costs from other similar borrowers or guarantors in relation to similar facilities; and

 

  (c)

confirming that it had not already taken such Increased Costs into account as part of its fees and pricing in connection with the Facilities.

 

21.3

Exceptions

 

  (a)

Clause 21.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  (i)

attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

  (ii)

attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

  (iii)

compensated for by Clause 20.4 (Tax Indemnity) or would have been compensated for under Clause 20.4 (Tax Indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (20.4(b) of Clause 20.4 (Tax Indemnity) applied;

 

  (iv)

compensated for by Clause 20.8 (Stamp taxes) or Clause 20.9 (VAT) (or would have been so compensated for under that Clause but was not so compensated solely because any of the exceptions set out in the relevant Clause applied);

 

  (v)

attributable to a change (whether of basis, timing or otherwise) in the Tax on the overall net income of the Finance Party (or any Affiliate of it) or of the branch or office through which it participates in any Utilisation;

 

  (vi)

(for the avoidance of doubt) suffered or incurred in respect of any Bank Levy (or any payment attributable to, or any liability arising as a consequence of, a Bank Levy);

 

  (vii)

attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (but excluding any amendment to Basel II arising out of Basel III) (“Basel II”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates));

 

  (viii)

attributable to the implementation or application of, or compliance with, Basel III, Basel IV or CRD IV to the extent that a Finance Party knew about or could reasonably be expected to have known about the Increased Cost on or prior to the date on which it became a Finance Party;

 

149


  (ix)

attributable to the breach by the Finance Party making such claim of any law, regulation or treaty or the terms of any Finance Document;

 

  (x)

attributable to any penalty having been imposed by the relevant central bank or monetary or fiscal authority upon the Finance Party (or any Affiliate of it) making such claim by virtue of its having exceeded any country or sector borrowing limits or breached any directives imposed upon it; or

 

  (xi)

not notified to the Agent or the Company in accordance with Clause 21.2 (Increased cost claims).

 

  (b)

In this Agreement:

Basel III” means:

 

  (a)

the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision on 16 December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

  (b)

the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

  (c)

any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to Basel III.

Basel IV” means any guidelines and standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision regarding capital requirements, leverage ratio and liquidity standards applicable to banks, following Basel III.

CRD IV” means “EU CRD IV” and “UK CRD IV”.

EU CRD IV” means:

 

  (a)

Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms; and

 

  (b)

Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC.

UK CRD IV” means:

 

  (a)

Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No 548/2012 as it forms part of domestic law of the United Kingdom by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (the “Withdrawal Act”);

 

  (b)

the law of the United Kingdom or any part of it, which immediately before IP completion day (as defined in the European Union (Withdrawal Agreement) Act 2020) implemented Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC and its implementing measures; and

 

150


  (c)

direct EU legislation (as defined in the Withdrawal Act), which immediately before IP completion day (as defined in the European Union (Withdrawal Agreement) Act 2020) implemented EU CRD IV as it forms part of domestic law of the United Kingdom by virtue of the Withdrawal Act.

 

22.

OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

22.1

Currency indemnity

 

  (a)

If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of:

 

  (i)

making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

 

  (ii)

obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, promptly on demand, indemnify the Mandated Lead Arrangers and each other Secured Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person (acting reasonably and in good faith) at the time of its receipt of that Sum, provided that if the amount produced or payable as a result of the conversion is greater than the relevant Sum due, the relevant Finance Party will, unless a Declared Default (and/or with respect to any Revolving Facility Lender) is continuing, refund any such excess amount to the relevant Obligor.

 

  (b)

Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

22.2

Other indemnities

 

  (a)

The Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will subject to the applicable Guarantee Limitations), promptly on demand (which demand shall be accompanied by reasonable calculations or details of the amount demanded) indemnify the Mandated Lead Arrangers and each other Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:

 

  (i)

the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

  (ii)

a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 36 (Sharing Among the Finance Parties);

 

  (iii)

funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Utilisation requested by a Borrower (or the Company) in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone);

 

151


  (iv)

issuing or making arrangements to issue a Letter of Credit requested by the Company or a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not issued by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence or wilful misconduct by that Finance Party alone); or

 

  (v)

any prepayment payable by any Borrower under the Finance Documents not being paid after irrevocable notice of such prepayment has been made to the Agent.

 

  (b)

The Company shall promptly on demand indemnify each Finance Party, each Affiliate of a Finance Party and each officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate (each an “Indemnified Person”), against any cost, loss, liability or expense (limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to one counsel to such Indemnified Persons taken as a whole and in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected Indemnified Persons similarly situated, taken as a whole (and if reasonably necessary one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction)) incurred by that Indemnified Person in connection with or arising out of litigation, arbitration, administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry commenced or threatened relating to the Acquisition, or the funding of the Acquisition, except to the extent such cost, loss, liability or expense (x) resulted directly from fraud, the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person or results from such Indemnified Person breaching a term of, or not complying with, any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any Confidentiality Undertaking given by the Indemnified Person, (y) resulted from or relates to any disputes solely among the Indemnified Persons and not arising out of any act or omission by any member of the Group or (z) for the avoidance of doubt, falls within any of the categories set out in paragraph (b) of clause 20.4 (Tax Indemnity) or clause 21.3 (Exceptions). This Clause 22.2 shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim. For the avoidance of doubt, Tax claims shall be governed exclusively by Clauses 20 (Taxes) and 21 (Increased Costs) of this Agreement.

 

  (c)

If any event occurs in respect of which indemnification may be sought from the Company, the relevant Indemnified Person shall only be indemnified if it:

 

  (i)

notifies the Company in writing within a reasonable time after the relevant Indemnified Person becomes aware of such event provided that, in respect of any indemnification sought by the Security Agent (on its own behalf), a failure to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have under this Clause 22, except to the extent that the rights or defences of a member of the Group have been prejudiced by such failure;

 

  (ii)

consult with the Company fully and promptly with respect to the conduct of the relevant claim, action or proceeding;

 

  (iii)

conducts such claim, action or proceeding properly and diligently (based on advice from its legal counsel, to the extent permitted by law and without being under any obligation to disclose any information which it is not lawfully permitted to disclose); and

 

  (iv)

does not settle any such claim, action or proceeding without the Company’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

  (d)

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, each Indemnified Person shall be entitled to rely on the indemnities contained in this Clause 22.2 as if it were a Party.

 

  (e)

Neither (x) any Indemnified Person, nor (y) the Initial Investors, the Investors, the Company (nor, in each case, any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates) shall be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential losses or damages in connection with its activities related to the Facilities or the Finance Documents.

 

152


22.3

Indemnity to the Agent

The Company shall promptly on demand indemnify the Agent against any third party cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

  (a)

investigating any event which it reasonably believes is an Event of Default, provided that if after doing so it is established that the event or matter is not an Event of Default, such cost, loss or liability of investigation shall be for the account of the Lenders; or

 

  (b)

acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

 

22.4

Cost Details

Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents, no Obligor shall be required to pay any amount under any Finance Document (including any costs, indemnities or expenses) unless:

 

  (a)

it has first been provided with reasonable details of the circumstances giving rise to such payment and of the calculation of the relevant amount (including where applicable, details of hours worked, rates and individuals involved); and

 

  (b)

it has received satisfactory evidence (acting reasonably) that such amounts (including any costs, indemnities and expenses) have been properly incurred,

provided that paragraph (a) above shall not apply to Clause 24.3 (Enforcement and preservation costs) and paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall not apply to any costs or expenses to be paid to the Agent or the Security Agent or amounts paid under Clause 20.3 (Tax Gross Up). The Agent and the Security Agent shall provide documentary evidence of any fees, costs, expenses or other amounts, where applicable.

 

23.

MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

 

23.1

Mitigation

 

  (a)

Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any Facility ceasing to be available, a Lender not being obliged to fund or any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to any of paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 4.5 (Utilisations during the Certain Funds Period), paragraph (a)(ii)(B) of Clause 4.6 (Utilisations during an Agreed Certain Funds Period), paragraph (c)(i)(B) of Clause 6.5 (Issue of Letters of Credit), paragraph (c)(ii)(B) of Clause 6.5 (Issue of Letters of Credit), Clause 13.1 (Illegality) (or, in respect of an Issuing Bank, Clause 13.2 (Illegality in relation to Issuing Bank), Clause 20 (Taxes) or Clause 21 (Increased Costs), including:

 

  (i)

obtaining and maintaining all necessary Authorisations (if any) required under all applicable laws and regulations to enable it to lawfully perform all of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement and (with respect to a Lender) to fund, issue or maintain its participation in any Utilisation;

 

  (ii)

assigning, transferring or sub-participating its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to an appropriately authorised Affiliate or Related Fund which may lawfully perform all of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement and (with respect to a Lender) which may lawfully fund, issue and maintain its participation in any Utilisation; and

 

153


  (iii)

changing its Facility Office to a Facility Office that may lawfully perform all of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement and (with respect to a Lender) which may lawfully fund, issue or maintain its participation in any Utilisation.

 

  (b)

Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of the Company or any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

23.2

Limitation of liability

 

  (a)

The Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor shall) promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 23.1 (Mitigation).

 

  (b)

A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 23.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it in a material respect.

 

24.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

24.1

Transaction expenses

 

  (a)

The Company shall promptly on demand pay (or procure payment to) the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, each Issuing Bank and the Security Agent (and, in the case of the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate) the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal and notarial fees (subject to agreed caps, if any)) reasonably incurred by any of them (evidence of which shall be provided to the Company) in relation to the Acquisition, the Finance Documents and the arrangement, negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication and perfection of the Facilities and any other Finance Documents referred to in this Agreement up to a maximum amount agreed (if any).

 

  (b)

Any amounts to be paid to or on behalf of the Mandated Lead Arrangers pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall be:

 

  (i)

limited to amounts in respect of reasonably, documented and properly incurred third party costs and out-of-pocket expenses; and

 

  (ii)

subject to caps agreed between the Company and the Mandated Lead Arrangers prior to the date of this Agreement (including in respect of legal and notarial fees).

 

24.2

Amendment costs

If (a) an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver, release or consent, or (b) an amendment or other step or action is required pursuant to Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities), Clause 2.3 (Increase) or Clause 37.10 (Change of currency), the Company shall (or shall procure that a member of the Group will), promptly on demand, reimburse each of the Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all reasonable third party costs and expenses (including legal and notarial fees) properly incurred by the Agent and the Security Agent (and, in the case of the Security Agent, by any Receiver or Delegate) (in each case, subject to agreed caps (if any)) in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

154


24.3

Enforcement and preservation costs

The Company shall, within five (5) Business Days of demand, pay (or procure payment) to each Mandated Lead Arranger and each other Secured Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal and notarial fees) incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of or the preservation of any rights under any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any proceedings instituted by or against the Security Agent as a consequence of taking or holding the Transaction Security or enforcing these rights.

 

24.4

Transfer costs and expenses

Subject to Clause 20.8 (Stamp taxes), notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents, if a Finance Party assigns or transfers any of its rights, benefits or obligations under the Finance Documents or enters into any sub-participation, no member of the Group shall be required to pay any fees, costs, expenses or other amounts relating to, or arising in connection with, that assignment, transfer or sub-participation (including any transfer Taxes and any amounts relating to the registration, perfection or amendment of the Transaction Security during or after the date of this Agreement).

 

25.

GUARANTEES AND INDEMNITY

 

25.1

Guarantee and indemnity

 

  (a)

Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally and at all times subject to the Guarantee Limitations:

 

  (i)

guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Obligor of all of that Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii)

undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever another Obligor does not pay any amount when due (allowing for any applicable grace period) under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

  (iii)

agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of an Obligor not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due.

 

  (b)

The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 25 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

25.2

Continuing Guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

25.3

Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this Clause 25 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

155


25.4

Waiver of defences

 

  (a)

Subject to the Guarantee Limitations, the obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 25 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 25, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 25 (whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:

 

  (i)

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

  (ii)

the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

  (iii)

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

  (iv)

any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

  (v)

any amendment, novation, supplement, extension restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including any change in the purpose of, any extension of or increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

  (vi)

any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  (vii)

any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

25.5

Guarantor Intent

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 25.4 (Waiver of defences) but subject to the Guarantee Limitations each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental and of whatsoever nature and whether or not more onerous) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing Existing Target Debt; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

 

25.6

Immediate recourse

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 25. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

156


25.7

Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

  (a)

refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

  (b)

in respect of any amounts received or recovered by any Finance Party after a claim pursuant to this guarantee in respect of any sum due and payable by any Obligor under this Agreement place such amounts in a suspense account (bearing interest at a market rate usual for accounts of that type) unless and until such moneys are sufficient in aggregate to discharge in full all amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents.

 

25.8

Deferral of Guarantors’ rights

 

  (a)

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 25:

 

  (i)

to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

  (ii)

to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (iii)

to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;

 

  (iv)

other than where the Finance Party has acted fraudulently or with wilful misconduct to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 25.1 (Guarantee and indemnity);

 

  (v)

to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

  (vi)

to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party,

in each case, unless the exercise of any such rights is necessary or advisable to avoid any risk of personal or criminal liability for any current or former Officer of that Guarantor.

 

  (b)

If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights, it shall, other than to the extent such Guarantor is permitted to retain such benefit, payment or distribution in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for, or if the concept of trust is not recognised in the jurisdiction of incorporation of that Guarantor, for the benefit of (to the extent it is able to do so in accordance with any law applicable to it) the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same, but subject to the Guarantee Limitations, to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 37 (Payment Mechanics).

 

157


25.9

Release of Guarantors’ right of contribution

If any Guarantor (a “Retiring Guarantor”) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents for the purpose of any sale or other disposal of that Retiring Guarantor or any of its Holding Companies then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:

 

  (a)

that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (b)

each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor.

 

25.10

Additional security

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

 

25.11

Guarantee Limitations: General

 

  (a)

Without limiting any specific exemptions set out below and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document to the contrary:

 

  (i)

no Guarantor’s obligations and liabilities under this Clause 25 and under any other guarantee or indemnity provision in a Finance Document (the “Guarantee Obligations”) will extend to include any obligation or liability; and

 

  (ii)

no Transaction Security granted by a Guarantor will secure any Guarantee Obligation,

if to the extent doing so would be unlawful financial assistance (including within the meaning of sections 678 or 679 of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to members of the Group incorporated in the United Kingdom or any equivalent provision of any other applicable law and notwithstanding any applicable exemptions and/or undertaking of any applicable prescribed whitewash or similar financial assistance procedures) in respect of the acquisition of shares in itself or its Holding Company or a member of the Group under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

  (b)

If, notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, the giving of the guarantee in respect of the Guarantee Obligations or Transaction Security would be unlawful financial assistance, then, to the extent necessary to give effect to paragraph (a) above (and only to the extent legally effective in the relevant jurisdiction), the obligations under the Finance Documents will be deemed to have been split into two tranches; “Tranche 1” comprising those obligations which can be secured by the Guarantee Obligations or Transaction Security without breaching or contravening relevant financial assistance laws and “Tranche 2” comprising the remainder of the obligations under the Finance Documents. The Tranche 2 obligations will be excluded from the relevant Guarantee Obligations.

 

158


25.12

Excluded Swap Obligations

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Finance Document, the guarantee contained in this Clause 25 (Guarantees and Indemnity) does not apply to any Excluded Swap Obligation of any Guarantor.

 

  (b)

In this Clause 25.12 (Excluded Swap Obligations):

CEA” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the CEA or any rule, regulation or order of the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the CEA and the regulations thereunder at the time the guarantee given by such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one Swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to Swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Swap” means any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the CEA.

Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any person, any obligation to pay or perform under any Swap.

 

25.13

German Guarantee Limitation

 

  (a)

Definitions

In this paragraph 25.13:

AG” means (i) a stock corporation (Aktiengesellschaft, AG) incorporated under German law and/or (ii) a limited partnership (Kommanditgesellschaft) with a stock corporation (Aktiengesellschaft, AG) as general partner (Komplementär).

AG Guarantor” means any Guarantor which is an AG, any SE Guarantor and any KGaA Guarantor.

AktG” means the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz, AktG).

Auditor’s Determination” means the determination pursuant to paragraph (c)(iv) below.

BGB” means the German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch, BGB).

DPLA” means a domination and/or profit and loss pooling agreement (Beherrschungs- und/oder Gewinnabführungsvertrag) as defined in § 291 (1) AktG.

EU Guarantor” means any limited liability company (or limited partnership with a limited liability company as its general partner) incorporated in a jurisdiction other than Germany whose centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of Regulation (EU) No. 2015/848 of 20 May 2015 on insolvency proceedings) is in Germany.

 

159


German Guarantor” means any AG Guarantor, any GmbH Guarantor and any EU Guarantor.

GmbH” means (i) a limited liability company (Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung, GmbH) incorporated under German law and/or (ii) a limited partnership (Kommanditgesellschaft) with a limited liability company (Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung, GmbH) as general partner (Komplementär).

GmbH Capital Impairment” means the GmbH Net Assets of a GmbH Guarantor falling below the amount (Entstehung einer Unterbilanz) required to maintain that GmbH Guarantor’s registered share capital (Stammkapital) or an increase of an existing shortage (Vertiefung einer Unterbilanz) of its registered share capital (Stammkapital) and thereby violating §§ 30, 31 GmbHG.

GmbH Guarantor” means a Guarantor which is a GmbH.

GmbH Net Assets” means the net assets (Reinvermögen) of a GmbH Guarantor calculated in accordance with § 42 GmbHG, §§ 242, 264 HGB and the generally accepted accounting principles applicable (Grundsätze ordnungsgemäßer Buchführung) from time to time in Germany as adjusted pursuant to paragraph (c)(vi) below.

GmbHG” means the German Limited Company Act (Gesetz betreffend die Gesellschaften mit beschränkter Haftung, GmbHG).

HGB” means the German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch, HGB)

InsO” means the German Insolveny Code (Insolvenzordnung – InsO).

KGaA” means a Guarantor which is a partnership limited by shares (Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien, KGaA).

KGaA Guarantor” means a Guarantor which is a KGaA.

Limited Obligation” means any guarantee and any other liability, indemnity or other payment obligation under this Clause 25.13 or any other provision of the Finance Documents.

Limited Upstream Obligation” means any Limited Obligation if and to the extent such Limited Obligation secures or relates to liabilities which are owed by direct or indirect shareholders of the relevant Guarantor (upstream) or Subsidiaries of such shareholders (such Subsidiaries not to include the relevant Guarantor and the Subsidiaries of that relevant Guarantor) (cross-stream).

Liquidity Impairment” means a German Guarantor being deprived of the liquidity necessary to fulfil its liabilities towards its creditors and thereby violating § 15b (5) InsO, § 278 (3) AktG and/or Art. 5 SE Regulation (as applicable to the relevant German Guarantor).

Management Notification means the notification pursuant to paragraph (c)(iii) below.

SE” means a European company (Europäische Gesellschaft, SE) incorporated under German law.

SE Guarantor” means a Guarantor which is (i) an SE and/or (ii) a limited partnership (Kommanditgesellschaft) with a SE as general partner (Komplementär).

SE Regulation” means Council Regulation (EC) No 2157/2001 of 8 October 2001 on the Statute for a European company (SE).

 

160


  (b)

AG Guarantee Limitation Language

 

  (i)

Save as set out otherwise in this paragraph (b), the Finance Parties shall not enforce, and any AG Guarantor shall have a defence (Einrede) against any Limited Upstream Obligation of such AG Guarantor or of any Guarantor that is a subsidiary of such AG Guarantor.

 

  (ii)

Any Limited Upstream Obligation granted by such AG Guarantor or by any Subsidiary of that AG Guarantor shall be enforceable (vollstreckbar) if at the time of enforcement of the Limited Upstream Obligation a DPLA (either directly or indirectly through an unbroken chain of domination and/or profit transfer agreements) exists between the relevant AG Guarantor whose obligations are secured by the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation as dominating company (herrschendes Unternehmen) and the relevant AG Guarantor as a dominated company (beherrschtes Unternehmen), provided that:

 

  (A)

the AG Guarantor is a Subsidiary of the relevant Obligor whose obligations are secured by the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation; or

 

  (B)

the AG Guarantor and the relevant Obligor whose obligations are secured by the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation are both Subsidiaries of a joint (direct or indirect) parent company with such parent company as dominating entity (herrschendes Unternehmen),

in each case unless the mere existence of such a DPLA does not lead to the inapplicability of § 57 (1) and § 71a AktG (in connection with § 278 (3) AktG and/or Art. 5 SE Regulation, as applicable) as explicitly confirmed with reasons (and not, for example, as an obiter dictum) by the Federal Court of Justice (Bundesgerichtshof) in a third party case; and the loss compensation claim (Verlustausgleichsanspruch) of the AG Guarantor under such a DPLA would not be, or cannot be expected to be, fully valuable and recoverable (vollwertig) in the balance sheet of the AG Guarantor.

 

  (iii)

Any Limited Upstream Obligation granted by such AG Guarantor or by any Subsidiary of that AG Guarantor shall be enforceable (vollstreckbar) if and to the extent such Limited Upstream Obligation is covered (gedeckt) by a fully valuable and recoverable consideration or recourse claim (vollwertiger Gegenleistungs- oder Rückgewähranspruch) of the AG Guarantor against the affiliate whose obligations are secured by the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation and would therefore not lead to a violation of § 57 (1) AktG (in connection with § 278 (3) AktG and/or Art. 5 SE Regulation, as applicable), in each case unless it would lead to a violation of § 71a AktG.

 

  (iv)

Any Limited Upstream Obligation granted by such AG Guarantor or by any Subsidiary of that AG Guarantor shall be enforceable (vollstreckbar) if and to the extent:

 

  (A)

an amount utilised under this Agreement is applied for the repayment, prepayment or other refinancing of any financial indebtedness of such AG Guarantor or Subsidiary of such AG Guarantor; and

 

  (B)

such exception does not lead to a violation of § 57 (1) or § 71a AktG (in connection with § 278 (3) AktG and/or Art. 5 SE Regulation, as applicable).

 

161


  (v)

For the avoidance of doubt, the limits set out in this paragraph (b) shall no further apply from the date the relevant AG Guarantor is no longer incorporated as an AG unless such Guarantor is a Subsidiary of another AG Guarantor in which case this paragraph (b) shall apply in a way that the relevant Guarantor shall be treated as a Subsidiary of that other AG Guarantor in accordance with this paragraph (b). In such event, the limitations set out in this paragraph (b) shall not apply to the Limited Upstream Obligation granted by that Guarantor in respect of any liabilities which are owed by that other AG Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

  (c)

GmbH Guarantee Limitation Language

 

  (i)

Save as set out in this paragraph (c), the Finance Parties shall not enforce, and any GmbH Guarantor (and/or relevant subsidiary of a GmbH Guarantor) shall have a defence (Einrede) against, any Limited Upstream Obligation if and to the extent a discharge (Erfüllung) or enforcement (Vollstreckung) in respect of a Limited Upstream Obligation would cause a GmbH Capital Impairment to occur.

 

  (ii)

The restrictions in paragraph (i) shall not apply:

 

  (A)

if and to the extent the Limited Upstream Obligation of the GmbH Guarantor secures any indebtedness under any Finance Document in respect of:

 

  (1)

loans to the extent such loans are (directly or indirectly) on-lent or otherwise passed on to the relevant GmbH Guarantor or its Subsidiaries; or

 

  (2)

bank guarantees or letters of credit that are issued for the benefit of any of the creditors of the GmbH Guarantor or the GmbH Guarantor’s Subsidiaries,

in each case, to the extent that any such on-lending or otherwise passing on or bank guarantees or letters of credit are still outstanding at the time of the enforcement of the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation; for the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this paragraph (ii) shall have the effect that such on-lent amounts may be enforced multiple times (no double dip);

 

  (B)

if, at the time of enforcement of the Limited Upstream Obligation, a DPLA (either directly or indirectly through an unbroken chain of domination and/or profit transfer agreements) exists between the relevant Obligor whose obligations are secured by the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation as dominating company (herrschendes Unternehmen) and the relevant GmbH Guarantor as a dominated company (beherrschtes Unternehmen), provided that:

 

  (1)

the GmbH Guarantor is a Subsidiary of the relevant Obligor whose obligations are secured by the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation; or

 

  (2)

the GmbH Guarantor and the relevant Obligor whose obligations are secured by the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation are both Subsidiaries of a joint (direct or indirect) parent company with such parent company as dominating entity (herrschendes Unternehmen),

in each case unless the mere existence of such DPLA does not lead to the inapplicability of § 30 (1) sentence 1 GmbHG;

 

162


  (C)

if and to the extent any payment under the Limited Upstream Obligation is covered (gedeckt) by a fully valuable and recoverable consideration or recourse claim (vollwertiger Gegenleistungs- oder Rückgewähranspruch) of the GmbH Guarantor against the relevant Obligor whose obligations are secured by the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation; or

 

  (D)

if the relevant GmbH Guarantor has not complied with its obligations pursuant to paragraphs (iii) and/or (iv) (as applicable) below; however, if and to the extent that the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation has been enforced without regard to the restrictions contained in this paragraph (c) because the Management Notification and/or the Auditor’s Determination has not (or not in a timely manner) been delivered pursuant to paragraphs (iii) and/or (iv) (as applicable) below, but the Auditor’s Determination has then been delivered within four (4) months from its due date in accordance with paragraphs (iv) below, the Finance Parties shall upon demand of the GmbH Guarantor to the Agent repay any amount received from the GmbH Guarantor which pursuant to the Auditor’s Determination would not have been available for enforcement, if the Auditor’s Determination had been delivered in a timely manner.

 

  (iii)

If the relevant GmbH Guarantor does not notify the Agent within fifteen (15) Business Days after the making of a demand against that German GmbH Guarantor under the relevant Limited Upstream Obligation:

 

  (A)

to what extent such Limited Upstream Obligation is an upstream or cross-stream guarantee or indemnity; and

 

  (B)

to what extent a GmbH Capital Impairment would occur as a result of an enforcement of the Limited Upstream Obligation (setting out in reasonable detail the amount of its GmbH Net Assets, providing an up-to-date pro forma balance sheet),

then the restrictions set out in paragraph (i) above shall cease to apply until a Management Notification has been provided.

 

  (iv)

if the Agent disagrees with the Management Notification, it may within twenty (20) Business Days of its receipt, request the relevant GmbH Guarantor to provide to the Agent within forty-five (45) Business Days of receipt of such request a determination by the Auditors or any other auditors of international standard and reputation appointed by the GmbH Guarantor (at its own cost and expense) setting out in reasonable detail the amount in which the payment and/or enforcement under the Limited Upstream Obligation would cause a GmbH Capital Impairment subject to the terms set out under this paragraph (c). Save for manifest errors, the Auditor’s Determination shall be binding on all parties.

 

  (v)

If, after it has been provided with an Auditor’s Determination which prevented it from demanding any or only partial payment under the Limited Upstream Obligation, the Agent ascertains in good faith that the financial conditions of the GmbH Guarantor as set out in the Auditor’s Determination has substantially improved, the Agent (acting reasonably) may, at the GmbH Guarantor’s cost and expense, arrange for the preparation of an updated balance sheet of the GmbH Guarantor by applying the same principles that were used for the preparation of the Auditor’s Determination by the auditors who prepared the Auditor’s Determination in order for such Auditors to determine whether (and, if so, to what extent) the GmbH Capital Impairment has been cured as result of the improvement of the financial condition of the GmbH Guarantor. The Agent may not arrange for the preparation of an Auditor’s Determination prior to the expiry of three (3) months from the date of the issuance of the preceding Auditor’s Determination. The Agent may only demand payment under the Limited Upstream Obligation to the extent the Auditors determine that the GmbH Capital Impairment have been cured.

 

163


  (vi)

The GmbH Net Assets shall be adjusted as follows:

 

  (A)

the amount of any increase in the registered share capital of the relevant GmbH Guarantor which was carried out after the relevant GmbH Guarantor became a Party and made from retained earnings (Kapitalerhöhung aus Gesellschaftsmitteln) shall be deducted from the amount of the registered share capital (Stammkapital) of the relevant GmbH Guarantor if it is expressly prohibited under the Finance Documents and has been carried out without the prior written consent of the Agent;

 

  (B)

the amount of non-distributable assets according to § 253 (6) HGB shall not be included in the calculation of GmbH Net Assets;

 

  (C)

the amount of non-distributable assets according to § 268 (8) HGB shall not be included in the calculation of GmbH Net Assets;

 

  (D)

the amount of non-distributable assets according to § 272 (5) HGB shall not be included in the calculation of GmbH Net Assets; and

 

  (E)

loans or other liabilities incurred by the relevant GmbH Guarantor in willful or grossly negligent violation of the Finance Documents shall not be taken into account as liabilities.

 

  (vii)

Where a GmbH Guarantor claims in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (c) that the Guarantee can only be enforced in a limited amount, it shall realise, to the extent lawful and within reasonable opinion commercially justifiable, any and all of its assets that are shown in the balance sheet with a book value (Buchwert) that is significantly lower than the market value of the assets and are not necessary for the relevant German GmbH Guarantor’s business (nicht betriebsnotwendig).

 

  (d)

Liquidity Impairment Limitation Language

 

  (i)

Save as set out in this paragraph (d), the Finance Parties shall not enforce, and any German Guarantor shall have a defence (Einrede) against, any Limited Upstream Obligation if and to the extent a payment and/or enforcement in respect of a Limited Upstream Obligation would cause a Liquidity Impairment for such German Guarantor.

 

  (ii)

Paragraphs (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (c)(v) and (c)(vii) above (including the repayment contemplated in paragraph (c)(ii)(D) above) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the restriction in paragraph (i) above.

 

  (e)

Where the provisions of this Clause 25.13 apply to a limited partnership (Kommanditgesellschaft), all references to the assets of a German Guarantor shall mutatis mutandis include a reference to the assets of the general partner (Komplementär) of such limited partnership (Kommanditgesellschaft).

 

164


  (f)

In addition to the restrictions set out in paragraphs (b) through (e) above, if a German Guarantor demonstrates that, according to the decisions of the German Federal Supreme Court (Bundesgerichtshof) or a higher regional court of appeals (Oberlandesgericht), the payment under and/or enforcement of any Limited Upstream Obligation against such German Guarantor would result in personal liability of its managing director(s) (Geschäftsführer) or director(s) (Vorstände) for a reimbursement of payments and/or enforcements made under any Limited Upstream Obligation (including, without limitation, pursuant to §§ 30, 31, 43 GmbHG, § 93 AktG, § 15b InsO and/or § 826 BGB), the German Guarantor shall have a defence (Einrede) against the Limited Upstream Obligation to the extent required in order not to incur such liability.

 

  (g)

The restrictions set out in this Clause 25.13 do not affect the rights of the Finance Parties to claim any outstanding amount again at a later point in time if and to the extent the restrictions set out in this Clause 25.13 would allow such claim at that later point in time.

 

  (h)

For the avoidance of doubt, the validity and enforceability of any Limited Upstream Obligation granted by a German Guarantor or of any subsidiary of a German Guarantor in respect of any borrowing liabilities which are owed by German Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries shall not be limited under this Clause 25.13.

 

  (i)

Nothing in this Clause 25.13 shall prevent the Agent or a German Guarantor from claiming in court that payments under and/or an enforcement of the Limited Upstream Obligations do or do not fall within the scope of §§ 30, 31, 43 GmbHG, §§ 57, 71a, 93, 278 (3) AktG, § 15b (5) InsO, Art. 5 SE Regulation and/or § 826 BGB (as applicable).

 

  (j)

Nothing in this Clause 25.13 shall constitute a waiver (Verzicht) of any right granted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document to the Agent or any Finance Party or vice versa.

 

  (k)

Each reference in this Clause 25.13 to a statutory provision shall be construed to be a reference to the relevant equivalent statutory provision (if any) as amended, re-enacted or replaced from time to time.

 

  (l)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Clause 25.13 and any rights and/or obligations arising out of it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, German law.

 

25.14

Luxembourg Guarantee Limitation

 

  (a)

The Guarantee Obligations of any Luxembourg Obligor for the obligations of any other Obligor which is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the relevant Luxembourg Obligor shall be limited at any time to an aggregate amount not exceeding the higher of:

 

  (i)

ninety five (95) per cent. of such Luxembourg Obligor’s capitaux propres (as referred to in article 34 of the Luxembourg law dated 19 December 2002 on the commercial register and annual accounts, as amended (the “2002 Law”), and as implemented by the Grand-Ducal regulation dated 18 December 2015 setting out the form and the content of the presentation of the balance sheet and profit and loss account (the “Regulation”)), increased by the amount of any Intra-Group Liabilities each as reflected in that Luxembourg Obligor’s most recent financial statements and prior to the delivery of the first financial statements, other relevant documents available to the Agent and determined as at the date of this Agreement, and

  (ii)

ninety five (95) per cent. of such Luxembourg Obligor’s capitaux propres (as referred to in article 34 of the 2002 Law as implemented by the Regulation), increased by the amount of any Intra-Group Liabilities each as reflected in that Luxembourg Obligor’s most recent financial statements and prior to the delivery of the first financial statements, other relevant documents available to the Agent and determined as at the date on which a demand is made under the guarantee.

 

165


  (b)

For the purpose of this Clause 25.14, “Intra-Group Liabilities” shall mean any amounts owed by the Luxembourg Obligor to any other member of the Group and that have not been financed (directly or indirectly) by a borrowing under the Finance Documents.

 

  (c)

The above limitation shall not apply:

 

  (i)

in respect of any amounts due under the Finance Documents by an Obligor which is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of that Luxembourg Obligor; or

 

  (ii)

in respect of any amounts due under the Finance Documents by an Obligor which is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of that Luxembourg Obligor and which have been on-lent to or made available by whatever means, directly or indirectly, to that Luxembourg Obligor or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries.

 

  (d)

The amounts due by each Luxembourg Obligor under this Clause 25 shall be reduced by any amount paid by such Luxembourg Obligor pursuant to or under any other guarantee granted by it under any other Finance Documents.

 

  (e)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no Luxembourg Obligor guarantees any amounts due under the Finance Documents if and to the extent the granting of a guarantee for such amounts would constitute an unlawful financial assistance violating article 1500-7 of the Luxembourg law dated 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended.

 

25.15

Certain US Limitations

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or any Finance Document, none of the following entities shall be required to guarantee the obligations of any US Obligor under any Finance Document: (A) any CFC, (B) any FSHCO, (C) any Subsidiary of a CFC or a FSHCO and (D) any other member of the Group if its guarantee could, as determined by the Company (acting reasonably and in good faith), result in material adverse US tax, accounting or regulatory consequences for any member of the Group or any of its direct or indirect owners including the Investors.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or any Finance Document, no obligations under any Finance Document may be secured by: (i) any assets of a CFC, a FSHCO or a Subsidiary of a CFC or a FSHCO (including any equity interests held directly or indirectly by a CFC or a FSHCO), (ii) a pledge or other security interest in equity interests in a CFC or FSHCO in excess of sixty-five (65) per cent. of such equity interests or (iii) any other assets to the extent the security in such assets could, as determined by the Company (acting reasonably and in good faith), result in material adverse US tax, accounting or regulatory consequences to any member of the Group or any of its direct or indirect owners (including the Investors).

 

  (c)

[Reserved]

 

  (d)

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the obligations of each Obligor under this Agreement or any other Finance Document shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render its obligations under this Agreement or any other Finance Document subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provisions of any similar federal or state law.

 

  (e)

Without prejudice to any of the other provisions of this Agreement or any other Finance Document and subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (d) above, each Party agrees that, in the event any payment or distribution is made on any date by an Obligor under this Clause 25, each such Obligor shall be entitled to be indemnified by each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such payment, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the contributing Obligor and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all Obligors provided, that all rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation of the Guarantors under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full of all amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents (other than contingent obligations not due and owing).

 

166


25.16

Additional Guarantee Limitations

The guarantee of any Additional Guarantor is subject to any limitations relating to that Additional Guarantor on the amount guaranteed or to the extent of the recourse of the beneficiaries of the guarantee which is set out in the Accession Deed applicable to such Additional Guarantor (which may include any amendment to the terms of any limitations set out in this Clause 25) and agreed with the Agent (acting reasonably in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles).

 

26.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Obligor (or (x) in the case of Clause 26.8 (Information Memorandum) and Clause 26.9 (Financial statements), the Company only, (y) in the case of Clause 26.14 (Investment Company Act), each US Borrower in respect of itself only; (z) in the case of Clause 26.16 (ERISA), each US Obligor in respect of itself only) represents and warrants to each of the Finance Parties (at the times specified in Clause 26.18 (Repetition)) that:

 

26.1

Status

 

  (a)

It is duly incorporated (or, as the case may be, organised or established) and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of its incorporation (or, as the case may be, organisation or establishment).

 

  (b)

It has the power to own its material assets and carry on its material business substantially as it is now being conducted, save to the extent that failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.2

Binding obligations

Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it under each Finance Document to which it is a party constitute its legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations to the extent that a failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.3

Non-conflict with other obligations

Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party do not contravene:

 

  (a)

any law or regulation applicable to it in any material respect; or

 

  (b)

its constitutional documents in any material respect,

in each case, to an extent which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.4

Power and authority

It has (or will have on the relevant date(s)) the power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into and performance of, each of the Finance Documents to which it is a party or will be a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents to the extent failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

167


26.5

Validity and admissibility in evidence

Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, all material Authorisations required by it in order:

 

  (a)

to enable it to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its material obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

  (b)

to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,

have been obtained or effected (or will have been at the date required by the relevant Finance Document) and are (or will be) in full force and effect, in each case to the extent that failure to have such Authorisations would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.6

Governing law and enforcement

 

  (a)

Subject to the Legal Reservations, the choice of governing law of the Finance Documents as expressed in such Finance Document will be recognized in its jurisdiction of incorporation to the extent failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (b)

Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, any judgment obtained in relation to a Finance Document in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document will be recognized and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions to the extent failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.7

Filing and stamp taxes

Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdiction it is not necessary that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Tax be paid on or in relation to any Finance Documents except for:

 

  (a)

the notarization of any German law share/stock/interest pledge agreements that might be notarized from time to time, it being understood that this Clause 26.7 does not extend to assignments or transfers made pursuant to Clause 31 (Changes to the Lenders) or, as the case may be, to the enforcement of Transaction Security and it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction and except for any filing, recording or enrolling which is referred to in any Legal Opinion (in particular the notarization of any German law share/stock/interest pledge agreements) and which will be made within the period allowed by applicable law and the relevant Finance Document; or

 

  (b)

registration of the Finance Documents with the Administration de l’Enregistrement et des Domaines et de la TVA in Luxembourg, which may be required if such Finance Documents are either attached as an annex to an act that itself is subject to mandatory registration or deposited in the minutes of a notary.

 

26.8

Information Memorandum, Management Case and Reports

 

  (a)

Except as disclosed to the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers in writing prior to the date on which the Company approves the Information Memorandum, to the best of the knowledge, information and belief of the Company:

 

  (i)

all the material factual information (taken as a whole and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any legal or tax law analysis, any matter of opinion and information of a general economic or industry-specific nature) relating to the assets, financial condition and operations of the Group contained in the Information Memorandum was true and accurate in all material respects at the date (if any) ascribed thereto in the Information Memorandum or (if none) at the date of the relevant component of the Information Memorandum;

 

168


  (ii)

the projections and forecasts contained in the Information Memorandum are based upon recent historical information and on the basis of assumptions believed to be reasonable by the Company at the time of being made (provided that each Finance Party acknowledges that any such projections and forecasts contained in the Information Memorandum are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies and that no assurance can be given that such projections or forecasts will be realised); and

 

  (iii)

as at the date of the approval by the Company of the Information Memorandum, the Information Memorandum did not omit to disclose any matter where failure to disclose such matter would result in the information, opinions, intentions, forecasts or projections contained in the Information Memorandum (taken as a whole) being misleading in any material respect in the context of the Acquisition taken as a whole.

 

  (b)

The forecasts and projections contained in the Management Case were prepared based on assumptions believed to be reasonable by the Company at the time made (provided that each Finance Party acknowledges that any projection and forecasts contained in the Management Case are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies and that no assurance can be given that such projections or forecasts will be realised).

 

  (c)

To the best of the knowledge, information and belief of the Company, all material factual information relating to the Target Group (taken as a whole) contained in the Buy-Side Reports is accurate in all material respects on the date of the relevant Buy-Side Report or (if different) as at the date ascribed thereto in such Buy-Side Report.

 

26.9

Financial statements

 

  (a)

So far as the Company is aware, the Original Financial Statements give in all material respects a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Target Group for the period to which they relate and were prepared in all material respects in accordance with the Accounting Principles consistently applied unless expressly disclosed in the Reports.

 

  (b)

The Annual Financial Statements (together with the notes thereto) most recently delivered pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 27.1 (Financial Statements):

 

  (i)

give in all material respects a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the relevant Financial Reporting Group as at the date to which they were prepared and for the Accounting Period then ended; and

 

  (ii)

were, subject to Clause 27.4 (Agreed Accounting Principles), prepared in all material respects on a basis consistent with the Accounting Principles consistently applied.

 

  (c)

The Quarterly Financial Statements (together with the notes thereto) most recently delivered pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 27.1 (Financial Statements):

 

  (i)

fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the relevant Financial Reporting Group as at the date to which they were prepared and for the Quarter Date to which they relate; and

 

169


  (ii)

were, subject to Clause 27.4 (Agreed Accounting Principles), prepared in all material respects on a basis consistent in all material respects with the Accounting Principles consistently applied,

in each case (A) having regard to the fact they were prepared for management purposes and to the extent appropriate for Quarterly Financial Statements not subject to audit procedures; (B) subject to year-end adjustments and (C) save as set out therein.

 

26.10

No litigation

No litigation, arbitration, administrative proceeding of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which is reasonably likely to be materially adversely determined and which, if materially adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect has been started or, to the best of its knowledge is threatened, or is pending against it or any member of the Group.

 

26.11

Taxation

 

  (a)

No claims are being made or asserted against it with respect to Taxes which have not been reflected in the most recent Financial Statements delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 27.1 (Financial Statements) which are reasonably likely to be determined adversely to it and which, if so adversely determined, and after taking into account any indemnity or claim against any third party with respect to such claim, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (b)

It is not overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax (taking into account any extension or grace period) save, in each case, to an extent that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.12

Ownership

It and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries has good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, or is otherwise entitled to use, all material assets necessary for the conduct of the business substantially as it is presently being conducted, where failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.13

Pari passu ranking

Subject to any applicable Legal Reservations, its payment obligations under each of the Finance Documents (except pursuant to a Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction) rank at least pari passu in right and priority of payment with all of its other present unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness (actual or contingent) except indebtedness preferred by laws of general application.

 

26.14

Investment Company Act

Except as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, no US Borrower is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (as amended).

 

26.15

Margin Regulations

No proceeds of any Loans or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used for any purpose that will violate the provisions of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System (as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof).

 

26.16

ERISA

 

  (a)

No ERISA Event has occurred or is continuing that would, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

170


  (b)

Each Employee Plan has been operated and administered in accordance with its terms, ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and applicable law, and is in compliance in form with ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code (including, where intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, such Employee Plan has been determined by the IRS to be so qualified or is in the process of being approved by the IRS) and all other applicable federal, state or local laws and regulations save where any failure to comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect

 

  (c)

There are no actions, suits or claims pending against or involving an Employee Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) or, to the knowledge of any US Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate, threatened, which would reasonably be expected to be asserted successfully against any Employee Plan and, if so asserted successfully, would either singly or in the aggregate to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (d)

To the knowledge of each US Obligor and each ERISA Affiliate, no Multiemployer Plan is insolvent for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, except where any such insolvency would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.17

Centre of main interests and establishment

Each of BidCo and GPCo has its Centre of Main Interests solely in Germany.

 

26.18

Repetition

 

  (a)

The representations and warranties contemplated in this Clause 26 shall be made on the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date except that:

 

  (i)

the representations and warranties set out in Clause 26.8 (Information Memorandum) shall be made only on the later of the date of this Agreement and the date of approval and delivery in final form of the Information Memorandum to the Mandated Lead Arrangers or the Agent (as the case may be) by the Company, and not repeated thereafter;

 

  (ii)

the representations and warranties set out in paragraph (a) of Clause 26.9 (Financial statements) shall be made only on the date of this Agreement and not repeated thereafter; and

 

  (iii)

the representations and warranties set out in Clause 26.14 (Investment Company Act), Clause 26.15 (Margin Regulations) and Clause 26.16 (ERISA) shall also be made by US Obligor on such date it becomes a Party.

 

  (b)

The representations and warranties made by the Obligors as set out in Clauses 26.1 (Status) to Clause 26.5 (Validity and admissibility in evidence) (such representations and warranties being the “Repeating Representations”) shall be deemed to be repeated by reference to the facts and circumstances existing on such date on each Utilisation Date and on the first day of each Interest Period (other than with respect to a Rollover Loan).

 

  (c)

The Repeating Representations shall in addition be repeated in relation to the relevant Additional Obligor on each date on which it becomes an Obligor.

 

  (d)

The representations and warranties set out in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Clause 26.9 (Financial statements) in respect of each set of Financial Statements delivered as contemplated by Clause 27.1 (Financial Statements) shall only be made once in respect of such set of Financial Statements, on the date such Financial Statements are delivered.

 

  (e)

Notwithstanding any other provisions to the contrary in this Clause 26:

 

171


  (i)

the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 26 shall be qualified by all of the information included in the Reports (including any annexes to such Reports) and any other due diligence report delivered to the Agent from time to time (in each case including any annexes thereto), the Information Memorandum, the Original Financial Statements and the Acquisition Documents and any other information disclosed to the Mandated Lead Arrangers or the Agent in writing prior to the later of (x) the date of this Agreement and (y) the date of the Information Memorandum;

 

  (ii)

the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 26 are made so far as the relevant Obligor is aware and shall not extend to matters beyond such awareness (which shall not include the knowledge and/or awareness of any other member of the Group, the Target Group or their respective management); and

 

  (iii)

any representation or warranty made on or prior to the Closing Date shall not be deemed to be made in respect of any matters relating to the Target Group.

 

27.

INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 27 shall continue for so long as any sum remains payable or capable of becoming payable under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. Each of the undertakings and obligations in this Clause 27 shall be subject to the provisions of Clause 27.10 (Restrictions).

 

27.1

Financial Statements

 

  (a)

Following the Closing Date, the Company will deliver (or will procure that the relevant Obligor or Financial Reporting Entity delivers) to the Agent for distribution to the Lenders the following:

 

  (i)

Annual Financial Statements

within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each Accounting Period (or in respect of the first complete Accounting Period to commence after the Closing Date or the first Accounting Period following any change in the Accounting Reference Date, within one hundred and fifty (150) days after the end of such Accounting Period), the audited consolidated financial statements of, at the sole discretion of the Company, one of the Financial Reporting Entities for that Accounting Period (the “Annual Financial Statements”) and an operating and financial review of such Annual Financial Statements, including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition, results of operations, EBITDA and material changes in liquidity and capital resources of the Financial Reporting Entity; and

 

  (ii)

Quarterly Financial Statements

within sixty (60) days (or in respect of the first three applicable Financial Quarters ending after the Closing Date or after a change in Accounting Reference Date, within ninety (90) days) after the end of each of the first three (3) Financial Quarters in any Financial Year, the consolidated management accounts for, at the sole discretion of the Company, one of the Financial Reporting Entities for that Financial Quarter (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may also take the form of (x) cumulative management accounts for the Accounting Period to date or (y) cumulative management accounts for the Relevant Period ending on the last day of that Financial Quarter) (the “Quarterly Financial Statements”) and an operating and financial review of such Quarterly Financial Statements, including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition, results of operations, EBITDA and material changes in liquidity and capital resources of the Financial Reporting Entity provided that the first set of Quarterly Financial Statements required to be delivered shall be those relating to the first applicable complete Financial Quarter to commence after the Closing Date,

 

172


provided that:

 

  (A)

in the event any member of the Group makes an acquisition of any person after the Closing Date excluding the Acquisition (each such person, together with its Restricted Subsidiaries, being an “Acquired Entity”), for accounting periods any part of which fall on or prior to the first anniversary of the date of completion of such acquisition:

 

  (1)

to the extent management accounts and/or financial statements are required to be delivered in relation to any such accounting period, separate management accounts or, as the case may be, financial statements may be delivered in respect of the Acquired Entity for that period (and in the event separate accounts or statements are delivered pursuant to this sub-paragraph (1), any representation, statement or requirement in Clause 26.9 (Financial statements) or this Clause 27 referring to management accounts and/or financial statements of, or the consolidated financial position of, the Financial Reporting Group or the Group (or similar language) shall be construed as to be a reference to the Financial Reporting Group excluding the Acquired Entity);

 

  (2)

any management accounts and financial statements delivered pursuant to sub-paragraph (1) above may be in a form as customarily prepared by the Acquired Entity prior to the date of completion of such acquisition (and management accounts and financial statements delivered in such form shall satisfy the requirements of this Clause 27); and

 

  (3)

for the purpose of calculating any Applicable Metric, any management accounts and financial statements delivered pursuant to sub-paragraph (1) above may be aggregated with the relevant Financial Statements for the Relevant Period (and appropriate adjustments made for any intra-Group transactions); and

 

  (B)

in the event that any period specified in this Clause 27 for the Reporting Entity Group or the Group to deliver any financial statements, documents or other information expires on a date which is not a Business Day, that period shall be extended so as to expire on the next Business Day.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i)

for purposes of this Clause 27, the Company shall be permitted to use financial statements and/or management accounts consolidated at any level of the Target Group (or any successor entity) for which the Target Group has customarily prepared financial statements and/or management accounts;

 

  (ii)

if consolidated financial statements and/or management accounts cannot be provided due to the lack of appropriate financial systems and/or the accounting principles applied by members of the Group are not consistent, aggregated financial statements and/or management accounts may be provided (and appropriate adjustments made for any intra-Group transactions); and

 

173


  (iii)

delivery of financial statements and/or management accounts in the same format as customarily prepared by the Target Group shall satisfy the requirements of this Clause 27.

 

27.2

Provision and contents of Compliance Certificates

 

  (a)

In respect of any Relevant Period (but, in respect of any Compliance Certificates accompanying the Quarterly Financial Statements, only to the extent the Company has elected to do so pursuant to paragraph (b) below), the Obligors’ Agent shall deliver to the Agent on or prior to the due date for delivery of each set of Quarterly Financial Statements and Annual Financial Statements which relate to the applicable Relevant Period ending on the last day of the Financial Quarter to which such Quarterly Financial Statements and Annual Financial Statements relate, a Compliance Certificate signed by an Officer of the Company:

 

  (i)

setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to the calculation of the Margin as set out in the definition of “Margin” and confirming that, so far as the Company is aware, no Event of Default is continuing or, if an Event of Default is continuing what Event of Default is continuing; and

 

  (ii)

(only in respect of a Compliance Certificate to be delivered with the Annual Financial Statements):

 

  (A)

setting out the amount of Excess Cash Flow for the relevant Financial Year; and

 

  (B)

confirming the Material Subsidiaries and compliance or lack of compliance with paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 29.7 (Guarantees and Security).

 

  (b)

In respect of any Relevant Period, whether or not a Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) above, the Company may (in its sole discretion) elect to deliver to the Agent a voluntary Compliance Certificate signed by an Officer of the Company, including to confirm the Margin as set out in the definition of “Margin” provided that if the Company elects (in its sole discretion) to deliver a voluntary Compliance Certificate for the purpose of determining the Margin prior to the First Test Date it shall thereafter continue to deliver Compliance Certificates with respect to determining the Margin for each applicable Relevant Period ending on the last day of each Financial Quarter in accordance with paragraph (a) above.

 

27.3

Investigations

Whilst a Material Event of Default is continuing, the Company will (and the Company will ensure that each other member of the Group will), permit the Agent or other professional advisers engaged by the Agent (after consultation with the Company as to the scope of the investigation and engagement), at the cost of the Finance Parties:

 

  (a)

reasonable access (in the presence of a representative of the Company) at all reasonable business hours and on reasonable notice to the books, accounts and records of each member of the Group to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably) considers such books, accounts or records to be relevant to the Material Event of Default which has occurred and to inspect and take copies of and extracts from such books, accounts and records; and

 

  (b)

during normal business hours and on reasonable notice to meet and discuss with senior management of the relevant member of the Group,

 

174


provided that, in each case, all information obtained as a result of such access shall be subject to the confidentiality restrictions set out in this Agreement.

 

27.4

Agreed Accounting Principles

The Company shall procure that all the Financial Statements delivered or to be delivered to the Agent under this Agreement shall be prepared in all material respects in accordance with the applicable Accounting Principles, and, if such Financial Statements are prepared on a materially different accounting basis to the Original Accounting Principles (including in the case of a material change of Accounting Principles or accounting practices):

 

  (a)

the Company shall promptly so notify the Agent (unless the Agent has been notified of the relevant change in relation to a previous set of Financial Statements);

 

  (b)

if requested by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) within thirty (30) days following notification under paragraph (a) above (a “Reconciliation Request”), the Company must promptly supply to the Agent a description of the material change(s) notified under paragraph (a) above and a statement setting out the impact of such change(s) on the calculations of any Applicable Metric, the amount of mandatory prepayments of Excess Cash Flow and the Margin ratchet (the “Reconciliation Statement”) signed by the CEO or CFO; and if requested by the Company or the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) following delivery of the Reconciliation Statement the Company and the Agent shall promptly after such notification enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing any other amendments to this Agreement which are necessary to ensure that the adoption by the Group of such different accounting basis does not result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of the obligations of any Obligor in the Finance Documents; and provided that if no Reconciliation Request is received by the Company from the Agent within such thirty (30) day time period then the Company shall not be required to provide any further information pursuant to this Clause 27.4 (including delivering a Reconciliation Statement) in respect of the change notified under paragraph (a) above or make any amendments to the Finance Documents;

 

  (c)

if amendments satisfactory to the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably and in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 27.4) are agreed by the Company and the Agent in writing within thirty (30) days of such request by the Company to the Agent notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, those amendments shall take effect and be binding on all Parties in accordance with the terms of that agreement and any change in the Accounting Principles, the accounting practices or the reference periods referred to shall, to the extent relevant, become part of the applicable Accounting Principles on that basis (subject to any further application of this paragraph (c)); and

 

  (d)

if following such request to the Agent, such amendments are not so agreed within thirty (30) days of such request by the Company to the Agent, such change shall be excluded for the purposes of determining the amount of mandatory prepayments of Excess Cash Flow and the Margin ratchet and the Company shall promptly deliver to the Agent:

 

  (i)

reasonable details of all material adjustments as need to be made to the relevant financial statements in order to reflect in all material respects the applicable accounting principles at the date of delivery of the relevant financial statements; and

 

  (ii)

together with the Compliance Certificate delivered with the Annual Financial Statements for that Financial Year, written confirmation from the Auditors (addressed to the Agent) confirming the basis for such changes and the calculations and adjustments provided by the Company under paragraphs (i) and (ii) above (subject to the Agent (or, as the case may be, each Finance Party) agreeing an engagement letter with the Auditors (and otherwise in such manner and on such conditions as the auditors specify) and entering into any required hold harmless, non-reliance or similar letter with the Auditors and only to the extent that firms of auditors of international repute have not adopted a general policy of not providing such confirmation).

 

175


27.5

Quarterly Conference Call

Once in each Financial Quarter, commencing following delivery of the first Quarterly Financial Statements, at least two (2) Officers of the Company shall, if requested by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), host a single conference call with the Finance Parties, at a time and date agreed with the Agent (acting reasonably), about the financial performance of the Group.

 

27.6

“Know your customer” checks

 

  (a)

If:

 

  (i)

the introduction of or any change in (or the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date upon which a person became a Party);

 

  (ii)

any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date upon which a person became a Party); or

 

  (iii)

a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it (or publicly available), each Obligor shall promptly, upon the request of the Agent or any Lender, supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence not previously supplied to the Agent or the relevant Lender as is reasonably necessary in order for the Agent, such Lender or any prospective New Lender (provided that it has entered into a confidentiality undertaking as required by Clause 44 (Confidentiality)) to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and which have not already been satisfied.

 

  (b)

Each Lender shall promptly, upon the request of the Agent, supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks that it is required to carry out under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

  (c)

The Company shall, by not less than five (5) Business Days’ (or such shorter period as may be agreed with the Agent) prior written notice to the Agent, notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that any person becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors).

 

176


  (d)

Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Obligor obliges the Agent or any Lender to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in respect of that Additional Obligor in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it (or publicly available), the Company shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably necessary in order for the Agent or such any Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks which are strictly required to carry out under applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors) and which have not already been satisfied.

 

27.7

ERISA-related information

Each US Obligor shall:

 

  (a)

promptly upon written request of the Agent, deliver thereto copies of each annual and other return, report or valuation with respect to each Employee Plan or Multiemployer Plan, as filed with any applicable governmental authority where failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (b)

promptly following receipt thereof, deliver to the Agent copies of:

 

  (i)

any documents described in Sections 101(k) or 101(l) of ERISA that such US Obligor may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; and

 

  (ii)

any documents described in Section 101(f) of ERISA that such US Obligor receives with respect to any Multiemployer Plan,

in each case, where failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (c)

promptly and in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days after such US Obligor knows that an ERISA Event has occurred and that such ERISA Event has a Material Adverse Effect, deliver to the Agent a statement of an Officer of such US Obligor describing such occurrence and the action, if any, that such US Obligor has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto; and

 

  (d)

promptly and in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt thereof by such US Obligor, deliver to the Agent copies of each notice from the PBGC stating its intention to terminate any Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Plan if the same would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

27.8

Notes Reporting

Notwithstanding any other term of the Finance Documents (including this Clause 27), following the issuance of any Notes (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement, provided that such Notes are issued pursuant to a Rule 144A or Regulation S offering), delivery to the Agent of a copy of each set of financial statements of any Notes Issuer (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) (or, if applicable, the financial statements of such Holding Company or Subsidiary of the Notes Issuer which may be delivered for financial reporting purposes pursuant to the documentation governing the Notes) which are delivered to Noteholders (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) shall be deemed to satisfy all requirements of this Clause 27 (including as regards the form of and requirements in relation to financial statements and any accompanying information, statements and management commentary and the time periods to deliver such Financial Statements if such time period in the Notes is longer than the time periods set out in this Agreement), this Agreement and the other Finance Documents such that no further documents, statements or information shall be required to be delivered pursuant to this Clause 27, this Agreement and the other Finance Documents provided that, where applicable, the Company shall still be required to comply with the obligations under:

 

  (a)

Clause 27.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificates);

 

177


  (b)

Clause 27.3 (Investigations);

 

  (c)

Clause 27.5 (Quarterly Conference Call) but only if there is not a quarterly conference call for the Noteholders (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) about the financial performance of the Group to which the Lenders are invited;

 

  (d)

Clause 27.6 (“Know your customer” checks); and

 

  (e)

Clause 27.7 (ERISA-related information).

 

27.9

Public Reporting

Notwithstanding any other term of the Finance Documents (including this Clause 27), following the occurrence of any Listing, delivery to the Agent of a copy of each set of financial statements of the relevant IPO Entity which are delivered to public shareholders in that IPO Entity shall be deemed to satisfy all requirements of this Clause 27 (including as regards the form of and requirements in relation to financial statements and any accompanying information, statements and management commentary), this Agreement and the other Finance Documents such that no further documents, statements or information shall be required to be delivered pursuant to this Clause 27, this Agreement and the other Finance Documents provided that, where applicable, the Company shall still be required to comply with the obligation under:

 

  (a)

Clause 27.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificates); and

 

  (b)

Clause 27.6 (“Know your customer” checks).

 

27.10

Restrictions

Notwithstanding any other term of the Finance Documents, all reporting and other information requirements in the Finance Documents shall be subject to any confidentiality, legal, regulatory or other restrictions relating to the supply of information concerning the Group or otherwise binding on any member of the Group and in no circumstances shall any member of the Group be required to disclose (and in no circumstances shall any breach, Default or Event of Default arise from a failure to disclose) any information subject to such restrictions or any other information that it considers in good faith to be commercially sensitive with respect to a Finance Party, including, for the avoidance of doubt a Finance Party that is or becomes an Industry Competitor or a customer of the Group.

 

28.

FINANCIAL DEFINITIONS

 

28.1

Financial definitions

For the purposes of this Agreement:

Acquisition Costs” means all fees, commissions, costs and expenses, stamp, registration and other Taxes incurred by any member of the Group (or any Holding Company thereof) in connection with the Acquisition or the negotiation, preparation, execution, notarisation and registration of the Transaction Documents together with all fees, commissions, costs and expenses incurred by the Group (including the Target Group) in connection with the Acquisition or the Transaction Documents (including for the avoidance of doubt, the payment of any make-whole costs and other costs in relation thereto, hedging costs in connection with any hedging entered into in relation to any financial indebtedness arising under a Secured Debt Document, all payments made to any Hedge Counterparty, and all fees, costs and expenses incurred, by any member of the Group (including the Target Group) in connection with the close-out or termination of any hedging arrangements in respect of which any member of the Group (including the Target Group) was a party (including in respect of interest rate, exchange rate and commodity price risk hedging)).

 

178


Capitalized Lease Obligations” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Consolidated Net Income” has the meaning given to that term Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Equity Contribution” means:

 

  (a)

any subscription for shares issued by, and any capital contributions (including by way of premium and/or contribution to the capital reserves and on a cash or cashless basis) to, the Company via Topco (but excluding the proceeds of any (i) Topco Notes and (ii) any other Indebtedness of a Parent Entity (x) which is guaranteed by any member of the Group, and (y) in respect of which dividends or distributions on the Company’s Capital Stock are permitted to be paid from cash in the Group pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)(C) of Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings)); and/or

 

  (b)

any loans, notes, bonds or like instruments issued by or made to the Company via Topco (but excluding any Topco Proceeds Loan) which are subordinated to the Facilities as Subordinated Liabilities pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement or otherwise on terms satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Subordinated Shareholder Funding).

Excess Cash Flow” means, for any Relevant Period ending on or about the last day of the relevant Financial Year of the Company, an amount equal to the difference (if positive) between (a) and (b) where:

 

  (a)

equals: the sum, without duplication, of (in each case, for Group on a consolidated basis):

 

  (i)

Consolidated Net Income for such period;

 

  (ii)

an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash receipts to the extent excluded in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income;

 

  (iii)

decreases in Working Capital for such period (except as a result of (A) the reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice versa or (B) any such decreases arising from acquisitions or disposals completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting);

 

  (iv)

an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on disposals by the Group during such period (other than disposals in the ordinary course of trading) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income;

 

  (v)

cash payments received in respect of hedging or derivative arrangements during such period to the extent not included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income;

 

  (vi)

increases in current and non-current deferred revenue to the extent deducted or not included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; and

 

  (vii)

extraordinary gains; and

 

  (b)

equals: the sum, without duplication, of:

 

  (i)

an amount equal to the amount of all:

 

  (A)

non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income;

 

179


  (B)

cash charges to the extent excluded in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income;

 

  (C)

fees, expenses or charges related to the Transaction and discharging Existing Target Debt (including any fees, costs or expenses in connection with related due diligence activities) to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and paid in cash during such period;

 

  (D)

cash receipts to the extent applied (and which have been paid during such Financial Year) for any purpose permitted under this Agreement; and

 

  (E)

an amount equal to all Acquisition Costs;

 

  (ii)

an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on disposals by the Group during such period (other than disposals in the ordinary course of trading) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income;

 

  (iii)

increases in Working Capital for such period (except as a result of (A) the reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice versa or (B) any such decreases arising from acquisitions or disposals completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting);

 

  (iv)

cash payments by the Group during such period in respect of deferred purchase price and/or earn out obligations and long-term liabilities of the Group other than Indebtedness;

 

  (v)

an amount equal to the proceeds of any disposal received during such period and permitted to be reinvested, retained or required to be applied in prepayment in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;

 

  (vi)

without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to paragraph (viii) below in prior Financial Years, the amount of Investments made with cash or Cash Equivalent Investments and acquisitions made during such period to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were not financed with any of the proceeds received from:

 

  (A)

the Incurrence of long-term Indebtedness; or

 

  (B)

an Equity Contribution;

 

  (vii)

the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Group in cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees);

 

  (viii)

without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in other periods:

 

  (A)

the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by any member of the Group pursuant to binding contracts, commitments, letters of intent or purchase orders (the “Contract Consideration”) entered into prior to or during such period; and

 

  (B)

any planned cash expenditures by any member of the Group (the Planned Expenditures),

 

180


in the case of each of paragraphs (A) and (B) above, relating to Permitted Acquisitions (or Investments similar to those made for Permitted Acquisitions), capital expenditures, disposals or acquisitions to be consummated or made, or restructuring costs anticipated to be paid, during the period of four consecutive Financial Quarters of the Group following the end of such period, provided that to the extent that the aggregate amount of cash actually utilised to finance such Permitted Acquisitions (or Investments similar to those made for Permitted Acquisitions), capital expenditures, disposals, or acquisitions to be consummated or made or restructuring costs during such following period of four consecutive Financial Quarters is less than the Contract Consideration and Planned Expenditures, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow, at the end of such period of four consecutive Financial Quarters;

 

  (ix)

the amount of taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period or falling due;

 

  (x)

cash expenditures made in respect of hedging or derivative arrangements during such period to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income;

 

  (xi)

decreases in current and non-current deferred revenue to the extent included or not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income;

 

  (xii)

extraordinary, one-off or one-time, non-recurring, exceptional or unusual losses;

 

  (xiii)

any amount received by way of an Equity Contribution or (without double counting) the cash proceeds of any subscription (to the extent paid in cash) for common and/or preference shares of the Group from a person that is not a member of the Group by way of any capital contribution to the Group or any raising of funds by way of private placement of ordinary or preference share capital in each case to the extent otherwise included or not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income;

 

  (xiv)

amounts claimed under loss of profit, business interruption or equivalent insurance in respect of such period not received in cash during such period;

 

  (xv)

the amount of any loss of any member of the Group which is attributable to any third party (not being a member of the Group) which is a shareholder (or holder of a similar interest) in such member of the Group;

 

  (xvi)

the amount of expenses relating to pensions including service costs and pension interest costs but after deducting Pension Items;

 

  (xvii)

an amount equal to any Trapped Cash;

 

  (xviii)

the amount of any addbacks for adjustments (including anticipated synergies) or costs or expenses: (A) reflected in the Management Case and/or the quality of earnings report provided to the Mandated Lead Arrangers prior to the date of this Agreement (as amended, varied, supplemented and/or updated on or prior to the Closing Date, to the extent such amendment, variation, supplement and/or update is not materially prejudicial to the Lenders) and/or the management case or quality of earnings report relating to a Permitted Acquisition prepared by an independent third party and delivered to the Agent and/or (B) taken into account in determining Opening Consolidated EBITDA and/or the financing EBITDA to be used in connection with the financing for a Permitted Acquisition;

 

  (xix)

any payment or amount described in the preceding paragraphs made after the end of the applicable Financial Year for which such Excess Cash Flow calculation applies to and before the date on which a prepayment is required to be made in accordance with the Excess Cash Flow provisions of this Agreement which the Company elects to deduct in such Excess Cash Flow calculation, provided that any such amount deducted under this sub-paragraph (xix) may not be deducted in any subsequent calculation of Excess Cash Flow; and

 

181


  (xx)

the aggregate amount of all payments in respect of Fixed Charges,

provided that any amount taken into account in the calculation of the Excess Cash Flow Deduction Amount shall not be included in the calculation of this paragraph (b).

Excess Cash Flow Deduction Amount” means the aggregate of:

 

  (a)

any amounts:

 

  (i)

of any principal payments, repurchases or redemptions of Indebtedness (other than in respect of any revolving debt, except to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder) and, in each case, any associated premium, make-whole or penalty payments, made:

 

  (A)

during the relevant Financial Year; and

 

  (B)

during the period between the end of the Financial Year and the date in the next Financial Year on which such mandatory prepayment is made (provided that such amount is then ignored for the purposes of this paragraph (a) for the following Financial Year); and

 

  (ii)

committed or designated by the Company prior to the date on which such mandatory prepayment is made to be applied to finance or refinance any principal payments, repurchases or redemptions of Indebtedness (in each case with respect to non-revolving debt) and, in each case, any associated premium, make-whole or penalty payments, to be undertaken in the twelve (12) months following such date;

 

  (b)

any amounts:

 

  (i)

applied to finance or refinance acquisitions, Investments, disposals, capital expenditures, Restructuring Costs and/or other Group Initiatives:

 

  (A)

during the relevant Financial Year; and

 

  (B)

during the period between the end of the Financial Year and the date in the next Financial Year on which such mandatory prepayment is made (provided that such amount is then ignored for the purpose of this paragraph (b) for the following Financial Year); and

 

  (ii)

committed or designated by the Company prior to the date on which such mandatory prepayment is made to be applied to finance or refinance acquisitions, Investments, disposals, capital expenditures, Restructuring Costs and/or other Group Initiatives to be undertaken in the twelve (12) months following such date;

 

  (c)

any amounts:

 

  (i)

used to make any Restricted Payment or Investment permitted under this Agreement:

 

  (A)

during the relevant Financial Year; and

 

  (B)

during the period between the end of the Financial Year and the date in the next Financial Year on which such mandatory prepayment is made (provided that such amount is then ignored for the purposes of this paragraph (c) for the following Financial Year); and

 

182


  (ii)

committed or designated by the Company prior to the date on which such mandatory prepayment is made to be used to make any Restricted Payment or Investment permitted to be made under this Agreement in the twelve (12) months following such date; and

 

  (d)

the greater of (i) €53.75 million and (ii) an amount equal to twenty-five (25) per cent. of LTM EBITDA,

provided that any amounts corresponding to paragraphs (a) to (c) above shall be deemed utilised prior to any amount corresponding to paragraph (d) above and, for the avoidance of doubt, paragraph (d) above shall be subject to paragraph (s) of Clause 28.3 (Calculations).

Financial Quarter” means the period commencing on the day immediately following a Quarter Date and ending on the next occurring Quarter Date.

Financial Year” means each annual accounting period of the relevant Financial Reporting Entity ending on the Accounting Reference Date in each year.

First Test Date” means the first Quarter Date falling at the end of four (4) complete Financial Quarters following the Closing Date.

Forward-Looking Group Initiative Synergies” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (e)(i)(B) of Clause 28.3 (Calculations).

Forward-Looking Purchase Synergies” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (c)(ii)(B) of Clause 28.3 (Calculations).

Forward-Looking Sale Synergies” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (d)(ii)(B) of Clause 28.3 (Calculations).

Forward-Looking Synergies” means Forward-Looking Group Initiative Synergies, Forward-Looking Purchase Synergies and Forward-Looking Sale Synergies.

Group Initiative” means any action or step (including any restructuring, reorganisation, new or revised contract, information and technology systems establishment, modernisation or modification or the implementation of an operating improvement initiative, efficiency initiative, cost savings initiative, opening and/or development of any facility, site or operation, capacity increases, capacity utilisation or any other adjustments or similar initiative) taken, committed or expected (unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) to be taken by the Group.

Indebtedness” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Opening Consolidated EBITDA” means the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation of the Group, as determined by the Company (acting reasonably) on the basis of the most recent financial statements of the Target Group available prior to the Closing Date, including those adjustments set out in the Management Case, the Reports or any quality of earnings report provided to the Mandated Lead Arrangers prior to the date of this Agreement (as amended, varied, supplemented and/or updated on or prior to the Closing Date, to the extent such amendment, variation, supplement and/or update is not materially prejudicial to the Lenders) and any other adjustments permitted in accordance with this Agreement being not less than €215,000,000 as at the Closing Date.

Pension Items” means any contributions and the current cash service costs attributable to any income or charge attributable to a post-employment benefit scheme.

 

183


Quarter Date” means each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December or such other dates which correspond to the quarter end dates within the Financial Year.

Relevant Period” means:

 

  (a)

(if ending on a Quarter Date) each period of four consecutive Financial Quarters ending on a Quarter Date; or

 

  (b)

(if ending on the last day of a calendar month or any other date not being a Quarter Date) the period of twelve (12) consecutive months ending on the last day of a calendar month or such other appropriate date,

which in each case for the avoidance of doubt may include periods prior to the Closing Date in accordance with Clause 28.3 (Calculations).

Restructuring Costs” means costs or expenses relating to employee relocation, retraining, severance and termination, business interruption, reorganisation and other restructuring or cost cutting measures, the rationalisation, re branding, start up, reduction or elimination of product lines, assets or businesses, the consolidation, relocation or closure of retail, administrative or production locations and other similar items (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any related capital expenditure).

Retained Cash” means, at any time and from time to time to the extent allocated as such at the option of the Company and to the extent not previously applied or allocated for a particular purpose:

 

  (a)

Retained Excess Cash;

 

  (b)

Closing Overfunding;

 

  (c)

Net Cash Proceeds;

 

  (d)

any prepayment waived (and not taken up by another Lender) or deemed waived by a Lender;

 

  (e)

any amounts received or receivable from any person which is not a member of the Group for the purpose of, or with the intention that such amounts are available to be used for, the relevant expenditure (including under the Acquisition Documents or agreements governing any Permitted Acquisition (by way of indemnity, compensation or otherwise));

 

  (f)

the net cash proceeds of a disposition which are not required to be applied in prepayment of the Facilities;

 

  (g)

prepayments under any relevant contractual arrangements;

 

  (h)

investment grants; and

 

  (i)

capital contributions received from landlords in relation to real property.

Retained Cash Flow” means Excess Cash Flow, if positive, not required to be applied in prepayment of the Facilities, (including for the avoidance of doubt all Excess Cash Flow generated in the Financial Year ended 30 September 2021 and all Excess Cash Flow Deduction Amounts to the extent deducted in determining the amount of Excess Cash Flow required to be prepaid).

Retained Excess Cash” means accumulated unspent Retained Cash Flow from previous years to the extent not utilised or applied in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents and shall for the avoidance of doubt include all Excess Cash Flow generated in any Financial Year which ends after the Closing Date but which is not required to be prepaid.

 

184


Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Total Net Leverage Ratio” has the meaning given to that term in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

Trapped Cash” means any cash, Cash Equivalent Investments or other amounts that would, if it constituted an applicable mandatory prepayment proceed, be exempt from being required to be applied in a mandatory prepayment of the Facilities pursuant to paragraph (c) of Clause 14.3 (Application of prepayments), for reasons of unlawfulness, inability to upstream to applicable Borrowers, imposition of Taxes and otherwise.

Working Capital” means, as at any date of determination, the excess of:

 

  (a)

the sum of all amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalent Investments) that would, in conformity with the Accounting Principles, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Group at such date (excluding the current portion of current and deferred income taxes),

over

 

  (b)

the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with the Accounting Principles, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Group on such date,

but excluding (for the purposes of both paragraphs (a) and (b) above), without duplication:

 

  (i)

the current portion of any funded Indebtedness;

 

  (ii)

all Indebtedness consisting of:

 

  (A)

Utilisations; or

 

  (B)

utilisations under any Ancillary Facility, any Fronted Ancillary Facility or any other revolving credit or similar facility,

to the extent otherwise included therein;

 

  (iii)

the current portion of interest expense;

 

  (iv)

the current portion of current and deferred Taxes based on income, profit or capital;

 

  (v)

the current portion of any Capitalized Lease Obligations;

 

  (vi)

deferred revenue reflected within current liabilities;

 

  (vii)

liabilities in respect of unpaid earn-outs or deferred acquisition costs;

 

  (viii)

current accrued costs associated with any restructuring or business (including accrued severance and accrued facility closure costs) optimisation;

 

  (ix)

any other liabilities that are not Indebtedness and will not be settled in cash or Cash Equivalent Investments during the next succeeding twelve (12) month period after such date;

 

  (x)

the effects from applying purchase accounting;

 

185


  (xi)

any accrued professional liability risks; and

 

  (xii)

restricted marketable securities,

provided that, for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow, increases or decreases in working capital (1) arising from acquisitions or disposals by the Group shall be measured from the date on which such acquisition or disposal occurred until the first anniversary of such acquisition or disposal with respect to the person subject to such acquisition or disposal and (2) shall exclude (I) the impact of non-cash adjustments contemplated in the Excess Cash Flow calculation, (II) the impact of adjusting items in the definition of Consolidated Net Income and (III) any changes in current assets or current liabilities as a result of (x) the effect of fluctuations in the amount of accrued or contingent obligations, assets or liabilities under any hedging agreements or other derivative obligations, (y) any reclassification, other than as a result of the passage of time, in accordance with the Accounting Principles of assets or liabilities, as applicable, between current and noncurrent or (z) the effects of acquisition method accounting.

 

28.2

[Reserved]

 

28.3

Calculations

 

  (a)

[Reserved]

 

  (b)

Calculations in accordance with Finance Documents

For the purposes of calculating any Applicable Metric, such calculations will be calculated in accordance with the Finance Documents.

 

  (c)

Purchases

For the purpose of calculating any Applicable Metric (including the financial definitions or components thereof but excluding for the avoidance of doubt Excess Cash Flow) in the Finance Documents, including when determining (or, as applicable, forecasting) Consolidated EBITDA for any Relevant Period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to any relevant Purchase (as defined below)), the Company may:

 

  (i)

if during such period any member of the Group (by merger or otherwise) has made or committed (unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) to make an Investment in any person that thereby becomes (or that the Company expects in good faith, based upon such commitment, will become) a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise has acquired or committed (unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) to acquire any entity, business, property or material fixed asset (including the acquisition, opening and/or development of any new site or operation) (any such Investment, acquisition or commitment (including under a letter of intent) therefor, a “Purchase”), including any such Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made under this Agreement or the other Finance Documents, calculate Consolidated EBITDA for such period on the basis that the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, mutatis mutandis) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Purchase during such Relevant Period shall be included as if the Purchase occurred on the first day of such Relevant Period; and/or

 

186


  (ii)

include an adjustment in respect of any Purchase and/or any steps taken or committed or expected to be taken (in each case, unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) in respect of such Purchase up to the amount of the pro forma increase in Consolidated EBITDA projected by the Company (in good faith) after taking into account the full “run rate” effect of:

 

  (A)

all Synergies which the Company (in good faith) determines have been or will be achieved (in full or in part) at any time during such Relevant Period directly or indirectly as a consequence of the Purchase or any related steps, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realised during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA provided that so long as such Synergies have been or will be realised at any time during such Relevant Period, it may be assumed they were realised during the entirety of such Relevant Period; and/or

 

  (B)

all Synergies which the Company (in good faith) believes can be achieved following the end of such period directly or indirectly as a consequence of the Purchase or any related steps (the “Forward-Looking Purchase Synergies”), provided that so long as such Forward-Looking Purchase Synergies will be realisable at any time in the future, it may be assumed they will be realisable during the entire such period;

in each case, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realised during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA; and/or

 

  (iii)

exclude any non-recurring fees, costs and expenses directly or indirectly related to the Purchase.

 

  (d)

Sales

For the purpose of calculating any Applicable Metric (including the financial definitions or components thereof but excluding for the avoidance of doubt Excess Cash Flow) in the Finance Documents, including when determining (or, as applicable, forecasting) Consolidated EBITDA for any Relevant Period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to any relevant Sale (as defined below)), the Company may:

 

  (i)

if during such period any member of the Group has disposed or committed (unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) to make a disposal of any person, property, business or material fixed asset or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Group (any such sale, transfer, disposition or commitment therefor, a “Sale”) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate Consolidated EBITDA relates to such a Sale, calculate Consolidated EBITDA for such period on the basis that Consolidated EBITDA will be reduced by an amount equal to the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and impairment (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, mutatis mutandis) (if positive) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and impairment (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA, mutatis mutandis) (if negative) attributable thereto for such period as if the Sale occurred on the first day of such Relevant Period; and/or

 

  (ii)

include an adjustment in respect of any Sale and/or any steps taken or committed or expected to be taken (in each case, unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) in respect of such Sale up to the amount of the pro forma increase in Consolidated EBITDA projected by the Company (in good faith) after taking into account the full “run rate” effect of:

 

187


  (A)

all Synergies which the Company (in good faith) determines have been or will be achieved (in full or in part) at any time during such Relevant Period directly or indirectly as a consequence of the Sale or any related steps, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realised during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA provided that so long as such Synergies have been realised at any time during such Relevant Period, it may be assumed they were realised during the entirety of such Relevant Period; and/or

 

  (B)

all Synergies which the Company (in good faith) believes can be achieved following the end of such period directly or indirectly as a consequence of the Sale or any related steps (the “Forward-Looking Sale Synergies”), provided that so long as such Forward-Looking Sale Synergies will be realisable at any time in the future, it may be assumed they will be realisable during the entire such period;

in each case, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realised during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA; and/or

 

  (iii)

exclude any non-recurring fees, costs and expenses directly or indirectly related to the Sale; and/or

 

  (e)

Group Initiatives

For the purpose of calculating any Applicable Metric (including the financial definitions or components thereof but excluding for the avoidance of doubt Excess Cash Flow) in the Finance Documents, including when determining (or, as applicable, forecasting) Consolidated EBITDA for any Relevant Period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to implementing or committing to implement such Group Initiative), the Company may:

 

  (i)

include an adjustment in respect of each Group Initiative and/or any steps taken or committed or expected to be taken (in each case, unilaterally, conditionally or otherwise) in respect of such Group Initiative up to the amount of the pro forma increase in Consolidated EBITDA projected by the Company (in good faith) after taking into account the full “run rate” effect of:

 

  (A)

all Synergies which the Company (in good faith) determines have been or will be achieved (in full or in part) at any time during such Relevant Period directly or indirectly as a consequence of implementing or committing to implement such Group Initiative or any related steps, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realised during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA provided that so long as such Synergies have been realised at any time during such Relevant Period, it may be assumed they were realised during the entirety of such Relevant Period; and/or

 

  (B)

all Synergies which the Company (in good faith) believes can be achieved following the end of such period directly or indirectly as a consequence of implementing or committing to implement such Group Initiative or any related steps (the “Forward-Looking Group Initiative Synergies”), provided that so long as such Forward-Looking Group Initiative Synergies will be realisable at any time in the future, it may be assumed they will be realisable during the entire such period;

in each case, without prejudice to the Synergies actually realised during the Relevant Period and already included in Consolidated EBITDA; and/or

 

188


  (ii)

exclude any non-recurring fees, costs and expenses directly or indirectly related to the implementation of, or commitment to, implement such Group Initiative.

 

  (f)

Calculations determined in good faith

In relation to the definitions set out in Clause 28.1 (Financial definitions) and all other related provisions of the Finance Documents (including this Clause 28, Schedule 15 (General Undertakings), Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms) and any Applicable Metric):

 

  (i)

all calculations will be as determined in good faith by an Officer of the Company (including in respect of Synergies); and

 

  (ii)

all calculations in respect of Synergies (in each case actual or anticipated) may be made as though the full run-rate effect of such Synergies were realised on the first day of the Relevant Period.

 

  (g)

Periods prior to the Closing Date

Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income for any part of a Relevant Period falling prior to the Closing Date shall be calculated on an actual basis over the Relevant Period (whereby for any part of the applicable Relevant Period falling prior to the date on which the Target Group became part of the Group, such amount shall be calculated based on actual historic data for the corresponding period available and by reference to the Target Group as adjusted in accordance with the provisions of this Clause and the other provisions of this Agreement) or, at the Company’s option, on the basis of the Management Case.

 

  (h)

Business Day adjustments

In the event that:

 

  (i)

any Accounting Reference Date or other Quarter Date is adjusted by the Company to avoid an Accounting Reference Date or other Quarter Date falling on a day which is not a Business Day and/or to ensure that an Accounting Reference Date or other Quarter Date falls on a particular day of the week; or

 

  (ii)

there is any adjustment to a scheduled payment date to avoid payments becoming due on a day which is not a Business Day,

if that adjustment results in any amount being paid in a Relevant Period in which it would otherwise not have been paid, for the purpose of calculating any Applicable Metric under the Finance Documents the Company may (at its option) treat such amount as if it was paid in the Relevant Period in which it would have been paid save for any such adjustment.

 

  (i)

Interpretation of references to certain Applicable Metrics

Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in the Finance Documents to Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, LTM EBITDA, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is to be construed as a reference to Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDA, LTM EBITDA, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Group on a consolidated basis.

 

189


  (j)

Certain exclusions

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary (including anything in the financial definitions set out in this Agreement), when calculating any Applicable Metric, the financial definitions or component thereof but excluding Excess Cash Flow, the Company shall be permitted to:

 

  (i)

exclude all or any part of any expenditure or other negative item (and/or the impact thereof) directly or indirectly relating to or resulting from:

 

  (A)

the Transaction;

 

  (B)

any other acquisition, Investment or other joint venture permitted by the terms of this Agreement or the impact from purchase price accounting;

 

  (C)

start-up costs for new businesses and branding or re-branding of existing businesses;

 

  (D)

Restructuring Costs;

 

  (E)

research and development expenditure (and the capitalisation thereof); and/or

 

  (F)

the implementation of IFRS 15 (Revenue from Contracts with Customers) and/or IFRS 16 (Leases) and, in each case, any successor standard thereto (or any equivalent measure under the Accounting Principles) or any other changes in the applicable Accounting Principles; and/or

 

  (ii)

include any addbacks (without further verification or diligence) for adjustments (including anticipated Synergies) or costs or expenses (i) reflected in the Management Case, the Reports and/or any quality of earnings report provided to the Mandated Lead Arrangers prior to the date of this Agreement (as amended, varied, supplemented and/or updated on or prior to the Closing Date, to the extent such amendment, variation, supplement and/or update is not materially prejudicial to the Lenders) and/or any base case model or quality of earnings report relating to a Permitted Acquisition prepared by an independent third party and which is delivered by the Company (or on its behalf) to the Agent and/or (ii) taken into account in determining (x) Opening Consolidated EBITDA or (y) the financing EBITDA to be used in connection with financing for a Permitted Acquisition and/or any research and development expenditure (which is not otherwise capitalised).

 

  (k)

No double-counting

For the purpose of this Clause 28 and to the extent any Applicable Metric is used as the basis (in whole or in part) for permitting any transaction or making any determination under this Agreement (including on a pro forma basis) no item shall be included or excluded more than once where to do so would result in double counting.

 

  (l)

Applicable Metrics may be determined as at Applicable Test Date

Any Applicable Metric to be determined in connection with an Applicable Transaction may, at the Company’s option, be determined as at the Applicable Test Date provided that when making such determination the Company shall be required to give pro forma effect to any other Applicable Transactions that have occurred up to (and including) the Applicable Test Date.

 

190


  (m)

No re-testing of Applicable Metrics unless Company elects

If compliance with an Applicable Metric is established in accordance with paragraph (l) above, such Applicable Metric shall be deemed to have been complied with (or satisfied) for all purposes; provided that:

 

  (i)

the Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to recalculate any Applicable Metric on the basis of a more recent Applicable Test Date, in which case, such date of redetermination shall thereafter be deemed to be the relevant Applicable Test Date for purposes of such Applicable Metrics; and

 

  (ii)

save as contemplated in sub-paragraph (i) above, compliance with any Applicable Metric shall not be determined or tested at any time after the relevant Applicable Test Date for such transaction and any actions or transactions related thereto.

 

  (n)

Impact of subsequent fluctuations in Applicable Metrics

If any Applicable Metric for which compliance was determined or tested as of an Applicable Test Date would at any time after the Applicable Test Date have been exceeded or otherwise failed to have been complied with as a result of fluctuations in such Applicable Metric (or any other Applicable Metric), such Applicable Metric will not be deemed to have been exceeded or failed to have been complied with as a result of such fluctuations.

 

  (o)

Related requirements and conditions; Defaults and Events of Default

If any related requirements and conditions (including as to the absence of any continuing Default or Event of Default) for which compliance or satisfaction was determined or tested as of the Applicable Test Date would at any time after the Applicable Test Date not have been complied with or satisfied (including due to the occurrence or continuation of a Default or an Event of Default), such requirements and conditions will not be deemed to have been failed to be complied with or satisfied (and such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed not to have occurred or be continuing).

 

  (p)

Applicable Transactions to be given effect for Applicable Metric calculations after Applicable Test Date

Subject to paragraph (c)(viii) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings), in calculating the availability under any Applicable Metric in connection with any action or transaction unrelated to the Applicable Transaction following the relevant Applicable Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Applicable Transaction is consummated or the Company determines (in its sole discretion) that such Applicable Transaction will not be consummated, any such Applicable Metric shall be determined or tested giving pro forma effect to such Applicable Transaction.

 

  (q)

Treatment of revolving Indebtedness

If an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) is committed, Incurred or issued, any Lien is committed or Incurred or any other transaction is undertaken or any Applicable Metric is tested in reliance on a ratio-based basket based on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Total Net Leverage Ratio or any other ratio based Applicable Metric, such ratio(s) shall be calculated without regard to the Incurrence or drawing of any Indebtedness under any revolving facility, letter of credit facility or bank guarantee facility and/or other debt which is available to be re-drawn (including under any Revolving Facility, or any Ancillary Facility) and, for the avoidance of doubt, subject to paragraph (c)(viii) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings), any undrawn commitments for Indebtedness (including under a Revolving Facility) shall be disregarded for the purposes of testing the Applicable Metric.

 

191


  (r)

Concurrent testing of ratio-based permissions with fixed permissions and/or Incurrences of revolving Indebtedness

If, in connection with the same Applicable Transaction or otherwise substantially simultaneously:

 

  (i)

 

  (A)

any Applicable Metrics required to be determined by reference to a fixed currency amount or a percentage of LTM EBITDA (a “fixed permission”) are intended to be utilised; and/or

 

  (B)

revolving Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under the Reserved Indebtedness Amount) is intended to be Incurred; and

 

  (ii)

any Applicable Metric required to be determined by reference to the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or any other ratio-based Applicable Metric (a “ratio-based permission”) are intended to be utilized (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any determination of any increase or decrease in any such Applicable Metric, including in accordance with paragraphs (b)(v)(B)(1)(I), (b)(v)(B)(1)(II) or (b)(v)(B)(1)(III) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings)),

then (x) amounts available to be incurred under the applicable ratio-based permissions shall first be calculated without giving effect to amounts to be incurred under the applicable fixed permissions or the applicable Incurrence of revolving Indebtedness, or amounts previously incurred under such fixed permissions and not reclassified that are being repaid in connection with such Applicable Transaction, unless otherwise elected by the Company; and (y) thereafter, compliance with any relevant fixed permissions shall be calculated, and in each case, full pro forma effect shall be given to all increases to LTM EBITDA and repayments or discharges of Indebtedness in connection with such Applicable Transaction in accordance with this Agreement.

 

  (s)

Numerical and grower permissions

If any Applicable Metric is determined by reference to the greater of a fixed amount (the “numerical permission”) and a percentage of LTM EBITDA (the “grower permission”) and the grower permission of the Applicable Metric exceeds the applicable numerical permission at any time as a result of a Permitted Acquisition or Permitted Investment, the numerical permission shall be deemed to be increased to the highest amount of the grower permission reached from time to time as a result of any such Permitted Acquisitions and/or Permitted Investments and shall not subsequently be reduced as a result of any decrease in the grower permission.

 

  (t)

Reclassification

In the event that any amount or transaction meets the criteria of more than one Applicable Metric, the Company may (in its sole discretion), subject to the limitations imposed under paragraph (c)(ii) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings), classify and reclassify that amount or transaction to a particular Applicable Metric and will only be required to include that amount or transaction in one of those Applicable Metrics (and, for the avoidance of doubt, an amount may at the option of the Company be split between different Applicable Metrics).

 

192


  (u)

Automatic reclassification into ratio-based permissions

Subject to the limitations imposed under paragraph (c)(ii) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings), if a proposed action, matter, transaction or amount (or a portion thereof) is incurred or entered into pursuant to a fixed permission and at a later time would subsequently be permitted under a ratio-based permission, unless otherwise elected by the Company, such action, matter, transaction or amount (or a portion thereof) shall automatically be reclassified to such ratio-based permission.

 

  (v)

Foreign exchange rates and currency conversions

For purposes of determining compliance with:

 

  (i)

any euro-denominated Applicable Metric (other than in respect of any calculation of any financial covenant or ratio under the Finance Documents or related usage, ratchet or permission), the euro equivalent of amounts denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated using a rate of exchange selected by the Company (acting reasonably and in good faith) on the Applicable Test Date (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the rate of any foreign exchange hedging entered into by the Group in relation to the Applicable Transaction); or

 

  (ii)

any other Applicable Metric (including in respect of any calculation of any financial covenant or ratio under the Finance Documents), the euro equivalent of amounts denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated, at the Company’s option, using any of:

 

  (A)

any applicable weighted average spot conversion rates over the relevant testing period;

 

  (B)

any applicable conversion rates used in any relevant financial statements or management accounts;

 

  (C)

any applicable conversion rate selected by the Company (acting reasonably and in good faith) on the relevant date of determination (including the Applicable Test Date, if applicable);

 

  (D)

any applicable conversion rate under any foreign exchange hedging arrangement entered into by any member of the Group; or

 

  (E)

in respect of US Dollar amounts, the Applicable Rate,

and, in each case, no Default, Event of Default or any breach of representation or warranty or undertaking shall arise merely as a result of a subsequent change in the euro equivalent amount of any relevant amount due to fluctuations in exchange rates.

 

  (w)

Carry forward and carry back

For any relevant Applicable Metric set by reference to a Financial Year, a calendar year, a Relevant Period, a four-quarter period, a twelve (12) month period or any other similar annual period (each an “Annual Period”):

 

  (i)

at the option of the Company, the maximum amount so permitted under such Applicable Metric during such Annual Period may be increased by:

 

  (A)

an amount equal to one hundred (100) per cent. of the difference (if positive) between the permitted amount in the immediately preceding Annual Period (or any such other preceding period as specified in such Applicable Metric) and the amount thereof actually used or applied by the Group during such preceding Annual Period (the “Carry Forward Amount”); and/or

 

193


  (B)

an amount equal to one hundred (100) per cent. of the permitted amount in the immediately following Annual Period and the permitted amount in such immediately following Annual Period shall be reduced by such corresponding amount (the “Carry Back Amount”); and

 

  (ii)

to the extent that the maximum amount so permitted under such Applicable Metric during such Annual Period is increased in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above, any usage of such Applicable Metric during such Annual Period shall be deemed to be applied in the following order:

 

  (A)

first, against the Carry Forward Amount;

 

  (B)

secondly, against the maximum amount so permitted during such Annual Period prior to any increase in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above; and

 

  (C)

thirdly, against the Carry Back Amount.

 

29.

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 29 shall, unless otherwise indicated in this Agreement, remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

29.1

General Undertakings

Each Obligor shall comply with the covenants set out in Schedule 15 (General Undertakings).

 

29.2

Authorisations and Consents

Subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, each Obligor will obtain and promptly renew from time to time and maintain in full force and effect all material Authorisations to the extent required under any applicable law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to enable it to enter into, and perform its material obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is party save to the extent failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

29.3

Compliance with Laws

Each Obligor will, and will ensure that each of its Restricted Subsidiaries will comply with all laws and regulations binding upon it save where non-compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

29.4

Pari passu Ranking

Subject to any applicable Legal Reservations, each Obligor will ensure that (except pursuant to a Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction) at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under each of the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

 

194


29.5

Taxes

Each Obligor will, and will ensure that each of its Restricted Subsidiaries will duly and punctually pay and discharge all Taxes imposed by any agency of any state upon it or any of them or any of its or their assets, income or profits or any transactions undertaken or entered into by it or any of them due and payable by it or that Restricted Subsidiary within the time period allowed therefor without imposing material penalties (save in the event of a bona fide dispute with regard to any Tax in respect of which proper provision has been made in the financial statement of the relevant member of the Group) where failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

29.6

Centre of Main Interests

Each Obligor incorporated in the EU (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Obligor incorporated in the UK) shall not deliberately cause or allow its Centre of Main Interests to change in a manner which would materially adversely affect the interests of the Finance Parties (taken as a whole).

 

29.7

Guarantees and Security

 

  (a)

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, the Company shall procure that:

 

  (i)

no later than the date which is one hundred and twenty (120) days after (and excluding) the Acquisition Closing Date (the “Initial Testing Date”):

 

  (A)

each Material Subsidiary is a Guarantor; and

 

  (B)

the Guarantor Coverage Test is met,

in each case, by reference to the Original Financial Statements provided that the Company may elect to test compliance as at the Applicable Reporting Date prior to the Initial Testing Date by reference to the Relevant Period ending on such Applicable Reporting Date; and

 

  (ii)

after the Initial Testing Date, no later than the date which is one hundred and twenty (120) days after (and excluding) the latest due date on which the Annual Financial Statements are required to be delivered to the Agent for each Accounting Period (or, if later, within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the date on which the Agent notifies the Company that the Majority Lenders require such member of the Group to become a Guarantor) (the “Subsequent Testing Date”):

 

  (A)

each Material Subsidiary is a Guarantor; and

 

  (B)

the Guarantor Coverage Test is met,

in each case, by reference to such Annual Financial Statements provided that the Company may elect to test compliance as at the Applicable Reporting Date prior to the Subsequent Testing Date by reference to the Relevant Period ending on such Applicable Reporting Date.

 

  (b)

For the purposes of the Finance Documents:

 

  (i)

the “Guarantor Coverage Test” is met if Guarantor EBITDA equals or exceeds eighty (80) per cent. of Guarantor Jurisdictions EBITDA;

 

  (ii)

Guarantor EBITDA” means the aggregate (without double counting) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on a LTM basis on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA (and, at the Company’s option, either including or excluding any adjustments made to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to sub-paragraphs (viii) and (ix) of the definition thereof and/or paragraphs (c), (d) or (e) of Clause 28.3 (Calculations)) but taking each entity on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items, goodwill and investments in Restricted Subsidiaries of any member of the Group (in each case to the extent applicable)) of the Guarantors (excluding the contribution of any entity that has negative earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation);

 

195


  (iii)

Guarantor Jurisdiction” means Canada, Germany, Luxembourg, the UK, the US (including any state thereof and the District of Columbia) (provided that: (A) if a Borrower is incorporated in a jurisdiction which is not a Guarantor Jurisdiction, the jurisdiction of that Borrower shall be a Guarantor Jurisdiction but only in relation to that Borrower and (B) if a Material IP Entity is incorporated in a jurisdiction which is not a Guarantor Jurisdiction, the jurisdiction of that Material IP Entity shall be a Guarantor Jurisdiction but only in relation to that Material IP Entity); and

 

  (iv)

Guarantor Jurisdictions EBITDA” means the aggregate (without double counting) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation of wholly-owned members of the Group incorporated in Guarantor Jurisdictions (on a consolidated basis and excluding the contribution of any on-balance sheet joint ventures and any member of the Group which is not required to (or cannot) become a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of the Agreed Security Principles and, at the Company’s option, either including or excluding any adjustments made to Consolidated EBITDA sub-paragraphs (viii) and (ix) of the definition thereof and/or paragraphs (c), (d) or (e) of Clause 28.3 (Calculations)).

 

  (c)

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, the Company shall procure that no later than on the date the ABL Priority Security is granted in repect of the ABL Facility, each security provider in respect of the ABL Priority Security shall provide second-priority security interests in the ABL Priority Security in respect of Facilities.

 

29.8

Further Assurance

 

  (a)

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles and the terms of the Transaction Security Documents, each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each applicable member of the Group and each Day 1 Third Party Security Provider will) promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents as the Security Agent may reasonably specify:

 

  (i)

to complete the Perfection Requirements in relation to the Security created under or evidenced by the Transaction Security Documents or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Security Agent or the Finance Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law; and

 

  (ii)

if a Declared Default is continuing, to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

 

  (b)

Subject to the Agreed Security Principles and as required by the terms of the Transaction Security Documents, at the reasonable request of the Security Agent, each Obligor shall take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Finance Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

  (c)

In relation to any provision of the Finance Documents which requires the Obligors or any member of the Group to deliver any document for the purposes of granting any guarantee or Security for the benefit of all or any of the Finance Parties, the Security Agent agrees to execute as soon as reasonably practicable any such agreed form document which is presented to it for execution.

 

196


29.9

Intercreditor Agreement

The Company shall, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, and not more than once per Financial Year (commencing with the first Financial Year in which the Guarantor Coverage Test is required to be satisfied in accordance with paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 29.7 (Guarantees and Security)) procure that each member of the Group which is not an Obligor and which is or becomes a creditor in respect of any Indebtedness of an Obligor (excluding any Indebtedness which is outstanding for a period of less than 365 days and any members of the Group incorporated in an Excluded Jurisdiction) in an aggregate principal amount exceeding €215.00 million or, if higher, an amount equal to 100% of LTM EBITDA enters into or accedes to the Intercreditor Agreement as an “Intra-Group Lender” or “Debtor” (each as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), in each case, not later than the date on which Material Subsidiaries are required to accede in accordance with paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 29.7 (Guarantees and Security), in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

29.10

Anti-corruption law and Sanctions

 

  (a)

Each Obligor shall conduct its businesses in material compliance with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

 

  (b)

Each Obligor will procure that, so far as it is able, any director, officer, agent, employee or person acting on behalf of the Obligor (as applicable), is not a Sanctioned Person and does not act on behalf of a Sanctioned Person.

 

  (c)

Each Obligor shall not directly or, to the best of its knowledge, indirectly:

 

  (i)

use any revenue or benefit derived from any activity or dealing with a Sanctioned Person in discharging any obligation due or owing to the Lenders; and

 

  (ii)

use or permit or authorise any other person to make payments from all or any part of the proceeds of the Facilities for the purpose of lending, contributing or otherwise making available such proceeds:

 

  (A)

to, or for the benefit of, any Sanctioned Person;

 

  (B)

to any Sanctioned Country in breach of applicable Sanctions; or

 

  (C)

in any other manner that would cause an Obligor (as applicable) to breach any applicable Sanctions; or

 

  (D)

to any person in violation of any applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

  (d)

This Clause 29.10 shall only:

 

  (i)

be given by a Restricted Member of the Group; or

 

  (ii)

apply for the benefit of a Restricted Finance Party,

to the extent that this would not result in any violation by or expose of such entity or any directors, officer or employee thereof to any liability under:

 

  (A)

EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96;

 

  (B)

§7 of the German Außenwirtschaftsverordnung (in connection with section 4 paragraph 1 no. 3 of the German Außenwirtschaftsgesetz); or

 

  (C)

any similar applicable anti-boycott law, regulation or statute in force from time to time that is applicable to such entity.

 

197


  (e)

In connection with any amendment, waiver, determination or direction relating to any part of this Clause 29.10 in relation to which:

 

  (i)

a Finance Party is a Restricted Finance Party; and

 

  (ii)

in accordance with paragraph (d) above, that Restricted Finance Party does not have the benefit of it:

 

  (A)

the Commitments of a Lender that is a Restricted Finance Party; and

 

  (B)

the vote of any other Restricted Finance Party which would be required to vote in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement,

shall be excluded for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve such amendment, waiver, determination or direction request and its status as a Finance Party shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Finance Parties has been obtained to approve such amendment, waiver, determination or direction.

 

29.11

Release Condition

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Finance Document, during the period (if any) that the Release Condition (as defined in paragraph (d) below) is satisfied:

 

  (i)

the following obligations and restrictions shall no longer apply:

 

  (A)

the requirement to make mandatory prepayments under Clause 14.2 (Excess Cash Flow);

 

  (B)

the obligations under Clause 29.7 (Guarantees and Security) and any other obligation to grant or perfect Transaction Security under any Finance Document;

 

  (C)

the restrictions under Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings);

 

  (D)

the restrictions under Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings);

 

  (E)

the restrictions under Section 4 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings);

 

  (F)

the restrictions under Section 5 (Limitation on Affiliate Transactions) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings);

 

  (G)

the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (d) of Section 7 (Merger and Consolidation - Company) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings);

 

  (H)

the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (d) of Section 8 (Merger and Consolidation - Bidco) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings); and

 

  (I)

the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (d) of Section 9 (Merger and Consolidation - US Newco) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings);

 

198


  (ii)

the relevant Margin payable (at each multiple of the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio set out in the definition of Margin in Clause 1.1 (Definitions)) on any Facility B Loan, (to the extent specified in the relevant Additional Facility Notice for that Additional Facility) an Additional Facility Loan, or Unpaid Sum (as applicable) will be reduced by zero point five (0.50) per cent. per annum; and

 

  (iii)

the amount of each basket set by reference to a monetary amount for which a specific amount is set out in this Agreement and any definitions used therein (including all “annual”, “life of Facilities”, “fiscal year”, “Financial Year”, “calendar year”, “at any time” and “aggregate” baskets) shall be increased by fifty (50) per cent.

 

  (b)

If at any time after the Release Condition has been satisfied the Release Condition subsequently ceases to be satisfied, any breach of this Agreement or any other Finance Documents that arises as a result of any of the obligations, restrictions or other terms referred to in paragraph (a) above ceasing to be suspended or amended shall not (provided that it did not constitute an Event of Default at the time the relevant event or occurrence took place) constitute (or result in) a breach of any term of this Agreement or any other Finance Documents, a Default or an Event of Default.

 

  (c)

In respect of any amount which has not been applied in mandatory prepayment of the Facilities in accordance with Clause 14 (Mandatory Prepayment) or Section 4 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) as a result of the Release Condition being satisfied (the “Released Amounts”), if the Release Condition subsequently ceases to be satisfied after the date the prepayment would have been required had the Release Condition not been satisfied, the failure to apply the Released Amounts in prepayment shall not result in a breach of any term of this Agreement or any other Finance Document.

 

  (d)

For the purposes of this Clause 29.11, the “Release Condition” means satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

  (i)

a Listing has occurred which does not constitute a Change of Control and the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio for the Relevant Period ending on the most recent Quarter Date for which a Compliance Certificate has been delivered to the Agent (adjusted as if the proceeds of that Listing that have been or will be applied in prepayment of the Facilities had been applied in prepayment of the Facilities on the last day of that Relevant Period) is equal to or less than 3.75:1; and

 

  (ii)

the Company or any Holding Company of the Company receives a long-term corporate credit rating of “BBB-”, “Baa3” or “BBB-” (as applicable) or higher from any two (2) of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P.

 

29.12

Ratings

The Company shall use commercially reasonable endeavours to obtain a corporate family rating and/or a rating for Facility B and/or the Company (or, as applicable, a Financial Reporting Entity) from at least two (2) of Fitch, Moody’s and S&P (“Rating Agencies”), and it will use commercially reasonable endeavours to maintain any such rating from at least two (2) of the Rating Agencies, it being understood that such ratings shall be for information purposes only and there shall be no requirement to obtain or maintain a specific rating level (and no Default or Event of Default shall result from any failure to do so) and such “commercially reasonable endeavours” shall be considered discharged with the payment of customary rating agency fees and cooperation by the Company with any reasonable information requests from a Rating Agency in connection with their ratings process.

 

199


29.13

Condition Subsequent

Bidco shall (subject to the Agreed Security Principles):

 

  (a)

enter into a share pledge agreement in respect of the Target Shares; and

 

  (b)

grant security over any Structural Intercompany Receivables owed to it,

in each case, in favour of the Security Agent and not later than ten (10) Business Days from (and excluding) the Acquisition Closing Date.

 

29.14

Compliance with ERISA

Each US Obligor shall:

 

  (a)

maintain all Employee Plans that are presently in existence or may, from time to time, come into existence, in compliance with the terms of any such Employee Plan, ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and all other applicable laws in each case except to the extent the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

  (b)

make or cause to be made contributions to all Employee Plans in a timely manner and, with respect to Employee Plans, in a sufficient amount to comply with the requirements of Sections 302 and 303 of ERISA and Sections 412 and 430 of the Internal Revenue Code, in each case except to the extent the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

30.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

30.1

Events of Default

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 30 (save for Clause 30.5 (Acceleration), Clause 30.6 (Clean-up Period) and Clause 30.7 (Excluded Matters)) and in Section 1 of Schedule 16 (Events of Default) shall constitute an Event of Default.

 

30.2

Misrepresentation

 

  (a)

Any material representation, warranty or written statement made or deemed to be made by a Third Party Security Provider (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) or any Obligor in any of the Finance Documents is or proves to be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made (or when repeated or deemed to be repeated) by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

  (b)

No Event of Default will occur under paragraph (a) above if the circumstances giving rise to that misrepresentation are remedied within twenty (20) Business Days of the giving of notice by the Agent in respect of such misrepresentation.

 

30.3

Invalidity and Unlawfulness

 

  (a)

Any provision of any Finance Document is or becomes invalid or (subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements) unenforceable in any material respect or shall be repudiated by any Obligor or any Third Party Security Provider or the validity or enforceability of any material provision of any Finance Document shall at any time be contested by any Obligor or any Third Party Security Provider and this, individually or cumulatively, would materially adversely affect the interests of the Finance Parties (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents and is not remedied within twenty (20) Business Days of the giving of notice by the Agent in respect of such failure.

 

200


  (b)

At any time it is or becomes unlawful for any Obligor or any Third Party Security Provider to perform any of its material obligations under any of the Finance Documents and this individually or cumulatively would materially adversely affect the interests of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents and is not remedied within twenty (20) Business Days of the giving of notice by the Agent in respect of such failure.

 

30.4

Intercreditor Agreement

 

  (a)

Topco in its capacity as “Original Third Party Security Provider” or “Subordinated Creditor” (each as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) or any other Third Party Security Provider fails to comply in any material respect with the material provisions of, or does not perform its material obligations under, the Intercreditor Agreement in a way which is materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders taken as a whole.

 

  (b)

No Event of Default will occur under paragraph (a) above if such failure is remedied within twenty (20) Business Days from the giving of notice by the Agent in respect of such failure.

 

30.5

Acceleration

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 4.5 (Utilisations during the Certain Funds Period), Clause 4.6 (Utilisations during an Agreed Certain Funds Period) and Clause 30.6 (Clean-up Period), at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Agent may, but only if so directed by the Super Majority Lenders, by written notice to the Company:

 

  (i)

terminate all or part of the availability of the Facilities whereupon the relevant part of the Facilities shall cease to be available for utilisation, the relevant part of the undrawn portion of the Commitments of each of the Lenders shall be cancelled and no Lender shall be under any further obligation to make Utilisations under this Agreement (and no further Letters of Credit may be requested under this Agreement) in respect of the part of the Commitments so cancelled;

 

  (ii)

declare all or part of the Utilisations, together with accrued interest thereon and any other sum then payable under any of the Finance Documents to be immediately due and payable whereupon such amounts shall become so due and payable;

 

  (iii)

declare all or part of the Utilisations to be payable on demand whereupon the same shall become payable on demand; and/or

 

  (iv)

require the provision of cash cover whereupon each Borrower shall immediately provide cash cover in an amount equal to the total contingent liability of the Lenders under all Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement for its account.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, the availability of an Additional Facility and/or the Commitments in respect of an Additional Facility, may be terminated or cancelled pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above (as appropriate) only by Additional Facility Lenders whose Additional Facility Commitments in that Additional Facility aggregate more than sixty-six and two thirds (662/3) per cent. of the Additional Facility Commitments in that Additional Facility.

 

  (c)

Subject to Clause 4.5 (Utilisations during the Certain Funds Period) and Clause 4.6 (Utilisations during an Agreed Certain Funds Period), if any Event of Default occurs under sub-paragraph (e) of Section 1 of Schedule 16 (Events of Default) in relation to a US Obligor as a result of the filing of an involuntary proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States seeking relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978 (Title 11 of the United States Code) against such US Obligor and such proceeding continues undismissed, undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) days, all of the Loans made to that US Obligor, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued and then payable by that US Obligor under the Finance Documents, shall be immediately due and payable, in each case automatically and without any direction, notice, declaration or other act.

 

201


30.6

Clean-up Period

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding any other term of the Finance Documents, for the period from the date of this Agreement until the date which falls one hundred and eighty (180) days after the Closing Date (the “Clean-up Period”), any breach of a representation or warranty, breach of an undertaking, Default or Event of Default, will be deemed not to be a breach of representation or warranty, a breach of undertaking, a Default or an Event of Default (as the case may be) if it would have been (if it were not for this provision) a breach of representation or warranty, a breach of undertaking, a Default and/or an Event of Default by reason of any matter or circumstance relating to the Target Group or any member of the Target Group, if and for so long as the circumstances giving rise to the relevant breach of representation or warranty or breach of undertakings, Default or Event of Default:

 

  (i)

are capable of being remedied and, if the Company is aware of the relevant circumstances at the time, reasonable efforts are being used to remedy such breach, Default or Event of Default;

 

  (ii)

would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

  (iii)

was not procured or approved by the Board of Directors (or equivalent body) of the Company (provided that it had actual knowledge thereof and that knowledge of the relevant breach does not equate to procurement or approval),

provided that if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Clean-Up Period there shall be a breach of representation, breach of undertaking, Default and/or Event of Default, as the case may be.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding any other term of the Finance Documents, for the period from the date of an acquisition permitted under this Agreement (the “Approved Acquisition”) until the date which falls one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of such Approved Acquisition (the “Acquisition Clean-up Period”), any breach of a representation or warranty, breach of an undertaking, Default or Event of Default, will be deemed not to be a breach of representation or warranty, a breach of undertaking, a Default or an Event of Default (as the case may be) if it would have been (if it were not for this provision) a breach of representation or warranty, a breach of undertaking, a Default and/or an Event of Default by reason of any matter or circumstance relating to the person or business subject of the Approved Acquisition if and for so long as the circumstances giving rise to the relevant breach of representation or warranty or breach of undertaking, Default or Event of Default:

 

  (i)

are capable of being remedied and, if any member of the Group effecting the relevant Approved Acquisition is aware of the relevant circumstances at the time, reasonable efforts are being used to remedy such breach, Default or Event of Default;

 

  (ii)

would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

  (iii)

was not procured or approved by the Board of Directors (or equivalent body) of any member of the Group effecting the relevant Approved Acquisition (provided that it had actual knowledge thereof and that knowledge of the relevant breach does not equate to procurement or approval),

provided that if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Acquisition Clean-Up Period there shall be a breach of representation, breach of undertaking, Default and/or Event of Default, as the case may be.

 

202


30.7

Excluded Matters

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding any other term of the Finance Documents:

 

  (i)

no Permitted Transaction;

 

  (ii)

other than in the case of a payment default under an Ancillary Document constituting an Event of Default under paragraphs (a) or (b) of Section 1 of Schedule 16 (Events of Default), no breach of any representation, warranty, undertaking or other term of (or default or event of default under) a Hedging Agreement or an Ancillary Document;

 

  (iii)

no breach of any representation, warranty, undertaking or other term of (or default or event of default under) an Existing Target Debt Document or any document relating to existing financing arrangements of or any instrument constituting, documenting or evidencing any indebtedness made available to or guaranteed or secured by any member of the Group or the Target Group and existing immediately prior to the Closing Date arising as a direct or indirect result of any member of the Group or the Target Group entering into and/or performing its obligations under any Finance Document, or otherwise, or carrying out the Transaction or any other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents;

 

  (iv)

prior to the Closing Date, no act or omission on the part of any member of the Target Group (including any procurement obligation in relation to any member of the Target Group) or breach of any representation, warranty, undertaking or other term of (or Default or Event of Default under) any Finance Document by any member of the Target Group or any other circumstance relating to the Target Group; or

 

  (v)

no Withdrawal Event,

shall (or shall be deemed to) constitute, or result in, a breach of any representation, warranty, undertaking or other term in the Finance Documents or a Default or an Event of Default and shall be expressly permitted under the terms of the Finance Documents provided that whilst a Withdrawal Event in and of itself shall not be deemed to constitute a breach of any representation and warranty or undertaking in the Finance Documents or result in the occurrence of an Event of Default, if the occurrence of a Withdrawal Event otherwise results in the occurrence of a breach of any representation and warranty or undertaking in the Finance Documents or results in the occurrence of an Event of Default, each such circumstance shall not be deemed to be permitted under the terms of the Finance Documents pursuant to this Clause 30.7 and shall constitute a breach of any representation and warranty or undertaking in the Finance Documents or result in the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Finance Documents in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

  (b)

For the purposes of this Clause 30.7, “Withdrawal Event” means the withdrawal of any participating member state of the EU from the single currency of the participating member states of the EU and/or the redenomination of the euro into any other currency by the government of any current or former participating member state of the EU and/or the withdrawal (or any governmental decision to withdraw or any vote or referendum electing to withdraw) of any member state from the EU, including Brexit.

 

31.

CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

 

31.1

Successors

Subject to the terms of this Clause 31, the Finance Documents shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of each party hereto and its or any subsequent successors, transferees, assigns and any New Lender and each such successor, transferee, assignee and any New Lender undertakes to carry out any actions required including the actions contemplated in this Clause 31 or the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

203


31.2

Assignments and Transfers by Lenders

Subject to this Clause 31 and to Clause 32 (Debt Purchase Transactions), any Lender (an “Existing Lender”) may:

 

  (a)

assign any of its rights;

 

  (b)

transfer (including by way of novation) any of its rights and obligations; or

 

  (c)

enter into a sub-participation in respect of any of its rights and obligations,

under any Finance Document (a “Transfer”) to:

 

  (i)

another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity, in each case, which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in or securitising loans, securities or other financial assets; or

 

  (ii)

any other person approved in writing by the Company,

(each a “New Lender”).

 

31.3

Conditions of Transfer

 

  (a)

Prior to the end of the Certain Funds Period, the prior written consent of the Company (which may be given, withheld, conditioned or delayed in its sole and absolute discretion and shall not, under any circumstances, be deemed given) is required for any Transfer of any Facility unless such Transfer is by a Mandated Lead Arranger to its Affiliates or, in the case of a Term Facility only, its Related Fund provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, paragraph (o) of this Clause 31.3 shall apply to any such Transfer.

 

  (b)

After the end of the Certain Funds Period, the prior written consent of the Company (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed but where such consent will be deemed to have been granted if the Company does not respond within ten (10) Business Days of receipt by the Company and each Designated Recipient of a duly completed Transfer Consent Request) is required for any Transfer of any Facility, unless such Transfer is by a Lender:

 

  (i)

to:

 

  (A)

its Affiliate or, in the case of a Term Facility only, its Related Fund; or

 

  (B)

to another Lender or its Affiliate under that Facility or, in the case of a Term Facility only, a Related Fund of another Lender under that Term Facility;

 

  (ii)

with respect to any Facility (other than Facility B (USD)) to a person who is included on the Approved List; or

 

  (iii)

made at a time when a Material Event of Default is continuing,

 

204


provided that:

 

  (A)

Rating Requirement: in the case of a Transfer in respect of a Revolving Facility or in respect of any Available Commitments under such Facilities, the Transferee is a Rated Bank, unless the prior written consent of the Company (which may be given, withheld, conditioned or delayed in its sole and absolute discretion and shall not, under any circumstances, be deemed given) is obtained (except if a Material Event of Default is continuing at the time such Transfer is made);

 

  (B)

Overriding Restrictions: in all cases no Transfer shall be made to any of the following persons unless the prior written consent of the Company (which may be given, withheld, conditioned or delayed in its sole and absolute discretion and shall not, under any circumstances, be deemed given) is obtained:

 

  (1)

an Industry Competitor;

 

  (2)

a Defaulting Lender (or any person that would, upon becoming a Lender, be a Defaulting Lender);

 

  (3)

a Loan to Own/Distressed Investor (except if a Material Event of Default is continuing at the time such Transfer is made);

 

  (4)

with respect to Facility B (USD), a person (or an Affiliate or Related Fund of a person) who is listed on the DQ List; or

 

  (5)

any Lender that has made an incorrect representation or warranty or deemed representation or warranty with respect to not being a Net Short Lender as provided in paragraph (v) of Clause 43.4 (Other exceptions) (any such person being a “Disqualified Lender”); and

 

  (C)

Additional Facilities: if the Transfer is in respect of an Additional Facility, the restrictions (if any) specified in the relevant Additional Facility Notice establishing such Additional Facility Commitments are complied with provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, an Additional Facility Notice may specify that some or all of the restrictions in this Clause 31.3 (Conditions of Transfer) shall not apply to the relevant Additional Facility.

 

  (c)

The Company and the Agent may, each acting reasonably, by agreement amend or revise the Approved List or the DQ List from time to time. In addition to the foregoing, the Company may unilaterally (i) remove up to five (5) names from the Approved List in each Financial Year and (ii) add names to the DQ List, in each case by notice to the Agent with immediate effect, but there shall be no ability to (x) remove Existing Lenders or their Affiliates or Related Funds from the Approved List or (y) add the names of Existing Lenders of Facility B (USD) to the DQ List. Lenders shall be entitled to propose replacement names to be added to the Approved List (through the Agent) which the Company agrees to consider in good faith.

 

  (d)

Where this Clause 31 provides that the Company’s prior written consent is required for a Transfer, the following provisions shall apply:

 

  (i)

in order to request the Company’s consent to a Transfer, the Existing Lender shall deliver to the Company and each Designated Recipient by email a duly completed Transfer Consent Request accurately disclosing the relevant terms of that Transfer;

 

  (ii)

in relation to any Transfer under paragraph (b) above, the Company shall not be deemed to have unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent if:

 

205


  (A)

the relevant Transfer Consent Request has not been duly completed or validly delivered;

 

  (B)

the Company has, in good faith, requested further information in connection with the relevant Transfer or Transfer Consent Request, in which case such information shall be delivered to the Company and each Designated Recipient by email along with a revised Transfer Consent Request; or

 

  (C)

the Company considers in good faith that the relevant Transfer is not in the best interests of the Group (taken as a whole), any member of the Group or any Investor,

and the Company shall be under no obligation to disclose its reasons for withholding or delaying its consent; and

 

  (iii)

to the extent that the Company provides its consent to a Transfer, such consent shall be limited to the Transfer on the terms described in the Transfer Consent Request (and any change to such terms shall require a further consent from the Company on the basis of a further Transfer Consent Request).

 

  (e)

Any Existing Lender will enter into a Confidentiality Undertaking with any potential New Lender (other than in the case of an Affiliate or Related Fund of such Existing Lender) prior to providing it with any information about the Finance Documents or the Group. The Existing Lender shall provide a copy of each Confidentiality Undertaking and any amendments to it to the Company.

 

  (f)

An assignment or transfer of part of a Lender’s Commitments (when aggregated with its Affiliates’ and Related Funds’ Commitments being concurrently assigned or transferred under that Facility) shall, unless such assignment or transfer is of all of that Lender’s remaining Commitments in that Facility, be a minimum amount:

 

  (i)

in the case of Facility B (EUR) and, unless set out to the contrary in the relevant Additional Facility Notice, any Additional Term Facility denominated in euro:

 

  (A)

of €1,000,000 (and integral multiples thereof); and

 

  (B)

such that the Lender’s remaining Commitments under the applicable Facility (when aggregated with its Affiliates’ and Related Funds’ Commitments under that Facility) is in a minimum amount of €1,000,000;

 

  (ii)

in the case of Facility B (USD) and, unless set out to the contrary in the relevant Additional Facility Notice, any Additional Term Facility denominated in US Dollars:

 

  (A)

of $1,000,000 (and integral multiples thereof); and

 

  (B)

such that the Lender’s remaining Commitments under the applicable Facility (when aggregated with its Affiliates’ and Related Funds’ Commitments under that Facility) is in a minimum amount of $1,000,000;

 

206


  (iii)

in the case of any Additional Revolving Facility denominated in euro (unless set out to the contrary in the relevant Additional Facility Notice):

 

  (A)

of €5,000,000 (and integral multiples thereof); and

 

  (B)

such that the Lender’s remaining Commitments under the applicable Revolving Facility (when aggregated with its Affiliates’ and Related Funds’ Commitments under that Revolving Facility) is in a minimum amount of €5,000,000; and

 

  (iv)

in the case of any other Additional Facility:

 

  (A)

such minimum amount (and integral multiple) set out in the relevant Additional Facility Notice; and

 

  (B)

such that the Base Currency Amount of that Lender’s remaining Additional Facility Commitments (when aggregated with its Affiliates and Related Funds, Additional Facility Commitments under that Additional Facility) is in any minimum amount set out in the relevant Additional Facility Notice.

 

  (g)

An assignment under this Clause 31 will only be effective upon:

 

  (i)

receipt by the Agent (in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that it will assume the same obligations to each of the other Finance Parties and the other Secured Parties as it would have been under had it been an Original Lender;

 

  (ii)

the New Lender entering into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

  (iii)

performance by the Agent of all “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations relating to any person that the Agent is required to carry out in relation to such assignment or transfer to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

  (h)

A transfer under this Clause 31 will only be effective if the New Lender enters into the documentation required for it to accede as a party to the Intercreditor Agreement if the procedure set out in Clause 31.7 (Procedure for transfers) is complied with.

 

  (i)

Any assignment or transfer under a Revolving Facility or any other Facility in respect of which the Available Facility is not zero (0) must result in an assignment or transfer of a rateable amount of a Lender’s participation in Utilisations and Available Commitments thereunder.

 

  (j)

The consent of any Fronting Issuing Bank is required for an assignment or transfer of any Lender’s rights or obligations under a Revolving Facility in respect of which it is a Fronting Issuing Bank, unless the potential New Lender:

 

  (i)

is an Existing Lender or an Affiliate of an Existing Lender;

 

  (ii)

is on the Approved List; or

 

  (iii)

has a long term credit rating equal to or better than BBB- or Baa3 (as applicable) according to at least two (2) of Moody’s, S&P or Fitch.

 

207


  (k)

Without prejudice to this Clause 31.3, the Company and each other Obligor hereby expressly consent to each Transfer permitted pursuant to this Clause 31. The Company and each other Obligor also accepts and confirms that all guarantees, indemnities and Security granted by it under any Finance Document will, notwithstanding any such Transfer, continue and be preserved for the benefit of the New Lender and each of the other Finance Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents.

 

  (l)

If:

 

  (i)

a Lender Transfers, creates a trust over or otherwise disposes of any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

  (ii)

as a result of circumstances existing at the date the Transfer, trust or other change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment or increased payment to Lender (in the case of a sub-participation), to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 20 (Taxes) or Clause 21 (Increased Costs),

then the New Lender (and the Lender, in the case of a sub-participation), sub-participant, beneficiary and/or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the Transfer, trust or other change had not occurred, provided that no Lender may Transfer, create a trust over or otherwise dispose of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or change its Facility Office if the Transfer, trust or other change would give rise to a requirement to prepay on illegality under Clause 13.1 (Illegality) in relation to the New Lender or the Existing Lender acting through its new Facility Office.

 

  (m)

Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the Transfer becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

  (n)

If any Transfer is executed (or purported to be executed) in breach of the provisions of this Clause 31 (including, for the avoidance of doubt and any purported Transfer for which the Company’s consent has been provided but which is purported to be effected on terms different to those disclosed in the relevant Transfer Consent Request):

 

  (i)

that Transfer shall not be effective; and

 

  (ii)

any Lender which is party to the purported Transfer (whether as an Existing Lender or a proposed New Lender) shall be a “Transfer Defaulting Lender”.

 

  (o)

Notwithstanding the terms of the Finance Documents, if an Existing Lender which is an Original Lender Transfers any or all of its Commitments to a New Lender (including an Affiliate or Related Fund) on or prior to the end of the Certain Funds Period (the “Pre-Closing Transferred Commitments”) the Existing Lender shall:

 

  (i)

fund the Pre-Closing Transferred Commitments in respect of that Loan by 9.30 a.m. on the applicable Utilisation Date if that New Lender has failed to so fund (or has confirmed that it will not be able to fund) on the applicable Utilisation Date (as applicable) in respect of the relevant Facility or Facilities; and

 

  (ii)

retain exclusive control over all rights and obligations with respect to the Pre-Closing Transferred Commitments, including all rights with respect to waivers, consents, modifications, amendments and confirmations as to satisfaction of the requirement to receive all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I (Conditions Precedent to first Utilisation) of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) until after the expiry of the Certain Funds Period.

 

208


  (p)

Any assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender to a New Lender shall only be effective if it transfers or assigns the Existing Lender’s share of the relevant Facility pro rata against the Existing Lender’s Available Commitment and its participations in Utilisations under that Facility.

 

31.4

Assignments by Lenders

Upon an assignment becoming effective, the Existing Lender will be released from its obligations under the Finance Documents to the extent they are assumed by the New Lender.

 

31.5

Assignment or transfer fee

Unless the Agent agrees otherwise, the New Lender shall, on or before the date upon which an assignment or transfer to it takes effect pursuant to this Clause 31, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of €3,000 (plus VAT if applicable) provided that:

 

  (a)

no such fee shall be payable in connection with an assignment or transfer made in connection with primary syndication of the Facilities;

 

  (b)

no such fee shall be payable in respect of any assignment or transfer by a Lender to an Affiliate or a Related Fund of that Lender;

 

  (c)

in the case of related assignments or transfers on the same Transfer Date by or to any Lender and/or its Affiliates or Related Funds, only one such fee shall be payable; and

 

  (d)

no such fee shall be payable in connection with an assignment or transfer made under Facility B (USD).

 

31.6

Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

  (a)

Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

  (i)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Transaction Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents;

 

  (ii)

the financial condition of any member of the Group;

 

  (iii)

the performance and observance by any member of the Group of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or any other documents; or

 

  (iv)

the accuracy of any statements or information (whether written or oral) made or supplied in connection with any Transaction Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

  (b)

Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties and the Secured Parties that it:

 

  (i)

has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities and all other risks arising in connection with its participation in the Finance Documents and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Transaction Document or the Transaction Security; and

 

209


  (ii)

will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

  (c)

Each New Lender confirms to the Company that it has all Authorisations required for lending to the Borrowers under the Facility in which it is a Lender.

 

  (d)

Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

  (i)

accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred by such Existing Lender under this Clause 31; or

 

  (ii)

support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or otherwise.

 

31.7

Procedure for transfers

 

  (a)

Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 31.3 (Conditions of Transfer) and Clause 43.5 (Replacement of a Lender), a transfer by novation is effected in accordance with paragraph (e) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate executed and delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (c) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of a duly completed Transfer Certificate which appears on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and appears to be delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate and record the transfer in the Register.

 

  (c)

The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 31.7 once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

  (d)

Each Party (other than the Existing Lender and the New Lender) irrevocably authorises the Agent to execute any duly completed Transfer Certificate on its behalf.

 

  (e)

On the Transfer Date:

 

  (i)

to the extent that in such Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security, each of the Obligors and such Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another (and the Existing Lender and any Issuing Bank shall be released from any further obligations toward each other) under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (such rights and obligations being referred to in this Clause 31.7 as “discharged rights and obligations”);

 

  (ii)

each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the discharged rights and obligations only insofar as that Obligor and that New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and such Existing Lender;

 

210


  (iii)

the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the New Lender and the other Finance Parties shall acquire the same rights and benefits and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had such New Lender been an original party hereto as a Lender with the rights, benefits and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of such transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the relevant Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties (other than the New Lender) shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (iv)

such New Lender shall become a party hereto as a Lender.

 

31.8

Procedure for assignment

 

  (a)

Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 31.3 (Conditions of Transfer) and Clause 43.5 (Replacement of a Lender), an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 31.8 once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

 

  (c)

Subject to Clause 31.15 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

 

  (i)

the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

  (ii)

the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the “Relevant Obligations”) expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and

 

  (iii)

the New Lender shall become a party as a Lender and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

31.9

[Reserved].

 

31.10

Sub-participations

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding Clause 31.3 (Conditions of Transfer), prior to the end of the Certain Funds Period, the prior written consent of the Company (which may be given, withheld, conditioned or delayed in its sole and absolute discretion and shall not, under any circumstances, be deemed given) is required for any Transfer by a Lender by way of a sub-participation of any Facility unless:

 

  (i)

the proposed sub-participant is not a person to whom the proviso (B) (Overriding Restrictions) of paragraph (b) of Clause 31.3 (Conditions of Transfer) (or any provision thereof) applies;

 

211


  (ii)

such Lender remains a Lender under this Agreement with all rights and obligations pertaining thereto and remains liable under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents in relation to those obligations;

 

  (iii)

such Lender retains at all times exclusive control over all rights and obligations in relation to the participations and Commitments that are the subject of the relevant sub-participation, including all voting and similar rights (for the avoidance of doubt, free of any agreement or understanding pursuant to which it is required to or will consult with any other person in relation to the exercise of any such rights and/or obligations);

 

  (iv)

the relationship between the Lender and the proposed sub-participant is that of a contractual debtor and creditor (including in the bankruptcy or similar event of the Lender or an Obligor);

 

  (v)

the proposed sub-participant will have no proprietary interest in the benefit of the Finance Documents or in any monies received by the relevant Lender under or in relation to any of the Finance Documents (in its capacity as sub-participant under that arrangement);

 

  (vi)

the proposed sub-participant will under no circumstances (A) be subrogated to, or be substituted in respect of, the relevant Lender’s claims under any of the Finance Documents or (B) otherwise have any contractual relationship with, or rights against, the Obligors under or in relation to any of the Finance Documents (in its capacity as sub-participant under that arrangement);

 

  (vii)

the applicable sub-participation agreement states that the conditions above are applicable to further sub-participations (and such provision must be capable of being relied upon and directly enforceable by the Company against the relevant sub-participant); and

 

  (viii)

if the sub-participation is in respect of an Additional Facility, the restrictions (if any) specified in the relevant Additional Facility Notice establishing such Additional Facility Commitments are complied with,

and, for the avoidance of doubt, paragraph (n) of Clause 31.3 (Conditions of Transfer) shall apply to any sub-participation which occurs in breach of these provisions.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding Clause 31.3 (Conditions of Transfer), after the end of the Certain Funds Period, the prior written consent of the Company (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed but where such consent will be deemed to have been granted if the Company does not respond within ten (10) Business Days of receipt by the Company and each Designated Recipient of a duly completed Transfer Consent Request) is required for any Transfer by a Lender by way of a sub-participation unless:

 

  (i)

the proposed sub-participant is not a person to whom the proviso (B) (Overriding Restrictions) of paragraph (b) of Clause 31.3 (Conditions of Transfer) (or any provision thereof) applies;

 

  (ii)

such Lender remains a Lender under this Agreement with all rights and obligations pertaining thereto and remains liable under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents in relation to those obligations;

 

  (iii)

such Lender retains at all times exclusive control over all rights and obligations in relation to the participations and Commitments that are the subject of the relevant sub-participation, including all voting and similar rights (for the avoidance of doubt, free of any agreement or understanding pursuant to which it is required to or will consult with any other person in relation to the exercise of any such rights and/or obligations);

 

212


  (iv)

the relationship between the Lender and the proposed sub-participant is that of a contractual debtor and creditor (including in the bankruptcy or similar event of the Lender or an Obligor);

 

  (v)

the proposed sub-participant will have no proprietary interest in the benefit of the Finance Documents or in any monies received by the relevant Lender under or in relation to any of the Finance Documents (in its capacity as sub-participant under that arrangement);

 

  (vi)

the proposed sub-participant will under no circumstances (A) be subrogated to, or be substituted in respect of, the relevant Lender’s claims under any of the Finance Documents or (B) otherwise have any contractual relationship with, or rights against, the Obligors under or in relation to any of the Finance Documents (in its capacity as sub-participant under that arrangement);

 

  (vii)

the applicable sub-participation agreement states that the conditions above are applicable to further sub-participations (and such provision must be capable of being relied upon and directly enforceable by the Company against the relevant sub-participant); and

 

  (viii)

if the sub-participation is in respect of an Additional Facility, the restrictions (if any) specified in the relevant Additional Facility Notice establishing such Additional Facility Commitments are complied with,

and, for the avoidance of doubt, paragraph (n) of Clause 31.3 (Conditions of Transfer) shall apply to any sub-participation which occurs in breach of these provisions.

 

  (c)

Each Lender which has made a sub-participation of any or all of its obligations hereunder shall provide, upon reasonable request by the Company at any time, the identity of the sub-participant and any information in reasonable detail relating to such sub-participant or such sub-participation agreement or arrangement.

 

  (d)

Without prejudice to paragraph (n) of Clause 31.3 (Conditions of Transfer), if, as a result of laws or regulations in force or known to be coming into force at the time of any sub-participation an Obligor would be obliged to make payment to the Lender of any amount required to be paid by an Obligor under Clause 20 (Taxes) or Clause 21 (Increased Costs), that Lender shall not be entitled to receive or claim any amount under those Clauses in excess of the amount that it would have been entitled to receive or claim if that sub-participation had not occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Lender which would be entitled to receive interest payments from an Obligor without a Tax Deduction had the sub-participation not occurred (a “Participating Lender”) enters into a sub-participation with any sub-participant that would be entitled to receive such payments without, or with a reduced, Tax Deduction, the Participating Lender and such Obligor shall cooperate in good faith in complying with the relevant tax certification obligations so that the Obligor may make payments to that Participating Lender without, or with a reduced, Tax Deduction, where such payment will be applied in making a corresponding payment to a sub-participant.

 

  (e)

Unless the Company has provided its prior written consent in accordance with this Clause 31.9 (which may be given, withheld, conditioned or delayed in its sole and absolute discretion and shall not, under any circumstances, be deemed given), no sub-participation of Commitments made pursuant to this Clause 31.9 shall confer voting or similar rights on any sub-participant and any term purporting to grant such rights shall be void and unenforceable.

 

213


31.11

The Register

 

  (a)

The Agent, acting for this purpose as the agent of the Obligors, shall maintain at its address referred to in Clause 39.2 (Addresses):

 

  (i)

each Transfer Certificate referred to in Clause 31.7 (Procedure for transfers) and each Assignment Agreement referred to in Clause 31.8 (Procedure for assignment) each Increase Confirmation and each Additional Facility Notice delivered to and accepted by it; and

 

  (ii)

with respect to each Facility, a register for the recording of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment of, and principal amount and stated interest owing to, each Lender from time to time (the “Register”) under such Facility, which may be kept in electronic form.

 

  (b)

The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Obligors, the Agent and the Lenders shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Agent shall provide the Company and any Borrower with a copy of the Register within five (5) Business Days of request.

 

  (c)

Each Party irrevocably authorises and instructs the Agent to make the relevant entry in the Register (and which the Agent shall do promptly) on its behalf for the purposes of this Clause 31.11 without any further consent of, or consultation with, such Party. No assignment or transfer shall be effective unless recorded in the Register.

 

  (d)

The Agent shall, upon request by an Existing Lender (as defined in Clause 31.2 (Assignments and Transfers by Lenders)) or a New Lender, confirm to that Existing Lender or New Lender whether a transfer or assignment from that Existing Lender or (as the case may be) to that New Lender has been recorded on the Register (including details of the Commitment of that Existing Lender or New Lender in each Facility).

 

  (e)

The requirements of this Clause 31.11 are intended to result in the Loans being in “registered form” for purposes of section 163(f), section 871, section 881 or any other applicable provision of the Code, and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent therewith.

 

31.12

Sub-participant Register

Each Lender that sells a sub-participation in a Loan or other obligation under a Finance Document shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Obligors, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each sub-participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each sub-participant’s interest in such Loans or other obligations (for the purposes of this provision, the “Participant Register”); provided that no such Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of a Participant Register (including the identity of any sub-participant or any information relating to a sub-participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans or other obligations under any Finance Document) to any person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other obligation is in registered form within the meaning of Section 5f.103-1(c) and Proposed Section 1.163-5(b) of the US Treasury Regulations (or, in each case, any amended or successor version). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such sub-participation for all purposes of the Finance Documents notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

 

214


31.13

Copies of documentation

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, an Assignment Agreement, Additional Facility Notice, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice or an Increase Confirmation, send to the Company, a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Additional Facility Notice, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice or Increase Confirmation. The Agent shall provide, upon the request of the Company, in relation to any specified Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Additional Facility Notice, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice or Increase Confirmation, a copy of such document to the Company within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such request.

 

31.14

Security over Lenders’ rights

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 31, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from the Company or any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including:

 

  (a)

any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

  (b)

in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

 

  (i)

release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or other Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii)

require any payments to be made by any Obligor or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

31.15

Pro rata interest settlement

If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 31.7 (Procedure for transfers) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 31.8 (Procedure for assignment) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

 

  (a)

any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“Accrued Amounts”) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six (6) Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six (6) monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

 

  (b)

the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

 

  (i)

when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable for the account of the Existing Lender; and

 

215


  (ii)

the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 31.15, have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

31.16

Accession of Additional Facility Lender

Any person which provides Additional Facility Commitments or an Additional Facility Loan shall become a party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Lender and shall, at the same time, become a Party as a Lender by executing an Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice.

 

31.17

Preservation of security

In the event that a Transfer by any of the Finance Parties of its rights and/or obligations under any relevant Finance Documents occurred or was deemed to occur by way of novation, each Obligor explicitly agrees that all security interests and guarantees created under any Finance Documents shall be preserved for the benefit of the New Lender and the other Finance Parties and, in respect of its rights and/or obligations governed by Luxembourg law, pursuant to article 1278 of the Luxembourg Civil Code..

 

32.

DEBT PURCHASE TRANSACTIONS

 

  (a)

No member of the Group (each a “Purchaser”) shall enter into any Debt Purchase Transaction other than (to the extent applicable to the specified Debt Purchase Transaction) in accordance with the other provisions of this Clause 32.

 

  (b)

A Purchaser may purchase by way of assignment, pursuant to Clause 31 (Changes to the Lenders), a participation in any Loan and any related Commitment where:

 

  (i)

such purchase is a result of a non-cash contribution of such indebtedness (including any participation, claim, commitment, rights, benefits and/or obligations in respect of any indebtedness borrowed or issued by any member of the Group from time to time) by a person that is not a member of the Group; or

 

  (ii)

such purchase is made:

 

  (A)

for a consideration of less than par;

 

  (B)

using one of the processes set out at paragraphs (c) and (d) below; and

 

  (C)

at a time when no Material Event of Default is continuing.

 

  (c)

Any Debt Purchase Transaction entered into by a Purchaser shall be entered into initially pursuant to a solicitation process (a “Solicitation Process”) which is carried out as follows:

 

  (i)

prior to 11.00 a.m. on a given Business Day (the “Solicitation day”), the relevant Purchaser or a financial institution acting on its behalf (the “Purchase Agent”) will approach at the same time each Lender which participates in the relevant Facilities to invite them to offer to sell to the relevant Purchaser, an amount of their participation in one or more Facilities;

 

  (ii)

any Lender wishing to make such an offer shall, by 11.00 a.m. on the second (2nd) Business Day following such Solicitation day, communicate to the Purchase Agent details of the amount of its participations, and in which Facilities, it is offering to sell and the price at which it is offering to sell such participations;

 

  (iii)

any such offer by a Lender shall be irrevocable until 11.00 a.m. on the third (3rd) Business Day following such Solicitation day and shall be capable of acceptance by the relevant Purchaser on or before such time by communicating its acceptance in writing to the Purchase Agent or, if it is the Purchase Agent, the relevant Lenders;

 

216


  (iv)

the Purchase Agent (if someone other than the Purchaser) will communicate to the relevant Lenders which offers have been accepted by 12 noon on the third (3rd) Business Day following such Solicitation day;

 

  (v)

in any event by 11.00 a.m. on the fourth Business Day following such Solicitation day, the Purchaser shall notify the Agent of the amounts of the participations purchased through the relevant Solicitation Process and the identity of the Facilities to which they relate and the Agent shall disclose such information to any Lender that requests such disclosure;

 

  (vi)

if it chooses to accept any offers made pursuant to a Solicitation Process, the Purchaser shall be free to select which offers and in which amounts it accepts but on the basis that in relation to a participation in a particular Facility it accepts offers in inverse order of the price offered (with the offer or offers at the lowest price being accepted first) and that if in respect of participations in a particular Facility it receives two or more offers at the same price it shall only accept such offers on a pro rata basis;

 

  (vii)

any purchase of participations in the Facilities pursuant to a Solicitation Process shall be completed and settled on or before the fifth (5th) Business Day after the relevant Solicitation day; and

 

  (viii)

in accepting any offers made pursuant to a Solicitation Process, the Company shall be free to select which offers and in which amounts it accepts.

 

  (d)

Following the completion of a Solicitation Process, a Debt Purchase Transaction referred to in paragraph (b) above may also be entered into pursuant to a bilateral process (a “Bilateral Process”) which is carried out as follows:

 

  (i)

a Purchaser may by itself or through the same or another Purchase Agent, at any time during the period commencing on the expiry of the relevant Solicitation Process and ending ninety (90) days thereafter, purchase participations from Lenders pursuant to secondary market purchases and/or pursuant to such bilateral arrangements with any Lenders as the Purchaser shall see fit, provided that the purchase rate on such market purchases and bilateral arrangements during that ninety (90) period may not exceed the lowest purchase rate tendered by the Lenders during the Solicitation Process which was not accepted by that Purchaser;

 

  (ii)

any purchase of participations in the Facilities pursuant to a Bilateral Process shall be completed and settled by the relevant Purchaser on or before the second (2nd) Business Day after the expiry of the Bilateral Process period referred to in sub-paragraph (i) above; and

 

  (iii)

a Purchaser shall promptly notify the Agent of the amounts of each participation purchased through such Bilateral Process and the identity of the Facilities to which they relate and the Agent shall disclose such information to any Lender that requests the same.

 

  (e)

For the avoidance of doubt, there is no limit on the number of occasions a Solicitation Process or Bilateral Process may be implemented.

 

217


  (f)

In relation to any Debt Purchase Transaction entered into pursuant to this Clause 32, notwithstanding any term of the Finance Documents (in the case of a Lender which is a member of the Group, for so long as it remains a member of the Group):

 

  (i)

on completion of the relevant assignment pursuant to Clause 31 (Changes to the Lenders), the portions of the Term Loans to which it relates shall, unless there would be a material adverse tax impact on the Group as a result of such cancellation, be extinguished if the purchaser is the relevant Borrower;

 

  (ii)

such Debt Purchase Transaction and the related extinguishment referred to in sub-paragraph (i) above shall not constitute a prepayment of the Facilities;

 

  (iii)

the Purchaser which is the assignee shall be deemed to be an entity which fulfils the requirements of Clause 31.2 (Assignments and Transfers by Lenders) to be a New Lender (as defined in such Clause);

 

  (iv)

no member of the Group shall be deemed to be in breach of any provision of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) or Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) solely by reason of such Debt Purchase Transaction;

 

  (v)

Clause 36 (Sharing Among the Finance Parties) shall not be applicable to the consideration paid under such Debt Purchase Transaction;

 

  (vi)

for the avoidance of doubt, any extinguishment of any part of the Term Loans shall not affect any amendment or waiver which prior to such extinguishment had been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement;

 

  (vii)

unless all amounts owing to the other Lenders under this Agreement will be paid in full at the same time as such prepayment, the Purchaser will not be entitled to receive any prepayment pursuant to this Agreement and the amount of any such prepayment which would have been so received by it shall at the election of the Company (in its sole discretion) either be reduced by such amount or such amount shall be applied pro rata to prepay all other Lenders in the relevant Facility;

 

  (viii)

any enforcement proceeds or other amount received by a Purchaser as a result of a Debt Purchase Transaction (in the case of such other amount, in circumstances where the Obligors have failed to pay to the Lenders all amounts otherwise due and payable (the amount not so paid being a “shortfall”)) shall be held on trust for distribution to the other Finance Parties and such Purchaser shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days) pay an amount equal to such enforcement proceeds or such shortfall, as the case may be, to the Security Agent for application in accordance with clause 16 (Application of proceeds) of the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

  (ix)

any amount that is due to a Purchaser that enters into a Debt Purchase Transaction and which is received by the Agent pursuant to Clause 37.6 (Partial payments) shall be applied as if such payment were due under paragraph (a)(iv) of Clause 37.6 (Partial payments);

 

  (x)

a Purchaser shall not be entitled to exercise any rights or be entitled to any payment pursuant to Clause 20 (Taxes) and Clause 21 (Increased Costs).

 

  (g)

Each Purchaser that becomes a Lender pursuant to this Clause 32 and each Purchaser, Investor Affiliate or Unrestricted Subsidiary that provides a Facility or has a Commitment transferred to it or a Commitment is assumed by it in accordance with this Agreement (including any Additional Facility) irrevocably acknowledges and agrees that (in the case of an Investor Affiliate or Unrestricted Subsidiary, for so long as it remains an Investor Affiliate or Unrestricted Subsidiary):

 

218


  (i)

in relation to any meeting or conference call to which all the Lenders are invited to attend or participate, unless the Agent otherwise agrees, it shall not attend or participate in the same or be entitled to receive the agenda or any minutes of the same;

 

  (ii)

in its capacity as Lender, unless the Agent otherwise agrees, it shall not be entitled to receive any report or other document prepared at the behest of, or on the instructions of, the Agent or one or more of the Lenders; and

 

  (iii)

solely in ascertaining the Majority Lenders, the Super Majority Lenders or Security Release Super Majority Lenders or whether any given percentage (other than unanimity) of the Total Commitments has been obtained to give an instruction or approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment, or other vote under the Finance Documents such Commitment owned by such Purchaser, Investor Affiliate or Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be zero (0),

provided that, in each case, such consent, waiver, amendment or other vote:

 

  (A)

does not result or is not intended to result in any Commitment of that Purchaser, Investor Affiliate or Unrestricted Subsidiary under a particular Facility being treated in any manner which is inconsistent with the treatment proposed to be applied to any other Commitment under such Facility; or

 

  (B)

is not materially detrimental (in comparison to the other Finance Parties) to the rights and/or interests of that Purchaser, Investor Affiliate or Unrestricted Subsidiary solely in its capacity as a Finance Party (and, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding its interests as a holder of equity in the Company (whether directly or indirectly)), and each Purchaser, Investor Affiliate or Unrestricted Subsidiary (as applicable) upon becoming a Party expressly agrees and acknowledges that the operation of this paragraph (g) shall not of itself be so detrimental to it in comparison to the other Finance Parties or otherwise.

 

  (h)

Each Lender shall, unless the Debt Purchase Transaction is an assignment or transfer, promptly notify the Agent in writing if it knowingly enters into a Debt Purchase Transaction with a Purchaser, an Investor Affiliate or Unrestricted Subsidiary (a “Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction”), such notification to be substantially in the form set out in Part I (Form of Notice on Entering into Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction) of Schedule 13 (Forms of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction Notice) or any other form agreed between the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company.

 

  (i)

A Lender shall promptly notify the Agent if a Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction to which it is a party is terminated or ceases to be with a Purchaser, an Investor Affiliate or Unrestricted Subsidiary, such notification to be substantially in the form set out in Part II (Form of Notice on Termination of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction) of Schedule 13 (Forms of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction Notice) or any other form agreed between the Agent (acting reasonably) and the Company.

 

219


  (j)

For the avoidance of doubt, an Investor Affiliate or Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be permitted to enter into a Debt Purchase Transaction subject only to paragraphs (g) and (h) above.

 

  (k)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Clause 32 or any other provision of a Finance Document, a Purchaser may (1) enter into any Debt Purchase Transaction or (2) be, or beneficially own all or any part of the share capital of an entity that is, a Lender or a party to a Debt Purchase Transaction, in each case in respect of any Commitments acquired from:

 

  (i)

any Mandated Lead Arranger, any Original Lender or any of their Affiliates or Related Funds within ninety (90) days from (and excluding) the Acquisition Closing Date; or

 

  (ii)

any mandated lead arranger, underwriter, manager, bookrunner or original lender in respect of any Additional Facility within ninety (90) days from (and excluding) the later of (x) the applicable Additional Facility Commencement Date, (y) the date of first utilisation of such Additional Facility or (y) the last date of any syndication period in respect of such Additional Facility,

in each case without being required to comply with the requirements for a Solicitation Process or Bilateral Process (or any related conditions or other requirements) and provided that no restriction on the assignment, transfer or sub-participation (including pursuant to Clause 31 (Changes to the Lenders) or this Clause 32) shall apply to any such Commitment for so long as it is held by or sub-participated to a Purchaser.

 

33.

CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

 

33.1

Assignment and transfers by Obligors

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents other than pursuant to a Permitted Transaction (with the exception of the Company), pursuant to Clause 33.7 (Debt Pushdown) or pursuant to Section 7 (Merger and Consolidation - Company), Section 8 (Merger and Consolidation - Bidco), Section 9 (Merger and Consolidation - US Newco) and/or Section 10 (Merger and Consolidation - Guarantors) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings), provided that, in the case of any such assignment or transfer of any rights or obligations by a Borrower, the applicable provisions of Clause 33.2 (Additional Borrowers) shall apply in respect of any such transferee that is to become a Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

33.2

Additional Borrowers

 

  (a)

The Company may request that any member of the Group becomes an Additional Borrower under a Facility. That member of the Group shall become a Borrower under a Facility (as the case may be) if:

 

  (i)

it is:

 

  (A)

incorporated in the same jurisdiction as an existing Borrower under that Facility;

 

  (B)

in the case of Facility B only, incorporated in Luxembourg, Germany, the Netherlands or the US (provided that Facility B (USD) will at all times have a Borrower that is incorporated in the US as a joint or co-borrower);

 

  (C)

in the case of a member of the Group which will borrow under an Ancillary Facility only, approved by the relevant Ancillary Lender (acting reasonably);

 

  (D)

in the case of a member of the Group which will borrow under an Additional Facility only, approved by the relevant Additional Facility Lenders (acting reasonably) participating in the applicable Additional Facility; or

 

220


  (E)

otherwise approved by all of the Lenders other than any Defaulting Lender (each acting reasonably) with a Commitment under the applicable Facility in respect of which it will become a Borrower;

 

  (ii)

subject to the Agreed Security Principles, the member of the Group is (or becomes) a Guarantor prior to or contemporaneously with becoming a Borrower; and

 

  (iii)

the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence set out in Part II (Conditions Precedent to be Delivered by an Additional Obligor) of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that Additional Borrower, each in form and substance satisfactory to it (acting reasonably) (unless such document or other evidence is not required to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) or receipt of such documents and evidence has been waived by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably)).

 

  (b)

The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that either:

 

  (i)

it has received in form and substance satisfactory to it (acting reasonably) (unless such document or other evidence is not required to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) all of the documents and evidence set out in Part II (Conditions Precedent to be Delivered by an Additional Obligor) of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that member of the Group; or

 

  (ii)

receipt of such documents and evidence has been waived by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably)),

and each Lender authorises, instructs and directs the Agent to give such notification, unless the Majority Lenders have notified the Agent in writing to the contrary prior to the date on which the Agent gives such notification.

 

  (c)

Upon the Agent’s confirmation to the Company pursuant to paragraph (b) above in respect of the applicable member of the Group, such member of the Group, the Obligors and the Finance Parties shall each assume such obligations towards one another and/or acquire such rights against each other party as they would have assumed or acquired had such member of the Group been an original Party as a Borrower and, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, a Guarantor and the Intercreditor Agreement as a Debtor (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and such Additional Borrower shall become a Party as a Borrower and as a Guarantor and to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Debtor (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

33.3

Additional Guarantors

 

  (a)

The Company may request that any member of the Group becomes a Guarantor. That Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor if the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence set out in Part II (Conditions Precedent to be Delivered by an Additional Obligor) of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance satisfactory to it (acting reasonably) (unless such document or other evidence is not required to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) or receipt of such documents and evidence has been waived by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably)), and, for the avoidance of doubt, any accessions contemplated by the Tax Structure Memorandum shall be permitted.

 

221


  (b)

The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that either:

 

  (i)

it has received in form and substance satisfactory to it (acting reasonably) (unless such document or other evidence is not required to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) all of the documents and evidence set out in Part II (Conditions Precedent to be Delivered by an Additional Obligor) of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that member of the Group; or

 

  (ii)

receipt of such documents and evidence has been waived by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably)),

and each Lender authorises, instructs and directs the Agent to give such notification, unless the Majority Lenders have notified the Agent in writing to the contrary prior to the date on which the Agent gives such notification.

 

  (c)

Upon the Agent’s notification to the Company pursuant to paragraph (b) above in respect of the applicable member of the Group, such member of the Group, the Obligors and the Finance Parties shall each assume such obligations towards one another and/or acquire such rights against each other party as they would have assumed or acquired had such member of the Group been an original Party as a Guarantor and the Intercreditor Agreement as a Debtor (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and such member of the Group shall become a Party as a Guarantor and to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Debtor (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

33.4

Resignation of an Obligor

 

  (a)

In this Clause 33.4, “Third Party Disposal” means the direct or indirect disposal of an Obligor to a person which is not a member of the Group and which is permitted by the terms of this Agreement or made with the approval of the Majority Lenders.

 

  (b)

The Company may request that an Obligor (other than the Company) ceases to be a Borrower and/or a Guarantor by delivering a Resignation Letter to the Agent if either:

 

  (i)

that Obligor is the subject of a Third Party Disposal, or that Obligor is only a Borrower (and not a Guarantor), or that Obligor or any member of the Group which is its Holding Company is the subject of a transaction permitted by this Agreement (a “Permitted Activity”) pursuant to which that Obligor or its Holding Company will cease to be a member of the Group; or that Obligor is the subject of a Permitted Activity pursuant to which it is being liquidated, wound up, or dissolved (or pursuant to which it will otherwise cease to exist) or the resignation is required to give effect to any step, reorganisation or action described in or pursuant to the provisions of Clause 30.7 (Excluded Matters);

 

  (ii)

the Company confirms to the Agent that the Guarantor Coverage Test based on the most recent Annual Financial Statements (or (A) if no such Annual Financial Statements have been delivered, the Original Financial Statements and (B) at any time, at the option of the Company, such other financial statements for the most recently completed Relevant Period prior to such date for which the Company has sufficient available information to be able to determine the Guarantor Coverage Test) calculated on a pro forma basis taking into account such resignations and any members of the Group which have or will become Additional Guarantors on or prior to the date on which the resignation will become effective, and any resignation or accession of any Obligor which has or will become effective on or prior to the date on which such resignation will become effective will continue to be satisfied;

 

222


  (iii)

the Majority Lenders have consented to the resignation of that Obligor; or

 

  (iv)

the resignation of that Obligor is contemplated by the Tax Structure Memorandum or the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

  (c)

The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

 

  (i)

the Company has confirmed that no Event of Default is continuing on any Applicable Test Date or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter on such Applicable Test Date;

 

  (ii)

in the case of a Borrower, no amounts utilised by it as a Borrower remain outstanding under this Agreement (or will be outstanding at the time of resignation) and it is under no actual or contingent obligation as a Borrower under any Finance Document and in the case of a Guarantor no payment is due and payable from that Guarantor under Clause 25 (Guarantees and Indemnity); and

 

  (iii)

in the case of a Borrower which is also a Guarantor (unless it is simultaneously resigning as a Guarantor in accordance with this Clause 33.4), its obligations in its capacity as Guarantor continue to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable and in full force and effect (subject to the Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements) or such release is contemplated under the Intercreditor Agreement whether or not requiring a consent thereunder.

 

  (d)

Upon notification by the Agent to the Company of its acceptance of the resignation of a Borrower or a Guarantor, that entity shall cease to be a Borrower or a Guarantor (as applicable) and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents as a Borrower or a Guarantor (as applicable). For the avoidance of doubt, if an Obligor ceases to be a member of the Group pursuant to a transaction permitted by this Agreement, that Obligor shall automatically cease to be an Obligor for all purposes and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents as an Obligor, except that, where the Borrower or Guarantor is the subject of a Third Party Disposal, the resignation shall not take effect (and the Borrower and Guarantor will continue to have rights and obligations under the Finance Documents) until the date on which the Third Party Disposal or other Permitted Activity takes effect.

 

33.5

Repetition of Representations

Delivery of an Accession Deed constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the Repeating Representations are true in all material respects in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

33.6

Designation of Subsidiaries

The Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary for the purposes of the Finance Documents in accordance with Section 6 (Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) and/or the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms).

 

33.7

Debt Pushdown

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Finance Documents, the Company may at any time require that all of the rights and obligations of a Borrower in respect of all or part of any Loan are novated or otherwise transferred or pushed down to a member of the Group (including by way of one or more members of the Group which, in each case, is not an Original Obligor (each a “New Obligor”) being extended by the relevant Lenders in respect of a Facility which has already been borrowed and/or is available for Utilisation by an Original Obligor which is then followed by the cancellation and/or refinancing (on a cash or non-cash basis) of the Facility borrowed and/or available for Utilisation by such Original Obligor so that that Facility is thereafter borrowed and/or available for Utilisation by such New Obligor(s)), in each case, for the avoidance of doubt, whether or not the Availability Period for the relevant Facility has ended and whether or not Available Commitments exist under such Facility (a “Debt Pushdown”), provided that:

 

223


  (i)

such Debt Pushdown would not cause or be implemented in a way which would cause it to be unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement, provided that each Lender shall take all reasonable steps (including being party to any appropriate applicable fronting structures) to mitigate any circumstances which may result in such unlawfulness;

 

  (ii)

such member of the Group has become an Additional Borrower in respect of the relevant Facility in accordance with Clause 33 (Changes to the Obligors); and

 

  (iii)

the Company has delivered a notice to the Agent substantially in the form set out at Part IV (Form of Debt Pushdown Notice) of Schedule 3 (Requests and Notices), or such other form as may be agreed between the Company and the Agent (each acting reasonably) (a “Debt Pushdown Notice”).

 

  (b)

The Agent and the Security Agent are hereby irrevocably and unconditionally authorised and instructed by and on behalf of the Finance Parties to:

 

  (i)

execute any Debt Pushdown Notice; and

 

  (ii)

execute any other document (including any amendments or variations to the Finance Documents and any increase in any Commitment to give effect to any Debt Pushdown) and take any further action as may reasonably be requested by the Company and/or set out in the Tax Structure Memorandum to give effect to any Debt Pushdown.

 

  (c)

Any Debt Pushdown may (and shall upon the request of the Company) be effected on a cashless basis, by way of book entries by the Agent and without any cash movement to repay and reborrow any applicable Term Loan.

 

34.

ROLE OF THE AGENT, THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS, AN ISSUING BANK AND OTHERS

 

34.1

Appointment of the Agent

 

  (a)

Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

Each other Finance Party authorises the Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

  (c)

Each other Finance Party acknowledges and agrees that the Agent may enter in its name and on its behalf (and expressly authorises the Agent to enter) into contractual arrangements pursuant to or in connection with the Finance Documents to which the Agent is also a party (in its capacity as Agent or otherwise).

 

224


  (d)

Each Finance Party hereby releases, to the extent legally possible, the Agent from any restrictions of Section 181 German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch) and any other restrictions of multiple representation or self-dealing under any applicable law. Any Finance Party prevented by applicable law or its constitutional documents to grant the release from the restrictions under Section 181 German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch) shall notify the Agent in writing without undue delay.

 

34.2

Duties of the Agent

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

  (b)

Without prejudice to Clause 31.11 (The Register) and paragraph (f) of Clause 8.4 (Cash collateral by Non-Acceptable L/C Lender), paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation.

 

  (c)

Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

  (d)

If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

  (e)

If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers or the Security Agent) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

  (f)

The Agent shall provide to the Company, within five (5) Business Days of a request by the Company (but no more frequently than once per calendar month), a list (which may be in electronic form) setting out the names of the Lenders as at the date of that request, their respective Commitments, the address and electronic mail address (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention any communication is to be made) of each Lender for any communication to be made or document to be delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents, the electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by electronic mail or other electronic means to and by each Lender to whom any communication under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by that means and the account details of each Lender for any payment to be distributed by the Agent to that Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

  (g)

The Agent shall provide to the Company, within one (1) Business Day of a request by the Company, details of any responses received from Lenders to any amendment or other consent request made by the Company and each Lender hereby consents to the disclosure of such information by the Agent to the Company.

 

  (h)

The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

  (i)

Upon the Agent becoming an Impaired Agent, the Company shall provide a copy of the list of all the Lenders to each Finance Party.

 

  (j)

The Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party and no others shall be implied.

 

  (k)

The Agent is hereby authorised to and shall provide to the Company upon its request such information as may be required to assess the progress of any amendment or consent request that may be in process from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Finance Documents (including the identity and votes of Lenders that have approved, rejected or not responded to any such request).

 

225


34.3

Role of the Mandated Lead Arrangers

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Mandated Lead Arrangers have no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

34.4

No fiduciary duties

 

  (a)

Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Agent, any Mandated Lead Arranger, and/or any Issuing Bank as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

  (b)

None of the Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, any Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender, Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

34.5

Business with the Group

The Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, each Issuing Bank, each Ancillary Lender, Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group and its Holding Companies.

 

34.6

Rights and discretions

 

  (a)

The Agent, the Security Agent and each Issuing Bank may:

 

  (i)

rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised and, other than in the case of manifest error, shall have no duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the person who, as applicable, gave such representation or sent such communication, notice or document is in fact authorised to do so;

 

  (ii)

rely on any statement made by an Officer, director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify; and

 

  (iii)

assume that:

 

  (A)

any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Lenders or any group of Lenders are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

  (B)

unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked, and no revocation of any such instructions shall affect any actions taken by the Agent or the Security Agent in reliance on such instructions prior to actual receipt of a written notice of revocation; and

 

  (iv)

rely on a certificate from any person:

 

  (A)

as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

226


  (B)

to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of sub-paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

 

  (b)

The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

 

  (i)

no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default) arising under paragraphs (a) or (b) of Section 1 of Schedule 16 (Events of Default);

 

  (ii)

any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders (or any relevant group of Lenders) has not been exercised;

 

  (iii)

any notice or request made by the Company is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors; and

 

  (iv)

no Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction:

 

  (A)

has been entered into;

 

  (B)

has been terminated; or

 

  (C)

has ceased to be,

with an Investor Affiliate, a member of the Group or an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

  (c)

The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.

 

  (d)

Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable, including, for the purposes of determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver of consent under this Agreement.

 

  (e)

The Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

 

  (f)

The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its officers, employees and agents and the Agent shall not:

 

  (i)

be liable for any error of judgement made by any such person; or

 

  (ii)

be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for, any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person,

unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Agent’s gross negligence, wilful misconduct or breach of any term of the Finance Documents.

 

  (g)

The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

227


  (h)

Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (d) above, the Agent may disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and the Company and shall disclose the same upon the written request of the Company or the Majority Lenders.

 

  (i)

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, none of the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, an Issuing Bank is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality. In particular, and for the avoidance of doubt, nothing in any Finance Document shall be construed so as to constitute an obligation of the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers or an Issuing Bank to perform any services which it would not be entitled to render pursuant to the provisions of the German Act on Rendering Legal Services (Rechtsdienstleistungsgesetz) or pursuant to the provisions of the German Tax Advisory Act (Steuerberatungsgesetz) or any other services that require an express official approval, licence or registration, unless the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, an Issuing Bank (as the case may be) holds the required approval, licence or registration.

 

  (j)

The Agent is not obliged to disclose to any Finance Party any details of the rate notified to the Agent by any Lender or the identity of any such Lender for the purpose of paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 18.2 (Market disruption).

 

34.7

Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

  (a)

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders or those Lenders indicated by any such contrary indication.

 

  (b)

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties other than the Security Agent.

 

  (c)

The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security or indemnification as it may reasonably require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

  (d)

In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

  (e)

The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (e) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Transaction Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction security or Transaction Security Documents.

 

  (f)

Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

228


  (g)

The Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Lender or group of Lenders, from that Lender or group of Lenders) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives those instructions or that clarification.

 

34.8

Responsibility for documentation

None of the Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, any Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender, Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender is responsible for:

 

  (a)

the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, an Issuing Bank, an Ancillary Lender, a Fronted Ancillary Lender, a Fronting Ancillary Lender, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the Information Memorandum or the Reports or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (b)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; or

 

  (c)

any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

34.9

No duty to monitor

The Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

  (a)

whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

  (b)

as to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

  (c)

whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred.

 

34.10

Exclusion of liability

 

  (a)

Without limiting paragraph (i) below (and without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (e) of Clause 37.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) and any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Ancillary Lender, any Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender), none of the Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Ancillary Lender, Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender will be liable (including for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for:

 

  (i)

any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct or breach of the Finance Documents;

 

229


  (ii)

exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Finance Document, the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; or

 

  (iii)

without prejudice to the generality of sub-paragraph (i) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

 

  (A)

any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

 

  (B)

the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

including (in each case) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of: nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

 

  (b)

No Party (other than the Agent, an Issuing Bank or an Ancillary Lender, Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender (as applicable)) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender, Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender, in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent, an Issuing Bank or an Ancillary Lender or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document or any Transaction Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Ancillary Lender, Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender may rely on this Clause 34.10 subject to Clause 1.7 (Third Party Rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

  (c)

The Agent will not be liable for:

 

  (i)

any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose; or

 

  (ii)

any delay or failure by a Lender (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (c) of Clause 37.1 (Payments to the Agent).

 

  (d)

Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers to carry out:

 

  (i)

any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

  (ii)

any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender,

on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers.

 

230


  (e)

Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent’s liability, any liability of the Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

34.11

Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, each Lender shall (in proportion to its Available Commitments, Available Ancillary Commitment and participations in the Utilisations and utilisations of the Ancillary Facilities and Fronted Ancillary Facilities then outstanding to the Available Facilities and all the Utilisations and utilisations of the Ancillary Facilities and Fronted Ancillary Facilities then outstanding) indemnify the Agent, within three (3) Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 37.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

  (b)

If the Available Facilities are then zero (0), each Lender’s indemnity under paragraph (a) above shall be in proportion to its Available Commitments to the Available Facilities immediately prior to their reduction to zero (0), unless there are then any Utilisations and utilisations of the Ancillary Facilities or Fronted Ancillary Facilities outstanding, in which case it shall be in proportion to its participations in the Utilisations and utilisations of the Ancillary Facilities and Fronted Ancillary Facilities then outstanding to all the Utilisations and utilisations of the Ancillary Facilities and Fronted Ancillary Facilities then outstanding.

 

34.12

Resignation of the Agent

 

  (a)

The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in Germany, Ireland, the UK, the US or any other jurisdiction agreed by the Company as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and the Company.

 

  (b)

Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving thirty (30) days’ notice to the Lenders and the Company, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in Germany, Ireland, the UK, the US or any other jurisdiction agreed by the Company).

 

  (c)

If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within twenty (20) days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in Germany, Ireland, the UK, the US or any other jurisdiction agreed by the Company).

 

  (d)

If the Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Agent under paragraph (b) above, the Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Agent to become a Party as Agent) agree with the proposed successor Agent amendments to this Clause 34 and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Agent’s normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

 

231


  (e)

The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

  (f)

The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

  (g)

Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 22.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) in respect of the period in which it was appointed Agent and this Clause 34 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations among themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

  (h)

The Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to paragraph (b) above) if on or after the date which is three (3) months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

  (i)

the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 20.11 (FATCA Information) and the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

  (ii)

the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 20.11 (FATCA Information) indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or the Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date,

and (in each case) the Company or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Company or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

34.13

Replacement of the Agent

 

  (a)

After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may by giving thirty (30) days’ notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent (acting through an office in Germany, Ireland, the UK, the US or any other jurisdiction agreed by the Company).

 

  (b)

The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

232


  (c)

The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders (or as applicable the Company) to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of (solely in respect of the period in which it was Agent) Clause 22.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) and this Clause 34 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).

 

  (d)

Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations among themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

34.14

Confidentiality

 

  (a)

In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

  (b)

If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

  (c)

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arrangers is obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

34.15

Relationship with the Lenders

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 31.15 (Pro rata interest settlement), the Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

 

  (i)

entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

  (ii)

entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

unless it has received not less than five (5) Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (b)

Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information that the Security Agent may reasonably specify (through the Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Agent to perform its functions as Security Agent. Each Lender shall deal with the Security Agent exclusively through the Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Agent.

 

  (c)

Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 39.6 (Electronic communication)) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be

 

233


  treated as a notification of a substitute address, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 39.2 (Addresses) and paragraph (a) of Clause 39.6 (Electronic communication) and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

34.16

Credit appraisal by the Lenders, Issuing Bank and Ancillary Lenders

Without affecting the responsibility of the Company or any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender, Issuing Bank and Ancillary Lender, Fronted Ancillary Lender and Fronting Ancillary Lender confirms to the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, each Issuing Bank and each Ancillary Lender, Fronted Ancillary Lender and Fronting Ancillary Lender that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including:

 

  (a)

the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group and its Holding Companies;

 

  (b)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

 

  (c)

whether that Secured Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Transaction Security, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (d)

the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the Information Memorandum, the Reports and any other information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

  (e)

the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Charged Property, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Charged Property.

 

34.17

Reference Banks

If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Company) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

 

34.18

Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

234


34.19

Reliance and engagement letters

Each Finance Party and Secured Party confirms that each of the Mandated Lead Arrangers and/or the Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters, certificates or reports already accepted by the Mandated Lead Arrangers and/or the Agent) the terms of any reliance letter, hold harmless letter, engagement letters or similar letters (or their equivalent) relating to the Reports or any reports, certificates or letters provided by accountants, auditors or other persons in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those Reports, reports, certificates or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

 

34.20

Role of Reference Banks

 

  (a)

No Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Agent.

 

  (b)

No Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any quotation supplied to the Agent by a Reference Bank, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

  (c)

No Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any quotation supplied to the Agent by a Reference Bank and any officer, employee or agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this Clause 34.20 subject to Clause 1.7 (Third Party Rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

34.21

Role of the Security Agent

 

  (a)

The Security Agent shall, at all times, act in accordance with the terms set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

  (b)

The declaration of trust pursuant to which the Security Agent declares itself trustee of the Transaction Security (to the extent permitted by the applicable law), for which it will hold on trust for the Secured Parties, is contained in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

  (c)

In acting or otherwise exercising its rights or performing its duties under any of the Finance Documents, the Security Agent shall act in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement and shall seek any necessary instruction or direction from the Agent. In so acting, the Security Agent shall have the rights, benefits, protections, indemnities and immunities set out in this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

  (d)

In the event there is an inconsistency or conflict between the rights, duties, benefits, obligations, protections, immunities or indemnities of the Security Agent (the “Security Agent Provisions”) as contained in this Agreement and/or the Intercreditor Agreement, on the one hand, and in any of the other Finance Documents, on the other hand, the Security Agent Provisions contained in this Agreement and/or the Intercreditor Agreement shall prevail and apply.

 

  (e)

The Security Agent is hereby authorised by the Secured Parties to sign or countersign any Assignment Agreement, Transfer Certificate, Additional Facility Notice, Additional Facility Lender Accession Notice, Increase Confirmation or Issuing Bank Accession Agreement or similar document in connection therewith without investigation or inquiry, if, on its face, it appears to conform to the form contemplated in this Agreement or, if applicable, the same is signed by the Security Agent.

 

235


34.22

Withholding

To the extent required by any applicable laws, the Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. Each Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent against, and shall make payable in respect thereof within ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor, any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Agent by the IRS or any other governmental authority as a result of the failure of the Agent to properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of such Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective). A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Finance Document against any amount due the Agent under this Clause 34.22. The agreements in this Clause 34.22 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

 

35.

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

  (a)

interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

  (b)

oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

  (c)

oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

36.

SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

36.1

Payments to Finance Parties

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, if a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 37 (Payment Mechanics) (a “Recovered Amount”) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

  (i)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three (3) Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent;

 

  (ii)

the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 37 (Payment Mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

  (iii)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 37.6 (Partial payments).

 

236


  (b)

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any amount received or recovered by an Issuing Bank or an Ancillary Lender, Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender in respect of any cash cover provided for the benefit of that Issuing Bank or that Ancillary Lender, Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender.

 

36.2

Redistribution of payments

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “Sharing Finance Parties”) in accordance with Clause 37.6 (Partial payments) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

36.3

Recovering Finance Party’s rights

On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 36.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor, unless and to the extent such treatment would otherwise be prohibited by any Guarantee Limitation.

 

36.4

Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

  (a)

each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the “Redistributed Amount”); and

 

  (b)

as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor, unless and to the extent such treatment would otherwise be prohibited by any Guarantee Limitations.

 

36.5

Exceptions

 

  (a)

This Clause 36 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause 36, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

  (b)

A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

  (i)

it notified the other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

  (ii)

the other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

237


36.6

Ancillary Lenders

 

  (a)

This Clause 36 shall not apply to any receipt or recovery by a Lender in its capacity as an Ancillary Lender, Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender at any time prior to service of notice under Clause 30.5 (Acceleration).

 

  (b)

Following service of notice under Clause 30.5 (Acceleration), this Clause 34 shall apply to all receipts or recoveries by Ancillary Lenders, Fronted Ancillary Lenders or Fronting Ancillary Lenders except to the extent that the receipt or recovery represents a reduction from the Gross Outstandings for an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility that is provided by way of a multi-account overdraft to or towards an amount equal to its Net Outstandings.

 

37.

PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

37.1

Payments to the Agent

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, on each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document excluding a payment under the terms of an Ancillary Document that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

  (b)

Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in a Participating Member State or London), as specified by the Agent by not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice.

 

  (c)

Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, to the extent specified by the relevant Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) (in its sole discretion) in the relevant Utilisation Request, any payment to be made by a Lender under a Facility in connection with any Utilisation of a Facility on or prior to the Closing Date (or any other Utilisation of any Facility to the extent agreed between the Company and any relevant Lender under such Facility and notified to the Agent) pursuant to Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) shall not be made available to the Agent but rather shall be made available directly to the relevant beneficiaries of such payments specified in the relevant Utilisation Request.

 

37.2

Distributions by the Agent

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 37.3 (Distributions to an Obligor) and Clause 37.4 (Clawback and pre-funding) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice or such shorter period as agreed between that Party and the Agent (acting reasonably) or, in the case of a Loan, to such account specified in the relevant Utilisation Request, with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London).

 

37.3

Distributions to an Obligor

The Agent may (with the consent of the applicable Obligor or in accordance with Clause 38 (Set-Off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

238


37.4

Clawback and pre-funding

 

  (a)

Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

  (b)

Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent, together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

  (c)

If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is willing to make available amounts for the account of a Borrower before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to a Borrower:

 

  (i)

the Agent shall notify the Company of that Lender’s identity and the Borrower to whom that sum was made available shall on demand refund it to the Agent; and

 

  (ii)

the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if that Lender fails to do so, the Borrower to whom that sum was made available, shall on demand pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender,

provided that this paragraph (c) is without prejudice to the Group’s rights against the Lender who failed to fund.

 

37.5

Impaired Agent

 

  (a)

If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent, as the case may be, in accordance with Clause 37.1 (Payments to the Agent) may instead either pay that amount direct to the required recipient or pay that amount to an interest bearing account held with an Acceptable Rated Bank and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents. In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the beneficiaries of that trust account pro rata to their respective entitlements.

 

  (c)

A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 37.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

 

  (d)

Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 34.13 (Replacement of the Agent), each Party which has made a payment to a trust account in accordance with this Clause 37.5 shall give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution in accordance with Clause 37.2 (Distributions by the Agent).

 

239


37.6

Partial payments

 

  (a)

If the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts due in respect of any Finance Documents that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under those Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents in the following order:

 

  (i)

first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent, each Issuing Bank (other than any amount under Clause 8.2 (Claims under a Letter of Credit) or, to the extent relating to the reimbursement of a claim (as defined in paragraph (a) of Clause 8.2 (Claims under a Letter of Credit)), Clause 8.3 (Indemnities)) and the Security Agent under those Finance Documents;

 

  (ii)

secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under those Finance Documents;

 

  (iii)

thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under those Finance Documents and any amount due but unpaid under Clause 8.2 (Claims under a Letter of Credit) and Clause 8.3 (Indemnities); and

 

  (iv)

fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (a)(iv) above.

 

  (c)

Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

37.7

Set-off by Obligors

 

  (a)

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made, save to the extent contemplated in Clause 12.3 (Repayment of Revolving Facility Loans) or Clause 20.5 (Tax Credits), without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim (provided that nothing in the Finance Documents shall prevent, or shall be construed so as to prevent, any member of the Group (i) setting-off any amount or payment due from a Defaulting Lender against any amount or payment owed by a member of the Group and provided further that in the event of any such set-off by a member of the Group, for the purposes of the Finance Documents, the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Agent shall treat such set-off as reducing only payments due to the relevant Defaulting Lender and/or (ii) exercising any right of counterclaim against a Defaulting Lender or any amount or payment due from a Defaulting Lender).

 

  (b)

The Agent shall not be liable in any way for any action taken by it pursuant to paragraph (a) above and, for the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Clause 34.10 (Exclusion of liability) shall apply in relation thereto.

 

37.8

Business Days

 

  (a)

Any payment which is due to be made under the Finance Documents on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

  (b)

Subject to paragraph (a) above, any deadline applicable to an Obligor that falls on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next Business Day.

 

240


  (c)

During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

37.9

Currency of account

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, the Base Currency is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

  (b)

A repayment of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Utilisation or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Utilisation or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.

 

  (c)

Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.

 

  (d)

Unless otherwise agreed with the Party to which such payment is to be made, each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

  (e)

Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall be paid in that other currency.

 

37.10

Change of currency

 

  (a)

Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

  (i)

any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Company); and

 

  (ii)

any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

  (b)

If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

37.11

Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

If the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Company that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

  (a)

the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Company, consult with the Company with a view to agreeing with the Company such changes to the operation or administration of the Facilities as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

  (b)

the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Company in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) if, in its opinion (acting reasonably and in good faith), it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

241


  (c)

the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

  (d)

any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Company shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 43 (Amendments and Waivers);

 

  (e)

the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (including for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 37.11; and

 

  (f)

the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

38.

SET-OFF

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 4.5 (Utilisations during the Certain Funds Period) and Clause 4.6 (Utilisations during an Agreed Certain Funds Period), a Finance Party may, at any time while a Declared Default is continuing, set-off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

  (b)

Any credit balances taken into account by an Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender when operating a net limit in respect of any overdraft under an Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility shall on enforcement of the Finance Documents be applied first in reduction of the overdraft provided under that Ancillary Facility or Fronted Ancillary Facility in accordance with its terms.

 

39.

NOTICES

 

39.1

Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by electronic mail or letter.

 

39.2

Addresses

The address and electronic mail address (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party or other person for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be as follows:

 

  (a)

in the case of each Original Obligor, that identified on its signature page to this Agreement;

 

  (b)

in the case of each Lender, each Issuing Bank, each Ancillary Lender, Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender or any Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

 

242


  (c)

in the case of the Agent and the Security Agent, that identified on its signature page to this Agreement,

or any substitute address, electronic mail address or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice.

 

39.3

Delivery

 

  (a)

Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

  (i)

if by way of electronic mail, when received in legible form; or

 

  (ii)

if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 39.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

  (b)

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent or the Security Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent or Security Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s or Security Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent or Security Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

  (c)

All notices from or to the Company or an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent. The Company may make and/or deliver as agent of each Obligor notices and/or requests on behalf of each Obligor.

 

  (d)

Any communication or document made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this Clause 39.3 will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

39.4

Notification of postal address and electronic mail address

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address or electronic mail address or change of address or electronic mail address pursuant to Clause 39.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or electronic mail address, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

39.5

Communication when Agent is Impaired Agent

If the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.

 

39.6

Electronic communication

 

  (a)

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail (including unencrypted electronic mail) or other electronic means (including by way of posting to a secured website) if the Parties:

 

  (i)

agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication (with such agreement to be deemed to be given by each person which is a Party unless otherwise notified to the contrary by the Agent or the Security Agent and the Company);

 

243


  (ii)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

  (iii)

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

  (b)

Any electronic communication made between Parties will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Agent or the Security Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent or Security Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

  (c)

Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this Clause 39.6.

 

39.7

Use of websites

 

  (a)

The Company may satisfy its obligations under this Agreement to deliver any information by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Company and the Agent (the “Designated Website”) if:

 

  (i)

the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

  (ii)

both the Company and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

  (iii)

the information is in a format previously agreed between the Company and the Agent.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall supply each Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Company and the Agent.

 

  (c)

The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

 

  (i)

the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

  (ii)

the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

  (iii)

any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

  (iv)

any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

  (v)

the Company becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

 

  (d)

If the Company notifies the Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Company under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

244


39.8

English language

 

  (a)

Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

  (b)

All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

  (i)

in English; or

 

  (ii)

if not in English (other than the constitutional documents of any Obligor), and if so required by the Agent (acting reasonably), accompanied by a certified English translation provided that:

 

  (A)

a translation for any document which is a constitutional, statutory or other official document shall not be required to be certified; and

 

  (B)

an English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

40.

CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

40.1

Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

40.2

Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

40.3

Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of three hundred and sixty (360) days in the case of euro-denominated Loans or US Dollar-denominated Loans and a year of three hundred and sixty-five (365) days in the case of Sterling-denominated Loans or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

41.

PARTIAL INVALIDITY

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

42.

REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party or Secured Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

245


43.

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

43.1

Required consents

 

  (a)

This Clause 43 is subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

  (b)

Subject to the other provisions of this Clause 43, any term of the Finance Documents may (other than the Fee Letters which may be amended or waived in accordance with their terms) be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Company and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

  (c)

The Agent (or, if applicable, the Security Agent) may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment, waiver, consent or release permitted by this Clause 43 and any amendment, waiver, consent or release made or effected in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 43, or in accordance with any other term of this Agreement or any other Finance Documents shall, in each case, be binding on all Parties. In the event that any of the Finance Parties is not entitled to grant to the Agent (or, if applicable, the Security Agent) the authority referred to in this Agreement it shall be obliged to appear with and (if required) execute at the same time as, the Agent (or, if applicable, the Security Agent), upon the request of the Agent (or, if applicable, the Security Agent), to formalise any actions or measures that are required. By virtue of this Agreement, each of the Finance Parties shall be obliged to cooperate with the Agent (or, if applicable, the Security Agent), including to participate in the negotiation and execution of the documents, either in public or private, that may be required for the execution and effectiveness of the provisions contained in this Agreement or any other Finance Document.

 

  (d)

Each Finance Party irrevocably and unconditionally authorises and instructs the Agent (without any further consent, sanction, authority or further confirmation from them (for the benefit of the Agent and the Company) to execute any documentation relating to a proposed amendment or waiver as soon as the requisite Lender consent is received in accordance with this Clause 43 (or on such later date as may be agreed by the Agent (or, if applicable, the Security Agent) and the Company)) provided that if the requisite Lender consent has not been received but, following any action which a member of the Group is entitled to take or require any Finance Party to take under Clause 43.5 (Replacement of a Lender), the requisite Lender consent would have been received, each Finance Party irrevocably and unconditionally authorises and instructs the Agent (or, if applicable, the Security Agent) to execute any documentation relating to a proposed amendment or waiver, so long as such amendment or waiver is conditional upon such action being taken by a member of the Group.

 

  (e)

Without prejudice to the foregoing, the Finance Parties shall enter into any documentation necessary to implement an amendment or waiver once that amendment or waiver has been approved by the requisite number of Lenders determined in accordance with this Clause 43 (or on such later date as may be agreed by the Agent and Company).

 

  (f)

Unless a contrary indication appears, for the purposes of taking any step, decision, direction or exercise of discretion under the terms of the Finance Documents, each Finance Party shall be required to act reasonably and in good faith in taking such step, decision, direction or exercising such discretion.

 

  (g)

Each Obligor agrees to any such amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 43 which is agreed to by the Company. This includes any amendment or waiver which would, but for this paragraph (g), require the consent of all or any of the Obligors.

 

246


  (h)

In respect of any request for a consent, waiver, amendments or other vote under the Finance Documents, a Lender may not vote part (but may vote all) of its Commitments in favour of or against such request and a Lender may not abstain from voting part (but may abstain from voting all) of its Commitments in respect of such request, other than, in each case, with the prior written consent of the Obligors’ Agent (in its sole discretion) and, in the event that any Lender purports to vote its Commitments in breach of this paragraph (h) in respect of any request made by a member of the Group, such Lender shall be deemed to have voted all of its Commitments in favour of such request.

 

43.2

All Lender Matters

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 43.4 (Other exceptions) and Clause 43.9 (Implementation of Additional Facilities and Permitted Structural Adjustment), and other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of this Agreement (including this Clause 43) or any other Finance Document, an amendment, waiver or (in the case of a Transaction Security Document) a consent in respect of any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing:

 

  (i)

the definitions of “Majority Lenders”, “Security Release Super Majority Lenders” “Super Majority Lenders” and “Structural Adjustment” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

 

  (ii)

any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

  (iii)

the specified waterfall order of priority ranking set out in the Intercreditor Agreement to the extent such amendment or waiver (or any consent or release be agreed thereunder or in relation thereto) would adversely affect the interests of the Lenders under this Agreement (in their capacity as such) (provided that any Permitted Structural Adjustment or the introduction of an Additional Facility or any other Permitted Indebtedness shall not be deemed to adversely affect the interests of the Lenders);

 

  (iv)

Clause 2.4 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations);

 

  (v)

Clause 31 (Changes to the Lenders) to the extent further restricting the rights of the Lenders to assign, transfer or sub-participate their rights or obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (vi)

Clause 36 (Sharing Among the Finance Parties); and

 

  (vii)

this Clause 43,

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Company, provided that, an amendment to Clause 31 (Changes to the Lenders) in accordance with paragraph (v) above shall only require the consent of each Lender who will be subject to any such additional restrictions unless such amendment, waiver, consent or release is required to implement or reflect any Permitted Structural Adjustment, an Additional Facility or any Permitted Indebtedness.

 

43.3

Security Release Super Majority Lender Matters

Subject to Clause 43.4 (Other exceptions) and Clause 43.9 (Implementation of Additional Facilities and Permitted Structural Adjustment), and other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of this Agreement (including this Clause 43) or any other Finance Document, an amendment, waiver or (in the case of a Transaction Security Documents) a consent in respect of any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing:

 

  (a)

the nature or scope of:

 

  (i)

the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 25 (Guarantees and Indemnity);

 

  (ii)

the Charged Property; or

 

247


  (iii)

the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed; or

 

  (b)

the release of all or substantially all of:

 

  (i)

the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 25 (Guarantees and Indemnity); or

 

  (ii)

the Transaction Security,

shall not be made without the prior consent of the Security Release Super Majority Lenders and the Company unless:

 

  (A)

such amendment, waiver, consent, release or action is conditional upon or to become effective on or following repayment and cancellation in full of all amounts due and owing under the Facilities;

 

  (B)

the Company confirms to the Security Agent that such amendment, waiver, consent, release or action is required to effect or, implement a disposal, the Incurrence of any indebtedness and grant of any Security in connection therewith (including any Additional Facility), a Permitted Transaction or any other action, in each case, permitted under and in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents (including, in the case of such a disposal of shares in an Obligor, the release of not only any Transaction Security over those shares but also any guarantee or such Transaction Security granted by that Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries), provided that if that disposal, financing, Permitted Transaction or such other action is not consummated within the timeline notified by the Company to the Agent, a new guarantee and (if applicable) new Transaction Security in respect of the obligations of a member of the Group under any of the Finance Documents on the same terms as those released is promptly granted over the assets which were released from such Transaction Security;

 

  (C)

such amendment, waiver, consent, release or action is pursuant to a resignation of an Obligor which resigns as a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of Clause 33.4 (Resignation of an Obligor);

 

  (D)

such amendment, waiver, consent, release or action is required to effect or implement an Additional Facility, a New Debt Financing or a Permitted Structural Adjustment (or otherwise permitted by this Agreement); or

 

  (E)

such amendment, waiver, consent, release or action is otherwise permitted by or contemplated (or is otherwise approved) under the Finance Documents (including pursuant to clause 2.7 (Additional and/or Refinancing Debt), clause 15.1 (Non-Distressed Disposals) or clause 18 (New Debt Financings) of the Intercreditor Agreement),

and, in each case, the Company confirms to the Security Agent that such release (x) is permitted under this Agreement and (y) has been or will be simultaneously given and as a result no consent, sanction, authority or further confirmation from any Secured Party for that amendment, waiver, consent, release or action shall be required and the Security Agent is irrevocably authorised and instructed to take such action provided for in this Clause 43.3 and pursuant to and in accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

248


43.4

Other exceptions

 

  (a)

Except for a Permitted Structural Adjustment, a Structural Adjustment (other than any Structural Adjustment to implement the acceptance of any offer under paragraphs (b)(iv)(B), (b)(v)(B), (b)(vi)(B) or (b)(vii)(B) of Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) by any Facility B Lender which shall not shall require the consent of any Lender) shall only require the prior consent of the Company and each Lender that is participating in that Structural Adjustment and shall not require the consent of any other Lender unless such Structural Adjustment is to increase the Commitments or (subject to paragraph (b) of Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities)) reduce the tenor of any of the Facilities, in which case, such Structural Adjustment shall also require the consent of the Majority Lenders (including those Lenders participating in the Structural Adjustment).

 

  (b)

Any Permitted Structural Adjustment may be effected pursuant to an amendment to this Agreement (a “Structural Adjustment Amendment Agreement”) executed and delivered by the Company and each consenting Lender in respect of the Permitted Structural Adjustment (the “Consenting Lenders”). The Company shall promptly notify the Agent and the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of any Structural Adjustment Amendment Agreement. Each Structural Adjustment Amendment Agreement may, without the consent of any Lender other than the applicable Consenting Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Consenting Lenders and the Company, to give effect to the provisions of this paragraph (b) including any amendments necessary to treat the applicable Loans and/or Commitments of the Consenting Lenders as a new “class” of loans and/or commitments hereunder.

 

  (c)

No consent from any Finance Party shall be required in connection with the implementation of (and any related amendment or waiver as part of the implementation of) an Additional Facility pursuant to Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) or any Permitted Indebtedness and or Additional Facility Notice (other than the consent of the relevant Additional Facility Lender(s) or person(s) providing the Additional Facility or Permitted Indebtedness).

 

  (d)

Any amendment or waiver which relates adversely to the specific rights or obligations of the Agent, any Mandated Lead Arranger, any Issuing Bank, any Ancillary Lender, a Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender, a Reference Bank, the Security Agent or a Restricted Finance Party (in each case in such capacity) respectively may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, the relevant Mandated Lead Arranger, the relevant Issuing Bank, the relevant Ancillary Lender, the relevant Fronted Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender, Reference Bank, the Security Agent or the relevant Restricted Finance Party (as the case may be). For the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph (d) shall not entitle any Party to refuse its consent to any release of a guarantee or Transaction Security which would otherwise be permitted under another provision of the Finance Documents.

 

  (e)

Any amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations applicable to a particular Utilisation, Facility or class of Lenders and which does not materially and adversely affect the rights or interests of Lenders in respect of other Utilisations, Facilities or another class of Lender shall only require the consent of the Majority Lenders, Super Majority Lenders or all Lenders (as applicable) as if references in this paragraph (e) to “Majority Lenders”, “Super Majority Lenders”, “Security Release Super Majority Lenders” or “Lenders” were only to Lenders participating in that Utilisation, Facility or forming part of that affected class. For the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph (e) is without prejudice to the ability to effect, make or grant any amendment, waiver, consent or release pursuant to or in accordance with paragraph (d) above.

 

  (f)

Where the Company requests the consent of the Majority Lenders or Super Majority Lenders in relation to any amendment or waiver, if the relevant Total Commitments have been reduced to zero (0) at the time of such request, at the Company’s option, the consent of the Majority Lenders, Super Majority Lenders or Security Release Super Majority Lenders shall be deemed to have been given in respect of such amendment or waiver.

 

249


  (g)

With the prior written consent of the Company, each individual Lender may waive its right to a prepayment (including by way of amendment or waiver to any of the provisions) under this Agreement (including Clause 14 (Mandatory Prepayment)) or any other amounts which have become due and payable to it under this Agreement or any other Finance Documents.

 

  (h)

Any amendment to Clause 14.1 (Change of Control) or Clause 14.2 (Excess Cash Flow) or waiver thereof may be approved with the consent of the Majority Lenders provided that, any waiver of that Change of Control shall be at the option of each individual Lender.

 

  (i)

Any amendment or waiver which relates only to the provisions governing transfers, assignments or sub-participations by Lenders and which makes such provisions more restrictive for any of the Lenders (including any amendment to Clause 31 (Changes to the Lenders) to the extent further restricting the rights of the Lenders to assign, transfer or sub-participate their rights or obligations under the Finance Documents) shall only require the consent of each Lender who will be subject to the resulting additional restrictions.

 

  (j)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Finance Documents, a Finance Party may unilaterally waive, relinquish or otherwise irrevocably give up all or any of its rights under any Finance Document with the consent of the Company.

 

  (k)

Subject to compliance with Clause 11.3 (Terms of Ancillary Facilities and Fronted Ancillary Facilities) and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, no amendment or waiver of a term of any Ancillary Document shall require the consent of any Finance Party other than the relevant Ancillary Lender or Fronting Ancillary Lender unless such amendment or waiver would require an amendment or waiver of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt Clause 11 (Ancillary Facilities)), in such case the other provisions of this Clause 43 shall apply.

 

  (l)

If the Company or the Agent (at the request of the Company) has requested the Finance Parties (or any of them) to give a consent in relation to, or to agree a release, waiver or amendment of, any provision of the Finance Documents or other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement, then in the case of any Finance Party who has delivered a consent or agreement to such request, on and from the date of notification thereof to the Agent, (i) that Finance Party shall be deemed to have given its consent or agreement to such request, (ii) such consent or agreement shall be deemed to have been received by the Agent and (iii) such consent or agreement shall, unless otherwise agreed or stipulated by the Company, from such time be irrevocable and binding on such Finance Party and any permitted assignee, transferee or counterparty to a sub-participation.

 

  (m)

If and only to the extent the Company agrees or stipulates to this effect in connection with any consent, release, waiver, amendment or vote under this Agreement, any Finance Party or its permitted assignee or transferee that has expressly rejected, not consented or not agreed to a request for an amendment, waiver, consent or release shall, unless it is (and only until it becomes) a Non-Consenting Lender, have the right to change or revoke its decision and subsequently deliver to the Agent a consent or agreement to such request at any time during the period for which the vote and request process is open for consents and acceptances as determined by the Company and notified by the Agent to such Lender (and subject to any extension of such period as agreed between the Company and the Agent). For the avoidance of doubt, unless the Company stipulates or agrees otherwise, the period for any such process shall end as soon as the requisite Lender consent is received as provided in paragraph (l) above.

 

250


  (n)

No amendment or waiver of a term of a Syndication Strategy Letter or any Fee Letter or other side letter shall require the consent of any Finance Party other than any such person which is party to such letter.

 

  (o)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any amendment, waiver, consent or release of a Finance Document made in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities), Clause 2.3 (Increase), Clause 43.5 (Replacement of a Lender), Clause 43.9 (Implementation of Additional Facilities and Permitted Structural Adjustment) or the Intercreditor Agreement shall be binding on all Parties without further consent of any Party.

 

  (p)

Any term of the Finance Documents (other than any Ancillary Document) may be amended or waived by the Company and the Agent (or, if applicable, the Security Agent) without the consent of any other Party if that amendment or waiver is to cure defects or omissions; resolve ambiguities or inconsistencies; reflect changes of a minor, technical or administrative nature or manifest error; is otherwise only for the benefit of all or any of the Lenders; or (provided that such waiver or amendment does not adversely affect the interests of the other Lenders whose consent is not required for the applicable amendment) is consequential on, incidental to, or required to implement an approved amendment, waiver, consent or release.

 

  (q)

Any amendment, waiver, consent or release made or effected in accordance with any of the paragraphs of this Clause 43.4, or in accordance with any other term of any of the Finance Documents, shall be binding on all Parties. Each Secured Party irrevocably and unconditionally authorises and instructs the Agent (for the benefit of the Agent and the Company) to execute any documentation relating to a proposed amendment or waiver as soon as the requisite Lender consent is received (or on such later date as may be agreed by the Agent and the Company). Without prejudice to the foregoing, the Finance Parties shall enter into any documentation necessary to implement an amendment or waiver once that amendment or waiver has been approved by the requisite number of Lenders determined in accordance with this Clause 43.

 

  (r)

Any Default, Event of Default, Declared Default or any notice, demand, declaration and/or other step or action taken under or pursuant to Clause 30.5 (Acceleration) may be revoked or, as the case may be, waived with the consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

  (s)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Finance Documents, any re-designation or transfer of all or any part of a Commitment and/or a participation in any Utilisation to a new tranche or facility established as an Additional Facility or pursuant to a Structural Adjustment or any other term of any of the Finance Documents (or any other similar or equivalent transaction) may be approved with the consent of the Lender holding that Commitment and/or, as the case may be, participation (or part thereof) and the Company (without any requirement for any consent or approval from any other person).

 

  (t)

To the extent disenfranchised in accordance with paragraph (g) of Clause 32 (Debt Purchase Transactions) the Commitment and/or participation of any member of the Group, any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Investor Affiliate shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments or participations under the relevant Facility or Facilities when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Majority Lenders, Super Majority Lenders and Security Release Super Majority Lenders) of Total Commitments and/or participations has been obtained to approve that request.

 

  (u)

Each Finance Party authorises and instructs the Agent to enter into any amendment or waiver of any term of any Finance Document requested by the Company for the purpose of granting additional rights and benefits to the Lenders, any group of Lenders and/or any Issuing Bank and which does not impose material additional liabilities or obligations on such Lenders, group of Lenders and/or Issuing Bank (as applicable), in each case without the requirement for any consent of any other Finance Party.

 

251


  (v)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Finance Documents, in connection with any determination as to whether the requisite Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document or any departure by any Obligor therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Finance Document, or (iii) directed or required the Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Finance Document, any Lender (other than (x) any Lender that is a regulated bank and (y) any Revolving Facility Lender as of the date of this Agreement) that, as a result of its interest in any total return swap, total rate of return swap, credit default swap or other derivative contract (other than any such total return swap, total rate of return swap, credit default swap or other derivative contract entered into pursuant to bona fide market making activities), has a net short position with respect to the Loans and/or Commitments (each, a “Net Short Lender”), without the consent of the Obligors’ Agent (in its sole discretion), shall have no right to vote any of its Loans and Commitments and shall be deemed to have voted its interest as a Lender without discretion in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not Net Short Lenders.

For purposes of determining whether a Lender has a “net short position” on any date of determination: (i) derivative contracts with respect to the Loans and Commitments and such contracts that are the functional equivalent thereof shall be counted at the notional amount thereof in euros, (ii) notional amounts in other currencies shall be converted into the Base Currency by such Lender in a commercially reasonable manner consistent with generally accepted financial practices and based on the prevailing conversion rate (determined on a mid-market basis) on the date of determination, (iii) derivative contracts in respect of an index that includes any of the Obligors or any instrument issued or guaranteed by any of the Obligors shall not be deemed to create a net short position with respect to the Loans and/or Commitments, so long as (x) such index is not created, designed, administered or requested by such Lender or its Affiliates and (y) the Obligors and any instrument issued or guaranteed by any of the Obligors, collectively, shall represent less than 5% of the components of such index, (iv) derivative transactions that are documented using either the 2014 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions or the 2003 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions (collectively, the “ISDA CDS Definitions”) shall be deemed to create a net short position with respect to the Loans and/or Commitments if such Lender is a protection buyer or the equivalent thereof for such derivative transaction and (x) the Loans or the Commitments are a “Reference Obligation” under the terms of such derivative transaction (whether specified by name in the related documentation, included as a “Standard Reference Obligation” on the most recent list published by Markit, if “Standard Reference Obligation” is specified as applicable in the relevant documentation or in any other manner), (y) the Loans or the Commitments would be a “Deliverable Obligation” under the terms of such derivative transaction or (z) any of the Obligors (or its successor) is designated as a “Reference Entity” under the terms of such derivative transactions, and (v) credit derivative transactions or other derivatives transactions not documented using the ISDA CDS Definitions shall be deemed to create a net short position with respect to the Loans and/or Commitments if such transactions are functionally equivalent to a transaction that offers the Lender or its Affiliates protection in respect of the Loans or the Commitments, or as to the credit quality of any of the Obligors other than, in each case, as part of an index so long as (x) such index is not created, designed, administered or requested by such Lender and (y) the Obligors and any instrument issued or guaranteed by any of the Obligors, collectively, shall represent less than 5% of the components of such index. In connection with any such determination, each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent in writing that it is a Net Short Lender, or shall otherwise be deemed to have represented and warranted to the Obligors’ Agent and the Agent that it is not a Net Short Lender (it being understood and agreed that the Obligors’ Agent and the Agent shall be entitled to rely on each such representation and deemed representation without any further enquiry) provided that this clause does not apply to the Loans and Commitments of regulated banks and the Original Lenders under the Revolving Facility.

 

252


  (w)

For the avoidance of doubt, any amendment, waiver, consent or release shall require the prior written consent of the Company.

 

43.5

Replacement of a Lender

 

  (a)

If at any time:

 

  (i)

any Finance Party becomes or is a Non-Consenting Lender, a Non-Acceptable L/C Lender or a Defaulting Lender;

 

  (ii)

any Finance Party delivers (or an Obligor becomes aware that any Finance Party may be entitled to deliver) a Lender Illegality Notice;

 

  (iii)

any Finance Party makes any claim (or an Obligor becomes aware that any Finance Party may be entitled to make any claim) pursuant to Clause 20.3 (Tax Gross Up), Clause 20.4 (Tax Indemnity) or Clause 21.1 (Increased costs);

 

  (iv)

any Finance Party invokes (or an Obligor becomes aware that any Finance Party may be entitled to invoke) the benefit of Clause 18.2 (Market disruption),

then the Company may by written notice (a “Replacement Notice”) to the Agent and such Finance Party (a “Replaced Lender”):

 

  (A)

replace a participation of such Replaced Lender by requiring such Replaced Lender to (and such Replaced Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 31 (Changes to the Lenders) on such dates as specified in the Replacement Notice (which shall be a date on a date falling no less than three (3) Business Days’ after the date of the Replacement Notice) all or part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender constituting a New Lender under Clause 31.2 (Assignments and Transfers by Lenders) (a “Replacement Lender”) selected by the Company which confirms its (or their) willingness to assume and does assume all or part of the obligations of the Replaced Lender (including the assumption of the Replaced Lender’s participations or unfunded or undrawn participations (as the case may be) on the same basis as the Replaced Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the applicable outstanding principal amount of such Replaced Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations or Ancillary Outstandings and all related accrued interest and/or Letter of Credit fees (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 31.15 (Pro rata interest settlement), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents in respect of such transferred participation;

 

  (B)

prepay (or procure that another member of the Group prepays) on such dates as specified in the Replacement Notice all or any part of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations or Ancillary Outstandings and all related accrued interest and/or Letter of Credit fees, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents in respect of such participation; and/or

 

  (C)

cancel all or part of the undrawn Commitments or Ancillary Commitments, Fronted Ancillary Commitments and Fronting Ancillary Commitments of that Replaced Lender on such date or dates specified in the Replacement Notice.

 

253


  (b)

Any notice delivered under paragraph (a) above (or any subsequent notice for this purpose, as applicable) may be accompanied by a Transfer Certificate complying with Clause 31.7 (Procedure for transfers), and/or an Assignment Agreement complying with Clause 31.8 (Procedure for assignment) and any other related documentation to effect the transfer or assignment, which Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement and any other related documentation to effect the transfer or assignment (if attached) shall be promptly (and by no later than three (3) Business Days from receiving such Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement and any other related documentation) executed by the relevant Replaced Lender and returned to the Company. Notwithstanding the requirements of Clause 31 (Changes to the Lenders) or any other provisions of the Finance Documents, if a Replaced Lender does not execute and/or return a Transfer Certificate, an Assignment Agreement and any other related documentation to effect the transfer or assignment as required by this paragraph (b) within three (3) Business Days of delivery by the Company, the relevant transfer or transfers or assignment and assignments shall automatically and immediately be effected for all purposes under the Finance Documents on payment of the replacement amount to the Agent (for the account of the relevant Replaced Lender) (notwithstanding failure to execute such documentation by the relevant Replaced Lender), and the Agent may (and is authorised and required by each Finance Party to) execute, without requiring any further consent or action from any other party, a Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement and any other related documentation to effect the transfer or assignment on behalf of the relevant Replaced Lender which is required to transfer its rights and obligations or assign its rights under this Agreement pursuant to paragraph (a) above which shall be effective for the purposes of Clause 31.7 (Procedure for transfers) and Clause 31.8 (Procedure for assignment). The Agent shall not be liable in any way for any action taken by it pursuant to this paragraph (b) and, for the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Clause 34.10 (Exclusion of liability) shall apply in relation thereto.

 

  (c)

Unless otherwise agreed by the Majority Lenders or provided pursuant to another provision of this Agreement, the replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 43.5 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (i)

the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent or Security Agent in its capacity as such;

 

  (ii)

neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender; and

 

  (iii)

in no event shall the Lender replaced under this Clause 43.5 be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

43.6

Excluded Commitments

 

  (a)

If the Company or the Agent (at the request of the Company) has requested the Finance Parties (or any of them) to give a consent in relation to, or to agree a release, waiver or amendment of any provision of the Finance Documents or other vote of any or all Lenders under the terms of this Agreement, then in the case of:

 

  (i)

any Non-Responding Lender;

 

  (ii)

any Replaced Lender, on and from the date of the relevant Replacement Notice; and

 

254


  (iii)

any Defaulting Lender, on and from the date on which it becomes a Defaulting Lender,

unless the Company agrees otherwise (with respect to each such individual Non-Responding Lender, Replaced Lender and/or Defaulting Lender) that Non-Responding Lender, Replaced Lender or Defaulting Lender (as applicable):

 

  (A)

shall be automatically excluded from participating in that vote;

 

  (B)

its participations and Commitments shall be deemed to be zero (0) for the denominator of the relevant percentage of the Commitments or otherwise when ascertaining whether the approval of the Majority Lenders, the Super Majority Lenders, the Security Release Super Majority Lenders, all Lenders, or any other class of Lenders (as applicable) has been obtained with respect to that request for a consent or agreement, and

 

  (C)

its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement or any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve the request.

 

  (b)

For the purposes of this Agreement:

Non-Consenting Lender” means a Rejecting Lender or a Non-Responding Lender.

Non-Responding Lender” means any Lender (other than a Rejecting Lender) where:

 

  (i)

the Company or the Agent (at the request of the Company) has requested the Lenders (or any group of Lenders) to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a release, waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents or other vote of the Lenders (or any group of Lenders) under the terms of the Finance Documents (the “Relevant Consent”); and

 

  (ii)

such Lender has not unconditionally consented or agreed to (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any conditional consent or agreement to, and any failure to respond to) the Relevant Consent by 5.00 p.m. on:

 

  (A)

(x) the date falling ten (10) Business Days or (y) if such Lender has failed to assist with any steps required to implement the Company’s right to prepay a Non-Responding Lender, five (5) Business Days; or

 

  (B)

such other time specified by the Company (but if shorter than ten (10) Business Days (other than in connection with (A)(y) above), agreed by the Agent (acting reasonably)),

after the date of such request being made.

Rejecting Lender” means a Lender, where:

 

  (i)

the Company or the Agent (at the request of the Company) has requested the Lenders (or any group of Lenders) to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a release, waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents or other vote of the Lenders (or any group of Lenders) under the terms of the Finance Documents (the “Applicable Consent”);

 

  (ii)

the Majority Lenders have consented to the Applicable Consent; and

 

255


  (iii)

such Lender that has expressly rejected, not consented or not agreed to the relevant request and has not (to the extent permitted by paragraph (m) of Clause 43.4 (Other exceptions)) changed or revoked such decision and subsequently consented or agreed to that request by 5.00 p.m. on:

 

  (A)

(x) the date falling ten (10) Business Days or (y) if such Lender has failed to assist with any steps required to implement the Company’s right to prepay a Rejecting Lender, five (5) Business Days; or

 

  (B)

such other time specified by the Company (but if shorter than ten (10) Business Days (other than in connection with (A)(y) above), agreed by the Agent (acting reasonably)),

after the date of such request being made.

 

43.7

Disenfranchisement of Restricted Finance Parties

Insofar as any amendment, waiver, determination, declaration, decision (including a decision to accelerate) or direction (each a “Relevant Measure”) in respect of the Sanctions Provision concerns, is referred to or otherwise relates to any Sanctions, Sanctioned Country and/or Sanctioned Persons, a Restricted Finance Party may in its absolute discretion (but shall be under no obligation to) notify in writing to the Agent that it does have, in the given circumstances, the benefit of the provision in respect of which the Relevant Measure is sought. The Commitments of each Lender that is a Restricted Finance Party that has not notified the Agent to that effect under this Clause 43.7 and the vote of any other Restricted Finance Party which would be required to vote in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and that has not notified the Agent to that effect under this Clause 43.7 will be excluded for the purpose of determining whether the consent of the requisite Finance Parties to approve such Relevant Measure has been obtained or whether the Relevant Measure by the requisite Finance Parties has been made.

 

43.8

Replacement of Screen Rate

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraphs (b), (d) and (f) below, any amendment or waiver which relates to a change to the benchmark rate, base rate or reference rate (the “Benchmark Rate”) to apply in relation to a currency in place of the existing Benchmark Rate for such currency under an applicable Facility (including any amendment, replacement or waiver to the definition of “EURIBOR”, “Term SOFR” or “Screen Rate”, including an alternative or additional page, service or method for the determination thereof) (or which relates to aligning any provision of a Finance Document to the use of that Benchmark Rate, including making appropriate adjustments to this Agreement for basis, duration, time and periodicity for determination of that Benchmark Rate for any Interest Period and making other consequential and/or incidental changes) (a “Benchmark Rate Change”) may be made with the consent of the Majority Lenders participating in the Facility to which that Benchmark Rate Change shall apply and the Company.

 

  (b)

If (i) the Company or the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders participating in the applicable Facility) requests the making of a Benchmark Rate Change and notifies the Agent or the Company (as applicable) thereof, or (ii) paragraph (d) below applies then, in each case, the Company and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders participating in the applicable Facility) shall enter into consultations in respect of a Benchmark Rate Change in accordance with the terms of paragraph (c) below; provided that if such Benchmark Rate Change cannot be agreed upon by the earlier of (x) the end of the consultation period referred to in paragraph (c) below and (y) the date which is five (5) Business Days before the end of the current Interest Period, (or in the case of a new Utilisation, the date which is five (5) Business Days before the date upon which the Utilisation Request will be served, as notified by the Company to the Agent), the Benchmark Rate applicable to any Lender’s share of a Loan for each Interest Period which

 

256


  commences after the Trigger Date for the currency of such Loan and prior to (or during) the date on which a Benchmark Rate Change for that currency has been agreed (shall unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders participating in the applicable Facility)) be replaced by the rate certified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable (and in any event by the date falling two (2) Business Days before the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of the relevant Interest Period) to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in that Loan in the relevant interbank market.

 

  (c)

In addition to paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the Company and the Lenders who have any Commitments under an applicable Facility agree to, (i) in respect of any Facility which is (or could be) utilised in Sterling, following any date on or after 30 June 2021 specified by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders participating in the applicable Facility), or (ii) promptly following the occurrence of a Trigger Date or any date on which a request is made under paragraph (b)(i) above (in each case in respect of any applicable Facility), consult and engage in good faith negotiations on a Benchmark Rate Change for calculating interest under the Finance Documents in respect of such applicable Facility, and specifically, with a view to agreeing the terms on which SONIA (in the case of any Facility which is (or could be) utilised in Sterling) or SOFR (in respect of any Facility which is (or could be) utilised in US Dollars) an alternative rate to be agreed, should replace the applicable Benchmark Rate in respect of such applicable Facility, by the end of a consecutive period of thirty days from such date.

 

  (d)

If a Trigger Date occurs in relation to any Screen Rate and by such time a Benchmark Rate Change for the relevant currency has not been agreed in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (c) above, the proviso set out in paragraph (b) shall apply for all new Utilisations, all future Interest Periods and otherwise under the Finance Documents where the relevant Screen Rate applies.

 

  (e)

Notwithstanding the definitions of “EURIBOR”, “Term SOFR” or “Screen Rate” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) or any other term of any Finance Document, the Agent may from time to time (with the prior written consent of the Company) specify a Benchmark Rate Change for any currency for the purposes of the Finance Documents, and each Lender authorises the Agent to make such specification.

 

  (f)

Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Clause 41.8, no Benchmark Rate Change or other amendments or waivers in connection therewith shall be made without the prior written consent of the Company (which may be given, withheld, conditioned or delayed in its sole and absolute discretion and shall not, under any circumstances, be deemed given) which:

 

  (i)

would result in an increase in the weighted average cost of the applicable Facility (whether by an increase in the Margin, fees or otherwise but taking into account, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of any Benchmark Rate Change to such applicable Facility (including a spread adjustment to reflect the differential between the weighted average Benchmark Rate before and after such Benchmark Rate Change)) to the Obligors;

 

  (ii)

are a change to the date of an Interest Payment Date;

 

  (iii)

would result in any Obligor being subject to more onerous obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (iv)

would result in any rights or benefits of any Obligor under the Finance Documents being lost or reduced.

 

  (g)

For the purposes of this Clause 41.8:

 

257


Trigger Date” in respect of the Screen Rate or other rate used to calculate any Benchmark Rate means the earliest of:

 

  (i)

the date upon which the administrator of that Screen Rate or other rate publicly announces that it has ceased to provide that Screen Rate or other rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate or other rate; or

 

  (ii)

the date upon which the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate or other rate publicly announces that such Screen Rate or other rate has been permanently or indefinitely discontinued.

 

43.9

Implementation of Additional Facilities and Permitted Structural Adjustment

 

  (a)

The Agent and/or the Security Agent, as the case may be, shall, on behalf of the Secured Parties (unless a Secured Party is required under applicable law to do so in its own name, in which case the relevant Secured Party shall) and is hereby authorised to enter into such agreement or agreements with the Obligors and/or the holders of the Liabilities pursuant to any Additional Facility, other New Debt Financing or Permitted Structural Adjustment and/or their agents and trustees to enter into any confirmation, amendment, replacement of or supplement to the Finance Documents (including any amendment, waiver or release in respect of any Transaction Security Document or any grant of Transaction Security pursuant to a new Transaction Security Document), provided that any such release is coupled with a substantially simultaneous re-granting on substantially the same terms or as otherwise contemplated or permitted by this Clause 43.9 or Clause 43.3 (Security Release Super Majority Lender Matters) or clause 18.2 (Transaction Security: New Debt Financings) of the Intercreditor Agreement and/or take any other action (subject to the Agreed Security Principles) as is necessary or appropriate in order to:

 

  (i)

give effect to the terms of any Additional Facility or other New Debt Financing or Permitted Structural Adjustment; or

 

  (ii)

facilitate the establishment of any Additional Facility or other New Debt Financing or Permitted Structural Adjustment entered into in compliance with this Agreement,

in each case subject to the provisions of this Clause 43.9 and provided that such New Debt Financing or Permitted Structural Adjustment or confirmation, amendment, replacement of or supplement to the Finance Documents (including any amendment, waiver or release in respect of any Transaction Security Document or any grant of Transaction Security pursuant to a new Transaction Security Document) is permitted by and entered into in compliance with this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement (and the Company confirms that is the case).

 

  (b)

The Agent and the Security Agent are irrevocably authorised and instructed by each other Secured Party (without the requirement for any further authorisation or consent from any other Secured Party) to enter into such documentation and take any such action contemplated or permitted by this Clause 43.9 and provided that it is permitted by Clause 43.3 (Security Release Super Majority Lender Matters) and shall do so promptly on request and at the expense of the Company. Except where otherwise required by applicable law, any such amendment shall not require the consent of any Secured Party and shall be effective and binding on all Parties upon the execution thereof by the Obligors, each of the Agent and the Security Agent.

 

  (c)

Each Obligor confirms:

 

  (i)

the authority of the Company to:

 

258


  (A)

give effect to the terms of any Additional Facility or any New Debt Financing or Permitted Structural Adjustment; and

 

  (B)

agree, implement and establish any Additional Facility or any New Debt Financing or Permitted Structural Adjustment in accordance with this Agreement; and

 

  (ii)

that its guarantee and indemnity set out in this Agreement (or any applicable Accession Deed or other Finance Document), and all Security granted by it will (to the extent provided pursuant to the terms of the relevant Additional Facility or any New Debt Financing or Permitted Structural Adjustment) entitle the Lenders under any Additional Facility and the persons providing the New Debt Financing or Permitted Structural Adjustment to benefit from such guarantee and indemnity and such Security (subject only to the Agreed Security Principles and any applicable Guarantee Limitations) and extend to include all obligations arising under or in respect of any Additional Facility, any New Debt Financing or Permitted Structural Adjustment as applicable.

 

  (d)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Clause 43.9 shall oblige the Security Agent, the Agent or any other Secured Party to execute any document if it would impose personal liabilities or obligations on, or adversely affect the rights, duties or immunities of the Security Agent, the Agent or such Secured Party (provided that the Incurrence of such Additional Facility, New Debt Financing or Permitted Structural Adjustment shall not be deemed to adversely affect the rights of any Secured Party) and nothing in this Clause 43.9 shall be construed as a commitment to advance or arrange any such Additional Facility, New Debt Financing or Permitted Structural Adjustment. The Agent and the Security Agent are authorised and instructed by the Secured Parties to execute any document or take any other action set out in this Clause 43 on behalf of the Secured Parties.

 

44.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

44.1

Confidential Information

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 44.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and Clause 44.3 (Disclosure to numbering service providers), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

44.2

Disclosure of Confidential Information

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

  (a)

to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information in connection with the Transaction on an as needed and confidential basis if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information and provided that such Finance Party shall remain liable for any failure on the part of such receiving party to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information;

 

259


  (b)

to any person:

 

  (i)

to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Agent or Security Agent and, in each case, to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

  (ii)

with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or the Company or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

  (iii)

appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraphs (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including any person appointed under paragraph (c) of Clause 34.15 (Relationship with the Lenders));

 

  (iv)

who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above, provided that if the intended recipient is a person to whom the Finance Party would be required to obtain the consent of the Company in order to transfer, assign or sub-participate a Commitment to such person, that Finance Party must obtain the prior written consent of the Company prior to the making of such disclosure;

 

  (v)

to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

  (vi)

to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 31.14 (Security over Lenders’ rights);

 

  (vii)

to whom information is required by law to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

  (viii)

who is a Party; or

 

  (ix)

with the consent of the Company,

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall (acting reasonably and in good faith) consider appropriate provided that:

 

  (A)

in relation to paragraphs (b)(i) or (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has first entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

  (B)

in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has first entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price sensitive information; or

 

260


  (C)

in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is first informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably and in good faith), it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances,

and a copy of any such Confidentiality Undertaking and any amendment thereto shall be provided to the Company within ten (10) Business Days of request by the Company;

 

  (c)

to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraphs (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) provided that the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has first entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of Confidentiality Undertaking agreed between the Company and the relevant Finance Party, and a copy of any such Confidentiality Undertaking and any amendment thereto shall be provided to the Company within ten (10) Business Days of request by the Company;

 

  (d)

to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Company or the Obligors provided that the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is first informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price sensitive information; and

 

  (e)

the Company will consent to any reasonable request by Mandated Lead Arrangers to publicise the Facilities after the Closing Date,

provided that, notwithstanding anything to contrary herein, in no circumstance shall a Finance Party disclose Confidential Information to a person described in sub-paragraph (b)(B)(1), (b)(B)(2) or (b)(B)(3) (except if a Material Event of Default is continuing at the time such disclosure is made) of Clause 31.3 (Conditions of Transfer) unless the prior written consent of the Company (which may be given, withheld, conditioned or delayed in its sole and absolute discretion and shall not, under any circumstances, be deemed given) is obtained.

 

44.3

Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

  (a)

Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities, the Company and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

 

  (i)

names of the Company and Obligors;

 

  (ii)

country of domicile of the Company and Obligors;

 

261


  (iii)

place of incorporation of the Company and Obligors;

 

  (iv)

date of this Agreement;

 

  (v)

the names of the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers;

 

  (vi)

date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

  (vii)

amount of Total Commitments;

 

  (viii)

currencies of the Facilities;

 

  (ix)

type of Facilities;

 

  (x)

ranking of Facilities;

 

  (xi)

Termination Date for Facilities;

 

  (xii)

changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to sub-paragraphs (i) to (xi) above; and

 

  (xiii)

such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Company,

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

  (b)

The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities, the Company and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

  (c)

Each Obligor represents that none of the information set out in paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price sensitive information.

 

  (d)

The Agent shall notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of:

 

  (i)

the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities, the Company and/or one or more Obligors; and

 

  (ii)

the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities, the Company and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.

 

44.4

Entire agreement

This Clause 44 constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

44.5

Inside information

Each of the Finance Parties:

 

262


  (a)

acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be material non-public and/or price sensitive information (and acknowledges that no member of the Group, expressly or impliedly, makes any representation as to whether that is the case) and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse;

 

  (b)

undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose; and

 

  (c)

agrees with that, without prejudice to the obligations of any member of the Group to deliver or provide information to the Finance Parties as required by any Finance Document, there shall be no requirement, pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, for any other member of the Group, any Investor of any of their Affiliates to publish or otherwise make public any unpublished price-sensitive or inside information or any other information which if known to the public would be likely to have an effect on the price of any securities issued by any member of the Group, in each case unless otherwise agreed by the Company.

 

44.6

Notification of disclosure

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Company:

 

  (a)

of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of Clause 44.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

  (b)

upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 44.

 

44.7

Continuing obligations

The obligations in this Clause 44 are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve (12) Months from the earlier of:

 

  (a)

the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

  (b)

the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

44.8

Electronic Communication

For reasons of technical practicality, electronic communication may be sent in unencrypted form, even if the content may be subject to confidentiality and banking secrecy.

 

45.

COUNTERPARTS

Each Finance Document, Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any signature (including (x) any electronic symbol or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record and (y) any facsimile, e-pencil or .pdf signature) hereto through electronic means, shall have the same legal validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing also applies to any amendment, extension or renewal of any Finance Document, Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

 

263


46.

GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law, provided that Schedule 15 (General Undertakings), Schedule 16 (Events of Default) and Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms) of this Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with those Schedules, which shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without prejudice to the fact that this Agreement is governed by English law).

 

47.

ENFORCEMENT

 

47.1

Jurisdiction of English courts

 

  (a)

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a “Dispute”) including in relation to Schedule 15 (General Undertakings), Schedule 16 (Events of Default) and Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms) of this Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with those Schedules.

 

  (b)

The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

47.2

Service of process

 

  (a)

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

 

  (i)

irrevocably appoints Kirkland & Ellis International LLP of 30 St. Mary Axe, London EC3A 8AF, United Kingdom (Attention: Neel Sachdev / Matthew Merkle / Deirdre Jones / Kanesh Balasubramaniam) as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

  (ii)

agrees that failure by an agent for service of process to notify the Company or relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

  (b)

If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Company (on behalf all the Obligors) must promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably and in good faith). Failing this, the Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

 

  (c)

An Obligor may irrevocably appoint another person as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document, subject to notifying the Agent accordingly. In the case of any replacement of an existing agent for service of process, following the new process agent’s appointment and notification to the Agent of such new appointment, the existing process agent may resign.

 

48.

CONTRACTUAL RECOGNITION OF BAIL-IN

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

 

264


  (i)

any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including:

 

  (A)

a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

 

  (B)

a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

 

  (C)

a cancellation of any such liability; and

 

  (ii)

a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

 

  (b)

For the purposes of this Clause 48:

Article 55 BRRD” means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

Bail-In Legislation” means:

 

  (i)

in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

 

  (ii)

in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country and the UK, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

EEA Member Country” means any member state of the EU, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.

Resolution Authority” means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

UK Bail-In Legislation” means Part I of the UK Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the UK relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

Write-down and Conversion Powers” means:

 

  (iii)

in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule;

 

  (iv)

in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation other than the UK Bail-In Legislation:

 

265


  (A)

any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

  (B)

any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation; and

 

  (v)

in relation to the UK Bail-In Legislation:

 

  (A)

any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

  (B)

any similar or analogous powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation.

 

49.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REGARDING ANY SUPPORTED QFCS

To the extent that the Finance Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for any derivative transaction or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support”, and each such QFC, a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support:

 

  (a)

In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Finance Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Finance Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

 

266


  (b)

As used in this Clause 49, the following terms have the following meanings:

BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, $7.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).

 

50.

PATRIOT ACT

EACH LENDER HEREBY NOTIFIES EACH OBLIGOR THAT PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE USA PATRIOT ACT, SUCH LENDER IS REQUIRED TO OBTAIN, VERIFY AND RECORD INFORMATION THAT IDENTIFIES SUCH OBLIGOR, WHICH INFORMATION INCLUDES THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF SUCH OBLIGOR AND OTHER INFORMATION THAT WILL ALLOW SUCH LENDER TO IDENTIFY SUCH OBLIGOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE USA PATRIOT ACT.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

267


SCHEDULE 1

The Original Parties

Part I

The Original Obligors

The Original Borrowers

 

Name    Jurisdiction of incorporation    Registered number or equivalent
Bidco    Germany    [***]
US Newco    Delaware    [***]

The Original Guarantors

 

Name    Jurisdiction of incorporation    Registered number or equivalent
Company    Luxembourg    [***]
Bidco    Germany    [***]
US Newco    Delaware    [***}

 

268


Part II

The Original Lenders

 

Name of Original Lender

   Facility B (EUR) Commitment
(€)
     Facility B (USD) Commitment
($)
 

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

   375,000,000      $ 850,000,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   375,000,000      $ 850,000,000  

 

269


SCHEDULE 2

Conditions Precedent

Part I

Conditions Precedent to first Utilisation

 

1.

Obligors

 

  (a)

Constitutional documents: a copy of the constitutional documents of each of the Original Obligors and each Day 1 Third Party Security Provider which shall, in case of an Original Obligor or Day 1 Third Party Security Provider incorporated in Germany include an electronic copy of the commercial register excerpt (Handelsregisterauszug) of recent date, the articles of association or partnership agreement (Gesellschaftsvertrag), a list of its shareholders (Gesellschafterliste) and any by-laws, if applicable.

 

  (b)

Board approvals: if required by law or by the constitutional documents or customary in the relevant jurisdiction, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors or managers or equivalent body of each of the Original Obligors and Day 1 Third Party Security Providers:

 

  (i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

  (ii)

authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf;

 

  (iii)

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or dispatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request or other notice) to be signed and/or dispatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

  (iv)

in the case of an Original Obligor other than the Company, authorizing the Company to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

  (c)

Specimen signatures: specimen signatures for the person(s) authorised in the resolutions referred to above (to the extent such person will execute a Finance Document).

 

  (d)

Formalities certificates: a certificate from each of the Original Obligors and Day 1 Third Party Security Providers (signed by an Officer):

 

  (i)

certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in paragraphs (a) to (c) above is correct, complete and (to the extent executed) in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded prior to the date of this Agreement; and

 

  (ii)

confirming that, subject to the Guarantee Limitations and the Agreed Security Principles, borrowing, guaranteeing or securing (as relevant) the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee or security limit binding on it (as relevant) to be exceeded.

 

  (e)

US Good Standing certificates: to the extent applicable in the jurisdiction of organization of to US Newco and US Midco, a copy of a good standing certificate with respect to US Newco and US Midco issued, as of a date no earlier than the date falling thirty (30) days prior to the date of this Agreement, by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of US Newco’s and US Midco’s jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation.

 

270


2.

Finance Documents

A copy of the counterparts of each of the following Finance Documents signed by each of the Original Obligors and each Day 1 Third Party Security Provider or (in the case of para (c) below only) each other member of the Group (in each case to the extent they are a party to such document):

 

  (a)

the Arrangement Fee Letter;

 

  (b)

the Agency Fee Letter;

 

  (c)

the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

  (d)

subject to the Agreed Security Principles, the following Transaction Security Documents:

 

Name of Grantor

  

Security Document

   Governing law
Topco    Limited recourse share pledge in respect of Topco’s shares in the capital of the Company.    Luxembourg
Topco    Limited recourse security agreement assigning any Structural Intercompany Receivables owed to Topco (as lender) by the Company or Bidco (as borrower).    Luxembourg
The Company    Share pledge in respect of the Company’s shares in the capital of GPCo.    Netherlands
The Company    Interest pledge in respect of the Company’s limited partner interest in the capital of Bidco.    Germany

GPCo

 

Bidco

  

Interest pledge in respect of GPCo’s general partner interest in the capital of Bidco.

 

Share pledge in respect of Bidco’s shares in the capital of US Holdco.

   Germany

 

Germany

US Holdco    Limited recourse share pledge in respect of US Holdco’s shares in the capital of US Midco    New York
US Midco    (a) General limited recourse security agreement pledging substantially all of US Midco’s assets (subject to customary exclusions consistent with the Agreed Security Principles) and (b) limited recourse share pledge in respect of any shares it owns in any Material Subsidiary incorporated or organised in the US.    New York
US Newco    General security agreement pledging substantially all of US Newco’s assets (subject to customary exclusions consistent with the Agreed Security Principles).    New York

 

271


3.

Legal Opinions

The following legal opinions:

 

  (a)

as to capacity:

 

  (i)

a legal opinion from Kirkland & Ellis International LLP as German law counsel to the Day 1 Third Party Security Providers and the Original Obligors in respect of the capacity of the Day 1 Third Party Security Providers and the Original Obligors incorporated in Germany to enter into the Finance Documents to which it is party;

 

  (ii)

a legal opinion from Arendt & Medernach SA as Luxembourg law counsel to the Company and Topco in respect of the capacity of the Company and Topco to enter into the Finance Documents to which they are party;

 

  (iii)

a legal opinion from Houthoff Coöperatief U.A. as Dutch law counsel to GPCo in respect of the capacity of GPCo to enter into the Finance Documents to which it is party; and

 

  (iv)

a legal opinion from Kirkland & Ellis LLP as New York counsel to US Newco and US Midco in respect of the capacity of US Newco and US Midco to enter into the Finance Documents to which it is party;

 

  (b)

as to enforceability:

 

  (i)

a legal opinion from Milbank LLP as English law counsel to the Original Lenders in respect of the enforceability of this Agreement;

 

  (ii)

a legal opinion from Loyens & Loeff Luxembourg S.à r.l. as Luxembourg counsel to the Original Lenders in respect of the enforceability of the Finance Documents governed by Luxembourg law;

 

  (iii)

a legal opinion from Houthoff Coöperatief U.A. as Dutch counsel to GPCo in respect of the enforceability of the Finance Documents governed by Dutch law;

 

  (iv)

a legal opinion from Milbank LLP as German law counsel to the Original Lenders in respect of the enforceability of the Finance Documents governed by German law; and

 

  (v)

a legal opinion from Kirkland & Ellis LLP as New York counsel to US Newco and US Midco in respect of the enforceability of the Finance Documents governed by New York law.

 

4.

Acquisition Documents and Closing Certificate

 

  (a)

Acquisition Agreement: A copy of the executed Acquisition Agreement, provided that this condition precedent will be satisfactory to the Agent if the Acquisition Agreement is provided in the form received by the Mandated Lead Arrangers on or prior to the date of this Agreement, or with any amendments or modifications which do not materially and adversely affect the interests of the Original Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents or which have been made with the approval of the Majority Arrangers (each acting reasonably with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, made subject to any condition or delayed) or the Majority Lenders (each acting reasonably with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, made subject to any condition or delayed).

 

272


  (b)

Closing Certificate: a certificate from the Company (signed by an Officer) confirming that:

 

  (i)

each of the conditions to the Acquisition as set out in the Acquisition Agreement have been (or will be on the Closing Date) satisfied or waived other than:

 

  (A)

payment of the purchase price under the Acquisition Agreement;

 

  (B)

any other matter which cannot be satisfied until the Closing Date or Acquisition Closing Date;

 

  (C)

any condition which is waived, if such waiver is not materially adverse to the interests of the Original Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (D)

any amendment, waiver, variation, supplement, replacement, change or addition of any condition which is approved by the Majority Arrangers (acting reasonably) or the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably); and

 

  (ii)

on or prior to the Closing Date, the Minimum Equity Investment is not less than forty (40) per cent. of the Total Transaction Uses (the “Minimum Equity Condition”).

 

5.

Reports

A copy of the following reports (the “Reports”):

 

  (a)

the following buy-side reports (the “Buy-Side Reports”):

 

  (i)

a buy-side financial, operational tax and HR due diligence report prepared by PricewaterhouseCoopers;

 

  (ii)

buy-side key issues legal due diligence report prepared by Kirkland & Ellis LLP; and

 

  (b)

a tax structure memorandum prepared by PricewaterhouseCoopers (the “Tax Structure Memorandum”),

provided that:

 

  (A)

no reliance will be given on any of the Reports as a condition precedent to funding; and

 

  (B)

to the extent the Company (in its sole and absolute discretion) elects to deliver any updated Reports to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, Lenders and the Agent after the date of this Agreement, each such updated Report shall be deemed to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, Lenders and the Agent if the final Reports are, in form and substance, substantially the same as the final versions or drafts (as applicable) received by the Mandated Lead Arrangers prior to the date of this Agreement, save for any changes which are not materially adverse to the interests of the Original Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents or any other changes approved by the Agent (acting reasonably on the instructions of the Majority Arrangers (each acting reasonably) with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, made subject to any condition or delayed) or the Majority Lenders (each acting reasonably with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, made subject to any condition or delayed)) and for these purposes the Mandated

 

273


Lead Arrangers, Lenders and the Agent agree that any changes made to the approved Tax Structure Memorandum prior to the date of this Agreement, in connection with any Holdco Financing will not be considered to be a material and adverse change to the Tax Structure Memorandum and shall be permitted for all other purposes under the provisions of the Finance Documents, provided that the terms of such Holdco Financing are not inconsistent with the Holdco Financing Major Terms. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company, Topco and/or the Initial Investors may update any due diligence (including any Report) from time to time and there shall be no requirement for any such updates to be provided to any Finance Party (and failure to provide such updates shall not affect the satisfaction of this condition).

 

6.

Financial Information

 

  (a)

Original Financial Statements: a copy of the audited financial statements of the Target Group for the financial year ended on 30 September 2020 provided that such statements shall not be required to be in a form and substance satisfactory to any Finance Party nor subject to any other approval requirement.

 

  (b)

Management Case: a copy of the base case model received by the Mandated Lead Arrangers prior to the date of this Agreement (the “Management Case”) provided that the Management Case shall be deemed to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, each Original Lender, and the Agent if provided substantially in the form received by the Mandated Lead Arrangers on or prior to the date of this Agreement or with any amendments or modifications which do not materially and adversely affect the interests of the Original Lenders (taken as a whole) under the Finance Documents or which have been made with the approval of the Majority Arrangers (each acting reasonably with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, made subject to any condition or delayed) or the Majority Lenders (each acting reasonably with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, made subject to any condition or delayed).

 

7.

Other

 

  (a)

Funds Flow Statement: (only if a statement of sources and uses is not included in the Tax Structure Memorandum or the uses are not set out in the Utilisation Request) a copy of the funds flow statement (the “Funds Flow Statement”) setting out the sources and uses for the Acquisition to be made on or prior to the Closing Date, provided that such funds flow statement shall not be required to be in a form and substance satisfactory to any Finance Party nor subject to any other approval requirement.

 

  (b)

Group Structure Chart: (only if such group structure is not included in the Tax Structure Memorandum) a group structure chart (on the basis that the Acquisition Closing Date has occurred), provided that such group structure chart shall not be required to be in a form and substance satisfactory to any Finance Party nor subject to any other approval requirement.

 

  (c)

Approved List: a copy of the Approved List, which shall be deemed to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, each Original Lender and the Agent if in the form delivered to the Mandated Lead Arrangers on or prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

  (d)

DQ List: a copy of the DQ List, which shall be deemed to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, each Original Lender and the Agent if in the form delivered to the Mandated Lead Arrangers on or prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

274


  (e)

Fees: reasonable evidence that all fees then due and payable to the Finance Parties for their own account under the Fee Letters on or before the Closing Date in connection with the Facilities will be paid concurrently with, or out of, the first advances under the Facilities (or as otherwise agreed between the Company and the Majority Arrangers (acting reasonably)), provided that this requirement shall be satisfied by a reference to payment of such fees in a Utilisation Request, the Funds Flow Statement or the Tax Structure Memorandum and shall not be subject to any other approval requirement.

 

  (f)

Process Agent: evidence that the process agent appointed in respect of a Finance Document for each Original Obligor and Day 1 Third Party Security Provider has accepted its appointment as agent for service of process.

 

  (g)

KYC: completion of the Finance Parties’ reasonable “know your customer” checks on the Sponsors and the Original Obligors which are required and which (in each case) have been notified to the Obligors’ Agent not later than five (5) Business Days prior to the date of this Agreement or if later, the date falling five (5) Business Days after the Lenders receive notification of the incorporation of each such company.

 

275


Part II

Conditions Precedent to be Delivered by an Additional Obligor

 

1.

Obligors

 

  (a)

Constitutional documents: a copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Obligor which in case of an Additional Obligor incorporated in Germany, shall comprise an electronic copy of the commercial register excerpt (Handelsregisterauszug) of recent date, the articles of association or partnership agreement (Gesellschaftsvertrag), a list of its shareholders (Gesellschafterliste) and any by-laws, if applicable.

 

  (b)

Board approvals: if required by law or by the constitutional documents or customary in the relevant jurisdiction a copy of the resolutions of the relevant corporate body of the Additional Obligor approving the accession and the relevant Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

  (c)

Specimen signatures: specimen signatures for the person(s) authorised in the resolution referred to above (to the extent such person will execute a Finance Document).

 

  (d)

Formalities certificate: a certificate from the Additional Obligor (signed by an Officer):

 

  (i)

certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in paragraphs (a) to (c) (as applicable) above is correct, complete and (to the extent executed) in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded prior to the date of the Accession Deed; and

 

  (ii)

confirming that, subject to the Guarantee Limitations and the Agreed Security Principles, borrowing, guaranteeing or securing (as relevant) the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee or security limit binding on it (as relevant) to be exceeded.

 

  (e)

US Good Standing certificates: the extent applicable in the jurisdiction of organization of such Additional Obligor, a copy of a good standing certificate with respect to each Additional Obligor whose jurisdiction of organization is a state of the US or the District of Columbia issued, as of a date no earlier than the date falling thirty (30) days prior to the date of the Accession Deed, by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of such Additional Obligor’s jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation.

 

2.

Finance Documents

A copy of the counterparts of each of the following Finance Documents duly executed by the Additional Obligor and any applicable shareholder security provider:

 

  (a)

an Accession Deed; and

 

  (b)

each Transaction Security Document required to create any Transaction Security required to be granted by or over the shares of such Additional Obligor in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles.

 

3.

Legal Opinions

Legal opinion(s) addressed to the Agent, the Security Agent and the Lenders (as at the date of the opinion) from its legal advisers or, where customary in the relevant jurisdiction of the Additional Obligor or its shareholder, the Additional Obligor’s legal advisers on enforceability of the Accession Deed and each Transaction Security Document and the capacity of the Obligor or shareholder security provider provided that in respect of an Additional Obligor or shareholder security provider

 

276


incorporated in the same jurisdiction as an Original Obligor or any previous Additional Obligor, any such opinion shall be deemed to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Finance Parties if delivered in substantially the same form as any equivalent opinion delivered under paragraph 3 (Legal Opinions) of Part I (Conditions Precedent to first Utilisation) of this Schedule 2 or any equivalent opinion previously delivered under this paragraph 2.

 

4.

Other

KYC: a copy of any document reasonably necessary to satisfy any Lender’s “know your customer” requirements in relation to the Additional Obligor under applicable laws and regulations, to the extent that any such document has been requested by written notice from the Agent to the Additional Obligor on or prior to the date that is three (3) Business Days prior to the date of the Accession Deed or, if later, within three (3) Business Days of the proposed accession of that Additional Obligor being notified to the Agent.

 

277


SCHEDULE 3

Requests and Notices

 

278


SCHEDULE 4

Form of Transfer Certificate

 

279


SCHEDULE 5

Form of Assignment Agreement

 

280


SCHEDULE 6

Form of Accession Deed

 

281


SCHEDULE 7

Form of Resignation Letter

 

282


SCHEDULE 8

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

283


SCHEDULE 9

Timetables

Part I

Loans

 

    

Term Loans in EUR

  

Revolving Loans in EUR

  

Term Loans in USD

  

Revolving Loans in USD

  

Loans in other currencies

Agent notifies the Company if a currency is approved as an Optional Currency in accordance with Clause 4.3 (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies):    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    U-5 (or U-2 for any Utilisation on the Closing Date)
Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request in accordance with Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request) or a duly completed Selection Notice in accordance with Clause 17.1 (Selection of Interest Periods and Terms):   

U-3 (or U-1 for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

 

11.00 a.m. (New York time)

  

U-2 (or U-1 for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

 

11.00 a.m.

  

U-3 (or U-1 for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

 

11.00 a.m. (New York time)

  

U-3 (or U-1 for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

 

11.00 a.m.

  

U-5 (or U-2 for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

 

11.00 a.m.

Agent determines (in relation to Utilisation) the Base Currency Amount of the Loan, if required under Clause 5.4 (Lenders participation):   

U-3 (or U-1 for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

 

3.00 p.m. (New York time)

  

U-2 (or U-1 for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

 

3.00 p.m.

  

U-3 (or U-1 for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

 

3.00 p.m. (New York time)

  

U-3 (or U-1 for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

 

3.00 p.m.

  

U-5

(or U-2 for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

 

3.00 p.m.

 

284


    

Term Loans in EUR

  

Revolving Loans in EUR

  

Term Loans in USD

  

Revolving Loans in USD

  

Loans in other currencies

Agent notifies the Lenders of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation):   

U-3 (or U-1 for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

 

4.30 p.m. (or 3.30 p.m. for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date) (New York time)

  

U-2 (or U-1 for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

 

4.30 p.m. (or, 3.30 p.m. for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

  

U-3 (or, with respect to EUR, U-1 for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

 

4.30 p.m. (or 3.30 p.m. for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date) (New York time)

  

U-3 (or U-1 for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

 

4.30 p.m. (or 3.30 p.m. for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

  

U-5 (or U-2 for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

 

4.30 p.m.

Agent receives a notification from a Lender under Clause 10.2 (Unavailability of a currency):               

Quotation Day

 

9.00 a.m. (London time)

Agent gives notice in accordance with Clause 10.2 (Unavailability of a currency):               

Quotation Day

 

4.30 p.m. (London time)

Agent determines amount of the Loan in Optional Currency in accordance with Clause 37.10 (Change of currency):   

U

 

11.00 a.m. (New York time)

  

U

 

11.00 a.m.

  

U

 

11.00 a.m. (New York time)

  

U

 

11.00 a.m.

  

U

 

11.00 a.m.

 

285


    

Term Loans in EUR

  

Revolving Loans in EUR

  

Term Loans in USD

  

Revolving Loans in USD

  

Loans in other currencies

IBOR / Term SOFR is fixed:   

EURIBOR Quotation Day as of 11.00 a.m. (New York time)

  

EURIBOR: Quotation Day as of 11.00 a.m.

  

Term SOFR: Quotation Day as of 11.00 a.m. (New York time)

  

Term SOFR: Quotation Day as of 11.00 a.m.

  

Term SOFR: Quotation Day as of 11.00 a.m.

 

“U”   =   the Utilisation Date
“U-X”   =   X Business Days prior to the Utilisation Date

 

286


Part II

Letters of Credit

 

    

Letters of Credit

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request in accordance with Clause 6.2 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request for Letters of Credit)   

U-3 (or U-1 for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

 

1.00 p.m.

Agent determines the Base Currency Amount of the Letter of Credit if required under paragraph (g) of Clause 6.5 (Issue of Letters of Credit) and notifies the applicable Issuing Bank and Lenders of the Letter of Credit in accordance with paragraph (g) of Clause 6.5 (Issue of Letters of Credit)   

U-3 (or U-1 for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

 

4.30 p.m.

Delivery of duly completed Renewal Request in accordance with Clause 6.6 (Renewal of a Letter of Credit)   

U-3 (or U-1 for any Utilisation on or prior to the Closing Date)

 

1.00 p.m.

“U” = the Utilisation Date, or, if applicable, in the case of a Letter of Credit to be renewed in accordance with Clause 6.6 (Renewal of a Letter of Credit), the first day of the proposed term of the renewed Letter of Credit

“U-X” = Business Days prior to the Utilisation Date

 

287


SCHEDULE 10

Forms of Letter of Credit

 

288


SCHEDULE 11

Agreed Security Principles

 

1.

Agreed Security Principles

 

  (a)

The guarantees and security to be provided under the Finance Documents will be given in accordance with the security principles set out in this Schedule 11 (the “Agreed Security Principles”). This Schedule 11 identifies the Agreed Security Principles and addresses the manner in which the Agreed Security Principles will impact on and determine the extent and terms of the guarantees and security proposed to be provided under any Finance Document.

 

  (b)

The Agreed Security Principles embody the recognition by all parties that there may be certain legal and practical difficulties in obtaining effective or commercially reasonable guarantees and/or security from all relevant members of the Group in each jurisdiction in which it has been agreed that guarantees and security will be granted by those members. In particular:

 

  (i)

general legal and statutory limitations, regulatory restrictions, financial assistance, anti-trust and other competition authority restrictions, corporate benefit, fraudulent preference, equitable subordination, “transfer pricing”, “thin capitalisation”, “earnings stripping”, “controlled foreign corporation” and other tax restrictions, “exchange control restrictions”, “capital maintenance” rules and “liquidity impairment” rules, tax restrictions, retention of title claims, employee consultation or approval requirements and similar principles may limit the ability of a member of the Group to provide a guarantee or security or may require that the guarantee or security be limited as to amount or otherwise and, if so, the guarantee or security will be limited accordingly provided that, to the extent requested by the Security Agent before signing any applicable security or accession document, the relevant member of the Group shall use reasonable endeavours (but without incurring material cost and without adverse impact on relationships with third parties) to overcome any such obstacle or otherwise such guarantee or security document shall be subject to such limit;

 

  (ii)

a key factor in determining whether or not (and the terms on which) a guarantee or security will be taken (and in respect of the security, the extent of its perfection and/or registration) is the applicable time and cost (including adverse effects on taxes, interest deductibility, stamp duty, registration costs and taxes, notarial costs, translation costs and all applicable legal and notarial fees and adverse effects on the ability of the Group to obtain or maintain local facilities or other financing arrangements, including any factoring or similar arrangement in each case permitted under this Agreement) which will not be disproportionate to the benefit accruing to the Finance Parties of obtaining such guarantee or security;

 

  (iii)

members of the Group will not be required to give guarantees or enter into security documents if they are not wholly owned by another member of the Group or if it is not within the legal capacity of the relevant members of the Group or if it would conflict with the fiduciary or statutory duties of their Officers or contravene any applicable legal, regulatory or contractual prohibition or restriction or have the potential to result in a material risk of personal or criminal liability for any Officer of or for any member of the Group provided that, to the extent requested by the Security Agent before signing any applicable security document or accession document, the relevant member of the Group shall use reasonable endeavours (but without incurring material cost and without adverse impact on relationships with third parties) to overcome any such obstacle or otherwise such guarantee or security document shall be subject to such limit;

 

289


  (iv)

guarantees and security will be limited so that the aggregate of notarial costs and all registration and like taxes and duties relating to the provision of security will not exceed an amount to be agreed between the Company and the Security Agent;

 

  (v)

where a class of assets to be secured includes material and immaterial assets, if the cost of granting security over the immaterial assets is disproportionate to the benefit of such security, security will be granted over the material assets only;

 

  (vi)

it is expressly acknowledged that it may be either impossible or impractical to create security over certain categories of assets in which event security will not be taken over such assets;

 

  (vii)

any asset subject to a legal requirement, contract, lease, licence, instrument, regulatory constraint (including any agreement with any government or regulatory body) or other third party arrangement (other than restrictions contained in the constitutional documents of a member of the Group or in any intra-Group loan agreement), which may prevent or condition the asset from being charged, secured or being subject to the applicable security document (including requiring a consent of any third party, supervisory board or works council (or equivalent)) and any asset which, if subject to the applicable security document, would give a third party the right to terminate or otherwise amend any rights, benefits and/or obligations with respect to any member of the Group in respect of the asset or require the relevant chargor to take any action materially adverse to the interests of the Group or any member thereof, in each case will be excluded from a guarantee or security document;

 

  (viii)

the giving of a guarantee, the granting of security and the registration and/or the perfection of the security granted will not be required if it would have a material adverse effect on the ability of the relevant member of the Group to conduct its operations and business in the ordinary course as otherwise permitted by the Finance Documents (including dealing with the secured assets and all contractual counterparties or amending, waiving or terminating (or allowing to lapse) any rights, benefits or obligations, in each case prior to a Declared Default which is continuing), and any requirement under the Agreed Security Principles to seek consent of any person or take or not take any other action shall be subject to this sub-paragraph (viii);

 

  (ix)

any security document will only be required to be notarised if required by law in order for the relevant security to become effective or admissible in evidence;

 

  (x)

no guarantee or security will be required to be given by or over any Acquired Person or Asset (and no consent shall be required to be sought with respect thereto) which are required to support Acquired Indebtedness to the extent such Acquired Indebtedness is permitted by this Agreement to remain outstanding after an acquisition. No member of a target group or other entity acquired pursuant to an acquisition permitted by this Agreement shall be required to become a Guarantor or grant security with respect to the Facilities if prevented by the terms of the documentation governing that acquired indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Acquired Indebtedness) or if becoming a Guarantor or the granting of any security would give rise to an obligation (including any payment obligation) under or in relation thereto; no security will be granted over any asset secured for the benefit of any Permitted Indebtedness and/or to the extent constituting a Permitted Lien unless specifically required by a Finance Document to the contrary;

 

290


  (xi)

to the extent possible and unless required by applicable law, there should be no action required to be taken in relation to the guarantees or security when any lender assigns or transfers any of its participation to a new lender (and, unless explicitly agreed to the contrary in this Agreement, no member of the Group shall bear or otherwise be liable for any taxes, any notarial, registration or perfection fees or any other costs, fees or expenses that result from any assignment or transfer by a Finance Party);

 

  (xii)

no title investigations or other diligence on assets will be required and no title insurance will be required;

 

  (xiii)

security will not be required over any assets subject to security in favour of a third party (other than in relation to security under general business conditions of account banks which do not prohibit or prevent the creation of Transaction Security over such accounts) or any cash constituting regulatory capital or customer cash (and such assets or cash shall be excluded from any relevant security document);

 

  (xiv)

to the extent legally effective, all security will be given in favour of the Security Agent and not the secured creditors individually (with the Security Agent to hold one set of security documents for all the Finance Parties); “parallel debt” provisions will be used where necessary (and included in the Intercreditor Agreement and not the individual security documents); no member of the Group will be required to take any action in relation to any guarantees or security as a result of any assignment or transfer by a Lender;

 

  (xv)

guarantees and security will not be required from or over the assets of, any joint venture or similar arrangement, any minority interest or any member of the Group that is not wholly-owned by another member of the Group;

 

  (xvi)

each security document shall be deemed not to restrict or condition any transaction permitted under this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement and the security granted under each security document shall be deemed to be subject to these Agreed Security Principles, before and after the execution of the relevant security document and creation of the relevant security;

 

  (xvii)

no security may be provided on terms which are inconsistent with the turnover or sharing provisions in the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

  (xviii)

the Secured Parties (or any agent or similar representative appointed by them at the relevant time) will not be able to exercise any power of attorney or set-off granted to them under the terms of the Finance Documents prior to the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing;

 

  (xix)

no guarantee or security shall guarantee or secure any “Excluded Swap Obligations” defined in accordance with the LSTA Market Advisory Update dated February 15, 2013 entitled “Swap Regulations’ Implications for Loan Documentation”, and any update thereto by the LSTA;

 

  (xx)

other than a general filing relating to a floating charge or blanket lien, no perfection, filing or other action will be required with respect to assets of a type not owned by members of the Group or not in a Guarantor Jurisdiction or otherwise over the shares of a member of the Group not located in a Guarantor Jurisdiction; and

 

  (xxi)

no translation of any document relating to any security or any asset subject to any security will be required to be prepared or provided to the Secured Parties, unless (i) required for such documents to become effective or admissible in evidence and (ii) a Declared Default is continuing.

 

291


  (c)

Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, no loan or other obligation of any US Obligor under any Finance Document may be, directly or indirectly:

 

  (i)

guaranteed by a CFC or by a FSHCO, or guaranteed by a Subsidiary of a CFC or FSHCO;

 

  (ii)

secured by any assets of a CFC, FSHCO or a Subsidiary of a CFC or a FSHCO (including any CFC or FSHCO equity interests held directly or indirectly by a CFC or FSHCO);

 

  (iii)

secured by a pledge or other security interest in equity interests in a CFC or a FSHCO in excess of sixty-five (65) per cent. of such equity interests of a CFC or FSHCO;

 

  (iv)

secured by (A) leasehold interests in real property, unless otherwise elected by such US Obligor in its sole discretion, including any requirement to obtain any landlord or other third party waivers, estoppels, consents or collateral access letters, (B) fee-owned real property, (C) motor vehicles, airplanes and other assets subject to certificates of title, (D) letter of credit rights (other than supporting obligations), (E) commercial tort claims, (F) cash and deposit, securities and commodity accounts, other than to the extent constituting proceeds of collateral that are not otherwise excluded assets, (G) any assets to the extent the security in such assets could, as determined by such US Obligor (acting reasonably and in good faith), result in material adverse US tax, accounting or regulatory consequences to any member of the Group or any of its direct or indirect owners (including the Investors), (H) equity interests issued by, or assets of, unrestricted subsidiaries, immaterial subsidiaries, broker-dealer subsidiaries, not-for-profit subsidiaries, special purpose entities, receivables subsidiaries and captive insurance subsidiaries, (I) equity interests issued by, or assets of, any person other than a material wholly-owned subsidiary incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction, (J) a security interest to the extent the burden or cost (including adverse tax, regulatory or accounting consequences) of granting or perfecting such security interest outweighs the benefit of such security to the Secured Parties as determined by such US Obligor (acting reasonably and in good faith), (K) intent-to-use trademark applications prior to the filing of a statement of use, (L) any lease, license, permit, franchise, charter, authorization or agreement (and the assets subject thereto at the time of the acquisition of such assets) to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license, permit, franchise, charter, authorization or agreement or result in the creation of a security interest thereunder or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than a member of the Group) or otherwise require consent thereunder (provided that there shall be no obligation to obtain such consent) (after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code), in each case excluding the proceeds thereof which are not otherwise excluded assets, (M) property subject to a purchase money agreement, capital lease or similar arrangement to the extent the creation of a security interest therein is prohibited thereby or creates a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto or otherwise requires third-party consent thereunder (other than a member of the Group), in each case excluding the proceeds thereof which are not otherwise excluded assets, (N) any assets located or titled outside of the U.S. or assets that require action under the law of any non-U.S. jurisdiction to create or perfect a security interest in such assets, including any intellectual property registered in any non-U.S. jurisdiction (and no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required), (O) margin stock, (P) any property or assets, a security interest in which (x) is prohibited by law (including all applicable laws and regulations restricting assignments of, and security interests in, government receivables) or agreement binding on such property or asset at the time of its acquisition, (y) could require

 

292


  governmental or other third party consent pursuant to such agreement, approval, license or authorization (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received; provided that there shall be no obligation to obtain such consent) or (z) would create a right of termination in favor of any government or third party, in each case after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law and (Q) any assets with respect to which granting a security interest in such assets could result in a material adverse effect on the ability of the Group to conduct its operations and business in the ordinary course as otherwise permitted by the Finance Documents, excluding the proceeds thereof (to the extent not otherwise constituting excluded assets); or

 

  (v)

guaranteed by any other Subsidiary or secured by a pledge of or security interest in any other Subsidiary or other asset, if it could, as determined by the Company (acting reasonably and in good faith), result in material adverse US tax, accounting or regulatory consequences to any member of the Group or any of its direct or indirect owners (including the Investors).

 

  (d)

For the purposes of the grant of security under the laws of the Province of Quebec which may now or in the future be required to be provided by any Obligor incorporated in Canada or any successor thereto, as part of its duties as the Security Agent, is hereby irrevocably authorized and appointed to act as the hypothecary representative (within the meaning of Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Québec) for all Secured Parties in order to hold any hypothec granted under the laws of the Province of Quebec pursuant to a deed of hypothec as security for any obligations of any member of the Group under any of the Finance Documents and to exercise such rights and duties as are conferred upon a hypothecary representative under the relevant deed of hypothec and applicable laws (with the power to delegate any such rights or duties). The execution prior to the date hereof by the Security Agent of any deed of hypothec made pursuant to the laws of the Province of Quebec, is hereby ratified and confirmed. In the event of the resignation and appointment of a successor Security Agent such successor Security Agent shall also act as the successor hypothecary representative on behalf of all Secured Parties under each deed of hypothec without any further documentation or other formality being required to evidence the appointment of the successor hypothecary representative (subject to the registration of a notice of replacement as required by Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Québec). Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this provision shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Quebec

 

  (e)

The limitations described in paragraph (c) above shall not apply to the Original Guarantors (or their successors).

 

2.

Guarantees

Subject to the guarantee limitations set out in the Finance Documents, each guarantee will be an upstream, cross-stream and downstream guarantee for all liabilities of the Obligors under the Finance Documents in accordance with, and subject to, the requirements of these Agreed Security Principles in each relevant jurisdiction (references to “security” to be read for this purpose as including guarantees). Security documents will secure the guarantee obligations of the relevant security provider or, if such security is provided on a third party basis, all liabilities of the Obligors under the Finance Documents, in each case in accordance with, and subject to, the requirements of these Agreed Security Principles in each relevant jurisdiction.

 

3.

Governing Law and Scope

 

  (a)

The guarantees and security to be provided in respect of the Facilities in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles are only to be given by Material Subsidiaries which are incorporated in the Guarantor Jurisdictions. No security or guarantees shall be required to be given by (or over the shares or investments in) (i) any entity not incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction or (ii) any joint venture or similar arrangement, any minority interest or any member of the Group that is not wholly owned by another member of the Group.

 

293


  (b)

All security (other than share security) will be governed by the law of, and secure only assets located in, the jurisdiction of incorporation of the applicable grantor of the security and no action in relation to security (including any perfection step, further assurance step, filing or registration) will be required in jurisdictions where the grantor of the security is not incorporated. Share security over any subsidiary will be governed by the law of the place of incorporation of that subsidiary. Any security over a Structural Intercompany Receivable will be, at the option of the Company, governed by the governing law of such structural intra-group loan document or English law.

 

4.

Terms of Security Documents

The following principles will be reflected in the terms of any security taken in connection with the Facilities:

 

  (a)

security will not be enforceable or crystallise until the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing;

 

  (b)

the beneficiaries of the security or any Agent will only be able to exercise a power of attorney following the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing (and, with respect to any security over shares, stocks or partnership interests of an Obligor incorporated or organized in the United States, following five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the pledgor of such shares, stocks or partnership interests that the beneficiary of the security or Agent is exercising such rights);

 

  (c)

the security documents should only operate to create security rather than to impose new commercial obligations or repeat clauses in other Finance Documents; accordingly:

 

  (i)

they should not contain additional representations, undertakings or indemnities (including in respect of insurance, information, maintenance or protection of assets, further assurance or the payment of fees, costs and expenses) unless required for the creation or perfection of security under applicable law; and

 

  (ii)

nothing in any security document shall (or be construed to) prohibit any transaction, matter or other step (or a grantor of security taking or entering into the same) or dealing in any manner whatsoever in relation to any asset (including all rights, claims, benefits, proceeds and documentation, and contractual counterparties in relation thereto) the subject of (or expressed to be the subject of) the security agreement if permitted by the terms of the other Finance Documents (and accordingly to such extent, the Security Agent shall promptly effect releases, confirmations, consents to deal or similar steps always at the cost of the relevant grantor of the security);

 

  (d)

no security will be granted over parts, stock, moveable plant, equipment or receivables if it would require labelling, segregation or periodic listing or specification of such parts, stock, moveable plant, equipment or receivables;

 

  (e)

perfection will not be required in respect of (i) vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title or (ii) letter of credit rights and tort claims (or the local law equivalent);

 

  (f)

in no event shall control agreements (or perfection by control or similar arrangements) be required with respect to any assets (including deposit or securities accounts);

 

294


  (g)

security will, where possible and practical, automatically create security over future assets of the same type as those already secured; where local law requires supplemental pledges, lists of assets or notices to be delivered in respect of future acquired assets in order for effective security to be created over that class of asset, such supplemental pledges, lists of assets or notices will be provided only upon request of the Security Agent and at intervals no more frequent than annually;

 

  (h)

each security document must contain a clause which records that if there is a conflict between the security document and this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement then (to the fullest extent permitted by law) the provisions of this Agreement or (as applicable) the Intercreditor Agreement will take priority over the provisions of the security document (and that, if requested to do so by (and at the cost of) the Company, the Security Agent will enter into such amendments, waivers or consents as are necessary to remove such conflict); and

 

  (i)

each security document must contain a clause substantially similar to the following:

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement but without prejudice to the creation or perfection of any security interest under this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed so as to prohibit or restrict any transaction, matter or other step (or the [security grantor] taking or entering into the same or dealing in any manner whatsoever in relation to any asset (including all rights, claims, benefits, proceeds and documentation, and contractual counterparties in relation thereto)) permitted by the [Debt Documents] (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) (other than this Agreement), and the Security Agent shall promptly enter into such documentation and/or take such other action in relation to this Agreement as is required by the [security grantor] (acting reasonably) in order to facilitate any such transaction, matter or other step, including by way of executing any confirmation, consent to dealing, release or other similar or equivalent document, or returning any physical collateral.

 

5.

Bank Accounts

 

  (a)

If an Obligor grants security over its material current bank accounts it will be free to deal, operate and transact business in relation to those accounts (including opening and closing accounts) until the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing. For the avoidance of doubt, there will be no “fixed” security over bank accounts, cash or receivables or any obligation to hold or pay cash or receivables in a particular account until the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing.

 

  (b)

Subject to paragraph (c), no notice of security may be prepared or served on and consent to the security requested from, the account bank until the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing.

 

  (c)

If an Obligor grants security over its material current bank accounts (and (x) the giving of notice of security is market practice in the relevant jurisdiction and (y) it is possible to give such notice of security without disrupting the operation of the account(s) in question, in each case as determined by the Company in its sole discretion), notice of the security will be served on the account bank in relation to applicable accounts within ten (10) Business Days from (and excluding) the date of the security document (or accession thereto) and the applicable grantor of the security will use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within twenty (20) Business Days of service. If the grantor of the security has used its reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement or acceptance its obligation to obtain acknowledgement will cease on the expiry of that twenty (20) Business Day period. Irrespective of whether notice of the security is required for perfection, if the service of notice would prevent any member of the Group from using a bank account in the course of its business no notice of security will be served until the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing.

 

295


  (d)

Any security over bank accounts will be subject to any security interests in favour of the account bank which are created either by law or in the standard terms and conditions of the account bank. No member of the Group will be required to change its banking arrangements or standard terms and conditions in connection with the granting of bank account security.

 

  (e)

If required under applicable local law, security over bank accounts will be registered subject to the general principles set out in these Agreed Security Principles following the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing.

 

6.

Fixed assets

Without prejudice to the Overriding Principle, if an Obligor grants security over its material fixed assets it will be free to deal with those assets in the course of its business until the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing. No notice, whether to third parties or by attaching a notice to the fixed assets, will be prepared or given until the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing. No list of fixed assets shall be required.

 

7.

Insurance policies

 

  (a)

If an Obligor grants security over its material insurance policies (excluding any third party liability or public liability insurance and any directors and officers insurance in respect of which claims thereunder may be mandatorily prepaid, provided that the relevant insurance policy allows security to be so granted), notice of any security interest over insurance policies will only be served on an insurer of the Group assets upon written request of the Security Agent, which may only be given after the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing.

 

  (b)

Prior to a Declared Default which is continuing, no loss payee or other endorsement will be made on the insurance policy, no insurance certificates shall be required to be delivered to any Secured Party and no Secured Party will be named as co-insured.

 

8.

Intellectual property

No fixed security shall be granted over intellectual property prior to a Declared Default which is continuing provided that a floating charge and/or all asset security shall be granted over intellectual property to the extent required pursuant to paragraph 12 (The Overriding Principle) below provided further that:

 

  (b)

no security will be granted over any intellectual property which cannot be secured under the terms of the relevant licensing agreement;

 

  (c)

without prejudice to the Overriding Principle, if security is granted over the relevant material intellectual property, the grantor shall be free to deal with, use, licence and otherwise commercialise those assets in the course of its business (including allowing its intellectual property to lapse if no longer material to its business) until a Declared Default which is continuing; and

 

  (d)

notice of any security interest over intellectual property will only be served on a third party from whom intellectual property is licensed upon written request of the Security Agent, which may only be given after the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing. No intellectual property security will be required to be registered under the law of that security document, the law where the grantor is regulated, or at any relevant supranational registry. Security over intellectual property rights will be taken on an “as is, where is” basis and the Group will not be required to procure any changes to, or corrections of filings on, external registers.

 

296


9.

Receivables

Without prejudice to the Overriding Principle, if an Obligor grants security over any of its receivables it will be free to deal with, amend, waive or terminate those receivables in the course of its business until the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing (and, with respect to any receivables of an Obligor incorporated or organized in the United States, following five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to such Obligor that the beneficiary of the security or Agent is exercising such rights). No notice of security may be prepared or served until the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing (other than security over the Structural Intercompany Receivables). No list of receivables shall be required. If required under local law, security over receivables will be registered subject to the general principles set out in these Agreed Security Principles following the occurrence of a Declared Default which is continuing.

 

10.

Real estate

No security shall be granted over real property.

 

11.

Shares

 

  (a)

Security over shares, stocks or partnership interests granted by an Obligor will be limited to those over a wholly-owned Obligor incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction. For the avoidance of doubt, no security shall be required to be granted by, or over the shares in, entities which are not wholly-owned Obligors incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction.

 

  (b)

Until a Declared Default is continuing, the legal title of the shares will remain with the relevant grantor of the security (unless transfer of title on granting such security is customary in the applicable jurisdiction (as agreed between the legal counsel of the Group and the legal counsel of the Agent in the relevant jurisdiction)) and any grantor of share security will be permitted to retain and to exercise voting rights and powers in relation to any shares and other related rights charged by it and receive, own and retain all assets and proceeds in relation thereto without restriction or condition. With respect to any company incorporated in Germany, the voting rights and powers in relation to the shares in such company will remain with the grantor of the security at all times.

 

  (c)

With respect to the shares in any member of the Group that have been pledged pursuant to a Transaction Security Document, where customary and applicable as a matter of law, the applicable share certificate (or other documents evidencing title to the relevant shares) and a stock transfer form executed in blank (or applicable law equivalent) will be provided to the Security Agent:

 

  (i)

(with respect to any Transaction Security Document entered into pursuant to Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent)), as soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing Date (and taking into account any stamping requirements in respect of any stock transfer form (or applicable law equivalent)); and

 

  (ii)

(with with respect to any other Transaction Security Document), as soon as reasonably practicable following execution (and taking into account any stamping requirements in respect of any stock transfer form (or applicable law equivalent)) of that Transaction Security Document.

 

12.

The Overriding Principle

 

  (a)

The Parties agree that the overriding intention is for security in respect of the Secured Debt Documents (other than the Topco Finance Documents) only be granted as follows:

 

  (i)

the Day 1 Third Party Security Providers and the Original Obligors will grant the security contemplated by paragraph 2(d) of Part I (Conditions Precedent to first Utilisation) of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) and Clause 29.13 (Condition Subsequent);

 

297


  (ii)

each security provider in respect of the ABL Priority Security shall provide second-priority security interests in the ABL Priority Security in respect of Facilities in accordance with paragraph (c) of Clause 29.7 (Guarantees and Security);

 

  (iii)

each wholly-owned Material Subsidiary incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction will grant security over any shares it holds in any wholly owned Material Subsidiary incorporated in a Guarantor Jurisdiction;

 

  (iv)

an Obligor incorporated in the US (including US Newco) will grant security over substantially all assets (subject to customary “excluded assets” including real estate) pursuant to a New York law governed security agreement, in each case, subject to customary exceptions, materiality thresholds and these Agreed Security Principles (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, prior to a Declared Default that has occurred and is continuing, such assets will be perfected only by (x) the filing of general UCC-1 financing statements in the applicable filing offices (and for the avoidance of doubt, no separate UCC-1 filings in respect of commercial tort claims shall be required), (y) the delivery of written instruments representing Structural Intercompany Receivables and (z) the delivery of share certificates (if any) with respect to wholly-owned Subsidiaries that are Obligors incorporated in the US (subject in each case to any limitations or exclusions provided by application of the other provisions of these Agreed Security Principles)); and further provided that (A) no security shall be taken over any “intent-to-use” trademark applications prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use”, “Amendment to Allege Use” or similar notice, (B) in accordance with paragraph 4(f) above, no blocked or control agreements shall be required and (C) no landlord lien waiver, estoppel, warehouseman waiver or other collateral access or similar letter or agreement shall be required);

 

  (v)

an Obligor incorporated in Canada will grant security over substantially all assets (subject to customary “excluded assets” including real property) pursuant to an Ontario law governed security agreement and, if such an Obligor has material assets in Quebec (it being acknowledged that this is not currently the case), a Quebec law governed deed of hypothec, in each case, subject to customary exceptions, materiality thresholds and these Agreed Security Principles (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, prior to a Declared Default that has occurred and is continuing, such assets will be perfected only by (x) the filing of Personal Property Security Act financing statements in the relevant Canadian jurisdictions and (if applicable) similar Quebec personal property security registrations and (y) the delivery of share certificates (if any), together with share powers of attorney, with respect to wholly-owned Subsidiaries that are Obligors incorporated in Canada (subject in each case to any limitations or exclusions provided by application of the other provisions of these Agreed Security Principles); and further provided that (A) no security shall be taken over any “intent-to-use” trademark applications prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use”, “Amendment to Allege Use” or similar notice, (B) in accordance with paragraph 4(f) above, no blocked or control agreements shall be required and (C) no landlord lien waiver, estoppel, warehouseman waiver or other collateral access or similar letter or agreement shall be required); and

 

  (vi)

an Obligor incorporated in England & Wales shall grant floating security over substantially all assets located in its jurisdiction of incorporation (subject to customary “excluded assets” including real estate) pursuant to an security agreement governed by the laws of England & Wales, in each case, subject to customary exceptions, materiality thresholds and these Agreed Security Principles and in each case only to the extent to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the relevant Obligor to conduct their business and operations (as determined by such Obligor in its sole and absolute discretion),

 

298


(this paragraph (a) being the “Overriding Principle”).

 

  (b)

Save as described in paragraph (a) above, no other security will be granted and for the avoidance of doubt, save as set out in paragraph (a) above, no member of the Group shall be required to grant a floating charge (or any floating “all asset” or similar security interest, however described) over its assets located in any jurisdiction.

 

13.

Voluntary Credit Support

 

  (a)

If, in accordance with this Schedule 11, a person is not required to grant any guarantee or to grant security over an asset, the Company may, in its sole discretion, elect to (or to procure that such person will) grant such guarantee or security (“Voluntary Credit Support”).

 

  (b)

Each Secured Party shall be required to accept such Voluntary Credit Support and shall enter into any document requested by Obligors’ Agent to create, perfect, register or notify third parties of such Voluntary Credit Support on such terms as the Company shall, in its sole discretion, elect.

 

14.

Amendment

In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between any term of these Agreed Security Principles and any term of a Transaction Security Document, the Secured Parties authorise, instruct and direct the Security Agent to, and the Security Agent shall promptly (at the option and upon request of the Obligors’ Agent) (i) enter into such amendments to such Transaction Security Document or (ii) release and terminate such Transaction Security Document and enter into a replacement Transaction Security Document on such amended terms, in each case as shall be necessary or desirable to cure such conflict or inconsistency.

 

299


SCHEDULE 12

Form of Increase Confirmation

 

300


SCHEDULE 13

Forms of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction Notice

 

301


SCHEDULE 14

Forms Of Additional Facility Notifications

 

302


SCHEDULE 15

General Undertakings

The capitalised words and expressions in this Schedule 15 shall have the meaning ascribed to them in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms) save that if a capitalised word or expression is not given a meaning in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms), it shall be given the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) or otherwise pursuant to the recitals to this Agreement. The undertakings contained in this Schedule 15 shall be varied in accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

1.

Limitation on Indebtedness

 

  (a)

The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), provided that the Company and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), if on the Applicable Test Date and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), either: (i) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is at least 2.00:1.00 or (ii) the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 8.00:1.00.

 

  (b)

Paragraph (a) above will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

 

  (i)

the Incurrence by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under any Credit Facility (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit, guarantees and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the sum of:

 

  (A)

the aggregate of:

 

  (1)

the greater of (x) €375.00 million or, if higher, the principal amount of Facility B (EUR) as at the Closing Date and (y) an amount equal to one hundred seventy five (175) per cent. of LTM EBITDA; plus

 

  (2)

the greater of (x) $850.00 million or, if higher, the principal amount of Facility B (USD) as at the Closing Date and (y) an amount equal to three hundred twenty five (325) per cent. of LTM EBITDA; plus

 

  (3)

the greater of (x) the sum of (A) the greater of (I) €200.00 million and (II) the Borrowing Base as at the date of Incurrence or, if higher, the principal amount of the ABL Facility as at the Acquisition Closing Date and (B) €75 million and (y) an amount equal to ninety three (93) per cent. of LTM EBITDA; plus

 

  (B)

the greater of (x) €215.00 million and (y) an amount equal to one hundred (100) per cent. of LTM EBITDA; plus

 

  (C)

the maximum amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness such that, on the Applicable Test Date after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 4.90:1.00; plus

 

  (D)

the maximum amount of Indebtedness that constitutes Total Secured Debt that is not Senior Secured Indebtedness such that, on the Applicable Test Date after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, either:

 

303


  (1)

the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 5.50:1.00; or

 

  (2)

the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is at least 2.00:1.00; plus

 

  (E)

the maximum amount of Indebtedness that is not Senior Secured Indebtedness or Total Secured Debt,or is unsecured such that on the Applicable Test Date, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, either:

 

  (1)

the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 8.00:1.00; or

 

  (2)

the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is at least 2.00:1.00;

provided that any Indebtedness or unutilised commitments in respect of Indebtedness Incurred or deemed to be Incurred pursuant to this sub-paragraph (b)(i) may be refinanced at any time if such refinancing does not exceed the greater of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this sub-paragraph (b)(i) on the Applicable Test Date for such refinancing and (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness or unutilised commitments in respect of Indebtedness being refinanced at such time (together with an amount necessary to pay accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing) and, in the case of a refinancing of Indebtedness under Facility B (EUR), Facility B (USD) and the ABL Facility, such Indebtedness shall be treated for all purposes as Incurred pursuant to sub-paragraphs (A)(1), (A)(2) and (A)(3) above, respectively;

 

  (ii)

any (A) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (B) without limiting the covenant set out in Section 3 (Limitation on Liens), Indebtedness arising by reason of any Lien granted by or applicable to such person securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations is permitted by the terms of this Agreement;

 

  (iii)

Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (iv)

Indebtedness represented by:

 

  (A)

Indebtedness of the Target Group outstanding as of the Closing Date or Incurred (or available for Incurrence) under a facility committed or as in effect as of the Closing Date (other than any Indebtedness to be refinanced with the proceeds of Facility B and/or the Topco Notes on or about the Closing Date as set out in the Funds Flow Statement);

 

  (B)

any of:

 

  (1)

the Topco Notes and any Guarantees of any Topco Notes outstanding on the Closing Date; and

 

  (2)

any loans pursuant to which the proceeds of any Topco Notes and without double-counting, are lent to the Company or Bidco, to the extent that (I) the issuance of and Incurrence of Indebtedness under such Topco Notes is not prohibited by this Agreement and (II) such Topco Notes are guaranteed by one or more members of the Group and such guarantees are not prohibited by this Agreement,

 

304


in each case after giving pro forma effect to the Transaction and the application of the proceeds therefrom;

 

  (C)

Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in:

 

  (1)

this sub-paragraph (iv);

 

  (2)

sub-paragraph (v)(B) below; or

 

  (3)

sub-paragraph (a) above; and

 

  (D)

other Indebtedness Incurred to finance Management Advances;

 

  (v)

Indebtedness (x) of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any person that will be a Restricted Subsidiary or that will be merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred or issued to finance an acquisition (including an acquisition of any assets), merger, amalgamation or consolidation or similar transaction (“Acquisition Debt”) or any capital expenditure or (y) of persons that are, or secured by any assets that are, acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into, amalgamated or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; in an aggregate amount not to exceed:

 

  (A)

an amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this sub-paragraph (v)(A) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €53.75 million and (y) an amount equal to twenty-five (25) per cent. of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date; plus

 

  (B)

unlimited additional Indebtedness to the extent that:

 

  (1)

after giving effect to such acquisition (including an acquisition of any assets), merger, amalgamation or consolidation or similar transaction or capital expenditure:

 

  (I)

if such Indebtedness is Senior Secured Indebtedness, either (x) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to sub-paragraph (b)(i)(C) above or (y) the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not increase as a result;

 

  (II)

if such Indebtedness constitutes Indebtedness that is Total Secured Debt but is not Senior Secured Indebtedness, either (x) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to sub-paragraph (b)(i)(D) above, or (y) the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not increase as a result or (z) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not decrease as a result;

 

305


  (III)

if such Indebtedness is not Senior Secured Indebtedness or Total Secured Debt, or is unsecured, either (x) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) or sub-paragraph (b)(i)(E) above; (y) the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not increase as a result or (z) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not decrease as a result; or

 

  (2)

in the case of Acquired Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is discharged within six (6) months of Incurrence or would otherwise constitute Permitted Debt or Indebtedness incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness);

 

  (vi)

Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes as determined in good faith by the Company);

 

  (vii)

Indebtedness:

 

  (A)

represented by (x) Purchase Money Obligations, or (y) Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, or other financings, Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in a Similar Business or Indebtedness otherwise Incurred to finance the purchase, lease, rental or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any person owning such assets, and any Indebtedness which refinances, replaces or refunds such Indebtedness either:

 

  (1)

Incurred in the ordinary course of business; or otherwise

 

  (2)

in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this sub-paragraph (vii)(A)(2) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €107.5 million and (y) an amount equal to fifty (50) per cent. of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date,

(provided that, in each case, the Indebtedness exists on the date of such purchase, lease, rental, construction, design, installation or improvement or is created within two hundred and seventy (270) days thereafter); or

 

  (B)

arising out of Sale and Leaseback Transactions;

 

  (viii)

Indebtedness in respect of:

 

  (A)

workers’ compensation claims, old-age-part-time arrangements, self-insurance obligations, unemployment insurance (including premiums related thereto), other types of social security, pension obligations or partial retirement obligations, vacation pay, health, disability or other employee benefits, customer guarantees performance, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal, advance payment (including progress premiums), customs, value added or other tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and completion guarantees and warranties provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or guarantees Incurred either:

 

306


  (1)

Incurred in the ordinary course of business; or otherwise

 

  (2)

in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this sub-paragraph (viii)(A)(2) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €10.75 million and (y) an amount equal to five (5) per cent. of LTM EBITDA, as of the Applicable Test Date;

 

  (B)

the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within forty-five (45) days of Incurrence;

 

  (C)

customer deposits and advance payments (including progress premiums) received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (D)

letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, warehouse receipts, guarantees, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management of bad debt purposes or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations either:

 

  (1)

Incurred in the ordinary course of business; or otherwise

 

  (2)

in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this sub-paragraph (viii)(D)(2) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €10.75 million and (y) an amount equal to five (5) per cent. of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

 

  (E)

the financing of insurance premiums, take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, any customary treasury, depositary, cash management, credit card processing, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer, the collection of checks and direct debits, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements, operating facilities or similar arrangements either:

 

  (1)

Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and in the case of operating facilities consistent with past practice in scope and nature); or otherwise

 

  (2)

Indebtedness Incurred in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this sub-paragraph (viii)(E)(2) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €32.25 million and (y) an amount equal to fifteen (15) per cent. of LTM EBITDA, as of the Applicable Test Date;

 

307


  (F)

Indebtedness representing:

 

  (1)

deferred compensation to current or former directors, officers, employees, members of management, managers and consultants of any Parent Entity, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; or

 

  (2)

deferred consideration or other similar arrangements in connection with any Investment or acquisition permitted hereby;

 

  (G)

Indebtdness owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any letter of credit or bank guarantee issued in favour of any issuing bank or swingline lender to support any defaulting lender’s participation in letters of credit issued, or swingline loans made under any ABL Facility;

 

  (H)

Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by any letter of credit issued under any ABL Facility or Additional Revolving Facility.

 

  (I)

Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than thirty (30) Business Days owed to banks and other financial institutions Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (J)

Settlement Indebtedness;

 

  (ix)

Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for Guarantees, indemnification, obligations in respect of earn-outs or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or person or any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any person acquiring or disposing of such business or assets or such Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition or disposition); provided that the maximum liability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness in connection with a disposition shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the fair market value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

 

  (x)

Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this sub-paragraph (x) and then outstanding, will not exceed one hundred (100) per cent. of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock or otherwise contributed to the equity (in each case, other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, an Excluded Contribution or a Parent Debt Contribution) of the Company, in each case, subsequent to the Closing Date, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, provided that:

 

  (A)

any such Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall not increase the amount available for making Restricted Payments to the extent the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries Incur Indebtedness pursuant to this sub-paragraph (x) in reliance thereon; and

 

308


  (B)

any Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall be excluded for purposes of Incurring Indebtedness pursuant to this sub-paragraph (x) to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds or cash have been applied to make a Restricted Payment;

 

  (xi)

Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors and Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of joint ventures in an aggregate amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this sub-paragraph (xi) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €43.00 million and (y) an amount equal to twenty (20) per cent. of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

 

  (xii)

Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to any future, present or former employee, director, manager, contractor or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, or heirs of such employee, manager, director, contractor or consultant), to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity or payment of a transaction bonus that is not prohibited by the covenant described in Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments);

 

  (xiii)

Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this sub-paragraph (xiii) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (x) €107.50 million and (y) an amount equal to fifty (50) per cent. of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

 

  (xiv)

Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to factoring financings, securitizations, receivables financings or similar arrangements, in each case, that are:

 

  (A)

not recourse to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except to the extent customary in the good faith determination of the Company for such type of arrangement and except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

 

  (B)

outstanding or available for Incurrence as at the Closing Date; or

 

  (C)

in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this sub-paragraph (xiv)(C) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €107.50 million and (y) an amount equal to fifty (50) per cent. of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

 

  (xv)

any obligation, or guaranty of any obligation, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to reimburse or indemnify a person extending credit to customers of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business for all or any portion of the amounts payable by such customers to the person extending such credit;

 

  (xvi)

Indebtedness to a customer to finance the acquisition of any equipment necessary to perform services for such customer; provided that (A) the repayment of such Indebtedness is conditional upon such customer ordering a specific volume of goods and (B) such Indebtedness does not bear interest or provide for scheduled amortization or maturity;

 

309


  (xvii)

obligations in respect of Disqualified Stock of the Company in an amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this sub-paragraph (xvii) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (x) €32.25 million and (y) an amount equal to fifteen (15) per cent. of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date;

 

  (xviii)

Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries arising pursuant to any Permitted Tax Restructuring;

 

  (xix)

Indebtedness consisting of local lines of credit, bilateral facilities, overdraft facilities or local working capital facilities in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this sub-paragraph (xix) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to thirty (30) per cent. of LTM EBITDA;

 

  (xx)

[reserved];

 

  (xxi)

any declaration of joint and several liability issued for the purpose of section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code by any Restricted Subsidiary (and any residual liability under such declaration arising pursuant to section 2:404(2) of the Dutch Civil Code); and

 

  (xxii)

any joint and several liability between Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of a fiscal unity for tax purposes.

 

  (c)

For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 1:

 

  (i)

subject to sub-paragraph (ii) below, and without prejudice to paragraphs (t) and (u) of Clause 28.3 (Calculations), in the event that all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) above, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify, and may from time to time reclassify, such item of Indebtedness and will only be required to include, in any manner that complies with this Section 1, the amount and type of such Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in paragraph (a) above or one of the sub-paragraphs of paragraph (b) above, and Indebtedness permitted by this Section 1 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 1 permitting such Indebtedness;

 

  (ii)

all Indebtedness under Facility B, the ABL Facility, the Topco Notes and any Topco Proceeds Loan, in each case, outstanding as of the Closing Date (and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) shall be deemed to have been Incurred pursuant to:

 

  (A)

sub-paragraph (b)(i)(A)(1) above, in the case of Indebtedness under Facility B (EUR);

 

  (B)

sub-paragraph (b)(i)(A)(2), in the case of Indebtedness under Facility B (USD);

 

  (C)

sub-paragraph (b)(i)(A)(3), in the case of Indebtedness under the ABL Facility;

 

310


  (D)

sub-paragraph (b)(iv)(B)(1), in the case of Indebtedness under the Topco Notes; and

 

  (E)

sub-paragraph (b)(iv)(B)(2), in the case of Topco Proceeds Loans pursuant to which the proceeds of any Topco Notes are lent to the Company,

and the Company shall not be permitted to reclassify all or a portion of such Indebtedness;

 

  (iii)

for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 1, with respect to Indebtedness Incurred under a Credit Facility, re-borrowings of amounts previously repaid pursuant to a “cash sweep” or “clean down” provisions or any similar provisions under a Credit Facility that provide that Indebtedness is deemed to have been repaid periodically shall only be deemed for the purposes of this Section 1 to have been Incurred on the date such Indebtedness was first Incurred and not on the date of any subsequent re-borrowing thereof;

 

  (iv)

in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness, when measuring the outstanding amount of such Indebtedness, such amount shall not include any amounts necessary to pay the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing;

 

  (v)

Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;

 

  (vi)

if obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments are Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) above and the letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included;

 

  (vii)

the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

 

  (viii)

in the event that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into or increases commitments under a revolving credit facility, enters into any commitment to Incur or issue Indebtedness or commits to Incur any Lien pursuant to paragraph (cc) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the Incurrence or issuance thereof for all purposes under this Agreement, including for the purposes of calculating any Applicable Metric for borrowings and reborrowings thereunder (and including issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) may be determined, at the Company’s option (A) on the date of such revolving credit facility or such entry into or increase in commitments or (B) on the date on which such facility or commitments become available or, if applicable, any other Applicable Test Date (assuming, in the case of (A) and (B) of this sub-paragraph (viii) that the full amount thereof (or, at the option of the Company, a portion thereof) has been borrowed as of such date) and, in either case, if any such Applicable Metric is satisfied with respect thereto at such time, any borrowing or reborrowing thereunder (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and

 

311


  bankers’ acceptances thereunder) will be permitted under this Section 1 irrespective of the Applicable Metric at the time of any borrowing or reborrowing (or issuance or creation of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances thereunder) (the committed amount permitted to be borrowed or reborrowed (and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances) on a date pursuant to the operation of this sub-paragraph (viii) but not actually borrowed on such date shall be the “Reserved Indebtedness Amount” as of such date for purposes of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, and, to the extent of any sub-paragraph of paragraph (b) above (if any), shall be deemed to be Incurred and outstanding under such sub-paragraphs);

 

  (ix)

notwithstanding anything in this Section 1 to the contrary, in the case of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness initially Incurred in reliance on paragraph (a) or any sub-paragraph of paragraph (b) above measured by reference to a percentage of LTM EBITDA as of the Applicable Test Date, if such refinancing would cause the percentage of LTM EBITDA restriction to be exceeded if calculated based on the percentage of LTM EBITDA on the Applicable Test Date of such refinancing, such percentage of LTM EBITDA restriction shall not be deemed to be exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing;

 

  (x)

except as otherwise specified herein, the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined on the basis of GAAP; and

 

  (xi)

the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) and sub-paragraphs (b)(i)(C), (b)(i)(D), (b)(i)(E) and (other than in respect of Acquired Indebtedness Incurred thereunder) (b)(v)(B)(1) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed the greater of (i) €215.00 million and (ii) an amount equal to one hundred (100) per cent. of LTM EBITDA at any time outstanding.

 

  (d)

Accrual and/or capitalization of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortisation of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares or Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not previously treated as Indebtedness due to a change in GAAP, will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of the covenant described under this Section 1; provided that the amount of any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any outstanding Indebtedness may (in the Company’s sole discretion) be increased by the amount of all such accrued and/or capitalised interest, accreted value, original issue discount and/or additional Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness and such increased amount will not be deemed to be Indebtedness for the purpose of calculating any basket, permission or threshold under which such Refinancing Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred.

 

  (e)

If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 1 the Company shall be in default of this Section 1).

 

312


  (f)

For the purposes of determining compliance with any euro-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the euro-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated as described in Clause 28.3 (Calculations), provided that if such determination is made with respect to Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in another currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable euro-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such euro-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (x) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (y) the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing.

 

  (g)

For the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness (excluding any Guarantee thereof) incurred pursuant to this Section 1 (or pursuant to any other permission to incur Indebtedness under this Agreement), may be incurred by way of any Additional Facility which satisfies the applicable conditions set out in Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) of this Agreement.

 

2.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

 

  (a)

The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

 

  (i)

declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including any such payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) except:

 

  (A)

dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Company or in Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

 

  (B)

dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis); and

 

  (C)

dividends or distributions payable to any Parent Entity to fund payments of interest, premia or break costs in respect of Indebtedness of such Parent Entity (or Refinancing Indebtedness thereof) which is Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that:

 

  (1)

any net proceeds from such Indebtedness are, directly or indirectly, contributed to the equity of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any form or otherwise received (including by way of Indebtedness) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (a “Parent Debt Contribution”);

 

  (2)

any net proceeds described in sub-paragraph (1) above shall be excluded for purposes of increasing the amount available for distribution pursuant to paragraph (a)(C) below and shall not be Excluded Contributions; and

 

313


  (3)

in the case that any net proceeds described in sub-paragraph (1) above are contributed to or received by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries in the form of Indebtedness, there shall be no double-counting of interest paid on such Indebtedness, any proceeds loan relating to such Indebtedness and any dividends or distributions payable to the relevant Parent Entity to fund interest payments in respect of Indebtedness of such Parent Entity;

 

  (ii)

purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity held by persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or in exchange for options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Company;

 

  (iii)

purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (I) any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal instalment or final maturity, in each case, due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement and (II) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraph (b)(iii) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness));

 

  (iv)

make any payment (whether of principal, interest or other amounts) on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Subordinated Shareholder Funding (other than any payment of interest thereon in the form of additional Subordinated Shareholder Funding); or

 

  (v)

make any Restricted Investment,

(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in sub-paragraphs (i) through (v) above are referred to herein as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

 

  (A)

an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

  (B)

the Company is not able to Incur an additional €1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) immediately after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment; or

 

  (C)

the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Closing Date (and not returned or rescinded) (including Permitted Payments made pursuant to paragraphs (b)(i) and (b)(xiii)(C), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by paragraph (b) below) would exceed the sum of (without duplication):

 

314


  (1)

fifty (50) per cent. of Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (treated as one accounting period) from the first day of the Financial Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs to the end of the most recent Financial Quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available provided that the amount taken into account pursuant to this sub-paragraph (1) shall not be less than zero (0); plus

 

  (2)

one hundred (100) per cent. of the aggregate amount of cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock or as the result of a merger or consolidation with another person or otherwise contributed to the equity (in each case other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company subsequent to the Closing Date (other than (1) Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock sold to a Subsidiary of the Company, (2) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (3) cash or property or assets or marketable securities to the extent that any Restricted Payment has been made from such proceeds in reliance on (b)(vi) below, (4) the Transaction Equity Contribution and (5) Excluded Contributions); plus

 

  (3)

one hundred (100) per cent. of the aggregate amount of cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received subsequent to the Closing Date by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance or sale (other than (1) Subordinated Shareholder Funding, (2) the Transaction Equity Contribution or (3) Capital Stock sold to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Closing Date of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) plus, without duplication, the amount of any cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange; plus

 

  (4)

one hundred (100) per cent. of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received subsequent to the Closing Date by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by means of: (1) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute

 

315


  Restricted Investments by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Closing Date; or (2) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a dividend from a person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date (in each case, other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment or was made under paragraph (b)(xvii) below and will increase the amount available under the applicable paragraph of the definition of “Permitted Investment” or paragraph (b)(xvii) below, as the case may be); plus

 

  (5)

in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Closing Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred), as determined in good faith by the Company at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation or transfer of assets (after taking into consideration any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or merged, amalgamated or consolidated or Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred), other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment or was made under paragraph (b)(xvii) below and will increase the amount available under the applicable paragraph of the definition of “Permitted Investment” or paragraph (b)(xvii) below, as the case may be; plus

 

  (6)

the greater of (x) €53.75 million and (y) an amount equal to twenty-five (25) per cent. of LTM EBITDA.

 

  (b)

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Payments”):

 

  (i)

the payment of any dividend or distribution or any purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase, other acquisition or retirement for value, completed within sixty (60) days after the date of declaration or notice thereof, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Indebtedness if, at the date of any redemption or repayment notice, such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement as if it were and is deemed at such time to be a Restricted Payment at the time of such notice;

 

  (ii)

any:

 

  (A)

prepayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition, discharge or retirement of Capital Stock of the Company (including any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon) (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the

 

316


  substantially concurrent sale of, Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or a substantially concurrent contribution to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, the Transaction Equity Contribution or through an Excluded Contribution or Parent Debt Contribution) of the Company, provided that to the extent so applied, the Net Cash Proceeds, or fair market value of property or assets or of marketable securities, from such sale of Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock or such contribution will be excluded from paragraph (a)(C)(2) above; and

 

  (B)

if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under sub-paragraph (xiii) below, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Capital Stock of a Parent Entity) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

 

  (iii)

any prepayment, purchase, repurchase, exchange, redemption, defeasance, discharge or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness);

 

  (iv)

any prepayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, discharge or other acquisition or retirement of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness);

 

  (v)

any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Shareholder Funding) or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary:

 

  (A)

to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, following the occurrence of:

 

  (1)

a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”); or

 

  (2)

an Asset Disposition (or other similar event described therein as an “asset disposition” or “asset sale”),

but only if (and to the extent required) the Company shall have first complied with the provisions of this Agreement governing mandatory prepayment, as applicable, (i) pursuant to Clause 14.1 (Change of Control) or (ii) pursuant to Section 4 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock) (other than as provided in clauses (a)(iii)(A)(2) or, solely as it relates to this paragraph (b)(v), (a)(iii)(C) of Section 4 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock)), and prepaid all relevant amounts pursuant to Clause 14.1 (Change of Control) or Section 4 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock), in each case, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or

 

317


  (B)

consisting of Acquired Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness Incurred:

 

  (1)

to provide all or any portion of the funds utilised to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

  (2)

otherwise in connection with or contemplation of such acquisition;

 

  (vi)

a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, redemption, prepayment, purchase, defeasance, cancellation, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) (other than Disqualified Stock) or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of the Company or any Parent Entity held by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, trusts or heirs of such employee, director, manager, contractor or consultant), provided that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this paragraph (b)(vi) do not exceed (x) the greater of (I) €16.13 million and (II) an amount equal to seven point five (7.5) per cent. of LTM EBITDA in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried forward to succeeding calendar years) or (y) subsequent to the consummation of an Initial Public Offering of common stock of any IPO Entity, the greater of (I) €32.25 million and (II) an amount equal to fifteen (15) per cent. of LTM EBITDA in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried forward to succeeding calendar years); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

  (A)

the cash proceeds from the issuance or sale of Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, any Transaction Equity Contribution or Excluded Contributions) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Company or any Parent Entity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock, the Transaction Equity Contribution or an Excluded Contribution), Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of any Parent Entity, in each case to members of management, directors, managers or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity that occurred after the Closing Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of paragraph (a)(C) above; plus

 

  (B)

the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company, the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (to the extent contributed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) after the Closing Date,

provided, further, that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) of this sub-paragraph (b)(vi) in any calendar year. In addition, cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former members

 

318


of management, directors, employees, contractors or consultants of the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 2 or any other provision of this Agreement;

 

  (vii)

the declaration and payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in accordance with the terms of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness);

 

  (viii)

purchases, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of stock options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof or withholding or similar taxes in respect thereof and payments in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise or vesting thereof;

 

  (ix)

dividends, loans, advances or distributions to any Parent Entity or other payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in amounts equal to (without duplication):

 

  (A)

the amounts required for any Parent Entity to pay any Parent Entity Expenses or any Related Taxes;

 

  (B)

any Permitted Tax Distribution;

 

  (C)

amounts constituting or to be used for purposes of making payments to the extent specified in paragraphs (b)(ii), (b)(iii), (b)(v), (b)(xi), (b)(xii) and (b)(xvii)(A) (but only in respect of the parenthetical thereto) of Section 5 (Limitation on Affiliate Transactions) provided that any such dividends, loans, advances or distributions to make payments in respect of annual management fees specified in paragraph (b)(xi)(A) of Section 5 (Limitation on Affiliate Transactions) and made pursuant to this sub-paragraph (C) shall not exceed in aggregate, the greater of (x) €10.75 million and (y) an amount equal to five (5) per cent. of LTM EBITDA in any Financial Year; and

 

  (D)

up to the greater of (x) €16.13 million and (y) an amount equal to seven point five (7.5) per cent. of LTM EBITDA in any Financial Year;

 

  (x)

the declaration and payment of dividends on, or the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of, the Capital Stock, common stock or common equity interests of the Company, any Parent Entity or any IPO Entity following a Public Offering of such Capital Stock, common stock or common equity interests following the Closing Date; provided that the aggregate amount of all such dividends or distributions shall not exceed the greater of:

 

  (A)

up to six (6) per cent. per annum of the amount of Net Cash Proceeds received by or contributed to the Company’s common equity by any Parent Entity or any IPO Entity from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Company’s, any Parent Entity’s or any IPO Entity’s common equity registered on Form S-8, other than issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution; and

 

319


  (B)

an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed seven (7) per cent. of the greater of Market Capitalization or IPO Market Capitalization;

 

  (xi)

payments by the Company, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent Entity to make payments, to holders of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of such Capital Stock, provided that any such payment, loan, advance, dividend or distribution shall not be for the purpose of evading any limitation of this covenant or otherwise to facilitate any dividend or other return of capital to the holders of such Capital Stock (as determined in good faith by the Company);

 

  (xii)

Restricted Payments that are made (A) in an amount that does not exceed the aggregate amount of (x) Excluded Contributions, or (y) non-cash Excluded Contributions, in each case, received following the Closing Date or (B) without duplication with the immediately preceding sub-paragraph (A) and without double counting any such cash proceeds that otherwise increase amounts available under paragraph (a)(C) above, in an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds from a sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition in respect of property or assets acquired after the Closing Date, if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions;

 

  (xiii)

the declaration and payment of dividends:

 

  (A)

on Designated Preferred Stock of the Company issued after the Closing Date;

 

  (B)

to a Parent Entity in an amount sufficient to allow the Parent Entity to pay dividends to holders of its Designated Preferred Stock issued after the Closing Date; and

 

  (C)

on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock issued after the Closing Date in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) of this Section 2;

provided that:

 

  (1)

in the case of sub-paragraphs (A) and (B) above, the amount of all dividends declared or paid to a person pursuant to such paragraphs shall not exceed the cash proceeds received by the Company or the aggregate amount contributed as Subordinated Shareholder Funding or in cash to the equity of the Company (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution or a Parent Debt Contribution of the Company), from the issuance or sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; and

 

  (2)

in the case of sub-paragraphs (A), (B) and (C) above, as at the Applicable Test Date, after giving effect to such payment on a pro forma basis the Company would be permitted to Incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the test set forth in paragraph (a) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness);

 

  (xiv)

distributions, by dividend or otherwise, or other transfer or disposition of shares of Capital Stock, of equity interests in, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, substantially all the assets of which are cash and Cash Equivalent Investments), or proceeds thereof;

 

320


  (xv)

distributions or payments of Securitization Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation, in each case in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

 

  (xvi)

any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transaction (including those Restricted Payments contemplated by the Tax Structure Memorandum (other than any exit steps described therein) and compensation arising from an indemnity claim or other claim under the Acquisition Agreement) and any costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related thereto or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates in connection with the Transaction (including dividends to any Parent Entity to permit payment by such Parent Entity of such amounts);

 

  (xvii)

so long as no Event of Default is continuing:

 

  (A)

any Restricted Payments (including loans or advances):

 

  (1)

up to the greater of (x) €86.00 million and (y) an amount equal to forty (40) per cent. of LTM EBITDA; plus

 

  (2)

any Waived Amounts and Declined Proceeds (without double counting); plus

 

  (B)

any Restricted Payments (including loans or advances), so long as, immediately after giving pro forma effect to the payment of any such Restricted Payment and the Incurrence of any Indebtedness the net proceeds of which are used to make such Restricted Payment, either:

 

  (1)

the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 6.00:1.00;

 

  (2)

in the case that the Total Net Leverage Ratio exceeds 6.00:1.00, the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 6.75:1.00 and fifty (50) per cent. of such Restricted Payment shall be funded from the Available Amount (without double counting) at the time of such Restricted Payment; or

 

  (3)

in the case that the Total Net Leverage Ratio exceeds 6.75:1.00 and one hundred (100) per cent. of such Restricted Payment shall be funded from the Available Amount (without double counting) at the time of such Restricted Payment;

 

  (xviii)

mandatory redemptions of Disqualified Stock issued as a Restricted Payment or as consideration for a Permitted Investment;

 

  (xix)

so long as no Event of Default is continuing, the redemption, defeasance, repurchase, exchange or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

  (A)

in an aggregate amount at the time redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged or otherwise acquired or retired not to exceed the greater of (x) €64.5 million and (y) an amount equal to thirty (30) per cent. of LTM EBITDA; plus

 

  (B)

such that immediately after giving pro forma effect to the payment of any such Restricted Payment and the redemption, defeasance, repurchase, exchange or other acquisition or retirement of any such Subordinated Indebtedness, either:

 

321


  (1)

the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 6.75:1.00;

 

  (2)

in the case that the Total Net Leverage Ratio exceeds 6.75:1.00, the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 7.25:1.00 and fifty (50) per cent. of such Restricted Payment shall be funded from the Available Amount (without double counting) at the time of such Restricted Payment; or

 

  (3)

in the case that the Total Net Leverage Ratio exceeds 7.25:1.00 and one hundred (100) per cent. of such Restricted Payment shall be funded from the Available Amount (without double counting) at the time of such Restricted Payment;

 

  (xx)

payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law (including in connection with, or as a result of, exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or action (whether actual, contingent or potential)), pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with the covenants described under Section 7 (Merger and Consolidation - Company), Section 8 (Merger and Consolidation - Bidco), Section 9 (Merger and Consolidation - US Newco) and Section 10 (Merger and Consolidation - Guarantors) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings);

 

  (xxi)

Restricted Payments to a Parent Entity to finance Investments that would otherwise be permitted to be made pursuant to this Section 2 if made by the Company, provided that:

 

  (A)

such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment;

 

  (B)

such Parent Entity shall, promptly following the closing thereof, cause:

 

  (1)

all property acquired (whether assets or Capital Stock) to be contributed to the capital of the Company or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

  (2)

the merger or amalgamation of the person formed or acquired into the Company or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 7 (Merger and Consolidation - Company), Section 8 (Merger and Consolidation - Bidco), Section 9 (Merger and Consolidation - US Newco) and Section 10 (Merger and Consolidation - Guarantors) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings)) to consummate such Investment;

 

  (C)

such Parent Entity and its Affiliates (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Agreement;

 

  (D)

any property received by the Company shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to paragraphs (a)(C)(2), (b)(ii) or (b)(vi) above or be deemed to be an Excluded Contribution or a Parent Debt Contribution; and

 

322


  (E)

such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to another provision of this covenant (other than pursuant to this paragraph (xxi) hereof) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investment” (other than pursuant to paragraph (l) thereof);

 

  (xxii)

any dividends, repayments of equity, reductions of capital or any other distribution by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any other company or Parent Entity (i) that is a member of the same fiscal unity for corporate income tax, trade tax or value added tax or similar purposes, or (ii) a limited partner of a company pursuant to sub-clause (i) to the extent required to cover Taxes on a consolidated basis on behalf of the Group;

 

  (xxiii)

any Restricted Payment to repay any equity injected into the Group on or around the Closing Date in an amount equal to any post-closing purchase price adjustment payment received by the Group;

 

  (xxiv)

so long as no Event of Default is continuing, Restricted Payments of amounts deemed to not constitute Excess Proceeds pursuant to paragraph (b) of Section 4 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock);

 

  (xxv)

Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed the aggregate amount of the Closing Overfunding; and

 

  (xxvi)

any dividends, repayments of equity, reductions of capital, loans or any other distribution (a “tax distribution”) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Parent Entity that is a member of the same fiscal unity (steuerliche Organschaft) for German corporate income tax and trade tax purposes, provided that:

 

  (A)

where payments under a German fiscal unity are required to be made by any Parent Entity to cover Taxes on a consolidated basis on behalf of the Group, a tax distribution shall be made in cash to such Parent Entity in accordance with the definition of Permitted Tax Distribution; and

 

  (B)

the remainder of such tax distribution in excess of the amount permitted pursuant to paragraph (A) above shall not be paid to such Parent Entity in cash but instead be converted into an intercompany loan made by such Parent Entity to the Company which constitutes Subordinated Liabilities, save to the extent otherwise agreed by the Agent.

 

  (c)

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 2, without prejudice to paragraphs (t) and (u) of Clause 28.3 (Calculations), in the event that a Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) (i) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Payments described in paragraph (b) above, and/or (ii) is permitted pursuant to paragraph (a) above and/or (iii) constitutes a Permitted Investment, the Company will be entitled to classify such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment or later reclassify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section, including as a Permitted Investment.

 

  (d)

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the Applicable Test Date of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount, and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment, property or assets other than cash shall be determined conclusively by the Company acting in good faith.

 

323


  (e)

Unrestricted Subsidiaries may use value transferred from the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in a Permitted Investment or a Restricted Investment not prohibited under this Section 2 to purchase or otherwise acquire Indebtedness or Capital Stock of the Company, any Parent Entity or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries, and to transfer value to the holders of the Capital Stock or any Parent Entity and to Affiliates thereof, and such purchase, acquisition, or transfer will not be deemed to be a “direct or indirect” action by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

3.

Limitation on Liens

 

  (a)

The Company will not, and the Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), and Topco will not, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon the Charged Property owned by it, in each case, whether owned on the Closing Date or acquired after that date, or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness (such Lien, the “Initial Lien”), except:

 

  (i)

in the case of any property or asset that does not constitute Charged Property:

 

  (A)

Permitted Liens; or

 

  (B)

Liens on property or assets that are not Permitted Liens if obligations under this Agreement are directly secured equally and rateably with, or prior to, in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Indebtedness, the Indebtedness secured by such Initial Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured; and

 

  (ii)

in the case of any property or asset that constitutes Charged Property, Permitted Collateral Liens.

 

  (b)

Any Lien created in favour of the obligations under this Agreement pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)(B) above will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to which it relates and (ii) otherwise as set forth in this Agreement, Intercreditor Agreement and/or under the relevant Transaction Security Document.

 

  (c)

With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortisation of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness.

 

4.

Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

 

  (a)

The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

 

  (i)

the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by the Company, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap);

 

324


  (ii)

in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions, with a purchase price in excess of the greater of (x) €32.25 million and (y) an amount equal to fifteen (15) per cent. of LTM EBITDA, except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least seventy-five (75) per cent. of the consideration for such Asset Disposition, together with all other Asset Dispositions since the Closing Date (on a cumulative basis), received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalent Investments and provided further that the amount of:

 

  (A)

the greater of the principal amount and the carrying value of any liabilities (as reflected on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto or, if incurred or increased subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or increase had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined by the Company) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to Facility B, that are (1) assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or a third party in connection with such transfer) pursuant to a written agreement which releases or indemnifies the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such liabilities or (2) otherwise cancelled or terminated in connection with the transaction;

 

  (B)

any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted or reasonably expected by the Company acting in good faith to be converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into Cash Equivalent Investments (to the extent of the Cash Equivalent Investments received or expected to be received) or by their terms are required to be satisfied for Cash Equivalent Investments within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the closing of such Asset Disposition; and

 

  (C)

any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) €53.75 million and (y) an amount equal to twenty-five (25) per cent. of LTM EBITDA at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (or, at the Company’s option, at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

shall each be deemed to be Cash Equivalent Investments for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose; and

 

  (iii)

an amount equal to one hundred (100) per cent. of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied, to the extent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects (at its sole discretion):

 

325


  (A)

to prepay, repay or purchase:

 

  (1)

any Senior Secured Indebtedness; and/or

 

  (2)

any other Permitted Debt (provided that such application would comply with Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments)),

(in each case, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary);

 

  (B)

to invest in or commit to invest in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary equal to the amount of Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary); and/or

 

  (C)

to make any Restricted Payment or Permitted Payment permitted to be made under Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) or any Permitted Investment, in each case, within five hundred and forty-five (545) days from the later of (1) the date of such Asset Disposition and (2) the receipt of such Net Available Cash, provided that:

 

  (1)

in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to sub-paragraph (A) above, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related commitment (if any) (other than in the case of any asset-based credit facility (including the ABL Facility) or any revolving credit facility (including a Revolving Facility)) to be reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased;

 

  (2)

a binding commitment or letter of intent entered into not later than such 545th day shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Available Cash from the date of such commitment or letter of intent so long as the Company, or such Restricted Subsidiary, enters into such commitment or letter of intent with the good faith expectation that such Net Available Cash will be applied to satisfy such commitment or letter of intent within the later of such 545th day and one hundred and eighty (180) days of such commitment or letter of intent (an “Acceptable Commitment”) or, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Available Cash is applied in connection therewith, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within one hundred and eighty (180) days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Available Cash is applied, then such Net Available Cash shall constitute Excess Proceeds; and

 

  (3)

pending the final application of the amount of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with sub-paragraphs (A) to (C) above or otherwise in accordance with this Section 4, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise use such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Agreement.

 

326


  (b)

The following amount of Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested or committed to be applied or invested as provided in paragraph (a) above will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds” under this Agreement:

 

  (i)

if the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio as at the Applicable Test Date in respect of the relevant Asset Disposition exceeds 4.65:1.00 on a pro forma basis, one hundred (100) per cent of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition; or

 

  (ii)

if the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio as at the Applicable Test Date in respect of the relevant Asset Disposition exceeds 4.40:1.00 but does not exceed 4.65:1.00 on a pro forma basis, fifty (50) per cent. of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition; or

 

  (iii)

if the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio as at the Applicable Test Date in respect of the relevant Asset Disposition does not exceed 4.40:1.00 on a pro forma basis, zero (0) per cent of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition,

provided that:

 

  (A)

to the extent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has elected to prepay, repay or purchase any amount of Senior Secured Indebtedness (other than Obligations under this Agreement) at a price of no less than one hundred (100) per cent. of the principal amount thereof, and has extended such offer to the Lenders on at least a pro rata basis pursuant to Clause 14.3 (Application of prepayments), to the extent the creditors in respect of such Senior Secured Indebtedness (including the Lenders) elect not to tender their Senior Secured Indebtedness for such prepayment, repayment or purchase, the Company will be deemed to have applied an amount of Net Available Cash equal to such amount not tendered under this paragraph (A), and such amount shall not increase the amount of Excess Proceeds (such amount, together with the aggregate amount described under paragraph (d) below, the “Declined Proceeds”); and

 

  (B)

for the avoidance of doubt, Net Available Cash that will not constitute Excess Proceeds pursuant to paragraph (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (b) shall be immediately available to the Group for any purposes permitted by this Agreement, including to make Restricted Payments in accordance with paragraph (b)(xxiv) of Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments), without regard to the periods specified in paragraphs (a)(iii)(A) to (a)(iii)(C) above.

 

  (c)

On the 546th day (or such longer period permitted by paragraph (a) above) after the later of an Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds under this Agreement exceeds the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to thirty (30) per cent. of LTM EBITDA in a single transaction, the Company will within ten (10) Business Days make an offer (an “Asset Disposition Offer”) to each Lender under each Term Facility; and if required or permitted by the terms of any Senior Secured Indebtedness, to the holders of such Senior Secured Indebtedness, to prepay outstanding Term Facilities (and only to the extent any Term Facilities are outstanding) held by any such Lender at par, and to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of any such Senior Secured Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to the offer price required by the terms thereof, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the agreement(s) governing such Senior Secured Indebtedness.

 

327


  (d)

The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition by making an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to such Net Available Cash prior to the expiration of the relevant five hundred and forty-five (545) days (or such longer period provided above) with respect to all or part of the Net Available Cash (the “Advance Portion”) in advance of being required to do so by this Agreement (an “Advance Offer”).

 

  (e)

Clauses 14.3 (Application of prepayments) and 14.4 (Invitation to Refuse Prepayment) shall apply to any prepayment of the Term Facilities (or, in the case of paragraph (c) of Clause 14.3 (Application of prepayments), any distribution by any Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent necessary to comply with this Section 4)) contemplated by paragraph (c) above.

 

  (f)

If the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of Term Facilities elected to be repaid or other Senior Secured Indebtedness, as the case may be, surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount offered in the Asset Disposition Offer (or in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion), the Company shall repay the Term Facilities and such Senior Secured Indebtedness, as the case may be, on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Term Facilities offered to be repaid or such Senior Secured Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered with adjustments as necessary so that no Term Facilities to be repaid or Senior Secured Indebtedness, as the case may be, will be repurchased in part in an unauthorised denomination. Upon completion of any such Asset Disposition Offer (or Advance Offer), the amount of Excess Proceeds that resulted in the requirement to make an Asset Disposition Offer shall be reset to zero (0) (regardless of whether there are any remaining Excess Proceeds upon such completion). Upon consummation or expiration of any Asset Disposition Offer, any remaining Net Available Cash shall not be deemed Excess Proceeds and the Company may use such Net Available Cash for any purpose permitted by this Agreement.

 

  (g)

To the extent that the aggregate amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of outstanding Term Facilities prepaid and Senior Secured Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the amount offered in the Asset Disposition Offer (or, in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion), the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds (or in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion) for any purposes not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement.

 

5.

Limitation on Affiliate Transactions

 

  (a)

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (any such transaction or series of related transactions being an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate value in excess of the greater of (x) €21.50 million and (y) an amount equal to ten (10) per cent. of LTM EBITDA unless:

 

  (i)

the terms of such Affiliate Transaction taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction or the execution of the agreement providing for such transaction in arm’s length dealings with a person who is not such an Affiliate; and

 

  (ii)

in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate value in excess of the greater of (x) €32.25 million and (y) an amount equal to fifteen (15) per cent. of LTM EBITDA, the terms of such Affiliate Transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, provided that any Affiliate Transaction shall also be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in this paragraph (a)(ii) if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the Company, if any.

 

328


  (b)

The provisions of paragraph (a) above will not apply to:

 

  (i)

any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to the covenant described under Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) or any Permitted Investment;

 

  (ii)

any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, or entering into, or maintenance of, any employment, consulting, collective bargaining or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, related trust or other similar agreement and other compensation arrangements, options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Entity, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans, transaction bonuses or transaction-related securities repurchase plans or similar employee benefits or consultants’ plans (including valuation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or similar plans, programs or arrangements) or indemnities provided on behalf of officers, employees, directors, managers or consultants approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (iii)

any Management Advances and any waiver or transaction with respect thereto;

 

  (iv)

any:

 

  (A)

transaction between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary (or entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

  (B)

merger, amalgamation or consolidation with any Parent Entity, provided that such Parent Entity shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalent Investments and the Capital Stock of the Company and such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

 

  (v)

the payment of compensation, fees and reimbursement of expenses to, and customary indemnities (including under customary insurance policies) and employee benefit and pension expenses provided on behalf of, directors, managers, officers, contractors, consultants, distributors or employees of the Company, any Parent Entity or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether directly or indirectly and including through any Controlled Investment Affiliate of such directors, managers, officers, contractors, consultants, distributors or employees);

 

  (vi)

the entry into and performance of obligations of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any transaction arising out of, and any payments pursuant to or for purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument in effect as of or on the Closing Date, as these agreements and instruments may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or refinanced from time to time in accordance with the other terms of this covenant or to the extent not more disadvantageous to the Lenders (taken as a whole) in any material respect;

 

  (vii)

any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, any disposition or repurchase of Securitization Assets, Receivables Assets or related assets in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

 

329


  (viii)

transactions with customers, clients, joint venture partners, suppliers, contractors, distributors or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business, which are fair to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior management of the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, or are on terms no less favorable than those that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

  (ix)

any transaction in the ordinary course of business between or among the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Company or an Associate or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely:

 

  (A)

because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any Permitted Holder owns an equity interest in, or otherwise controls such Affiliate, Associate or similar entity; or

 

  (B)

due to the fact that a director or manager of such person is also a director or manager of the Company or any direct or indirect Parent Entity of the Company (provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect Parent Entity of the Company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other person);

 

  (x)

any:

 

  (A)

issuances or sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding and the granting of registration and other customary rights (and the performance of the related obligations) in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (B)

amendment, waiver or other transaction with respect to any Subordinated Shareholder Funding in compliance with the other provisions of this Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable, provided that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding, as amended or otherwise modified, will continue to satisfy the requirements described in the definition of Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

 

  (xi)

any:

 

  (A)

payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly), including to its affiliates or its designees, of annual management, consulting, monitoring, refinancing, transaction, subsequent transaction exit fees, advisory fees and related costs and reasonable expenses and indemnitees in connection therewith and any termination fees (including any such cash lump sum or present value fee upon the consummation of a corporate event, including an Initial Public Offering); and

 

  (B)

customary payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly, including through any Parent Entity) for financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with loans, capital markets transactions, acquisitions or divestitures; and

 

330


  (C)

payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly), including to its affiliates or its designees, of fees, costs and expenses reflected in the Management Case and any Funds Flow Statement,

which are, in the case of each of sub-paragraphs (A) and (B) only, approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

 

  (xii)

payment to any Permitted Holder of all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holder in connection with its direct or indirect investment in the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (xiii)

the Transaction and the payment of all costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related to the Transaction;

 

  (xiv)

transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that either (x) such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or (y) that such transaction meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(i) above;

 

  (xv)

the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any equityholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto) to which it is party as of the Closing Date and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter; provided that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under any future amendment to the equityholders’ agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date will only be permitted under this paragraph to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Lenders (taken as a whole) in any material respect as determined in good faith by the Company;

 

  (xvi)

any purchases by the Company’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Company’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates;

 

  (xvii)

any:

 

  (A)

Investments by Affiliates in securities of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Incurred by such Affiliates in connection therewith) so long as the Investment is being offered by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other non-affiliated third party investors on the same or more favorable terms; and

 

  (B)

payments to Affiliates in respect of securities of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries contemplated in sub-paragraph (A) above or that were acquired from persons other than the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities;

 

331


  (xviii)

payments by any Parent Entity, the Company and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or other equity agreements in respect of Related Taxes among any such Parent Entity, the Company and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (xix)

payments, Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of any Restricted Subsidiary to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, contractor or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Parent Entities pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; and any employment agreements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements (and any successor plans thereto) and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any such employees, directors, officers, contractors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) that are, in each case, approved by the Company in good faith;

 

  (xx)

employment and severance arrangements between the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors, contractors, consultants, distributors and employees in the ordinary course of business or entered into in connection with or as a result of the Transaction;

 

  (xxi)

any transition services arrangement, supply arrangement or similar arrangement entered into in connection with or in contemplation of the disposition of assets or Capital Stock in any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under Section 4 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock) or entered into with any Business Successor, in each case, that the Company determines in good faith is either fair to the Company or otherwise on customary terms for such type of arrangements in connection with similar transactions;

 

  (xxii)

transactions entered into by an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described under Section 6 (Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and pledges of Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (xxiii)

any lease entered into between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of the Company that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, as lessor, which is approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company;

 

  (xxiv)

intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (xxv)

payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture, including for the avoidance of doubt, the entry into, and performance of obligations and related services under, any management services agreement or any licensing agreement with regards to any existing or future joint venture, in the ordinary course of business (including any cash management activities related thereto);

 

  (xxvi)

any participation in a public tender or exchange offer for securities or debt instruments issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that provides for the same price or exchange ratio, as the case may be, to all holders accepting such tender or exchange offer;

 

  (xxvii)

the entry into, and performance of obligations and related services under, any registration rights or other listing agreement;

 

332


  (xxviii)

the payment of costs and expenses related to registration rights and customary indemnities provided to shareholders under any shareholder agreement; and

 

  (xxix)

any Permitted Tax Restructuring.

 

6.

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

  (a)

The Company may designate:

 

  (i)

any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (ii)

any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary,

in each case, if that designation would not cause a Default.

 

  (b)

If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary:

 

  (i)

the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to the covenant described under Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) or under one or more paragraphs of the definition of Permitted Payments or Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company;

 

  (ii)

that designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (iii)

that designation must be evidenced to the Agent on the date of such designation by delivering to the Agent an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with paragraph (a) above and this paragraph (b) and was permitted by the covenant described under Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments).

 

  (c)

If the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary fails to meet the requirements set out in paragraph (b) above, such Subsidiary shall not be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be Incurred by it as a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under the covenant described under Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness), the Company will be in default of such covenant.

 

  (d)

If an Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary, that designation:

 

  (i)

will be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

  (ii)

will only be permitted if:

 

  (A)

the Indebtedness described in sub-paragraph (i) above is permitted under the covenant described under Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) (including pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) thereof, treating such designation as an acquisition for the purpose of such paragraph), calculated on a pro forma basis as at the Applicable Test Date; and

 

  (B)

no Event of Default would be in existence immediately following such designation; and

 

333


  (iii)

must be evidenced to the Agent on the date of such designation, by delivering to the Agent an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with this paragraph (d).

 

7.

Merger and Consolidation - Company

Subject to paragraph (b) of Section 10 (Merger and Consolidation - Guarantors), the Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any person, unless:

 

  (a)

the resulting, surviving or transferee person (the “Successor Company”) will be a person organised and existing under the same jurisdiction as a Facility B Borrower or any other jurisdiction permitted for an Additional Borrower under Facility B (or any other jurisdiction approved by all of the Lenders) and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume, by way of Accession Deed, executed and delivered to the Agent, all the obligations of the Company under this Agreement and all obligations of the Company under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents, as applicable;

 

  (b)

immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the applicable Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the applicable Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the applicable Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

  (i)

immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Company or the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional €1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness); or

 

  (ii)

immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be lower, or the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not be higher, than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;

 

  (c)

the Company or the Successor Company, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Agent an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such Accession Deed comply with this Agreement and a legal opinion as specified in paragraph 3 of Part II (Conditions Precedent to be Delivered by an Additional Obligor) of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) is delivered to the effect that such Accession Deed is a legal and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company, provided that the relevant legal counsel giving such opinion may (to the extent such opinion is not already qualified as to matters of fact) rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact; and

 

  (d)

the Finance Parties (or the Security Agent on their behalf) will continue to have the same or substantially equivalent (ignoring for the purposes of assessing such equivalency any limitations required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles or hardening periods (or any similar or equivalent concept)) guarantees and security over the same or substantially equivalent assets and over the shares (or other interests) in the Company or the Successor Company, save to the extent such assets or shares (or other interests) cease to exist (provided that if the shares (or other interests) in the Company cease to exist, security will be granted (subject to the Agreed Security Principles) over the shares (or other interests) in the Successor Company).

 

8.

Merger and Consolidation - Bidco

Subject to paragraph (b) of Section 10 (Merger and Consolidation - Guarantors), Bidco will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any person, unless:

 

334


  (a)

the Successor Company will be a person organised and existing under the same jurisdiction as a Facility B Borrower or any other jurisdiction permitted for an Additional Borrower under Facility B (or any other jurisdiction approved by all of the Lenders) and the Successor Company (if not Bidco) will expressly assume, by way of Accession Deed, executed and delivered to the Agent, all the obligations of Bidco under this Agreement and all obligations of Bidco under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents, as applicable;

 

  (b)

immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the applicable Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the applicable Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the applicable Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

  (i)

immediately after giving effect to such transaction, Bidco or the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional €1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness); or

 

  (ii)

immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be lower, or the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not be higher, than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;

 

  (c)

Bidco or the Successor Company, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Agent an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such Accession Deed comply with this Agreement and a legal opinion as specified in paragraph 3 of Part II (Conditions Precedent to be Delivered by an Additional Obligor) of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) is delivered to the effect that such Accession Deed is a legal and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company, provided that the relevant legal counsel giving such opinion may (to the extent such opinion is not already qualified as to matters of fact) rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact; and

 

  (d)

the Finance Parties (or the Security Agent on their behalf) will continue to have the same or substantially equivalent (ignoring for the purposes of assessing such equivalency any limitations required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles or hardening periods (or any similar or equivalent concept)) guarantees and security over the same or substantially equivalent assets and over the shares (or other interests) in Bidco or the Successor Company, save to the extent such assets or shares (or other interests) cease to exist (provided that if the shares (or other interests) in Bidco cease to exist, security will be granted (subject to the Agreed Security Principles) over the shares (or other interests) in the Successor Company).

 

9.

Merger and Consolidation - US Newco

Subject to paragraph (b) of Section 10 (Merger and Consolidation - Guarantors), US Newco will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any person, unless:

 

  (a)

the Successor Company will be a person organised and existing under the laws of (to the extent there will be following such transaction a Borrower in respect of Facility B (USD) that is incorporated in the US) Germany or the US, (or any other jurisdiction approved by all of the Lenders) and the Successor Company (if not US Newco) will expressly assume, by way of Accession Deed, executed and delivered to the Agent, all the obligations of the Company under this Agreement and all obligations of US Newco under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents, as applicable;

 

335


  (b)

immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the applicable Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the applicable Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the applicable Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

  (i)

immediately after giving effect to such transaction, US Newco or the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional €1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness); or

 

  (ii)

immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be lower, or the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not be higher, than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;

 

  (c)

US Newco or the Successor Company, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Agent an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such Accession Deed comply with this Agreement and a legal opinion as specified in paragraph 3 of Part II (Conditions Precedent to be Delivered by an Additional Obligor) of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) is delivered to the effect that such Accession Deed is a legal and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company, provided that the relevant legal counsel giving such opinion may (to the extent such opinion is not already qualified as to matters of fact) rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact; and

 

  (d)

the Finance Parties (or the Security Agent on their behalf) will continue to have the same or substantially equivalent (ignoring for the purposes of assessing such equivalency any limitations required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles or hardening periods (or any similar or equivalent concept)) guarantees and security over the same or substantially equivalent assets and over the shares (or other interests) in US Newco or the Successor Company, save to the extent such assets or shares (or other interests) cease to exist (provided that if the shares (or other interests) in US Newco cease to exist, security will be granted (subject to the Agreed Security Principles) over the shares (or other interests) in the Successor Company).

 

10.

Merger and Consolidation - Guarantors

 

  (a)

No Guarantor may:

 

  (i)

consolidate with (for the avoidance of doubt not including any fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid) for Dutch corporate income tax (vennootschapsbelasting) or Dutch value added tax (omzetbelasting) purposes) or merge with or into any person;

 

  (ii)

sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or dispose of, all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any person; or

 

  (iii)

permit any person to merge with or into such Guarantor,

 

  unless:

 

  (A)

the other person is the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor (or becomes a Guarantor substantially concurrently with the transaction); or

 

  (B)

 

336


  (1)

either (x) the Company or a Guarantor is the continuing person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee person expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement and all obligations of the Company under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents, as applicable; and

 

  (2)

immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Event of Default is continuing; or

 

  (C)

the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Agreement.

 

  (b)

The provisions set forth in Section 7 (Merger and Consolidation - Company), Section 8 (Merger and Consolidation - Bidco) Section 9 (Merger and Consolidation - US Newco) and this Section 10 shall not restrict (and shall not apply to):

 

  (i)

any Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Company, Bidco, US Newco or a Guarantor from consolidating with, merging or liquidating into or transferring all or substantially all of its properties and assets to the Company, Bidco, US Newco, a Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Company, Bidco, US Newco or a Guarantor;

 

  (ii)

any Guarantor from merging or liquidating into or transferring all or part of its properties and assets to the Company, Bidco, US Newco or another Guarantor;

 

  (iii)

any consolidation or merger of the Company, Bidco or US Newco into any Guarantor, provided that, if the Company, Bidco or US Newco (as applicable) is not the surviving entity of such merger or consolidation:

 

  (A)

the relevant Guarantor will assume the obligations of the Company, Bidco or US Newco (as applicable) under the Facilities, this Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Transaction Security Documents and:

 

  (1)

with respect to a merger or consolidation involving the Company, paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) of Section 7 (Merger and Consolidation - Company) shall apply to such transaction;

 

  (2)

with respect to a merger or consolidation involving Bidco, paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) of Section 8 (Merger and Consolidation - Bidco) shall apply to such transaction; and

 

  (3)

with respect to a merger or consolidation involving the US Newco, paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) of Section 9 (Merger and Consolidation - US Newco) shall apply to such transaction; and

 

  (B)

to the extent that any Transaction Security previously granted over the shares in the capital of the relevant Guarantor would not, in accordance with applicable law, constitute a Lien over the shares in the capital of the surviving entity, the direct Holding Company of the surviving entity shall, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, grant Transaction Security over the shares in the capital of the surviving entity on substantially equivalent terms to any Transaction Security granted over the shares in the capital of such predecessor Guarantor immediately prior to such merger or consolidation;

 

337


  (iv)

the Company, Bidco, US Newco or any Guarantor consolidating into or merging or combining with an Affiliate incorporated or organised for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of such entity, reincorporating such entity in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of such entity, provided that, in the case of a consolidation, merger or combination of:

 

  (A)

the Company into or with an Affiliate that is not a Guarantor, paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of Section 7 (Merger and Consolidation - Company) shall apply to such transaction;

 

  (B)

Bidco into or with an Affiliate that is not a Guarantor, paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of Section 8 (Merger and Consolidation - Bidco) shall apply to such transaction;

 

  (C)

US Newco into or with an Affiliate that is not a Guarantor, paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of Section 9 (Merger and Consolidation - US Newco) shall apply to such transaction; and

 

  (D)

any Guarantor into or with an Affiliate, sub-paragraph (iii) above shall apply to such transaction; or

 

  (v)

the Transaction or any Permitted Transaction.

 

  (c)

Section 7 (Merger and Consolidation - Company), Section 8 (Merger and Consolidation - Bidco), Section 9 (Merger and Consolidation - US Newco) and this Section 10 shall not apply to the creation of a new Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

  (d)

Nothing in Section 7 (Merger and Consolidation - Company), Section 8 (Merger and Consolidation - Bidco), Section 9 (Merger and Consolidation - US Newco) and this Section 10 shall prohibit or restrict the Transaction or any Permitted Transaction, which shall be expressly permitted under Section 7 (Merger and Consolidation - Company), Section 8 (Merger and Consolidation - Bidco), Section 9 (Merger and Consolidation - US Newco) and this Section 10.

 

11.

Additional Intercreditor Agreements

 

  (a)

At the request of the Company, in connection with the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of:

 

  (i)

any Indebtedness secured on Charged Property or as otherwise required herein; and

 

  (ii)

any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness referred to in sub-paragraph (i) above,

the Company, the relevant Restricted Subsidiaries, the Agent and the Security Agent shall enter into with the holders of such Indebtedness (or their duly authorised representatives) an intercreditor agreement (an “Additional Intercreditor Agreement”) or a restatement, amendment or other modification of the existing Intercreditor Agreement on substantially the same terms as the Intercreditor Agreement (or terms not materially less favorable to the Lenders (taken as a whole)), including substantially the same terms with respect to release of Guarantees and priority and release of the Security Interests, provided that:

 

338


  (A)

such Additional Intercreditor Agreement will not impose any personal obligations on the Agent or the Security Agent or, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent or the Security Agent, as applicable, adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Agent or the Security Agent under this Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement; and

 

  (B)

if more than one such intercreditor agreement is outstanding at any time, the correlative terms of such intercreditor agreements must not conflict.

 

  (b)

At the direction of the Company and without the consent of Lenders, the Agent and the Security Agent shall from time to time enter into one or more amendments to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement to:

 

  (i)

cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, manifest error or inconsistency of any such agreement;

 

  (ii)

increase the amount or types of Indebtedness covered by any such agreement that may be Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is subject to any such agreement (including with respect to any Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the addition of provisions relating to new Indebtedness ranking junior in right of payment to the Facilities);

 

  (iii)

add Restricted Subsidiaries to the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

  (iv)

further secure the Facilities (including Additional Facilities);

 

  (v)

make provision for equal and rateable pledges of the Charged Property to secure Additional Facilities;

 

  (vi)

to facilitate a Permitted Tax Restructuring, a Permitted Reorganization or the Transaction;

 

  (vii)

implement any Permitted Collateral Liens;

 

  (viii)

amend the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof; or

 

  (ix)

make any other change to any such agreement that does not adversely affect the Lenders (taken as a whole) in any material respect, making all necessary provisions to ensure that the Facilities are secured by Liens of equivalent priority over the Charged Property.

 

  (c)

The Company shall not otherwise direct the Agent or the Security Agent to enter into any amendment to any Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement, other than:

 

  (i)

in accordance with paragraph (b) above; or

 

  (ii)

with the consent of the requisite majority of Lenders except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Clause 43 (Amendments and Waivers),

and the Company may only direct the Agent and the Security Agent to enter into any amendment to the extent such amendment does not impose any personal obligations on the Agent or the Security Agent or, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent or the Security Agent, adversely affect their respective rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

339


  (d)

In relation to any Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Agent (and Security Agent, if applicable) shall consent on behalf of the requisite majority of Lenders to the payment, repayment, purchase, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition, retirement or redemption of any obligations subordinated to the Loans thereby, provided that such transaction would comply with the covenant described under Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments).

 

  (e)

Each Finance Party shall be deemed to have agreed to and accepted the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, (whether then entered into or entered into in the future pursuant to the provisions described herein) and to have directed the Agent and the Security Agent to enter into any such Additional Intercreditor Agreement.

 

340


SCHEDULE 16

Events of Default

The capitalised words and expressions in this Schedule 16 shall have the meaning ascribed to them in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms) save that if a capitalised word or expression is not given a meaning in Schedule 17 (Certain New York Law Defined Terms), it shall be given the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) or otherwise pursuant to the recitals in this Agreement.

 

1.

Subject to Sections 2 and 3 below, each of the following is an Event of Default under this Agreement:

 

  (a)

default in any payment of interest on any amount payable under a Finance Document when due and payable, continued for thirty (30) days;

 

  (b)

default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any amount payable under a Finance Document when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise, continued for five (5) Business Days;

 

  (c)

failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply for sixty (60) days after written notice by the Agent with any agreement or obligation contained in this Agreement, other than any failure contemplated by Clauses 30.2 (Misrepresentation) to 30.4 (Intercreditor Agreement);

 

  (d)

the occurrence of any default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and other than any Existing Target Debt on or prior to the end of the Clean-up Period, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which default:

 

  (i)

is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) provided in such Indebtedness (a “payment default”); or

 

  (ii)

results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity (an “acceleration”),

and, in each case, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness subject to such payment defaults or accelerations (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), is in excess of the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to thirty (30) per cent. of LTM EBITDA;

 

  (e)

any of the following occurs:

 

  (i)

a decree or order for relief in respect of Topco, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law is sanctioned by a court of competent jurisdiction and becomes unconditional;

 

  (ii)

a decree or order under any applicable Bankruptcy Law is sanctioned by a court of competent jurisdiction and becomes unconditional:

 

  (A)

adjudging that Topco, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary is bankrupt or insolvent;

 

341


  (B)

other than on a solvent basis, seeking reorganisation, arrangement, adjustment, proposal or composition of or in respect of Topco, the Company or that Significant Subsidiary under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

  (C)

other than on a solvent basis, appointing a custodian, receiver, (provisional, interim or permanent) or manager, liquidator, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) thereof over part of its assets with a market value in excess of the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to thirty (30) per cent. of LTM EBITDA; or

 

  (D)

other than on a solvent basis, ordering the winding up, dissolution or liquidation of their affairs,

and any such decree, order or appointment continues to be in effect and unstayed for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

 

  (iii)

Topco, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary:

 

  (A)

consents to the filing of a petition, application, answer, proposal or consent seeking reorganisation or relief under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

  (B)

consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect thereof in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

  (C)

consent to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency in respect thereof under any applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

  (D)

other than on a solvent basis, consents to the appointment of, or taking possession by, a custodian, receiver, (provisional, interim or permanent) or manager, liquidator, administrator, examiner, supervisor, trustee, sequestrator or similar official over part of its assets with a market value in excess of the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to thirty (30) per cent. of LTM EBITDA;

 

  (E)

other than on a solvent basis or with a Creditor (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the Agent or the Security Agent makes an assignment or proposal for the benefit of its creditors generally; or

 

  (F)

expressly admits in writing that it is insolvent or unable to pay its debts generally as they become due or commits an “act of bankruptcy” under any applicable Bankruptcy Law,

which, in each case, is (1) sanctioned by a court and becomes unconditional; and (2) not with a Creditor (in its capacity as such), the Agent or the Security Agent; and

 

  (f)

failure by the Company or a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to thirty (30) per cent. of LTM EBITDA, other than any judgments covered by indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy companies, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than sixty (60) days (after receipt of notice from the Agent) after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed.

 

342


2.

However, a Default under paragraphs (d) or (f) of Section 1 above will not constitute an Event of Default unless (i) the Agent has notified the Company of the Default and (ii) the Company has not cured such Default within sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice provided that a notice of Default may not be given with respect to any action taken and reported to the Agent, more than two (2) years prior to such notice of Default.

 

3.

In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Loans because an Event of Default described in paragraph (d) of Section 1 above has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Loans shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant paragraph (d) of Section 1 above shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the relevant holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in each case, within thirty (30) days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and the annulment of the acceleration of the Loans would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

343


SCHEDULE 17

Certain New York Law Defined Terms

If a capitalised word or expression is used, but not given a meaning, in this Schedule 17, it shall be given the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 1.1 (Definitions), or otherwise pursuant to the recitals in this Agreement.

Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness:

 

  (a)

of a person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (b)

assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such person in connection with such person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition; or

 

  (c)

of a person at the time such person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,

provided that Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to:

 

  (i)

paragraph (a) above, on the date such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (ii)

paragraph (b) above, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets; and

 

  (iii)

paragraph (c) above, on the date of the relevant merger, consolidation or other combination.

Acquisition Debt” has the meaning given in paragraph (b)(v) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings).

Additional Assets” means:

 

  (a)

any property or assets (other than Capital Stock) used or to be used by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful (including Investments in property or assets for potential future use) in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used, or to be used, in a Similar Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets);

 

  (b)

the Capital Stock of a person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

  (c)

Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Affiliate” of any specified person means any other person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any person means the power to direct the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

344


Asset Disposition” means:

 

  (a)

the voluntary sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case other than Capital Stock of the Company) (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

 

  (b)

the issuance, sale, transfer or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant described under Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) or directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions,

in each case, other than:

 

  (i)

a disposition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (ii)

a disposition of cash or Cash Equivalent Investments;

 

  (iii)

a disposition of inventory, receivables, trading stock, equipment or other assets (including Settlement Assets) in the ordinary course of business or held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business, including any disposition of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations;

 

  (iv)

a disposition of obsolete, worn-out, uneconomic, damaged, retired or surplus property, equipment, facilities or other assets or property, equipment or other assets that are no longer economically practical or commercially desirable to maintain or used or useful in the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries whether now or hereafter owned or leased or acquired in connection with an acquisition or used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including by ceasing to enforce, allowing the lapse, abandonment or invalidation of or discontinuing the use or maintenance of or putting into the public domain any intellectual property that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries, no longer used or useful, or economically practicable to maintain, or in respect of which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary determines in its reasonable judgment that such action or inaction is desirable);

 

  (v)

transactions permitted under Section 7 (Merger and Consolidation - Company), Section 9 (Merger and Consolidation - US Newco), Section 8 (Merger and Consolidation - Bidco) and Section 10 (Merger and Consolidation - Guarantors) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings), the Transaction or a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control;

 

  (vi)

a disposition, issuance, sale or transfer of Capital Stock (A) by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary or as part of or pursuant to an equity-based, equity-linked, profit sharing or performance based, incentive or compensation plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or (B) relating to directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to individuals as required by applicable law;

 

  (vii)

any dispositions of Capital Stock, properties or assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) not exceeding the greater of (x) €37.63 million and (y) an amount equal to seventeen point five (17.5) per cent. of LTM EBITDA;

 

345


  (viii)

any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described under Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) and the making of any Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment;

 

  (ix)

dispositions in connection with Liens not prohibited by Section 3 (Limitation on Liens) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings);

 

  (x)

dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements or any sale of assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary upon the foreclosure of a Lien granted in favour of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (xi)

conveyances, sales, transfers, licenses or sublicenses, lease or assignment or other dispositions of intellectual property rights, software or other general intangibles and licenses, sub-licenses, leases or subleases of other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business pursuant to a research or development agreement in which the counterparty to such agreement receives a license in the intellectual property or software that result from such agreement;

 

  (xii)

the lease, assignment, license, sublease or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (xiii)

foreclosure, condemnation, forced dispositions, taking by eminent domain or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets;

 

  (xiv)

the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

 

  (xv)

any issuance or sale of Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any other disposition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary;

 

  (xvi)

any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

 

  (xvii)

dispositions of property to the extent:

 

  (A)

that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased;

 

  (B)

that the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased); or

 

  (C)

allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code (or any similar provision under applicable tax law) and constituting any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

346


  (xviii)

any disposition of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets, or participations therein, in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, or the disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (xix)

any disposition pursuant to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction or any other financing transaction with respect to property constructed, acquired, replaced, repaired or improved (including any reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or development of real property) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including asset securitizations, permitted by this Agreement;

 

  (xx)

dispositions of Investments in joint ventures or similar entities to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the parties to such joint venture set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

  (xxi)

any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release, surrender or waiver of contractual, tort, litigation or other claims of any kind;

 

  (xxii)

the unwinding or termination of any Cash Management Services or Hedging Obligations;

 

  (xxiii)

the disposition of any assets made in connection with the approval of any applicable antitrust authority or otherwise necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of the Company to consummate any acquisition; and

 

  (xxiv)

a disposition of property or assets if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions and the Net Available Cash from such disposition is used to make a Restricted Payment.

in each case provided that in the event that a transaction (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of a permitted Asset Disposition and would also be a Permitted Investment or an Investment permitted under Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) the Company, in its sole discretion, will be entitled to divide and classify such transaction (or a portion thereof) as an Asset Disposition and/or one or more of the types of Permitted Investments or Investments permitted under Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings).

Associate” means (i) any person engaged in a Similar Business of which the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries are the legal and beneficial owners of between twenty (20) per cent. and fifty (50) per cent. of all outstanding Voting Stock and (ii) any joint venture entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Available Amount” means at any time, an amount equal to, without duplication or double counting (including without double counting amounts which would increase the capacity to make Restricted Payments, Permitted Payments or Permitted Investments pursuant to paragraph (a) of Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings)), the sum of:

 

  (a)

Retained Cash; plus

 

347


  (b)

the amount of any Equity Contribution made after the Closing Date (excluding the Transaction Equity Contribution); plus

 

  (c)

Closing Overfunding; plus

 

  (d)

IPO Proceeds; plus

 

  (e)

Permitted Indebtedness (excluding (i) any intra-Group Indebtedness and (ii) any Indebtedness of a member of the Group outstanding or committed on the Closing Date under Facility B and/or the Topco Notes that are applied by the Company on the Closing Date towards (x) the payment of cash consideration to the Vendor under the Acquisition Agreement, (y) the refinancing of existing Indebtedness of the Target Group on or about the Acquisition Closing Date or (z) the payment of costs, fees or expenses in connection with the Transaction); plus

 

  (f)

cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by members of the Group, provided that such cash and Cash Equivalent Investments would otherwise have been able to be used at that time to make a Permitted Payment) (excluding the Available Amount permission); plus

 

  (g)

the aggregate principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued after the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness issued to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), which has been converted into or exchanged for equity and/or shareholder loans, together with the fair market value of any Cash Equivalent Investments and the fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Company) of any property or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary upon such exchange or conversion, in each case, during the period from and including the day immediately following the Closing Date through and including such time; plus

 

  (h)

the aggregate amount of net cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during the period from and including the day immediately following the Closing Date through and including such time in connection with the disposal to a person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of any investment funded made using the Available Amount (in whole or in part); plus

 

  (i)

to the extent not already reflected as a return of capital with respect to such investment for purposes of determining the amount of such investment, the aggregate amount of proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during the period from and including the day immediately following the Closing Date through and including such time in connection with cash returns, cash profits, cash distributions and similar cash amounts, (including cash interest and/or principal repayments of loans) in each case received in respect of any investment made after the Closing Date using the Available Amount (in whole or in part) (in an amount not to exceed the original amount of such investment); plus

 

  (j)

an amount equal to the sum of:

 

  (i)

the amount of any investment made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary using the Available Amount in any Unrestricted Subsidiary (in an amount not to exceed the original amount of such investment) that has been re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or is liquidated, wound up or dissolved into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (ii)

the fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Company) of the property or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that have been transferred, conveyed or otherwise distributed (in an amount not to exceed the original amount of the investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary) to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,

 

348


in each case, during the period from and including the day immediately following the Closing Date through and including such time.

Bankruptcy Law” means, in respect of any person, the law of any applicable jurisdiction accepting jurisdiction in respect of the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding up, liquidation or relief of debtors in respect of such person including, with respect to Germany, the InsO.

Borrowing Base” means, at any given time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) 90 per cent of the face amount of all accounts receivable; (b) the lesser of (i) 85 per cent of the net orderly liquidation value and (ii) 75 per cent of the book value of all inventory and in-transit inventory, (d) the lesser of (i) 85 per cent the net orderly liquidation value and (ii) 75 per cent of the book value of all raw materials inventory and (d) 100 per cent of all cash of the borrowers and the guarantors under the ABL Facility as of the most recently ended fiscal month or such other date upon which a borrowing base certificate is delivered under the ABL Facility Agreement. The Borrowing Base shall be calculated on a pro forma basis to include any accounts receivable, inventory, raw materials and cash owned by an entity that is to be merged with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or is to become a Restricted Subsidiary on the date of determination.

Business Successor” means (i) any former Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any person that, after the Closing Date, has acquired, merged or consolidated with a Subsidiary of the Company (that results in such Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Company), or acquired (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of a Subsidiary or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of a Subsidiary of the Company.

Capital Stock” of any person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase or acquire, warrants, options or depositary receipts for, or other equivalents of, or partnership or other interests in (however designated), equity of such person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity.

Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes on the basis of GAAP. The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined on the basis of GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

Cash Equivalents” means:

 

  (a)

Australian Dollars, Canadian dollars, Euros, Japanese Yen, Swiss Francs, UK pounds, US Dollars or any national currency of any member state of the EU or any other foreign currency held by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (b)

securities or other direct obligations issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the government of Australia, Canada, Japan, Norway, Switzerland, the UK or the US, the EU or any member state of the EU on the Acquisition Closing Date or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of such country or such member state is pledged in support thereof), with maturities of twenty four (24) months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

  (c)

certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender or by any bank or trust company:

 

349


  (i)

whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “F1” or the equivalent thereof by Fitch or at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization); or

 

  (ii)

(in the event that the bank or trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess of €250 million;

 

  (d)

repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in paragraphs (b), (c) and (g) of this definition entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in paragraph (c) above;

 

  (e)

securities with maturities of one (1) year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any person referenced in paragraph (c) above;

 

  (f)

commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by a bank meeting the qualifications specified in paragraph (c) above (or by the Parent Entity thereof) maturing within one (1) year after the date of creation thereof or any commercial paper and variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by a corporation rated at least “A-1” or higher by S&P or at least “F1” or the equivalent thereof by Fitch or “P-1” or higher by Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Company) maturing within one (1) year after the date of creation thereof;

 

  (g)

interests in any investment company, money market, enhanced high yield fund or other investment fund which invests ninety (90) per cent. or more of its assets in instruments of the types specified in paragraphs (a) through (f) above; and

 

  (h)

for purposes of sub-paragraph (ii) of the definition of “Asset Disposition”, the marketable securities portfolio owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Acquisition Closing Date.

Cash Management Services” means any of the following: automated clearing house transactions, treasury, depository, credit or debit card, purchasing card, stored value card, electronic fund transfer services, daylight or overnight draft facilities and/or cash management services, including controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services or other cash management arrangements in the ordinary course of business.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortisation Expense” means, with respect to any person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortisation expense, including amortisation or write-off of:

 

  (a)

intangibles and non-cash organization costs;

 

  (b)

deferred financing fees or costs; and

 

  (c)

capitalized expenditures, customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs, the amortisation of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par and amortisation of favorable or unfavorable lease assets or liabilities,

of such person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with IFRS and any write down of assets or asset value carried on the balance sheet.

Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period:

 

350


  (a)

increased (without duplication) by:

 

  (i)

provision for taxes based on income or profits, revenue or capital, including federal, state, provincial, territorial, local, foreign, unitary, excise, property, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding and similar taxes of such person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations (including any additions to such taxes, and any penalties and interest with respect thereto), deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (ii)

Fixed Charges of such person for such period, including:

 

  (A)

net losses on any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate, currency or commodities risk;

 

  (B)

bank fees and other financing fees; and

 

  (C)

costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, plus amounts excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to paragraphs (a)(A) through (a)(I) thereof,

in each case to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (iii)

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortisation Expense of such person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (iv)

any:

 

  (A)

Transaction Expenses; and

 

  (B)

any fees, costs, expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Depreciation and Amortisation Expense) related to any actual, proposed or contemplated Equity Offering (including any expense relating to enhanced accounting functions or other transactions costs associated with becoming a public company), Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the Incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful),

in each case including such fees, expenses or charges (including rating agency fees and related expenses) related to the Facilities, the ABL Facility, any Senior Secured Notes, any Topco Notes, any other Credit Facility, any Receivables Facility, any Securitization Facility, any other Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this Agreement or any Equity Offering and any amendment, waiver or other modification of any of the foregoing, in each case, whether or not consummated, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

351


  (v)

the amount of any:

 

  (A)

restructuring charge, accrual or reserve (and adjustments to existing reserves), transaction or integration cost or other business optimization expense or cost (including charges directly related to the implementation of cost-savings initiatives) that is deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions or divestitures after the Closing Date, including those related to any severance, retention, signing bonuses, relocation, recruiting and other employee related costs, internal costs in respect of strategic initiatives and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employment benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities), operational and technology systems development and establishment costs, future lease commitments and costs related to the opening, pre-opening, abandonment, disposal, discontinuation and closure and/or consolidation of facilities and to exiting lines of business and consulting fees incurred with any of the foregoing; and

 

  (B)

fees, costs and expenses associated with acquisition related litigation and settlements thereof; plus

 

  (vi)

any other non-cash charges, write-downs, expenses, losses or items reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period including any impairment charges or the impact of purchase accounting; provided that if any such non-cash charge, write-down or item to the extent it represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period then the cash payment in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA when paid or other items classified by the Company as special items less other non-cash items of income increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents a receipt of cash in any future period); plus

 

  (vii)

the amount of board of director fees, management, monitoring, advisory, consulting, refinancing, subsequent transaction, advisory and exit fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to any member of the Board of Directors of the Company, any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate of a Permitted Holder to the extent not prohibited by Section 5 (Limitation on Affiliate Transactions) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings); plus

 

  (viii)

the “run rate” adjustment required to give effect to synergies, cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges, operating cost improvements, operating improvements, revenue increases, revenue enhancements or other adjustments, similar initiatives or effects of synergies (together, being “Synergies”) that have been realized (in full or in part) for some, but not all, of such period and that are related to any acquisition (including under a letter of intent), disposition, divestiture, restructuring, new or revised contract, information and technology systems establishment, modernization or modification or the implementation of any operating improvements, efficiency or cost savings initiative or any other adjustments or similar initiatives, as applicable, as if such Synergies had been realized from the first day of such period and during the entirety of such period (which adjustments, without double counting, may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to Clause 28.3 (Calculations)); net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; plus

 

  (ix)

the pro forma adjustment (whether on a “run rate” basis or otherwise) for Synergies that are expected (in good faith) to be realized as a result of actions taken or committed or expected to be taken in relation to any acquisition (including under a letter of intent), disposition, divestiture, restructuring, new or revised contract, information and technology systems establishment, modernization or modification or the implementation of an operating improvements, efficiency or cost savings initiative or any other adjustments or similar initiative (for the avoidance of doubt, whether or not any action has been taken in relation to the same), calculated on a pro forma basis as if such Synergies had been realized from the first day of such period and during the entirety of such period (which adjustments, without double counting, may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to Clause 28.3 (Calculations)); plus

 

352


  (x)

the amount of loss or discount on sale of Securitization Assets, Receivables Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility; plus

 

  (xi)

any costs or expense incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any severance agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or Net Cash Proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; plus

 

  (xii)

cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (b) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

 

  (xiii)

any net loss included in the Consolidated Net Income attributable to non-controlling interests; plus

 

  (xiv)

realized foreign exchange losses resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

 

  (xv)

net realized losses from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives; plus

 

  (xvi)

the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary and any costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related thereto; plus

 

  (xvii)

with respect to any joint venture, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in sub-paragraphs (i) and (iii) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to the Company’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Restricted Subsidiary) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (xviii)

earn-out and contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses or otherwise) and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments; plus

 

  (xix)

any net pension or other post-employment benefit costs representing amortisation of unrecognised prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortisation of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortisation of the unrecognised net obligation (and loss or cost), and any other items of a similar nature; plus

 

  (xx)

the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of the Company or any Parent Entity in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to equityholders of such person or its Parent Entities, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were equityholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under this Agreement; plus

 

353


  (xxi)

to the extent not already otherwise included herein, adjustments and add-backs (including anticipated synergies) for costs or expenses (or, in each case, similar items) made in calculating pro forma Consolidated EBITDA (or similar) and/or included in the Management Case, any Report and any other quality of earnings reports provided to the Mandated Lead Arrangers prior to the date of this Agreement (as amended, varied, supplemented and/or updated on or prior to the Closing Date), and/or any base case model or quality of earnings report relating to a Permitted Acquisition (including any annexures to such report) prepared by an independent third party and delivered to the Agent in each case based on the methodology therein; plus

 

  (xxii)

the amount of incremental contract value of the Group that the Company in good faith reasonably believes would have been realized or achieved as Consolidated EBITDA contribution from (i) increased pricing or volume initiatives and/or (ii) the entry into binding and effective new agreements with new customers or, if generating incremental contract value, new agreements (or amendments to existing agreements) with existing customers (collectively, “New Contracts”) during such period had such New Contracts been effective as of the beginning of such period (including, without limitation, 100% of such incremental contract value attributable to New Contracts that are in excess of (but without duplication of) contract value attributable to New Contracts that has been actually realized as Consolidated EBITDA contribution during such period) as long as such incremental contract value is reasonably identifiable and factually supportable; provided that such incremental contract value shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though the full “run rate” effect of such incremental contract value had been realized as Consolidated EBITDA contributed on the first day of such period, provided further that, any amounts calculated pursuant to this clause (xxii) shall not exceed an amount equal to 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the relevant period after giving effect to all other adjustments permitted by this definition of “Consolidated EBITDA; plus

 

  (xxiii)

earn out obligations Incurred in connection with any permitted acquisition or other Investment permitted under this Agreement and paid or accrued during such period; plus

 

  (xxiv)

losses, charges and expenses related to the pre-opening and opening of new facilities, and start-up period prior to opening, that are operated, or to be operated, by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; plus

 

  (xxv)

any other items classified by the Company as extraordinary, one-off, one-time, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring items decreasing Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period; and

 

  (b)

decreased (without duplication) by non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period.

 

354


Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

  (a)

consolidated interest expense of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (in each case, determined on the basis of GAAP), to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, including:

 

  (i)

amortisation of original issue discount or premium resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par;

 

  (ii)

all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances;

 

  (iii)

non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP);

 

  (iv)

the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations;

 

  (v)

net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness; and

 

  (vi)

interest actually paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under any guarantee of Indebtedness or other obligation of any other person,

and excluding:

 

  (A)

Securitization Fees;

 

  (B)

interest and other fees in respect of Receivables Facilities;

 

  (C)

penalties and interest relating to taxes;

 

  (D)

any additional cash interest owing pursuant to any registration rights agreement;

 

  (E)

accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities other than Indebtedness;

 

  (F)

any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting in connection with the Transaction or any acquisition;

 

  (G)

amortisation or write-off of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium, terminated Hedging Obligations and other commissions, financing fees and expenses and original issue discount with respect to any Indebtedness the Incurrence of which is permitted by Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) and, adjusted to the extent included, to exclude any refunds or similar credits received in connection with the purchasing or procurement of goods or services under any purchasing card or similar program;

 

  (H)

any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees; and

 

  (I)

interest with respect to Indebtedness of any parent of such person appearing upon the balance sheet of such person solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP; plus

 

  (b)

consolidated interest expense of any Parent Entity to the extent such interest expense was funded with the proceeds of dividends, distributions or other payments to any Parent Entity pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)(C) of Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings); plus

 

355


  (c)

consolidated capitalised interest of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (but excluding any interest capitalised, accrued, accreted or paid in respect of Subordinated Shareholder Funding); less

 

  (d)

interest income for such period,

provided that, for purposes of this definition interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any person for any period, the net income (loss) of such person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of GAAP; provided that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

 

  (a)

any net income (loss) of any person if such person is not a Restricted Subsidiary (including any net income (loss) from Investments recorded in such person under the equity method of accounting), except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalent Investments actually distributed or that (as reasonably determined by an Officer of the Company) could have been distributed by such person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment; provided that, for the purposes of paragraph (a)(C) of Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) such dividend, other distribution or return on investment does not reduce the amount of Investments outstanding under the definition of Permitted Investments;

 

  (b)

any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss), realised upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) or disposed or discontinued operations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Company);

 

  (c)

any extraordinary, exceptional, one-off, one-time, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or expense, including Transaction Expenses or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy or severance expense or relocation costs, one-time compensation charges, integration and facilities’ opening costs and other business optimization expenses and operating improvements (including related to new product introductions and the build-out, renovation and expansion of facilities), systems development and establishment costs, accruals or reserves (including restructuring and integration costs related to acquisitions after the Closing Date and adjustments to existing reserves), whether or not classified as restructuring expense on the consolidated financial statements, signing costs, retention or completion bonuses, transition costs, losses related to closure/consolidation or disruption of facilities, losses associated with temporary decreases in work volume and expenses related to maintaining underutilised personnel and facilities (to the extent such disruption of facilities, temporary decreases in work volume and/or underutilised personnel and facilities are the result of an extraordinary, exceptional, one-off, one-time, unusual or nonrecurring event or circumstance), internal costs in respect of strategic initiatives and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities), litigation, contract terminations and professional and consulting fees incurred with any of the foregoing;

 

  (d)

the cumulative effect of a change in law, regulation or accounting principles;

 

356


  (e)

any:

 

  (i)

non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions or on the re-valuation of any benefit plan obligation; and

 

  (ii)

income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts;

 

  (f)

all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness;

 

  (g)

any unrealised gains or losses in respect of any Hedging Obligations or other financial instruments or any ineffectiveness recognised in earnings related to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognised in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of any Hedging Obligations;

 

  (h)

any fees, charges and expenses (including any transaction or retention bonus or similar payment) incurred during such period, or any amortisation thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, reorganization, restructuring, disposition of assets or securities, issuance or repayment or redemption of Indebtedness, issuance of Capital Stock, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful;

 

  (i)

any unrealised or realised foreign currency translation increases or decreases or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such person, and any unrealised foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any unrealised or realised foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies;

 

  (j)

any unrealised or realised gain or loss due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects, determined in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (k)

any recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting effects, including, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any consummated acquisition (including the Transaction), or the amortisation or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development);

 

  (l)

any impairment charge, write-off or write-down, including impairment charges, write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, goodwill, investments in debt or equity securities (including any losses with respect to the foregoing in bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings) and the amortisation of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP;

 

  (m)

any effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;

 

357


  (n)

accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted (including any adjustment of estimated pay-outs on existing earn-outs) that are so required to be established as a result of the Transaction in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies;

 

  (o)

any costs associated with the Transaction;

 

  (p)

any non-cash expenses, accruals or reserves related to adjustments to historical tax exposures and any deferred tax expense associated with tax deductions or net operating losses arising as a result of the Transaction, or the release of any valuation allowances related to such item;

 

  (q)

any:

 

  (i)

payments to third parties in respect of research and development, including amounts paid upon signing, success, completion and other milestones and other progress payments, to the extent expensed; and

 

  (ii)

effects of adjustments to accruals and reserves during a period relating to any change in the methodology of calculating reserves for returns, rebates and other chargebacks (including government program rebates);

 

  (r)

any net gain (or loss) from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations and any net gain (or loss) on disposal of disposed, discontinued or abandoned operations; and

 

  (s)

the impact of capitalised, accrued or accreting or pay-in-kind interest or principal on Subordinated Shareholder Funding,

provided that, in addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include:

 

  (A)

any expenses and charges that are reimbursed by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed and only to the extent that such amount is:

 

  (1)

not denied by the applicable payor in writing within one hundred and eighty (180) days; and

 

  (2)

in fact reimbursed within three hundred and sixty five (365) days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within three hundred and sixty five (365) days); and

 

  (B)

to the extent covered by insurance (including business interruption insurance) and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is:

 

  (1)

not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within one hundred and eighty (180) days; and

 

358


  (2)

in fact reimbursed within three hundred and sixty five (365) days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within three hundred and sixty five (365) days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption.

Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any person, any obligation of such person guaranteeing in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, any operating lease, dividend or other obligation that does not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other person (the “primary obligor”), including any obligation of such person, whether or not contingent:

 

  (a)

to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

 

  (b)

to advance or supply funds:

 

  (i)

for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

 

  (ii)

to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

 

  (c)

to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Controlled Investment Affiliate” means, as to any person, any other person, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person and is organised by such person (or any person controlling such person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Company and/or other companies.

Credit Facility” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, indentures, instruments or other arrangements (including the Facilities, the ABL Facility or commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions, funds, governmental or quasi-governmental agencies or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the original Facilities or one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and in each case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any Guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalent Investments received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of or collection or payment on such Designated Non-cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in exchange for consideration in the form of Cash Equivalent Investments in compliance with Section 4 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings).

 

359


Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company or a Parent Entity (other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any such Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or such Subsidiary) and that is designated as “Designated Preferred Stock” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company at or prior to the issuance thereof.

Designation Date” has the meaning given in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Company or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock.

Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any person, any Capital Stock of such person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

 

  (a)

matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; or

 

  (b)

is or may become (in accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise redeemable or repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

in each case on or prior to the earlier of:

 

  (i)

the Termination Date of Facility B; or

 

  (ii)

the date on which there are no Facilities outstanding;

provided that:

 

  (A)

only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; and

 

  (B)

any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if any such redemption or repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant person with the covenant described under Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings),

 

360


provided further that if such Capital Stock is issued to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, contractor or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates (excluding the Permitted Holders (but not excluding any future, current or former employee, director, officer, contractor or consultant) or Immediate Family Members), of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any Parent Entity or any other entity in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an “affiliate” by the Board of Directors (or the compensation committee thereof) or any other plan for the benefit of current, former or future employees (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members)) of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory, contractual or regulatory obligations.

Equity Offering” means:

 

  (a)

a sale of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions); or

 

  (b)

the sale of Capital Stock or other securities by any person, the proceeds of which are contributed to the equity of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries by any Parent Entity in any form other than Indebtedness, Excluded Contributions or a Parent Debt Contribution.

Escrowed Proceeds” means the proceeds from the offering or Incurrence of any debt securities or other Indebtedness paid into an escrow account with an independent escrow agent on the date of the applicable offering or Incurrence pursuant to escrow arrangements that permit the release of amounts on deposit in such escrow account upon satisfaction of certain conditions or the occurrence of certain events, provided that the term “Escrowed Proceeds” shall include any interest earned on the amounts held in escrow.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Excluded Contribution” means Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) after the Closing Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company (other than the Transaction Equity Contribution) or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, following the Closing Date and to the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company.

fair market value” wherever such term is used (except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement), may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or Board of Directors in good faith.

Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

 

361


Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of LTM EBITDA to the Fixed Charges of the Group as at the Applicable Reporting Date for the Relevant Period ending on such Applicable Reporting Date (the “reference period”) provided that, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Fixed Charges may, at the Company’s option, exclude any interest expenses related to leases incurred during the reference period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, assumes, Guarantees, redeems, defeases, retires, extinguishes or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or has caused any Reserved Indebtedness Amount to be deemed to be Incurred or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in each case, subsequent to the commencement of the reference period but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, deemed Incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, redemption, defeasance, retirement, extinguishment or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the reference period; provided that the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to:

 

  (a)

any Fixed Charges attributable to Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in paragraph (b) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings), (other than Indebtedness Incurred in reliance upon the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio pursuant to paragraphs (b)(i)(D), (b)(i)(E) or (b)(v)(B)(1) thereof);

 

  (b)

any Fixed Charges attributable to Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv)(A) or (b)(xiv)(B) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings); or

 

  (c)

any Fixed Charges attributable to any Indebtedness discharged on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from the application of the proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred on the determination date pursuant to the provisions described in paragraph (b) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) (other than Indebtedness Incurred in reliance upon the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio pursuant to paragraphs (b)(i)(D), (b)(i)(E) or (b)(v)(B)(1) thereof).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, any Purchase or Sale that has been made by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, during the reference period or subsequent to the reference period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that such Purchase or Sale (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in LTM EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the reference period.

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire reference period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by an Officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed with a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the reference period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

For the purposes of this definition, “Consolidated Interest Expense” will be calculated using an assumed interest rate based on the indicative interest margin contained in any financing commitment documentation with respect to such Indebtedness or, if no such indicative interest margin exists, as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith.

 

362


Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any person for any period, the sum of:

 

  (a)

Consolidated Interest Expense of such person for such period;

 

  (b)

all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of such person during such period; and

 

  (c)

all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during this period.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in Germany (Grundsatz ordnungsgemäßer Buchführung) under the German Commercial Code (HGB) or any variation thereof with which the Financial Reporting Entity or the Restricted Subsidiaries are, or may be, required to comply, as in effect on the date of this Agreement, provided that:

 

  (a)

except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, all ratios and calculations based on GAAP contained in this Agreement shall be computed in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date of this Agreement;

 

  (b)

at any time after the Closing Date, the Company may elect to establish that GAAP shall mean GAAP as in effect on or prior to the date of such election; provided further that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; and

 

  (c)

at any time after the Closing Date, the Company may elect (without prejudice to its obligations under Clause 27.4 (Agreed Accounting Principles)) to apply other Accounting Principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean such other Accounting Principles (except as otherwise provided in this Agreement), including as to the ability of the Company to make an election pursuant to paragraph (b) above, provided further that any calculation or determination in this Agreement that require the application of GAAP for periods that include Financial Quarters ended prior to the Financial Reporting Entity’s election to apply such other Accounting Principles shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP.

Guarantee” means, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such person:

 

  (a)

to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

 

  (b)

entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part),

provided that the term “Guarantee” will not include:

 

  (i)

endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (ii)

standard contractual indemnities or product warranties provided in the ordinary course of business,

 

363


and provided further that the amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be the lower of:

 

  (A)

an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made; and

 

  (B)

the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee or, if such Guarantee is not an unconditional guarantee of the entire amount of the primary obligation and such maximum amount is not stated or determinable, the amount of such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such person in good faith.

The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any person, the obligations of such person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate hedge agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, commodity purchase agreement, commodity futures or forward agreement, commodity option agreement, commodities derivative agreement, foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreement, currency futures agreement, currency option agreement, currency derivatives or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

Immediate Family Members” means, with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Incur” means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for; provided that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a person existing at the time such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “Incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder, subject to the definition of Reserved Indebtedness Amount and related provisions.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person on any date of determination (without duplication):

 

  (a)

the principal of indebtedness of such person for borrowed money;

 

  (b)

the principal of obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

  (c)

all reimbursement obligations of such person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have not been reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within thirty (30) days of Incurrence);

 

  (d)

the principal component of all obligations of such person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables or similar obligation, including accrued expenses owed, to a trade creditor), which purchase price is due more than one (1) year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

 

364


  (e)

Capitalized Lease Obligations of such person;

 

  (f)

the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such person with respect to any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

 

  (g)

the principal component of all Indebtedness of other persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (x) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (y) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other persons;

 

  (h)

Guarantees by such person of the principal component of Indebtedness of the type referred to in paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) above and sub-paragraph (i) below of other persons to the extent Guaranteed by such person; and

 

  (i)

to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the net payments under such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such person at the termination of such agreement or arrangement),

with respect to paragraphs (a), (b), (d) and (e) above, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (A) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (B) the principal amount of Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness:

 

  (i)

Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (ii)

all contingent liabilities under a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or other similar instruments unless and until a valid demand for reimbursement has been made under such instrument and remains unpaid for thirty (30) days;

 

  (iii)

Cash Management Services;

 

  (iv)

any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (v)

obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) incurred prior to the Closing Date or in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (vi)

in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business or any other Permitted Acquisition, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller or investor may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid in a timely manner;

 

365


  (vii)

for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes;

 

  (viii)

obligations under or in respect of Qualified Securitization Financings or Receivables Facilities;

 

  (ix)

Indebtedness of any Parent Entity appearing on the balance sheet of the Company solely by reason of push down accounting under GAAP;

 

  (x)

Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock of the Company and Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary);

 

  (xi)

amounts owed to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law (including in connection with, or as a result of, exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or action (whether actual, contingent or potential)), pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with the covenants described under Section 7 (Merger and Consolidation - Company), Section 8 (Merger and Consolidation - Bidco), Section 9 (Merger and Consolidation - US Newco) and Section 10 (Merger and Consolidation - Guarantors) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings);

 

  (xii)

Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

 

  (xiii)

any joint and several liability or any netting or set-off arrangement arising in each case by operation of law as a result of the existence or establishment of a fiscal unity between Restricted Subsidiaries solely for corporate income tax or value added tax purposes in any jurisdiction of which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is or becomes a member;

 

  (xiv)

liabilities in relation to the minority interests line in the balance sheet of any member of the Group; or

 

  (xv)

any Utilisation drawn to fund OID flex.

Independent Financial Advisor” means an investment banking or accounting firm of international standing or any third party appraiser of international standing; provided that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Company.

Initial Public Offering” means an Equity Offering of common stock or other common equity interests of a member of the Group, a “Pushdown Entity” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) or any Parent Entity or any successor of such member of the Group, Pushdown Entity or any Parent Entity (the “IPO Entity”) following which there is a public market and, as a result of which, the shares of common stock or other common equity interests of the IPO Entity in such offering are listed on an internationally recognised exchange or traded on an internationally recognised market.

InsO” means the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordung).

Investment” means, with respect to any person, all investments by such person in other persons (including Affiliates) in the form of advances, loans or other extensions of credit (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any person in the ordinary course of business, and excluding any debt or extension of credit represented

 

366


by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or the Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such other persons and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared on the basis of GAAP; provided that endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business will not be deemed to be an Investment. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of a person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such person remaining after giving effect thereto will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time.

For purposes of Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) and Section 6 (Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings):

 

  (a)

Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

  (i)

the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

 

  (ii)

the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as determined by the Company) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (b)

any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined by the Company.

Investment Grade Securities” means:

 

  (a)

securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by Australia, the Canadian government, the EU or a member state of the EU, Japan, Norway, Switzerland, the UK, the US government or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalent Investments);

 

  (b)

debt securities or debt instruments with a rating of “A-” or higher from S&P or Fitch or “A3” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s, Fitch or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries; and

 

  (c)

Investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in paragraphs (a) and (b), above which fund may also hold cash and Cash Equivalent Investments pending investment or distribution.

IPO Market Capitalization” means an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock or common equity interests of the IPO Entity at the time of closing of the Initial Public Offering multiplied by (ii) the price per share at which such shares of common stock or common equity interests are sold in such Initial Public Offering.

 

367


Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien, hypothecation or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

LTM EBITDA” means on any day, Consolidated EBITDA of the Group for the Relevant Period ending on the Applicable Reporting Date provided that in the event any indebtedness, loan, investment, disposal, guarantee, payment or other transaction is committed, incurred or made by any member of the Group based on the amount of LTM EBITDA as determined for a given Applicable Test Date, that indebtedness, loan, investment, disposal, guarantee, payment or other transaction shall not constitute, or be deemed to constitute, or result in, a breach of any provision of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents if there is a change in the amount of LTM EBITDA for any Relevant Period ending subsequent to such Applicable Test Date.

Management Advances” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made to, directors, officers, employees, contractors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of any Parent Entity, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or to any management equity plan, stock option plan, any other management or employee benefit, bonus or incentive plan or any trust, partnership or other entity of, established for the benefit of or the beneficial owner of which (directly or indirectly) is the directors, officers, employees, contractors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of any Parent Entity, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

  (a)

in respect of any expenses (including travel, entertainment and moving expenses) Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (b)

for purposes of funding any such person’s purchase (or the purchase by any management equity plan) of Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding (or similar obligations) of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity with the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, or otherwise relating to any management equity plan, stock option plan any other management or employee benefit, bonus or incentive plan;

 

  (c)

in respect of moving related expenses Incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office; or

 

  (d)

otherwise in an amount not exceeding the greater of (i) €16.13 million and (ii) an amount equal to seven point five (7.5) per cent. of LTM EBITDA in the aggregate outstanding as of the Applicable Test Date.

Management Stockholders” means the members of management of the Company (or any Parent Entity) or its Subsidiaries who are holders of Capital Stock of the Company or of any Parent Entity on the Acquisition Closing Date or will become holders of such Capital Stock in connection with the Transaction.

Market Capitalization” means an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock or common equity interests of the IPO Entity on the date of the declaration of the relevant dividend multiplied by (ii) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such common stock or common equity interests for the thirty (30) consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such dividend.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) under the Securities Act.

 

368


Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or instalment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

 

  (a)

all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Taxes paid, reasonably estimated to be actually payable or accrued as a liability under GAAP (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a result of the distribution of such proceeds to the Company and after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition, including distributions for Related Taxes and Permitted Tax Distributions;

 

  (b)

all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

 

  (c)

all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders (other than any Parent Entity, the Company or any of its respective Subsidiaries) in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition;

 

  (d)

the deduction of appropriate amounts required to be provided by the seller as a reserve, on the basis of GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition; and

 

  (e)

any funded escrow established pursuant to the documents evidencing any such sale or disposition to secure any indemnification obligations or adjustments to the purchase price associated with any such Asset Disposition.

Net Cash Proceeds” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or Subordinated Shareholder Funding, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of Taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be actually payable as a result of such issuance or sale (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a result of the distribution of such proceeds to the Company and after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing agreements, and including distributions for Related Taxes and Permitted Tax Distributions).

Obligations” means any principal, interest (including Post-Petition Interest and fees accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganisation relating to the Company or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for Post-Petition Interest or fees is allowed in such proceedings), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Parent Debt Contribution” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (a)(i)(C)(1) of Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings).

Parent Entity” means any direct or indirect parent of the Company.

 

369


Parent Entity Expenses” means:

 

  (a)

costs (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) Incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise Incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, any agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or a Parent Entity (including the Facilities, the ABL Facility and any Topco Notes), including in respect of any reports filed or delivered with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

  (b)

customary indemnification obligations of any Parent Entity owing to directors, officers, employees or other persons under its articles, charter, by-laws, partnership agreement or other organizational documents or pursuant to written agreements with any such person to the extent relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (c)

obligations of any Parent Entity in respect of director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor) to the extent relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (d)

any (i) general corporate overhead expenses, including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses and (ii) other operational expenses of any Parent Entity related to the ownership or operation of the business of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

  (e)

expenses Incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with (i) any offering, sale, conversion or exchange of Subordinated Shareholder Funding, Capital Stock or Indebtedness and (ii) any related compensation paid to officers, directors and employees of such Parent Entity.

Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash, Cash Equivalent Investments between the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and another person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalent Investments received in excess of the value of any cash or Cash Equivalent Investments sold or exchanged must be applied in accordance with the covenant described under Section 4 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings).

Permitted Collateral Liens” means Liens on the Charged Property:

 

  (a)

that are described in one or more of paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (k), (o), (q), (r), (w), (x), (z), (hh) and (kk) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and Liens arising by operation of law that would not materially interfere with the ability of the Security Agent to enforce the Security Interests in the Charged Property;

 

  (b)

to secure all obligations (including paid-in-kind interest) in respect of:

 

  (i)

the obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii)

Indebtedness described under paragraphs (b)(i)(A)(1), (b)(i)(A)(2), (b)(i)(A)(3) (provided that any such Indebtedness secured on the Charged Property that does not constitute ABL Priority Security ranks junior to Facility B), (b)(i)(B), (b)(i)(C), (b)(i)(D) (provided that such Indebtedness constitutes Second Lien Liabilities or otherwise ranks junior to Facility B), and (b)(vi) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings), and provided that if:

 

  (A)

the Designation Date has occurred;

 

  (B)

Facility B has been refinanced in full (ignoring any participation (x) of a Lender which has been rolled over into a refinancing (or otherwise) and/or (y) in respect of which a Lender has declined prepayment); and

 

370


  (C)

a Revolving Facility (in each case, to the extent not fully and finally discharged) has been designated as “Super Senior Liabilities” pursuant to clause 18 (New Debt Financings) of the Intercreditor Agreement,

the following may have super senior priority status in respect of the proceeds from the enforcement of the Charged Property and certain distressed disposals of assets pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement:

 

  (1)

up to an amount of Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility which is not prohibited by Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) not to exceed the greater of (x) €215.00 million and (y) an amount equal to one hundred (100) per cent. of LTM EBITDA; and

 

  (2)

Hedging Obligations, obligations under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks,

in each case to the extent Incurred under and in compliance with Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings);

 

  (iii)

Indebtedness described under paragraph (a) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings), provided that if such Indebtedness constitutes Senior Secured Indebtedness and, after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 5.00:1.00;

 

  (iv)

Indebtedness described under paragraph (b)(ii) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings), to the extent that such Guarantee is in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be secured by a Permitted Collateral Lien;

 

  (v)

Indebtedness described under paragraphs (b)(iv), (b)(v)(A), (b)(v)(B)(1)(I), (b)(v)(B)(1)(II) (provided that such Indebtedness constitutes Second Lien Liabilities or otherwise ranks junior to the Facilities), (b)(vi), (b)(vii) (other than with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations), (b)(viii)(E), (b)(x) or (b)(xiii), (b)(xix) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings); or

 

  (vi)

any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness referred to in sub-paragraphs (i) to (v) above (provided that, if such Indebtedness is secured on a basis equal or senior to the Facilities, to the extent such Indebtedness would have been permitted to be so secured); or

 

  (c)

Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to obligations that in total do not exceed the greater of (i) €10.75 million and (ii) an amount equal to five (5) per cent. of LTM EBITDA at any time outstanding and that (x) are not Incurred in connection with the borrowing of money and (y) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof or the operation of the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s business,

provided that, in the case of paragraphs (b) and (c) above, each of the secured parties to any such Indebtedness that individually exceeds an aggregate principal amount of the greater of (i) €32.25 million and (ii) an amount equal to fifteen (15) per cent. of LTM EBITDA that is to share in all or substantially all (or in the case of secured parties to any Topco Notes and/or any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu with or refinances, redeems or repays any Topco Notes, less than all or substantially

 

371


all) of the Transaction Security will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement and provided further that for purposes of determining compliance with this definition, in the event that a Permitted Collateral Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Collateral Liens described in paragraphs (a) through (c) above, the Company will be permitted to classify such Permitted Collateral Lien on the date of its Incurrence and reclassify such Permitted Collateral Lien at any time and in any manner that complies with this definition and provided further that Permitted Collateral Liens may not have super senior priority status in respect of the proceeds from the enforcement of the Charged Property or a distressed disposal of assets, other than as permitted by paragraph (b)(ii) above, save that nothing in this definition shall prevent lenders under any Credit Facilities from providing for any ordering of payments under the various tranches of such Credit Facilities.

Permitted Holders” means, collectively:

 

  (a)

the Initial Investors;

 

  (b)

any one or more persons, together with such persons’ Affiliates, whose beneficial ownership constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement;

 

  (c)

the Management Stockholders;

 

  (d)

any person who is acting solely as an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any IPO Entity, acting in such capacity;

 

  (e)

any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, no person other than persons referred to in paragraphs (a) to (d) above collectively, has beneficial ownership of more than fifty (50) per cent. of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity held by such group;

 

  (f)

following the end of a Change of Control Put Option Period, any Investor as at the date of the relevant Change of Control Notice; and

 

  (g)

any Related Person of any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (f) above, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Vendor and any Rollover Investor.

Permitted Investment” means (in each case, by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries):

 

  (a)

Investments in:

 

  (i)

a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) or the Company; or

 

  (ii)

a person (including the Capital Stock of any such person) that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (b)

Investments in another person and as a result of such Investment such other person is merged, amalgamated, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (c)

Investments in cash or Cash Equivalent Investments;

 

372


  (d)

Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (e)

Investments in payroll, travel, relocation, entertainment, moving related and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (f)

Management Advances;

 

  (g)

Investments in Capital Stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganisation or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor or otherwise with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

  (h)

Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from a sale or other disposition of property or assets, or through the provision of any services including an Asset Disposition;

 

  (i)

Investments existing or pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect or existence on the Acquisition Closing Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may not be increased except (i) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Acquisition Closing Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

 

  (j)

Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings);

 

  (k)

pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or Liens otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under the covenant described under Section 3 (Limitation on Liens) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings);

 

  (l)

any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), Subordinated Shareholder Funding or Capital Stock of any Parent Entity as consideration;

 

  (m)

any transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of Section 5 (Limitation on Affiliate Transactions) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) (except those described in sub-paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(iii), (b)(vi), (b)(vii), (b)(ix), (b)(xii) and (b)(xiv) thereof);

 

  (n)

Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in any case, in the ordinary course of business, and in accordance with this Agreement;

 

  (o)

any:

 

  (i)

Guarantees of Indebtedness not prohibited by the covenant described under Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) and (other than with respect to Indebtedness) guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business; and

 

373


  (ii)

performance guarantees with respect to obligations that are not prohibited by this Agreement;

 

  (p)

Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement;

 

  (q)

Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of an entity merged or amalgamated into the Company or merged or amalgamated into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

  (r)

Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other persons;

 

  (s)

contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Company;

 

  (t)

Investments in joint ventures and similar entities and Similar Businesses:

 

  (i)

in existence on the Acquisition Closing Date; and

 

  (ii)

having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this paragraph (t)(ii) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed:

 

  (A)

the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to thirty (30) per cent. of LTM EBITDA at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); plus

 

  (B)

the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments,

(without duplication for purposes of the covenant described in Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) of any amounts applied pursuant to paragraph (a)(C) of such covenant) with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided that if any Investment pursuant to this definition is made in any person that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such person becomes the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of this definition and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this paragraph for so long as such person continues to be the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (u)

additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this paragraph (u) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed:

 

  (i)

the greater of (x) €86.00 million and (y) an amount equal to forty (40) per cent. of LTM EBITDA; plus

 

374


  (ii)

the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments,

(without duplication for purposes of the covenant described in Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) of any amounts applied pursuant to paragraph (a)(C) of such covenant) with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided that if any Investment pursuant to this paragraph is made in any person that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such person becomes the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of this definition and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this paragraph for so long as such person continues to be the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (v)

Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this paragraph (v) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed:

 

  (i)

the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to thirty (30) per cent. of LTM EBITDA at the time of such Investment; plus

 

  (ii)

the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such Investments,

(without duplication for purposes of the covenant described in Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) of any amounts applied pursuant to paragraph (a)(C) of such covenant) with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided that if any Investment pursuant to this definition is made in any person that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such person becomes the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of this definition and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this paragraph for so long as such person continues to be the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (w)

Investments (i) arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility and (ii) constituting distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

 

  (x)

Investments in connection with the Transaction;

 

  (y)

Investments (including repurchases) in Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (z)

Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described under Section 6 (Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings);

 

  (aa)

guarantee and indemnification obligations arising in connection with surety bonds issued in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (bb)

Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of real property, any other assets or services in the ordinary course of business or made in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing customer or client contacts and loans or advances made to distributors in the ordinary course of business;

 

375


  (cc)

Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (dd)

Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection of deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (ee)

transactions entered into in order to consummate a Permitted Tax Restructuring; and

 

  (ff)

Investments made at a time when no Event of Default is continuing provided that either:

 

  (i)

immediately after giving pro forma effect to such Investment, at the Company’s option the Total Net Leverage Ratio:

 

  (A)

would be no greater than 6.25:1.00; or

 

  (B)

would not be greater than it was immediately prior to such Investment; or

 

  (ii)

such Investments are funded from the Available Amount,

provided, however, that any Investment consisting of: (A) the transfer of any Material Intellectual Property by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to an Unrestricted Subsidiary or (B) the designation of a Material IP Entity as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, where such Material IP Entity holds Material Intellectual Property following such designation, in each case, shall not constitute a Permitted Investment under this Agreement.

Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any person:

 

  (a)

Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness and other Obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

 

  (b)

pledges, deposits or Liens under workmen’s compensation laws, old-age-part-time arrangements, payroll taxes, unemployment insurance laws, social security laws or similar legislation, or insurance related obligations (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements) or pension related liabilities and obligations, or in connection with bids, tenders, completion guarantees, contracts (other than for borrowed money) or leases, or to secure utilities, licenses, public or statutory obligations, or to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, government contracts and leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, indemnity, judgment, customs, appeal or performance bonds, (including pledges, deposits or Liens under any indemnities, undertakings, guarantees, counter guarantees or indemnities and contractual obligations provided in connection with such surety, stay, indemnity, judgment, customs, appeal or performance bonds), guarantees of government contracts, return-of-money bonds, bankers’ acceptance facilities (or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations), obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments that have been posted to support the same, or as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of (or obligations of credit insurers with respect thereof) rent, or other obligations of like nature, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

376


  (c)

Liens with respect to outstanding motor vehicle fines and Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction contractors’ or other like Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than sixty (60) days or that are bonded or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

  (d)

Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges which are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days from the date on which the Company becomes aware such amounts are overdue or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP (or other applicable accounting principles) have been made in respect thereof;

 

  (e)

encumbrances, charges, ground leases, easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), survey exceptions, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions, by-law, regulation, zoning restrictions or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries or to the ownership of their properties, including servicing agreements, development agreements, site plan agreements, subdivision agreements, facilities sharing agreements, cost sharing agreements and other agreements, which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including (i) ground leases entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any development, construction, operation or improvement of assets on any real property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and any Liens created by the lessee in connection with any such ground lease, including easements and rights of way, or on any of its assets located on the real property subject to such ground lease) and (ii) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses in respect of real property to any trading counterparty to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries provides services on such real property;

 

  (f)

Liens:

 

  (i)

on assets, capital stock or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Hedging Obligations or Cash Management Services permitted under this Agreement;

 

  (ii)

that are statutory, common law or contractual rights of set-off (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Liens arising under the general terms and conditions of banks or saving banks (Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen der Banken und Sparkassen)) or, in the case of sub-paragraphs (A) or (B) below, other bankers’ Liens:

 

  (A)

relating to treasury, depository and Cash Management Services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds in the ordinary course of business and not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness;

 

  (B)

relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; or

 

  (C)

relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (iii)

on cash accounts securing Indebtedness and other Obligations permitted to be Incurred under paragraphs (b)(viii)(D) or (b)(viii)(E) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) with financial institutions;

 

377


  (iv)

encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

  (v)

of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC (or a similar statutory provision in another applicable jurisdiction) on items in the course of collection;

 

  (vi)

in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the maintenance of such accounts; and/or

 

  (vii)

arising under customary general terms of the account bank in relation to any bank account maintained with such bank and attaching only to such account and the products and proceeds thereof, which Liens, in any event, do not secure any Indebtedness (including Liens of members of the Group under the German general terms and conditions of banks and saving banks (Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen der Banken und Sparkassen));

 

  (g)

leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property and intellectual property rights), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (h)

Liens securing or otherwise arising out of judgments, decrees, attachments, orders or awards not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as:

 

  (i)

any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree, order or award have not been finally terminated;

 

  (ii)

the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired; or

 

  (iii)

no more than sixty (60) days have passed after (A) such judgment, decree, order or award has become final or (B) such period within which such proceedings may be initiated has expired;

 

  (i)

Liens:

 

  (i)

on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of securing (x) Purchase Money Obligations, or (y) Capitalized Lease Obligations,or securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or securing Indebtedness or other Obligations Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business, provided that:

 

  (A)

the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Agreement; and

 

  (B)

in the case of sub-clause (y), any such Liens may not extend to any assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than assets or property acquired, improved, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and any improvements or accessions and/or fixtures to such assets and property, including any real property on which such improvements or construction relates; and

 

  (ii)

any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligations or operating lease;

 

378


  (j)

Liens perfected or evidenced by UCC financing statement filings, including precautionary UCC financing statements (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (k)

Liens existing on, or provided for or required to be granted under written agreements existing on, the Acquisition Closing Date (other than Liens securing the Facilities);

 

  (l)

Liens on property, other assets or shares of stock of a person at the time such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, other assets or shares of stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination transaction with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in anticipation of or in connection with such other person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property, other assets or stock); provided further that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property, other assets or stock (plus improvements, accession, proceeds or dividends or distributions in connection with the original property, other assets or stock) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;

 

  (m)

Liens on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other Obligations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, or Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (n)

Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously so secured, and permitted to be secured under this Agreement (other than with respect to Liens Incurred under paragraph (cc) of this definition of “Permitted Liens”); provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness or other Obligations being refinanced or is in respect of property that is or could be the security for or subject to a Permitted Lien hereunder;

 

  (o)

Liens constituting:

 

  (i)

mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto; and

 

  (ii)

any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

 

  (p)

any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture, associate or similar arrangement (i) pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement or arrangement (including articles, by-laws and other governing documents of such entity) or (ii) securing obligations of joint ventures, Associates or similar entities or arrangements;

 

  (q)

Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets;

 

  (r)

Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods or receivables resulting from the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

379


  (s)

Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations permitted to be Incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries under any of sub-paragraphs (b)(iv)(A), (b)(iv)(C) (solely as it relates to sub-paragraph (b)(iv)(A)), (b)(v), (b)(vi), (b)(vii), (b)(xiv) and (b)(xvi), (b)(xix) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings provided that:

 

  (i)

in the case of paragraph (b)(v)(y) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) only if such Liens are limited to all or a part of the same property or assets, including Capital Stock acquired (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof, or replacements of any thereof), or of a Person acquired or merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in any transaction to which such Indebtedness relates;

 

  (ii)

in the case of paragraph (b)(vii)(A)(y) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) such Liens extend only to the assets, property, plant or equipment purchased, leased, rented, designed, expanded, constructed, installed, replaced, repaired, installed or improved (as applicable) (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof, or replacements of any thereof); provided further that individual financings of assets provided by one lender or group of lenders may be cross-collateralised to other financings of assets by such lender or group of lenders; and

 

  (iii)

in the case of paragraph (b)(xvi) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) only if such Liens are limited to the extent of such property or assets financed;

 

  (t)

Permitted Collateral Liens;

 

  (u)

Liens:

 

  (i)

on Capital Stock or other securities or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (ii)

Liens then existing with respect to assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary on the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described under Section 6 (Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings);

 

  (iii)

in respect of any credit support in favour of any provider of credit insurance relating to the Company and or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (v)

any security granted over the marketable securities portfolio described in paragraph (h) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents” in connection with the disposal thereof to a third party;

 

  (w)

Liens on:

 

  (i)

goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit issued for the account of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Liens on bills of lading, drafts or other documents of title arising by operation of law or pursuant to the standard terms of agreements relating to letters of credit, bank guarantees and other similar instruments; and

 

  (ii)

specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any person securing such person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

380


  (x)

Liens on equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and located on the premises of any client or supplier in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (y)

Liens on assets or securities deemed to arise in connection with and solely as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of contracts to sell such assets or securities if such sale is otherwise permitted by this Agreement;

 

  (z)

Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefits of) insurance carriers;

 

  (aa)

Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Agreement;

 

  (bb)

Liens:

 

  (i)

on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment; and

 

  (ii)

consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale permitted under the covenant described under Section 4 (Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or asset sale, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

 

  (cc)

Liens on property and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness and other Obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) €64.50 million and (y) an amount equal to thirty (30) per cent. of LTM EBITDA at the time Incurred;

 

  (dd)

Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted by the covenant described under Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings), provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

  (ee)

Liens arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility;

 

  (ff)

Settlement Liens;

 

  (gg)

rights of recapture of unused real property in favor of the seller of such property set forth in customary purchase agreements and related arrangements with any government, statutory or regulatory authority;

 

  (hh)

the rights reserved to or vested in any person or government, statutory or regulatory authority by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

 

  (ii)

restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put;

 

  (jj)

Liens or covenants restricting or prohibiting access to or from lands abutting on controlled access highways or covenants affecting the use to which lands may be put; provided that such Liens or covenants do not interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

381


  (kk)

Liens arising or incurred in connection with any Permitted Tax Restructuring or the Transaction;

 

  (ll)

Liens required to be granted under mandatory law in favour of creditors as a consequence of a merger or conversion permitted under this Agreement due to §§ 22, 204 German Transformation Act (Umwandlungsgesetz - UmwG);

 

  (mm)

Liens on Escrowed Proceeds including for the benefit of the related holders of debt securities or other Indebtedness (or the underwriters or arrangers thereof) or on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case, to the extent such cash or government securities are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement, including in each case any interest or premium thereon;

 

  (nn)

Liens arising in connection with any joint and several liability and any netting or set-off arrangement arising in each case by operation of law as a result of the existence or establishment of a fiscal unity between Restricted Subsidiaries solely for corporate income tax or value added tax purposes in any jurisdiction of which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is or becomes a member;

 

  (oo)

standard terms relating to banker’s Liens or similar general terms and conditions of banks with whom the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary maintains a banking relationship in the ordinary course of business, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary or financial institution;

 

  (pp)

Liens securing or arising by reason of any netting or set-off arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of banking or other trading activities, or liens over cash accounts and receivables securing cash pooling or cash management arrangements;

 

  (qq)

(i) Liens created for the benefit of or to secure, directly or indirectly, the Facilities, (ii) Liens pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and/or the Transaction Security Documents, (iii) Liens in respect of property and assets securing Indebtedness if the recovery in respect of such Liens is subject to loss-sharing as among the Lenders and the creditors of such Indebtedness pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement, (iv) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred under paragraph (b)(i)(A), (b)(i)(B) or (b)(i)(C) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) to the extent, in the case of (b)(i)(B) and (b)(i)(C), the Agreed Security Principles permit such Lien to be granted to such Indebtedness without being granted to such Facility or would not permit such Lien to be granted to such Facility and (v) Liens on rights under any proceeds loan that are assigned to the third party creditors of the Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance such proceeds loan and incurred in compliance with this Agreement and securing that Indebtedness;

 

  (rr)

Liens created or subsisting in order to secure any pension liabilities or partial retirement liabilities or any liabilities arising in connection with any pension insurance plan;

 

  (ss)

any extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Lien described in this definition of Permitted Lien, provided that any such extension, renewal or replacement shall not extend in any material respect to any additional property or assets;

 

  (tt)

any Lien pursuant to or in connection with Section 8a of the German Old-Age Part Time Act (Altersteilzeitgesetz) or Section 7e of the Fourth Book of the German Social Code (Sozialgesetzbuch IV);

 

382


  (uu)

any Lien or other security interest or right of set-off in favour of Dutch banks arising under (x) articles 24 or 25 respectively of the general terms and conditions (algemene voorwaarden) of any member of the Dutch Bankers’ Association (Nederlandse Vereniging van Banken) or (y) any other applicable banking terms and conditions; and

 

  (vv)

any Lien not securing Indebtedness.

In the event that a Permitted Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Liens (at the time of Incurrence or at a later date), the Company in its sole discretion may divide, classify or from time to time reclassify all or any portion of such Permitted Lien in any manner that complies with this Agreement and such Permitted Lien shall be treated as having been made pursuant only to the paragraph or paragraphs of the definition of Permitted Lien to which such Permitted Lien has been classified or reclassified.

Permitted Reorganisation” means any amalgamation, demerger, merger, voluntary liquidation, consolidation, reorganisation, winding up or corporate reconstruction involving the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (a “Reorganisation”) that is made on a solvent basis; provided that:

 

  (a)

any payments or assets distributed in connection with such Reorganisation remain within the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

  (b)

if any shares or other assets form part of the Charged Property, substantially equivalent Liens must be granted over such shares or assets of the recipient such that they form part of the Charged Property (ignoring for the purposes of assessing such equivalency any limitations required in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles or hardening periods (or any similar or equivalent concept)).

Permitted Tax Distribution” means if and for so long as the Company is a member of a fiscal unity (whether resulting from a domination and profit or loss pooling agreement or otherwise) or a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return with any Parent Entity, any dividends, intercompany loans, other intercompany balances or other distributions to fund any income Taxes for which such Parent Entity is liable up to an amount not to exceed with respect to such Taxes the amount of any such Taxes that the Company and its Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate company basis or on a consolidated basis calculated as if the Company and its Subsidiaries had paid Tax on a consolidated, combined, group, affiliated or unitary basis on behalf of an affiliated group consisting only of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Permitted Tax Restructuring” means any reorganisations and other activities related to tax planning and tax reorganisation entered into prior to, on or after the date hereof so long as such Permitted Tax Restructuring is not materially adverse to the Lenders, individually or in the aggregate (as determined by the Company in good faith).

Post-Petition Interest” means any interest or entitlement to fees or expenses or other charges that accrue after the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

Preferred Stock”, as applied to the Capital Stock of any person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such person.

Public Offering” means any offering, including an Initial Public Offering, of shares of common stock or other common equity interests that are listed on an exchange or publicly offered (which shall include an offering pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act to professional market investors or similar persons).

 

383


Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Facility that meets the following conditions:

 

  (a)

the Board of Directors shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (b)

all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Securitization Subsidiary or any other person are made for fair consideration (as determined in good faith by the Company); and

 

  (c)

the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be fair and reasonable terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

Receivables Assets” means:

 

  (a)

any accounts receivable owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary subject to a Receivables Facility and the proceeds thereof; and

 

  (b)

all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, all records with respect to such accounts receivable and any other assets customarily transferred together with accounts receivable in connection with a non-recourse accounts receivable factoring arrangement,

and which are sold, conveyed, assigned or otherwise transferred or pledged by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (as applicable) in a transaction or series of transactions in connection with a Receivables Facility.

Receivables Facility” means an arrangement between the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and a counterparty pursuant to which:

 

  (a)

the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, sells (directly or indirectly) accounts receivable owing by customers, together with Receivables Assets related thereto;

 

  (b)

the obligations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, thereunder are non-recourse (except for Securitization Repurchase Obligations) to the Company and such Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (c)

the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be on market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings, and shall include any guaranty in respect of such arrangements.

Refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “refinances”, “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Agreement shall have a correlative meaning.

 

384


Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date or Incurred in compliance with this Agreement (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that:

 

  (a)

such Refinancing Indebtedness:

 

  (i)

has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced; and

 

  (ii)

to the extent refinancing Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, is Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and, in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness, is subordinated to the Facilities on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

  (b)

Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

  (c)

such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding (plus the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees), including any premium and defeasance costs, indemnity fees, discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred or payable in connection with such refinancing) under the Indebtedness being Refinanced; and

 

  (d)

Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility or any other Indebtedness may be Incurred from time to time after the termination, discharge or repayment of any such Credit Facility or other Indebtedness.

Related Person” with respect to any Permitted Holder, means:

 

  (a)

any controlling equity holder or Subsidiary of such person;

 

  (b)

in the case of an individual, any spouse, former spouse, family member or relative of such individual, any trust or partnership for the benefit of one or more of such individual and any such spouse, former spouse, family member or relative, or the estate, executor, administrator, committee or beneficiaries of any thereof;

 

  (c)

any trust, corporation, partnership or other person for which one or more of the Permitted Holders and other Related Persons of any thereof constitute the beneficiary, stockholders, partners or owners thereof, or persons beneficially holding in the aggregate a majority (or more) controlling interest therein; and

 

  (d)

any investment fund or vehicle managed, sponsored or advised by such person or any successor thereto, or by any Affiliate of such person or any such successor.

Related Taxes” means any Taxes, including sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, registration, business, customs, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar Taxes and other fees and expenses (other than (x) Taxes measured by income and (y) withholding Taxes), required to be paid (provided that such Taxes are in fact paid) by any Parent Entity by virtue of its:

 

385


  (a)

being organised or otherwise being established or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than, directly or indirectly, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries) or otherwise maintain its existence or good standing under applicable law;

 

  (b)

being a holding company parent, directly or indirectly, of the Company or any Subsidiaries of the Company;

 

  (c)

issuing or holding Subordinated Shareholder Funding;

 

  (d)

receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of, directly or indirectly, the Company or any Subsidiaries of the Company, or

 

  (e)

having made (i) any payment in respect to any of the items for which the Company is permitted to make payments to any Parent Entity pursuant to Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) or (ii) any Permitted Tax Distribution.

Reserved Indebtedness Amount” has the meaning set forth in the covenant described under Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings).

Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third person in contemplation of such leasing.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

Second Lien Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Group included in the definition of Total Debt that constitutes Second Lien Liabilities.

Second Lien Liabilities” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Securitization Asset” means:

 

  (a)

any accounts receivable, mortgage receivables, loan receivables, royalty, franchise fee, license fee, patent or other revenue streams and other rights to payment or related assets and the proceeds thereof; and

 

  (b)

all collateral securing such receivable or asset, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such receivable or asset, lockbox accounts and records with respect to such account or asset and any other assets customarily transferred (or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted) together with accounts or assets in connection with a securitization, factoring or receivable sale transaction.

 

386


Securitization Facility” means any of one or more securitization, financing, factoring or sales transactions, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, pursuant to which the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries sells, transfers, pledges or otherwise conveys any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) to a Securitization Subsidiary or any other person.

Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any Securitization Asset or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) paid in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility.

Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility to repurchase or otherwise make payments with respect to Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Securitization Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company in each case formed for the purpose of and that solely engages in one or more Qualified Securitization Financings and other activities reasonably related thereto or another person formed for this purpose.

Security Interests” means the security interests in the Charged Property that are created by the Transaction Security Documents.

Senior Secured Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Group included in the definition of Total Debt that constitutes Senior Secured Liabilities.

Senior Secured Liabilities” has the meaning given to that term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

 

  (a)

the sum of:

 

  (i)

Senior Secured Indebtedness as of such date; and

 

  (ii)

the Reserved Indebtedness Amount in respect of Indebtedness which, once incurred, would constitute Senior Secured Indebtedness,

less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of the Group on a consolidated basis; to

 

  (b)

LTM EBITDA,

provided that such calculation shall not give effect to:

 

  (i)

any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in paragraph (b) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) (other than Senior Secured Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraphs (b)(i)(C) and (b)(v)(B)(1)(I) thereof);

 

  (ii)

any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraphs (b)(iv)(A), (b)(iv)(B) or (b)(xiv)(B) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings); or

 

387


  (iii)

the discharge on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred on the determination date pursuant to the provisions described in paragraph (b) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) (other than the discharge of Senior Secured Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraphs (b)(i)(C) and (b)(v)(B)(1)(I) thereof).

Settlement” means the transfer of cash or other property with respect to any credit or debit card charge, check or other instrument, electronic funds transfer, or other type of paper-based or electronic payment, transfer, or charge transaction for which a person acts as a processor, remitter, funds recipient or funds transmitter in the ordinary course of its business.

Settlement Asset” means any cash, receivable or other property, including a Settlement Receivable, due or conveyed to a person in consideration for a Settlement made or arranged, or to be made or arranged, by such person or an Affiliate of such person.

Settlement Indebtedness” means any payment or reimbursement obligation in respect of a Settlement Payment.

Settlement Lien” means any Lien relating to any Settlement or Settlement Indebtedness (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the grant of a Lien in or other assignment of a Settlement Asset in consideration of a Settlement Payment, Liens securing intraday and overnight overdraft and automated clearing house exposure, and similar Liens).

Settlement Payment” means the transfer, or contractual undertaking (including by automated clearing house transaction) to effect a transfer, of cash or other property to effect a Settlement.

Settlement Receivable” means any general intangible, payment intangible, or instrument representing or reflecting an obligation to make payments to or for the benefit of a person in consideration for a Settlement made or arranged, or to be made or arranged, by such person.

Significant Subsidiary” means:

 

  (a)

while it is a Borrower of any of the Facilities, US Newco and Bidco; and

 

  (b)

any Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries (taken together) whose proportionate share of Consolidated EBITDA exceeds ten (10) per cent. of the Consolidated EBITDA by reference to the latest Annual Financial Statements delivered to the Agent (or, if no such Annual Financial Statements have been delivered, the Original Financial Statements),

provided that a determination by the Company that a Restricted Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries (taken together)) is or is not a Significant Subsidiary shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

Similar Business” means (a) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Target Group) on the Closing Date and (b) any businesses, services and activities engaged in by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing or are extensions or developments of any thereof.

Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants, guarantees and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Facility, including those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking or, in the case of a Receivables Facility, a non-credit related recourse accounts receivable factoring arrangement.

 

388


Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, the date specified in the instrument governing such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any Contingent Obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person, any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment or security to the Facilities pursuant to a written agreement or which constitutes Second Lien Liabilities (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement). No Indebtedness will be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior basis or on different assets, or due to the fact that holders (or an agent, trustee or representative thereof) of any Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor or similar arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them or by virtue of the application of “waterfall” or similar payment ordering provisions affecting tranches of Indebtedness.

Subordinated Shareholder Funding” means, collectively, any funds provided to the Company by any Parent Entity, any Affiliate of any Parent Entity or any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate thereof, in exchange for or pursuant to any security, instrument or agreement other than Capital Stock, in each case issued to and held by any of the foregoing persons, together with any such security, instrument or agreement and any other security or instrument other than Capital Stock issued in payment of any obligation under any Subordinated Shareholder Funding; provided that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding:

 

  (a)

does not mature or require any amortisation, redemption or other repayment of principal or any sinking fund payment prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Termination Date of Facility B (other than through conversion or exchange of such funding into Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any funding meeting the requirements of this definition) or the making of any such payment prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Termination Date of Facility B is restricted by the Intercreditor Agreement, an Additional Intercreditor Agreement or another intercreditor agreement;

 

  (b)

does not require, prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Termination Date of Facility B, payment of cash interest, cash withholding amounts or other cash gross-ups, or any similar cash amounts or the making of any such payment prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Termination Date of Facility B is restricted by the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

  (c)

contains no change of control, asset sale or similar provisions and does not accelerate and has no right to declare a Default or event of default or take any enforcement action or otherwise require any cash payment, in each case, prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Termination Date of Facility B or the payment of any amount as a result of any such action or provision or the exercise of any rights or enforcement action, in each case, prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Termination Date of Facility B is restricted by the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement;

 

  (d)

does not provide for or require any security interest or encumbrance over any asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

  (e)

pursuant to its terms or to the Intercreditor Agreement, an Additional Intercreditor Agreement or another intercreditor agreement, is fully subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Facilities and any Guarantee pursuant to subordination, payment blockage and enforcement limitation terms which are customary in all material respects for similar funding or are no less favorable in any material respect to Lenders than those contained in the Intercreditor Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date with respect to the Subordinated Liabilities;

 

389


  (f)

is not Guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Company;

 

  (g)

contains restrictions on transfer to a person who is not a Parent Entity, any Affiliate of any Parent Entity, any holder of Capital Stock of a Parent Entity or any Affiliate of a Parent Entity or any Permitted Holder or any Affiliate thereof; provided that any transfer of Subordinated Shareholder Funding to any of the foregoing persons shall not be deemed to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders; and

 

  (h)

does not (including upon the happening of any event) restrict the payment of amounts due in respect of the Facilities or any Guarantee thereof or compliance by the Company or any Guarantor with its obligations under the Facilities, any Guarantee thereof or this Agreement.

Temporary Cash Investments” means any of the following:

 

  (a)

any Investment in:

 

  (i)

direct obligations of, or obligations Guaranteed by, (A) the US or Canada, (B) any EU member state, (C) the UK, (D) Australia, Japan, Norway or Switzerland, (E) any country in whose currency funds are being held specifically pending application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country with such funds or (F) any agency or instrumentality of any such country or member state; or

 

  (ii)

direct obligations of any country recognised by the US rated at least “A” by S&P or Fitch or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

 

  (b)

overnight bank deposits, and investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and money market deposits (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing not more than one (1) year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by:

 

  (i)

any Lender;

 

  (ii)

any institution authorised to operate as a bank in any of the countries or member states referred to in paragraph (a)(i) above; or

 

  (iii)

any bank or trust company organised under the laws of any such country or member state or any political subdivision thereof, in each case, having capital and surplus aggregating in excess of €250 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long-term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or Fitch or “A-2” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) at the time such Investment is made;

 

  (c)

repurchase obligations with a term of not more than thirty (30) days for underlying securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) or (b) above entered into with a person meeting the qualifications described in paragraph (b) above;

 

390


  (d)

Investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than two hundred and seventy (270) days after the date of acquisition, issued by a person (other than the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries), with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-2” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “F2” (or higher) according to Fitch or “A-2” (or higher) according to S&P (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

 

  (e)

Investments in securities maturing not more than one (1) year after the date of acquisition issued or fully Guaranteed by Australia, Canada, any European Union member state, Japan, Norway, Switzerland, the UK, any state, commonwealth or territory of the US, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth, territory, country or member state of any of the foregoing, and rated at least “BBB-” by S&P or Fitch or “Baa3” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization);

 

  (f)

bills of exchange issued in Australia, Canada, a member state of the European Union, Japan, Norway, Switzerland, the UK or the US eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialised equivalent);

 

  (g)

any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a commercial bank organised under the laws of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of €250 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) or whose long term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or Fitch or “A2” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) at the time such Investment is made;

 

  (h)

Investment funds investing ninety (90) per cent. of their assets in securities of the type described in paragraphs (a) through (g) above (which funds may also hold reasonable amounts of cash pending investment or distribution); and

 

  (i)

investments in money market funds complying with the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 (or any successor rule) of the SEC under the US Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Total Debt” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Group (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate principal amount of any Guarantees by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Topco Notes (or the aggregate principal amount of any Guarantees by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness that refinances, redeems or repays any Topco Notes)), but excluding any Indebtedness of the Group under or with respect to Cash Management Services, intra-Group Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations, Receivables Facilities or Securitization Facilities.

Total Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

 

  (a)

the sum of:

 

  (i)

Total Debt as of such date; and

 

  (ii)

the Reserved Indebtedness Amount in respect of Indebtedness which, once incurred, would be included in the calculation of Total Debt,

less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of the Group on a consolidated basis; to

 

391


  (b)

LTM EBITDA,

provided that such calculation shall not give effect to:

 

  (i)

any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in paragraph (b) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) (other than Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraphs (b)(i)(C), (b)(i)(D), (b)(i)(E) and (b)(v)(B)(1) thereof);

 

  (ii)

any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv)(A) or (b)(xiv)(B) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings); or

 

  (iii)

the discharge on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred on the determination date pursuant to the provisions described in paragraph (b) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) (other than the discharge of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraph (b)(i)(C), (b)(i)(D), (b)(i)(E) and (b)(v)(B)(1) thereof).

Total Secured Debt” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Group constituting Senior Secured Indebtedness or Second Lien Indebtedness (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate principal amount of any Guarantees by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Topco Notes (or the aggregate principal amount of any Guarantees by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness that refinances, redeems or repays any Topco Notes or other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Topco Notes to the exent it is only secured by the collateral the secures the Topco Notes)).

Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

 

  (a)

the sum of:

 

  (i)

Total Secured Debt as of such date; and

 

  (ii)

the Reserved Indebtedness Amount in respect of Indebtedness which, once incurred, would be included in the calculation of Total Secured Debt,

less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments of the Group on a consolidated basis; to

 

  (b)

LTM EBITDA,

provided that such calculation shall not give effect to:

 

  (i)

any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in paragraph (b) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) (other than Senior Secured Indebtedness or Second Lien Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraphs (b)(i)(C), (b)(i)(D), (b)(v)(B)(1)(I) and (b)(v)(B)(1)(II) thereof);

 

  (ii)

any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraphs (b)(iv)(A), (b)(iv)(B) or (b)(xiv)(B) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings); or

 

  (iii)

the discharge on such determination date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from proceeds of Indebtedness Incurred on the determination date pursuant to the provisions described in paragraph (b) of Section 1 (Limitation on Indebtedness) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings) (other than Senior Secured Indebtedness or Second Lien Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraphs (b)(i)(C), (b)(i)(D), (b)(v)(B)(1)(I) and (b)(v)(B)(1)(II) thereof).

 

392


Transaction Equity Contribution” means shareholder funding provided by the Initial Investors in connection with the Minimum Equity Condition under paragraph (b)(ii) of Section 4 (Acquisition Documents and Closing Certificate) of Part I (Conditions Precedent to first Utilisation) of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) provided that the aggregate amount of such shareholder funding counted as a Transaction Equity Contribution shall not exceed an amount equal to the percentage of Total Transaction Uses specified in paragraph (b)(ii) of Section 4 (Acquisition Documents and Closing Certificate) of Part I (Conditions Precedent to first Utilisation) of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transaction.

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided that at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of a collateral agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Charged Property is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

  (a)

any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Company in the manner provided below); and

 

  (b)

any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary,

provided that the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a person becoming a Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction, or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

 

  (i)

such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (ii)

such designation and the Investment, if any, of the Company in such Subsidiary complies with Section 2 (Limitation on Restricted Payments) of Schedule 15 (General Undertakings).

Voting Stock” of a person means all classes of Capital Stock of such person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

  (a)

the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

 

  (b)

the sum of all such payments.

 

393


SIGNATORIES

THE COMPANY

acting by its authorised signatory

in accordance with the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation acting by its authorised signatory

 

/s/ Francis Zeler

for and on behalf of

BK LC LUX SPV S.À R.L.

as the Company’s and the Obligors’ Agent

Name: Francis Zeler
Title: Sole Manager

 

[Signature pages - Project Neuschwanstein Senior Facilities Agreement]


THE AGENT

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

acting by its authorised signatoryas Agent

 

/s/ Douglas Tansey

Name: Douglas Tansey
Title: Authorised Signatory

 

[Signature pages - Project Neuschwanstein Senior Facilities Agreement]

Exhibit 10.8

BIRKENSTOCK HOLDING PLC

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of , 2023 among Birkenstock Holding plc, a Jersey public limited company (the “Company”), BK LC Lux MidCo S.à r.l., private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg (“MidCo”), each Person who executes a Joinder as an “Other Investor” (collectively, the “Other Investors”) and each of the executives who executes a Joinder as an “Executive” (collectively, the “Executives”). Except as otherwise specified herein, all capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A attached hereto.

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

Section 1 Demand Registrations.

(a) Requests for Registration. At any time and from time to time, MidCo shall be entitled to an unlimited number of requests for registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of its Registrable Securities on Form F-1, Form S-1 or any similar or successor long-form registration statement (“Long-Form Registrations”) or on Form F-3, Form S-3 or any similar or successor short-form registration statement (“Short-Form Registrations”), if available (any such requested registration, a “Demand Registration”). MidCo may request that any Demand Registration be made pursuant to Rule 415 (a “Shelf Registration”) and, if the Company is a WKSI at the time any such request is submitted to the Company or will become one by the time of the filing of such Shelf Registration, that such Shelf Registration be an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405) (an “Automatic Shelf Registration Statement”). Each request for a Demand Registration must specify the approximate number or dollar value of Registrable Securities requested to be registered by the requesting Holders and (if known) the intended method of distribution. The Company will pay all Registration Expenses for any Demand Registration requested, whether or not any such registration is consummated.

(b) Notice to Other Holders. Within four (4) Business Days after receipt of any such request, the Company will give written notice of the Demand Registration to all other Holders and, subject to the terms of Section 1(e), will include in such Demand Registration (and in all related registrations and qualifications under state blue sky laws and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Company’s notice; provided that, with the written consent of MidCo, the Company may, or at the written request of MidCo, the Company shall, instead provide notice of the Demand Registration to all Holders other than MidCo within three (3) Business Days following the non-confidential filing of the registration statement with respect to the Demand Registration so long as such registration statement is not an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement.

(c) Form of Registrations. All Long-Form Registrations will be underwritten registrations unless otherwise approved by MidCo. Demand Registrations will be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form unless otherwise requested by MidCo.


(d) Shelf Registrations.

(i) For so long as a registration statement for a Shelf Registration (a “Shelf Registration Statement”) is and remains effective, MidCo will have the right at any time or from time to time to elect to sell pursuant to an offering (including an underwritten offering) Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (“Shelf Registrable Securities”). If MidCo desires to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to an underwritten offering, then MidCo may deliver to the Company a written notice (a “Shelf Offering Notice”) specifying the number of Shelf Registrable Securities that MidCo desires to sell pursuant to such underwritten offering (the “Shelf Offering”). As promptly as practicable, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days after receipt of a Shelf Offering Notice, the Company will give written notice of such Shelf Offering Notice to all other Holders of Shelf Registrable Securities that have been identified as selling shareholders in such Shelf Registration Statement and are otherwise permitted to sell in such Shelf Offering, which such notice shall request that each such Holder specify, within five (5) Business Days after the Company’s receipt of the Shelf Offering Notice, the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities such Holder desires to be disposed of in such Shelf Offering. The Company, subject to Section 1(e) and Section 7, will include in such Shelf Offering all Shelf Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received timely written requests for inclusion. The Company will, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within fourteen (14) days after the receipt of a Shelf Offering Notice), but subject to Section 1(e), use its best efforts to consummate such Shelf Offering.

(ii) If MidCo desires to engage in an underwritten block trade or bought deal pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement or through a take-down from an already existing Shelf Registration Statement) (each, an “Underwritten Block Trade”), then notwithstanding the time periods set forth in Section 1(d)(i), MidCo may notify the Company of the Underwritten Block Trade not less than two (2) Business Days prior to the day such offering is first anticipated to commence. If requested by MidCo, the Company will promptly notify any other Holders of such Underwritten Block Trade and such notified Holders (each, a “Potential Participant”) may elect whether or not to participate no later than the next Business Day (i.e. one (1) Business Day prior to the day such offering is to commence) (unless a longer period is agreed to by MidCo), and the Company will as expeditiously as possible use its best efforts to facilitate such Underwritten Block Trade (which may close as early as two (2) Business Days after the date it commences); provided further that, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1(d)(i), no Holder (other than Holders of MidCo Registrable Securities) will be permitted to participate in an Underwritten Block Trade without the written consent of MidCo. Any Potential Participant’s request to participate in an Underwritten Block Trade shall be binding on the Potential Participant.

(iii) All determinations as to whether to complete any Shelf Offering and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Shelf Offering contemplated by this Section 1(d) shall be determined by MidCo, and the Company shall use its best efforts to cause any Shelf Offering to occur in accordance with such determinations as promptly as practicable.

(iv) The Company will, at the request of MidCo, file any prospectus supplement or any post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by MidCo to effect such Shelf Offering.

(e) Priority on Demand Registrations and Shelf Offerings. The Company will not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of MidCo. If a Demand Registration or a Shelf Offering is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Securities and (if permitted hereunder) other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities (if any) which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the

 

-2-


offering, then the Company will include in such offering (prior to the inclusion of any securities which are not Registrable Securities) the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included by any Holder which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold in such manner without any such adverse effect, pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if any Holders of Executive Registrable Securities have requested to include such securities in an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters for such offering advise the Company that in their opinion the inclusion of some or all of such Executive Registrable Securities could adversely affect the marketability, proposed offering price, timing and/or method of distribution of the offering, then the Company shall exclude from such offering the number of such Executive Registrable Securities identified by the managing underwriters as having any such adverse effect prior to the exclusion of any Registrable Securities of any other Holders as set forth in this Section 1(e), which, for the avoidance of doubt, may be all such Executive Registrable Securities requested to be included such offering.

(f) Restrictions on Demand Registration and Shelf Offerings.

(i) The Company may postpone, for up to sixty (60) days (or with the consent of MidCo, a longer period) from the date of the request (the “Suspension Period”), the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration or suspend the use of a prospectus that is part of a Shelf Registration Statement (and therefore suspend sales of the Shelf Registrable Securities) by providing to the Holders a certificate signed by either the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Company certifying that, in the good faith judgment of the Company, the following conditions are met: (A) the Company determines that the offer or sale of Registrable Securities would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any Subsidiary to engage in any material acquisition of assets or shares (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any material merger, consolidation, tender offer, recapitalization, reorganization, financing or other transaction involving the Company and (B) upon advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement would require disclosure of material non-public information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and either (x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such transaction, (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate such transaction, or (z) such transaction renders the Company unable to comply with SEC requirements, in each case under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable to cause the registration statement (or such filings) to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the registration statement on a post-effective basis, as applicable. The Company may delay or suspend the effectiveness of a Demand Registration or Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 1(f)(i) only once in any twelve (12)-month period (for avoidance of doubt, in addition to the Company’s rights and obligations under Section 4(a)(vi)) unless additional delays or suspensions are approved by MidCo.

(ii) In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Shelf Registration Statement as set forth in Section 1(f)(i) above or pursuant to Section 4(a)(vi) (a “Suspension Event”), the Company will give a notice to the Holders whose Registrable Securities are registered pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (a “Suspension Notice”) to suspend sales of the Registrable Securities and such notice must state generally the basis for the notice and that such suspension will continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing. Each Holder agrees not to effect any sales of its Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice. A Holder may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) following further written notice to such effect (an “End of Suspension Notice”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice will be given by the Company to the Holders promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event (and in any event during the permitted Suspension Period).

 

-3-


(g) Selection of Underwriters. MidCo shall select the legal counsel to the Company, the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer any underwritten offering in connection with any Demand Registration or Shelf Offering.

(h) Distributions of Registrable Securities to Partners or Members. In the event MidCo requests to participate in a registration pursuant to this Section 1 in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the registration shall provide for resale by such partners or members, if requested by MidCo.

(i) Other Registration Rights. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company will not grant to any Person(s) the right to request the Company or any Subsidiary to register any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of MidCo; provided that, without the prior approval of MidCo, the Company may grant rights to employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries to participate in Piggyback Registrations so long as they sign a Joinder as an “Executive” and Holder of “Executive Registrable Securities” hereunder.

(j) Revocation of Demand Notice or Shelf Offering Notice. At any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to a Demand Registration or the “pricing” of any offering relating to a Shelf Offering Notice, MidCo may revoke or withdraw such notice of a Demand Registration or Shelf Offering Notice on behalf of all Holders participating in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering without liability to such Holders, in each case by providing written notice to the Company.

(k) Confidentiality. Each Holder agrees to treat as confidential the receipt of any notice hereunder (including notice of a Demand Registration, a Shelf Offering Notice and a Suspension Notice) and the information contained therein, and not to disclose or use the information contained in any such notice (or the existence thereof) without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally (other than as a result of disclosure by such Holder in breach of the terms of this Agreement).

Section 2 Piggyback Registrations.

(a) Right to Piggyback. Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act (including primary and secondary registrations, and other than pursuant to an Excluded Registration) (a “Piggyback Registration”), the Company will give prompt written notice (and in any event within three (3) Business Days after the public filing of the registration statement relating to the Piggyback Registration) to all Holders of its intention to effect such Piggyback Registration and the proposed means of distribution and the proposed managing underwriter(s) (if any) and, subject to the terms of Section 2(b) and Section 2(c), will include in such Piggyback Registration (and in all related registrations or qualifications under blue sky laws and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after delivery of the Company’s notice; provided that the Company shall not be required to provide such notice or include any Registrable Securities in such registration if MidCo elects not to include any MidCo Registrable Securities in such registration, unless MidCo otherwise consents in writing. MidCo may withdraw its request for inclusion at any time prior to executing the underwriting agreement, or if none, prior to the applicable registration statement becoming effective. If MidCo decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any Piggyback Registration, MidCo shall continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent Piggyback Registration.

 

 

-4-


(b) Priority on Primary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell; (ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any Holder which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder; and (iii) third, other securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if any Holders of Executive Registrable Securities have requested to include such securities in a Piggyback Registration that is an underwritten primary offering on behalf of the Company and the managing underwriters for such offering advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the inclusion of some or all of such Executive Registrable Securities could adversely affect the marketability, proposed offering price, timing and/or method of distribution of the offering, the Company shall first exclude from such offering the number (which may be all) of such Executive Registrable Securities identified by the managing underwriters as having any such adverse effect prior to the exclusion of any securities in such offering.

(c) Priority on Secondary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s equity securities (other than pursuant to Section 1 hereof), and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the securities requested to be included therein by the holders initially requesting such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect; (ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holder which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder; and (iv) third, other securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if any Holders of Executive Registrable Securities have requested to include such securities in a Piggyback Registration that is an underwritten secondary offering and the managing underwriters for such offering advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the inclusion of some or all of such Executive Registrable Securities could adversely affect the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company shall be permitted to first exclude from such offering the number (which may be all) of such Executive Registrable Securities identified by the managing underwriters as having any such adverse effect prior to the exclusion of any securities in such offering.

(d) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company will have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2, whether or not any Holder of Registrable Securities has elected to include securities in such registration; provided that MidCo may continue the registration as a Demand Registration pursuant to the terms of Section 1.

(e) Selection of Underwriters. If any Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering, MidCo shall select the legal counsel for the Company, the investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering.

 

-5-


Section 3 Shareholder Lock-Up Agreements and Company Holdback Agreement.

(a) Shareholder Lock-up Agreements. In connection with any underwritten Public Offering, each Holder will enter into any lock-up, holdback or similar agreements requested by the underwriter(s) managing such offering, in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by MidCo. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Holder hereby agrees that in connection with the initial Public Offering and in connection with any Demand Registration, Shelf Offering or Piggyback Registration that is an underwritten Public Offering, not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (including sales pursuant to Rule 144), directly or indirectly, any equity securities of the Company (including equity securities of the Company that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such Holder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC) (collectively, “Securities”), or any securities, options or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Securities (collectively, “Other Securities”), (ii) enter into a transaction which would have the same effect as described in clause (i) above, (iii) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences or ownership of any Securities or Other Securities, whether such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such Securities or Other Securities, in cash or otherwise (each of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, a “Sale Transaction”) or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to enter into any Sale Transaction, commencing on the date on which the Company gives notice to the Holders that a preliminary prospectus has been circulated for such underwritten Public Offering or the “pricing” of such offering and continuing to the date that is (x) 180 days following the date of the final prospectus for such underwritten Public Offering in the case of the initial Public Offering or (y) 90 days following the date of the final prospectus in the case of any other such underwritten Public Offering (each such period, or such shorter period as agreed to by the managing underwriters, a “Holdback Period”), in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by MidCo. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to any Securities or Other Securities subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 3(a) until the end of such Holdback Period.

(b) Company Holdback Agreement. The Company (i) will not file any registration statement for a Public Offering or cause any such registration statement to become effective, or effect any public sale or distribution of its Securities or Other Securities during any Holdback Period (other than as part of such underwritten Public Offering, or a registration on Form F-4, Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form which is (x) then in effect or (y) shall become effective upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Other Securities) and (ii) will cause each holder of Securities and Other Securities (including each of its directors and executive officers/presidents) to agree not to effect any Sale Transaction during any Holdback Period, except as part of such underwritten registration (if otherwise permitted), unless approved in writing by MidCo and the underwriters managing the Public Offering and to enter into any lock-up, holdback or similar agreements requested by the underwriter(s) managing such offering, in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by MidCo.

Section 4 Registration Procedures.

(a) Company Obligations. Whenever the Holders have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement or have initiated a Shelf Offering, the Company will use its best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company will as expeditiously as possible:

 

-6-


(i) prepare and file with (or submit confidentially to) the SEC a registration statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and related prospectuses, with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, all in accordance with the Securities Act and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; provided that before filing or confidentially submitting a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will furnish to the counsel selected by MidCo covered by such registration statement and in accordance with Section 5 copies of all such documents proposed to be filed or submitted, which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such counsel;

(ii) notify each Holder of (A) the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (B) the receipt by the Company or its counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (C) the effectiveness of each registration statement filed hereunder;

(iii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period ending when all of the securities covered by such registration statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement (but not in any event before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten Public Offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sale of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer) and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

(iv) furnish, without charge, to each seller of Registrable Securities thereunder and each underwriter, if any, such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) (in each case including all exhibits and documents incorporated by reference therein), each amendment and supplement thereto, each Free Writing Prospectus and such other documents as such seller or underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (the Company hereby consenting to the use in accordance with all applicable laws of each such registration statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto, and each such prospectus (or preliminary prospectus or supplement thereto) or Free Writing Prospectus by each such seller of Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or prospectus);

(v) use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (provided that the Company will not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph or (B) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or (C) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction);

 

-7-


(vi) notify in writing each seller of such Registrable Securities (A) promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the date and time when such registration statement and each post-effective amendment thereto has become effective or a prospectus or supplement to any prospectus relating to a registration statement has been filed and when any registration or qualification has become effective under a state securities or blue sky law or any exemption thereunder has been obtained, (B) promptly after receipt thereof, of any request by the SEC for the amendment or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or for additional information, and (C) at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event or of any information or circumstances as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, subject to Section 1(f), if required by applicable law or to the extent requested by MidCo, the Company will use its best efforts to promptly prepare and file a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company in any underwriting agreement, securities sale agreement, or other similar agreement, relating to the offering shall cease to be true and correct;

(vii) (A) use best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if not so listed, to be listed on a securities exchange and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to arrange for at least two market markers to register as such with respect to such Registrable Securities with FINRA, and (B) comply (and continue to comply) with the requirements of any self-regulatory organization applicable to the Company, including without limitation all corporate governance requirements;

(viii) use best efforts to provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(ix) enter into and perform such customary agreements (including, as applicable, underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as MidCo or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, making available the executive officers/presidents of the Company and participating in “road shows,” investor presentations, marketing events and other selling efforts and effecting a share or unit split or combination, recapitalization or reorganization);

(x) make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition or sale pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate and business documents and properties of the Company as will be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers/presidents, directors, employees, agents, representatives and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement and the disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant thereto;

(xi) take all actions to ensure that any Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration or Shelf Offering hereunder complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, prospectus supplement and related documents, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

-8-


(xii) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(xiii) permit any Holder which, in its sole and exclusive judgment, might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling person of the Company, to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to allow such Holder to provide language for insertion therein, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, which in the reasonable judgment of such Holder and its counsel should be included;

(xiv) use best efforts to (A) make Short-Form Registration available for the sale of Registrable Securities and (B) prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or the issuance of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any Ordinary Shares included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction use, and in the event any such order is issued, best efforts to obtain promptly the withdrawal of such order;

(xv) use its best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(xvi) cooperate with the Holders covered by the registration statement and the managing underwriter or agent, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends (or arrange for book entry transfer of securities in the case of uncertificated securities), and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter, or agent, if any, or such Holders may request at least two (2) Business Days prior to any proposed sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters;

(xvii) if requested by any managing underwriter, include in any prospectus or prospectus supplement updated financial or business information for the Company’s most recent period or current quarterly period (including estimated results or ranges of results) if required for purposes of marketing the offering in the view of the managing underwriter;

(xviii) take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that to the extent that any prohibition is applicable to the Company, the Company will take such action as is necessary to make any such prohibition inapplicable;

(xix) (A) cooperate with each Holder covered by the registration statement and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with the preparation and filing of applications, notices, registrations and responses to requests for additional information with FINRA, the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq or any other national securities exchange on which the Ordinary Shares are or are to be listed, and (B) to the extent required by the rules and regulations of FINRA, retain a Qualified Independent Underwriter acceptable to the managing underwriter;

 

-9-


(xx) in the case of any underwritten offering, use its best efforts to obtain, and deliver to the underwriter(s), in the manner and to the extent provided for in the applicable underwriting agreement, one or more cold comfort letters from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters;

(xxi) use its best efforts to provide (A) a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel, dated the effective date of such registration statement addressed to the Company, (B) on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a Demand Registration or Shelf Offering, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the closing date of the applicable sale, (1) one or more legal opinions of the Company’s outside counsel, dated such date, in form and substance as customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering or, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the broker, placement agent or other agent of the Holders assisting in the sale of the Registrable Securities and (2) one or more “negative assurances letters” of the Company’s outside counsel, dated such date, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering or, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the broker, placement agent or other agent of the Holders assisting in the sale of the Registrable Securities, in each case, addressed to the underwriters, if any, or, if requested, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the broker, placement agent or other agent of the Holders assisting in the sale of the Registrable Securities and (3) customary certificates executed by authorized officers of the Company as may be requested by any Holder or any underwriter of such Registrable Securities;

(xxii) if the Company files an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering any Registrable Securities, use its best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405)) during the period during which such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective;

(xxiii) if the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is filed, pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold;

(xxiv) if the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at the end of the third year, refile a new Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities, and, if at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, use its best efforts to refile the Shelf Registration Statement on Form F-3 or Form S-3, as applicable, and, if such form is not available, Form F-1 or Form S-1, as applicable, and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective pursuant to this Agreement; and

(xxv) if requested by MidCo, cooperate with MidCo and with the managing underwriter or agent, if any, on reasonable notice to facilitate any Charitable Gifting Event and to prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to permit any such recipient Charitable Organization to sell in the underwritten offering if it so elects.

 

-10-


(b) Officer Obligations. Each Holder that is an officer or president of the Company agrees that if and for so long as he or she is employed by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, he or she will participate fully in the sale process in a manner customary for persons in like positions and consistent with his or her other duties with the Company, including the preparation of the registration statement and the preparation and presentation of any road shows.

(c) Automatic Shelf Registration Statements. If the Company files any Automatic Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, and MidCo does not request that its Registrable Securities be included in such Shelf Registration Statement, the Company agrees that, at the request of MidCo, it will include in such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B in order to ensure that MidCo may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment. If the Company has filed any Automatic Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, the Company shall, at the request of MidCo, file any post-effective amendments necessary to include therein all disclosure and language necessary to ensure that the holders of Registrable Securities may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement.

(d) Additional Information. The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish the Company such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing, as a condition to such seller’s participation in such registration.

(e) In-Kind Distributions. If MidCo (and/or any of its Affiliates) seeks to effectuate an in-kind distribution of all or part of its Registrable Securities to its direct or indirect equityholders, the Company will, subject to any applicable lock-ups, reasonably cooperate with and assist MidCo, such equityholders and the Company’s transfer agent to facilitate such in-kind distribution in the manner reasonably requested by MidCo (including (i) the delivery of instruction letters by the Company or its counsel to the Company’s transfer agent, the delivery of customary legal opinions by counsel to the Company and the delivery of Ordinary Shares without restrictive legends, to the extent no longer applicable, and (ii) if requested by MidCo, entering into one or more Joinders with the direct or indirect equityholders of MidCo that obtain Ordinary Shares in such in-kind distributions (including in-kind distributions by such indirect equityholders) and such Ordinary Shares shall become the category of Registrable Securities (i.e., MidCo Registrable Securities, Other Investor Registrable Securities or Executive Registrable Securities) requested by MidCo).

(f) Suspended Distributions. Each Person participating in a registration hereunder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 4(a)(vi), such Person will immediately discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement until such Person’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by Section 4(a)(vi), subject to the Company’s compliance with its obligations under Section 4(a)(vi).

(g) Registrable Securities Transactions. If requested by any Holder in connection with any transaction involving any Registrable Securities (including any sale or other transfer of such securities without registration under the Securities Act, any margin loan with respect to such securities and any pledge of such securities), the Company agrees to provide such Holder with customary and reasonable assistance to facilitate such transaction, including, without limitation, (i) such action as such Holder may reasonably request from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act and (ii) entering into an “issuer’s agreement” in connection with any margin loan with respect to such securities in customary form.

 

-11-


(h) Other. To the extent that MidCo is or may be deemed to be an “underwriter” of Registrable Securities pursuant to any SEC comments or policies, the Company agrees that (i) the indemnification and contribution provisions contained in Section 6 shall be applicable to the benefit of MidCo in its role as an underwriter or deemed underwriter in addition to its capacity as a Holder and (ii) MidCo shall be entitled to conduct the due diligence which an underwriter would normally conduct in connection with an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, including without limitation receipt of customary opinions and comfort letters addressed to MidCo.

Section 5 Registration Expenses.

Except as expressly provided herein, all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company or MidCo in connection with the performance of or compliance with this Agreement and/or in connection with any Demand Registration, Piggyback Registration or Shelf Offering, whether or not the same shall become effective, shall be paid by the Company, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC or FINRA, (ii) all fees and expenses in connection with compliance with any securities or “blue sky” laws (including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (iii) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company or other depositary and of printing prospectuses and Free Writing Prospectuses), (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of all independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and cold comfort letters required by or incident to such performance), (v) Securities Act liability insurance or similar insurance if the Company so desires or the underwriters so require in accordance with then-customary underwriting practice, (vi) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange on which similar securities of the Company are then listed (or on which exchange the Registrable Securities are proposed to be listed in the case of the initial Public Offering), (vii) all applicable rating agency fees with respect to the Registrable Securities, (viii) all fees and disbursements of legal counsel for the Company, (ix) all reasonable fees and disbursements of one legal counsel for selling Holders selected by MidCo (which may be the same counsel as selected for the Company) together with any necessary local counsel as may be required by MidCo, (x) any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, (xi) all fees and expenses of any special experts or other Persons retained by the Company or MidCo in connection with any Registration, (xii) all of the Company’s internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers/presidents and employees performing legal or accounting duties) and (xiii) all expenses related to the “road-show” for any underwritten offering, including all travel, meals and lodging. All such expenses are referred to herein as “Registration Expenses.” The Company shall not be required to pay, and each Person that sells securities pursuant to a Demand Registration, Shelf Offering or Piggyback Registration hereunder will bear and pay, all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the Registrable Securities sold for such Person’s account and all transfer taxes (if any) attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

Section 6 Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) By the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law and without limitation as to time, each Holder, such Holder’s officers/presidents, directors, employees, agents, fiduciaries, shareholders, managers, partners, members, affiliates, direct and indirect equityholders, consultants and representatives, and any successors and assigns thereof, and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such holder (the “Indemnified Parties”) against all losses, claims, actions, damages, liabilities (joint or several), costs, judgments, fines, penalties, charges, amounts paid in settlement and expenses (including

 

-12-


with respect to actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, and including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) (collectively, “Losses”) caused by, resulting from, arising out of, based upon or related to any of the following (each, a “Violation”) by the Company: (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in (A) any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (B) any application or other document or communication (in this Section 6, collectively called an “application”) executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration under the “blue sky” or securities laws thereof, (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of any such prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any other similar federal or state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance. In addition, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such Losses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Losses result from, arise out of, are based upon, or relate to an untrue statement, or omission, made in such registration statement, any such prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information prepared and furnished in writing to the Company by such Indemnified Party expressly for use therein or by such Indemnified Party’s failure to deliver a copy of the registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Company has furnished such Indemnified Party with a sufficient number of copies of the same. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company will indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors, and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Indemnified Parties or as otherwise agreed to in the underwriting agreement executed in connection with such underwritten offering. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Indemnified Party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller.

(b) By Holders. In connection with any registration statement in which a Holder is participating, each such Holder will furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, will indemnify the Company, its officers/presidents, directors, employees, agents and representatives, and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company against any Losses resulting from (as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction) any untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of any such prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use therein; provided that the obligation to indemnify will be individual, not joint and several, for each Holder and will be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement in the offering giving rise to such liability.

 

-13-


(c) Claim Procedure. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice will not release the indemnifying party from its obligation, except to the extent that the indemnifying party has been actually and materially prejudiced by such failure to provide such notice on a timely basis)) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. In such instance, the conflicted indemnified parties will have a right to retain one separate counsel, chosen by the majority of the conflicted indemnified parties involved in the indemnification and approved by MidCo, at the expense of the indemnifying party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 6.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to, or is insufficient to hold harmless, an indemnified party or is otherwise unenforceable with respect to any Loss referred to herein, then such indemnifying party will contribute to the amounts paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such Loss, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Loss as well as any other relevant equitable considerations or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) of this Section 6(d) is not permitted by applicable law, then in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative fault but also the relative benefit of the Company on the one hand and of the sellers of Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other in connection with the statement or omissions which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that the maximum amount of liability in respect of such contribution will be limited, in the case of each seller of Registrable Securities, to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to such registration. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party will be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue (or, as applicable alleged) untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if the contribution pursuant to this Section 6(d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account such equitable considerations. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to herein will be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim which is the subject hereof. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e) Release. No indemnifying party will, except with the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

 

-14-


(f) Non-exclusive Remedy; Survival. The indemnification and contribution provided for under this Agreement will be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution that any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract (and the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be considered the indemnitors of first resort in all such circumstances to which this Section 6 applies) and will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer/president, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and will survive the transfer of Registrable Securities and the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

Section 7 Cooperation with Underwritten Offerings.

No Person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including, without limitation, pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the underwriters); provided that no Holder will be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities such Holder has requested to include in such registration and (ii) completes, executes and delivers all questionnaires, powers of attorney, stock powers, custody agreements, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents and agreements required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements or as may be reasonably requested by the Company and the lead managing underwriter(s). To the extent that any such agreement is entered into pursuant to, and consistent with, Section 3, Section 4 and/or this Section 7, the respective rights and obligations created under such agreement will supersede the respective rights and obligations of the Holders, the Company and the underwriters created hereby with respect to such registration.

Section 8 Subsidiary Public Offering.

If, after an initial Public Offering of the common equity securities of one of its Subsidiaries, the Company distributes securities of such Subsidiary to its equityholders, then the rights and obligations of the Company pursuant to this Agreement will apply, mutatis mutandis, to such Subsidiary, and the Company will cause such Subsidiary to comply with such Subsidiary’s obligations under this Agreement as if it were the Company hereunder.

Section 9 Current Public Information.

At all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the SEC pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, the Company will file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and will take such further action as MidCo may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such Holders to sell Registrable Securities, unless otherwise agreed by MidCo.

Section 10 Joinder.

The Company may from time to time (with the prior written consent of MidCo) permit any Person who acquires Ordinary Shares (or rights to acquire Ordinary Shares) to become a party to this Agreement and to be entitled to and be bound by all of the rights and obligations as a Holder by obtaining an executed joinder to this Agreement from such Person in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (a “Joinder”). Upon the execution and delivery of a Joinder by such Person, the Ordinary Shares held by such Person shall become the category of Registrable Securities (i.e., MidCo Registrable Securities, Other Investor Registrable Securities or Executive Registrable Securities), and such Person shall be deemed the category of Holder (i.e., MidCo, Other Investor or Executive), in each case as set forth on the signature page to such Joinder.

Section 11 General Provisions.

(a) Amendments and Waivers. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and MidCo; provided that no such amendment, modification or waiver that would treat a specific Holder or group of Holders of Registrable Securities (i.e., MidCo, Other Investors or Executives) in a manner materially and adversely different than any other Holder or group of Holders will be effective against such Holder or group of Holders without the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities

 

-15-


that are held by the group of Holders that is materially and adversely affected thereby. The failure or delay of any Person to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement will in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and will not affect the right of such Person thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. A waiver or consent to or of any breach or default by any Person in the performance by that Person of his, her or its obligations under this Agreement will not be deemed to be a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that Person of the same or any other obligations of that Person under this Agreement.

(b) Remedies. The parties to this Agreement will be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that a breach of this Agreement would cause irreparable harm and money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any such breach and that, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing hereunder, any party will be entitled to specific performance and/or other injunctive relief from any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement. The parties to this Agreement agree not to assert that a remedy of specific performance or other equitable relief is unenforceable, invalid, contrary to law or inequitable for any reason, and not to assert that a remedy of monetary damages would provide an adequate remedy or that the parties otherwise have an adequate remedy at law. The parties to this Agreement acknowledge and agree that any party seeking an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in accordance with this Section 11(b) shall not be required to provide any bond or other security in connection with such order or injunction.

(c) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or regulation in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

(d) Entire Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement contains the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(e) Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and permitted assigns and the Holders and their respective successors and permitted assigns (whether so expressed or not).

(f) Notices. Any notice, demand or other communication to be given under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be either personally delivered, sent by reputable, internationally recognized overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or sent by email. Notices will be deemed to have been given hereunder when delivered personally or by courier or at the time of transmission when sent by email to the relevant address in this Section 11(f). Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to the Company at the address specified below and to any Holder at the address specified on the signature pages hereto, or at such address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any party may change such party’s address for receipt of notice by giving prior written notice of the change to the sending party as provided herein. The Company’s address is:

 

-16-


Birkenstock Holding plc

1-2 Berkeley Square

London W1J 6EA

United Kingdom

Attn: General Counsel

Email:

with a copy (which shall not constitute written notice) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

 

  Attn:    

Joshua N. Korff, P.C.

      

Ross M. Leff, P.C.

      

Zoey Hitzert

  Email:    

[***]

      

[***]

      

[***]

(g) Business Days. If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day that is not a Business Day, the time period will automatically be extended to the Business Day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

(h) Governing Law. The corporate law of the Bailiwick of Jersey will govern all issues and questions concerning the relative rights of the Company and its equityholders. All other issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York. In furtherance of the foregoing, the internal law of the State of New York will control the interpretation and construction of this Agreement (and all schedules and exhibits hereto), even though under that jurisdiction’s choice of law or conflict of law analysis, the substantive law of some other jurisdiction would ordinarily apply.

(i) MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(j) CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH OF THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, FOR THE PURPOSES OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ANY PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR DOCUMENT BY U.S. REGISTERED MAIL TO SUCH PARTY’S RESPECTIVE ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTERS TO WHICH IT HAS SUBMITTED TO JURISDICTION IN THIS PARAGRAPH. EACH OF THE PARTIES

 

-17-


HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE, AND HEREBY AND THEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

(k) No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company and each Holder agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement, will be had against any current or future director, officer/president, employee, general or limited partner or member of any Holder or any Affiliate or assignee thereof, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever will attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future officer/president, agent or employee of any Holder or any current or future member of any Holder or any current or future director, officer/president, employee, partner or member of any Holder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such for any obligation of any Holder under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

(l) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement will be by way of example rather than by limitation.

(m) No Strict Construction. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party.

(n) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signature of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

(o) Electronic Delivery. This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent executed and delivered by means of a photographic, photostatic, facsimile or similar reproduction of such signed writing using a facsimile machine or electronic mail will be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and will be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto will re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument will raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

(p) Further Assurances. In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Holder agrees to execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

-18-


(q) Dividends, Recapitalizations, Etc. If at any time or from time to time there is any change in the capital structure of the Company by way of a share split, share dividend, combination or reclassification, or through a merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment will be made in the provisions hereof so that the rights and privileges granted hereby will continue.

(r) No Third-Party Beneficiaries. No term or provision of this Agreement is intended to be, or shall be, for the benefit of any Person not a party hereto, and no such other Person shall have any right or cause of action hereunder, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

* * * * *

 

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

BIRKENSTOCK HOLDING PLC
By:  

 

Its:  

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


BK LC LUX MIDCO S.À R.L.
By:  

 

Its:  

 

Address:
40, avenue Monterey
L-2163 Luxembourg
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg
Attn:   Nik Thukral
  Dan Reid
Email:   [***]
  [***]
with a copy (which shall not constitute written notice) to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attn:   Joshua N. Korff, P.C.
  Ross M. Leff, P.C.
  Zoey Hitzert
Email:   [***]
  [***]
  [***]

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such Person and, in the case of an individual, also includes any member of such individual’s Family Group; provided that the Company and its Subsidiaries will not be deemed to be Affiliates of any holder of Registrable Securities. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) will mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise).

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

Business Day” means a day that is not a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banks in New York City are authorized or requested by law to close.

Charitable Gifting Event” means any transfer by MidCo, or any subsequent transfer by such holder’s members, partners or other employees, in connection with a bona fide gift to any Charitable Organization on the date of, but prior to, the execution of the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with any underwritten offering.

Charitable Organization” means a charitable organization as described by Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as in effect from time to time.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall include its successor(s).

Demand Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

End of Suspension Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(ii).

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Registration” means any registration (i) pursuant to a Demand Registration (which is addressed in Section 1(a)) or (ii) in connection with registrations on Form F-4, S-4 or S-8 promulgated by the SEC or any successor or similar forms).

Executives” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Executive Registrable Securities” means, irrespective of which Person holds such securities, any Ordinary Shares held by the Persons who are listed as “Executives” on the signature page hereto or to a Joinder, whether acquired before or after the date of this Agreement.

Family Group” means, with respect to any natural Person, (i) such Person, (ii) the spouse and issue of such Person (whether natural or adopted), (iii) the parents of such Person (whether natural or adopted), (iv) assuming such Person were or is deceased, the descendants of such Person (whether natural or adopted), (v) the former spouse of such Person and (vi) (A) any one or more trusts solely for the benefit of any one or more of the Persons described in clause (i) through clause (v) above or (B) any one or more other entities (including limited liability partnerships, limited liability companies, limited partnerships or other entities) all of whose beneficial owners are Persons described in clauses (i) through (v) above.

 

A-1


FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Free Writing Prospectus” means a free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.

Holdback Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

Holder” means a holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement (including by way of Joinder) and the Permitted Transferees of such holders.

Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

Joinder” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a).

Long-Form Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

MidCo” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

MidCo Registrable Securities” means (i) any Ordinary Shares held (directly or indirectly) by MidCo or any of its Affiliates, and (ii) any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of dividend, distribution, split or combination of securities, or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Ordinary Shares” means the Company’s ordinary shares, no par value per share.

Other Investor Registrable Securities” means (i) any Ordinary Shares held (directly or indirectly) by any Other Investors or any of their Affiliates, whether acquired before or, if issued to the Other Investor by the Company, after the date of this Agreement, including Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon exercise of any other securities of the Company, whether vested or unvested, and (ii) any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of dividend, distribution, split or combination of securities, or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Other Investors” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Other Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

Permitted Transferee” means with respect to any Holder, any Affiliate of such Holder that agrees to become party to, and be bound to the same extent as its transferor by, the terms of this Agreement.

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an estate, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof or other enterprise or entity of any kind or nature.

Piggyback Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

 

A-2


Public Offering” means any sale or distribution by the Company, one of its Subsidiaries and/or Holders to the public of Ordinary Shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act.

Registrable Securities” means MidCo Registrable Securities, Other Investor Registrable Securities and Executive Registrable Securities. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been (a) sold or distributed pursuant to a Public Offering, (b) sold in compliance with Rule 144 following the consummation of the initial Public Offering or (c) repurchased by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities, and the Registrable Securities will be deemed to be in existence, whenever such Person has the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, such Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected, and such Person will be entitled to exercise the rights of a holder of Registrable Securities hereunder (it being understood that a holder of Registrable Securities may only request that Registrable Securities in the form of Ordinary Shares be registered pursuant to this Agreement). Registrable Securities other than MidCo Registrable Securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when the Holder of such Ordinary Shares (unless such Holder is an executive officer/president or director of the Company) ceases to hold at least three percent (3%) of the outstanding Common Equity of the Company, including securities exercisable for Ordinary Shares, whether vested or unvested, on an as-exercised basis.

Registration Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.

Rule 144”, “Rule 158”, “Rule 405”, “Rule 415”, “Rule 430B” and “Rule 462” mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision) by the SEC, as the same will be amended from time to time, or any successor rule then in force.

Sale Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Shelf Offering” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(i).

Shelf Offering Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(i).

Shelf Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

Shelf Registrable Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(i).

Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d).

Short-Form Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

 

A-3


Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the limited liability company, partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons will be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons will be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or will be or control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

Suspension Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(ii).

Suspension Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(ii).

Suspension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(i).

Violation” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

WKSI” means a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined under Rule 405.

 

A-4


EXHIBIT B

The undersigned is executing and delivering this Joinder pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of , 20 (as amended, modified and waived from time to time, the “Registration Agreement”), among Birkenstock Holding plc, a Jersey public limited company (the “Company”), and the other persons named as parties therein (including pursuant to other Joinders). Capitalized terms used herein have the meaning set forth in the Registration Agreement.

By executing and delivering this Joinder to the Company, the undersigned hereby agrees to become a party to, to be bound by, and to comply with the provisions of, the Registration Agreement as a Holder in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Registration Agreement, and the undersigned will be deemed for all purposes to be a Holder, an [Other Investor // Executive] thereunder and the undersigned’s Ordinary Shares will be deemed for all purposes to be [Other Investor // Executive] Registrable Securities under the Registration Agreement.

Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder as of the ___ day of ____________, 20___.

 

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

Agreed and Accepted as of

________________, 20___:

BIRKENSTOCK HOLDING PLC

By: ________________________

Its: ________________________

 

B-1

Exhibit 10.9

SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, this “Agreement”), dated as of , 2023, between Birkenstock Holding plc, a Jersey public limited company with company number 148522 (the “Issuer”), and BK LC Lux MidCo S.à r.l., a private limited liability company (société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg (“MidCo” and together with any other shareholders of the Issuer who become party hereto in accordance with this Agreement, the “Shareholders”).

WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation by the Issuer of an IPO (as defined herein), the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to govern certain of their rights, duties and obligations with respect to their ownership of Equity Securities (as defined herein) after consummation of the IPO.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties mutually agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND USAGE

Section 1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

beneficial ownership” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that no Shareholder shall be deemed to beneficially own any securities of the Issuer held by any other Shareholder solely by virtue of the provisions of this Agreement (other than this definition which shall be deemed to be read for this purpose without the proviso hereto). The terms “beneficially own” and “beneficial owner” shall have correlative meanings.

Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Issuer.

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all, of the assets of the Issuer to any “person” or “group” (as such terms are defined in Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than to L Catterton or any of its Affiliates (collectively, the “Permitted Holders”);

(b) any person or group, other than one or more of the Permitted Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting shares or interests, as applicable, of the Issuer (or any entity which controls the Issuer or which is a successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer), including by way of merger, recapitalization, reorganization, redemption, issuance of share capital, consolidation, tender or exchange offer or otherwise; or

 


(c) a merger of the Issuer with or into another Person (other than one of more of the Permitted Holders) in which the voting shareholders of the Issuer immediately prior to such merger cease to hold at least 50% of the voting shares of the Issuer (or the surviving corporation or ultimate parent) immediately following such merger;

provided that, in each case under clause (a), (b) or (c), no Change of Control shall occur unless the Permitted Holders in such transaction cease to have the ability, without the approval of any Person who is not a Permitted Holder, to elect more members of the Board of Directors or other governing body of the Issuer (or the resulting entity) than any other shareholder or group of affiliated shareholders, and in no event shall a Change of Control be deemed to include any transaction effected for the purpose of (i) changing, directly or indirectly, the form of organization or the organizational structure of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) contributing assets or equity to entities controlled by the Issuer (or owned by the Issuer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Issuer).

Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

control” (including the terms “controlling” and “controlled”), with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of such subject Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise.

Covered Persons” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

Equity Security” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, and in any event, includes any security having the attendant right to vote for directors or similar representatives and any general or limited partner interest in any Person.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor law or statute, in each case together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

External Recipients” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

Fund Indemnitors” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

Internal Recipients” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

IPO” means the first underwritten Public Offering.

Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Issuer Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

 

2


Jersey Law” means the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, as amended.

L Catterton” means L Catterton Management Limited, an English private limited company.

Memorandum and Articles of Association” means the memorandum and articles of association of the Issuer, as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

MidCo” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Minimum Condition” means that MidCo, together with its Permitted Transferees, maintains, directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership of at least 50% of the issued and outstanding Equity Securities, as adjusted for any share split, share dividend, reverse share split, recapitalization, business combination, reclassification or similar event, in each case with such adjustment being determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

Percentage Interest” means, with respect to any Shareholder and as of any date of determination, a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the number of Equity Securities held or beneficially owned by such Shareholder as of such date and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Equity Securities issued and outstanding as of such date.

Permitted Holders” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Change of Control.”

Permitted Recipients” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

Permitted Transferee” means with respect to any Shareholder, any Affiliate of such Shareholder, or any fund or account managed or advised (or sub-managed or sub-advised) by any Shareholder or any Affiliate of a Shareholder. For the avoidance of doubt, L Catterton and its Affiliates and any fund or account managed or advised (or sub-managed or sub-advised) by L Catterton of any of its Affiliates shall be a Permitted Transferee.

Person” means any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity.

Public Offering” means any public offering and sale of equity securities of the Issuer or any successor to the Issuer for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form F-4, S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) under the Securities Act.

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Shareholders” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

3


Shareholder Affiliated Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

Shareholder Designee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Shareholder Majority” means Shareholders having beneficial ownership of a majority of the Equity Securities beneficially owned by the Shareholders.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (ii) the outstanding equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

Transfer” means any sale, assignment, bequest, conveyance, devise, gift (outright or in trust), pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange, transfer or other disposition or act of alienation, whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law. The terms “Transferred” and “Transferring” have correlative meanings.

Voting Securities” means the Equity Securities and any other securities of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer which would entitle the holders thereof to vote with the holders of Equity Securities in the election of directors of the Issuer.

Section 1.2 Interpretation. In this Agreement and in the exhibits hereto, except to the extent that the context otherwise requires:

(a) the headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement;

(b) defined terms include the plural as well as the singular and vice versa;

(c) words importing gender include all genders;

(d) a reference to any statute or statutory provision shall be construed as a reference to the same as it may have been or may from time to time be amended, extended, re-enacted or consolidated and to all statutory instruments or orders made thereunder;

(e) any reference to a “day” shall mean the whole of such day, being the period of 24 hours running from midnight to midnight;

(f) references to Articles, Sections, subsections, clauses and Exhibits are references to Articles, Sections, subsections, clauses and Exhibits of and to, this Agreement;

(g) the words “including” and “include” and other words of similar import shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”; and

(h) unless otherwise specified, references to any party to this Agreement or any other document or agreement shall include its successors and permitted assigns.

 

4


ARTICLE II

TRANSFER

Section 2.1 Transfers and Joinders. If a Shareholder effects any Transfer of Equity Securities to a Permitted Transferee, such Permitted Transferee may, if not a Shareholder, execute a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto, in which such Permitted Transferee agrees to be a “Shareholder” for all purposes of this Agreement and which provides that such Permitted Transferee shall be bound by and shall fully comply with the terms of this Agreement.

Section 2.2 Binding Effect on Transferees. Subject to execution of a joinder to this Agreement, such Permitted Transferee shall become a Shareholder hereunder.

Section 2.3 Memorandum and Articles of Association Provisions. The parties hereto shall use their respective reasonable efforts (including voting or causing to be voted all of the Voting Securities held of record by such party or beneficially owned by such party by virtue of having voting power over such Voting Securities) so as to prevent any amendment to the Issuer’s Memorandum and Articles of Association as in effect as of the date hereof that would (a) add restrictions to the transferability of the Voting Securities by any Shareholder or its Permitted Transferees at the time of such an amendment, which restrictions are beyond those then provided for in the Memorandum and Articles of Association, this Agreement or applicable securities laws or (b) nullify any of the rights of any Shareholder or its Permitted Transferees at the time of such amendment, which rights are explicitly provided for in this Agreement, unless, in each such case, such amendment shall have been approved by such Shareholder.

Section 2.4 Unlawful Fetter. The Issuer shall not be bound by any provision of this Agreement to the extent that it constitutes an unlawful fetter on any statutory power of the Company. This shall not affect the validity of the relevant provisions as between the other parties to this Agreement.

ARTICLE III

BOARD REPRESENTATION

Section 3.1 Nominees.

(a) The Issuer and each Shareholder shall take all reasonable actions within their respective control (including voting or causing to be voted all of the Voting Securities held of record by such Shareholder or beneficially owned by such Shareholder by virtue of having voting power over such Voting Securities, and, with respect to the Issuer, as provided in Section 3.1(b), Section 3.1(c) and Section 3.1(d)) so as to cause to be elected to the Board of Directors, and to cause to continue in office, at any given time, a number of individuals designated by a Shareholder Majority (each, a “Shareholder Designee”) equal to:

(i) for so long as the Minimum Condition is satisfied, such number of individuals constituting a majority of the Board of Directors; and

 

5


(ii) for so long as the Minimum Condition is not satisfied but the Percentage Interest of the Shareholders and their Permitted Transferees is at least five percent (5%), the Percentage Interest of the Shareholders multiplied by the total number of directors comprising the Board of Directors and rounded up to the nearest whole number.

(b) The Issuer agrees to (i) include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board of Directors the Shareholder Designees and to use its reasonable best efforts to cause the election of each such Shareholder Designee to the Board of Directors, including nominating each such Shareholder Designee to be elected as a director, recommending such Shareholder Designee’s election and soliciting proxies or consents in favor thereof, in each case subject to applicable law, and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to cause each class of the Board of Directors to include, to the extent practicable, at least one Shareholder Designee. In the event that the Shareholder Majority has nominated fewer than the total number of designees that the Shareholder Majority shall be entitled to nominate pursuant to Section 3.1(a), the Shareholder Majority shall have the right, at any time, to nominate such additional designees to which it is entitled, in which case, the Shareholder Majority shall take all necessary corporate action, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including Jersey Law), to (x) enable the Shareholder Majority to nominate and effect the election or appointment of such additional individual(s) and (y) to designate such additional individual(s) nominated by the Shareholder Majority to fill such newly created vacancies or to fill any other existing vacancies.

(c) A Shareholder Designee may only be removed from the Board of Directors in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles of Association.

(d) In the event that a vacancy is created at any time by the death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal of any director who was a Shareholder Designee (notwithstanding any reduction in the number or percentage of Ordinary Shares that the Shareholder Majority then beneficially owns), the Issuer agrees to take at any time and from time to time all actions necessary to cause the vacancy created thereby to be filled as promptly as practicable by a new Shareholder Designee. No reduction in the number or percentage of Ordinary Shares that the Shareholder Majority beneficially owns shall shorten the term of any incumbent director on the Board of Directors who is a Shareholder Designee. Subject to the applicable provisions of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Issuer, the Shareholder Majority shall have the sole and exclusive right to (i) direct the other Shareholders to vote all their Equity Securities immediately for the removal of the Shareholder Majority’s Shareholder Designees and (ii) designate a Shareholder Designee (serving in the same class as the predecessor) to fill vacancies on the Board.

(e) The Issuer and its Subsidiaries shall reimburse the directors that are Shareholder Designees for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their duties as a director and in connection with their attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors or the board of directors of any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries, and any committees thereof, including, without limitation, travel, lodging and meal expenses. If the Issuer adopts a policy that directors own a minimum amount of equity in the Issuer, Shareholder Designees shall not be subject to such policy.

 

6


(f) The Issuer shall, for so long as any Shareholder Designee serves as a member of the Board of Directors, maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on terms and in an amount reasonable and customary and that provides coverage with respect to each such director; provided that upon such Shareholder Designee ceasing to serve on the Board of Directors for any reason, the Issuer shall take all actions reasonably necessary to extend such directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage for a period of not less than six (6) years from the time at which such Shareholder Designee ceases to serve on the Board of Directors in respect of any act or omission occurring at or prior to such time as the Shareholder Designee ceases to serve. The Issuer shall enter into an indemnification agreement with each Shareholder Designee serving as a Director substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto.

Section 3.2 Committees. For so long as this Agreement is in effect, the Issuer shall take all reasonable actions to cause to be appointed to any committee of the Board of Directors a number of Shareholder Designees that is up to the number of directors that is proportionate (rounding up to the next whole director) to the number of Shareholder Designees that the Shareholders are entitled to designate to the Board of Directors under this Agreement, to the extent such directors are permitted to serve on such committees under the applicable rules of the SEC and any applicable stock exchange. It is understood by the parties hereto that the Shareholders shall not have any obligation to appoint any Shareholder Designee to any committee of the Board of Directors and any failure to exercise such right in this section in a prior period shall not constitute any waiver of such right in a subsequent period.

ARTICLE IV

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 4.1 Right to Indemnification. The Issuer shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, each Shareholder, its Affiliates and its direct and indirect partners (including partners of partners and shareholders and members of partners), members, shareholders, managers, directors, officers, employees and agents and each Person who controls any of them within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (the “Covered Persons”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) sustained or suffered by any such Covered Person based upon, relating to, arising out of, or by reason of any third party or governmental claims relating to such Covered Person’s status as a shareholder or controlling person of the Issuer (including any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other U.S. federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, which relate directly or indirectly to the registration, purchase, sale or ownership of any Equity Securities of the Issuer or to any fiduciary obligation owed with respect thereto), including in connection with any third party or governmental action or claim relating to any action taken or omitted to be taken or alleged to have been taken or omitted to have been taken by any Covered Person as a shareholder or controlling person, including claims alleging so-called control person liability or securities law liability (any such claim, a “Claim”). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.3, the Issuer shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a Claim (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such Claim (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

7


Section 4.2 Prepayment of Expenses. To the extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Issuer shall pay the expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any Claim in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, to the extent required by applicable law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of such Claim shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by such Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that such Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this ARTICLE IV or otherwise.

Section 4.3 Claims. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this ARTICLE IV is not paid in full within 30 days after a written claim therefor by the Covered Person has been received by the Issuer, such Covered Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Issuer shall have the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

Section 4.4 Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this ARTICLE IV shall not be exclusive of any other rights that such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Memorandum and Articles of Association or any agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 4.5 Other Sources. Subject to Section 4.6, the Issuer’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person shall be reduced by any amount such Covered Person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from any other Person.

Section 4.6 Indemnitor of First Resort. The Issuer hereby acknowledges that the Covered Persons may have certain rights to advancement and/or indemnification by certain Affiliates of L Catterton (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). In all events, (i) the Issuer hereby agrees that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligation to a Covered Person to provide advancement and/or indemnification to such Covered Person are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors (including any Affiliate thereof other than the Issuer) to provide advancement or indemnification hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to contract, by-laws or charter or similar organizational documents), or any obligation of any insurer of the Fund Indemnitors to provide insurance coverage, for the same expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by such Covered Person are secondary and (ii) if any Fund Indemnitor (or any Affiliate thereof, other than the Issuer) pays or causes to be paid, for any reason, any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to contract, by-laws or charter) with such Covered Person, then (x) such Fund Indemnitor (or such Affiliate, as the case may be) shall be fully subrogated to all rights of such Covered Person with respect to such payment and (y) the Issuer shall fully indemnify, reimburse and hold harmless such Fund Indemnitor (or such other Affiliate, as the case may be) for all such payments actually made by such Fund Indemnitor (or such other Affiliate, as the case may be).

 

8


ARTICLE V

TERMINATION

Section 5.1 Term. The terms of this Agreement shall terminate, and be of no further force and effect:

(a) upon the mutual consent of all of the Shareholders party hereto;

(b) with respect to each Shareholder, if such Shareholder has Transferred all (but not less than all) of its Equity Securities;

(c) upon the winding-up, dissolution or liquidation of the Issuer; or

(d) upon the consummation of a Change of Control.

Section 5.2 Survival. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 5.1, this Agreement shall become void and of no further force and effect, except for: (i) the provisions set forth in this Section 5.2, Article IV, Section 7.4, Section 7.5 and Section 7.8 and (ii) the rights of the Shareholders with respect to the breach of any provision hereof by the Issuer, which shall, in each case of clauses (i) and (ii), survive the termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

Section 6.1 Obligation to Update Shareholders. The Issuer shall keep each Shareholder Designee serving as a director informed, on a current basis, of any events, discussions, notices or changes with respect to any tax (other than ordinary course communications which could not reasonably be expected to be material to the Issuer), criminal or regulatory investigation or action involving the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, and shall reasonably cooperate with the Shareholders, their members and their respective Affiliates in an effort to avoid or mitigate any cost or regulatory consequences to the Shareholders or their Affiliates that might arise from such investigation or action (including by reviewing written submissions in advance, attending meetings with authorities and coordinating and providing assistance in meeting with regulators).

Section 6.2 Information Sharing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Issuer hereby acknowledges and agrees that each of the Shareholders and their respective Affiliates, the Shareholder Designees or any officer of the Issuer that is an Affiliate of a Shareholder (each, a “Shareholder Affiliated Person”) may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, use for their own benefit and disclose to their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, representatives, agents and employees and professional advisers (the “Internal Recipients”) and, in the case of MidCo or any of its Affiliates, to (a) the investors, limited partners or members of MidCo or such Affiliates (and, to the extent required for such limited

 

9


partners’ or members’ internal reporting obligations, Affiliates of such limited partners or members), (b) persons who have expressed a bona fide interest in becoming investors, limited partners or members of MidCo or any of its Affiliates, (c) potential transferees of MidCo’s or any of its Affiliates’ equity securities in the Issuer, (d) potential participants in future transactions involving MidCo, any of its Affiliates or their related investment funds (potentially involving the Issuer or otherwise) and (e) such other persons as MidCo shall deem reasonably necessary in connection with the conduct of its or its Affiliates’ investment and business activities (the “External Recipients” and together with the Internal Recipients, the “Permitted Recipients”), any and all non-public information with respect to the Issuer or its Affiliates or Subsidiaries (including any Person in which the Issuer holds, or contemplates acquiring, an investment) (“Issuer Confidential Information”) that is in the possession of such Shareholder Affiliated Person on the date hereof or disclosed after the date of this Agreement to such Shareholder Affiliated Person by or on behalf of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries, provided that the Permitted Recipients agree to keep such Issuer Confidential Information confidential on the same terms that the applicable Shareholder requires with respect to its own confidential information; and provided further that the Shareholder Affiliated Persons and the Permitted Recipients may disclose any Issuer Confidential Information (x) that has become generally available to the public, was or has come into the possession of the relevant Shareholder Affiliated Person or Permitted Recipient on a non-confidential basis without a breach of any confidentiality obligations by such Person disclosing such Issuer Confidential Information, or has been independently developed by the Shareholder Affiliated Person or Permitted Recipient without use of the Issuer Confidential Information, (y) to the extent necessary in order to comply with any law, order, regulation or ruling applicable to the applicable Shareholder, such Shareholder Affiliated Person or Permitted Recipient, or to a regulatory agency with applicable jurisdiction, and (z) as may be required in response to any summons or subpoena or in connection with any litigation or arbitration, provided, in the case of clauses (y) and (z), that such Shareholder, Shareholder Affiliated Person or Permitted Recipient provides prior written notice of such required disclosure to the Issuer and takes all commercially reasonable and lawful actions to avoid and/or minimize the extent of such disclosure.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with documents contemplated hereby, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and fully supersede any and all prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof.

Section 7.2 Further Assurances. Each of the parties hereto does hereby covenant and agree on behalf of itself, its successors, and its assigns, without further consideration, to prepare, execute, acknowledge, file, record, publish, and deliver such other instruments, documents and statements, and to take such other actions as may be required by law or reasonably necessary to effectively carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.

Section 7.3 Notices. Any notice, consent, payment, demand, or communication required or permitted to be given by any provision of this Agreement shall be either personally delivered, sent by reputable, internationally recognized overnight courier service (charges

 

10


prepaid) or sent by email. Notices will be deemed to have been given hereunder when delivered personally or by courier or at the time of transmission when sent by email to the relevant address in this Section 7.3. Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to the Issuer at the address specified below and to any Shareholder at the address specified on the signature pages hereto, or at such address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any party may change such party’s address for receipt of notice by giving prior written notice of the change to the sending party as provided herein. The Issuer’s address is:

Birkenstock Holding plc

1-2 Berkeley Square

London W1J 6EA

United Kingdom

Attn: General Counsel

Email:

with a copy (which shall not constitute written notice) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Joshua N. Korff, P.C.

Ross M. Leff, P.C.

Zoey Hitzert

Email: [***]

   [***]

   [***]

Section 7.4 Applicable Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York. Any dispute relating hereto shall be heard in the state or federal courts of New York, and the parties agree to exclusive jurisdiction and venue therein and waive any objection based on venue or forum non conveniens with respect to any action instituted therein. THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 7.5 Equitable Remedies. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions and other equitable remedies to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in the state or federal courts of New York, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with respect to such remedy are hereby waived by each of the parties hereto. Each party further agrees that, in the event of any action for an injunction or other equitable remedy in respect of such breach or enforcement of specific performance, it will not assert the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

11


Section 7.6 Construction. This Agreement shall be construed as if all parties hereto prepared this Agreement.

Section 7.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and each such counterpart shall for all purposes be deemed an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same agreement.

Section 7.8 Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as set forth in ARTICLE IV nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the parties hereto (or their respective legal representatives, successors, heirs and distributees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or provision contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement is for the sole and exclusive benefit of such parties (or such legal representatives, successors, heirs and distributees) and for the benefit of no other Person.

Section 7.9 Binding Effect. Except as otherwise provided herein, all the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto. No Shareholder may assign any of its rights hereunder to any Person other than a Permitted Transferee. Each Permitted Transferee of any Shareholder shall be subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such shares such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits of and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no successor or assignee of the Issuer shall have any rights granted under this Agreement until such Person shall acknowledge its rights and obligations hereunder by a signed written statement of such Person’s acceptance of such rights and obligations.

Section 7.10 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement as applied to any party or to any circumstance, shall be adjudged by a court to be void, unenforceable or inoperative as a matter of law, then the same shall in no way affect any other provision in this Agreement, the application of such provision in any other circumstance or with respect to any other party, or the validity or enforceability of the Agreement as a whole.

Section 7.11 Adjustments Upon Change of Capitalization. In the event of any change in the outstanding Equity Securities, by reason of dividends, splits, reverse splits, spin-offs, split-ups, recapitalizations, combinations, exchanges of shares and the like, the term “Equity Securities” shall refer to and include the securities received or resulting therefrom, but only to the extent such securities are received in exchange for or in respect of Equity Securities.

Section 7.12 Amendments; Waivers.

(a) No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Issuer and a Shareholder Majority, or in the case of a waiver, by either the Issuer if such waiver is to be effective against the Issuer, or a Shareholder Majority, if such waiver is to be effective against the Shareholders; provided that any amendment or waiver that affects the rights or obligations of any Shareholder hereunder in a manner disproportionately adverse to such Shareholder as compared to the other Shareholders shall require the written consent of such Shareholder.

 

12


(b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Shareholders’ Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

 

BIRKENSTOCK HOLDING PLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Birkenstock Holding plc Shareholders’ Agreement]


BK LC LUX MIDCO S.À R.L.
By:  

 

Its:  

 

Address:
40, avenue Monterey
L-2163 Luxembourg
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg
Attn: Nik Thukral

Dan Reid

Email: [***]

    [***]

with a copy (which shall not constitute written notice) to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attn: Joshua N. Korff, P.C.

Ross M. Leff, P.C.

Zoey Hitzert

Email: [***]

    [***]

    [***]

[Signature Page to Birkenstock Holding plc Shareholders’ Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF JOINDER TO SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder Agreement”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “Joining Party”) in accordance with the Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of , 20 (the “Shareholders Agreement”) among Birkenstock Holding plc and certain other persons named therein, as the same may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to and a “Shareholder” under the Shareholders’ Agreement as of the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of the Shareholder from whom it has acquired Equity Securities (to the extent permitted by the Shareholders’ Agreement) as if it had executed the Shareholders’ Agreement. The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

Date: ___________ ___, 20___

 

[NAME OF JOINING PARTY]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
  Address for Notices:

AGREED ON THIS [___] day of [____], 20___:

 

BIRKENSTOCK HOLDING PLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF DIRECTOR & OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 21.1

Significant Subsidiaries of Birkenstock Holding Limited

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Birkenstock Financing S.à r.l.

  

Luxembourg

Birkenstock Limited Partner S.à r.l.

  

Luxembourg

Birkenstock Group B.V. & Co. KG

  

Germany

Birkenstock Logistics GmbH

  

Germany

Birkenstock International GmBH

  

Germany

Birkenstock Global Sales GmbH

  

Germany

Birkenstock Europe GmbH

  

Germany

Birkenstock Productions Rheinland-Pfalz GmbH

  

Germany

Birkenstock Productions Hessen GmbH

  

Germany

Birkenstock Productions Sachsen GmbH

  

Germany

Birkenstock Components GmbH

  

Germany

Birkenstock digital GmbH

  

Germany

Birkenstock IP GmbH

  

Germany

Birkenstock Americas GmbH

  

Germany

Birkenstock UK Ltd.

  

United Kingdom

Birkenstock Canada Ltd.

  

Canada

Birkenstock USA, LP

  

United States of America

Birkenstock US BidCo, Inc.

  

United States of America

Birkenstock US MidCo, Inc.

  

United States of America

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated August 24, 2023, in the Registration Statement (Form F-1) and related Prospectus of Birkenstock Holding Limited (formerly Birkenstock Group Limited and BK LC Lux Finco 2 S.à r.l) for the registration of its ordinary shares.

/s/ Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

Cologne, Germany

September 15, 2023

Exhibit 99.1

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

Birkenstock Holding Limited (the “Company”) intends to file a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering.

In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named and described as a nominee to the board of directors of the Company in such Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time and to the filing or attachment of this consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

Dated: September 15, 2023

 

By:   /s/ Nisha Kumar
Name: Nisha Kumar

Exhibit 99.2

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

Birkenstock Holding Limited (the “Company”) intends to file a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering.

In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named and described as a nominee to the board of directors of the Company in such Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time and to the filing or attachment of this consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

Dated: September 15, 2023

 

By:

 

/s/ Anne Pitcher

Name: Anne Pitcher